initial commit of ebook 17407HEADmain

9 files changed, 46168 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/17407-8.txt b/17407-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..253b092
--- /dev/null
+++ b/17407-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15199 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Journal of the Swedish Embassy in the
+Years 1653 and 1654, Vol II., by Bulstrode Whitelocke
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A Journal of the Swedish Embassy in the Years 1653 and 1654, Vol II.
+
+Author: Bulstrode Whitelocke
+
+Editor: Charles Morton and Henry Reeve
+
+Release Date: December 28, 2005 [EBook #17407]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOURNAL OF THE SWEDISH EMBASSY ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Barbara Tozier, Bill Tozier, Louise Pryor and
+the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+{Transcriber's note:
+
+All material added by the transcriber is surrounded by braces {}. The
+original has many inconsistent spellings in all the languages used. A
+few corrections have been made for obvious typographical errors; they
+have been noted individually. Superscripts in the original are
+indicated by the ^ character. Side notes are enclosed in brackets and
+preceded with SN, thus [SN: side note]. Footnotes are numbered with
+the page on which they start.}
+
+
+
+
+JOURNAL
+OF
+THE SWEDISH EMBASSY
+IN THE YEARS 1653 AND 1654.
+
+
+
+
+A JOURNAL
+OF
+THE SWEDISH EMBASSY
+IN THE YEARS 1653 AND 1654.
+
+IMPARTIALLY WRITTEN BY THE
+AMBASSADOR BULSTRODE WHITELOCKE.
+
+FIRST PUBLISHED
+FROM THE ORIGINAL MANUSCRIPT
+BY
+DR. CHARLES MORTON, M.D., F.S.A.,
+LIBRARIAN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
+
+_A NEW EDITION_,
+REVISED BY
+HENRY REEVE, ESQ., F.S.A.
+
+IN TWO VOLUMES.
+VOLUME II.
+
+    "A wicked messenger falleth into mischief, but a faithful ambassador
+    is health."
+                                               PROVERBS xiii. 17.
+
+
+LONDON:
+LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS.
+1855.
+
+
+
+
+PRINTED BY
+JOHN EDWARD TAYLOR, LITTLE QUEEN STREET,
+LINCOLN'S INN FIELDS.
+
+
+
+
+JOURNAL
+OF
+THE SWEDISH EMBASSY
+IN THE YEARS 1653 AND 1654.
+
+
+MARCH 1, 1653.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke continues the negotiation.]
+
+Now was the heat of Whitelocke's business, and many cross endeavours used
+to render all his labours fruitless, and to bring his treaty to no
+effect. But it pleased God, in whom his confidence was placed, to carry
+him through all his difficulties, and to give his blessing and success to
+this negotiation.
+
+Whitelocke gave a visit to the Count de Montecuculi, to give him the
+welcome home from his journey with the Queen; who said he had commands to
+kiss the hand of the Prince of Sweden, and took the opportunity of
+accompanying her Majesty when she went to meet the Prince. He
+communicated nothing of the business to Whitelocke, nor did he think to
+inquire it of him.
+
+After Whitelocke returned home, the Resident of France and Woolfeldt met
+at his house to visit him, and staid with him three hours. They had much
+discourse of France, and of the Duke of Lorraine, and of the policy of
+the Spaniard in entertaining that Duke in his service; by means whereof
+the country where the Duke's soldiers were quartered was better satisfied
+than with the Spanish forces, so that there was no tax levied for them,
+only they took free quarter, and sometimes a contribution upon the
+receiving of a new officer. And Woolfeldt said, that whereas all other
+Princes give wages to their officers and soldiers, the Duke gives no pay;
+but when he makes an officer, the officer pays money to the Duke for his
+commission; and that he knew a captain of horse who gave a thousand
+crowns for his commission, which the captain afterwards raised upon the
+country, and the Duke connived at it. He told how he was employed to
+treat with the Duke for the transportation of five thousand foot and
+three thousand horse into Ireland, to assist our King; which the Duke
+undertook on condition to have a hundred thousand crowns in ready money,
+and ships to transport his men from some haven in France, none of which
+could be effected.
+
+[SN: Advances from France.]
+
+After Woolfeldt went away, the French Resident asked Whitelocke whether
+France were comprised in the treaty with Holland. Whitelocke said he had
+no information thereof. The Resident replied, that his master would
+willingly entertain a good friendship and correspondence with England;
+and Whitelocke said, he believed England would be ready to do the like
+with France. The Resident said, he observed by their discourse that
+Whitelocke had been in France, and that the late King would have given
+him the command of a troop of horse in France; and he hoped that
+Whitelocke would retain a good opinion of that country, and be their
+friend. Whitelocke replied, that he was very civilly treated in France,
+and believed that he should have served the late King there, if, by a
+sudden accident or misfortune, he had not been prevented, and obliged to
+return for England sooner than he intended; and that he should be always
+ready (as he held himself engaged) to pay all respects and service to
+that Crown, as far as might consist with the interest of the Commonwealth
+whom he served.
+
+
+_March 2, 1653._
+
+[SN: Senator Schütt explains the delay in the negotiation.]
+
+Notwithstanding his great words against the Commonwealth and present
+treaty, yet Monsieur Schütt was pleased to afford a visit to Whitelocke,
+and they fell (amongst many other things) upon the following discourse:--
+
+_Schütt._ My father was formerly ambassador from this Crown in England,
+where I was with him, which occasioned my desire to be known to you.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Your father did honour to this country and to ours in that
+employment, and your Excellence honours me in this visit.
+
+_Sch._ England is the noblest country and people that ever I saw: a more
+pleasant, fruitful, and healthful country, and a more gallant, stout, and
+rich people, are not in the world.
+
+_Wh._ I perceive you have taken a true measure, both of the country and
+her inhabitants.
+
+_Sch._ This is my judgement of it, as well as my affection to it.
+
+_Wh._ Your country here is indeed more northerly, but your people,
+especially the nobility, of a much-like honourable condition to ours;
+which may cause the more wonder at her Majesty's intention of leaving
+them, who are so affectionate to her.
+
+_Sch._ Truly her Majesty's purpose of resignation is strange to
+foreigners, and much more to us, who are her subjects, most affectionate
+to her.
+
+_Wh._ It is reported that she hath consulted in this business with the
+Senators, whereof you are one.
+
+_Sch._ Three Senators are deputed to confer with the Prince of Sweden,
+upon certain particulars to be observed in the resignation; and I hope
+that your Excellence will consider the importance of that affair, and
+will therefore attend with the more patience the issue thereof, being
+necessary that the advice of the Prince be had in it.
+
+_Wh._ Have the three deputed Senators any order to confer with the Prince
+about my business?
+
+_Sch._ I believe they have.
+
+_Wh._ I had been here two months before the Queen mentioned this design
+of hers to the Council, and have staid here all this time with patience,
+and shall so continue as my Lord Protector shall command me; and as soon
+as he requires my return I shall obey him.
+
+_Sch._ The occasion of the delay hitherto was the uncertainty of the
+issue of your Dutch treaty; and at this season of the year it was
+impossible for you to return, till the passage be open.
+
+_Wh._ I believe the alliance with England meriteth an acceptance, whether
+we have peace or war with Holland; and for my return, it is at the
+pleasure of the Protector.
+
+They had much other discourse; and probably Schütt was sent purposely to
+excuse the delay of the treaty, for which he used many arguments not
+necessary to be repeated; and he came also to test Whitelocke touching
+advice to be had with the Prince about this treaty, whereunto Whitelocke
+showed no averseness.
+
+[SN: Treacherous reports to England.]
+
+Whitelocke received his packet of two weeks from England. In a letter
+from his wife he was advertised that the Protector had spoken of his
+voyage to Sweden as if Whitelocke had not merited much by it, though he
+so earnestly persuaded it; and his wife wrote that she believed one of
+Whitelocke's family was false to him; and upon inquiry she suspected it
+to be ----, who gave intelligence to the Protector of all Whitelocke's
+words and actions in Sweden, to his prejudice, and very unbeseeming one
+of his family. This Whitelocke, comparing with some passages told him by
+his secretary of the same person, found there was cause enough to suspect
+him; yet to have one such among a hundred he thought no strange thing,
+nor for the Protector to alter his phrase when his turn was served. And
+though this gave ground enough of discontent to Whitelocke, yet he
+thought not fit to discover it, nor what other friends had written to
+him, doubting whether he should be honourably dealt with at his return
+home; but he was more troubled to hear of his wife's sickness, for whose
+health and his family's he made his supplication to the great Physician;
+and that he might be as well pleased with a private retirement, if God
+saw it good for him, at his return home, as the Queen seemed to be with
+her design of abdication from the heights and glories of a crown.
+
+Part of the letters to Whitelocke were in cipher, being directions to
+him touching the Sound. He had full intelligence of all passages of the
+Dutch treaty, and a copy of the articles, from Thurloe; also the news of
+Scotland, Ireland, France, and the letters from the Dutch Resident here
+to his superiors in Holland, copies whereof Thurloe by money had
+procured. He wrote also of the Protector's being feasted by the City, and
+a full and large relation of all passages of moment. The Protector
+himself wrote also his letters to Whitelocke under his own hand, which
+were thus:--
+
+[SN: Letter from the Protector.]
+
+    "_For the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke._
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "I have a good while since received your letters sent by the ship
+    that transported you to Gothenburg, and three other despatches
+    since. By that of the 30th of December, and that of the 4th instant,
+    I have received a particular account of what passed at your first
+    audience, and what other proceedings have been upon your
+    negotiation; which, so far as they have been communicated to me, I
+    do well approve of, as having been managed by you with care and
+    prudence.
+
+    "You will understand by Mr. Secretary Thurloe in what condition the
+    treaty with the United Provinces is, in case it shall please God
+    that a peace be made with them, which a little time will show; yet I
+    see no reason to be diverted thereby from the former intentions of
+    entering into an alliance with Sweden, nor that there will be
+    anything in the league intended with the Low Countries repugnant
+    thereunto, especially in things wherein you are already instructed
+    fully. And for the matter of your third and fourth private
+    instructions, if the Queen hath any mind thereto, upon your
+    transmitting particulars hither such consideration will be had
+    thereof as the then constitution of affairs will lead unto. In the
+    meantime you may assure the Queen of the constancy and reality of my
+    intentions to settle a firm alliance with her. I commend you to the
+    goodness of God.
+
+                                    "Your loving friend,
+                                                       "OLIVER P.
+    "_Whitehall, 3rd February, 1653._"
+
+
+_March 3, 1653._
+
+[SN: The son of Oxenstiern formerly sent to England.]
+
+Grave John Oxenstiern, eldest son of the Chancellor, came to visit
+Whitelocke; a Ricks-Senator, and had been Ricks-Schatz-master, or High
+Treasurer, a place next in honour to that of his father. He had been
+formerly ambassador from this Crown to England; but because he was sent
+by the Chancellor his father, and the other Directors of the affairs of
+Sweden in the Queen's minority, which King Charles and his Council took
+not to be from a sovereign prince; and because his business touching the
+Prince Elect's settlement, and the affairs of Germany relating to Sweden,
+did not please our King; therefore this gentleman was not treated here
+with that respect and solemnity as he challenged to be due to him as an
+ambassador; which bred a distaste in him and his father against the King
+and Council here, as neglecting the father and the good offices which he
+tendered to King Charles and this nation, by slighting the son and his
+quality.
+
+The discourse between this Grave and Whitelocke was not long, though upon
+several matters; and he seemed to be sent to excuse the delay of the
+treaty with Whitelocke, for which he mentioned former reasons, as his
+father's want of health, multiplicity of business, the expected issue of
+the Dutch treaty, and the like; and the same excuses were again repeated
+by Lagerfeldt, who came to Whitelocke from the Chancellor for the same
+purpose.
+
+Whitelocke had occasion to look into his new credentials and instructions
+from the Protector, which were thus.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's new credentials and instructions.]
+
+    "_Oliver, Lord Protector, etc., to the Most Serene and Potent
+    Prince Christina, etc., health and prosperity._
+
+    "Most Serene and Potent Queen,
+
+    "God, who is the great Disposer of all things, having been pleased
+    in His unsearchable wisdom to make a change in the Government of
+    these nations since the time that the noble B. Whitelocke,
+    Constable, etc. went from hence, qualified and commissioned as
+    Ambassador Extraordinary from the Parliament of the Commonwealth of
+    England unto your Majesty, to communicate with you in things tending
+    to the mutual good and utility of both the nations, we have thought
+    it necessary upon this occasion to assure your Majesty that the
+    present change of affairs here hath made no alteration of the good
+    intentions on this side towards your Majesty and your dominions; but
+    that as we hold ourself obliged, in the exercise of that power which
+    God and the people have entrusted us with, to endeavour by all just
+    and honourable means to hold a good correspondence with our
+    neighbours, so more particularly with the Crown of Sweden, between
+    whom and these nations there hath always been a firm amity and
+    strict alliance; and therefore we have given instructions to the
+    said Lord Whitelocke, answerable to such good desires, earnestly
+    requesting your Majesty to give unto him favourable audience as
+    often as he shall desire it, and full belief in what he shall
+    propound on the behalf of these dominions. And so we heartily
+    commend your Majesty and your affairs to the Divine protection.
+    Given at Whitehall this 23rd of December, Old Style, 1653.
+
+                                    "Your good friend,
+                                                      "OLIVER P."
+
+The following instructions were under the hand and private seal of the
+Protector:--
+
+    _"An Instruction for B. Whitelocke, Constable, etc., Ambassador
+    Extraordinary from the Commonwealth of England to the Queen of
+    Sweden._
+
+    "Whereas you were lately sent in the quality of Ambassador
+    Extraordinary from the Parliament of the Commonwealth of England
+    unto her Majesty the Queen of Sweden, for the renewing and
+    contracting an alliance and confederation with that Queen and Crown,
+    according to the commission and instructions you received from the
+    said Parliament and the then Council of State; And whereas, since
+    your departure hence, the then Parliament hath been dissolved, and
+    the Government is settled and established in such a way that you
+    will understand by letters from Mr. Thurloe, Secretary of the
+    Council, who is directed to give unto you a full account hereof: Now
+    lest the work you are upon (which is so necessary in itself to both
+    the nations, and so sincerely desired on our part) should be
+    interrupted or retarded by reason of the said change of affairs, and
+    the question that may arise thereupon concerning the validity of
+    your commission and instructions, I have thought fit, by advice of
+    the Council, to write unto her Majesty new letters credential, a
+    copy whereof you will receive herewith, which letters you are to
+    present to the Queen. And you are also, by virtue of these presents,
+    to let her Majesty know that the alteration of the Government here
+    hath made no change in the good intentions on this side towards her
+    Majesty and her dominions; but that she shall find the same
+    readiness in me to maintain and increase all good intelligence and
+    correspondence with that Queen and Crown as in any the former
+    governors of these nations. And to that end you are hereby
+    authorized to proceed in your present negotiation, and to endeavour
+    to bring the treaty with her Majesty to a good conclusion according
+    to the tenour and effect of the commission, powers, and instructions
+    you have already received, and which I shall by any further act
+    ratify and confirm according as the nature of the business shall
+    require.
+
+    "Before your Lordship deliver these letters credential to the Queen,
+    or make any addresses to her, you are to inform yourself fully of
+    the reception you are like to have, and whether her intentions be to
+    come to a treaty of amity with this State as the Government is now
+    established, that no dishonour may befall us or these dominions in
+    your addresses upon these letters and instructions. Given at
+    Whitehall this 23rd of December, 1653.
+
+                                                      "OLIVER P."
+
+Whitelocke made many despatches this day to England.
+
+
+_March 4, 1653._
+
+[SN: The Queen talks of visiting the Protector.]
+
+Whitelocke waited on the Queen and showed her part of the letters which
+he received from England, whereupon she again asked him if the Protector
+were _sacré_? Whitelocke said, No, and that his letters mentioned only a
+solemnity of entertaining the Protector by the City of London. Whitelocke
+also communicated to her Majesty the Protector's letter to him, and the
+expression that Whitelocke should assure her Majesty of the Protector's
+constant and real intentions to settle a firm alliance with the Queen;
+which, she said, she was also most ready to make with the Protector.
+
+Whitelocke then said it might be fit to make some progress in his treaty
+upon his articles, and particularly in those which concerned amity and
+commerce, and had no dependence on the issue of the treaty with Holland,
+and therefore might be had in consideration before the other were fully
+concluded, and the rest of the articles might be considered afterwards;
+which the Queen said should be done, and that she would send an
+ambassador to the Protector. She was very inquisitive concerning London
+and our Universities; by her discourse gave him to imagine she had
+thoughts of travelling into France, Spain, Italy, and into England; and
+asked Whitelocke if he thought the Protector would give way to her coming
+thither. Whitelocke answered, that the Protector would bid her Majesty
+very welcome thither.
+
+He was alone with her near two hours, and at his taking leave she desired
+him to come to her again on Monday next, and that then she would read
+over with him his articles, both in Latin and English, which they would
+consider together; and such things as she could consent unto she would
+tell him, and what she could not consent unto he should then know from
+her, and they might mark it in the margin as they went along. Yet she
+said she would have him to proceed in his conference with her Chancellor
+as before, and that nobody should know of that conference between her and
+Whitelocke; but she would so order the business that what they consented
+unto should be effected afterwards, and that in two hours they might go
+over all the articles. Whitelocke told her Majesty he presumed that she
+would admit of a free debate upon any of them. She said, by all means,
+that was reasonable; and in case the peace between England and Holland
+did not take effect, that then the ambassador, whom she intended
+howsoever to send into England, might conclude upon such other articles
+as should be thought fit. Whitelocke asked her if she had any thoughts of
+being included in the Dutch treaty. She said, No, for she had not meddled
+with the war, and therefore desired not to be included in the peace with
+them.
+
+[SN: Reports of the Dutch Resident adverse to Whitelocke.]
+
+From the Queen Whitelocke went and visited Piementelle, who showed him a
+letter he received from a great person in Flanders, mentioning that
+Beningen had written to his superiors that the English Ambassador and the
+Spanish Resident were often together, and had showed great respect to
+each other, which his Highness the Archduke liked very well, and gave
+Piementelle thanks for it; and though Monsieur Beningen did not like of
+their being so friendly, yet his superiors endeavoured all they could to
+have amity with England. When Whitelocke told him of the English fleet at
+sea, he said it was great pity the same was not employed. He then showed
+Whitelocke a letter from Beningen to his superiors, wherein he taxed
+Whitelocke with omitting the ceremony of meeting Prince Adolphus at his
+door. Whitelocke repeated to Piementelle the carriage of that business as
+before; and Piementelle said, that neither the Queen nor himself had ever
+heard the Prince express any dislike of Whitelocke's carriage; and that
+the Queen, seeing Beningen's letter, said there were many things in it
+concerning Whitelocke which upon her knowledge were not true. It was also
+said in the letter that the English Ambassador had many long audiences
+with her Majesty, and conferences with the Chancellor, but that he could
+not in the least learn what passed between them; with which Whitelocke
+had no cause to be displeased.
+
+
+_March 5, 1653._
+
+_The Lord's Day._--Whitelocke had two good sermons in his house, at which
+divers English and Scots, besides those of his family, were present. In
+the evening the Queen passed through the streets in her coach, with
+divers other coaches and her servants waiting on her, to take the air,
+though upon this day; and in the night, many disorderly drunkards were
+committing debaucheries and insolences in the town, and at Whitelocke's
+door.
+
+
+_March 6, 1653._
+
+[SN: Further excuses for delay.]
+
+Whitelocke visited Senator Schütt, who spake in excuse of the delay of
+his business. Whitelocke said--
+
+_Whitelocke._ I have already staid long in this place, and nothing is yet
+done in my business.
+
+_Schütt._ Your stay here hath been of more advantage to England than if
+they had sent 10,000 men into Holland, who, by your stay here, will be
+brought on with the greater desire of making peace with you.
+
+_Wh._ They know nothing of my negotiation.
+
+_Sch._ That makes them the more jealous; the slowness of one person is
+the cause that hitherto you have received no satisfaction, and I doubt
+not but ere long you will have answers to your contentment.
+
+Whilst Whitelocke was with him the Queen sent one of her gentlemen
+thither to him, to desire him to put off his visit of her Majesty till
+the next day, by reason she had then extraordinary business; and the
+messenger being gone, Schütt said,--
+
+_Schütt._ The Queen is busy in despatching three senators to the Prince,
+Grave Eric Oxenstiern, Monsieur Fleming, and Monsieur Vanderlin, who are
+deputed for the business of the Queen's resignation; and I, in a few
+days, shall be sent to the Prince.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I pray do me the favour to present my service to his Royal
+Highness, whom I am very desirous to salute as soon as I can gain an
+opportunity; and do hope that his resort to this place will be before I
+shall be necessitated to return, that I may give myself the honour to
+kiss his hand.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke visits the Chief Justice of Sweden.]
+
+Whitelocke visited the Ricks-Droitset Grave Brahe, who is of the noble
+family of Tycho Brahe. He was President of the College of Justice, and
+the First Minister of State of the kingdom: the name of his office is as
+much as Viceroy, and his jurisdiction is a sovereign court for the
+administration of justice, and he hath power both civil and military. The
+office is in effect the same with that ancient officer with us called the
+Chief Justice of England. The habit of this Chief Justice of Sweden was a
+coat, and a furred cap of black, a sword and belt, and no cloak; two
+soldiers sentry at his chamber-door, which Whitelocke had not observed
+elsewhere but at the Court. They had much discourse of Whitelocke's
+business, wherein he testified affections to the Commonwealth of England,
+though Whitelocke had been informed that he was not their friend; but he
+the rather chose to visit him first, and found him very civil: he spake
+Latin very readily, and no French, although Whitelocke was told he could
+speak it well.
+
+He inquired much of the Commonwealth and affairs of England, and
+government of it, and seemed well pleased by Whitelocke's relation of it.
+He informed Whitelocke of the Swedish Government, and particularly of
+his own office. He discoursed much of the Prince of Sweden, which
+Whitelocke judged the fitter for him to approve, because Prince
+Adolphus's lady was this Grave's daughter. He told Whitelocke that he had
+been Governor of Finland ten years together, which province he affirmed
+to be greater than France, and that the Queen's dominions were larger
+than France, Spain, Italy, all together. Whitelocke asked him if those
+countries were well peopled, and flourished with corn and good towns. He
+answered that Finland was well peopled, and had store of corn, and good
+towns; but that it was not so with Lapland and other countries further
+off. But he said that no part of Sweden had such towns as were in
+England, where he had been when he was a young man, which country he much
+praised; and Whitelocke had no cause to gainsay it.
+
+Piementelle sent to Whitelocke an atlas, in four great volumes, in
+acknowledgment of a vessel of Spanish wine which Whitelocke had before
+sent to him for a present.
+
+
+_March 7, 1653._
+
+The Governor of Upsal, Monsieur Bannier, presented to Whitelocke three
+Latin books:--1. The Story of Sweden; 2. Of the Laws of Sweden; 3. Of Sea
+Affairs; which were not ordinarily to be had.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke takes the air with the Queen.]
+
+The Queen sent one of her servants to invite Whitelocke to take the air
+with her in the fields; and being come to the castle, she excused her not
+being yet ready to confer with him upon his articles, as she had
+promised, but told him that she had ordered something to be written down
+on that subject to show to him. She took him into her coach, where was
+the "Belle Comtesse," the Countess Gabriel Oxenstiern, Prince Adolphus,
+Piementelle, Montecuculi, Tott, and Whitelocke. The Queen was very merry,
+and they were full of cheerful discourse. Being returned to the castle at
+night, she desired to hear Whitelocke's music, whom he sent for to the
+castle; and they played and sang in her presence, wherewith she seemed
+much pleased, and desired Whitelocke to thank them in her name. She said
+she never heard so good a concert of music, and of English songs; and
+desired Whitelocke, at his return to England, to procure her some to play
+on those instruments which would be most agreeable to her.
+
+[SN: The Chancellor falls ill.]
+
+Lagerfeldt came to Whitelocke in the Court, and told him that the
+Chancellor intended to have had a meeting with him this day, but was
+hindered by falling sick of an ague; but in case his health would not
+permit him to meet, that then his son Eric Oxenstiern, by the Queen's
+appointment, would meet and confer with Whitelocke about the treaty in
+place of his father. But Whitelocke was not glad of this deputation,
+wishing much rather to confer with the old man upon this subject, who was
+good-natured, civil, and affectionate to Whitelocke, than with the son,
+Grave Eric, who was of a more rugged and self-conceited humour, and not
+so soon gained by reason and convinced by arguments as the good old man
+his father used to be.
+
+
+_March 8, 1653._
+
+[SN: The Chancellor's son resumes the negotiation.]
+
+Grave Eric Oxenstiern visited Whitelocke, and spake much to excuse the
+delay of his treaty; and said that his father was very sick of an ague,
+and he believed the Queen would depute some other to confer with him, in
+case his father's health would not permit him that liberty.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I am very sorry for the indisposition of your{1} father,
+and for the delay of my business. I have been here about three months,
+and nothing is yet concluded.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ The uncertainty of your Dutch affair, and the Queen's desire
+to know the issue of it, hath occasioned this delay.
+
+_Wh._ As the points of amity and commerce, they concern not our Dutch
+treaty.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ You will be sure to receive all satisfaction and contentment
+on that subject; but there are many particulars of the commerce to be
+considered.
+
+_Wh._ I cannot say much upon those particulars; but I was sent hither by
+my Lord Protector to testify his respect to the Queen and kingdom of
+Sweden, and to offer to them the amity of England, which I suppose that
+wise and experienced persons as you are will accept of; and for commerce
+my proposals are general.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I confess the particulars thereof may more conveniently be
+treated on by merchants; and we do not so much desire a confederation
+with any nation as with England.
+
+It was supposed by Whitelocke, that by the deferring of his business
+here, the Hollanders would be in the more suspense and doubt of the issue
+of it, and might thereby come on the more freely in their treaty with
+England; whereas, if the issue of his business here were known, it might
+perhaps seem less to them than it was now suspected to be. Upon this
+ground, though he spake of the delay, yet he did not so much press for a
+positive answer, but that he imagined the Dutch treaty might be brought
+to an issue; he intended to put on his business here, and the default
+hitherto rested on their part, as was acknowledged by their own excuses.
+
+[SN: Discourse with the Chief Justice.]
+
+Whilst Eric was with Whitelocke, the Chief Justice came in. And after
+Grave Eric was gone the Chief Justice discoursed much concerning the
+Protector and his family, his extraction and pedigree, his former quality
+and condition, and his present state and manner of living: to which
+Whitelocke answered truly, and with honour to the Protector; and as to
+his present post, attendants, and ceremonies of his Court, he could not
+give so punctual an account, it being altered since his coming from
+England. He also inquired particularly concerning the Parliament, the
+forms of their summons, sitting, debating, voting, power, and authority;
+in all which Whitelocke was the better able to satisfy him, having been a
+Member of Parliament for almost thirty years together: and then the Chief
+Justice inquired further:--
+
+_Chief Justice._ What opinions of Calvin are most in estimation in
+England? and what is the state of your religion there?
+
+_Whitelocke._ Neither Calvin's opinion nor Luther's are esteemed in
+England further than they are agreeable to the Holy Scriptures of the Old
+and New Testaments, which are the rules and contain the state of religion
+professed in England. But by what state of religion is the profanation of
+the Lord's Day, and of images and crucifixes in churches, permitted?
+
+_Ch. Just._ No recreations or works are permitted on Sundays till after
+divine service ended, and then Calvin permits them; and Luther is of
+opinion for the historical use of images and crucifixes, but not to pray
+to them.
+
+_Wh._ Herein both the opinion of Calvin and that of Luther are expressly
+contrary to the Holy Scripture, and therefore not esteemed in these
+points in England.
+
+The Chief Justice eagerly asserted these opinions not to be contrary to
+the Scripture, but alleged no proof, either from thence or out of human
+authors, to make good his assertion. After much argumentation hereupon,
+the Chief Justice offered to Whitelocke that he would move the Queen for
+a speedy despatch of his business; and said, he did not doubt but that
+satisfaction would be given him therein.
+
+Whitelocke was the more desirous to get a conclusion of his business
+while Piementelle was here, because of his great favour with the Queen;
+which, with her respects to Montecuculi, both great Papists, caused
+Whitelocke to have the more doubt of her inclinations.
+
+Prince Adolphus made a great entertainment for Montecuculi, Piementelle,
+and most of the grandees in town; but Whitelocke was omitted, his humour
+and principles as to their jollities and drinking of healths not being
+agreeable to theirs; and he held this neglect no affliction to him.
+
+
+_March 9, 1653._
+
+Whitelocke visited the Ricks-Admiral Oxenstiern, the Chancellor's
+brother, who received him with great civility; and they discoursed very
+much of Whitelocke's business to the effect as others did.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke visits the Chancellor's eldest son.]
+
+He also visited Grave John Oxenstiern, the Chancellor's eldest son, whose
+carriage was elated. Two of his pages were sons of Earls, and had the
+title of Earls; his servants were some of them set at his outer door to
+receive Whitelocke; himself vouchsafed to meet him at the inner door,
+and, with supercilious reservedness of state, descended to say to
+Whitelocke that he was welcome. They discoursed of England, where this
+Grave had been, as is before remembered, and the distaste he there
+received, which possibly might cause his greater neglect of Whitelocke,
+who took little notice of it. He took upon him to be fully instructed in
+the affairs of England, and of the laws and government there; wherein
+Whitelocke presumed to rectify some of his mistakes.
+
+When he offered to move the Queen for despatch of Whitelocke's business,
+he answered, that he had done it himself already, and there would be no
+need to trouble any other. This occasioned some discourse about the
+treaty, to which, with great gravity, this General declared his judgement
+concerning contraband goods, that great care was to be taken therein, not
+to give any interruption to trade. Whitelocke said, that concerned
+England much more than Sweden. Then he took care that the English rebels
+and traitors might have favour in his country; but Whitelocke, knowing
+that he was neither employed nor versed in the business of his treaty,
+spent the fewer words in answer to his immaterial objections.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke confers with the Queen on the articles.]
+
+In the afternoon, Whitelocke attended the Queen, who excused her not
+having conferred with him about his treaty. Whitelocke told her, that,
+if it were now seasonable, he had them ready, and they might read them
+over together; whereunto she consented, and he read them to her.
+
+She took out a paper of notes, written with her own hand in Latin, her
+observations upon the articles.
+
+1. After Whitelocke had read the first article, she said there was
+nothing therein which needed explanation.
+
+2. The second, she said, would require consideration, and read out of her
+notes the words "communis interesse," which she desired Whitelocke to
+explain what was meant by them. He told her those words included matter
+of safety and matter of traffic. She then demanded why the Baltic Sea was
+named as to free navigation, and not other seas likewise. Whitelocke said
+the reason was, because at present navigation was not free in the Baltic
+Sea; but if she pleased to have other seas also named, he would consent
+to it. She asked if he would consent to freedom of navigation in America.
+Whitelocke told her he could not, and that the treaties of the
+Commonwealth were comprehended within the bounds of Europe. She asked him
+what he thought the Protector would do in case she demanded that liberty.
+He said, his Highness would give such an answer as should consist with
+the interest of England, and show a due regard to her Majesty.
+
+3. This third article she said she would agree unto, but she thought it
+necessary that a form should be agreed upon for certificates and letters
+of safe-conduct, that ships might pass free upon showing of them.
+Whitelocke said, he thought there would be no need of them, especially if
+the peace with the Dutch were concluded. She replied, that if the war
+continued it would be necessary.
+
+4. She said she thought there would be no need of this article, and read
+another which she herself had drawn in Latin to this effect--"That if any
+hereafter should commit treason, or be rebels in one country, they should
+not be harboured in the other." Whitelocke said, the article was already
+to that purpose, and he thought it necessary for the good of both
+nations. She said, it would be too sharp against divers officers who had
+served her father and herself, and were now settled in Sweden. Whitelocke
+offered that amendment which he before tendered to the Chancellor, which
+when she read, she told Whitelocke, that might include all those men whom
+she mentioned before. Whitelocke said, that, upon inquiry into it, he
+found not one excepted by name from pardon. She said, for anything to be
+done hereafter, it was reasonable, and she would consent to it.
+Whitelocke said, that if any hereafter should come into her country, who
+were excepted from pardon, it was also reasonable to include them in this
+article.
+
+5. She said that this and the second article would require further
+consideration; because if she should consent thereunto, it would declare
+her breach of the neutrality which she had hitherto kept. Whitelocke told
+her, if the peace were concluded with the Dutch, that neutrality would be
+gone; and if the war continued, he presumed she would not stick to
+declare otherwise then that neutrality. She said that was true, but she
+desired that this and the second article might be let alone until the
+issue of the Dutch treaty.
+
+6. The sixth article, she said, was reasonable.
+
+7. She took exception to the words "bona à suis cujusque inimicis
+direpta," which, she said, was a breach of her neutrality. To that
+Whitelocke answered as before upon the fifth article; and she desired it
+might be passed over as the second and fifth articles, till the issue of
+the Dutch treaty were known. She said she would desire the liberty of
+fishing for herrings. Whitelocke told her that upon equal conditions he
+presumed his Highness would consent to that which should be fit. She
+asked what conditions he would demand. Whitelocke said, those matters of
+commerce would be better agreed upon with the advice of merchants.
+
+8. The eighth article she said was equal.
+
+9. There was no difference upon it.
+
+10. She judged fit to be agreed upon.
+
+11. She made some short observations, which by explanation Whitelocke
+cleared, and she agreed.
+
+12. The like as upon the eleventh article.
+
+13. To this article she read in Latin an objection to the proviso, and
+said it was reasonable that, if they did break bulk, they should pay
+custom for so much only as they sold. Whitelocke told her that objection
+showed that there were great men merchants in Sweden, and that the
+objection was more in favour of the merchants than of herself. She said
+the merchants were crafty indeed; and she did not much insist upon it.
+
+14. The last article which Whitelocke had given in. To this she said it
+was fit that the men-of-war that should come into the other ports should
+be to a number ascertained, to avoid suspicion. Whitelocke said he would
+agree thereunto, with a caution, as in the first article, to be added: if
+they should be driven by tempest, force, or necessity, then to be
+dispensed with.
+
+Whitelocke desired her Majesty to give him a copy of her objections. She
+told him, they were only a few things which she had written with her own
+hand, upon her apprehension of the articles, and that he should have them
+in writing; but she desired him not to acquaint any person here with this
+conference.
+
+
+_March 10, 1653._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's despatches to England.]
+
+Upon yesterday's conference with the Queen, Whitelocke wrote the passages
+thereof at large to Thurloe, to be communicated to the Council in
+England, and to pray their direction in some points which are set down
+thus in his letters:--
+
+    "I shall desire to know the pleasure of my Lord Protector and
+    Council, whether, in case I shall conclude those articles of amity
+    and commerce, omitting the second, fifth, and seventh articles, if
+    his Highness will be pleased to approve thereof. I confess my humble
+    opinion is (unless I receive commands to the contrary) that in case
+    the peace be concluded between us and Holland, and Denmark included,
+    it will be no disadvantage to us to conclude the alliance here,
+    omitting the second, fifth, and that part of the seventh article
+    against which her Majesty objected, if she shall insist upon it.
+
+    "Another point wherein I pray direction is upon the sixteenth
+    article of your treaty with the Dutch, that either Commonwealth
+    shall be comprehended, if they desire it, in treaties with other
+    Princes, and notice to be given of such treaties; whether in case
+    your treaty with the Dutch shall be agreed, that then notice ought
+    to be given to them of the treaty with the Queen of Sweden, and the
+    Dutch to be offered to be comprehended therein; or whether, the
+    treaty here being begun before that with the Dutch concluded, there
+    will be any cause to give such notice to them, or to give notice to
+    the Queen of your treaty with the Dutch; which you will be pleased
+    to consider.
+
+    "I am very willing to hasten homewards when I may obtain my Lord's
+    order; and that it will be no prejudice here to your service, as I
+    conceive such a conclusion would not at all be.
+
+    "I presume you have heard of the news at Antwerp, which is very
+    fresh here this week, that the Archduke hath imprisoned the Duke of
+    Lorraine in the castle of Antwerp, which caused the gates of the
+    town to be shut; and that hath occasioned to your friends here the
+    loss of the comfort of this week's letters from England, the post
+    being stayed there, as I was certified from your Resident at
+    Hamburg."
+
+Many despatches were made by Whitelocke to his friends in England, as his
+constant course was.
+
+
+_March 11, 1653._
+
+[SN: Admiral Oxenstiern visits Whitelocke.]
+
+The Ricks-Admiral visited Whitelocke. He discoursed of the treaty here,
+and said that the Queen had not yet informed the Council of it in
+particular. He much inquired of the nobility of England, of the Earls and
+Barons, and of their privileges, and what rank their children had, and of
+the several orders of knights, and of their original; in which matters
+Whitelocke was able to give him some satisfaction. He told Whitelocke
+that the Duke of Lorraine was imprisoned for conspiring with the Count de
+Bassigni to betray three strong towns to the King of France.
+
+[SN: Interview with Prince Adolphus.]
+
+Whitelocke visited Prince Adolphus, who also discoursed of his business,
+as others did. Whitelocke told him of his long being here without any
+answer. The Prince said, the Queen's designs to introduce a mutation
+might cause it. Whitelocke said he believed that the amity of England
+deserved so much regard as to be embraced; and that it would be all one
+whether the treaty should be agreed upon by the Queen or by her
+successor, for it concerned the people and State of both nations; and he
+presumed that if the Queen should consent to it, that his Highness's
+brother would have the like good opinion of it. The Prince said it would
+be most agreeable to his brother, who very much respected the English
+nation, as generally the Swedish people did. He said that he never was
+present at the Council, nor did meddle with any public business; but he
+doubted not but that Whitelocke would receive contentment. Whitelocke
+said he promised himself so much, being the Protector had sent him hither
+to testify his respects to the Queen and to the kingdom of Sweden, and to
+offer them the amity of England.
+
+The Prince also discoursed of the late King of England, and of the
+proceedings between him and the Parliament, with great dislike thereof;
+to which Whitelocke gave him an account, and a modest answer declining
+that argument with the Prince, and telling him that every nation had
+their particular rights and laws, according to which they were governed.
+He testified great respect to Whitelocke; and when he took his leave the
+Prince conducted him as far as the great court, which he used not to do
+to others of Whitelocke's quality.
+
+
+_March 12, 1653._
+
+[SN: The treaty delayed by reason of the Queen's abdication.]
+
+Mr. Bloome--who had been formerly a servant to the old Duke of Buckingham
+in England, and after that coming to Sweden, was entertained by the
+Chancellor, and his great creature, and had been employed by him as a
+public minister--did the honour to Whitelocke to be often with him, and
+now, after dinner, discoursed much of the revolution which was likely to
+happen in this country by the Queen's resignation; upon which subject
+Whitelocke thought not fit to speak much in company.
+
+Afterwards in private Whitelocke asked Mr. Bloome if he had heard the
+Chancellor speak of deferring his business till the Prince were crowned.
+Bloome confessed he heard the Chancellor say that he thought it would be
+more convenient to have Whitelocke's business resolved after the King
+should be crowned than at present. Whitelocke told him (which he supposed
+Bloome would again relate to the Chancellor) that all acts of such nature
+concluded by the Queen before her resignation would be held authentic by
+her successor. Bloome said he believed so, but, being the change would be
+so soon, he thought it might be better to have the business put into the
+hands of the new King. Whitelocke said it would require a long time to
+expect the new King's settlement, before which he believed his return
+home might be commanded. Bloome said the business would be soon done
+after the meeting of the Ricksdag, which did not use to sit long. By this
+and other discourses Whitelocke found that there was a purpose in some to
+defer the conclusion of his treaty to the King, which he therefore
+prepared to prevent.
+
+La Belle Comtesse made a great entertainment and ball for Montecuculi and
+the rest of the gallants this night, though it were the Lord's Day; but
+Whitelocke nor none of his company were present at it.
+
+
+_March 13, 1653._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke confers with Count Eric Oxenstiern on the articles.]
+
+Grave Eric came to Whitelocke to confer about his treaty, and said to
+him.
+
+_Grave Eric._ The Queen hath commanded me to come to you and to have some
+conference with you about your proposals, wherein she is pleased to make
+use of my service, because at this time my father is very ill of an ague,
+and is not able himself to meet with you; and his former indisposition of
+health and extraordinary affairs hath been some occasion of hindrance of
+the despatch of your business, as have also the uncertainty of the issue
+of your treaty with Holland, and our great business of the Queen's
+intentions here.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I have long expected some answer to be given in my
+business, the greatest part whereof hath no dependence upon the treaty
+with Holland, and the Queen's intentions here have been but lately made
+known. I have been three months in this place without any answer to my
+business, although I presume that the amity of England is grateful to
+this nation, and may merit the acceptance.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ So is the friendship of Sweden.
+
+_Wh._ My Lord Protector hath testified that by sending me hither.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ The Queen hath likewise sent several public ministers to
+England, and Mr. Lagerfeldt was a long time there without effecting
+anything.
+
+_Wh._ He had answers to his proposals very often, and it was on his part
+that a conclusion was not had with him. But if you please to proceed to a
+conference upon my proposals, I am ready to treat with you, as I have
+always been to treat with my Lord Chancellor, your father, for whose
+ill-health I am heartily sorry.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I am ready in the same way of secresy as it hath been carried
+with my father, so that Mr. Beningen in his letters to his superiors
+saith that the English Ambassador did treat with none but the Queen
+alone, and sometimes alone with the Chancellor, whereby he could not
+possibly give any account of those transactions; for he thought that not
+one person in Sweden, except the Queen and the Chancellor, knew what they
+were.
+
+_Wh._ The gentleman hath done me an honour in that expression.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ My coming to your Excellence is to proceed in your business;
+and I desire a consideration may be had of the great losses which the
+Queen's subjects have sustained by the seizing and detaining of their
+ships by the English.
+
+_Wh._ This is a new objection, and I am neither empowered nor have
+ability to cast up such accounts or to take such examinations; but there
+is a court of justice in England, which I presume has done, and will do,
+right to any who have cause to complain; and I know that my Lord
+Protector will command that justice shall be done to all the Queen's
+subjects; and if any of them have received any injury, they ought to
+receive a just satisfaction from the parties that did them wrong; and, if
+you please, I shall mention these things in my letters to England, and
+when I come thither myself I will personally endeavour that the same may
+be had fully.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I hope a just satisfaction will be given herein, without
+which there can be no solid foundation of amity between the two nations
+and their people.
+
+_Wh._ The same is reasonably and mutually to be expected; and I make no
+question but my Lord Protector will order right to be done therein.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ The Queen's subjects have received great losses under colour
+of contraband goods, when the same hath not been proved.
+
+_Wh._ And many of our allies have been found to colour our enemies' goods
+to the damage of England; but these matters will be proper for an
+examination elsewhere.
+
+They proceeded to the particular articles.
+
+1. This, Eric said, was equal.
+
+2. He made the same objections as the Queen had done, and Whitelocke gave
+the same answers; and Eric said that this article depended upon our
+treaty with the Dutch.
+
+3. Eric desired an explanation of the words "omnibus in locis quibus
+hactenus commercium exercebatur,"--whether that were not intended to
+include the English plantations in America, because traffic thither,
+without special license, was prohibited by our Commonwealth; and he said
+it would be unequal for the English to have the full traffic in the
+Queen's dominions, and her subjects not to have the like in our
+Commonwealth. Whitelocke answered, that the English desired no traffic in
+any of the Queen's dominions out of Europe, and therefore it was equal
+not to consent to their traffic in America; and that the opinion of the
+Council of State in England had been made known to Mr. Lagerfeldt in
+England, in this point; which paper Whitelocke then showed, and the Grave
+urged many other arguments, but Whitelocke kept himself to the paper of
+the Council.
+
+Eric said, those transactions of Lagerfeldt were remitted to Whitelocke's
+Embassy. Whitelocke said, that whatever his instructions might warrant,
+yet it would not become him to do anything contrary to that wherein the
+Council of State had declared their judgement. The same answer Whitelocke
+gave him concerning the herring-fishing, which Eric much insisted upon;
+and as to the pre-emption of the commodities of Sweden, mentioned in the
+Council's paper, which Whitelocke showed him, Eric said that could not
+be, because those commodities were of very great value, and belonged to
+several private persons; and he demanded of Whitelocke if he thought
+England would be contented to give a pre-emption of all their cloth.
+
+Whitelocke said, the cloth of England was likewise of very great value,
+and there would hardly be found one stock to buy it all, and there were
+several staples in other countries to vent it at; and he said he thought
+the best way would be, first to agree upon the general amity and commerce
+between the two nations, and afterwards, if Sweden held it fit, when they
+sent an ambassador to England, or otherwise, to propound anything
+concerning the fishing for herrings or the traffic in America, or
+touching a staple at Narva, Revel, or Gothenburg (which Eric likewise
+discoursed of at large), that the Protector would give a fair and just
+answer.
+
+4. Eric made the same objections that the Queen had done, and had the
+same answers.
+
+5. The like discourse was upon this article.
+
+6. The sixth, Eric said, was the same in effect with the fourth article,
+and might be adjoined to it. Whitelocke showed him the difference,
+chiefly in the beginning of this article; and so they passed on.
+
+7. They had many arguments touching contraband goods, wherein Whitelocke
+held himself to the paper given by the Council to Lagerfeldt; and Eric
+passed it over, as depending upon the success of the treaty with Holland,
+especially in the words "bona à suis cujusque inimicis direpta."
+
+8. This, Eric thought, would need explanation of the words "in quolibet
+suorum marium." Whitelocke told him that was intended in Europe only.
+
+9. Eric said the words "armatis vel inermibus" were not necessary,
+because by the law of Sweden any might carry their arms with them.
+Whitelocke told him that it was not permitted in England for so many
+together without license.
+
+10. Eric made no objection to this article.
+
+11. Nor any to this article.
+
+12. Nor was anything objected to this article.
+
+13. Eric said the proviso needed explanation as to the point of breaking
+bulk, as the Queen had objected; and Whitelocke gave the same answer.
+
+14. The like objections and answers as before, and consent to the like
+amendment.
+
+Eric and much other good company dined with Whitelocke, and after dinner
+they had further discourse on the same subject. And Eric promised to give
+his objections to Whitelocke in writing, and to let him know the Queen's
+pleasure upon their conference; which Whitelocke intended to know also
+from the Queen herself.
+
+The company being gone, Whitelocke visited Piementelle, who discoursed
+much touching the Duke of Lorraine, and of the insolencies of his
+soldiers, for which the Duke would give no right; but if a poor
+countryman complained to him, that his wife had been ravished by his
+soldiers, and his goods taken away, the Duke would laugh at the poor man,
+and say to him, "It is my condition: the King of France hath ravished my
+wife and my estate, and I have got another wife, and maintain myself with
+the goods of others; and I advise thee to do the same as I have done."
+Piementelle informed Whitelocke of a carriage of Beningen of much more
+incivility towards the Queen than that which he attributed to Whitelocke
+towards Prince Adolphus; and Whitelocke imparted to Piementelle some
+passages between Grave Eric and Whitelocke, supposing he would tell it to
+the Queen.
+
+
+_March 14, 1653._
+
+[SN: Interview with General Wrangel.]
+
+Four of the Queen's servants did Whitelocke the honour to dine with him;
+and after they were gone, Whitelocke visited the Field-Marshal Wrangel, a
+gentleman of an ancient noble family in this country, son to General
+Wrangel, of whom so often and so honourable mention is made in the German
+wars under Gustavus Adolphus, the Queen's father.
+
+This Field-Marshal was about thirty-five years of age; his person proper
+and burly, his countenance martial and ingenuous, and his discourse
+answerable; his behaviour courteous, and full of cheerfulness in his
+words and actions. His education was liberal; some time he had spent in
+foreign parts, and had attained languages and the military part of
+learning. He was full of knowledge of the mathematics, and well read in
+story. His genius led him most to warfare, and the sea affairs seemed
+most suitable to his affections; whereof he would much discourse with
+Whitelocke, and admired his relations of the English fleets and havens.
+His valour and conduct had commonly the best associate, good success,
+which he used to improve, not parting with the least advantage. This
+brought him to the favour of his Queen and honour of his country, wherein
+he was a Ricks-Senator, and as a Field-Marshal commanded the army, and
+was Ricks-Vice-Admiral, which charge he attained in the late war with
+Denmark; and he it was that took the King of Denmark's ships in the late
+fight with them. Whitelocke gave him thanks for his favours to
+Whitelocke's son at Stockholm; they discoursed of the English navy,
+whereof Wrangel knew many of the ships by name. He told Whitelocke that
+Middleton was arrived in Scotland with two hundred officers and six
+thousand arms, which he brought from the Low Countries.
+
+From Wrangel Whitelocke went to visit Woolfeldt, to congratulate his
+recovery of health. He told Whitelocke that, by letters which he received
+from one of his servants in the Low Countries, he was advertised that the
+States had sold above twenty of their ships of war, and that his servant
+heard the Admiral de Witt speak of it. He also told Whitelocke that he
+had spoken with many officers of the army, and found all of them wish
+that the war between England and Holland might continue; by which they
+hoped they should join with the English, and gain advantage by it, and
+themselves good employment and plunder. But he said that the Chancellor
+and his sons, and their party, desired that a peace might be between the
+two Commonwealths, because they were rich enough, and had an interest in
+trade, and were no soldiers; and that the Queen desired peace among all
+her neighbours, and although she was very courageous, yet she loved not
+the wars.
+
+
+_March 15, 1653._
+
+[SN: Further conference with the Queen.]
+
+Whitelocke waited on the Queen, and gave her an account of the conference
+between Grave Eric and him. The Queen said that Grave Eric had told her
+the same things. Whitelocke replied, that her Majesty should never find
+other than truth from him. Upon the point of damages she seemed
+satisfied, though she were informed that those matters were remitted to
+Whitelocke's negotiation. To which he answered as he had done before to
+Eric; and she was contented, and said she would send an ambassador to
+England, by whom the affairs touching the herring-fishing and the
+erection of a staple and the trade in America might be concluded; and she
+told Whitelocke that she had ordered those things which she judged fit to
+be added to his articles, to be written down and given to him.
+
+She asked Whitelocke by what way he purposed to return to England. He
+said he was doubtful of going by land, and thought the passage from
+Stockholm to Lübeck would be the shortest and most convenient for him.
+She replied, that would be his best way, and that she would give order
+for some of her ships to be ready to transport him; for which Whitelocke
+thanked her Majesty.
+
+She discoursed much of England, and asked many questions about the
+Thames and other rivers of England, and of their havens and armies;
+whereof Whitelocke gave her a full account. She asked him in how many
+days one might go from Plymouth to St. Sebastian, and many other things
+on that subject. They also discoursed of religion and the worship and
+service of God; wherein Whitelocke spake plainly and freely to her
+Majesty, and told her that those who made a mock at religion, and were
+Atheists in their opinion, were not only most miserable in their own
+condition, but brought others likewise into misery; and all of them would
+find that God would not be mocked, nor such conversation be excused, but
+would be brought into a sad account in the end; and that there was no
+foundation in any such people, or in their opinions, but what was sandy
+and would fail, and all building thereupon would totter and fall down and
+become rubbish; that the only solid comfort and true wisdom lay in the
+sincere worship and service of God, which was not only agreeable to the
+doctrine of truth, but to reason itself. To this, and much of the like
+discourse, the Queen was very attentive, and seemed pleased with it.
+
+
+_March 16, 1653._
+
+[SN: Despatches from England.]
+
+Whitelocke received his letters from England, and in those from Thurloe
+he writes thus:--
+
+    "The particular account your Excellence gives of your negotiation is
+    very acceptable here, as is also your dexterous management thereof.
+    The paper you were pleased to send to me shall be represented to the
+    Council; and your Excellence may be assured that a due care will be
+    taken of that business, as well for justice' sake as that your
+    present business be not hindered by things of this kind. The bales
+    of the Queen's goods shall also be taken care of, and any omissions
+    which have been therein rectified; and I do assure your Excellence
+    that the Queen's Commissary here hath such speedy and effectual
+    despatches in everything he makes application for, that I know he
+    cannot but give notice of it to the Queen."
+
+Then he gives in his letters a full relation of the state of the Dutch
+treaty, and all particulars of it, and the likelihood of its taking
+effect; and gives intelligence of the French news; and sends copies of
+Beningen's letters from Upsal to the States, and of the posture of
+affairs in England, Scotland, and Ireland: and concludes,--
+
+    "Therefore, with my humble thanks for your Excellence's favour to me
+    of your weekly letters, and hearty wishes for your safe and
+    honourable return to your friends and relations here, I rest,
+
+    "Your Excellence's most humble and faithful servant,
+
+                                                    "JO. THURLOE.
+    "_February 16, 1653._"
+
+Whitelocke received many letters from his private friends, his
+brothers-in-law, Mr. Hall, Mr. Cokaine, Mr. Eltonhead, Sir Charles
+Woolsey, Colonel Sydenham, and one from Mr. Selden, which for the
+extraordinary respect thereof, and the person's sake (of whom the Queen
+made often inquiry), is fit to be remembered, and was thus:--
+
+[SN: Letter from Selden.]
+
+    "_To his Excellence the Lord Whitelocke, Lord Ambassador to her Most
+    Excellent Majesty of Sweden._
+
+    "May it please your Excellence,
+
+    "There is nothing happens here that can be worthy of your knowledge
+    but you meet with it doubtless long before I could send it,--indeed,
+    I think, long before I know it,--so that I cannot present you with
+    any English news: my still keeping in from the open cold air makes
+    me a mere winter stranger in my own country. The best news I have
+    heard since I had the honour to see you, and that which brought me
+    with it an ample store of gladness, was the assurance of your
+    Excellence's safety, which a false rumour with great confidence had
+    utterly destroyed here. There is none living can with more hearty
+    affection wish all happiness to you, and good success in your great
+    employment there, and a safe and timely return, than doth most
+    really,
+
+                  "Your Excellence's most obliged
+                                    "and most humble servant,
+                                                      "J. SELDEN.
+    "_Whitefriars, February 10, 1653._"
+
+The occasion of that passage in his letter of a false rumour was news
+brought into England that Whitelocke was stabbed and murdered in Sweden;
+and thus his death was with much confidence reported from several hands,
+and from divers intelligences out of several parts of Christendom.
+Whitelocke's friends were much startled at this news, and the more
+because of former intelligences of designs of that nature against him,
+whereof they wrote him word; and he was glad to read the news, and that,
+through the goodness of God, he was able to confute those reports. They
+were kept from Whitelocke's wife by the care of his friends, till one in
+gladness came to give her joy that the ill news of her husband was not
+true; which brought the whole matter to her knowledge, and herself to
+great perplexity upon the sudden apprehension and fright of it, though
+there was no truth in it.
+
+Whitelocke, that he might not seem wholly to neglect the Queen's favour,
+had sent a packet of his letters which had no secrets unto Monsieur
+Bonele, the Queen's Commissary in England, who wrote back an account to
+Whitelocke of his care of them, and of the command he had received from
+the Queen so to do, and prayed Whitelocke to speak to the Queen on
+Bonele's behalf.
+
+
+_March 17, 1653._
+
+[SN: Prince Adolphus visits Whitelocke.]
+
+Prince Adolphus visited Whitelocke, and they discoursed much of England
+and of Whitelocke's business; whom the Prince persuaded to stay in
+patience for an answer, and he doubted not but that he would receive
+satisfaction. Whitelocke said that hitherto he had been very patient, and
+would continue so, and not importune anybody to speed his answer, being
+it concerned both nations; and he believed that Sweden would be as well
+disposed to entertain the amity of England as England had been in the
+offer of it. But Whitelocke thought fit to inform the Prince and some
+others that he thought his residence here would not be long, and that as
+soon as my Lord Protector should send his letter for his return to
+England (which he expected in a short time), he would presently take his
+journey. They discoursed also touching his brother, who was to succeed,
+and of the brotherly affection between them; as also of the proposal
+which had been heretofore made in the Ricksdag of the Queen to marry his
+Royal Highness, and the Council's advice and endeavours to further the
+same; and how it was not brought to pass, the Queen being wholly adverse
+to marriage, but causing the succession of the Prince Palatine to be
+enacted by the Ricksdag after her Majesty, if she had no children. And
+in these particulars the Prince was free in his discourse, but Whitelocke
+thought not fit for him to be so.
+
+[SN: Letter of Jonathan Pickes.]
+
+Whitelocke communicated to some of his company a letter which he received
+from a member of a congregation in London, which was thus:--
+
+    "_For his Excellence the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke at Sweden._
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "The wise and holy carriage of Solomon before the Queen of Sheba are
+    more lasting monuments of his praise than his targets of gold, or
+    magnificent temple. The glory of saints is a glorious name, by
+    which, though dead, yet they speak. God will not be ungrateful, nor
+    unfaithful to forget or not to recompense any labour of love. The
+    interest of Christ,--what greater jewel in the world! and yet how
+    little liked and loved by the world! All seek their own, not the
+    things of Jesus Christ. The best, the noblest, the most lasting, yet
+    not minded: our own things, poor, low, uncertain, unsatisfactory,
+    yet pursued. The heart runneth after the wedge of gold, and the mind
+    seeks for greatness. Give me honour, or else I die: a crown here is
+    more desired than heaven hereafter. Divine love hath great danger
+    accompanying it, but the recompense is answerable: 'Be thou faithful
+    unto death, and I will give thee a crown of life.' Learned Paul
+    counts all things but dung and dross to holy Christ; and Moses
+    esteemed reproaches for Christ, and afflictions with the people of
+    Christ, greater riches than the treasures of Egypt or the honours at
+    Court. And now, Sir, will you have the meaning of all? It is only a
+    Christian motive to you to eye the highest Lord and the best
+    interest with the greatest industry; that his honour, which is best
+    of all, be dearer to you than all country honour: life, world, are
+    not to be named in the day of his glory. Oh mind him who will not
+    forget you in the least! There's none in heaven like him: can there
+    be anything on earth compared to him? Two things are chiefly to be
+    minded in all actings,--the springs from whence, and the centre to
+    which, all moves. If love to God be the spring of all, and glory for
+    God the centre of all, then the heart is upright in all. Remember
+    the blessed sound, 'Well done, thou good and faithful servant; thou
+    hast been faithful in a little, but thou shalt be enjoyer of much;
+    enter into thy Lord's joy.' And truly, Sir, you have been not a
+    little in my thoughts to God for you; so hath it emboldened me thus
+    to speak to God for you. My soul and many more have been set
+    a-praising God on your behalf, for that noble Christian testimony
+    and dislike of that wicked custom of cup-health pledging; whereas a
+    Christian's health is God, and his cup salvation. And blessed be the
+    Lord, that did give you to dislike the ball of pleasure, and that
+    the Lord of that day was so precious. Go on nobly for the Lord; give
+    your testimony against the wicked customs of a strange country or
+    dying world; bear his image in all your transactions, and follow his
+    steps who was the most glorious Ambassador that ever was; and in
+    this motion the Lord fill your sails with his gales, make you holily
+    successful, and give you to see your land and relations full of
+    heavenly fruition, is the humble and hearty desire of one of the
+    least sons of Zion, ready to serve the Lord in you or yours.
+
+                                               "JONATHAN PICKES."
+
+
+_March 18, 1653._
+
+Doctor Whistler made a copy of Latin verses upon the Queen's abdication,
+which, for the ingenuity and fancy, were worthy the sight of a Prince;
+and Whitelocke sent them to the Queen, who was much taken with them.
+Whitelocke was so pleased with those verses that, having a little
+leisure, himself turned them into English.[41]
+
+Whitelocke having sent to know if the Queen were at leisure that he
+might wait upon her, she returned an excuse that she was not well: she
+came away sick from the public schools, where she had been to grace the
+disputations of a young Swedish Baron with her presence.
+
+[SN: Effect of the peace with Holland.]
+
+Senator Bundt visited Whitelocke, and discoursed with him in English,
+which he spake indifferently well, and was the only Swede he conversed
+with in that language. Part of their discourse was to this effect:--
+
+_Bundt._ Mr. Beningen, the Holland Resident in this Court, acquainted me
+that his superiors have concluded the agreement with England: only some
+provinces desire a more express inclusion of the King of Denmark than is
+yet contained in the articles; and they are much troubled that, being
+upon the conclusion of the treaty, you make so great preparations of war,
+and have so powerful a fleet at sea; and we here do much wonder what
+should be your design to have so strong a fleet, and so soon out at sea.
+
+_Wh._ The design is for the defence of the Commonwealth; and it is our
+custom not to trust to the success of any treaties, which is uncertain,
+but to prepare for all events. If the treaty be agreed, it will be
+religiously observed on our part, and the navy will be employed to scour
+the seas of pirates and enemies, that trade may be free and safe; and we
+always use in time of peace to have a fleet at sea; and if the war
+continue, we shall be the more ready, by the blessing of God, to maintain
+our right. But what suspicion have you here of our navy?
+
+_Bundt._ We suppose it may be employed to open the passage of the Sound,
+and make the trade and navigation there free.
+
+_Wh._ The hindrance of navigation there is more prejudicial{2} to Sweden
+than to England. We can have our commodities at Gothenburg and in other
+places, without passing the Baltic Sea.
+
+_Bundt._ Many amongst us know not what to think of your fleet, and it
+troubles some.
+
+_Wh._ I hope we shall be in nearer amity, and then you will be pleased at
+it. Have the Senators consulted about the matters of my treaty, or of
+remitting it to the new King?
+
+_Bundt._ We have not advised any such thing, but believe the best way for
+effecting your business will be by the Queen herself; and if any tell you
+the contrary, they are much mistaken in the affairs of this kingdom, and
+do not give you a right understanding of them.
+
+This being wholly contrary to what was informed by Monsieur Bloome, the
+Chancellor's creature, caused Whitelocke the more to mind it, and
+endeavour to obviate that prejudice of delay to his business; and finding
+by this discourse with Bundt how much the Dutch Resident and others here
+were amused at the English fleet now at sea, he made use thereof, and
+gave advice of it to his superiors in England.
+
+
+_March 19, 1653._
+
+[SN: Intrigues of the Dutch Resident against Whitelocke.]
+
+Whitelocke sent to inquire of the Queen's health; and it being the Lord's
+Day, she was in her chapel. Divers English and Scots of the town came to
+Whitelocke's house to hear sermons there; and among them was Monsieur
+Ravius, who acquainted Whitelocke that one of the Queen's chaplains asked
+Ravius how long Whitelocke intended to stay in Sweden. Ravius said he
+would shortly return to his own country. The chaplain replied, he did not
+believe that, but he thought Whitelocke would stay here a long time, and
+that he durst not return to England because of the displeasure of the
+Protector against him. And when he was answered that Whitelocke came
+hither not in the posture of a man out of favour, and that the Protector
+since his accession to the Government had sent him new credentials, and
+expressed much favour to him, and sent to be certified what respect the
+Queen gave him, the chaplain replied that Whitelocke was sent hither
+purposely to be removed out of England, and because he had been of the
+former Parliament; to which Ravius said, that many who were of the former
+Parliament were now in public offices, as Whitelocke was.
+
+There was cause to believe that this and many the like stories were
+feigned by the Holland Resident and other enemies of the Commonwealth, to
+asperse Whitelocke and his business, and to give some obstruction to it;
+but Whitelocke took little notice of such things, only he thanked
+Monsieur Ravius for his defence of Whitelocke and of the truth.
+
+It was also related to Whitelocke that the inauguration of his Royal
+Highness could not probably be performed till the feast of St. John the
+Baptist, and that then nothing could be concluded in his business till
+the feast (as they expressed it) of the Holy Archangel St. Michael next
+following, because it was fit to be remitted to the Prince for his final
+agreement thereunto; and so the treaty must necessarily receive a
+deferring till that time, which, they said, would be best for
+Whitelocke's affairs. Whitelocke told them that it would be somewhat
+difficult to persuade him that such a delay of his business would be
+best; he was sufficiently convinced of the contrary, and that such an
+obstruction would render his treaty wholly fruitless both to England and
+Sweden, and that he hoped to be himself in England long before the time
+which they prefixed for the beginning of his treaty with the new King;
+and that he daily expected the commands of the Protector touching his
+return home, which he should readily and willingly obey, whether his
+treaty here should be concluded or not. He spake the more to this effect,
+and the oftener, that the same might come to the ear of the Chancellor
+and other senators.
+
+
+_March 20, 1653._
+
+[SN: Peace signed between England and the United Provinces.]
+
+Whitelocke visited Piementelle, who communicated to him the news of the
+Duke of Lorraine, and that the United Provinces of the Netherlands had
+ratified the articles with England. Whitelocke asked if Groningen had
+consented. He said yes, but with this restriction, that the Prince of
+Orange should be comprised in the treaty, which might yet cause some
+obstruction in it. Whitelocke imparted to him some of his news, and
+imparted such passages of his conferences and business as he desired
+might by him be related to the Queen.
+
+[SN: Senator Schütt affects to be favourable to the treaty.]
+
+Senator Schütt visited Whitelocke, and staid with him above two hours.
+They discoursed of many things unnecessary to be remembered; some was
+thus:--
+
+_Schütt._ I am sorry that the business of your treaty goes on so slowly;
+but I hope you will excuse it, in regard the Chancellor is not quick in
+despatches, and affects long deliberations in great matters.
+
+_Whitelocke._ That is an argument of his prudence and well weighing of
+things before he come to a resolution; and certainly he hath had
+sufficient time of deliberation in my business.
+
+_Sch._ The Chancellor sometimes may take more time than is necessary for
+one business, and borrow it for another; he knows the advantages of times
+and seasons, and how to improve them.
+
+_Wh._ I have found it so; but methinks my business should have been so
+acceptable as to have prevented such great delays.
+
+_Sch._ Your negotiation as to the amity with England was in consideration
+with the Council here before your arrival; and all of us agreed that it
+was more desirable than any other.
+
+_Wh._ I believe it would be agreeable to you, who are persons of great
+experience, knowing the interest of your own country, and how
+considerable the English nation is; and this caused a belief in me that I
+might promise myself an answer to my proposals before my departure from
+hence.
+
+_Sch._ The great affairs of this kingdom, and the change likely to
+happen, have put a stop to all other business; and in case your
+negotiation cannot be brought to a conclusion during your stay here, yet
+it may be agreed upon afterwards by an ambassador to be sent from hence
+to England.
+
+_Wh._ My Lord Protector having testified so much respect to the Queen, as
+he hath done in sending me Ambassador hither, for me, after four or five
+months' residence and negotiation in this place, to be sent home again
+without any conclusion of my business, but the same to be remitted to the
+sending of an ambassador from hence to England, would be no answer to the
+respect of the Protector in sending me hither.
+
+_Sch._ The Parliament sent your Excellence hither, as I understood, and
+not the Protector.
+
+_Wh._ My coming hither was at first by my Lord Protector's desire, he
+being then General, and without his earnest request to me I had not
+undertaken it; and since his access to the Government I have received new
+credentials from him, by virtue whereof only I have negotiated, and am
+the first public Minister employed by his Highness.
+
+_Sch._ It is a very great respect which the Protector hath manifested to
+you, and by you to our Queen and nation, and that which you say carries
+reason with it. I shall do all that possibly may lie in my power to
+testify my respects and service to his Highness and Commonwealth of
+England, and to your Excellence their honourable Ambassador.
+
+_Wh._ You are pleased to express a great honour and esteem for my Lord
+Protector and for his servant, whereof I shall not fail, by any service
+in my power, to make acknowledgment to your Excellence.
+
+There were many other compliments and discourses between them; and the
+Senator fell into a relation of Russia, where he had been, and of the
+Great Duke's bringing at one time into the field an army of 200,000 men,
+divided into three parties, whereof one part fell upon Poland, and had
+lately taken divers considerable places in that kingdom; and much more he
+spake of this exploit, which is omitted.
+
+
+_March 21, 1653._
+
+[SN: Senator Schütt's duplicity.]
+
+Whitelocke was somewhat surprised by the carriage of Senator Schütt to
+him yesterday, and with his freedom of discourse, which showed him either
+to be a courtier and versed in the art of simulation, or the reports made
+of him to Whitelocke to be untrue. Now he seemed clearly for the league
+with England; before, he expressed himself against it; now he showed
+civility and respect to Whitelocke and to his superiors; before, he spake
+disdainfully of them and their affairs.
+
+But an ambassador must hear and see many things, and yet take no notice
+of them; must court an enemy to become a friend, as he believed he had
+done to Schütt, who, after acquaintance between him and Whitelocke,
+became very friendly. But Whitelocke held it requisite to keep at
+somewhat more distance with him than with others, because he had been
+informed that there was not much of kindness between the Chancellor and
+this gentleman, which was confirmed by discourse this day with
+Lagerfeldt.
+
+_Lagerfeldt._ I entreat your Excellence's excuse for my long absence,
+which hath been occasioned by an employment lately bestowed on me by her
+Majesty, which takes up my time in the discharge of it.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I do congratulate the honour and favour of the Queen
+towards you, in this part of a reward for your good service in England,
+whereof I was a witness and have affirmed it to her Majesty. What is the
+office she hath given you?
+
+_Lag._ It is the Vice-President of the College of Trade.
+
+_Wh._ I suppose the office is profitable as well as honourable.
+
+_Lag._ A competent salary is annexed to the office, and with us no person
+doth serve in any office or public employment, but he hath a salary for
+it from the State.
+
+_Wh._ That is honourable, and for the advantage of the State. One of your
+Ricks-Senators was here with me yesterday, and I had much discourse with
+him about my business.
+
+_Lag._ Which of them was with your Excellence?
+
+_Wh._ The Senator Schütt, whom I saw not before.
+
+_Lag._ I wonder at his visit; did he express much respect to your
+Commonwealth?
+
+_Wh._ As much as any I have met with.
+
+_Lag._ I much wonder at it; but shall advise your Excellence not to
+depend much upon this gentleman, nor to be over-free in your discourse
+with him; for he hath been under a cloud, and is very intimate with the
+Holland Resident.
+
+_Wh._ I thank you for your caution; but I have communicated nothing to
+him but what might be published.
+
+_Lag._ My Lord Eric Oxenstiern hath, by the Queen's command, some papers
+touching your business to be imparted to you.
+
+_Wh._ Do you remember the effect of them?
+
+_Lag._ They contain some explanation of the articles given in by your
+Excellence, and some additions offered to them, but not much differing
+from those exhibited by you.
+
+They had much discourse about these additions and explanations, whereof
+Whitelocke endeavoured to get as much knowledge from Lagerfeldt as he
+could beforehand, that he might be the better prepared to debate upon
+them when they should be produced; and he declared his sense positively
+against some of them to Lagerfeldt, which proved an advantage. Some of
+those additions mentioned by Lagerfeldt, being upon his report to Grave
+Eric of Whitelocke's judgement upon them, were left out of Grave Eric's
+paper.
+
+[SN: Further conference with Grave Eric Oxenstiern.]
+
+In the afternoon Grave Eric came to Whitelocke, and they had this
+discourse together:--
+
+_Gr. Eric._ Here is a paper, which I shall read unto you, containing some
+matters wherein I desire your consideration, being they relate to the
+treaty, as touching contraband goods; that there may be such a liberty,
+that trade be not impeached, that prizes may not be brought into the
+ports of friends, nor enemies admitted into the havens of the friends and
+allies of either nations; that the fishing for herrings and the trade in
+America may be free for the Swedes, and that they may have satisfaction
+for the wrongs done to them by the English at sea.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Here is very much in these particulars to which I have
+formerly given my answer, and can give no other. England hath had no
+reason to give a liberty of contraband goods when their enemies deny it,
+and it were hard to forbid friends to bring prizes into the ports of
+friends, being no prejudice to the owner of the port, but a discourtesy
+to the friend; neither is it reason to deny a friend to enter into my
+harbour because he is an enemy to another that is my friend also, whose
+quarrel I am not bound to wed. For the liberty of herring-fishing, it may
+be had from our Commonwealth upon reasonable conditions; and for the
+trade in America, I am not instructed to assent to anything therein, but
+I supposed it had been intended to send from hence to the Protector about
+it. And for satisfaction of wrongs, I know none done by the English to
+the Queen's subjects, and imagined that her Majesty had been satisfied in
+these points.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I have order to acquaint you with these particulars, and to
+confer with you about them, being esteemed by us just and reasonable.
+
+_Wh._ After my attendance here three or four months without any answer to
+my proposals, I did not expect to receive new ones from you so different
+from those which I gave in with equal respect to the good of both
+nations; and I having offered the friendship of England to you in
+general, you answer that it will be accepted, but upon particular and
+hard conditions.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I confess there hath been too much delay in your business,
+but it hath been occasioned by the uncertainty of the issue of your
+treaty with Holland.
+
+_Wh._ The issue of that treaty is not yet known, and the articles given
+in by me had no relation thereunto, and were proposed three months since.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ At present we take it for granted that the peace is concluded
+between you and Holland, and that now you are good friends.
+
+_Wh._ I wish we may be so; and if that peace be concluded, there is the
+less need of your proposals touching prizes, contraband{3} goods, etc.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ Though the peace be concluded between you, yet it is prudent
+to make those provisions, in case of a new war with them or others.
+
+_Wh._ I shall desire a copy of your particulars.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ You shall have them; and I desire you to read this paper,
+which is an order of the Council of State in England, delivered to Mr.
+Lagerfeldt when he was there, whereby these particulars are remitted to
+your negotiation.
+
+_Wh._ This paper bears date after my departure from England, and I never
+saw it before, nor received any particular instructions on this subject.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ If you are not satisfied touching the point of damages
+sustained by her Majesty's subjects in the taking of their ships and
+goods by the English, there may be witnesses examined here for proof
+thereof.
+
+_Wh._ I cannot erect a Court or Commissioners, or consent to examination
+of witnesses, in this place and upon this occasion; nor can I take
+accounts of merchants; I confess my ignorance.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ It may be contained in the treaty that justice shall be done,
+and satisfaction given to my countrymen for the wrongs done to them.
+
+_Wh._ That cannot be so expressed without accusing our Commonwealth, and
+at least confessing wrongs done, and implying that justice hath not been
+done; but I can assure you that the Commonwealth hath done, and will do,
+justice to their friends and to all persons, and I shall do all that lies
+in my power for that end.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I shall inform the Queen what hath passed in our conference,
+and know her Majesty's pleasure therein.
+
+
+_March 22, 1653._
+
+Monsieur Lyllicrone informed Whitelocke that Prince Adolphus had taken a
+solemn leave of the Queen, and was gone into the country. Whitelocke
+asked if it was upon any discontent; Lyllicrone said he knew not.
+Whitelocke asked if he would not be at the Ricksdag; Lyllicrone said he
+believed the Prince did not intend to be at it, but to travel _incognito_
+with a few servants into France and Italy.
+
+[SN: The French advances resumed.]
+
+The French Resident visited Whitelocke in the afternoon, and seeing his
+coaches and horses ready to go abroad to take the air, offered, with many
+compliments, to bear Whitelocke company, which he could not refuse. The
+Resident acquainted Whitelocke that Monsieur Bordeaux, now in London, had
+received a commission from the King of France to be his Ambassador to the
+Protector, and that Bordeaux had written to this gentleman here, to
+salute Whitelocke on his part, and to signify to him that Bordeaux would
+be willing to entertain a correspondence with Whitelocke, and had
+expressed much affection to his person. Whitelocke answered that he
+should be ready to testify all respect and service to Monsieur Bordeaux,
+and desired the Resident to testify the same to him at his next
+opportunity. Lagerfeldt came to Whitelocke, who had some trouble in
+discourse with them both together,--the Resident speaking only French,
+and Lagerfeldt only Latin, and he must answer them in their respective
+languages.
+
+After the Resident was gone, Lagerfeldt discoursed with Whitelocke about
+the treaty, particularly of the new proposals showed him by Grave Eric.
+Whitelocke gave the same answers to Lagerfeldt as he had done to Eric:
+then Lagerfeldt said, that by command of the Queen, he was to tender to
+Whitelocke a copy of articles. Whitelocke asked if they were the same
+that Grave Eric yesterday imparted to him, and whether Lagerfeldt had any
+speech with the Queen this day about them. Lagerfeldt said they were
+altered in some part, so as to make them the more acceptable to
+Whitelocke, and that he had a few words with the Queen about them.
+
+This caused Whitelocke to marvel that the Queen should pretend to him
+that she was sick, and therefore put off the audience which he desired
+this day, and yet her Majesty found herself well enough to peruse and
+debate with Lagerfeldt these articles; but he said nothing thereof to
+others, only made thereof his own observations and use, as he saw
+occasion. Lagerfeldt and he perused these new articles, and had much
+discourse upon them, and in effect the same as with Grave Eric.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's amusements in his household.]
+
+In the long winter-nights here, Whitelocke thought fit to give way to
+some passages of diversion to please his people, and to keep them
+together in his house, and from temptations to disorder and debauchery in
+going abroad, besides the danger of the streets in being late out. He
+therefore had music, both instrumental and vocal, in concert, performed
+by those of his own family, who were some of them excellent in that art,
+and himself sometimes bore his part with them. He also gave way to their
+exercise and pleasure of dancing in his great chamber, that he might be
+present at it, and admitted no undecent postures, but seemly properties
+of habits in their shows. He encouraged public disputations in Latin
+among the young men who were scholars, himself present in the great
+chamber, and appointing a moderator; and this exercise they found useful
+and pleasant, and improving their language. To this end likewise they had
+public declamations in Latin, himself giving them the question, as "an
+quodcunque evenerit sit optimum," etc., so that his house was like an
+academy.
+
+
+_March 23, 1653._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke again negotiates with the Queen.]
+
+Whitelocke attended the Queen; and after some discourses of pleasantries,
+they fell upon the treaty, and Whitelocke said to her:--
+
+_Whitelocke._ My business, Madam, is now brought to a conclusion.
+
+_Queen._ Is it to your liking?
+
+_Wh._ Pardon me, Madam, if I say it is not at all to my liking; for in
+the articles which Grave Eric sent me there were many particulars to
+which I could not agree, and I much wondered to receive such articles
+from him, being persuaded that your Majesty was before satisfied by me in
+most of the particulars in them.
+
+_Qu._ What are those particulars?
+
+The articles Whitelocke had in readiness with him, and his observations
+upon them, having taken pains this morning to compare their articles with
+his own, and to frame his objections upon them. The Queen wrote down the
+objections with her own hand, and then entered into a debate with
+Whitelocke upon the whole, and seemed to be satisfied in most of the
+points insisted on by Whitelocke; but was stiff upon the law relating to
+ships of war which is mentioned in her eleventh article, and upon some
+other particulars. After the debate, she desired that Whitelocke would
+the next morning bring to her his objections in writing; and then she
+said, "We will not be long before we come to a conclusion of this
+business."
+
+Whitelocke thought it convenient to make his addresses to the Queen
+herself, and, as much as he could, to decline conferences with her
+Commissioner Grave Eric, whom he found more than others averse and cross
+to him in his treaty. And the Queen was pleased to admit Whitelocke to
+this way, and was not displeased to have applications in this and other
+affairs of the like nature to be made upon her person; whereof Whitelocke
+had private information before from Piementelle, Woolfeldt, and others,
+whose advice he pursued herein with good success.
+
+Her Majesty also permitted Whitelocke to have a free debate with her upon
+the points controverted, and would return answers to every argument with
+as much reason and ingenuity as any of her Ministers of State, and be
+sooner than they satisfied with what was reason. She told Whitelocke that
+she marvelled that he, having received those long articles but late the
+last night, should be able to make objections, and to enter into a debate
+upon all of them this day, when her people had much longer time to frame
+these articles. Whitelocke answered, "Yes, by two or three months." After
+some other discourse, Whitelocke left her in a pleasant humour.
+
+Being returned home, Lagerfeldt came again to him to sift him, and to
+know what answer the Queen had given to his objections upon the new
+articles. But Whitelocke fitted his inquiry, and thought not convenient
+to communicate to him more than what might advantage his business to be
+reported to Grave Eric; and because, in all conferences with the Queen,
+no person was admitted to be present with them, not her own
+Commissioners for the treaty, or any of the Senators, for the secresy of
+the business, which was much to the liking of Whitelocke, and furtherance
+of the treaty. They had much discourse upon the new articles, to the same
+effect as formerly; and Lagerfeldt said he doubted not but the Queen
+would in a short time conclude it to Whitelocke's satisfaction.
+
+After this discourse Whitelocke inquired of Lagerfeldt how the
+Chancellor's health was, and what physicians were about him. Lagerfeldt
+said he was still sick of his ague, and had no physician attending him
+but one who had been a chirurgeon in the army, and now constantly lived
+in the house with the Chancellor as a humble friend, sat at his table,
+and had a pension from him of four hundred rix-dollars a year; who had
+some good receipts, especially for the stone, which agreed with the
+Chancellor's constitution, which this chirurgeon only studied and
+attended. And so it was generally in this great and large country.
+Whitelocke met with no doctor of physic or professed physician in any
+town or country, not any attending the person of the Queen herself; but
+there are many good women, and some private persons, who use to help
+people that are diseased by some ordinary known medicines; and their
+diseases are but few, their remedies generally communicated, and they
+live many of them to a great age.
+
+[SN: Letters and despatches from England.]
+
+Whitelocke received letters from England, which were always welcome,
+especially bringing the good news of the welfare of his relations. He
+received very respectful letters from the Earl of Clare, Sir Charles
+Woolsey, Colonel Sydenham, the Master of the Rolls, Mr. Reynolds, Lord
+Commissioner Lisle, and divers others, besides his usual letters from his
+wife, Mr. Hall, Mr. Cokaine, his brothers-in-law, and divers other
+friends. In those from Thurloe he had the particular passages of the
+Dutch treaty, and that he believed the peace with them would be
+concluded; and in those letters Thurloe also writes thus:--
+
+    "Your Excellence's of the 27th of January I communicated to his
+    Highness and to the Council, who, although they do not by this
+    transaction of the Queen very well understand her intentions as to
+    the peace, yet they are very much satisfied with the management
+    thereof on your part, and commit the issue thereof unto the Lord,
+    who will either bless your endeavours by bringing things to a
+    desired issue, or otherwise dispose of this affair to the glory of
+    God, the good of the Commonwealth, and the comfort of yourself who
+    are employed in it.
+
+    "The Council, upon consideration of the whole matter, did not find
+    it necessary to give you any further directions, nor did his
+    Highness, especially seeing his last letters but one did express his
+    sense upon that treaty, and nothing hath occurred since which hath
+    given any cause of alteration.
+
+    "The French King and Cardinal, seeing themselves disappointed at the
+    Hague as to their inclusion in that treaty, endeavour to effect it
+    here; and to that purpose the Cardinal sent hither one Monsieur Le
+    Baas to congratulate his Highness, and to assure him of the
+    friendship of the King; and that, if he pleased, the King would
+    banish Charles Stuart and his family out of his dominions, and
+    proclaim the Protector in France; and hath since sent a Commissioner
+    to Monsieur Bordeaux to be Ambassador.
+
+    "The Spanish Ambassador doth also very much court his Highness and
+    the present Government. Don Francisco Romero, Captain of the Guard
+    to the Archduke, arrived here the last night, to congratulate his
+    Highness in the Duke's name.
+
+    "I have moved the Council in the two papers your Excellence trusted
+    to my care. What order the Council hath been pleased to make
+    thereupon you will see by their enclosed order, and my care shall
+    not be wanting to see an effectual execution thereof.
+
+                  "Your Excellence's humble and faithful servant,
+                                                      "JO. THURLOE.
+"_24th February, 1653._"
+
+The Council's Order was this:--
+
+    "AT THE COUNCIL CHAMBER, WHITEHALL.
+
+    "_Friday, 24th of February, 1653._
+
+    [SN: Order in Council on the Swedish prizes.]
+
+    "On consideration of several papers which came enclosed in a letter
+    from the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke, and were this day presented to
+    the Council, containing some complaints made by divers of the
+    subjects of her Majesty of Sweden, viz. concerning a Swedish galliot
+    called the 'Land of Promise,' and a ship called the 'Castle of
+    Stockholm,' and certain goods taken out of the 'Gold Star' of
+    Hamburg, and claimed as belonging to Alexander Ceccony, gentleman,
+    principal officer of the Queen's wardrobe: _Ordered_, That several
+    copies of the said papers be forthwith sent to the Judges of the
+    Court of Admiralty and to the Commissioners for Prize Goods, to whom
+    it is respectively referred, diligently to inform themselves of the
+    true state of the said ship and goods, and what proceedings have
+    been had in the Court of Admiralty or Prize Office touching the same
+    or any of them, and thereof to make report to the Council. And it is
+    especially recommended and given in charge to the said Judges that
+    both in these and in all matters concerning the said Queen or her
+    subjects, which do or shall depend before them, all right and fair
+    respect be given upon all occasions; and that whatsoever of the said
+    goods belonging to her Majesty's servant they shall discover, be by
+    them ordered to be forthwith delivered.
+
+                                    "Ex^r W. JESSOP,
+                                          "Clerk of the Council."
+
+This Order Whitelocke caused to be translated into Latin, and sent
+copies of it to the Chancellor, to Grave Eric, to Mr. Ceccony, and to
+others; and he showed it to the Queen, and all were pleased with it,
+hoping for further fruit of it, and esteeming Whitelocke to be in good
+credit with his superiors.
+
+
+_March 24, 1653._
+
+[SN: Reports of the negotiation to England.]
+
+Whitelocke made his despatches for England, and wrote above twenty
+letters to several of his friends there, finding it grateful to them to
+receive letters from him at such a distance; and that answers to letters
+are expected, and ill taken if neglected; that they cost little, and
+please much. He was hindered by Woolfeldt, who made a long visit to him,
+though upon the post day; at which he wondered, in regard Woolfeldt had
+been himself often employed as a public minister, and knew so well what
+belonged to the making of despatches.
+
+To recover his lost time, Whitelocke (as he often used when business
+pressed him) wrote one letter himself and dictated two others to his
+secretaries at the same time, and so, in effect, wrote three letters at
+once. The letter which he now wrote to Secretary Thurloe contained his
+whole transactions since his last letters to him; and the conclusion of
+the letter, showing the state of his negotiation, was this:--
+
+    "This afternoon Grave Eric came to me from the Queen, who desired
+    that my audience, appointed this day, might be put off till the
+    holidays were past, and said that by reason of the sacrament upon
+    Easter Day, this day and tomorrow were to be spent in preparation
+    thereunto; but he told me that she commanded him to receive my
+    objections to his articles in writing, the which I gave him
+    according to that large paper which you will receive herewith. We
+    had very much debate upon the particulars, much of it according to
+    what I have mentioned before.
+
+    "I have thought fit to send you this large paper that you might see
+    the whole business before you at one view, and it hath cost me some
+    pains. I shall continue my best endeavours to bring your business to
+    a good effect. I am put to struggle with more difficulties than I
+    could expect, and their policy here is great. One may soon be
+    overtaken with long, intricate, and new proposals; but I hope God
+    will direct me, whom I do seek, and shall not wilfully transgress my
+    instructions.
+
+    "When I speak with the Queen, she seems to be satisfied; and then
+    some of the grandees seek to persuade her to a contrary opinion, and
+    to keep me from her, and lay objections in the way to cross it (for
+    we want no enemies here). I then endeavour again to satisfy the
+    Queen, and break through their designs as well as I can; to do
+    which, and to get a good despatch against all opposition, and yet so
+    as not to supplicate anything from them, nor in the least to
+    prostitute the honour of my Lord Protector and of the Commonwealth,
+    or to prejudice them, is a task hard enough for a great favourite,
+    much more hard for a stranger, and whose differing principles may
+    render him the less acceptable. However, I shall hope that the Lord
+    will direct me for the best, whether they agree with my judgement or
+    not.
+
+    "If I can conclude with them, I shall presently be upon my return,
+    and hope within a week or two to receive his Highness's order to
+    give me leave to come home. What I cannot consent to or obtain at
+    present, I presume they will be contented to have referred to a
+    future agreement, wherein there can be no prejudice (in my humble
+    opinion) to your affairs.
+
+    "I ask your pardon for my tedious informations, wherein I take no
+    pleasure; but supposing the business to require it, I presume you
+    will excuse
+
+                  "Your very affectionate friend to serve you,
+                                                  "B. WHITELOCKE.
+    "_Upsal, 24th March, 1653._"
+
+Most of the night was spent by Whitelocke in making his despatches for
+England; neither did he neglect any one friend from whom he had received
+the favour and kindness of their letters to him here; by which civility
+he obtained the more advice and intelligence from England, and made good
+use of it in this Court. His constant letters from his wife and other
+private friends he also found of much comfort and advantage to him.
+
+
+_March 25, 1654._
+
+[SN: New Year's Day, Old Style.]
+
+This day, by the Swedish computation as well as that of England, is the
+first day of the year 1654.
+
+Mr. Bloome came to Whitelocke with a compliment from the Chancellor, that
+he was sorry he could not visit Whitelocke before his going out of town,
+because he was ill, and retired himself into the country, to be quit from
+business and to recover his health; and at his return he would come to
+Whitelocke and confer with him.
+
+This gentleman Whitelocke apprehended to be often sent to him as a spy,
+to inquire of his intentions, and therefore he thought good to make use
+of him by telling such things to him as Whitelocke thought and wished
+might be again reported by Bloome unto the Chancellor. Therefore, among
+other discourses, Whitelocke told Bloome that France, Spain, Portugal,
+Italy, Holland, Switzerland, Denmark, and other princes and states, had
+sent their public ministers to the Protector, desiring friendship with
+him; but his Highness having sent his Ambassador into this kingdom, they
+had testified so little respect to him, that in three or four months'
+time they had not vouchsafed to give him an answer to his proposals.
+
+Mr. Symonds, an Englishman, excellent in his art of graving and taking
+off pictures in little, in wax, for which he had regard in this Court and
+promises of money, this person often frequented Whitelocke, his
+countryman, and his house, and after some time made a request to
+Whitelocke to speak to the Queen in his favour. Whitelocke, knowing that
+ambassadors' offices ought not to be cheap, told Symonds in a kind of
+drollery that surely he could not expect such a courtesy from him, since,
+being an Englishman, he had not acquainted the English Ambassador with
+any matter of consequence, nor done any service to his country, since
+Whitelocke's arrival here; that when he should deserve it, Whitelocke
+would be ready to do him service.
+
+
+_March 26, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke reproves the English for disorder on the Lord's Day.]
+
+_The Lord's Day._--Divers English and Scots came to the public duties of
+the day in Whitelocke's house; and amongst other discourse Whitelocke
+learnt from them that Waters, one of his trumpets, going late in the
+evening to his lodging, was set upon by some drunkards with their swords,
+and wounded, whereof he continued very ill. Whitelocke examined and
+reproved some of his company for disorders committed by them on the
+Lord's Day and other days, which he told them he would not bear; and it
+was the worse in their commitment of those crimes, and the less reason
+for them to expect a connivance thereat, because Whitelocke had so often
+and so publicly inveighed against the profanation of that day in this
+place; but among a hundred some will be always found base, vicious, and
+wicked.
+
+
+_March 27, 1654._
+
+[SN: Festivities of Easter Monday.]
+
+This being Easter Monday, some of Whitelocke's people went to the castle
+to hear the Queen's music in her chapel, which they reported to
+Whitelocke to be very curious; and that in the afternoon was appointed an
+ancient solemnity of running at the ring. Some Italians of the Queen's
+music dined with Whitelocke, and afterwards sang to him and presented him
+with a book of their songs, which, according to expectation, was not
+unrewarded.
+
+Whitelocke went not abroad this festival-time to visit anybody, nor did
+any grandees come to visit him; he had an imagination that they might be
+forbidden to do it, the rather because Piementelle and Woolfeldt, who
+were accustomed to come often to him, had of late refrained to do it, and
+had not answered Whitelocke's last visit in ten days. The Queen had also
+excused her not admitting Whitelocke to have audiences, by saying she was
+busy or sick, when, at the same time, Piementelle and others were
+admitted to her presence, and for two or three hours together discoursed
+with her. This was resented and spoken of by Whitelocke so as it might
+come to the Queen's ear.
+
+
+_March 28, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Swedes desire to defer the treaty until the new reign.]
+
+After the master of the ceremonies had dined with Whitelocke, and was in
+a good humour, he desired Whitelocke to withdraw from the rest of the
+strangers, and that he might speak privately with him; and going into the
+bedchamber, the master told him that he had heard from some that
+Whitelocke had expressed a discontent, and the master desired to know if
+any had given him offence, or if there were anything wherein the master
+might do him service. Whitelocke said he apprehended some occasion of
+discontent in that he had attended here near four months, and had not yet
+obtained any answer to his proposals. The master excused the delay in
+regard of the Queen's purpose of quitting the Government. Whitelocke said
+he believed that occasioned much trouble to her Majesty, and which gave
+him cause to doubt that his frequent visits of her Majesty might give her
+some inconvenience. He replied that Whitelocke's company was very
+agreeable to the Queen, though at present she was overcharged with
+business.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I do acknowledge the favours I have received from her
+Majesty, and your civilities to me, for which I shall not be ungrateful.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ Would it not be of advantage to your business to attend for
+the conclusion of it until the coronation of our new King, to be assented
+to by him; by which means the alliance will be more firm than to have it
+done by the Queen so near her quitting of the Government?
+
+_Wh._ I shall hardly stay so long a time as till the beginning of the
+reign of your new King, nor have I any letters of credence or commission
+but to the Queen; and I believe that all acts done by her before her
+resignation will be held good, and particularly this touching the
+friendship with England, which, I suppose, will be also very agreeable to
+his Kingly Highness, and be inviolably observed by him.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ I do not doubt but that the new King will observe the
+alliance which the Queen shall make with England, but perhaps it might
+better be made with the new King himself; and although you have no
+letters of credence to him, yet you may write into England and have them
+sent to you.
+
+_Wh._ That will require more time than I have to stay in this place. I
+believe the new King will not be crowned yet these two or three months;
+and it will be two months from this time before I can receive new
+credentials from England, and two or three months after that before I can
+return home; by which account I shall be abroad yet eight months longer,
+which will be till the next winter; and that would be too long a time for
+me to be absent from my family and affairs in England.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ I shall speak with the Queen in this business, and shortly
+return to you.
+
+It was imagined by Whitelocke that the master of the ceremonies was
+purposely sent to him to sound him touching the deferring of the treaty;
+and the like errand Mr. Bloome came to him about; and Whitelocke fully
+declared to them his distaste of any thought thereof, and the more at
+large and positively because he knew what he said would be reported to
+the full to her Majesty and to the Chancellor.
+
+
+_March 29, 1654._
+
+The master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke from the Queen to excuse
+Whitelocke's not having had audiences when he desired them; which he said
+was because her Majesty had been so full of business, which had hindered
+her, and particularly because of the holidays; but he said, if Whitelocke
+pleased to have his audience tomorrow, the Queen would be glad to see
+him. Whitelocke desired the master to return his thanks to her Majesty
+for her favours, and to let her know that he should be ready to attend
+her at such time as she should appoint. The master said he would acquaint
+her Majesty herewith, and so went away in the midst of dinner.
+
+[SN: Lord Douglas visits Whitelocke.]
+
+The Lord Douglas, a Scotsman, came to visit Whitelocke. He is an ancient
+servant to this Crown; he was a page to King Gustavus Adolphus, and by
+him preferred to military command, wherein he quitted himself so well
+that he was promoted to be General of the Horse, and was now a Baron and
+Ricks-Stallmaster, or master of the horse, in Sweden. He excused himself
+that he had not oftener visited Whitelocke, being hindered by his
+sickness of an ague, which had held him thirty weeks, and had not yet
+left him. He said that the next day after his arrival here the Queen
+asked him if he had been to see the English Ambassador, and that
+Whitelocke was much obliged to the Queen for her good opinion of him:
+whereof Whitelocke said he had received many testimonies, and of her
+respects to the Protector and Commonwealth as well as to their servant.
+Douglas said, that besides her respect to the Protector, she had a
+particular respect for Whitelocke; with much discourse of that nature.
+
+[SN: Further excuses for delay.]
+
+He then went to visit his old comrade Colonel Potley, who was ill and
+kept his chamber. He fell upon the discourse that it would be convenient
+for Whitelocke to stay here till the coronation of the new King, that the
+treaty might be concluded by him: to which the same answers were given by
+Whitelocke as he had before given to the master of the ceremonies.
+
+Whilst the Lord Douglas was in Whitelocke's house, Grave Eric came to
+Whitelocke by command of the Queen, to excuse the delay of his business,
+and that some of his audiences had been remitted. He said, her Majesty
+had been informed by the master of the ceremonies that Whitelocke should
+say he had demanded audiences three times, and could not obtain one.
+Whitelocke answered, that there was a little mistake therein, though
+there was something near it, and said, it was not his desire to occasion
+trouble to her Majesty. Eric answered, that the Queen desired Whitelocke
+would excuse her by reason of the holidays, during which time they did
+not use in this country to treat of any business, and that the Queen had
+likewise many other hindrances; but that whensoever it should please
+Whitelocke to come to her Majesty, he would be very welcome. He said, he
+was going out of town to his father to conduct him hither, and that
+within a day or two he would visit Whitelocke, and that his business
+would have a speedy despatch. Whitelocke wished him a good journey, and
+that he and his father might have a safe and speedy return hither.
+
+Piementelle sent to Whitelocke to move the Queen to grant her pardon to a
+Swede who had killed another, for which by the law he was to die; and
+Piementelle offered to second Whitelocke, if he would entreat the Queen
+for her pardon to the homicide. Whitelocke desired to be excused herein,
+alleging that he, being a public minister, it was not proper for him nor
+for Piementelle to interpose with her Majesty in a matter of this nature,
+and particularly touching her own subjects, and in a matter of blood; but
+this denial Piementelle seemed to take ill, and to be more strange to
+Whitelocke afterwards.
+
+The holidays being past, Piementelle had his audience appointed this day
+to take his leave of the Queen. Whitelocke sent his son James and some
+others of his gentlemen to be present at it, who reported to Whitelocke
+that Piementelle spake to the Queen in Spanish, and that she answered him
+in Swedish, which was interpreted by Grave Tott; that Piementelle
+observed very much ceremony, and when he made his public harangue to the
+Queen he grew very pale and trembled, which was strange for a man of his
+parts, and who had been so frequent in his conversation with her Majesty.
+But some said it was a high compliment, acted by the Spaniard to the
+life, to please the Queen, who took delight to be thought, by her majesty
+and presence, to put a dread and daunting upon foreigners; which in a
+truth she was noted often to do when public ministers had their audiences
+in solemnity with her Majesty.
+
+
+_March 30, 1654._
+
+[SN: An interview with the Queen.]
+
+One of the Queen's lacqueys came to Whitelocke's house in dinner-time, to
+desire him, from the Queen, to come to her at two o'clock. Whitelocke
+was a little sensible of the quality of the messenger, and therefore
+himself would not speak with him, but sent his answer by one of his
+servants, and accordingly waited on the Queen.
+
+He was met at the guard-chamber by Grave Tott and divers of the Queen's
+servants, with more solemnity than ordinary, and presently brought to the
+Queen. After her excuse of his not having had audiences she fell into
+discourse of his business. Whitelocke presented to her a form of
+articles, according to his own observations upon those articles he had
+formerly given in, and upon those he received from Grave Eric. Thereupon
+the Queen said to him, "You will not consent to any one of my articles,
+but insist upon all your own." Whitelocke showed her wherein he had
+consented to divers of her articles, and for what reasons he could not
+agree to the rest. They had discourse upon the whole, to the same effect
+as hath been before remembered.
+
+The Queen told Whitelocke, that if those articles should not be
+concluded, that nevertheless the amity between the two nations might be
+continued. Whitelocke answered, that it would be no great testimony of
+amity, nor proof of respect to the Protector and Commonwealth, to send
+back their servant after so long attendance, without effecting anything.
+The Queen said she would despatch his business within a few days, and,
+she hoped, to his contentment. Whitelocke told her it was in her
+Majesty's power to do it; that he could not stay until the change whereof
+people discoursed, and that he had her Majesty's promise for his
+despatch, which he knew she would not break.
+
+Then the Queen fell into other discourses, and in particular of poetry;
+which occasion Whitelocke took to show her a copy of Latin verses made by
+an English gentleman, a friend of Whitelocke's, and sent over to him
+hither, and which he had now about him, and knew that such diversions
+were pleasing to the Queen.[71]
+
+At his leisure hours, Whitelocke turned these verses into English, which
+ran thus:--
+
+    "_To the most Illustrious and most Excellent Lord, the Lord
+    Whitelocke, Ambassador Extraordinary to the Most Serene Queen of
+    Sweden. An Ode._
+
+    Whitelocke, delight of Mars, the ornament
+    Of gownmen, from thy country being sent,
+    Tribunals languish; Themis sad is led,
+    Sighing under her mourning widow's bed.
+    Without thee suitors in thick crowds do run,
+    Sowing perpetual strife, which once begun,
+    Till happy fate thee home again shall send,
+    Those sharp contentions will have no end.
+    But through the snowy seas and northern ways,
+    When the remoter sun made shortest days,
+    O'er tops of craggy mountains, paths untrod,
+    Where untamed creatures only make abode,
+    Thy love to thy dear country hath thee brought,
+    Ambassador from England. Thou hast sought
+    The Swedish confines buried in frost,
+    Straight wilt thou see the French and Spanish coast;
+    And them fast bind to thy loved Britany
+    In a perpetual league of amity.
+    So wilt thou arbitrator be of Peace,
+    Her pious author; thou wilt cause to cease
+    The sound of war, our ears it shall not pierce;
+    Thou wilt be Chancellor of the universe.
+    Christina, that sweet nymph, no longer shall
+    Detain thee; be thou careful not to fall,
+    Prudent Ulysses, under those delights
+    To which the learned Circe thee invites.
+    Thy chaste Penelope doth call thee slow;
+    Thy friends call for thee home; and they do know
+    New embassies, affairs abroad, at home,
+    Require thy service,--stay till thou dost come.
+    Thou, Keeper of the Seal, dost take away
+    Foreign contentions; thou dost cause to stay
+    The wars of princes. Shut thou Janus' gate,
+    Ambassador of peace to every state."
+
+The Queen was much delighted with these and other verses which Whitelocke
+showed her; read them over several times, and desired copies of them,
+which Whitelocke sent her; and in this good humour she wished Whitelocke
+to leave with her a copy of his articles as he had now revised them, and
+to come to her again the next day, when she would give him a further
+answer, and, she hoped, to his contentment.
+
+[SN: Spain suspected of intriguing against the treaty.]
+
+Woolfeldt visited Whitelocke, and excused his long absence by reason of
+the holidays. He informed Whitelocke with much freedom, that it was
+against the interest of Spain that England and Sweden should be in
+alliance together, and that Whitelocke's negotiation had been hindered by
+the Spanish Resident here, more than by any other. Whereunto Whitelocke
+said little positively, but compared his words with the late carriage of
+Piementelle,--especially since Whitelocke did not so heartily entertain
+the Queen's motion (which probably Piementelle put her upon) to have the
+Spaniard included in the league with England and Sweden, which Whitelocke
+was not empowered to treat upon, and Whitelocke also remembered the
+deferring of his audiences lately desired.[73] But these things he was to
+keep to himself, and to court Woolfeldt, which he did, and Piementelle
+likewise, who came to visit Whitelocke whilst Woolfeldt was with him, and
+made the same excuse as he had done for his long absence. They had much
+general discourse, but nothing (as usually before) touching Whitelocke's
+business. Piementelle said he purposed to depart from Upsal within seven
+or eight days; that yesterday he had taken his leave of the Queen, and
+came in the next place to take his leave of Whitelocke, who gave him
+thanks for this honour, and said he was sorry for the departure of
+Piementelle, whereby he should have a very great loss in being deprived
+of the acceptable conversation of so honourable a friend.
+
+[SN: Despatches from England complaining of delay.]
+
+Whitelocke received many letters from England; in those from Thurloe he
+saith:--
+
+    "I am sorry your last letters give us no greater hopes of that which
+    we so much long for, to wit, your Excellence's speedy return home;
+    it seeming by them that the treaty was not much advanced since your
+    last before, notwithstanding the great care and diligence used by
+    your Excellency for the promoting thereof, as also the great
+    acceptance you have with the Queen and Court, as is acknowledged by
+    other public ministers residing there. It is now more than probable
+    they will expect the issue of the Dutch business before they will
+    come to any conclusion; as also to see what terms we are like to be
+    upon with France, that so the Queen may manage her treaty with
+    England accordingly, which I suppose she may not be long ignorant
+    of. In the meantime his Highness thinks he is somewhat delayed on
+    her part."
+
+Then Thurloe relates all the passages of the Dutch Ambassadors, and that,
+in effect, they had agreed to the articles; of the endeavours of the
+French to have a league with the Protector, and no less of the Spaniard.
+And he writes at large the news of the Archduke, as also that of Scotland
+and Ireland, and confutes the rumour of a discontent in the army of the
+Protector.
+
+In another letter from Thurloe of a later date, received by the same
+post, he saith thus:--
+
+    "His Highness understands by your Excellence's last letters, that
+    the treaty with the Queen of Sweden will much depend upon the treaty
+    with the Dutch here, and until the issue of that be known no great
+    matter is to be expected from your negotiation: concerning which, it
+    being very probable that before the next ordinary it will be seen
+    what issue the Dutch treaty will be brought unto, his Highness will
+    refer his further directions to you till then; leaving it to your
+    Excellence to proceed upon the former instructions as you shall find
+    it convenient, and for his service according as affairs now stand."
+
+The clause in this letter, of referring further directions till after the
+issue of the Dutch treaty, was some trouble to Whitelocke's thoughts,
+fearing it might delay his return home; but he laid hold upon the latter
+part of this letter, whereby it is left to Whitelocke to proceed upon the
+former instructions as he should find it convenient and for his
+Highness's service; which, as it reposed a great trust in Whitelocke, so
+it gave him warrant to conclude his treaty, and obliged him to the more
+care to perform that trust which they had so fully put in him.
+
+[SN: Claim on behalf of the Swedish ships in England.]
+
+Mr. Bonnele representing to the Protector the losses which the Swedes
+suffered by the ships of England, the Protector caused an answer
+thereunto to be returned, the copy whereof was sent by Thurloe to
+Whitelocke, and was thus:--
+
+    "Whereas Mr. Bonnele, Resident of the Queen of Sweden, hath, by a
+    paper of the 4th of March, remonstrated to his Highness that several
+    ships and goods belonging to the said Queen and her subjects are
+    taken at sea by the ships of this State, and brought into these
+    parts, contrary to the declaration of the Council of State, 1st
+    April, 1653, whereby they did declare, that for preventing the
+    present obstruction of trade, all ships truly belonging to the
+    Queen or her subjects, of Sweden, that should bring with them
+    certificates from her said Majesty, or the chief magistrate of the
+    place from whence they come, grounded upon the respective oaths of
+    the magistrates and loaders that the said ship and lading do belong
+    _bonâ fide_ to the said Queen or her subjects, and to no stranger
+    whatsoever, should and might freely pass without interruption or
+    disturbance. His Highness hath commanded that it be returned in
+    answer to the said Resident, that although the said declaration was
+    to be in force for the space of three months, in which time a form
+    of passport and certificates was to be thought of for preventing
+    fraud and collusion, yet no provision of that nature having been yet
+    agreed upon, and it being contrary to his intention that the goods
+    and ships belonging to her said Majesty or subjects (with whom he
+    desires to conserve all good correspondence) should in the meantime
+    suffer inconvenience or prejudice by the ships of this State, hath
+    renewed, as he doth hereby renew, the said declaration with respect
+    to the present treaty now on foot between the two nations, wherein
+    some course may be provided for preventing the said frauds.
+
+    "And to the end there may be the better effect of this declaration,
+    his Highness hath given order to the Judges of the Admiralty that if
+    any ships or goods be brought into these parts belonging to her
+    Majesty or subjects, that the producing of certificates according to
+    the said declaration, in open Court and upon oath made by them that
+    do produce such certificates, that they are good and authentic, and
+    obtained without fraud or deceit, that the Judges shall thereupon
+    (there being no proof before them to the contrary) discharge the
+    said ships or goods without further delay. Provided that such ships
+    were not bound with contraband goods to the ports or harbours of any
+    of the United Provinces.
+
+    "For the herring-buss, there having been proceedings thereupon in
+    the Court of Admiralty, and a sentence of condemnation given
+    against her as belonging to the enemies of this State, his Highness
+    does not conceive that it can be expected from him to interpose in
+    matters belonging to the decision of that Court; besides, the law
+    having in the ordinary course provided a remedy, by way of appeal,
+    in case of wrong or injustice done by that Court.
+
+    "For the goods of Mr. Alexander Cecconi, supposed to be taken by a
+    ship belonging to this State, orders have been given by the Council
+    concerning them, and some return made upon those orders; and the
+    said Commissary may rest assured that speedy and effectual justice
+    will be done in that particular.
+
+                                                    "JO. THURLOE.
+    "_March 10th, 1653._"
+
+These orders of the Council Whitelocke caused to be translated into
+Latin, that he might communicate them as he saw occasion.
+
+
+_March 31, 1654._
+
+[SN: Reports to England.]
+
+Whitelocke despatched a great number of letters to his friends in
+England: in those to Secretary Thurloe he gave a full account of all
+transactions of his negotiations and passages here since his last
+letters.
+
+This day, though the post-day, Woolfeldt again visited Whitelocke, to his
+no little interruption in his despatches; yet from him Whitelocke learned
+many things in relation to Denmark, for the advantage of England, and
+Woolfeldt testified great affection and respect to the Protector and
+Commonwealth. He was also interrupted by his attendance upon the Queen,
+according to her appointment. The Chancellor came forth from her as
+Whitelocke went in, and he told Whitelocke that the Queen, hearing of his
+being without, had sent to desire him to come in to her. Whitelocke read
+some of his news to the Queen, and the paper which the Protector had
+caused to be given to her Commissary Bonnele at London; upon which
+Whitelocke took the boldness a little to paraphrase, and her Majesty was
+well pleased with it. They fell into discourse of the treaty, much to the
+same effect as formerly; but Whitelocke staid the less time with her
+Majesty, because he presumed that the Chancellor and his son waited
+without to speak with her about his business. She promised Whitelocke to
+send him an answer of his business the next day, and that one of her
+ships should be ready at the Dollars (the mouth of the haven of
+Stockholm) to transport him to Lübeck when he should desire it; which was
+acceptable to Whitelocke to think on, and he thanked her Majesty for it.
+
+Thus was March passed over, full of trouble, yet nothing effected in his
+business.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[41] [The Ambassador's verses I have ventured to omit, as alike destitute
+of elegance, point, or metre.]
+
+[71] "_Ad Illustrissimum et Excellentissimum Dominum, Dominum Whitelocke,
+Legatum Angliæ Extraordinarium apud Serenissimam Sueciæ Reginam. Ode._
+
+    "Vitloce, Martis deliciæ, decus
+          Gentis legatæ; te sine, languidum
+          Moeret tribunal, et cubili
+          In viduo Themis ingemiscit.
+    Denso cientes agmine cursitant,
+    Et sempiternas te sine consuunt
+          Lites, neque hic discordiarum
+          Finis erit, nisi tu revertas.
+    Sed te nivosum per mare, per vias
+    Septentrionum, per juga montium,
+          Inhospitales per recessus
+          Duxit amor patriæ decorus.
+    Legatus oras jam Sueonum vides
+    Bruma sepultas; mox quoque Galliam,
+          Hispaniam mox cum Britannis
+          Foedere perpetuo ligabis.
+    Sic pacis author, sic pius arbiter
+    Gentes per omnes qua sonuit tuba
+          Dicere; cancellariusque
+          Orbis eris simul universi.
+    Christina, dulcis nympha, diutiùs
+    Ne te moretur: qui merito clues
+          Prudens Ulysses, sperne doctæ
+          Popula deliciasque Circes.
+    Te casta tentum Penelope vocat,
+    Vocant amici, teque aliæ vocant
+          Legationes, te requirunt
+          Ardua multa domi forisque.
+    Custos Sigilli tu dirimes cito
+    Pugnas forenses, bellaque principum
+          Legatus idem terminabis:
+          Tu (sera candida) claude fanum."
+
+[73] [This change was probably the consequence of the negotiations then
+going on between Louis XIV. and Cromwell in London, which had excited the
+jealousy of the Spanish Court, as is stated by Thurloe in the next page.]
+
+
+
+
+APRIL.
+
+
+_April 1, 1654._
+
+[SN: A capital execution in Sweden.]
+
+In the morning, in the market-place, near Whitelocke's lodging, was an
+execution of one adjudged to die for a murder. The offender was brought
+into the midst of the market-place, which was open and spacious, and a
+great multitude of people spectators. The offender kneeled down upon the
+ground, a great deal of sand being laid under and about him to soak up
+his blood, and a linen cloth was bound about his eyes: he seemed not much
+terrified, but when the company sang a psalm, he sang with them, holding
+up his hands together, and his body upright, his doublet off. He prayed
+also with the company, but made no speech to them; nor did any other
+speak to the people. The executioner stood behind him, with a great naked
+sword in his hand and a linen apron before him, and while the offender
+was praying the headsman in an instant, at one back-blow, cut off his
+head, which fell down upon the sand; and some friends took it from the
+executioner, and carried it away with the body to be buried. Presently
+after this execution was past, two other offenders for smaller crimes
+were brought to the same place, to suffer the punishment of the law,
+which they call running the gauntlet,--a usual punishment among
+soldiers.
+
+[SN: Running the gauntlet.]
+
+The people stood in length in the market-place about a hundred yards,
+leaving an open space or lane between them of about five yards' distance;
+then the offender, being naked to the waist, was brought to one end of
+the lane or open place. The people had rods or switches of birch given to
+as many as would take them; the offender was to run or go, as he pleased
+(and one of them walked but a Spanish pace), from one end of the lane of
+people to the other, twice or thrice forward and backward; and all the
+way as he went, the people who had the switches lashed the offender as he
+passed by them, harder or softer, as they favoured him. These are the
+most usual ways of executions which they have for criminal offences, and
+they do not execute men by hanging, which they say is only fit for dogs;
+but in cases of great robberies and murders sometimes they execute
+justice by breaking the offenders upon the wheel, and leave the quarters
+of the body upon it; some whereof were in the way as Whitelocke passed in
+his journey by the great wilderness.
+
+[SN: Vestiges of the Scandinavian mythology.]
+
+In the afternoon Senator Schütt came to Whitelocke and invited him to
+take the air to see the town of old Upsal, about a mile off; and being
+there, Schütt showed him three great mounts of earth, cast up by the
+hands of men, for monuments in memory of their ancient famous kings,
+whose seat had been here, and the place of their coronation. These mounts
+had been dedicated to three of their Pagan gods: the one to the god whom
+they call Teuo, who was Mars, and from him they have the name of the day
+of the week _Teuosdag_, which we call Tuesday, and the Germans
+_Tuisconsdæg_, and the Latins _Dies Martis_; the second mount was
+dedicated to their god Woden, so they called Mercury, and from thence
+their day of the week is named _Wodensdag_, which we also call Wednesday,
+the Germans _Wodensdæg_, and the Latins _Dies Mercurii_; the third mount
+was dedicated to their goddess Freya, so they called Venus, and from
+thence comes the name of their _Friedsdag_, which we call Friday, the
+Germans _Frigdæg_, and the Latins _Dies Veneris_.
+
+There were also other relics of decayed mounts, which Whitelocke guessed
+to have been dedicated to their other gods, from whom they gave the names
+of the other days of the week: as, to Thor, whom they called Jupiter,
+and, from whence the day _Thoresdag_, which we call Thursday, the Germans
+say _Thorsdæg_, and the Latins _Dies Jovis_; another mount dedicated to
+their god Setorn, from whence they call _Setornsdag_, as we say Saturday,
+the Germans _Sæternsdæg_, and the Latins _Dies Saturni_; another mount
+dedicated to Sunnan, as they call the Sun, and from thence that day
+_Sunnandag_{4}, as we say Sunday, the Germans _Sunnandæg_, and the Latins
+_Dies Solis_; the last mount dedicated to Monan, that is the Moon, and
+from thence the name of their _Monandag_, which we call Monday, the
+Germans _Monandæg_, and the Latins _Dies Lunæ_.
+
+[SN: The war between Muscovy and Poland.]
+
+In discourse upon the way, Schütt informed Whitelocke of the matter of
+the embassy from the Great Duke of Muscovia to the Queen of Sweden, which
+was to acquaint her Majesty that the Great Duke had begun a war against
+the King of Poland, because in a letter of his to the Great Duke he had
+omitted one of his great titles,--a heinous offence, and held by the
+Great Duke a sufficient ground of war, and of his resolution to
+sacrifice the blood of his fellow-Christians to satisfy his wicked pride.
+Another ground of the war was because a certain Governor of a province in
+Poland, in a writing, had placed the name of the father of the Great Duke
+before the name of the present Great Duke; which was so great an
+indignity, that for the same the now Great Duke demanded of the King of
+Poland to have the head of that Governor sent to him, and that not being
+done, was another cause of the begun war. To this the Queen answered,
+that it did not appertain to her to give her opinion in a matter of this
+nature, whether she did approve or disapprove of what was done by the
+Great Duke, but she did presume that the King of Poland would therein
+give fitting satisfaction to the Great Duke; and that she did wish that
+there might be peace between these two Princes and all the Princes of
+Christendom. And with this answer the Envoys of the Great Duke returned
+as wise as they came.
+
+[SN: Denmark threatens Hamburg.]
+
+Schütt also communicated unto Whitelocke an intelligence that the King of
+Denmark had levied some forces which he designed against
+Hamburg,--pretending injuries done to him by that city in relation to his
+pretensions of dominion there, which probably might occasion a war
+between Denmark and that free city, which had strength and riches and
+people and wisdom to defend themselves; and Schütt advised Whitelocke
+that if this should be so, that then he should take his voyage some other
+way, and that it would be a great disturbance and danger to him to go by
+Hamburg and those quarters, which would be infested with soldiers, and
+that then it would be his best way to return by Gothenburg; but he did
+persuade Whitelocke by all means to salute the Prince of Sweden by the
+way of his return. Whitelocke said he thought it not probable that the
+King of Denmark would at this time engage in a war against Hamburg, and
+that his levying of soldiers might breed a jealousy in the Crown of
+Sweden; that the certainty thereof could not be long undiscovered, and
+accordingly he should govern his own resolutions; that it would be
+difficult for him to stay in his journey to salute the Prince, but he
+much desired and intended it before his departure.
+
+
+_April 2, 1654._
+
+Although the Lord's Day, yet the English and Scots who were in the town,
+and not of Whitelocke's family, went abroad to take the air, and did not
+resort, as they used to do, to Whitelocke's house to the exercises of
+divine worship, which were duly performed in his private family; and
+after those _sacra peracta_, Whitelocke retired himself to his private
+studies and meditations upon the word of truth. This day likewise the
+Queen went abroad to take the air, and passed through the town in her
+coach, attended by many gentlemen and others in her train, to the ill
+example of her people, and after the bad custom of this place.
+
+
+_April 3, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke takes the air with the Queen.]
+
+The Queen sent to Whitelocke to invite him to accompany her to take the
+air.
+
+By the way Whitelocke visited Woolfeldt, who had much discourse with him
+about the English fleet then at sea. From him Whitelocke went to Court,
+and attended the Queen in her coach to take the air. They had not much
+discourse about his business, and he thought not fit to interrupt her
+Majesty's pleasures with serious discourses, but sought to delight her
+with matters of diversion and mirth. When they were come back to the
+castle, the Queen said to Whitelocke:--
+
+_Queen._ Tomorrow my Chancellor will present you with the articles drawn
+up by him, with some alterations which I judge to be reasonable; and that
+shall be my final resolution about them.
+
+_Wh._ Hath your Majesty commanded any mention in those new articles
+concerning contraband goods?
+
+_Qu._ There is a specification of them.
+
+_Wh._ Indeed, Madam, I can hardly consent to any alteration upon the
+subject of contraband goods, whilst the edict of the Hollanders is in
+force thereupon.
+
+_Qu._ After you have considered these new articles, we will speak
+together again about them.
+
+Then the Queen retired to her chamber, and Whitelocke being come home,
+the Secretary Canterstein came to him from the Chancellor to excuse his
+not coming to visit Whitelocke, and said that, by the Queen's command,
+the Chancellor had sent a new copy of articles to Whitelocke. He
+presently read them, and had much discourse with the secretary upon them,
+who said he did not doubt but that, after communication with the
+Chancellor, Whitelocke would receive satisfaction.
+
+
+_April 4, 1654._
+
+Whitelocke visited Piementelle, and they had this discourse:--
+
+_Piementelle._ The Ambassador of Denmark did me the honour to visit me,
+and we had much discourse together about the English fleet now at sea; he
+told me that in it were ten thousand foot soldiers embarked for the
+North, which would occasion great trouble to the King his master, if it
+should be so, which I acknowledged.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Your Excellence knows that I have not been at the Council
+of State in England for six months last past, so that I know not the
+secret designs of my Lord Protector; but I believe it is no very
+difficult matter to land men in Denmark.
+
+_Piem._ What progress hath the French Ambassador made in the treaty
+between you and France?
+
+_Wh._ If the Queen will be pleased to give my despatch, I hope to be upon
+the place before the treaty with the French be concluded. I have somewhat
+to communicate to the Protector touching a treaty with Spain, which your
+Lordship very well knows; and it would be to purpose that his Highness
+should know it before the conclusion of a treaty between England and
+France.[85]
+
+_Piem._ I am assured that the Queen will despatch you in good time. But I
+advise your Excellence in your return not to pass by Denmark, for it is
+ill trusting of that King; but your better way will be to Lübeck, and
+from thence to Hamburg, and if you do not find ships ready there, you may
+travel by land to Cologne, and from thence to Dunkirk; which will be much
+better than to go by Holland, where they do exceedingly exact upon
+strangers, and your Commonwealth hath more enemies there than in any
+other place, besides the common people are rude and insolent.
+
+_Wh._ I am engaged to you for your good advice, which I intend to follow.
+
+After their discourse, Whitelocke presented Piementelle his medal in gold
+very like him, and it was received by Piementelle with much affection.
+Then Piementelle entreated Whitelocke to give him a passport for his
+servant, who had the charge of conducting his baggage by sea to Dunkirk,
+that he might freely pass the men-of-war of England; the which was
+willingly done by Whitelocke, under his hand and seal.[86]
+
+
+_April 5, 1654._
+
+[SN: Conference with the Chancellor.]
+
+In the morning Whitelocke went to the Chancellor's lodging, and found his
+son Grave Eric with him. The Chancellor made a long apology to excuse the
+delay of the treaty, and said:--
+
+_Chancellor._ My indisposition of health hath chiefly occasioned the
+delay, yet was I so solicitous of your business, that I entreated the
+Queen to appoint some other person in my stead, who might confer with
+your Excellence; and her Majesty was pleased to appoint my son for that
+service.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I was very sorry for your Excellence's want of health, both
+in regard of my affection to your person, and in respect of the
+protraction of my business; yet I was glad that your son, my Lord Eric,
+was appointed to confer with me, and had rather have the transaction of
+my business by yourself or some of your family than by any other. I am
+now come to you to confer upon those articles which yesterday I received
+from you.
+
+Then Whitelocke gave the Chancellor a paper of his animadversions upon
+his articles. The debate began upon the ninth article; and as to the sale
+of goods taken from enemies and prohibiting the buying of arms, the
+Chancellor said this would abolish their trade, and would be of no
+advantage to England, because those arms, and equally as good, might be
+had from other places; and if the English did light upon them, they would
+have the benefit by it. Whitelocke said it would be a great inconvenience
+to furnish the enemies of either nation with arms which could not be had
+elsewhere than in England or Sweden, and that this clause would put a
+bridle in the mouths of the enemies of either nation. The Chancellor and
+his son replied that arms might be had in the province of Liége,[88] and
+in many other places in Germany; that Sweden scarce afforded any other
+commodities but arms, or such things as were serviceable for war; and
+that the Queen would by no means be induced to that clause as Whitelocke
+would have it.
+
+Then they debated upon the eleventh article, the issue whereof was for
+Whitelocke to consent to a special designation of prohibited goods.
+Whitelocke desired that the catalogue and designation of them might be
+referred to his return into England, and he would agree that within two
+months after that there should be a specification of prohibited goods in
+the name of the Protector.
+
+The Chancellor urged that the specification might be now agreed upon, and
+produced a paper specifying them, which they alleged was delivered by the
+Council in England unto Bonnele. Whitelocke said he did not remember the
+same, and that he was ignorant what goods were prohibited by the Dutch
+placard, which was fit to be known before any specification made by him.
+
+Upon the twelfth article Whitelocke urged, that as to the form of the
+letters of safe-conduct, it might also be referred to his return into
+England. They produced a form exhibited by Lagerfeldt to the Council in
+England, and desired that the same form might be now agreed upon.
+Whitelocke answered that the Council of State had not approved the form
+given in by Lagerfeldt, and therefore it was not fit for him to consent
+to it; nor could he apprehend any reason why they should not consent to
+refer the agreement of a form unto his return to England; and the rather,
+because in the meantime the subjects of the Queen might enjoy the benefit
+of an edict made by the Protector in great favour of them, which
+declaration Whitelocke had caused to be delivered to the Chancellor.
+
+To the thirteenth article, as to satisfaction of damages, their debate
+was to the like effect as formerly.
+
+Upon the sixteenth article they had also debate. Whitelocke desired that
+the words "de usu littorum in piscatione" might be altered to these
+words, "de piscatione et usu littorum." They alleged that this would seem
+to deny their fishing upon their own coasts. Whitelocke said, the other
+would seem as if England had given up their right as to the fishing, and
+left all at liberty to those that pleased to take it.
+
+This was the sum of the debate of near three hours. The conclusion was
+that they would certify the Queen of all these matters, and in short
+acquaint Whitelocke with her answer; which he desired might be as speedy
+and positive as they pleased, because if they should reduce him to that
+necessity, that before he could agree he must send to the Protector to
+know his pleasure, he could not receive an answer of his letters in less
+than two months' space, within which time the Queen purposed to resign
+her government, and then his commission would be at an end. The
+Chancellor said he desired Whitelocke should be speedily in England, not
+only for the sake of his wife and children, but likewise because then
+they could promise themselves that they had a good friend in England.
+
+[SN: Alarm excited by the English fleet.]
+
+Whitelocke visited the French Resident, who was very inquisitive what
+might be the design of the English fleet now at sea; whereunto, as to
+much other of his discourse, Whitelocke did not much study for answers,
+only he was careful not to let fall any words which might lessen their
+amusement about the fleet.[90]
+
+In the evening Woolfeldt visited Whitelocke and discoursed of the same
+matter; whereof Whitelocke made some use and of this gentleman, to
+heighten their jealousies about this fleet. Woolfeldt acquainted
+Whitelocke that the Ambassador of Denmark had made a complaint against
+him to the Queen, that Woolfeldt had deceived the late King of Denmark of
+certain sums of money, which he should have disbursed for the late King
+of England against the Parliament; and that the present King of Denmark
+having been informed that Woolfeldt had lost his papers at sea, and so
+could not produce his acquittances, the King took the advantage thereof
+against Woolfeldt, and now, by his Ambassador, charged him before the
+Queen for those moneys: but that he disappointed the Danish Ambassador by
+producing before the Queen his papers and acquittances, which his enemies
+believed had had been lost; and so was justified before the Queen, to the
+great discontent of the Ambassador. Whitelocke said he was very glad that
+Woolfeldt came so well off, and that he perceived the Queen had, by the
+the treaty, a capacity, as well as by his residence, to examine and do
+right in such matters.
+
+[SN: Conversation of a Danish gentleman who betrays his country.]
+
+This day Whitelocke had discourse about Norway and the Sound with a
+Danish gentleman of great quality and experience whom he had obliged, who
+desired to have his name concealed;[91] but part of this discourse
+follows:--
+
+_Dane._ Now is a good time for the Protector to send some ships towards
+these parts.
+
+_Whitelocke._ What places are there in Norway considerable as to the
+interest of England?
+
+_Dane._ There are two places in Norway not far from Gothenburg which are
+easy to be taken, and are excellent harbours, wherein England might keep
+some ships constantly, and command all that pass by to the Baltic Sea.
+
+_Wh._ What are the names of those places?
+
+_Dane._ The one of those havens is called Marstrang; but that I do not
+like so well because of the Paternoster Rocks, which are very dangerous
+for coming out if the wind sit northerly, and the fort there is commanded
+by the hills near it. But the other place, called Flecker Town, is an
+island, and hath a going-in and coming-out two ways; it is an excellent
+harbour, and ships may ride in it at such a distance from the land (being
+a broad water) that none from the land can hurt them. There is a little
+fort in this island which may easily be taken, not having above forty or
+fifty men in it, and the works decayed. Those who assail it must land
+their men on the south-east side of the island, the fort being on the
+other side, and they may easily be masters of it; and from thence having
+some ships, they may go in and out at their pleasure, and command all
+passing by; and none can come into the harbour to them if they make up
+the fort, which is soon done, and the passage not above musket-shot to be
+commanded, and there are no guns there of any consideration at this time.
+
+_Wh._ How shall they do for victuals there to get fresh from the land?
+
+_Dane._ There is plenty of butter and cheese, sheep and hogs; and the
+poor country people will be no trouble to you, but be willing to be
+commanded by you.
+
+_Wh._ What towns are there near it?
+
+_Dane._ Higher in the country is Bergen, the chief town for trade there,
+and rich enough. Your ships may easily come into that harbour, and
+plunder the town and get a great booty, and return to Fleckeren Town
+again.
+
+_Wh._ Is there anything to be done at Iceland?
+
+_Dane._ I wonder you do not send, in August or September, four or five
+ships to Iceland, being men-of-war. They may have twenty or thirty Dutch
+ships, laden with fish, butter, and hides, which will make no resistance
+at all; and it would be a rich prize, and might be had without danger or
+difficulty.
+
+_Wh._ Is the castle of Elsinore so strong a piece that it cannot be taken
+without much expense and danger?
+
+_Dane._ This will not be the best design for England: it is a small,
+strong castle, and doth not signify much; though it be esteemed a piece
+of importance, it is not so.
+
+_Wh._ It commands the passage of the Sound.
+
+_Dane._ Most men believe so, but it is mistaken. I have seen an
+experiment to the contrary, that a boat, being placed in the middle of
+that narrow passage of the Sound, they shot at it from the castle of
+Elsinore, and likewise from the castle of Helsingborg on the other side,
+with the greatest guns they had, and yet they could not reach the boat
+from either side by two thousand paces; nor is it so narrow in the
+passage but that a ship may, when she pleaseth, sail by those castles in
+despite of them.
+
+_Wh._ What harbour is there at Elsinore?
+
+_Dane._ There is no harbour for ships to ride in, and in foul weather
+they will be in danger to be all lost, because they must ride in the
+open sea, which there is extreme perilous; and therefore Elsinore is not
+worth the keeping, if England had it. But their best design would be to
+go directly to the town of Copenhagen with fifty or sixty good ships,
+with landsmen in them; and it is easy enough to take that town, for the
+works of it are not strong, nor is it well guarded, and it would be
+easier to take that town than Elsinore; and if England were masters of
+it, the castle would quickly come in to them; and at the town they should
+have a good haven for their ships, and a small matter would build a
+better fort near the town than Elsinore is, and would command the passage
+more than the castles do, and make you masters of the Sound and of all
+the trade of the Baltic Sea.
+
+_Wh._ What revenue would be gained thereby?
+
+_Dane._ More than will maintain your ships and forces there, and will
+command all the island of Zealand.
+
+_Wh._ I should be glad to meet you there.
+
+_Dane._ If you summon me by your letters, I will give you a meeting at
+Copenhagen, or those whom the Protector will send thither; and if you
+will meet me there, I doubt not but to show you a way to get that town
+without much difficulty; and then you will have all the isle of Zealand,
+which is the best part of Denmark, and the rest will follow, being weary
+of the present tyranny and ill-usage of their King. And if you were
+masters of Zealand, you might thereby keep in awe the Swede, the
+Hollander, and all the world that have occasion for the commodities of
+the Baltic Sea.
+
+_Wh._ Why then doth not the King of Denmark now keep them in such awe?
+
+_Dane._ Because he hath neither the money nor ships nor men that England
+hath.
+
+_Wh._ What is the ground and reason of payment of the tolls at Elsinore,
+if ships may pass by without the leave of the castles there?
+
+_Dane._ Because that is known but to a very few; and what I have told you
+is under secresy, and I desire that none but the Protector may know it
+from you; and as for the grounds of paying the tolls at Elsinore, it is
+rather from the keeping of the lights in Jutland and upon that coast,
+than from any command that Elsinore hath of the ships that go that way.
+
+_Wh._ I have heard those lights are very useful.
+
+_Dane._ Unless they were kept, it would be impossible for ships to sail
+there in the long nights in winter; and the trade doth enforce them to
+come that way in October and November, when the nights are very long,
+because of bringing wine into those parts after the vintage, which is in
+September.
+
+_Wh._ They are likewise to carry home corn, which is not inned till
+August and September. Did not the Hollanders refuse to pay the toll?
+
+_Dane._ Once they did, and thereupon the last King of Denmark, by advice,
+commanded that the lights upon the coast should not be kept; and the
+Hollanders in that autumn lost above thirty ships upon the Danish coast,
+and came and entreated the King that the lights might be kept again, and
+promised to pay the tolls as formerly, and have done so ever since.
+
+_Wh._ Let me say to you, in freedom, how can you, being a native of
+Denmark, satisfy yourself to discover these things to me, whereby
+prejudice may come to your country?
+
+_Dane._ I do not think I betray my country in this, though, my country
+having left me to be an exile, I might justly leave them; and
+wheresoever I breathe and am maintained is more my country than that
+where I was born, and which will not let me breathe there; yet in this I
+think I may do good service to Denmark, to free them from the tyranny
+they are under, and to bring them into the free government of the
+Protector, to whom I shall do any service in my power. But for the King
+of Denmark, he is governed by his Queen and a few of her party, men of no
+honour nor wisdom nor experience in public affairs, but proud and
+haughty, according to the way of these parts of the world.
+
+_Wh._ I shall not fail to make known to the Protector your great
+affections to him.
+
+
+_April 6, 1654._
+
+[SN: Effects of the English fleet in the North.]
+
+Monsieur Miller, who had been Resident at Hamburg for her Majesty, came
+to visit Whitelocke, and after dinner discoursed much of the English
+fleet now at sea, which, he said, did amuse all the northern parts of the
+world, what the design thereof might be. Whitelocke did not lessen the
+wonder, especially in relation to Denmark; yet affirmed nothing
+positively, as indeed he could not. He inquired of Monsieur Miller if the
+King of Denmark were making any preparations at sea, or of land forces,
+or had any design towards Hamburg. Miller said he knew of none, and in
+his discourse gave Whitelocke good information of the government,
+strength, and trade of that Hanse Town.
+
+The Secretary Canterstein came to Whitelocke from the Chancellor, and
+brought to him the articles upon which they had last treated, now
+altered according to Whitelocke's desire, except that which concerned the
+forbidding of our enemies to buy arms in the countries of our
+confederates. He also delivered to Whitelocke the draft of a preamble for
+the articles, and another article for the ratifying of all the rest;
+whereunto Whitelocke consented, and thanked God that his business was
+brought so near to a good conclusion. Whitelocke received his packet from
+England, and Thurloe wrote that the Protector was sensible of the Queen's
+delaying of Whitelocke, but approved his proceedings. He sent this
+enclosed order:--
+
+    "AT THE COUNCIL CHAMBER, WHITEHALL:
+    "_Friday, 17 Martii, 1653._
+
+    [SN: Order in Council in the matter of a Swedish prize.]
+
+    "On consideration of a letter, this day read in Council, sent from
+    the Lord Ambassador Extraordinary with her Majesty of Sweden,
+    mentioning, among other things, the taking of the ship 'Charity,'
+    Paul Paulsen, master, by a private man-of-war, and the carrying of
+    her into Dover, and the hard usage of the master and mariners, which
+    ship is claimed by some citizens of Gothenburg, subjects of the said
+    Queen:
+
+    "_Ordered_, That it be referred to the Commissioners of the
+    Admiralty speedily to put this matter in a way of examination; and,
+    for their information in the premises, to send for the commander of
+    the said man-of-war, and to receive a particular account and
+    satisfaction concerning the disposal of the ship and goods, and the
+    usage of the master and mariners, and thereupon to state the whole
+    case and report it to the Council, to the intent speedy justice may
+    be done therein; and the said Commissioners are likewise to take
+    order that all further proceedings touching the said ship, or her
+    lading or disposal of any part thereof, be stayed and forborne till
+    their report made and further order thereupon shall be given by the
+    Council.
+
+                               "W. JESSOP, Clerk of the Council."
+
+Thurloe wrote that in case the information given to Whitelocke were found
+to be true, that the parties offending would be severely punished and
+right done to those who were injured; and that the Council were very
+sensible hereof, as a hindrance to Whitelocke's proceedings and a
+dishonour to the Protector. He also wrote unto Whitelocke that there was
+little scruple now of an agreement upon the Dutch treaty, which was as
+good as concluded; and he sent the news of France and of Scotland and
+Ireland, as well as that of England, as he constantly used to do.
+Whitelocke caused this order to be translated into Latin, and made use of
+it for the advantage of his business.
+
+A description was given to Whitelocke, in writing, of the manner of
+making gunpowder in these parts, and of their mills and vessels for it,
+not unlike in many things to their way in England.
+
+
+_April 7, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Queen's plans after abdication.]
+
+Whitelocke waited on the Queen, and she was pleased to discourse with him
+to this effect:--
+
+_Queen._ I am resolved to retire into Pomerland, and this summer to go to
+the Spa to drink the waters for my health.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Give me leave, Madam, to put you in mind of two things to
+be specially taken care of: one is the security of your own person, the
+other is the settling of your revenue. Your Majesty, being of a royal and
+bountiful spirit, cannot look into such matters so much beneath you as
+expenses or accounts; and if care be not taken therein, and good
+officers, your Majesty may be disappointed and deceived.
+
+_Qu._ I thank you for this counsel. I intend to have Mr. Flemming with
+me, to take charge of my revenue; he is a discreet, wise man, and fit for
+that employment, and to order the expenses of my house; I believe he will
+neither deceive me himself nor permit others to do it, for he is faithful
+to me.
+
+_Wh._ Such a servant is a jewel. I hope care is taken that your Majesty's
+revenue be secured in such a manner that you shall not depend upon the
+pleasure of any other for the receipt of it, but to be in your power as
+mistress of it, not as a pensioner.
+
+_Qu._ It shall be settled according to the advice you gave me, and I
+thank you for it.
+
+_Wh._ Madam, I account it a happiness if in anything I may be serviceable
+to your Majesty. Whom doth your Majesty take with you beside Mr. Flemming
+of that quality?
+
+_Qu._ I desire the company of Mr. Woolfeldt and his lady, if they will go
+with me.
+
+_Wh._ I suppose they will be very serviceable to your Majesty; and I hope
+it will not be long, after the business here effected, before you
+transport yourself into Pomerland, lest any designs should be against
+your liberty, for, Madam, in this age there be few persons to be trusted.
+
+_Qu._ That is too great a truth, and I thank you for the caution. I could
+freely trust yourself with any of my concernments; and if you will come
+to me into Pomerland, you shall be as welcome as any man living, and we
+will be merry together.
+
+_Wh._ I humbly thank your Majesty for your great favour to your servant,
+who hath a wife and children enough to people a province in Pomerland,
+and I shall bring them all thither to do your Majesty service.
+
+_Qu._ If you will bring your lady and all your children and family
+thither, and settle yourself there, you shall want nothing in my power,
+and shall be very welcome to me.
+
+_Wh._ I am your Majesty's most humble servant; and I pray, Madam, give me
+leave to ask your Majesty, whether you judge it requisite for me to wait
+on the Prince of Sweden before my going out of this country.
+
+_Qu._ I think it very fit and necessary for you to see the Prince before
+you leave this country; it will be taken as a respect from the Protector
+to him, and if you do not, it will be looked upon as a neglect of him.
+
+_Wh._ I am obliged to do all that lies in my power to enlarge the
+Protector's interest.
+
+_Qu._ The Prince being to succeed in the Crown, and in so short a time,
+it will be fit to keep a fair correspondence with him and to show respect
+to him, whereof your visit will be a good testimony.
+
+_Wh._ Madam, your opinion will be a great direction to me in my affairs.
+
+_Qu._ I think it will be an advantage to your business for you to speak
+with the Prince himself, who will take it in good part, and hold himself
+the more obliged to the observance of what shall be agreed upon in your
+present treaty, being acquainted therewith by you that made it.
+
+_Wh._ I hope the treaty which your Majesty shall make will be observed by
+any who shall succeed you; but I acknowledge it is very advisable for me
+to have some discourse with his Royal Highness, to give him an account of
+the treaty, and I shall inquire where I may attend him.
+
+_Qu._ You must go from hence to Stockholm, and so to Nordköping, and the
+castle where the Prince now resides is within a league of that town; you
+may have my coaches and horses to transport you, and my servants to guide
+you thither.
+
+_Wh._ I humbly desire your Majesty to make choice of any of my
+coach-horses or saddle-horses that may be useful for you, and to command
+them; they are all at your Majesty's service.
+
+_Qu._ I shall not make choice of any; but if you bestow any of them upon
+me, they will be very acceptable.
+
+_Wh._ I humbly acknowledge your Majesty's great favour in affording a
+despatch to my business.
+
+_Qu._ I wish you with the Protector, because I see you are a faithful
+servant to him, and worthy to serve any prince in Christendom.
+
+_Wh._ Your Majesty ever had a favour for me, and in nothing more than in
+my despatch.
+
+_Qu._ I think it not fit for you to be in Sweden too near the time of the
+coronation of the new King; and then to go away, and not to see him,
+would be worse.
+
+_Wh._ I do intend, upon your Majesty's advice, to salute him before my
+going away, and shall desire that the ships may meet me near the place
+where his Royal Highness is.
+
+_Qu._ I will give order for it, and will be gone myself not long after;
+if I had staid here I should have been glad of your longer stay.
+
+Whitelocke took his leave of the Queen, and, being returned home,
+Field-Marshal Wrangel visited him, and after dinner, being in a good
+humour, discoursed freely and much of the English fleet at sea.
+Whitelocke showed him a draught of the ship 'Sovereign,' with her
+dimensions, guns, and men, wherewith he was much pleased. He told
+Whitelocke that, by command of the Queen, he had prepared ships for
+Whitelocke's transportation from Stockholm to Lübeck.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke reports on the treaty to Thurloe.]
+
+Whitelocke made his despatches for England, and in his letters to Thurloe
+gave this account of the treaty:--
+
+    "1. Their first article differs not in substance from the first
+    which I proposed, and therefore I did not object against it; but as
+    to all of them, I reserved a liberty to myself of further
+    consideration and objection. I did a little stick upon the word
+    'colonias' in this article, lest it might tend to anything of
+    commerce in America; but finding it only to relate to the amity, I
+    passed it over.
+
+    "2. The first part of it agrees in substance with my sixth article,
+    the latter part of it with my fourth article; only I objected
+    against their words in this article, 'in damnum illius,' who should
+    be judge thereof, and the omission of that part of my fourth article
+    against harbouring of enemies and rebels.
+
+    "3. Their third article agrees in substance with my second article,
+    but is more general, not naming the Sound, and explaining the word
+    'aliorsum' in my second article; and I desired that the word
+    'populos' might be added after the word 'subditos.'
+
+    "4. Their fourth in the beginning agrees with my third article; that
+    of it touching the trade of America and the fishing I answered, as I
+    gave you a former account, and thereupon denied it, as also that
+    part of it which concerns importation of goods in foreign bottoms,
+    being contrary to our Act of Parliament. In this latter end of
+    their fourth article they likewise bring in again the business of
+    fishing implicitly in the words 'maribus, littoribus,' etc., and
+    therefore I desired that all that part might be left out, and in
+    lieu thereof I offered the latter part of my third article beginning
+    with the words 'solutis tamen,' etc., and the last of my reserved
+    articles to be admitted; or else, I desired that this whole article
+    of theirs might be omitted, and in lieu thereof my third article,
+    and the last of my reserved articles to be admitted; and they
+    likewise insist to have these words added if that part of their
+    fourth article be omitted, viz. 'quoad Americæ commercium,
+    piscationem halecum, et mercium importationem, de his in posterum
+    erit conventum.'
+
+    "5. Their fifth article agrees in substance with my eleventh, only
+    hath more words to express the same matter.
+
+    "6. Their sixth agrees in substance with my thirteenth article, with
+    the addition of words for kind usage, and the omission of the
+    proviso in my thirteenth article as to breaking of bulk; which yet
+    seems to be supplied by the latter part of their sixth article, of
+    conforming to the ordinances of the place.
+
+    "7. Agrees with my reserved article, marked with fifteen, only the
+    words 'nihil inde juris' I thought fit to be omitted, because in the
+    treaty we are not to meddle with particular rights; yet the sense
+    and desire thereof is answered in the words for restitution. I
+    offered them, if they liked not this, my fifteenth article, which is
+    one of those reserved, omitting only that part as not conducing to
+    this article, viz. 'Et si lis,' etc.
+
+    "8. Agrees in substance with my twelfth article, only the
+    expressions here are longer; and that for justice to be had agrees
+    with the latter part of my reserved article fifteenth.
+
+    "9. In the general differs not in the substance from my seventh, and
+    the beginning of my reserved articles; and the laws in this ninth
+    article, first, second, third, and fourth, are not contrary to the
+    substance of mine; but to the fifth I excepted, as contrary to part
+    of my seventh article, and to their sixth law, as to bringing in of
+    ships and goods from enemies; both which nevertheless, in case we
+    have peace with the Dutch, will be more to our advantage, in my
+    humble opinion, to continue in than to be omitted; as also that not
+    to contend in the harbours; and so the first, second, third, and
+    fourth laws. The seventh law, I humbly conceive, not differing in
+    substance from my articles, nor disadvantageous to England. To their
+    sixth law I desired that my seventh article might be added, the
+    which they denied, as to forbid enemies to either to buy arms, etc.
+
+    "10. Agrees in part with my ninth, only the latter part of it seems
+    to bring in the trade of America, and a liberty contrary to the Act
+    of Navigation; but they insist that the same is saved by the latter
+    words of this article, 'modò consuetudines antiquæ;' but I was not
+    satisfied herewith, and desired that that part of it which is marked
+    might be omitted, and the latter part of my ninth article, viz.
+    'utrisque utrinque observantibus,' etc. inserted, which I humbly
+    conceive will help it; or else I desire that this tenth article may
+    be wholly omitted, and in lieu thereof my ninth may be agreed.
+
+    "11. To this article of theirs I wholly excepted, because it agrees
+    not with any of mine, nor with reason, that when our enemies have
+    forbidden any to bring contraband goods to us, that yet we should
+    permit them to be brought unto our enemies. They told me that the
+    Queen had sent unto the States to repeal that placard of theirs. I
+    answered, that when I was certified that that placard was repealed,
+    I would then desire to know the Protector's further pleasure herein;
+    but before that be done, I thought it would be in vain to trouble
+    him about it.
+
+    "12. Is not expressly in any of my articles, but agreed by the
+    Council of State unto Mr. Lagerfeldt, only the form of the letters
+    of safe-conduct not fully assented unto; therefore I desired that
+    the same might be remitted to a future agreement; but as to the rest
+    of this article, it is not repugnant to the substance of mine, that
+    the navigation and commerce may be free.
+
+    "13. In the first part of it agrees almost _verbatim_ with my tenth
+    article; the latter part of it, concerning satisfaction for losses,
+    is much altered from what it was at first exhibited, and is now put
+    on both parties, and referred to future agreement, wherein there can
+    be no prejudice to our Commonwealth; but before, it was reproachful
+    to the justice thereof and laid on our part only; now it is no more
+    than what the Council and State promised in their papers to Mr.
+    Lagerfeldt.
+
+    "14. Agrees in substance with my ninth article.
+
+    "15. Contains the substance of my fifth article, but is expressed
+    more generally, and, as I humbly believe, no less to the advantage
+    of our Commonwealth.
+
+    "I found more readiness in the Queen to consent to what I proposed
+    than in her Commissioners; but some things she told me she could not
+    consent to, because they were against the interest of her people,
+    and were not considerable to England. I gave her thanks for my
+    despatch. She said she had an ambition to have the honour of making
+    an alliance with the Protector herself before she quitted the
+    Government, and that she might testify her respects to him, and
+    therefore had gone as far as possibly she could; and indeed there is
+    now very little difference, but only in words and expressions, from
+    the sense and substance of what I first proposed. And I presume that
+    what is here agreed by me will give good satisfaction and
+    contentment to the Protector and Council, and I apprehend it clearly
+    within my instructions; acknowledging the goodness of God to me in
+    this business, where I met with so many difficulties, and of so
+    great weight, that yet in a fortnight's time it should be brought to
+    a full conclusion, with honour and advantage to the Protector and
+    present Government, for which I have taken all care.
+
+    "The articles are not yet drawn up, but I hope we shall sign them
+    the next week, and presently after I intend to demand audience to
+    take my leave and to remove from hence, and, as soon as I can, to
+    come to Lübeck, and from thence to Hamburg; and I have by this post
+    humbly desired my Lord Protector to appoint some of his ships to
+    meet me at Hamburg as soon as they can, for my transportation from
+    thence to England. And I humbly entreat your favour to put his
+    Highness in mind of it, and that you will take care that the orders
+    may be had, and the ships to come as soon as may be to the Elbe, to
+    Hamburg, where I shall stay for them, or till I receive his
+    Highness's further commands; and I choose this way as the shortest,
+    and where I shall meet with any despatches that may come from
+    England. I presume you will be troubled with an importunate suitor
+    for hastening my return.
+
+    "I received your letters of the 17th March, and the order of the
+    Council concerning the Swedish ship, for which I return my humble
+    thanks. The Queen, and the Chancellor and others here, were much
+    satisfied with it. The Chancellor and his son have been very civil
+    to me, and lately furthering my despatch. I hope the same goodness
+    of God which hath hitherto brought me through this great business
+    will give me a safe return to my dear country and friends, where I
+    may have opportunity with thankfulness to acknowledge your constant
+    favour and kindness to
+
+                  "Your affectionate friend to serve you,
+                                                           "B. W.
+    "_Upsal, April 7th, 1654._"
+
+
+_April 8, 1654._
+
+[SN: A masque at Court.]
+
+The master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke from the Queen, to desire
+his company this evening at a masque; and they had this discourse:--
+
+_Whitelocke._ Present my thanks to her Majesty, and tell her I will wait
+upon her.
+
+[SN: Precedence claimed by Denmark.]
+
+_Mast. Cer._ What would your Excellence expect in matter of precedence,
+as in case you should meet with any other ambassador at the masque?
+
+_Wh._ I shall expect that which belongs to me as Ambassador from the
+Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland; and I know no other
+ambassador now in this Court besides myself, except the Ambassador of the
+King of Denmark, who, I suppose, hath no thoughts of precedence before
+the English Ambassador, who is resolved not to give it him if he should
+expect it.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ Perhaps it may be insisted on, that he of Denmark is an
+ambassador of an anointed king, and you are only ambassador to the
+Protector--a new name, and not _sacré_.
+
+_Wh._ Whosoever shall insist on that distinction will be mistaken, and I
+understand no difference of power between king and protector, or anointed
+or not anointed; and ambassadors are the same public ministers to a
+protector or commonwealth as to a prince or sultan.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ There hath always been a difference observed between the
+public ministers of kings and of commonwealths, or princes of inferior
+titles.
+
+_Wh._ The title of Protector, as to a sovereign title, hath not yet been
+determined in the world as to superiority or inferiority to other titles;
+but I am sure that the nation of England hath ever been determined
+superior to that of Denmark. I represent the nations of England,
+Scotland, and Ireland, and the Protector, who is chief of them; and the
+honour of these nations ought to be in the same consideration now as it
+hath been formerly, and I must not suffer any diminution of that honour
+by my person to please any whatsoever.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ I shall propose an expedient to you, that you may take your
+places as you come: he who comes first, the first place, and he who comes
+last, the lower place.
+
+_Wh._ I shall hardly take a place below the Danish Ambassador, though I
+come into the room after him.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ But when you come into the room and find the Danish
+Ambassador set, you cannot help it, though he have the upper place.
+
+_Wh._ I shall endeavour to help it, rather than sit below the Danish
+Ambassador.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ I presume you will not use force in the Queen's presence.
+
+_Wh._ Master, it is impossible for me, if it were in the presence of all
+the queens and kings in Christendom, to forbear to use any means to
+hinder the dishonour of my nation in my person.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ I believe the Danish Ambassador would not be so high as you
+are.
+
+_Wh._ There is no reason why he should: he knows his nation never
+pretended to have the precedence of England, and you, being master of the
+ceremonies, cannot be ignorant of it.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ I confess that your nation always had the precedence of
+Denmark when you were under a king.
+
+_Wh._ I should never give it from them though they were under a
+constable.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ If you insist upon it, the Danish Ambassador must be
+uninvited again, for I perceive that you two must not meet.
+
+_Wh._ I suppose the gentleman would not expect precedence of me.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ I can assure you he doth.
+
+_Wh._ I can assure you he shall never have it, if I can help it. But I
+pray, Master, tell me whether her Majesty takes notice of this question
+of precedence, or did she wish to confer with me about it?
+
+_Mast. Cer._ The Queen commanded me to speak with you about it, hoping
+that the question might be so composed that she might have the company of
+you both at her entertainment.
+
+_Wh._ I shall stay at home rather than interrupt her Majesty's pleasures,
+which I should do by meeting the Danish Ambassador, to whom I shall not
+give precedence, unless he be stronger than I.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ The Queen makes this masque chiefly for your Excellence's
+entertainment, therefore you must not be absent, but rather the Danish
+Ambassador must be uninvited; and I shall presently go about it.
+
+[SN: Order on the Swedish ships.]
+
+Whitelocke returned a visit to Grave Eric, and showed him the Order of
+the Council touching the Swedish ships, much in favour of them, and which
+seemed very pleasing to the Grave; but he also showed to Whitelocke
+several letters which he had received from masters of Swedish ships, of
+new complaints of taking of their ships; and he desired that the Order
+showed him by Whitelocke might be extended to those whose ships had been
+since taken; which Whitelocke promised to endeavour, and said that he
+should be in a better capacity to serve him, and to procure discharges
+for their ships and goods, when he should be himself in England; and
+therefore desired that, by his despatch, they would hasten him thither,
+which the Grave promised to do. At his going away, Grave Eric invited
+Whitelocke to dine with him on Monday next, and to come as a particular
+friend and brother, and not by a formal invitation as an ambassador.
+Whitelocke liked the freedom, and promised to wait on him; and was the
+more willing to come, that he might see the fashion of their
+entertainments, this being the first invitation that was made to him by
+any person in this country.
+
+General Grave Wirtenberg visited Whitelocke. He is a Finlander by birth,
+of an ancient family, who had applied himself wholly to the military
+profession, wherein he became so eminent, and had done so great service
+for this Crown, that he was had in great esteem, especially with the
+soldiery. He was a Ricks-Senator, and one of the College of War, and at
+present had the charge of General of the Ordnance, which is of higher
+account here than in England, being next in command to the Generalissimo,
+and over the soldiery which belong not to the train, and is often
+employed as a general. This gentleman seemed worthy of his honour; he was
+of a low stature, somewhat corpulent, of a good mien, and plain
+behaviour, more in the military than courtly way. His discourse declared
+his reason and judgement to be very good, and his mention of anything
+relating to himself was full of modesty. He took great notice of the
+English navy and soldiery, and of the people's inclinations and violent
+desires of liberty. He spake only Swedish and High Dutch, which caused
+Whitelocke to make use of an interpreter, his kinsman Andrew Potley.
+
+[SN: The masque.]
+
+In the evening, according to the invitation from the Queen, Whitelocke
+went to Court to the masque, where he did not find the Danish
+Ambassador. But some of the Court took notice of the discourse which had
+been between the master of the ceremonies and Whitelocke touching
+precedence, and they all approved Whitelocke's resolution, and told him
+that the Queen highly commended him for it, and said that he was a stout
+and faithful servant to the Protector and to his nation, and that she
+should love him the better for it; nor was the contest the less pleasing
+because with the Dane in Sweden.
+
+From eight o'clock at night till two the next morning they were at the
+masque, which was in the usual room fitted for the solemnity, in which
+the Queen herself was an actor. The floor where they danced was covered
+with tapestry and hung about with red velvet, but most adorned by the
+presence of a great number of ladies richly dressed and beautified both
+by nature and habit, attending on their mistress; and there were also
+many senators, officers, courtiers, and nobility,--a very great presence
+of spectators. The music was excellent, especially the violins, which
+were many, and rare musicians and fittest for that purpose. The Queen
+herself danced very well at two entries: in the first she represented a
+Moorish lady, in the second a citizen's wife; in both the properties were
+exactly fitted, and in all the rest of the actors and dancers.
+
+There were no speeches nor songs; men acting men's parts, and women the
+women's, with variety of representations and dances. The whole design was
+to show the vanity and folly of all professions and worldly things,
+lively represented by the exact properties and mute actions, genteelly,
+without the least offence or scandal.
+
+It held two hours; and after the dances the Queen caused her chair to be
+brought near to Whitelocke, where she sat down and discoursed with him of
+the masque. He (according to his judgement) commended it and the
+inoffensiveness of it, and rare properties fitted to every
+representation, with the excellent performance of their parts by all,
+especially by the Moorish lady and citizen's wife; at which the Queen
+smiled, and said she was glad he liked it. He replied, that any of his
+countrymen might have been present at it without any offence, and he
+thanked her Majesty for the honour she gave him to be present at it. The
+Queen said she perceived that Whitelocke understood what belonged to
+masques and the most curious part of them, the properties,--with much
+like discourse; after which she retired to her chamber, and Whitelocke to
+his lodging.
+
+
+_April 9, 1654._
+
+Monsieur Bloome came to dine with Whitelocke, and to put him in mind of
+Grave Eric's request{5} to him to dine with him the next day. He also
+sent to invite Whitelocke's two sons and Colonel Potley.
+
+[SN: The Spanish Envoy departs with rich presents.]
+
+In the afternoon Piementelle came to take his leave of Whitelocke, and
+said he intended to begin his journey the next morning. Whitelocke
+offered himself or his coaches and servants, to attend him out of town;
+but he said it was not the custom when a public minister departed from a
+place to use any ceremony, but to leave him to the liberty of ordering
+and taking his journey, but thanked Whitelocke for his favour.
+
+Though it were the Lord's Day, yet Piementelle fell into discourse of the
+last night's masque, which he could not be present at publicly as
+formerly, because he had taken his leave of the Queen and Senators, yet,
+being desirous to see it, was admitted into the tiring-room; and he told
+Whitelocke that after the Queen had acted the Moorish lady and retired
+into that room to put off her disguise, Piementelle being there, she gave
+him her visor; in the mouth whereof was a diamond ring of great price,
+which shined and glistered gloriously by the torch and candle light as
+the Queen danced; this she bade Piementelle to keep till she called for
+it. Piementelle told her he wondered she would trust a jewel of that
+value in the hands of a soldier; she said she would bear the adventure of
+it. And when the masque was ended, Piementelle offered the ring again to
+the Queen, who told him that he had not kept it according to her
+commands, which were till she called for it, which she had not yet done,
+nor intended as long as she lived, but that he should keep it as a
+memorial of her favour. The Spaniard had cause to rest satisfied with the
+Queen's answer and her real and bountiful compliment, the ring being
+worth ten thousand crowns, which he brought away with him, besides many
+other jewels and presents from the Queen of great value, not publicly
+known. He took leave of Whitelocke and of his sons, Colonel Potley, and
+the gentlemen, with great civility.
+
+
+_April 10, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke dines with Grave Eric Oxenstiern.]
+
+Between eleven and twelve o'clock, the usual dining-time here,
+Whitelocke, with his sons and Potley, attended only by two gentlemen, one
+page, and two lacqueys, went to Grave Eric's lodging to dinner. His
+rooms were not stately nor richly furnished, but such as could be had in
+that place. The outer room for servants was like a little hall; within
+that was a larger room, narrow and long, where they dined; within that
+was a smaller room hung with tapestry, used for a withdrawing-room: all
+below stairs, which is not usual in these parts.
+
+Grave Eric met Whitelocke at the door of the lodging; in the dining-room
+was his father the Chancellor, and divers friends with him. The father
+and son went in with Whitelocke to the withdrawing-room, where, after a
+quarter of an hour's discourse, they were called to dinner, the meat
+being on the table; then a huge massy basin and ewer of silver gilt was
+brought for them to wash--some of the good booties met with in Germany.
+After washing, one of the pages (after their manner) said grace in
+Swedish.
+
+The table was long and narrow; in the middle of it, on the further side,
+under a canopy of velvet, were set two great chairs: Whitelocke sat in
+the right-hand chair, and Woolfeldt in the other, on his left-hand. On
+the other side of the table, over against these, were set two other like
+great chairs; in the right-hand chair sat the Ricks-Droitset, and in the
+left-hand chair the Chancellor. By Whitelocke sat Grave Gabriel
+Oxenstiern and Senator Vanderlin in lesser chairs, and by Woolfeldt sat
+Whitelocke's sons and Potley. On the other side, in lesser chairs, by the
+Droitset, sat the Senators Beilke and Bundt the younger; by the
+Chancellor sat Senator Bundt the elder and Baron Douglas; at the upper
+end of the table sat Grave Eric, and at the lower end stood the carver.
+The dishes were all silver, not great, but many, set one upon another,
+and filled with the best meat and most variety that the country did
+afford; and indeed the entertainment was very noble--they had four
+several courses of their best meat, and fish and fowl, dressed after the
+French mode.
+
+They had excellent Rhenish wine, and indifferent good sack and claret;
+their beer very thick and strong, after the manner of the country. When
+the four courses were done, they took off the meat and tablecloth, and
+under it was another clean cloth; then they brought clean napkins and
+plates to every one, and set a full banquet on the table, and, as part
+thereof, tobacco and pipes, which they set before Whitelocke as a special
+respect to him, and he and two or three more of the company took of it as
+they sat at table; and they so civilly complied with Whitelocke as not to
+observe their own customs, but abstaining from healths or any excess.
+
+They all sat bare at the table, according to their usage, chiefly (though
+no occasion were for it at this time) to avoid the trouble of often
+putting off and on their hats and caps in healths. They were full of good
+discourse, more cheerful than serious. Most at the table spake or
+understood somewhat of English, for which reason they were chosen to
+accompany Whitelocke here, as a compliment to his nation; they discoursed
+also in several other languages, as Swedish, High Dutch, French, and
+Latin.
+
+After dinner, which was very long, they sat yet longer at the table,
+Whitelocke expecting when they would rise; till Douglas informed him,
+that he being the guest, and an ambassador, they used it as a respect to
+him, that none of the company would offer to rise till he first arose
+from the table. As soon as this was known to Whitelocke, he presently
+rose and the rest with him, and the Chancellor and he retired into the
+withdrawing-room; where, after compliments and thanks for his noble
+treatment (which it was said the father made, though put out in the son's
+name, and was full of respect and magnificence), Whitelocke thought fit
+to show to the Chancellor his powers to treat, and they had conference to
+this effect.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke exchanges his full powers.]
+
+_Whitelocke._ Father, if you please to peruse this writing, you will be
+satisfied that the Protector, since the late change of Government in
+England, hath thought me worthy to be trusted and furnished with
+sufficient power as to this treaty.
+
+_Chancellor._ My dear son, this is very full, and a large testimony of
+the good opinion your master hath of you. All your powers and the
+originals of your commissions (according to custom) are to be left with
+us, to be registered in our Chancery.
+
+_Wh._ I suppose you will also deliver to me the originals of your powers,
+to be enrolled (according to the English custom also) in our Chancery.
+
+_Chan._ That shall be done.
+
+_Wh._ The like shall be done on my part; and the Protector will be ready
+to do whatever shall be judged further necessary for the ratifying of
+this business.
+
+_Chan._ It will be requisite that you let me have in Latin your
+instructions from the Protector.
+
+_Wh._ I shall cause it to be done, except such part of them as are
+secret.
+
+_Chan._ That which is to be reserved in secresy I desire not to see;
+there will be sufficient besides to show your powers.
+
+_Wh._ They will fully appear.
+
+_Chan._ I should counsel you, before your departure out of this kingdom,
+to make a visit to the Prince of Sweden; he will take it in good part,
+and it will testify a respect of the Protector to him, and render the
+alliance the more firm.
+
+_Wh._ It is my purpose to visit the Prince; not that I am in doubt of the
+validity of the treaty made with the Queen, unless the Prince approve of
+it, but, as you advise, to show the respect of the Protector to his
+Kingly Highness, and to acquit myself of a due civility.
+
+_Chan._ It will be fit for you to do it; and I shall advise you, at your
+return home, to put the Protector in mind of some particulars which, in
+my judgement, require his special care.
+
+_Wh._ I shall faithfully do it, and I know they will be received with
+much the more regard coming from you: I pray do me the favour to let me
+know them.
+
+[SN: Oxenstiern's advice to Cromwell.]
+
+_Chan._ I would counsel the Protector to take heed of those dangerous
+opinions in matters of religion which daily increase among you, and, if
+not prevented and curbed, will cause new troubles, they never resting
+till themselves may domineer in chief.
+
+_Wh._ Will not the best way to curb them be to slight them, and so they
+will fall of themselves?
+
+_Chan._ I doubt they have taken too much root to fall so easily; but if
+they be not countenanced with preferments, they will the sooner wither
+and decay.
+
+_Wh._ That will surely lessen them.
+
+_Chan._ The Protector must also be careful to provide money and
+employment for his soldiers, else he will hardly keep them in order.
+
+_Wh._ That is very requisite; and for money there is good provision
+already made.
+
+_Chan._ He must likewise be watchful of the King's party, who will be
+busy at work, especially upon the new change.
+
+_Wh._ The care thereof is the life of our affairs, and his Highness is
+most vigilant.
+
+_Chan._ It behoves him to be so, for they that could not vanquish him by
+arms will endeavour to do it by craft and treachery of your own party,
+which you must look to.
+
+_Wh._ He hath good intelligence of their plots.
+
+_Chan._ It will also be prudence in him to let the people see that he
+intends not to rule them with an iron sceptre, nor to govern them by an
+army, but to give them such a liberty and enjoyment of the benefit of
+their laws that the continuance of his government may become their
+interest, and that they may have no cause to desire a change; else,
+though they must bear the yoke for a time, yet as soon as they meet with
+an opportunity they will shake it off again.
+
+_Wh._ This is counsel proper to come from such a mind and judgement as
+yours is, and I shall not fail to report it to his Highness; and your
+Excellence hath rightly stated the disposition of my countrymen, who love
+peace and liberty, and will hardly brook slavery longer than they are
+forced to it by necessity; and the best way to govern them is to let them
+enjoy their laws and rights, which will rule them better than an iron
+sceptre.
+
+_Chan._ It is the disposition of all generous and free people, as the
+English are, whom I truly respect, and him that is their head, that
+gallant person the Protector.
+
+They had much other discourse; and after being together till six
+o'clock, the father and son, and the Chancellor and Whitelocke, called
+one another, and all the company parted.
+
+
+_April 11, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Queen proposes a secret article.]
+
+The Chancellor had promised to procure Whitelocke his despatch in a few
+days. He sent Canterstein to communicate to him the articles drawn in
+form, with the amendments, to see if there were any mistake in them.
+Whitelocke and the secretary perused them together, and agreed on all
+except two or three points, in which was some small difference; and
+Canterstein promised to hasten the engrossing of them.
+
+Many strangers dining with Whitelocke made him the later in his visit to
+the Queen, to take his leave of her Majesty before her intended journey
+to see her mother. She promised Whitelocke that during her absence she
+would leave order with the Chancellor and his son to conclude the treaty,
+and at her return she would do what belonged to her for the speedy
+despatch of Whitelocke, to his contentment. She promised also to give
+order to her Chancellor about the business of Guinea, whereof they had
+much discourse.
+
+She was pleased to propound to Whitelocke a secret article to be between
+her and the Protector, and not to be in the treaty between her
+Commissioners and Whitelocke, nor to be known to any of them. She said,
+that if it might be done, she should take it in very good part; but if
+Whitelocke thought it not likely to be done, then she would think no more
+of it. She said the substance of what she desired was that it might be
+agreed, by a particular article between the Protector and her, that in
+case those here should not perform what they promised to her upon her
+resignation of the government, that then it should be in the power of the
+Protector to break the treaty now made, and not to be bound by it.
+
+Whitelocke was much troubled at this proposal, and upon a great
+difficulty in it--that if he should deny it, the Queen might be distasted
+and break off from his treaty; and to consent to it he had no commission,
+nor held it reasonable; but he told the Queen that it was a matter of
+great weight, deserving her Majesty's serious thoughts what to do in it.
+He said he had no instructions upon any such article as this, nor could
+agree to it; but if her Majesty pleased to have such an article drawn up,
+and to sign it herself and send it to the Protector, he promised to use
+his best interest to persuade his Highness to a consent thereunto, and to
+sign it at Whitelocke's return to England, and so to return it to her
+Majesty.
+
+She said that Woolfeldt should confer with Whitelocke about the drawing
+up of such an article, whom she would trust in it, but not any of the
+Swedes, because it might concern them, and occasion prejudice to them.
+Whitelocke agreed that Woolfeldt was a fit person to be trusted in this
+business, and one with whom he should willingly confer about any service
+for her Majesty; that he believed something might be done herein to the
+Queen's advantage, but whether in this way of a secret article, and as
+part of the treaty, he doubted, lest thereby offence might be given, and
+the treaty thereby, as to both parts, be weakened. The Queen replied that
+it would keep those here in some fear lest if they should break with
+her, that then the Protector would not keep the treaty with them.
+
+Whitelocke thought it best to be at some reserve in this article of
+secresy, not wholly to dissuade the Queen from it, lest she might be
+distasted. He saw advantage to the Protector to have it put into his
+power to break the treaty upon this occasion; but he doubted the honour
+and clearness of it, and therefore he judged it best to say the less at
+this time. Only he observed what a condition the Queen had brought her
+affairs unto when she thought not fit to trust any of her countrymen in
+this business; and before her resignation she distrusted the performance
+of the conditions of it towards herself, and therefore would have this
+secret article as a bridle to them. But as she distrusted her own party,
+so she testified great confidence in the Protector and in Whitelocke, to
+whom she propounded this secret article of so much concernment to her.
+
+Whitelocke persuaded her Majesty to appoint faithful persons to order her
+revenue for her, and not to stay long here after her resignation, because
+she would then find a great difference in the carriage of persons to her.
+She said she had taken care about her revenue as he had advised her, and
+that she would be gone out of Sweden presently after her resignation;
+that she expected the alteration of men's carriages towards her after it,
+but it would not trouble her; that the world was of such a condition,
+that nothing of respect was to be looked for but where advantage was
+hoped for by it. She never esteemed the fawnings of men for their own
+ends, but her own private contentment and satisfaction.
+
+Whitelocke sent his son James and his secretary (Earle) to Canterstein
+with a copy of the form which Whitelocke intended to follow in the
+instrument intended to be delivered by him, where he put the Protector's
+name first, and some other small variations, as usage required; wherewith
+Canterstein promised to acquaint the Chancellor and to return an answer.
+
+Whitelocke employed his son for his experience to be gained in these
+affairs.
+
+
+_April 12, 1654._
+
+[SN: Woolfeldt opposes the secret article.]
+
+Mr. Woolfeldt having done Whitelocke the favour to dine with him, they
+retired and discoursed privately to this effect:--
+
+_Woolfeldt._ The Queen was pleased the last night to send for me, and to
+communicate to me the matter of a secret article which, she said, she had
+before imparted to you.
+
+_Whitelocke._ What is your opinion of such an article?
+
+_Woolf._ Truly, I dissuaded her from it, as not convenient, in my poor
+opinion, for either party.
+
+_Wh._ I know your judgement is grounded upon solid reason.
+
+_Woolf._ My reasons are, because this article is to be kept secret, and
+to be added as a part of the treaty by her Majesty without the knowledge
+of those here, which, when it shall come to be known, will give them the
+more cause of objection and hatred against her for it, and expose her to
+more inconveniences than it can bring advantage to her; and therefore I
+thought it better for her Majesty to forbear it.
+
+_Wh._ Your reasons were the true ones: was her Majesty convinced by
+them?
+
+_Woolf._ She seemed to make more doubt of it than at first, but told me
+that you were not much against it, and desired to confer with me about it
+while she was out of town, and she wished me to prepare something against
+her return.
+
+_Wh._ As I told her Majesty, I can consent to nothing in this point,
+having no instructions in any matter of this nature, as you will easily
+believe; but if her Majesty shall think fit to have anything drawn up by
+way of a secret article, all that I can do will be to present it to the
+Protector at my return home, and I know he will be as ready as any person
+to show respect to the Queen; but what he will do as to a consent in this
+particular I cannot tell, but am doubtful lest it may be apprehended as a
+weakening of the treaty and alliance.
+
+_Woolf._ That is a great and true objection against it; and, in my
+opinion, it would be better for the Queen to write a letter to the
+Protector in general compliment, and in it to desire him to be a friend
+to her, and to give her his assistance upon any occasion that may fall
+out concerning her; and this letter may be sent by you, and delivered by
+your hand to the Protector, when you may acquaint him with anything
+further or more particularly relating to her Majesty.
+
+_Wh._ I think this will be much the better way; and if such a letter be
+sent by me, I hope I shall be able to procure such an answer, or, upon
+any occasion, such a return as will be to the contentment of her Majesty.
+But in case the Queen should sign such an article, and then the Protector
+should not approve it, it would distaste the Queen and her friends, and
+she would be censured to have done too low an act in it.
+
+_Woolf._ I had yesterday a long discourse with the Chancellor about your
+affairs of England, and particularly of your fleet now at sea--what
+should be the design of having so strong a fleet at sea, the sea-war
+between you and your enemies being reported at an end, and peace
+concluded; and whether your design might be for France or Spain or
+Portugal.
+
+_Wh._ Or for the defence of England.
+
+_Woolf._ He was much amused about it.
+
+_Wh._ I hope that was not lessened by you.
+
+_Woolf._ No indeed; I endeavoured to amuse him more, and told him, that
+for France, England did not care to have it; it would be but a charge and
+no benefit to them, and embroil them in a long chargeable war.
+
+_Wh._ England hath had experience thereof formerly when they were masters
+of France, and many of us think our own country as good as France.
+
+_Woolf._ I am of that opinion; and I told him there was as little
+probability for any design against Spain because of its distance, and
+little advantage to England by a war with them.
+
+_Wh._ I hope you commended a kingdom called Denmark?
+
+_Woolf._ I first told him that for Portugal or the Indies the like
+objections were against any design for them; but as for Denmark, I told
+him that England had just cause to make war upon that king, and that it
+would be no hard business to gain upon him; and the advantage of traffic
+made me think that to be the most probable design of any other to be
+intended by this great fleet of England, wherein it is most likely for
+you to gain advantage to your Commonwealth and to give offence to none,
+having a just cause of quarrel against him.
+
+_Wh._ Your brother the King of Denmark hath given cause indeed to be
+visited.
+
+_Woolf._ I shall inform you of one thing, of which you may now make
+advantage. Your King James made a treaty with the last King of Denmark
+concerning the Isles of the Orcades, which were claimed by the Dane as
+part of their territories; and after the death of King James and our last
+King, that then, upon payment of £13,000 by the Dane, he should have the
+Orcades again. Now both these kings being dead, according to that treaty
+it is in the liberty of the King of Denmark to redeem those islands; and
+it would be good for you, in the treaty with that Crown, who would be
+included in your treaty with the Hollanders, to have a clause for the
+present King of Denmark to quit his pretences to the Orcades upon the
+treaty with King James.
+
+_Wh._ This is a very material thing, and I shall not fail to do somewhat
+in it, if I can return to England time enough; and I thank you for
+putting me in mind of it.
+
+[SN: Discussion on the Guinea settlements.]
+
+Grave Eric came to Whitelocke, who had much discourse with him touching
+Guinea, and the injuries done by the Swedes to the English there.
+
+_Grave Eric._ One of the principal persons of the Swedish plantation
+there is now in this country, and complains of injuries done by the
+English to the Swedes there. I think it may be fit to hear both the
+complaints of the one and of the other part, and thereupon to come to
+some agreement upon the whole matter.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I have here many examinations taken upon oath concerning
+this matter.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ Those complaints ought to be determined by the King of that
+country, who sold the lands to the planters, and can resolve all
+differences about that matter.
+
+_Wh._ I believe that the complaints of this nature are properly to be
+made to the Queen, whose subjects are concerned in them, and they are
+always under her rule.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ The Queen will make no difficulty to do justice in this case,
+and I hope that the Protector will do the like.
+
+_Wh._ You need not at all to doubt it.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ This messenger, now come to me, hath brought me letters from
+the Queen, in which there is mention of this business.
+
+_Wh._ Why may not an article touching Guinea be inserted with the rest?
+
+_Gr. Eric._ That will not be convenient, because the articles are
+entirely concluded and engrossed on our part; and this of Guinea is but a
+particular business, which till now came not under consideration, nor
+hath been examined, and it will be better to have an article by itself
+upon this subject.
+
+_Wh._ I am satisfied with your reason, and think this way will be no
+disadvantage to the merchants of either nation. I desire an addition to
+the article touching passports, that none shall do anything contrary to
+the letters of passport.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I cannot consent to that, for it will render the whole
+article fruitless in both parts; and there is another article, that in
+case any shall act anything in prejudice of the treaty, he shall be
+punished.
+
+In consideration of this article, and in regard that the agreement
+touching the form of passports was remitted to something to be done
+therein afterwards, and he found Eric stiff against any alteration,
+Whitelocke did not think it material to insist further upon it. As to
+that which Whitelocke desired to the last article of ratification, that
+the words "vel successoribus suis" might be omitted, Eric said he would
+consent thereunto if he found it material, and desired the business might
+be finished; and he desired Whitelocke to excuse a little small delay at
+present by his absence for a few days, he being necessitated to go out of
+town tomorrow, but at his return all should be concluded; and as soon as
+the Queen came back, the whole business should be finished, which had
+been done before, but by reason of the Queen's unexpected journey.
+
+
+_April 13, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke confers with the Chancellor, and invites him to dinner.]
+
+In the morning the Chancellor came to Whitelocke and staid with him near
+three hours. They had much debate touching Guinea, to the like effect as
+before with his son; they had also debate about the amendments which
+Whitelocke had desired might be inserted in the articles, chiefly that
+touching passports, to which the Chancellor would by no means agree. He
+likewise said to Whitelocke:--
+
+_Chancellor._ The Queen caused the articles to be copied out, to the end
+(as I believe) to communicate them to the Prince, which will be for the
+greater validity of the treaty and alliance.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I am glad her Majesty is pleased to take the advice of the
+Prince in this business, and am willing to promise myself that nothing is
+contained in the articles which he will not approve.
+
+_Chan._ I believe the same.
+
+_Wh._ This might be the occasion that my business was not finished before
+her Majesty's going out of town.
+
+_Chan._ I myself am also going into the country, and come now to take my
+leave of you.
+
+_Wh._ I hope you will return before her Majesty.
+
+_Chan._ I purpose to stay abroad but four or five days; and I find that
+frequent exercise and change of air tendeth very much to the improving of
+my health.
+
+_Wh._ I do heartily wish your health, and hope that the Queen and you
+will shortly be in town again, and that then my business will be
+finished.
+
+_Chan._ There is no doubt but that your business will be despatched
+within a very few days after the Queen's return.
+
+They had much other discourse touching the affairs of England, in which
+the Chancellor testified much respect to England and to the Protector.
+
+Whitelocke invited the Chancellor to dinner to his house, but he excused
+himself, alleging that his age and infirmities would not permit him to
+take a meal out of his own house, or at the houses of some of his
+children, where he might enjoy the same liberty as at his own house.
+Whitelocke told him that he should have the same liberty at his house,
+who was one of his sons, as he could take at the houses of any other of
+his children; but the Chancellor earnestly desired to be excused, and
+Whitelocke thought not fit further to importune him, but desired him to
+hasten his return hither, which he promised to do.
+
+Whitelocke received his letters from England, and in that from Thurloe he
+writes:--
+
+[SN: Letters from Thurloe.]
+
+    "There hath been consideration taken of your return home, but the
+    issue of the treaty with the Dutch not being yet known, his
+    Highness's resolutions as to your return are deferred until the
+    next; the difficulty of that business lies in the article relating
+    to the Danes, etc. All things else remain as they did by my last, so
+    that your Excellence will be saved this week the labour of reading
+    my long letter. This day we have a fast for the great drought.
+
+    "My Lady was here with me to hasten your return, wherein I should be
+    glad to be instrumental. I pray God preserve your Excellence, and
+    bless the affairs under your hand. I am,
+
+                  "Your Excellence's humble servant,
+                                                    "JO. THURLOE.
+    "_March 24th, 1653._
+
+    "I saw a letter to his Highness from Upsal, wherein some expressions
+    were used as if your Excellence were like to be removed from the
+    Seal. His Highness commanded me to assure you that there are no such
+    intentions, but much the contrary, whereof your Excellence will have
+    real demonstrations upon all occasions."
+
+
+_April 14, 1654._
+
+[SN: Passport given to a Swedish ship.]
+
+Grave Eric desired Whitelocke to give a passport to a Swedish ship bound
+from Stockholm to Portugal. The Chancellor requested the same, and both
+father and son engaged to Whitelocke that there was nothing aboard the
+vessel, nor any design in her voyage, against England; that she was
+freighted for Portugal only, and that they should esteem the favour as
+done to themselves, because they had a share in the goods on board this
+ship. Whitelocke, though he were hardly persuaded to give his passports
+to Swedish ships or to any other, yet considering the time when this was
+desired, and the persons desiring it, he thought not fit to deny it, but
+gave it in this form.[130]
+
+Whitelocke gave an account in his letters this day to Thurloe of all
+passages of moment since his last, and wrote further:--
+
+[SN: Letters to Thurloe.]
+
+    "My letters, I confess, have been tedious heretofore, but I ask your
+    pardon, and do hope that my business is now at such a period that I
+    shall not have occasion to trouble you with the like.
+
+    "There is little to do here at this time; almost all the great lords
+    and courtiers are gone out of town, so that here is a lamentable
+    silent place. I shall be heartily glad to receive my Lord's order to
+    authorize my return; but my business being now ended, I presume I
+    may expect his pleasure at any other place. I purpose to visit the
+    Queen-mother and the Prince of Sweden, because other ambassadors
+    have done it, and I have been particularly invited to it. I think it
+    will be a respect from my Lord Protector which they will take very
+    kindly, and may be some strength to the alliance, and is not the
+    less requisite for me, because our enemies report that none but
+    mechanics are of our party; but since our being here the Swedes
+    acknowledge the contrary.
+
+    "I hope within two or three weeks to be at sea, and that my God, who
+    hath hitherto been so good to me, will give me a safe return to my
+    Lord and to my native country, to whom I wish all prosperity.
+
+                  "Your affectionate friend to serve you,
+                                                           "B. W.
+    "_Upsal, 14th April, 1654._
+
+    "I hope you will pardon the importunity of my wife's solicitation,
+    being for my return. I have been informed this week that some
+    Holland ships are loading here with ordnance and other provisions of
+    war. I hope his Highness hath been pleased to give order for two or
+    three ships to be at Hamburg for my transportation into England, and
+    therein I entreat your favour.
+
+                                                           "B. W."
+
+In this letter Whitelocke also gave advice, what he had been informed
+touching the treaty between King James and the last King of Denmark
+concerning the Orcades, with his humble opinion what was fit to be done
+in that business, upon the comprehension of the Dane in the Dutch treaty,
+yet nothing was done therein; however, Whitelocke was satisfied in the
+acquittal of himself to have done his duty.
+
+Upon the earnest request of some Scots and English gentlemen on the
+behalf of Colonel Halsall, now in this town, Whitelocke gave him this
+pass.[131]
+
+
+_April 15, 1654._
+
+[SN: Excursion with the French Resident.]
+
+The Resident of France having desired Whitelocke that when he went abroad
+to take the air he would give him leave to accompany him, Whitelocke sent
+to him, this fair day inviting and leisure not hindering it. They went
+together in Whitelocke's coach to a wood, about an English mile from
+Upsal, full of pines, fir-trees, and juniper, and very fair and pleasant
+walks in it. The beauty of the day and place had also invited thither at
+this time the Ambassador of Denmark and the Holland Resident, who,
+perceiving Whitelocke's coaches and company, crossed out of the way where
+they were, and betook themselves to another walk; but Whitelocke kept on
+in his, and with the French Resident had much general discourse, but
+little of matters of state, because they could not trust one the other;
+yet Whitelocke learnt from him the condition of several persons in
+principal credit in the Court of France, and the way of their management
+of affairs. This gentleman was very civil and courteous and good company,
+desiring the conversation of Whitelocke, which he afforded him both going
+abroad and in his house, to which the Resident did him the favour to be
+no stranger.
+
+Whitelocke told him he purposed to go by Nordköping, and by the way to
+visit the Queen-mother and the Prince, and to have his ship meet him
+there. The Resident said the ship could not easily come to Nordköping,
+being no good harbour; but his best way would be to go from thence to
+Calmar, and his ship to meet him there, the haven being open and the ship
+may come near the town; and that Nordköping was the midway between
+Stockholm and Calmar, and the ship might be as soon at Calmar as at
+Nordköping; that the passage to Lübeck was much easier from Calmar than
+from Nordköping, and with a good wind might be made from Calmar in two
+days. But hereof Whitelocke intended to have the advice of some Swedes.
+
+
+_April 16, 1654._
+
+[SN: Great wealth of the Oxenstiern family.]
+
+Monsieur Bloome this Lord's Day dined with Whitelocke, and told him that
+the Chancellor had left him in town to keep Whitelocke company in the
+absence of the Chancellor, and to assure him that the Chancellor would
+return again in a very few days. Whitelocke made much of him, and had
+good informations from him. He said that Grave John Oxenstiern, the
+Chancellor's eldest son, had at that time, whilst his father was alive,
+above £20,000 sterling of yearly revenue, which he had from his father
+and by his wife, an inheritrix; and that Grave Eric, the second son, had
+in his father's lifetime near £10,000 sterling of yearly revenue, besides
+what both of them might expect from their father: and therefore both
+father and sons might, as they did, live in great state and with
+attendance of much port and ceremony.
+
+Grave Leonhough bestowed a visit on Whitelocke. He is a senator and one
+of the College of War, a person of great esteem and good parts; his
+conversation was full of civility; his discourse (in French) was
+rational, and for the most part upon matter of war, history, and the
+mathematics. In his company was an officer, his brother-in-law, who had
+served the King of Portugal in his late wars, and was a civil person, and
+seemed a gallant man. This Grave had been long bred up in the wars, and
+was now a Major-General; and his discourse showed him to be knowing and
+modest. He demanded of Whitelocke many questions touching the affairs of
+England, and particularly of the late civil dissensions there, and had a
+full account thereof from Whitelocke, by which he seemed to receive much
+satisfaction, and acknowledged that he had not heard the truth before,
+and that this relation justified the proceedings of the Parliament. He
+spake nothing to Whitelocke touching his business of the treaty, nor did
+Whitelocke mention it to this Grave, whom he never saw before, and
+because it was a day for other duties.
+
+
+_April 17, 1654._
+
+[SN: A serenade to Whitelocke.]
+
+Upsal being very empty, by the absence of the Queen and all the great
+Lords, who were retired to their country-houses, but most of them to
+Stockholm, it was given out that her Majesty would not return to this
+place, but remain at Stockholm, and that the General Assembly should be
+held there; which was not believed by Whitelocke, because the Queen had
+assured him that she would return to Upsal within eight or ten days, and
+she never brake her word with him.
+
+Her absence, and the leisure which they had thereby, gave opportunity to
+some of her musicians (Italians and Germans) to pass a compliment on
+Whitelocke, to come to his house, and with great ceremony to entertain
+him with their vocal and instrumental music, which was excellent good;
+and they played many lessons of English composition, which the gentlemen
+who were musical of Whitelocke's family brought forth unto them.
+
+
+_April 18, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Swedish army.]
+
+Whitelocke returned a visit to the Grave Leonhough, whose lodgings were
+but mean, such as the town would afford, but his treatment was with great
+civility. Amongst other discourse he inquired touching the discipline of
+war and ordering the soldiery in England, who, he said, must be well
+paid, or else they could not be kept in good order. Whitelocke
+acknowledged that to be very true, and said that in England special care
+was taken for the constant and due pay of the armies much beyond other
+countries, by which means they were kept in the best and strictest
+discipline of any armies in the world; that violence or plunder, contrary
+to the articles of war, was severely punished.
+
+The Grave acquainted Whitelocke that he was to go out of town the next
+day to a general muster, about four leagues from hence, within the
+province where he had the government; which occasioned Whitelocke to
+inquire of him, and to be informed that this was the standing militia of
+the country, and that the manner of it was thus:--
+
+The whole militia of Sweden in the country, besides the standing forces
+of their armies in service, doth consist of 50,000 horse and foot,
+whereof 12,000 horse and 38,000 foot in the several provinces are
+constantly in a readiness to be drawn forth in fourteen days' time. In
+Sweden are about 5000 horse and 20,000 foot, and in Finland and the other
+provinces about 8000 horse and 20,000 foot: in all, above 50,000. That
+the Crown is not at any charge for the pay of these militia forces,
+unless they are drawn forth into actual service, and then they are paid
+as their other army forces are, which is not very much or constant; but
+when they are in an enemy's country they live upon the country, and take
+contribution, if not plunder; and somewhat is allowed them by the Crown,
+as so much in money (which is a very small proportion) and such a weekly
+quantity of bread, butter, and cheese for every foot-soldier, and a like
+proportion for the horsemen; whose charge may be guessed at by that of
+their officers, of whom it was affirmed that the allowance to a captain
+of horse was his stove and his stable, and twenty rix-dollars a year. His
+stove they call his fire, candle, and entertainment for himself; his
+stable, that is horse-meat, and room, and shoeing; and for himself from
+the Crown (besides what he gets from the country) but twenty rix-dollars
+a year, with the like proportion for other officers and soldiers.
+
+The manner of maintaining their militia forces in the country was said to
+be this:--A horseman was quartered in the house of a boor, or husbandman;
+if the man will work himself and his horse with the boor, to help him in
+his husbandry, then the boor gives the man and his horse entertainment
+freely, and hath their work for it, which is more worth than their meat,
+and the boor will give the man perhaps some small sum of money besides.
+By this way the boor hath an advantage--the work of a man and a horse for
+their meat only; and the horseman hath an advantage--his own and his
+horse's meat, besides what the Crown allows him, and himself and horse
+kept in better condition by it; and without his work, the boor is not
+compellable to find him but his lodging only.
+
+In like manner it is for the foot-soldier. He is quartered with a boor,
+and must work for the boor, or have no diet from him; but they do work
+generally, and by that means the soldier is kept out of idleness. The
+countryman hath a benefit by his work for his diet only, whereas he must
+give diet and wages to a servant; and the soldier by his work hath his
+diet besides what the State allows him, and so he and his landlord are
+both well pleased. But the Crown hath the greatest advantage, which
+hereby saves the great pay which otherwise they must allow; and yet these
+forces are constantly in a readiness when the occasions of the Crown
+require their service.
+
+The officers of these militia forces have no pay at all but when they are
+in actual service, neither do they expect any pay, being gentlemen of
+quality and interest in the country: the chief of whom, who are fit for
+it, are made colonels; the next to them lieutenant-colonels, majors,
+captains, and inferior officers, according to their rank of the country
+gentlemen, known and beloved among their neighbours, with whom their
+interest and power, increased by their command, makes them the better
+followed and obeyed. When they write out any from the militia to serve in
+the armies, these officers and the lords of the boors appoint them; and
+if any offend, they are presently written out to send abroad into Russia,
+Poland, Germany, and other parts, from whence they do not all return
+safe, but are kept in great awe and obedience.
+
+This day here fell a great quantity of snow, and was in one night so hard
+frozen that it would bear a cart; the English wondered at it, but not
+this country men, the like being here usual at this time of the year and
+after.
+
+The Countess of Brahe, wife of the Ricks-Droitset, sent a gentleman to
+Whitelocke to acquaint him that there was a parcel of timber, cut and
+lying ready within four miles of Gothenburg, which did belong to her
+former husband, and was cut for the building of a ship; but by reason of
+her husband's death the ship was not built, and she offered the timber to
+Whitelocke at a reasonable price. But he, finding that it had been cut
+four years, and lay far from the water-side, made an excuse that it would
+be necessary to have it viewed, which his hastening away would not now
+permit; but he returned thanks to the Countess for her respects in the
+offer of it.
+
+
+_April 19, 1654._
+
+[SN: Preparations for the abdication.]
+
+Monsieur Bloome and divers others, having dined with Whitelocke,
+acquainted him that the Chancellor intended to return hither the next day
+after the Queen. Whitelocke said he hoped the Chancellor would have been
+here before her Majesty; but this was an argument to confute the report
+that the Queen would stay at Stockholm and hold the Ricksdag there.
+Another argument was, the Queen's officers removing and altering some of
+the hangings in Whitelocke's house, being longer and fitter for the rooms
+to be furnished in the castle for the Ricksdag than those which they put
+up in their places in Whitelocke's lodging.
+
+
+_April 20, 1654._
+
+[SN: Swedish mines.]
+
+In pursuance of former discourse with Monsieur Bloome, and by the desire
+of Mr. Bushel in England to Whitelocke to inquire into it, he received a
+paper in French, from a person here employed about the mines, to inform
+him by what means this person might be treated with to be brought into
+England for improving of our mines there.
+
+[SN: Hawks.]
+
+Whitelocke also, by desire of a worthy friend in England, furnished
+himself with a direction how he might procure some hawks out of this
+country, and chiefly from the isle of Deulandt, where the best hawks are;
+and he had gained much acquaintance with Grave Gabriel Oxenstiern, Great
+Falconer and Master of the Queen's Hawks, who promised his furtherance of
+Whitelocke's desires herein, and to assist and direct any servant whom he
+should send hither for that purpose.
+
+[SN: Mrs. Penn.]
+
+One Catharine Penn, an Englishwoman, the widow of an officer of the
+Queen's army, entreated Whitelocke to present for her a sad petition to
+the Queen for some arrears due to her husband, which matters Whitelocke
+was not forward to meddle with; but this being his countrywoman, and of
+the ancient family of Penn in Buckinghamshire, to which he had an
+alliance, Whitelocke did undertake to present her petition to the Queen.
+He undertook the like for a decayed English merchant residing at Hamburg,
+who petitioned the Queen for moneys owing to him at Bremen, where he
+could have no justice from the Governor, Vice-Chancellor, and others in
+authority; and this he undertook to move to the Queen, upon the earnest
+request of Mr. Bradshaw, Resident for the Protector at Hamburg, by his
+letters this day received.
+
+He was also presented with a Latin epistle from one Jonas Olaii, begging
+for some charity, and who, to be sure to go high enough, gave throughout
+his letter the style of "illustrissime Comes and Celsitudo tua," for
+which his gift from Whitelocke was the less.
+
+[SN: Trade with Muscovy.]
+
+In this day's packet Whitelocke received letters from the Muscovia
+Company in England, signed by the Governor and Consuls, in which they set
+forth the decay and loss of their trade in Muscovia by supplantation of
+the Dutch, and the Great Duke's disfavour to them, which they hope may be
+altered upon the late change of government in England; that they
+understand there is now in this Court an Ambassador from the Great Duke
+to the Queen; and they desire Whitelocke, that if this ambassador do
+visit him, or if he think fit to visit the Russian Ambassador, that he
+would intimate this matter to him, which they hope may much further their
+purpose of sending to the Great Duke for recovery of their trade.
+
+By this post Whitelocke received these letters from the Secretary
+Thurloe:--
+
+[SN: Despatch from Thurloe.]
+
+    "_For his Excellence my Lord Ambassador Whitelocke, at Upsal, in
+    Sweden. These._
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "Your letters of the 24th of February arrived here five or six days
+    later than usual, and this day's post is not yet arrived. The peace
+    with the Dutch hath been in such an uncertain condition, that it was
+    very hard to make a judgement concerning the issue of it. In the end
+    of the last and beginning of this week it was more probable that the
+    war should continue than otherwise; and your Excellence will see by
+    the enclosed papers, which passed between the Commissioners of his
+    Highness and the Ambassadors (which I have sent to you because there
+    is contained in them the true state of the treaty as it stood whilst
+    the differences lasted); the last of those papers will let your
+    Excellence see that they are now very near a closure; and the truth
+    is, that there is now nothing wanting but the drawing up of things
+    into form, and the signing on both sides, which I believe will be
+    effected within three or four days at furthest. But because we
+    cannot rely upon the peace as made until it be actually signed, his
+    Highness will defer the sending instructions to you in reference
+    either to your present negotiation or returning home until the next,
+    when your Excellence may certainly except them; and in the meantime
+    your Excellence may rest assured that there hath been no other cause
+    in delaying instructions to you upon this subject but the desire
+    that there is in everybody to give you clear directions in so
+    doubtful a case as this. If your staying or returning did depend
+    upon your own negotiation there, it were easy to leave you to your
+    own guidance; but when it rests merely upon the conclusion of the
+    present treaty here with the Dutch, it is not possible to give you
+    any instructions which you may with safety act upon until the issue
+    thereof be perfectly known; and after that, your Excellence shall
+    not be an hour without the knowledge of his Highness's pleasure
+    thereupon.
+
+    "It is certain this State hath moved upon Christian grounds only in
+    making this peace: we have not been beaten or frightened into it;
+    the Dutch have not yet any fleet at sea, nor can have this month, if
+    the war should continue. In the meantime we have a hundred and forty
+    sail at sea, and better ships than we have had at any time
+    heretofore, which gives occasion to all our neighbours to wonder at
+    our intentions thereby.
+
+    "Since I began my letter I have been with the Dutch Ambassador, and
+    every article is agreed word for word, so that nothing now remains
+    to be done but to write them over and sign, which will be done upon
+    Monday next. It is not possible for me to send unto your Excellence
+    a copy of the articles as they are now agreed; I hope to do it by
+    the next, when you will be satisfied concerning the reports I hear
+    there are in Sweden, concerning the honourable terms the Dutch have
+    gotten by this treaty. I know not what men may expect in matters of
+    honour; I am sure the true interest of the nation, both in point of
+    trade and otherwise, is provided for more fully than ever hath been
+    in any treaty made between these States.
+
+    "The French Ambassador had a public audience on Monday last. There
+    is joined with him in commission one Monsieur le Baas, in quality of
+    a Commissary, who is a great confidant of the Cardinal's, and a very
+    crafty man. The French doth certainly intend by all means to make a
+    league with his Highness, and offers very frankly and considerably
+    as to our present interest. The Spaniard thinks he saith more to
+    invite the Protector to look that way and embrace an alliance with
+    him; and sure he is the steadier friend, and hath the better and
+    more considerable trade.[142]
+
+    "The news I have either from France or Holland this week your
+    Excellence will receive enclosed. The affairs in Scotland do not
+    much alter: Middleton is very active to get an army, but keeps in
+    the most northerly parts. We never met with any of their forces but
+    we beat them--the last letters being that we fell upon a party and
+    took forty prisoners and sixty horse, which is all we have from
+    thence.
+
+    "I have done my utmost to get the Swedish ships released; but to say
+    the truth, although some of the Swedes are innocent, yet many of
+    them appear to be deceivers, which makes the rest fare the worse. I
+    endeavoured to get a resolution of the case your Excellence wrote
+    about by your former letters, so as to have sent it by this post,
+    but could not; the orders which have been made about it since my
+    last I have sent, whereof your Excellence may see the care that is
+    had to do justice therein.
+
+    "What your Excellence is informed concerning the preferring of the
+    Agent of the Swiss to Lagerfeldt in their farewell, is a great
+    mistake. I know no honour done to him at his going away, but the
+    sending the answer of his letter to him by the master of the
+    ceremony; he had neither gift nor entertainment that I know of.
+
+    "I hope the copy of the articles of the Dutch treaty, which I
+    formerly sent, your Excellence hath received before now. I am sorry
+    to hear that your entertainment in Sweden begins to be like my Lord
+    St. John's in Holland; but I trust the Lord will continue his
+    protection to yourself and family, which is the prayer of
+
+                  "Your Excellence's humble servant,
+                                                    "JO. THURLOE.
+    "_March 31, 1654._
+
+    "Monsieur Bonnele, the Queen of Sweden's Commissary, hath desired
+    audience to deliver a letter congratulatory to his Highness from the
+    Queen. The superscription is not very right; besides, your
+    Excellency having writ nothing about it, some difficulty hath been
+    in the delivery of it; but yet at last resolved to receive it as it
+    is."
+
+This letter is inserted to show by it the constant way and course of
+intelligence, and the generality and clearness of it, between Thurloe
+and Whitelocke, whereby his business and reputation in this Court was
+very much advanced, and Whitelocke made great use and advantage by it.
+The papers usually enclosed in Thurloe's letters were many, and contained
+all particulars of moment touching the Dutch treaty, as also relating to
+the affairs of England and of most parts of Christendom. One clause in
+this letter of Thurloe's, that, after the Dutch treaty had concluded, his
+Highness would send new instructions to Whitelocke, for his direction to
+proceed in the treaty in Sweden,--this gave much trouble and perplexity
+of thoughts to Whitelocke. He could not imagine what those new
+instructions should be. If they should be contrary to what he had already
+agreed, it would be not only to the dishonour of Whitelocke, but of the
+Protector likewise and of the English nation, for him to go back from
+what he had before assented to, and to go out here with a snuff,
+retracting his former agreement, or else he must proceed contrary to his
+instructions, which would not be ratified; and both of these mischiefs
+great enough. He was in suspense whether he should seal the articles here
+beforehand, or expect the receipt of these instructions before he signed
+them. He considered that if he should defer the signing of the articles
+till after the receipt of those new instructions, that then they could
+not at all be signed by the present Queen, who intended to continue but
+one week in the government, and if she did not sign in that time she
+could not sign at all; but the whole must be remitted to a new treaty
+with the new King, upon new credentials, commission, and instructions,
+which would require much time and trouble.
+
+He thought not fit to communicate his doubts, but resolved with himself
+to proceed to the finishing of the treaty without staying for new
+instructions from England, because otherwise all his negotiation would
+become fruitless; and he held himself obliged, in honour and conscience,
+to make good what he had already assented unto before any mention of new
+instructions came to him, and what he had done being pursuant to his
+former instructions, and in his judgement for the advantage and good of
+England.
+
+He was also willing to persuade himself that the new instructions would
+extend only to the order of his return, and was so to be taken by
+Thurloe's letter, and to the close of his whole negotiation; wherein he
+had done nothing, and resolved not to do anything, but what he believed
+to be just and honest. He was also troubled lest the Queen should put off
+the treaty upon some distaste about the secret article, and yet pretend
+only the absence of her Chancellor; but Whitelocke left all to the
+providence of God, and His blessing upon honest and diligent means,
+wherein he resolved not willingly to be wanting. And whether to put it
+off or to proceed to the despatch of it seemed the more difficult,
+because of a letter from his wife, wherein she wrote that Thurloe said to
+her, that it was fit her husband should receive certain instructions what
+to do before his coming away, because, if he should do anything too
+suddenly, without good warrant, it might cost him his life. This indeed
+were a worthy and meet recompense for all the hardships, perils, and
+faithful services undergone and performed for those who were then in
+power; but his hope and expectation of reward was from above the highest
+of them.
+
+
+_April 21, 1654._
+
+[SN: Despatches to Thurloe.]
+
+Whitelocke made his despatches for England, and part of his letters to
+Thurloe was this:--
+
+    "The Queen and Court being out of town, this is a solitary place.
+    The Danish Ambassador and the Dutch Resident are still here. The
+    Spanish, German, and Muscovite Envoys are gone away. My business
+    remains in a readiness to be signed, which is appointed upon the
+    Queen's return; and she is looked for every day. If they be not
+    signed within these few days, it cannot be done by her at all,
+    because she intends to resign the Government the beginning of May,
+    and perhaps the Prince may be crowned in June; and two or three
+    months after that will pass before new credentials can be sent from
+    his Highness, and it may be two or three months in ceremony and
+    despatch of the business, by which time another winter will be here.
+
+    "Upon which considerations I humbly conceive it much more for the
+    service of my Lord to despatch my business here out of hand, and the
+    rather because of the conclusion of the Dutch treaty, which I hope
+    will prove very prosperous to our nation.
+
+    "My articles had been signed before the Queen's going away but that
+    she was willing to communicate them to the Prince before her
+    Commissioners signed them, which I likewise thought very fit to be
+    done, in regard he is so near the succession; and I likewise intend
+    to salute him from my Lord Protector before my going out of this
+    country.
+
+    "I am now only in expectation of his Highness's further commands and
+    instructions concerning my return, which I hope for by the next
+    post.
+
+    "I give you most hearty thanks for the papers, which are not only a
+    comfort but very useful to me here. I received formerly from you a
+    copy of the Dutch articles, and if I did not return you thanks for
+    them, I confess I forgot myself, and likewise if in one of my
+    letters I did not acquaint you that the Queen had an intention (as
+    she told me) of sending a congratulatory letter to my Lord the
+    Protector; but how the direction of it was I know not, because I
+    never saw it; but I take it as a particular favour to me, that his
+    Highness was pleased to receive it, though it were not as it ought
+    to have been, wherein he hath answered the respect of the Queen, who
+    excepted against my credentials, but yet received them.
+
+    "I am exceeding glad of your good conclusion of the Dutch business,
+    which, I am persuaded, will be of great advantage to our nation; and
+    I look upon the issue of my business here being agreed before the
+    issue of our treaty with the Dutch was known, to be both a
+    particular respect to the Protector and Government, and less
+    difficult than it would have been if transacted after our agreement
+    with the Dutch.
+
+    "They are much amused in these parts at our gallant fleet, and so
+    early at sea; and I permit them all their conjectures, neither have
+    they gained much allay of them from me by their inquisitiveness.
+
+    "I had a compliment sent me the last night from the Dutch Resident,
+    that he hoped ere long to have an opportunity to come and visit me;
+    I answered, that I should not be wanting in that civility which
+    became me.
+
+    "I was entreated by the citizens of Stockholm to receive this suit
+    of theirs in the enclosed paper.
+
+                                                           "B. W.
+    "_April 21, 1654. Upsal._"
+
+
+_April 22, 1654._
+
+[SN: University Library at Upsal.]
+
+The French Resident visited Whitelocke, and, seeing him ready to go take
+the air, offered him his company, which Whitelocke could not refuse. They
+went together to the Library of this University, where there are many
+good books, for the most part brought out of Germany; but it is not
+extraordinary, nor exceeding the public libraries in England and
+elsewhere. One of Whitelocke's gentlemen held it not exceeding his
+lord's private library at his own house in England, as he affirmed to
+some of the scholars here, who were not pleased therewith, nor would
+easily believe that the English Ambassador's library in his private house
+was to be compared to that of their University.
+
+The keeper of this library is one Doctor Lovenius, there present, a
+learned and civil person, who hath published several books in print,
+touching the laws and government and antiquities of his country, in good
+Latin; and both himself and his works are worthy of esteem. He was
+attending upon Whitelocke all the time of his being in the library and in
+the public places of the University, and informed him of such things as
+he inquired touching the same; and, to gratify their civility, Whitelocke
+sent them twenty of his own books which he had in his house, all of them
+English authors, as the Primate of Armagh's works, Sir Henry Spelman,
+Selden, and others; which was a present very acceptable, and kindly
+received by the University from him.
+
+[SN: University of Upsal.]
+
+They affirm this University to be very ancient; but there are no colleges
+or public houses for the maintenance of the scholars, or public revenue
+belonging to them; so that they do not live together in bodies or
+companies by themselves, but every one severally as he can agree or find
+for his convenience. But here are divers public rooms or schools where
+the professors and scholars use to meet and perform their exercises
+openly; and the rooms of their library are three, about twenty foot
+square apiece.
+
+There are all sorts of professors for the arts and sciences, who are
+promised good salaries, but they complain that they are not well paid;
+and though some of them be very learned, yet they take not much pains; it
+may be according to the proverb, "mal payé mal servi"--he that is ill
+paid doth but ill service. Some counted the number of scholars to be
+about three hundred, which is not more than may be found in one college
+in England. They make great preparation by printing their theses and
+publishing them, and inviting the grandees to their disputations, where
+the Queen in person is sometimes present, though the exercise is only the
+art of well disputing, except in some of their professors and eminent
+persons.
+
+Their University is a kind of corporation, like others, their want of
+supplies not affording them so much perfection, and their defect of
+government giving them liberty and temptation to disorder, to which they
+are much addicted; but in their sermons, whilst the English were among
+them, they would propose them as a pattern of civility and pious
+conversation. Their government is by a Chancellor, who at present is the
+Ricks-Chancellor; and it hath constantly been in the hands of some
+eminent and great person.
+
+[SN: Cathedral of Upsal.]
+
+Whitelocke and the Resident visited the Cathedral Church, which is fair
+and large, built with brick, and covered with copper. They affirm it to
+be one of the most ancient churches of Europe, and that the Gospel was
+here early planted, but earlier in the church of old Upsal, which is of a
+quadrangular form, and formerly dedicated to their heathen gods. Their
+cathedral, they say, was the seat of an arch-flamen; and in the places of
+arch-flamens and flamens, upon their conversion to Christianity (as in
+England, so here), bishops and archbishops were instituted; and now
+their cathedral, as other churches, is full of images, crucifixes, and
+such other furniture as the Lutheran churches tolerate, and is little
+different therein from the Popish churches.
+
+The Resident and Whitelocke took also a view of the castle and city of
+Upsal. The castle is near the town, seated upon the point of a hill; it
+is built of brick, plastered over, strong and beautiful. If it had been
+finished, the design was to have had it four-square; but two sides of it
+only are built. It had been very large and noble if it had been
+perfected. As it is, it contains many rooms, and sufficient for the
+Court; some of them are great and stately, but up two stories, after the
+fashion of that country. If it had been finished, it would have equalled
+any other, if not the castle of Stockholm itself.
+
+[SN: Environs of Upsal.]
+
+The prospect from the castle is very beautiful; the country round about
+it pleasant and fruitful, and distinguished into meadows, pastures, and
+arable fields, and the river Sale passing through them, which loseth
+itself about half a league from thence into a great lake. The river is
+navigable with boats of about twenty or thirty tons, many leagues
+together, going through the lake also; it is not muddy, nor unfurnished
+with the fish of those parts, and is about half as broad as the Thames at
+Henley. It runs at the foot of the hill on which the castle stands, and
+the town is built upon it; and it waters most part of the streets, to
+their great commodity. It is for this reason called Upsal, because
+Ubbo--who, they say, was the son of Gomer, the son of Japhet, the son of
+Noah--this Ubbo built this town upon the river Sale, and therefore called
+it, after his own name, Ubbo Sale, by contraction of speech now called
+Upsal. All agree it to be one of the most ancient of their cities, the
+metropolitan see of their archbishop, and in old time the residence of
+their kings, and where they were invested with the regal dignity. The
+country about it seemed one of the most pleasant and fruitful of these
+parts. The town itself is not much beautified with stately buildings, not
+above nine or ten houses being built with brick; the rest of them, after
+the fashion of their country, built with great bodies of fir-trees, and
+covered with turf; the fairest of their brick houses was that where the
+English Ambassador lodged.
+
+This city hath not much trade, and therefore not much wealth. The
+government of it is according to the municipal law of the country, and as
+other cities are; their head officer is a Burgomaster, who hath for his
+assistants a council, in the nature of the common councils in our
+corporations in England, consisting of the principal burgesses and
+inhabitants of the city, who have power, with the Burgomaster, as to
+making of ordinances, and in the government.
+
+In their journey to take the air the Resident and Whitelocke had much
+discourse touching the images in their church, and about the observation
+of their Sabbath; wherein the Resident was furnished with the usual
+arguments of the Papists, and was answered by Whitelocke, and was not so
+positive as most of his persuasion use to be. He discoursed also about
+the Dutch treaty in England, to get from Whitelocke what he could to
+report to the Danish Ambassador and Dutch Resident; for which he was
+fitted by Whitelocke's answers to him.
+
+
+_April 23, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke punishes two of his retinue for neglect of the Lord's
+Day.]
+
+This being the Lord's Day, many gentlemen of the English and Scots nation
+then in town came to Whitelocke's house to the morning sermon, and most
+of them staid the afternoon sermon also. And so many strangers being
+there attentive in the holy duties, it gave the greater cause of scandal
+and offence to Whitelocke that divers of his own family were absent,
+whereas, by his orders, they were all enjoined to a constant attendance,
+especially at those religious exercises; nevertheless some of them
+(particularly Mr. Castle and Andrew Potley) were therein more in fault
+than others, and, after many admonitions, would not reform, but made it
+their common practice almost every Lord's Day in the afternoon to be
+absent, and to go abroad and take the air. Whitelocke considering the
+reproach and scandal, and the ill example hereby to his family, and the
+doing of that by some of them against which he had spoken so much here to
+the people of this place, upon which it would be collected that either he
+had not the power over his own people to order them as he judged fit, or
+else that he and the rest of his company were dissemblers, and found
+fault with that in others which they either acted or tolerated in
+themselves;--Whitelocke finding two absent on this day, he gave order to
+his steward to see their trunks and goods carried out of his house, and
+themselves dismissed of further attendance on him, and removed from his
+family. Yet afterwards, upon the interceding of others for them, and
+their own submission, the punishment was suspended; and when they
+perceived that Whitelocke was in earnest, it caused a reformation, both
+in those two and in others, as to this duty and in other particulars.
+
+[SN: The Queen returns to Upsal.]
+
+About nine o'clock this evening the Queen came to town. She had in her
+train but one coach with six horses, and three horsemen; so little
+ceremony did she observe as to her own port, but would rather make this
+sudden and private return than break her word with Whitelocke, whom in a
+compliment she had promised to be here again within a few days; and she
+kept her word honourably and constantly. But Whitelocke was sorry that
+she continued her old custom, too frequent here, of travelling upon the
+Lord's Day.
+
+
+_April 24, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke pays his court to the Queen.]
+
+Whitelocke waited on the Queen to give her the welcome home, and found
+her lodgings changed, leaving the better rooms for the Prince. She
+excused her long stay out of town, and said she would now have no more
+delay in his business, but it should be forthwith despatched. Whitelocke
+told her that the Chancellor and his son were not yet come to town, but
+he humbly thanked her Majesty for the speed of her return. She assured
+him that her Chancellor and his son would be in town the next day, and
+that she should not have come to town so soon but for his business; that
+the day after her Chancellor's coming the articles might be signed. She
+likewise discoursed with him about the secret article, that in case those
+here should not perform justly with her, that then the Protector should
+not be bound by this treaty. Whitelocke told her that Woolfeldt and he
+had conference about it, and had fully considered it, and were both of
+opinion that it would be unfit for her Majesty to make such an article,
+and it might turn to her prejudice; but Whitelocke said, that if she
+pleased to write to the Protector, and to leave her letters with
+Whitelocke to procure an answer from his Highness to her Majesty, whereby
+his care for her good and assistance to her might appear, and the letter
+to be fit to be shown, it might be of more advantage to her than such a
+secret article, to which he was not empowered to assent, but it must be
+remitted to the Protector; and whether he would consent to it in that way
+or not, was doubtful; and when it should be known to those here, it would
+be distasteful. Upon this the Queen seemed fully satisfied as to the
+secret article to be laid aside and not more thought on.
+
+Whitelocke advised her as formerly touching her liberty, and not long
+continuing here after her resignation; and she thanked him for his
+advice, and said, that in case those here should not deal justly with
+her, she hoped she should find the Protector a friend to her, and that
+she did put herself upon his nobleness and friendship. Whitelocke told
+her, that the Protector was a great lover and maintainer of justice and
+honour, and had a particular affection to her Majesty, which he believed
+she would find him ready to manifest upon this or any other occasion, and
+find him a true friend to her; wherewith (poor lady!) she seemed much
+comforted, having brought her affairs to so low an ebb as this was, and
+thus high was the Protector's reputation here. As to the general business
+of the treaty with Whitelocke, she said it would be fit to have the
+articles signed tomorrow, and that Whitelocke soon after should have his
+audience, and she would give order to have it done accordingly.
+
+She asked Whitelocke if he would bear her company to take the air, which
+he did; and she riding a horse managed to the great saddle, who was
+troublesome, she came into her coach, and caused Whitelocke to sit in the
+same boot with her, that they might discourse the more privately. There
+were also in her coach the Senator Rosenhau, Grave Tott, and Steinberg.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke presents his black horses to the Queen,]
+
+The Queen freely told Whitelocke that if he would not sell his horses, as
+she understood he would not, that yet she should take it for a favour if
+he would let her have one of his sets of coach-horses, which would do her
+great service in her intended journey, they being fitter for travel than
+any she had. Whitelocke told her they were all at her Majesty's service;
+that he thought it not becoming him to sell them, but if she pleased to
+accept them, she should freely have them; that he thought his black
+horses fittest for her and best, and there were eight of them, and the
+other set he intended to present unto the Prince{6}; that, she said,
+would be very well, and she kindly thanked him and accepted of his
+compliment.
+
+[SN: some distilled waters,]
+
+Whitelocke also told the Queen that he had a small cabinet of glasses of
+spirits of waters, essences of excellent kinds, extracted; but he
+believed that her Majesty did not much esteem such things, and they were
+too inconsiderable to make a present of them to the Queen-mother, if she
+had any liking of them. The Queen said her mother was much pleased with
+such essences, and that she would send them to her from Whitelocke. He
+asked when he should bring them, and an English Bible which he promised
+to the Queen. She said, tomorrow if he pleased, and that at all times he
+should be welcome to her.
+
+
+_April 25, 1654._
+
+Grave Eric sent his secretary to Whitelocke to inform him of his being
+come to town purposely for the despatch of his business, and for the
+signing of the articles; and he desired to know what time this afternoon
+he might have the liberty to come and visit Whitelocke, after he had been
+with the Queen. Whitelocke told the secretary that he should be glad to
+see his lord after Whitelocke had likewise been at the Court; and there
+they met.
+
+Whitelocke went in to the Queen and presented her with the cabinet of
+essences, which was of green velvet, lined with silver lace very richly;
+within it were about twenty glasses of spirits of the rarest kinds, each
+glass stopped with a silver head of English silver, to screw off and on,
+and a lock and key of the same; and opening the cabinet the Queen smelt
+of most of the glasses, but tasted none of them; she highly commended
+them and the cabinet, especially the English silver, whereof she had some
+discourse, and said she would send them to her mother, who would be very
+glad of them.
+
+[SN: and an English Bible;]
+
+Then according to his promise he presented her Majesty with an English
+Bible, of a very fair print and richly bound; and upon that they had this
+discourse:--
+
+_Whitelocke._ If your Majesty would be pleased to spend some time in
+reading this Bible, and comparing it with those in other languages, it
+would be a great help to your understanding of the English, if your
+Majesty have any further thoughts thereof.
+
+_Queen._ My desire still is to gain the English tongue, and I think this
+which you mention will be a good way to learn it. I ask your pardon that
+you staid so long before you came in to me; nobody told me of your being
+without, and I am ashamed of this incivility.
+
+_Wh._ The incivility, Madam, is on my side, by interrupting your greater
+affairs; but I come not now as an ambassador, but as a particular servant
+to bring this Bible to your Majesty.
+
+_Qu._ It is a noble present, and there was the less reason to make you
+stay for admittance with it.
+
+[SN: and exhorts her Majesty to read it.]
+
+_Wh._ This book was presented to me by an English doctor, with a letter
+mentioning the text that the Beræans were accounted the more noble
+because they received the word with gladness, as I hope your Majesty
+will.
+
+_Qu._ I receive it from you with much thankfulness, and shall gladly make
+use of it as the best of books.
+
+_Wh._ Your Majesty, by often reading it, and comparing it with other
+Bibles, will not only thereby gain advantage as to the language, but the
+highest comfort to your soul.
+
+_Qu._ I have used to read much in the Bible, and take great contentment
+in it.
+
+_Wh._ Your Majesty will find more contentment and comfort in the study of
+this book than of all other books whatsoever, and therefore I do humbly
+recommend the often reading of it to your Majesty.
+
+_Qu._ I doubt you have an ill opinion of me that you so earnestly
+persuade me to this, as if you thought me too backward in it.
+
+_Wh._ I only give my humble advice to your Majesty, out of my own
+experience, of the great comfort, wisdom, and true pleasure which is to
+be met with in this book, and nowhere else, and that all things out of it
+are of no value.
+
+_Qu._ I am full of the same opinion; but there are too many who have not
+so venerable an opinion of it as they ought to have.
+
+_Wh._ There are indeed, Madam, too many who mock at this book, and at God
+himself, whose book it is; but these poor worms will one day know that
+God will not be mocked, and that they and their reproaches will sadly
+perish together; and I am glad to hear your Majesty's distaste of such
+wicked ones.
+
+_Qu._ Surely every good Christian ought to distaste such men and such
+opinions.
+
+They had much more discourse upon the same subject, wherein Whitelocke
+spake the more, because he found the Queen more inclined to it now than
+he had perceived her to be at other times.
+
+Being come from the Queen, he spake with Grave Eric in another room,
+whose opinion was that it would be fit to sign the articles on the
+morrow, and said that his father would be returned time enough to do it.
+Whitelocke doubted that, by reason of his weariness after his journey, it
+might not be then convenient. Eric replied, that there would be nothing
+to be done that would occasion trouble, the signing and putting the seals
+to the articles already prepared and agreed on was all that was to be
+done. Whitelocke demanded if the power given by the Queen to her
+Commissioners were sealed. Eric said it was not, but that Canterstein
+would be in town this evening, and would see all done.
+
+
+_April 26, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke complains of further delays.]
+
+Grave Eric came to Whitelocke's house, and this discourse passed between
+them:--
+
+_Whitelocke._ It seems to me somewhat strange that after all things
+agreed between her Majesty's Commissioners and me, I should yet attend
+three weeks to obtain one half-hour for the signing of the articles.
+
+_Grave Eric._ The Queen's going out of town hath occasioned it, and the
+great business touching her resignation, which hath so taken up all men's
+thoughts and counsels, that there hath been hardly room left for any
+other matter; and when the Queen goes away, those of the Council also
+take the liberty to go into the country; and upon such extraordinary
+changes as these are, it is no strange thing for public ministers to be
+retarded; and the same thing hath been practised upon your changes in
+England.
+
+_Wh._ I have not observed, either in England or elsewhere, that after an
+agreement upon a treaty, and nothing remaining but to sign and seal, that
+they have used afterwards to delay it three weeks together; yet I am
+willing to promise myself that the servant of the Protector may expect
+from this Crown as much respect as any other public minister.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ There hath been more respect showed to you than hath been
+accustomed to any other. I believe your business may be despatched in
+half an hour; and if my father return this evening time enough to do it,
+it may be done this night; if not, then without fail tomorrow morning.
+
+_Wh._ I am the more earnest herein, looking upon it as my duty to the
+Protector and my respect to this Crown, to avoid any occasion of
+discontent between the two nations; and therefore I shall freely tell you
+that it will be very material to have the articles signed this day or
+tomorrow, before I receive this week's letters, by which I expect to
+understand that the articles between England and Holland are signed;
+among which articles one is, that neither the one nor the other
+confederate shall make any alliance with any other prince or state,
+without first giving notice thereof to the other confederate. Now if the
+articles between the Protector and the Queen be signed before I have
+notice of this by the Dutch articles being signed, the signing of our
+articles here first will be without exception in this point; but if I
+receive this information from England before the articles be signed here,
+it will be doubtful whether then I shall be in a capacity afterwards to
+sign the articles here, whereupon sundry inconveniences will ensue, which
+I would willingly prevent.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ This is indeed a material point, and I am much startled at
+it. I shall go and see if my father be come to town, that I may acquaint
+him with it, and doubtless the business may be finished tomorrow.
+
+_Wh._ What do you resolve to do in the matter I proposed touching Guinea?
+
+_Gr. Eric._ The person concerned in that business is now in town; I shall
+bring him to you to give you information therein, and upon speaking
+together we may come to some conclusion in it. I think the best way will
+be to prepare an article to this purpose, that all injuries done by the
+one or the other party in the several plantations in Guinea, and the
+satisfaction and damages to be given to the parties grieved, be upon the
+whole matter remitted to the consideration and arbitrement of persons to
+be chosen, as well by the company of English merchants trading to those
+parts as of the merchants of this country having interest in the
+plantations there.
+
+_Wh._ I think this may be a good expedient for this business; and I shall
+rather submit to it than depart from hence, without any agreement at all,
+to have this matter, either now or at some other time, to be taken into
+consideration; and therefore if you please to direct an article to be
+drawn up to the effect proposed by yourself, and to send it to me to be
+perused, I shall be willing to consent to any reasonable settlement of
+this business; so as my countrymen, the English merchants interested in
+that plantation, may have no cause to believe that I have neglected what
+was specially recommended to me on their behalf, and that my superiors
+may see my care in this as well as in other matters.
+
+In the evening Monsieur Bloome sent word to Whitelocke that the
+Chancellor was come to town, and that Canterstein was expected this
+night.
+
+Presently Whitelocke sent to the Chancellor to know how he did after his
+journey, and when he might have the liberty to visit him. The Chancellor
+answered that he was well, and purposed this evening or tomorrow morning
+to go to the Queen, and afterwards he would send to Whitelocke to let him
+know what time they might meet to finish his business. This seemed to
+Whitelocke a little different from the ordinary rules of civility--that
+when he sent to the Chancellor to know at what time he might come to
+him, the Chancellor answered that his purpose was to go to the Queen;
+but Whitelocke hoped that the intent was to receive her Majesty's
+direction in his business.
+
+
+_April 27, 1654._
+
+[SN: Signing the articles again deferred till the morrow.]
+
+Lagerfeldt came to Whitelocke from the Chancellor to tell him that the
+Chancellor was come to town purposely for the signing of the articles.
+Whitelocke said he was much obliged to the Chancellor for so great a
+favour, and that, after three weeks elapsed since the articles were
+agreed, he might now hope it would be thought seasonable to confirm that
+agreement with hand and seal. Lagerfeldt answered that it might be done
+this day, and therefore he came to Whitelocke that his secretary might
+meet with the Queen's secretary, and they together might examine the
+books, which in the evening may be signed and sealed by both parties.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Hath Monsieur Canterstein procured the Queen's patent to
+authorize her Commissioners to conclude this treaty?
+
+_Lagerfeldt._ It must be done before the signing of the articles, and
+then you may have your audience when your Excellence pleaseth.
+
+_Wh._ It were fit to have that done.
+
+_Lag._ I know not whether the presents which her Majesty intends to make
+to your Excellence and your company be yet ready; and I know the Queen
+intends to express as much honour to you as she hath done to any
+ambassador whatsoever.
+
+_Wh._ I desire no greater honour than the despatch of my business, and
+liberty to return home.
+
+_Lag._ I shall serve your Excellence therein to the utmost of my power.
+
+In the afternoon Whitelocke sent his son James and his secretary Earle,
+and Swift, with the articles and papers touching his business, unto
+Canterstein, where they examined them and corrected what was mistaken.
+They asked at what hour Whitelocke might repair to the Chancellor for
+signing the articles. Canterstein answered, that the Chancellor was weary
+with his journey; but he went to him and brought word that, if Whitelocke
+would come to the Chancellor about five or six o'clock this evening, he
+would be ready to confer with him. This being reported to Whitelocke by
+his son, he sent him back to Canterstein to know whether the Queen had
+sealed the grant of power to her Commissioners, who brought word that it
+was not done, and that the Queen went out of town this evening, and
+returned not till tomorrow.
+
+After this message, and when Whitelocke saw that his letters of this week
+were not come, he sent to the Chancellor to let him know that he feared
+it might be troublesome to him for Whitelocke to come to him this
+evening, and that, if he pleased, Whitelocke would come to him the next
+morning. To which the Chancellor willingly agreed, and appointed their
+meeting tomorrow, betwixt eight and nine o'clock in the morning. The
+Chancellor inquired whether Whitelocke had yet received his letters from
+England. The servant of Whitelocke said that the letters were not yet
+come, but that by the last week's letters the news came that the peace
+between England and Holland was certainly concluded; to which the
+Chancellor said, I desire to be excused.
+
+By these passages Whitelocke perceived that their little design was,
+notwithstanding all he had endeavoured, that before they would sign the
+articles they desired to see this week's letters; which he took as
+directed by the good hand of Providence, in regard that by this means he
+should be the more excused in what he intended to do, having staid for
+this week's letters and received none, and the politicians here would be
+deceived in their expectation. He wondered at the Queen's going out of
+town before she sealed the commission to her deputies: some thought the
+reason to be, because her intended presents were not yet ready.
+
+Whitelocke received a letter from the Protector's Resident at Hamburg,
+wherein this was part:--
+
+    "_For his Excellence my Lord Ambassador Whitelocke, Extraordinary
+    Ambassador from England with the Queen of Sweden. Humbly these._
+
+    "The English letters are not yet come, but from Holland they write
+    that two expresses were come on the 21st instant, with letters
+    assuring that the peace was concluded and mutually signed, and that,
+    as soon as the ratification could arrive in England from the States
+    General, hostility should cease.
+
+                  "I am, my Lord,
+                      "With tender of my humble service,
+                          "Your Excellence's most humble servant,
+                                                  "RI. BRADSHAWE.
+    "_Hamburg, 15th April, 1654._"
+
+Whitelocke made use of this intelligence as far as it would go; and some
+others in this town had the same news from Holland.
+
+
+_April 28, 1654._
+
+[SN: The signing of the treaty.]
+
+At the time appointed Whitelocke and his company came to the Chancellor's
+lodging, with whom was his son Grave Eric and Secretary Canterstein.
+Whitelocke's son James and his secretary Earle were admitted into the
+room. All the time of their being there Secretary Canterstein was
+uncovered and did not sit. Whitelocke's son James was also bare, as
+became him, but was admitted to sit down at the lower end of the table,
+on the same side with his father, who sat at the upper end, and the
+Chancellor over-against him, and Grave Eric by his father.
+
+The Chancellor acquainted Whitelocke that the Queen had shown the
+articles to the Prince, who did well approve of them, and desired to have
+a strict league and friendship with the Protector, and that the Prince
+was ready in what should appertain to him to contribute to that end.
+Whitelocke answered that the Protector would esteem the friendship of the
+Prince a great honour to him; and to show his desire of it, that
+Whitelocke intended to salute the Prince from the Protector. The
+Chancellor and his son said that it would be very necessary for
+Whitelocke to do so, and that the Prince intended to come nearer to this
+city, and then Whitelocke might have the better passage to his Court by
+water by the lake Meter, than to go to him by a land-journey; and that
+from the Prince he might, by the same lake, be transported to Stockholm.
+
+After many ceremonies and compliments, with apologies for the delay of
+the sealing of the articles, they fell to their business. Grave Eric read
+the articles prepared by Whitelocke, and his father overlooked them;
+Whitelocke's son James read the articles prepared by the Chancellor, and
+Whitelocke overlooked them; and some mistakes being amended, Whitelocke
+asked whether the Queen's commission to give them power were sealed. They
+answered, it was prepared, and that the Queen would seal it, and it was
+usual to be done at any time after the sealing of the articles; that
+yesterday it was not fully ready for the Queen before her going out of
+town, but that she intended to be here again this day, and all would be
+ready for her sealing.
+
+The Chancellor directed Canterstein to read the copy of the instrument
+for giving power to the Queen's Commissioners, and desired Whitelocke to
+give to him the commission of the Protector to Whitelocke, who said that
+he had formerly delivered to them a copy of it, which was then read; and
+the Chancellor took exception to it, because there was no mention in it
+of ratifying what should be here agreed upon by Whitelocke; who answered
+that this clause of ratification was in his first commission under the
+Great Seal of England, unto which the commission and powers given him
+since by the Protector do refer; and he offered to deliver into their
+hands that commission under the Great Seal. And if they should require
+that Whitelocke might yet have a larger power, whereof he thought there
+was no need, (they might perceive by the Protector's letters that he
+would not scruple to give it,) Whitelocke said that he would take it upon
+him, at his return to England, to procure it to be done; but he said he
+could not leave with them the Protector's letters and instructions to
+him, because part of them was secret.
+
+The Chancellor said it was the custom to deliver the original letters of
+power into the hands of the other party, that they might be registered in
+the public acts of the Chancery, and that Whitelocke should receive their
+commissions to carry with him into England; that if he would pass his
+word that, at his return to England, he would procure new and larger
+powers, and take care to send the letters of them hither from the
+Protector, they should be satisfied therewith: which Whitelocke promised
+to do, and desired that the Queen would ratify all that should be done
+here before her resignation, and keep the ratification by her until the
+Protector should seal letters of ratification on his part, and then they
+might be exchanged and mutually delivered. The Chancellor consented
+hereunto, and asked what seal the Protector used in these public
+businesses. Whitelocke said he used his own seal. The Chancellor asked if
+he did not use the seal of the Commonwealth, in regard that this league
+was between the Queen and kingdom of Sweden and the Protector and
+Commonwealth of England. Whitelocke said that the Protector might, if he
+pleased, command the seal of the Commonwealth to be affixed to the
+letters of ratification, which he believed would be done if they desired
+it; and that, by the same reason, it was fit that the letters of
+ratification here should be under the Great Seal of Sweden.
+
+The Chancellor said that in Sweden, when the Government was in the hands
+of Commissioners, the King or Queen not being crowned, it was usual for
+some chief men, of alliance to the deceased King, to make use of his
+private seal, and of no other; that if this treaty were with the Poles
+or Danes, or others, that being wanting in their letters which was in
+Whitelocke's, he would not proceed any further with them until they
+should procure a fuller power and commission; and he said he had been
+present at many treaties which had been broken off upon a less defect
+than appeared in Whitelocke's letters. But in regard their business was
+with the Protector, whom the Queen and himself did so much honour and had
+so great a confidence in him, and upon Whitelocke's promise to procure
+such a power as they desired to be enlarged to him from the Protector,
+the Chancellor said they were ready to confirm the articles with their
+seals. Whitelocke took upon him what they desired, and then the
+Chancellor and his son Eric sealed that part of the articles which
+Whitelocke had prepared, and Whitelocke sealed the other part of the
+articles which had been prepared by the Chancellor and his son Grave
+Eric.[168]
+
+The Queen's Commissioners insisted to have the date of these articles
+11th of April, because then they were fully agreed, and the time after
+was for engrossing and preparing them to be signed and sealed; and
+Whitelocke did not oppose their desire herein.
+
+Thus, after a long and intricate (it might be said vexatious)
+transaction of this great affair for near five months together, all
+bitter oppositions, cunning practices, and perplexed difficulties being
+removed and overcome, through the goodness and assistance of the only
+wise Counsellor, the Prince of Peace, it pleased Him to give a good issue
+and happy success in the conducting of this treaty by him who accounts
+his great labour and hazards in this transaction well bestowed, and
+humbly prays that this treaty may prove to the honour of God, the
+interest of the Protestant cause, and the good of both nations therein
+concerned.
+
+
+_April 29, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's passport through Flanders.]
+
+Though Whitelocke received no letters this week from England, yet he had
+some from Hamburg and from Flanders, among which was one from Don
+Piementelle full of civility and compliment, giving Whitelocke notice of
+his safe arrival in Flanders, and advising him to take that way in his
+return; and in it was a letter in Spanish from Piementelle to the Prince
+of Mamines in Flanders, to be made use of by Whitelocke if he should have
+occasion there, for the more safety and accommodation of his journey.
+This letter Whitelocke caused to be translated:--
+
+    "Most excellent Sir,
+
+    "My Lord Whitelocke, the Lord Ambassador Extraordinary of England,
+    having finished his embassy in this Court, is resolved to return
+    through this province, having passed from Hamburg to Cologne, and
+    that he may go to Brussels with better security, he desires a
+    passport from your Highness to the Lord Archduke. I, having written
+    that it may be despatched, and added that it may be remitted to your
+    Excellence, do entreat you to order that the said despatch may be
+    delivered to the party whom the said Lord Ambassador shall send from
+    Cologne for it; and that, he passing through this town, his
+    Lordship, by his civil entertainment, may understand the favour your
+    Excellence doth afford me, I owing to this honourable person many
+    and singular respects, which I desire to manifest and acknowledge. I
+    am confident your Excellence will assist me herein, and will be
+    disposed to employ me in many services of yours in Madrid, whither I
+    am commanded to go, by order from my Lord the King, and shall begin
+    my journey within three or four days, by way of Brussels, where I
+    hope to find your Excellence's commands, which I assure you I shall
+    esteem in all places and obey with the highest punctuality. God
+    preserve your Excellence the many years of my desires.
+
+                  "Your Excellence's greatest servant,
+                                                 "ANT^O PIMENTEL."
+
+In the letter which Whitelocke wrote to Thurloe, after an account of the
+passages since his last, he wrote thus:--
+
+[SN: Report of the signing of the treaty to Thurloe.]
+
+    "Having received no letters by the post yesterday from England, I
+    was contented to seal the articles of our treaty; for if but a few
+    days should be intermitted, they could not have been signed at all,
+    because upon Tuesday next the Ricksdag, or Parliament here, is
+    appointed to meet, and within two or three days after their meeting
+    the Queen intends to resign her Government, and it will be some time
+    after before the Prince be crowned. I shall have much to do to
+    despatch the necessary ceremonies here of my public audience, to
+    take my leave of the Queen, with the many visits I am to perform,
+    according to the custom to which I am to conform, in regard of the
+    honour of his Highness and our nation; for he who neglects these
+    ceremonies here is censured for a mechanic or a boor. I intend from
+    hence to go to the Prince of Sweden, to salute him from my Lord
+    Protector, as I am advised that the Prince expects and desires it.
+    From thence I purpose to go to Stockholm, where I am to take ship
+    for Lübeck; and from thence to Hamburg, where I shall attend his
+    Highness's further commands, or some ships to be sent for my
+    transport into England, which I earnestly entreat you to procure in
+    time.
+
+    "I hope, before my going from hence, to receive his Highness's
+    order, which I long since wrote for, concerning my return; but
+    however, my business being effected here, I presume I may, without
+    displeasure to his Highness, be upon my return homewards; the
+    rather, because upon the change which is shortly to be here my
+    commission will be at an end.
+
+    "The Queen intends, shortly after her resignation, to go to the Spa,
+    which I have cause to believe. In those parts they say the King of
+    the Romans will wait upon her, but that I doubt.
+
+    "Her Majesty hath showed extraordinary affection and respect to my
+    Lord Protector; so hath the Chancellor and his son Grave Eric, and
+    my Lord Lagerfeldt, etc."
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's interview with the Queen after the signing of the
+treaty.]
+
+Whitelocke waited on the Queen, and gave her an account of the signing
+and sealing of his articles; whereupon she said:--
+
+_Queen._ I am glad that this business is done to your satisfaction.
+
+_Whitelocke._ There remains only your Majesty's sealing your letters of
+full power to your Commissioners who treated with me.
+
+_Qu._ I sealed them this morning.
+
+_Wh._ Then my humble suit is, that your Majesty would appoint a day for
+my audience to take my leave.
+
+_Qu._ This is Saturday, but if you desire it you may have it on Friday
+next.
+
+_Wh._ Would your Majesty's leisure permit to give me audience on Tuesday
+or Wednesday next, they being no holidays?
+
+_Qu._ The Assembly is to sit on Tuesday, and at their first meeting I
+shall have a great deal of business with them, which will hinder me from
+any other affairs.
+
+_Wh._ I humbly pray your Majesty to appoint it as soon as your own
+leisure will permit, for I shall have many businesses and ceremonies
+after it to perform, before my going away.
+
+_Qu._ On Monday next I will appoint a day; and touching the secret
+article, about which I formerly discoursed with you, I have now altered
+my opinion, and am resolved to follow the advice that you and Mr.
+Woolfeldt have given me. I will write a letter under my own hand to the
+Protector to the effect you advised, and deliver it to you to be
+presented to him.
+
+_Wh._ This will be much the better way.
+
+_Qu._ I desire you to be careful of the letter; and before I seal it I
+will show it to you for your advice in it.
+
+_Wh._ Madam, I shall have a special care of it, and to procure an answer
+of it from the Protector, I hope, to your Majesty's contentment, that you
+may make use of it if there shall be occasion; and I believe the
+Protector will be a firm friend to your Majesty.
+
+_Qu._ I doubt it not, nor your respects to me.
+
+_Wh._ I am engaged by your many favours to serve your Majesty with all
+faithfulness.
+
+_Qu._ I had some clothes in a ship coming hither, and the ship is taken,
+and my clothes detained in England, so that I cannot get them to wear.
+
+_Wh._ If your Majesty want clothes, I have a piece of English stuff at my
+house, which cost two shillings a yard; and, if that were not too dear
+for your Majesty's wearing, I would send it to you.
+
+_Qu._ Two shillings a yard is dear enough for me: I pray send your stuff
+hither, and I shall willingly accept of it, and thank you for it.
+
+_Wh._ Will your Majesty be pleased on Monday next to go into England?
+
+_Qu._ Hardly so soon; yet perhaps I may one day see England. But what is
+your meaning in this?
+
+_Wh._ Madam, Monday next is the first day of May, a great day in England;
+we call it May-day, when the gentlemen use to wait upon their mistresses
+abroad to bid the Spring welcome, and to have some collation or
+entertainment for them. Now your Majesty being my mistress, if you will
+do me the honour, that, after the custom of England, I may wait on you on
+May-day, and have a little treatment for you after the manner of England;
+this I call going into England, and shall take it as a very great favour
+from your Majesty.
+
+_Qu._ If this be your meaning of going into England, I shall be very
+willing, as your mistress, to go with you on Monday next, and to see the
+English mode.
+
+Lagerfeldt and the master of the ceremonies dining with Whitelocke, he
+inquired of them what was to be done by him as to presents to any of the
+Queen's servants or officers who had done him respect in his business, or
+being here, and what other things were requisite to be done by him,
+according to the usage of ambassadors in this Court before their going
+away, and when he might obtain his audience to take his leave. The master
+of the ceremonies gave him good and chargeable instructions; and
+Lagerfeldt agreed in most points with him, and, upon Whitelocke's
+entreaty, undertook to see that the letters of full power to the Queen's
+Commissioners, and the recredentials to Whitelocke, should be perfected
+and brought to him, and a day of audience appointed.
+
+Lagerfeldt told Whitelocke that the Queen was willing to present him with
+some of this country's commodities, as copper, to carry with him into
+England, if it would be as acceptable to him as other presents of
+diamonds and the like; and he said he hoped there was no order of the
+Commonwealth of England to forbid the receiving of such presents by their
+public ministers. He said, that formerly he asked of Monsieur Chanut, the
+French Ambassador here, if he would accept a present of copper, and he
+willingly accepted it, and carried it with him, saying, that he rather
+desired copper than diamonds or jewels, because he could better sell the
+copper than jewels, and make money of it.
+
+Whitelocke said, that whatsoever her Majesty pleased to bestow on him
+should be welcome to him, and that he liked the commodities of this
+country as well as those of the Indies, and that for Chanut's reason. He
+said that the Protector had not forbid him to receive any testimonies of
+the Queen's respect to him, as she used to do to all public ministers;
+that the order of the Commonwealth forbidding gifts or presents to public
+ministers was not now in force; that he thought her Majesty's bounty to
+him, and his justification of the acceptance of it, might be the more
+from such valuable presents as her Majesty had done him the honour to
+receive from him, and his intention to bestow all his horses upon her,
+and such as she would appoint, which, for the honour of the Commonwealth,
+he would not sell.
+
+
+_April 30, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke accepts a present of copper.]
+
+Berkman and Monsieur Bloome dined with Whitelocke, and took occasion to
+magnify the respects of the Chancellor and his son, Grave Eric, to the
+Protector and to Whitelocke, who was not backward to join in those
+eulogies, and to acknowledge the respects. Berkman said that Canterstein
+was to bring some writings to Whitelocke, and that Lagerfeldt had spoken
+to the Queen to present Whitelocke with some copper; that she had given
+order for two hundred ship-pound of copper to be brought from the mines
+to Stockholm, to be put aboard Whitelocke's ship, ready to be carried
+away with him; that every ship-pound was here worth forty dollars, and
+was as much as three hundred English pounds, which he cast up in the
+whole to the value of about £2500 sterling. And Whitelocke was satisfied
+in his own conscience that he might honourably receive it, having given
+to the Queen as many presents already as were worth £1000, and engaged to
+her his horses, which were worth about £2000 more, besides the gifts and
+gratuities which he had liberally given, and intended to give, to the
+Queen's servants and officers; and that, in recompense of above £3000
+given away, he might well receive a present of the value of £2500.
+
+Grave Leonhough visited Whitelocke, and had much discourse with him, not
+so proper for this day.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[85] [An ingenious device of Whitelocke's to lead the Spaniard to hasten
+the business of the treaty with Sweden, which he was suspected of having
+retarded.]
+
+[86] The French, and English copies of the passport were these:--
+
+"Comme ainsi soit que Don Antonio Piementel de Prado, Envoyé
+Extraordinaire de sa Majesté le Roi d'Espagne à sa Majesté la Reine de
+Suède, soit maintenant sur son retour de ce lieu à Neufport en Flandres,
+dont son Excellence est Gouverneur; et qu'il ait jugé à propos d'envoyer
+partie de son train et bagage par mer de Hambourg à Dunquerque, ou public
+autre port des Provinces Unies à présent sous l'obéissance de sa dite
+Majesté le Roi d'Espagne; et pour leur procurer d'autant plus sur convoi,
+m'ait désiré, comme Ambassadeur Extraordinaire de son Altesse Monseigneur
+le Protecteur de la République d'Angleterre, d'Ecosse, et d'Irlande, vers
+sa Majesté la Reine de Suède, de lui donner passeport: ces présents sont
+pour requérir tous ceux qui ont commandement par mer ou par terre, et
+tous officiers et autres de la dite République auxquels il peut
+appartenir, de permettre le porteur des présents, Joos Froidure,
+serviteur du dit Don Antonio Piementel, avec son navire et biens sous sa
+charge (à savoir, vingt caisses contenantes toutes sortes de meubles,
+comme vaisselle d'argent, tapisseries, linges, habits, lits de camp, et
+autres coffres et choses pareilles, et tout conduit par le susdit Joos
+Froidure, et les caisses marquées D. A. P.), de passer paisiblement et
+sans empêchement quelconque jusqu'au dit Dunquerque, ou autre port des
+Provinces Unies de présent sous l'obéissance de sa dite Majesté le Roi
+d'Espagne. Donné sous ma main et sceau, à Upsale en Suède, ce 4ème
+d'Avril, 1654. B. WHITELOCKE."
+
+"Whereas Don Antonio Pimentel de Prado, Envoy Extraordinary from his
+Majesty the King of Spain unto her Majesty the Queen of Sweden, is now
+upon his return from this place unto Newport, in Flanders, whereof his
+Excellence is Governor, and hath thought fit to send part of his train
+and goods from Hamburg by sea unto Dunkirk, or some other port now in
+obedience to his said Majesty the King of Spain, in the Low Countries;
+and, for the better conveyance of them, hath desired a pass from me,
+being Ambassador Extraordinary from his Highness my Lord Protector of the
+Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, unto her said Majesty the
+Queen of Sweden; these are therefore to desire all commanders by sea or
+land, and all officers or others, of the said Commonwealth, whom it may
+concern, to permit the bearer hereof, Joos Froidure, servant unto the
+said Don Antonio Pimentel, with the ship and goods under his charge, viz.
+twenty chests or packages, containing all sorts of household stuff, as
+vessels of silver, tapestries, linen, apparel, field-beds, and other
+coffers and such like things, marked with D. A. P., to pass unto the said
+port of Dunkirk, or any other port now in obedience unto his said Majesty
+the King of Spain in the Low Countries, quietly and without any
+molestation. Given under my hand and seal, at Upsal, in Sweden, this 4th
+day of April, 1654. B. WHITELOCKE."
+
+[88] [It is curious to remark at the present time (1855) how the same
+questions have arisen out of the state of war. The list of contraband
+articles established by Whitelocke's treaty is still in force as between
+England and Sweden, and Liége is still the great resource of the
+Continent for arms.]
+
+[90] [Cromwell was already preparing the two armaments at Portsmouth, one
+of which afterwards became the Mediterranean fleet, under Blake, of
+thirty-five ships, and the other, of thirty-two ships, sailed in the
+following year under Penn and Venables for the West Indies.]
+
+[91] [This gentleman is doubtless the same M. Woolfeldt whom Whitelocke
+frequently refers to; for in a manuscript addressed to his children,
+Woolfeldt is mentioned by name as a person entertaining similar
+sentiments towards his native country. He was a Danish nobleman nearly
+connected by marriage with the King of Denmark, but who had incurred the
+displeasure of the Court, and been driven into exile on account of this
+marriage.]
+
+[130] "Whereas Peter Gerbrant, citizen of Stockholm, and commander of a
+ship belonging to her Majesty the Queen of Sweden, called the
+'Sudermanland,' loaden with corn and other Swedish merchandises, is now
+bound for Lisbon, in Portugal, and, for his better passage, hath desired
+of me, being Ambassador Extraordinary from his Highness the Lord
+Protector of the Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, unto her
+Majesty the Queen of Sweden, to give him my pass and letters
+recommendatory: These are therefore to desire all commanders and officers
+by sea or land, and all others of the said Commonwealth whom it may
+concern, to permit the said Peter Gerbrant, together with his said ship
+and lading, to pass unto the said port of Lisbon quietly and without any
+molestation; and so to return from thence unto Stockholm, with such
+lading as the said master shall there think fit to take into his ship.
+Given under my hand and seal at Upsal, in Sweden, this 14th day of April,
+1654. B. W."
+
+[131] "Whereas the bearer hereof, Lieutenant-Colonel Robert Halsall, had
+a pass from Colonel Robert Lilburne, Commander-in-Chief of the Forces in
+Scotland under his Highness the Lord Protector of the Commonwealth of
+England, Scotland, and Ireland, to transport himself, his servant, and
+necessaries into Sweden upon his occasions, and, having despatched his
+business, he hath made his request to me, being Ambassador from his said
+Highness the Lord Protector to her Majesty the Queen of Sweden, to grant
+him my pass for his return into Scotland: These are therefore to desire
+all commanders by sea or land, and all officers and others of the said
+Commonwealth whom it may concern, to suffer him, the said
+Lieutenant-Colonel Halsall, quietly to pass into Scotland, he acting
+nothing prejudicial to the Commonwealth aforesaid; and further I desire
+that the Commander-in-Chief in Scotland will be pleased to show unto him,
+the said Lieutenant-Colonel, such favour at all times as he shall there
+deserve. Given under my hand and seal, at Upsal, in Sweden, this 14th of
+April, 1654. B. WHITELOCKE."
+
+[142] [These words show that the contest between the French and Spanish
+alliance in London was still going on; but they did not convey the truth
+to Whitelocke, for it was against Spain that the great armament
+previously mentioned was destined to be used, in the expedition to St.
+Domingo and the conquest of Jamaica.]
+
+[168] The treaty thus signed ran in the following terms:--
+
+[SN: Text of the treaty.]
+
+   "We whose names are subscribed, Axel Oxenstiern, Chancellor of the
+   Kingdom and Provincial Judge of the West Norlanders, of Lapland,
+   Heredalia, and Jemptia, Earl of South Morea, free Baron in Kimitho,
+   Lord in Tiholme and Tydoen, Knight of the Golden Spur; and Eric
+   Oxenstiern, son of Axel, General President of the College of Trade,
+   Earl of South Morea, free Baron in Kimitho, Lord in Tydoen, Viby, and
+   Gorwallen, Senators of the Kingdom of Sweden, and Plenipotentiary
+   Commissioners of the most Serene and most Potent Prince and Lady the
+   Lady Christina, by the grace of God Queen of the Swedes, Goths, and
+   Vandals, Great Prince of Finland, Duke of Esthonia, Carelia, Bremen,
+   Veherden, Stettin, Pomerland, Cassubia and Vandalia, Prince of Rugia,
+   and Lady of Ingria and of Wismar; do make known and testify that
+   formerly there hath been a great amity between the Swedish and
+   English nations, for which, to renew and increase the profit of it,
+   it very well happened that the most illustrious and most excellent
+   Lord Bulstrode Whitelocke, Constable of Windsor Castle, and at this
+   time one of the Keepers of the Great Seal of England, being
+   sufficiently authorized to treat of the following affairs, came to
+   the S.R.M. our Lady, by commandment and in the name of Oliver, Lord
+   Protector of the Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland,
+   Ambassador Extraordinary from these countries and of the aforesaid
+   Commonwealth. The same also our most S.R.M. hath benignly commanded
+   us, who have the same and sufficient power, that after we should have
+   considered with the aforesaid Lord Ambassador about the things which
+   would be judged the most convenient to establish the liberty of
+   commerce and navigation, and to corroborate the mutual amity in this
+   time, that some certain things should be determined and written in
+   form of articles of mutual alliance.
+
+   "Therefore we, after a good deliberation together, agreed touching
+   the affairs hereafter written, as they are by these following laws
+   which are in this treaty, and by their clear words and without
+   difficulty expressed. That is:--
+
+   "1. That hereafter there be a good, sincere, firm peace and
+   correspondence between the Queen and Kingdom of Sweden and the Lord
+   Protector and the aforesaid Commonwealth, and between all and every
+   one of the dominions, kingdoms, countries, provinces, islands, lands,
+   colonies, towns, peoples, citizens, inhabitants, and all and every
+   one of the subjects of either of the party, so that they may mutually
+   embrace in entire love and affection.
+
+   "2. The aforesaid confederates and subjects, people and inhabitants
+   of either, shall, when occasion shall be presented, advance the
+   common profit, and shall, if they know of any imminent danger or
+   conspiration or machination of the enemies, admonish one another, and
+   shall hinder them as much as lies in their power. Neither shall it be
+   permitted to any of the confederates to do or treat by him, or by any
+   other whatsoever, to the prejudice or damage of the lands and
+   dominions of either, whatsoever they be, or in whatsoever place,
+   either by sea or land. The enemies or rebels or adversaries shall in
+   nowise be suffered, neither shall the rebels or traitors who
+   undertake under the State of the other be received in his countries,
+   and shall much less give them counsel, aid, or favour, nor shall
+   admit that his subjects, people, or inhabitants should do anything
+   like.
+
+   "3. The Queen and Kingdom aforesaid and the Lord Protector and
+   Commonwealth aforesaid shall, as much as in them lies, endeavour to
+   take care, with all candour and affection, to remove all the
+   hindrances which hitherto have interrupted the liberty of navigation
+   and commerce between both the nations, as much in the dominions,
+   lands, seas, and rivers of either of the confederates with other
+   people and nations. They shall also endeavour to advance and defend
+   the liberty of navigation and commerce against all sorts of
+   disturbers for the reasons agreed upon in this treaty, or upon which
+   hereafter they may agree, nor shall suffer, either through
+   themselves, their subjects, or people, any offence to be committed or
+   done against this institution.
+
+   "4. For it is consented and agreed that the inhabitants and subjects
+   of the aforesaid confederates be free to travel by sea or land into
+   the kingdoms, countries, provinces, lands, islands, towns, cities,
+   villages, walled or unwalled, fortified or no, ports, dominions
+   whatsoever freely, or without safe-conduct, general or special, to go
+   and thence to return, and thence to stay or pass over, and all the
+   while to buy victuals and things necessary for their use, and are to
+   be treated with all benevolence. And also it shall be lawful for the
+   subjects, citizens, and inhabitants of either of the confederates to
+   exercise merchandise and commerce in all places wherein any commerce
+   hath hitherto been exercised, and the same merchandise may be carried
+   in or forth according to their pleasure, paying nevertheless the
+   usual tax, and observing the laws and ordinances of the aforesaid
+   Kingdom and Commonwealth; supposing on both sides that the people,
+   subjects, and inhabitants of either of the confederates shall have
+   and possess in the countries, lands, dominions, and kingdom of the
+   other as full and ample privileges, and as much freedom, liberty, and
+   immunity, as any stranger possesseth, or shall possess, in the said
+   dominions and kingdoms.
+
+   "5. The merchants, masters of ships, pilots, seamen, and others,
+   their ships, merchandise, and all goods in general of the said
+   confederates and their subjects and inhabitants, shall not be
+   apprehended or detained in the lands, ports, shores, harbours, or
+   dominions whatsoever in alliance with the other, for any public use,
+   expedition of war, or other cause, much less for any private man's
+   use by virtue of any edict, general or special; neither shall they be
+   molested or constrained by violence or injury or anything of that
+   kind: provided that arrests be not prohibited if they are made
+   according to the ordinary form of law, justice, and equity; they
+   shall not neglect the punishment of any for private affection.
+
+   "6. And if one or more ships of the subjects, citizens, or
+   inhabitants, be they of war or of burden and private men's, shall be
+   forced by tempests, or pursued by pirates and enemies, or any urgent
+   necessity to the harbour or shores of the other confederate, and be
+   forced to call for protection, they shall be received there with all
+   benignity, humanity, and friendship, and at no time to be hindered,
+   and all victual, reparation, and things fit for use at the ordinary
+   price; they shall not be prohibited to depart or go out of the port
+   or harbour by any pretence whatsoever, as long as they have not
+   committed anything against the statutes, ordinances, and custom of
+   the place where their ships are brought and where they shall sojourn.
+
+   "7. Likewise, if one ship or more of war or of private men of the
+   other confederate, and of the subjects and inhabitants, shall be
+   shipwrecked or cast on the coast of the dominions of the other
+   confederate, or for the future may suffer detriment, they may be
+   relieved and helped at a price agreed on, so that whatsoever shall be
+   saved from the shipwreck shall be preserved and restored to the true
+   owner or his factor.
+
+   "8. And if the subjects and inhabitants of the other confederate,
+   whether they be merchants, their factors, servants, masters of ships,
+   pirates, seamen, or others, have occasion to travel into the
+   dominions of the other confederate, or if anything shall come in
+   their name before a court of justice, or suits for their debts, or
+   for any other lawful reason wherein they may need the help of the
+   magistrate; in these things he shall be benign and ready for equity's
+   sake, and shall administer justice without delay or unnecessary
+   circumstances, and they shall not be hindered in their journey by any
+   pretence, but whithersoever they go are to be used friendly, and
+   shall have the liberty either in going or returning to carry and wear
+   arms for their private defence, and to walk into the harbours,
+   seaports, and in any public place of the other confederate armed;
+   provided they give no occasion of just suspicion to the governors or
+   magistrates of any place of any design against the public or private
+   peace, but chiefly they are to behave themselves modestly, and to
+   live without any injury.
+
+   "9. It is lawful for the foresaid confederates and both their people
+   to buy and export out of any of their countries, dominions, and
+   kingdoms, all sorts of arms and provision of war, and freely and
+   safely to carry their ships into what ports, stations, and harbours
+   of the other confederate they please, and there to sojourn and from
+   thence to go; and they are to carry themselves modestly, peaceably,
+   and conform to all the laws and customs of the place, and they may
+   trade there without any hindrance; likewise the ships of war have
+   free leave to come to the ports, havens, and stations of the other
+   confederates. But nevertheless, if there be a manifest suspicion in
+   their number, they may forbid their access, without they have
+   obtained leave of the confederate in whose ports they are (unless
+   they are drawn in by tempests, or force, or danger, or chief
+   magistrate), and are not to stay longer than the governor or chief
+   magistrate will give them leave.
+
+   "10. It shall be lawful for the subjects and inhabitants of the
+   kingdom of Sweden to travel into all the countries of England,
+   Scotland, and Ireland, and likewise to pass beyond land or sea, and
+   other people that commerce with them, to exercise trade in all kind
+   of merchandise, and to bring them thither and carry thence at their
+   pleasure. The people of the aforesaid Commonwealth shall enjoy the
+   same liberty in the kingdoms, dominions, and territories of the Queen
+   and kingdom of Sweden, but upon condition that they shall observe the
+   respective laws, ordinances, and particular rights of both nations,
+   and of those things which concern the traffic.
+
+   "11. Although it be prohibited by the former articles of this league
+   and friendship, that neither of the confederates shall give aid or
+   assistance to the enemies of the other, nevertheless it is no way to
+   be understood that it is denied to the confederate and his subjects
+   and people who is not in war to have commerce and navigation with the
+   enemies of that confederate who is in war: provided only in the
+   meantime, until it may be more fully agreed upon, all laws hereunto
+   pertaining, that none of those commodities called contraband (of
+   which a special designation or catalogue shall be agreed upon within
+   four months from this time) shall be carried to the enemies of
+   either, upon peril that if they be found out by the other
+   confederate, they shall be taken as prize without hope of
+   restitution.
+
+   "12. But lest this free navigation or passage by land or sea with
+   other nations, of the one confederate, his subjects, or people,
+   during the war of the other confederate, should be a deceit to the
+   other confederate, and may conceal commodities and hostile goods by
+   deceit, pretending the name of a friend, for that reason, to remove
+   suspicion and fraud, it is thought fit that the ships, waggons,
+   merchandises, and men belonging to one of the confederates, in their
+   journeys and navigations shall be armed with letters of safe-conduct,
+   commonly called passports and certificates, which shall be signed by
+   the chief governor or magistrate of the province or city from whence
+   they come, and in all them those forms to be observed which shall be
+   agreed upon within the space of four months next ensuing; but where
+   the merchandises, goods, shipping, and men of one of the
+   confederates, or of his subjects or people, in the open sea, straits,
+   ports, stations, lands, and places whatsoever, shall be met with by
+   the ships of war, public or private, or by the men, subjects, and
+   people of the other confederate, or by any means shall be in one
+   place together, then exhibiting only their letters of safe-conduct
+   and certificates, nothing shall be further required of them, nor
+   inquired of them, nor inquiry made as to their goods, shipping, or
+   men any further, much less shall any injury, damage, or trouble be
+   offered to them, but, as is before signified, they shall be freely
+   dismissed to proceed in their intended journey. And in case anything
+   be done by either party contrary to the genuine sense of this
+   article, either of the confederates shall cause severe punishment to
+   be inflicted upon those who shall do contrary hereunto, their
+   subjects and people, and shall take care that satisfaction be made
+   without delay to the other grieved confederate, or his subjects and
+   people, fully of all their losses and expenses.
+
+   "13. Also, if it shall fall out hereafter during this friendship and
+   league, that any of the people and subjects of either of the
+   confederates shall take part with, or design anything against this
+   league, the agreement between the aforesaid confederates shall not
+   thereby be interrupted or dissolved, but nevertheless shall continue
+   and wholly remain; but those particular persons only who have broken
+   this league shall be punished, and right and justice shall be
+   administered to those who have received injury, and satisfaction
+   shall be made of all damages and wrong within a twelvemonth's time
+   after restitution demanded. And if the foresaid delinquents and
+   persons guilty of the violence committed shall not yield themselves
+   and submit to justice, or within the prefixed time shall refuse to
+   make satisfaction, they, whosoever they are, shall at length be
+   proclaimed enemies to both States, and their estates, goods, and
+   whatsoever things they have shall be confiscated and sold for a just
+   and full satisfaction of the wrongs by them done, and those offenders
+   and guilty persons, where they shall come into the power of either
+   State, shall suffer also deserved punishment according to the nature
+   of their offence. But restitution and satisfaction for the losses and
+   damages which either of the confederates hath suffered by the other
+   during the war between England and the United Provinces of the
+   Netherlands shall be made and afforded without delay to the party
+   wronged, or to his subjects.
+
+   "14. The present treaty and confederation shall not at all derogate
+   from the pre-eminence, right, and dominion whatsoever of either of
+   the confederates in their seas, straits, and waters whatsoever; but
+   they shall have and retain the same to themselves in the same fulness
+   as they have hitherto enjoyed the same, and of right belongs unto
+   them.
+
+   "15. Whereas therefore it is the principal purpose of this league
+   that the same freedom of navigation and merchandising as is expressed
+   in the former articles should be and remain to either confederate,
+   his subjects and people, in the Baltic Sea, the Strait of the Sound,
+   the Northern, Western, British, and Mediterranean Seas, and in the
+   Channel and other seas of Europe, it shall therefore earnestly be
+   endeavoured by common counsel, help, and assistance, that the
+   foresaid mutual freedom of navigation and commerce shall be
+   established and promoted in all the before-mentioned seas, and, if
+   occasion require, shall be defended against disturbers who would
+   interrupt it, prohibit, hinder, constrain, and force it to their own
+   will and the injury of the confederates; and both the confederates
+   shall willingly and mutually afford their goodwill and readiness to
+   promote the benefit and to take away the prejudice of either of the
+   confederates, always saving to either nation the leagues with other
+   kingdoms, commonwealths, and nations which have been heretofore made
+   and are in force; but neither of the confederates for the future
+   shall make any league or alliance with any foreign people or nations
+   whatsoever to any prejudice of this present mutual league, without
+   the knowledge beforehand and consent of the other confederate; and if
+   anything shall hereafter be agreed otherwise, it shall be void, and
+   shall wholly give way to this mutual agreement; but of the manner of
+   mutual aid or assistance to be given for defence of this league, and
+   freedom of commerce and navigation, where it shall be necessary and
+   reason shall require it, it shall be specially agreed upon according
+   to the circumstances of time and all other things.
+
+   "16. Concerning other advantages to be enjoyed, and rules according
+   to which the ships of war shall demean themselves which shall come
+   into the ports or stations of the other confederate, of the trade to
+   be had in America, also of the commodities of fishing for herrings
+   and other fish whatsoever, of the staples and marts to be appointed
+   for trade, and of other matters and conditions which may be required
+   for the greater evidence of the former articles, as by a particular
+   treaty and mutual contract shall be hereafter agreed.
+
+   "17. But those matters which we have agreed in the former articles
+   shall forthwith from this moment of time obtain full force and be
+   sincerely and rightly observed by either party, and by all who are
+   under their obedience, faith, and command. And to the end that for
+   the time to come they may be the more established, and remain firm as
+   well by her Royal Majesty as also by the Lord Protector of the
+   Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, and the territories
+   thereunto belonging, in the name of his Highness and the said
+   Commonwealth, these presents, with the proper subscriptions of the
+   hands of her Majesty and of his Highness, shall be subscribed,
+   signed, and ratified.
+
+   "In confirmation of all these things which are above written, and for
+   sufficient testimony thereof that on the part of her Royal Majesty
+   our most clement Lady they shall be most religiously and fully
+   observed, and be ratified within the time prefixed, we have
+   subscribed these presents with our proper hands, and armed them with
+   our seals. Dated at Upsal, the 11th day of April, in the year 1654.
+
+                                       "AXEL OXENSTIERN,
+                                        "ERIC OXENSTIERN AXELIUS."
+
+
+
+
+MAY.
+
+
+_May 1, 1654._
+
+[SN: Preparations for departure.]
+
+Lagerfeldt, Berkman, and the Syndic of Gothenburg, after dinner with
+Whitelocke, discoursed and advised him touching his departure. Lagerfeldt
+said he believed the Queen would give Whitelocke audience on Friday next,
+before which time her presents would not be ready for Whitelocke and his
+company; he said also, that he heard the Prince intended to be in this
+town within a few days, and if it should be so, then it would be better
+for Whitelocke to stay here, and expect his coming hither to salute him
+here, than to go out of his way so far as to the Prince's Court; in which
+matter Whitelocke said he would entreat the Queen's advice. Lagerfeldt
+said further, that the Queen had commanded some copper to be brought to
+Stockholm, and to be put aboard the ship where Whitelocke was to be
+embarked, or in some other ship as he should appoint, it being a present
+intended for him by the Queen.
+
+The Syndic acquainted Whitelocke that the city of Gothenburg would send
+into England, to prepare there for an accord concerning traffic between
+the English merchants and that town, wherein they hoped to have the
+assistance of Whitelocke at his return to England, wherein he promised
+his advice and furtherance.
+
+A Danish gentleman of quality and experience gave a visit to Whitelocke,
+advised him the way of his journey, and gave him good information
+touching Denmark, to be communicated to the Protector, as that the
+English merchants might pass the Sound without paying any tax, if the
+Protector would insist upon it. Whitelocke, in drollery, asked him why he
+would discover these things to a stranger, which turn so much to the
+prejudice of his own country. He answered that he did this to testify his
+respects to the Protector, and that he did not betray his country, but
+his country had betrayed him; and that was his country where he breathed
+and had present nourishment.[184]
+
+Mr. Woolfeldt visited Whitelocke, and, among other discourses, related to
+him the story of this gentleman and his lady, which was to this effect,
+by his and others' relation:--
+
+[SN: Woolfeldt's history.]
+
+    This gentleman was of a noble family and extraction in Denmark, grew
+    into great favour with the last King, whose daughter by a second
+    wife he married; and the present King, her brother, made him Viceroy
+    of Norway, Governor of the Isle of Zealand and of the Sound, and a
+    Senator of the kingdom and Great Master of Denmark; and he had been
+    employed thirteen times as an ambassador.
+
+    "His lady, the daughter and sister of a king, was of excellent
+    comeliness of person and behaviour, humbly knowing her distance, of
+    a sweet disposition, and of rare parts, both of mind and body;
+    especially deserving praise for her high and entire affection to her
+    husband, who, notwithstanding his great parts and abilities, and the
+    many perils he had undergone in the service of his king and country,
+    yet after all, by the whisperings and false suggestions of
+    backbiters, his enemies, was traduced to the King for being too much
+    a friend to the people's liberty, and an opposer of the King's
+    absolute power; but beyond all this (as some gave it out), that he
+    was too familiar with one of the King's mistresses; so it was that
+    the King took high displeasure against him. Parasites took the
+    occasion to please the King by invectives against one under a cloud;
+    his parts attracted envy, and his merits were too great for any
+    other recompense but his own ruin.
+
+    "To avoid the King's wrath and his enemies' malice, and to preserve
+    his life, which was aimed to be taken away with his fortune, he was
+    compelled to fly from his country and seek his security in foreign
+    parts. His lady, though a tender, modest woman,--though the sister
+    of the King regnant, high in his favour and the interest of her
+    alliance; though pressingly enticed to cast off her affection to her
+    husband; though unacquainted with any hardships,--yet so entire was
+    her conjugal love and piety, that, rather than part with her
+    husband, she would leave all her relations and pleasures of a court
+    and her dear country, and put herself, though with child, into the
+    disguise of a page, to attend him in his flight as his servant.
+
+    "It may be imagined that such a servant was not unkindly used; but
+    the greatest trouble was, that being on shipboard to cross the
+    Baltic Sea, the poor page whispered the master that she had a
+    longing desire to some cherries which she saw in the town as they
+    came to the ship. Here was the difficulty: if her lord did not go on
+    shore and procure some cherries for the page, it might cost her
+    life; if he did go on shore, and in the meantime the ship should go
+    off, he and his page would be parted, and his own life endangered.
+    It was reason and honour that persuaded him rather to hazard his own
+    than such a page's life; therefore, having effectually dealt with
+    the master of the ship for a little stay, he soon found out a
+    pretence to go on shore, and neglected not to hasten back again with
+    his provision of cherries, and to find out a way of distributing a
+    large share of them to her that longed for them. After which they
+    happily set sail and arrived in Sweden, where, by articles between
+    the two Crowns, those in his condition have sanctuary and
+    protection."
+
+In the afternoon Whitelocke went to Court, where he met with Canterstein,
+who excused himself that he had not yet brought to Whitelocke the Queen's
+letters of full power to her Commissioners, which he said the Queen had
+signed two days before, and that he had been sick, otherwise he had
+delivered them before this time. Whitelocke asked him if his
+recredentials were prepared. He said they were ready for the Queen to
+sign when she pleased, and that nothing in his charge concerning
+Whitelocke should receive any delay by his occasion. Whitelocke gave him
+thanks for his care, and promised his remuneration.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke entertains the Queen on May-day.]
+
+This being May-day, Whitelocke, according to the invitation he had made
+to the Queen, put her in mind of it, that, as she was his mistress, and
+this May-day, he was, by the custom of England, to wait upon her to take
+the air, and to treat her with some little collation, as her servant. The
+Queen said the weather was very cold, yet she was very willing to bear
+him company after the English mode. With the Queen were Woolfeldt, Tott,
+and five of her ladies. Whitelocke brought them to his collation, which
+he had commanded his servants to prepare in the best manner they could,
+and altogether after the English fashion.
+
+At the table with the Queen sat "la Belle Comtesse," the Countess
+Gabrielle Oxenstiern, Woolfeldt, Tott, and Whitelocke; the other ladies
+sat in another room. Their meat was such fowl as could be gotten,
+dressed after the English fashion and with English sauces, creams,
+puddings, custards, tarts, tansies, English apples, _bon chrétien_ pears,
+cheese, butter, neats' tongues, potted venison, and sweetmeats brought
+out of England, as his sack and claret also was. His beer was also brewed
+and his bread made by his own servants in his house, after the English
+manner; and the Queen and her company seemed highly pleased with this
+treatment. Some of her company said she did eat and drink more at it than
+she used to do in three or four days at her own table.
+
+The entertainment was as full and noble as the place would afford and as
+Whitelocke could make it, and so well ordered and contrived that the
+Queen said she had never seen any like it. She was pleased so far to play
+the good housewife as to inquire how the butter could be so fresh and
+sweet, and yet brought out of England. Whitelocke, from his cooks,
+satisfied her Majesty's inquiry, that they put the salt butter into milk,
+where it lay all night, and the next day it would eat fresh and sweet as
+this did, and any butter new made, and commended her Majesty's good
+housewifery; who, to express her contentment in this collation, was full
+of pleasantness and gaiety of spirit, both in supper-time and afterwards.
+Among other frolics, she commanded Whitelocke to teach her ladies the
+English salutation, which, after some pretty defences, their lips obeyed,
+and Whitelocke most readily. She highly commended Whitelocke's music of
+the trumpets, which sounded all supper-time; and her discourse was all of
+mirth and drollery, wherein Whitelocke endeavoured to answer her, and the
+rest of the company did their parts.
+
+It was late before she returned to the castle, whither Whitelocke waited
+on her; and she discoursed a little with him about his business and the
+time of his audience, and gave him many thanks for his noble treatment of
+her and her company.
+
+
+_May 2, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Swedish full powers.]
+
+Whitelocke sent to the master of the ceremonies to know if he had desired
+a time for his last audience, who promised to do it.
+
+Canterstein brought to Whitelocke the Queen's letters of full power to
+her Commissioners, under her hand and the great seal of Sweden, which
+were of this tenour.[188] Having received this commission, Whitelocke
+delivered to Canterstein his commission under the Great Seal of England,
+and the copy of his new instructions from the Protector, except what was
+secret in them.
+
+Canterstein, the master of the ceremonies, and Monsieur Bloome, were
+frolic at dinner with Whitelocke, and made many caresses to him, and
+extolled the Chancellor's care and high respect to Whitelocke, in
+bringing his treaty to so good an issue; and after dinner Bloome told
+Whitelocke that the Chancellor had advised the Queen to make a noble
+present to Whitelocke, which was not yet ready, and that had retarded his
+last audience. The master of the ceremonies, from the Queen, desired
+Whitelocke to have a little patience for a few days; that she expected
+the arrival of the Prince within six or seven days in this town, by which
+means Whitelocke would have a fair opportunity to salute him here,
+without further trouble; and that the Queen would give him audience
+within two days before the arrival of the Prince, and so he should
+receive no disturbance in his voyage. Whitelocke saw no other remedy for
+this but patience.
+
+
+_May 3, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Guinea question.]
+
+Whitelocke visited Grave Eric. They fell into discourse, among other
+things, touching Guinea, to this effect:--
+
+_Whitelocke._ It is requisite that we come to some conclusion about the
+business of Guinea.
+
+_Grave Eric._ I think it fit; and for your further information, here is
+the answer in writing of the Swedes who are concerned therein unto the
+complaints of the English company in that business.
+
+_Wh._ Will you leave the writing with me?
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I shall send you a copy of it.
+
+_Wh._ The complaints of the English have been proved by depositions of
+witnesses.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ Those depositions were taken in the absence of the other
+party; and, if you please, witnesses may be produced here on the part of
+the Swedes.
+
+_Wh._ Witnesses produced here will be also in the absence of the other
+party, though I had leisure and commission to examine them on oath.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ You may see in this map of Guinea how the plantations of the
+Swedes, English, and Hollanders do lie, and are mingled and near to one
+another.
+
+_Wh._ The King of that place made a grant to the English, for them only
+to dwell and traffic in that country; and the Swedes afterwards drove the
+English, by force, out of their fortifications.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ The English had no fortifications there; all the fort they
+had was a little lodge with two rooms only in it, out of which the Swedes
+did not force them; and both the Hollanders and Swedes were planted in
+this place before any grant made to the English, and the Swedes had a
+grant from the same King, whereof this is a copy.
+
+_Wh._ It will be material to compare the dates of these two grants: if
+that to the English was first, then the other to the Swedes was of no
+validity; and the like of the contrary. If you will favour me with a copy
+of the grant made to the Swedes, I will compare it with that made to the
+English, and return it to you.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ You shall command it.
+
+Mr. Woolfeldt, being visited by Whitelocke, told him that the Queen was
+extremely pleased with his treatment of her. Whitelocke excused the
+meanness of it for her Majesty. Woolfeldt replied, that both the Queen
+and all the company esteemed it as the handsomest and noblest that they
+ever saw; and the Queen, after that, would drink no other wine but
+Whitelocke's, and kindly accepted the neats' tongues, potted venison, and
+other cates which, upon her commendation of them, Whitelocke sent unto
+her Majesty. Woolfeldt showed a paper of consequence written by himself
+in Spanish, and he read it in French to Whitelocke, being perfect in
+those and other languages. He said, that whatsoever he wrote he did it in
+a foreign language, to continue the exercise of them. The paper showed
+how the English might be freed from paying tolls at the Sound. Whitelocke
+entreated a copy of this paper in French, which Woolfeldt promised.
+
+A great quantity of snow fell and covered the houses and fields, and was
+hard frozen: a matter at this time strange to the English, but ordinary
+here.
+
+
+_May 4, 1654._
+
+Mr. Boteler, a Scotsman, confidently reported great news to the
+disparagement of the affairs of England, that the Highlanders of Scotland
+had given a great defeat to the English and killed five hundred of them,
+which news was soon confuted by Whitelocke.
+
+[SN: A literary dinner party.]
+
+The Senator Vanderlin, and his brother the master of the ceremonies; Dr.
+Loccenius, a civilian, Keeper of the Library in this University; another
+gentleman, Professor of Eloquence here; Mr. Ravius, Professor of the
+Eastern tongues; and a French gentleman, captain of one of the companies
+of Guards, doing Whitelocke the honour to dine with him, had very learned
+discourse, particularly of languages and of the affinity between the
+Swedish, English, Danish, and High Dutch tongues, whereof they gave many
+instances, and Whitelocke was able to add to them. The professors
+discoursed only in Latin, as most proper for them; the others in French;
+and they hold it a discourtesy if a man be not answered in the same
+language which he speaks. They also extolled the Prince and the
+Protector; and the Senator said that there was not any person who came so
+near to the eminency and grandeur of the Protector as the Prince of
+Sweden did.
+
+[SN: The Dutch Resident salutes Whitelocke on the peace.]
+
+The company being gone, Whitelocke went to the accustomed place, the
+great wood, to take the air; and as he was walking in the broad way
+there, he perceived the coach of the Dutch Resident coming towards him;
+and perceiving the English Ambassador to be walking there, the Resident
+alighted out of his coach and came on foot towards Whitelocke. Whether he
+came after Whitelocke in a handsome design or contrivance for their first
+salutation, or that it was by accident, Whitelocke did not examine, but
+thought fit to answer the civility of the Resident by walking back
+towards him to meet him.
+
+They saluted each other and their company with great respect. The
+Resident began the compliment to Whitelocke in French, telling him that
+he was very glad of the opportunity to have the happiness to salute
+Whitelocke, which he would not neglect to do, perceiving him in this
+place; and that he would take the first occasion to do himself the
+honour to visit Whitelocke at his house. Whitelocke answered, that the
+Resident should be very welcome when he pleased to do that honour to
+Whitelocke as to bestow a visit on him; and that he was also very glad of
+the opportunity which had now presented itself, whereby he had the
+contentment of being acquainted with the Resident. They fell into general
+discourses, and, among the rest, of the conclusion and ratification of
+the treaty between the two Commonwealths, and of the advantage which
+thereby would arise to both of them, and to the Protestant party.[193]
+
+As they were walking together the Queen passed by them, being in that
+wood also to take the air. When she came near, she saluted them with
+great respect, and spake to them aloud, "Je suis ravie de vous voir
+ensemble, je vois que la paix est faite." And so the Queen went on her
+way, and Whitelocke took leave of the Resident.
+
+[SN: A despatch from Thurloe.]
+
+At his return to his house Whitelocke found his packet from England ready
+to entertain him, and Thurloe's letter was this:--
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "Your letter of the 10th of March arrived here this morning, whereby
+    you are pleased to give a very particular and exact account of all
+    proceedings in this treaty you are upon; I presently communicated
+    the contents thereof to his Highness and the Council, with whom he
+    was willing to advise, and thereupon he was pleased to send you the
+    instructions which your Excellence will receive herewith, which are
+    fully agreeable to your own desire in that behalf. The former
+    instructions had come sooner, if the issue of the Dutch treaty had
+    been sooner known; now, through the blessing of God, it is fully
+    concluded, and your Excellence will receive herewith the articles,
+    as they are signed by the Commissioners of his Highness and the
+    Lords Ambassadors of the United Provinces. They signed them upon
+    Wednesday, at night, and the next morning the ambassadors sent them
+    away to be ratified by their superiors, which they will do without
+    difficulty or scruple, as we believe.
+
+    "Your Excellence will see by those articles made with the Dutch,
+    that the second and fifth article is omitted out of your
+    instructions; that these two treaties will very well stand together;
+    and for the notice to be given to the Dutch, it is clear to me that
+    it will not be necessary, in respect that this treaty was not only
+    begun, but as good as finished, before the conclusion with the
+    Dutch.
+
+    "And for the fourth article, and the proviso your Excellence is
+    pleased to send, that being so clearly within the substance of your
+    former instructions, I thought it needless to add any instruction
+    about it now.
+
+    "His Highness in the beginning of this week was pleased to send for
+    the Great Seal, and kept it in his own custody two days, and now
+    hath disposed it unto your Excellence, Sir Thomas Widdrington, and
+    your confrater my Lord Lisle. His Highness is very much resolved
+    upon a good and solid reformation of the law, and proceedings in the
+    Courts of Equity and Laws: the matter of law he hath committed unto
+    Mr. Justice Hale and Mr. John Vaughan; the reformation of the
+    Chancery to my Lord Widdrington, Mr. Attorney-General, and Mr.
+    Chute,--being resolved to give the learned of the robe the honour of
+    reforming their own profession, and hopes that God will give them
+    hearts to do it; and, that no time may be lost, the next term is
+    adjourned.
+
+    "The French Ambassador desires very much to get a despatch of his
+    business. His Highness hath at length appointed him commissioners to
+    treat, but no progress hath been yet made thereupon. The speech that
+    he made at his first audience your Excellence will receive by this.
+
+    "The Portugal presseth much now to come to an agreement also, and to
+    close the treaty which hath hanged so long; and so doth the
+    Spaniard.
+
+    "I pray for your Excellence's safe return home and rest.
+
+                  "Your Excellence's humble servant,
+                                                    "JO. THURLOE.
+    "_April 7th, 1654._"
+
+Whitelocke's new instructions from the Protector:
+
+    "O. P.
+
+    "_Additional Instructions to my Lord Whitelocke, our Ambassador
+    Extraordinary to her Majesty the Queen of Sweden._
+
+    "Having considered the particular account you have given by your
+    letters weekly of your negotiation in Sweden, and the delay which
+    hath been on the part of that Court in the treaty you are upon, we
+    might well have given you positive orders for your speedy return.
+
+    "But observing that the letters and despatches between this and
+    Sweden are a month in their way, and not knowing how affairs may
+    alter in that time with you, and the pretence of their delay--to
+    wit, the uncertainty of the issue of the treaty between us and the
+    United Provinces--being removed, as you will see by these letters,
+    which will assure you of the full conclusion thereof, we have
+    thought it more convenient to leave you a latitude in that
+    particular, and to give you liberty (as we do hereby) to return home
+    at such time as you shall find it for the service of the
+    Commonwealth.
+
+    "2. Whereas, by your letter of the 10th of March, 1654, you have
+    represented the particular debates which you have had upon all the
+    articles of the treaty, and the exceptions taken by the Queen upon
+    the second, fifth, and seventh articles, you are hereby authorized
+    to omit the second and fifth articles out of the treaty, as also the
+    words 'bona à suis cujusque inimicis direpta' out of the seventh
+    article, if the Queen shall still insist thereupon; and as for the
+    comprehending the Dutch in this treaty with the Queen of Sweden,
+    notice shall be given from hence, if it shall be found necessary.
+
+    "3. You have hereby power to agree with the Queen of Sweden that she
+    and her subjects may fish freely for herrings in the seas of this
+    Commonwealth, paying the recognition of the tenth herring, or for a
+    lesser recognition, so as it be not less than the twentieth herring,
+    or the value thereof in money.
+
+    "_Whitehall, 7th April, 1654._"
+
+The Order of the Council touching the Great Seal sent by Thurloe was
+this. The title of the order was thus:--
+
+[SN: Whitelocke, Widdrington, and Lisle reappointed of the Great Seal.]
+
+    "_Order of the Council approving of the Commissioners of the Great
+    Seal._
+
+                                "_Tuesday, 4th April, 1654._
+
+    "AT THE COUNCIL AT WHITEHALL:
+
+    "_Resolved_, That the Council doth approve of the Lord Ambassador
+    Whitelocke to be one of the Lords Commissioners of the Great Seal.
+
+    "_Resolved_, That the Council doth approve of Sir Thomas
+    Widdrington, Knight, Serjeant-at-Law, to be one of the Lords
+    Commissioners of the Great Seal.
+
+    "_Resolved_, That the Council doth approve of John Lisle, Esquire,
+    to be one of the Lords Commissioners of the Great Seal.
+
+    "By the command of his Highness Mr. Serjeant Widdrington and Mr.
+    Lisle were called in, and being come to the table, his Highness
+    declared that the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke and themselves had been
+    nominated by his Highness, and approved by the Council, to be
+    Commissioners for the Great Seal; and his Highness did deliver unto
+    the said Mr. Serjeant Widdrington and Mr. Lisle the said Great Seal;
+    and then the oath appointed by the ordinance was read by the Clerk
+    of the Council, and was taken by each of them.
+
+                                               "Ex^r W. JESSOP,
+                                           "Clerk of the Council."
+
+The Guinea Company sent by this packet a letter to Whitelocke of thanks
+for his care of their business, and that they could not buy the Swedes'
+interest in Guinea, and referred the whole matter wholly to Whitelocke.
+
+The examinations in the Court of Admiralty touching the ship 'Charity,'
+enclosed in Thurloe's letters, made it appear that the Swedes had not
+injury done them, as they complained, and that the goods belonged to
+Hollanders, and not to the Swedes; but only coloured by the Hollanders
+under the name of Swedish ship and goods, though they were not so.
+Whitelocke made use of these examinations as he saw cause, and found that
+Martin Thysen had an interest in these goods.
+
+[SN: Reception of the French Ambassador in London.]
+
+The enclosed speech of the French Ambassador to the Protector was full
+of compliment, giving him the title of "Serene Altesse," and as much as
+could be well offered by the French, seeming to desire a league and amity
+with the Protector. The Ambassador was received with great state and
+solemnity, answerable to the honour of his master the King of France,
+with whom the Protector had a good mind to close at this time, the rather
+to frustrate the hopes of the King of Scots of assistance from thence,
+where he was now entertained, caressed, and made believe he should have
+all aid and furtherance for his restitution, which the Protector sought
+to prevent by the interest of the Cardinal Mazarin, whose creature this
+Ambassador was.
+
+
+_May 5, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Queen's presents to Whitelocke and his suite.]
+
+Lagerfeldt acquainted Whitelocke that the Queen intended to gratify him
+with a gift of as great value as had been bestowed upon any ambassador
+before; and that she having received from Whitelocke many brave horses
+and many native goods of England, and Whitelocke having undertaken, at
+his return to England, to provide for her Majesty several other
+commodities, she held it reasonable to requite him with some commodities
+of this country, if Whitelocke thought fit to accept of them. Whitelocke
+answered that it did not become him to prescribe bounds to her Majesty's
+favour, but only to refer himself to the Queen's judgement herein.
+Lagerfeldt replied that the Queen intended to bestow her gift upon him in
+copper, and gave order that it should be put aboard a ship, to be
+consigned by him to some of his friends at London, or as he pleased to
+dispose it.
+
+Whitelocke desired of Lagerfeldt that although the articles were signed,
+that yet he in the instrument might prefix to the title these words
+"Serenissimi ac Celsissimi Domini," which words Whitelocke did observe to
+be in the Protector's title to the Dutch articles, which was not known to
+Whitelocke before the articles were signed here. Lagerfeldt promised to
+acquaint the Chancellor herewith, and to bring his answer.
+
+Whitelocke waited upon the Queen, and acquainted her with his news from
+England, and of the consummation of the treaty of peace between England
+and the Dutch, whereof she said she was very glad, and thanked Whitelocke
+for his news. He then entreated her Majesty to appoint a day for his
+audience to take his leave of her Majesty, which she told him should be
+shortly done; then she desired his company with her in her coach, to take
+the air. He waited on her, and besides there was in the coach Grave Tott,
+Grave Vandone, and the Countess Christina Oxenstiern. The Queen was not
+very pleasant, but entertained some little discourses, not much of
+business; and after a short tour, returning to the castle, retired into
+her chamber, and Whitelocke to his lodging.
+
+
+_May 6, 1654._
+
+Lagerfeldt returned answer to Whitelocke, of his motion to insert the
+words "Serenissimi ac Celsissimi Domini" into the Protector's title, that
+he had acquainted the Chancellor with it, who also had communicated it to
+her Majesty, and she willingly assented thereunto; and it was inserted
+accordingly. He brought with him Monsieur Carloe, Governor of the
+Swedish Company for Guinea, with whom Whitelocke had much discourse upon
+the same points as he had before with Grave Eric; and Carloe denied all
+that the English merchants had affirmed, and he continued before and
+after dinner very obstinate in it.
+
+Secretary Canterstein brought to Whitelocke the Queen's letters of the
+grant of two hundred ship-pound of copper for a present to him, which
+letters were thus.[200]
+
+In the afternoon the master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke's house,
+and presented to him, from the Queen, a handsome jewel, which was a case
+of gold, fairly enamelled, and having in the midst of it the picture of
+the Queen, done to the life, and very like her. It was set round about
+with twelve large diamonds, and several small diamonds between the great
+ones. He told Whitelocke that, by command of her Majesty, he presented
+her picture to him; that she was sorry it was not made up so as might
+have been worthy of his reception; but she desired, if he pleased, that
+he would do her the honour to wear it for her sake, and to accept the
+picture in memory of the friend that sent it. Whitelocke answered that
+the Queen was pleased to bestow a great honour upon him in this noble
+testimony of her favour to him, of which he acknowledged himself
+altogether unworthy; but her Majesty's opinion was otherwise, as appeared
+by such a present as this. He did with all thankfulness accept it, and
+should with great contentment give himself occasion, by the honour of
+wearing it, to remember the more often her Majesty and her favours to
+him, her servant, for which he desired the master to present his humble
+thanks unto her Majesty.
+
+After he had been with Whitelocke, the master went to Whitelocke's two
+sons, and in the Queen's name presented to each of them a chain of gold
+of five links, and at the end of the chain a medal of gold of the Queen's
+picture; the chains and medals were valued at four hundred ducats apiece.
+Then he presented, in the Queen's name, to Colonel Potley, to Dr.
+Whistler, to Captain Beake, and Mr. Earle, to each of them a chain of
+gold of four links, and at the end of each chain a medal of gold of the
+Queen's picture; these chains and medals were valued at two hundred
+ducats apiece, or thereabouts.
+
+Then he presented, in the Queen's name, to Mr. Stapleton, Mr. Ingelo, and
+Mr. De la Marche, to each of them a chain of gold of three links, with a
+medal of gold of the Queen's picture at the end of each chain; the chains
+and medals were valued at about a hundred and sixty ducats apiece. To Mr.
+Walker he presented a chain and medal of gold of three links, shorter
+than the rest, of about the value of a hundred and thirty ducats; to
+Captain Crispe and to Mr. Swift, to each of them a chain of gold of two
+links, with a medal of gold to each of them, of about the value of a
+hundred ducats apiece.
+
+[SN: Disputes caused by the Queen's presents.]
+
+Walker the steward, and Stapleton, gentleman of the horse to Whitelocke,
+were discontented, because their chains were not of four links apiece;
+and they and others took exceptions because their chains were not so good
+and valuable as those given to Potley and Beake,--so seditious a thing is
+gold. But Whitelocke endeavoured to satisfy them by the reasons why the
+chains of Potley and Beake were better than theirs: the one having been
+an ancient servant of this Crown, and the other being commander of the
+guards of the Protector; and nothing was due to them, but only the
+Queen's free gift and bounty was in all of them, and therefore not to be
+excepted against by any of them. Notwithstanding this admonition, they
+met and discoursed together in discontent about this business, and gave
+thereby occasion of displeasure to Whitelocke.
+
+Whitelocke being in the mood to take the air, the Holland Resident came
+thither, where they walked and discoursed together; and in their return
+the Resident and two of his gentlemen, Vorstius and another, went in
+Whitelocke's coach, who brought the Resident to his lodging, and there
+had a civil treatment, and found by discourse that the Resident was not
+well satisfied with his being in this Court. Whitelocke did not hitherto
+make a visit to any person since he had received his presents from the
+Queen, after which, in ceremony, he must first visit her Majesty to give
+her thanks, and then he is at liberty to visit others.
+
+
+_May 7, 1654._
+
+_The Lord's Day._--Monsieur Bloome, and Mr. De Geeres, the rich merchant
+of Sweden, after dinner with Whitelocke, discoursed much about matters
+not so proper for the day. Walker and Stapleton attending Whitelocke and
+walking in the evening, he again spake to them about their presents as
+formerly; but found Stapleton stiff in his opinion, and to intend to send
+back his present to the master of the ceremonies as refusing it; but
+Whitelocke required him not to do so, lest it should be taken as an
+affront to Whitelocke and to the Protector himself, as well as a
+disdaining of the Queen's present, which was her Majesty's free gift
+without any obligation.
+
+
+_May 8, 1654._
+
+[SN: Warrant for the copper.]
+
+The warrant formerly inserted was sent to the officers of the Treasury,
+who thereupon made their order to the under-officers for the delivery of
+the copper accordingly, which order was brought to Whitelocke in the
+Swedish language.
+
+[SN: The Guinea case.]
+
+The master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke to inform him that the
+Queen had appointed Wednesday next, the 10th of this month, for his last
+audience to take his leave. Whitelocke said he was sorry it could not be
+sooner. The master excused it by reason of the great affairs of the Queen
+upon the meeting of the Ricksdag. Grave Eric and Lagerfeldt came to
+Whitelocke and debated with him the business of Guinea.
+
+_Grave Eric._ I shall read to you this paper, which is in Latin and in
+French,--an answer to the complaints of the English, and denies all their
+allegations.
+
+_Whitelocke._ The allegations of the English are proved by oath; here
+are the depositions.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ The answers of the Swedes are upon oath likewise.
+
+_Wh._ But the English are in the affirmative.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ The Swedes have like complaints against the English, which
+are to be proved by oath in the affirmative also; and in such case the
+parties or their procurators must appear before the ordinary and
+competent judges, which will require a great deal of time; but we being
+to treat with you as an Ambassador, we propose that there may be an
+abolition of all past injuries of the one side and the other, and that
+there may be an agreement and friendship, and free trade there for the
+future.
+
+_Wh._ This will be very proper for the time to come, but it will be no
+satisfaction for the injuries already done. I have no power from the
+Protector or Company of English Merchants to make any such agreement; but
+for what concerns the public, I can make an accord with you, and the
+satisfaction of damages for wrongs past may be remitted to the
+determination of the Commissioners.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I shall show you a project in writing, that all the houses
+and possessions of the one part and the other may continue in the same
+estate for the time to come as they are in at present.
+
+_Wh._ To agree to this were to give up the right of the English
+merchants, and to acknowledge that they have no cause of complaint;
+whereas I demand in justice a reparation and satisfaction for those
+injuries whereof they complain.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ Then the business must be decided before the judges,
+witnesses on both sides must be heard, and we must insist upon it that
+the houses and possessions continue in the same estate as they now are.
+
+_Wh._ You must pardon me that I cannot assent hereunto.
+
+Thus their debate broke off.
+
+Monsieur Ravius came to Whitelocke in the name of the Bishop of Stregnes,
+to acquaint him that if he had any English horses which he would bestow
+upon the Prince, that they would be very acceptable to him, and that
+Whitelocke would very much gratify himself thereby. Whitelocke said that
+his saddle-horses were not worth the presenting to his Royal Highness,
+the best of them being already given away; but he had a set of
+coach-horses which he intended to reserve and to present unto the Prince,
+if he pleased to accept them. Ravius said they would be very acceptable
+to him.
+
+
+_May 9, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke compliments the Danish minister on the peace.]
+
+The King of Denmark being included in the treaty between England and the
+Dutch, and so become a friend, Whitelocke was advised to send first a
+compliment to the Danish Ambassador now residing in this Court; which,
+when Whitelocke doubted lest thereby he might diminish the honour of
+England by sending to the Dane before the Dane had first sent to him, the
+master of the ceremonies and others instructed him that it was the
+constant custom for the ambassador that comes last to send first a
+compliment to him that had been in the Court before; whereupon Whitelocke
+did send one of his gentlemen to the Danish Ambassador, to visit and
+compliment him.
+
+Now the secretary of the Ambassador of Denmark came to Whitelocke, in
+the name of his lord, to give him thanks for the honour he had done him
+in sending one of his servants to salute him, and to congratulate the
+good news of the agreement between England and the Dutch, wherein the
+King his master was comprised. The secretary said that the confirmation
+thereof was also come to his lord by the way of Holland and of Denmark,
+for which news his Lordship was very joyful, and would himself have given
+a visit to Whitelocke but that his want of health detained him in his
+lodging. Whitelocke told the secretary that he was very sorry for his
+lord's indisposition of health, and wished his good recovery; that he was
+heartily glad of the news which gave him occasion to send to his lord to
+congratulate with him, and that he would take an opportunity to visit him
+in person when it might be without prejudice to his Excellence's health.
+
+Berkman came to Whitelocke to give him an account of a message wherein he
+had employed Berkman to the Marshal Wrangel, to desire him, in
+Whitelocke's name, that the ship appointed to transport him might fall
+down from Stockholm to the Dollars, for Whitelocke to come on board her
+there, which would save him a hundred miles by sea from Stockholm
+thither, there being a nearer way by a third-part from Stockholm to the
+Dollars for boats to pass. Berkman said he found Wrangel very civil, and
+ready to do what Whitelocke should desire of him for his accommodation,
+and that he had ordered the ship forthwith to fall down to the Dollars;
+for which Whitelocke desired Monsieur Berkman to return his thanks to the
+Marshal.
+
+The Ricks-Admiral sent to Whitelocke, expressing much civility and
+readiness to serve him, and desired to know if one ship would be
+sufficient for his transportation; that, if he pleased, there should be
+more provided for him. Whitelocke returned thanks, and that he hoped he
+should not have occasion to put them to the trouble of more ships for his
+transportation than that already ordered for him.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke invited to the ceremony of abdication.]
+
+The master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke, by the Queen's command,
+to know if he and his company pleased to see the meeting of the Ricksdag;
+that he had provided a place for that purpose, where they might be
+unknown and unseen, and yet see all the ceremony and hear all the
+harangues; that if Whitelocke would see it, the master would call him at
+eight o'clock in the morning and wait upon him to the place; but he said
+that the Danish Ambassador had some thoughts of being there also, and if
+he came first to the place he would take the uppermost seat. Whitelocke
+then desired the master to call him early enough that he might be there
+first, because he should hardly permit the Danish Ambassador to sit above
+him. The master said he would be sure to call Whitelocke early enough,
+but he believed that the Danish Ambassador would not be there because of
+his ill health.
+
+The master told Whitelocke that Monsieur Bloome had informed him that
+some of Whitelocke's gentlemen took exceptions to the presents sent them
+by the Queen. He protested, upon his soul and his honour, that he had no
+hand in the disposing of these presents, but that all was done by the
+officers of the Chamber of Accounts, and that the Queen did not meddle
+with it; but when he showed her a catalogue of the officers of
+Whitelocke's house, she marked them how she would have the presents
+bestowed; that how the matter might be altered afterwards he was wholly
+ignorant, and that he had order, under the hands of the officers, to make
+the distribution as he had done; and he hoped none of the gentlemen would
+be offended with him, who had done nothing but as he was ordered by those
+over him. Whitelocke told him that, in so great a family as his was, it
+would be difficult to please every one; that these presents were the
+Queen's favours, which she might distribute as she pleased, and every one
+ought to be contented therewith; that some of his company had discoursed
+hereof more than belonged to them, but that he would take order in it
+himself. They had also this further discourse:--
+
+_Whitelocke._ Do you expect the arrival of the Prince here on Friday
+next?
+
+_Mast. Cer._ The Queen is not assured of his arrival that day, but she
+will go out on horseback, accompanied with all her nobility, to meet him.
+
+_Wh._ Will it be expected that I go out likewise to meet him?
+
+_Mast. Cer._ That cannot be, because it will be after your last audience,
+and when you have taken your leave of the Queen, so that you cannot then
+appear in public nor in any public action, because it will be to present
+yourself before those of whom you had taken your leave before.
+
+_Wh._ But after my last audience I may in private see the Queen?
+
+_Mast. Cer._ Yes, for that is but a particular visit; and so you may
+visit any of your friends after your last audience.
+
+_Wh._ I intend likewise to salute the Prince after my last audience.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ You may do it, because it will be but a particular visit.
+
+_Wh._ I hope his Royal Highness will treat me with the same civility and
+respect as he useth to any other ambassador.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ That he will infallibly do. Monsieur Chanut, the French
+Ambassador, when he was in this Court, did always give the right hand to
+the Prince after the proposal had been made of declaring him
+Prince-heritier of the crown, though the Ricksdag had not then confirmed
+it. But Chanut made difficulty of it at the Prince's lodging, because he
+was not the son of a king, yet afterwards he did it both there and
+elsewhere.
+
+_Wh._ There is more reason for me now to do it, because the proposal is
+to be made of investing him with the Crown. What was the manner of the
+Prince's reception of Chanut, where did he meet Chanut at his coming, and
+how far did he go with him at his taking leave?
+
+_Mast. Cer._ The Prince received Chanut at the door of the chamber where
+he had his audience; and when the Ambassador went away, the Prince
+brought him to the same place and no further; and I believe he will give
+the same respect to your Excellence, and as much to you as to any public
+minister.
+
+_Wh._ I can desire no more.
+
+
+_May 10, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke attends a wedding at Court.]
+
+Lagerfeldt came to Whitelocke and acquainted him that there was a
+special article to be agreed upon touching the business of Guinea, which
+the Queen and the Chancellor were willing might proceed for the despatch
+of Whitelocke, and that Grave Eric would have come to him about it, but
+that he was ill and had taken physic. He told Whitelocke that the Queen
+said he might have his last audience that day if he pleased; but if he
+would be present at the solemnity of the nuptials which were this evening
+to be celebrated at Court between the Baron Horne and the Lady Sparre,
+and if he desired to see the assembling of the Ricksdag tomorrow, then it
+would be requisite to defer his audience till Friday, because when he had
+taken his leave of the Queen it would not be proper for him afterwards to
+appear in public. Whitelocke said he had rather be dismissed than to be
+present at any solemnities; that her Majesty had taken him captive by her
+noble presents, so that it was not fit for him to come abroad in public.
+He asked Lagerfeldt if the Prince would be here on Friday next; if so,
+then it would not be convenient to have his audience put off to that day.
+Lagerfeldt said he doubted that the Prince would not be here so soon.
+
+An officer on horseback, accompanied with several other horsemen, with
+four kettle-drums and eight or ten trumpets beating and sounding before
+them, made proclamation in several parts of the town that all persons who
+were summoned to appear at the Ricksdag should give their attendance at
+the place appointed in the Queen's castle of Upsal tomorrow by eight
+o'clock in the morning, upon pain of half-a-dollar mulcted for every
+default.
+
+The master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke from the Queen, and
+acquainted him to the same effect as Lagerfeldt had done, touching his
+last audience. The master also, by the Queen's command, invited
+Whitelocke to the wedding at Court this night; and if he pleased to see
+the manner of the assembling of the Ricksdag, that he had order to take
+the care of it, and that it would be no hindrance to his going away,
+because the Prince did not come hither till Tuesday next. Whitelocke said
+he was sorry that the Prince would come no sooner to this place, but
+since it was the pleasure of the Queen that he should wait upon her this
+evening, he would obey her commands; and as to the time of his audience,
+he submitted to her pleasure.
+
+The Ricks-Admiral sent again to Whitelocke, to know if he would have any
+more ships provided for his transportation. Whitelocke returned his
+thanks, and that he intended not to take any of his horses with him, and
+therefore should not need any more ships than were already ordered.
+
+Studely, one of Whitelocke's servants, returned to him from Stockholm
+with an account that the ship appointed for his transportation was not
+yet ready, which retarded his voyage to his trouble.
+
+Between ten and eleven o'clock at night the master of the ceremonies came
+to Whitelocke's house, with one of the Queen's coaches, to bring him to
+the wedding at Court. He desired Whitelocke's two sons to go into that
+coach, who excused themselves that they had not been in that coach
+formerly. The master said that when one went to an audience there were
+certain formalities to be observed, but going to a wedding was another
+thing; that now the Queen had sent her coach for Whitelocke as her
+guest, and it was proper for his sons to go with him. Whitelocke wished
+them to observe the direction of the master, who governed in these
+things.
+
+They went to the bridegroom's house, where were many of his friends; his
+uncle the Ricks-Admiral, Marshal Wrangel, and other senators and
+noblemen. As soon as Whitelocke alighted out of the coach, the
+bridegroom's brother was there to receive him and bid him welcome; near
+the door the bridegroom met him, and gave him thanks for the favour in
+honouring his wedding with his presence. Whitelocke said he was very
+ready to testify his respects to the nobility of this country, and
+particularly to himself, and took it for an honour to be invited into
+such company.
+
+Whitelocke was instructed by the master of the ceremonies, that by the
+custom of this country the bridegroom takes place of the King, and the
+bride of the Queen, during the solemnities of the wedding; accordingly
+Whitelocke gave the right hand to the bridegroom.
+
+After a little discourse they took their coaches;--first the gentlemen,
+then the Lords, then the Senators, then the Ricks-Admiral and Senator
+Bundt, who, being next of kin, was to give the bride in marriage; after
+Bundt went Whitelocke, and after him the bridegroom, who had precedence
+in the Queen's coach, which went last, and Whitelocke next before it, and
+the other coaches in their order; the bridegroom's coach last of all, as
+the best place. The like order they observed in their going in the
+castle. At the head of the stairs the master of the ceremonies met them,
+and brought them to the presence-chamber, where the Queen was with the
+bride and a great company of gallant ladies. The bridegroom kissed her
+Majesty's hand, and then the bride's hand; the rest of the company did
+the like. Between the Queen and Whitelocke passed a little discourse.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Madam, I give you humble thanks for your invitation of me
+to these solemnities.
+
+_Queen._ It is an honour to us that such an Ambassador will be present at
+our ceremonies.
+
+_Wh._ I likewise return my most humble thanks to your Majesty for your
+many favours, and the noble presents you have been pleased to bestow on
+me and on my company.
+
+_Qu._ Sir, you mock me; I am troubled I could not do according to that
+respect which I bear you. This is only a custom of our country to persons
+of your condition, and I hope you will take it in good part.
+
+_Wh._ It is more suitable to your Majesty's bounty than to anything I can
+call desert in me, who have a most grateful sense and acceptance of your
+Majesty's favours.
+
+[SN: Ceremony of the marriage.]
+
+The bride and bridegroom were both clothed in white tabby, his suit laced
+with a very broad gold and silver lace. The bride had on her head a
+coronet set full of diamonds, with a diamond collar about her neck and
+shoulders, a diamond girdle of the same fashion, and a rich diamond jewel
+at her breast, which were all of them of great value, and by some
+reported to be the Queen's jewels, lent by her to the bride for that
+time.
+
+They went all to the great hall; first the noblemen, then the senators,
+then the bridegroom between Bundt and Whitelocke, then the bride between
+two Graves, then the Queen and her Guards. Then the Queen presently took
+her chair of state; at her right-hand at a little distance sat the bride
+against her; at the Queen's left-hand sat the bridegroom, next to him
+Whitelocke, and then Bundt. After they were all sat, Bundt rose up and
+went towards the Queen, and spake in Swedish with a loud voice to this
+effect, as it was interpreted to Whitelocke:--That Baron Horne, a
+gentleman there present, of an ancient and noble family, desired to have
+in marriage a lady who was servant to her Majesty, of the ancient and
+noble family of the Sparres; then he spake much of the pedigrees and in
+the praise of both the families; after that he addressed himself to the
+bride and bridegroom, giving them good counsel as to the condition which
+they were entering into, and their demeanour to one another. Then some
+friends led the bridegroom to a place in the midst of the hall purposely
+railed in, and then they fetched the bride thither also and placed her by
+the bridegroom; then a grave churchman, one of the Queen's chaplains,
+turning himself to the Queen, pronounced the words of marriage after a
+form in a book which he read, and being interpreted to Whitelocke, he
+found it the same in effect with the words of marriage in the English
+Liturgy. The ceremony of joining them in marriage being ended, two Graves
+with torches came to the bridegroom and bride and led them around; two
+other Lords with torches followed after them, many ladies two by two. The
+bride being brought to her seat by the bridegroom, he then took the Queen
+by the hand and they walked between the torches; then the bride came and
+took Whitelocke by the hand and they walked after the Queen. Whitelocke
+brought the bride again to her place, and being instructed that he was to
+take the Queen and march the round with her also, Whitelocke did it, and
+all this was a solemn walking to the sound of drums and trumpets. After
+which, every one returned to their places, and then they set to dancing
+of the brawls; and the Queen came to Whitelocke to take him out to dance
+with her, who excused himself.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke dances with the Queen.]
+
+_Whitelocke._ Madam, I am fearful that I shall dishonour your Majesty, as
+well as shame myself, by dancing with you.
+
+_Queen._ I will try whether you can dance.
+
+_Wh._ I assure your Majesty I cannot in any measure be worthy to have you
+by the hand.
+
+_Qu._ I esteem you worthy, and therefore make choice of you to dance with
+me.
+
+_Wh._ I shall not so much undervalue your Majesty's judgement as not to
+obey you herein, and I wish I could remember as much of this as when I
+was a young man.
+
+After they had done dancing, and Whitelocke had waited upon the Queen to
+her chair of state, she said to him--
+
+_Qu._ _Par Dieu!_ these Hollanders are lying fellows.
+
+_Wh._ I wonder how the Hollanders should come into your mind upon such an
+occasion as this is, who are not usually thought upon in such
+solemnities, nor much acquainted with them.
+
+_Qu._ I will tell you all. The Hollanders reported to me a great while
+since that all the _noblesse_ of England were of the King's party, and
+none but mechanics of the Parliament party, and not a gentleman among
+them; now I thought to try you, and to shame you if you could not dance;
+but I see that you are a gentleman and have been bred a gentleman, and
+that makes me say the Hollanders are lying fellows, to report that there
+was not a gentleman of the Parliament's party, when I see by you chiefly,
+and by many of your company, that you are gentlemen.
+
+_Wh._ Truly, Madam, in this they told a great untruth to your Majesty, as
+I believe they have done in several other particulars. I do confess that
+the greatest part of our nobility and gentry were of the King's party,
+but many of them likewise were of the Parliament's party; and I, who am
+sent to wait upon your Majesty, can, without vanity, derive to myself an
+ancient pedigree of a gentleman. They would not have given the honour to
+any but a gentleman to kiss your Majesty's hand, and you are pleased to
+do your servant right, and his company, by acknowledging that our
+superiors have commanded gentlemen to wait on you.
+
+_Qu._ I assure you that I esteem it the greater honour done to me, and
+you are the more welcome to me because you are a gentleman; and had I not
+known and found you to be so, your business would not have been so well
+despatched as it is. I see you have all the qualities of a gentleman, and
+I believe that you were excellent in your music and dancing in your
+younger days.
+
+_Wh._ I was bred up in the qualities of a gentleman, and in my youth was
+accounted not inferior to others in the practice of them; but it is so
+long since I used this of dancing, especially after we learned to march,
+that had it not been to obey your Majesty, I should hardly have been
+drawn to discover my deficiencies.
+
+_Qu._ You have discovered nothing but what tends to your honour and to
+my contentment; and I take it as a favour that you were willing to lay
+aside your gravity and play the courtier upon my request, which I see you
+can do so well when you please.
+
+After the dancing ended, there was brought into the hall a sumptuous
+banquet, the Hof-Marshal with his silver staff ushering it, and after
+that distributed. The Queen and all the company went back in the same
+order to the presence-chamber, and there the Queen bid the bride and
+bridegroom good-night, and so all went to their lodgings, divers of the
+nobles waiting on the bride to her chamber.
+
+The Queen told Whitelocke that she believed the Prince would be here on
+Tuesday next, and that Whitelocke should have his audience on Friday
+next. Whitelocke took his coach, after it had waited nine hours at the
+castle.
+
+
+_May 11, 1654._
+
+[SN: The abdication of Queen Christina.]
+
+Early in the morning the master of the ceremonies came to accompany
+Whitelocke to the castle, to see the manner of the assembly of the
+Ricksdag, and brought him and his company to the castle to an upper room
+or gallery, where he sat privately, not taken notice of by any, yet had
+the full view of the great hall where the Ricksdag met, and heard what
+was said. The Danish Ambassador did forbear to come thither, as was
+supposed, because of Whitelocke being there. The French Resident sat by
+Whitelocke, and conversed with him.
+
+The great hall, two stories high, was prepared for the Assembly. An outer
+chamber was hung with cloth of Arras; in the antechamber to that were
+guards of the Queen's partisans; in the court was a company of
+musketeers. The great hall was hung with those hangings which were before
+in Whitelocke's lodgings, with some others added, and was very handsome.
+On each side of the hall, from the walls towards the middle of the room,
+forms were placed, covered with red cloth, for seats for the Members, and
+were all alike without distinction, and reached upwards. Three parts of
+the length of the hall, in the midst between the seats, was a space or
+lane broad enough for three to walk abreast together. At the upper end of
+the hall, on a foot-pace three steps high, covered with foot-carpets,
+stood the chair of state, all of massy silver, a rich cushion in it, and
+a canopy of crimson velvet richly embroidered over it. On the left side
+of the chair of state were placed five ordinary chairs of crimson velvet,
+without arms, for the five Ricks-officers; and on the same side below
+them, and on the other side from the foot-pace down to the forms, in a
+semicircular form, were stools of crimson velvet for the Ricks-Senators.
+
+About nine o'clock there entered at the lower end of the great hall a
+plain, lusty man in his boor's habit, with a staff in his hand, followed
+by about eighty boors, Members of this Council, who had chosen the first
+man for their Marshal, or Speaker. These marched up in the open place
+between the forms to the midst of them, and then the Marshal and his
+company sat down on the forms on the right of the State, from the midst
+downwards to the lower end of the hall, and put on their hats. A little
+while after them entered at the same door a man in a civil habit of a
+citizen, with a staff in his hand, followed by about a hundred and
+twenty citizens, deputies of the cities and boroughs, who had chosen him
+to be their Marshal. They all took their places upon the forms
+over-against the boors in the lower end of the hall, and were covered.
+Not long after, at the same door, entered a proper gentleman richly
+habited, a staff in his hand, who was Marshal of the Nobility, followed
+by near two hundred lords and gentlemen, Members of the Ricksdag, chief
+of their respective families, many of them rich in clothes, of civil
+deportment. They took their seats uppermost on the right of the State,
+and whilst they walked up to their forms the citizens and boors stood up
+uncovered; and when the nobility sat and put on their hats, the citizens
+and boors did so likewise. A little after, at the same door, entered the
+Archbishop of Upsal with a staff in his hand, who by his place is Marshal
+of the Clergy. He was followed by five or six other bishops and all the
+superintendents, and about sixty Ministers, Deputies, or Proctors of the
+Clergy. While they walked up to their places all the rest of the Members
+stood up uncovered; and when they sat down on the uppermost forms on the
+left side of the State, and put on their hats and caps, the rest of the
+Members did the like; these were grave men, in their long cassocks and
+canonical habit, and most with long beards.
+
+All the Members being thus sat, about a quarter of an hour after entered
+the Captain, followed by divers of the Queen's Guard, with partisans.
+After them came many gentlemen of the Queen's servants, uncovered, with
+swords by their sides and well clad, two and two together. After them
+came the Ricks-Senators in their order, the puisne first. After them the
+Ricks-officers, all bare. After them came the Queen, and kept off her
+hat in the hall, some of the officers of the Court and pages after her.
+In this order they went up in the open place in the midst of the forms,
+all the Members standing up uncovered. The Queen's company made a lane
+for her to pass through, and she went up to her chair and sat down in it;
+and all the company, except the members of the Council, went out of the
+hall, and all the doors were shut; the Members sat in their places
+uncovered.
+
+After the Queen had sat a little, she rose, and beckoned to the
+Chancellor to come to her, who came with great ceremony and respect; and
+after a little speaking together he returned to his place, and the Queen
+sat down again a little time; then rising up with mettle, she came
+forward to the utmost part of the foot-pace, and with a good grace and
+confidence spake to the Assembly, as it was interpreted to Whitelocke, to
+this effect:--
+
+[SN: The Queen's speech.]
+
+    "The occasion, my friends, wherefore you are called together to this
+    Diet will in some sort appear strange to you; for being so unusual,
+    and as it were unheard of, it cannot be understood without great
+    astonishment. But, Gentlemen, when you shall a little reflect upon
+    what hath passed some years since, you will then perceive that it is
+    no new thing, but long since premeditated, and by me wished and
+    intended.
+
+    "It is sufficiently known to you what hath formerly passed as to the
+    succession of my most dear cousin to this kingdom; and I esteem
+    myself very happy that all things at present are in such a posture
+    that thereupon I may bring my purpose to effect, which is, to offer
+    and to give into the hands of my most dear cousin our most dear
+    country and the royal seat, with the crown, the sceptre, and the
+    government. I need not repeat this subject to you; it sufficeth
+    that all may be done for the good of the country and the prosperity
+    and security of my most dear cousin, to whom you have formerly given
+    this right, and have found him capable to govern you and this
+    kingdom, which he deserves by his great spirits and rare qualities,
+    joined with his heroic actions, witnessed by divers encounters.
+
+    "And since there is nothing wanting but time to put in execution the
+    succession of my most dear cousin to the government of this kingdom,
+    which depends only upon myself,--and of my purpose nothing remains
+    but to make you parties, which is the only occasion of my calling
+    you together, and which I shall more at large declare unto you by my
+    proposal,--I doubt not but you will consent thereunto, whereby you
+    will testify at this time, as you have done at all times before,
+    your faithfulness and obedience to me.
+
+    "Also I give you thanks that, with so much duty, you are come to
+    this Diet, and that with so much affection and loyalty you have
+    demeaned yourselves towards me and our most dear country during my
+    government, so that I have received much content by your deportment;
+    and if in these ten years of my administration I have merited
+    anything from you, it shall be this only which I desire of you, that
+    you will consent to my resolution, since you may assure yourselves
+    that none can dissuade me from my purpose.
+
+    "You may be pleased also to take in good part what hath passed
+    during the time of my government, and to be assured that herein
+    also, as well as in all other things, my intention hath been always
+    to serve our most dear country. There remains nothing but my wishes
+    that all may work to the glory of God, to the advancement of the
+    Christian Church, and to the good and prosperity of our most dear
+    country and of all her inhabitants."
+
+[SN: The Archbishop's speech.]
+
+After the Queen had spoken she sat down again, and after a little pause
+the Archbishop of Upsal went out of his place into the open passage, and
+making his obeisance to the Queen, he, as Marshal of the Clergy and in
+their name, made an oration to her Majesty, which was somewhat long; but
+the effect thereof was interpreted to Whitelocke to be an acknowledgment
+of the happy reign of her Majesty, whereby her subjects had enjoyed all
+good, peace, and justice and liberty, and whatsoever were the products of
+a blessed government. He then recited the great affections of this people
+to the King her father, and to her Majesty his only child; their duty and
+obedience to her in all her commands; that no prince could be more happy
+than her Majesty was in the affections and duty of her subjects, nor
+could any people be more contented in the rule of their sovereign than
+her people were; he therefore used all arguments and humble entreaties to
+her Majesty to desist from her intention of resigning the government, and
+to continue to sway the sceptre of this kingdom, wherein he did not doubt
+but that the blessing of God would be with her as it had been, and that
+it would be to His honour and to the good of this kingdom if her Majesty
+would hearken to the humble desires of the clergy in this particular.
+Then he acknowledged the virtues and admirable abilities of the Prince,
+whose succession would come in due time; that, her Majesty reigning at
+present with so much satisfaction both to this Church and State, he
+humbly desired, in the name of the clergy, that she would be pleased,
+though to her own trouble, yet for her subjects' good, to continue still
+to be Queen over them. After he had ended his speech, making three
+congees, he went up to the Queen and kissed her hand, and with three more
+congees returned to his place.
+
+Then the Marshal of the Nobility, going forth into the open place
+between the forms, made his oration in the name of the nobility, much to
+the same purpose as the Archbishop had done, and, after his oration
+ended, with the like ceremony kissed her Majesty's hand, and returned to
+his place. Then the like was done by the Marshal of the Burgesses, and
+all to the same effect.
+
+[SN: The Boor's speech.]
+
+In the last place stepped forth the Marshal of the Boors, a plain country
+fellow, in his clouted shoon, and all other habits answerable, as all the
+rest of his company were accoutred. This boor, without any congees or
+ceremony at all, spake to her Majesty, and was interpreted to Whitelocke
+to be after this phrase:--
+
+    "O Lord God, Madam, what do you mean to do? It troubles us to hear
+    you speak of forsaking those that love you so well as we do. Can you
+    be better than you are? You are Queen of all these countries, and if
+    you leave this large kingdom, where will you get such another? If
+    you should do it (as I hope you won't for all this), both you and we
+    shall have cause, when it is too late, to be sorry for it. Therefore
+    my fellows and I pray you to think better on't, and to keep your
+    crown on your head, then you will keep your own honour and our
+    peace; but if you lay it down, in my conscience you will endanger
+    all. Continue in your gears, good Madam, and be the fore-horse as
+    long as you live, and we will help you the best we can to bear your
+    burden.
+
+    "Your father was an honest gentleman and a good king, and very
+    stirring in the world; we obeyed him and loved him as long as he
+    lived; and you are his own child, and have governed us very well,
+    and we love you with all our hearts; and the Prince is an honest
+    gentleman, and when his time comes we shall be ready to do our
+    duties to him as we do to you; but as long as you live we are not
+    willing to part with you, and therefore I pray, Madam, do not part
+    with us."
+
+When the boor had ended his speech, he waddled up to the Queen without
+any ceremony, took her by the hand and shook it heartily, and kissed it
+two or three times; then turning his back to her, he pulled out of his
+pocket a foul handkerchief and wiped the tears from his eyes, and in the
+same posture as he came up he returned back to his own place again.
+
+When the orations were all ended, one of the Queen's secretaries, by her
+command, read unto the Assembly a paper, which Whitelocke procured to be
+given to him in a copy, and translated into English.
+
+[SN: The Queen's declaration to the Diet.]
+
+    _The Proposition of her Majesty of Sweden to the Estates assembled
+    at Upsal the 11th of May, in the year 1654._
+
+    "Since for certain reasons her Majesty found it good and necessary
+    to assemble the Estates of the Kingdom at this time, and that they
+    have given testimony of their obedience in their coming together,
+    her Majesty hath great cause to rejoice that the good God hath
+    preserved our country from all apparent harms, and principally from
+    the contagious sickness of the plague, which spread itself in divers
+    places the last autumn, but at present is ceased, so that we may
+    meet together in all safety. Her Majesty rejoiceth in the good
+    health of her faithful subjects; and this obligeth us not only to
+    return humble thanks to our good God, but the more to supplicate Him
+    for the future to avert his fatherly chastisements from us.
+
+    "Also her Majesty understands with great joy, that the scarcity and
+    dearth in the late years is now changed into fruitfulness and
+    abundance, so that the last year there was not only very great
+    abundance of all things which the earth produceth, but further,
+    thanks be to God, we have cause, according to appearances, to hope
+    this year will be no less fruitful; the which great blessing of God
+    to this country clearly shows us the great obligations which we have
+    to Him.
+
+    "Also her Majesty calls to mind, that which she graciously mentions
+    to her faithful subjects, how the country, within the limits
+    thereof, is at present in a good and peaceable condition, and so
+    hath been kept by Divine Providence, and the faithful care of her
+    Majesty, in times of danger; and when war, and the imminent perils
+    accompanying the same roundabout us, had the sway, yet we always
+    continued in quiet without taking part in others' quarrels, and for
+    this end hath always endeavoured to entertain a sincere friendship
+    and good correspondence with her neighbours and allies.
+
+    "And as to the neighbourhood of Denmark, her Majesty hath nothing to
+    fear, since she hath given no occasion in anything but of sincere
+    friendship and firm peace.
+
+    "In like manner, with all possible care, by her Commissioners, hath
+    composed the differences touching the limits between her and the
+    Great Duke of Muscovy; and although the said Duke hath signified to
+    her Majesty by divers envoys that he would justify the expedition of
+    war newly made by him against the Polanders, with all the reasons
+    thereof, yet since that is a business which can no way involve her
+    Majesty and the Crown of Sweden, there is no cause to fear it;
+    provided their actions be watched, and{7} that, by little and
+    little, preparation be made, if there shall be cause to apply some
+    remedies.
+
+    "With the King and Crown of Poland is continued the amnesty for
+    twenty-six years, formerly accorded; and although her Majesty
+    wisheth that this amnesty had been converted into a perpetual
+    peace,--and for this end she hath caused pains to be taken twice at
+    Lübeck, by the mediators and her Commissioners, and although they
+    are not yet agreed,--nevertheless her Majesty understands so much on
+    the part of Poland that they are not disaffected to the renewing of
+    the treaties for a longer time, so that her Majesty hath no cause
+    but to promise herself at length a favourable success therein.
+
+    "With the Emperor and Roman Empire her Majesty, since the peace
+    executed in Germany, hath continued and maintained good amity and
+    correspondence; and for this end she hath her ambassadors there,
+    who have their places in the present Diet for the principality of
+    Bremen, Verden, and Pomerland, among the other members of the empire
+    who do there maintain and observe the interests of her Majesty; and
+    for the conclusion of the peace of Germany her Majesty hath
+    resolved, by a great embassy, to accept the possession and
+    investiture, from the Emperor, of the conquered countries.
+
+    "Also her Majesty hath a good correspondence and friendship with
+    France and Spain by fit means and a good alliance.
+
+    "But particularly her Majesty rejoiceth that the perilous war made
+    in the ocean between the powerful Commonwealths of England and the
+    United Provinces (by which we have received very great damage in our
+    trade throughout, as it appeareth) is appeased and ended; and that,
+    since, her Majesty hath made an alliance with the Commonwealth of
+    England for the security of navigation and commerce, so that the
+    faithful subjects of her Majesty may thereby hope to have great
+    advantage and profit.
+
+    "In this posture and state of affairs, her Majesty thinks it fit to
+    prosecute her intention, which she hath conceived some years since,
+    and to put the same in execution, that is, to give up the kingdom of
+    Sweden and her sceptre to his Royal Highness, the most high, most
+    illustrious Prince Charles Gustavus, by the grace of God designed
+    hereditary Prince of the kingdom of Sweden, Count Palatine of the
+    Rhine in Bavaria, Prince of Jülich, Cleves, and Bergen; and this is
+    the only business which her Majesty hath to propose to her faithful
+    subjects at this time.
+
+    "Her Majesty also hath this gracious confidence in all the Estates
+    here now assembled, that when they shall consider with what
+    dexterity, pains, and travail her Majesty for ten years hath managed
+    the affairs of this kingdom, and with such good fortune that all the
+    counsels and intentions of her Majesty have been followed with such
+    happy success, that the State, with great honour and reputation,
+    hath escaped many difficulties of war, and yet enjoys such quiet,
+    that they cannot judge or conclude that her Majesty would now make
+    any alteration were it not for the good and safety of this nation.
+
+    "The Estates, which have been formerly assembled, know very well how
+    earnestly her Majesty pressed that the kingdom and government might
+    be provided of a successor, thereby to avoid and cut off the sudden
+    accidents which happen when a government is uncertain; for which
+    reason the Estates in that point did agree and think good heretofore
+    that his Highness should be chosen and made hereditary Prince and
+    successor to the crown. All this her Majesty did propose and urge
+    till it was brought to the effect which that time produced.
+
+    "And to the end that her Majesty, during her life, may have the
+    pleasure to see the happy effect of this design, and that the entire
+    government may be rendered into the hands of his Royal Highness,
+    therefore her Majesty hath resolved to quit the crown and the
+    privileges of it, and to put them into the hands of his Royal
+    Highness.
+
+    "And although this resolution of her Majesty may seem strange and
+    unexpected to the Estates of the kingdom, nevertheless, according to
+    her gracious confidence, she believes that they will consent to her
+    quiet in retiring herself from so heavy a burden, by their
+    contributing an assent to the proposed alteration.
+
+    "Her Majesty likewise assures herself (as the Estates by their
+    former acts have always testified) of the esteem which they have of
+    the person and of the rare virtues and well-known qualities of his
+    Royal Highness; and that they will find that he will employ them to
+    a prudent government and to their great advantage, and that at
+    length they will not be deceived by this change, or any ways
+    prejudiced: for which end her Majesty promiseth and offereth to
+    contribute all her advice and counsel and endeavour,--chiefly that
+    his Royal Highness, before his entry into the government, may assure
+    the Estates and effectually do that which the Kings of Sweden upon
+    the like occasions have used to do, and are by the laws and customs
+    obliged unto.
+
+    "And on the other part, that the Estates and all the subjects of
+    Sweden be obliged to render unto his Royal Highness that respect,
+    obedience, and all those rights which appertain to a King, and which
+    they are obliged to perform.
+
+    "And as her Majesty hath considered and resolved upon the means
+    whereby her Majesty may enjoy a yearly pension to be settled upon
+    her during her life, and having communicated her purpose therein to
+    his Royal Highness the successor to the crown, so she graciously
+    hopeth that her faithful subjects and the Estates will be content
+    therewith, humbly receiving and consenting to what her Majesty hath
+    graciously disposed.
+
+    "Her Majesty graciously requires all the Estates of the kingdom that
+    they would, as soon as may be, consider this business, to the end
+    that the resolution taken by her Majesty may in a short time be
+    brought unto effect.
+
+    "Her Majesty most graciously thanks all her faithful subjects for
+    the obedience, honour, and respect which every one of them hath
+    faithfully testified to her Majesty during the time of her
+    government; so that her Majesty hath received full contentment by
+    their most humble demeanour, which hereafter, upon all occasions,
+    she will acknowledge with all gratitude.
+
+    "Her Majesty also hopeth that her most faithful subjects will be
+    satisfied, and give a good construction of the faithful care which
+    her Majesty hath employed for all in general and their happiness,
+    and chiefly for the gracious affection which she hath testified
+    towards every one in particular.
+
+    "Her Majesty wisheth that the most high and most powerful God would
+    conserve and protect our dear country, with all the inhabitants
+    thereof and all the subjects, from all harm; and to conclude, that
+    the estates of the kingdom, as well in general as in particular, may
+    continue and increase from day to day, and may for ever flourish."
+
+After this proposition was read, the Queen's servants were called in,
+and she went out of the hall, attended by them and the Ricks-Senators in
+the same way and manner as she came in; and after she was gone, first the
+Archbishop of Upsal and the clergy following him; second, the Marshal and
+Nobility; third, the Marshal and Burgesses; fourth, the Marshal and
+Boors, went out of the hall in the same order as they first came in; and
+when they were all gone, Whitelocke returned to his lodging.
+
+[SN: The solemnities of the marriage resumed.]
+
+About eleven o'clock in the evening, the master of the ceremonies came to
+bring Whitelocke to the remainder of the solemnities of the marriage.
+Whitelocke, in no good condition to go abroad, having sat up the last
+night, yet rather than discontent the Queen and the nobility, who had
+sent for him, he went with the master in the Queen's coach to the
+bridegroom's lodging in the castle, who met him in the outer chamber and
+brought him into another room where were many senators and lords; they
+all took their coach, and went in the same order as the day before to the
+Queen, where the bride and ladies were expecting them.
+
+They came all to the great hall, where the Queen and the company took
+their places, and the drums beating and trumpets sounding. A gentleman
+entered the hall carrying a spear or pike covered with taffeta of the
+bridegroom's colours, all but the head, which was silver, worth about
+twenty crowns; he stood by the bride, holding the spear in the middle,
+both ends of it about breast-high, and the bridegroom was brought and
+placed by his bride. Then Senator Bundt made a solemn speech to the
+Queen, which (according to the interpretation made to Whitelocke) was to
+thank her Majesty for the favour which she did to the bride and
+bridegroom in permitting the nuptials to be in her Court; and he
+acquainted the Queen, and published to the company, what dowry the
+bridegroom had given that morning to his bride, with two thousand ducats
+for her provision; and that twelve of the nobility, of the alliance and
+friends to them both, were witnesses thereunto, and were to take care
+that the money should be disposed to the use of the wife and children, in
+case she survived her husband.
+
+Then a gentleman read aloud the names of the twelve witnesses, who, as
+they were called one after another, making their honours to the Queen,
+went and laid their right hands on the spear; and then was published the
+dowry and augmentation thus by these twelve witnesses. After this the
+spear was laid down at the feet of the bride, and all, making their
+solemn reverences to the Queen, took again their places. Then the same
+gentleman that laid down the spear, took it up again and threw it out of
+the window into the great court; where a multitude of people stood
+expecting it, and scrambled for the head of it, and for the taffeta,
+which they tore in pieces and wore in their hats as the bride's favours.
+
+After this ceremony ended, the bridegroom came and took the bride by the
+hand, and they marched after the torches to the sound of the drums and
+trumpets; after that the bridegroom took the Queen by the hand, and the
+bride came and took the English Ambassador by the hand, and other
+noblemen took their several ladies, and they marched two and two amidst
+the torches and to the same loud music as they had done the night
+before. After this the noblemen and ladies went to dance French dances
+and country dances; but Whitelocke having watched the night before, and
+not being well, he privately withdrew himself from the company and
+retired to his house, wondering that the Queen, after so serious a work
+as she had been at in the morning, could be so pleased with this
+evening's ceremonies.
+
+
+_May 12, 1654._
+
+[SN: Despatches from England.]
+
+About one o'clock the last night, Whitelocke, coming from the solemnities
+of the Court, received two packets of letters from England. He had the
+more cause to remember the time, because then, although midnight, he
+could perfectly read his letters without any candle or other light than
+that of the heavens, which in this season of the year scarce leaves any
+night at all, but so as one may well read all the night long with the
+help of twilight.
+
+The letters from Thurloe of the first date acquainted Whitelocke that now
+he had sent duplicates of the last instructions by a ship going to
+Sweden. In Thurloe's second letters, dated 13th of April, he mentions the
+instructions sent formerly to Whitelocke, and acquaints him again with
+the effect of them, and the Protector's order, by which he leaves it to
+Whitelocke to return home when he shall judge it fit; and that if he
+should stay the ceremonies of the coronation of the new King, it would
+occasion great delay. And he writes further:--
+
+    "But in truth we cannot believe, notwithstanding all that is said,
+    that her Majesty will quit her crown, being so well qualified in
+    all respects to govern as she is, and seems to be very well accepted
+    of her people."
+
+Then he again mentions the signing of the peace with the Dutch, and that
+the Protector had appointed Commissioners to treat with the French,
+Spanish, and Portugal Ambassadors, but had not yet declared himself to
+any of his neighbours.
+
+    "That the business in Scotland was well; that the Protector had
+    taken away Colonel Rich's commission, whereof the officers of his
+    regiment were glad; that many congratulatory petitions to his
+    Highness came from divers counties, one from Bucks; that the
+    Protector proceeded to reformation of the law and ministry, and I
+    hope he will merit as well in that as in the military affairs. I
+    return your Excellence my humble thanks for your acceptance of my
+    endeavours to serve you; I can say they come from an honest heart,
+    which very really embraceth every opportunity wherein I may manifest
+    myself
+
+                  "Your Excellence's faithful humble servant,
+                                                    "JO. THURLOE.
+    "_Whitehall, 13th April, 1654._"
+
+Whitelocke received several letters in these packets from Mr. Cokaine;
+one, dated the 2nd of April, saith thus:--
+
+    "You will have leave from his Highness to take your first
+    opportunity to come away, and I hope it will not be without bringing
+    your business to a happy and an honourable issue, which is the
+    constant subject of our requests to the Lord for you, and I doubt
+    not but we shall have a comfortable answer. In the meantime I think,
+    as I have hinted to your Excellence in former letters, it will not
+    be amiss if you draw good store of bills upon us, though but _pro
+    formâ_, that we may get as much money for you as we can before your
+    return, and that you may have a sufficient overplus to pay all
+    servants' wages off, which I believe will amount to a considerable
+    sum; and upon this peace I hope it will be no hard matter to get
+    your bills paid, especially if your Excellence please withal to
+    write to my Lord Protector and Mr. Thurloe and some of the Council
+    about it. I could wish that you would make what haste you can home,
+    for I am informed by a special hand that there is great labouring to
+    make a Chancellor whilst you are absent, and to take that
+    opportunity to put you by, whom I believe they doubt to be too much
+    a Christian and an Englishman to trust in their service; but I hope
+    God will give you a heart to submit to His will, and to prize a good
+    conscience above all the world, which will indeed stand us in stead
+    when all outward things cannot in the least administer to us.
+
+                  "Your Excellence's most humble servant,
+                                                   "GEO. COKAINE.
+    "_April 2nd._"
+
+In another letter from Mr. Cokaine he saith:--
+
+    "Mr. Thurloe was pleased to acquaint me that it was his Highness and
+    the Council's pleasure to make some alteration in the Chancery; that
+    it was determined that your Lordship and Sir Thomas Widdrington and
+    my Lord Lisle should have the custody of the Great Seal, and I
+    believe an Act to that purpose will pass within few hours; but I
+    perceive this business was not done without some tugging; but my
+    Lord Protector and John Thurloe are true to you, and now I am out of
+    all fears that any affront should be offered you in your absence.
+    Mr. Mackworth deserves a letter from you; but nothing, I pray, of
+    this business. Indeed Mr. Thurloe hath played his part gallantly and
+    like a true friend, for which I shall love him as long as I live."
+
+In other letters from Mr. Cokaine in this packet, dated 14th April, he
+saith:--
+
+    "Your old servant Abel is much courted by his Highness to be his
+    Falconer-in-Chief; but he will not accept it except your Excellence
+    had been here to give him your explicit leave to serve his Highness,
+    and told me, without stuttering, he would not serve the greatest
+    prince in the world except your Excellence were present, to make the
+    bargain that he might wait upon you with a cast of hawks at the
+    beginning of September every year into Bedfordshire. It is pity that
+    gallantry should hurt any. Certainly it is a noble profession that
+    inspires him with such a spirit.
+
+    "My Lord Protector this week hath expressed great respect to your
+    Excellence upon the death of the Clerk of the Peace of Bucks. Some
+    of the justices came up and moved his Highness to put one into his
+    place, who thereupon asked who was _Custos Rotulorum_. They
+    answered, the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke. He thereupon replied that
+    the place should not be disposed of till his return. They urged it
+    again with many reasons; but he gave them the same answer, only with
+    this addition, that he was to return sooner than perhaps they were
+    aware of."
+
+By this packet Whitelocke received letters from Mr. Selden, which were
+thus:--
+
+    "_For his Excellence the Lord Whitelocke, Lord Ambassador from the
+    State of England to her Majesty of Sweden._
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "Your Excellence's last of the 3rd of February brought me so
+    unexpressible a plenty of the utmost of such happiness as consists
+    in true reputation and honour, as that nothing with me will equal or
+    come near it. First, that her most excellent Majesty, a Prince so
+    unparalleled and incomparable and so justly acknowledged with the
+    height of true admiration by all that either have or love arts or
+    other goodness, should vouchsafe to descend to the mention of my
+    mean name and the inquiry of my being and condition with such most
+    gracious expressions. Next, that your Excellence, whose favours have
+    been so continually multiplied on me, should be the person of whom
+    such inquiry was made. All the danger is, that your noble affection
+    rendered me far above myself. However, it necessitates me to become
+    a fervent suitor to your Excellence, that if it shall fall out that
+    her Majesty and you have again leisure and will to speak of any such
+    trifle as I am, you will be pleased to represent to her Majesty my
+    most humble thanks, and my heart full of devotion to her, of which I
+    too shall study to give, if I can, some other humble testimony. God
+    send her most excellent Majesty always her heart's desires, and the
+    most royal amplitude of all happiness, and your Lordship a good
+    despatch and safe and timely return.
+
+                  "My Lord, your Excellence's most
+                                    "obliged and humble servant,
+                                                     "JO. SELDEN.
+    "_Whitefriars, March 2nd, 1653._"
+
+Whitelocke had also in this packet letters from his old friends Mr. Hall,
+Mr. Eltonhead, the Lord Commissioner Lisle, his brothers Wilson and
+Carleton, Mr. Peters, Sir Joseph Holland, and divers others; also letters
+from Hamburg, from Mr. Bradshaw, the Protector's Resident there, with
+some intercepted letters from the King's party, as Sir Edward Hyde and
+several others.
+
+[SN: His audience of leave-taking.]
+
+This day being appointed for Whitelocke's last audience, he was habited
+in a plain suit of very fine English cloth of musk-colour, the buttons of
+gold, enamelled, and in each button a ruby, and rich points and ribbons
+of gold; his gentlemen were in their richest clothes; his pages and
+lacqueys, above twenty, in their liveries. In the afternoon two of the
+Ricks-Senators, with the master of the ceremonies, came with two of the
+Queen's coaches to Whitelocke's house, to bring him to his audience. He
+received them with the usual ceremony, and after they had sat a little
+while in his bedchamber, one of the Senators said that by the Queen's
+command they were come to him to accompany him to his audience which he
+had desired this day, and that her Majesty was ready to receive him.
+Whitelocke answered, that he was always desirous to wait upon her
+Majesty, and not the less now because it was in order to return to his
+own country. They made no long compliments, but went down and took their
+coaches.
+
+The noblemen's coaches sent thither to accompany him went first, then
+followed his two coaches, and last the Queen's coaches. In the last of
+them sat the two Senators in the fore-end, Whitelocke in the back-end,
+and the master in the boot; the gentlemen in the several coaches, the
+pages and lacqueys walking and riding behind the coaches. At the bridge
+of the castle was a guard of musketeers more than formerly, of about two
+companies, with their officers; they made a lane from the bridge to the
+end of the Court. As soon as Whitelocke was alighted out of the coach,
+the Ricks-Hofmeister with his silver staff met him at the stairs' foot,
+very many of the Queen's servants and courtiers with him very gallant.
+Whitelocke's gentlemen went first, two and two up the stairs; after them
+the Queen's servants, then the master of the ceremonies, then the
+Hof-Marshal, then the two Senators and Whitelocke between them, followed
+by his sons, his chaplains, physician, secretaries, and steward, and
+after them his pages and lacqueys. In this order they mounted the stairs,
+and through the great chamber to the guard-chamber, where the Queen's
+partisans stood in their rich coats, with the arms of Sweden embroidered
+with gold, their swords by their sides, and rich halberds gilded in
+their hands; they stood in a fixed posture, more like images than men.
+When they came to the audience-chamber, there was scarce room for any of
+Whitelocke's gentlemen to come in; but by the civility of the Queen's
+servants room was made for them, and they made a lane from the door of
+the chamber to the upper end near the Queen, who was upon a foot-pace
+covered with carpets, and a rich canopy over her head. Her habit was
+black silk stuff for her coats, and over them a black velvet jippo, such
+as men use to wear; she had upon her breast the jewel of the Order of the
+Knights of Amaranta; her hair hung loose as it used to do, and her hat
+was after the fashion of men. A great number of senators and of civil and
+military officers and courtiers,--many more than ordinarily did appear at
+any audience,--stood all bare about her, and a few ladies were behind
+her. She stood upon the carpets before the state with her hat on; and
+when Whitelocke came first into the room, and pulled off his hat, the
+Queen presently pulled off her hat; and when Whitelocke made his honours,
+she answered him, though at that distance, with a short curtsey. After
+his three obeisances, being come up to the Queen, he kissed her hand;
+then the Queen put on her hat, and Whitelocke{8} put on his hat, and
+after a little pause, with high silence and solemnity in all the company,
+Whitelocke took off his hat, and the Queen took off her hat likewise, and
+all the time of his speaking both of them were uncovered. Whitelocke,
+having made his ceremonies, spake to the Queen thus:--
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's farewell speech.]
+
+    "Madam,
+
+    "I confess that the time of my absence from my relations and
+    concernments in my own country would have seemed very tedious, had
+    I not been in the public service and honoured with admittance into
+    your Majesty's presence, whose favours, answerable to your greatness
+    though above my merit, have been enlarged towards me during the
+    whole time of my residence under the just and safe protection of
+    your Majesty; the which,--with the civilities of those most
+    excellent persons with whom I treated, and of those who have been
+    pleased to honour me with their acquaintance in your Court,--I shall
+    not fail to acknowledge with all respect.
+
+    "But, Madam, to your Majesty I shall not presume to return any other
+    acknowledgment than by the thanks of my Lord the Protector, who is
+    able to judge of the affection shown to him, and to the Commonwealth
+    whereof he is the head, by the honour done unto their servant.
+
+    "Madam, it is your great judgement in the public interest, and your
+    desire to advance the good of your own State and that of your
+    neighbours, and the particular respect that you bear to my master,
+    whereby the business trusted to my care by his Highness is brought
+    to such an issue as I hope will be a solid foundation of great and
+    mutual prosperity to both these nations.
+
+    "I have nothing to add on my part, but to entreat that my failings
+    and errors, not wilfully committed, may be excused; to take my leave
+    of your Majesty, and to assure you that there is no person who
+    honours you more than I do, and who shall be more ready to lay hold
+    on any opportunity whereby I may endeavour, to the utmost of my
+    power, to contribute to the happiness and prosperity of your royal
+    Majesty and of your people."
+
+As it was done at Whitelocke's first audience, so he now ordered it, that
+Monsieur De la Marche, one of his chaplains, did, at the end of every
+sentence, as Whitelocke spake, interpret the same to the Queen in French.
+During all the time of his speaking to the Queen she looked him wistly in
+the face and came up very near unto him, as she had done at his first
+audience,--perhaps to have daunted him, as she had done others, but he
+was not daunted; and when he had made an end of speaking, after a little
+pause the Queen answered him in the Swedish language, which was then
+interpreted in Latin to Whitelocke, to this effect:--
+
+[SN: The Queen's reply.]
+
+    "My Lord Ambassador,
+
+    "It may well be that your stay in this place, where you have been so
+    ill accommodated, and your absence from your near relations and
+    native country, hath been tedious to you; but I can assure you that
+    your residence in my Court hath been a contentment to myself and to
+    those who have had the honour to converse with you in this place;
+    and it would have been a blemish to me and to all under my
+    government if in this time anything of injury or danger had fallen
+    out to your person or to any of your people. I hope I may say that
+    there hath been no such thing offered to you, and I am glad of it.
+
+    "I do not know that your judgement hath deceived you in anything but
+    this, that you have too great a value of my understanding of public
+    affairs. It hath been your prudent management of the business
+    committed to your trust by the Protector, and my particular respects
+    to him and to your Commonwealth, with the good inclinations of the
+    people of this country towards you, and the general interests of the
+    Protestant party, which have brought your business to effect, and
+    which, I hope, will occasion much good and happiness to these
+    nations and to all the Evangelical party. And truly, Sir, your
+    demeanour on all occasions requires from us this testimony, that we
+    have found much honour and great abilities to be in you; and I
+    should be very unwilling to part with so good company, were it not
+    in order to your own satisfaction for your return to England.
+
+    "I know no errors committed by you here, but desire your excuse of
+    the want of those expressions of our respect which this place would
+    not afford. The thanks are due to you for your patience, and for the
+    affection which you have testified to me and to this nation, from
+    whom you may depend upon a firm friendship and amity, with a true
+    respect to the Protector and Commonwealth of England, and an
+    honourable esteem of yourself in particular, to whom we wish a safe
+    and prosperous return to your own country."
+
+After the Queen had done speaking, Whitelocke had some private discourse
+of compliment with her in French, to give her Majesty thanks for her
+noble treatment of him and many favours to him; then, according to the
+usage of this Court, he delivered to Mr. Lagerfeldt, standing by, a copy
+of his speech, in English, signed by him with his hand, and another copy
+of his speech in Latin, not signed by him, to be presented to the Queen.
+Then Whitelocke took his leave, and kissed her Majesty's hand, who gave
+him the _adieu_ with great respect and civility. He was conducted back to
+his coach with the same ceremony as he was brought to his audience; and
+the same two senators, with the master of the ceremonies, returned with
+him to his house, and after usual compliments passed between them, they
+returned to the Court.
+
+The trouble of the day was not yet ended; but after Whitelocke had come
+from the Court, Lagerfeldt brought to him the articles touching Guinea
+which were agreed upon and signed and sealed by the Queen's
+Commissioners, as the other part of them was by Whitelocke.[240]
+
+After the great toil of this busy day, a yet greater toil must be
+undergone by Whitelocke to make his despatches for England. By his
+letters to Thurloe he again acquainted the Council with the good
+conclusion of his treaty, and with his taking leave of the Queen in his
+last audience; and sent him copies of the speeches, and gave an account
+of the business of Guinea, with all material passages since his last
+letters, and his resolution and way of return home. He also answered the
+letters of every one of his friends, which were very many; but that to
+his wife, as he was afterwards informed, caused much trouble and passion,
+that by this date of the letter, 12th May, she perceived that he was not
+removed from Upsal in his journey to return homewards.
+
+
+_May 13, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke takes leave of his friends.]
+
+Whitelocke began his visits and compliments to take his leave of his
+friends in this Court; and herein he was to be very exact, and not to
+omit any one who had given him the honour of former visits. He, to be the
+less subject to mistakes, set down in writing the names of those whom he
+was to visit, which made a long catalogue; but he must get through it, as
+part of the business of an ambassador. And this day he began by visiting
+the French and Holland Residents, and the Grave Leonhough, whose
+discourses were concerning the peace between England and the Dutch, the
+English strong fleet at sea, of the Queen's resignation, and other
+general themes not necessary to be repeated.
+
+[SN: The Sound Dues.]
+
+Woolfeldt gave a visit to Whitelocke and discoursed on the same subjects,
+but more particularly of the interest of England and the payment of toll
+to the King of Denmark at the Sound, wherein Whitelocke had good
+information from him, and such as, if it had been hearkened unto, would
+have been of great advantage to the Protector and Commonwealth of
+England. So great an interest Whitelocke had gained in the affection and
+friendship of this gentleman, that he would not conceal from him anything
+that he knew, who knew more than any other that Whitelocke met with
+concerning the Sound, the King of Denmark, the Court and courtiers here,
+or whatsoever related to Whitelocke's business and to England.
+
+
+_May 14, 1654._
+
+This Lord's Day Sir George Fleetwood did Whitelocke the favour to bear
+him company at his house, and told him that the Queen and her Lords were
+pleased with his deportment at his last audience, and with his speech
+then made, which they commended, but is here omitted. He and others also
+acquainted Whitelocke that the Queen took great pleasure at his carriage
+at the solemnity of the nuptials at Court, and that he would dance with
+them; and both the Queen and her courtiers said that the English
+Ambassador knew how to lay aside the gravity of an ambassador when he
+pleased, and could play the courtier with as good a grace as any one that
+ever they saw, with much to the like effect.
+
+
+_May 15, 1654._
+
+[SN: A private audience of the Queen.]
+
+Whitelocke visited Marshal Wrangel and General Wittenberg, and went from
+thence to the castle to visit Grave Tott, who told him that the Queen had
+altered her purpose of sending him into England, and would do him the
+honour to retain him with her, but that yet he hoped in a short time to
+see England. Whitelocke said he should be glad to meet him, and to do him
+service there. They discoursed of the Queen's residence in Pomerland, or
+some other place near this country, and of the discommodities and
+inconveniences which would arise thereby. Whitelocke told him that if the
+Queen had leisure, that he should be glad to wait on her; and Tott went
+presently to know her pleasure, and promised to bring word to Whitelocke
+if he might see the Queen, and did it at the Lady Jane Ruthven's lodging,
+whither Whitelocke was gone to take his leave of that lady; whence he
+brought Whitelocke to the traverse of the wardrobe, where her Majesty
+came to him and conducted him into her bedchamber, where they thus
+discoursed:--
+
+_Whitelocke._ I humbly thank your Majesty for admitting me to be present
+at the meeting of the Ricksdag.
+
+_Queen._ How did you like the manner and proceedings of it when you were
+there?
+
+_Wh._ It was with the greatest gravity and solemnity that I ever saw in
+any public assembly, and well becoming persons of their quality and
+interest.
+
+_Qu._ There be among them very considerable persons, and wise men.
+
+_Wh._ Such an assembly requires such men, and their carriage showed them
+to be such; but, Madam, I expected that your Chancellor, after he spake
+with your Majesty, should, according to the course in our Parliaments,
+have declared, by your direction, the causes of the Council's being
+summoned.
+
+_Qu._ It belongs to the office of the Chancellor with us to do it; and
+when I called him to me, it was to desire him to do it.
+
+_Wh._ How then came it to pass that he did it not, when his place and
+your Majesty required it?
+
+_Qu._ He desired to be excused, and gave me this reason, that he had
+taken an oath to my father to use his utmost endeavour to keep the crown
+on my head, and that the cause of my calling this Diet was to have their
+consents for me to quit the Crown; that if he should make this
+proposition to them, it would be contrary to the oath which he had taken
+to my father, and therefore he could not do it.
+
+_Wh._ Did not your Majesty expect this answer?
+
+_Qu._ Not at all, but was wholly surprised by it; and when the Ricksdag
+were met, my Chancellor thus excusing himself, there was nobody appointed
+by me to declare to them the cause of their meeting; but rather than the
+Assembly should be put off, and nothing done, I plucked up my spirits the
+best I could, and spake to them on the sudden as you heard, although much
+to my disadvantage.
+
+_Wh._ Indeed, Madam, you were much surprised; and I cannot but wonder
+that you should have no intimation given you beforehand of your
+Chancellor's resolution; but your Majesty will pardon me if I believe it
+proved no disadvantage to you, when I had the honour to see and hear with
+how excellent a grace and how prince-like your Majesty, in so great an
+assembly and on a sudden, delivered your mind and purpose.
+
+_Qu._ You are apt to make the best construction of it; you see I did
+adventure upon it, remembering that they were my subjects, and I their
+Queen.
+
+_Wh._ Madam, you spake and acted like yourself, and were highly
+complimented by the several Marshals, but above all the rest by the
+honest boor.
+
+_Qu._ Was you so taken with his clownery?
+
+_Wh._ It seemed to me as pure and clear natural eloquence, without any
+forced strain, as could be expressed.
+
+_Qu._ Indeed there was little else but what was natural, and by a
+well-meaning man, who has understanding enough in his country way.
+
+_Wh._ Whosoever shall consider his matter more than his form will find
+that the man understands his business; and the garment or phrase
+wherewith he clothed his matter, though it was rustic, yet the variety
+and plain elegancy and reason could not but affect his auditors.
+
+_Qu._ I think he spake from his heart.
+
+_Wh._ I believe he did, and acted so too, especially when he wiped his
+eyes.
+
+_Qu._ He showed his affection to me in that posture more than greater men
+did in their spheres.
+
+_Wh._ Madam, we must look upon all men to work according to their present
+interest; and so I suppose do the great men here as well as elsewhere.
+
+_Qu._ Here I have had experience enough of such actings; I shall try what
+they do in other places, and content myself, however I shall find it.
+
+_Wh._ Your Majesty will not expect to find much difference in the humours
+of men, as to seeking themselves, and neglecting those from whom they
+have received favours.
+
+_Qu._ It will be no otherwise than what I am armed to bear and not to
+regard; but your particular respects I shall always remember with
+gratefulness.
+
+_Wh._ Your Majesty shall ever find me your faithful servant. Do you
+intend, Madam, to go from hence to Pomerland?
+
+_Qu._ My intentions are to go presently, after my resignation, to the
+Spa; but wheresoever I am, you have a true friend of me.
+
+_Wh._ There is no person alive more cordially your Majesty's servant than
+I am.
+
+_Qu._ I do believe it, or else I should not have communicated to you such
+things as I have done.
+
+_Wh._ Your Majesty hath therein expressed much confidence in me, which I
+hope shall never deceive you, however my want of abilities may not answer
+your Majesty's favours to me.
+
+_Qu._ I have no doubt of your faithfulness, and you have sufficiently
+manifested your abilities. Give me leave to trouble you with the company
+of a gentleman, my servant, whom I purpose to send over with you to
+England, to take care for those things which I desire to have from
+thence.
+
+_Wh._ He shall be very welcome to me and my company, and I shall give him
+my best assistance for your Majesty's service.
+
+_Qu._ I shall thank you for it, and command him to obey your directions.
+
+_Wh._ Madam, if you please to accept a set of black English horses for
+your coach, I shall take the boldness to send them to your stables; and
+pray your Majesty that the Master of your Horse may furnish me for my
+journey to Stockholm.
+
+_Qu._ I do thankfully accept your kindness, and all mine are at your
+service.
+
+_Wh._ I have interrupted your Majesty too long. I desired the favour of
+this opportunity to present my most humble thanks to your Majesty for all
+your noble favours to me and my company.
+
+_Qu._ I entreat your excuse for the meanness of my presents. I could not
+do therein what I desired, nor after your merit.
+
+_Wh._ Madam, there is nothing of my merit to be alleged; but your Majesty
+hath testified much honour to the Protector and Commonwealth whom I
+serve.
+
+_Qu._ England is a noble country, and your master is a gallant man. I
+desire you to assure him, on my part, of all affection and respect
+towards him.
+
+_Wh._ Your Majesty may be confident of the like from his Highness; and
+your humble servant will heartily pray for your Majesty's prosperity,
+wherever you are.
+
+_Qu._ I wish you a happy voyage and return to your own country.
+
+After he came from the Queen, Whitelocke met with the Baron Steinberg,
+Master of her Horse, whom he acquainted with what he had moved to her
+Majesty, and he was very forward to accommodate Whitelocke.
+
+[SN: Discourse with Grave Eric on the customs of Swedish nuptials.]
+
+From hence he went and visited Grave Eric Oxenstiern, who discoursed with
+him about the solemnity of the nuptials at Court, and asked him how he
+liked it.
+
+_Wh._ They were very noble; but I pray, my noble brother, instruct me
+what the meaning was of the dowry given by the bridegroom to the bride
+the next morning; and what do you call that dowry?
+
+_Gr. Eric._ By the ancient custom of this country, the next morning after
+the wedding-night the husband bestows upon his wife a gift of money
+according to his estate, to show how he is pleased with the cohabitation,
+and to make some provision, in case of his death before her, for the
+wife, and children which he shall have by her; and this we call a
+_morgen-gaven_--a morning's gift.
+
+_Wh._ The same word _morgen-gaven_ is in the old terms of our English
+laws, and expounded to signify a second dowry, and hath much affinity
+with this of yours and in that of your twelve witnesses who testified the
+contract of marriage and the _morgen-gaven_; to which our trials by
+twelve men, whom we call juries because they are sworn, are somewhat
+like, and they are so many witnesses as well as judges of the fact.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I believe your customs and ours had the same original.
+
+_Wh._ I find much resemblance between them and yours. What do you call
+the twelve that laid their hands on the spear?
+
+_Gr. Eric._ We call them the twelve witnesses (_les douze témoins_).
+
+_Wh._ What do you call the spear or pike which the gentleman held?
+
+_Gr. Eric._ We call it _weppun_.
+
+_Wh._ We have the same word, weapon, for all manner of arms and warlike
+instruments. What do you call the laying of their hands upon the spear?
+
+_Gr. Eric._ We call it _tack_,--_weppun-tack_, to touch the spear.
+
+_Wh._ We have also the word _tack_, for touching; and we have, in the
+northern parts of England, a particular precinct or territory which we
+call a Wapentake, and a territorial court of justice there which we call
+a Wapentake Court; and a very learned gentleman from whom I received
+letters in my last packet, Selden, derives the name of Wapentake from
+_weapon_ and _tack_; and saith they used to come to that court with their
+weapons, and to touch one another's weapons, from whence came the
+appellation of Wapentake.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ Tacitus observes that at the public assemblies and councils
+of the Germans, they used to meet with their weapons, and when anything
+was said that pleased them they would touch one another's spears or
+weapons, and thereby make a noise, to testify their consent and
+approbation.
+
+_Wh._ Your ceremony of laying down the spear at the feet of the bride
+puts me in mind of another passage in Tacitus, 'De Moribus Germanorum;'
+that when a man was married, he used to bring his arms and lay them at
+the feet of his bride, to signify that he would not take them up nor go
+forth to war, being newly married, without the leave of his wife, to whom
+he had now given the command of himself and of his arms.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ Our customs and those of the ancient Germans have much
+resemblance; but I never heard so good observations upon the ceremonies
+of a wedding as your Excellence hath made.
+
+_Wh._ I am delighted with these antiquities; but your Excellence shows
+your opinion to be that of a brother.
+
+From Grave Eric, Whitelocke went to visit the Senator Schütt, and Lynde,
+who lodged in one house, and met him at the door; and this day he made
+seven visits, besides his attendance upon the Queen, hastening to get
+over these matters of compliment and ceremony, that he might be upon his
+journey to Stockholm.
+
+
+_May 16, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke entertains a party of ladies.]
+
+Whitelocke visited General Douglas, who had been to visit him before, and
+now showed great respect unto him, and gave him many thanks for the
+English horse which Whitelocke had bestowed on him. After this,
+Whitelocke visited the Ricks-Admiral and the Senators Rosenhau and Bundt.
+
+In the afternoon he visited Woolfeldt, who brought Whitelocke into the
+room where his lady and other ladies of great quality were with her.
+Whitelocke imagined some design to be herein, because it was a thing so
+unusual to bring gentlemen and strangers into the company of their
+ladies; and it fell out to be so, for Whitelocke, discoursing with the
+Lady Woolfeldt, who spake perfect French, she complained that she knew
+not where to have a place to see the entry of the Prince into Upsal.
+Whitelocke knowing his house to be conveniently situate for that purpose,
+and understanding the lady's complaint, he, to free her from the danger
+of not seeing that solemnity, offered to her and to the rest of the
+ladies in her company, to command his house, which if they pleased to
+honour with their presence to see the entry of the Prince, he should take
+it as a great favour from their Excellencies; and the ladies readily
+accepted of his offer.
+
+They presently came to Whitelocke's house. With the Lady Woolfeldt was
+the Countess John Oxenstiern, the Countess Eric Oxenstiern, the Countess
+Tott, the Baroness Gildenstiern, and seven or eight other ladies of great
+quality. Before the Prince came into the town, Whitelocke caused a
+collation to be set on the table for the ladies, all after the English
+fashion, creams, tarts, butter, cheese, neats' tongues, potted venison,
+apples, pears, sweetmeats, and excellent wine. They ate heartily, and
+seemed to be much pleased with it and with the Ambassador's discourse,
+who strove to be cheerful with the ladies, and found it not unacceptable
+to them.
+
+[SN: The entry of the Prince.]
+
+The Prince's entry and reception into Upsal this evening was thus:--The
+day before, by the Queen's command, notice was given to all the senators,
+the nobility, gentry, and persons of quality about the Court and in town,
+to come in their best equipage on horseback, at one o'clock this
+afternoon to the castle, to attend the Queen on her going out to meet the
+Prince. They accordingly resorted to the Court, a very great number, and
+attended the Queen forth in this order, all passing and returning by
+Whitelocke's window. First, Major-General Wrangel marched in the head of
+four troops of horse of Upland, proper men and well armed, their horses
+not tall but strong; every horseman carried ready in his hand one of his
+pistols, and his sword by his side, and most of them were well habited.
+Then marched Colonel Bengt Horne in the head of the gentlemen and
+servants of the senators and other volunteers, marching three and three
+abreast. After these rode about six of the Queen's kettle-drums and
+twelve trumpets. Then came Mr. Eric Flemming, Governor of Copperberg,
+Marshal of the Nobility, followed by the heads of the families of the
+nobles in the same order as they are matriculated in the Ricksdag. They
+were generally very rich in clothes and well horsed, lords and gentlemen
+of principal note and consideration in their country, and members of the
+Ricksdag; they also rode three and three abreast. After them rode Mr.
+Gabriel Gabrielson, Marshal of the Court, and was followed by all the
+senators then in town, being about thirty, riding two and two abreast,
+grave in their habits for the most part, and well horsed. Then came the
+Ricks-Stallmaster and the Hof-Stallmaster--that is, the Master of the
+Horse of the Kingdom, and the Master of the Horse of the Court--riding
+bareheaded. After them came the Queen, gallantly mounted, habited in her
+usual fashion in grey stuff, her hat on her head, her pistols at her
+saddle-bow, and twenty-four of the Gardes-du-Corps about her person.
+After the Queen followed the Great Chamberlain, Grave Jacob de la Gardie,
+and Grave Tott, Captain of the Guards, both bareheaded. After them the
+Grave Donae, Gustavus Oxenstiern, and Gustavus Jean Banier, riding
+bareheaded. Then rode all the gentlemen of the Queen's chamber, then the
+pages of her chamber. After them, in the last place, marched Colonel
+Line, in the head of four companies of the Guards, well armed, and
+indifferently well habited.
+
+In this order they marched about half a league out of town, to the place
+appointed to meet the Prince, who was there attending. When they came
+thither, Major-General Wrangel marched to the left, leaving sufficient
+room that the Guards might pass to the right hand, the volunteers and
+Queen's servants likewise turned to the left hand, and the Marshal of the
+Nobility to the right, with the Hof-Marshals; and all this train kept
+excellent order and discipline, as did the Prince's train, which was also
+very great.
+
+The Prince was alighted from his horse before the Queen came very near
+to him. When the Queen alighted, all the senators likewise alighted from
+their horses, but the nobility did not alight from horseback. After his
+Royal Highness had kissed the Queen's hand, she discoursed a little with
+him, he being bareheaded all the time, and showing great respect to her
+as to his Queen. Then the Queen mounted again on horseback, the Prince
+waiting on her. The troops marched back to the town in the same order as
+they came forth, with great addition to their numbers. The Prince's
+gentlemen and servants, who were a great number, fell into the troop
+where those of the Queen were, betwixt her gentlemen and the senators'
+gentlemen,--his pages after the Queen's. Himself rode after the Queen,
+and sometimes she would call him (as she did in the street) to speak with
+him, and then he rode even with her, but all the way bareheaded whilst he
+rode by the Queen and she talked with him.
+
+The Prince was in a plain grey cloth suit of a light colour, mounted upon
+a very brave grey horse, with pistols at his saddle and his sword by his
+side. The Queen's lacqueys were in rich yellow liveries; the Prince's
+lacqueys in blue liveries, near twenty, walking by them. There were many
+led horses of the Queen's and of the Prince's, and seven or eight
+sumpter-horses of the Prince's; the sumpter-clothes all of blue velvet,
+with the Prince's arms embroidered on them, and rich silver fringe about
+them; the grooms and sumpter-men in the same livery, about twenty of
+them.
+
+In this equipage they marched through the streets of Upsal, multitudes of
+people being spectators of their entry in the ways and windows. When
+they came to the Castle court, the nobility and volunteers alighted, and
+walked two and two before the Queen up into the great hall and to the
+antechamber; and the Queen being come into her withdrawing-room, after
+some little discourse there with the Prince and compliments passed, he
+went to the lodgings prepared for him, with not a few waiting on him who
+was the rising sun.
+
+Whitelocke had spoken to the master of the ceremonies touching the
+saluting of the Prince and the manner of his reception, whereof he wished
+to know somewhat beforehand, to govern himself accordingly, and to avoid
+any indignity or dishonour to be put upon the Protector and Commonwealth
+by his person. The master having spoken to the Prince about it, brought
+word now to Whitelocke, that when he moved his Royal Highness touching
+Whitelocke's reception, the Prince said that the English Ambassador
+should have no cause to complain of any want of respect in his reception.
+The more to manifest this, about ten o'clock this evening, the Prince
+sent one of the gentlemen of his bedchamber, who came attended with three
+lacqueys, and spake to Whitelocke in French, that the Prince, his master,
+commanded him to salute Whitelocke in his name, and to inform him of the
+Prince's arrival in this place, and that it was a great satisfaction to
+him to hope that he should have the contentment to see the English
+Ambassador, and to entertain him before his departure from Sweden.
+
+Whitelocke desired that his thanks might be returned to his Royal
+Highness for this honour, and that he hoped to obtain from him the favour
+to give him leave to salute him and to kiss his hand; that to do this on
+the part of the Protector, his master, was at present the only occasion
+of Whitelocke's continuance in this place; and for this end he had moved
+the master of the ceremonies to know the pleasure of his Royal Highness,
+and to inform Whitelocke what time might be convenient to wait upon the
+Prince. The gentleman replied, that Whitelocke's company would be very
+acceptable to the Prince his master, and he doubted not but an account
+would be given thereof to Whitelocke to his full contentment.
+
+Whitelocke had sent this day to Grave John Oxenstiern, to know what time
+he might give him a visit; and the Grave returned a proud answer, that it
+would not yet be convenient.
+
+
+_May 17, 1654._
+
+The Resident of Holland came to visit Whitelocke near dinner-time, which
+gave him occasion to invite his stay; and he and Sir G. Fleetwood, Mr.
+Bloome, Colonel Hambleton, Monsieur Lyllicrone, and two Dutch gentlemen,
+did Whitelocke the favour to be at his table. Whitelocke gave the
+Resident the respect of the upper end of the table, as he had formerly
+done to the French and Spanish Residents; and the Dutch gentleman was
+well pleased with it, and with the English entertainment.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's audience of the Prince.]
+
+Whitelocke, having received so great a respect from the Prince, did again
+desire the master of the ceremonies to know what time might suit with the
+Prince's leisure to give Whitelocke leave to wait on him. This afternoon
+the master came to Whitelocke, and informed him that the Prince had
+appointed four o'clock this afternoon to give Whitelocke audience, and
+the master said that he would come with the Queen's coaches to bring
+Whitelocke to the castle when it was time; and accordingly he came
+between five and six o'clock this evening. Whitelocke and his company
+went with the master to the castle, and as soon as he was alighted out of
+his coach, he was received by the Marshal and gentlemen of the Prince, a
+great number of them, at the foot of the stairs; some of them were very
+richly habited. They walked first up the stairs, and those of
+Whitelocke's train followed them; the master of the ceremonies was on
+Whitelocke's left hand. When they came to the guard-chamber, the Prince
+in person came thither to receive Whitelocke at the door thereof, the
+same place where the Captain of the Queen's Guard used to meet and
+receive Whitelocke, who was a little surprised, not expecting such a high
+favour as to be met by the Prince so far from the room of audience.
+
+The Prince was plain, in his habit of black silk, accompanied by a great
+number of the senators, officers, and nobility, which caused Whitelocke
+to know him, and with due respect to salute him, as he did Whitelocke;
+and after a few compliments between them, the Prince desired Whitelocke
+to advance, who excused himself, but the Prince pressed it; the contest
+was almost half an hour who should go first, till the master of the
+ceremonies, by command of the Prince, whispered to Whitelocke to give way
+to the pleasure of the Prince, who was resolved to give Whitelocke the
+precedence, thereby to testify the great respect and honour which he had
+for the Protector, and for Whitelocke his servant. Thereupon Whitelocke
+said to the Prince, that since he understood it to be the pleasure of his
+Royal Highness, he would obey his commands; and so they went on
+together, the Prince giving Whitelocke the right hand; and there was no
+occasion (by reason of the largeness of the doors) for one to go before
+the other.
+
+In the third room from the place where the Prince met Whitelocke was the
+audience chamber; there were set two rich chairs upon foot-carpets one
+against the other under a canopy of state; here was also much ceremony
+between the Prince and Whitelocke, who should take the right-hand chair;
+but the Prince would have Whitelocke to sit there; and the room was full
+of senators, officers, noblemen, courtiers, and others of quality.
+
+Whitelocke had advised in what language to speak to the Prince. He held
+it not fit to speak in English, because he came not to him as ambassador,
+nor in Latin, there being nothing of treaty between them; but being a
+matter of ceremony, he was advised and informed that it was the Prince's
+desire that Whitelocke should speak to him in French, the which he
+understood very well: and accordingly, being both set, and their hats on,
+after a little pause Whitelocke put off his hat, and then the Prince did
+so likewise; then both putting on their hats again, Whitelocke spake to
+the Prince to this effect:--
+
+    "Monseigneur,
+
+   "Je répute à grand bonheur l'opportunité qui m'est présentée de
+   baiser les mains de votre Altesse Royale, et la saluer de la part de
+   Monseigneur le Protecteur de la République d'Angleterre, d'Écosse, et
+   d'Irelande, avant mon départ de ce royaume; ce que j'eusse fait plus
+   tôt et en autre lieu, sinon que la nécessité d'attendre l'issue de ce
+   qui m'a été donné en charge m'en avait empêché: mais depuis sa
+   conclusion, j'ai tardé exprès pour ajouter à ma satisfaction celle
+   d'avoir rendu mes devoirs à votre Altesse Royale, et lui témoigner
+   l'amitié et les respects de sa Sérénissime Altesse mon maître."
+
+After Whitelocke had done speaking the Prince staid a little time, and
+then in French answered him to this purpose:--
+
+    "Monseigneur l'Ambassadeur,
+
+    "Ce m'aurait été un grand trouble si, après la conclusion de vos
+    affaires en cette cour, vous aviez été dans l'inconvénience
+    d'attendre mon arrivée en cette place; je suis bien aise de me
+    trouver ici devant votre départ de ce pays, qui m'a donné le
+    contentement de vous connaître, et l'occasion de témoigner le grand
+    respect que j'ai à Monseigneur le Protecteur et à la République que
+    vous servez, et je reçois beaucoup de satisfaction qu'une amitié et
+    alliance soit contractée entre ce royaume et votre République, de
+    laquelle j'espère et crois qu'elle sera pour le bien des deux
+    nations, et pour l'intérêt des Protestants.
+
+    "Il n'y a personne qui a plus d'estime de Monseigneur le Protecteur
+    que moi, et de votre République; et j'ai tant entendu de votre
+    honorable et prudent maniement des affaires que vous aviez ici, que
+    ce m'a fait désirer de vous connaître et d'avoir l'opportunité de
+    converser avec vous, que vous m'avez présentement alloué, et je vous
+    en remercie, et pour les respects de Monseigneur le Protecteur,
+    qu'il vous a plu me présenter en son nom, et qui me sont fort
+    agréables."
+
+After the speeches were ended, the Prince spake to Whitelocke to go with
+him into his cabinet, which he did, and staid discoursing with him there
+above an hour together, all the company staying in the outer room. They
+soon fell into a freedom of discourse, but at this time chiefly
+concerning the affairs of England, the peace with the Dutch, and the
+English fleet now at sea; also somewhat in particular to the Protector,
+his management of affairs, and of their late troubles; in all which
+Whitelocke endeavoured to give the Prince satisfaction, without doing
+injury to any one. The Prince brought Whitelocke back again to the same
+place where he met him; and his servants went with him to his coach, and
+the Master of the Ceremonies brought him to his own house.
+
+After Whitelocke was returned home, Lagerfeldt came to him, and told him
+that the Prince was very much pleased with the discourse between them,
+and with Whitelocke's deportment; and Lagerfeldt said he believed that
+the Prince would visit Whitelocke tomorrow; who said he could not expect
+such an honour, but was glad that anything of his discourse was grateful
+to his Royal Highness.
+
+Lagerfeldt informed Whitelocke that Grave Eric and Lagerfeldt were to go
+to Stockholm upon some public occasions by command of the Ricksdag.
+Whitelocke asked him what the business was; but Lagerfeldt was not
+forward to declare it, nor Whitelocke to press it; but he learned from
+another that the Ricksdag had deputed two of every State to go to
+Stockholm to extract out of the public records and acts the special
+privileges granted to the people at the coronation of any king, and of
+the present Queen, which they judged fit to be now considered and
+ratified before the coronation of their new King. They were also to bring
+hither the acts of the Ricksdag when the Prince was declared heir of the
+crown, and such other things as pertained to this business. Whitelocke
+desired Lagerfeldt to do somewhat for him at Stockholm touching the
+sending away of his copper from thence for England.
+
+
+_May 18, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Ladies' message to Whitelocke.]
+
+The ladies who were at Whitelocke's house to see the entry of the Prince,
+sent thanks to Whitelocke for his noble treatment of them, which was done
+by Woolfeldt and the master of the ceremonies, whom Whitelocke desired to
+make his excuse to the ladies, and to intercede with them to pardon the
+affront which Whitelocke had put upon them by entertaining such noble
+ladies with so mean a collation. The master said he durst not deliver any
+such message to them, who were so well pleased with Whitelocke's
+treatment of them; which appeared the more, in that the Lady Woolfeldt
+sent to him to bestow upon her, being great with child, some of his
+English cheese. Whitelocke sent her all he had left, and to other ladies
+what they desired, his English sweetmeats and other cakes, which with
+them were of great esteem.
+
+[SN: The Prince visits Whitelocke.]
+
+Whitelocke having this forenoon visited several Senators and great Lords,
+and being returned home, a servant of the Prince, a Baron of great
+esteem, came to him from the Prince, to know if Whitelocke's leisure
+would permit to receive a visit from his Royal Highness in the afternoon.
+Whereunto Whitelocke answered, that if the Prince had any service to
+command him, he would wait upon his Royal Highness at his Court; the
+Baron replied, that the Prince intended a visit to Whitelocke at
+Whitelocke's house, who said he could not expect nor admit of such a
+condescension in the Prince and high favour to him, but that he would
+wait upon the Prince in the afternoon. The Baron said that must not be,
+but that it was the resolution of the Prince to testify that
+extraordinary respect to the Protector and to Whitelocke, as to come in
+person to visit Whitelocke at his own house; who said, that if it were
+the pleasure of the Prince to have it so, he should attend the receiving
+of that great honour at such a time as his Royal Highness should think
+fit to afford it to him.
+
+Woolfeldt, and Douglas, and several others, being with Whitelocke at
+dinner, they discoursed of this extraordinary high respect of the Prince
+to the Protector and to Whitelocke, and said that it was partly
+occasioned by the exceptions taken by the public Ministers in this Court
+at the reception which the Prince gave unto Whitelocke yesterday beyond
+what he used to afford them of respect and honour; and this coming to the
+Prince's ear, he said that if they were offended with him for that, he
+would yet give them further cause of being displeased, and thereupon sent
+to Whitelocke that he would this afternoon visit him; they also informed
+Whitelocke, as Lagerfeldt had done, that the Prince was much satisfied
+with the discourse of Whitelocke, and his demeanour.
+
+About three o'clock in the afternoon the Prince came to Whitelocke's
+house, attended with a very great train. He was in one of the Queen's
+coaches, which was followed by several of his own coaches, all with six
+horses apiece, and sundry gentlemen on horseback, with the principal
+officers of the Court and of the army, besides his own gentlemen,
+officers, servants, pages, and lacqueys to a great number, waiting on
+him. It fell out to be on the day of a fair, kept in the open place
+before Whitelocke's house, so that, with the people coming to the fair,
+and the Prince's train, the streets were exceedingly crowded.
+
+As the Prince alighted out of his coach, Whitelocke was there to receive
+him, all the gentlemen of Whitelocke's train attending on him, and his
+servants in livery making a lane, about twenty on each hand, from the
+Prince's coach to Whitelocke's house, through which the Prince and he
+passed, Whitelocke giving the Prince the right hand, which he scrupled
+not to take in that place. They went together covered into Whitelocke's
+house, sat down in his bedchamber, and fell into much freedom of
+discourse for above two hours together. In the meantime the lords and
+gentlemen of the Prince's train being in several other rooms, according
+to their respective qualities, Whitelocke had taken order to be
+entertained by his officers and servants, not only with discourse, but
+with good wine brought from England, and such collation as was then to be
+had and was pleasing to them.
+
+The Prince and Whitelocke had variety of discourses; and Whitelocke
+looking upon this as an opportunity whereby he might speak in such things
+as might tend to the honour of God, and which his own subjects perhaps
+would not so plainly make known to him, Whitelocke used the more freedom,
+and part of their discourse was--
+
+_Prince._ I am very glad that your affairs have permitted you a stay in
+this place so long as to give me the opportunity of your company, wherein
+I take much contentment.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Your Royal Highness doth very much honour me in esteeming
+my company worth your notice, and herein you are pleased to testify great
+respect to the Protector, my master, and to the Commonwealth whom I
+serve.
+
+_Pr._ I have a very true honour for the Protector, and for England,
+where I have been, and account it one of the best countries in the world.
+
+_Wh._ It is indeed, Sir, a very good country, and honoured by your
+knowledge of it and having been upon it.
+
+_Pr._ But I doubt that by your late troubles it may be much damaged.
+
+_Wh._ Truly, Sir, God hath so ordered it that those desolations which
+usually attend on war, especially a civil war, have not been so much in
+our country as others have felt who have been plunged in those miseries.
+
+_Pr._ It is a great blessing to you, especially considering your change
+hath been so great and your troubles so lasting.
+
+_Wh._ Our troubles endured a long time, but, blessed be God, at present
+we enjoy peace and settlement after our changes. The discourse here is
+now altogether of the voluntary change like to be in your Highness's
+country.
+
+_Pr._ Her Majesty is pleased to take a resolution to resign her
+government, and I am commanded hither upon that occasion, though
+altogether unsought for by me.
+
+_Wh._ You are, Sir, every way worthy of it, and the more for not seeking
+it; and being the will of God is to bring you to such an increase of
+power as to the royal dignity, it will turn most to your own and your
+people's good, to employ your power to the honour of Him that gives it,
+and to prefer His service by whom kings reign before any other
+concernments.
+
+_Pr._ I must acknowledge that throughout the whole course of my life God
+hath been very good to me, and I am the more engaged to honour Him and to
+do Him service in any station wherein he shall be pleased to set me.
+
+_Wh._ Your Royal Highness will be pleased to pardon my freedom of
+speaking to you what I understand may be most for the honour of God and
+your service.
+
+_Pr._ Such discourse is most pleasing to me, especially from a person of
+such piety and honour as I esteem you to be, and who can have no private
+ends thereby.
+
+_Wh._ We have observed in England, and it is so everywhere, that the
+blessing of God follows those that serve Him.
+
+_Pr._ That is a true rule; but our service must be in heart, and not in
+profession or outward show only.
+
+_Wh._ It is true that the enemies of the Parliament use to reproach them
+with hypocrisy in their profession of religion and with their preaching
+to their soldiers; yet that our profession is real doth appear somewhat
+in this, that the blessing of God hath accompanied our profession and our
+practice; and when our enemies are in debauchery and injuring the people,
+our officers and soldiers meet together, exhorting one another out of the
+Scripture and praying together, and God hath given His blessing
+thereupon.
+
+_Pr._ I do very well approve that course, and your profession and
+practice in matters of religion; but we hear of too much difference of
+opinion among you in those matters.
+
+_Wh._ We have indeed too much difference of opinion among us in matters
+of religion; but yet the public peace is not broken, but carefully
+preserved.
+
+_Pr._ But if there be not a uniformity among you in those matters, your
+peace will be endangered.
+
+_Wh._ We do not yet find that danger; and we look upon it as a liberty
+due to all Christians to take what way of worship they think best for the
+good of their own souls.
+
+_Pr._ Suppose the way they take be not agreeable to the Word of God?
+
+_Wh._ The consequence thereof will be their own misery.
+
+_Pr._ But should not the magistrate lead them and constrain them in the
+right way?
+
+_Wh._ We hold the better way to be, by meek exhortations and instructions
+to endeavour to reclaim them from any error, and not by force to compel
+men's consciences, as is used in these parts.
+
+_Pr._ What if mild means will not work upon them?
+
+_Wh._ They will have the worst of it; but as long as they do not break
+the public peace, it is hard for the magistrate imperiously to command
+and force his brethren to worship God after his opinion; and it is not
+imaginable that he should take more care of men's souls than they
+themselves, whose consciences ought to be free.
+
+_Pr._ We are somewhat strict in this point in our country.
+
+_Wh._ But I have heard that your Royal Highness hath shown moderation,
+and indulged this liberty, in other countries where you commanded.
+
+_Pr._ I did not think fit to be so severe in this point in Germany as we
+are in Sweden.
+
+_Wh._ I think your Highness did therein according to the mind of God, who
+will not have a restraint upon His children in the worship of Him; and I
+hope you will in time take off the severity of your laws here in this
+particular.
+
+_Pr._ I am no friend to severity of laws upon men's consciences; but
+reformation among us is not soon to be brought about, where there hath
+been a long usage of the contrary.
+
+_Wh._ In England we have of late obtained great reformation in many
+things, particularly touching the observation of the Lord's Day; and
+pardon me, Sir, if I wish the like reformation in this kingdom, and that
+the Lord's Day were not so much neglected, nay profaned, as I have seen
+in this place. I hope and humbly advise your Royal Highness that, when
+God shall place you in the sovereignty over this people, you will take
+care to provide a remedy and reformation herein, and also of that sin of
+excessive drinking and swearing with which the people are so much
+infected, and which may cause a fear lest the anger of God should go
+forth against this nation; but it will be very much in your power to
+apply a fit remedy to these evils, and doubtless God will require it at
+your hands, as his vicegerent.
+
+_Pr._ I have not heard many soldiers discourse in this strain; but I like
+it well, and it becomes you; and I hope God will assist me, if He shall
+call me to the government of this people, to acquit my duty to Him and to
+His people for the restraining of these sins, which I acknowledge are too
+common among us.
+
+_Wh._ In doing so, you will render service to God, and find His blessing
+to accompany such most pious, most honourable, and truly royal
+endeavours; and I hope your Highness will not think amiss of this liberty
+which your servant hath taken, to speak to you of these things.
+
+_Pr._ I am so far from thinking amiss of it or taking in ill part what
+you have said to me, that I do most heartily thank you for it, and do
+promise that I shall be mindful to put in practice the good counsel you
+have given me, as soon as it shall please God to give me an opportunity
+for it, and that the temper of this people will bear it; being convinced
+of the duty which lies upon me herein, and the service and honour which
+will thereby be done to God and to the people of this kingdom, both in
+respect to their temporal and eternal estate.
+
+_Wh._ I am very glad to find your Royal Highness so sensible hereof, and
+shall humbly and earnestly leave it to your thoughts.
+
+_Pr._ I hope I shall not forget it.[268]
+
+They had other discourse touching the princes and states of Christendom,
+particularly of the House of Austria, and of the design of the Papists
+against the Protestants, the which, and the increase of the interest of
+Rome, Whitelocke said could not be better prevented than by a conjunction
+of the Protestants; to which the Prince fully agreed. The Prince took
+his leave of Whitelocke with very great respect and civility.
+
+After the Prince was gone, there came to Whitelocke Grave Eric Oxenstiern
+and Lagerfeldt, to take their leaves of Whitelocke, they being to go to
+Stockholm by command of the Ricksdag; and Grave Eric gave unto Whitelocke
+a paper, in French, of damage sustained by a Swedish ship taken and
+brought into London, which he recommended to Whitelocke to be a means
+that satisfaction might be procured.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke goes to a running at the ring.]
+
+Whitelocke being informed that now at the Court, among other solemnities
+and entertainments to welcome the Prince, the gallants used the exercise
+and recreation of running at the ring, a pleasure noble and useful as to
+military affairs, improving horsemanship, and teaching the guidance of
+the lance, a weapon still used by horsemen in these parts of the world;
+this generous exercise having been in use in England in Whitelocke's
+memory, who had seen the lords, in presence of the King and Queen and a
+multitude of spectators, in the tilt-yards at Whitehall and at St.
+James's House, where the King, when he was Prince, used also that
+recreation: it made Whitelocke the more desirous to see the same again,
+and whether, as they used it here, it were the same with that he had
+seen in England. He went _incognito_ in the coach of General Douglas,
+without any of his train, to the place where the running at the ring was.
+He would not go into the room where the Queen and Prince and great lords
+were, but sat below in a room where the judges of the course were, with
+divers other gentlemen, who, though they knew Whitelocke very well, yet
+seeing him cast his cloak over his shoulder, as desiring not to be known,
+they would take no notice of him--a civility in these and other countries
+usual.
+
+The Senator Vanderlin, Grave Tott, and the Baron Steinberg were the
+challengers to all the rest; and of the other part were Marshal Wrangel,
+Grave Jacob de la Gardie, and nine or ten others. All were well mounted;
+Wrangel upon an English horse, given him by Whitelocke. Their clothes,
+scarfs, feathers, and all accoutrements, both of men and horse, were very
+gallant. They ran for a prize which the Queen had ordained, and they
+comported themselves with much activeness and bravery; and it was the
+same exercise which Whitelocke had formerly seen in his own country.
+
+
+_May 19, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Sound Dues.]
+
+Woolfeldt visited Whitelocke in the morning, and brought with him a paper
+concerning the Sound, written in French with his own hand, wherein he
+showed much affection to the Protector and to England, and as much
+distaste to his own country. The paper Whitelocke laid up, and
+transcribed in a larger treatise.
+
+[SN: Effect of the Prince's visit.]
+
+Woolfeldt acquainted Whitelocke that the public ministers in this Court
+discoursed much of the extraordinary respect showed by the Prince to the
+English Ambassador, both in his reception and the Prince's visit to him.
+And particularly the Danish Ambassador was greatly discontented, and said
+that never any ambassador had that honour done him before, and it was so
+far beyond what he had received that he knew not how to bear it; that the
+entertainment of public ministers of the same character ought to be with
+the same ceremony, and not one to be preferred so much as the English
+Ambassador had been before others of equal quality with him, and much
+matter of complaint of that nature; which being reported to the Prince,
+he said that neither the Danish Ambassador nor any other public minister
+had cause to complain that he had not given them the respect due to their
+several qualities; and if he, out of a particular affection to the
+English Protector and Ambassador, had a mind to express more than
+ordinary particular respects to them, it was no wrong or cause of
+complaint to any other public minister, who had what was due to him,
+because another had perhaps more than was due to him; and he said he
+understood not why his condition should render him less capable than
+other gentlemen to show particular respects where they did bear a
+particular affection.
+
+General Douglas, a Scottish gentleman in great favour and honour in this
+country, came late this year to the Court, being hindered by a violent
+ague upon his coming hither. He made frequent visits to Whitelocke, and
+expressed much of respect and civility to him as his countryman.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke dines with General Douglas.]
+
+This day Whitelocke was to dine with Douglas by a solemn invitation; and
+during the whole time of his residence in this Court he never was invited
+to any of their tables, but now to Douglas, and before to Grave Eric,
+notwithstanding the freedom of his table to most of them. With Whitelocke
+were invited his two sons, Potley, Beake, and Croke. There they met Grave
+John Oxenstiern, Wrangel, Wittenberg, Bundt, Horne, Vanderlin, Colonel
+Bannier, and one of the Prince's servants. Of these that thus met, nine
+had been in commission as generals, two of the English and of the Swedes
+seven, which was noted as very observable. They sat at table in the same
+manner as they did at Grave Eric's entertainment, Whitelocke in the midst
+of the table, the company in their ranks on either side, and all the
+dinner they sat bare.
+
+The entertainment was very high and noble, as could be had in this place,
+and four courses very full, which made a long dinner, in which time
+Whitelocke was solicited often to begin and pledge healths, which he
+would not do, but left others to their liberty, as he desired his. The
+healths they drank among themselves were in large beer-glasses of sack,
+which made them discourse the more freely; and most of it was of England
+and the late troubles there, of particular passages of the war, of
+Scotland, of the fleet now at sea, and the Dutch treaty; in all which
+Whitelocke gave them some satisfaction, as they did to him touching the
+Queen's resignation, the present Ricksdag, and the new King's coronation.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke receives a jewel from the Prince.]
+
+The same gentleman who had been before from the Prince with Whitelocke, a
+Baron of great account, first gentleman of the Prince's bedchamber, a
+proper, well accomplished person, came to Whitelocke by command of the
+Prince, with remembrance of his Highness's hearty respects and affection
+to Whitelocke. After some compliments passed, the Baron took out of his
+pocket a little box of crimson velvet, and told Whitelocke that his Royal
+Highness had commanded him to present to Whitelocke that token of the
+Prince's love and respects to him, and, opening the box, showed to
+Whitelocke a noble jewel, a case of gold enamelled, the one side of it
+set thick all over with diamonds, some of them fair ones, and on the
+other side was the Prince's picture, lively and well taken.
+
+The Baron said to Whitelocke that the Prince desired his excuse because
+in so short a time he could not procure a better present, but he desired
+Whitelocke to accept of this as a testimony of his affection to him.
+Whitelocke answered, that he had not merited so much favour from his
+Royal Highness, but desired the Baron to return his hearty thanks to the
+Prince, which he would also do himself when he had the honour to come in
+his presence.
+
+[SN: Account of presents made by Whitelocke.]
+
+Upon this occasion Whitelocke took account of the presents which he had
+in this Court, besides the several and many gratuities and rewards which
+he had formerly bestowed on many of the Queen's inferior servants, as
+musicians, guards, pages, lacqueys, trumpets, coachmen, wardrobe men, and
+others; to whom he had been liberal, to a considerable sum, necessary in
+his judgement to be done for the honour of his nation, and agreeable to
+what had been constantly by ambassadors there before him.
+
+Besides these smaller matters, first he sent to the Queen eight black
+English horses, very handsome, large, brave, and useful horses for the
+coach, and now in good case; four saddle-horses he had formerly
+presented to her, all of them were in this place worth to be sold £1000.
+The looking-glass which he gave the Queen when she was his Valentine was
+worth £100, besides an English Bible richly bound, English stuffs, a
+cabinet of spirits, and other smaller presents. The Queen's officers gave
+no reward to Whitelocke's gentleman of his horse, the clerk of his
+stable, or to his coachman and people that carried them, though it was
+presumed that the Queen had ordered it, as she had done upon other the
+like occasions.
+
+To the Prince Whitelocke presented seven bay English horses, very
+handsome and serviceable for the coach; for which the Prince returned
+many thanks, being most acceptable to him, as he expressed, and sent a
+chain of gold of the value of two hundred ducats to Captain Crispe,
+yeoman of Whitelocke's stables, and twenty-five ducats to the servants of
+Whitelocke's stable. To the Prince, Whitelocke also presented a young
+English gelding of Fenwicke's breed, very handsome and mettlesome; the
+more esteemed by Whitelocke, and afterwards by the Prince, when he heard
+that it had been given to Whitelocke by his General.
+
+To the old Chancellor Whitelocke presented a hogshead of good Canary
+wine, and a sober, handsome, strong, well-paced English pad nag, and one
+of his richest saddles. To Wrangel he gave an English gelding; to Tott
+another; to Wittenberg another; to Steinberg another; to Douglas another;
+and to such of the great men as the Queen directed. To Lagerfeldt he gave
+a clock, excellently made, which he used to have constantly with him.
+
+To Secretary Canterstein he sent his secretary Earle with a silver
+standish, curiously wrought; at sight of which Canterstein seemed much
+discontented, till Earle showed him the manner of opening the standish,
+and in it forty pieces of English gold, of jacobuses, which made the
+present very acceptable. In like manner Whitelocke sent to the master of
+the ceremonies an English beaver hat, with a gold hatband, and a pair of
+rich English gloves; at which the Master seemed offended, saying that
+ambassadors used to send better presents to the master of ceremonies; but
+being desired to try if the gloves would fit him, he found therein forty
+twenty-shilling pieces of English gold, and thereby much satisfaction in
+the present.
+
+To Grave Eric's lady Whitelocke presented a clock of the new make, to
+hang by the wall, set in ebony, with rich studs of silver. To "la Belle
+Comtesse," the Lady Jane Ruthven and other ladies, he presented English
+gloves, ribbons, silk stockings, and the like, which are of great account
+with them.
+
+All the presents given away by Whitelocke in this court were estimated
+above £3000, and the jewels and copper bestowed on him were near the same
+value; so that none could accuse him to be a receiver of rewards, or that
+he had enriched himself by this employment.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke takes leave of the Prince and exhorts him.]
+
+Whitelocke had desired this day another audience of the Prince to take
+his leave; and towards the evening the master of the ceremonies came with
+two of the Queen's coaches and brought Whitelocke to the Prince's
+lodging, who received him with the like or greater respect than he had
+done before. They went directly together to the Prince's cabinet, where
+two chairs were set. They discoursed about half an hour upon the same
+subjects as their last discourse was; and now also Whitelocke earnestly
+advised the Prince to those things which would tend to the honour of God
+and to the reformation of disorders, drunkenness, swearing, and
+profanation of the Lord's Day, which Whitelocke told him God would
+require at his hands to see reformed when he should be called to the
+government of this kingdom, with much to the like effect; esteeming it
+seasonable for him to take this opportunity of pressing these things to
+the Prince, as he also did liberty of conscience, and what he hoped was
+for promoting the interest of Christ in these countries. The Prince gave
+good ear to these things, and seemed sensible of what was said to him;
+and by his answers gave hopes that when he should come to the opportunity
+he would endeavour the reformation of those great reigning sins in his
+country, whereof he professed his own detestation.
+
+Whitelocke going to take his leave, the Prince desired him to stay
+longer, as pleased with the discourse on this subject; but Whitelocke was
+desired by the master of the ceremonies not to continue longer with the
+Prince, because the Queen staid within purposely for Whitelocke's coming
+to her. At his parting the Prince desired Whitelocke to testify his
+respects to the Protector and Commonwealth of England; and told
+Whitelocke that he might assure himself of a most entire affection to his
+person from the Prince, who wished him a happy return to his own country.
+
+[SN: Visits the Queen, to take leave;]
+
+From the Prince Whitelocke made a visit to the Queen. Grave Tott
+conducted him to her bedchamber, where they discoursed about half an hour
+touching her Majesty's affairs. She again mentioned her purpose of going
+to the Spa, and to go thither by land; she desired Whitelocke not to
+speak much of it; she said that perhaps she might yet see him at
+Stockholm, but, if she did not, that she would write a letter to the
+Protector, and send it thither to Whitelocke, upon the subject of which
+they had formerly spoken.
+
+Whitelocke advised her, as he had done before, and promised to take care
+of her letter to the Protector, and to improve his interest the best he
+could for effecting what her Majesty desired, in case there should be
+occasion for it. She thanked Whitelocke for his advice, wherewith she
+seemed to be pleased, and resolved to observe it; and expressed very
+great respect and affection to the Protector and to Whitelocke, whom she
+desired to assure the Protector in her Majesty's name of the sincere
+affection and honour which she did bear him, and which she should
+continue, in whatsoever condition she should be. She wished Whitelocke a
+happy voyage, and with many compliments, full of great respect and
+civility, but not so cheerful as formerly; she twice gave him her hand to
+kiss, and so took leave of him.
+
+[SN: and the Chancellor.]
+
+From the Court Whitelocke went and visited the Chancellor, and delivered
+to him (what he had before promised and was put in mind to do) an
+engagement under his hand to procure a supply of the defect of power,
+which they excepted to in his commission. The engagement was thus:--
+
+    "Polliceor plenam me mihi potentiam ac facultatem procuraturum à sua
+    Serenissima Celsitudine Domino meo, Domino Protectore Reipublicæ
+    Angliæ, Scotiæ, et Hiberniæ, intra trimestre spatium, ab appulsu
+    meo in quemlibet portum Angliæ, ad supplendum qualemcunque defectum
+    facultatis ac potentiæ mihi antehac datæ, ad tractandum cum
+    Serenissima Majestate sua Regina Sueciæ aut commissariis suis, et ad
+    rata habenda omnia, quæ inter Majestatem suam vel suos commissarios
+    et me conclusa fuerint. Datum Upsaliæ 18^o Maii, anno Domini 1654.
+
+                                           "BULSTRODE WHITELOCKE."
+
+The Chancellor and Whitelocke fell into discourse touching their
+Ricksdag; part whereof follows.
+
+[SN: The Swedish Diet and Constitution.]
+
+_Whitelocke._ I received much satisfaction in the favour of being
+admitted to see the manner of the meeting and proceedings of your
+Ricksdag, and shall be glad to be instructed by you touching some of the
+passages of it.
+
+_Chancellor._ I shall be ready to inform you the best I can in these
+matters, and I have had some experience in them.
+
+_Wh._ In that and all other matters touching the government of this
+kingdom, I believe no man's experience or judgement will be opposed to
+yours. I pray, Father, let me know the ground of proposals being made by
+the Queen to the Ricksdag, and whether it be as I have heard, that they
+consult of nothing but what is first proposed to them by the Queen.
+
+_Chan._ That is very true, and is the ground of our quiet and of avoiding
+factions among us; for where a Council consists of seven or eight hundred
+men, as our Ricksdag doth, and they hold themselves to have an equal
+liberty and power, and are most of them active spirits; if every one
+amongst them might move and propound what he pleased according to his own
+fancy, there would never be an end of proposals and debates, and they
+would break out into several factions and the greater affairs of the
+kingdom be retarded, and many times thrust out to make way for lesser
+matters for the most part but of private interest. Therefore the wisdom
+of our Government hath so ordered it that nothing is to be consulted upon
+or debated by the Ricksdag, but what is first proposed to them in writing
+by the King, who hath the advice of the Senators therein; and such
+matters as are by them judged necessary for the good of the kingdom are
+by the King proposed to the Ricksdag for their counsel in them.
+
+_Wh._ This may be a good way to preserve your quiet; but may it not be
+ill for the rights and liberty of the people? As to instance in
+particular, if it be requisite that a new law be made relating to the
+people's liberty, wherein the former laws may be defective, by this
+course it rests only in the power of the King and Senate whether this
+matter shall ever come to consideration or not; for, unless they will
+propound it, no consideration can be had of it; and though it may be
+necessary as to the people's rights, yet then probably it may be against
+the King's power, and in that case the King will never propose it to the
+Ricksdag, because it makes against his power and prerogative; and so the
+people are by this course debarred of the means of supplying any defect
+as to their rights and liberties, unless the King, to lessen his own
+power, will first propose it to them.
+
+_Chan._ This were an inconvenience if the people's rights and liberties
+were not already settled; but, by our laws, the boundaries of the King's
+power and of the people's rights are sufficiently known and established,
+as the King can make no law nor alter or repeal any, nor impose any tax,
+nor compel men to go out of the kingdom without the assent of the
+Ricksdag; and in that Council, which is supreme in this kingdom, every
+man's vote and assent is included by the deputies of the Clergy,
+Boroughs, and Boors, which are respectively elected, and by the chiefs of
+the Nobility; so that all sorts of people have their share, either in
+person or by their deputies, in the Supreme Council of the kingdom, by
+whom only those great matters can be done; and this being certain and
+settled, any alteration in those points tends but to further uncertainty
+and mischief. And if debates might be had of additions to the King's
+power, or to the people's liberty, it would but occasion attempts of
+encroaching of one upon the other, and bring trouble and uncertainty to
+both; whereas they being already clearly defined and known, and that
+there is no means of altering either of them, both the King and people
+are content with what they have, and endeavour nothing of disquiet unto
+either.
+
+_Wh._ But this further debars the people from having any new law at all
+made, except such only as the King shall think fit, for he only can
+propose them; and it is a necessary thing to supply defects in laws and
+to make new ones, according as times and circumstances varying shall
+minister occasion.
+
+_Chan._ There is nothing more prejudicial to any government than
+multitude of laws, which is prevented by this course of ours; nor is
+there any necessity of new laws where both the public rights and private
+men's property are provided for by the laws in being, which in all
+nations is from the original of their civil settlement taken care of. And
+though time and variety of accidents may occasion some defects in old
+laws, yet it is better they should be borne with than an inundation of
+new laws to be let in, which causeth uncertainty, ignorance, different
+expositions, and repugnances in the laws, and are the parents of
+contention.
+
+_Wh._ But I suppose your Ricksdag hath liberty to complain of
+maladministration and corruption in officers and judges, and to punish
+them and cause redress of grievances; else the people are remediless
+against those public crimes, without the grace and favour of the Prince
+to do it of himself, which every Prince in all times will not do.
+
+_Chan._ The Ricksdag may complain to the King of any offence or
+misdemeanour committed by any great officer, and of any public grievance
+to the people; whereupon the King and Senate are very ready (as it
+behoves them in justice and prudence) to give a remedy, which they are
+the more induced to do, because otherwise the people's Deputies, who have
+the power of the purse, may be the more backward to supply the King's
+occasions with money or men; and this is a good tie upon the Court, to
+procure justice and redress of grievances.
+
+_Wh._ Your laws are founded upon great reason and prudence, and in these
+and most other main parts and particulars of them, ours are the same in
+England; but a liberty of proposing anything in our Parliament belongs to
+every member of it.
+
+_Chan._ That hath been a great occasion of all your troubles.
+
+_Wh._ I expected to have heard my father, the Ricks-Chancellor, to have
+made an harangue in the Ricksdag, to have acquainted them, as it is with
+us, with the causes of their meeting.
+
+_Chan._ I confess it belongs to my place to have done it; but, by reason
+of an oath I had taken to my king, to endeavour to keep the crown on his
+daughter's head, and this assembly was called that she might resign it;
+therefore I desired to be excused from making that proposal.
+
+_Wh._ Indeed her Majesty spake herself with an excellent grace and
+spirit, which was a wonder to see it done by a young lady to so great and
+grave an assembly; and the matter of her speech, as it was interpreted to
+me, was pertinent and full of weight.
+
+_Chan._ Indeed she spake very well and materially, and like a prince.
+
+_Wh._ I am sorry my time calls me away from further enjoyment of my
+father's excellent conversation.
+
+_Chan._ I shall be glad if my noble son would afford me more of his
+company, in which I take so much contentment.
+
+_Wh._ My journey tomorrow hastens me away, and occasions your less
+trouble.
+
+_Chan._ I pray assure the Protector of the respect and high value I have
+for him, and of my devoted mind to serve him in anything within my power
+in this kingdom.
+
+_Wh._ You have been pleased largely to testify this in my transactions,
+and your noble favours and respects to your son.
+
+_Chan._ You may be confident of my affection and love to you; and I
+desire you to be a friend to my countrymen in England, and to take upon
+you their patronage in all just causes.
+
+_Wh._ I shall be ready upon all occasions to perform all good offices to
+your Excellence and to your family, and to all of this nation; and shall
+satisfy the Protector of your affections for him, and of your kindness to
+his servant.
+
+_Chan._ I am now an old man, and whilst I continue alive I shall do all
+that lies in my power to serve the Protector and the Commonwealth of
+England, and shall embrace your Excellence with a special bond of
+friendship, and will leave it in charge to my sons, when I am dead, to do
+the same.
+
+_Wh._ I shall also enjoin my children to continue that obligation of
+friendship which I have contracted with your Excellence and your family.
+
+_Chan._ I shall but add this further, to pray to God that of His mercy He
+would vouchsafe to you a prosperous return to your own country, and that
+you may find there all your family and friends in a comfortable and happy
+condition.
+
+[SN: Takes leave of Oxenstiern.]
+
+Thus the Chancellor and Whitelocke took leave of one another with as much
+kindness and respect as could be expressed.[283]
+
+Whitelocke being returned to his house, Grave John Oxenstiern came to
+visit him; and having heard that Whitelocke took it ill that he had put
+off a visit desired by Whitelocke to this high Grave, yet now he was
+pleased to descend to excuse it to Whitelocke, because his lodging was
+strait and inconvenient, not fit to receive a person of Whitelocke's
+quality, and his lady was at that time very much indisposed in health.
+
+The Senator Benk Schütt came in the evening to visit Whitelocke, and
+discoursed freely with him touching the Queen's resignation and their
+new King, and did not testify much of respect to the Chancellor by
+informing Whitelocke that yesterday, at the castle, there was a great
+rub, as he called it, given by the Queen to the Chancellor before the
+Prince and the rest of the Senators; the occasion whereof was about the
+island of Elsey, which the Queen desired as part of her provision, to
+which the Chancellor said, that it was worthy the consideration; the
+Queen replied, "What! is my integrity then questioned?" The Chancellor
+answered, that he did not question her Majesty's integrity, but spake
+only for her security and better satisfaction in what she desired. The
+Queen said, "I understand Swedish well enough, and it was not becoming
+you to question my integrity at all." Schütt said, that at this passage
+the rest of the senators were pleased, and that the Prince seemed in
+this, and all other occasions, to be of the Queen's mind, and to grant
+her more rather than less of what she desired, which was wisdom in him.
+
+Senator Vanderlin visited Whitelocke, and, among other discourses,
+acquainted him the passages of the proposal for the Queen to have married
+the Prince; that for this purpose the Prince was sent for out of Germany,
+and the Queen seemed inclinable to the match; yet, after the Prince was
+come, she used him with a strangeness which was occasioned by the
+whisperings of Grave Magnus de la Gardie to the Queen, that when the
+Prince was in Germany he was too familiar with some ladies; at which
+information, he said, the Queen was so enraged that the Prince should go
+to other women, that she thereupon resolved not to marry him, but was
+otherwise very courteous and full of respect to him. Whitelocke did not
+dispute the authenticness of this relation, but wondered at it from a
+senator, touching him who was to be a king, and to use so much freedom on
+such a subject to a stranger.
+
+General Douglas, the Ricks-Admiral, and Senator Bielke, also visited
+Whitelocke this evening while Vanderlin was with him; they discoursed of
+the discontent which the Dutch Resident expressed before his going away,
+because more respect was shown to Whitelocke by the Queen and Prince, and
+by the Senators and great men here, than they had shown to the Dutch
+Resident, who said he was a public minister as well as the English
+Ambassador. Whitelocke said it was true, as the Dutch Resident had
+remembered, that he was a public minister; and it might be supposed, that
+being so, he should understand the difference between a Resident and an
+Ambassador Extraordinary; and also between the Commonwealth of the United
+Provinces of the Netherlands, and that of England, Scotland, and Ireland.
+The Swedish Lords replied, that if the Dutch Resident did not understand
+it, nor himself, that yet it was sufficiently known in this place, and
+that the Resident was but laughed at for his exceptions, as being without
+cause, and showing his want of experience in matters of this nature.
+
+After the Ricks-Admiral and Bielke were gone, Vanderlin and Douglas staid
+with Whitelocke and used great freedom of discourse with him, expressing
+extraordinary respect to the Protector and Commonwealth of England, and
+very much affection and kindness to Whitelocke, in whom they expressed
+great confidence. They staid with him till past twelve o'clock at night,
+inconvenient in respect of his intended journey the next day; but their
+company was very pleasing, and they took leave with great civility and
+kindness from each to other of them.
+
+
+_May 20, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke commences his journey back to England.]
+
+Whitelocke began his longed-for journey of return to England. He had
+taken his leave of the Queen, Prince, Senators, and all his friends in
+Upsal. His business, through the goodness of God, was successfully
+despatched; himself and all his people in good health, and exceeding
+joyful to be on their journey homewards. He left not a penny of debt to
+any in this country, nor any unrewarded who had done him service; for his
+hospitality, wherein no ambassador in this Court ever exceeded him, for
+his conversation and dealing with all sorts of people, he had gained
+their love, and left no ill name behind him. The greatest part of his
+baggage, and most of his inferior servants, were on board a great hoy of
+the Queen's, to go by water to Stockholm; he and the rest of his people
+went by land, in order to which, upon his desire, the Hof-Stallmaster, by
+the Queen's command, had sent yesterday six coach-horses to be ready in
+the midway from Upsal to Stockholm, and this morning he sent six other
+horses with Whitelocke's blue coach to his lodging, to carry him the
+first half way of this day's journey, driven by the Queen's coachman.
+
+Berkman had provided a sufficient number of saddle-horses, if they might
+be so called, he having forgot to cause saddles to be brought with them
+for Whitelocke's people, so that most of them were forced to make shift
+with straw and cushions instead of saddles; and many of the bits and
+stirrups were such as they had been acquainted with in their journey from
+Gothenburg hither; and thus they rode the two first stages.
+
+Whitelocke took coach between seven and eight o'clock in the morning, Sir
+George Fleetwood, Potley, Ingelo, and Andrews, in his coach with him; the
+rest on horseback; they came about noon to the place where fresh horses
+staid for them, and did not tarry long there, wanting good entertainment,
+but, taking fresh horses both for coach and saddle, they proceeded in
+their journey. The country through which they passed was better than that
+near the sea, less rocky and more fruitful, not so replenished with seats
+of the nobility further off, as nearer to Stockholm. By the way they met
+General Axy Lyllye, a Senator of Sweden, newly returned out of Germany,
+and another Senator with him; they alighted out of their coach when
+Whitelocke came near them, who, seeing that, did alight also. The General
+had lost one of his legs in the German wars, and now carried one of wood;
+he and his companion were very civil in their salutation and discourse
+with Whitelocke, and after compliments, and inquiry by Whitelocke of the
+German news, they took leave and parted.
+
+Whitelocke and his company arrived between five and six o'clock in the
+evening at Stockholm, the journey being seven Swedish leagues, about
+forty English miles. As he came in the suburbs, he saw a sad sight of
+many houses lately burnt down, and some pulled down to prevent the
+further raging of the fire, which had consumed many scores of houses in
+that place; and it brought to Whitelocke's remembrance, that one evening
+at Upsal, in his chamber window, he saw a great fire in a dorf about half
+a league from the town, which he observed, almost in a moment, to flash
+from one end of the dorf to the other, consuming all in its way,--and
+thus it was said to have been in these suburbs. The reason thereof is the
+combustible matter whereof their houses are built, being of fir timber
+and boards, which, especially being old, do suddenly take fire, and
+violently burn, hard to be quenched, few houses escaping, especially in
+the dorfs, where one is on fire; which causeth more than ordinary care in
+the inhabitants of all places to prevent that fearful danger.
+
+Berkman conducted Whitelocke to a lodging in the suburbs, over-against
+the castle, which was used for an inn. This being post-night, Whitelocke
+made up his despatches for England, which he had prepared at Upsal, where
+he wrote his letters, but dated them from Stockholm, that his friends in
+England might thereby perceive that he was in his journey homewards,
+which he knew would be no small contentment to them.
+
+
+_May 21, 1654._
+
+[SN: Stockholm.]
+
+Being the Lord's Day, divers Scotch merchants, inhabitants of this city,
+and some English, came to Whitelocke's lodging to hear the sermon in the
+morning, and many of them did him the honour to dine with him; he had
+conference with them, and good advice from them, about his voyage to
+England and other matters. Lagerfeldt came also to salute Whitelocke,
+and to know what service he had for him, before his going from hence
+this evening. Whitelocke desired him to speak to the master of the
+customs, touching the shipping of his copper and other goods, custom
+free; and Whitelocke prayed Lagerfeldt also to speak to Vice-Admiral
+Wrangel, that the ship appointed for his transportation (which was now in
+the road in view of Whitelocke's lodging) might, with as much speed as
+could be, fall down to the Dollars; which he promised to do.
+
+Wrangel sent to invite Whitelocke to go this afternoon to see the ships,
+but Whitelocke excused it by reason of the day, and sent word that
+tomorrow, if he pleased, he would wait upon him; and desired his advice
+touching his voyage. In the evening Lagerfeldt came again to Whitelocke,
+to give him an account what he had done by his appointment, and told
+Whitelocke that he should have all contentment. With Lagerfeldt came
+Monsieur de Geeres to visit Whitelocke, who gave him thanks for a vessel
+of claret wine which De Geeres had sent to Whitelocke, who said he hoped
+he should not stay long enough to drink it out in this place.
+
+[SN: The Queen's garden at Stockholm.]
+
+At Upsal Whitelocke was carried to see the Queen's garden, which scarce
+deserved that name, being only a piece of ground of about four or five
+acres, paled in according to the manner of their paling, and had in it a
+few hedges which, in the latter end of May, upon the thaw, began to
+appear a little green; but for flowers or fruit-trees there were none,
+except a few ordinary tulips. This put Whitelocke in mind to inquire if
+the Queen had a better garden here at Stockholm, where her residence
+usually was. The Swedes excused the meanness of the garden at Upsal
+because the Court was seldom there, but here they commended the garden,
+and offered Whitelocke the favour to see it. He went about seven o'clock
+this evening to view it, and to walk in the Queen's garden here. It was
+near unto his lodging, but at a distance from the castle; it is about six
+or seven acres of ground, encompassed with a pale, on which they bestow
+timber enough in the posts and rails, and the pales are not set upright
+one by another, but crosswise one upon another, between two great posts,
+with rivets for the pales to be put into, and so to fall down one upon
+the other; and the pales are two inches thick or more, made of fir
+timber, and the posts and rails of oak.
+
+This garden was distinguished into walks not well kept nor gravelled, but
+most of them green; few flowers were to be seen there, though more than
+at Upsal, and most of these were tulips not extraordinary. The sides of
+the walks were set with elm-trees and the like, but no fruit-trees were
+there, nor are they common in this cold country, only, as they informed
+Whitelocke, in some places they have a few trees of plums, and small
+cherries, and of apples; but he saw none in regard of the season, nor do
+many persons in these parts delight in gardens or in planting fruits or
+flowers, this climate not encouraging thereunto; yet here were great
+boxes of wood with orange-trees, citron-trees, and myrtle-trees, very
+young, planted in them; how they thrived was not much visible.
+
+At Whitelocke's lodging some of his people made the greater fires to air
+the rooms, because the plague had been lately in this city, and in that
+house the chimneys, it seems, being foul, and full of soot, were the
+sooner set on fire; and when Whitelocke came from walking in the garden
+he found his lodging on fire. It was a stack of chimneys which took fire;
+a multitude of people were ready about the house to help to quench the
+fire, and the officers of the city were there to order the people.
+Whitelocke was surprised with this unexpected accident and danger,
+amongst such houses; but after an hour's flame, the soot being spent and
+burnt, the fire went out of itself; and it was a mercy that the wind set
+to carry the flame towards a house which was tiled, whereas, if it had
+set the other way, it had carried the flame upon houses all built and
+covered with wood, to the extreme danger of Whitelocke's lodging and the
+whole city.
+
+
+_May 22, 1654._
+
+[SN: The harbour of Stockholm and Swedish fleet.]
+
+In the morning Berkman conducted Whitelocke to the haven, where lay many
+boats and vessels great and small, and much iron upon the quay, which is
+convenient, but not much stored. They passed by many fair houses
+belonging to the great Lords.
+
+In the afternoon Wrangel came to Whitelocke, and conducted him to see the
+Queen's ships, which lie round about an island called by them the Holm,
+into which island none are permitted to enter without special license.
+This is a good harbour for the ships there to anchor safely. There lay
+about fifty ships of war, some of them carrying eighty pieces of cannon,
+some sixty, some fifty, some forty, some thirty, and all of them well
+fitted and useful, strongly built, but not so nimble and serviceable for
+fight as our English frigates. Wrangel was now in his element, and
+discoursed much with Whitelocke about the make and force and goodness of
+these ships, their force and brass cannon, which were commended by
+Whitelocke, who showed the difference in the make between these ships and
+the English frigates; that these, for strength to endure an assault and
+make defence, were very good, but that the English frigates had much
+advantage in their nimble tacking about, their fleet sailing to fetch up
+another ship, and the lying of their guns for use of fighting; with which
+discourse Wrangel seemed much pleased, and he preferred their brass
+cannon before those of iron, which Whitelocke assented unto as not so
+soon hot with firing, nor so apt to break and splinter, and do harm to
+their own men as the iron ordnance are.
+
+Within this island is the office of the Admiralty, in a fair brick house
+built for that purpose; in another building there are the forges for all
+the iron-work belonging to the ships; there also are the timber yards,
+well stored, and places for the workmen and ship-carpenters. They were
+shown there likewise the magazine of powder, bullet, match, grenadoes,
+with other fire instruments; also the bake-houses, where they make
+provision of biscuit for the ships; it is a great room paved with stone,
+wherein are three ovens for baking, and a large cellar in which they
+store the biscuit. There be also stores for pork, peas, and other ship
+provisions, all in very good order, and carefully looked unto.
+
+Whitelocke went on board divers of the ships, taking notice of their
+strength and furniture, and among them he went on board several great
+ships which Wrangel had taken in fight from the King of Denmark, which at
+present were not serviceable; but his commendation of that action, and
+of these ships of war lying here, was due to them, and not unpleasing to
+those who showed them to him. They returned by boat, making the tour of
+the island; and as they passed by the ships of war, they all saluted
+Whitelocke with two guns apiece, which number they do not exceed. As they
+passed along, Whitelocke was desired to go on board the 'Hercules,' a
+great and good ship lying there, which carried eighty pieces of ordnance,
+all brass; and being brought into the captain's cabin, he found there the
+table covered, and a banquet set upon it of sweetmeats of divers sorts,
+with which, and with plenty of excellent Rhenish wine, they did with
+great respect and civility entertain Whitelocke and his company. From
+thence they brought him to his lodging, weary enough with his voyage and
+the extreme heat of the weather.
+
+[SN: Position of Stockholm.]
+
+The island which Whitelocke viewed this day, and many other greater and
+smaller islands, upon which are buildings, do make up this city, which by
+some is resembled for the situation of it unto the city of Venice, which
+stands as this doth, upon several islands in the sea. The waters are
+great and deep about this city, which is compassed with mountains, except
+only where they give way to the passage of the waters. The town, in the
+prospect of it, seems to be as in the midst of the circuit of the
+mountains, and as it were composed of divers pieces, each of them apart
+making a good town, and so appear as several villages separated by the
+many arms of water, or by the Lake Mälaren, which come hither to meet one
+another, and make the large and deep water; and it seems to be the
+diameter of the mountains, and now all plain, by carrying away the earth
+of a hill within it, and the stones therewith filling up ditches and
+uneven grounds, and serving for foundations for their buildings, and to
+make their streets even and handsome; so that now it is all level, as if
+no hill had ever been. One of their authors saith that it is "loco et
+situ commodissimo, inter eximium dulcem lacum Mæler ipsumque Balticum
+mare in insula fundatum."
+
+The inhabitants (who should best know it) affirm that the situation of
+this town is very healthful, and that notwithstanding the vast quantity
+of waters that do surround it, yet they are not troubled with agues, or
+other diseases, so much as other parts of the country. It is too, in the
+view of it, pleasant and noble for the situation; and the grounds about
+it are dry and wholesome, yet fruitful. The streets are some of them
+large, others more narrow; most of them are straight, the houses being
+equally advanced and set together. In the heart of the city they are for
+the most part built of stone or brick, making the fairer show by their
+height of four or five stories. From the North Holm or suburbs to the
+east is a bridge of wood, very long; from the island where the ships lie
+they pass another bridge to another island, both small ones, and at the
+mouth of the harbour for the ships of war, extending about half a league,
+between which and the continent are the waters of the lake and of the
+rivers which pass through the town from the west; from the north to the
+east is a park of deer, pleasant with trees and shade, contributing to
+the delight and health of the inhabitants; and, taken altogether, from
+the prospect of the mountains upon the churches, castle, houses, waters,
+and ships, the town appears noble and beautiful.
+
+[SN: Legend of Stockholm.]
+
+Whitelocke having been at the island where the ships lie, and observed it
+to be called the Holm, and other islands to have the same name of Holm,
+and Holm to be the same which we call an island, and this city named
+Stockholm, caused his inquiry of the original of this name of Stockholm;
+he was informed, in a kind of pleasant story, which is not without some
+probability, and the earnest affirmations of the inhabitants, who from
+tradition may be supposed best to know it, that the original of the name
+Stockholm was thus:--That there was a certain great and rich town called
+Bieurkoo, situate upon the lake between Upsal and this place, whereof
+some ruins are yet to be seen. The number of the people in that town
+increasing so much that the inhabitants could not be therein contained,
+they held a council what was fit to be done; they also consulted their
+idol gods, to whom they offered sacrifices and prayers for their
+direction. The issue was this: they came to a resolution that part of
+their people should go forth from them, as a colony, to seek for a new
+habitation, as is usual in these northern countries; that they should
+find out a place, and build them a new city to dwell in; and how to find
+out and agree upon this place was thus determined: they took a great
+block or piece of wood, to which they fastened some gold, and set the
+block a-swimming in the water, and agreed that there they would build the
+new town where their gods (to whom they had committed this affair) should
+cause the block to stay; this block floated, and, descending down the
+lake, at length staid at a little island about the midst of this city.
+
+Such an island here (as in our north parts) is called Holm, and such a
+great block or piece of wood is by them (as with us) called a stock; and
+because this stock staid at this Holm, therefore here they built their
+city, and called it Stockholm; which, by degrees, and adding one holm or
+island to another, became of its present greatness.
+
+
+_May 23, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Magistrates of Stockholm address Whitelocke.]
+
+Berkman brought to Whitelocke's lodging this morning two of the
+magistrates of this city, deputed by their body, and in their name, to
+salute Whitelocke and bid him welcome to this place. One of them made a
+speech to Whitelocke, which was interpreted out of the Swedish by Berkman
+into French, to this effect:--
+
+    "My Lord Ambassador,
+
+    "The Senate of this city have deputed us in their name to salute
+    your Excellence, and to bid you welcome to this place, where the
+    magistrates and citizens are desirous to embrace any occasion
+    presented to them, whereby they may testify the great respect and
+    honour which they bear to his most Serene Highness the Lord
+    Protector, and to the Commonwealth of England.
+
+    "They are likewise very glad of the occasion given them to express
+    their joy for the happy alliance and friendship concluded between
+    this kingdom and the Commonwealth of England, which we hope will be
+    to the advantage and good of both nations, and of the Protestant
+    interest, which is heartily wished by us. We look upon it as a very
+    great comfort and blessing to this city, that after the misery in
+    which we have lately been, when it pleased God to visit us with the
+    pestilence, that the same is now so well and fully removed through
+    Divine mercy, that we have the happiness to see a person of your
+    condition vouchsafe his presence with us.
+
+    "Whilst the occasions of your Excellence shall stay you here, we
+    most freely offer our services for your accommodation with
+    whatsoever this place will afford, which your Excellence may
+    command; and as a small testimony of the respects of our superiors,
+    they have caused us to present a vessel of wine unto your
+    Excellence, whereof they entreat your favourable acceptance."
+
+Whitelocke presently answered them in English, which Berkman interpreted
+to them in Swedish, to this effect:--
+
+    "Gentlemen,
+
+    "I rejoice with you in the mercy and goodness of God to this city,
+    who hath caused to cease that contagious disease which lately raged
+    among you, so that your friends (of which number I take the honour
+    to reckon myself) may freely and safely resort to you, and converse
+    with you as formerly. I have also some share in your joy for the
+    friendship and alliance contracted between my Lord the Protector of
+    the Commonwealth of England, and the Queen and kingdom of Sweden;
+    wherein I doubt not but, through the blessing of God, both nations
+    and the whole Protestant interest will have cause to rejoice
+    likewise: and as my poor endeavours have not been wanting, so my
+    hearty prayers to God shall be put up that it may come to this
+    issue; and I shall pray for the continuance of health and prosperity
+    to this noble city.
+
+    "I return you many thanks for your respects to my Lord the Protector
+    and the Commonwealth whom I serve, whereof I shall not fail (when it
+    shall please God to give me a return to my own country) to acquaint
+    them, and to do all offices of respect in my power for your city;
+    and I desire my thanks may be presented to your honourable Senate
+    for their particular favour to me, and for their salutation, which I
+    receive with all gratitude."
+
+Whilst the citizens were with Whitelocke, Wrangel, Vice-Admiral Thysen,
+Vice-Admiral Clerke, Sinclair, captain of the 'Amarantha,' and others,
+came and did Whitelocke the honour to dine with him, and in the afternoon
+carried him to see the cannon which the Swedes had taken from their
+enemies, now laid up in a magazine for themselves; there were of them
+brass cannon 1100; among them were two pieces taken from the Muscovites,
+each of them weighing 18,000 lbs. weight, and carrying a bullet of 96
+lbs. weight, as much more as the greatest whole cannon carries. There was
+also a basilisk of nineteen feet in length, very extraordinary, and a
+great mortar-piece of brass of a fathom and three fingers in diameter at
+the mouth of it; with many other pieces of brass ordnance taken from the
+Poles in their wars with them, which were now but of little use; nor were
+those huge pieces capable to be drawn into the field for any service
+there.
+
+
+_May 24, 1654._
+
+[SN: Monuments and public buildings of Stockholm.]
+
+Whitelocke walked abroad, to see the great church where the late King
+Gustavus Adolphus lies interred; but as yet there is no monument erected
+to his memory, nor are there others of magnificence or much antiquity in
+this or in the other great church, but store of images and crucifixes in
+all their churches; their building is of brick, and all their churches
+are covered with copper.
+
+Whitelocke went to Wrangel's lodging to requite his visits, but found him
+not at home, not having sent beforehand to him. He fetched a little turn
+in the city, and they showed him a new building for the Ricksdag, which
+they call the Ruder-house, that is, the house of the Knights; it is a
+fair building, and the name of it remembers somewhat of the knights of
+our Parliament.
+
+In this walk, Whitelocke viewed in the fair street near his lodging the
+monument set up to the honour of Queen Christina at her coronation, which
+is beautiful to the view. It is a triumphant arch, of the height of the
+highest houses, raised upon three arches, which give three passages;
+those on each side the more strait and low, the middle arch of twice the
+height and wideness of the other two. The frontispiece unto the tops of
+the arches is adorned with pillars of a fair work, between which, in the
+front of the building, are figured the wars, battles, and victories of
+Gustavus the Great: above the pillars are divers images, and above the
+middle of the porch is a large tablet, containing in letters of gold the
+original of Christina, her virtues, and the occasion of this monument.
+The whole building seems fair and stately, and as of stone, but in truth
+is only wood plastered over; rather a show, to please for a few years,
+than lasting. He also viewed many houses of stone and brick, some whereof
+were very fair and adorned with towers and figures, as those of Grave
+Magnus de la Gardie, Grave Gustavus Horne, General Bannier, and others,
+and many of them beautifully covered with copper.
+
+In the afternoon Wrangel conducted Whitelocke to see the castle, which is
+also covered with copper; and that having lain there long, some Dutchmen
+are reported to have offered to give £10,000 for the copper, and to cover
+the castle again with new copper; the reason whereof they hold to be,
+because the copper which hath lain there so long with the sun upon it, is
+so refined thereby, and would yield so much gold, that it will yield
+what the Dutchmen bid for it and more, besides the charge of new covering
+it with copper as before.
+
+This castle is the principal house in this principal city, belonging to
+the crown of Sweden; it is a large castle, more for conveniency of a
+Court than for stateliness of structure. It is almost four-square, one
+way longer than the other, all of brick, plastered over to make it seem
+as if it were of freestone, whereof there is not much in these parts fit
+for building; the entry into the castle is upon the north quarter; the
+south and east side is of fair building, four stories high, the windows
+not large. On the west of the quadrangle is the chapel, about a hundred
+and thirty feet in length, with the breadth proportionable; it is divided
+into three arches, upon two ranges of pillars of marble of this country,
+of divers colours, most in red streaks, handsome and polished. On the
+windows and walls are several pictures and images, after the manner of
+the Lutheran churches. The rooms in the castle are many, some of them
+large enough for the state of a Court, and most of those are two stories
+high, after the use of this country. The situation of the castle is
+pleasant and noble, by the side of the great water, upon which part of it
+is built, and the other part upon the island where it stands; and though
+of itself it be not of great strength, yet the situation, prospect of the
+waters, ships, vessels, islands, and buildings, on the one side, and of
+the country to the mountains on the other side, give it the repute of a
+princely palace.
+
+In the castle Whitelocke was carried up to a room, a magazine, where were
+a very great number of muskets, pikes, swords, and other foot arms,
+excellent good, made in this country, of their own iron and steel, and
+kept exceeding clean, bright, and well fixed, and were said to be
+sufficient to arm ten thousand men completely. On the other side of the
+court they brought him to another room, where was a magazine of
+horse-arms, cuirassiers, with pistols, bright, well kept, and of an
+excellent make; there were also more foot-arms: in all, in this magazine,
+two thousand horse-arms, and five thousand foot-arms; and in the other
+magazine, ten thousand foot-arms. There were likewise colours, ensigns,
+and standards, taken from their enemies, to the number of about eight
+hundred; among them one taken by King Gustavus in person, and another,
+which Wrangel showed, that he had taken from the Duke of Saxony.
+
+This city is doubtless as well provided of arms and all sorts of
+ammunition for war as any place in these parts of Europe, here being,
+besides the Queen's stores in the public Arsenal, arms sufficient for
+fifty thousand men.
+
+Here also they showed to Whitelocke the lance of the quintain, and,
+according to their description of it and its use, it seems to be the same
+with the exercise and recreation used anciently in England, and yet
+retained in some counties at their marriages, which they likewise call
+the running at the quintain. In a great hall they showed to Whitelocke
+the skin, stuffed out and standing in the full proportion, of the horse
+which the late King Gustavus rode when he was slain; also his bloody
+shirt which he then wore, which is carefully preserved in a chest; where
+they also keep the jewel which King Gustavus wore at his coronation, and
+many rich swords, battle-axes, and other spoils taken from their enemies.
+
+
+_May 25, 1654._
+
+[SN: The launch of the 'Falcon.']
+
+Wrangel came to Whitelocke, and invited him to see the launching of one
+of their ships newly built for a man-of-war; and Whitelocke was the more
+curious to see the manner of it, and how they could do it, in regard they
+have no docks, nor ebbing and flowing of the water, which here is
+constantly even, and affords no advantage by flowing tides for the
+launching of their ships.
+
+When Whitelocke came to the holm where the ship was to be launched, he
+found her with the keel set upon great planks of timber, the ship tied
+upright with cables, as if she were swimming; the planks upon which she
+stood lay shelving towards the water, and were all thick daubed with
+grease all along from the poop of the ship, and under her keel, to the
+water's side, which was within the ship's length of her head, and there
+the water was very deep. One strong cable held the ship from moving; and
+she lying thus shelving upon the planks, the cable which held her from
+sliding down was cut, and then the weight of the ship upon the sloping
+greased planks carried her with great violence down upon the planks into
+the sea, near a slight shoot, by force of the weight and swing wherewith
+she fell down. In the sea were boats ready, which came to her, and put
+men aboard her; and as she went off, a great shout of a multitude of
+people, standing by as spectators, was sent after her.
+
+Wrangel, as an honour and compliment to Whitelocke, desired him to give
+the name to this ship. Whitelocke would have called her the 'Wrangel,'
+but the master of that name entreated it might not be so, possibly to
+avoid the envy of it at Court; but he desired it might be called the
+'Whitelocke,' which Whitelocke thought not expedient, lest it might argue
+too much height in himself; nor would he call her 'Cromwell,' or the
+'Protector,' because she carried but thirty guns; but seeing the mark of
+her guns to be the falcon, and asking whether they had any other ship of
+that name, they said, No; whereupon, the falcon being Whitelocke's coat
+of arms and the mark of the ship's guns, and she being built swifter of
+sail than ordinary, Whitelocke gave her the name of the 'Falcon.' This
+pleased Wrangel very much, and the seamen and workmen were most pleased
+with the gratuity which Whitelocke bestowed on them; and this ceremony
+and compliments being passed, Whitelocke gave many thanks to Wrangel for
+this honour, and so they parted.
+
+The packet from England was brought to Whitelocke. Thurloe wrote thus:--
+
+    "I have acquainted his Highness with your Excellence's letters
+    received yesterday, wherein he takes little content, more than that
+    he did on his part sincerely intend a peace and union with that
+    Crown and Kingdom, and committed the management of it to a person
+    who hath performed his trust with honour, wisdom, and fidelity. We
+    hope that your instructions, giving you liberty to return, are by
+    this time arrived, etc."
+
+By this packet Whitelocke also received letters from his wife, full of
+affection and piety, and from Colonel Bulstrode, his brother Wilson, Mr.
+Attorney Hall, Mr. Cokaine, Mr. Eltonhead, especially from his great
+friend Dr. Winston; and all of these letters, and several others which he
+received, were so many testimonies of the affection and hearty kindness
+of these his worthy friends.
+
+
+_May 26, 1654._
+
+After Whitelocke had walked a tour in the Norden Mallum,--that is, the
+north suburbs of this city,--Sir George Fleetwood came to him, with whom
+he had much conversation in the latter time of his being in Sweden, both
+at Upsal and in this town, who showed much kindness and respect to
+Whitelocke. He informed Whitelocke that by letters from Upsal he
+understood that the Ricksdag had given leave to the Queen to go to
+Colmar, which signified that she could not go without their leave, and
+that she would find much difference between commanding as a Queen and
+obeying as a subject, and that, by the law of this kingdom, no Queen can
+depart out of it without leave of the Ricksdag, on forfeiture of all her
+estate.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's shipment of copper sent to London.]
+
+A ship called the 'Swart Hundt' was by the Queen's command appointed and
+fitted to carry Whitelocke's copper and other goods from hence to
+England. By advice of friends, Whitelocke under his hand and seal desired
+Sir George Fleetwood to consign the copper to Whitelocke's
+brother-in-law, Mr. Wilson. The desire was thus:--
+
+    "I Bulstrode Whitelocke, Constable of the Castle of Windsor, one of
+    the Lords Commissioners of the Great Seal of England, and Ambassador
+    Extraordinary from his Most Serene Highness the Lord Protector of
+    the Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, unto her
+    Majesty the Queen of Sweden, do hereby desire my honourable friend,
+    Sir George Fleetwood, Knight, General-Major under the Crown of
+    Sweden, to ship and consign unto Mr. Samuel Wilson, merchant in
+    London, in Bishopsgate-street, two hundred ship-pound, Swedish
+    weight, of gore copper; the which the said Mr. Samuel Wilson is to
+    receive and dispose of according to my order. Dated at Stockholm, in
+    Sweden, the 26th day of May, 1654.
+
+                                                  "B. WHITELOCKE."
+
+According to which warrant, the copper was put on board the 'Swart
+Hundt,' fitted and victualled for England. Of Whitelocke's ship,
+Whitelocke gave the command and charge, and of his goods therein, to one
+of his servants, Taylor, by commission under his hand and seal, and to
+bring his copper and goods in her from hence to London, as soon as he
+could, wind and weather favouring. Wrangel procured this ship for
+Whitelocke, and a pass from the Admiralty of Sweden for her to go through
+the Sound; and Whitelocke thought it better to see this ship on her
+voyage, than to leave the sending of her away to the care of others after
+his departure.
+
+[SN: His goods embarked in the Amarantha.]
+
+Whitelocke sent the rest of his goods and baggage on board the
+'Amarantha,' which weighed yesterday, and he hoped might by this time be
+within four leagues of the Dollars; but the wind came contrary for her
+advance any further, and Whitelocke must continue here till he could
+understand that his ship was gotten to the Dollars, which is fourteen
+Swedish leagues from this city, but may be gone in six or seven hours by
+boats in a shorter passage. His stay here seemed tedious to Whitelocke.
+This day the wind coming about a little towards the east, increased his
+hopes of getting away, for which they were in daily expectation.
+
+[SN: The trade of Stockholm.]
+
+By some merchants and others of this city, Whitelocke learned what was
+the commerce of this town, and by his own view he found it to be
+commodiously seated for trade and to receive all the commodities of the
+country's growth, which are brought hither by water; and it is the more
+convenient because the greatest ships may come up to the very houses and
+there load and unload their merchandises, never wanting water, which
+there is always deep, and equal in the height of it. But this city is
+somewhat far distant from the sea by water, so that before the ships can
+go between the sea and the town, they must fetch a compass of about one
+hundred English miles, with the danger of many rocks and islands in the
+way; and they must have also divers winds which are hindrances to their
+commerce.
+
+The present Queen hath been curious to invite hither and to entertain
+many good artists, yet everything here is very dear, except the native
+commodities; and now Gothenburg, growing up in trade, being situate
+without the Sound, a more open and easy place for access of
+strangers,--some believe that by the growth of that, this port may be
+diminished. It is the better supported by the Court being commonly kept
+here, and consequently being the residence of the principal nobility and
+officers. Some courts of justice constantly, and the Ricksdag generally,
+being held in this city, increase the trade of it; and this being a good
+road for ships to defend them from injuries of weather or other dangers,
+makes it the more frequented.
+
+Plenty of provisions are brought to this town for the supply of it; and
+most of their native commodities, as copper, iron, pitch, tar, deal,
+masts, and the rest, are brought hither and here shipped and transported
+into foreign parts; from whence their merchants and strangers do bring to
+this northern market all manner of merchandise here vendible; and from
+hence again they are vended to all the northern and eastern parts of this
+country, whereby their trade and wealth is also increased, so that one of
+their authors calls it, "Celeberrimum ac nobilissimum Septentrionis
+emporium." The trade of this place hath brought and settled here as
+inhabitants,--besides Swedes, Goths, Fins, and Laplanders,--divers of
+Germans, of Pomerland, Mecklenburg, Westphalia, etc.; also English,
+Scotch, French, Dutch, and almost of every country of Europe. Some are
+here now become citizens, and are treated with justice and civility by
+the natives, to the end that they and others may be the more encouraged
+to add to the riches, strength, and trade of this place.
+
+
+_May 27, 1654._
+
+[SN: Detained by contrary winds.]
+
+Whitelocke visited Sir George Fleetwood at his lodging in Stockholm, and
+finding with him Vice-Admiral Thysen and Peterson, both Hollanders and in
+service of the Crown, Whitelocke brought them all home with him to
+dinner, and advised with them about his voyage. The wind came more
+contrary to Whitelocke this day than yesterday, but he knew no other way
+but a patient submission to the will and time of God. Here he bestowed on
+a German clock sixty-two rix-dollars.
+
+[SN: The government of Stockholm.]
+
+From some of the magistrates and others of this city Whitelocke learned
+that the government thereof is by four Councils, and a Senate of the
+citizens, as their Common Council, consisting of twenty-four chosen
+yearly in this month by suffrage of the inhabitants, and justice is
+administered to the people by them in like manner as in other cities.
+Besides these officers there is a Castellan, or governor of the castle of
+Stockholm, who, by a peculiar authority over the city, takes care of the
+walls and buildings thereof, as he doth of the castle and other the
+King's buildings there. He is to defend the privileges of the town, and
+is chief in their political administration. He also orders and keeps up
+the revenue and trade, and suffers not the royalties of the Crown to be
+diminished, nor any of the public treasure, without the license of the
+King, to be expended. He is always one of the Ricks-Senators, and hath
+joined to him a Vice-Castellan, of the equestrian order, who is chief in
+the judgements of the city within the Senate and Councils, and is intent
+to the execution of justice.
+
+[SN: The defence of Stockholm.]
+
+The strength of this city is chiefly in the situation of it among the
+waters, which are no small defence, and in the bodies of their
+inhabitants, who make a considerable number of the soldiery, many of whom
+have been in foreign service. The Castellan commandeth them, sees their
+musters, and that they be provided with arms and in a posture of defence;
+and under the Castellan is a captain, who hath the military charge next
+under him. The main body of the town hath somewhat of a wall about it,
+but the suburbs and other islands are encircled with the waters, with
+bridges for communication.
+
+The castle is of indifferent strength, and notably provided of arms and
+ammunition, as is before remembered, which adds to the strength and
+safety as well as command of the city. They have not a formed garrison in
+the town; but divers companies of the King's guards, when the Court is
+there, and sometimes of other regiments of the army, are quartered there,
+as occasions do require. The castle commands a good part of the town, and
+may be as a citadel upon any emergent business; and in case of any
+troubles at sea, the ships of war lie here in readiness forthwith to be
+manned, are provided with ammunition, provisions, and all things
+necessary for the defence and safeguard of this port and city from any
+attempts which may by sea be made against it.
+
+Whitelocke made up his despatches for England, and now dated his second
+letters from Stockholm, attending for a wind.
+
+
+_May 28, 1654._
+
+_The Lord's Day._--Whitelocke, according to his custom, had a good sermon
+in his lodging preached by one of his chaplains in the morning, and
+another good sermon preached there in the afternoon by Mr. Biger, a
+Scotch minister, and chaplain to Sir George Fleetwood, then with him. In
+this city Whitelocke observed the inhabitants very orderly to frequent
+their parish churches, and not so much profanation of this day in this
+place as he had seen at Upsal, and other places in the country.
+
+
+_May 29, 1654._
+
+[SN: Sir G. Fleetwood returns to the King's coronation at Upsal.]
+
+Whitelocke with longing desires attended the coming about of the wind
+for his voyage; but he must stay God's time, which is always best. He
+could not persuade Sir George Fleetwood to stay longer with him. He
+thought it necessary for him to go to Upsal, to be present at the King's
+coronation; and at his request Whitelocke sent by him to Wrangel this
+letter:--
+
+    "_A son Excellence le Feld-Maréchal Wrangel à Upsale._
+
+    "Monsieur,
+
+    "Je n'ai pu retenir plus longtemps le Général Major Fleetwood avec
+    moi, son désir le portait si fort de se trouver à Upsale, au
+    couronnement, de crainte qu'il ne semblerait négligent, et manquer à
+    son devoir envers son Altesse Royale; mais la raison de ce qu'il a
+    présenté ma requête à votre Excellence est qu'il vous plaise
+    moyenner envers son Altesse Royale, afin qu'il retourne à Stockholm;
+    et que je puisse jouir de sa compagnie jusqu'à mon départ, qui en
+    apparence sera différé plus longtemps que je ne le souhaiterais, à
+    raison de la contrariété des vents.
+
+    "Je supplie votre Excellence de me faire la faveur de baiser en mon
+    nom les mains de sa Majesté et de son Altesse Royale, et d'accepter,
+    pour tant de faveurs que votre Excellence m'a faites, tant à Upsale
+    qu'en ce lieu, les actions de grâce de celui qui est,
+
+                  "Monsieur, à votre Excellence
+                                    "Très-humble serviteur,
+                                                  "B. WHITELOCKE.
+    "_Stockholm, May 29, 1654._"
+
+Berkman went from hence 17th May at night, and returned this morning
+hither, and brought to Whitelocke this letter:--
+
+[SN: Lagerfeldt's letter on the Swedish prizes.]
+
+    "_Illustrissimo Domino Domino Bulstrode Whitelocke, Extraordinario
+    Reipublicæ Angliæ in Sueciam Legato, officiocissimè._
+
+    "Illustrissime et Excellentissime Domine Legate,
+
+    "Quanquam valde dubitem, an Excellentiam vestram hæ litteræ in
+    Sueciam inveniant, nolui tamen, accepta hac occasione, vel meo
+    officio deesse, vel refragari quorundam Suecorum petitioni, nam cum
+    naves duæ Suecicæ, quarum naucleri Bonders et Sibrand follis
+    vocantur, nuper ceptæ et in Angliam delatæ sint, sperant fore, ut,
+    per hanc meam intercessionem, cum primis autem per benevolam
+    Excellentiæ vestræ commendationem, quantocius dimittantur. Nisi
+    igitur mihi satis perspecta esset Excellentiæ vestræ integritas,
+    pluribus ab ea contenderem, ut dictarum aliarumque detentarum in
+    Anglia Suecicarum navium liberationem, atque per se æquam ac
+    amicitiæ foederique mutuo conformem sibi haberet commendatam;
+    sufficit nunc saltem indicâsse Excellentiæ vestræ, quippe cui nihil
+    jucundius esse scio, quam ut amicæ confoederatæque gentes, sancta
+    fidei justitiæque observantia, inter se strictius colligentur. De
+    cætero Excellentiæ vestræ felicem in patriam reditum exopto, ut me
+    nostrumque Barkmannum officiose commendo. Dabam Upsaliæ, 27 Maii,
+    anno 1654.
+
+                  "Excellentiæ vestræ
+                               "Ad quævis officia paratissimus,
+                                              "ISRAEL LAGERFELDT."
+
+In the evening Whitelocke walked abroad to take the air, the time of his
+stay here being very tedious to him, attending for a good wind, that he
+might proceed in his longed-for return to his native country and
+relations; but he submitted to the good pleasure of God, who orders all
+times and seasons and all things for the best. At night the wind came
+about a little towards the east, favouring his voyage.
+
+
+_May 30, 1654._
+
+[SN: Preparations for departure.]
+
+The wind continued this morning, as it was last night, easterly, but not
+sufficing for Whitelocke to go on his voyage. The Vice-Admiral Clerke
+coming to Whitelocke, he advised with him touching his voyage, and asked
+him if he thought the 'Amarantha' might with this wind be gotten to the
+Dollars. He answered that there could be no assurance thereof, but that
+possibly it might be so; whereupon Whitelocke replied, that he had a
+great desire to go down himself to the Dollars, before the news came of
+the 'Amarantha's' arrival there, because the wind might come good, and
+within six hours carry them out to the open sea, which, if neglected,
+might retard their voyage fifteen days or more. Clerke said that if
+Whitelocke desired to do so, that he would not advise him to the
+contrary, but he believed that this might expedite his voyage; only he
+said that Whitelocke must be content to lie on board the ship till the
+wind should come fair, because there was no accommodation to be had for
+him and his company at the Dollars. Whitelocke said he should be well
+contented to lie on ship-board, and prayed Clerke to cause boats to be
+provided for his passage to the Dollars the next day, and ordered his
+officers and servants to prepare all things in readiness for his
+departure accordingly. Wrangel came back this night from Upsal, and
+several other persons, though very late, having staid the solemnity of
+the Queen's resignation and the coronation of the new King, which they
+related to Whitelocke to be done this day, and in this manner and
+solemnity.
+
+[SN: Relation of the ceremony of the Queen's resignation.]
+
+About nine o'clock this morning the Queen, being attired in her royal
+apparel and robes of purple velvet, with her crown upon her head, and
+attended by all her officers and servants, came into the room prepared
+for that occasion, where was set a table with a rich carpet, and five
+great cushions laid upon it. Most of the grandees and officers were
+present.
+
+Upon one of the cushions was laid the sword of state; upon the second
+cushion was laid the sceptre; upon the third cushion was laid the ball;
+and upon the fourth cushion were laid the keys.
+
+The Queen being come into the room, after a little pause made a short
+speech to the company, to this effect:--
+
+    "My Lords and Gentlemen,
+
+    "You have before this time been acquainted with my resolution to
+    resign the crown and government of this kingdom into the hands of my
+    most dear cousin the Prince, here present with me, upon my earnest
+    request to the Ricksdag, now convened. After long debates and much
+    solicitation to dissuade me from it, yet at length, though
+    unwillingly, they have assented to this my resolution; and I am now
+    come to put the same in execution before all these honourable
+    witnesses here present; and to you, my most dear cousin, I do
+    heartily wish all happiness and good success in the management of
+    the public affairs of this kingdom."
+
+Having thus spoken, the Queen desired that some of them would take the
+crown from off her head, but none would do it; she then called to Grave
+Tott and the Baron Steinberg, expressly commanding them to do it, but
+they refused, till again earnestly commanded by her; they then took the
+crown from off her Majesty's head, and laid it down upon the fifth
+cushion on the table. After that was done, some others, by her command,
+took off the royal robes with which she was clothed and laid them down
+upon the table. Then the Queen, having thus divested herself of these
+ensigns of royalty and resigned her crown, being now in her private
+habit, made courtesy to the Prince and to the rest of the company, and
+retired into her own chamber,--an act of a strange constancy and
+fixedness of resolution, going through with this great work of her own
+abdication without the least outward show of reluctancy for what she had
+done, but with the same behaviour and confidence as at all other times in
+her particular and private affairs.[314]
+
+For this act of the Queen's resignation they had no precedent; for the
+solemnity of the King's coronation they had many; and the same is at
+large, with all the circumstances and ceremonies thereof, set down by one
+of their authors, Wexionius (Epit. Descriptionis Sueciæ, lib. v. c. 6),
+from which the ceremonies of this Coronation were not much different, and
+thus shortly related unto Whitelocke.
+
+[SN: Ceremony of the King's coronation.]
+
+After the Queen was withdrawn to her private chamber, the Ricks-officers
+and senators humbly desired the Prince that he would be pleased to walk
+to the Cathedral Church, where the Archbishop and other prelates were
+ready to attend his Royal Highness, and to perform the solemnities of his
+coronation. The whole company went thither in this order. The officers
+and servants of the Court went first in a very great number, together
+with many officers of the army and other gentlemen. After them came the
+nobility, the gentlemen, barons, and earls, members of the Ricksdag; then
+followed the Ricks-Senators, two and two, in rank. After them came the
+five Ricks-officers: first, the Ricks-Schatzmaster, or High Treasurer,
+who carried the keys; next to him, the Ricks-Chancellor, who carried the
+globe; after him came the Ricks-Admiral, who carried the sceptre; then
+one in the place of the Feldherr, or General, who carried the sword; and
+lastly the Ricks-Droitset, or Chief Justice, who carried the crown. After
+the Chief Justice came the King himself, in his ordinary habit, with a
+huge troop following him, and the windows and streets crowded with
+multitudes of people. The guards and soldiers stood in their arms as the
+company passed by.
+
+Being thus come to the Cathedral, at the door stood the Archbishop with a
+horn of oil in his hand, accompanied with other bishops, superintendents,
+and many clergymen. He received the Prince at the church door, and
+conducted him up to the high altar, where they had prayers, and then the
+Archbishop anointed the Prince with the oil. They put upon him the royal
+apparel, put the crown upon his head, the sceptre in his right hand, and
+the ball into his left hand, and so he was invested into the royal
+dignity, and declared, with all his titles, King of Swedes, Goths, and
+Vandals, etc.; drums, trumpets, and loud acclamations of the people
+adding to the proclaiming of their new King. Not many days past they
+laboured to hinder the doing of it; now they shout for joy that it is
+done. Thus are the minds and practice of the multitude, whom nothing
+pleaseth long,--nothing more than novelty.
+
+The ceremonies being performed at the Cathedral, the new King, with all
+his new subjects and servants, returned from thence into the castle in
+the same order as he came hither. By the way he was saluted with the loud
+acclamations of the people, "God save the King!" Thus coming to his Court
+as he entered it, the abdicated Queen looks out of her window, and with a
+cheerful countenance and voice heard by the company she wished her cousin
+joy of his crown and government. The King retires for a while to his
+private chamber, then is called forth to a sumptuous feast, where most of
+the nobility and senators did attend upon him and rejoice with him, and
+afterwards did swear fealty, homage, and allegiance to him.
+
+But this relation was not so pleasing to Whitelocke as the thoughts of
+his departure from this place, and his longing to proceed in his voyage
+homewards.
+
+
+_May 31, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke takes boat and leaves the shore;]
+
+The 'Swart Hundt' set sail this morning with Whitelocke's goods and
+copper, Taylor commanding her, and Swedes mariners in her; the wind was
+come about indifferent good, for his and for his master's voyage. Wrangel
+and Clerke affording Whitelocke their company at dinner, he advised with
+them what time of the day would be best for him to go from hence. Clerke
+said that the boats would be ready after dinner to transport him from
+hence to the Dollars, whither he hoped that by this time the 'Amarantha'
+might be come. He and Wrangel advised Whitelocke not to go on board the
+boats till six or seven o'clock in the evening, to avoid the heat of the
+day, and to enjoy the benefit of the cool of the night, which was better
+to be endured than the extremity of the heat of the day, especially upon
+the water; and the heat some affirmed to be at this time as violent in
+this country as it is in Spain or Italy. Whitelocke found it now as much
+hotter than England as it is colder in the winter.
+
+About seven o'clock in the evening Whitelocke left his lodging, where
+they made him pay as an Ambassador Extraordinary. For the use of the
+house, only for eleven days, they made him pay a hundred and sixty
+rix-dollars; for his victuals, but one meal a day, without any dainties,
+they exacted above a thousand rix-dollars. Such is their unconscionable
+exaction upon strangers. It was time to leave them, and Whitelocke being
+called by Wrangel and Clerke, he went to prayers with his company,
+recommending themselves to the protection and blessing of God; and
+presently after prayers he and all his people went to the water-side,
+multitudes by the way saluting him with respect as he passed by, and
+crowding to see him take boat.
+
+He went into a galley of the Queen's attending for him. Most of his
+gentlemen and Clerke were with him in the galley; the rest of his company
+went in a great boat provided for them. This galley had two masts bearing
+the Queen's colours in silk. In the hinder part of it was a room with a
+table and benches round about it, the table covered with crimson velvet,
+the benches with red cloth, and tapestry upon the floor. The room held
+about ten persons; the outward room about twelve men, besides the
+watermen for sixteen oars. At her head she carried two small pieces of
+ordnance, which they fired at loosing from the harbour, and the ships of
+war fired as they passed by. They went on in a great deep water,
+sometimes very broad, sometimes more narrow, on the sides whereof were
+huge rocks, and here and there little trees growing out of the clefts of
+them, with small heaps of earth lying on them, but they increase not much
+in that soil.
+
+Many rocks all along on the shores, and islands of rocks, with the smell
+of the fir-trees on them, was a variety for strangers; and the water
+being calm, they made use only of their oars. The trumpets sounding where
+the rocks were most uneven and made concavities, gave much delight by the
+resounding of seven or eight echoes to one sound. Yet the multitudes of
+craggy rocks of vast greatness and huge tallness, with their uneven heads
+and ragged sides, filling all the shores and making many islands, and
+those causing no small danger in the passage, appeared, especially at
+first and to the younger seamen, very dreadful and amazing; but after a
+little acquaintance with them, and constant being in their company, and
+the seamen knowing the passage, caused the less fear, and the sevenfold
+answering echoes, as if they had been so many trumpets, gave delight to
+the hearers, with some admiration of that multiplying sound. But their
+cheerfulness was increased by meeting with a boat about two Swedish miles
+from Stockholm, whose men informed Whitelocke that the 'Amarantha' was
+that day come into the Dollars, which good news added hopes and spirit
+to the company of advancing in their voyage towards their longed-for
+country; and the night seemed the less tedious by discoursing of this
+providence, that, the same day that Whitelocke came away, his ship should
+fall down to be ready to meet him, and not sooner, and whereof he knew
+nothing beforehand.
+
+Clerke informed Whitelocke of the places by which they passed, and the
+condition of the country. They came into a very narrow way and straits,
+about a bow-shot in length, where a great vessel could not pass, both for
+want of breadth and depth of water, the greater boat with Whitelocke
+striking the sands as she passed over. This way was to get into the road
+and channel for the ships from Stockholm to the Dollars, which is near
+twenty Swedish miles for the ships to go about. From this strait they
+came again into deep water, environed as before with rocks, and full of
+islands.
+
+[SN: and reaches his ship at the Dollars.]
+
+When they were within a mile of the Dollars, the wind came about to east
+and north-east, very fair and good to carry them out to sea, whereas
+before it was flat against them. Hereupon Whitelocke took occasion, the
+wind being now good, to order his galley to make way forthright to the
+'Amarantha' without going on shore at all, which was done, although it
+seemed long at the latter end of the way, the company weary, and the
+watermen tired with rowing, though they did not at all row with that
+nimbleness and mettle as the English use to do.
+
+When Whitelocke departed from Stockholm the wind was contrary to him;
+after he was certified by the boat which he met that the 'Amarantha' was
+in the Dollars, the wind suddenly changed and was fair for him, and after
+this providence they came in good time to the ship, the tedious passage
+of the night being over, wherein Whitelocke slept upon the boards and in
+the open air,--hardship enough for one of his age and condition, but God
+was his protection.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[184] [This entry is evidently a repetition of the conversation reported
+at length on the 5th of April. The story here related by M. Woolfeldt is
+his own.]
+
+[188] "We Christina, by the grace of God Queen of Swedes, Goths, and
+Vandals, etc., do make known and testify, that, whereas it is the common
+and mutual interest of us and our kingdom, as also of Oliver, Lord
+Protector of the Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, and the
+dominions thereof, our good friend, and of the said Commonwealth, that
+the ancient friendship and alliance which hath always been between this
+kingdom and those nations be conserved and increased; and especially that
+the freedom of commerce and navigation do continue straitly conformed and
+uninterrupted; and for that cause the foresaid Lord Protector and
+Commonwealth have been pleased to send their Extraordinary Ambassador
+unto us: therefore we have commanded, and do by these presents, in the
+best form, command and commit unto the most illustrious our sincerely
+faithful and beloved the Lord Axel Oxenstiern, Chancellor and Senator of
+us and the kingdom of Sweden, etc., and also to Lord Eric Oxenstiern of
+Axel, likewise a Senator of us and of the Kingdom of Sweden, etc., that
+they do treat, agree, and conclude with the before-named Ambassador and
+Plenipotentiary about the making of a league concerning the foresaid
+matters and other things thereunto pertaining. Whatsoever therefore our
+said Plenipotentiary Commissioners shall act, conclude, and appoint with
+the before-named Ambassador, we shall hold the same ratified and
+confirmed by force of these presents; in witness and strengthening
+whereof, we have commanded these presents, subscribed with our hand, to
+be corroborated with our great seal of the kingdom. Given in our castle
+of Upsal, the fourteenth day of March, in the year one thousand six
+hundred fifty and four. CHRISTINA."
+
+[193] [No sooner had Cromwell assumed the Protectorate than his foreign
+policy took a more definite shape, and was steadily directed to two great
+objects--peace with Holland, and the union of the Protestant States. The
+conclusion of the Dutch peace was however not an easy matter. Cromwell
+himself had declared in favour of the daring project of a union of the
+two Republics, and the Dutch alliance was hated by many of his stoutest
+military supporters. Moreover he required of the Dutch, as a condition
+_sine quâ non_, that they should engage never to make the young Prince of
+Orange or his descendants their Stadtholder, or to give him the command
+of their forces. This was the secret article against which the States
+General most vehemently protested, and Cromwell was at length obliged to
+content himself with an engagement of the province of Holland to exclude
+the House of Orange. Even this pretension was strongly opposed by De
+Witt, but Cromwell insisted. The public treaty of peace was signed on the
+5th of April, 1654; but it was not until the 5th of June following that
+the secret article was ratified. The King of Denmark, the Swiss
+Protestant cantons, the Hanseatic towns, and some of the Protestant
+Princes of North Germany were included in the treaty, which formed the
+complement of the negotiation on which Whitelocke was engaged in
+Sweden.--M. GUIZOT, _Histoire de la République d'Angleterre_, vol. ii. p.
+67.]
+
+[200] "We, Christina, by the grace of God Queen of the Swedes, Goths, and
+Vandals, etc., do make known and testify that whereas the endeavours of
+the illustrious and generous, of us sincerely beloved, the Lord Bulstrode
+Whitelocke, Extraordinary Ambassador, are most grateful to us, which he
+hath negotiated for the common good of our Kingdom and his Commonwealth,
+for the making of a league of stricter friendship between both parties:
+therefore, and to the end it may appear as a testimony of our goodwill
+and grateful memory on this behalf, we have thereupon granted and
+assigned, and by these our letters do grant and assign to the said Lord
+Ambassador two hundred pound of copper, commonly called ship-pounds; the
+which two hundred pounds of copper our treasurers and officers of our
+Chamber of Accounts are obliged, without delay, to deliver into the hands
+of the before-mentioned Ambassador. In greater testimony whereof we have
+commanded these presents, subscribed with our hand, to be confirmed by
+our seal. Given in our castle of Upsal, the 3rd day of May, in the year
+1654. CHRISTINA."
+
+[240] "I, the subscribed Bulstrode Whitelocke, Constable of the Castle of
+Windsor, and one of the Keepers of the Great Seal of the Commonwealth of
+England, Commissioner, Procurator, Deputy, and Extraordinary Ambassador
+of the Most Serene and Most High Lord Oliver, Lord Protector of the
+Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, and the dominions thereof
+and the said Commonwealth, do make known and testify, that whereas by the
+treaty of alliance between the said Most Serene and my Most High Lord
+Oliver, Lord Protector, and the Most Serene and Most Potent Prince and
+Lady the Lady Christina, by the grace of God Queen of the Swedes, Goths,
+and Vandals, etc., a firm peace and friendship is established: and I have
+judged it chiefly consonant thereunto to find out means to remove certain
+grievances of the people and citizens of either State, and to take away
+all grounds and occasions thereof which may arise in time to come.
+Therefore, upon some differences moved, I have agreed with the most
+illustrious and most excellent Lords, Plenipotentiary Commissioners and
+Senators of her said Royal Majesty and of Sweden, the Lord Axel
+Oxenstiern, Chancellor of the kingdom, etc., and the Lord Eric
+Oxenstiern, son of Axel, President of the General College of Trade, etc.,
+in manner as by the following articles is expressed and explained.
+
+"First, whereas a certain company of English exercising merchandise in
+Guinea have complained of one Henry Carelove, who, being Governor of the
+Swedish Company in that country, did take away from the English certain
+places inhabited by them, and did other injuries to them; but the said
+Swedish Company not only took upon them to prove that the before-named
+Governor did commit no fault, but likewise made complaint of grievances
+against the officers of the said English Company; but these particular
+differences of merchants at this time could not for certain reasons be
+wholly determined, and therefore it seemed most counselable to both
+parties that in a friendly way, without any indirect courses, they may be
+composed by certain Commissioners on both sides. In the meantime it is
+agreed that the differing hereof shall be to the prejudice of none of
+either part, so that neither the fellows or officers of the said
+companies nor any subjects or citizens of either State shall offer any
+injury or molestation to one another in Guinea, or in the free commerce
+or travelling there; but, as before is expressed, the determination of
+the differences being referred by both sides to the superiors, they may
+live friendly among themselves, and treat one another with that goodwill
+which is consonant to the league concluded between them. The same also
+shall be observed in America between the colonies of New Sweden and of
+the English, that they do embrace a sincere friendship, and that either
+party do abstain from all troubles and injuries to the other, but chiefly
+that they do endeavour their mutual preservation until there be a clear
+agreement before the deputed Commissioners on both sides about the limits
+of the colonies, and other rules of friendship that shall be requisite,
+together with other affairs of particular persons. Which matters, that
+they may be enjoined to all and singular the subjects and citizens of
+either State, and may be observed by them, I have fully taken upon me by
+these presents, by virtue of my commission, and do confirm by
+subscription of my hand, and by my seal."
+
+[268] [Whitelocke, in his zeal to exhort the Heir-apparent to the service
+of God and the observance of the Lord's Day, appears to have appreciated
+very imperfectly the extraordinary character and the political capacity
+of the Prince who paid him so signal a mark of deference. Yet in the
+romantic and chivalrous annals of the House of Vasa, scarcely any reign
+is more remarkable than that of the sovereign to whom Christina ceded the
+throne. In the course of the ensuing five years Charles Gustavus, at the
+head of a chosen band of Swedish veterans, conquered Prussia, and
+compelled the Great Elector to acknowledge himself to be a Swedish
+vassal; invaded Poland, and commenced the partition of that republic;
+allied himself to Rakoczy, to the terror of the House of Austria, and
+attacked Denmark with such success that he crossed the Little Belt on the
+ice and laid siege to Copenhagen, which was only saved by the mediation
+of the Maritime Powers. Such was the splendid career of Charles Gustavus
+between the period of his accession to the throne and the year 1660, when
+he died, not having completed his thirty-eighth year. More than any of
+his predecessors or of his successors on the Swedish throne, he may be
+said to have held the Empire of the North; and the favour here shown to
+Whitelocke indicates the importance attached by the Swedish Prince to
+secure at least the goodwill of Cromwell during the prosecution of these
+Extraordinary enterprises.]
+
+[283] [Oxenstiern died about three months afterwards.]
+
+[314] [It would be idle to speculate on the political motives which may
+have combined with other reasons to induce Christina of Sweden to
+conceive and execute this extraordinary design. Other sovereigns have
+abdicated from the lassitude of age or the burden of unpopularity, or the
+desire of ensuring the succession to their offspring; but the resignation
+of a Queen in her twenty-ninth year, surrounded by able ministers and a
+loyal people, and who had reigned with splendour and success, is an event
+without a parallel in history. The explanation of it is to be found in
+the eccentricity, the levity, the feverish curiosity, and the indomitable
+love of independence and singularity which are to be traced in every part
+of the Queen's character. She was a woman of powerful but ill-regulated
+mind, capable at one time of sharing in the speculations of Descartes or
+of applauding the exhortations of Whitelocke,--at another, of bowing to
+the spiritual bondage of Rome, and even of committing the brutal murder
+of Monaldeschi. The character of Cromwell pleased her by its adventurous
+exploits and its arbitrary tendency, and her reception of the English
+Embassy was as much the result of personal predilection as of policy.
+Whitelocke amused her by his somewhat pedantic erudition, and flattered
+her vanity, but he seems scarcely to have divined the extraordinary
+variations of her character.]
+
+
+
+
+JUNE.
+
+
+_June 1, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke embarks in the Amarantha, and sails.]
+
+Having been part of yesterday and all the last night upon the water, this
+morning, about seven o'clock, Whitelocke and all his company came to the
+Dollars, and, without setting foot on shore, they went on board the ship
+'Amarantha,' lying there to expect them. And although this was not usual,
+but passengers generally stay some time at this place till their ships be
+ready, and to make provisions for their voyage, and spend some money at
+the cabaret here; yet Whitelocke seeing the wind fair, and having all his
+company together in the boats, was unwilling to let them be scattered by
+going on shore, which might be troublesome and retard his voyage by
+getting them all together again. For these reasons he commanded all his
+people to go forthwith aboard the ship, as he himself did, at which
+Vice-Admiral Clerke wondered, and said he had not seen the same done
+before.
+
+This ship, the 'Amarantha,' had never yet been at sea, and therefore the
+more dangerous to adventure in her first voyage; but she was well built,
+a fair ship, of a good burden, and had mounted in her forty pieces of
+brass cannon, two of them demy cannon, and she was well manned and of
+good force and strength for war; she was a good sailer, and would turn
+and tack about well; she held a hundred persons of Whitelocke's followers
+and most of his baggage, besides her own mariners, about two hundred. The
+cabins wherein Whitelocke was were of a handsome make; the breadth of the
+ship was the length of his bed-cabin, and it was six or seven paces
+broad, and high enough for the tallest man; it was hung with red cloth,
+the furniture of the bed was rich cloth of gold and silver; on the table
+was a rich carpet, and all over it a canopy with broad fringes of silk
+and gold and silver. Within the bed-cabin was another room for him to
+retire into, with a table and benches covered with red cloth. All the
+gentlemen had accommodations as the ship could afford.
+
+Being all settled in the ship, they were fain to stay for the ship-boat
+which the captain had sent for water; and as soon as it was returned,
+about ten o'clock in the morning, they weighed anchor and put the ship
+under sail, recommending themselves to the mercy and protection of Him
+who rules upon the waters as well as on dry land, and of whose goodness
+they had so great experience. They sailed by the place called the Scares,
+that is, the isles of rocks, which are there in the water and on both
+sides of the shore, of a strange cragginess, largeness, and number; those
+in the sea are full of danger, and often afford but a very strait passage
+for the ships to go between them, and no other course is to avoid them.
+From hence the sea begins to widen herself towards the furthest point of
+land, which they call the Lands-Ort, answerable to our English point of
+land called the Land's End in Cornwall. The Lands-Ort is eight Swedish
+leagues from the Dollars, and hither they reached by the evening, the
+wind being east and south-east all this day.
+
+
+_June 2, 1654._
+
+[SN: The voyage.]
+
+About eleven o'clock the last night the wind came about more to the
+south, yet Whitelocke advanced in his course and gained some way, but not
+much, the wind being almost against him; and so it continued in this
+morning, when there appeared a chain of rocks advancing themselves more
+than a Swedish mile into the sea, and not far from the isle of Oeland, to
+which rocks it is not good to approach too near. They could not maintain
+their course but to very small advantage, and by veering up and down to
+gain a little of the wind, and in this manner they spent this whole day:
+the wind continuing at south-south-east, they did not advance much all
+this day, only kept what they had gained before, and held plying up and
+down in that dangerous sea; their support was that this was the good
+pleasure of their God, whose will the wind and waters do obey.
+
+Though the weather was not foul, yet it was thick with fog which arose at
+the foot of the horizon, and the mariners said this weather was ordinary
+in these seas, but very dangerous. In the evening some of the company
+made them pastime to divert the tediousness of the way and weather.
+
+
+_June 3, 1654._
+
+[SN: The island of Gothland.]
+
+About midnight the wind came about somewhat fairer than before, and
+Whitelocke gained a little in his course. At sunrising he discovered the
+isle of Gothland, eight leagues distant to the east from the isle of
+Oeland; afterwards the wind returned to the same quarter wherein it was
+yesterday.
+
+The isle of Oeland is near the continent, extending itself in length by
+the shore eighteen Swedish miles, but hath not in breadth in any place
+above two Swedish miles. This is the place where the Prince of Sweden,
+now King, used to make his residence, in a fair castle built of stone of
+this island, not inferior to marble,--these stones are in great request
+for pavements, pillars, and other uses and ornaments in building. The
+pillars of the King's Chapel at Stockholm, great and high, well polished
+and of divers colours, were brought from this island, and they have many
+of these stones in the buildings of the great lords. This island is a
+place of the most field-pleasure of any in this country, being open and
+stored with red and fallow deer, with hares and conies, and with
+partridges, which are scarce in other parts; but here the game is
+preserved for the Prince's pleasure.
+
+The isle of Gothland is about fourteen Swedish miles in length, and five
+in breadth. It anciently belonged to the Swedes till the Danes took it
+from them, and kept the possession of it till the late wars between those
+two crowns, when the Swedes recovered it from the Dane; and by the peace
+after that war the treaty left it to the Swede, and allowed for it the
+isle of Bornholm to the Dane, being nearer his dominions. They report
+that heretofore Gothland (belonging to the Goths, from whom it hath the
+name) was famous for the traffic of all these quarters, and had in it a
+large town called Wisby, where formerly certain laws were instituted
+touching the sea, which are observed to this day. But Lübeck, and other
+towns on that side, having got the trade from hence, and the sea by
+inundations having much diminished this isle, both it and the town are
+become but of small consideration.
+
+The wind was little and very variable, and this day was a calm, so that
+they could advance very little in their voyage. In the evening the wind
+grew fresh, and increased till three o'clock the next morning, so that
+they made good way in their course; but these deep seas began to rise,
+and the ship to roll and toss so much, that some of Whitelocke's people,
+sensible of it and of the increasing of the wind and waves, and of the
+mariners' labour and disorder, began to be afraid and sick. But
+Whitelocke cherished and comforted them the best he could, and gave order
+for attendance upon them, and that they should want nothing which the
+ship could afford; the which was the more in his power, the command of it
+being wholly left to him by the Queen; and by his kindness, and ceasing
+of the storm, they began to recover their courage, the wind changed, and
+it grew more calm after the ruffling.
+
+
+_June 4, 1654._
+
+[SN: The voyage.--Bornholm.]
+
+_The Lord's Day._--Still Whitelocke was toiling on the Baltic Sea. After
+three o'clock in the morning he advanced a good way in his course; but
+about ten o'clock they discovered land, which was the isle of Bornholm,
+distant from the point of south of Oeland eighteen German leagues. It
+seemeth a plain and flat ground, about eight Swedish miles in length, and
+about five in breadth; this isle is fruitful and well peopled, abounding
+in pastures, so that it yields a good revenue in butter. Many witches are
+affirmed to be in this isle, and no place in this sea hath more
+shipwrecks than upon Bornholm. Some give the reason thereof from the
+strait pass between this isle and the continent; yet is the coast clean
+and without rocks, and hath good roads; others attribute the cause of
+these shipwrecks to the great and dangerous sands about this and the
+other isles of this sea, which (especially about this isle of Bornholm)
+do lie out far and shallow in the sea, on which many ships have been
+struck and lost; and here Whitelocke's ship was in some peril, but it
+pleased God still to preserve him. He floated in sight of this island
+almost all this day, the wind veering into most points of the compass,
+and he was turned back from his course and lost more than he gained of
+his way.
+
+About nine o'clock in the morning the ship's company, having a minister
+on board with them, were at their exercises of devotion, which they have
+every morning, beginning with singing a psalm, as we do; then the
+minister prays, but not long, and the conclusion is to sing about two
+verses of another psalm, and so they part; except on the Lord's Day, as
+this was, their chaplain preached a short sermon in the morning in
+Swedish, but none in the afternoon. Whitelocke for his own company had
+the usual exercises of praying and preaching by his chaplain Mr. De la
+Marche, Mr. Ingelo being sick.
+
+Towards the evening the wind began to be fresh again; they kept their
+course near Bornholm, and might discern the castle. After Whitelocke was
+gone to rest, Vice-Admiral Clerke, who was on board with him, followed a
+ship to inquire if she heard any news of a Swedish ship laden with salt
+from Portugal; at which some of Whitelocke's company taking offence, the
+Vice-Admiral desisted; but by this deviation, the 'Amarantha' (which is
+not fleet of sail) lost three leagues, which she was cast back in her
+course, and was brought in great danger by sailing too near the shore;
+but the Lord guided them.
+
+
+_June 5, 1654._
+
+[SN: Meet an English ship.]
+
+In the morning Whitelocke was out of sight of Bornholm, and pursued his
+course, the wind blowing a little in a good quarter. About nine o'clock
+they descried some ships, of which one seemed to be a great one; and
+coming nearer, they perceived an English ship to be with them. The
+'Amarantha' fired a gun to warn them to strike sail, she carrying the
+flag in her maintop, and being a man-of-war of Sweden. The English
+captain did not obey, and Clerke commanded to shoot again at him; but
+Whitelocke ordered Clerke first to send his boat with some of
+Whitelocke's servants, to advertise the English captain that Whitelocke
+was in the Swedish ship. They coming on board found the captain in
+choler, preparing to fight with the Swede, denying their sovereignty on
+these seas; but being informed by his countrymen that the English
+Ambassador was on board the Swedish ship, he presently, and Mr. Fisher, a
+merchant, with him, came to Whitelocke, rejoicing to see him, and said
+that if he had not been there the Swedish Vice-Admiral should have had
+hot work; but now he struck sail to the Ambassador, whom he acquainted
+that all was well in England; that he had brought in his ship the
+commissioners to agree the differences between our Commonwealth and
+Denmark, who were now at Copenhagen; and that when they passed the Sound,
+the King of Denmark's officers were very friendly to them. He told
+Whitelocke also that two English frigates, sent by the Protector for
+Whitelocke's transportation, were arrived at Hamburg, and waited for
+Whitelocke there; after giving him some wine, and discourse, Whitelocke
+dismissed this Captain Morgan to proceed in his voyage to Danzic, whither
+he was bound. At his parting all were friends, and Clerke gave him two
+guns, after the Swedish custom, but Morgan answered him with seven pieces
+of ordnance; then Clerke gave him two more guns, to which Morgan gave two
+also, and a third a little while after.
+
+The 'Amarantha' having loitered by reason of the calm, which continued
+till the evening, they were most part of this day within sight of the
+isle of Rügen, near the coast of Pomerland, and part of that Duchy which
+fell in partage to one of the duke's sons, who there kept his court in a
+fair castle, whereof somewhat yet remains. The island appears high to
+those that sail by it, and hath in length about eight German miles, and
+about five in breadth; the King Gustavus took it, and it hath since
+continued in the possession of the Swedes, and was confirmed to them by
+the late treaty of Munster; the coast is full of white sands, and
+dangerous to those who are not well acquainted with the passages, which
+hereabout are strait, and a bank of sand comes far out into the sea, on
+which Whitelocke was in great peril, within four-fathom water in the
+night; but they were glad to veer back again and tack about to escape the
+danger.
+
+The wind blew fresh from the north-east, by which he continued his course
+till about midnight; when there came a hideous storm of wind, thunder,
+rain, and lightning, which caused them to furl their sails, and lasted
+about three hours; but the waves continued very high above twelve hours
+together afterwards, it being the nature of this sea when it is once
+stirred, that by reason of the great depth it will not be still again for
+many hours after. Some of Whitelocke's company were much affrighted with
+this tempest, and not without cause; but it pleased God to cease the
+storm, and give fair weather, and thereby more cause to remember the
+experiences they have had of His divine goodness throughout their whole
+voyage.
+
+
+_June 6, 1654._
+
+[SN: The coast of Pomerania.]
+
+In the morning; the wind continued fair, and they made good way till
+towards eight o'clock, when it grew calm till about seven o'clock in the
+evening. All this day they were upon the coast of Pomerland. One of the
+mariners, from the top-gallant, espying land and a town, informed them
+that it was Wismar; but coming nearer to the shore, they found it to be
+Rostock, eight leagues further from Lübeck than Wismar is. Both these
+towns are subject to the Crown of Sweden, port towns, and of good trade;
+Rostock more famous to the High Dutch for their exceeding strong and
+thick beer.
+
+In the evening the wind blew fair north-west, but the sky grew thick, and
+the night coming on, they, for fear of falling upon the coast, tacked off
+again to sea, and out of their course. About eleven o'clock at night the
+storm began much more violent than the night before, continuing about six
+hours, to the imminent danger of the ship to be overset and foundered in
+the sea, but still God preserved them. About midnight was a horrible
+noise, the thunder fierce and strangely loud, the sky all in flames with
+the wonderful lightnings; and though it be frequent to meet with great
+tempests of thunder and lightnings upon this sea, and much more dreadful
+than those in England, yet now the officers and mariners of the ship
+affirmed that they never saw the like to this tempest, and that they were
+almost blind with the shining and flashes of this lightning. They saw
+also on the land houses burning, set on fire by the lightning, any flame
+whereof fastening upon the combustible matter of the ship the same had
+instantly been fired and all within her inevitably had perished. But
+still God was their defence and deliverer. The tempest was so outrageous
+that they were forced to take down their sails and let fall their
+anchors. Here they found the difference between Sweden and this country:
+there, at midnight, one might plainly read without a candle; here, though
+nearer the summer solstice and the days at longest, they found at least
+four hours of dark night, as seeming near the winter.
+
+
+_June 7, 1654._
+
+[SN: Arrive at Lübeck.]
+
+The tempest began to cease about five o'clock in the morning, and it grew
+fair weather, the wind coming good for them to continue and finish their
+voyage. Thus God preserved them from the danger of the last night as of
+many times before, the which Whitelocke held himself obliged more
+largely to describe as so many monuments, to him and his company, of the
+goodness of God towards them, and to preserve the memory thereof as
+arguments to him and his, wholly to depend upon that God of whom they
+have had so much experience.
+
+The wind continued fair, and they sailed all along in the sight of land,
+drawing nearer and nearer to it, which was pleasant to those who had been
+in such storms, and were not a little longing to be at their native home.
+They came about ten o'clock in the morning to the road at Lübeck, and no
+sooner was the ship settled there but the wind ceased and blew not at
+all, but it became a great calm; wherein also the providence and goodness
+of God was seen, that had they not come to an anchor at this very moment,
+they must have been still roaming on the sea till the wind had come about
+again for them, and perhaps might have been kept out at sea many days
+longer. They were all filled with joy, having passed one half of their
+voyage, and seeing the place of their first descent on land. The
+'Amarantha,' having let fall her anchors, fired two guns, and a ship of
+the Duke of Courland's, in the road, answered them with three. This road
+is a gulf between two arms of land, at the first entrance from one
+another about a league; but it becomes more narrow as one approacheth
+nearer to the mouth of the river, which is called Trave, and divides the
+two Duchies of Mecklenburg and Holstein. This is the road or haven
+belonging to the town of Lübeck, and is of good defence and safety to
+secure the riding of ships, and of conveniency for the trade of that town
+into the Baltic Sea.
+
+After this perilous voyage of eight days' sailing on the angry Baltic
+Seas,--escaping the dismal, infinite, vast, craggy rocks, seen and
+unseen, and the covered sands and dangerous coasts, in the highest
+storms,--it pleased Him who giveth bounds to the deep waters and stilleth
+the waves thereof, to conduct Whitelocke and all his people in safety to
+this haven. They were not negligent to prepare for their going on shore,
+in order whereunto Whitelocke sent Colonel Potley and some of his
+servants to land, to provide horses for his coach, and waggons for his
+train and baggage; purposing to go that night to Lübeck, being but two
+German leagues from Tremon, and the days now at longest.
+
+Potley, according to order, gave notice to the Governor of Tremon of
+Whitelocke's coming on shore in the territories of his masters, the Lords
+of Lübeck, and provided boats, horses, waggons, and all things necessary,
+with diligence and dexterity. Whilst this was doing, Whitelocke calls his
+company together into his cabin, where they gave thanks to God for their
+safe arrival in this place, and humbly prayed for the continuance of his
+blessing and presence with them, the rest of their journey yet to come.
+
+After dinner, Whitelocke sent for Vice-Admiral Clerke and Captain
+Sinclair into his cabin, where he gave them thanks for the care and pains
+they had taken for him and his company, and for their particular respects
+to himself and observance of his desires; whereof he said he would by
+letters acquaint his Majesty of Sweden, and report to the Protector their
+respects to him. He desired them to accept a small testimony of his
+thankfulness for their civilities. He gave the Vice-Admiral sixty
+dollars, to distribute to the mariners, and sixty dollars more to the
+officers of the ship,--that is, the master and his mate, the boatswain,
+the constable (so they call the master gunner), the gunner's mate, and
+the rest. To Captain Sinclair he gave eighty ducats, and to the
+Vice-Admiral one hundred ducats, which were the best compliments, and
+thankfully accepted by them; and Whitelocke was the more liberal in these
+rewards, being to strangers, and for the honour of his nation.
+
+The boats being gone, with the coaches, baggage, and most of the people,
+and the rest not unwilling to be on shore, Whitelocke, with most of his
+gentlemen, went in one of the ship-boats; the Vice-Admiral bare him
+company, and did him the honour to steer the boat himself; the rest of
+the company went in the other ship-boat. After Whitelocke was gone off
+the length of two or three boats, and whilst the other boat lay by the
+side of the ship, they fired forty pieces of ordnance, which, being so
+very near, did, with the wind, or fear of the cannon, strike down some
+that were in the boat, who were more than frighted, insomuch that one of
+them, after he came to Lübeck, continued very ill with swooning fits; but
+by the care of Doctor Whistler and good cordials, through the blessing of
+God, he recovered, and was well again.
+
+They went about half a league by water from the ship to the mouth of the
+river, where there is a little fort with some great guns mounted, and
+without that are small towers for lights to direct the seamen, and a
+village called Tremon, where they landed, all belonging to the city of
+Lübeck. _Mon_, in High Dutch, signifies a mouth, and _Tre_ is the name of
+the river; so Tremon is the mouth of the river Tre. At their landing
+stood, ready to receive them, a tall old man, with a long, white,
+venerable beard; he wore a broad belt, with a long basket-hilted sword;
+he was a Colonel, and Governor of that fort. He spake to Whitelocke in
+High Dutch, which Potley interpreted to this effect:--
+
+    "My Lord Ambassador,
+
+    "In the name of my masters, the Lords of Lübeck, I bid your
+    Excellence welcome on shore and to this place."
+
+Whitelocke answered him as shortly:--
+
+    "Noble Colonel,
+
+    "I heartily thank you for your civility, whereof I hope ere long to
+    have the opportunity to acquaint your masters the Lords of Lübeck."
+
+As Whitelocke passed by they fired three guns from the fort. The Colonel
+conducted Whitelocke to his house, near the landing-place, multitudes of
+people flocking together. The house was not stately, nor very convenient.
+There they were entertained with great store of very strong beer, which
+they call _mum_; and the Colonel was exceeding free to call for large
+flagons of it for Whitelocke and for all his people; which Whitelocke
+apprehending to have been the generosity of the Governor, yet fearing
+some disorder by it among the inferior sort, and being whispered by
+Colonel Potley that the Governor expected to be paid for his drink, which
+he usually sold to the passengers, Whitelocke ordered the reckoning to be
+paid, and hasted from this honourable alehouse to his coach.
+
+It was about four o'clock in the afternoon when Whitelocke went from
+Tremon, from whence to Lübeck is two Dutch miles, that is, eight of our
+English miles. And coming with such a train, and to pass the usual
+ceremony in such cases to the Lords of Lübeck, Whitelocke sent Mr.
+Berkman and one of his servants before, to salute the Lords of Lübeck in
+the name of the Protector, as friends to the Commonwealth of England, and
+to advertise them, that the English Ambassador having occasions to pass
+through this city, and to be there this day, he thought it requisite to
+give them notice of it. In the midway between Tremon and Lübeck they came
+to a ferry over the Trave; the boat was large enough to carry at once two
+coaches and many horses. At each end of the ferryboat such artificial
+work is made with planks that it serves both at the coming in and going
+out of the boat, meeting with the planks on each side of the shore. By
+the weight of coach, horses, waggons, cattle, or men, the planks are so
+wrought that they rise and fall according to the weight upon them, and so
+as both those on the shore and the ends of the boat come to be even, and
+without more trouble in the passing over them than a bridge would be.
+
+The great company, and some mishap of tearing one of his coaches,
+hindered Whitelocke's journey; but they went on in good time. About an
+English mile before they came to Lübeck, some company appearing on the
+road, Whitelocke's lacqueys alighted out of their waggons, and Whitelocke
+was met upon the way by an ancient person of a good portly carriage, with
+a great white beard, and a greater ruff. He was attended with four
+coaches; the first had six good horses in it, and was handsome, but not
+rich. The gentleman, being alighted, and then Whitelocke also, he came
+and saluted Whitelocke, and spake to him in the High Dutch, to this
+effect:--
+
+    "My Lord Ambassador,
+
+    "My masters, the Lords of Lübeck, have sent me with their coaches to
+    conduct your Excellence into their city, and to bid you welcome
+    hither; and to assure you likewise that whatsoever this city will
+    afford shall be at your Excellence's service."
+
+Whitelocke returned this answer:--
+
+    "Sir,
+
+    "I esteem it an honour to receive this respect from the Lords of
+    Lübeck, your masters, for which ere long I hope to have the
+    opportunity to give them thanks; and in the meantime give me leave
+    to acknowledge your civility."
+
+This person they call the Marshal of the town, whom the Lords sent to
+meet Whitelocke, to answer his civility of sending to them, which they
+took kindly. Then a young gentleman, well mounted and habited, met
+Whitelocke on the way with a packet of three weeks' letters from England,
+which he said Mr. Missenden, his father, received from Mr. Bradshaw, the
+Protector's Resident at Hamburg, with order to send them to Whitelocke to
+Lübeck.
+
+Whitelocke went into the coach of the Lords of Lübeck; with him were the
+Marshal, and Colonel Potley to interpret for him. The country through
+which they passed was pleasant and fruitful, stored with groves, and
+fields of corn not enclosed, but much like the champaign counties of
+England, only more woody, and seemed the pleasanter to those who were
+lately come out of Sweden and from the Baltic Sea. Part of the country
+was the Duchy of Mecklenburg, and part of it Holstein.
+
+When they drew near the city Whitelocke ordered that his staffiers and
+lacqueys, in their liveries, should walk by his coach bare, and his pages
+after them; then his gentlemen and others in the other coaches and
+waggons, in which equipage they entered the city. At the first fort they
+saluted Whitelocke with three pieces of ordnance, and at the gates of the
+city were good guards, with their muskets. The streets were filled with
+people, and many in the windows--not so many men as women; and those of
+the best rank and habit were with their bodies and smock sleeves, like
+the maids in England in hot weather. Here the best women, whose age will
+bear it, are thus habited, and with it sometimes rich clothes and jewels.
+When they were come into the city, the Marshal took his leave of
+Whitelocke, saying that he must go to the Lord, to advertise him of
+Whitelocke's arrival.
+
+Whitelocke passed through a great part of the town before he came to the
+inn appointed for his reception, which was fairer without than within
+doors, the rooms for eating and lodging neither handsome nor well
+finished. About half an hour after he was come to the inn, the Lords of
+the town sent one of their officers to him, to know what time he would be
+pleased to appoint for them to come and salute him. Whitelocke answered,
+that whensoever they thought fit to do him the honour to visit him they
+should be welcome, and left to them the time which should be most
+convenient for their own occasions.
+
+Being settled and at a little quiet, he read his letters from England.
+Thurloe acquaints him that the issue of his negotiation, and the prudent
+conduct of it, had very good acceptance in England, whither his return
+was much wished and prayed for. Then he informs him of all the news both
+foreign and domestic, and the readiness of the Protector to send ships
+for him to Hamburg. From Mr. Cokaine he had several letters about his
+bills of exchange, and other particular affairs. He had also letters from
+Mr. Taylor, from Resident Bradshaw, from his wife, and from several
+loving friends in England.
+
+
+_June 8, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke receives the Senate of Lübeck.]
+
+In the morning the Lords of Lübeck sent again to Whitelocke, to know what
+time they might come to visit him. He answered, at their own time, and
+that they should be welcome to him within an hour. There came to him
+Martin Bokel, Doctor of the Laws, Syndic of the city, of good reputation
+for his learning and abilities, Jerome Bilderbeck, and Matthew Rodde,
+Senators and Lords of the city. The Syndic spake in French to Whitelocke
+to this effect:--"That, by command of the Lords of this city, those
+gentlemen, part of their number, and himself, were come in the name of
+the Lords of Lübeck to salute Whitelocke, and to bid him welcome to their
+city; that they rejoiced at his safe arrival here, and for the good
+success of those affairs wherein he had been employed." Whitelocke
+answered them in French, the same language in which they spake to him,
+and which is expected in these parts, to this effect:--"That the Lords of
+Lübeck had testified much respect to the Protector of England by the
+honour done to his servant, of which he would inform his Highness; and in
+the meantime he thanked them for the favour of this visit."
+
+After many compliments, Whitelocke gave them the precedence into his
+lodging, which is the custom here, as in Sweden, and their discourse was
+in French in these matters of ceremony. Being sat together in his
+bedchamber, the Syndic told Whitelocke that he had a message to deliver
+to him from his Lords; and, according to the custom in matters of
+business, he desired to deliver what he had to say in Latin, and then
+spake to him in the following oration:--
+
+    "Illustrissime et Excellentissime Domine Legate,
+
+    "Amplissimus Senatus Lubicensis grato animo recognoscit celeberrimam
+    nationem Anglicanam multiplici favore à multis retro annis populum
+    mercatoresque hujus civitatis affecisse, atque etiam sæviente inter
+    utrasque respublicas durissimo bello, incolas nostras gratiam, et,
+    ex occasione suarum navium ad mare captarum, justitiam accepisse:
+    amplissimus Senatus humillimè gratias suas refert, quas melius
+    testari non potuerunt, quam erga personam illius conditionis
+    tantæque eminentiæ quantæ Excellentiam vestram esse acceperant, suo
+    speciali respectu, ad hæc cum etiam Extraordinarii Legati munere à
+    clarissimo illo statu nunc dignissimè fungatur. Gratulatur
+    amplissimus Senatus negotiationis ab Excellentia vestra peractæ
+    felicem successum, ut et tanti viri in suam civitatem adventum. Quod
+    si apud se in sua civitate aliquid sit Excellentiæ vestræ acceptu
+    dignum, illud quicquid sit offerre in mandatis habemus.
+
+    "Dolore etiam afficitur Senatus, se tam sero de Excellentiæ vestræ
+    adventu certiorem esse factum, ut rationes unde tantus hospes, et
+    qui in ipsius comitatu sunt, pro merito exciperentur; melius inire
+    non potuerit, se tamen sperare à clementia vestra ipsis id crimini
+    non datum iri. Per nos rogant hujus urbis magistratus, Excellentiæ
+    vestræ placeat, cervisiæ Lubicensis vinique Rhenani (quod
+    officiariis Excellentiæ vestræ tradi curaverant) parvulum utut munus
+    boni consulere.
+
+    "Excellentissime Domine, candore vestro freti speramus, non nobis id
+    vitio datum iri, si etiam hoc temporis articulo paucula ex rebus
+    nostris vestræ Excellentiæ consideranda proponamus: intempestivè
+    fatemur importuni sumus, sed certiores facti, non diuturnam fore
+    vestram in civitate nostra moram, id solliciti timemus, ne
+    aliquando nobis similis offeratur opportunitas; ideo à dominis
+    nostris jubemur Excellentiam vestram certiorem facere, quam plures
+    hujus urbis naves inter navigandum negotii causâ, occurrentes
+    navibus præliaribus Anglis, ab iisdem examen subiisse, liberatas
+    tamen extemplò et dimissas, quod nihil suppetiarum hostibus vestris
+    contulisse deprehendebantur; nihilominus easdem naves à quibusdam
+    privatis vestris captoribus, _capers_ dictis, non multò post
+    apprehensas fuisse, et hucusque detentas esse, magno dominorum
+    detrimento.
+
+    "Sperat amplissimus Senatus, intercedente Excellentia vestra, ex
+    justitia et favore Domini Protectoris, restitutionem earundem
+    secundum jus et æquum suo populo futuram, quem in finem, tam
+    magistratus, quem hujusce civitatis populus suppliciter rogat
+    favorem et amicitiam Celsitudinis suæ Domini Protectoris, et
+    illustrissimæ reipublicæ Angliæ, in iis, quæ vel commercia vel etiam
+    alia spectant, posse sibi continuari."
+
+After a little pause Whitelocke made answer in Latin to the Syndic's
+speech, to the effect following:--
+
+    "Spectatissimi viri,
+
+    "Rectè à vobis observatum est, antiquam fuisse inter populum
+    Anglicanum civesque Lubicenses amicitiam et mutuam officiorum
+    benevolentiam; nec defuisse unquam nobis, data occasione, Domini mei
+    Domini Protectoris reipublicæ Angliæ, Scotiæ, et Hiberniæ, animum
+    benevolentissimum, quem integrum adhuc à Serenissima sua Celsitudine
+    erga vos conservari nullus dubito. Nec suspicio mihi est, quin
+    amplissimus Senatus, hujusque celeberrimæ urbis liberi cives,
+    Dominum meum Dominum Protectorem honore omni debito prosequentur, et
+    benevolo affectu quotquot Anglorum, commercii aut conversationis
+    causâ, apud vos appellere voluerint.
+
+    "Referte, quæso, meo nomine, amplissimo hujus civitatis Senatui,
+    gratias ob respectum erga Dominum meum Dominum Protectorem
+    rempublicamque Anglicanam, in honorificâ mei eorum ministri
+    receptione significatum, tam in appulsu meo ad suum portum, quam ad
+    civitatem suam aditu, necnon in munere quod mihi offerre ipsis
+    placuit: honori duco quod per me, in suis negotiis, Dominum
+    Protectorem compellare ipsis visum est, quod munus in me libenter
+    recipio præstandum, quamprimum Deo placuerit ad Serenissimam suam
+    Celsitudinem mihi reditum indulgere, cui id curæ est, ut unicuique
+    quod est juris uniuscujusque tribuatur. Non equidem dubito, quin
+    particularia favoris et respectûs erga hanc celeberrimam civitatem
+    specimina reipsa effecta comperiamini."
+
+The Syndic replied in French, that they did give many thanks to
+Whitelocke, in that he was pleased to take in so good part the respect of
+this City to him, and desired that if there were anything here which
+might do him service, that he would command it. Whitelocke said he came
+by this City in a desire to see it and the fortifications of it, which,
+if they pleased to give him leave to do, he should take it as a favour.
+They said, that even now the Senate had ordered Monsieur Bilderbeck and
+the commander of their forces to wait upon Whitelocke at such time as he
+should appoint, to view the city, with their fortifications and
+magazines, and whatsoever here should be thought by him worthy of his
+sight. Whitelocke thanked them, and discoursed touching the government of
+the City, and what laws they used, to which the Syndic answered, that
+their government was chiefly and generally by the municipal laws and
+customs of the city.
+
+[SN: The franchises of Lübeck.]
+
+Of these gentlemen and others Whitelocke learned this city is the chief
+and most ancient of the Hanse Towns of Germany, and a kind of free State;
+that they have power to send Commissioners as public ministers to any
+foreign prince or State, to treat and conclude with them about any
+matters relating to their city, and that without the leave or knowledge
+of the Emperor.
+
+The people of the city chiefly are the merchants and artificers, most of
+them tradesmen; and both they who are masters, and their servants, being
+constantly employed in trades and personal businesses, they are the less
+troublesome in the government of them; as to the criminal part, idleness,
+being the mother of mischief, causeth quarrels and debaucheries, from
+whence pilferings, robberies, fightings, and murders do arise; but where
+people are kept to occupations, traffic, and employments, as they are
+here, it breeds civility, peaceableness of disposition, desire of rest
+and quiet, and a plentiful subsistence, and gives less occasion of
+proceedings in criminal offences. But as to suits upon bargains and
+contracts, they are the more, because there be so many contracts as
+merchants and tradesmen must make; yet those suits are here brought to a
+speedy determination within themselves by their ordinary judges, which
+are three, and usually assisted with a doctor or licentiate in the laws,
+who are in great esteem in this country. These judges commonly sit thrice
+a week, to determine civil controversies, which they do by their own laws
+and customs, which also have much affinity to the civil law, especially
+as to the forms and manners of their proceedings; and where the matter
+contended for exceeds the value of a thousand rix-dollars, there the
+party grieved may, if he please, appeal from the sentence of these judges
+to the Imperial Chamber at Spires, as they also do in capital causes; but
+civil causes under the value of a thousand dollars are finally determined
+within themselves, and no appeal lies from them.
+
+They acknowledge the Emperor as their protector, but afford him no
+gabels or taxes but what their deputies, whom they elect and send to the
+general Diet of the Empire, do assent unto. Their chief officers are a
+Burgomaster, like our Mayor, twenty-four Senators, like our Common
+Council, and a Syndic, as our Recorder. These are the chief Council and
+Judicatory of the city, and order all the public affairs thereof; only in
+some extraordinary occasions of making laws or foreign treaties, matters
+of war and peace, the people of the town make choice of deputies,
+sometimes forty or fifty,--more or less, as they please,--who sit and
+consult with the Senate, and by their votes by the people, who willingly
+submit thereunto.
+
+The town-house of their Guildhall is reasonably fair, not extraordinary.
+Their Court of Justice is below at the upper end of a large hall, made
+four-square, with seats like the Court of Exchequer in England; above
+this is another Court or Council-house, greater than that below, which is
+for the meeting of the Deputies of the Hanse Towns, who usually all
+assemble here; they have also several other chambers for the meetings and
+consultations of their own Senators and officers about the affairs of the
+city.
+
+[SN: Aspect of the city.]
+
+In the afternoon the Commander or Lieutenant-General of the forces of the
+town, whom they call Obrist Lieutenant, Monsieur Andreas Keiser, and the
+Senator Bilderbeck, came, with four of the city coaches, to accompany
+Whitelocke to see the town and fortifications of it. The Senator spoke
+only Latin, the Lieutenant spoke good French. They went through most
+parts of the town, and found the figure of it exactly done in painting in
+a table in their magazine, with the fortifications of it: upon the view
+of the whole town, it seemed a pleasant and noble city. It is of great
+antiquity, freedom, privileges, trade, polity, and strength, few in these
+parts exceeding it; not unhealthful in the situation, beautiful in the
+buildings, profitable in the commerce, strong in the fortifications, and
+rich in the inhabitants.
+
+The streets are large and fair, kept clean and sweet; the houses built of
+brick, generally uniform, most in the frontispieces, and covered with
+tile; at the entry into them, usually the first and lower room is
+largest, paved with Orland stone, full of streaks of red and white, and
+some with black and white rich marble. In this first room they use to set
+their best household stuff, as the chief room for entertainment; yet they
+will also in some part of the room have a partition with boards, above a
+man's height, for a kitchen, where they dress meat and hang their bacon
+and other provision{9}, which are not out of sight nor smell; and here
+also, in this room, some of their goods of merchandise are placed; but
+the better sort keep their houses more neat, and have kitchens and
+larders out of view. In the second story are ordinarily the
+lodging-rooms, and some for entertainment; the third and fourth stories
+are granaries and storehouses, which they hold better for such uses than
+cellars and lower rooms, which, they say, cause damage to the
+commodities.
+
+The country about, for a league, and in some parts two leagues or more,
+belongs to the city, is within their jurisdiction, and is fruitful and
+pleasant, sweetly watered by the Trave, adorned by the groves and
+meadows, and many pleasant summer-houses for the recreation of the
+citizens.
+
+[SN: Fortifications and arsenal of Lübeck.]
+
+The town is regularly and strongly fortified, the more being situated in
+a plain and low country, with the rivers and waters about it; the grafts
+of the works are large and deep, full of water on all sides; between the
+bulwarks are large places, sufficient to draw together five hundred men
+in each vacant place; and on the banks of some of the ditches are low
+thorn hedges, kept cut, as good for defence as palisades. There be many
+pieces of ordnance mounted on several parts of the works, chiefly on the
+bulwarks, and divers of them are demi-cannon: the fortifications are
+about a league in compass; the Trave furnisheth water for all the grafts,
+and the earth with which the lines are made is of a good sort and well
+turfed. They are well stored with arms and ammunition, which Whitelocke
+was admitted to see in their arsenal, which is a large house; in the
+lower room were twelve mortar-pieces of several sizes, and two hundred
+pieces of brass ordnance, founded in the town, some of them great
+culverin, one of an extraordinary length; but there was neither powder
+nor ball--that was kept elsewhere; but here were the utensils to load and
+cleanse the guns, hung up in order, and the carriages were strong and
+good. The story above this was furnished with arms, few for horse or
+pikemen, but many muskets and swords, disposed in ranks the whole length
+of the room, with bandoliers between, and cases for bullets beneath; at
+the upper end of the room hung certain great swords, with which traitors
+had been beheaded; at the lower end of the room were many halberds;
+divers of the muskets were firelocks, others for match, and some with
+double barrels. There was in all, by conjecture, arms for twelve thousand
+foot, few pikes or horse-arms, but muskets, as most useful for a town,
+and according to the custom in these parts, where the companies in the
+town militias are only musketeers, they holding pikes not proper but in
+the field and against horse.
+
+The forces of this city constantly in pay are fifteen hundred men,
+besides twenty-five companies of the citizens, each company consisting of
+two hundred men, and two troops of horse of the citizens. Their chief
+strength, under God, consisting in the bodies of their citizens, proper
+and stout men, who, if they come to fight _pro aris et focis_, for
+religion, liberty, wives and children, and estates, for their all, are
+full of courage; not like mercenary, unfixed, unfaithful men, whose trade
+is in blood, and who are pests to mankind.
+
+[SN: Honours paid to Whitelocke.]
+
+At their Guildhall they entertained Whitelocke and his company with wine
+and sweetmeats, but not profusely. After a long and large tour, they
+brought Whitelocke back to his inn, and did him the honour to sup with
+him; and, with much respect and civility, the Obrist-Lieutenant and
+Senator after supper took their leaves of Whitelocke. Divers men and
+women of the best quality of the citizens came with their children to
+Whitelocke's inn to see him, and many of them would stand by whilst he
+was at meals. He caused his people to show all civility to them, as
+himself did, saluting the gentlemen and seeming to offer to kiss the
+women's hands, the salutation of the lip not being in these countries
+allowed.
+
+The Lords sent a guard of twelve musketeers to attend Whitelocke, which
+were placed at his door and in the street, and relieved by others during
+the time of Whitelocke's stay here, as an expression of their respects
+to him. The town musicians, who were masters, well accoutred and behaved,
+and played some English lessons, and the town trumpets and drums, came
+likewise to show their respects to Whitelocke, but the more readily in
+expectation of some reward from him, which expenses cannot honourably be
+avoided. Whitelocke's four pages, eight lacqueys, and four grooms,
+besides the gentlemen's lacqueys, in his livery, walked bare by his
+coach-side when he went abroad; himself was in his plain grey English
+cloth suit, with the Queen of Sweden's jewel at his breast. The people
+were full of respect to him in their salutations as he passed by them.
+
+The secretary of the English company at Hamburg came to Whitelocke from
+the Resident and company there, to invite him to the English house there,
+with expression of much ceremony and respect to him as their countryman.
+Whitelocke was not willing to stay longer than one day in this town, and
+therefore ordered his officers to make preparations of horses and waggons
+to remove from hence tomorrow; and understanding that it was forty
+English miles from hence to Hamburg, and much of the way bad, he thought
+it too long a journey for him, with so great a train and hired horses, to
+travel in one day, and therefore ordered to go from hence tomorrow in the
+afternoon, to lie at a village midway between Lübeck and Hamburg. The
+Lords of Lübeck, with much courtesy, offered him to lodge in a house of
+theirs three leagues from hence, and to make use of their horses; but he
+thought it not convenient, the house not being furnished and their horses
+not used to travel, and he having sent before to the village midway to
+take up his quarters; for which reasons he excused it to the Lords, yet
+with many thanks for their courteous offers.
+
+
+_June 9, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Lutheran Church at Lübeck.]
+
+Several gentlemen of the English company at Hamburg, and among them his
+nephew, Sir Humphry Bennett's son, came hither to visit and accompany
+Whitelocke to Hamburg. The Senators and Syndic and Obrist-Lieutenant, who
+had been before with Whitelocke, came to take their leaves of him. From
+them and others Whitelocke learnt, that the religion professed in this
+city is after the doctrine of Luther and the Augsburg confession; yet
+some Calvinists are permitted, though not publicly, among them, and some
+Papists are also connived at, though not publicly tolerated to exercise
+their worship; yet some of them live in a college of Canons, who have a
+fair house and good revenues in this city.
+
+They have many images and crucifixes in their churches: one, made of
+earth, of the Virgin Mary, very exactly, is believed by many goodwives of
+the town, that, upon worshiping and praying to it, they shall become
+fruitful. In the same church is a rare tablet of the passion of our
+Saviour, admired by artists for the rare painting and lineaments of it.
+Above the altar is a little image of our Lady, so contrived with wires
+fastened to it, that one, being hid on the other side of it, may make it
+turn forward and backward, to the admiration of the multitude of
+spectators, who know, by the motion of the image, whether the offerings
+which they make, and lay upon the altar, be acceptable or not; if one
+gives a small offering, the image turns away from it in disdain of it;
+if it be a fat offering, it turns towards it in token of acceptance; and
+though they tell these stories themselves, yet still they retain these
+images and trumperies among them. This church is of a good length and
+breadth, but the height is not proportionable: it hath few monuments of
+note, only some of their Bishops and Canons, among which one is indeed
+remarkable, which they will needs have to be believed, where a Canon was
+buried some hundreds of years since, yet now sometimes is heard to knock
+in his grave, whereupon instantly some one or other of his surviving
+brethren, the Canons, gives up the ghost, and comes to the dead Canon at
+his call.
+
+From hence Whitelocke went and viewed the other churches, all alike
+furnished with images and crucifixes, and full of pews, fitted according
+to the quality of the parishioners. The churches are built of brick, and
+some of them covered with copper, which they brought from Sweden in older
+times. They use a liturgy, not much differing from our old Book of Common
+Prayer; their ministers are grave and formal; they commend them for pious
+and learned and good preachers; but Whitelocke, not having the favour to
+see one of them at his lodging, can give the less particular account of
+them.
+
+[SN: The trade of Lübeck.]
+
+Whitelocke also learnt that the trade of this city is the most of any
+town on this side the Baltic Sea, having a convenient port or road at
+Tremon, belonging to this city, from whence they send into all parts of
+that sea, and have the advantage for the commerce of copper, deal, hemp,
+flax, pitch, tar, and all the commodities of those parts; and by this
+port, they save the trouble and charge of going about through the Sound,
+which southern merchants do.
+
+Before the Swedes had much traffic, and built their own ships, and
+employed their own mariners, which is not ancient, Lübeck did more
+flourish, and had the sole trade of Sweden, and of vending their
+commodities again into all parts of the world; whereby the Lübeckers grew
+great and rich, especially by the copper and iron which they brought from
+Sweden hither, and wrought it into utensils and arms, and then carried it
+back to Sweden for the use of the inhabitants there; who, growing in time
+more wise, and learning to work their own materials, and to build and
+employ their own ships in trade, and the city of Hamburg growing up and
+increasing in trade, and particularly by the staple for English cloth
+being there settled, and those of Lübeck not admitting strangers among
+them, their town began to decay, and to lessen in their trade and wealth,
+and is not now so considerable as in former times, yet still they drive a
+good trade into the Baltic Sea and other parts, but not with so great
+ships as others use, which they build at home, of about a hundred and
+fifty and two hundred tons; and they affirm that they have built here
+ships of four hundred tons, but there is difficulty for them to go down
+to the river, by reason of the shallows, which yet serves to bring up
+their commodities in great boats by the river, from the ships to this
+town. They find the smaller vessels useful for their trade, and to build
+them they are provided of good store of timber out of Germany, Denmark,
+and Sweden; and, by their consent, the King of Denmark doth sometimes
+make use of their town and carpenters to build ships for himself.
+
+About three o'clock in the afternoon, the baggage and most of
+Whitelocke's inferior servants went away. The Lords offered Whitelocke a
+party of their horse for the guard of his person; but he, with thanks for
+their courtesy, refused it, having store of company well armed of his own
+retinue, besides some English of Hamburg who were come to him. The
+Lübeckers commended the sobriety and plainness of Whitelocke and his
+company; only they said his liveries were very noble; and they wondered
+that they saw no more drinking among them, and that he had so constant
+exercises of religious duties in his family.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke proceeds to Hamburg.]
+
+The Senators and Syndic came again to compliment Whitelocke for the
+Lords, and to wish him a good journey; and, after ceremonies passed,
+about four o'clock in the afternoon, Whitelocke took his coach for
+Hamburg; he had another coach and four waggons for his people. As he
+passed through the streets, multitudes of all sorts stood to see him go
+by, respectively saluting him. At the gates were guards of soldiers, and
+having passed the last port, they saluted him with three pieces of
+ordnance, according to their custom, but with no volleys of small-shot;
+and so he took his leave of Lübeck. Being come into the road, and his
+pages and lacqueys in the waggons, he made what haste he could in his
+journey with hired horses, and so much company.
+
+The country was pleasant and fruitful, groves of wood, fields of corn,
+pastures, brooks, and meadows adorning it: it is an open champaign; few
+hedges, but some little ones made with dry wood, like our hurdles, for
+fencing their gardens and dividing their corn-grounds. The way was
+exceeding bad, especially for this time of the year, full of deep holes
+and sloughs in some places and of great stones in others. This Duchy of
+Holstein seems to take its name from _holt_, which, with them and in
+Sweden and with us, signifies wood, and _stein_, which is a stone; and
+this country is very full of wood and stone; yet is it fruitful, and,
+like England, delightful to the view, but it is not so full of towns,
+there not being one in the way between Lübeck and this night's quarter,
+which is five German, twenty English, miles. But a few small houses lie
+scattered by the way; and about four miles from Kettell, this night's
+lodging was a fair brick house by the side of a large pond, which is the
+house belonging to Lübeck, where they offered Whitelocke to be
+entertained, and he found cause afterwards to repent his not accepting
+their courtesy.
+
+When they came to the lamentable lodging taken up for him this night,
+they found in all but two beds for their whole company. The beds were
+made only of straw and fleas mingled together; the antechamber was like a
+great barn, wherein was the kitchen on the one side, the stable on the
+other side; the cattle, hogs, waggons, and coaches were also in the same
+great chamber together. They made themselves as merry as they could in
+this posture, Whitelocke cheering and telling them that it was in their
+way home, and therefore to be borne with the less regret. They of the
+house excused the want of accommodations, because the war had raged
+there, and the soldiers had pillaged the people of all they had, who
+could not yet recover their former happy and plentiful condition; which
+was not helpful to Whitelocke and his people, who must take things as
+they were, and make the best shift they could. His officers had provided
+meat sufficient for them; he caused fresh straw enough to be laid all
+over the room, which was the more tolerable in this hot season. He
+himself lay in one of his coaches, his sons and some of his servants in
+straw, near him; the rest of the company, men and women, on straw, where
+they chose to lie in the room, only affording place for the horses, cows,
+sheep, and hogs, which quartered in the same chamber together with this
+good company.
+
+
+_June 10, 1654._
+
+[SN: Journey through Holstein.]
+
+In his coach, through God's goodness, Whitelocke slept well, and all his
+people on the ground on fresh straw, yet not so soundly as to hinder
+their early rising this morning, when they were quickly ready, none
+having been put to the trouble of undressing themselves the last night.
+His carriages, twelve great waggons, went away about four o'clock this
+morning, some of the gentlemen's servants in the van, one upon each
+waggon; his porter, butlers, and others, in a waggon in the rear, with
+store of pistols, screwed guns, swords, and other arms, for their
+defence. Whitelocke came forth about six o'clock with his own two
+coaches, and eight waggons for the rest of his followers. In some of
+their waggons they drive three horses on-breast, and each waggon will
+hold eight persons. They passed by better houses in this dorf than that
+where they quartered, which the harbingers excused, coming thither late
+and being strangers.
+
+The country was still Holstein, of the same nature as yesterday. In the
+lower grounds they saw many storks, one whereof was killed by one of
+Whitelocke's company with his gun,--a thing not endured here, where they
+are very superstitious, and hold it an ill omen where any of them is
+killed. But Whitelocke, blessed be God! found it not so; yet he warned
+his people not to kill any of them, to avoid offence to the country, who
+report that these birds will not resort to any place but where the people
+are free, as in the United Provinces, where they have many of them, and
+do carefully preserve them, and near to Hamburg and other Hanse Towns.
+
+About a mile from Kettell is a great gate cross the highway, where they
+take toll for the Duke of Holstein of all the waggons and carriages, a
+loup-shilling apiece (that is, little more than an English penny). This
+gate they shut against Whitelocke, but being informed who he was, they
+presently opened it again, and a gentleman came to Whitelocke's
+coach-side, excusing the shutting of the gate, being before they knew who
+it was that passed by. He told Whitelocke the custom and right of this
+toll, but that nothing was demanded of ambassadors, who were to pass
+freely, especially the Ambassador of the Protector and Commonwealth of
+England, to whom the Duke, his master, he said, was a friend. Whitelocke
+thanked the gentleman for his civility, acknowledging the Protector to be
+a friend to the Duke, and so they passed on.
+
+About a mile and a half before they came to Hamburg, Captain Parkes, of
+the 'President' frigate, and Captain Minnes, of the 'Elizabeth' frigate,
+met Whitelocke on the way, and told him all was well in England, and that
+by command of the Protector they had brought those two frigates into the
+Elbe to transport him into England. Whitelocke told them he was very glad
+to see them, especially on this occasion. As they were walking and
+discoursing of the ships and their voyage, a great number of persons and
+coaches, the Resident Bradshaw, with the treasurer, the doctor, their
+minister, and almost all the English company, with twenty-two coaches,
+came to meet Whitelocke on the way, and to bring him with the more
+respect to Hamburg. All alighted out of their coaches, and, after
+salutations, the Resident told Whitelocke that the occasion of their
+coming forth was to testify their respects to Whitelocke, and to desire
+him to do their company the honour to accept of the English house at
+Hamburg for his entertainment. Whitelocke gave them hearty thanks for
+their respects to the Protector and to the Commonwealth whereof they were
+members, in this honour which they did to their servant. He accepted of
+their courteous offer, desiring the company and conversation of his
+countrymen above all others. They walked a little on foot together, where
+the Lord Resident (so they styled him) showed Whitelocke his last week's
+letters from Thurloe, mentioning the imprisonment of many upon suspicion
+that they were engaged in a plot against the Protector, and that the
+serious considerable malignants discovered it. He also delivered to
+Whitelocke private letters from his wife and other friends.
+
+About a mile from the place where they met was a fair inn by the wayside,
+where the Resident moved Whitelocke to make a halt and rest himself,
+because if he should then go directly to the town, he would come into it
+just at dinner-time, which would not be convenient. Upon his persuasion,
+and perceiving that a preparation was here made, Whitelocke went in,
+where the English company entertained him with a plentiful dinner at a
+long table holding above sixty persons. From hence, with Whitelocke's
+approbation, the Resident, as from himself, sent to the Governor of the
+Militia at Hamburg, as Whitelocke had done before to the Lords, to
+advertise them of his coming. The Governor returned thanks, and said that
+two senators were appointed to receive Whitelocke at the Port. After
+dinner they all took their coaches. With Whitelocke was the Resident and
+Treasurer; the rest in the other coaches, the pages and lacqueys riding
+and walking by.
+
+The country is here low and rich, sprinkled with rivers, and adorned with
+many neat and sweet houses belonging to the citizens of Hamburg, who
+resort to those houses in the summer-time with their families to have the
+fresh air.
+
+[SN: Arrival at Hamburg.]
+
+Almost an English mile before they came to the town, the highway was full
+of people come forth to see Whitelocke pass by. At the port were no
+Senators to receive him, but great guards of musketeers and multitudes of
+all sorts of people, there and through all the streets unto his lodging
+thronging so that the coaches could not pass till the guards made way.
+The people were very courteous, and Whitelocke answered to the meanest
+their civility, which is pleasing and not costly. The windows and doors
+were also crowded, which showed the populousness of the place and their
+expectation as to the Commonwealth of England. They brought Whitelocke to
+the English house, which is fair and large, the first room below,
+according to the fashion of Lübeck; the chambers, especially where
+Whitelocke lay, handsomely furnished.
+
+[SN: Reception of the Senate of Hamburg.]
+
+Within half an hour after his arrival, an officer of the town, in the
+nature of a master of the ceremonies, came from the Lords of the town to
+bid Whitelocke welcome thither, and to know what hour he would appoint
+for admittance of some of the Lords to visit him. Whitelocke returned
+thanks to the Lords for their respects, and prayed the gentleman to tell
+them that whensoever they pleased to give him the honour of a visit, they
+should be welcome to him. Within half an hour after came two Senators,
+Herr Jurgen van Holtz and Herr Jacob Silm. After ceremonies passed, Holtz
+spake in French to Whitelocke, to this effect:--
+
+    "Monseigneur, qui êtes Ambassadeur Extraordinaire de sa Sérénissime
+    Altesse Oliver, par la grâce de Dieu Seigneur Protecteur de la
+    République d'Angleterre; aussitôt que les Messieurs de cette ville
+    ont été avertis de votre intention de passer par cette ville-ci, ils
+    ont été désireux de témoigner leurs très-humbles respects à Monsieur
+    le Protecteur et à votre personne en particulier, en suite de quoi{10}
+    nous avons reçu commandement de vous venir saluer, et faire à votre
+    Excellence la bienvenue en cette ville. Ils sont extrêmement aises
+    de l'heureux succès que Dieu vous a donné en votre négociation en
+    Suède, et qu'il lui a plu aussi vous donner un bon passage, et
+    favoriser votre retour jusqu'en ce lieu, après avoir surmonté
+    beaucoup de difficultés, et échappé beaucoup de dangers, et nous
+    prions sa Divine bonté qu'il vous rende en sauveté dans votre pays.
+    Nous sommes aussi commandés de reconnaître les faveurs que
+    Monseigneur le Protecteur d'une si grande République a faites à
+    notre ville et aux habitans d'icelle, et particulièrement durant la
+    guerre entre l'Angleterre et les Pays Bas, en libérant et
+    déchargeant nos navires. Nous souhaitons à ce fleurissant état la
+    continuation et l'accroissement de la faveur Divine pour leur
+    conservation et accroissement de plus en plus, et nous espérons que
+    Monseigneur le Protecteur continuera avec la République ses faveurs
+    envers notre ville, qui sera toujours prête de leur rendre tous
+    offices et humbles respects."
+
+After a little recollection, Whitelocke answered in French to the
+Senator's speech thus:--
+
+    "Messieurs, j'ai grande occasion de louer le nom de Dieu, de sa
+    protection de moi et de ma suite, en notre long et périlleux voyage,
+    et pour l'heureux succès qu'il m'a donné en ma négociation, et ma
+    sauve arrivée en ce lieu, en mon retour en mon pays. Je vous désire
+    de remercier Messeigneurs les Sénateurs de cette ville du respect
+    qu'ils ont témoigné envers sa Sérénissime Altesse mon maître et la
+    République d'Angleterre, par l'honneur qu'ils ont fait à leur
+    serviteur, de quoi je ne manquerai d'en informer: j'avais grande
+    envie de voir cette illustre ville, et mes compatriotes qui par
+    accord vivent ici, desquels j'ai appris avec beaucoup de
+    contentement que leurs priviléges ici étaient maintenus par
+    Messeigneurs les magistrats, lesquels je désire d'être informés que
+    son Altesse mon maître prendra en fort bon part le respect et la
+    justice qu'on fera aux Anglais qui se trouvent ici, chose que je
+    croie tournera en avantage aux uns et aux autres. Je vous rends
+    grâces aussi de vos bons souhaits pour la prospérité de notre
+    nation, à laquelle Dieu a donné tant de preuves de sa présence, et
+    je prie le même Dieu aussi pour l'heureux succès de cette ville, et
+    de tous les habitans d'icelle."
+
+After Whitelocke had done, the Senator again spake to him, desiring him,
+in the name of the Lords of the town, to accept a small present which
+they had sent, in testimony of their respects towards him, and said that
+it was somewhat for his kitchen and somewhat for his cellar. The present
+which they sent for his kitchen, and was laid upon the pavement in the
+hall, was this:--four great whole sturgeons, two great fresh salmons,
+one calf, two sheep, two lambs. The present for the cellar was a hogshead
+of Spanish wine, a hogshead of claret wine, a hogshead of Rhenish wine, a
+hogshead of Hamburg beer, a hogshead of Serbster beer. Whitelocke ordered
+the men that brought this present to be rewarded with ten rix-dollars. He
+desired the senators to return his hearty thanks to the Lords for the
+noble present which they sent him; and after many compliments and
+ceremonies Whitelocke, giving the Senators the right hand, conducted them
+to their coach, and so they parted.
+
+The English company entertained, with a great supper, Whitelocke and his
+company, who had more mind to sleep than to eat. Monsieur Hannibal
+Schestedt, late Viceroy of Norway, sent a gentleman to Whitelocke to know
+what time he would appoint for him to come and visit Whitelocke, who gave
+the usual answer, that whensoever he pleased to come he should be
+welcome.
+
+
+_June 11, 1654._
+
+[SN: Divine service at Hamburg.]
+
+_The Lord's Day._--The English company and the Resident Bradshaw desired
+Whitelocke that one of his chaplains might preach in the chapel belonging
+to the English in their house, which they said was a respect to the
+Ambassador of England; and accordingly Mr. Ingelo preached in the
+morning, and a very pertinent and good sermon. The doctor, minister to
+the company here, preached in the afternoon, who far exceeded Mr. Ingelo
+in the strength of his voice and lungs, the which was not necessary for
+that chapel, not being large, but convenient and handsomely made up with
+pews and seats fit for their company.
+
+
+_June 12, 1654._
+
+[SN: Interview with the Swedish Envoy to the Emperor.]
+
+The Resident sent to the Governor to inform him that Whitelocke had a
+desire to see the fortifications of the town. He answered that he would
+send one of his lieutenants to wait on Whitelocke for that purpose; but
+Whitelocke and the Resident took this for no great compliment that
+himself came not to Whitelocke. Much company did Whitelocke the honour to
+dine with him; and after dinner Monsieur Bernelow, who was Ambassador
+from the Queen of Sweden to the Emperor, and was now upon his return
+home, came to visit Whitelocke, and they had this discourse in Latin.
+
+_Bernelow._ I desire your Excellence to excuse me that I cannot express
+myself in French or Italian, but, with your leave, I desire to speak to
+you in Latin.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Your Excellence is welcome to me; and if you choose to
+express yourself in Latin, you have your liberty, and I shall understand
+something of it.
+
+_Bern._ When I heard of your Excellence's arrival in this city, though I
+purposed to have gone from hence, yet I deferred my journey, to the end I
+might see you, because I have heard in the Emperor's Court, as well by
+letters from her Most Serene Majesty of Sweden as from the Chancellor and
+other senators of that kingdom, what great satisfaction they had in the
+English Ambassador, etc. Now the league of friendship being concluded
+between the two nations, I hold myself obliged to make this salutation to
+your Excellence.
+
+_Wh._ I have very many thanks to return to your Excellence for the
+honour you have done me by this visit, and for these expressions of
+affection and respect to the Protector, my master. I do acknowledge
+myself much engaged to the Ricks-Chancellor and senators of Sweden, and
+in the first place to her Majesty the Queen, for their favourable respect
+towards me whilst I was in my negotiation with them, whom I found full of
+honour, wisdom, and justice, in their transactions with me.
+
+_Bern._ I have been for some time in the service of the Queen, my
+mistress, in Germany.
+
+_Wh._ You met some of my countrymen in the Court of the Emperor,
+particularly a noble lord, whom I have the honour to know.
+
+_Bern._ I met there the Earl of Rochester, who was at the Diet at
+Ratisbon.
+
+_Wh._ What proposals did he make there?
+
+_Bern._ He made a kind of precarious proposal in the name of the King,
+his master.
+
+_Wh._ Did he obtain what he desired?
+
+_Bern._ He did not much prevail in it, only he obtained a verbal promise
+of some money, but had no performance.
+
+_Wh._ What occasion hath drawn your General Koningsmark with his forces
+at this time before Bremen?
+
+_Bern._ It was thus by mistake occasioned. The Earl of Lüneburg had
+covenanted with the Spanish Ambassador to levy some soldiers for the
+service of the King of Spain, which levies he began without acquainting
+the Governor of that Circle with it, who taking this occasion, and
+bearing ill-will to the Earl, drew out some forces to oppose those
+levies. Koningsmark understanding this, and jealous that the Governor of
+the Circle designed to fall upon the fort of the Queen of Sweden in those
+parts, he drew out some forces to oppose the Governor. Those of Bremen,
+being informed that Koningsmark drew out his forces against them, sent
+some troops, who forced the Queen's subjects to a contribution and built
+a fort upon the Queen's land, which coming to the knowledge of
+Koningsmark, and that the Governor of the Circle of Westphalia intended
+only to suppress the levies of the Duke of Lüneburg, and not to oppose
+the Queen of Sweden, Koningsmark thereupon marched with his forces to the
+new fort built by those of Bremen, took it in and finished it, and left
+there a garrison for the Queen, not disturbing the trade of that city.
+
+_Wh._ Here were mistakes one upon another, which might have engaged that
+city and the neighbours, as well as the Crown of Sweden, in a troublesome
+war.
+
+_Bern._ All is now peaceable and well again.
+
+They had much other discourse touching the right of the Crown of Sweden
+to the Duchy of Bremen; and after many compliments, the Ambassador took
+his leave.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke visits the fortifications of Hamburg.]
+
+About four o'clock in the afternoon the senator Holtz and an ancient
+gentleman, one of the captains of the town forces, came and accompanied
+Whitelocke, to show him the town and the fortifications of it, and said
+that the Lords had commanded them to do him this service. Whitelocke went
+out with them in his usual equipage, his gentlemen walking before the
+coach, his pages and lacqueys by it, all bareheaded, and with their
+swords. They viewed most parts of the city, the streets, buildings,
+public-houses, churches, the arsenal, the fortifications, the ships, the
+waters, rivers, and what was remarkable throughout the town. Great
+multitudes of people, especially at their Exchange, came forth to see
+them as they passed by, and all were very civil to them. To the works a
+great many of people also followed them, and continued there with them.
+
+They brought him first to see their arsenal, which is a large house; in
+the lower rooms thereof lay about two hundred pieces of ordnance mounted
+on good carriages, fitted and useful. They were not founded in this
+place, but brought from other parts; two of them were double cannon, each
+carrying a bullet of forty-eight pounds weight; most of the others were
+demi-cannon and culverin. There were besides these many smaller pieces
+and divers mortar-pieces, some of which were near as large in the
+diameter as that at Stockholm. In another place were many shells of
+grenades and heaps of cannon-bullets. The pavement of the room was all
+lead, two feet deep, in a readiness to make musket bullets if there
+should be occasion. In the rooms above were arms for horse and foot,
+completely fixed and kept; the greatest part of them were muskets.
+Between every division of the arms were representations in painting of
+soldiers doing their postures, and of some on horseback. Here were many
+cuirasses and a great quantity of corselets, swords, bandoliers, pistols,
+and bullets. Here likewise hung certain old targets, for monuments rather
+than use, and many engines of war; as, a screw to force open a gate, an
+instrument like a jack, with wheels to carry match for certain hours'
+space, and just at the set time to give fire to a mine, petard, or the
+like. There were, in all, arms for about fifteen hundred horse and
+fifteen thousand foot. They keep a garrison constantly in pay of twelve
+hundred soldiers, and they have forty companies of their citizens, two
+hundred in each company, proper men; whose interest of wives, children,
+estate, and all, make them the best magazine and defence (under God) for
+those comforts which are most dear to them.
+
+Some pains were taken by Whitelocke to view their fortifications, which
+are large, of about two German (ten English) miles in compass; they are
+very regular and well kept. Within the grafts are hedges of thorn, kept
+low and cut, held by them of better use than palisades. The bulwarks are
+of an extraordinary greatness; upon every third bulwark is a house for
+the guards, and they are there placed. There is also a building of brick,
+a great way within the ground upon the bulwark, and separate by itself,
+where they keep all their gunpowder; so that if by any mischance or
+wicked design it should blow up, yet it could do no hurt to the town,
+being so separated from it. On every bulwark there is space enough to
+draw up and muster a thousand men; beyond the grafts are divers
+half-moons, very regularly made. The grafts are broad and deep, filled
+with the Elbe on the one side, and with another smaller river on the
+other side.
+
+The works are stronger, larger, and more regular than those at Lübeck.
+Above the works is a piece of ground of above five hundred yards of low
+ground, gained by industry from the Elbe; here they have mills to keep
+out or let in more or less water, as they find useful for the town and
+works. The lines of one side of the works are higher than on the other
+side, and the works better and stronger made. Here are also mounds of
+earth raised very high to command without; there wanted no pains nor
+expense to put together so great a mass of earth as is in these
+fortifications. Upon every bulwark is mounted one demi-cannon, besides
+other great guns; in other places are smaller pieces. Round about the
+works are great store of ordnance, well fitted, mounted, and kept; and
+the platforms are strong and well planked.
+
+Having made a large tour through the greatest part of the city,
+Whitelocke found it to be pleasantly situated in a plain low country,
+fertile and delightful, also healthful and advantageous for trade; and
+notwithstanding the great quantity of waters on every side of it, yet the
+inhabitants do not complain of agues or other sicknesses to be more rife
+among them than in other parts.
+
+Upon one side is a small river, the which comes a great way down the
+country to this town, where it loseth itself in the Elbe, having first
+supplied the city with wood and other provisions brought down hither by
+boats, for which this river, though narrow, is deep enough and navigable.
+On the other side of the town is the stately river of Elbe, one of the
+chief of these parts of Germany, which also by boats brings down out of
+the country great store of all sorts of provisions and merchantable
+commodities; and which is much more advantage to them, affords a passage
+for merchants hither, and from hence to vent their merchandises to all
+parts of the world. It is the best neighbour they have, and the branches
+and arms of it run through most of their streets by their doors, to the
+great advantage of their commerce; and although sometimes, upon an
+extraordinary rising of the Elbe to a great flood, these branches of it
+cover the lower rooms of the houses near them, to the damage of some
+owners, yet it makes amends by the constant benefit which it brings with
+it. The buildings here are all of brick, only some few of brick and
+timber put together, and are generally fashioned and used as is before
+described touching the Lübeck houses.
+
+The district or territory belonging to the town is in some places two, in
+others three, in some more, German miles distant from the city, in which
+precinct they have the jurisdiction and revenue; and near the town are
+many pleasant little houses and seats, with gardens and accommodations,
+belonging to the citizens, to refresh themselves and their wives and
+children in the summer-time, to take the fresh country air, and to have a
+diversion for their health and pleasure. It may be said of this town,
+that God hath withheld nothing from them for their good. They have plenty
+of provisions, health, profit, and pleasure, to their full contentment,
+in a peaceable and just government, with freedom, strength in their
+magazines, fortifications, and bodies of men for their defence and
+protection, conveniences for their habitation and commerce, and, which is
+above all, a liberty to know the will of and to worship God, for the
+health of their own souls.
+
+
+_June 13, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Diet of Germany.]
+
+This morning Whitelocke returned a visit to the Swedes' Ambassador,
+Bernelow, at his lodging, where he learnt of him the manner of the
+sitting of the General Diet of Germany, at which he was present:--That
+they have three colleges or chambers: the first is the College of the
+Electors, where they only assemble; the second is the College of the
+Princes, where the Archbishops, Bishops, Dukes, Graves, and Barons meet,
+to the number of about one hundred and forty; the third is the College of
+the Free Cities, where their Deputies, about two hundred, do meet. When
+they consult, the Chancellor of the Empire, the Archbishop of Mentz,
+sends the proposal in writing to each college severally. When they are
+respectively agreed, then all the colleges meet together in the great
+hall, at the upper end whereof is a chair of state for the Emperor. On
+the right-hand of the chair the Electors sit, on the left-hand the
+principal officers of the Emperor's court; on the right side of the hall,
+upon seats, are the Ecclesiastic Princes, Bishops, and Abbots; on the
+left-hand are the Temporal Princes, upon their seats; and on the seats
+below, one before another, are the Deputies of the towns.
+
+The Archbishop of Mentz, as Marshal of the College of the Electors,
+begins and reads the proposal, and the resolution thereupon in writing of
+that college; after him, the Marshal of the College of the Princes doth
+the like; and lastly, the Marshal of the College of the Free Towns, who
+is always the chief magistrate of the place where the Diet sits. If the
+resolution of the three colleges agrees, or of the College of the
+Electors and one other of the colleges, the business is determined
+accordingly; if the colleges do not thus agree, then they meet all
+together and debate the matter; whereupon, if they come not to an accord,
+the business is remitted to another day, or the suffrage of the Emperor
+decides it.
+
+Whitelocke asked him, whether the advice of the Diet, being the supreme
+public council, were binding to the Emperor. He said, that the Emperor
+seldom did anything contrary to that advice, but held himself bound in
+prudence, if not in duty, to conform thereunto. Whitelocke asked him what
+opinion they had in the Emperor's court of the present King of Sweden. He
+answered, as was expected, and most true, that they have a great opinion
+of the King, especially for military affairs. Upon Whitelocke's
+invitation, he did him the honour to dine with him, and they had much and
+good discourse together.
+
+[SN: Visit of M. Woolfeldt's brother-in-law.]
+
+In the afternoon Whitelocke received a visit from Monsieur Hannibal
+Schestedt, whose wife was sister to Woolfeldt's lady, one of the
+daughters of the late King of Denmark by his second wife,--as they term
+it, his left-handed wife; this relation, and his own good parts, brought
+him in high esteem with the King, his brother-in-law, till by jealousies
+(particularly, as was said, in some matters of mistresses), distaste and
+disfavour was against him, and he was put out of his office of Viceroy of
+Norway, and other advantages; upon which he retired himself into these
+parts, and lived upon a pension of six thousand dollars yearly, allowed
+by the King unto his lady. Whitelocke found him a gentleman of excellent
+behaviour and abilities, which he had improved by his travels in most
+countries of Europe, and had gained perfectly the French, Italian, Dutch,
+English, and Latin tongues. His discourse was full of ingenuity and
+cheerfulness, and very free touching his own country and King, on whom he
+would somewhat reflect; and he spoke much of the Queen of Sweden's
+resignation, which he much condemned, and as much extolled the assuming
+of the Government by the Protector of England, and said he had a design
+shortly to see England, and desired Whitelocke, that when he came into
+England he would move to the Protector to give him leave to come into
+England to serve the Protector, which he would willingly do, being forbid
+his own country; but he prayed Whitelocke, that none might know of this
+his purpose but the Protector only. He told Whitelocke, that Williamson,
+the King of Denmark's Ambassador now in England, had been his servant,
+etc.
+
+When Monsieur Schestedt was gone, Whitelocke wrote to Secretary Thurloe,
+and to his other friends in England, to give them an account of his being
+come thus far in his voyage homewards, and of the two frigates being
+arrived in the Elbe, that as soon as the wind would serve he would hasten
+for England.
+
+[SN: A banquet to Whitelocke.]
+
+The Resident invited Whitelocke and several Senators to a collation this
+evening, whither came the four Burgomasters, and five other Senators; a
+thing unusual for so many of them to meet a foreign public minister, the
+custom being in such case to depute two or three of their body, and no
+more; but they were willing to do more than ordinary honour to
+Whitelocke. And of these nine Senators every one spoke French or Latin,
+and some both, a thing rare enough for aldermen of a town; but the reason
+of it was given, because here, for the most part, they choose into those
+places doctors and licentiates of the laws, which employments they
+willingly accept, being for life, attended with great authority, and a
+salary of a thousand crowns yearly, besides other profits. They had a
+banquet and store of wine; and the Senators discoursed much with
+Whitelocke touching England, and the successes of the Parliament party,
+and the many thanksgivings for them; of which they had heard with
+admiration, and commended the return of thanks to God.
+
+Upon this occasion, Whitelocke gave them an account of many particulars,
+and of God's goodness to them, and exhorted these gentlemen, in all their
+affairs, to put their trust in God, to be thankful for his mercies, and
+not to do anything contrary to his will. They asked how the Parliament
+could get money enough to pay their forces. Whitelocke told them that the
+people afforded money sufficient to defray the public charges both by sea
+and land; and that no soldiers were paid and disciplined, nor officers
+better rewarded, than those who have served the Parliament.
+
+Whitelocke asked them concerning the religion professed among them, and
+of their government and trade, wherein they gave him good information;
+and he told them he hoped that the agreement made by this city with the
+merchants, his countrymen, would be carefully observed, and the
+privileges accorded to them be continued, which would be acceptable to
+the Protector. They answered, that they had been very careful, and should
+be so still, that on their part the agreement should be exactly observed.
+They desired Whitelocke to speak to the Protector in favour of a ship
+belonging to this town, in which were some moneys belonging to
+Hollanders, and taken by the English two years since. Whitelocke promised
+to move the Protector in it, and assured them that his Highness would
+cause right to be done to them.
+
+At this collation Whitelocke ate very little, and drank only one glass of
+Spanish wine, and one glass of small beer, which was given him by a
+stranger, whom he never saw before nor after, and the beer seemed at
+that instant to be of a very bad taste and colour; nor would he inquire
+what it was, his own servants being taken forth by the Resident's people
+in courtesy to entertain them.[371] After he came to his lodging he was
+taken very ill, and grew worse and worse, extreme sick, with pains like
+the strokes of daggers, which put him in mind of a former passage; and
+his torment was so great that it was scarcely to be endured, the most
+violent that he ever felt.
+
+He was not well after his journey from Lübeck to Hamburg, having been
+extremely jolted in the coach in that way full of holes and sloughs, made
+by their great carriages in time of the war, and not yet amended: his
+weariness when he came to Hamburg reprieved his pain, which highly
+increased this evening; and the last of his ill beer still remained with
+him.
+
+
+_June 14, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's indisposition.]
+
+The fierce torment continued on Whitelocke above thirteen hours together
+without intermission. About four o'clock this morning his secretary Earle
+was called to him, who waited on him with care and sadness to see his
+torment; nature helped, by vomits and otherwise, to give some ease, but
+the sharpness of his pain continued. About five o'clock this morning Dr.
+Whistler was called to him, who gave him several sorts of physic, and
+amongst the rest a drink with a powder and a great quantity of oil of
+sweet almonds, suspecting, by the manner of his sickness and some of the
+symptoms, that he might have had poison given him, which was the jealousy
+of most about him; and whether it were so or not the Lord only knows, who
+nevertheless in his goodness preserved Whitelocke, and blessed the means
+for his recovery. The drink working contrary to what was intended, and
+turning to a vomit, the doctor, perceiving the operation of nature to be
+that way, followed by giving of vomits, which within two hours gave some
+ease and brought him to a little slumber, and in a few hours after to
+recovery. Thus it pleased God to exercise him, and to cast him down for a
+little time; and when he had no expectation but of present death in a
+strange land, God was pleased suddenly, and above imagination, to restore
+and recover him; the which, and all other the mercies of God, he prays
+may, by him and his, be thankfully remembered.
+
+A doctor of physic, a Jew in this town, hearing of Whitelocke's being
+sick, came to his lodging, and meeting with Dr. Whistler, told him in
+Latin, that, understanding the English Ambassador to be dangerously sick,
+and to have no physician about him but a young inexperienced man,
+therefore this Jew came to offer his service. Dr. Whistler, smiling, told
+Whitelocke of this rencounter, who presently sent his thanks and
+discharge to the Jewish doctor. Several Senators came and sent to inquire
+of Whitelocke's health, and to know if he wanted anything in their power
+to supply him for his recovery, and offered the physicians of the town to
+wait upon him. He returned thanks, but kept himself to the advice and
+care of his own doctor, whose endeavours it pleased God to bless, so that
+in two days Whitelocke was abroad again.
+
+[SN: Feast given by the English Company.]
+
+The English Company had invited divers to bear Whitelocke company at
+dinner this day, where they had a very great feast, and present at it the
+four Burgomasters and ten Senators. So many of that number had scarce
+been seen at any former entertainment; which though purposely made to do
+Whitelocke honour, yet his sickness had brought him to an incapacity of
+bearing them company; but whilst they were at the table, Whitelocke sent
+his secretary to the Resident, praying him to make his apology to the
+Lords, that extremity of sickness the night before had prevented him of
+the honour of accompanying them at this meeting; that being now somewhat
+recovered, he sent now to present his hearty thanks to their lordships
+for this great favour they had done him, wished them all health, and
+entreated them to be cheerful. The Lords returned thanks to Whitelocke
+for his civility, and about an hour after the Resident came to Whitelocke
+from the Lords to see how he did, to thank him for his compliment, and to
+know if, without inconvenience, they might be admitted to come to his
+chamber to see him. Whitelocke said he should be glad to see them, but
+privately told the Resident that he hoped they would not stay long with
+him by reason of his indisposition.
+
+The Senators sat at the table from twelve o'clock at noon till six
+o'clock in the evening, according to the fashion of Dutchland, and were
+very merry, wanting no good meat or wine, nor sparing it. About six
+o'clock they rose from dinner, and came to Whitelocke's chamber to visit
+him, with many compliments, expressing their sorrow for his sickness,
+their wishes for his health, and offers of anything in their power which
+might contribute to his recovery. Whitelocke used them with all civility,
+and heartily thanked them for this extraordinary honour they had done
+him, by so many of their lordships affording him the favour of meeting at
+this place, and excused by his violent sickness his not bearing them
+company. After many compliments and a short stay they left his chamber,
+praying for the recovery of his health again.
+
+Among this company of fourteen senators were no young men, but all grave
+and comely persons; and every one of them did particularly speak to
+Whitelocke, either in French or Latin, and some in both, which were hard
+to be met with in so many aldermen of towns in other countries. Divers of
+them staid in the English house till nine o'clock at night, making a very
+long repast of nine hours together; but it was to testify the more
+particular respect and honour to the English Ambassador, and is according
+to the usage of these parts, where, at such public entertainments, they
+eat and drink heartily, and seldom part in less than ten or twelve hours,
+cheerfully conversing together. Whitelocke took great contentment in the
+civility and respects of these and other gentlemen to him in this place,
+and in the affection, care, and attendance of his children, friends, and
+servants, about him in his sickness.
+
+
+_June 15, 1654._
+
+[SN: The ecclesiastical state of Hamburg.]
+
+The Lords sent a gentleman to inquire of Whitelocke's health, with
+compliments as before. He took some physic, yet admitted visits and
+discourse, from which, and those he formerly had with Senators and
+others, he learned that as to matter of religion they are here very
+strict to maintain a unity thereof, being of Plutarch's opinion, that
+"varietas religionis, dissolutio religionis;" and they permit no other
+religion to be publicly exercised by their own citizens among them but
+what in their government they do profess, which is according to the
+Augsburg confession; and Luther's opinions do wholly take place among
+them, insomuch that the exercise of religion in any other form or way is
+not admitted, except to the English Company of Merchants in the chapel of
+their house, and that by stipulation. Thus every one who differs from
+them in matters of religion must keep his opinion to himself, without
+occasioning any disturbance to the Government by practice or publication
+of such different opinion; and although many are inclined to the tenets
+of Calvin, yet their public profession is wholly Lutheran; answerable
+whereunto Whitelocke observed in their churches many images, crucifixes,
+and the like (not far removed from the practice of the Popish churches);
+particularly in their great church, which is fair and large, built with
+brick, are many images, rare tablets of painting, crucifixes, and a
+perspective of curious workmanship in colours. Their liturgy (as ours in
+England was) is extracted from the old Mass-book, and their divine
+service celebrated with much ceremony, music, and outward reverence.
+Their ministers are pensioners, but, as themselves affirm, liberally
+dealt with, and have bountiful allowances if they are holy men and good
+preachers; whereof they much satisfy themselves that they are very well
+provided in this city, to the comfort and blessing of the inhabitants.
+
+[SN: The trade of Hamburg.]
+
+Touching the trade of this place, Whitelocke learnt that as they are
+very populous, so few are suffered in idleness, but employed in some way
+or other of trading, either as merchants, artificers, shopkeepers, or
+workmen. They have an exchange here, though not a fair one, where they
+daily meet and confer about their affairs and contracts.
+
+The several branches and arms of the river Elbe, which pass along by
+their houses, afford them the better means and advantages for bringing in
+and carrying forth their commodities. There is a partition between the
+old and the new town; the old is but a small part of it, and few
+merchants reside there. The ships of greatest burden come up within two
+miles of the city; the lesser ships, whereof there be a great number, and
+the great boats, come up within the town to the very doors of their
+houses, by the branches of the Elbe, to the great advantage of their
+trading.
+
+This city is much greater than Lübeck, fuller of trade and wealth, and
+better situated for commerce, being nearer to England, the Netherlands,
+France, Spain, and all the southern and western parts; and they are not
+to pass the Sound in coming home again. The staple of English cloth is
+here, and the cloths being brought hither for the most part white, it
+sets on work many hundreds of their people to dress and dye and fit them;
+and the inhabitants of all Germany and other countries do send and buy
+their cloth here. At this time of Whitelocke's being here, there lay in
+the Elbe four English ships which brought cloth hither; one of them
+carried twenty-five pieces of ordnance, the least fifteen, all of good
+force; and the English cloth at this time in them was estimated to be
+worth £200,000 sterling.
+
+In consideration of this trade and the staple of English cloth settled
+here, which brings wealth to this city, the Government here hath granted
+great privileges to the English merchants residing in this place, and
+they are part of the company or corporation of Merchant Adventurers of
+England,--an ancient and honourable society, of which Whitelocke had the
+favour honorarily to be here admitted a member.
+
+
+_June 16, 1654._
+
+[SN: The judicial institutions of Hamburg.]
+
+Whitelocke, being, through the goodness of God, well recovered of his
+distemper, went abroad this day, and was shown the Town-house, which is a
+fair and handsome building, of the like fashion, but more large and
+beautiful, than that at Lübeck, and much better furnished. Here are many
+chambers for public councils and tribunals; some of them have their
+pillars covered with copper, and pavements of Italian marble; they have
+also rich hangings, and chairs of velvet, blue, and green, and rare
+pictures. The Chamber of Audience, as they call it, is the court of
+justice, where the Right-herrs, who are in the nature of sheriffs, do sit
+to despatch and determine the causes of the citizens; and if the cause
+exceed the value of a hundred dollars, an appeal lies to the Senate, as
+it doth also in all causes criminal.
+
+From the Senate there is no appeal in cases of obligations, letters of
+exchange, contracts, debts, and matters of merchandise, but therein a
+speedy remedy is given for the advantage of trade; but in all other
+cases, where the value exceeds a thousand dollars, and in all causes
+capital, an appeal lies to the Imperial Chamber: and in the judicatories
+of the city, the proceedings are according to the municipal laws and
+customs thereof, which nevertheless have great affinity with the Imperial
+civil laws, especially in the forms and manner of proceedings; and in
+cases where the municipal laws and customs are defective, there the
+proceedings are according to the civil law. They do not proceed by juries
+of twelve men to try the fact; but the parties contending are heard on
+both sides, either in person or by their advocates or proctors, as they
+please, and the witnesses on either side are examined upon oath; after
+which, the judges taking serious consideration of the whole matter and of
+all circumstances and proofs therein, at a set time they pronounce their
+sentence; and commonly the whole process and business is determined in
+the space of three weeks, except in cases where an appeal is brought. The
+judges sit in court usually twice in every week, unless in festival
+times, when they keep vacations, and with them their holidays are not
+juridical: their equal and speedy administration of justice is commended
+both by their own people and by strangers who have occasion to make trial
+of it.
+
+[SN: Municipal Government of Hamburg.]
+
+Their public government, by which their peace is preserved, disorders
+restrained, and men kept from being wolves to one another, makes them the
+more to flourish, and consists of four Consuls or Burgomasters and twenty
+other Senators, of whom twelve were called Overholts, and the other
+twelve Ricks-herrs. Upon the death or removal of any Senator, the choice
+of a new one is with the rest of the Senators. The choice of the
+Overholts is by the people, and they are as tribunes of the people; they
+have power to control the Senate through the supreme magistracy, but they
+do it with all respect and tenderness, and no new law is made nor tax
+imposed without their consent. But the execution of the present laws, and
+the government of the people, and the last appeal in the city, is left
+unto the Senate; as also negotiations with foreigners, the entertainments
+and ceremonies with strangers, and generally the care of the safety of
+their State.
+
+In cases of extraordinary concernment, as of war and peace, levying of
+money, making of new laws, and matters of extraordinary weight and
+consideration, of which the Senate are not willing to take the burden
+wholly upon themselves, or to undergo the envy or hazard of the
+consequences thereof; in such cases the Senate causeth the Overholt to be
+assembled, and, as the weight of the business may be, sometimes they
+cause to be summoned an assembly of the whole body of the burgesses of
+the city, before whom the business in the general is propounded, and they
+are desired by the Senate to make choice of some deputies, to be joined
+to the Senate and to assist them in the matters proposed. Then the whole
+body of the freemen do commonly make choice of eight, sometimes more and
+sometimes fewer, as they please, out of their own number, and these
+deputies have full power given to them by this assembly to despatch and
+determine, together with the Senate and the Overholt, their matters thus
+proposed to the general consideration of that public assembly; and what
+this Council thus constituted do resolve in these matters, the same is
+put in execution accordingly, obligeth, and is freely submitted unto by
+all the citizens, who look upon themselves by this their election of
+deputies to have their own consents involved in what their deputies
+determine.
+
+In the evening Mr. Stetkin, with whom Whitelocke had been acquainted in
+England, when he was there, a servant of the late King for his private
+music, wherein he was excellent, came to Whitelocke, and with Maylard,
+one of Whitelocke's servants, made very good music for his diversion.
+
+This day the wind came about reasonable good for Whitelocke's voyage, who
+thereupon ordered the captains away to their frigates and his people to
+prepare all things in readiness for his departure tomorrow; his baggage
+was carried down and put on board the frigates. He gave his most hearty
+and solemn thanks to the Resident, and to all the gentleman of the
+English Company of Merchants here, who had very nobly and affectionately
+entertained Whitelocke at their own charge all the time of his being in
+this city. He ordered his gratuities to be distributed among their
+servants and to all who had done any service or offices for him, both of
+the English house and of the townsmen, and ordered all things to be in
+readiness to proceed in his voyage.
+
+
+_June 17, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke takes leave of the Senate.]
+
+The baggage and inferior servants of Whitelocke being gone down before
+unto the frigates, and the wind being indifferent good, Whitelocke
+resolved this day to set forwards in his voyage, and to endeavour, if he
+could, before night to reach the frigates, which did attend his coming in
+the Elbe about Glückstadt. The Resident had provided boats for Whitelocke
+and his company to go down unto the frigates, and had given notice to
+some of the Senators of Whitelocke's intention to remove this day;
+whereupon Monsieur Müller, the chief Burgomaster of the town, came to
+Whitelocke's lodging in the morning to visit him and to inquire of his
+health, as one that bare a particular respect to him, and was now come to
+take his leave of him. He was a wise and sober man, and of good
+conversation, and testified much respect to the Protector and
+Commonwealth of England, and much honour to Whitelocke in particular.
+Whilst he was with Whitelocke, the two Senators who came first to
+Whitelocke to bid him welcome hither, came now also to him from the
+Senate, to bid him farewell. The elder of them spake to Whitelocke to
+this effect:--
+
+    "My Lord Ambassador,
+
+    "The Senate hath commanded us in their name to salute your
+    Excellence, and to give you thanks for taking in good part the small
+    testimonies of their respect towards you, which they are ashamed
+    were no better, and entreat your pardon for it.
+
+    "They understand that your Excellence is upon your departure from
+    this town, which gives them great cause of sadness, as they had of
+    joy at your arrival here; but since it is your good pleasure, and
+    your great affairs oblige you to depart, all that we can do is to
+    pray to God for your safe arrival in your own country, and we doubt
+    not but that the same God who hath hitherto preserved you in a long
+    and perilous voyage, will continue his goodness to you in the
+    remainder of your journey.
+
+    "We have a humble request to make to your Excellence, that you will
+    give us leave to recommend our town to your patronage, and that you
+    would be pleased to peruse these papers, which concern some of our
+    citizens; and that your Excellence will be a means to my Lord
+    Protector and to the Court of Admiralty, that justice and favour may
+    be shown to them."
+
+As this gentleman spake of the testimonies of respect from this city to
+Whitelocke, he looked back to the table, upon which stood a piece of
+plate covered with sarsenet. A little after the Senator had done
+speaking, Whitelocke answered him to this purpose:--
+
+    "Gentlemen,
+
+    "I have cause to acknowledge that God hath been very good and
+    gracious to me, and to all my company, throughout our whole voyage
+    unto this place; for which we desire to bless His name, and hope
+    that He will be pleased to continue His goodness to us in the rest
+    of our journey. I desire you to return my hearty thanks to my Lords
+    the Senators, who have honoured me with their very great respects
+    during the whole time of my being with them, and have bestowed noble
+    testimonies thereof upon me. I shall not fail to inform the
+    Protector, my master, hereof, to whom, and to the Commonwealth of
+    England, this respect is given in my person.
+
+    "I have received much contentment in my being here, not only by the
+    sight of so fair and flourishing a city as this is, so well
+    fortified, and manned, and traded, and governed, but in your
+    civilities, and the honour I have had to be acquainted with your
+    worthy magistrates. And I have had a singular satisfaction to
+    understand from my countrymen living amongst you that their
+    privileges are by you entirely continued to them, which I recommend
+    to you as a thing most acceptable to my Lord Protector, who takes
+    care of the whole Commonwealth, and will expect that I give him an
+    account of what concerns the English merchants and their commerce in
+    this place. The wind being now good, I am obliged, according to the
+    commands of the Protector, my master, forthwith to return for
+    England, and do resolve this day to proceed in my voyage towards my
+    ships. I hope my God will conduct me in safety to the place where I
+    would be, and where I shall have the opportunity to testify my
+    gratitude to the Lords and people of this city, and to take care of
+    those affairs wherein they may be concerned, which I esteem as an
+    honour to me."
+
+[SN: Presents of the Senate.]
+
+After Whitelocke had done speaking, the Senators, with the accustomed
+ceremonies, took their leaves of him. The piece of plate which they now
+presented to him was a vessel of silver, like a little cabinet, wrought
+with bosses of beautiful figures, curious and rich, of the value, as some
+prized it, of about £150 sterling. Whitelocke was somewhat surprised with
+this present of plate, and doubtful whether he should accept it or not;
+but considering that it was only a testimony of their respects to the
+Protector; and as to Whitelocke, he was not capable of doing them service
+or prejudice, but as their affairs should deserve; and if he should
+refuse this present, it would be ill taken by the Lords. Upon these
+considerations, and the advice of the Resident and other friends,
+Whitelocke took it, and returned his hearty thanks for it.
+
+Another Senator, one Monsieur Samuel, hearing that Whitelocke had a
+little son at home, sent him a little horse for a present, the least that
+one hath seen, yet very handsome, and managed to the great saddle, which
+Whitelocke brought home with him; so full of civility and courtesy were
+the magistrates of this place.
+
+After much difficulty to get away, and the earnest request of the
+Resident and English merchants to the contrary, entreating him to stay
+longer, yet Whitelocke kept his resolution to leave the town; and boats
+being in readiness, he went down to the water-side, accompanied with a
+great number of his countrymen and his own people, and took his boats to
+go down the Elbe to his ships. The Resident and some others went in his
+boat with him. Vice-Admiral Clerke would not yet leave him, saying that
+Wrangel had commanded him to see Whitelocke on board the English
+frigates, either for a compliment or desiring to see the frigates, which
+were so much discoursed on in these parts, and thereby to be enabled to
+give an account to Wrangel of the dimensions and make of them, which he
+longed to know.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke embarks in boats on the Elbe,]
+
+The boat in which Whitelocke went was large, but not convenient, open,
+and went only with sails. The streets, as he passed to the water-side,
+and the windows, and on the bridges, were full of people to see him as he
+went, and gave him courteous salutations at his farewell. In his own boat
+he had six trumpets, which sounded all along as he passed through the
+city and the haven, which was then very full of ships, and they also very
+civil to make way for Whitelocke's boats. Upon the bridges and bulwarks
+which he went by were guards of soldiers in arms; and the bulwarks on
+that side saluted him with all their cannon, about twenty-one pieces,
+though they used not to give strangers above two or three guns. Thus
+Whitelocke parted from this city of Hamburg, recommending himself and his
+company to the blessing and protection of the Almighty.
+
+A little below the city they came by a small village called by them _All
+to nah_ (Altona), that is, "All too nigh," being the King of Denmark's
+territory, within half a league, which they thought too near their city.
+When they came a little lower, with a sudden strong blast of wind the
+boat in which Whitelocke was, was in great danger of being overset; after
+which it grew to be a calm; whereupon Whitelocke sent to the English
+cloth-ships, which lay a little below, to lend him some of their
+ship-boats and mariners with oars, to make better way than his boat with
+sails could do. This they did readily; and as Whitelocke passed by them,
+they all saluted him with their cannon.
+
+[SN: but lands at Stadt.]
+
+Having changed their boats and discharged the great ones, they went more
+cheerfully down the river till they came within half a league of the town
+of Stadt; when being almost dark, and the mariners not accustomed to the
+river out of the channel, the boat in which Whitelocke was, struck upon
+the sand, and was fast there. Presently the English mariners, seven or
+eight of them, leaped out of the boat into the river, "up to their chins,
+and by strength removed the boat from off the sands again; and they came
+to their oars again, within an English mile of Stadt, when it was very
+late, and the boats were two German miles from the frigates, and the tide
+turning. Whitelocke thought it impossible to reach his ships this night,
+and not prudent to proceed with unexperienced men upon this dangerous
+river by night; and understanding by General Potley, and one of the
+trumpets who had been formerly here, of a house upon the river that goes
+to Stadt, within a quarter of a mile of the place where they now were,
+Whitelocke ordered the mariners to make to that house, who, with much
+difficulty, found out the mouth of the river; but for want of water,
+being low tide, they had much trouble to get the boat up to the cruise,
+or in there. The master of the house had been a soldier and a cook; he
+prepared a supper for them of salt eels, salt salmon, and a little
+poultry, which was made better by the meat and wine that the Resident
+brought with him; yet all little enough when the rest of Whitelocke's
+company, in three other boats, came to the same house, though they could
+not know of Whitelocke being there; but he was very ill himself, and this
+was a bad quarter for him, who had been so lately very sick at Hamburg;
+yet he contented himself without going to bed. His sons and company had
+some fresh straw, and God in his wonted mercy still preserved him and his
+company. The host sent word to his General, Koningsmark, that the English
+Ambassador was at his house this night.
+
+
+_June 18, 1654._
+
+[SN: Embarks in the President.]
+
+Whitelocke resolved to remove from the cruise early this morning, and the
+rather because he was informed that Koningsmark intended to come hither
+this morning to visit him, which Whitelocke did not desire, in regard of
+the late accident at Bremen, where Koningsmark was governor, and that his
+conferring with him, upon his immediate return from Sweden, might give
+some jealousy to those of Bremen, or to the Hanse Towns, or some of the
+German Princes thereabouts. Whitelocke therefore held it best to take no
+notice of Koningsmark's intention to come and visit him, but to avoid
+that meeting by going early from hence this morning; which he had the
+more reason to do because of his bad entertainment here, and for that the
+tide served betimes this morning to get out of this river. He therefore
+caused his people to make ready about two o'clock this morning, and took
+boat within an hour after, the weather being very fair and the country
+pleasant. On the right-hand was Holstein, on the left-hand was the Duchy
+of Lüneburg, and below that the Bishopric of Bremen; in which this river
+comes from Stadt near unto Bremen, more considerable heretofore when it
+was the staple for the English cloth, but left by our merchants many
+years since, partly because they held themselves not well treated by the
+inhabitants of Stadt, and partly by the inconvenientness of this river to
+bring up their cloth to that town.
+
+Two miles from this cruise Whitelocke came to the frigates, where they
+lay at anchor. He himself went on board the 'President,' who, at his
+entry, saluted him with above forty guns, the 'Elizabeth' but with
+twenty-one, and her Captain, Minnes, came on board to Whitelocke to
+excuse it, because, not knowing Whitelocke's time of coming hither, he
+had no more guns ready to bid him welcome.
+
+[SN: Glückstadt.]
+
+Right against the frigates lay the fort and town of Glückstadt, that is
+Luckystadt, or Lucky Town. Whitelocke being desirous to take a view of it
+and of the fortifications, and his baggage not being yet come to the
+frigates, he with the Resident and several others went over in one of the
+ship's boats to see it. The town is situate in a marsh, having no hill
+near to command it. The fortifications about it are old, yet in good
+repair. It belongs to the King of Denmark, as Duke of Holstein, and he
+keeps a garrison there at the mouth of a river running into the Elbe,
+like that of Stadt. The late King of Denmark built there a blockhouse in
+the great river upon piles, to the end he might command the ships passing
+that way, but the Elbe being there above a league in breadth, the ships
+may well pass notwithstanding that fort.
+
+At Whitelocke's landing in the town, which is about a bow-shot from the
+mouth of the river, he sent to acquaint the Governor therewith, and that
+he desired only to see the town and then to return to his ships. The
+Governor sent a civil answer, that he was sorry he could not accompany
+Whitelocke, to show him the town, by reason of his being sick, but that
+he had sent one of his officers to show him the fortifications, and
+desired him to command anything in the town; for which civility
+Whitelocke returned thanks.
+
+The town is not great nor well-built, but of brick, and some of the
+houses very fair; chiefly one which they call the King's house, which
+might fit an English knight to dwell in. The town seems decaying, and the
+fortifications also in some places. The late King designed to have made
+this a great town of trade, and by that means to have diminished, if not
+ruined, his neighbours the Hamburgers; to whom this King having done some
+injuries, and endeavouring to build a bridge over the Elbe near to
+Hamburg, to hinder the ships coming up thither, and their trade, the
+citizens pulled it down again, and came with about twenty vessels to
+Glückstadt upon a design against that town; but the King's ships of war
+being there, the Admiral of Hamburg cut his anchors and returned home in
+haste. The King's men got up the anchors, and at this time Whitelocke saw
+them hung up in their church as great trophies of a small victory thus
+easily gained. At Whitelocke's return, Glückstadt saluted him with three
+pieces of cannon.
+
+When he was come back to his ships he found all his people and baggage
+come up to him, whereupon he resolved to weigh anchor the first
+opportunity of wind serving, and gave orders accordingly to his captains.
+The Resident Bradshaw, Vice-Admiral Clerke, the treasurer and secretary
+of the English Company at Hamburg, who accompanied Whitelocke to his
+ships, now the tide serving, took their leaves of him, with much respect
+and wishes of a happy voyage to him; and so they parted.
+
+The wind came to north-east, flat contrary to Whitelocke's course, and
+rose high, with violent storms and much rain, so that it was not possible
+for Whitelocke to weigh anchor and proceed in his voyage; but he had
+cause to thank God that he was in a safe and good harbour.
+
+
+_June 19, 1654._
+
+The wind continued very tempestuous and contrary to Whitelocke's course,
+so that he could not budge, but lay still at anchor. The mariners, in
+their usual way of sporting, endeavoured to make him some pastime, to
+divert the tediousness of his stay and of the bad weather. He learned
+that at Glückstadt the Hamburgers pay a toll to the King of Denmark, who
+submit thereunto as other ships do, rather than enter into a contest or
+war with that King.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke writes to the Queen of Sweden.]
+
+Whitelocke thought it becoming him in civility and gratitude to give an
+account by letters to the Queen of Sweden of his proceeding thus far in
+his voyage, for which purpose he had written his letters at Hamburg, and
+now having too much leisure, he made them up and sent them to
+Vice-Admiral Clerke to be presented to the Queen. The letters were to
+this effect:--
+
+    "_A sa Sérénissime Majesté Christine, Reine de Suède._
+
+    "Madame,
+
+    "Les grandes faveurs que j'ai reçues de votre Majesté m'obligent à
+    lui rendre compte de ce qui me touche, celui en qui vous avez
+    beaucoup d'intérêt. Et puisque par votre faveur, sous Dieu, j'ai
+    déjà surmonté les difficultés de la plus grande moitié du voyage que
+    j'ai à faire par mer, j'ai pris la hardiesse d'entretenir votre
+    Majesté de mon succès jusqu'en ce lieu. Le premier de Juin, le beau
+    navire 'Amaranta' nous fit flotter sur la Baltique, et nonobstant
+    les calmes, le vent contraire, et un terrible orage qui nous
+    exercèrent, par l'adresse de l'Amiral Clerc, du Capitaine Sinclair
+    (de l'honnêteté, respect, et soin desquels envers moi et ma suite,
+    je suis redevable, comme de mille autres faveurs, à votre Majesté),
+    comme par l'obéissance du navire à ses experts conducteurs, nous
+    mîmes pied à terre à Tremon, le port de Lubec, Mercredi le 7 Juin.
+    Samedi nous arrivâmes à Hambourg, où je suis à présent, dans la
+    maison des Anglais. Ce matin j'ai pensé ne voir point le soir, ayant
+    été travaillé d'un mal soudain, et tempête horrible qui m'a cuidé
+    renverser dans ce port. Mais il a plu à Dieu me remettre en bonne
+    mesure, ainsi j'espère que je ne serai empêché d'achever mon voyage.
+    Je prie Dieu qu'il préserve votre Majesté, et qu'il me rende si
+    heureux, qu'étant rendu en mon pays, j'aie l'opportunité selon mon
+    petit pouvoir de témoigner en effet que je suis
+
+                                    "De votre Majesté
+                          "Le très-humble et obéissant serviteur,
+                                                  "B. WHITELOCKE.
+    "_Juin 14, 1654._"
+
+
+_June 20, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke detained by contrary winds.]
+
+The wind continued in the same quarter as before, very high and contrary
+to Whitelocke's course, both the last night and this morning, which gave
+him and his company much trouble; but they must submit to the time and
+good pleasure of God.
+
+About five o'clock this morning (an unusual hour for visits) Mr.
+Schestedt came on board Whitelocke's ship from Glückstadt, whither he
+came the day before by land. They had much discourse together, wherein
+this gentleman is copious, most of it to the same effect as at his former
+visits at Hamburg. He told Whitelocke of the Lord Wentworth's being at
+Hamburg and his carriage there, and that he spake with respect towards
+the Protector and towards Whitelocke, but was full of wishes of ruin to
+the Protector's party. Whitelocke inquired of him touching the levies of
+soldiers by the Princes in the Lower Saxony now in action, with whom Mr.
+Schestedt was very conversant. He said that the present levies were no
+other than such as those Princes made the last year, and usually make
+every year for their own defence in case there should be any occasion,
+and that he knew of no design extraordinary. Whitelocke asked him several
+questions about this matter, that he might be able to give information
+thereof to the Protector; but either there was nothing, or this gentleman
+would discover nothing in it. He was entertained in Whitelocke's cabin at
+breakfast, where he fed and drank wine heartily, and at his going away
+Whitelocke gave him twenty-one guns, and ordered the 'Elizabeth' to give
+him nineteen, and sent him to shore in one of his ship-boats. The wind
+being very high, and not changing all this day, to the trouble of
+Whitelocke and hindrance of his voyage.
+
+In the evening, a messenger from Monsieur Schestedt brought to Whitelocke
+these letters:--
+
+    "Monseigneur,
+
+    "Votre Excellence aura reçu, par un de ses serviteurs, un petit
+    billet de moi partant de Glückstadt, sur ce qu'avions parlé,
+    suppliant très-humblement votre Excellence d'en avoir soin sans
+    aucun bruit. Et si la commodité de votre Excellence le permettra, je
+    vous supplie de vouloir écrire un mot de lettre au Résident d'ici
+    pour mieux jouir de sa bonne conversation sur ce qui concerne la
+    correspondance avec votre Excellence; et selon que votre Excellence
+    m'avisera je me gouvernerai exactement, me fiant entièrement à la
+    générosité de votre Excellence, et m'obligeant en homme d'honneur de
+    vivre et mourir,
+
+                  "Monseigneur, de votre Excellence
+                        "Très-humble et très-obéissant serviteur,
+                                             "HANNIBAL SCHESTEDT.
+    "_20 Juin, 1654._
+
+    "Votre Excellence aura mille remercîmens de l'honneur reçu par ces
+    canonades, et excusera pour ma disgrace de n'avoir été répondu."
+
+To these letters Whitelocke sent this answer:--
+
+    "Monseigneur,
+
+    "Je n'ai rien par voie de retour que mes humbles remercîmens pour le
+    grand honneur que vous m'avez fait, par vos très-agréables visites,
+    tant à Hambourg qu'en ce lieu, comme aussi en m'envoyant ce noble
+    gentilhomme qui m'a apporté les lettres de votre Excellence. Je ne
+    manquerai pas, quand il plaira à Dieu me ramener en Angleterre, de
+    contribuer tout ce qui sera en mon pouvoir pour votre service, et
+    j'espère que l'issue en sera à votre contentement, et que dans peu
+    de temps je saurai vous rendre bon compte de ce dont vous me faites
+    mention en vos lettres. Ce petit témoignage du respect que je porte
+    à votre Excellence, que je rendis à votre départ de mon vaisseau, et
+    qu'il vous plaît honorer de votre estime, ne mérite pas que vous en
+    teniez aucun compte; je serai joyeux de vous témoigner par
+    meilleurs effets que je suis
+
+                                    "De votre Excellence
+                     "Le très-humble et très-obéissant serviteur,
+                                                  "B. WHITELOCKE.
+    "_A bord le Président, Rade de Glückstadt,
+              20 Juin, 1654._"
+
+Many other letters passed between them, not necessary for a recital.
+
+
+_June 21, 1654._
+
+[SN: Still detained by the wind.]
+
+The wind continued in the same quarter as before, very high, and contrary
+to Whitelocke's course. The English cloth-ships came down to him,
+desiring to be in his squadron homewards. Whitelocke knew no reason why
+his ships might not as well have fallen down lower in the river as these;
+about which he consulted with the officers and pilot of his ship, who
+agreed that this morning, the wind being come a little more moderate, the
+ships might have fallen down with the tide, but that the time was now
+neglected; which the officers excused because of the fog, which was so
+thick that they durst not adventure to go down the river. He resolved,
+upon this, to take the next opportunity, and went aboard the 'Elizabeth'
+to see his company there, who were well accommodated.
+
+Here a petition was presented to Whitelocke from two mariners in hold for
+speaking desperate words,--that they would blow up the ship and all her
+company, and would cut the throat of the Protector, and of ten thousand
+of his party. One of them confessed, in his petition, that he was drunk
+when he spake these words, and had no intention of the least harm to the
+ship, or to the Protector, or any of the State; both of them acknowledged
+their fault, and humbly asked pardon. After Whitelocke had examined them
+severally, and could get from them no confession of any plot against the
+Protector or State, but earnest asseverations of their innocences; yet
+having news of a plot in England against the Protector and Government, he
+held it not fit for him absolutely to release them; but, because he
+thought it only a business and words of drunkenness, he ordered them to
+be had out of the hold, but their Captain to see that they should be
+forthcoming at their arrival in England, that the Council, being
+acquainted herewith, might direct their pleasure concerning them.
+
+About noon the wind began again to blow with great tempestuousness, and
+flat contrary to Whitelocke's course. In the evening a gentleman came
+aboard Whitelocke's ship, with letters from Monsieur Schestedt from
+Glückstadt to the same effect, and with compliments as formerly, to which
+Whitelocke returned a civil answer by the same messenger; and by him he
+also sent letters of compliment and thanks to the Resident Bradshaw,
+which likewise he prayed the Resident, in his name, to present to the
+English Company of Merchants at Hamburg, for their very great civilities
+and noble respects to Whitelocke while he was with them.
+
+
+_June 22, 1654._
+
+[SN: A visit from Count Ranzau.]
+
+The wind continued contrary and extraordinary violent all the last night
+and this morning; and Whitelocke had cause to acknowledge the favour of
+God to him, that during these rough storms he was in a good harbour and
+had not put out into the open sea.
+
+Early in the morning a gentleman came from Glückstadt on board to
+Whitelocke, and told him that Grave Ranzau, the Governor of the Province
+of Holstein, had sent him to salute Whitelocke on his part, and to know
+when he might conveniently come to Whitelocke; who answered that he
+should be always ready to entertain his Excellence, but in regard the
+time was now so dangerous, he desired the Governor would not expose
+himself to the hazard for his sake.
+
+About an hour after came another, in the habit of a military officer,
+from the Grave to Whitelocke, to excuse the Grave's not coming by reason
+of the very ill weather, and that no boat was to be gotten fit to bring
+the Grave from shore to Whitelocke's ship; but he said, that if
+Whitelocke pleased to send his ship-boats and mariners for the Governor,
+the wind being somewhat fallen, he would come and kiss his hand.
+Whitelocke answered in French to the gentleman, who spake Dutch, and was
+interpreted in French, that he was glad his Excellence was not in danger
+of the violent storms in coming on board to him this morning, but he
+should esteem it great honour to see the Governor in his ship, and that
+not only the boats and mariners, but all in the ship was at the service
+of his Excellence. The gentleman desired that one of the ship-boats and
+the ship-mariners might carry him back to land, and so bring the Governor
+from thence to Whitelocke, who commanded the same to be done. And about
+an hour after came the Grave Ranzau, a proper, comely person, habited as
+a soldier, about forty years of age; with him was another lord, governor
+of another province, and three or four gentlemen, and other followers.
+
+Whitelocke received them at the ship's side, and at his entry gave him
+nine guns. The Grave seemed doubtful to whom to make his application,
+Whitelocke being in a plain sea-gown of English grey baize; but (as the
+Governor said afterwards) he knew him to be the Ambassador by seeing him
+with his hat on, and so many brave fellows about him bareheaded. After
+salutations, the Governor spake to Whitelocke to this effect:--
+
+    "Monseigneur,
+
+    "Le Roi de Danemarck, mon maître, m'a commandé de venir trouver
+    votre Excellence, et de la saluer de sa part, et la faire la
+    bienvenue en ses hâvres, et lui faire savoir que s'il y a quelque
+    chose dans ce pays-là dont le gouvernement m'est confié par sa
+    Majesté, qu'il est à son commandement. Sa Majesté aussi a un extreme
+    désir de voir votre Excellence, et de vous entretenir en sa cour,
+    désirant d'embrasser toutes les occasions par lesquelles il pourrait
+    témoigner le respect qu'il porte à son Altesse Monseigneur le
+    Protecteur."
+
+Whitelocke answered in French to this purpose:--
+
+    "Monseigneur,
+
+    "Je rends grâces à sa Majesté le Roi de Danemarck, du respect qu'il
+    lui à plu témoigner à sa Sérénissime Altesse mon maître, et de
+    l'honneur qu'il lui à plu faire à moi son serviteur, de quoi je ne
+    manquerai pas d'informer son Altesse. Je suis aussi beaucoup obligé
+    à votre Excellence pour l'honneur de votre visite, qu'il vous plaît
+    me donner en ce lieu, et principalement en un temps si fâcheux.
+    J'eusse aussi grande envie de baiser les mains de sa Majesté et de
+    voir sa cour, n'eût été que son Altesse a envoyé des navires exprès
+    pour m'emporter d'ici en Angleterre, et que j'ai ouï dire que le Roi
+    a remué sa cour de Copenhague ailleurs, à cause de la peste. Je suis
+    très-joyeux d'entendre de la santé de sa Majesté, auquel je
+    souhaite toute sorte de bonheur."
+
+[SN: Visit from the Dutch Agent.]
+
+After many compliments, Whitelocke gave, him precedence into his cabin;
+and after some discourse there, a servant of the Agent of Holland was
+brought in to Whitelocke, who said his master desired Whitelocke to
+appoint a time when the Agent might come on board him to salute
+Whitelocke and to kiss his hand. He answered that, at any hour when his
+master pleased to do Whitelocke that honour, he should be welcome, and
+that some noble persons being now with him, who, he hoped, would do him
+the favour to take part of a sea-dinner with him, that if it would please
+the Agent to do him the same favour, and to keep these honourable persons
+company, it would be the greater obligation unto Whitelocke. The Grave,
+hearing this, began to excuse himself, that he could not stay dinner with
+Whitelocke, but, upon entreaty, he was prevailed with to stay.
+
+About noon the Dutch Agent came in one of Whitelocke's boats on board his
+ship, whom he received at the ship's side, and saluted with seven guns at
+his entry. The Agent spake to Whitelocke to this purpose:--"That, passing
+by Glückstadt towards Hamburg, he was informed of Whitelocke's being in
+this place, and thereupon held it his duty, and agreeable to the will of
+his Lords, not to proceed in his journey without first giving a visit to
+Whitelocke to testify the respect of his superiors to the Protector and
+Commonwealth of England, as also to Whitelocke in particular." Whitelocke
+returned thanks to the Agent for the respect which he testified to the
+Protector, and for the honour done to Whitelocke, and that it would be
+acceptable so the Protector to hear of this respect from my Lords the
+States to him, whereof he should not fail to inform his Highness when he
+should have the opportunity to be near him.
+
+[SN: Entertainment of Count Ranzau.]
+
+The Grave went first into Whitelocke's cabin, after him the Agent, and
+then Whitelocke, who gave these guests a plentiful dinner on ship-board.
+The Grave desired that Whitelocke's sons might be called in to dine with
+them, which was done, and Whitelocke asked the Grave if he would have any
+of his company to dine with him. He desired one of the gentlemen, who was
+admitted accordingly.
+
+They were served with the States' plate, which Whitelocke had caused to
+be taken forth on this occasion; and the strangers would often take up
+the plates and dishes to look on them, wondering to see so many great and
+massy pieces of silver plate as there were. They drank no healths, the
+Grave telling Whitelocke he had heard it was against his judgement, and
+therefore he did forbear to begin any healths, for which civility
+Whitelocke thanked him; and they had no want of good wine and meat, and
+such as scarce had been seen before on ship-board. They discoursed of the
+affairs in Sweden, and of the happy peace between England and Denmark,
+and the like. Monsieur De la Marche gave thanks in French, because they
+all understood it.
+
+After dinner Whitelocke took out his tobacco-box, which the Grave looked
+upon, being gold, and his arms, the three falcons, engraven on it;
+whereupon he asked Whitelocke if he loved hawks, who said he was a
+falconer by inheritance, as his coat of arms testified. The Grave said
+that he would send him some hawks the next winter out of his master's
+dominions of Iceland, where the best in the world were bred, which he
+nobly performed afterwards.
+
+The Grave earnestly invited Whitelocke to go on shore with him to his
+house, which was within two leagues of Glückstadt, where he should meet
+Monsieur Schestedt and his lady, and the next day he would bring
+Whitelocke to the King, who much desired to see him; and the Grave
+offered to bring Whitelocke back again in his coach to Glückstadt.
+Whitelocke desired to be excused by reason of his voyage, and an order of
+his country that those who had the command of any of the State's ships
+were not to lie out of them until they brought them home again; otherwise
+Whitelocke said he had a great desire to kiss his Majesty's hand and to
+wait upon his Excellence and the noble company at his house; and he
+desired that his humble thanks and excuse might be made to the King. The
+Grave replied that Whitelocke, being an Extraordinary Ambassador, was not
+within the order concerning commanders of the State's ships, but he might
+be absent and leave the charge of the ships to the inferior officers.
+Whitelocke said that as Ambassador he had the honour to command those
+ships, and so was within the order, and was commanded by his Highness to
+return forthwith to England; that if, in his absence, the wind and
+weather should come fair, or any harm should come to any of the ships, he
+should be answerable for neglecting of his trust. Whitelocke also was
+unwilling, though he must not express the same, to put himself under the
+trouble and temptations which he might meet with in such a journey, and
+to neglect the least opportunity of proceeding in his voyage homewards.
+
+The Grave, seeing Whitelocke not to be persuaded, hasted away; and after
+compliments and ceremonies passed with great civility, he and the Agent
+and their company went into one of Whitelocke's ship-boats, with a crew
+of his men and his Lieutenant to attend them. At their going off, by
+Whitelocke's order only one gun was fired, and a good while after the
+'President' fired all her guns round, the 'Elizabeth,' according to
+custom, did the like; so that there was a continual firing of great guns
+during the whole time of their passage from the ship unto the
+shore--almost a hundred guns, and the fort answered them with all the
+guns they had.
+
+At the Lieutenant's return he told Whitelocke that the Grave, when he
+heard but one gun fired for a good while together, began to be highly
+offended, saying that his master, the King, was slighted and himself
+dishonoured, to be sent away with one gun only fired, and he wondered the
+Ambassador carried it in such a manner; but afterwards, when the rest of
+the guns went off, the Grave said he would tell the King how highly the
+English Ambassador had honoured his Majesty and his servant by the most
+magnificent entertainment that ever was made on ship-board, and by the
+number of guns at his going away, and that this was the greatest honour
+he ever received, with much to the like purpose; and he gave to the
+Lieutenant for his pains two pieces of plate of silver gilt, and ten
+rix-dollars to the boat's company, and twenty rix-dollars more to the
+ship's company.
+
+
+_June 23, 1654._
+
+This was the seventh day that Whitelocke had lain on the Elbe, which was
+tedious to him; and now, fresh provisions failing, he sent Captain Crispe
+to Glückstadt to buy more, whose diligence and discretion carried him
+through his employments to the contentment of his master. He brought good
+provisions at cheap rates.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke agrees to convoy four English cloth ships.]
+
+The four captains of the English cloth-ships came on board Whitelocke to
+visit him; they were sober, experienced sea commanders; their ships lay
+at anchor close to Whitelocke. After dinner they told Whitelocke that if
+their ships had been three leagues lower down the river, they could not
+have anchored in this bad weather without extreme danger, the sea being
+there much higher, and the tide so strong that their cables would not
+have held their ships; and that if they had been at sea in this weather,
+they had been in imminent peril of shipwreck, and could not have returned
+into the river, nor have put into the Weser nor any other harbour.
+Whitelocke said that they and he were the more bound to God, who had so
+ordered their affairs as to keep them, during all the storms wherein they
+had been, in a safe and good harbour; he wished them, in this and all
+their voyages, to place their confidence in God, who would be the same
+God to them as now, and in all their affairs of this life.
+
+The captains desired Whitelocke's leave to carry their streamers and
+colours, and to be received by him as part of his fleet in their voyage
+for England, and they would acknowledge him for their Admiral. Whitelocke
+told them he should be glad of their company in his voyage, and would
+willingly admit them as part of his small fleet, but he would expect
+their observance of his orders; and if there should be occasion, that
+they must join with him in fight against any enemies of the Commonwealth
+whom they should meet with, which they promised to do; and Whitelocke
+mentioned it to the captains, because he had received intelligence of a
+ship laden with arms coming out of the Weser for Scotland, with a strong
+convoy, with whom Whitelocke resolved to try his strength, if he could
+meet him.
+
+In the afternoon two merchants of the cloth-ships came to visit
+Whitelocke, and showed great respect to him; and they and the captains
+returned together to their ships, the wind being allayed, and come about
+to the south, which gave Whitelocke hopes to proceed in his voyage.
+
+
+_June 24, 1654._
+
+[SN: The convoy sails to Rose Beacon.]
+
+The wind being come to west-south-west, a little fallen, about three
+o'clock in the morning they began to weigh anchor. By Whitelocke's
+command, all the ships were to observe this order in their sailing. Every
+morning each ship was to come up and fall by Whitelocke, and salute him,
+that he might inquire how they all did; then they were to fall astern
+again, Whitelocke to be in the van, and the 'Elizabeth' in the rear, and
+the other ships in the middle between them; all to carry their colours;
+Whitelocke to carry his in the maintop, and all to take their orders from
+his ship.
+
+Thus they did this morning; the cloth-ships came all by Whitelocke, and
+saluted him the first with nine guns. Whitelocke answered her with as
+many. Then she gave three guns more, to thank him for his salutation.
+Each of the other ships gave seven guns at their passing by; then the
+fort of Glückstadt discharged all their ordnance to give Whitelocke the
+farewell, who then fired twenty-one guns, and the 'Elizabeth' nineteen;
+then the cloth-ships fired three guns apiece, as thanks for their
+salutation; and so, with their sails spread, they committed themselves to
+the protection of the Almighty. Though these things may be looked upon by
+some as trivial and expensive, yet those who go to sea will find them
+useful and of consequence, both to keep up and cheer the spirits of the
+seamen, who will not be pleased without them, and to give an honour to
+one's country among strangers who are taken with them; and it is become a
+kind of sea language and ceremony, and teacheth them also the better to
+speak it in battle.
+
+Some emulation happened between the captain of the 'President' and
+Minnes, because Whitelocke went not with him, but in the other's ship,
+which Whitelocke would have avoided, but that he apprehended the
+'President' sent purposely for him.
+
+Between seven and eight o'clock in the morning Whitelocke passed by a
+village called Brown Bottle, belonging to the King of Denmark, upon the
+river in Holstein, four leagues from Glückstadt; and four leagues from
+thence he passed by a village on the other side of the Elbe, which they
+told him was called Oldenburg, and belonged to the Duke of Saxony. Two
+leagues below that, he came to anchor over against a village called Rose
+Beacon, a fair beacon standing by the water-side. It belongs to Hamburg;
+and by a late accident of a soldier's discharging his musket, it set a
+house on fire, and burnt half the town. Some of Whitelocke's people went
+on shore, and reported it to be a poor place, and no provisions to be
+had there.
+
+The road here is well defended by a compass of land on the south and
+west, but to the north and east it lies open. The sea there is wide, but
+full of high sands. The river is so shallow in some places that there was
+scarce three fathom water where he passed between Brown Bottle and
+Oldenburg, where his ship struck upon the sand, and made foul water, to
+the imminent danger of him and all his people, had not the Lord in mercy
+kept them. They were forced presently to tack back, and seek for deeper
+water. The pilot confessed this to happen because they lay too far to
+gain the wind, which brought them upon the shallow. Whitelocke came to
+Rose Beacon before noon, which is not very safe if the wind be high, as
+now it was; yet much safer than to be out in the open sea, whither the
+pilot durst not venture, the wind rising and being contrary to them.
+
+
+_June 25, 1654._
+
+_The Lord's Day._--Mr. Ingelo, Whitelocke's chaplain, preached in his
+ship in the morning. Mr. De la Marche, his other chaplain, was sick of a
+dysentery, which he fell into by drinking too much milk on shore. Mr.
+Knowles, a confident young man, the ship's minister, preached in the
+afternoon.
+
+[SN: The cloth ships return to Glückstadt.]
+
+The wind blew very strong and contrary all the last night and this
+morning, which made it troublesome riding in this place; insomuch that
+the four cloth-ships, doubting the continuance of this tempestuous
+weather, and fearing the danger that their cables would not hold, which
+failing would endanger all, and not being well furnished with provisions,
+they weighed anchor this morning flood, and sailed back again to
+Glückstadt road; whereof they sent notice to Whitelocke, desiring his
+excuse for what their safety forced them to do. But Whitelocke thought it
+not requisite to follow their example, men of war having better cables
+than merchantmen; and being better able to endure the stress of weather,
+and he being better furnished with provisions, he resolved to try it out
+in this place.
+
+[SN: A present from Count Ranzau.]
+
+In the afternoon the wind was somewhat appeased and blew west-south-west.
+A messenger came on board Whitelocke, and informed him that Grave Ranzau
+had sent a noble present--a boat full of fresh provisions--to Whitelocke;
+but by reason of the violent storms, and Whitelocke being gone from
+Glückstadt, the boat could not come at him, but was forced to return
+back, and so Whitelocke lost his present. The letters mentioning this
+were delivered to Whitelocke by this messenger, and were these:--
+
+    "_A son Excellence Monsieur Whitelocke, Ambassadeur Extraordinaire
+    d'Angleterre vers sa Majesté la Reine de Suède._
+
+    "Monseigneur,
+
+    "Nous croyons être obligés de faire connaître à votre Excellence que
+    Monseigneur le Comte de Ranzau, notre maître, nous avait donné
+    commission de venir très-humblement baiser les mains de votre
+    Excellence, et lui faire présenter quelques cerfs, sangliers,
+    lièvres, perdrix, et quantité de carpes; la supplier de s'en
+    rafraîchir un peu, pendant que l'opiniâtreté d'un vent contraire lui
+    empêcherait une meilleure commodité, et d'assurer votre Excellence,
+    de la part de Monseigneur le Comte, qu'il souhaite avec passion de
+    pouvoir témoigner à votre Excellence combien il désire les occasions
+    pour lui rendre très-humbles services, et contracter avec elle une
+    amitié plus étroite; et comme son Excellence s'en allait trouver le
+    Roi, son maître, qu'il ne laisserait point de dire à sa Majesté les
+    civilités que votre Excellence lui avait faites, et que sa Majesté
+    épouserait sans doute ses intérêts, pour l'assister de s'acquitter
+    de son devoir avec plus de vigueur, lorsque la fortune lui en
+    fournirait quelque ample matière.
+
+    "Mais, Monseigneur, nous avons été si malheureux d'arriver à
+    Glückstadt cinq ou six heures après que votre Excellence avait fait
+    voile et était descendu vers la mer; toutefois avons-nous pris
+    vitement un vaisseau pour suivre, et n'étions guères loin du hâvre
+    où l'on disait que votre Excellence était contrainte d'attendre un
+    vent encore plus favorable, quand notre vaisseau, n'étant point
+    chargé, fut tellement battu par une grande tempête, que nous étions
+    obligés de nous en retourner sans pouvoir executer les ordres de
+    Monseigneur le Comte, notre maître, dont nous avons un déplaisir
+    incroyable. Votre Excellence a une bonté et générosité
+    très-parfaite; c'est pourquoi nous la supplions très-humblement,
+    d'imputer plutôt à notre malheur qu'à la volonté de Monseigneur le
+    Comte, le mauvais succès de cette notre entreprise; aussi bien la
+    lettre ici enfermée de son Excellence Monseigneur le Comte donnera
+    plus de croyance à nos paroles.
+
+    "Nous demandons très-humblement pardon à votre Excellence de la
+    longueur de celle-ci, et espérons quelque rencontre plus heureuse
+    pour lui témoigner de meilleure grâce que nous sommes passionément,
+
+                  "Monseigneur, de votre Excellence
+                      "Très-humbles et très-obéissans serviteurs,
+                                    "FRANÇOIS LOUIS VAN DE WIELE.
+                                    "BALTH. BORNE."
+
+The enclosed letter from the Count, which they mentioned, was this:--
+
+    "_Illustri et nobilissimo Domino Bulstrodo Whitelocke,
+    Constabulario Castri de Windsor, et Domino Custodi Magni Sigilli
+    Reipublicæ Angliæ, adque Serenissimam Reginam Sueciæ Legato
+    Extraordinario; amico meo plurimum honorando._
+
+    "Illustris et nobilissime Domine Legate, amice plurimum honorande,
+
+    "Quod Excellentia vestra me hesterno die tam magnificè et lautè
+    exceperit, id ut pro singulari agnosco beneficio; ita ingentes
+    Excellentiæ vestræ ago gratias, et nihil magis in votis habeo quam
+    ut occasio mihi offeratur, quâ benevolentiam hanc aliquando debitè
+    resarcire possim.
+
+    "Cum itaque videam ventum adhuc esse contrarium, adeo ut Excellentia
+    vestra anchoram solvere versusque patriam vela vertere needum
+    possit; partium mearum duxi aliquo modo gratum meum ostendere animum
+    et præsentem ad Excellentiam vestram ablegare, simulque aliquid
+    carnis, farinæ, et piscium, prout festinatio temporis admittere
+    potuit, offerre, Excellentiam vestram obnixè rogans ut oblatum æqui
+    bonique consulere dignetur. Et quamvis ex animo Excellentiæ vestræ
+    ventum secundum, et ad iter omnia prospera exoptem, nihilo tamen
+    minus, si forte fortuna in hisce locis vicinis diutius adhuc
+    subsistere cogatur, ministris meis injungam, ut Excellentiæ vestræ
+    in absentia mea (quoniam in procinctu sum me crastino mane ad regiam
+    Majestatem dominum meum clementissimum conferre) ulterius inservire,
+    et quicquid occasio obtulerit subministrare debeant. De cætero nos
+    Divinæ commendo protectioni, et Excellentiæ vestræ filios
+    dilectissimos meo nomine salutare obnixè rogo.
+
+    "Dabam in arce mea Breitenburos, 23 Junii, anno 1654.
+
+                  "Excellentiæ vestræ
+                          "Observantissimus totusque addictus,
+                                 "CHRISTIANUS, _Comes in Ranzau_."
+
+Whitelocke did the rather insert these letters, to testify the abilities
+of the gentlemen servants to this Grave, as also the grateful affection
+of their master towards him, a stranger to them, upon one meal's
+entertainment and acquaintance.
+
+About six o'clock at night Mr. Smith, son to Alderman Smith, of London,
+and two other young merchants of the English company at Hamburg, came on
+board to Whitelocke, and brought letters to him from the Resident
+Bradshaw, with those the Resident received by this week's post from
+London; wherein was little news, and no letters came to Whitelocke,
+because (as he supposed) his friends believed him to be upon the sea.
+Whitelocke wrote letters of thanks to the Resident, and enclosed in them
+letters of compliment to the Ricks-Chancellor, and to his son Grave Eric
+of Sweden, and to Sir George Fleetwood and others, his friends, and
+entreated the Resident to send them into Sweden.
+
+
+_June 26, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke weighs anchor.]
+
+The wind not being so high the last night nor this morning as formerly,
+but the weather promising fair, and Whitelocke longing to advance in his
+voyage, he weighed anchor about break of day, the 'Elizabeth' did the
+like, and they were under sail about four o'clock this morning. As they
+came out from Rose Beacon, they told above thirty fisher-boats at sea,
+testifying the industriousness of this people.
+
+About two leagues from Rose Beacon they passed in sight of another
+beacon, and of a village which they call Newworke, in which is a small
+castle like unto that at Rose Beacon. Here the sea began to expatiate,
+and about three leagues from hence was the lowest buoy of the river. And
+now Whitelocke was got forth into the open German Ocean, a sea wide and
+large, oft-times highly rough and boisterous and full of danger,
+especially in these parts of it, and as Whitelocke shortly found it to
+be. Suddenly the wind grew high and the sea swelled, and they were fain
+to take in their topsails; the ship rolled and tossed sufficiently to
+make the younger seamen sick, and all fearful.
+
+From this place they might see an island on the starboard side of them,
+called Heligoland, standing a great way into the sea, twelve leagues from
+Rose Beacon; the island is about six miles in compass. The inhabitants
+have a language, habit, and laws, different from their neighbours, and
+are said to have many witches among them; their shores are found very
+dangerous, and many ships wrecked upon them.
+
+About noon the wind came more to the west, and sometimes it was calm;
+nevertheless the sea wrought high, the waves raised by the former storms
+not abating a long while after the storm ceased. When they were gone
+about two leagues beyond Heligoland, the wind and tide turning against
+them, they were driven back again near two leagues short of the island;
+but about four o'clock in the afternoon, the wind being come to
+south-south-east and a fresh gale, they went on well in their course,
+running about eight leagues in a watch. Before it was night they had left
+Heligoland out of sight, and got about eight leagues beyond it; and the
+'Elizabeth' kept up with Whitelocke.
+
+From hence he came in sight of divers small islands upon the Dutch coast,
+which lie in rank from the mouth of the Elbe unto the Texel. In the
+evening they spied a sail to the leeward of them, but so far off that
+Whitelocke held it not fit, being almost dark, to go so far as he must do
+out of his way to inquire after her, and she seemed, at that distance, to
+stand for the course of England.
+
+
+_June 27, 1654._
+
+[SN: At sea.]
+
+The last night, the wind, having chopped about, had much hindered
+Whitelocke's course, and made him uncertain where they were, yet he went
+on labouring in the main; but the seamen guessed, by the ship's making
+way and holding it (though sometimes forward and sometimes backward),
+that this morning by eight o'clock they had gained thirty leagues from
+Heligoland, from which to Orfordness they reckon eighty leagues, and the
+"Fly" to be midway. The ship, which they saw last night, coming near them
+this morning, they found to be of Amsterdam, coming from the Sound
+homewards: she struck her sails to Whitelocke, and so passed on her
+course.
+
+About noon Whitelocke came over-against the Fly, and saw the tower there,
+about five or six leagues from him. The wind lessened, and the sea did
+not go so high as before; he went on his course about four or five
+leagues in a watch. About seven or eight Holland ships made their course
+by them, as was supposed, towards the Sound, which now they did without
+fear or danger, the peace between the two Commonwealths being confirmed.
+
+Whitelocke's fresh provisions beginning to fail, and his biscuit lessened
+by affording part of it to the 'Elizabeth,' which wanted, he was enforced
+to order that there should be but one meal a day, to make his provisions
+hold out.
+
+The most part of the afternoon they were taken with a calm, till about
+seven o'clock in the evening, when the wind came fresh again to the east
+and towards the north, and then would again change; and sometimes they
+kept their course, and sometimes they were driven back again. The wind
+was high and variable, and they toiled to and again, uncertain where they
+were. Divers took the opportunity to recreate themselves by fishing, and
+the mackerel and other fish they took gave a little supply to their want
+of victual. About nine o'clock in the evening they lost the 'Elizabeth,'
+leaving her behind about three leagues; she used to keep a distance from
+Whitelocke's ship, and under the wind of her, since they began their
+voyage; and, as a stranger, would not keep company with Whitelocke, being
+discontented because he went not in that frigate.
+
+
+_June 28, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's great deliverance.]
+
+This Wednesday was the day of Whitelocke's greatest deliverance. After
+midnight, till three o'clock in the afternoon, was a great calm, and
+though the 'President' were taken with it, yet the 'Elizabeth' had a good
+wind; and notwithstanding that the day before she was left behind a great
+distance, yet this morning she came up near to him, and got before him;
+so great is the difference sometimes, and at so small a distance, at sea,
+that here one ship shall have no wind at all, and another ship a few
+yards from her shall have her sails filled. Notwithstanding the calm, yet
+the wind being by flashes large, they went the last night and the day
+before twenty leagues up and down, sometimes in their course and
+sometimes out of it. In the morning, sounding with the plummet, the pilot
+judged that they were about sixteen leagues from the Texel, and
+twenty-four from Orfordness, but he did not certainly know whereabouts
+they were. Between three and four o'clock in the afternoon the wind came
+to north-north-west, which gave them hopes of finishing their voyage the
+sooner, and it blew a fresh gale.
+
+About five o'clock in the evening rose a very great fog and thick mist,
+so that it was exceeding dark, and they could not see their way a ship's
+length before them. Whitelocke came upon the decks, and seeing the
+weather so bad and night coming on, and that all their sails were spread,
+and they ran extraordinary fast, he did not like it, but called together
+the captain, the master, the pilot, and others, to consult what was best
+to be done. He asked them why they spread all their sails, and desired to
+make so much way in so ill weather, and so near to night. They said they
+had so much sail because the wind favoured them, and that notwithstanding
+the bad weather they might safely run as they did, having sea-room
+enough. Whitelocke asked them if they knew whereabouts they were. They
+confessed they did not, because they had been so much tossed up and down
+by contrary winds, and the sun had not shined, whereby they might take
+the elevation. Whitelocke replied, that, having been driven forward and
+backward as they had been, it was impossible to know where they were;
+that the ship had run, and did now run, extraordinary fast, and if she
+should run so all night, perhaps they might be in danger of the English
+coast or of the Holland coast; and that by Norfolk there were great
+banks of sand, by which he had passed at sea formerly, and which could
+not be unknown to them; that in case the ship should fall upon those
+sands, or any other dangers of that coast, before morning, they should be
+all lost; and therefore he thought fit to take down some of their sails
+and slacken their course till, by daylight, they might come to know more
+certainly in what part they were.
+
+The officers of the ship continued earnest to hold on their course,
+saying they would warrant it that there was running enough for all night,
+and that to take down any sail, now the wind was so good for them, would
+be a great wrong to them in their course. But Whitelocke was little
+satisfied with their reasons, and less with their warranties, which among
+them are not of binding force. His own reason showed him, that, not
+knowing where they were, and in such weather as this to run on as they
+did, they knew not whither, with all their sails spread, might be
+dangerous; but to take down some of their sails and to slacken their
+course could be no danger, and but little prejudice in the hindrance of
+their course this night, which he thought better to be borne than to
+endanger all.
+
+[SN: He orders sail to be taken in.]
+
+But chiefly it was the goodness of God to put it strongly upon
+Whitelocke's heart to overrule the seamen in this particular, though in
+their own art, and though his own desires were sufficiently earnest to
+hasten to his dear relations and country; yet the present haste he feared
+might hinder the seeing of them at all. Upon a strange earnestness in his
+own mind and judgement, he gave a positive command to the captain to
+cause all the sails to be taken down except the mainsail only, and that
+to be half-furled. Upon the captain's dispute, Whitelocke with quickness
+told him that if he did not presently see it done he would cause another
+to do it, whereupon the captain obeyed; and it was a great mercy that the
+same was done, which God directed as a means to save their lives.
+
+[SN: The ship strikes.]
+
+After the sails were taken down, Whitelocke also ordered them to sound
+and try what water and bottom they had. About ten o'clock in the evening
+sounding, they found eighteen fathom water; the next sounding they had
+but fifteen fathom, and so lessened every sounding till they came to
+eight fathom, which startled them, and made them endeavour to tack about.
+But it was too late, for within less than a quarter of an hour after they
+had eighteen fathom water, the ship struck upon a bank of sand, and there
+stuck fast. Whitelocke was sitting with some of the gentlemen in the
+steerage-room when this happened, and felt a strange motion of the
+frigate, as if she had leaped, and not unlike the curveting of a great
+horse; and the violence of the striking threw several of the gentlemen
+from off their seats into the midst of the room. The condition they were
+in was quickly understood, and both seamen and landsmen discovered it by
+the wonderful terror and amazement which had seized on them, and more
+upon the seamen than others who knew less of the danger.
+
+It pleased his good God to keep up the spirits and faith of Whitelocke in
+this great extremity; and when nothing would be done but what he in
+person ordered, in this frightful confusion God gave him extraordinary
+fixedness and assistance, a temper and constancy of spirit beyond what
+was usual with him. He ordered the master-gunner presently to fire some
+pieces of ordnance, after the custom at sea, to signify their being in
+distress. But the gunner was so amazed with the danger, that he forgot to
+unbrace the guns, and shot away the main-sheet; and had not the ship been
+strong and staunch, the guns being fired when they were close braced,
+they had broke the sides of her. Whitelocke caused the guns to be
+unbraced and divers of them fired, to give notice to the 'Elizabeth,' or
+any other ship that might be within hearing, to come in to their
+assistance; but they heard no guns again to answer theirs, though they
+longed for it, hoping that the 'Elizabeth,' or any other ship coming in
+to them, by their boats might save the lives of some of them. Whitelocke
+also caused lights to be set up in the top-gallant, used at sea by those
+in distress to invite help; but the lights were not answered again by any
+other ship or vessel; particularly they wondered that nothing was heard
+or seen from the 'Elizabeth.'
+
+Whitelocke then ordered the sails of the ship to be reversed, that the
+wind, being high, might so help them off; but no help was by it, nor by
+all the people's coming together to the stern, then to the head, then to
+the sides of the ship, all in a heap together; nothing would help them.
+Then Whitelocke ordered the mariners to hoist out one of the boats, in
+which some of the company would have persuaded Whitelocke to put himself
+and to leave the rest, and seek to preserve his own life by trusting to
+the seas in this boat; and they that advised this, offered willingly to
+go with him.
+
+But Whitelocke knew that if he should go into the boat, besides the
+dishonour of leaving his people in this distress, so many would strive to
+enter into the boat with him (a life knows no ceremony) that probably
+the boat would be sunk by the crowding; and there was little hope of
+escaping in such a boat, though he should get well off from the ship and
+the boat not be overladen. He therefore ordered the captain to take a few
+of the seamen into the boat with him, and to go round the ship and sound
+what water was on each side of her, and what hopes they could find, and
+by what means to get her off, himself resolving to abide the same fortune
+with his followers.
+
+The captain found it very shallow to windward, and very deep to leeward,
+but no hopes of help; and at his return the master advised to lighten the
+ship by casting overboard the goods in her. Whitelocke held it best to
+begin with the ordnance, and gave order for it. Mr. Earle was contriving
+how to save his master's jewels, which were of some value; his master
+took more care to save his papers, to him more precious jewels; but there
+was no hope of saving any goods or lives. Whitelocke put in his pocket a
+tablet of gold of his wife's picture, that this, being found about his
+dead body when it should be taken up, might show him to have been a
+gentleman, and satisfy for his burial. One was designing to get upon a
+plank, others upon the masts, others upon other fancies, any way to
+preserve life; but no way was left whereby they could have the least
+shadow or hopes of a deliverance.
+
+The captain went up to the quarter-deck, saying, there he lived and there
+he would die. All the officers, sadly enough, concluded that there was
+not the least show of any hopes of preservation, but that they were all
+dead men, and that upon the return of the tide the ship would
+questionless be dashed in pieces. Some lay crying in one corner, others
+lamenting in another; some, who vaunted most in time of safety, were now
+most dejected. The tears and sighs and wailings in all parts of the ship
+would have melted a stony heart into pity; every swelling wave seemed
+great in expectation of its booty; the raging waves foamed as if their
+prey were too long detained from them; every billow threatened present
+death, who every moment stared in their faces for almost two hours
+together.
+
+[SN: Exhorts his sons.]
+
+In this condition Whitelocke encouraged his two sons to undergo the
+pleasure of God with all submission. He was sorry for them, being young
+men, who might have lived many years to do God and their country service,
+that they now should be snatched away so untimely; but he told them, that
+if father and sons must now die together, he doubted not but they should
+go together to that happiness which admits no change; that he did not so
+much lament his own condition, being an old man, in the course of nature
+much nearer the grave than they: but he besought God to bless them and
+yet to appear for their deliverance, if it were His will, or else to give
+him and them, and all the company, hearts willing to submit to His good
+pleasure.
+
+[SN: Discourse with the boatswain.]
+
+Walking on the decks to see his orders executed for throwing the ordnance
+overboard, the boatswain met him and spake to him in his language:--
+
+_Boatswain._ My Lord, what do you mean to do?
+
+_Whitelocke._ Wherein dost thou ask my meaning?
+
+_Bo._ You have commanded the ordnance to be cast overboard.
+
+_Wh._ It is for our preservation.
+
+_Bo._ If it be done, we are all destroyed.
+
+_Wh._ What reason have you to be of this opinion? Must we not lighten the
+ship? and can we do it better than to begin with the ordnance?
+
+_Bo._ It may do well to lighten the ship, but not by throwing overboard
+the ordnance; for you can but drop them close to the ship's side, and
+where the water is shallow they will lie up against the side of the ship
+and fret it, and with the working of the sea make her to spring leaks
+presently.
+
+_Wh._ I think thou speakest good reason, and I will try a little longer
+before it be done.
+
+_Bo._ My Lord, do not doubt but God will show Himself, and bring you off
+by His own hand from this danger.
+
+_Wh._ Hast thou any ground to judge so, or dost thou see any probability
+of it?
+
+_Bo._ I confess there is no probability for it; but God hath put it into
+my heart to tell your Excellence that He will appear our Deliverer when
+all other hopes and helps fail us, and He will save us by His own power;
+and let us trust in Him.
+
+Upon this discourse with the honest boatswain, who walked up and down as
+quite unconcerned, Whitelocke forbade the throwing of the ordnance
+overboard; and as he was sitting on the deck, Mr. Ingelo, one of his
+chaplains, came to him, and said that he was glad to see him in so good a
+temper.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I bless God, who keeps up my spirit.
+
+_Ingelo._ My Lord, such composedness, and not being daunted in this
+distress, is a testimony of God's presence with you.
+
+_Wh._ I have cause to thank God, whose presence hath been with me in all
+my dangers, and most in this greatest, which I hope and pray that He
+would fit us all to submit unto.
+
+_Ing._ I hope He will; and I am glad to see your sons and others to have
+so much courage left in so high a danger.
+
+_Wh._ God hath not suffered me, nor them, nor yourself, to be dejected in
+this great trial; and it gives me comfort at this time to observe it, nor
+doth it leave me without some hopes that God hath yet a mercy in store
+for us.
+
+_Ing._ There is little hopes of continuance in this life, it is good to
+prepare ourselves for a better life; and therefore, if you please that
+the company may be called together into your cabin, it will be good to
+join in prayer, and recommending our souls to Him that gave them; I
+believe they are not to remain long in these bodies of clay.
+
+_Wh._ I hope every one doth this apart, and it is very fit likewise to
+join together in doing it; therefore I pray send and call the people into
+my cabin to prayer.
+
+Whilst Mr. Ingelo was gone to call the people together, a mariner came
+from the head of the ship, running hastily towards Whitelocke, and crying
+out to him, which caused Whitelocke to suspect that the ship had sprung a
+leak or was sinking. The mariner called out:--
+
+[SN: The ship moves,]
+
+_Mariner._ My Lord! my Lord! my Lord!
+
+_Whitelocke._ What's the matter, mariner?
+
+_Mar._ She wags! she wags!
+
+_Wh._ Which way doth she wag?
+
+_Mar._ To leeward.
+
+_Wh._ I pray God that be true; and it is the best news that ever I heard
+in my life.
+
+_Mar._ My Lord, upon my life the ship did wag; I saw her move.
+
+_Wh._ Mr. Ingelo, I pray stay awhile before you call the people; it may
+be God will give us occasion to change the style of our prayers.
+Fellow-seaman, show me where thou sawest her move.
+
+_Mar._ My Lord, here, at the head of the frigate, I saw her move, and she
+moves now,--now she moves! you may see it.
+
+_Wh._ My old eyes cannot discern it.
+
+_Mar._ I see it plain, and so do others.
+
+[SN: and rights.]
+
+Whilst they were thus speaking and looking, within less than half a
+quarter of an hour, the ship herself came off from the sand, and
+miraculously floated on the water. The ship being thus by the wonderful
+immediate hand of God, again floating on the sea, the mariners would have
+been hoisting of their sails, but Whitelocke forbade it, and said he
+would sail no more that night. But as soon as the ship had floated a good
+way from the bank of sand, he caused them to let fall their anchors, that
+they might stay till morning, to see where they were, and spend the rest
+of the night in giving thanks to God for his most eminent, most
+miraculous deliverance.
+
+Being driven by the wind about a mile from the sand, there they cast
+anchor, and fell into discourse of the providences and goodness of God to
+them in this unhoped-for preservation. One observed, that if Whitelocke
+had not positively overruled the seamen, and made them, contrary to their
+own opinions, to take down their sails, but that the ship had run with
+all her sails spread, and with that force had struck into the sand, it
+had been impossible for her ever to have come off again, but they must
+all have perished. Another observed, that the ship did strike so upon the
+bank of sand, that the wind was on that side of her where the bank was
+highest, and so the strength of the wind lay to drive the ship from the
+bank towards the deep water.
+
+Another supposed, that the ship did strike on the shelving part of the
+bank of sand, and the wind blowing from the higher part of the bank, the
+weight of the ship thus pressed by the wind, and working towards the
+lower part of the shelving of the bank, the sand crumbled away from the
+ship, and thereby and with the wind she was set on-float again. Another
+observed, that if the ship had struck higher on the bank or deeper, when
+her sails had been spread, with the force of her way, they could not in
+the least probability have been saved.
+
+Another observed, that through the goodness of God the wind rose higher,
+and came more to that side of the ship where the bank of sand was
+highest, after the ship was struck, which was a great means of her coming
+off; and that, as soon as she was floated, the wind was laid and came
+about again to another quarter. Another observed, that it being at that
+time ebbing water was a great means of their preservation; because the
+ship being so far struck into the sand, and so great a ship, a flowing
+water could not have raised her; but upon the coming in of the tide she
+would questionless have been broke in pieces.
+
+The mariners said, that if God had not loved the landmen more than the
+seamen they should never have come off from this danger. Every one made
+his observations. Whitelocke concluded them to this purpose:
+
+[SN: Whitelocke orders a thanksgiving to God.]
+
+    "Gentlemen,
+
+    "I desire that we may all join together in applying these
+    observations and mercies to the praise of God, and to the good of
+    our own souls. Let me exhort you never to forget this deliverance
+    and this signal mercy. While the love of God is warm upon our
+    hearts, let us resolve to retain a thankful memory of it to our
+    lives' end, and, for the time to come, to employ those lives, which
+    God hath now given to us and renewed to us, to the honour and praise
+    of Him, who hath thus most wonderfully and most mercifully revived
+    us, and as it were new created us. Let us become new creatures;
+    forsake your former lusts in your ignorance, and follow that God
+    fully, who hath so eminently appeared for us, to save us out of our
+    distress; and as God hath given us new lives, so let us live in
+    newness of life and holiness of conversation."
+
+Whitelocke caused his people to come into his cabin, where Mr. Ingelo
+prayed with them, and returned praises to the Lord for this deliverance:
+an occasion sufficient to elevate his spirit, and, meeting with his
+affections and abilities, tended the more to the setting forth His glory,
+whose name they had so much cause more than others to advance and honour.
+
+Many of the seamen came in to prayers, and Whitelocke talked with divers
+of them upon the mercy they had received, who seemed to be much moved
+with the goodness of God to them; and Whitelocke sought to make them and
+all the company sensible of God's gracious dealings, and to bring it home
+to the hearts of them. He also held it a duty to leave to his own family
+this large relation, and remembrance of the Lord's signal mercy to him
+and his; whereby they might be induced the more to serve the God of
+their fathers, to trust in Him who never fails those that seek Him, and
+to love that God entirely who hath manifested so much love to them, and
+that in their greatest extremities; and hereby to endeavour that a
+grateful acknowledgment of the goodness and unspeakable love of God might
+be transmitted to his children's children; that as God never forgets to
+be gracious, so his servants may never forget to be thankful, but to
+express the thankfulness of their hearts by the actions of their lives.
+
+Whitelocke spent this night in discourses upon this happy subject, and
+went not to bed at all, but expected the return of day; and, the more to
+express cheerfulness to the seamen, he promised that as soon as light did
+appear, if they would up to the shrouds and top, he that could first
+descry land should have his reward, and a bottle of good sack advantage.
+
+
+_June 29, 1654._
+
+[SN: They make the coast of Norfolk.]
+
+As soon as day appeared, the mariners claimed many rewards and bottles of
+sack, sundry of them pretending to have first discovered land; and
+Whitelocke endeavoured to give them all content in this day of rejoicing,
+God having been pleased to turn their sorrow into joy, by preserving them
+in their great danger, and presently after by showing them their
+longed-for native country; making them, when they were in their highest
+expectation of joy to arrive in their beloved country, then to disappoint
+their hopes by casting them into the extremest danger--thus making them
+sensible of the uncertainty of this world's condition, and checking
+perhaps their too much earthly confidence, to let them see His power to
+control it, and to change their immoderate expectation of joy into a
+bitter doubt of present death. Yet again, when He had made them sensible
+thereof, to make his equal power appear for their deliverance when vain
+was the help of man, and to bring them to depend more on him, then was He
+pleased to rescue them by his own hand out of the jaws of death, and to
+restore them with a great addition to their former hopes of rejoicing, by
+showing them their native coast,--the first thing made known to them
+after their deliverance from perishing.
+
+The day being clear, they found themselves upon the coast of Norfolk,
+and, as they guessed, about eight leagues from Yarmouth, where they
+supposed their guns might be heard the last night. The wind being good,
+Whitelocke ordered to weigh anchor, and they sailed along the coast,
+sometimes within half a league of it, until they passed Orfordness and
+came to Oseley Bay, where they again anchored, the weather being so thick
+with a great fog and much rain that they could not discern the marks and
+buoys to avoid the sands, and to conduct them to the mouth of the river.
+A short time after, the weather began to clear again, which invited them
+to weigh anchor and put the ship under sail; but they made little way,
+that they might not hinder their sounding, which Whitelocke directed, the
+better to avoid the danger of the sands, whereof this coast is full.
+
+Near the road of Harwich the 'Elizabeth' appeared under sail on-head of
+the 'President,' who overtaking her, Captain Minnes came on board to
+Whitelocke, who told him the condition they had been in the last night,
+and expostulated with him to this purpose.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Being in this distress, we fired divers guns, hoping that
+you, Captain Minnes, could not but hear us and come in to our relief,
+knowing this to be the order of the sea in such cases.
+
+_Minnes._ My Lord, I had not the least imagination of your being in
+distress; but I confess I heard your cannon, and believed them to be
+fired by reason of the fog, which is the custom of the sea in such
+weather, to advertise one another where they are.
+
+_Wh._ Upon such an occasion as the fog, seamen use to give notice to one
+another by two or three guns, but I caused many more to be fired.
+
+_Minnes._ I heard but four or five in all, and I answered your guns by
+firing some of mine.
+
+_Wh._ We heard not one of your guns.
+
+_Minnes._ That might be by reason we were to windward of you three
+leagues.
+
+_Wh._ Why then did you not answer the lights which I caused to be set up?
+
+_Minnes._ My Lord, those in my ship can witness that I set up lights
+again, and caused squibs and fireworks to be cast up into the air, that
+you might thereby discern whereabouts we were.
+
+_Wh._ It was strange that we could neither see yours nor you our lights.
+
+_Minnes._ The greatness of the fog might occasion it.
+
+_Wh._ The lights would appear through the fog as well as in the night.
+
+_Minnes._ My Lord, I did all this.
+
+_Wh._ It was contrary to my orders for you to keep so far off from me,
+and to be on-stern of me three leagues; but this hath been your practice
+since we first came out to sea together; and if you had been under the
+command of some others, as you were under mine, they would have expected
+more obedience than you have given to my orders, or have taken another
+course with you, which I can do likewise.
+
+_Minnes._ My Lord, I endeavoured to get the wind of you, that I might
+thereby be able to keep in your company, which otherwise I could not have
+done, you being so much fleeter than the 'Elizabeth;' but in the evenings
+I constantly came up to your Excellence.
+
+_Wh._ Why did you not so the last night?
+
+_Minnes._ The fog rose about five o'clock, and was so thick that we could
+not see two ships' length before us. In that fog I lost you, and, fearing
+there might be danger in the night to fall upon the coast, I went off to
+sea, supposing you had done so likewise, as, under favour, your captain
+ought to have done; and for my obedience to your Excellency's commands,
+it hath been and shall be as full and as willing as to any person living.
+
+_Wh._ When you found by my guns that you were so far from me to the
+windward, you might fear that I was fallen into that danger which you had
+avoided by keeping yourself under the wind more at large at sea.
+
+_Minnes._ If I had in the least imagined your Excellence to have been in
+danger, we had been worse than Turks if we had not endeavoured to come in
+to your succour; and though it was impossible, as we lay, for our ship to
+come up to your Excellence, yet I should have adventured with my boats to
+have sought you out. But that you were in any danger was never in our
+thoughts; and three hours after your guns fired, sounding, I found by the
+lead the red sand, which made me think both your Excellence and we might
+be in the more danger, and I lay the further off from them, but knew not
+where your Excellence was, nor how to come to you.
+
+After much more discourse upon this subject, Captain Parkes pressing it
+against Minnes, who answered well for himself, and showed that he was the
+better seaman in this action and in most others, and in regard of the
+cause of rejoicing which God had given them, and that they now were near
+the end of their voyage, Whitelocke held it not so good to continue the
+expostulation as to part friends with Captain Minnes and with all his
+fellow-seamen, and so they proceeded together lovingly and friendly in
+their voyage.
+
+The wind not blowing at all, but being a high calm, they could advance no
+further than the tide would carry them, the which failed them when they
+came to a place called Shoe, about four leagues from the mouth of Thames.
+Having, through the goodness of God, passed by and avoided many banks of
+sands and dangerous places, the wind failing them and the tide quite
+spent, they were forced about seven o'clock in the evening to come to an
+anchor, Captain Minnes hard by the 'President,' where, to make some
+pastime and diversion, he caused many squibs and fireworks to be cast up
+into the air from the 'Elizabeth,' in which Minnes was very ingenious,
+and gave recreation thereby to Whitelocke and to his company.
+
+
+_June 30, 1654._
+
+[SN: Reach the Nore and Gravesend.]
+
+Friday, the last of this month, was the fifth and last day of
+Whitelocke's voyage by sea from the mouth of the Elbe to the mouth of
+the Thames. About twelve o'clock the last night the wind began to blow
+very strong in the south-west, and by daybreak they had weighed anchor;
+and though the wind was extreme high and a great tempest, yet such was
+their desire of getting into the harbour, that, taking the benefit of the
+tide and by often tacking about, they yet advanced three leagues in their
+course; and when the tide failed, they were forced to cast anchor at the
+buoy in the Nore, the same place where Whitelocke first anchored when he
+came from England. The pilots and mariners had much ado to manage their
+sails in this tempestuous weather; and it was a great favour of God that
+they were not out at sea in these storms, but returned in safety to the
+place where the kindness of God had before appeared to them.
+
+In the afternoon the wind began to fall, and they weighed anchor, putting
+themselves under sail and pursuing their course, till for want of day and
+of tide they were fain to cast anchor a little above Gravesend, and it
+being very late, Whitelocke thought it would be too troublesome to go on
+shore; but to keep his people together, and that they might all be the
+readier to take the morning tide, he lay this night also on ship-board,
+but sent Earle and some others that night to shore, to learn the news,
+and to provide boats against the morning for transportation of Whitelocke
+and his company the next day to London.
+
+Thus, after a long, most difficult, and most dangerous journey,
+negotiation, and voyage from south to north in winter, and from north to
+south in summer, after the wonderful preservations and deliverances which
+the Lord had been pleased to vouchsafe to them, He was also pleased, in
+His free and constant goodness to His servants, to bring them all in
+safety and with comfort again to their native country and dearest
+relations, and blessed with the success of their employment, and with the
+wonderful appearances of God for them.
+
+May it be the blessed portion of them all, never to forget the
+loving-kindness of the Lord, but by these cords of love to be drawn
+nearer to Him, and to run after Him all the days of their lives! To the
+end that those of his family may see what cause they have to trust in God
+and to praise his name for his goodness, Whitelocke hath thought fit,
+hereby in writing, and as a monument of God's mercy, to transmit the
+memory of these passages to his posterity.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[371] [Another instance of the fear of assassination or of death by
+poison, which at that time haunted the Envoys of the Commonwealth
+abroad.]
+
+
+
+
+JULY.
+
+
+_July 1, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke lands, and proceeds to his house at Chelsea.]
+
+About three o'clock this morning good store of boats came from Gravesend
+to Whitelocke's ships, to transport him, his company, and goods to
+London. By the help of the mariners, without much delay the baggage was
+put on board the boats; and Whitelocke's people, after a perilous and
+tedious voyage, were not backward to leave their ships and to set forward
+to London. Earle was sent before to Greenwich, to acquaint Whitelocke's
+wife with his coming, lest sudden joy and apprehensions might surprise
+her to her prejudice.
+
+Whitelocke having distributed his rewards to the officers and seamen of
+both the frigates, much to the same proportion as when he went forth, and
+giving them all his hearty thanks, he went into a boat of six oars, his
+two sons and some of the gentlemen with him, the rest in other boats.
+When they were gone about a musket-shot from the ships, both the frigates
+and the fort fired their cannon for a parting salutation. The weather was
+cold, wet, and windy, as if it had been still winter, but it was
+cheerfully endured, being the conclusion of a bad voyage. Near Greenwich
+Earle met them, and informed Whitelocke that his family was at Chelsea,
+whither he had sent advertisement of his coming.
+
+Many of the company being much tired, sick, and wanting sleep, by their
+desire and for their refreshment he staid a little time at the 'Bear' on
+the bridge-foot, and from thence to Whitehall, where not finding the
+Protector, who was gone to Hampton Court, yet many of his friends meeting
+him there, he was embraced by them with much show of joy, and heartily
+bid welcome home, blessing God for his safe return and good success in
+his business.
+
+From Whitehall Whitelocke went to his own house at Chelsea, where he
+found his wife and family in good health, but in no small passion,
+surprised with the great and sudden joy, which ofttimes brings no less
+disturbance to the tempers of people, especially of the more tender and
+affectionate sex, than other surprises do; sudden fear, grief, and joy,
+are often equal in their operation upon constitutions and affections. Nor
+was Whitelocke's wife alone in this surprise; another with her, at the
+return of her husband, could not forbear, in all that company, her
+extraordinary expressions of joy at the happy meeting of her own most
+near relation.
+
+From the time of Whitelocke's departure from hence, to his entry into
+Upsal, Whitelocke spent forty-seven days; five months he staid there, and
+in his return from Upsal to this place cost him forty-three days; and in
+all these eight months' time of his absence from his dear relations and
+country the Lord was pleased so to own him and his, and so graciously to
+preserve and prosper them, that himself and a hundred persons in his
+company, after so long a journey, so great a change of climate and
+accommodations, such hardships endured, such dangers surmounted through
+His goodness, the business effected beyond the expectation of those who
+employed him, Whitelocke and all his company were through mercy returned
+to their country and relations, in as good condition and health as when
+they went forth, not one of them left behind dead or sick or impaired in
+their health, but some improved and bettered therein. Only Whitelocke,
+being ancient, will have cause to remember the decay of his strength and
+health by the hardships and difficulties of this service; but more cause
+hath he to remember the wonderful goodness of God to him and his company
+abroad and to his wife and family at home, in His blessing and
+preservation of them, and in the comfort and safety of their meeting
+after so long and perilous a separation, for which he is obliged to
+praise the name of God for ever.
+
+After ceremonies past at his coming to his own house, Whitelocke sent
+Captain Beake to Hampton Court, to acquaint the Protector with his
+return, to present his duty, and to receive his commands when Whitelocke
+should wait upon his Highness to kiss his hand, and to give him an
+account of his negotiation. Beake returned this evening from Hampton
+Court to Whitelocke with this answer:--that the Protector expressed much
+joy at the news of the safe arrival of Whitelocke and of his company in
+England; that he looked upon it as a mercy, and blessed God for it; and
+that he much desired to see Whitelocke, and hoped, on Monday next, at
+Whitehall, to have his company, who should be very welcome to him.
+
+A little while after this message returned, there came two of the
+Protector's gentlemen, sent by him to Chelsea in his name, to visit
+Whitelocke and to bid him welcome home, to inquire of his health, and to
+testify the contentment the Protector received by Whitelocke's happy
+return home, and that he hoped on Monday next to see him. Whitelocke
+desired the gentlemen to present his humble thanks to the Protector for
+this great favour to inquire after so mean a servant, who hoped to have
+the honour to wait upon his Highness at the time appointed by him.
+
+
+_July 2, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Protector compliments Whitelocke on his return.]
+
+_The Lord's Day._--Whitelocke began to enjoy some more privacy and
+retirement than he had been lately accustomed unto, and was at the public
+church with his wife and family, and courteously saluted and bid welcome
+home by many. In the evening the Protector sent another compliment to
+Whitelocke by Mr. Strickland, one of his Council, who came to
+Whitelocke's house, and told him that he was sent by the Protector to
+salute him, and to inquire of his health after his long and dangerous
+voyage, and to assure him of the great joy his Highness received by
+Whitelocke's safe arrival in England, and the desire he had to see him,
+and personally to entertain him. Whitelocke desired his most humble
+thanks might be returned to his Highness for this great favour, giving
+him the opportunity of seeing so honourable a person as Strickland was,
+and for taking such care of so poor a servant as Whitelocke, and to let
+his Highness know that he should obey his Highness's commands in waiting
+on him the next day as he appointed.
+
+
+_July 3, 1654._
+
+[SN: His audience of the Protector.]
+
+Whitelocke came to Whitehall about nine o'clock this morning, where he
+visited Mr. Secretary Thurloe, who brought him to the Protector, and he
+received Whitelocke with great demonstration of affection, and carried
+him into his cabinet, where they were together about an hour, and had
+this among other discourses:--
+
+_Protector._ How have you enjoyed your health in your long journey, both
+by sea and land? and how could you endure those hardships you were put
+unto in that barren and cold country?
+
+_Whitelocke._ Indeed, Sir, I have endured many hardships for an old crazy
+carcase as mine is, but God was pleased to show much mercy to me in my
+support under them, and vouchsafed me competent health and strength to
+endure them.
+
+_Prot._ I have heard of your quarters and lodging in straw, and of your
+diet in your journey; we were not so hardly nor so often put to it in our
+service in the army.
+
+_Wh._ Both my company and myself did cheerfully endure all our hardships
+and wants, being in the service of our God and of our country.
+
+_Prot._ That was also our support in our hardships in the army, and it is
+the best support, indeed it is, and you found it so in the very great
+preservations you have had from dangers.
+
+_Wh._ Your Highness hath had great experience of the goodness of God to
+you, and the same hand hath appeared wonderfully in the preservation of
+my company and myself from many imminent and great dangers both by sea
+and land.
+
+_Prot._ The greatest of all other, I hear, was in your return home upon
+our coast.
+
+_Wh._ That indeed, Sir, was very miraculous.
+
+_Prot._ I am glad to see you safe and well after it.
+
+_Wh._ I have cause to bless God with all thankfulness for it as long as I
+live.
+
+_Prot._ I pray, my Lord, tell me the particulars of that great
+deliverance.
+
+Thereupon Whitelocke gave a particular account of the passages of that
+wonderful preservation; then the Protector said:--
+
+_Prot._ Really these passages are full of wonder and mercy; and I have
+cause to join with you in acknowledgment of the goodness of the Lord
+herein.
+
+_Wh._ Your Highness testifies a true sense thereof, and your favour to
+your servant.
+
+_Prot._ I hope I shall never forget the one or the other,--indeed I hope
+I shall not; but, I pray, tell me, is the Queen a lady of such rare parts
+as is reported of her?
+
+_Wh._ Truly, Sir, she is a lady excellently qualified, of rare abilities
+of mind, perfect in many languages, and most sorts of learning,
+especially history, and, beyond compare with any person whom I have
+known, understanding the affairs and interest of all the States and
+Princes of Christendom.
+
+_Prot._ That is very much; but what are her principles in matters of
+religion?
+
+_Wh._ They are not such as I could wish they were;[435] they are too much
+inclined to the manner of that country, and to some persuasions from men
+not well inclined to those matters, who have had too much power with her.
+
+_Prot._ That is a great deal of pity; indeed I have heard of some
+passages of her, not well relishing with those that fear God; and this is
+too general an evil among those people, who are not so well principled in
+matters of religion as were to be wished.
+
+_Wh._ That is too true; but many sober men and good Christians among them
+do hope, that in time there may be a reformation of those things; and I
+took the boldness to put the Queen and the present King in mind of the
+duty incumbent upon them in that business; and this I did with becoming
+freedom, and it was well taken.
+
+_Prot._ I think you did very well to inform them of that great duty which
+now lies upon the King; and did he give ear to it?
+
+_Wh._ Yes truly, Sir, and told me that he did acknowledge it to be his
+duty, which he resolved to pursue as opportunity could be had for it; but
+he said, it must be done by degrees with a boisterous people, so long
+accustomed to the contrary. And the like answer I had from the Archbishop
+of Upsal, and from the Chancellor, when I spoke to them upon the same
+subject, which I did plainly.
+
+_Prot._ I am glad you did so. Is the Archbishop a man of good abilities?
+
+_Wh._ He is a very reverend person, learned, and seems very pious.
+
+_Prot._ The Chancellor is the great wise man.
+
+_Wh._ He is the wisest man that ever I conversed with abroad, and his
+abilities are fully answerable to the report of him.
+
+_Prot._ What character do you give of the present King?
+
+_Wh._ I had the honour divers times to be with his Majesty, who did that
+extraordinary honour to me as to visit me at my house; he is a person of
+great worth, honour, and abilities, and not inferior to any in courage
+and military conduct.
+
+_Prot._ That was an exceeding high favour, to come to you in person.
+
+_Wh._ He never did the like to any public minister. But this, and all
+other honour done to me, was but to testify their respects to your
+Highness, the which indeed was very great, both there, and where I passed
+in Germany.
+
+_Prot._ I am obliged to them for their very great civility.
+
+_Wh._ Both the Queen, and the King, and his brother, and the Archbishop,
+and the Chancellor, and most of the grandees, gave testimony of very
+great respect to your Highness, and that not only by their words, but by
+their actions likewise.
+
+_Prot._ I shall be ready to acknowledge their respects upon any occasion.
+
+_Wh._ The like respects were testified to your Highness in Germany,
+especially by the town of Hamburg; where I endeavoured, in your
+Highness's name, to confirm the privileges of the English merchants, who,
+with your Resident there, showed much kindness to me and my company.
+
+_Prot._ I shall heartily thank them for it. Is the Court of Sweden
+gallant, and full of resort to it?
+
+_Wh._ They are extreme gallant for their clothes; and for company, most
+of the nobility and the civil and military officers make their constant
+residence where the Court is, and many repair thither on all occasions.
+
+_Prot._ Is their administration of justice speedy? and have they many
+law-suits?
+
+_Wh._ They have justice in a speedier way than with us, but more
+arbitrary, and fewer causes, in regard that the boors dare not contend
+with their lords; and they have but few contracts, because they have but
+little trade; and there is small use of conveyances or questions of
+titles, because the law distributes every man's estate after his death
+among his children, which they cannot alter, and therefore have the fewer
+contentions.
+
+_Prot._ That is like our gavelkind.
+
+_Wh._ It is the same thing; and in many particulars of our laws, in cases
+of private right, and of the public Government, especially in their
+Parliaments, there is a strange resemblance between their law and ours.
+
+_Prot._ Perhaps ours might some of them be brought from thence.
+
+_Wh._ Doubtless they were, when the Goths and Saxons, and those northern
+people, planted themselves here.
+
+_Prot._ You met with a barren country, and very cold.
+
+_Wh._ The remoter parts of it from the Court are extreme barren; but at
+Stockholm and Upsal, and most of the great towns, they have store of
+provisions; but fat beef and mutton in the winter-time is not so
+plentiful with them as in the countries more southerly; and their hot
+weather in summer as much exceeds ours, as their cold doth in winter.
+
+_Prot._ That is somewhat troublesome to endure; but how could you pass
+over their very long winter nights?
+
+_Wh._ I kept my people together and in action and recreation, by having
+music in my house, and encouraging that and the exercise of dancing,
+which held them by the ears and eyes, and gave them diversion without
+any offence. And I caused the gentlemen to have disputations in Latin,
+and declamations upon words which I gave them.
+
+_Prot._ Those were very good diversions, and made your house a little
+academy.
+
+_Wh._ I thought these recreations better than gaming for money, or going
+forth to places of debauchery.
+
+_Prot._ It was much better. And I am glad you had so good an issue of
+your treaty.
+
+_Wh._ I bless God for it, and shall be ready to give your Highness a
+particular account of it, when you shall appoint a time for it.
+
+_Prot._ I think that Thursday next, in the morning, will be a good time
+for you to come to the Council, and to make your report of the
+transactions of your negotiation; and you and I must have many discourses
+upon these arguments.
+
+_Wh._ I shall attend your Highness and the Council.
+
+
+_July 4, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's friends celebrate his return.]
+
+This day was spent in visits, very much company resorting to Whitelocke's
+house to bid him welcome into England, so that, by the multitude of
+company, he had not any opportunity of recollecting himself and his
+thoughts, touching the matters which he was to communicate to the Council
+the next day; but it could not be avoided, and he must take such time as
+would be afforded him.
+
+
+_July 5, 1654._
+
+[SN: A solemn thanksgiving for his safe return.]
+
+By Whitelocke's appointment, all his company who were with him in
+Sweden, came this day to his house at Chelsea, where divers others of his
+good friends met them, to the intent they might all join together in
+returning humble and hearty thanks to God for his great mercy and
+goodness to them, in their preservation and wonderful deliverances in
+their voyage, in blessing them with health and with success in their
+business, and bringing all of them in safety and comfort to their native
+country and most dear relations.
+
+Being for this end met together in a large room prepared for them, they
+began the duty; and first, Mr. Peters acquainted them with the occasion
+of the meeting, recommending all to the direction and assistance of the
+Lord. He spoke to them upon the Psalm pertinent to the occasion, and to
+the mention of the voyage, hardships, dangers, and difficulties, wherein
+God had delivered them; and what sense these things ought to work upon
+their hearts, and what thankfulness they ought to return to God for his
+mercies.
+
+After a psalm sung, Mr. Ingelo, one of Whitelocke's chaplains, prayed
+with them, and then amplified the favours and deliverances which God had
+wrought for them, the great difficulties and dangers wherein He had
+preserved them, and their unworthiness of any mercy; he exhorted them to
+all gratitude to the Author of their mercies: in all which he expressed
+himself with much piety, ingenuity, and with great affection. Mr. George
+Downing, who had been a chaplain to a regiment in the army, expounded a
+place of Scripture very suitable to the occasion, and very ingeniously
+and pertinently. After him, Mr. Stapleton prayed very well, and spake
+pertinently and feelingly to the rest of the company, his
+fellow-travellers. Then they sang another psalm; and after that, Mr.
+Cokaine spake very well and piously, and gave good exhortations on the
+same subject.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's address to his company.]
+
+When all these gentlemen had ended their discourses proper for the
+occasion, Whitelocke himself spake to the company to this effect:--
+
+    "Gentlemen,
+
+    "You have heard from our worthy Christian friends many words of
+    precious truth, with which I hope all our souls are refreshed, and
+    do pray that our practice may be conformed. The duty of this day,
+    and of every person, is _gratiarum actio_: I wish we may all act
+    thankfulness to our God, whereunto we are all obliged who have
+    received so great benefits from Him. In a more peculiar manner than
+    others I hold myself obliged to render thanks--
+
+    "1. To our God, who hath preserved us all, and brought us in safety
+    and comfort to our dear country and relations.
+
+    "2. To our Christian friends, from whom we have received such
+    powerful instructions this day, and prayers all the days of our
+    absence.
+
+    "3. To you, Gentlemen, who have shown so much affection and respect
+    in bearing me company in a journey so full of hardships and dangers.
+
+    "I am of the opinion of the Roman soldier who told Cæsar, 'I have in
+    my own person fought for thee, and therefore that the Emperor ought
+    in his own person to plead for the soldier' (which he did); and have
+    in your own persons endured all the hardships, difficulties, and
+    dangers with me: and were I as able as Cæsar, I hold myself as much
+    obliged in my own person to serve you, and, to the utmost of my
+    capacity, shall do all good offices for any of you, who have, with
+    so much affection, respect, and hazard, adventured your persons with
+    me.
+
+    "I am obliged, and do return my hearty thanks, to our worthy
+    friends who have so excellently performed the work of the day, and
+    shall pray that it may be powerful upon every one of our hearts, to
+    build us up in the knowledge of this duty; and I should be glad to
+    promise, in the name of all my company, that we shall give a ready
+    and constant observance of those pious instructions we have received
+    from you.
+
+    "Some here have been actors with us in our story; have gone down to
+    the sea in ships and done business in great waters; have seen the
+    works of God and His wonders in the deep; His commanding and raising
+    the stormy wind, lifting up the waves thereof, which mount up to the
+    heavens and go down again to the deep, whose souls have melted
+    because of trouble, and have been at their wits' end: then have
+    cried unto the Lord in their distress, and He hath brought them out
+    of trouble. We have seen Him make the storm a calm, and the waves
+    thereof still: then were we glad, and He brought us to our desired
+    harbour. Oh that we would praise the Lord for His goodness, for His
+    wonderful works! Let us exalt Him in the congregation of the people,
+    and praise Him in the assembly of the elders.
+
+    "These my companions, who have been actors, and others, I hope will
+    give me leave to make them auditors of some special providences of
+    the Lord, wherein we may all reap benefit from the relation. The
+    Apostle saith, 2 Pet. i., 'Wherefore I will not be negligent to put
+    you always in remembrance of these things, though you know them, and
+    be established in the present truth.' To all I may say, with the
+    wise man (Prov. viii.), 'Hear! for I will speak of excellent
+    things,' free mercies, great deliverances, wonderful preservations:
+    excellent things to those who were sharers of them in action, and
+    for the contemplation of those who are hearers of them; therefore I
+    may shortly recite some of the most eminent of them.
+
+    "In the first day of our voyage with a fair wind, at night it
+    changed, and we were stopped till comfortable letters came to me,
+    which otherwise could not have come, and were no sooner answered but
+    the wind came fair again. When we toiled in the open sea with cross
+    winds and tempests, driven near to our own coast back again, God
+    sent us then fair weather and a good gale for our voyage. How was He
+    pleased to bring us so very near great danger on the Riff, and then
+    bring us safe off from it and hold on our course again!
+
+    "When we were in no small danger in the tempestuous seas on the back
+    of the Skaw, when the anchors dragged a league in one night with the
+    storm, and every moment _we_ expected to be devoured by the raging
+    waves, there the Lord was also our deliverer; as He also was upon
+    the rocky coast of Norway and in the difficult passage to the
+    harbour of Gothenburg. Throughout our voyage the providence of God
+    watched over us and protected us. Thus did He in our land journey,
+    where the extreme hardships we were put unto are sufficiently known
+    to all of us, and will to our life's end be felt by some of us.
+
+    "My particular preservation was wonderful from an intended
+    assassination by one who thrust himself into my company to have the
+    better opportunity to execute it; but, overcome with kindness, his
+    heart relented, and he forsook his purpose and my company.
+
+    "If the snow had fallen (as in other years) in the time of our
+    travel, we could not have passed our journey; but He who rules the
+    heavens and the earth restrained it till we came within half a day
+    of our journey's end, and in safety He conducted us to Upsal. The
+    same Providence kept us there, and when some of our company were
+    sick and hurt, restored health again.
+
+    "It was marvellous and unexpected, that in a foreign country, at
+    such a distance from friends and acquaintance, God should raise us
+    up friends out of strangers, namely the Queen, foreign ministers,
+    and great officers, in whose sight we found wonderful favour, to our
+    preservation under God and a great means of effecting what we came
+    about, maugre the labours and designs of our enemies against it, and
+    their plots and attempts for our destruction, had not our Rock of
+    Defence secured us.
+
+    "I should detain you very long, though I hope it would not be
+    thought too long, to recite all our remarkable mercies; and it is an
+    excellent thing that they are so numerous. We are now coming
+    homewards. How did our God preserve us over the Baltic Sea from
+    innumerable dangers of the rocks, sands, coasts, islands, fierce
+    lightnings, storms, and those high-swelling waters! Such was our
+    preservation in the Elbe, when our countrymen leaped into the water
+    to bring us off from danger, and when the tempests hurried us up and
+    down, by Heligoland, then towards Holland, then to the northward,
+    then to the southward, in the open breaking rough seas, when we had
+    lost our course and knew not where we were.
+
+    "Above all other was that most eminent deliverance near our own
+    coast, when our ship was stuck upon the sand twelve leagues from any
+    shore, when no help nor human means were left to save us, when pale
+    death faced us so long together, when no hopes remained to escape
+    his fury or the rages of the waves, which we expected every instant
+    to swallow us; even then, to show where our dependence ought to be,
+    our God would make it His own work to deliver us. He it was that
+    raised the wind, and brought it from the higher part of the bank, to
+    shake our fastened ship, and crumble the loose sands; and no sooner
+    had we taken a resolution of praying and resigning our souls to God,
+    but He gave us our lives again, moving our ship by His powerful arm,
+    making it to float again, none knowing how or by what means, but by
+    the free act of His mercy, and not a return of ours, but of the
+    prayers of some here present, and divers others our Christian
+    friends, who at that very time were met together to seek the Lord
+    for us and for our safe return.
+
+    "Methinks the hearts of us who were partakers of these mercies
+    should rejoice in the repetition of them, and those that hear them
+    cannot but say they hear excellent things; and certainly never had
+    any men more cause than we have of returning humble and hearty
+    thanks to God who hath thus saved us.
+
+    "And having received these mercies, and been delivered out of these
+    distresses, I may say to you, as Jacob said to his household (Gen.
+    xxxv.), 'Let us arise and go to Bethel;' let us serve God and praise
+    His name who answered us in the day of our distress, and was with us
+    in the way which we went. Let us also keep Jacob's vow: 'The Lord
+    hath been with us and kept us in our way, and brought us again to
+    our fathers' house in peace; let the Lord be our God.' Let not any
+    of our former vanities or lusts, or love of the world, be any more
+    our God, but let the Lord be our God; let our thanksgiving appear in
+    owning the Lord for our God, and in walking answerable to our
+    mercies; let our prayers be according to the counsel of the Apostle
+    (Eph. v.), 'See then that ye walk circumspectly, giving thanks
+    always for all things.' How much more are we bound to do it from our
+    special mercies!
+
+    "Gentlemen, give me leave to conclude with my particular thanks to
+    you who accompanied me in my journey, and have manifested very much
+    respect, care, diligence, courage, and discretion. You have, by your
+    demeanour, done honour to our profession of religion, to our
+    country, to yourselves, to your Ambassador, who will be ready to
+    testify the same on all occasions, and to do you all good offices;
+    chiefly in bearing you company to return praises to our God, whose
+    mercies endure for ever."
+
+After these exercises performed, wherein Whitelocke was the more large in
+manifesting the abounding of his sense of the goodness of God towards
+him, and was willing also to recollect his thoughts for another occasion,
+the company retired themselves; and Whitelocke complimented his
+particular friends, giving them many thanks who had shown kindness to
+his wife and family, and had taken care of his affairs in his absence.
+
+[SN: A banquet held in State, as in Sweden.]
+
+He bid them all welcome, and desired them to accompany company him the
+next day to his audience before the Protector and Council. Then he led
+them into a great room, where the table was spread, and all things in the
+same state and manner as he used to have them in Sweden, that his friends
+might see the fashion of his being served when he was in that condition,
+and as his farewell to those pomps and vanities.
+
+The trumpets sounding, meat was brought in, and the mistress of the house
+made it appear that England had as good and as much plenty of provisions
+as Sweden, Denmark, or Germany. His friends and company sat down to meat
+as they used to do in Sweden; the attendants, pages, lacqueys, and
+others, in their liveries, did their service as they were accustomed
+abroad. Their discourse was full of cheerfulness and recounting of God's
+goodness; and both the time of the meat and the afternoon was spent in
+rejoicing together for the present mercy, and for the whole series of
+God's goodness to them; and in the evening they parted, every one to his
+own quarters.
+
+
+_July 6, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke give an account of his Embassy to the Council.]
+
+Whitelocke went in the morning early to Whitehall. At Secretary Thurloe's
+lodging he found most of his company, the gentlemen in their habits, the
+others in their liveries; and in a short time they were all come
+together, to attend their Ambassador to his last audience, who was put to
+the patience of staying an hour and a half at Master Secretary's lodging
+before he was called in to his Highness; then, being sent for, he went,
+attended in the same manner as he used to go to his audiences in Sweden.
+Being come to the outward room, he was presently brought into the
+Council-chamber, where the Protector sat in his great chair at the upper
+end of the table, covered, and his Council sat bare on each side of the
+table. After ceremonies performed by Whitelocke, and great respect shown
+him by the Protector and his Council, Whitelocke spake to this effect:--
+
+    "May it please your Highness,
+
+    "I attend, by your command, to give an account of the discharge of
+    that great trust and weighty burden which, through the assistance of
+    God, I have undergone in my employment to Sweden, and with the
+    success of that negotiation, wherein I shall not waste much of your
+    time, for which you have other great affairs; but, in as few words
+    as I can, I shall with clearness and truth acquaint your Highness
+    and your Honourable Council with those matters which I apprehend
+    most fit and worthy of your knowledge.
+
+    "After the receipt of my commission and instructions from the
+    Parliament then sitting, to go Ambassador to Sweden, I neglected no
+    time, how unseasonable soever, to transport myself to that country.
+    Upon the 5th of November I embarked at the Hope, and after ten days'
+    voyage, through many storms, enemies, and dangers, it pleased God on
+    the 15th of November to bring me in safety, with all my company,
+    into the port of Gothenburg. The next day I despatched two of my
+    servants to the Court with letters to Prince Adolphus, the Grand
+    Master, and to the Ricks-Chancellor of Sweden, to advertise them of
+    my arrival, and to desire their advice whither to direct my journey
+    to attend the Queen.
+
+    "In this city I received many civilities and testimonies of respect
+    to your Highness and this Commonwealth from the magistrates,
+    officers, and others there; and a small contest I had with a
+    Dutchman, a Vice-Admiral of her Majesty's, about our war with his
+    countrymen, and about some prizes brought in by me, wherein I took
+    the liberty to justify the proceedings of this State, and ordered,
+    upon submission, the release of a small Dutch prize taken by me.
+
+    "Having refreshed myself and company some days, I began my land
+    journey the last day of November. The military officers accompanied
+    me out of town; the citizens and garrison-soldiers stood to their
+    arms, and with many volleys of great and small shot (the bullets
+    passing somewhat too near for compliments) they gave me an
+    honourable farewell.
+
+    "In our journey we met with extreme hardships, both in the weather
+    and in want of necessary accommodations. The greater towns where we
+    quartered showed much respect to your Highness and this
+    Commonwealth; only in one town a little affront was given in words
+    by a prætor, who acknowledged his fault, and it appeared to proceed
+    more from drink than judgement. In all places the officers took
+    great care, with what the country would afford, to furnish what I
+    wanted; the ways were prepared, waggons and horses brought in, and
+    all things requisite were done by the country, upon command of her
+    Majesty.
+
+    "After twenty-one days in our land-journey, near four hundred miles
+    from Gothenburg up into the country, in that climate in December, it
+    pleased God through all our difficulties to bring us safe to Upsal
+    the 20th of December. About half a league from the town, the Master
+    of the Ceremonies, and after him two Senators with two coaches of
+    the Queen's, and those of the Spanish Resident and of divers
+    grandees, met me, and with more than ordinary ceremony conducted me
+    to a house in the town, by the Queen's order taken up and furnished
+    for me. Divers compliments passed from the Queen herself and many of
+    her Court, expressing much respect to your Highness and this
+    Commonwealth, in the person of your servant.
+
+    "By favour I obtained my first audience from the Queen the 23rd of
+    December, the particular passages whereof (as of most other matters
+    which I have to mention) were in my letters imparted, as they arose,
+    to Mr. Secretary Thurloe, and by him, I presume, to your Highness
+    and the Council. Two or three days after this I procured a private
+    audience from her Majesty, when I showed her my commission, and took
+    time to wait on her with my proposals.
+
+    "The Spanish Resident, Don Piementelle, now in this Court, expressed
+    high respects for your Highness and this Commonwealth, and
+    particular affection to me; and I, knowing his great favour with the
+    Queen and his own worth, contracted an intimacy of friendship with
+    him, as I had also with M. Woolfeldt, the King of Denmark's
+    brother-in-law, with Field-Marshal Wrangel, Grave Tott, the Queen's
+    favourite, and with divers senators and great men, but especially
+    with the old Chancellor.
+
+    "I found very useful for your Highness's service there Mr.
+    Lagerfeldt, Secretary Canterstein, Mr. Ravius, and others; and I had
+    good assistance from my countrymen, General-Major Fleetwood, a true
+    friend to England, my Lord Douglas, Colonel Hamilton, and others.
+
+    "And having now given your Highness some account of persons, I come
+    to the matter of my negotiation, which I laid the best I could.
+
+    "By advice I made my applications to the Queen herself, and, as much
+    as I could, put the business upon her personal determination, which
+    she liked, and it proved advantageous. I presented to her at once
+    all my articles, except three reserved. The articles proposed a
+    league offensive and defensive; whereupon she objected the
+    unsettledness of our Commonwealth, the present peace of her
+    kingdoms, and our being involved in a war. To which I answered, that
+    her kingdoms could not long continue in peace, and would have as
+    much need of our assistance as we of theirs; and our war and
+    successes against Holland were arguments that our friendship merited
+    acceptance; that I hoped our Commonwealth was settled, and that
+    leagues were between nations, not governments.
+
+    "This debate was very large with her Majesty, who seemed satisfied
+    with my answers, and appointed her Chancellor to treat with me; who
+    much more insisted upon the unsettledness of our Commonwealth and
+    upon the same objections which the Queen had made, and received from
+    me the same answers; which proved the more satisfactory after the
+    news of your Highness's accession to the Government, which made this
+    treaty proceed more freely.
+
+    "I had often and long disputes with the Chancellor upon the article
+    touching English rebels being harboured in Sweden; most of all,
+    touching contraband goods, and about reparation of the losses of the
+    Swedes by prizes taken from them in our Dutch war by us, besides
+    many other objections, whereof I have given a former account by
+    letters. The Chancellor being sick, his son Grave Eric was
+    commissioned to treat with me in his father's stead, and was much
+    more averse to my business, and more earnest upon the objections,
+    than the old man, whom, being recovered, I found more moderate, yet
+    we could not agree one way or other. And when I pressed for a
+    conclusion, both the Queen and her Chancellor did ingenuously
+    acknowledge, that they desired first to see whether the peace would
+    be made between us and Holland, before they came to a determination
+    upon my treaty; wherein I could not but apprehend reason: and when
+    the news came that the peace between your Highness and the Dutch was
+    concluded, I urged a conclusion of my treaty; and what the
+    Chancellor and I differed in, the Queen was pleased to reconcile,
+    and so we came to the full agreement contained in this instrument,
+    signed and sealed by the Queen's Commissioners, which I humbly
+    present to your Highness and this Honourable Board; and which I
+    hope, through the goodness of God, may be of advantage to this
+    Commonwealth, and to the Protestant interest."
+
+Here Whitelocke, making a little pause, delivered into the Protector's
+hand the instrument of his treaty, fairly written in Latin, in a book of
+vellum, with the hands and seals to it of the Ricks-Chancellor and his
+son Grave Eric, which being done, Whitelocke went on in his speech.
+
+    "I cannot but acknowledge the great goodness of God to me in this
+    employment, in my preservation from attempts against my person,
+    raising me up such eminent friends, giving me so much favour in the
+    eyes of strangers, inclining the Queen's heart to an extraordinary
+    affection and favour towards me, and giving this good success to my
+    business, notwithstanding the designs and labours of many enemies to
+    the contrary. The treaty with me being thus finished, the business
+    came on of the Queen's resignation of the Crown, wherein she was
+    pleased to express a great confidence in a stranger, by imparting it
+    to me many weeks before, whereof I took the boldness to certify your
+    Highness.
+
+    "The Prince who was to succeed the Queen was sent for to Upsal, and
+    their Ricksdag, or Parliament, was to meet there in the beginning of
+    May. Your Highness will not expect many arguments of your servant's
+    longing desires of returning, when he had advice that your frigates
+    sent for him were in the Elbe; yet, judging it might conduce to your
+    service to salute the Prince, I staid till his entry (which was in
+    great state) into Upsal, where I saluted him from your Highness, and
+    acquainted him with my negotiation, which he well approved; and, to
+    testify his great respect to your Highness and this Commonwealth, he
+    came in person to visit me at my house, and used me with so much
+    extraordinary favour and ceremony, that never the like had been done
+    before to any ambassador. We had several conferences at large, much
+    discourse of your Highness and of this Commonwealth, with the
+    particulars whereof I shall acquaint you at your better leisure.
+
+    "The time of the Queen's resignation being near, I thought it not
+    convenient for me to be then upon the place, but removed to
+    Stockholm; where I was when the resignation and new coronation were
+    solemnized at Upsal. The magistrates of Stockholm expressed good
+    respect to your Highness and this Commonwealth. From hence I
+    embarked the 1st of June, in a good ship of the Queen's, to cross
+    the Baltic Sea. She sent one of her Vice-Admirals, Clerke, to attend
+    me; and, after a dangerous voyage and bad weather, the Lord gave us
+    a safe arrival at Lübeck, on the 7th of June. The magistrates, by
+    their Syndic, here bid me welcome and expressed some respect, and
+    made some requests by me to your Highness.
+
+    "From Lübeck I travelled over Holstein and Lüneburg, and came the
+    10th of June to Hamburg; where I was also very civilly saluted by
+    some of the magistrates and Syndic; and most of the Lords came
+    afterwards to me, and testified extraordinary respect and service to
+    your Highness and this Commonwealth. My countrymen, the company of
+    Merchant Adventurers there, showed very much kindness to me, and I
+    endeavoured to do them service to the Lords of the town, making use
+    of your Highness's name therein.
+
+    "I departed from Hamburg the 17th of June; Mr. Bradshaw, your
+    Highness's worthy Resident there, and others of my countrymen,
+    showing much kindness to me, both whilst I was there and at my
+    departure from this city. I embarked in your Highness's frigate,
+    near Glückstadt, but was detained for some days in the Elbe by cross
+    winds, and in some danger, but in more when we came into the open
+    sea. But above all, the Lord was pleased to appear for us on the
+    28th day of June, when our ship stuck upon the sands, above twelve
+    leagues off from the coast of Yarmouth: and when there was no means
+    or help of men for our escape, but we expected every moment to be
+    drowned by the waves, then it pleased God to show his power and free
+    mercy by his own hand to deliver us, and, after two hours'
+    expectation of death, to reprieve us, to set our ship on float
+    again, and to bring us all in health and safety to your Highness's
+    presence, and to our dear country and relations.
+
+    "The Queen and the new King were pleased to honour me with jewels
+    off their pictures, and a gift of copper, I having bestowed my
+    horses (of more worth) on them and whom they appointed, and which I
+    refused to sell, as a thing uncomely for my condition in your
+    Highness's service.
+
+    "Thus, Sir, I have given you a clear and full account of my
+    transactions; and, as I may justify my own diligence and
+    faithfulness therein, so I cannot but condemn my many weaknesses and
+    failings; of which I can only say that they were not wilful, and
+    make a humble demand to your Highness and this honourable Council,
+    that I may obtain your pardon."
+
+When Whitelocke had ended his speech and a little pause made, the
+Protector, pulling off his hat and presently putting it on again, desired
+Whitelocke to withdraw, which he did, and within a quarter of an hour was
+called in again. The Protector, using the same ceremony as before, spake
+to him to this effect:--
+
+[SN: Cromwell's answer to his speech.]
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "The Council and myself have heard the report of your journey and
+    negotiation with much contentment and satisfaction, and both we and
+    you have cause to bless God for your return home with safety,
+    honour, and good success, in the great trust committed to you;
+    wherein this testimony is due to you, that you have discharged your
+    trust with faithfulness, diligence, and prudence, as appears by the
+    account you have given us, and the issue of the business. Truly,
+    when persons to whom God hath given so good abilities, as He hath
+    done to you, shall put them forth as you have done, for His glory
+    and for the good of His people, they may expect a blessing from Him,
+    as you have received in an ample measure.
+
+    "An acknowledgment is also due to them from their country, who have
+    served their country faithfully and successfully, as you have done.
+    I can assure your Lordship it is in my heart, really it is, and, I
+    think, in the hearts of all here, that your services in this
+    employment may turn to an account of advantage to you and yours; and
+    it is just and honourable that it should be so.
+
+    "The Lord hath shown extraordinary mercy to you and to your company,
+    in the great deliverances which he hath vouchsafed to you; and
+    especially in that eminent one which you have related to us, when
+    you were come near your own country, and the enjoyment of the
+    comforts of your safe return. It was indeed a great testimony of
+    God's goodness to you all,--a very signal mercy, and such a one as
+    ought to raise up your hearts and our hearts in thankfulness to God,
+    who hath bestowed this mercy on you; and it is a mercy also to us as
+    well as to you, though yours more personally, who were thus saved
+    and delivered by the special hand of Providence.
+
+    "The goodness of God to you was also seen in the support of you,
+    under those hardships and dangers which you have undergone in this
+    service; let it be your comfort that your service was for God, and
+    for his people, and for your country. And now that you have, through
+    his goodness, passed them over, and he hath given you a safe return
+    unto your country, the remembrance of those things will be pleasant
+    to you, and an obligation for an honourable recompense of your
+    services performed under all those hardships and dangers.
+
+    "For the treaty which you have presented to us, signed and sealed by
+    the Queen's Commissioners, I presume it is according to what you
+    formerly gave advice to us from Sweden. We shall take time to peruse
+    it, and the Council have appointed a committee to look into it,
+    together with your instructions, and such other papers and things as
+    you have further to offer to them: and I may say it, that this
+    treaty hath the appearance of much good, not only to England, but to
+    the Protestant interest throughout Christendom; and I hope it will
+    be found so, and your service thereby have its due esteem and
+    regard, being so much for public good, and so discreetly and
+    successfully managed by you.
+
+    "My Lord, I shall detain you no longer, but to tell you that you are
+    heartily welcome home; that we are very sensible of your good
+    service, and shall be ready on all occasions to make a real
+    acknowledgment thereof to you."
+
+When the Protector had done speaking, Whitelocke withdrew into the
+outward room, whither Mr. Scobell, Clerk of the Council, came to him with
+a message from the Protector, that Whitelocke would cause those of his
+retinue, then present, to go in to the Protector and Council, which they
+did; and the Protector spake to them with great courtesy and favour,
+bidding them welcome home, blessing God for their safe return to their
+friends and native country, and for the great deliverances which He had
+wrought for them. He commended their care of Whitelocke and their good
+deportment, by which they had testified much courage and civility, and
+had done honour to religion and to their country; he gave them thanks for
+it, and assurance of his affection to them when any occasion should be
+offered for their good or preferment. They withdrew, full of hopes, every
+one of them, to be made great men; but few of them attained any favour,
+though Whitelocke solicited for divers of them who were very worthy of
+it.
+
+This audience being ended, and with it Whitelocke's commission, he
+willingly parted with his company and greatness, and contentedly retired
+himself with his wife and children in his private family. After his
+return from the Council, Whitelocke dismissed his company and went to
+those gentlemen whom he had desired to act as a committee for him before
+his going out of England; these he desired to examine the state of his
+accounts with his officers, to satisfy what remained due to any, and to
+make up his account, to be given in tomorrow to the Council's committee.
+
+
+_July 7, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke renders a minute account of the negotiation to a
+Committee of Council.]
+
+According to the appointment of the Protector and Council, signified to
+him by a letter from Mr. Jessop, Clerk of the Council, Whitelocke
+repaired to Whitehall, to the Lord Viscount Lisle and Colonel Nathaniel
+Fiennes, the Committee of the Council, appointed to peruse and examine
+his proceedings: to them he produced his commission, orders, credentials,
+and instructions; and all was sifted into, by virtue whereof he acted
+throughout by his whole Embassy.
+
+He deduced his negotiation from the beginning of his Treaty to the
+conclusion of it, with all the reasons and circumstances of his
+transactions. They took cognizance of all, narrowly searched into and
+examined everything, comparing all particular passages and actions with
+the rules and instructions given him; and upon the whole matter they
+acknowledged that Whitelocke had given them full satisfaction in every
+point, and all his proceedings were by them, and upon their report to the
+Protector and Council afterwards, fully approved and commended by them.
+
+
+_July 8, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Committee of Council audits his accounts.]
+
+Whitelocke again solicited the Committee of the Council that his accounts
+might be examined and stated, and order given for the payment of what
+remained due to him, which he had expended out of his own purse in their
+service, and was reasonable for him to expect a reimbursement of it. The
+Committee were pleased to take great pains in pursuing and examining his
+papers, books, and accounts, not omitting (with strictness enough) any
+particular of his actions and expenses; and after all their strait
+inquisition and narrow sitting, they again acknowledged, which upon their
+report was confirmed by the Council, that his management of this affair
+had been faithful and prudent, his disbursements had been just and
+necessary, his account was clear and honest, and that he ought to be
+satisfied with what remained upon his accounts due to him. The remainder
+due to him was above £500, and, notwithstanding all their promises,
+Whitelocke could never get it of them.
+
+The sum of all was, that for a most difficult and dangerous work,
+faithfully and successfully performed by Whitelocke, he had little thanks
+and no recompense from those who did employ him; but, not long after, was
+rewarded by them with an injury: they put him out of his office of
+Commissioner of the Great Seal, because he would not betray the rights of
+the people, and, contrary to his own knowledge and the knowledge of those
+who imposed it, execute an ordinance of the Protector and his Council as
+if it had been a law. But in a succeeding Parliament, upon the motion of
+his noble friend the Lord Broghill, Whitelocke had his arrears of his
+disbursements paid him, and some recompense of his faithful service
+allowed unto him.
+
+His hopes were yet higher, and his expectation of acceptance was from a
+superior to all earthly powers; to whom only the praise is due, of all
+our actions and endeavours, and who will certainly reward all his
+servants with a recompense which will last for ever.
+
+
+_July 9, 1654._
+
+[SN: A familiar letter.]
+
+I received this letter from my brother Willoughby:--
+
+    "_For my Lord Whitelocke, at Chelsea, humbly these._
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "I being this day commanded by the two within-named persons in your
+    letter to consummate their nuptials, and in that to bear the part of
+    a father, am so confident of my power, as (were it not my Lord
+    Whitelocke's request, whose interest with them exceeds a mock
+    father) he might be assured of not failing of his commands; but that
+    done which this morning I am going about, I am by them desired to
+    jog on to Stanstead, so that I fear I shall by that means be
+    disappointed of attending you upon Wednesday; and that, I assure
+    you, will go to Nancy's heart, she being yesterday resolved to have
+    visited you this morning at Chelsea, had she not apprehended your
+    early being in town; but wherever we are, our thankfulness to God
+    for your safe return you shall not fail of, nor of the keeper
+    tomorrow night. So I rest,
+
+                                    "My Lord,
+                  "Your affectionate brother to serve you,
+                                               "WILL. WILLOUGHBY.
+    "_July._"
+
+I have inserted this and other letters, that you may observe the change
+of styles and compliments in the change of fortunes and conditions.
+
+
+_July 10, 1654._
+
+I had been several times to visit my Lord Lambert since my coming home,
+he being a person in great favour with the army, and not without some
+close emulation from Cromwell; but his occasions were so great, that I
+could not meet with him. I therefore desired the Earl of Clare, who was
+very intimate with Lambert, to contrive a conveniency for my meeting with
+my Lord Lambert, whereupon he sent me this letter, directed
+
+    "_For the Lord Whitelocke, at Chelsea._
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "Hearing your Lordship had been several times to see my Lord Lambert
+    and missed, and I desiring that there should be no mistakes between
+    you, I sent Mr. Bankes to signify so much to his cousin Lambert,
+    who, being come this morning to town, says he will be very glad to
+    see your Lordship about two this afternoon, and Mr. Bankes will wait
+    on your Lordship to him, if you please to be in the Park, in the
+    walk between the elms on this side the water. So I rest
+
+                  "Your Lordship's humble servant,
+                                                          "CLARE."
+
+I met Mr. Bankes at the time appointed, who brought me to my Lord
+Lambert, and he received me with great civility and respect; we had much
+discourse together about Sweden, and Germany, and Denmark, and the
+business of my treaty; and we parted with all kindness, and he desired to
+have my company often.
+
+
+_July 11, 1654._
+
+I received this letter from my Lady Pratt:--
+
+    "_For my ever-honoured friend the Lord Whitelocke, these humbly._
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "Hearing that it is absolutely in your power to dispose of the time
+    of the Assizes, and an unexpected accident being fallen out, which,
+    will make them extremely prejudicial to us if they begin so soon, my
+    humble suit to your Lordship is to defer them till, etc. This
+    favour, as it will be an extraordinary great one, so it will lay a
+    suitable obligation upon,
+
+                  "My Lord, your most humble servant,
+                                                 "MARGARET PRATT."
+
+I could not gratify this lady's desire, being not yet sworn a
+Commissioner of the Great Seal; but I returned her a civil answer and
+excuse; and I have inserted the more letters, that you may see the style
+and compliments of divers persons, and note their change upon the change
+of times.
+
+
+_July 12, 1654._
+
+[SN: A more formal letter.]
+
+I received this letter from the Lord Chief Baron Wylde:--
+
+    "_For the Right Honourable the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke, these, at
+    Chelsea._
+
+    "Right Honourable and my very good Lord,
+
+    "It is not my happiness to be in place or condition to wait upon
+    your Lordship, as I would, to present my humble service to you, and
+    the gratulations due for your safe and happy return, for your long
+    and hazardous, but I hope successful journey, wishing the honour and
+    happiness which belongs to your most known deservings may ever
+    attend you, with a reward from above for those inestimable favours
+    by which you have for ever obliged me to you and all that is mine;
+    who, after the long course I have run, through all the degrees of my
+    laborious calling, my services to my country and the Commonwealth,
+    my great losses and sufferings for the public, and the discharge of
+    my duty in all my several trusts and employments, have now the
+    hoped-for comfort of all removed from me, and a dark shadow cast
+    upon me, with all the sad consequences thereof to me and mine, and
+    many others that have dependence on me. But God gives and takes, and
+    is able to restore; His help I trust in, and shall still desire the
+    continuance of your Lordship's undoubted favours, whose health and
+    happiness I shall ever pray for, who am,
+
+                                    "My Lord,
+                  "Your Lordship's most faithful servant,
+                                                     "JOHN WYLDE.
+    "_Hampstead, 12th July, 1654._"
+
+This gentleman was very laborious in the service of the Parliament, and
+stiff for them, and had sustained great losses and hatred by adhering in
+all matters to them. He was learned in his profession, but of more
+reading than depth of judgement; and I never heard of any injustice or
+incivility of him. The Parliament made him Lord Chief Baron of the
+Exchequer, which place he executed with diligence and justice; yet upon
+the alteration made by Cromwell, when he assumed the Protectorship, in
+the nomination of officers he left out Mr. Sergeant Wylde from being
+Chief Baron or any other employment,--a usual reward, in such times, for
+the best services. He entreated me to move the Protector on his behalf,
+which I did, but to no effect, the Protector having a dislike of the
+Sergeant, but the ground thereof I could not learn.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's influence in Oxfordshire.]
+
+Most places were full of trouble about their elections of Parliament men.
+I had recommended my son James to some of my friends in Oxfordshire, for
+one of the knights for that county, myself being chosen for the city of
+Oxford and for the borough of Bedford, and one of the knights for Bucks.
+I had at this time such an interest in Oxfordshire, that upon my account
+my son James was chosen for one of their knights for the Parliament, as
+appears by this letter to me:--
+
+    "_For the Right Honourable his dear Father the Lord Commissioner
+    Whitelocke, at Chelsea, these. Haste, haste._
+
+    "Dear Sir,
+
+    "I held it my duty, upon the instant of the conclusion of the
+    elections at this place, to acquaint you that I am chosen one of the
+    knights for the county in the next Parliament. I am told that the
+    number of voices might justly have given the first place to me; but
+    I freely resigned it to Lieutenant-General Fleetwood, not suffering
+    it to be brought to trial by the poll, which many of the country
+    desired. The persons elected are Lieutenant-General Fleetwood, Mr.
+    Robert Jenkinson, Colonel Nathaniel Fynes, Mr. Lenthall, Master of
+    the Rolls, and myself.
+
+    "Many of your friends appeared really for me, amongst which I can
+    experimentally say none acted more effectually than my cousin
+    Captain Crooke, his father, and brother. The city of Oxford was
+    prepared very seasonably for me, wherein my cousin Richard Crooke's
+    affections did particularly appear; and I conceive that if you shall
+    be pleased to waive the election for the city of Oxford, no truer
+    friend could be commended by you for their choice than my cousin
+    Richard Crooke, in regard of his interest there, if you think it
+    fit. I shall say no more at present in this haste, but expect your
+    commands in all things, who am
+
+                                    "Your most obedient son,
+                                                  "J. WHITELOCKE.
+    "_Oxford, July 12, 1654._"
+
+The gentlemen of Oxfordshire did generally manifest great civility and
+respect to me in this business of my son; so did the citizens of Oxford;
+and the scholars were not behindhand in the expression of their favour
+and good opinion of me and my son, and they stood stoutly and generally
+for my son to be one of the knights for the county. Thus was my interest
+at this time sufficient to make another to be knight of the shire; yet
+when my condition fell, my interest fell with it, and I was looked upon
+as a stranger among them. Such is the course and vicissitude of worldly
+things; therefore put no trust in them.
+
+
+_July 13, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke summoned to resume the Commissionership of the Great
+Seal.]
+
+This Order of the Council was brought unto me:--
+
+    "_Thursday, the 13th of July, 1654._
+
+    "AT THE COUNCIL AT WHITEHALL: _Ordered_, by his Highness the Lord
+    Protector and the Council, that the Lord Commissioner Whitelocke do
+    attend the Council tomorrow morning, to take his oath as one of the
+    Lords Commissioners for the Great Seal, and that the rest of the
+    Lords Commissioners do then also attend with the Seal.
+
+                                           "HENRY SCOBELL,
+                                           "Clerk of the Council."
+
+Some of my friends thought it very long before this order was made, and
+looked upon it as some neglect to me, whereof I was likewise sensible,
+but had no remedy; only it seemed hard that after so perilous an
+undertaking, performed, through the blessing of God, faithfully and
+successfully on my part, my requital should be a neglect of me and my
+services. Yet it pleased God to give me much patience and temperance to
+bear this slighting and ingratitude, and I knew the condition of him from
+whom it came, who, when his turn was served, usually forgot the
+instruments.
+
+
+_July 14, 1654._
+
+[SN: Receives the Seal.]
+
+According to the Council's Order, the Lords Commissioners Lisle and
+Widdrington attended with the Seal at Whitehall, and I was there also. We
+were all called into the Council, where the Protector himself was
+sitting at the upper end of the table with his hat on, and the Council
+all uncovered. He made a short and grave speech, how much I had deserved
+from the Commonwealth by the great and faithful services I had performed
+for them, particularly in the treaty with Sweden. That in my absence, the
+custody of the Great Seal being to be disposed of, the Council and
+himself having good experience of my fidelity and abilities for that
+great trust, and as a testimony of their favour to me, they thought fit
+to nominate me for one of the Commissioners of the Seal. And I being now,
+through the mercy of God, safely returned again into this Commonwealth,
+they had appointed this time for me to take the oath of a Commissioner of
+the Great Seal, as the rest of the Commissioners had done before.
+
+I then desired to see the oath, which was shown to me, and finding it to
+be the same that I had taken before, I took it now again; and after that,
+the Protector took the Great Seal in his hand and delivered it to me and
+the other Commissioners, and so we did withdraw with it. Sir Thomas
+Widdrington seemed a little distasted that I was the first Commissioner,
+named before him, which was done when I was out of England, and, I
+suppose, because I was then Ambassador Extraordinary in their actual
+service. We went away together to consult about the business of the Seal,
+and I sought to win Sir Thomas Widdrington by my civility to him.
+
+
+_July 15, 1654._
+
+[SN: Entry of certain goods.]
+
+I employed my brother Wilson to the Commissioners of the Customs, to get
+the copper which I had brought from Sweden, and some deal boards, to be
+discharged of paying custom, they being my particular goods, concerning
+which my brother Wilson gave me this account by his letter; and also,
+touching the arrears of my salary as Commissioner of the Great Seal
+during my absence out of England, and for one term since my coming home.
+
+    "_For the Right Honourable the Lord Commissioner Whitelocke, these;
+    Chelsea._
+
+    "May it please your Lordship,
+
+    "This morning I waited on the Commissioners of the Customs with your
+    Lordship's letter, who expressed much readiness to answer your
+    expectation about the Customs of the copper and deal boards, had it
+    been in their power, their commission not exceeding a bill of store
+    for forty shillings. But I am to wait on the Commissioners at
+    Whitehall for regulating the Customs, on Tuesday morning (who sit
+    not till then); they have power to grant the custom thereof, and
+    carrying the letter from your Lordship, I question not but will take
+    effect, and so they have acquainted me; which letter I send
+    enclosed, that you may please in the superscription to add to the
+    word Commissioners, 'for regulating, etc.,' which then will be fit
+    to present to the said committee. In the meantime I have procured an
+    order to go to work upon the small vessel, which cannot well be done
+    until you are pleased to send word what shall be done with the
+    deals, they being uppermost. If the barge be not ready, if you think
+    fit, I will hire a lighter and load her therewith, which may convey
+    them to Queenhithe or Chelsea, otherwise it will be less charge for
+    a barge to take them in from the ship; your Lordship's pleasure
+    shall be observed in all.
+
+    "I acquainted the Commissioners of the Customs of an order your
+    Lordship had for £1000, which they acquainted me should be paid as
+    soon as brought to them; since which I have received it from Mr.
+    Earle, which I also send enclosed, that you may please to put your
+    name underneath it, that so receipt may be made over it after their
+    form, and on Monday it will be paid.
+
+    "My humble service to my Lady, I beseech you, present. I shall await
+    your Lordship's answer, and ever remain
+
+                  "Your Lordship's most obliged servant,
+                                                   "SAMUEL WILSON.
+    "_London, this 15th July, 1654._"
+
+I ordered a Henley barge to take in the deal boards from the ship, and to
+carry them to Fawley Court, which was done; and there I made use of them
+for new flooring my hall and for wainscoting of it. They were
+extraordinary good boards, and those of the floor were about two inches
+thick. There they are, and there may they long continue, for the use of
+me and my children; and may they put us in mind to bless God for his
+goodness to me in that voyage, and in my safe return to that place, and
+of all his preservations and mercies to me and my company!
+
+I returned order to my brother Wilson, to be careful of receiving my
+money from the Commissioners of the Customs.
+
+
+_July 16, 1654._
+
+I had some conference with Major G. Disborough, one of the Commissioners
+for the Ordnance, about his buying for the State the copper which the
+Queen of Sweden gave me, and I brought over from thence, being two
+hundred and fifty ship-pound. I desired that some merchants might look
+upon it, who had experience in that commodity; and what they should agree
+to be a reasonable price for it, I should be content to take it; and so
+we concluded.
+
+
+_July 17, 1654._
+
+[SN: Sale of copper.]
+
+My brother Wilson gave me this account touching my moneys and copper:--
+
+    "_For the Right Honourable the Lord Commissioner Whitelocke, these;
+    at Chelsea._
+
+                                  "_London, the 17th July, 1654._
+
+    "May it please your Lordship,
+
+    "I sent this morning to receive your moneys at the Custom-house, and
+    they say there is no more due to your Lordship than £750 for three
+    terms, as is expressed in the receipt enclosed, which they have
+    made. I would not receive it until I knew your pleasure, which, if
+    this sum doth agree with what is your due, you may please to put
+    your name to the enclosed receipt from them, and it will be paid in
+    the morning. The order also I send back, that you may please to take
+    off your name from it and send it again by the bearer.
+
+    "In the morning we shall work upon the ship, and I shall wait on the
+    Committee at Whitehall, for the custom and excise of the copper to
+    be free, which will come to £240. I hope I shall prevail, and shall
+    always remain
+
+                  "Your Lordship's humble servant,
+                                                  "SAMUEL WILSON."
+
+There was a mistake by the Commissioners of the Customs about my money,
+which I rectified, and had the £1000 paid to my brother Wilson for my
+use. Touching the copper, I at length contracted with Major G.
+Disborough, who bought it for the Protector, and gave me £2500 for it,
+which was justly paid unto me; and the copper was employed to make brass
+ordnance for the ships, and was excellent good, and no ill bargain.
+
+[SN: Mr. Henry Elsing.]
+
+I received a letter from Mr. Henry Elsing, late  Clerk of the
+Parliament, and the best clerk in my judgement that ever I knew, to take
+the sense of the House and put it in apt terms. He was an excellent
+scholar,--had the Italian, French, and Latin languages; a very honest and
+ingenious man, and fitter for much better employment than to be Clerk of
+the Parliament. He was my faithful and kind friend, and I owe very much
+of affection and gratitude to the memory of this worthy gentleman. He was
+in great and deserved favour of the House of Commons, and gave over his
+place because he would not meddle in the business about the trial of the
+King. He often invited Mr. Selden and me together to his house to dinner,
+where we had great cheer, and greater learning in excellent discourse,
+whereof himself bore a chief part. I was the more frequent with him,
+being godfather to one of his sons, and Mr. Selden the other godfather,
+which brought us two the oftener together to his house, to see our
+godson; and even in such meetings as these I gained very much of
+knowledge from the most learned and rational discourses of Mr. Selden.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[435] [Yet Whitelocke seems to have entertained no suspicions of the
+Queen's design to join the Church of Rome. Piementelle and Montecuculi
+were however aware of her intention on this point, and were afterwards
+present at her abjuration.]
+
+
+
+
+THE END.
+
+JOHN EDWARD TAYLOR, PRINTER,
+LITTLE QUEEN STREET, LINCOLN'S INN FIELDS.
+
+
+
+
+{Transcriber's notes.
+
+1 Original reads "of our father"; changed to "of your father".
+
+2 Original reads "more prejudical to Sweden"; changed to "more
+prejudicial to Sweden".
+
+3 Original reads "contrabrand goods"; changed to "contraband goods".
+
+4 "Sunnandag" not italicised in original.
+
+5 Original reads "Grave Eric's requst"; changed to "Grave Eric's
+request".
+
+6 Original reads "unto the Prinee"; changed to "unto the Prince".
+
+7 Original reads "and and that"; changed to "and that".
+
+8 Original reads "Whitleocke"; changed to "Whitelocke".
+
+9 Original reads "bacon and other provison"; changed to "bacon and other
+provision".
+
+10 Original reads "en suite dequoi"; changed to "en suite de quoi". }
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Journal of the Swedish Embassy in
+the Years 1653 and 1654, Vol II., by Bulstrode Whitelocke
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOURNAL OF THE SWEDISH EMBASSY ***
+
+***** This file should be named 17407-8.txt or 17407-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/1/7/4/0/17407/
+
+Produced by Barbara Tozier, Bill Tozier, Louise Pryor and
+the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/17407-8.zip b/17407-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b037f23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/17407-8.zip
diff --git a/17407-h.zip b/17407-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98bec47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/17407-h.zip
diff --git a/17407-h/17407-h.htm b/17407-h/17407-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c58950
--- /dev/null
+++ b/17407-h/17407-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,15754 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of A Journal of the Swedish Embassy in the years 1653 and 1654 (Vol II) by Bulstrode Whitelocke.
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[  XML blockout */
+<!--
+/*****************************************************
+ basics
+******************************************************/
+body { margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 20%; }
+p { margin-top: .75em; text-align: justify; margin-bottom: .75em;
+line-height: 1.3; }
+/* all headings centered */
+h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { text-align: center; clear: both; }
+h1,h2 { margin-top: 5em; }
+h2,h3 {font-weight: normal;}
+h3    {font-style: italic; margin-top: 2em;}
+hr { width: 33%; clear: both;
+     margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; }
+
+/* this requires all <a name="blah"> anchors to be empty. It fixes
+   a problem in Opera 8, which means that otherwise internal links at the
+   end of a file don't always work. */
+a[name] {position:absolute;}
+a {text-decoration: none; }
+a:hover {text-decoration: underline; }
+
+.pagenum  {/* left-margin page numbers */
+            display: inline;	/* set to "none" to make #s disappear	*/
+            font-size: 70%;		/* tiny type.. */
+            text-align: right;	/* ..right-justified.. */
+            position: absolute;
+            right: 95%; /* ..in the right margin.. */
+            padding: 0 0 0 0 ;	/* ..very compact */
+            margin: 0 0 0 0;
+            font-weight: 400;  /* normal weight */
+            font-style: normal;
+            text-decoration: none;
+            color: #444; 		/* ..dark gray.. */
+            background-color: #EEE; /* ..on light gray.. #EEE */
+            text-indent: 0;
+            } /* page numbers */
+h2 .pagenum {font-size: 45%;}
+h3 .pagenum {font-size: 60%;}
+
+.blockquot { margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%;
+             margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;}
+.center   {text-align: center;}
+.toright  {text-align: right;}
+.smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+.u        {text-decoration: underline;}
+.big      {font-size: 120%;}
+.bigger   {font-size: 150%;}
+.biggest  {font-size: 170%;}
+.little   {font-size: 80%;}
+.littler  {font-size: 75%;}
+.littlest {font-size: 60%;}
+.bolder   {font-weight: bold;}
+.unbold   {font-weight: normal;}
+.gap      {margin-top: 4em;}
+.gaplet   {margin-top: 2em;}
+.biggap   {margin-top: 6em;}
+.together {white-space: nowrap;}
+/**************************************************************
+ footnotes etc
+***************************************************************/
+.footnotes { border-top: 1px solid; border-bottom: 1px solid;
+             margin: 2em 5% 3em 5%; font-size: 85%;
+             padding-bottom: 1em;}
+.footnote p  {margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 1em; line-height: 1.2; }
+.footnote .label  {float:left; width: 1em; margin: 0 0 0 -1.5em; text-align: right;}
+.footnote .label a, .fnnum {font-size: 70%; vertical-align: super; }
+.transnote { background-color: #EEE; color: inherit; margin: 2em 10% 1em 10%; font-size: 80%; padding: 0.5em 1em 0.5em 1em;}
+.correction {text-decoration: none; border-bottom: thin dotted red;
+             color: inherit; background-color: inherit;}
+a.correction:hover {text-decoration: none;}
+/****************************************************************
+ sidenotes
+*****************************************************************/
+/* make sure right margin is wide enough */
+/* think about collisions with page numbers */
+.sidenote { position: absolute; left: 83%; width: 15%;
+             padding-left: 0; text-indent: 0; margin: 0 0 0 0;
+             font-size: 75%; text-align: left; font-style: normal;
+             }
+.footnote .sidenote {font-size: 90%}
+/****************************************************************
+ poetry
+*****************************************************************/
+
+.poem             {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;}
+.poem br          {display: none;}
+.poem .stanza     {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;}
+.poem span.i0     {display: block; margin-left: 0em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+.poem span.i1     {display: block; margin-left: 1em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+.poem span.i2     {display: block; margin-left: 2em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+.poem span.i3     {display: block; margin-left: 3em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+.poem span.i4     {display: block; margin-left: 4em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+.poem span.i5     {display: block; margin-left: 5em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+.poem span.i6     {display: block; margin-left: 6em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+.linenum  {position: absolute; top: auto; left: 4%;} /* poetry number */
+/*************************************************************
+ correspondence and journals
+**************************************************************/
+/* italics not in class defns because don't want italicised quotes */
+.dateline { text-align: left; font-size: 90%;
+            margin-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 0; margin-top: 0;
+          line-height: 1.0;
+            }
+.salutation { margin-left: 1em; margin-top: 0;}
+.signature { text-align: right; margin: 0 1em 0 50%;
+              line-height: 1.0;
+             }
+.yours1,.yours2,.yours3 { text-align: left; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.0; }
+.yours1 {  margin-left: 40%; }
+.yours2 {  margin-left: 30%; }
+.yours3 {  margin-left: 20%; }
+.letterheading {text-indent: -2em;
+                margin-left: 3em; margin-top: 1em;}
+/***********************************************************
+ end
+************************************************************/
+
+    // -->
+    /* XML end  ]]>*/
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Journal of the Swedish Embassy in the
+Years 1653 and 1654, Vol II., by Bulstrode Whitelocke
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A Journal of the Swedish Embassy in the Years 1653 and 1654, Vol II.
+
+Author: Bulstrode Whitelocke
+
+Editor: Charles Morton and Henry Reeve
+
+Release Date: December 28, 2005 [EBook #17407]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOURNAL OF THE SWEDISH EMBASSY ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Barbara Tozier, Bill Tozier, Louise Pryor and
+the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+
+<div class="transnote">
+<p class="center">Transcriber's note</p>
+<p>The original has many inconsistent spellings in all the
+languages used. A few <a href="#corrections" >corrections</a> have been made for obvious typographical errors; they
+have been noted individually. Footnotes are numbered with the page on which they
+start.
+
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+<h1>
+JOURNAL<br />
+<span class="littlest">OF</span><br />
+THE SWEDISH EMBASSY<br />
+<span class="littlest">IN THE YEARS 1653 AND 1654.</span>
+</h1>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="center bigger biggap">
+A JOURNAL</p>
+<p class="center littlest">
+OF</p>
+
+<p class="center bigger">
+THE SWEDISH EMBASSY</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+IN THE YEARS 1653 AND 1654.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center littlest">
+IMPARTIALLY WRITTEN BY THE</p>
+
+<p class="center big">
+AMBASSADOR BULSTRODE WHITELOCKE.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center littlest">
+FIRST PUBLISHED</p>
+
+<p class="center little">
+FROM THE ORIGINAL MANUSCRIPT</p>
+
+<p class="center littlest">
+BY</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+DR. CHARLES MORTON, M.D., F.S.A.,<br />
+<span class="center littlest">
+LIBRARIAN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM.</span></p>
+
+<p class="center gaplet">
+<i>A NEW EDITION</i>,</p>
+
+<p class="center littlest">
+REVISED BY</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+HENRY REEVE, <span class="smcap">Esq.</span>, F.S.A.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center gaplet">
+IN TWO VOLUMES.<br />
+<span class="center little">
+VOLUME II.</span></p>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot gap">
+<p class="center">&ldquo;A wicked messenger falleth into mischief, but a faithful ambassador
+is health.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p class="toright"><span class="smcap">Proverbs</span> xiii. 17.</p></div>
+
+
+<p class="center gap">
+LONDON:<br />
+
+LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS.<br />
+
+1855.</p>
+
+
+
+<p class="center biggap">
+<span class="littlest">
+PRINTED BY<br />
+
+JOHN EDWARD TAYLOR, LITTLE QUEEN STREET,<br />
+
+LINCOLN&rsquo;S INN FIELDS.</span></p>
+
+
+
+
+
+<p class="center biggap big">
+<a name="pg1" id="pg1"></a><span class="pagenum">1</span> JOURNAL</p>
+
+<p class="center littlest nogap">
+OF</p>
+
+<p class="center big nogap">
+THE SWEDISH EMBASSY</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+IN THE YEARS 1653 AND 1654.
+</p>
+
+
+<h2><a name="March_1_1653" id="March_1_1653"></a><span class="smcap">March 1, 1653.</span></h2>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke continues the negotiation.</span>
+Now was the heat of Whitelocke&rsquo;s business, and many cross endeavours used
+to render all his labours fruitless, and to bring his treaty to no
+effect. But it pleased God, in whom his confidence was placed, to carry
+him through all his difficulties, and to give his blessing and success to
+this negotiation.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke gave a visit to the Count de Montecuculi, to give him the
+welcome home from his journey with the Queen; who said he had commands to
+kiss the hand of the Prince of Sweden, and took the opportunity of
+accompanying her Majesty when she went to meet the Prince. He
+communicated nothing of the business to Whitelocke, nor did he think to
+inquire it of him.</p>
+
+<p>After Whitelocke returned home, the Resident of France and Woolfeldt met
+at his house to visit him, and staid with him three hours. They had much
+discourse <a name="pg2" id="pg2"></a><span class="pagenum">2</span> of France, and of the Duke of Lorraine, and of the policy of
+the Spaniard in entertaining that Duke in his service; by means whereof
+the country where the Duke&rsquo;s soldiers were quartered was better satisfied
+than with the Spanish forces, so that there was no tax levied for them,
+only they took free quarter, and sometimes a contribution upon the
+receiving of a new officer. And Woolfeldt said, that whereas all other
+Princes give wages to their officers and soldiers, the Duke gives no pay;
+but when he makes an officer, the officer pays money to the Duke for his
+commission; and that he knew a captain of horse who gave a thousand
+crowns for his commission, which the captain afterwards raised upon the
+country, and the Duke connived at it. He told how he was employed to
+treat with the Duke for the transportation of five thousand foot and
+three thousand horse into Ireland, to assist our King; which the Duke
+undertook on condition to have a hundred thousand crowns in ready money,
+and ships to transport his men from some haven in France, none of which
+could be effected.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Advances from France.</span>
+After Woolfeldt went away, the French Resident asked Whitelocke whether
+France were comprised in the treaty with Holland. Whitelocke said he had
+no information thereof. The Resident replied, that his master would
+willingly entertain a good friendship and correspondence with England;
+and Whitelocke said, he believed England would be ready to do the like
+with France. The Resident said, he observed by their discourse that
+Whitelocke had been in France, and that the late King would have given
+him the command of a troop of horse in France; and he hoped that
+Whitelocke would retain a good opinion of that <a name="pg3" id="pg3"></a><span class="pagenum">3</span> country, and be their
+friend. Whitelocke replied, that he was very civilly treated in France,
+and believed that he should have served the late King there, if, by a
+sudden accident or misfortune, he had not been prevented, and obliged to
+return for England sooner than he intended; and that he should be always
+ready (as he held himself engaged) to pay all respects and service to
+that Crown, as far as might consist with the interest of the Commonwealth
+whom he served.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 2, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Senator Sch&uuml;tt explains the delay in the negotiation.</span>
+Notwithstanding his great words against the Commonwealth and present
+treaty, yet Monsieur Sch&uuml;tt was pleased to afford a visit to Whitelocke,
+and they fell (amongst many other things) upon the following discourse<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Sch&uuml;tt.</i> My father was formerly ambassador from this Crown in England,
+where I was with him, which occasioned my desire to be known to you.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> Your father did honour to this country and to ours in that
+employment, and your Excellence honours me in this visit.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sch.</i> England is the noblest country and people that ever I saw: a more
+pleasant, fruitful, and healthful country, and a more gallant, stout, and
+rich people, are not in the world.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I perceive you have taken a true measure, both of the country and
+her inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sch.</i> This is my judgement of it, as well as my affection to it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Your country here is indeed more northerly, <a name="pg4" id="pg4"></a><span class="pagenum">4</span> but your people,
+especially the nobility, of a much-like honourable condition to ours;
+which may cause the more wonder at her Majesty&rsquo;s intention of leaving
+them, who are so affectionate to her.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sch.</i> Truly her Majesty&rsquo;s purpose of resignation is strange to
+foreigners, and much more to us, who are her subjects, most affectionate
+to her.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> It is reported that she hath consulted in this business with the
+Senators, whereof you are one.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sch.</i> Three Senators are deputed to confer with the Prince of Sweden,
+upon certain particulars to be observed in the resignation; and I hope
+that your Excellence will consider the importance of that affair, and
+will therefore attend with the more patience the issue thereof, being
+necessary that the advice of the Prince be had in it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Have the three deputed Senators any order to confer with the Prince
+about my business?</p>
+
+<p><i>Sch.</i> I believe they have.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I had been here two months before the Queen mentioned this design
+of hers to the Council, and have staid here all this time with patience,
+and shall so continue as my Lord Protector shall command me; and as soon
+as he requires my return I shall obey him.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sch.</i> The occasion of the delay hitherto was the uncertainty of the
+issue of your Dutch treaty; and at this season of the year it was
+impossible for you to return, till the passage be open.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I believe the alliance with England meriteth an acceptance, whether
+we have peace or war with Holland; and for my return, it is at the
+pleasure of the Protector.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg5" id="pg5"></a><span class="pagenum">5</span> They had much other discourse; and probably Sch&uuml;tt was sent purposely to
+excuse the delay of the treaty, for which he used many arguments not
+necessary to be repeated; and he came also to test Whitelocke touching
+advice to be had with the Prince about this treaty, whereunto Whitelocke
+showed no averseness.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Treacherous reports to England.</span>
+Whitelocke received his packet of two weeks from England. In a letter
+from his wife he was advertised that the Protector had spoken of his
+voyage to Sweden as if Whitelocke had not merited much by it, though he
+so earnestly persuaded it; and his wife wrote that she believed one of
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s family was false to him; and upon inquiry she suspected it
+to be &mdash;&mdash;, who gave intelligence to the Protector of all Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+words and actions in Sweden, to his prejudice, and very unbeseeming one
+of his family. This Whitelocke, comparing with some passages told him by
+his secretary of the same person, found there was cause enough to suspect
+him; yet to have one such among a hundred he thought no strange thing,
+nor for the Protector to alter his phrase when his turn was served. And
+though this gave ground enough of discontent to Whitelocke, yet he
+thought not fit to discover it, nor what other friends had written to
+him, doubting whether he should be honourably dealt with at his return
+home; but he was more troubled to hear of his wife&rsquo;s sickness, for whose
+health and his family&rsquo;s he made his supplication to the great Physician;
+and that he might be as well pleased with a private retirement, if God
+saw it good for him, at his return home, as the Queen seemed to be with
+her design of abdication from the heights and glories of a crown.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg6" id="pg6"></a><span class="pagenum">6</span> Part of the letters to Whitelocke were in cipher, being directions to
+him touching the Sound. He had full intelligence of all passages of the
+Dutch treaty, and a copy of the articles, from Thurloe; also the news of
+Scotland, Ireland, France, and the letters from the Dutch Resident here
+to his superiors in Holland, copies whereof Thurloe by money had
+procured. He wrote also of the Protector&rsquo;s being feasted by the City, and
+a full and large relation of all passages of moment. The Protector
+himself wrote also his letters to Whitelocke under his own hand, which
+were thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading"><span class="sidenote">Letter from the Protector.</span>
+&ldquo;<i>For the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;My Lord,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have a good while since received your letters sent by the ship
+that transported you to Gothenburg, and three other despatches
+since. By that of the 30th of December, and that of the 4th instant,
+I have received a particular account of what passed at your first
+audience, and what other proceedings have been upon your
+negotiation; which, so far as they have been communicated to me, I
+do well approve of, as having been managed by you with care and
+prudence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You will understand by Mr. Secretary Thurloe in what condition the
+treaty with the United Provinces is, in case it shall please God
+that a peace be made with them, which a little time will show; yet I
+see no reason to be diverted thereby from the former intentions of
+entering into an alliance with Sweden, nor that there will be
+anything in the league intended with the Low Countries repugnant
+thereunto, especially in things wherein you are already instructed
+fully. And for the matter of your third and fourth private
+instructions, if the Queen hath any mind thereto, upon your
+transmitting particulars hither such consideration will be had
+thereof as the then constitution <a name="pg7" id="pg7"></a><span class="pagenum">7</span> of affairs will lead unto. In the
+meantime you may assure the Queen of the constancy and reality of my
+intentions to settle a firm alliance with her. I commend you to the
+goodness of God.</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your loving friend,</p>
+<p class="signature smcap">&ldquo;Oliver P.</p>
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>Whitehall, 3rd February, 1653.</i>&rdquo;
+</p>
+
+</div>
+
+
+<h3>March 3, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The son of Oxenstiern formerly sent to England.</span>
+Grave John Oxenstiern, eldest son of the Chancellor, came to visit
+Whitelocke; a Ricks-Senator, and had been Ricks-Schatz-master, or High
+Treasurer, a place next in honour to that of his father. He had been
+formerly ambassador from this Crown to England; but because he was sent
+by the Chancellor his father, and the other Directors of the affairs of
+Sweden in the Queen&rsquo;s minority, which King Charles and his Council took
+not to be from a sovereign prince; and because his business touching the
+Prince Elect&rsquo;s settlement, and the affairs of Germany relating to Sweden,
+did not please our King; therefore this gentleman was not treated here
+with that respect and solemnity as he challenged to be due to him as an
+ambassador; which bred a distaste in him and his father against the King
+and Council here, as neglecting the father and the good offices which he
+tendered to King Charles and this nation, by slighting the son and his
+quality.</p>
+
+<p>The discourse between this Grave and Whitelocke was not long, though upon
+several matters; and he seemed to be sent to excuse the delay of the
+treaty with Whitelocke, for which he mentioned former <a name="pg8" id="pg8"></a><span class="pagenum">8</span> reasons, as his
+father&rsquo;s want of health, multiplicity of business, the expected issue of
+the Dutch treaty, and the like; and the same excuses were again repeated
+by Lagerfeldt, who came to Whitelocke from the Chancellor for the same
+purpose.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke had occasion to look into his new credentials and instructions
+from the Protector, which were thus.</p>
+
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading"><span class="sidenote">Whitelocke&rsquo;s new credentials and instructions.</span>
+&ldquo;<i>Oliver, Lord Protector, etc., to the Most Serene and Potent
+Prince Christina, etc., health and prosperity.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;Most Serene and Potent Queen,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;God, who is the great Disposer of all things, having been pleased
+in His unsearchable wisdom to make a change in the Government of
+these nations since the time that the noble B. Whitelocke,
+Constable, etc. went from hence, qualified and commissioned as
+Ambassador Extraordinary from the Parliament of the Commonwealth of
+England unto your Majesty, to communicate with you in things tending
+to the mutual good and utility of both the nations, we have thought
+it necessary upon this occasion to assure your Majesty that the
+present change of affairs here hath made no alteration of the good
+intentions on this side towards your Majesty and your dominions; but
+that as we hold ourself obliged, in the exercise of that power which
+God and the people have entrusted us with, to endeavour by all just
+and honourable means to hold a good correspondence with our
+neighbours, so more particularly with the Crown of Sweden, between
+whom and these nations there hath always been a firm amity and
+strict alliance; and therefore we have given instructions to the
+said Lord Whitelocke, answerable to such good desires, earnestly
+requesting your Majesty to give unto him favourable audience as
+often as he shall desire it, and full belief in what he shall
+propound on the behalf of these dominions. And so we heartily
+commend your Majesty and your affairs to the Divine protection.
+<a name="pg9" id="pg9"></a><span class="pagenum">9</span> Given at Whitehall this 23rd of December, Old Style, 1653.</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your good friend,</p>
+<p class="signature smcap">&ldquo;Oliver P.&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p>The following instructions were under the hand and private seal of the
+Protector<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading">&ldquo;<i>An Instruction for B. Whitelocke, Constable, etc., Ambassador
+Extraordinary from the Commonwealth of England to the Queen of
+Sweden.</i></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Whereas you were lately sent in the quality of Ambassador
+Extraordinary from the Parliament of the Commonwealth of England
+unto her Majesty the Queen of Sweden, for the renewing and
+contracting an alliance and confederation with that Queen and Crown,
+according to the commission and instructions you received from the
+said Parliament and the then Council of State; And whereas, since
+your departure hence, the then Parliament hath been dissolved, and
+the Government is settled and established in such a way that you
+will understand by letters from Mr. Thurloe, Secretary of the
+Council, who is directed to give unto you a full account hereof: Now
+lest the work you are upon (which is so necessary in itself to both
+the nations, and so sincerely desired on our part) should be
+interrupted or retarded by reason of the said change of affairs, and
+the question that may arise thereupon concerning the validity of
+your commission and instructions, I have thought fit, by advice of
+the Council, to write unto her Majesty new letters credential, a
+copy whereof you will receive herewith, which letters you are to
+present to the Queen. And you are also, by virtue of these presents,
+to let her Majesty know that the alteration of the Government here
+hath made no change in the good intentions on this side towards her
+Majesty and her dominions; but that she shall find the same
+readiness in me to maintain and increase all good intelligence and
+correspondence with that Queen and Crown <a name="pg10" id="pg10"></a><span class="pagenum">10</span> as in any the former
+governors of these nations. And to that end you are hereby
+authorized to proceed in your present negotiation, and to endeavour
+to bring the treaty with her Majesty to a good conclusion according
+to the tenour and effect of the commission, powers, and instructions
+you have already received, and which I shall by any further act
+ratify and confirm according as the nature of the business shall
+require.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Before your Lordship deliver these letters credential to the Queen,
+or make any addresses to her, you are to inform yourself fully of
+the reception you are like to have, and whether her intentions be to
+come to a treaty of amity with this State as the Government is now
+established, that no dishonour may befall us or these dominions in
+your addresses upon these letters and instructions. Given at
+Whitehall this 23rd of December, 1653.</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Oliver P.&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p>Whitelocke made many despatches this day to England.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 4, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Queen talks of visiting the Protector.</span>
+Whitelocke waited on the Queen and showed her part of the letters which
+he received from England, whereupon she again asked him if the Protector
+were <i>sacr&eacute;</i>? Whitelocke said, No, and that his letters mentioned only a
+solemnity of entertaining the Protector by the City of London. Whitelocke
+also communicated to her Majesty the Protector&rsquo;s letter to him, and the
+expression that Whitelocke should assure her Majesty of the Protector&rsquo;s
+constant and real intentions to settle a firm alliance with the Queen;
+which, she said, she was also most ready to make with the Protector.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke then said it might be fit to make some progress in his treaty
+upon his articles, and particularly <a name="pg11" id="pg11"></a><span class="pagenum">11</span> in those which concerned amity and
+commerce, and had no dependence on the issue of the treaty with Holland,
+and therefore might be had in consideration before the other were fully
+concluded, and the rest of the articles might be considered afterwards;
+which the Queen said should be done, and that she would send an
+ambassador to the Protector. She was very inquisitive concerning London
+and our Universities; by her discourse gave him to imagine she had
+thoughts of travelling into France, Spain, Italy, and into England; and
+asked Whitelocke if he thought the Protector would give way to her coming
+thither. Whitelocke answered, that the Protector would bid her Majesty
+very welcome thither.</p>
+
+<p>He was alone with her near two hours, and at his taking leave she desired
+him to come to her again on Monday next, and that then she would read
+over with him his articles, both in Latin and English, which they would
+consider together; and such things as she could consent unto she would
+tell him, and what she could not consent unto he should then know from
+her, and they might mark it in the margin as they went along. Yet she
+said she would have him to proceed in his conference with her Chancellor
+as before, and that nobody should know of that conference between her and
+Whitelocke; but she would so order the business that what they consented
+unto should be effected afterwards, and that in two hours they might go
+over all the articles. Whitelocke told her Majesty he presumed that she
+would admit of a free debate upon any of them. She said, by all means,
+that was reasonable; and in case the peace between England and Holland
+did not take effect, that then the ambassador, whom <a name="pg12" id="pg12"></a><span class="pagenum">12</span> she intended
+howsoever to send into England, might conclude upon such other articles
+as should be thought fit. Whitelocke asked her if she had any thoughts of
+being included in the Dutch treaty. She said, No, for she had not meddled
+with the war, and therefore desired not to be included in the peace with
+them.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Reports of the Dutch Resident adverse to Whitelocke.</span>
+From the Queen Whitelocke went and visited Piementelle, who showed him a
+letter he received from a great person in Flanders, mentioning that
+Beningen had written to his superiors that the English Ambassador and the
+Spanish Resident were often together, and had showed great respect to
+each other, which his Highness the Archduke liked very well, and gave
+Piementelle thanks for it; and though Monsieur Beningen did not like of
+their being so friendly, yet his superiors endeavoured all they could to
+have amity with England. When Whitelocke told him of the English fleet at
+sea, he said it was great pity the same was not employed. He then showed
+Whitelocke a letter from Beningen to his superiors, wherein he taxed
+Whitelocke with omitting the ceremony of meeting Prince Adolphus at his
+door. Whitelocke repeated to Piementelle the carriage of that business as
+before; and Piementelle said, that neither the Queen nor himself had ever
+heard the Prince express any dislike of Whitelocke&rsquo;s carriage; and that
+the Queen, seeing Beningen&rsquo;s letter, said there were many things in it
+concerning Whitelocke which upon her knowledge were not true. It was also
+said in the letter that the English Ambassador had many long audiences
+with her Majesty, and conferences with the Chancellor, but that he could
+not in the least learn what passed between them; with which Whitelocke
+had no cause to be displeased.</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="pg13" id="pg13"></a><span class="pagenum">13</span> March 5, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p><i>The Lord&rsquo;s Day.</i>&mdash;Whitelocke had two good sermons in his house, at which
+divers English and Scots, besides those of his family, were present. In
+the evening the Queen passed through the streets in her coach, with
+divers other coaches and her servants waiting on her, to take the air,
+though upon this day; and in the night, many disorderly drunkards were
+committing debaucheries and insolences in the town, and at Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+door.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 6, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Further excuses for delay.</span>
+Whitelocke visited Senator Sch&uuml;tt, who spake in excuse of the delay of
+his business. Whitelocke said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> I have already staid long in this place, and nothing is yet
+done in my business.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sch&uuml;tt.</i> Your stay here hath been of more advantage to England than if
+they had sent 10,000 men into Holland, who, by your stay here, will be
+brought on with the greater desire of making peace with you.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> They know nothing of my negotiation.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sch.</i> That makes them the more jealous; the slowness of one person is
+the cause that hitherto you have received no satisfaction, and I doubt
+not but ere long you will have answers to your contentment.</p>
+
+<p>Whilst Whitelocke was with him the Queen sent one of her gentlemen
+thither to him, to desire him to put off his visit of her Majesty till
+the next day, by reason she had then extraordinary business; and the
+messenger being gone, Sch&uuml;tt said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><i>Sch&uuml;tt.</i> The Queen is busy in despatching three senators to the Prince,
+Grave Eric Oxenstiern, Monsieur <a name="pg14" id="pg14"></a><span class="pagenum">14</span> Fleming, and Monsieur Vanderlin, who are
+deputed for the business of the Queen&rsquo;s resignation; and I, in a few
+days, shall be sent to the Prince.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> I pray do me the favour to present my service to his Royal
+Highness, whom I am very desirous to salute as soon as I can gain an
+opportunity; and do hope that his resort to this place will be before I
+shall be necessitated to return, that I may give myself the honour to
+kiss his hand.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke visits the Chief Justice of Sweden.</span>
+Whitelocke visited the Ricks-Droitset Grave Brahe, who is of the noble
+family of Tycho Brahe. He was President of the College of Justice, and
+the First Minister of State of the kingdom: the name of his office is as
+much as Viceroy, and his jurisdiction is a sovereign court for the
+administration of justice, and he hath power both civil and military. The
+office is in effect the same with that ancient officer with us called the
+Chief Justice of England. The habit of this Chief Justice of Sweden was a
+coat, and a furred cap of black, a sword and belt, and no cloak; two
+soldiers sentry at his chamber-door, which Whitelocke had not observed
+elsewhere but at the Court. They had much discourse of Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+business, wherein he testified affections to the Commonwealth of England,
+though Whitelocke had been informed that he was not their friend; but he
+the rather chose to visit him first, and found him very civil: he spake
+Latin very readily, and no French, although Whitelocke was told he could
+speak it well.</p>
+
+<p>He inquired much of the Commonwealth and affairs of England, and
+government of it, and seemed well pleased by Whitelocke&rsquo;s relation of it.
+He informed Whitelocke of the Swedish Government, and <a name="pg15" id="pg15"></a><span class="pagenum">15</span> particularly of
+his own office. He discoursed much of the Prince of Sweden, which
+Whitelocke judged the fitter for him to approve, because Prince
+Adolphus&rsquo;s lady was this Grave&rsquo;s daughter. He told Whitelocke that he had
+been Governor of Finland ten years together, which province he affirmed
+to be greater than France, and that the Queen&rsquo;s dominions were larger
+than France, Spain, Italy, all together. Whitelocke asked him if those
+countries were well peopled, and flourished with corn and good towns. He
+answered that Finland was well peopled, and had store of corn, and good
+towns; but that it was not so with Lapland and other countries further
+off. But he said that no part of Sweden had such towns as were in
+England, where he had been when he was a young man, which country he much
+praised; and Whitelocke had no cause to gainsay it.</p>
+
+<p>Piementelle sent to Whitelocke an atlas, in four great volumes, in
+acknowledgment of a vessel of Spanish wine which Whitelocke had before
+sent to him for a present.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 7, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>The Governor of Upsal, Monsieur Bannier, presented to Whitelocke three
+Latin books<span class="together">:&mdash;</span>1. The Story of Sweden; 2. Of the Laws of Sweden; 3. Of Sea
+Affairs; which were not ordinarily to be had.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke takes the air with the Queen.</span>
+The Queen sent one of her servants to invite Whitelocke to take the air
+with her in the fields; and being come to the castle, she excused her not
+being yet ready to confer with him upon his articles, as she had
+promised, but told him that she had ordered something to be written down
+on that subject to show to him. <a name="pg16" id="pg16"></a><span class="pagenum">16</span> She took him into her coach, where was
+the &ldquo;Belle Comtesse,&rdquo; the Countess Gabriel Oxenstiern, Prince Adolphus,
+Piementelle, Montecuculi, Tott, and Whitelocke. The Queen was very merry,
+and they were full of cheerful discourse. Being returned to the castle at
+night, she desired to hear Whitelocke&rsquo;s music, whom he sent for to the
+castle; and they played and sang in her presence, wherewith she seemed
+much pleased, and desired Whitelocke to thank them in her name. She said
+she never heard so good a concert of music, and of English songs; and
+desired Whitelocke, at his return to England, to procure her some to play
+on those instruments which would be most agreeable to her.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Chancellor falls ill.</span>
+Lagerfeldt came to Whitelocke in the Court, and told him that the
+Chancellor intended to have had a meeting with him this day, but was
+hindered by falling sick of an ague; but in case his health would not
+permit him to meet, that then his son Eric Oxenstiern, by the Queen&rsquo;s
+appointment, would meet and confer with Whitelocke about the treaty in
+place of his father. But Whitelocke was not glad of this deputation,
+wishing much rather to confer with the old man upon this subject, who was
+good-natured, civil, and affectionate to Whitelocke, than with the son,
+Grave Eric, who was of a more rugged and self-conceited humour, and not
+so soon gained by reason and convinced by arguments as the good old man
+his father used to be.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 8, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Chancellor&rsquo;s son resumes the negotiation.</span>
+Grave Eric Oxenstiern visited Whitelocke, and spake much to excuse the
+delay of his treaty; and said <a name="pg17" id="pg17"></a><span class="pagenum">17</span> that his father was very sick of an ague,
+and he believed the Queen would depute some other to confer with him, in
+case his father&rsquo;s health would not permit him that liberty.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> I am very sorry for the indisposition of <a name="cm1" id="cm1"></a><a href="#corr1" class="correction" title="Original reads 'our'">your</a> father,
+and for the delay of my business. I have been here about three months,
+and nothing is yet concluded.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> The uncertainty of your Dutch affair, and the Queen&rsquo;s desire
+to know the issue of it, hath occasioned this delay.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> As the points of amity and commerce, they concern not our Dutch
+treaty.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> You will be sure to receive all satisfaction and contentment
+on that subject; but there are many particulars of the commerce to be
+considered.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I cannot say much upon those particulars; but I was sent hither by
+my Lord Protector to testify his respect to the Queen and kingdom of
+Sweden, and to offer to them the amity of England, which I suppose that
+wise and experienced persons as you are will accept of; and for commerce
+my proposals are general.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> I confess the particulars thereof may more conveniently be
+treated on by merchants; and we do not so much desire a confederation
+with any nation as with England.</p>
+
+<p>It was supposed by Whitelocke, that by the deferring of his business
+here, the Hollanders would be in the more suspense and doubt of the issue
+of it, and might thereby come on the more freely in their treaty with
+England; whereas, if the issue of his business here were known, it might
+perhaps seem less to them than it was now suspected to be. Upon this
+ground, <a name="pg18" id="pg18"></a><span class="pagenum">18</span> though he spake of the delay, yet he did not so much press for a
+positive answer, but that he imagined the Dutch treaty might be brought
+to an issue; he intended to put on his business here, and the default
+hitherto rested on their part, as was acknowledged by their own excuses.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Discourse with the Chief Justice.</span>
+Whilst Eric was with Whitelocke, the Chief Justice came in. And after
+Grave Eric was gone the Chief Justice discoursed much concerning the
+Protector and his family, his extraction and pedigree, his former quality
+and condition, and his present state and manner of living: to which
+Whitelocke answered truly, and with honour to the Protector; and as to
+his present post, attendants, and ceremonies of his Court, he could not
+give so punctual an account, it being altered since his coming from
+England. He also inquired particularly concerning the Parliament, the
+forms of their summons, sitting, debating, voting, power, and authority;
+in all which Whitelocke was the better able to satisfy him, having been a
+Member of Parliament for almost thirty years together: and then the Chief
+Justice inquired further<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Chief Justice.</i> What opinions of Calvin are most in estimation in
+England? and what is the state of your religion there?</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> Neither Calvin&rsquo;s opinion nor Luther&rsquo;s are esteemed in
+England further than they are agreeable to the Holy Scriptures of the Old
+and New Testaments, which are the rules and contain the state of religion
+professed in England. But by what state of religion is the profanation of
+the Lord&rsquo;s Day, and of images and crucifixes in churches, permitted?</p>
+
+<p><i>Ch. Just.</i> No recreations or works are permitted <a name="pg19" id="pg19"></a><span class="pagenum">19</span> on Sundays till after
+divine service ended, and then Calvin permits them; and Luther is of
+opinion for the historical use of images and crucifixes, but not to pray
+to them.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Herein both the opinion of Calvin and that of Luther are expressly
+contrary to the Holy Scripture, and therefore not esteemed in these
+points in England.</p>
+
+<p>The Chief Justice eagerly asserted these opinions not to be contrary to
+the Scripture, but alleged no proof, either from thence or out of human
+authors, to make good his assertion. After much argumentation hereupon,
+the Chief Justice offered to Whitelocke that he would move the Queen for
+a speedy despatch of his business; and said, he did not doubt but that
+satisfaction would be given him therein.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke was the more desirous to get a conclusion of his business
+while Piementelle was here, because of his great favour with the Queen;
+which, with her respects to Montecuculi, both great Papists, caused
+Whitelocke to have the more doubt of her inclinations.</p>
+
+<p>Prince Adolphus made a great entertainment for Montecuculi, Piementelle,
+and most of the grandees in town; but Whitelocke was omitted, his humour
+and principles as to their jollities and drinking of healths not being
+agreeable to theirs; and he held this neglect no affliction to him.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 9, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>Whitelocke visited the Ricks-Admiral Oxenstiern, the Chancellor&rsquo;s
+brother, who received him with great <a name="pg20" id="pg20"></a><span class="pagenum">20</span> civility; and they discoursed very
+much of Whitelocke&rsquo;s business to the effect as others did.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke visits the Chancellor&rsquo;s eldest son.</span>
+He also visited Grave John Oxenstiern, the Chancellor&rsquo;s eldest son, whose
+carriage was elated. Two of his pages were sons of Earls, and had the
+title of Earls; his servants were some of them set at his outer door to
+receive Whitelocke; himself vouchsafed to meet him at the inner door,
+and, with supercilious reservedness of state, descended to say to
+Whitelocke that he was welcome. They discoursed of England, where this
+Grave had been, as is before remembered, and the distaste he there
+received, which possibly might cause his greater neglect of Whitelocke,
+who took little notice of it. He took upon him to be fully instructed in
+the affairs of England, and of the laws and government there; wherein
+Whitelocke presumed to rectify some of his mistakes.</p>
+
+<p>When he offered to move the Queen for despatch of Whitelocke&rsquo;s business,
+he answered, that he had done it himself already, and there would be no
+need to trouble any other. This occasioned some discourse about the
+treaty, to which, with great gravity, this General declared his judgement
+concerning contraband goods, that great care was to be taken therein, not
+to give any interruption to trade. Whitelocke said, that concerned
+England much more than Sweden. Then he took care that the English rebels
+and traitors might have favour in his country; but Whitelocke, knowing
+that he was neither employed nor versed in the business of his treaty,
+spent the fewer words in answer to his immaterial objections.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke confers with the Queen on the articles.</span>
+In the afternoon, Whitelocke attended the Queen, who excused her not
+having conferred with him about <a name="pg21" id="pg21"></a><span class="pagenum">21</span> his treaty. Whitelocke told her, that,
+if it were now seasonable, he had them ready, and they might read them
+over together; whereunto she consented, and he read them to her.</p>
+
+<p>She took out a paper of notes, written with her own hand in Latin, her
+observations upon the articles.</p>
+
+<p>1. After Whitelocke had read the first article, she said there was
+nothing therein which needed explanation.</p>
+
+<p>2. The second, she said, would require consideration, and read out of her
+notes the words &ldquo;communis interesse,&rdquo; which she desired Whitelocke to
+explain what was meant by them. He told her those words included matter
+of safety and matter of traffic. She then demanded why the Baltic Sea was
+named as to free navigation, and not other seas likewise. Whitelocke said
+the reason was, because at present navigation was not free in the Baltic
+Sea; but if she pleased to have other seas also named, he would consent
+to it. She asked if he would consent to freedom of navigation in America.
+Whitelocke told her he could not, and that the treaties of the
+Commonwealth were comprehended within the bounds of Europe. She asked him
+what he thought the Protector would do in case she demanded that liberty.
+He said, his Highness would give such an answer as should consist with
+the interest of England, and show a due regard to her Majesty.</p>
+
+<p>3. This third article she said she would agree unto, but she thought it
+necessary that a form should be agreed upon for certificates and letters
+of safe-conduct, that ships might pass free upon showing of them.
+Whitelocke said, he thought there would be no need of them, especially if
+the peace with the Dutch were <a name="pg22" id="pg22"></a><span class="pagenum">22</span> concluded. She replied, that if the war
+continued it would be necessary.</p>
+
+<p>4. She said she thought there would be no need of this article, and read
+another which she herself had drawn in Latin to this effect&mdash;&ldquo;That if any
+hereafter should commit treason, or be rebels in one country, they should
+not be harboured in the other.&rdquo; Whitelocke said, the article was already
+to that purpose, and he thought it necessary for the good of both
+nations. She said, it would be too sharp against divers officers who had
+served her father and herself, and were now settled in Sweden. Whitelocke
+offered that amendment which he before tendered to the Chancellor, which
+when she read, she told Whitelocke, that might include all those men whom
+she mentioned before. Whitelocke said, that, upon inquiry into it, he
+found not one excepted by name from pardon. She said, for anything to be
+done hereafter, it was reasonable, and she would consent to it.
+Whitelocke said, that if any hereafter should come into her country, who
+were excepted from pardon, it was also reasonable to include them in this
+article.</p>
+
+<p>5. She said that this and the second article would require further
+consideration; because if she should consent thereunto, it would declare
+her breach of the neutrality which she had hitherto kept. Whitelocke told
+her, if the peace were concluded with the Dutch, that neutrality would be
+gone; and if the war continued, he presumed she would not stick to
+declare otherwise then that neutrality. She said that was true, but she
+desired that this and the second article might be let alone until the
+issue of the Dutch treaty.</p>
+
+<p>6. The sixth article, she said, was reasonable.</p>
+
+<p>7. She took exception to the words &ldquo;bona &agrave; suis <a name="pg23" id="pg23"></a><span class="pagenum">23</span> cujusque inimicis
+direpta,&rdquo; which, she said, was a breach of her neutrality. To that
+Whitelocke answered as before upon the fifth article; and she desired it
+might be passed over as the second and fifth articles, till the issue of
+the Dutch treaty were known. She said she would desire the liberty of
+fishing for herrings. Whitelocke told her that upon equal conditions he
+presumed his Highness would consent to that which should be fit. She
+asked what conditions he would demand. Whitelocke said, those matters of
+commerce would be better agreed upon with the advice of merchants.</p>
+
+<p>8. The eighth article she said was equal.</p>
+
+<p>9. There was no difference upon it.</p>
+
+<p>10. She judged fit to be agreed upon.</p>
+
+<p>11. She made some short observations, which by explanation Whitelocke
+cleared, and she agreed.</p>
+
+<p>12. The like as upon the eleventh article.</p>
+
+<p>13. To this article she read in Latin an objection to the proviso, and
+said it was reasonable that, if they did break bulk, they should pay
+custom for so much only as they sold. Whitelocke told her that objection
+showed that there were great men merchants in Sweden, and that the
+objection was more in favour of the merchants than of herself. She said
+the merchants were crafty indeed; and she did not much insist upon it.</p>
+
+<p>14. The last article which Whitelocke had given in. To this she said it
+was fit that the men-of-war that should come into the other ports should
+be to a number ascertained, to avoid suspicion. Whitelocke said he would
+agree thereunto, with a caution, as in the first article, to be added: if
+they should be driven by tempest, force, or necessity, then to be
+dispensed with.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg24" id="pg24"></a><span class="pagenum">24</span> Whitelocke desired her Majesty to give him a copy of her objections. She
+told him, they were only a few things which she had written with her own
+hand, upon her apprehension of the articles, and that he should have them
+in writing; but she desired him not to acquaint any person here with this
+conference.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 10, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke&rsquo;s despatches to England.</span>
+Upon yesterday&rsquo;s conference with the Queen, Whitelocke wrote the passages
+thereof at large to Thurloe, to be communicated to the Council in
+England, and to pray their direction in some points which are set down
+thus in his letters<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;I shall desire to know the pleasure of my Lord Protector and
+Council, whether, in case I shall conclude those articles of amity
+and commerce, omitting the second, fifth, and seventh articles, if
+his Highness will be pleased to approve thereof. I confess my humble
+opinion is (unless I receive commands to the contrary) that in case
+the peace be concluded between us and Holland, and Denmark included,
+it will be no disadvantage to us to conclude the alliance here,
+omitting the second, fifth, and that part of the seventh article
+against which her Majesty objected, if she shall insist upon it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Another point wherein I pray direction is upon the sixteenth
+article of your treaty with the Dutch, that either Commonwealth
+shall be comprehended, if they desire it, in treaties with other
+Princes, and notice to be given of such treaties; whether in case
+your treaty with the Dutch shall be agreed, that then notice ought
+to be given to them of the treaty with the Queen of Sweden, and the
+Dutch to be offered to be comprehended therein; or whether, the
+treaty here being begun before that with the Dutch concluded, there
+will be any cause to give such notice to them, or to <a name="pg25" id="pg25"></a><span class="pagenum">25</span> give notice to
+the Queen of your treaty with the Dutch; which you will be pleased
+to consider.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am very willing to hasten homewards when I may obtain my Lord&rsquo;s
+order; and that it will be no prejudice here to your service, as I
+conceive such a conclusion would not at all be.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I presume you have heard of the news at Antwerp, which is very
+fresh here this week, that the Archduke hath imprisoned the Duke of
+Lorraine in the castle of Antwerp, which caused the gates of the
+town to be shut; and that hath occasioned to your friends here the
+loss of the comfort of this week&rsquo;s letters from England, the post
+being stayed there, as I was certified from your Resident at
+Hamburg.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>Many despatches were made by Whitelocke to his friends in England, as his
+constant course was.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 11, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Admiral Oxenstiern visits Whitelocke.</span>
+The Ricks-Admiral visited Whitelocke. He discoursed of the treaty here,
+and said that the Queen had not yet informed the Council of it in
+particular. He much inquired of the nobility of England, of the Earls and
+Barons, and of their privileges, and what rank their children had, and of
+the several orders of knights, and of their original; in which matters
+Whitelocke was able to give him some satisfaction. He told Whitelocke
+that the Duke of Lorraine was imprisoned for conspiring with the Count de
+Bassigni to betray three strong towns to the King of France.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Interview with Prince Adolphus.</span>
+Whitelocke visited Prince Adolphus, who also discoursed of his business,
+as others did. Whitelocke told him of his long being here without any
+answer. The Prince said, the Queen&rsquo;s designs to introduce a <a name="pg26" id="pg26"></a><span class="pagenum">26</span> mutation
+might cause it. Whitelocke said he believed that the amity of England
+deserved so much regard as to be embraced; and that it would be all one
+whether the treaty should be agreed upon by the Queen or by her
+successor, for it concerned the people and State of both nations; and he
+presumed that if the Queen should consent to it, that his Highness&rsquo;s
+brother would have the like good opinion of it. The Prince said it would
+be most agreeable to his brother, who very much respected the English
+nation, as generally the Swedish people did. He said that he never was
+present at the Council, nor did meddle with any public business; but he
+doubted not but that Whitelocke would receive contentment. Whitelocke
+said he promised himself so much, being the Protector had sent him hither
+to testify his respects to the Queen and to the kingdom of Sweden, and to
+offer them the amity of England.</p>
+
+<p>The Prince also discoursed of the late King of England, and of the
+proceedings between him and the Parliament, with great dislike thereof;
+to which Whitelocke gave him an account, and a modest answer declining
+that argument with the Prince, and telling him that every nation had
+their particular rights and laws, according to which they were governed.
+He testified great respect to Whitelocke; and when he took his leave the
+Prince conducted him as far as the great court, which he used not to do
+to others of Whitelocke&rsquo;s quality.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 12, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The treaty delayed by reason of the Queen&rsquo;s abdication.</span>
+Mr. Bloome&mdash;who had been formerly a servant to the old Duke of Buckingham
+in England, and after that coming to Sweden, was entertained by the
+Chancellor, <a name="pg27" id="pg27"></a><span class="pagenum">27</span> and his great creature, and had been employed by him as a
+public minister&mdash;did the honour to Whitelocke to be often with him, and
+now, after dinner, discoursed much of the revolution which was likely to
+happen in this country by the Queen&rsquo;s resignation; upon which subject
+Whitelocke thought not fit to speak much in company.</p>
+
+<p>Afterwards in private Whitelocke asked Mr. Bloome if he had heard the
+Chancellor speak of deferring his business till the Prince were crowned.
+Bloome confessed he heard the Chancellor say that he thought it would be
+more convenient to have Whitelocke&rsquo;s business resolved after the King
+should be crowned than at present. Whitelocke told him (which he supposed
+Bloome would again relate to the Chancellor) that all acts of such nature
+concluded by the Queen before her resignation would be held authentic by
+her successor. Bloome said he believed so, but, being the change would be
+so soon, he thought it might be better to have the business put into the
+hands of the new King. Whitelocke said it would require a long time to
+expect the new King&rsquo;s settlement, before which he believed his return
+home might be commanded. Bloome said the business would be soon done
+after the meeting of the Ricksdag, which did not use to sit long. By this
+and other discourses Whitelocke found that there was a purpose in some to
+defer the conclusion of his treaty to the King, which he therefore
+prepared to prevent.</p>
+
+<p>La Belle Comtesse made a great entertainment and ball for Montecuculi and
+the rest of the gallants this night, though it were the Lord&rsquo;s Day; but
+Whitelocke nor none of his company were present at it.</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="pg28" id="pg28"></a><span class="pagenum">28</span> March 13, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke confers with Count Eric Oxenstiern on the
+articles.</span>
+Grave Eric came to Whitelocke to confer about his treaty, and said to
+him.</p>
+
+<p><i>Grave Eric.</i> The Queen hath commanded me to come to you and to have some
+conference with you about your proposals, wherein she is pleased to make
+use of my service, because at this time my father is very ill of an ague,
+and is not able himself to meet with you; and his former indisposition of
+health and extraordinary affairs hath been some occasion of hindrance of
+the despatch of your business, as have also the uncertainty of the issue
+of your treaty with Holland, and our great business of the Queen&rsquo;s
+intentions here.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> I have long expected some answer to be given in my
+business, the greatest part whereof hath no dependence upon the treaty
+with Holland, and the Queen&rsquo;s intentions here have been but lately made
+known. I have been three months in this place without any answer to my
+business, although I presume that the amity of England is grateful to
+this nation, and may merit the acceptance.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> So is the friendship of Sweden.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> My Lord Protector hath testified that by sending me hither.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> The Queen hath likewise sent several public ministers to
+England, and Mr. Lagerfeldt was a long time there without effecting
+anything.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> He had answers to his proposals very often, and it was on his part
+that a conclusion was not had with him. But if you please to proceed to a
+conference upon my proposals, I am ready to treat with <a name="pg29" id="pg29"></a><span class="pagenum">29</span> you, as I have
+always been to treat with my Lord Chancellor, your father, for whose
+ill-health I am heartily sorry.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> I am ready in the same way of secresy as it hath been carried
+with my father, so that Mr. Beningen in his letters to his superiors
+saith that the English Ambassador did treat with none but the Queen
+alone, and sometimes alone with the Chancellor, whereby he could not
+possibly give any account of those transactions; for he thought that not
+one person in Sweden, except the Queen and the Chancellor, knew what they
+were.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The gentleman hath done me an honour in that expression.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> My coming to your Excellence is to proceed in your business;
+and I desire a consideration may be had of the great losses which the
+Queen&rsquo;s subjects have sustained by the seizing and detaining of their
+ships by the English.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> This is a new objection, and I am neither empowered nor have
+ability to cast up such accounts or to take such examinations; but there
+is a court of justice in England, which I presume has done, and will do,
+right to any who have cause to complain; and I know that my Lord
+Protector will command that justice shall be done to all the Queen&rsquo;s
+subjects; and if any of them have received any injury, they ought to
+receive a just satisfaction from the parties that did them wrong; and, if
+you please, I shall mention these things in my letters to England, and
+when I come thither myself I will personally endeavour that the same may
+be had fully.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> I hope a just satisfaction will be given <a name="pg30" id="pg30"></a><span class="pagenum">30</span> herein, without
+which there can be no solid foundation of amity between the two nations
+and their people.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The same is reasonably and mutually to be expected; and I make no
+question but my Lord Protector will order right to be done therein.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> The Queen&rsquo;s subjects have received great losses under colour
+of contraband goods, when the same hath not been proved.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> And many of our allies have been found to colour our enemies&rsquo; goods
+to the damage of England; but these matters will be proper for an
+examination elsewhere.</p>
+
+<p>They proceeded to the particular articles.</p>
+
+<p>1. This, Eric said, was equal.</p>
+
+<p>2. He made the same objections as the Queen had done, and Whitelocke gave
+the same answers; and Eric said that this article depended upon our
+treaty with the Dutch.</p>
+
+<p>3. Eric desired an explanation of the words &ldquo;omnibus in locis quibus
+hactenus commercium exercebatur,&rdquo;&mdash;whether that were not intended to
+include the English plantations in America, because traffic thither,
+without special license, was prohibited by our Commonwealth; and he said
+it would be unequal for the English to have the full traffic in the
+Queen&rsquo;s dominions, and her subjects not to have the like in our
+Commonwealth. Whitelocke answered, that the English desired no traffic in
+any of the Queen&rsquo;s dominions out of Europe, and therefore it was equal
+not to consent to their traffic in America; and that the opinion of the
+Council of State in England had been made known to Mr. Lagerfeldt in
+England, in this point; which paper Whitelocke then showed, and the Grave
+<a name="pg31" id="pg31"></a><span class="pagenum">31</span> urged many other arguments, but Whitelocke kept himself to the paper of
+the Council.</p>
+
+<p>Eric said, those transactions of Lagerfeldt were remitted to Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+Embassy. Whitelocke said, that whatever his instructions might warrant,
+yet it would not become him to do anything contrary to that wherein the
+Council of State had declared their judgement. The same answer Whitelocke
+gave him concerning the herring-fishing, which Eric much insisted upon;
+and as to the pre-emption of the commodities of Sweden, mentioned in the
+Council&rsquo;s paper, which Whitelocke showed him, Eric said that could not
+be, because those commodities were of very great value, and belonged to
+several private persons; and he demanded of Whitelocke if he thought
+England would be contented to give a pre-emption of all their cloth.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke said, the cloth of England was likewise of very great value,
+and there would hardly be found one stock to buy it all, and there were
+several staples in other countries to vent it at; and he said he thought
+the best way would be, first to agree upon the general amity and commerce
+between the two nations, and afterwards, if Sweden held it fit, when they
+sent an ambassador to England, or otherwise, to propound anything
+concerning the fishing for herrings or the traffic in America, or
+touching a staple at Narva, Revel, or Gothenburg (which Eric likewise
+discoursed of at large), that the Protector would give a fair and just
+answer.</p>
+
+<p>4. Eric made the same objections that the Queen had done, and had the
+same answers.</p>
+
+<p>5. The like discourse was upon this article.</p>
+
+<p>6. The sixth, Eric said, was the same in effect with <a name="pg32" id="pg32"></a><span class="pagenum">32</span> the fourth article,
+and might be adjoined to it. Whitelocke showed him the difference,
+chiefly in the beginning of this article; and so they passed on.</p>
+
+<p>7. They had many arguments touching contraband goods, wherein Whitelocke
+held himself to the paper given by the Council to Lagerfeldt; and Eric
+passed it over, as depending upon the success of the treaty with Holland,
+especially in the words &ldquo;bona &agrave; suis cujusque inimicis direpta.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>8. This, Eric thought, would need explanation of the words &ldquo;in quolibet
+suorum marium.&rdquo; Whitelocke told him that was intended in Europe only.</p>
+
+<p>9. Eric said the words &ldquo;armatis vel inermibus&rdquo; were not necessary,
+because by the law of Sweden any might carry their arms with them.
+Whitelocke told him that it was not permitted in England for so many
+together without license.</p>
+
+<p>10. Eric made no objection to this article.</p>
+
+<p>11. Nor any to this article.</p>
+
+<p>12. Nor was anything objected to this article.</p>
+
+<p>13. Eric said the proviso needed explanation as to the point of breaking
+bulk, as the Queen had objected; and Whitelocke gave the same answer.</p>
+
+<p>14. The like objections and answers as before, and consent to the like
+amendment.</p>
+
+<p>Eric and much other good company dined with Whitelocke, and after dinner
+they had further discourse on the same subject. And Eric promised to give
+his objections to Whitelocke in writing, and to let him know the Queen&rsquo;s
+pleasure upon their conference; which Whitelocke intended to know also
+from the Queen herself.</p>
+
+<p>The company being gone, Whitelocke visited Piementelle, <a name="pg33" id="pg33"></a><span class="pagenum">33</span> who discoursed
+much touching the Duke of Lorraine, and of the insolencies of his
+soldiers, for which the Duke would give no right; but if a poor
+countryman complained to him, that his wife had been ravished by his
+soldiers, and his goods taken away, the Duke would laugh at the poor man,
+and say to him, &ldquo;It is my condition: the King of France hath ravished my
+wife and my estate, and I have got another wife, and maintain myself with
+the goods of others; and I advise thee to do the same as I have done.&rdquo;
+Piementelle informed Whitelocke of a carriage of Beningen of much more
+incivility towards the Queen than that which he attributed to Whitelocke
+towards Prince Adolphus; and Whitelocke imparted to Piementelle some
+passages between Grave Eric and Whitelocke, supposing he would tell it to
+the Queen.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 14, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Interview with General Wrangel.</span>
+Four of the Queen&rsquo;s servants did Whitelocke the honour to dine with him;
+and after they were gone, Whitelocke visited the Field-Marshal Wrangel, a
+gentleman of an ancient noble family in this country, son to General
+Wrangel, of whom so often and so honourable mention is made in the German
+wars under Gustavus Adolphus, the Queen&rsquo;s father.</p>
+
+<p>This Field-Marshal was about thirty-five years of age; his person proper
+and burly, his countenance martial and ingenuous, and his discourse
+answerable; his behaviour courteous, and full of cheerfulness in his
+words and actions. His education was liberal; some time he had spent in
+foreign parts, and had attained languages and the military part of
+learning. He was <a name="pg34" id="pg34"></a><span class="pagenum">34</span> full of knowledge of the mathematics, and well read in
+story. His genius led him most to warfare, and the sea affairs seemed
+most suitable to his affections; whereof he would much discourse with
+Whitelocke, and admired his relations of the English fleets and havens.
+His valour and conduct had commonly the best associate, good success,
+which he used to improve, not parting with the least advantage. This
+brought him to the favour of his Queen and honour of his country, wherein
+he was a Ricks-Senator, and as a Field-Marshal commanded the army, and
+was Ricks-Vice-Admiral, which charge he attained in the late war with
+Denmark; and he it was that took the King of Denmark&rsquo;s ships in the late
+fight with them. Whitelocke gave him thanks for his favours to
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s son at Stockholm; they discoursed of the English navy,
+whereof Wrangel knew many of the ships by name. He told Whitelocke that
+Middleton was arrived in Scotland with two hundred officers and six
+thousand arms, which he brought from the Low Countries.</p>
+
+<p>From Wrangel Whitelocke went to visit Woolfeldt, to congratulate his
+recovery of health. He told Whitelocke that, by letters which he received
+from one of his servants in the Low Countries, he was advertised that the
+States had sold above twenty of their ships of war, and that his servant
+heard the Admiral de Witt speak of it. He also told Whitelocke that he
+had spoken with many officers of the army, and found all of them wish
+that the war between England and Holland might continue; by which they
+hoped they should join with the English, and gain advantage by it, and
+themselves good employment and plunder. But he said that the Chancellor
+and his sons, and <a name="pg35" id="pg35"></a><span class="pagenum">35</span> their party, desired that a peace might be between the
+two Commonwealths, because they were rich enough, and had an interest in
+trade, and were no soldiers; and that the Queen desired peace among all
+her neighbours, and although she was very courageous, yet she loved not
+the wars.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 15, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Further conference with the Queen.</span>
+Whitelocke waited on the Queen, and gave her an account of the conference
+between Grave Eric and him. The Queen said that Grave Eric had told her
+the same things. Whitelocke replied, that her Majesty should never find
+other than truth from him. Upon the point of damages she seemed
+satisfied, though she were informed that those matters were remitted to
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s negotiation. To which he answered as he had done before to
+Eric; and she was contented, and said she would send an ambassador to
+England, by whom the affairs touching the herring-fishing and the
+erection of a staple and the trade in America might be concluded; and she
+told Whitelocke that she had ordered those things which she judged fit to
+be added to his articles, to be written down and given to him.</p>
+
+<p>She asked Whitelocke by what way he purposed to return to England. He
+said he was doubtful of going by land, and thought the passage from
+Stockholm to L&uuml;beck would be the shortest and most convenient for him.
+She replied, that would be his best way, and that she would give order
+for some of her ships to be ready to transport him; for which Whitelocke
+thanked her Majesty.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg36" id="pg36"></a><span class="pagenum">36</span> She discoursed much of England, and asked many questions about the
+Thames and other rivers of England, and of their havens and armies;
+whereof Whitelocke gave her a full account. She asked him in how many
+days one might go from Plymouth to St. Sebastian, and many other things
+on that subject. They also discoursed of religion and the worship and
+service of God; wherein Whitelocke spake plainly and freely to her
+Majesty, and told her that those who made a mock at religion, and were
+Atheists in their opinion, were not only most miserable in their own
+condition, but brought others likewise into misery; and all of them would
+find that God would not be mocked, nor such conversation be excused, but
+would be brought into a sad account in the end; and that there was no
+foundation in any such people, or in their opinions, but what was sandy
+and would fail, and all building thereupon would totter and fall down and
+become rubbish; that the only solid comfort and true wisdom lay in the
+sincere worship and service of God, which was not only agreeable to the
+doctrine of truth, but to reason itself. To this, and much of the like
+discourse, the Queen was very attentive, and seemed pleased with it.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 16, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Despatches from England.</span>
+Whitelocke received his letters from England, and in those from Thurloe
+he writes thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;The particular account your Excellence gives of your negotiation is
+very acceptable here, as is also your dexterous management thereof.
+The paper you were pleased to send to me shall be represented to the
+Council; and your Excellence <a name="pg37" id="pg37"></a><span class="pagenum">37</span> may be assured that a due care will be
+taken of that business, as well for justice&rsquo; sake as that your
+present business be not hindered by things of this kind. The bales
+of the Queen&rsquo;s goods shall also be taken care of, and any omissions
+which have been therein rectified; and I do assure your Excellence
+that the Queen&rsquo;s Commissary here hath such speedy and effectual
+despatches in everything he makes application for, that I know he
+cannot but give notice of it to the Queen.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>Then he gives in his letters a full relation of the state of the Dutch
+treaty, and all particulars of it, and the likelihood of its taking
+effect; and gives intelligence of the French news; and sends copies of
+Beningen&rsquo;s letters from Upsal to the States, and of the posture of
+affairs in England, Scotland, and Ireland: and concludes,&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Therefore, with my humble thanks for your Excellence&rsquo;s favour to me
+of your weekly letters, and hearty wishes for your safe and
+honourable return to your friends and relations here, I rest,</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">&ldquo;Your Excellence&rsquo;s most humble and faithful servant,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">Jo. Thurloe.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>February 16, 1653.</i>&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p>Whitelocke received many letters from his private friends, his
+brothers-in-law, Mr. Hall, Mr. Cokaine, Mr. Eltonhead, Sir Charles
+Woolsey, Colonel Sydenham, and one from Mr. Selden, which for the
+extraordinary respect thereof, and the person&rsquo;s sake (of whom the Queen
+made often inquiry), is fit to be remembered, and was thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading"><span class="sidenote">Letter from Selden.</span>
+&ldquo;<i>To his Excellence the Lord Whitelocke, Lord Ambassador to her Most
+Excellent Majesty of Sweden.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;May it please your Excellence,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is nothing happens here that can be worthy of <a name="pg38" id="pg38"></a><span class="pagenum">38</span> your knowledge
+but you meet with it doubtless long before I could send it,&mdash;indeed,
+I think, long before I know it,&mdash;so that I cannot present you with
+any English news: my still keeping in from the open cold air makes
+me a mere winter stranger in my own country. The best news I have
+heard since I had the honour to see you, and that which brought me
+with it an ample store of gladness, was the assurance of your
+Excellence&rsquo;s safety, which a false rumour with great confidence had
+utterly destroyed here. There is none living can with more hearty
+affection wish all happiness to you, and good success in your great
+employment there, and a safe and timely return, than doth most
+really,</p>
+
+<p class="yours2">
+&ldquo;Your Excellence&rsquo;s most obliged
+</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;and most humble servant,
+</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">&ldquo;J. Selden.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>Whitefriars, February 10, 1653.</i>&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p>The occasion of that passage in his letter of a false rumour was news
+brought into England that Whitelocke was stabbed and murdered in Sweden;
+and thus his death was with much confidence reported from several hands,
+and from divers intelligences out of several parts of Christendom.
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s friends were much startled at this news, and the more
+because of former intelligences of designs of that nature against him,
+whereof they wrote him word; and he was glad to read the news, and that,
+through the goodness of God, he was able to confute those reports. They
+were kept from Whitelocke&rsquo;s wife by the care of his friends, till one in
+gladness came to give her joy that the ill news of her husband was not
+true; which brought the whole matter to her knowledge, and herself to
+great perplexity upon the sudden apprehension and fright of it, though
+there was no truth in it.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke, that he might not seem wholly to neglect <a name="pg39" id="pg39"></a><span class="pagenum">39</span> the Queen&rsquo;s favour,
+had sent a packet of his letters which had no secrets unto Monsieur
+Bonele, the Queen&rsquo;s Commissary in England, who wrote back an account to
+Whitelocke of his care of them, and of the command he had received from
+the Queen so to do, and prayed Whitelocke to speak to the Queen on
+Bonele&rsquo;s behalf.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 17, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Prince Adolphus visits Whitelocke.</span>
+Prince Adolphus visited Whitelocke, and they discoursed much of England
+and of Whitelocke&rsquo;s business; whom the Prince persuaded to stay in
+patience for an answer, and he doubted not but that he would receive
+satisfaction. Whitelocke said that hitherto he had been very patient, and
+would continue so, and not importune anybody to speed his answer, being
+it concerned both nations; and he believed that Sweden would be as well
+disposed to entertain the amity of England as England had been in the
+offer of it. But Whitelocke thought fit to inform the Prince and some
+others that he thought his residence here would not be long, and that as
+soon as my Lord Protector should send his letter for his return to
+England (which he expected in a short time), he would presently take his
+journey. They discoursed also touching his brother, who was to succeed,
+and of the brotherly affection between them; as also of the proposal
+which had been heretofore made in the Ricksdag of the Queen to marry his
+Royal Highness, and the Council&rsquo;s advice and endeavours to further the
+same; and how it was not brought to pass, the Queen being wholly adverse
+to marriage, but causing the succession of the Prince Palatine to be
+enacted by the Ricksdag after her <a name="pg40" id="pg40"></a><span class="pagenum">40</span> Majesty, if she had no children. And
+in these particulars the Prince was free in his discourse, but Whitelocke
+thought not fit for him to be so.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Letter of Jonathan Pickes.</span>
+Whitelocke communicated to some of his company a letter which he received
+from a member of a congregation in London, which was thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading">&ldquo;<i>For his Excellence the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke at Sweden.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;My Lord,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The wise and holy carriage of Solomon before the Queen of Sheba are
+more lasting monuments of his praise than his targets of gold, or
+magnificent temple. The glory of saints is a glorious name, by
+which, though dead, yet they speak. God will not be ungrateful, nor
+unfaithful to forget or not to recompense any labour of love. The
+interest of Christ,&mdash;what greater jewel in the world! and yet how
+little liked and loved by the world! All seek their own, not the
+things of Jesus Christ. The best, the noblest, the most lasting, yet
+not minded: our own things, poor, low, uncertain, unsatisfactory,
+yet pursued. The heart runneth after the wedge of gold, and the mind
+seeks for greatness. Give me honour, or else I die: a crown here is
+more desired than heaven hereafter. Divine love hath great danger
+accompanying it, but the recompense is answerable: &lsquo;Be thou faithful
+unto death, and I will give thee a crown of life.&rsquo; Learned Paul
+counts all things but dung and dross to holy Christ; and Moses
+esteemed reproaches for Christ, and afflictions with the people of
+Christ, greater riches than the treasures of Egypt or the honours at
+Court. And now, Sir, will you have the meaning of all? It is only a
+Christian motive to you to eye the highest Lord and the best
+interest with the greatest industry; that his honour, which is best
+of all, be dearer to you than all country honour: life, world, are
+not to be named in the day of his glory. Oh mind him who will not
+forget you in the least! There&rsquo;s none in heaven like him: can there
+be anything on earth <a name="pg41" id="pg41"></a><span class="pagenum">41</span> compared to him? Two things are chiefly to be
+minded in all actings,&mdash;the springs from whence, and the centre to
+which, all moves. If love to God be the spring of all, and glory for
+God the centre of all, then the heart is upright in all. Remember
+the blessed sound, &lsquo;Well done, thou good and faithful servant; thou
+hast been faithful in a little, but thou shalt be enjoyer of much;
+enter into thy Lord&rsquo;s joy.&rsquo; And truly, Sir, you have been not a
+little in my thoughts to God for you; so hath it emboldened me thus
+to speak to God for you. My soul and many more have been set
+a-praising God on your behalf, for that noble Christian testimony
+and dislike of that wicked custom of cup-health pledging; whereas a
+Christian&rsquo;s health is God, and his cup salvation. And blessed be the
+Lord, that did give you to dislike the ball of pleasure, and that
+the Lord of that day was so precious. Go on nobly for the Lord; give
+your testimony against the wicked customs of a strange country or
+dying world; bear his image in all your transactions, and follow his
+steps who was the most glorious Ambassador that ever was; and in
+this motion the Lord fill your sails with his gales, make you holily
+successful, and give you to see your land and relations full of
+heavenly fruition, is the humble and hearty desire of one of the
+least sons of Zion, ready to serve the Lord in you or yours.</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">&ldquo;Jonathan Pickes.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+
+<h3>March 18, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>Doctor Whistler made a copy of Latin verses upon the Queen&rsquo;s abdication,
+which, for the ingenuity and fancy, were worthy the sight of a Prince;
+and Whitelocke sent them to the Queen, who was much taken with them.
+Whitelocke was so pleased with those verses that, having a little
+leisure, himself turned them into English.<a name="fnm41_1" id="fnm41_1"></a><a href="#fn41_1" class="fnnum">41</a></p>
+
+<p><a name="pg42" id="pg42"></a><span class="pagenum">42</span> Whitelocke having sent to know if the Queen were at leisure that he
+might wait upon her, she returned an excuse that she was not well: she
+came away sick from the public schools, where she had been to grace the
+disputations of a young Swedish Baron with her presence.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Effect of the peace with Holland.</span>
+Senator Bundt visited Whitelocke, and discoursed with him in English,
+which he spake indifferently well, and was the only Swede he conversed
+with in that language. Part of their discourse was to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Bundt.</i> Mr. Beningen, the Holland Resident in this Court, acquainted me
+that his superiors have concluded the agreement with England: only some
+provinces desire a more express inclusion of the King of Denmark than is
+yet contained in the articles; and they are much troubled that, being
+upon the conclusion of the treaty, you make so great preparations of war,
+and have so powerful a fleet at sea; and we here do much wonder what
+should be your design to have so strong a fleet, and so soon out at sea.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The design is for the defence of the Commonwealth; and it is our
+custom not to trust to the success of any treaties, which is uncertain,
+but to prepare for all events. If the treaty be agreed, it will be
+religiously observed on our part, and the navy will be employed to scour
+the seas of pirates and enemies, that trade may be free and safe; and we
+always use in time of peace to have a fleet at sea; and if the war
+continue, we shall be the more ready, by the blessing of God, to maintain
+our right. But what suspicion have you here of our navy?</p>
+
+<p><i>Bundt.</i> We suppose it may be employed to open the <a name="pg43" id="pg43"></a><span class="pagenum">43</span> passage of the Sound,
+and make the trade and navigation there free.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The hindrance of navigation there is more <a name="cm2" id="cm2"></a><a href="#corr2" class="correction" title="Original reads 'prejudical'" >prejudicial</a> to Sweden
+than to England. We can have our commodities at Gothenburg and in other
+places, without passing the Baltic Sea.</p>
+
+<p><i>Bundt.</i> Many amongst us know not what to think of your fleet, and it
+troubles some.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I hope we shall be in nearer amity, and then you will be pleased at
+it. Have the Senators consulted about the matters of my treaty, or of
+remitting it to the new King?</p>
+
+<p><i>Bundt.</i> We have not advised any such thing, but believe the best way for
+effecting your business will be by the Queen herself; and if any tell you
+the contrary, they are much mistaken in the affairs of this kingdom, and
+do not give you a right understanding of them.</p>
+
+<p>This being wholly contrary to what was informed by Monsieur Bloome, the
+Chancellor&rsquo;s creature, caused Whitelocke the more to mind it, and
+endeavour to obviate that prejudice of delay to his business; and finding
+by this discourse with Bundt how much the Dutch Resident and others here
+were amused at the English fleet now at sea, he made use thereof, and
+gave advice of it to his superiors in England.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 19, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Intrigues of the Dutch Resident against Whitelocke.</span>
+Whitelocke sent to inquire of the Queen&rsquo;s health; and it being the Lord&rsquo;s
+Day, she was in her chapel. Divers English and Scots of the town came to
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s house to hear sermons there; and among them <a name="pg44" id="pg44"></a><span class="pagenum">44</span> was Monsieur
+Ravius, who acquainted Whitelocke that one of the Queen&rsquo;s chaplains asked
+Ravius how long Whitelocke intended to stay in Sweden. Ravius said he
+would shortly return to his own country. The chaplain replied, he did not
+believe that, but he thought Whitelocke would stay here a long time, and
+that he durst not return to England because of the displeasure of the
+Protector against him. And when he was answered that Whitelocke came
+hither not in the posture of a man out of favour, and that the Protector
+since his accession to the Government had sent him new credentials, and
+expressed much favour to him, and sent to be certified what respect the
+Queen gave him, the chaplain replied that Whitelocke was sent hither
+purposely to be removed out of England, and because he had been of the
+former Parliament; to which Ravius said, that many who were of the former
+Parliament were now in public offices, as Whitelocke was.</p>
+
+<p>There was cause to believe that this and many the like stories were
+feigned by the Holland Resident and other enemies of the Commonwealth, to
+asperse Whitelocke and his business, and to give some obstruction to it;
+but Whitelocke took little notice of such things, only he thanked
+Monsieur Ravius for his defence of Whitelocke and of the truth.</p>
+
+<p>It was also related to Whitelocke that the inauguration of his Royal
+Highness could not probably be performed till the feast of St. John the
+Baptist, and that then nothing could be concluded in his business till
+the feast (as they expressed it) of the Holy Archangel St. Michael next
+following, because it was fit to be remitted to the Prince for his final
+agreement thereunto; and so the treaty must necessarily receive a
+deferring <a name="pg45" id="pg45"></a><span class="pagenum">45</span> till that time, which, they said, would be best for
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s affairs. Whitelocke told them that it would be somewhat
+difficult to persuade him that such a delay of his business would be
+best; he was sufficiently convinced of the contrary, and that such an
+obstruction would render his treaty wholly fruitless both to England and
+Sweden, and that he hoped to be himself in England long before the time
+which they prefixed for the beginning of his treaty with the new King;
+and that he daily expected the commands of the Protector touching his
+return home, which he should readily and willingly obey, whether his
+treaty here should be concluded or not. He spake the more to this effect,
+and the oftener, that the same might come to the ear of the Chancellor
+and other senators.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 20, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Peace signed between England and the United Provinces.</span>
+Whitelocke visited Piementelle, who communicated to him the news of the
+Duke of Lorraine, and that the United Provinces of the Netherlands had
+ratified the articles with England. Whitelocke asked if Groningen had
+consented. He said yes, but with this restriction, that the Prince of
+Orange should be comprised in the treaty, which might yet cause some
+obstruction in it. Whitelocke imparted to him some of his news, and
+imparted such passages of his conferences and business as he desired
+might by him be related to the Queen.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Senator Sch&uuml;tt affects to be favourable to the treaty.</span>
+Senator Sch&uuml;tt visited Whitelocke, and staid with him above two hours.
+They discoursed of many things unnecessary to be remembered; some was
+thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Sch&uuml;tt.</i> I am sorry that the business of your treaty <a name="pg46" id="pg46"></a><span class="pagenum">46</span> goes on so slowly;
+but I hope you will excuse it, in regard the Chancellor is not quick in
+despatches, and affects long deliberations in great matters.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> That is an argument of his prudence and well weighing of
+things before he come to a resolution; and certainly he hath had
+sufficient time of deliberation in my business.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sch.</i> The Chancellor sometimes may take more time than is necessary for
+one business, and borrow it for another; he knows the advantages of times
+and seasons, and how to improve them.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I have found it so; but methinks my business should have been so
+acceptable as to have prevented such great delays.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sch.</i> Your negotiation as to the amity with England was in consideration
+with the Council here before your arrival; and all of us agreed that it
+was more desirable than any other.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I believe it would be agreeable to you, who are persons of great
+experience, knowing the interest of your own country, and how
+considerable the English nation is; and this caused a belief in me that I
+might promise myself an answer to my proposals before my departure from
+hence.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sch.</i> The great affairs of this kingdom, and the change likely to
+happen, have put a stop to all other business; and in case your
+negotiation cannot be brought to a conclusion during your stay here, yet
+it may be agreed upon afterwards by an ambassador to be sent from hence
+to England.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> My Lord Protector having testified so much respect to the Queen, as
+he hath done in sending me Ambassador hither, for me, after four or five
+months&rsquo; <a name="pg47" id="pg47"></a><span class="pagenum">47</span> residence and negotiation in this place, to be sent home again
+without any conclusion of my business, but the same to be remitted to the
+sending of an ambassador from hence to England, would be no answer to the
+respect of the Protector in sending me hither.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sch.</i> The Parliament sent your Excellence hither, as I understood, and
+not the Protector.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> My coming hither was at first by my Lord Protector&rsquo;s desire, he
+being then General, and without his earnest request to me I had not
+undertaken it; and since his access to the Government I have received new
+credentials from him, by virtue whereof only I have negotiated, and am
+the first public Minister employed by his Highness.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sch.</i> It is a very great respect which the Protector hath manifested to
+you, and by you to our Queen and nation, and that which you say carries
+reason with it. I shall do all that possibly may lie in my power to
+testify my respects and service to his Highness and Commonwealth of
+England, and to your Excellence their honourable Ambassador.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> You are pleased to express a great honour and esteem for my Lord
+Protector and for his servant, whereof I shall not fail, by any service
+in my power, to make acknowledgment to your Excellence.</p>
+
+<p>There were many other compliments and discourses between them; and the
+Senator fell into a relation of Russia, where he had been, and of the
+Great Duke&rsquo;s bringing at one time into the field an army of 200,000 men,
+divided into three parties, whereof one part fell upon Poland, and had
+lately taken divers considerable places in that kingdom; and much more he
+spake of this exploit, which is omitted.</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="pg48" id="pg48"></a><span class="pagenum">48</span> March 21, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Senator Sch&uuml;tt&rsquo;s duplicity.</span>
+Whitelocke was somewhat surprised by the carriage of Senator Sch&uuml;tt to
+him yesterday, and with his freedom of discourse, which showed him either
+to be a courtier and versed in the art of simulation, or the reports made
+of him to Whitelocke to be untrue. Now he seemed clearly for the league
+with England; before, he expressed himself against it; now he showed
+civility and respect to Whitelocke and to his superiors; before, he spake
+disdainfully of them and their affairs.</p>
+
+<p>But an ambassador must hear and see many things, and yet take no notice
+of them; must court an enemy to become a friend, as he believed he had
+done to Sch&uuml;tt, who, after acquaintance between him and Whitelocke,
+became very friendly. But Whitelocke held it requisite to keep at
+somewhat more distance with him than with others, because he had been
+informed that there was not much of kindness between the Chancellor and
+this gentleman, which was confirmed by discourse this day with
+Lagerfeldt.</p>
+
+<p><i>Lagerfeldt.</i> I entreat your Excellence&rsquo;s excuse for my long absence,
+which hath been occasioned by an employment lately bestowed on me by her
+Majesty, which takes up my time in the discharge of it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> I do congratulate the honour and favour of the Queen
+towards you, in this part of a reward for your good service in England,
+whereof I was a witness and have affirmed it to her Majesty. What is the
+office she hath given you?</p>
+
+<p><i>Lag.</i> It is the Vice-President of the College of Trade.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg49" id="pg49"></a><span class="pagenum">49</span> <i>Wh.</i> I suppose the office is profitable as well as honourable.</p>
+
+<p><i>Lag.</i> A competent salary is annexed to the office, and with us no person
+doth serve in any office or public employment, but he hath a salary for
+it from the State.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> That is honourable, and for the advantage of the State. One of your
+Ricks-Senators was here with me yesterday, and I had much discourse with
+him about my business.</p>
+
+<p><i>Lag.</i> Which of them was with your Excellence?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The Senator Sch&uuml;tt, whom I saw not before.</p>
+
+<p><i>Lag.</i> I wonder at his visit; did he express much respect to your
+Commonwealth?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> As much as any I have met with.</p>
+
+<p><i>Lag.</i> I much wonder at it; but shall advise your Excellence not to
+depend much upon this gentleman, nor to be over-free in your discourse
+with him; for he hath been under a cloud, and is very intimate with the
+Holland Resident.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I thank you for your caution; but I have communicated nothing to
+him but what might be published.</p>
+
+<p><i>Lag.</i> My Lord Eric Oxenstiern hath, by the Queen&rsquo;s command, some papers
+touching your business to be imparted to you.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Do you remember the effect of them?</p>
+
+<p><i>Lag.</i> They contain some explanation of the articles given in by your
+Excellence, and some additions offered to them, but not much differing
+from those exhibited by you.</p>
+
+<p>They had much discourse about these additions and explanations, whereof
+Whitelocke endeavoured to get as much knowledge from Lagerfeldt as he
+could beforehand, <a name="pg50" id="pg50"></a><span class="pagenum">50</span> that he might be the better prepared to debate upon
+them when they should be produced; and he declared his sense positively
+against some of them to Lagerfeldt, which proved an advantage. Some of
+those additions mentioned by Lagerfeldt, being upon his report to Grave
+Eric of Whitelocke&rsquo;s judgement upon them, were left out of Grave Eric&rsquo;s
+paper.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Further conference with Grave Eric Oxenstiern.</span>
+In the afternoon Grave Eric came to Whitelocke, and they had this
+discourse together<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> Here is a paper, which I shall read unto you, containing some
+matters wherein I desire your consideration, being they relate to the
+treaty, as touching contraband goods; that there may be such a liberty,
+that trade be not impeached, that prizes may not be brought into the
+ports of friends, nor enemies admitted into the havens of the friends and
+allies of either nations; that the fishing for herrings and the trade in
+America may be free for the Swedes, and that they may have satisfaction
+for the wrongs done to them by the English at sea.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> Here is very much in these particulars to which I have
+formerly given my answer, and can give no other. England hath had no
+reason to give a liberty of contraband goods when their enemies deny it,
+and it were hard to forbid friends to bring prizes into the ports of
+friends, being no prejudice to the owner of the port, but a discourtesy
+to the friend; neither is it reason to deny a friend to enter into my
+harbour because he is an enemy to another that is my friend also, whose
+quarrel I am not bound to wed. For the liberty of herring-fishing, it may
+be had from our Commonwealth upon reasonable conditions; and for the
+trade in America, I am not instructed to assent <a name="pg51" id="pg51"></a><span class="pagenum">51</span> to anything therein, but
+I supposed it had been intended to send from hence to the Protector about
+it. And for satisfaction of wrongs, I know none done by the English to
+the Queen&rsquo;s subjects, and imagined that her Majesty had been satisfied in
+these points.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> I have order to acquaint you with these particulars, and to
+confer with you about them, being esteemed by us just and reasonable.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> After my attendance here three or four months without any answer to
+my proposals, I did not expect to receive new ones from you so different
+from those which I gave in with equal respect to the good of both
+nations; and I having offered the friendship of England to you in
+general, you answer that it will be accepted, but upon particular and
+hard conditions.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> I confess there hath been too much delay in your business,
+but it hath been occasioned by the uncertainty of the issue of your
+treaty with Holland.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The issue of that treaty is not yet known, and the articles given
+in by me had no relation thereunto, and were proposed three months since.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> At present we take it for granted that the peace is concluded
+between you and Holland, and that now you are good friends.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I wish we may be so; and if that peace be concluded, there is the
+less need of your proposals touching prizes, <a name="cm3" id="cm3"></a><a href="#corr3" class="correction" title="Original reads 'contrabrand'">contraband</a> goods, etc.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> Though the peace be concluded between you, yet it is prudent
+to make those provisions, in case of a new war with them or others.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I shall desire a copy of your particulars.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg52" id="pg52"></a><span class="pagenum">52</span> <i>Gr. Eric.</i> You shall have them; and I desire you to read this paper,
+which is an order of the Council of State in England, delivered to Mr.
+Lagerfeldt when he was there, whereby these particulars are remitted to
+your negotiation.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> This paper bears date after my departure from England, and I never
+saw it before, nor received any particular instructions on this subject.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> If you are not satisfied touching the point of damages
+sustained by her Majesty&rsquo;s subjects in the taking of their ships and
+goods by the English, there may be witnesses examined here for proof
+thereof.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I cannot erect a Court or Commissioners, or consent to examination
+of witnesses, in this place and upon this occasion; nor can I take
+accounts of merchants; I confess my ignorance.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> It may be contained in the treaty that justice shall be done,
+and satisfaction given to my countrymen for the wrongs done to them.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> That cannot be so expressed without accusing our Commonwealth, and
+at least confessing wrongs done, and implying that justice hath not been
+done; but I can assure you that the Commonwealth hath done, and will do,
+justice to their friends and to all persons, and I shall do all that lies
+in my power for that end.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> I shall inform the Queen what hath passed in our conference,
+and know her Majesty&rsquo;s pleasure therein.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 22, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>Monsieur Lyllicrone informed Whitelocke that <a name="pg53" id="pg53"></a><span class="pagenum">53</span> Prince Adolphus had taken a
+solemn leave of the Queen, and was gone into the country. Whitelocke
+asked if it was upon any discontent; Lyllicrone said he knew not.
+Whitelocke asked if he would not be at the Ricksdag; Lyllicrone said he
+believed the Prince did not intend to be at it, but to travel <i>incognito</i>
+with a few servants into France and Italy.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The French advances resumed.</span>
+The French Resident visited Whitelocke in the afternoon, and seeing his
+coaches and horses ready to go abroad to take the air, offered, with many
+compliments, to bear Whitelocke company, which he could not refuse. The
+Resident acquainted Whitelocke that Monsieur Bordeaux, now in London, had
+received a commission from the King of France to be his Ambassador to the
+Protector, and that Bordeaux had written to this gentleman here, to
+salute Whitelocke on his part, and to signify to him that Bordeaux would
+be willing to entertain a correspondence with Whitelocke, and had
+expressed much affection to his person. Whitelocke answered that he
+should be ready to testify all respect and service to Monsieur Bordeaux,
+and desired the Resident to testify the same to him at his next
+opportunity. Lagerfeldt came to Whitelocke, who had some trouble in
+discourse with them both together,&mdash;the Resident speaking only French,
+and Lagerfeldt only Latin, and he must answer them in their respective
+languages.</p>
+
+<p>After the Resident was gone, Lagerfeldt discoursed with Whitelocke about
+the treaty, particularly of the new proposals showed him by Grave Eric.
+Whitelocke gave the same answers to Lagerfeldt as he had done to Eric:
+then Lagerfeldt said, that by command of the Queen, he was to tender to
+Whitelocke a copy <a name="pg54" id="pg54"></a><span class="pagenum">54</span> of articles. Whitelocke asked if they were the same
+that Grave Eric yesterday imparted to him, and whether Lagerfeldt had any
+speech with the Queen this day about them. Lagerfeldt said they were
+altered in some part, so as to make them the more acceptable to
+Whitelocke, and that he had a few words with the Queen about them.</p>
+
+<p>This caused Whitelocke to marvel that the Queen should pretend to him
+that she was sick, and therefore put off the audience which he desired
+this day, and yet her Majesty found herself well enough to peruse and
+debate with Lagerfeldt these articles; but he said nothing thereof to
+others, only made thereof his own observations and use, as he saw
+occasion. Lagerfeldt and he perused these new articles, and had much
+discourse upon them, and in effect the same as with Grave Eric.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke&rsquo;s amusements in his household.</span>
+In the long winter-nights here, Whitelocke thought fit to give way to
+some passages of diversion to please his people, and to keep them
+together in his house, and from temptations to disorder and debauchery in
+going abroad, besides the danger of the streets in being late out. He
+therefore had music, both instrumental and vocal, in concert, performed
+by those of his own family, who were some of them excellent in that art,
+and himself sometimes bore his part with them. He also gave way to their
+exercise and pleasure of dancing in his great chamber, that he might be
+present at it, and admitted no undecent postures, but seemly properties
+of habits in their shows. He encouraged public disputations in Latin
+among the young men who were scholars, himself present in the great
+chamber, and appointing a moderator; and this <a name="pg55" id="pg55"></a><span class="pagenum">55</span> exercise they found useful
+and pleasant, and improving their language. To this end likewise they had
+public declamations in Latin, himself giving them the question, as &ldquo;an
+quodcunque evenerit sit optimum,&rdquo; etc., so that his house was like an
+academy.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 23, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke again negotiates with the Queen.</span>
+Whitelocke attended the Queen; and after some discourses of pleasantries,
+they fell upon the treaty, and Whitelocke said to her<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> My business, Madam, is now brought to a conclusion.</p>
+
+<p><i>Queen.</i> Is it to your liking?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Pardon me, Madam, if I say it is not at all to my liking; for in
+the articles which Grave Eric sent me there were many particulars to
+which I could not agree, and I much wondered to receive such articles
+from him, being persuaded that your Majesty was before satisfied by me in
+most of the particulars in them.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> What are those particulars?</p>
+
+<p>The articles Whitelocke had in readiness with him, and his observations
+upon them, having taken pains this morning to compare their articles with
+his own, and to frame his objections upon them. The Queen wrote down the
+objections with her own hand, and then entered into a debate with
+Whitelocke upon the whole, and seemed to be satisfied in most of the
+points insisted on by Whitelocke; but was stiff upon the law relating to
+ships of war which is mentioned in her eleventh article, and upon some
+other particulars. After the debate, she desired that Whitelocke would
+the next morning bring to her his objections <a name="pg56" id="pg56"></a><span class="pagenum">56</span> in writing; and then she
+said, &ldquo;We will not be long before we come to a conclusion of this
+business.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke thought it convenient to make his addresses to the Queen
+herself, and, as much as he could, to decline conferences with her
+Commissioner Grave Eric, whom he found more than others averse and cross
+to him in his treaty. And the Queen was pleased to admit Whitelocke to
+this way, and was not displeased to have applications in this and other
+affairs of the like nature to be made upon her person; whereof Whitelocke
+had private information before from Piementelle, Woolfeldt, and others,
+whose advice he pursued herein with good success.</p>
+
+<p>Her Majesty also permitted Whitelocke to have a free debate with her upon
+the points controverted, and would return answers to every argument with
+as much reason and ingenuity as any of her Ministers of State, and be
+sooner than they satisfied with what was reason. She told Whitelocke that
+she marvelled that he, having received those long articles but late the
+last night, should be able to make objections, and to enter into a debate
+upon all of them this day, when her people had much longer time to frame
+these articles. Whitelocke answered, &ldquo;Yes, by two or three months.&rdquo; After
+some other discourse, Whitelocke left her in a pleasant humour.</p>
+
+<p>Being returned home, Lagerfeldt came again to him to sift him, and to
+know what answer the Queen had given to his objections upon the new
+articles. But Whitelocke fitted his inquiry, and thought not convenient
+to communicate to him more than what might advantage his business to be
+reported to Grave Eric; and because, in all conferences with the Queen,
+<a name="pg57" id="pg57"></a><span class="pagenum">57</span> no person was admitted to be present with them, not her own
+Commissioners for the treaty, or any of the Senators, for the secresy of
+the business, which was much to the liking of Whitelocke, and furtherance
+of the treaty. They had much discourse upon the new articles, to the same
+effect as formerly; and Lagerfeldt said he doubted not but the Queen
+would in a short time conclude it to Whitelocke&rsquo;s satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>After this discourse Whitelocke inquired of Lagerfeldt how the
+Chancellor&rsquo;s health was, and what physicians were about him. Lagerfeldt
+said he was still sick of his ague, and had no physician attending him
+but one who had been a chirurgeon in the army, and now constantly lived
+in the house with the Chancellor as a humble friend, sat at his table,
+and had a pension from him of four hundred rix-dollars a year; who had
+some good receipts, especially for the stone, which agreed with the
+Chancellor&rsquo;s constitution, which this chirurgeon only studied and
+attended. And so it was generally in this great and large country.
+Whitelocke met with no doctor of physic or professed physician in any
+town or country, not any attending the person of the Queen herself; but
+there are many good women, and some private persons, who use to help
+people that are diseased by some ordinary known medicines; and their
+diseases are but few, their remedies generally communicated, and they
+live many of them to a great age.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Letters and despatches from England.</span>
+Whitelocke received letters from England, which were always welcome,
+especially bringing the good news of the welfare of his relations. He
+received very respectful letters from the Earl of Clare, Sir Charles
+Woolsey, Colonel Sydenham, the Master of the Rolls, <a name="pg58" id="pg58"></a><span class="pagenum">58</span> Mr. Reynolds, Lord
+Commissioner Lisle, and divers others, besides his usual letters from his
+wife, Mr. Hall, Mr. Cokaine, his brothers-in-law, and divers other
+friends. In those from Thurloe he had the particular passages of the
+Dutch treaty, and that he believed the peace with them would be
+concluded; and in those letters Thurloe also writes thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Your Excellence&rsquo;s of the 27th of January I communicated to his
+Highness and to the Council, who, although they do not by this
+transaction of the Queen very well understand her intentions as to
+the peace, yet they are very much satisfied with the management
+thereof on your part, and commit the issue thereof unto the Lord,
+who will either bless your endeavours by bringing things to a
+desired issue, or otherwise dispose of this affair to the glory of
+God, the good of the Commonwealth, and the comfort of yourself who
+are employed in it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Council, upon consideration of the whole matter, did not find
+it necessary to give you any further directions, nor did his
+Highness, especially seeing his last letters but one did express his
+sense upon that treaty, and nothing hath occurred since which hath
+given any cause of alteration.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The French King and Cardinal, seeing themselves disappointed at the
+Hague as to their inclusion in that treaty, endeavour to effect it
+here; and to that purpose the Cardinal sent hither one Monsieur Le
+Baas to congratulate his Highness, and to assure him of the
+friendship of the King; and that, if he pleased, the King would
+banish Charles Stuart and his family out of his dominions, and
+proclaim the Protector in France; and hath since sent a Commissioner
+to Monsieur Bordeaux to be Ambassador.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Spanish Ambassador doth also very much court his Highness and
+the present Government. Don Francisco Romero, Captain of the Guard
+to the Archduke, arrived here the last night, to congratulate his
+Highness in the Duke&rsquo;s name.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg59" id="pg59"></a><span class="pagenum">59</span>
+&ldquo;I have moved the Council in the two papers your Excellence trusted
+to my care. What order the Council hath been pleased to make
+thereupon you will see by their enclosed order, and my care shall
+not be wanting to see an effectual execution thereof.</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your Excellence&rsquo;s humble and faithful servant,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Jo. Thurloe.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>24th February, 1653.</i>&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p>The Council&rsquo;s Order was this<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="center">&ldquo;<span class="smcap">At the Council Chamber, Whitehall.</span></p>
+
+<p class="center">
+&ldquo;<i>Friday, 24th of February, 1653.</i></p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Order in Council on the Swedish prizes.</span>
+&ldquo;On consideration of several papers which came enclosed in a letter
+from the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke, and were this day presented to
+the Council, containing some complaints made by divers of the
+subjects of her Majesty of Sweden, viz. concerning a Swedish galliot
+called the &lsquo;Land of Promise,&rsquo; and a ship called the &lsquo;Castle of
+Stockholm,&rsquo; and certain goods taken out of the &lsquo;Gold Star&rsquo; of
+Hamburg, and claimed as belonging to Alexander Ceccony, gentleman,
+principal officer of the Queen&rsquo;s wardrobe: <i>Ordered</i>, That several
+copies of the said papers be forthwith sent to the Judges of the
+Court of Admiralty and to the Commissioners for Prize Goods, to whom
+it is respectively referred, diligently to inform themselves of the
+true state of the said ship and goods, and what proceedings have
+been had in the Court of Admiralty or Prize Office touching the same
+or any of them, and thereof to make report to the Council. And it is
+especially recommended and given in charge to the said Judges that
+both in these and in all matters concerning the said Queen or her
+subjects, which do or shall depend before them, all right and fair
+respect be given upon all occasions; and that whatsoever of the said
+goods belonging to her Majesty&rsquo;s servant they shall discover, be by
+them ordered to be forthwith delivered.</p>
+
+<p class="signature" style="margin-right: 5em;">
+&ldquo;Ex<sup>r</sup> <span class="smcap">W. Jessop</span>,</p>
+
+<p class="signature" >
+&ldquo;Clerk of the Council.&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p><a name="pg60" id="pg60"></a><span class="pagenum">60</span> This Order Whitelocke caused to be translated into Latin, and sent
+copies of it to the Chancellor, to Grave Eric, to Mr. Ceccony, and to
+others; and he showed it to the Queen, and all were pleased with it,
+hoping for further fruit of it, and esteeming Whitelocke to be in good
+credit with his superiors.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 24, 1653.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Reports of the negotiation to England.</span>
+Whitelocke made his despatches for England, and wrote above twenty
+letters to several of his friends there, finding it grateful to them to
+receive letters from him at such a distance; and that answers to letters
+are expected, and ill taken if neglected; that they cost little, and
+please much. He was hindered by Woolfeldt, who made a long visit to him,
+though upon the post day; at which he wondered, in regard Woolfeldt had
+been himself often employed as a public minister, and knew so well what
+belonged to the making of despatches.</p>
+
+<p>To recover his lost time, Whitelocke (as he often used when business
+pressed him) wrote one letter himself and dictated two others to his
+secretaries at the same time, and so, in effect, wrote three letters at
+once. The letter which he now wrote to Secretary Thurloe contained his
+whole transactions since his last letters to him; and the conclusion of
+the letter, showing the state of his negotiation, was this<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;This afternoon Grave Eric came to me from the Queen, who desired
+that my audience, appointed this day, might be put off till the
+holidays were past, and said that by reason of the sacrament upon
+Easter Day, this day and tomorrow were to be spent in preparation
+thereunto; but he <a name="pg61" id="pg61"></a><span class="pagenum">61</span> told me that she commanded him to receive my
+objections to his articles in writing, the which I gave him
+according to that large paper which you will receive herewith. We
+had very much debate upon the particulars, much of it according to
+what I have mentioned before.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have thought fit to send you this large paper that you might see
+the whole business before you at one view, and it hath cost me some
+pains. I shall continue my best endeavours to bring your business to
+a good effect. I am put to struggle with more difficulties than I
+could expect, and their policy here is great. One may soon be
+overtaken with long, intricate, and new proposals; but I hope God
+will direct me, whom I do seek, and shall not wilfully transgress my
+instructions.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When I speak with the Queen, she seems to be satisfied; and then
+some of the grandees seek to persuade her to a contrary opinion, and
+to keep me from her, and lay objections in the way to cross it (for
+we want no enemies here). I then endeavour again to satisfy the
+Queen, and break through their designs as well as I can; to do
+which, and to get a good despatch against all opposition, and yet so
+as not to supplicate anything from them, nor in the least to
+prostitute the honour of my Lord Protector and of the Commonwealth,
+or to prejudice them, is a task hard enough for a great favourite,
+much more hard for a stranger, and whose differing principles may
+render him the less acceptable. However, I shall hope that the Lord
+will direct me for the best, whether they agree with my judgement or
+not.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I can conclude with them, I shall presently be upon my return,
+and hope within a week or two to receive his Highness&rsquo;s order to
+give me leave to come home. What I cannot consent to or obtain at
+present, I presume they will be contented to have referred to a
+future agreement, wherein there can be no prejudice (in my humble
+opinion) to your affairs.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I ask your pardon for my tedious informations, wherein <a name="pg62" id="pg62"></a><span class="pagenum">62</span> I take no
+pleasure; but supposing the business to require it, I presume you
+will excuse</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your very affectionate friend to serve you,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;B. Whitelocke.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>Upsal, 24th March, 1653.</i>&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p>Most of the night was spent by Whitelocke in making his despatches for
+England; neither did he neglect any one friend from whom he had received
+the favour and kindness of their letters to him here; by which civility
+he obtained the more advice and intelligence from England, and made good
+use of it in this Court. His constant letters from his wife and other
+private friends he also found of much comfort and advantage to him.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 25, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">New Year&rsquo;s Day, Old Style.</span>
+This day, by the Swedish computation as well as that of England, is the
+first day of the year 1654.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Bloome came to Whitelocke with a compliment from the Chancellor, that
+he was sorry he could not visit Whitelocke before his going out of town,
+because he was ill, and retired himself into the country, to be quit from
+business and to recover his health; and at his return he would come to
+Whitelocke and confer with him.</p>
+
+<p>This gentleman Whitelocke apprehended to be often sent to him as a spy,
+to inquire of his intentions, and therefore he thought good to make use
+of him by telling such things to him as Whitelocke thought and wished
+might be again reported by Bloome unto the Chancellor. Therefore, among
+other discourses, Whitelocke told Bloome that France, Spain, Portugal,
+Italy, Holland, Switzerland, Denmark, <a name="pg63" id="pg63"></a><span class="pagenum">63</span> and other princes and states, had
+sent their public ministers to the Protector, desiring friendship with
+him; but his Highness having sent his Ambassador into this kingdom, they
+had testified so little respect to him, that in three or four months&rsquo;
+time they had not vouchsafed to give him an answer to his proposals.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Symonds, an Englishman, excellent in his art of graving and taking
+off pictures in little, in wax, for which he had regard in this Court and
+promises of money, this person often frequented Whitelocke, his
+countryman, and his house, and after some time made a request to
+Whitelocke to speak to the Queen in his favour. Whitelocke, knowing that
+ambassadors&rsquo; offices ought not to be cheap, told Symonds in a kind of
+drollery that surely he could not expect such a courtesy from him, since,
+being an Englishman, he had not acquainted the English Ambassador with
+any matter of consequence, nor done any service to his country, since
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s arrival here; that when he should deserve it, Whitelocke
+would be ready to do him service.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 26, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke reproves the English for disorder on the Lord&rsquo;s
+Day.}</span>
+<i>The Lord&rsquo;s Day.</i>&mdash;Divers English and Scots came to the public duties of
+the day in Whitelocke&rsquo;s house; and amongst other discourse Whitelocke
+learnt from them that Waters, one of his trumpets, going late in the
+evening to his lodging, was set upon by some drunkards with their swords,
+and wounded, whereof he continued very ill. Whitelocke examined and
+reproved some of his company for disorders committed by them on the
+Lord&rsquo;s Day and other days, which he <a name="pg64" id="pg64"></a><span class="pagenum">64</span> told them he would not bear; and it
+was the worse in their commitment of those crimes, and the less reason
+for them to expect a connivance thereat, because Whitelocke had so often
+and so publicly inveighed against the profanation of that day in this
+place; but among a hundred some will be always found base, vicious, and
+wicked.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 27, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Festivities of Easter Monday.</span>
+This being Easter Monday, some of Whitelocke&rsquo;s people went to the castle
+to hear the Queen&rsquo;s music in her chapel, which they reported to
+Whitelocke to be very curious; and that in the afternoon was appointed an
+ancient solemnity of running at the ring. Some Italians of the Queen&rsquo;s
+music dined with Whitelocke, and afterwards sang to him and presented him
+with a book of their songs, which, according to expectation, was not
+unrewarded.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke went not abroad this festival-time to visit anybody, nor did
+any grandees come to visit him; he had an imagination that they might be
+forbidden to do it, the rather because Piementelle and Woolfeldt, who
+were accustomed to come often to him, had of late refrained to do it, and
+had not answered Whitelocke&rsquo;s last visit in ten days. The Queen had also
+excused her not admitting Whitelocke to have audiences, by saying she was
+busy or sick, when, at the same time, Piementelle and others were
+admitted to her presence, and for two or three hours together discoursed
+with her. This was resented and spoken of by Whitelocke so as it might
+come to the Queen&rsquo;s ear.</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="pg65" id="pg65"></a><span class="pagenum">65</span> March 28, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Swedes desire to defer the treaty until the new reign.</span>
+After the master of the ceremonies had dined with Whitelocke, and was in
+a good humour, he desired Whitelocke to withdraw from the rest of the
+strangers, and that he might speak privately with him; and going into the
+bedchamber, the master told him that he had heard from some that
+Whitelocke had expressed a discontent, and the master desired to know if
+any had given him offence, or if there were anything wherein the master
+might do him service. Whitelocke said he apprehended some occasion of
+discontent in that he had attended here near four months, and had not yet
+obtained any answer to his proposals. The master excused the delay in
+regard of the Queen&rsquo;s purpose of quitting the Government. Whitelocke said
+he believed that occasioned much trouble to her Majesty, and which gave
+him cause to doubt that his frequent visits of her Majesty might give her
+some inconvenience. He replied that Whitelocke&rsquo;s company was very
+agreeable to the Queen, though at present she was overcharged with
+business.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> I do acknowledge the favours I have received from her
+Majesty, and your civilities to me, for which I shall not be ungrateful.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> Would it not be of advantage to your business to attend for
+the conclusion of it until the coronation of our new King, to be assented
+to by him; by which means the alliance will be more firm than to have it
+done by the Queen so near her quitting of the Government?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I shall hardly stay so long a time as till the beginning of the
+reign of your new King, nor have I <a name="pg66" id="pg66"></a><span class="pagenum">66</span> any letters of credence or commission
+but to the Queen; and I believe that all acts done by her before her
+resignation will be held good, and particularly this touching the
+friendship with England, which, I suppose, will be also very agreeable to
+his Kingly Highness, and be inviolably observed by him.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> I do not doubt but that the new King will observe the
+alliance which the Queen shall make with England, but perhaps it might
+better be made with the new King himself; and although you have no
+letters of credence to him, yet you may write into England and have them
+sent to you.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> That will require more time than I have to stay in this place. I
+believe the new King will not be crowned yet these two or three months;
+and it will be two months from this time before I can receive new
+credentials from England, and two or three months after that before I can
+return home; by which account I shall be abroad yet eight months longer,
+which will be till the next winter; and that would be too long a time for
+me to be absent from my family and affairs in England.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> I shall speak with the Queen in this business, and shortly
+return to you.</p>
+
+<p>It was imagined by Whitelocke that the master of the ceremonies was
+purposely sent to him to sound him touching the deferring of the treaty;
+and the like errand Mr. Bloome came to him about; and Whitelocke fully
+declared to them his distaste of any thought thereof, and the more at
+large and positively because he knew what he said would be reported to
+the full to her Majesty and to the Chancellor.</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="pg67" id="pg67"></a><span class="pagenum">67</span> March 29, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>The master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke from the Queen to excuse
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s not having had audiences when he desired them; which he said
+was because her Majesty had been so full of business, which had hindered
+her, and particularly because of the holidays; but he said, if Whitelocke
+pleased to have his audience tomorrow, the Queen would be glad to see
+him. Whitelocke desired the master to return his thanks to her Majesty
+for her favours, and to let her know that he should be ready to attend
+her at such time as she should appoint. The master said he would acquaint
+her Majesty herewith, and so went away in the midst of dinner.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Lord Douglas visits Whitelocke.</span>
+The Lord Douglas, a Scotsman, came to visit Whitelocke. He is an ancient
+servant to this Crown; he was a page to King Gustavus Adolphus, and by
+him preferred to military command, wherein he quitted himself so well
+that he was promoted to be General of the Horse, and was now a Baron and
+Ricks-Stallmaster, or master of the horse, in Sweden. He excused himself
+that he had not oftener visited Whitelocke, being hindered by his
+sickness of an ague, which had held him thirty weeks, and had not yet
+left him. He said that the next day after his arrival here the Queen
+asked him if he had been to see the English Ambassador, and that
+Whitelocke was much obliged to the Queen for her good opinion of him:
+whereof Whitelocke said he had received many testimonies, and of her
+respects to the Protector and Commonwealth as well as to their servant.
+Douglas said, that besides her respect to the Protector, she had a
+particular <a name="pg68" id="pg68"></a><span class="pagenum">68</span> respect for Whitelocke; with much discourse of that nature.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Further excuses for delay.</span>
+He then went to visit his old comrade Colonel Potley, who was ill and
+kept his chamber. He fell upon the discourse that it would be convenient
+for Whitelocke to stay here till the coronation of the new King, that the
+treaty might be concluded by him: to which the same answers were given by
+Whitelocke as he had before given to the master of the ceremonies.</p>
+
+<p>Whilst the Lord Douglas was in Whitelocke&rsquo;s house, Grave Eric came to
+Whitelocke by command of the Queen, to excuse the delay of his business,
+and that some of his audiences had been remitted. He said, her Majesty
+had been informed by the master of the ceremonies that Whitelocke should
+say he had demanded audiences three times, and could not obtain one.
+Whitelocke answered, that there was a little mistake therein, though
+there was something near it, and said, it was not his desire to occasion
+trouble to her Majesty. Eric answered, that the Queen desired Whitelocke
+would excuse her by reason of the holidays, during which time they did
+not use in this country to treat of any business, and that the Queen had
+likewise many other hindrances; but that whensoever it should please
+Whitelocke to come to her Majesty, he would be very welcome. He said, he
+was going out of town to his father to conduct him hither, and that
+within a day or two he would visit Whitelocke, and that his business
+would have a speedy despatch. Whitelocke wished him a good journey, and
+that he and his father might have a safe and speedy return hither.</p>
+
+<p>Piementelle sent to Whitelocke to move the Queen to grant her pardon to a
+Swede who had killed <a name="pg69" id="pg69"></a><span class="pagenum">69</span> another, for which by the law he was to die; and
+Piementelle offered to second Whitelocke, if he would entreat the Queen
+for her pardon to the homicide. Whitelocke desired to be excused herein,
+alleging that he, being a public minister, it was not proper for him nor
+for Piementelle to interpose with her Majesty in a matter of this nature,
+and particularly touching her own subjects, and in a matter of blood; but
+this denial Piementelle seemed to take ill, and to be more strange to
+Whitelocke afterwards.</p>
+
+<p>The holidays being past, Piementelle had his audience appointed this day
+to take his leave of the Queen. Whitelocke sent his son James and some
+others of his gentlemen to be present at it, who reported to Whitelocke
+that Piementelle spake to the Queen in Spanish, and that she answered him
+in Swedish, which was interpreted by Grave Tott; that Piementelle
+observed very much ceremony, and when he made his public harangue to the
+Queen he grew very pale and trembled, which was strange for a man of his
+parts, and who had been so frequent in his conversation with her Majesty.
+But some said it was a high compliment, acted by the Spaniard to the
+life, to please the Queen, who took delight to be thought, by her majesty
+and presence, to put a dread and daunting upon foreigners; which in a
+truth she was noted often to do when public ministers had their audiences
+in solemnity with her Majesty.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 30, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">An interview with the Queen.</span>
+One of the Queen&rsquo;s lacqueys came to Whitelocke&rsquo;s house in dinner-time, to
+desire him, from the Queen, <a name="pg70" id="pg70"></a><span class="pagenum">70</span> to come to her at two o&rsquo;clock. Whitelocke
+was a little sensible of the quality of the messenger, and therefore
+himself would not speak with him, but sent his answer by one of his
+servants, and accordingly waited on the Queen.</p>
+
+<p>He was met at the guard-chamber by Grave Tott and divers of the Queen&rsquo;s
+servants, with more solemnity than ordinary, and presently brought to the
+Queen. After her excuse of his not having had audiences she fell into
+discourse of his business. Whitelocke presented to her a form of
+articles, according to his own observations upon those articles he had
+formerly given in, and upon those he received from Grave Eric. Thereupon
+the Queen said to him, &ldquo;You will not consent to any one of my articles,
+but insist upon all your own.&rdquo; Whitelocke showed her wherein he had
+consented to divers of her articles, and for what reasons he could not
+agree to the rest. They had discourse upon the whole, to the same effect
+as hath been before remembered.</p>
+
+<p>The Queen told Whitelocke, that if those articles should not be
+concluded, that nevertheless the amity between the two nations might be
+continued. Whitelocke answered, that it would be no great testimony of
+amity, nor proof of respect to the Protector and Commonwealth, to send
+back their servant after so long attendance, without effecting anything.
+The Queen said she would despatch his business within a few days, and,
+she hoped, to his contentment. Whitelocke told her it was in her
+Majesty&rsquo;s power to do it; that he could not stay until the change whereof
+people discoursed, and that he had her Majesty&rsquo;s promise for his
+despatch, which he knew she would not break.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg71" id="pg71"></a><span class="pagenum">71</span> Then the Queen fell into other discourses, and in particular of poetry;
+which occasion Whitelocke took to show her a copy of Latin verses made by
+an English gentleman, a friend of Whitelocke&rsquo;s, and sent over to him
+hither, and which he had now about him, and knew that such diversions
+were pleasing to the Queen.<a name="fnm71_2" id="fnm71_2"></a><a href="#fn71_2" class="fnnum">71</a></p>
+
+<p><a name="pg72" id="pg72"></a><span class="pagenum">72</span> At his leisure hours, Whitelocke turned these verses into English, which
+ran thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p class="letterheading">&ldquo;<i>To the most Illustrious and most Excellent Lord, the Lord
+Whitelocke, Ambassador Extraordinary to the Most Serene Queen of
+Sweden. An Ode.</i></p>
+
+<div class="poem"><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">Whitelocke, delight of Mars, the ornament<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Of gownmen, from thy country being sent,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Tribunals languish; Themis sad is led,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Sighing under her mourning widow&rsquo;s bed.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Without thee suitors in thick crowds do run,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Sowing perpetual strife, which once begun,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Till happy fate thee home again shall send,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Those sharp contentions will have no end.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">But through the snowy seas and northern ways,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">When the remoter sun made shortest days,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">O&rsquo;er tops of craggy mountains, paths untrod,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Where untamed creatures only make abode,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Thy love to thy dear country hath thee brought,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Ambassador from England. Thou hast sought<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">The Swedish confines buried in frost,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Straight wilt thou see the French and Spanish coast;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And them fast bind to thy loved Britany<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">In a perpetual league of amity.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">So wilt thou arbitrator be of Peace,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Her pious author; thou wilt cause to cease<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">The sound of war, our ears it shall not pierce;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Thou wilt be Chancellor of the universe.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Christina, that sweet nymph, no longer shall<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Detain thee; be thou careful not to fall,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Prudent Ulysses, under those delights<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">To which the learned Circe thee invites.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Thy chaste Penelope doth call thee slow;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Thy friends call for thee home; and they do know<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">New embassies, affairs abroad, at home,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Require thy service,&mdash;stay till thou dost come.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Thou, Keeper of the Seal, dost take away<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Foreign contentions; thou dost cause to stay<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">The wars of princes. Shut thou Janus&rsquo; gate,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Ambassador of peace to every state.&rdquo;<br /></span>
+</div></div>
+
+<p>The Queen was much delighted with these and other verses which Whitelocke
+showed her; read them <a name="pg73" id="pg73"></a><span class="pagenum">73</span> over several times, and desired copies of them,
+which Whitelocke sent her; and in this good humour she wished Whitelocke
+to leave with her a copy of his articles as he had now revised them, and
+to come to her again the next day, when she would give him a further
+answer, and, she hoped, to his contentment.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Spain suspected of intriguing against the treaty.</span>
+Woolfeldt visited Whitelocke, and excused his long absence by reason of
+the holidays. He informed Whitelocke with much freedom, that it was
+against the interest of Spain that England and Sweden should be in
+alliance together, and that Whitelocke&rsquo;s negotiation had been hindered by
+the Spanish Resident here, more than by any other. Whereunto Whitelocke
+said little positively, but compared his words with the late carriage of
+Piementelle,&mdash;especially since Whitelocke did not so heartily entertain
+the Queen&rsquo;s motion (which probably Piementelle put her upon) to have the
+Spaniard included in the league with England and Sweden, which Whitelocke
+was not empowered to treat upon, and Whitelocke also remembered the
+deferring of his audiences lately desired.<a name="fnm73_3" id="fnm73_3"></a><a href="#fn73_3" class="fnnum">73</a> But these things he was
+to keep to himself, and to court Woolfeldt, which he did, and Piementelle
+likewise, who came to visit Whitelocke whilst Woolfeldt was with him, and
+made the same excuse as he had done for his long absence. They had much
+general discourse, but nothing (as usually before) touching Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+business. Piementelle said he purposed to depart from Upsal within seven
+or eight days; that yesterday <a name="pg74" id="pg74"></a><span class="pagenum">74</span> he had taken his leave of the Queen, and
+came in the next place to take his leave of Whitelocke, who gave him
+thanks for this honour, and said he was sorry for the departure of
+Piementelle, whereby he should have a very great loss in being deprived
+of the acceptable conversation of so honourable a friend.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Despatches from England complaining of delay.</span>
+Whitelocke received many letters from England; in those from Thurloe he
+saith<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;I am sorry your last letters give us no greater hopes of that which
+we so much long for, to wit, your Excellence&rsquo;s speedy return home;
+it seeming by them that the treaty was not much advanced since your
+last before, notwithstanding the great care and diligence used by
+your Excellency for the promoting thereof, as also the great
+acceptance you have with the Queen and Court, as is acknowledged by
+other public ministers residing there. It is now more than probable
+they will expect the issue of the Dutch business before they will
+come to any conclusion; as also to see what terms we are like to be
+upon with France, that so the Queen may manage her treaty with
+England accordingly, which I suppose she may not be long ignorant
+of. In the meantime his Highness thinks he is somewhat delayed on
+her part.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>Then Thurloe relates all the passages of the Dutch Ambassadors, and that,
+in effect, they had agreed to the articles; of the endeavours of the
+French to have a league with the Protector, and no less of the Spaniard.
+And he writes at large the news of the Archduke, as also that of Scotland
+and Ireland, and confutes the rumour of a discontent in the army of the
+Protector.</p>
+
+<p>In another letter from Thurloe of a later date, received by the same
+post, he saith thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><a name="pg75" id="pg75"></a><span class="pagenum">75</span>
+&ldquo;His Highness understands by your Excellence&rsquo;s last letters, that
+the treaty with the Queen of Sweden will much depend upon the treaty
+with the Dutch here, and until the issue of that be known no great
+matter is to be expected from your negotiation: concerning which, it
+being very probable that before the next ordinary it will be seen
+what issue the Dutch treaty will be brought unto, his Highness will
+refer his further directions to you till then; leaving it to your
+Excellence to proceed upon the former instructions as you shall find
+it convenient, and for his service according as affairs now stand.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>The clause in this letter, of referring further directions till after the
+issue of the Dutch treaty, was some trouble to Whitelocke&rsquo;s thoughts,
+fearing it might delay his return home; but he laid hold upon the latter
+part of this letter, whereby it is left to Whitelocke to proceed upon the
+former instructions as he should find it convenient and for his
+Highness&rsquo;s service; which, as it reposed a great trust in Whitelocke, so
+it gave him warrant to conclude his treaty, and obliged him to the more
+care to perform that trust which they had so fully put in him.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Claim on behalf of the Swedish ships in England.</span>
+Mr. Bonnele representing to the Protector the losses which the Swedes
+suffered by the ships of England, the Protector caused an answer
+thereunto to be returned, the copy whereof was sent by Thurloe to
+Whitelocke, and was thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Whereas Mr. Bonnele, Resident of the Queen of Sweden, hath, by a
+paper of the 4th of March, remonstrated to his Highness that several
+ships and goods belonging to the said Queen and her subjects are
+taken at sea by the ships of this State, and brought into these
+parts, contrary to the declaration of the Council of State, 1st
+April, 1653, whereby they did declare, that for preventing the
+present <a name="pg76" id="pg76"></a><span class="pagenum">76</span> obstruction of trade, all ships truly belonging to the
+Queen or her subjects, of Sweden, that should bring with them
+certificates from her said Majesty, or the chief magistrate of the
+place from whence they come, grounded upon the respective oaths of
+the magistrates and loaders that the said ship and lading do belong
+<i>bon&acirc; fide</i> to the said Queen or her subjects, and to no stranger
+whatsoever, should and might freely pass without interruption or
+disturbance. His Highness hath commanded that it be returned in
+answer to the said Resident, that although the said declaration was
+to be in force for the space of three months, in which time a form
+of passport and certificates was to be thought of for preventing
+fraud and collusion, yet no provision of that nature having been yet
+agreed upon, and it being contrary to his intention that the goods
+and ships belonging to her said Majesty or subjects (with whom he
+desires to conserve all good correspondence) should in the meantime
+suffer inconvenience or prejudice by the ships of this State, hath
+renewed, as he doth hereby renew, the said declaration with respect
+to the present treaty now on foot between the two nations, wherein
+some course may be provided for preventing the said frauds.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And to the end there may be the better effect of this declaration,
+his Highness hath given order to the Judges of the Admiralty that if
+any ships or goods be brought into these parts belonging to her
+Majesty or subjects, that the producing of certificates according to
+the said declaration, in open Court and upon oath made by them that
+do produce such certificates, that they are good and authentic, and
+obtained without fraud or deceit, that the Judges shall thereupon
+(there being no proof before them to the contrary) discharge the
+said ships or goods without further delay. Provided that such ships
+were not bound with contraband goods to the ports or harbours of any
+of the United Provinces.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For the herring-buss, there having been proceedings thereupon in
+the Court of Admiralty, and a sentence of condemnation <a name="pg77" id="pg77"></a><span class="pagenum">77</span> given
+against her as belonging to the enemies of this State, his Highness
+does not conceive that it can be expected from him to interpose in
+matters belonging to the decision of that Court; besides, the law
+having in the ordinary course provided a remedy, by way of appeal,
+in case of wrong or injustice done by that Court.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For the goods of Mr. Alexander Cecconi, supposed to be taken by a
+ship belonging to this State, orders have been given by the Council
+concerning them, and some return made upon those orders; and the
+said Commissary may rest assured that speedy and effectual justice
+will be done in that particular.</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Jo. Thurloe.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>March 10th, 1653.</i>&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p>These orders of the Council Whitelocke caused to be translated into
+Latin, that he might communicate them as he saw occasion.</p>
+
+
+<h3>March 31, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Reports to England.</span>
+Whitelocke despatched a great number of letters to his friends in
+England: in those to Secretary Thurloe he gave a full account of all
+transactions of his negotiations and passages here since his last
+letters.</p>
+
+<p>This day, though the post-day, Woolfeldt again visited Whitelocke, to his
+no little interruption in his despatches; yet from him Whitelocke learned
+many things in relation to Denmark, for the advantage of England, and
+Woolfeldt testified great affection and respect to the Protector and
+Commonwealth. He was also interrupted by his attendance upon the Queen,
+according to her appointment. The Chancellor came forth from her as
+Whitelocke went in, and he told Whitelocke that the Queen, hearing of his
+being without, had sent to desire him to come in to her. <a name="pg78" id="pg78"></a><span class="pagenum">78</span> Whitelocke read
+some of his news to the Queen, and the paper which the Protector had
+caused to be given to her Commissary Bonnele at London; upon which
+Whitelocke took the boldness a little to paraphrase, and her Majesty was
+well pleased with it. They fell into discourse of the treaty, much to the
+same effect as formerly; but Whitelocke staid the less time with her
+Majesty, because he presumed that the Chancellor and his son waited
+without to speak with her about his business. She promised Whitelocke to
+send him an answer of his business the next day, and that one of her
+ships should be ready at the Dollars (the mouth of the haven of
+Stockholm) to transport him to L&uuml;beck when he should desire it; which was
+acceptable to Whitelocke to think on, and he thanked her Majesty for it.</p>
+
+<p>Thus was March passed over, full of trouble, yet nothing effected in his
+business.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn41_1" id="fn41_1"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm41_1">41</a></span> [The Ambassador&rsquo;s verses I have ventured to omit, as alike
+destitute of elegance, point, or metre.]</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a name="fn71_2" id="fn71_2"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm71_2">71</a></span> &ldquo;<i>Ad Illustrissimum et Excellentissimum Dominum, Dominum
+Whitelocke, Legatum Angli&aelig; Extraordinarium apud Serenissimam Sueci&aelig;
+Reginam. Ode.</i>
+</p>
+
+<div class="poem"><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">&ldquo;Vitloce, Martis delici&aelig;, decus<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Gentis legat&aelig;; te sine, languidum<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">M&#339;ret tribunal, et cubili<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">In viduo Themis ingemiscit.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Denso cientes agmine cursitant,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Et sempiternas te sine consuunt<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Lites, neque hic discordiarum<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Finis erit, nisi tu revertas.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Sed te nivosum per mare, per vias<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Septentrionum, per juga montium,<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Inhospitales per recessus<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Duxit amor patri&aelig; decorus.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Legatus oras jam Sueonum vides<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Bruma sepultas; mox quoque Galliam,<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Hispaniam mox cum Britannis<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">F&#339;dere perpetuo ligabis.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Sic pacis author, sic pius arbiter<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Gentes per omnes qua sonuit tuba<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Dicere; cancellariusque<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Orbis eris simul universi.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Christina, dulcis nympha, diuti&ugrave;s<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Ne te moretur: qui merito clues<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Prudens Ulysses, sperne doct&aelig;<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Popula deliciasque Circes.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Te casta tentum Penelope vocat,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Vocant amici, teque ali&aelig; vocant<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Legationes, te requirunt<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Ardua multa domi forisque.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Custos Sigilli tu dirimes cito<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Pugnas forenses, bellaque principum<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Legatus idem terminabis:<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Tu (sera candida) claude fanum.&rdquo;<br /></span>
+</div></div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn73_3" id="fn73_3"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm73_3">73</a></span> [This change was probably the consequence of the
+negotiations then going on between Louis XIV. and Cromwell in London,
+which had excited the jealousy of the Spanish Court, as is stated by
+Thurloe in the next page.]</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<h2><a name="pg79" id="pg79"></a><span class="pagenum">79</span> <a name="APRIL" id="APRIL"></a>APRIL.</h2>
+
+
+<h3>April 1, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">A capital execution in Sweden.</span>
+In the morning, in the market-place, near Whitelocke&rsquo;s lodging, was an
+execution of one adjudged to die for a murder. The offender was brought
+into the midst of the market-place, which was open and spacious, and a
+great multitude of people spectators. The offender kneeled down upon the
+ground, a great deal of sand being laid under and about him to soak up
+his blood, and a linen cloth was bound about his eyes: he seemed not much
+terrified, but when the company sang a psalm, he sang with them, holding
+up his hands together, and his body upright, his doublet off. He prayed
+also with the company, but made no speech to them; nor did any other
+speak to the people. The executioner stood behind him, with a great naked
+sword in his hand and a linen apron before him, and while the offender
+was praying the headsman in an instant, at one back-blow, cut off his
+head, which fell down upon the sand; and some friends took it from the
+executioner, and carried it away with the body to be buried. Presently
+after this execution was past, two other offenders for smaller crimes
+were brought to the same place, to suffer the punishment of the law,
+<a name="pg80" id="pg80"></a><span class="pagenum">80</span> which they call running the gauntlet,&mdash;a usual punishment among
+soldiers.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Running the gauntlet.</span>
+The people stood in length in the market-place about a hundred yards,
+leaving an open space or lane between them of about five yards&rsquo; distance;
+then the offender, being naked to the waist, was brought to one end of
+the lane or open place. The people had rods or switches of birch given to
+as many as would take them; the offender was to run or go, as he pleased
+(and one of them walked but a Spanish pace), from one end of the lane of
+people to the other, twice or thrice forward and backward; and all the
+way as he went, the people who had the switches lashed the offender as he
+passed by them, harder or softer, as they favoured him. These are the
+most usual ways of executions which they have for criminal offences, and
+they do not execute men by hanging, which they say is only fit for dogs;
+but in cases of great robberies and murders sometimes they execute
+justice by breaking the offenders upon the wheel, and leave the quarters
+of the body upon it; some whereof were in the way as Whitelocke passed in
+his journey by the great wilderness.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Vestiges of the Scandinavian mythology.</span>
+In the afternoon Senator Sch&uuml;tt came to Whitelocke and invited him to
+take the air to see the town of old Upsal, about a mile off; and being
+there, Sch&uuml;tt showed him three great mounts of earth, cast up by the
+hands of men, for monuments in memory of their ancient famous kings,
+whose seat had been here, and the place of their coronation. These mounts
+had been dedicated to three of their Pagan gods: the one to the god whom
+they call Teuo, who was Mars, and from him they have the name of the day
+of the week <i>Teuosdag</i>, <a name="pg81" id="pg81"></a><span class="pagenum">81</span> which we call Tuesday, and the Germans
+<i>Tuisconsd&aelig;g</i>, and the Latins <i>Dies Martis</i>; the second mount was
+dedicated to their god Woden, so they called Mercury, and from thence
+their day of the week is named <i>Wodensdag</i>, which we also call Wednesday,
+the Germans <i>Wodensd&aelig;g</i>, and the Latins <i>Dies Mercurii</i>; the third mount
+was dedicated to their goddess Freya, so they called Venus, and from
+thence comes the name of their <i>Friedsdag</i>, which we call Friday, the
+Germans <i>Frigd&aelig;g</i>, and the Latins <i>Dies Veneris</i>.</p>
+
+<p>There were also other relics of decayed mounts, which Whitelocke guessed
+to have been dedicated to their other gods, from whom they gave the names
+of the other days of the week: as, to Thor, whom they called Jupiter,
+and, from whence the day <i>Thoresdag</i>, which we call Thursday, the Germans
+say <i>Thorsd&aelig;g</i>, and the Latins <i>Dies Jovis</i>; another mount dedicated to
+their god Setorn, from whence they call <i>Setornsdag</i>, as we say Saturday,
+the Germans <i>S&aelig;ternsd&aelig;g</i>, and the Latins <i>Dies Saturni</i>; another mount
+dedicated to Sunnan, as they call the Sun, and from thence that day
+<i><a name="cm4" id="cm4"></a><a href="#corr4" class="correction" title="Not italicised in original">Sunnandag</a></i>, as we say Sunday, the Germans <i>Sunnand&aelig;g</i>, and the Latins
+<i>Dies Solis</i>; the last mount dedicated to Monan, that is the Moon, and
+from thence the name of their <i>Monandag</i>, which we call Monday, the
+Germans <i>Monand&aelig;g</i>, and the Latins <i>Dies Lun&aelig;</i>.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The war between Muscovy and Poland.</span>
+In discourse upon the way, Sch&uuml;tt informed Whitelocke of the matter of
+the embassy from the Great Duke of Muscovia to the Queen of Sweden, which
+was to acquaint her Majesty that the Great Duke had begun a war against
+the King of Poland, because in a letter of his to the Great Duke he had
+omitted one of his great titles,&mdash;a heinous offence, and held by the
+<a name="pg82" id="pg82"></a><span class="pagenum">82</span> Great Duke a sufficient ground of war, and of his resolution to
+sacrifice the blood of his fellow-Christians to satisfy his wicked pride.
+Another ground of the war was because a certain Governor of a province in
+Poland, in a writing, had placed the name of the father of the Great Duke
+before the name of the present Great Duke; which was so great an
+indignity, that for the same the now Great Duke demanded of the King of
+Poland to have the head of that Governor sent to him, and that not being
+done, was another cause of the begun war. To this the Queen answered,
+that it did not appertain to her to give her opinion in a matter of this
+nature, whether she did approve or disapprove of what was done by the
+Great Duke, but she did presume that the King of Poland would therein
+give fitting satisfaction to the Great Duke; and that she did wish that
+there might be peace between these two Princes and all the Princes of
+Christendom. And with this answer the Envoys of the Great Duke returned
+as wise as they came.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Denmark threatens Hamburg.</span>
+Sch&uuml;tt also communicated unto Whitelocke an intelligence that the King of
+Denmark had levied some forces which he designed against
+Hamburg,&mdash;pretending injuries done to him by that city in relation to his
+pretensions of dominion there, which probably might occasion a war
+between Denmark and that free city, which had strength and riches and
+people and wisdom to defend themselves; and Sch&uuml;tt advised Whitelocke
+that if this should be so, that then he should take his voyage some other
+way, and that it would be a great disturbance and danger to him to go by
+Hamburg and those quarters, which would be infested with soldiers, and
+that then it would be his best way to return <a name="pg83" id="pg83"></a><span class="pagenum">83</span> by Gothenburg; but he did
+persuade Whitelocke by all means to salute the Prince of Sweden by the
+way of his return. Whitelocke said he thought it not probable that the
+King of Denmark would at this time engage in a war against Hamburg, and
+that his levying of soldiers might breed a jealousy in the Crown of
+Sweden; that the certainty thereof could not be long undiscovered, and
+accordingly he should govern his own resolutions; that it would be
+difficult for him to stay in his journey to salute the Prince, but he
+much desired and intended it before his departure.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 2, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>Although the Lord&rsquo;s Day, yet the English and Scots who were in the town,
+and not of Whitelocke&rsquo;s family, went abroad to take the air, and did not
+resort, as they used to do, to Whitelocke&rsquo;s house to the exercises of
+divine worship, which were duly performed in his private family; and
+after those <i>sacra peracta</i>, Whitelocke retired himself to his private
+studies and meditations upon the word of truth. This day likewise the
+Queen went abroad to take the air, and passed through the town in her
+coach, attended by many gentlemen and others in her train, to the ill
+example of her people, and after the bad custom of this place.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 3, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke takes the air with the Queen.</span>
+The Queen sent to Whitelocke to invite him to accompany her to take the
+air.</p>
+
+<p>By the way Whitelocke visited Woolfeldt, who had much discourse with him
+about the English fleet then at sea. From him Whitelocke went to Court,
+and attended <a name="pg84" id="pg84"></a><span class="pagenum">84</span> the Queen in her coach to take the air. They had not much
+discourse about his business, and he thought not fit to interrupt her
+Majesty&rsquo;s pleasures with serious discourses, but sought to delight her
+with matters of diversion and mirth. When they were come back to the
+castle, the Queen said to Whitelocke<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Queen.</i> Tomorrow my Chancellor will present you with the articles drawn
+up by him, with some alterations which I judge to be reasonable; and that
+shall be my final resolution about them.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Hath your Majesty commanded any mention in those new articles
+concerning contraband goods?</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> There is a specification of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Indeed, Madam, I can hardly consent to any alteration upon the
+subject of contraband goods, whilst the edict of the Hollanders is in
+force thereupon.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> After you have considered these new articles, we will speak
+together again about them.</p>
+
+<p>Then the Queen retired to her chamber, and Whitelocke being come home,
+the Secretary Canterstein came to him from the Chancellor to excuse his
+not coming to visit Whitelocke, and said that, by the Queen&rsquo;s command,
+the Chancellor had sent a new copy of articles to Whitelocke. He
+presently read them, and had much discourse with the secretary upon them,
+who said he did not doubt but that, after communication with the
+Chancellor, Whitelocke would receive satisfaction.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 4, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>Whitelocke visited Piementelle, and they had this discourse<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Piementelle.</i> The Ambassador of Denmark did me <a name="pg85" id="pg85"></a><span class="pagenum">85</span> the honour to visit me,
+and we had much discourse together about the English fleet now at sea; he
+told me that in it were ten thousand foot soldiers embarked for the
+North, which would occasion great trouble to the King his master, if it
+should be so, which I acknowledged.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> Your Excellence knows that I have not been at the Council
+of State in England for six months last past, so that I know not the
+secret designs of my Lord Protector; but I believe it is no very
+difficult matter to land men in Denmark.</p>
+
+<p><i>Piem.</i> What progress hath the French Ambassador made in the treaty
+between you and France?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> If the Queen will be pleased to give my despatch, I hope to be upon
+the place before the treaty with the French be concluded. I have somewhat
+to communicate to the Protector touching a treaty with Spain, which your
+Lordship very well knows; and it would be to purpose that his Highness
+should know it before the conclusion of a treaty between England and
+France.<a name="fnm85_4" id="fnm85_4"></a><a href="#fn85_4" class="fnnum">85</a></p>
+
+<p><i>Piem.</i> I am assured that the Queen will despatch you in good time. But I
+advise your Excellence in your return not to pass by Denmark, for it is
+ill trusting of that King; but your better way will be to L&uuml;beck, and
+from thence to Hamburg, and if you do not find ships ready there, you may
+travel by land to Cologne, and from thence to Dunkirk; which will be much
+better than to go by Holland, where they do exceedingly exact upon
+strangers, and your Commonwealth <a name="pg86" id="pg86"></a><span class="pagenum">86</span> hath more enemies there than in any
+other place, besides the common people are rude and insolent.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I am engaged to you for your good advice, which I intend to follow.</p>
+
+<p>After their discourse, Whitelocke presented Piementelle his medal in gold
+very like him, and it was received by Piementelle with much affection.
+Then Piementelle entreated Whitelocke to give him a passport for his
+servant, who had the charge of conducting his baggage by sea to Dunkirk,
+that he might freely pass the men-of-war of England; the which was
+willingly done by Whitelocke, under his hand and seal.<a name="fnm86_5" id="fnm86_5"></a><a href="#fn86_5" class="fnnum">86</a></p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="pg87" id="pg87"></a><span class="pagenum">87</span> April 5, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Conference with the Chancellor.</span>
+In the morning Whitelocke went to the Chancellor&rsquo;s lodging, and found his
+son Grave Eric with him. The Chancellor made a long apology to excuse the
+delay of the treaty, and said<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Chancellor.</i> My indisposition of health hath chiefly occasioned the
+delay, yet was I so solicitous of your business, that I entreated the
+Queen to appoint some other person in my stead, who might confer with
+your Excellence; and her Majesty was pleased to appoint my son for that
+service.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> I was very sorry for your Excellence&rsquo;s want of health, both
+in regard of my affection to your person, and in respect of the
+protraction of my business; yet I was glad that your son, my Lord Eric,
+was appointed to confer with me, and had rather have the transaction of
+my business by yourself or some of <a name="pg88" id="pg88"></a><span class="pagenum">88</span> your family than by any other. I am
+now come to you to confer upon those articles which yesterday I received
+from you.</p>
+
+<p>Then Whitelocke gave the Chancellor a paper of his animadversions upon
+his articles. The debate began upon the ninth article; and as to the sale
+of goods taken from enemies and prohibiting the buying of arms, the
+Chancellor said this would abolish their trade, and would be of no
+advantage to England, because those arms, and equally as good, might be
+had from other places; and if the English did light upon them, they would
+have the benefit by it. Whitelocke said it would be a great inconvenience
+to furnish the enemies of either nation with arms which could not be had
+elsewhere than in England or Sweden, and that this clause would put a
+bridle in the mouths of the enemies of either nation. The Chancellor and
+his son replied that arms might be had in the province of Li&eacute;ge,<a name="fnm88_6" id="fnm88_6"></a><a href="#fn88_6" class="fnnum">88</a> and
+in many other places in Germany; that Sweden scarce afforded any other
+commodities but arms, or such things as were serviceable for war; and
+that the Queen would by no means be induced to that clause as Whitelocke
+would have it.</p>
+
+<p>Then they debated upon the eleventh article, the issue whereof was for
+Whitelocke to consent to a special designation of prohibited goods.
+Whitelocke desired that the catalogue and designation of them might be
+referred to his return into England, and he would agree that within two
+months after that there should <a name="pg89" id="pg89"></a><span class="pagenum">89</span> be a specification of prohibited goods in
+the name of the Protector.</p>
+
+<p>The Chancellor urged that the specification might be now agreed upon, and
+produced a paper specifying them, which they alleged was delivered by the
+Council in England unto Bonnele. Whitelocke said he did not remember the
+same, and that he was ignorant what goods were prohibited by the Dutch
+placard, which was fit to be known before any specification made by him.</p>
+
+<p>Upon the twelfth article Whitelocke urged, that as to the form of the
+letters of safe-conduct, it might also be referred to his return into
+England. They produced a form exhibited by Lagerfeldt to the Council in
+England, and desired that the same form might be now agreed upon.
+Whitelocke answered that the Council of State had not approved the form
+given in by Lagerfeldt, and therefore it was not fit for him to consent
+to it; nor could he apprehend any reason why they should not consent to
+refer the agreement of a form unto his return to England; and the rather,
+because in the meantime the subjects of the Queen might enjoy the benefit
+of an edict made by the Protector in great favour of them, which
+declaration Whitelocke had caused to be delivered to the Chancellor.</p>
+
+<p>To the thirteenth article, as to satisfaction of damages, their debate
+was to the like effect as formerly.</p>
+
+<p>Upon the sixteenth article they had also debate. Whitelocke desired that
+the words &ldquo;de usu littorum in piscatione&rdquo; might be altered to these
+words, &ldquo;de piscatione et usu littorum.&rdquo; They alleged that this would seem
+to deny their fishing upon their own <a name="pg90" id="pg90"></a><span class="pagenum">90</span> coasts. Whitelocke said, the other
+would seem as if England had given up their right as to the fishing, and
+left all at liberty to those that pleased to take it.</p>
+
+<p>This was the sum of the debate of near three hours. The conclusion was
+that they would certify the Queen of all these matters, and in short
+acquaint Whitelocke with her answer; which he desired might be as speedy
+and positive as they pleased, because if they should reduce him to that
+necessity, that before he could agree he must send to the Protector to
+know his pleasure, he could not receive an answer of his letters in less
+than two months&rsquo; space, within which time the Queen purposed to resign
+her government, and then his commission would be at an end. The
+Chancellor said he desired Whitelocke should be speedily in England, not
+only for the sake of his wife and children, but likewise because then
+they could promise themselves that they had a good friend in England.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Alarm excited by the English fleet.</span>
+Whitelocke visited the French Resident, who was very inquisitive what
+might be the design of the English fleet now at sea; whereunto, as to
+much other of his discourse, Whitelocke did not much study for answers,
+only he was careful not to let fall any words which might lessen their
+amusement about the fleet.<a name="fnm90_7" id="fnm90_7"></a><a href="#fn90_7" class="fnnum">90</a></p>
+
+<p>In the evening Woolfeldt visited Whitelocke and discoursed of the same
+matter; whereof Whitelocke made some use and of this gentleman, to
+heighten their jealousies about this fleet. Woolfeldt acquainted
+Whitelocke that the Ambassador of Denmark had made <a name="pg91" id="pg91"></a><span class="pagenum">91</span> a complaint against
+him to the Queen, that Woolfeldt had deceived the late King of Denmark of
+certain sums of money, which he should have disbursed for the late King
+of England against the Parliament; and that the present King of Denmark
+having been informed that Woolfeldt had lost his papers at sea, and so
+could not produce his acquittances, the King took the advantage thereof
+against Woolfeldt, and now, by his Ambassador, charged him before the
+Queen for those moneys: but that he disappointed the Danish Ambassador by
+producing before the Queen his papers and acquittances, which his enemies
+believed had had been lost; and so was justified before the Queen, to the
+great discontent of the Ambassador. Whitelocke said he was very glad that
+Woolfeldt came so well off, and that he perceived the Queen had, by the
+the treaty, a capacity, as well as by his residence, to examine and do
+right in such matters.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Conversation of a Danish gentleman who betrays his country.</span>
+This day Whitelocke had discourse about Norway and the Sound with a
+Danish gentleman of great quality and experience whom he had obliged, who
+desired to have his name concealed;<a name="fnm91_8" id="fnm91_8"></a><a href="#fn91_8" class="fnnum">91</a> but part of this discourse
+follows<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Dane.</i> Now is a good time for the Protector to send some ships towards
+these parts.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> What places are there in Norway considerable as to the
+interest of England?</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg92" id="pg92"></a><span class="pagenum">92</span> <i>Dane.</i> There are two places in Norway not far from Gothenburg which are
+easy to be taken, and are excellent harbours, wherein England might keep
+some ships constantly, and command all that pass by to the Baltic Sea.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> What are the names of those places?</p>
+
+<p><i>Dane.</i> The one of those havens is called Marstrang; but that I do not
+like so well because of the Paternoster Rocks, which are very dangerous
+for coming out if the wind sit northerly, and the fort there is commanded
+by the hills near it. But the other place, called Flecker Town, is an
+island, and hath a going-in and coming-out two ways; it is an excellent
+harbour, and ships may ride in it at such a distance from the land (being
+a broad water) that none from the land can hurt them. There is a little
+fort in this island which may easily be taken, not having above forty or
+fifty men in it, and the works decayed. Those who assail it must land
+their men on the south-east side of the island, the fort being on the
+other side, and they may easily be masters of it; and from thence having
+some ships, they may go in and out at their pleasure, and command all
+passing by; and none can come into the harbour to them if they make up
+the fort, which is soon done, and the passage not above musket-shot to be
+commanded, and there are no guns there of any consideration at this time.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> How shall they do for victuals there to get fresh from the land?</p>
+
+<p><i>Dane.</i> There is plenty of butter and cheese, sheep and hogs; and the
+poor country people will be no trouble to you, but be willing to be
+commanded by you.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg93" id="pg93"></a><span class="pagenum">93</span> <i>Wh.</i> What towns are there near it?</p>
+
+<p><i>Dane.</i> Higher in the country is Bergen, the chief town for trade there,
+and rich enough. Your ships may easily come into that harbour, and
+plunder the town and get a great booty, and return to Fleckeren Town
+again.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Is there anything to be done at Iceland?</p>
+
+<p><i>Dane.</i> I wonder you do not send, in August or September, four or five
+ships to Iceland, being men-of-war. They may have twenty or thirty Dutch
+ships, laden with fish, butter, and hides, which will make no resistance
+at all; and it would be a rich prize, and might be had without danger or
+difficulty.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Is the castle of Elsinore so strong a piece that it cannot be taken
+without much expense and danger?</p>
+
+<p><i>Dane.</i> This will not be the best design for England: it is a small,
+strong castle, and doth not signify much; though it be esteemed a piece
+of importance, it is not so.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> It commands the passage of the Sound.</p>
+
+<p><i>Dane</i>. Most men believe so, but it is mistaken. I have seen an
+experiment to the contrary, that a boat, being placed in the middle of
+that narrow passage of the Sound, they shot at it from the castle of
+Elsinore, and likewise from the castle of Helsingborg on the other side,
+with the greatest guns they had, and yet they could not reach the boat
+from either side by two thousand paces; nor is it so narrow in the
+passage but that a ship may, when she pleaseth, sail by those castles in
+despite of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> What harbour is there at Elsinore?</p>
+
+<p><i>Dane.</i> There is no harbour for ships to ride in, and in foul weather
+they will be in danger to be all lost, <a name="pg94" id="pg94"></a><span class="pagenum">94</span> because they must ride in the
+open sea, which there is extreme perilous; and therefore Elsinore is not
+worth the keeping, if England had it. But their best design would be to
+go directly to the town of Copenhagen with fifty or sixty good ships,
+with landsmen in them; and it is easy enough to take that town, for the
+works of it are not strong, nor is it well guarded, and it would be
+easier to take that town than Elsinore; and if England were masters of
+it, the castle would quickly come in to them; and at the town they should
+have a good haven for their ships, and a small matter would build a
+better fort near the town than Elsinore is, and would command the passage
+more than the castles do, and make you masters of the Sound and of all
+the trade of the Baltic Sea.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> What revenue would be gained thereby?</p>
+
+<p><i>Dane.</i> More than will maintain your ships and forces there, and will
+command all the island of Zealand.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I should be glad to meet you there.</p>
+
+<p><i>Dane.</i> If you summon me by your letters, I will give you a meeting at
+Copenhagen, or those whom the Protector will send thither; and if you
+will meet me there, I doubt not but to show you a way to get that town
+without much difficulty; and then you will have all the isle of Zealand,
+which is the best part of Denmark, and the rest will follow, being weary
+of the present tyranny and ill-usage of their King. And if you were
+masters of Zealand, you might thereby keep in awe the Swede, the
+Hollander, and all the world that have occasion for the commodities of
+the Baltic Sea.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Why then doth not the King of Denmark now keep them in such awe?</p>
+
+<p><i>Dane.</i> Because he hath neither the money nor ships nor men that England
+hath.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg95" id="pg95"></a><span class="pagenum">95</span> <i>Wh.</i> What is the ground and reason of payment of the tolls at Elsinore,
+if ships may pass by without the leave of the castles there?</p>
+
+<p><i>Dane.</i> Because that is known but to a very few; and what I have told you
+is under secresy, and I desire that none but the Protector may know it
+from you; and as for the grounds of paying the tolls at Elsinore, it is
+rather from the keeping of the lights in Jutland and upon that coast,
+than from any command that Elsinore hath of the ships that go that way.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I have heard those lights are very useful.</p>
+
+<p><i>Dane.</i> Unless they were kept, it would be impossible for ships to sail
+there in the long nights in winter; and the trade doth enforce them to
+come that way in October and November, when the nights are very long,
+because of bringing wine into those parts after the vintage, which is in
+September.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> They are likewise to carry home corn, which is not inned till
+August and September. Did not the Hollanders refuse to pay the toll?</p>
+
+<p><i>Dane.</i> Once they did, and thereupon the last King of Denmark, by advice,
+commanded that the lights upon the coast should not be kept; and the
+Hollanders in that autumn lost above thirty ships upon the Danish coast,
+and came and entreated the King that the lights might be kept again, and
+promised to pay the tolls as formerly, and have done so ever since.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Let me say to you, in freedom, how can you, being a native of
+Denmark, satisfy yourself to discover these things to me, whereby
+prejudice may come to your country?</p>
+
+<p><i>Dane.</i> I do not think I betray my country in this, though, my country
+having left me to be an exile, I <a name="pg96" id="pg96"></a><span class="pagenum">96</span> might justly leave them; and
+wheresoever I breathe and am maintained is more my country than that
+where I was born, and which will not let me breathe there; yet in this I
+think I may do good service to Denmark, to free them from the tyranny
+they are under, and to bring them into the free government of the
+Protector, to whom I shall do any service in my power. But for the King
+of Denmark, he is governed by his Queen and a few of her party, men of no
+honour nor wisdom nor experience in public affairs, but proud and
+haughty, according to the way of these parts of the world.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I shall not fail to make known to the Protector your great
+affections to him.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 6, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Effects of the English fleet in the North.</span>
+Monsieur Miller, who had been Resident at Hamburg for her Majesty, came
+to visit Whitelocke, and after dinner discoursed much of the English
+fleet now at sea, which, he said, did amuse all the northern parts of the
+world, what the design thereof might be. Whitelocke did not lessen the
+wonder, especially in relation to Denmark; yet affirmed nothing
+positively, as indeed he could not. He inquired of Monsieur Miller if the
+King of Denmark were making any preparations at sea, or of land forces,
+or had any design towards Hamburg. Miller said he knew of none, and in
+his discourse gave Whitelocke good information of the government,
+strength, and trade of that Hanse Town.</p>
+
+<p>The Secretary Canterstein came to Whitelocke from the Chancellor, and
+brought to him the articles upon <a name="pg97" id="pg97"></a><span class="pagenum">97</span> which they had last treated, now
+altered according to Whitelocke&rsquo;s desire, except that which concerned the
+forbidding of our enemies to buy arms in the countries of our
+confederates. He also delivered to Whitelocke the draft of a preamble for
+the articles, and another article for the ratifying of all the rest;
+whereunto Whitelocke consented, and thanked God that his business was
+brought so near to a good conclusion. Whitelocke received his packet from
+England, and Thurloe wrote that the Protector was sensible of the Queen&rsquo;s
+delaying of Whitelocke, but approved his proceedings. He sent this
+enclosed order<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="center">
+&ldquo;<span class="smcap">At the Council Chamber, Whitehall:</span></p>
+
+<p class="center">
+&ldquo;<i>Friday, 17 Martii, 1653.</i>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Order in Council in the matter of a Swedish prize.</span>
+&ldquo;On consideration of a letter, this day read in Council, sent from
+the Lord Ambassador Extraordinary with her Majesty of Sweden,
+mentioning, among other things, the taking of the ship &lsquo;Charity,&rsquo;
+Paul Paulsen, master, by a private man-of-war, and the carrying of
+her into Dover, and the hard usage of the master and mariners, which
+ship is claimed by some citizens of Gothenburg, subjects of the said
+Queen:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Ordered</i>, That it be referred to the Commissioners of the
+Admiralty speedily to put this matter in a way of examination; and,
+for their information in the premises, to send for the commander of
+the said man-of-war, and to receive a particular account and
+satisfaction concerning the disposal of the ship and goods, and the
+usage of the master and mariners, and thereupon to state the whole
+case and report it to the Council, to the intent speedy justice may
+be done therein; and the said Commissioners are likewise to take
+order that all further proceedings touching the said ship, or her
+lading or disposal of any part thereof, be stayed and forborne till
+their report made <a name="pg98" id="pg98"></a><span class="pagenum">98</span> and further order thereupon shall be given by the
+Council.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">&ldquo;<span class="smcap">W. Jessop</span>, Clerk of the Council.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>Thurloe wrote that in case the information given to Whitelocke were found
+to be true, that the parties offending would be severely punished and
+right done to those who were injured; and that the Council were very
+sensible hereof, as a hindrance to Whitelocke&rsquo;s proceedings and a
+dishonour to the Protector. He also wrote unto Whitelocke that there was
+little scruple now of an agreement upon the Dutch treaty, which was as
+good as concluded; and he sent the news of France and of Scotland and
+Ireland, as well as that of England, as he constantly used to do.
+Whitelocke caused this order to be translated into Latin, and made use of
+it for the advantage of his business.</p>
+
+<p>A description was given to Whitelocke, in writing, of the manner of
+making gunpowder in these parts, and of their mills and vessels for it,
+not unlike in many things to their way in England.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 7, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Queen&rsquo;s plans after abdication.</span>
+Whitelocke waited on the Queen, and she was pleased to discourse with him
+to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Queen.</i> I am resolved to retire into Pomerland, and this summer to go to
+the Spa to drink the waters for my health.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> Give me leave, Madam, to put you in mind of two things to
+be specially taken care of: one is the security of your own person, the
+other is the settling of your revenue. Your Majesty, being of a royal and
+bountiful spirit, cannot look into such matters <a name="pg99" id="pg99"></a><span class="pagenum">99</span> so much beneath you as
+expenses or accounts; and if care be not taken therein, and good
+officers, your Majesty may be disappointed and deceived.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I thank you for this counsel. I intend to have Mr. Flemming with
+me, to take charge of my revenue; he is a discreet, wise man, and fit for
+that employment, and to order the expenses of my house; I believe he will
+neither deceive me himself nor permit others to do it, for he is faithful
+to me.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Such a servant is a jewel. I hope care is taken that your Majesty&rsquo;s
+revenue be secured in such a manner that you shall not depend upon the
+pleasure of any other for the receipt of it, but to be in your power as
+mistress of it, not as a pensioner.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> It shall be settled according to the advice you gave me, and I
+thank you for it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Madam, I account it a happiness if in anything I may be serviceable
+to your Majesty. Whom doth your Majesty take with you beside Mr. Flemming
+of that quality?</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I desire the company of Mr. Woolfeldt and his lady, if they will go
+with me.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I suppose they will be very serviceable to your Majesty; and I hope
+it will not be long, after the business here effected, before you
+transport yourself into Pomerland, lest any designs should be against
+your liberty, for, Madam, in this age there be few persons to be trusted.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> That is too great a truth, and I thank you for the caution. I could
+freely trust yourself with any of my concernments; and if you will come
+to me into Pomerland, you shall be as welcome as any man living, and we
+will be merry together.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg100" id="pg100"></a><span class="pagenum">100</span> <i>Wh.</i> I humbly thank your Majesty for your great favour to your servant,
+who hath a wife and children enough to people a province in Pomerland,
+and I shall bring them all thither to do your Majesty service.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> If you will bring your lady and all your children and family
+thither, and settle yourself there, you shall want nothing in my power,
+and shall be very welcome to me.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I am your Majesty&rsquo;s most humble servant; and I pray, Madam, give me
+leave to ask your Majesty, whether you judge it requisite for me to wait
+on the Prince of Sweden before my going out of this country.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I think it very fit and necessary for you to see the Prince before
+you leave this country; it will be taken as a respect from the Protector
+to him, and if you do not, it will be looked upon as a neglect of him.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I am obliged to do all that lies in my power to enlarge the
+Protector&rsquo;s interest.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> The Prince being to succeed in the Crown, and in so short a time,
+it will be fit to keep a fair correspondence with him and to show respect
+to him, whereof your visit will be a good testimony.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Madam, your opinion will be a great direction to me in my affairs.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I think it will be an advantage to your business for you to speak
+with the Prince himself, who will take it in good part, and hold himself
+the more obliged to the observance of what shall be agreed upon in your
+present treaty, being acquainted therewith by you that made it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I hope the treaty which your Majesty shall make will be observed by
+any who shall succeed you; <a name="pg101" id="pg101"></a><span class="pagenum">101</span> but I acknowledge it is very advisable for me
+to have some discourse with his Royal Highness, to give him an account of
+the treaty, and I shall inquire where I may attend him.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> You must go from hence to Stockholm, and so to Nordk&ouml;ping, and the
+castle where the Prince now resides is within a league of that town; you
+may have my coaches and horses to transport you, and my servants to guide
+you thither.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I humbly desire your Majesty to make choice of any of my
+coach-horses or saddle-horses that may be useful for you, and to command
+them; they are all at your Majesty&rsquo;s service.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I shall not make choice of any; but if you bestow any of them upon
+me, they will be very acceptable.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I humbly acknowledge your Majesty&rsquo;s great favour in affording a
+despatch to my business.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I wish you with the Protector, because I see you are a faithful
+servant to him, and worthy to serve any prince in Christendom.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Your Majesty ever had a favour for me, and in nothing more than in
+my despatch.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I think it not fit for you to be in Sweden too near the time of the
+coronation of the new King; and then to go away, and not to see him,
+would be worse.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I do intend, upon your Majesty&rsquo;s advice, to salute him before my
+going away, and shall desire that the ships may meet me near the place
+where his Royal Highness is.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I will give order for it, and will be gone myself not long after;
+if I had staid here I should have been glad of your longer stay.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg102" id="pg102"></a><span class="pagenum">102</span> Whitelocke took his leave of the Queen, and, being returned home,
+Field-Marshal Wrangel visited him, and after dinner, being in a good
+humour, discoursed freely and much of the English fleet at sea.
+Whitelocke showed him a draught of the ship &lsquo;Sovereign,&rsquo; with her
+dimensions, guns, and men, wherewith he was much pleased. He told
+Whitelocke that, by command of the Queen, he had prepared ships for
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s transportation from Stockholm to L&uuml;beck.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke reports on the treaty to Thurloe.</span>
+Whitelocke made his despatches for England, and in his letters to Thurloe
+gave this account of the treaty<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;1. Their first article differs not in substance from the first
+which I proposed, and therefore I did not object against it; but as
+to all of them, I reserved a liberty to myself of further
+consideration and objection. I did a little stick upon the word
+&rsquo;colonias&rsquo; in this article, lest it might tend to anything of
+commerce in America; but finding it only to relate to the amity, I
+passed it over.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;2. The first part of it agrees in substance with my sixth article,
+the latter part of it with my fourth article; only I objected
+against their words in this article, &lsquo;in damnum illius,&rsquo; who should
+be judge thereof, and the omission of that part of my fourth article
+against harbouring of enemies and rebels.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;3. Their third article agrees in substance with my second article,
+but is more general, not naming the Sound, and explaining the word
+&rsquo;aliorsum&rsquo; in my second article; and I desired that the word
+&rsquo;populos&rsquo; might be added after the word &lsquo;subditos.&rsquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;4. Their fourth in the beginning agrees with my third article; that
+of it touching the trade of America and the fishing I answered, as I
+gave you a former account, and thereupon denied it, as also that
+part of it which concerns importation of goods in foreign bottoms,
+being contrary to <a name="pg103" id="pg103"></a><span class="pagenum">103</span> our Act of Parliament. In this latter end of
+their fourth article they likewise bring in again the business of
+fishing implicitly in the words &lsquo;maribus, littoribus,&rsquo; etc., and
+therefore I desired that all that part might be left out, and in
+lieu thereof I offered the latter part of my third article beginning
+with the words &lsquo;solutis tamen,&rsquo; etc., and the last of my reserved
+articles to be admitted; or else, I desired that this whole article
+of theirs might be omitted, and in lieu thereof my third article,
+and the last of my reserved articles to be admitted; and they
+likewise insist to have these words added if that part of their
+fourth article be omitted, viz. &lsquo;quoad Americ&aelig; commercium,
+piscationem halecum, et mercium importationem, de his in posterum
+erit conventum.&rsquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;5. Their fifth article agrees in substance with my eleventh, only
+hath more words to express the same matter.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;6. Their sixth agrees in substance with my thirteenth article, with
+the addition of words for kind usage, and the omission of the
+proviso in my thirteenth article as to breaking of bulk; which yet
+seems to be supplied by the latter part of their sixth article, of
+conforming to the ordinances of the place.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;7. Agrees with my reserved article, marked with fifteen, only the
+words &lsquo;nihil inde juris&rsquo; I thought fit to be omitted, because in the
+treaty we are not to meddle with particular rights; yet the sense
+and desire thereof is answered in the words for restitution. I
+offered them, if they liked not this, my fifteenth article, which is
+one of those reserved, omitting only that part as not conducing to
+this article, viz. &lsquo;Et si lis,&rsquo; etc.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;8. Agrees in substance with my twelfth article, only the
+expressions here are longer; and that for justice to be had agrees
+with the latter part of my reserved article fifteenth.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;9. In the general differs not in the substance from my seventh, and
+the beginning of my reserved articles; and the laws in this ninth
+article, first, second, third, and <a name="pg104" id="pg104"></a><span class="pagenum">104</span> fourth, are not contrary to the
+substance of mine; but to the fifth I excepted, as contrary to part
+of my seventh article, and to their sixth law, as to bringing in of
+ships and goods from enemies; both which nevertheless, in case we
+have peace with the Dutch, will be more to our advantage, in my
+humble opinion, to continue in than to be omitted; as also that not
+to contend in the harbours; and so the first, second, third, and
+fourth laws. The seventh law, I humbly conceive, not differing in
+substance from my articles, nor disadvantageous to England. To their
+sixth law I desired that my seventh article might be added, the
+which they denied, as to forbid enemies to either to buy arms, etc.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;10. Agrees in part with my ninth, only the latter part of it seems
+to bring in the trade of America, and a liberty contrary to the Act
+of Navigation; but they insist that the same is saved by the latter
+words of this article, &lsquo;mod&ograve; consuetudines antiqu&aelig;;&rsquo; but I was not
+satisfied herewith, and desired that that part of it which is marked
+might be omitted, and the latter part of my ninth article, viz.
+&rsquo;utrisque utrinque observantibus,&rsquo; etc. inserted, which I humbly
+conceive will help it; or else I desire that this tenth article may
+be wholly omitted, and in lieu thereof my ninth may be agreed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;11. To this article of theirs I wholly excepted, because it agrees
+not with any of mine, nor with reason, that when our enemies have
+forbidden any to bring contraband goods to us, that yet we should
+permit them to be brought unto our enemies. They told me that the
+Queen had sent unto the States to repeal that placard of theirs. I
+answered, that when I was certified that that placard was repealed,
+I would then desire to know the Protector&rsquo;s further pleasure herein;
+but before that be done, I thought it would be in vain to trouble
+him about it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;12. Is not expressly in any of my articles, but agreed by the
+Council of State unto Mr. Lagerfeldt, only the form of the letters
+of safe-conduct not fully assented unto; <a name="pg105" id="pg105"></a><span class="pagenum">105</span> therefore I desired that
+the same might be remitted to a future agreement; but as to the rest
+of this article, it is not repugnant to the substance of mine, that
+the navigation and commerce may be free.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;13. In the first part of it agrees almost <i>verbatim</i> with my tenth
+article; the latter part of it, concerning satisfaction for losses,
+is much altered from what it was at first exhibited, and is now put
+on both parties, and referred to future agreement, wherein there can
+be no prejudice to our Commonwealth; but before, it was reproachful
+to the justice thereof and laid on our part only; now it is no more
+than what the Council and State promised in their papers to Mr.
+Lagerfeldt.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;14. Agrees in substance with my ninth article.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;15. Contains the substance of my fifth article, but is expressed
+more generally, and, as I humbly believe, no less to the advantage
+of our Commonwealth.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I found more readiness in the Queen to consent to what I proposed
+than in her Commissioners; but some things she told me she could not
+consent to, because they were against the interest of her people,
+and were not considerable to England. I gave her thanks for my
+despatch. She said she had an ambition to have the honour of making
+an alliance with the Protector herself before she quitted the
+Government, and that she might testify her respects to him, and
+therefore had gone as far as possibly she could; and indeed there is
+now very little difference, but only in words and expressions, from
+the sense and substance of what I first proposed. And I presume that
+what is here agreed by me will give good satisfaction and
+contentment to the Protector and Council, and I apprehend it clearly
+within my instructions; acknowledging the goodness of God to me in
+this business, where I met with so many difficulties, and of so
+great weight, that yet in a fortnight&rsquo;s time it should be brought to
+a full conclusion, with honour and advantage to the Protector and
+present Government, for which I have taken all care.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg106" id="pg106"></a><span class="pagenum">106</span>
+&ldquo;The articles are not yet drawn up, but I hope we shall sign them
+the next week, and presently after I intend to demand audience to
+take my leave and to remove from hence, and, as soon as I can, to
+come to L&uuml;beck, and from thence to Hamburg; and I have by this post
+humbly desired my Lord Protector to appoint some of his ships to
+meet me at Hamburg as soon as they can, for my transportation from
+thence to England. And I humbly entreat your favour to put his
+Highness in mind of it, and that you will take care that the orders
+may be had, and the ships to come as soon as may be to the Elbe, to
+Hamburg, where I shall stay for them, or till I receive his
+Highness&rsquo;s further commands; and I choose this way as the shortest,
+and where I shall meet with any despatches that may come from
+England. I presume you will be troubled with an importunate suitor
+for hastening my return.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I received your letters of the 17th March, and the order of the
+Council concerning the Swedish ship, for which I return my humble
+thanks. The Queen, and the Chancellor and others here, were much
+satisfied with it. The Chancellor and his son have been very civil
+to me, and lately furthering my despatch. I hope the same goodness
+of God which hath hitherto brought me through this great business
+will give me a safe return to my dear country and friends, where I
+may have opportunity with thankfulness to acknowledge your constant
+favour and kindness to</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your affectionate friend to serve you,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;B. W.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>Upsal, April 7th, 1654.</i>&rdquo;
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3>April 8, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">A masque at Court.</span>
+The master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke from the Queen, to desire
+his company this evening at a masque; and they had this discourse<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> Present my thanks to her Majesty, and tell her I will wait
+upon her.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg107" id="pg107"></a><span class="pagenum">107</span> <span class="sidenote">Precedence claimed by Denmark.</span>
+<i>Mast. Cer.</i> What would your Excellence expect in matter of precedence,
+as in case you should meet with any other ambassador at the masque?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I shall expect that which belongs to me as Ambassador from the
+Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland; and I know no other
+ambassador now in this Court besides myself, except the Ambassador of the
+King of Denmark, who, I suppose, hath no thoughts of precedence before
+the English Ambassador, who is resolved not to give it him if he should
+expect it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> Perhaps it may be insisted on, that he of Denmark is an
+ambassador of an anointed king, and you are only ambassador to the
+Protector&mdash;a new name, and not <i>sacr&eacute;</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Whosoever shall insist on that distinction will be mistaken, and I
+understand no difference of power between king and protector, or anointed
+or not anointed; and ambassadors are the same public ministers to a
+protector or commonwealth as to a prince or sultan.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> There hath always been a difference observed between the
+public ministers of kings and of commonwealths, or princes of inferior
+titles.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The title of Protector, as to a sovereign title, hath not yet been
+determined in the world as to superiority or inferiority to other titles;
+but I am sure that the nation of England hath ever been determined
+superior to that of Denmark. I represent the nations of England,
+Scotland, and Ireland, and the Protector, who is chief of them; and the
+honour of these nations ought to be in the same consideration now as it
+hath been formerly, and I must not suffer <a name="pg108" id="pg108"></a><span class="pagenum">108</span> any diminution of that honour
+by my person to please any whatsoever.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> I shall propose an expedient to you, that you may take your
+places as you come: he who comes first, the first place, and he who comes
+last, the lower place.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I shall hardly take a place below the Danish Ambassador, though I
+come into the room after him.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> But when you come into the room and find the Danish
+Ambassador set, you cannot help it, though he have the upper place.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I shall endeavour to help it, rather than sit below the Danish
+Ambassador.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> I presume you will not use force in the Queen&rsquo;s presence.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Master, it is impossible for me, if it were in the presence of all
+the queens and kings in Christendom, to forbear to use any means to
+hinder the dishonour of my nation in my person.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> I believe the Danish Ambassador would not be so high as you
+are.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> There is no reason why he should: he knows his nation never
+pretended to have the precedence of England, and you, being master of the
+ceremonies, cannot be ignorant of it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> I confess that your nation always had the precedence of
+Denmark when you were under a king.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I should never give it from them though they were under a
+constable.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> If you insist upon it, the Danish Ambassador must be
+uninvited again, for I perceive that you two must not meet.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg109" id="pg109"></a><span class="pagenum">109</span> <i>Wh.</i> I suppose the gentleman would not expect precedence of me.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> I can assure you he doth.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I can assure you he shall never have it, if I can help it. But I
+pray, Master, tell me whether her Majesty takes notice of this question
+of precedence, or did she wish to confer with me about it?</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> The Queen commanded me to speak with you about it, hoping
+that the question might be so composed that she might have the company of
+you both at her entertainment.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I shall stay at home rather than interrupt her Majesty&rsquo;s pleasures,
+which I should do by meeting the Danish Ambassador, to whom I shall not
+give precedence, unless he be stronger than I.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> The Queen makes this masque chiefly for your Excellence&rsquo;s
+entertainment, therefore you must not be absent, but rather the Danish
+Ambassador must be uninvited; and I shall presently go about it.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Order on the Swedish ships.</span>
+Whitelocke returned a visit to Grave Eric, and showed him the Order of
+the Council touching the Swedish ships, much in favour of them, and which
+seemed very pleasing to the Grave; but he also showed to Whitelocke
+several letters which he had received from masters of Swedish ships, of
+new complaints of taking of their ships; and he desired that the Order
+showed him by Whitelocke might be extended to those whose ships had been
+since taken; which Whitelocke promised to endeavour, and said that he
+should be in a better capacity to serve him, and to procure discharges
+for their ships and goods, when he should be himself in England; and
+therefore desired that, by his despatch, they would hasten him thither,
+which the Grave <a name="pg110" id="pg110"></a><span class="pagenum">110</span> promised to do. At his going away, Grave Eric invited
+Whitelocke to dine with him on Monday next, and to come as a particular
+friend and brother, and not by a formal invitation as an ambassador.
+Whitelocke liked the freedom, and promised to wait on him; and was the
+more willing to come, that he might see the fashion of their
+entertainments, this being the first invitation that was made to him by
+any person in this country.</p>
+
+<p>General Grave Wirtenberg visited Whitelocke. He is a Finlander by birth,
+of an ancient family, who had applied himself wholly to the military
+profession, wherein he became so eminent, and had done so great service
+for this Crown, that he was had in great esteem, especially with the
+soldiery. He was a Ricks-Senator, and one of the College of War, and at
+present had the charge of General of the Ordnance, which is of higher
+account here than in England, being next in command to the Generalissimo,
+and over the soldiery which belong not to the train, and is often
+employed as a general. This gentleman seemed worthy of his honour; he was
+of a low stature, somewhat corpulent, of a good mien, and plain
+behaviour, more in the military than courtly way. His discourse declared
+his reason and judgement to be very good, and his mention of anything
+relating to himself was full of modesty. He took great notice of the
+English navy and soldiery, and of the people&rsquo;s inclinations and violent
+desires of liberty. He spake only Swedish and High Dutch, which caused
+Whitelocke to make use of an interpreter, his kinsman Andrew Potley.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The masque.</span>
+In the evening, according to the invitation from the Queen, Whitelocke
+went to Court to the masque, <a name="pg111" id="pg111"></a><span class="pagenum">111</span> where he did not find the Danish
+Ambassador. But some of the Court took notice of the discourse which had
+been between the master of the ceremonies and Whitelocke touching
+precedence, and they all approved Whitelocke&rsquo;s resolution, and told him
+that the Queen highly commended him for it, and said that he was a stout
+and faithful servant to the Protector and to his nation, and that she
+should love him the better for it; nor was the contest the less pleasing
+because with the Dane in Sweden.</p>
+
+<p>From eight o&rsquo;clock at night till two the next morning they were at the
+masque, which was in the usual room fitted for the solemnity, in which
+the Queen herself was an actor. The floor where they danced was covered
+with tapestry and hung about with red velvet, but most adorned by the
+presence of a great number of ladies richly dressed and beautified both
+by nature and habit, attending on their mistress; and there were also
+many senators, officers, courtiers, and nobility,&mdash;a very great presence
+of spectators. The music was excellent, especially the violins, which
+were many, and rare musicians and fittest for that purpose. The Queen
+herself danced very well at two entries: in the first she represented a
+Moorish lady, in the second a citizen&rsquo;s wife; in both the properties were
+exactly fitted, and in all the rest of the actors and dancers.</p>
+
+<p>There were no speeches nor songs; men acting men&rsquo;s parts, and women the
+women&rsquo;s, with variety of representations and dances. The whole design was
+to show the vanity and folly of all professions and worldly things,
+lively represented by the exact properties and mute actions, genteelly,
+without the least offence or scandal.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg112" id="pg112"></a><span class="pagenum">112</span> It held two hours; and after the dances the Queen caused her chair to be
+brought near to Whitelocke, where she sat down and discoursed with him of
+the masque. He (according to his judgement) commended it and the
+inoffensiveness of it, and rare properties fitted to every
+representation, with the excellent performance of their parts by all,
+especially by the Moorish lady and citizen&rsquo;s wife; at which the Queen
+smiled, and said she was glad he liked it. He replied, that any of his
+countrymen might have been present at it without any offence, and he
+thanked her Majesty for the honour she gave him to be present at it. The
+Queen said she perceived that Whitelocke understood what belonged to
+masques and the most curious part of them, the properties,&mdash;with much
+like discourse; after which she retired to her chamber, and Whitelocke to
+his lodging.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 9, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>Monsieur Bloome came to dine with Whitelocke, and to put him in mind of
+Grave Eric&rsquo;s <a name="cm5" id="cm5"></a><a href="#corr5" class="correction" title="Original reads 'requst'">request</a> to him to dine with him the next day. He also
+sent to invite Whitelocke&rsquo;s two sons and Colonel Potley.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Spanish Envoy departs with rich presents.</span>
+In the afternoon Piementelle came to take his leave of Whitelocke, and
+said he intended to begin his journey the next morning. Whitelocke
+offered himself or his coaches and servants, to attend him out of town;
+but he said it was not the custom when a public minister departed from a
+place to use any ceremony, but to leave him to the liberty of ordering
+and taking his journey, but thanked Whitelocke for his favour.</p>
+
+<p>Though it were the Lord&rsquo;s Day, yet Piementelle fell into discourse of the
+last night&rsquo;s masque, which he <a name="pg113" id="pg113"></a><span class="pagenum">113</span> could not be present at publicly as
+formerly, because he had taken his leave of the Queen and Senators, yet,
+being desirous to see it, was admitted into the tiring-room; and he told
+Whitelocke that after the Queen had acted the Moorish lady and retired
+into that room to put off her disguise, Piementelle being there, she gave
+him her visor; in the mouth whereof was a diamond ring of great price,
+which shined and glistered gloriously by the torch and candle light as
+the Queen danced; this she bade Piementelle to keep till she called for
+it. Piementelle told her he wondered she would trust a jewel of that
+value in the hands of a soldier; she said she would bear the adventure of
+it. And when the masque was ended, Piementelle offered the ring again to
+the Queen, who told him that he had not kept it according to her
+commands, which were till she called for it, which she had not yet done,
+nor intended as long as she lived, but that he should keep it as a
+memorial of her favour. The Spaniard had cause to rest satisfied with the
+Queen&rsquo;s answer and her real and bountiful compliment, the ring being
+worth ten thousand crowns, which he brought away with him, besides many
+other jewels and presents from the Queen of great value, not publicly
+known. He took leave of Whitelocke and of his sons, Colonel Potley, and
+the gentlemen, with great civility.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 10, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke dines with Grave Eric Oxenstiern.</span>
+Between eleven and twelve o&rsquo;clock, the usual dining-time here,
+Whitelocke, with his sons and Potley, attended only by two gentlemen, one
+page, and two lacqueys, went to Grave Eric&rsquo;s lodging to dinner. His
+<a name="pg114" id="pg114"></a><span class="pagenum">114</span> rooms were not stately nor richly furnished, but such as could be had in
+that place. The outer room for servants was like a little hall; within
+that was a larger room, narrow and long, where they dined; within that
+was a smaller room hung with tapestry, used for a withdrawing-room: all
+below stairs, which is not usual in these parts.</p>
+
+<p>Grave Eric met Whitelocke at the door of the lodging; in the dining-room
+was his father the Chancellor, and divers friends with him. The father
+and son went in with Whitelocke to the withdrawing-room, where, after a
+quarter of an hour&rsquo;s discourse, they were called to dinner, the meat
+being on the table; then a huge massy basin and ewer of silver gilt was
+brought for them to wash&mdash;some of the good booties met with in Germany.
+After washing, one of the pages (after their manner) said grace in
+Swedish.</p>
+
+<p>The table was long and narrow; in the middle of it, on the further side,
+under a canopy of velvet, were set two great chairs: Whitelocke sat in
+the right-hand chair, and Woolfeldt in the other, on his left-hand. On
+the other side of the table, over against these, were set two other like
+great chairs; in the right-hand chair sat the Ricks-Droitset, and in the
+left-hand chair the Chancellor. By Whitelocke sat Grave Gabriel
+Oxenstiern and Senator Vanderlin in lesser chairs, and by Woolfeldt sat
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s sons and Potley. On the other side, in lesser chairs, by the
+Droitset, sat the Senators Beilke and Bundt the younger; by the
+Chancellor sat Senator Bundt the elder and Baron Douglas; at the upper
+end of the table sat Grave Eric, and at the lower end stood the carver.
+The dishes were all silver, not great, but <a name="pg115" id="pg115"></a><span class="pagenum">115</span> many, set one upon another,
+and filled with the best meat and most variety that the country did
+afford; and indeed the entertainment was very noble&mdash;they had four
+several courses of their best meat, and fish and fowl, dressed after the
+French mode.</p>
+
+<p>They had excellent Rhenish wine, and indifferent good sack and claret;
+their beer very thick and strong, after the manner of the country. When
+the four courses were done, they took off the meat and tablecloth, and
+under it was another clean cloth; then they brought clean napkins and
+plates to every one, and set a full banquet on the table, and, as part
+thereof, tobacco and pipes, which they set before Whitelocke as a special
+respect to him, and he and two or three more of the company took of it as
+they sat at table; and they so civilly complied with Whitelocke as not to
+observe their own customs, but abstaining from healths or any excess.</p>
+
+<p>They all sat bare at the table, according to their usage, chiefly (though
+no occasion were for it at this time) to avoid the trouble of often
+putting off and on their hats and caps in healths. They were full of good
+discourse, more cheerful than serious. Most at the table spake or
+understood somewhat of English, for which reason they were chosen to
+accompany Whitelocke here, as a compliment to his nation; they discoursed
+also in several other languages, as Swedish, High Dutch, French, and
+Latin.</p>
+
+<p>After dinner, which was very long, they sat yet longer at the table,
+Whitelocke expecting when they would rise; till Douglas informed him,
+that he being the guest, and an ambassador, they used it as a respect to
+him, that none of the company would offer <a name="pg116" id="pg116"></a><span class="pagenum">116</span> to rise till he first arose
+from the table. As soon as this was known to Whitelocke, he presently
+rose and the rest with him, and the Chancellor and he retired into the
+withdrawing-room; where, after compliments and thanks for his noble
+treatment (which it was said the father made, though put out in the son&rsquo;s
+name, and was full of respect and magnificence),
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke exchanges his full powers.</span>
+Whitelocke thought fit
+to show to the Chancellor his powers to treat, and they had conference to
+this effect.</p>
+
+<p>
+<i>Whitelocke.</i> Father, if you please to peruse this writing, you will be
+satisfied that the Protector, since the late change of Government in
+England, hath thought me worthy to be trusted and furnished with
+sufficient power as to this treaty.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chancellor.</i> My dear son, this is very full, and a large testimony of
+the good opinion your master hath of you. All your powers and the
+originals of your commissions (according to custom) are to be left with
+us, to be registered in our Chancery.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I suppose you will also deliver to me the originals of your powers,
+to be enrolled (according to the English custom also) in our Chancery.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> That shall be done.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The like shall be done on my part; and the Protector will be ready
+to do whatever shall be judged further necessary for the ratifying of
+this business.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> It will be requisite that you let me have in Latin your
+instructions from the Protector.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I shall cause it to be done, except such part of them as are
+secret.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> That which is to be reserved in secresy I desire not to see;
+there will be sufficient besides to show your powers.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg117" id="pg117"></a><span class="pagenum">117</span> <i>Wh.</i> They will fully appear.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> I should counsel you, before your departure out of this kingdom,
+to make a visit to the Prince of Sweden; he will take it in good part,
+and it will testify a respect of the Protector to him, and render the
+alliance the more firm.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> It is my purpose to visit the Prince; not that I am in doubt of the
+validity of the treaty made with the Queen, unless the Prince approve of
+it, but, as you advise, to show the respect of the Protector to his
+Kingly Highness, and to acquit myself of a due civility.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> It will be fit for you to do it; and I shall advise you, at your
+return home, to put the Protector in mind of some particulars which, in
+my judgement, require his special care.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I shall faithfully do it, and I know they will be received with
+much the more regard coming from you: I pray do me the favour to let me
+know them.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Oxenstiern&rsquo;s advice to Cromwell.</span>
+<i>Chan.</i> I would counsel the Protector to take heed of those dangerous
+opinions in matters of religion which daily increase among you, and, if
+not prevented and curbed, will cause new troubles, they never resting
+till themselves may domineer in chief.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Will not the best way to curb them be to slight them, and so they
+will fall of themselves?</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> I doubt they have taken too much root to fall so easily; but if
+they be not countenanced with preferments, they will the sooner wither
+and decay.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> That will surely lessen them.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> The Protector must also be careful to provide money and
+employment for his soldiers, else he will hardly keep them in order.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg118" id="pg118"></a><span class="pagenum">118</span> <i>Wh.</i> That is very requisite; and for money there is good provision
+already made.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> He must likewise be watchful of the King&rsquo;s party, who will be
+busy at work, especially upon the new change.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The care thereof is the life of our affairs, and his Highness is
+most vigilant.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> It behoves him to be so, for they that could not vanquish him by
+arms will endeavour to do it by craft and treachery of your own party,
+which you must look to.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> He hath good intelligence of their plots.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> It will also be prudence in him to let the people see that he
+intends not to rule them with an iron sceptre, nor to govern them by an
+army, but to give them such a liberty and enjoyment of the benefit of
+their laws that the continuance of his government may become their
+interest, and that they may have no cause to desire a change; else,
+though they must bear the yoke for a time, yet as soon as they meet with
+an opportunity they will shake it off again.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> This is counsel proper to come from such a mind and judgement as
+yours is, and I shall not fail to report it to his Highness; and your
+Excellence hath rightly stated the disposition of my countrymen, who love
+peace and liberty, and will hardly brook slavery longer than they are
+forced to it by necessity; and the best way to govern them is to let them
+enjoy their laws and rights, which will rule them better than an iron
+sceptre.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> It is the disposition of all generous and free people, as the
+English are, whom I truly respect, and him that is their head, that
+gallant person the Protector.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg119" id="pg119"></a><span class="pagenum">119</span> They had much other discourse; and after being together till six
+o&rsquo;clock, the father and son, and the Chancellor and Whitelocke, called
+one another, and all the company parted.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 11, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Queen proposes a secret article.</span>
+The Chancellor had promised to procure Whitelocke his despatch in a few
+days. He sent Canterstein to communicate to him the articles drawn in
+form, with the amendments, to see if there were any mistake in them.
+Whitelocke and the secretary perused them together, and agreed on all
+except two or three points, in which was some small difference; and
+Canterstein promised to hasten the engrossing of them.</p>
+
+<p>Many strangers dining with Whitelocke made him the later in his visit to
+the Queen, to take his leave of her Majesty before her intended journey
+to see her mother. She promised Whitelocke that during her absence she
+would leave order with the Chancellor and his son to conclude the treaty,
+and at her return she would do what belonged to her for the speedy
+despatch of Whitelocke, to his contentment. She promised also to give
+order to her Chancellor about the business of Guinea, whereof they had
+much discourse.</p>
+
+<p>She was pleased to propound to Whitelocke a secret article to be between
+her and the Protector, and not to be in the treaty between her
+Commissioners and Whitelocke, nor to be known to any of them. She said,
+that if it might be done, she should take it in very good part; but if
+Whitelocke thought it not likely to be done, then she would think no more
+of it. She said the substance of what she desired was that it <a name="pg120" id="pg120"></a><span class="pagenum">120</span> might be
+agreed, by a particular article between the Protector and her, that in
+case those here should not perform what they promised to her upon her
+resignation of the government, that then it should be in the power of the
+Protector to break the treaty now made, and not to be bound by it.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke was much troubled at this proposal, and upon a great
+difficulty in it&mdash;that if he should deny it, the Queen might be distasted
+and break off from his treaty; and to consent to it he had no commission,
+nor held it reasonable; but he told the Queen that it was a matter of
+great weight, deserving her Majesty&rsquo;s serious thoughts what to do in it.
+He said he had no instructions upon any such article as this, nor could
+agree to it; but if her Majesty pleased to have such an article drawn up,
+and to sign it herself and send it to the Protector, he promised to use
+his best interest to persuade his Highness to a consent thereunto, and to
+sign it at Whitelocke&rsquo;s return to England, and so to return it to her
+Majesty.</p>
+
+<p>She said that Woolfeldt should confer with Whitelocke about the drawing
+up of such an article, whom she would trust in it, but not any of the
+Swedes, because it might concern them, and occasion prejudice to them.
+Whitelocke agreed that Woolfeldt was a fit person to be trusted in this
+business, and one with whom he should willingly confer about any service
+for her Majesty; that he believed something might be done herein to the
+Queen&rsquo;s advantage, but whether in this way of a secret article, and as
+part of the treaty, he doubted, lest thereby offence might be given, and
+the treaty thereby, as to both parts, be weakened. The Queen replied that
+it would keep those here in some <a name="pg121" id="pg121"></a><span class="pagenum">121</span> fear lest if they should break with
+her, that then the Protector would not keep the treaty with them.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke thought it best to be at some reserve in this article of
+secresy, not wholly to dissuade the Queen from it, lest she might be
+distasted. He saw advantage to the Protector to have it put into his
+power to break the treaty upon this occasion; but he doubted the honour
+and clearness of it, and therefore he judged it best to say the less at
+this time. Only he observed what a condition the Queen had brought her
+affairs unto when she thought not fit to trust any of her countrymen in
+this business; and before her resignation she distrusted the performance
+of the conditions of it towards herself, and therefore would have this
+secret article as a bridle to them. But as she distrusted her own party,
+so she testified great confidence in the Protector and in Whitelocke, to
+whom she propounded this secret article of so much concernment to her.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke persuaded her Majesty to appoint faithful persons to order her
+revenue for her, and not to stay long here after her resignation, because
+she would then find a great difference in the carriage of persons to her.
+She said she had taken care about her revenue as he had advised her, and
+that she would be gone out of Sweden presently after her resignation;
+that she expected the alteration of men&rsquo;s carriages towards her after it,
+but it would not trouble her; that the world was of such a condition,
+that nothing of respect was to be looked for but where advantage was
+hoped for by it. She never esteemed the fawnings of men for their own
+ends, but her own private contentment and satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg122" id="pg122"></a><span class="pagenum">122</span> Whitelocke sent his son James and his secretary (Earle) to Canterstein
+with a copy of the form which Whitelocke intended to follow in the
+instrument intended to be delivered by him, where he put the Protector&rsquo;s
+name first, and some other small variations, as usage required; wherewith
+Canterstein promised to acquaint the Chancellor and to return an answer.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke employed his son for his experience to be gained in these
+affairs.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 12, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Woolfeldt opposes the secret article.</span>
+Mr. Woolfeldt having done Whitelocke the favour to dine with him, they
+retired and discoursed privately to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Woolfeldt.</i> The Queen was pleased the last night to send for me, and to
+communicate to me the matter of a secret article which, she said, she had
+before imparted to you.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> What is your opinion of such an article?</p>
+
+<p><i>Woolf.</i> Truly, I dissuaded her from it, as not convenient, in my poor
+opinion, for either party.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I know your judgement is grounded upon solid reason.</p>
+
+<p><i>Woolf.</i> My reasons are, because this article is to be kept secret, and
+to be added as a part of the treaty by her Majesty without the knowledge
+of those here, which, when it shall come to be known, will give them the
+more cause of objection and hatred against her for it, and expose her to
+more inconveniences than it can bring advantage to her; and therefore I
+thought it better for her Majesty to forbear it.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg123" id="pg123"></a><span class="pagenum">123</span> <i>Wh.</i> Your reasons were the true ones: was her Majesty convinced by
+them?</p>
+
+<p><i>Woolf.</i> She seemed to make more doubt of it than at first, but told me
+that you were not much against it, and desired to confer with me about it
+while she was out of town, and she wished me to prepare something against
+her return.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> As I told her Majesty, I can consent to nothing in this point,
+having no instructions in any matter of this nature, as you will easily
+believe; but if her Majesty shall think fit to have anything drawn up by
+way of a secret article, all that I can do will be to present it to the
+Protector at my return home, and I know he will be as ready as any person
+to show respect to the Queen; but what he will do as to a consent in this
+particular I cannot tell, but am doubtful lest it may be apprehended as a
+weakening of the treaty and alliance.</p>
+
+<p><i>Woolf.</i> That is a great and true objection against it; and, in my
+opinion, it would be better for the Queen to write a letter to the
+Protector in general compliment, and in it to desire him to be a friend
+to her, and to give her his assistance upon any occasion that may fall
+out concerning her; and this letter may be sent by you, and delivered by
+your hand to the Protector, when you may acquaint him with anything
+further or more particularly relating to her Majesty.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I think this will be much the better way; and if such a letter be
+sent by me, I hope I shall be able to procure such an answer, or, upon
+any occasion, such a return as will be to the contentment of her Majesty.
+But in case the Queen should sign such an article, and then the Protector
+should not approve it, <a name="pg124" id="pg124"></a><span class="pagenum">124</span> it would distaste the Queen and her friends, and
+she would be censured to have done too low an act in it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Woolf.</i> I had yesterday a long discourse with the Chancellor about your
+affairs of England, and particularly of your fleet now at sea&mdash;what
+should be the design of having so strong a fleet at sea, the sea-war
+between you and your enemies being reported at an end, and peace
+concluded; and whether your design might be for France or Spain or
+Portugal.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Or for the defence of England.</p>
+
+<p><i>Woolf.</i> He was much amused about it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I hope that was not lessened by you.</p>
+
+<p><i>Woolf.</i> No indeed; I endeavoured to amuse him more, and told him, that
+for France, England did not care to have it; it would be but a charge and
+no benefit to them, and embroil them in a long chargeable war.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> England hath had experience thereof formerly when they were masters
+of France, and many of us think our own country as good as France.</p>
+
+<p><i>Woolf.</i> I am of that opinion; and I told him there was as little
+probability for any design against Spain because of its distance, and
+little advantage to England by a war with them.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I hope you commended a kingdom called Denmark?</p>
+
+<p><i>Woolf.</i> I first told him that for Portugal or the Indies the like
+objections were against any design for them; but as for Denmark, I told
+him that England had just cause to make war upon that king, and that it
+would be no hard business to gain upon him; and the advantage of traffic
+made me think that to be the most probable design of any other to be
+intended by <a name="pg125" id="pg125"></a><span class="pagenum">125</span> this great fleet of England, wherein it is most likely for
+you to gain advantage to your Commonwealth and to give offence to none,
+having a just cause of quarrel against him.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Your brother the King of Denmark hath given cause indeed to be
+visited.</p>
+
+<p><i>Woolf.</i> I shall inform you of one thing, of which you may now make
+advantage. Your King James made a treaty with the last King of Denmark
+concerning the Isles of the Orcades, which were claimed by the Dane as
+part of their territories; and after the death of King James and our last
+King, that then, upon payment of &pound;13,000 by the Dane, he should have the
+Orcades again. Now both these kings being dead, according to that treaty
+it is in the liberty of the King of Denmark to redeem those islands; and
+it would be good for you, in the treaty with that Crown, who would be
+included in your treaty with the Hollanders, to have a clause for the
+present King of Denmark to quit his pretences to the Orcades upon the
+treaty with King James.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> This is a very material thing, and I shall not fail to do somewhat
+in it, if I can return to England time enough; and I thank you for
+putting me in mind of it.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Discussion on the Guinea settlements.</span>
+Grave Eric came to Whitelocke, who had much discourse with him touching
+Guinea, and the injuries done by the Swedes to the English there.</p>
+
+<p><i>Grave Eric.</i> One of the principal persons of the Swedish plantation
+there is now in this country, and complains of injuries done by the
+English to the Swedes there. I think it may be fit to hear both the
+complaints of the one and of the other part, and thereupon <a name="pg126" id="pg126"></a><span class="pagenum">126</span> to come to
+some agreement upon the whole matter.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> I have here many examinations taken upon oath concerning
+this matter.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> Those complaints ought to be determined by the King of that
+country, who sold the lands to the planters, and can resolve all
+differences about that matter.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I believe that the complaints of this nature are properly to be
+made to the Queen, whose subjects are concerned in them, and they are
+always under her rule.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> The Queen will make no difficulty to do justice in this case,
+and I hope that the Protector will do the like.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> You need not at all to doubt it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> This messenger, now come to me, hath brought me letters from
+the Queen, in which there is mention of this business.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Why may not an article touching Guinea be inserted with the rest?</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> That will not be convenient, because the articles are
+entirely concluded and engrossed on our part; and this of Guinea is but a
+particular business, which till now came not under consideration, nor
+hath been examined, and it will be better to have an article by itself
+upon this subject.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I am satisfied with your reason, and think this way will be no
+disadvantage to the merchants of either nation. I desire an addition to
+the article touching passports, that none shall do anything contrary to
+the letters of passport.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> I cannot consent to that, for it will render the whole
+article fruitless in both parts; and there is <a name="pg127" id="pg127"></a><span class="pagenum">127</span> another article, that in
+case any shall act anything in prejudice of the treaty, he shall be
+punished.</p>
+
+<p>In consideration of this article, and in regard that the agreement
+touching the form of passports was remitted to something to be done
+therein afterwards, and he found Eric stiff against any alteration,
+Whitelocke did not think it material to insist further upon it. As to
+that which Whitelocke desired to the last article of ratification, that
+the words &ldquo;vel successoribus suis&rdquo; might be omitted, Eric said he would
+consent thereunto if he found it material, and desired the business might
+be finished; and he desired Whitelocke to excuse a little small delay at
+present by his absence for a few days, he being necessitated to go out of
+town tomorrow, but at his return all should be concluded; and as soon as
+the Queen came back, the whole business should be finished, which had
+been done before, but by reason of the Queen&rsquo;s unexpected journey.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 13, 1654.</h3>
+
+
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke confers with the Chancellor, and invites him to
+dinner.</span>
+In the morning the Chancellor came to Whitelocke and staid with him near
+three hours. They had much debate touching Guinea, to the like effect as
+before with his son; they had also debate about the amendments which
+Whitelocke had desired might be inserted in the articles, chiefly that
+touching passports, to which the Chancellor would by no means agree. He
+likewise said to Whitelocke<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Chancellor.</i> The Queen caused the articles to be copied out, to the end
+(as I believe) to communicate them to the Prince, which will be for the
+greater validity of the treaty and alliance.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg128" id="pg128"></a><span class="pagenum">128</span> <i>Whitelocke.</i> I am glad her Majesty is pleased to take the advice of the
+Prince in this business, and am willing to promise myself that nothing is
+contained in the articles which he will not approve.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> I believe the same.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> This might be the occasion that my business was not finished before
+her Majesty&rsquo;s going out of town.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> I myself am also going into the country, and come now to take my
+leave of you.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I hope you will return before her Majesty.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> I purpose to stay abroad but four or five days; and I find that
+frequent exercise and change of air tendeth very much to the improving of
+my health.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I do heartily wish your health, and hope that the Queen and you
+will shortly be in town again, and that then my business will be
+finished.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> There is no doubt but that your business will be despatched
+within a very few days after the Queen&rsquo;s return.</p>
+
+<p>They had much other discourse touching the affairs of England, in which
+the Chancellor testified much respect to England and to the Protector.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke invited the Chancellor to dinner to his house, but he excused
+himself, alleging that his age and infirmities would not permit him to
+take a meal out of his own house, or at the houses of some of his
+children, where he might enjoy the same liberty as at his own house.
+Whitelocke told him that he should have the same liberty at his house,
+who was one of his sons, as he could take at the houses of any other of
+his children; but the Chancellor earnestly desired to be excused, and
+Whitelocke thought not fit further <a name="pg129" id="pg129"></a><span class="pagenum">129</span> to importune him, but desired him to
+hasten his return hither, which he promised to do.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke received his letters from England, and in that from Thurloe he
+writes<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Letters from Thurloe.</span>
+&ldquo;There hath been consideration taken of your return home, but the
+issue of the treaty with the Dutch not being yet known, his
+Highness&rsquo;s resolutions as to your return are deferred until the
+next; the difficulty of that business lies in the article relating
+to the Danes, etc. All things else remain as they did by my last, so
+that your Excellence will be saved this week the labour of reading
+my long letter. This day we have a fast for the great drought.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My Lady was here with me to hasten your return, wherein I should be
+glad to be instrumental. I pray God preserve your Excellence, and
+bless the affairs under your hand. I am,</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your Excellence&rsquo;s humble servant,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Jo. Thurloe.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>March 24th, 1653.</i>
+</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I saw a letter to his Highness from Upsal, wherein some expressions
+were used as if your Excellence were like to be removed from the
+Seal. His Highness commanded me to assure you that there are no such
+intentions, but much the contrary, whereof your Excellence will have
+real demonstrations upon all occasions.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+
+<h3>April 14, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Passport given to a Swedish ship.</span>
+Grave Eric desired Whitelocke to give a passport to a Swedish ship bound
+from Stockholm to Portugal. The Chancellor requested the same, and both
+father and son engaged to Whitelocke that there was nothing aboard the
+vessel, nor any design in her voyage, against England; that she was
+freighted for Portugal only, and that they should esteem the favour as
+done to <a name="pg130" id="pg130"></a><span class="pagenum">130</span> themselves, because they had a share in the goods on board this
+ship. Whitelocke, though he were hardly persuaded to give his passports
+to Swedish ships or to any other, yet considering the time when this was
+desired, and the persons desiring it, he thought not fit to deny it, but
+gave it in this form.<a name="fnm130_9" id="fnm130_9"></a><a href="#fn130_9" class="fnnum">130</a></p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke gave an account in his letters this day to Thurloe of all
+passages of moment since his last, and wrote further<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Letters to Thurloe.</span>
+&ldquo;My letters, I confess, have been tedious heretofore, but I ask your
+pardon, and do hope that my business is now at such a period that I
+shall not have occasion to trouble you with the like.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is little to do here at this time; almost all the great lords
+and courtiers are gone out of town, so that here is a lamentable
+silent place. I shall be heartily glad to receive my Lord&rsquo;s order to
+authorize my return; but my business being now ended, I presume I
+may expect his pleasure at any other place. I purpose to visit the
+Queen-mother and the Prince of Sweden, because other ambassadors
+have done it, and I have been particularly invited to it. I think it
+will be a respect from my Lord Protector <a name="pg131" id="pg131"></a><span class="pagenum">131</span> which they will take very
+kindly, and may be some strength to the alliance, and is not the
+less requisite for me, because our enemies report that none but
+mechanics are of our party; but since our being here the Swedes
+acknowledge the contrary.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I hope within two or three weeks to be at sea, and that my God, who
+hath hitherto been so good to me, will give me a safe return to my
+Lord and to my native country, to whom I wish all prosperity.</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your affectionate friend to serve you,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;B. W.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>Upsal, 14th April, 1654.</i>
+</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I hope you will pardon the importunity of my wife&rsquo;s solicitation,
+being for my return. I have been informed this week that some
+Holland ships are loading here with ordnance and other provisions of
+war. I hope his Highness hath been pleased to give order for two or
+three ships to be at Hamburg for my transportation into England, and
+therein I entreat your favour.</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;B. W.&rdquo;
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>In this letter Whitelocke also gave advice, what he had been informed
+touching the treaty between King James and the last King of Denmark
+concerning the Orcades, with his humble opinion what was fit to be done
+in that business, upon the comprehension of the Dane in the Dutch treaty,
+yet nothing was done therein; however, Whitelocke was satisfied in the
+acquittal of himself to have done his duty.</p>
+
+<p>Upon the earnest request of some Scots and English gentlemen on the
+behalf of Colonel Halsall, now in this town, Whitelocke gave him this
+pass.<a name="fnm131_10" id="fnm131_10"></a><a href="#fn131_10" class="fnnum">131</a></p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="pg132" id="pg132"></a><span class="pagenum">132</span> April 15, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Excursion with the French Resident.</span>
+The Resident of France having desired Whitelocke that when he went abroad
+to take the air he would give him leave to accompany him, Whitelocke sent
+to him, this fair day inviting and leisure not hindering it. They went
+together in Whitelocke&rsquo;s coach to a wood, about an English mile from
+Upsal, full of pines, fir-trees, and juniper, and very fair and pleasant
+walks in it. The beauty of the day and place had also invited thither at
+this time the Ambassador of Denmark and the Holland Resident, who,
+perceiving Whitelocke&rsquo;s coaches and company, crossed out of the way where
+they were, and betook themselves to another walk; but Whitelocke kept on
+in his, and with the French Resident had much general discourse, but
+little of matters of state, because they could not trust one the other;
+yet Whitelocke learnt from him the condition of several persons in
+principal credit in the Court of France, and the way of their management
+of affairs. This gentleman was very civil and courteous and good company,
+desiring the conversation of Whitelocke, which he afforded him both going
+<a name="pg133" id="pg133"></a><span class="pagenum">133</span> abroad and in his house, to which the Resident did him the favour to be
+no stranger.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke told him he purposed to go by Nordk&ouml;ping, and by the way to
+visit the Queen-mother and the Prince, and to have his ship meet him
+there. The Resident said the ship could not easily come to Nordk&ouml;ping,
+being no good harbour; but his best way would be to go from thence to
+Calmar, and his ship to meet him there, the haven being open and the ship
+may come near the town; and that Nordk&ouml;ping was the midway between
+Stockholm and Calmar, and the ship might be as soon at Calmar as at
+Nordk&ouml;ping; that the passage to L&uuml;beck was much easier from Calmar than
+from Nordk&ouml;ping, and with a good wind might be made from Calmar in two
+days. But hereof Whitelocke intended to have the advice of some Swedes.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 16, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Great wealth of the Oxenstiern family.</span>
+Monsieur Bloome this Lord&rsquo;s Day dined with Whitelocke, and told him that
+the Chancellor had left him in town to keep Whitelocke company in the
+absence of the Chancellor, and to assure him that the Chancellor would
+return again in a very few days. Whitelocke made much of him, and had
+good informations from him. He said that Grave John Oxenstiern, the
+Chancellor&rsquo;s eldest son, had at that time, whilst his father was alive,
+above &pound;20,000 sterling of yearly revenue, which he had from his father
+and by his wife, an inheritrix; and that Grave Eric, the second son, had
+in his father&rsquo;s lifetime near &pound;10,000 sterling of yearly revenue, besides
+what both of them might expect from their father: and therefore both
+father and <a name="pg134" id="pg134"></a><span class="pagenum">134</span> sons might, as they did, live in great state and with
+attendance of much port and ceremony.</p>
+
+<p>Grave Leonhough bestowed a visit on Whitelocke. He is a senator and one
+of the College of War, a person of great esteem and good parts; his
+conversation was full of civility; his discourse (in French) was
+rational, and for the most part upon matter of war, history, and the
+mathematics. In his company was an officer, his brother-in-law, who had
+served the King of Portugal in his late wars, and was a civil person, and
+seemed a gallant man. This Grave had been long bred up in the wars, and
+was now a Major-General; and his discourse showed him to be knowing and
+modest. He demanded of Whitelocke many questions touching the affairs of
+England, and particularly of the late civil dissensions there, and had a
+full account thereof from Whitelocke, by which he seemed to receive much
+satisfaction, and acknowledged that he had not heard the truth before,
+and that this relation justified the proceedings of the Parliament. He
+spake nothing to Whitelocke touching his business of the treaty, nor did
+Whitelocke mention it to this Grave, whom he never saw before, and
+because it was a day for other duties.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 17, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">A serenade to Whitelocke.</span>
+Upsal being very empty, by the absence of the Queen and all the great
+Lords, who were retired to their country-houses, but most of them to
+Stockholm, it was given out that her Majesty would not return to this
+place, but remain at Stockholm, and that the General Assembly should be
+held there; which was not <a name="pg135" id="pg135"></a><span class="pagenum">135</span> believed by Whitelocke, because the Queen had
+assured him that she would return to Upsal within eight or ten days, and
+she never brake her word with him.</p>
+
+<p>Her absence, and the leisure which they had thereby, gave opportunity to
+some of her musicians (Italians and Germans) to pass a compliment on
+Whitelocke, to come to his house, and with great ceremony to entertain
+him with their vocal and instrumental music, which was excellent good;
+and they played many lessons of English composition, which the gentlemen
+who were musical of Whitelocke&rsquo;s family brought forth unto them.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 18, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Swedish army.</span>
+Whitelocke returned a visit to the Grave Leonhough, whose lodgings were
+but mean, such as the town would afford, but his treatment was with great
+civility. Amongst other discourse he inquired touching the discipline of
+war and ordering the soldiery in England, who, he said, must be well
+paid, or else they could not be kept in good order. Whitelocke
+acknowledged that to be very true, and said that in England special care
+was taken for the constant and due pay of the armies much beyond other
+countries, by which means they were kept in the best and strictest
+discipline of any armies in the world; that violence or plunder, contrary
+to the articles of war, was severely punished.</p>
+
+<p>The Grave acquainted Whitelocke that he was to go out of town the next
+day to a general muster, about four leagues from hence, within the
+province where he had the government; which occasioned Whitelocke to
+<a name="pg136" id="pg136"></a><span class="pagenum">136</span> inquire of him, and to be informed that this was the standing militia of
+the country, and that the manner of it was thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p>The whole militia of Sweden in the country, besides the standing forces
+of their armies in service, doth consist of 50,000 horse and foot,
+whereof 12,000 horse and 38,000 foot in the several provinces are
+constantly in a readiness to be drawn forth in fourteen days&rsquo; time. In
+Sweden are about 5000 horse and 20,000 foot, and in Finland and the other
+provinces about 8000 horse and 20,000 foot: in all, above 50,000. That
+the Crown is not at any charge for the pay of these militia forces,
+unless they are drawn forth into actual service, and then they are paid
+as their other army forces are, which is not very much or constant; but
+when they are in an enemy&rsquo;s country they live upon the country, and take
+contribution, if not plunder; and somewhat is allowed them by the Crown,
+as so much in money (which is a very small proportion) and such a weekly
+quantity of bread, butter, and cheese for every foot-soldier, and a like
+proportion for the horsemen; whose charge may be guessed at by that of
+their officers, of whom it was affirmed that the allowance to a captain
+of horse was his stove and his stable, and twenty rix-dollars a year. His
+stove they call his fire, candle, and entertainment for himself; his
+stable, that is horse-meat, and room, and shoeing; and for himself from
+the Crown (besides what he gets from the country) but twenty rix-dollars
+a year, with the like proportion for other officers and soldiers.</p>
+
+<p>The manner of maintaining their militia forces in the country was said to
+be this<span class="together">:&mdash;</span>A horseman was quartered in the house of a boor, or husbandman;
+if the <a name="pg137" id="pg137"></a><span class="pagenum">137</span> man will work himself and his horse with the boor, to help him in
+his husbandry, then the boor gives the man and his horse entertainment
+freely, and hath their work for it, which is more worth than their meat,
+and the boor will give the man perhaps some small sum of money besides.
+By this way the boor hath an advantage&mdash;the work of a man and a horse for
+their meat only; and the horseman hath an advantage&mdash;his own and his
+horse&rsquo;s meat, besides what the Crown allows him, and himself and horse
+kept in better condition by it; and without his work, the boor is not
+compellable to find him but his lodging only.</p>
+
+<p>In like manner it is for the foot-soldier. He is quartered with a boor,
+and must work for the boor, or have no diet from him; but they do work
+generally, and by that means the soldier is kept out of idleness. The
+countryman hath a benefit by his work for his diet only, whereas he must
+give diet and wages to a servant; and the soldier by his work hath his
+diet besides what the State allows him, and so he and his landlord are
+both well pleased. But the Crown hath the greatest advantage, which
+hereby saves the great pay which otherwise they must allow; and yet these
+forces are constantly in a readiness when the occasions of the Crown
+require their service.</p>
+
+<p>The officers of these militia forces have no pay at all but when they are
+in actual service, neither do they expect any pay, being gentlemen of
+quality and interest in the country: the chief of whom, who are fit for
+it, are made colonels; the next to them lieutenant-colonels, majors,
+captains, and inferior officers, according to their rank of the country
+gentlemen, known and beloved among their neighbours, with whom their
+interest <a name="pg138" id="pg138"></a><span class="pagenum">138</span> and power, increased by their command, makes them the better
+followed and obeyed. When they write out any from the militia to serve in
+the armies, these officers and the lords of the boors appoint them; and
+if any offend, they are presently written out to send abroad into Russia,
+Poland, Germany, and other parts, from whence they do not all return
+safe, but are kept in great awe and obedience.</p>
+
+<p>This day here fell a great quantity of snow, and was in one night so hard
+frozen that it would bear a cart; the English wondered at it, but not
+this country men, the like being here usual at this time of the year and
+after.</p>
+
+<p>The Countess of Brahe, wife of the Ricks-Droitset, sent a gentleman to
+Whitelocke to acquaint him that there was a parcel of timber, cut and
+lying ready within four miles of Gothenburg, which did belong to her
+former husband, and was cut for the building of a ship; but by reason of
+her husband&rsquo;s death the ship was not built, and she offered the timber to
+Whitelocke at a reasonable price. But he, finding that it had been cut
+four years, and lay far from the water-side, made an excuse that it would
+be necessary to have it viewed, which his hastening away would not now
+permit; but he returned thanks to the Countess for her respects in the
+offer of it.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 19, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Preparations for the abdication.</span>
+Monsieur Bloome and divers others, having dined with Whitelocke,
+acquainted him that the Chancellor intended to return hither the next day
+after the Queen. Whitelocke said he hoped the Chancellor would have <a name="pg139" id="pg139"></a><span class="pagenum">139</span> been
+here before her Majesty; but this was an argument to confute the report
+that the Queen would stay at Stockholm and hold the Ricksdag there.
+Another argument was, the Queen&rsquo;s officers removing and altering some of
+the hangings in Whitelocke&rsquo;s house, being longer and fitter for the rooms
+to be furnished in the castle for the Ricksdag than those which they put
+up in their places in Whitelocke&rsquo;s lodging.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 20, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Swedish mines.</span>
+In pursuance of former discourse with Monsieur Bloome, and by the desire
+of Mr. Bushel in England to Whitelocke to inquire into it, he received a
+paper in French, from a person here employed about the mines, to inform
+him by what means this person might be treated with to be brought into
+England for improving of our mines there.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Hawks.</span>
+Whitelocke also, by desire of a worthy friend in England, furnished
+himself with a direction how he might procure some hawks out of this
+country, and chiefly from the isle of Deulandt, where the best hawks are;
+and he had gained much acquaintance with Grave Gabriel Oxenstiern, Great
+Falconer and Master of the Queen&rsquo;s Hawks, who promised his furtherance of
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s desires herein, and to assist and direct any servant whom he
+should send hither for that purpose.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Mrs. Penn.</span>
+One Catharine Penn, an Englishwoman, the widow of an officer of the
+Queen&rsquo;s army, entreated Whitelocke to present for her a sad petition to
+the Queen for some arrears due to her husband, which matters Whitelocke
+was not forward to meddle with; but this being his <a name="pg140" id="pg140"></a><span class="pagenum">140</span> countrywoman, and of
+the ancient family of Penn in Buckinghamshire, to which he had an
+alliance, Whitelocke did undertake to present her petition to the Queen.
+He undertook the like for a decayed English merchant residing at Hamburg,
+who petitioned the Queen for moneys owing to him at Bremen, where he
+could have no justice from the Governor, Vice-Chancellor, and others in
+authority; and this he undertook to move to the Queen, upon the earnest
+request of Mr. Bradshaw, Resident for the Protector at Hamburg, by his
+letters this day received.</p>
+
+<p>He was also presented with a Latin epistle from one Jonas Olaii, begging
+for some charity, and who, to be sure to go high enough, gave throughout
+his letter the style of &ldquo;illustrissime Comes and Celsitudo tua,&rdquo; for
+which his gift from Whitelocke was the less.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Trade with Muscovy.</span>
+In this day&rsquo;s packet Whitelocke received letters from the Muscovia
+Company in England, signed by the Governor and Consuls, in which they set
+forth the decay and loss of their trade in Muscovia by supplantation of
+the Dutch, and the Great Duke&rsquo;s disfavour to them, which they hope may be
+altered upon the late change of government in England; that they
+understand there is now in this Court an Ambassador from the Great Duke
+to the Queen; and they desire Whitelocke, that if this ambassador do
+visit him, or if he think fit to visit the Russian Ambassador, that he
+would intimate this matter to him, which they hope may much further their
+purpose of sending to the Great Duke for recovery of their trade.</p>
+
+<p>By this post Whitelocke received these letters from the Secretary
+Thurloe<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading">
+<a name="pg141" id="pg141"></a><span class="pagenum">141</span> <span class="sidenote">Despatch from Thurloe.</span>
+&ldquo;<i>For his Excellence my Lord Ambassador Whitelocke, at Upsal, in
+Sweden. These.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;My Lord,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your letters of the 24th of February arrived here five or six days
+later than usual, and this day&rsquo;s post is not yet arrived. The peace
+with the Dutch hath been in such an uncertain condition, that it was
+very hard to make a judgement concerning the issue of it. In the end
+of the last and beginning of this week it was more probable that the
+war should continue than otherwise; and your Excellence will see by
+the enclosed papers, which passed between the Commissioners of his
+Highness and the Ambassadors (which I have sent to you because there
+is contained in them the true state of the treaty as it stood whilst
+the differences lasted); the last of those papers will let your
+Excellence see that they are now very near a closure; and the truth
+is, that there is now nothing wanting but the drawing up of things
+into form, and the signing on both sides, which I believe will be
+effected within three or four days at furthest. But because we
+cannot rely upon the peace as made until it be actually signed, his
+Highness will defer the sending instructions to you in reference
+either to your present negotiation or returning home until the next,
+when your Excellence may certainly except them; and in the meantime
+your Excellence may rest assured that there hath been no other cause
+in delaying instructions to you upon this subject but the desire
+that there is in everybody to give you clear directions in so
+doubtful a case as this. If your staying or returning did depend
+upon your own negotiation there, it were easy to leave you to your
+own guidance; but when it rests merely upon the conclusion of the
+present treaty here with the Dutch, it is not possible to give you
+any instructions which you may with safety act upon until the issue
+thereof be perfectly known; and after that, your Excellence shall
+not be an hour without the knowledge of his Highness&rsquo;s pleasure
+thereupon.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is certain this State hath moved upon Christian <a name="pg142" id="pg142"></a><span class="pagenum">142</span> grounds only in
+making this peace: we have not been beaten or frightened into it;
+the Dutch have not yet any fleet at sea, nor can have this month, if
+the war should continue. In the meantime we have a hundred and forty
+sail at sea, and better ships than we have had at any time
+heretofore, which gives occasion to all our neighbours to wonder at
+our intentions thereby.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Since I began my letter I have been with the Dutch Ambassador, and
+every article is agreed word for word, so that nothing now remains
+to be done but to write them over and sign, which will be done upon
+Monday next. It is not possible for me to send unto your Excellence
+a copy of the articles as they are now agreed; I hope to do it by
+the next, when you will be satisfied concerning the reports I hear
+there are in Sweden, concerning the honourable terms the Dutch have
+gotten by this treaty. I know not what men may expect in matters of
+honour; I am sure the true interest of the nation, both in point of
+trade and otherwise, is provided for more fully than ever hath been
+in any treaty made between these States.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The French Ambassador had a public audience on Monday last. There
+is joined with him in commission one Monsieur le Baas, in quality of
+a Commissary, who is a great confidant of the Cardinal&rsquo;s, and a very
+crafty man. The French doth certainly intend by all means to make a
+league with his Highness, and offers very frankly and considerably
+as to our present interest. The Spaniard thinks he saith more to
+invite the Protector to look that way and embrace an alliance with
+him; and sure he is the steadier friend, and hath the better and
+more considerable trade.<a name="fnm142_11" id="fnm142_11"></a><a href="#fn142_11" class="fnnum">142</a></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The news I have either from France or Holland this week your
+Excellence will receive enclosed. The affairs in Scotland do not
+much alter: Middleton is very active to <a name="pg143" id="pg143"></a><span class="pagenum">143</span> get an army, but keeps in
+the most northerly parts. We never met with any of their forces but
+we beat them&mdash;the last letters being that we fell upon a party and
+took forty prisoners and sixty horse, which is all we have from
+thence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have done my utmost to get the Swedish ships released; but to say
+the truth, although some of the Swedes are innocent, yet many of
+them appear to be deceivers, which makes the rest fare the worse. I
+endeavoured to get a resolution of the case your Excellence wrote
+about by your former letters, so as to have sent it by this post,
+but could not; the orders which have been made about it since my
+last I have sent, whereof your Excellence may see the care that is
+had to do justice therein.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What your Excellence is informed concerning the preferring of the
+Agent of the Swiss to Lagerfeldt in their farewell, is a great
+mistake. I know no honour done to him at his going away, but the
+sending the answer of his letter to him by the master of the
+ceremony; he had neither gift nor entertainment that I know of.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I hope the copy of the articles of the Dutch treaty, which I
+formerly sent, your Excellence hath received before now. I am sorry
+to hear that your entertainment in Sweden begins to be like my Lord
+St. John&rsquo;s in Holland; but I trust the Lord will continue his
+protection to yourself and family, which is the prayer of</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your Excellence&rsquo;s humble servant,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Jo. Thurloe.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>March 31, 1654.</i>
+</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Monsieur Bonnele, the Queen of Sweden&rsquo;s Commissary, hath desired
+audience to deliver a letter congratulatory to his Highness from the
+Queen. The superscription is not very right; besides, your
+Excellency having writ nothing about it, some difficulty hath been
+in the delivery of it; but yet at last resolved to receive it as it
+is.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>This letter is inserted to show by it the constant way and course of
+intelligence, and the generality <a name="pg144" id="pg144"></a><span class="pagenum">144</span> and clearness of it, between Thurloe
+and Whitelocke, whereby his business and reputation in this Court was
+very much advanced, and Whitelocke made great use and advantage by it.
+The papers usually enclosed in Thurloe&rsquo;s letters were many, and contained
+all particulars of moment touching the Dutch treaty, as also relating to
+the affairs of England and of most parts of Christendom. One clause in
+this letter of Thurloe&rsquo;s, that, after the Dutch treaty had concluded, his
+Highness would send new instructions to Whitelocke, for his direction to
+proceed in the treaty in Sweden,&mdash;this gave much trouble and perplexity
+of thoughts to Whitelocke. He could not imagine what those new
+instructions should be. If they should be contrary to what he had already
+agreed, it would be not only to the dishonour of Whitelocke, but of the
+Protector likewise and of the English nation, for him to go back from
+what he had before assented to, and to go out here with a snuff,
+retracting his former agreement, or else he must proceed contrary to his
+instructions, which would not be ratified; and both of these mischiefs
+great enough. He was in suspense whether he should seal the articles here
+beforehand, or expect the receipt of these instructions before he signed
+them. He considered that if he should defer the signing of the articles
+till after the receipt of those new instructions, that then they could
+not at all be signed by the present Queen, who intended to continue but
+one week in the government, and if she did not sign in that time she
+could not sign at all; but the whole must be remitted to a new treaty
+with the new King, upon new credentials, commission, and instructions,
+which would require much time and trouble.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg145" id="pg145"></a><span class="pagenum">145</span> He thought not fit to communicate his doubts, but resolved with himself
+to proceed to the finishing of the treaty without staying for new
+instructions from England, because otherwise all his negotiation would
+become fruitless; and he held himself obliged, in honour and conscience,
+to make good what he had already assented unto before any mention of new
+instructions came to him, and what he had done being pursuant to his
+former instructions, and in his judgement for the advantage and good of
+England.</p>
+
+<p>He was also willing to persuade himself that the new instructions would
+extend only to the order of his return, and was so to be taken by
+Thurloe&rsquo;s letter, and to the close of his whole negotiation; wherein he
+had done nothing, and resolved not to do anything, but what he believed
+to be just and honest. He was also troubled lest the Queen should put off
+the treaty upon some distaste about the secret article, and yet pretend
+only the absence of her Chancellor; but Whitelocke left all to the
+providence of God, and His blessing upon honest and diligent means,
+wherein he resolved not willingly to be wanting. And whether to put it
+off or to proceed to the despatch of it seemed the more difficult,
+because of a letter from his wife, wherein she wrote that Thurloe said to
+her, that it was fit her husband should receive certain instructions what
+to do before his coming away, because, if he should do anything too
+suddenly, without good warrant, it might cost him his life. This indeed
+were a worthy and meet recompense for all the hardships, perils, and
+faithful services undergone and performed for those who were then in
+power; but his hope and expectation of reward was from above the highest
+of them.</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="pg146" id="pg146"></a><span class="pagenum">146</span> April 21, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Despatches to Thurloe.</span>
+Whitelocke made his despatches for England, and part of his letters to
+Thurloe was this<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;The Queen and Court being out of town, this is a solitary place.
+The Danish Ambassador and the Dutch Resident are still here. The
+Spanish, German, and Muscovite Envoys are gone away. My business
+remains in a readiness to be signed, which is appointed upon the
+Queen&rsquo;s return; and she is looked for every day. If they be not
+signed within these few days, it cannot be done by her at all,
+because she intends to resign the Government the beginning of May,
+and perhaps the Prince may be crowned in June; and two or three
+months after that will pass before new credentials can be sent from
+his Highness, and it may be two or three months in ceremony and
+despatch of the business, by which time another winter will be here.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Upon which considerations I humbly conceive it much more for the
+service of my Lord to despatch my business here out of hand, and the
+rather because of the conclusion of the Dutch treaty, which I hope
+will prove very prosperous to our nation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My articles had been signed before the Queen&rsquo;s going away but that
+she was willing to communicate them to the Prince before her
+Commissioners signed them, which I likewise thought very fit to be
+done, in regard he is so near the succession; and I likewise intend
+to salute him from my Lord Protector before my going out of this
+country.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am now only in expectation of his Highness&rsquo;s further commands and
+instructions concerning my return, which I hope for by the next
+post.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I give you most hearty thanks for the papers, which are not only a
+comfort but very useful to me here. I received formerly from you a
+copy of the Dutch articles, and if I did not return you thanks for
+them, I confess I forgot myself, and likewise if in one of my
+letters I did not acquaint you that the Queen had an intention (as
+she told <a name="pg147" id="pg147"></a><span class="pagenum">147</span> me) of sending a congratulatory letter to my Lord the
+Protector; but how the direction of it was I know not, because I
+never saw it; but I take it as a particular favour to me, that his
+Highness was pleased to receive it, though it were not as it ought
+to have been, wherein he hath answered the respect of the Queen, who
+excepted against my credentials, but yet received them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am exceeding glad of your good conclusion of the Dutch business,
+which, I am persuaded, will be of great advantage to our nation; and
+I look upon the issue of my business here being agreed before the
+issue of our treaty with the Dutch was known, to be both a
+particular respect to the Protector and Government, and less
+difficult than it would have been if transacted after our agreement
+with the Dutch.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are much amused in these parts at our gallant fleet, and so
+early at sea; and I permit them all their conjectures, neither have
+they gained much allay of them from me by their inquisitiveness.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I had a compliment sent me the last night from the Dutch Resident,
+that he hoped ere long to have an opportunity to come and visit me;
+I answered, that I should not be wanting in that civility which
+became me.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I was entreated by the citizens of Stockholm to receive this suit
+of theirs in the enclosed paper.</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;B. W.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>April 21, 1654. Upsal.</i>&rdquo;
+
+</p></div>
+
+
+<h3>April 22, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">University Library at Upsal.</span>
+The French Resident visited Whitelocke, and, seeing him ready to go take
+the air, offered him his company, which Whitelocke could not refuse. They
+went together to the Library of this University, where there are many
+good books, for the most part brought out of Germany; but it is not
+extraordinary, nor exceeding the public libraries in England and
+elsewhere. One <a name="pg148" id="pg148"></a><span class="pagenum">148</span> of Whitelocke&rsquo;s gentlemen held it not exceeding his
+lord&rsquo;s private library at his own house in England, as he affirmed to
+some of the scholars here, who were not pleased therewith, nor would
+easily believe that the English Ambassador&rsquo;s library in his private house
+was to be compared to that of their University.</p>
+
+<p>The keeper of this library is one Doctor Lovenius, there present, a
+learned and civil person, who hath published several books in print,
+touching the laws and government and antiquities of his country, in good
+Latin; and both himself and his works are worthy of esteem. He was
+attending upon Whitelocke all the time of his being in the library and in
+the public places of the University, and informed him of such things as
+he inquired touching the same; and, to gratify their civility, Whitelocke
+sent them twenty of his own books which he had in his house, all of them
+English authors, as the Primate of Armagh&rsquo;s works, Sir Henry Spelman,
+Selden, and others; which was a present very acceptable, and kindly
+received by the University from him.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">University of Upsal.</span>
+They affirm this University to be very ancient; but there are no colleges
+or public houses for the maintenance of the scholars, or public revenue
+belonging to them; so that they do not live together in bodies or
+companies by themselves, but every one severally as he can agree or find
+for his convenience. But here are divers public rooms or schools where
+the professors and scholars use to meet and perform their exercises
+openly; and the rooms of their library are three, about twenty foot
+square apiece.</p>
+
+<p>There are all sorts of professors for the arts and sciences, who are
+promised good salaries, but they complain <a name="pg149" id="pg149"></a><span class="pagenum">149</span> that they are not well paid;
+and though some of them be very learned, yet they take not much pains; it
+may be according to the proverb, &ldquo;mal pay&eacute; mal servi&rdquo;&mdash;he that is ill
+paid doth but ill service. Some counted the number of scholars to be
+about three hundred, which is not more than may be found in one college
+in England. They make great preparation by printing their theses and
+publishing them, and inviting the grandees to their disputations, where
+the Queen in person is sometimes present, though the exercise is only the
+art of well disputing, except in some of their professors and eminent
+persons.</p>
+
+<p>Their University is a kind of corporation, like others, their want of
+supplies not affording them so much perfection, and their defect of
+government giving them liberty and temptation to disorder, to which they
+are much addicted; but in their sermons, whilst the English were among
+them, they would propose them as a pattern of civility and pious
+conversation. Their government is by a Chancellor, who at present is the
+Ricks-Chancellor; and it hath constantly been in the hands of some
+eminent and great person.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Cathedral of Upsal.</span>
+Whitelocke and the Resident visited the Cathedral Church, which is fair
+and large, built with brick, and covered with copper. They affirm it to
+be one of the most ancient churches of Europe, and that the Gospel was
+here early planted, but earlier in the church of old Upsal, which is of a
+quadrangular form, and formerly dedicated to their heathen gods. Their
+cathedral, they say, was the seat of an arch-flamen; and in the places of
+arch-flamens and flamens, upon their conversion to Christianity (as in
+England, so here), bishops and archbishops were instituted; and now
+<a name="pg150" id="pg150"></a><span class="pagenum">150</span> their cathedral, as other churches, is full of images, crucifixes, and
+such other furniture as the Lutheran churches tolerate, and is little
+different therein from the Popish churches.</p>
+
+<p>The Resident and Whitelocke took also a view of the castle and city of
+Upsal. The castle is near the town, seated upon the point of a hill; it
+is built of brick, plastered over, strong and beautiful. If it had been
+finished, the design was to have had it four-square; but two sides of it
+only are built. It had been very large and noble if it had been
+perfected. As it is, it contains many rooms, and sufficient for the
+Court; some of them are great and stately, but up two stories, after the
+fashion of that country. If it had been finished, it would have equalled
+any other, if not the castle of Stockholm itself.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Environs of Upsal.</span>
+The prospect from the castle is very beautiful; the country round about
+it pleasant and fruitful, and distinguished into meadows, pastures, and
+arable fields, and the river Sale passing through them, which loseth
+itself about half a league from thence into a great lake. The river is
+navigable with boats of about twenty or thirty tons, many leagues
+together, going through the lake also; it is not muddy, nor unfurnished
+with the fish of those parts, and is about half as broad as the Thames at
+Henley. It runs at the foot of the hill on which the castle stands, and
+the town is built upon it; and it waters most part of the streets, to
+their great commodity. It is for this reason called Upsal, because
+Ubbo&mdash;who, they say, was the son of Gomer, the son of Japhet, the son of
+Noah&mdash;this Ubbo built this town upon the river Sale, and therefore called
+it, after his own name, Ubbo Sale, by contraction of speech <a name="pg151" id="pg151"></a><span class="pagenum">151</span> now called
+Upsal. All agree it to be one of the most ancient of their cities, the
+metropolitan see of their archbishop, and in old time the residence of
+their kings, and where they were invested with the regal dignity. The
+country about it seemed one of the most pleasant and fruitful of these
+parts. The town itself is not much beautified with stately buildings, not
+above nine or ten houses being built with brick; the rest of them, after
+the fashion of their country, built with great bodies of fir-trees, and
+covered with turf; the fairest of their brick houses was that where the
+English Ambassador lodged.</p>
+
+<p>This city hath not much trade, and therefore not much wealth. The
+government of it is according to the municipal law of the country, and as
+other cities are; their head officer is a Burgomaster, who hath for his
+assistants a council, in the nature of the common councils in our
+corporations in England, consisting of the principal burgesses and
+inhabitants of the city, who have power, with the Burgomaster, as to
+making of ordinances, and in the government.</p>
+
+<p>In their journey to take the air the Resident and Whitelocke had much
+discourse touching the images in their church, and about the observation
+of their Sabbath; wherein the Resident was furnished with the usual
+arguments of the Papists, and was answered by Whitelocke, and was not so
+positive as most of his persuasion use to be. He discoursed also about
+the Dutch treaty in England, to get from Whitelocke what he could to
+report to the Danish Ambassador and Dutch Resident; for which he was
+fitted by Whitelocke&rsquo;s answers to him.</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="pg152" id="pg152"></a><span class="pagenum">152</span> April 23, 1654.</h3>
+
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke punishes two of his retinue for neglect of the
+Lord&rsquo;s Day.</span>
+This being the Lord&rsquo;s Day, many gentlemen of the English and Scots nation
+then in town came to Whitelocke&rsquo;s house to the morning sermon, and most
+of them staid the afternoon sermon also. And so many strangers being
+there attentive in the holy duties, it gave the greater cause of scandal
+and offence to Whitelocke that divers of his own family were absent,
+whereas, by his orders, they were all enjoined to a constant attendance,
+especially at those religious exercises; nevertheless some of them
+(particularly Mr. Castle and Andrew Potley) were therein more in fault
+than others, and, after many admonitions, would not reform, but made it
+their common practice almost every Lord&rsquo;s Day in the afternoon to be
+absent, and to go abroad and take the air. Whitelocke considering the
+reproach and scandal, and the ill example hereby to his family, and the
+doing of that by some of them against which he had spoken so much here to
+the people of this place, upon which it would be collected that either he
+had not the power over his own people to order them as he judged fit, or
+else that he and the rest of his company were dissemblers, and found
+fault with that in others which they either acted or tolerated in
+themselves;&mdash;Whitelocke finding two absent on this day, he gave order to
+his steward to see their trunks and goods carried out of his house, and
+themselves dismissed of further attendance on him, and removed from his
+family. Yet afterwards, upon the interceding of others for them, and
+their own submission, the punishment was suspended; and when they
+perceived that Whitelocke was in earnest, <a name="pg153" id="pg153"></a><span class="pagenum">153</span> it caused a reformation, both
+in those two and in others, as to this duty and in other particulars.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Queen returns to Upsal.</span>
+About nine o&rsquo;clock this evening the Queen came to town. She had in her
+train but one coach with six horses, and three horsemen; so little
+ceremony did she observe as to her own port, but would rather make this
+sudden and private return than break her word with Whitelocke, whom in a
+compliment she had promised to be here again within a few days; and she
+kept her word honourably and constantly. But Whitelocke was sorry that
+she continued her old custom, too frequent here, of travelling upon the
+Lord&rsquo;s Day.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 24, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke pays his court to the Queen.</span>
+Whitelocke waited on the Queen to give her the welcome home, and found
+her lodgings changed, leaving the better rooms for the Prince. She
+excused her long stay out of town, and said she would now have no more
+delay in his business, but it should be forthwith despatched. Whitelocke
+told her that the Chancellor and his son were not yet come to town, but
+he humbly thanked her Majesty for the speed of her return. She assured
+him that her Chancellor and his son would be in town the next day, and
+that she should not have come to town so soon but for his business; that
+the day after her Chancellor&rsquo;s coming the articles might be signed. She
+likewise discoursed with him about the secret article, that in case those
+here should not perform justly with her, that then the Protector should
+not be bound by this treaty. Whitelocke told her that Woolfeldt and he
+had conference <a name="pg154" id="pg154"></a><span class="pagenum">154</span> about it, and had fully considered it, and were both of
+opinion that it would be unfit for her Majesty to make such an article,
+and it might turn to her prejudice; but Whitelocke said, that if she
+pleased to write to the Protector, and to leave her letters with
+Whitelocke to procure an answer from his Highness to her Majesty, whereby
+his care for her good and assistance to her might appear, and the letter
+to be fit to be shown, it might be of more advantage to her than such a
+secret article, to which he was not empowered to assent, but it must be
+remitted to the Protector; and whether he would consent to it in that way
+or not, was doubtful; and when it should be known to those here, it would
+be distasteful. Upon this the Queen seemed fully satisfied as to the
+secret article to be laid aside and not more thought on.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke advised her as formerly touching her liberty, and not long
+continuing here after her resignation; and she thanked him for his
+advice, and said, that in case those here should not deal justly with
+her, she hoped she should find the Protector a friend to her, and that
+she did put herself upon his nobleness and friendship. Whitelocke told
+her, that the Protector was a great lover and maintainer of justice and
+honour, and had a particular affection to her Majesty, which he believed
+she would find him ready to manifest upon this or any other occasion, and
+find him a true friend to her; wherewith (poor lady!) she seemed much
+comforted, having brought her affairs to so low an ebb as this was, and
+thus high was the Protector&rsquo;s reputation here. As to the general business
+of the treaty with Whitelocke, she said it would be fit to have the
+articles signed tomorrow, and that <a name="pg155" id="pg155"></a><span class="pagenum">155</span> Whitelocke soon after should have his
+audience, and she would give order to have it done accordingly.</p>
+
+<p>She asked Whitelocke if he would bear her company to take the air, which
+he did; and she riding a horse managed to the great saddle, who was
+troublesome, she came into her coach, and caused Whitelocke to sit in the
+same boot with her, that they might discourse the more privately. There
+were also in her coach the Senator Rosenhau, Grave Tott, and Steinberg.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke presents his black horses to the Queen,</span>
+The Queen freely told Whitelocke that if he would not sell his horses, as
+she understood he would not, that yet she should take it for a favour if
+he would let her have one of his sets of coach-horses, which would do her
+great service in her intended journey, they being fitter for travel than
+any she had. Whitelocke told her they were all at her Majesty&rsquo;s service;
+that he thought it not becoming him to sell them, but if she pleased to
+accept them, she should freely have them; that he thought his black
+horses fittest for her and best, and there were eight of them, and the
+other set he intended to present unto the <a name="cm6" id="cm6"></a><a href="#corr6" class="correction" title="Original reads 'Prinee'">Prince</a>; that, she said,
+would be very well, and she kindly thanked him and accepted of his
+compliment.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">some distilled waters,</span>
+Whitelocke also told the Queen that he had a small cabinet of glasses of
+spirits of waters, essences of excellent kinds, extracted; but he
+believed that her Majesty did not much esteem such things, and they were
+too inconsiderable to make a present of them to the Queen-mother, if she
+had any liking of them. The Queen said her mother was much pleased with
+such essences, and that she would send them to her from Whitelocke. He
+asked when he should bring them, <a name="pg156" id="pg156"></a><span class="pagenum">156</span> and an English Bible which he promised
+to the Queen. She said, tomorrow if he pleased, and that at all times he
+should be welcome to her.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 25, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>Grave Eric sent his secretary to Whitelocke to inform him of his being
+come to town purposely for the despatch of his business, and for the
+signing of the articles; and he desired to know what time this afternoon
+he might have the liberty to come and visit Whitelocke, after he had been
+with the Queen. Whitelocke told the secretary that he should be glad to
+see his lord after Whitelocke had likewise been at the Court; and there
+they met.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke went in to the Queen and presented her with the cabinet of
+essences, which was of green velvet, lined with silver lace very richly;
+within it were about twenty glasses of spirits of the rarest kinds, each
+glass stopped with a silver head of English silver, to screw off and on,
+and a lock and key of the same; and opening the cabinet the Queen smelt
+of most of the glasses, but tasted none of them; she highly commended
+them and the cabinet, especially the English silver, whereof she had some
+discourse, and said she would send them to her mother, who would be very
+glad of them.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">and an English Bible;</span>
+Then according to his promise he presented her Majesty with an English
+Bible, of a very fair print and richly bound; and upon that they had this
+discourse<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> If your Majesty would be pleased to spend some time in
+reading this Bible, and comparing it with those in other languages, it
+would be a great <a name="pg157" id="pg157"></a><span class="pagenum">157</span> help to your understanding of the English, if your
+Majesty have any further thoughts thereof.</p>
+
+<p><i>Queen.</i> My desire still is to gain the English tongue, and I think this
+which you mention will be a good way to learn it. I ask your pardon that
+you staid so long before you came in to me; nobody told me of your being
+without, and I am ashamed of this incivility.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The incivility, Madam, is on my side, by interrupting your greater
+affairs; but I come not now as an ambassador, but as a particular servant
+to bring this Bible to your Majesty.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> It is a noble present, and there was the less reason to make you
+stay for admittance with it.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">and exhorts her Majesty to read it.</span>
+<i>Wh.</i> This book was presented to me by an English doctor, with a letter
+mentioning the text that the Ber&aelig;ans were accounted the more noble
+because they received the word with gladness, as I hope your Majesty
+will.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I receive it from you with much thankfulness, and shall gladly make
+use of it as the best of books.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Your Majesty, by often reading it, and comparing it with other
+Bibles, will not only thereby gain advantage as to the language, but the
+highest comfort to your soul.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I have used to read much in the Bible, and take great contentment
+in it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Your Majesty will find more contentment and comfort in the study of
+this book than of all other books whatsoever, and therefore I do humbly
+recommend the often reading of it to your Majesty.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I doubt you have an ill opinion of me that you so earnestly
+persuade me to this, as if you thought me too backward in it.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg158" id="pg158"></a><span class="pagenum">158</span> <i>Wh.</i> I only give my humble advice to your Majesty, out of my own
+experience, of the great comfort, wisdom, and true pleasure which is to
+be met with in this book, and nowhere else, and that all things out of it
+are of no value.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I am full of the same opinion; but there are too many who have not
+so venerable an opinion of it as they ought to have.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> There are indeed, Madam, too many who mock at this book, and at God
+himself, whose book it is; but these poor worms will one day know that
+God will not be mocked, and that they and their reproaches will sadly
+perish together; and I am glad to hear your Majesty&rsquo;s distaste of such
+wicked ones.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> Surely every good Christian ought to distaste such men and such
+opinions.</p>
+
+<p>They had much more discourse upon the same subject, wherein Whitelocke
+spake the more, because he found the Queen more inclined to it now than
+he had perceived her to be at other times.</p>
+
+<p>Being come from the Queen, he spake with Grave Eric in another room,
+whose opinion was that it would be fit to sign the articles on the
+morrow, and said that his father would be returned time enough to do it.
+Whitelocke doubted that, by reason of his weariness after his journey, it
+might not be then convenient. Eric replied, that there would be nothing
+to be done that would occasion trouble, the signing and putting the seals
+to the articles already prepared and agreed on was all that was to be
+done. Whitelocke demanded if the power given by the Queen to her
+Commissioners were sealed. Eric said it was not, but that Canterstein
+would be in town this evening, and would see all done.</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="pg159" id="pg159"></a><span class="pagenum">159</span> April 26, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke complains of further delays.</span>
+Grave Eric came to Whitelocke&rsquo;s house, and this discourse passed between
+them<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> It seems to me somewhat strange that after all things
+agreed between her Majesty&rsquo;s Commissioners and me, I should yet attend
+three weeks to obtain one half-hour for the signing of the articles.</p>
+
+<p><i>Grave Eric.</i> The Queen&rsquo;s going out of town hath occasioned it, and the
+great business touching her resignation, which hath so taken up all men&rsquo;s
+thoughts and counsels, that there hath been hardly room left for any
+other matter; and when the Queen goes away, those of the Council also
+take the liberty to go into the country; and upon such extraordinary
+changes as these are, it is no strange thing for public ministers to be
+retarded; and the same thing hath been practised upon your changes in
+England.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I have not observed, either in England or elsewhere, that after an
+agreement upon a treaty, and nothing remaining but to sign and seal, that
+they have used afterwards to delay it three weeks together; yet I am
+willing to promise myself that the servant of the Protector may expect
+from this Crown as much respect as any other public minister.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> There hath been more respect showed to you than hath been
+accustomed to any other. I believe your business may be despatched in
+half an hour; and if my father return this evening time enough to do it,
+it may be done this night; if not, then without fail tomorrow morning.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I am the more earnest herein, looking upon it as my duty to the
+Protector and my respect to this <a name="pg160" id="pg160"></a><span class="pagenum">160</span> Crown, to avoid any occasion of
+discontent between the two nations; and therefore I shall freely tell you
+that it will be very material to have the articles signed this day or
+tomorrow, before I receive this week&rsquo;s letters, by which I expect to
+understand that the articles between England and Holland are signed;
+among which articles one is, that neither the one nor the other
+confederate shall make any alliance with any other prince or state,
+without first giving notice thereof to the other confederate. Now if the
+articles between the Protector and the Queen be signed before I have
+notice of this by the Dutch articles being signed, the signing of our
+articles here first will be without exception in this point; but if I
+receive this information from England before the articles be signed here,
+it will be doubtful whether then I shall be in a capacity afterwards to
+sign the articles here, whereupon sundry inconveniences will ensue, which
+I would willingly prevent.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> This is indeed a material point, and I am much startled at
+it. I shall go and see if my father be come to town, that I may acquaint
+him with it, and doubtless the business may be finished tomorrow.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> What do you resolve to do in the matter I proposed touching Guinea?</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> The person concerned in that business is now in town; I shall
+bring him to you to give you information therein, and upon speaking
+together we may come to some conclusion in it. I think the best way will
+be to prepare an article to this purpose, that all injuries done by the
+one or the other party in the several plantations in Guinea, and the
+satisfaction and <a name="pg161" id="pg161"></a><span class="pagenum">161</span> damages to be given to the parties grieved, be upon the
+whole matter remitted to the consideration and arbitrement of persons to
+be chosen, as well by the company of English merchants trading to those
+parts as of the merchants of this country having interest in the
+plantations there.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I think this may be a good expedient for this business; and I shall
+rather submit to it than depart from hence, without any agreement at all,
+to have this matter, either now or at some other time, to be taken into
+consideration; and therefore if you please to direct an article to be
+drawn up to the effect proposed by yourself, and to send it to me to be
+perused, I shall be willing to consent to any reasonable settlement of
+this business; so as my countrymen, the English merchants interested in
+that plantation, may have no cause to believe that I have neglected what
+was specially recommended to me on their behalf, and that my superiors
+may see my care in this as well as in other matters.</p>
+
+<p>In the evening Monsieur Bloome sent word to Whitelocke that the
+Chancellor was come to town, and that Canterstein was expected this
+night.</p>
+
+<p>Presently Whitelocke sent to the Chancellor to know how he did after his
+journey, and when he might have the liberty to visit him. The Chancellor
+answered that he was well, and purposed this evening or tomorrow morning
+to go to the Queen, and afterwards he would send to Whitelocke to let him
+know what time they might meet to finish his business. This seemed to
+Whitelocke a little different from the ordinary rules of civility&mdash;that
+when he sent to the Chancellor to know at what time he might come to
+<a name="pg162" id="pg162"></a><span class="pagenum">162</span> him, the Chancellor answered that his purpose was to go to the Queen;
+but Whitelocke hoped that the intent was to receive her Majesty&rsquo;s
+direction in his business.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 27, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Signing the articles again deferred till the morrow.</span>
+Lagerfeldt came to Whitelocke from the Chancellor to tell him that the
+Chancellor was come to town purposely for the signing of the articles.
+Whitelocke said he was much obliged to the Chancellor for so great a
+favour, and that, after three weeks elapsed since the articles were
+agreed, he might now hope it would be thought seasonable to confirm that
+agreement with hand and seal. Lagerfeldt answered that it might be done
+this day, and therefore he came to Whitelocke that his secretary might
+meet with the Queen&rsquo;s secretary, and they together might examine the
+books, which in the evening may be signed and sealed by both parties.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> Hath Monsieur Canterstein procured the Queen&rsquo;s patent to
+authorize her Commissioners to conclude this treaty?</p>
+
+<p><i>Lagerfeldt.</i> It must be done before the signing of the articles, and
+then you may have your audience when your Excellence pleaseth.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> It were fit to have that done.</p>
+
+<p><i>Lag.</i> I know not whether the presents which her Majesty intends to make
+to your Excellence and your company be yet ready; and I know the Queen
+intends to express as much honour to you as she hath done to any
+ambassador whatsoever.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I desire no greater honour than the despatch of my business, and
+liberty to return home.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg163" id="pg163"></a><span class="pagenum">163</span> <i>Lag.</i> I shall serve your Excellence therein to the utmost of my power.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon Whitelocke sent his son James and his secretary Earle,
+and Swift, with the articles and papers touching his business, unto
+Canterstein, where they examined them and corrected what was mistaken.
+They asked at what hour Whitelocke might repair to the Chancellor for
+signing the articles. Canterstein answered, that the Chancellor was weary
+with his journey; but he went to him and brought word that, if Whitelocke
+would come to the Chancellor about five or six o&rsquo;clock this evening, he
+would be ready to confer with him. This being reported to Whitelocke by
+his son, he sent him back to Canterstein to know whether the Queen had
+sealed the grant of power to her Commissioners, who brought word that it
+was not done, and that the Queen went out of town this evening, and
+returned not till tomorrow.</p>
+
+<p>After this message, and when Whitelocke saw that his letters of this week
+were not come, he sent to the Chancellor to let him know that he feared
+it might be troublesome to him for Whitelocke to come to him this
+evening, and that, if he pleased, Whitelocke would come to him the next
+morning. To which the Chancellor willingly agreed, and appointed their
+meeting tomorrow, betwixt eight and nine o&rsquo;clock in the morning. The
+Chancellor inquired whether Whitelocke had yet received his letters from
+England. The servant of Whitelocke said that the letters were not yet
+come, but that by the last week&rsquo;s letters the news came that the peace
+between England and Holland was certainly concluded; to which the
+Chancellor said, I desire to be excused.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg164" id="pg164"></a><span class="pagenum">164</span> By these passages Whitelocke perceived that their little design was,
+notwithstanding all he had endeavoured, that before they would sign the
+articles they desired to see this week&rsquo;s letters; which he took as
+directed by the good hand of Providence, in regard that by this means he
+should be the more excused in what he intended to do, having staid for
+this week&rsquo;s letters and received none, and the politicians here would be
+deceived in their expectation. He wondered at the Queen&rsquo;s going out of
+town before she sealed the commission to her deputies: some thought the
+reason to be, because her intended presents were not yet ready.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke received a letter from the Protector&rsquo;s Resident at Hamburg,
+wherein this was part<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading">&ldquo;<i>For his Excellence my Lord Ambassador Whitelocke, Extraordinary
+Ambassador from England with the Queen of Sweden. Humbly these.</i></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The English letters are not yet come, but from Holland they write
+that two expresses were come on the 21st instant, with letters
+assuring that the peace was concluded and mutually signed, and that,
+as soon as the ratification could arrive in England from the States
+General, hostility should cease.</p>
+
+<p class="yours3">
+&ldquo;I am, my Lord,</p>
+<p class="yours2">
+&ldquo;With tender of my humble service,</p>
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your Excellence&rsquo;s most humble servant,</p>
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Ri. Bradshawe.</p>
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>Hamburg, 15th April, 1654.</i>&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p>Whitelocke made use of this intelligence as far as it would go; and some
+others in this town had the same news from Holland.</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="pg165" id="pg165"></a><span class="pagenum">165</span> April 28, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The signing of the treaty.</span>
+At the time appointed Whitelocke and his company came to the Chancellor&rsquo;s
+lodging, with whom was his son Grave Eric and Secretary Canterstein.
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s son James and his secretary Earle were admitted into the
+room. All the time of their being there Secretary Canterstein was
+uncovered and did not sit. Whitelocke&rsquo;s son James was also bare, as
+became him, but was admitted to sit down at the lower end of the table,
+on the same side with his father, who sat at the upper end, and the
+Chancellor over-against him, and Grave Eric by his father.</p>
+
+<p>The Chancellor acquainted Whitelocke that the Queen had shown the
+articles to the Prince, who did well approve of them, and desired to have
+a strict league and friendship with the Protector, and that the Prince
+was ready in what should appertain to him to contribute to that end.
+Whitelocke answered that the Protector would esteem the friendship of the
+Prince a great honour to him; and to show his desire of it, that
+Whitelocke intended to salute the Prince from the Protector. The
+Chancellor and his son said that it would be very necessary for
+Whitelocke to do so, and that the Prince intended to come nearer to this
+city, and then Whitelocke might have the better passage to his Court by
+water by the lake Meter, than to go to him by a land-journey; and that
+from the Prince he might, by the same lake, be transported to Stockholm.</p>
+
+<p>After many ceremonies and compliments, with apologies for the delay of
+the sealing of the articles, they fell to their business. Grave Eric read
+the articles prepared by Whitelocke, and his father overlooked <a name="pg166" id="pg166"></a><span class="pagenum">166</span> them;
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s son James read the articles prepared by the Chancellor, and
+Whitelocke overlooked them; and some mistakes being amended, Whitelocke
+asked whether the Queen&rsquo;s commission to give them power were sealed. They
+answered, it was prepared, and that the Queen would seal it, and it was
+usual to be done at any time after the sealing of the articles; that
+yesterday it was not fully ready for the Queen before her going out of
+town, but that she intended to be here again this day, and all would be
+ready for her sealing.</p>
+
+<p>The Chancellor directed Canterstein to read the copy of the instrument
+for giving power to the Queen&rsquo;s Commissioners, and desired Whitelocke to
+give to him the commission of the Protector to Whitelocke, who said that
+he had formerly delivered to them a copy of it, which was then read; and
+the Chancellor took exception to it, because there was no mention in it
+of ratifying what should be here agreed upon by Whitelocke; who answered
+that this clause of ratification was in his first commission under the
+Great Seal of England, unto which the commission and powers given him
+since by the Protector do refer; and he offered to deliver into their
+hands that commission under the Great Seal. And if they should require
+that Whitelocke might yet have a larger power, whereof he thought there
+was no need, (they might perceive by the Protector&rsquo;s letters that he
+would not scruple to give it,) Whitelocke said that he would take it upon
+him, at his return to England, to procure it to be done; but he said he
+could not leave with them the Protector&rsquo;s letters and instructions to
+him, because part of them was secret.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg167" id="pg167"></a><span class="pagenum">167</span> The Chancellor said it was the custom to deliver the original letters of
+power into the hands of the other party, that they might be registered in
+the public acts of the Chancery, and that Whitelocke should receive their
+commissions to carry with him into England; that if he would pass his
+word that, at his return to England, he would procure new and larger
+powers, and take care to send the letters of them hither from the
+Protector, they should be satisfied therewith: which Whitelocke promised
+to do, and desired that the Queen would ratify all that should be done
+here before her resignation, and keep the ratification by her until the
+Protector should seal letters of ratification on his part, and then they
+might be exchanged and mutually delivered. The Chancellor consented
+hereunto, and asked what seal the Protector used in these public
+businesses. Whitelocke said he used his own seal. The Chancellor asked if
+he did not use the seal of the Commonwealth, in regard that this league
+was between the Queen and kingdom of Sweden and the Protector and
+Commonwealth of England. Whitelocke said that the Protector might, if he
+pleased, command the seal of the Commonwealth to be affixed to the
+letters of ratification, which he believed would be done if they desired
+it; and that, by the same reason, it was fit that the letters of
+ratification here should be under the Great Seal of Sweden.</p>
+
+<p>The Chancellor said that in Sweden, when the Government was in the hands
+of Commissioners, the King or Queen not being crowned, it was usual for
+some chief men, of alliance to the deceased King, to make use of his
+private seal, and of no other; that if <a name="pg168" id="pg168"></a><span class="pagenum">168</span> this treaty were with the Poles
+or Danes, or others, that being wanting in their letters which was in
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s, he would not proceed any further with them until they
+should procure a fuller power and commission; and he said he had been
+present at many treaties which had been broken off upon a less defect
+than appeared in Whitelocke&rsquo;s letters. But in regard their business was
+with the Protector, whom the Queen and himself did so much honour and had
+so great a confidence in him, and upon Whitelocke&rsquo;s promise to procure
+such a power as they desired to be enlarged to him from the Protector,
+the Chancellor said they were ready to confirm the articles with their
+seals. Whitelocke took upon him what they desired, and then the
+Chancellor and his son Eric sealed that part of the articles which
+Whitelocke had prepared, and Whitelocke sealed the other part of the
+articles which had been prepared by the Chancellor and his son Grave
+Eric.<a name="fnm168_12" id="fnm168_12"></a><a href="#fn168_12" class="fnnum">168</a></p>
+
+<p><a name="pg169" id="pg169"></a><span class="pagenum">169</span> The Queen&rsquo;s Commissioners insisted to have the date of these articles
+11th of April, because then they were fully agreed, and the time after
+was for engrossing <a name="pg170" id="pg170"></a><span class="pagenum">170</span> and preparing them to be signed and sealed; and
+Whitelocke did not oppose their desire herein.</p>
+
+<p>Thus, after a long and intricate (it might be said <a name="pg171" id="pg171"></a><span class="pagenum">171</span> vexatious)
+transaction of this great affair for near five months together, all
+bitter oppositions, cunning practices, and perplexed difficulties being
+removed and <a name="pg172" id="pg172"></a><span class="pagenum">172</span> overcome, through the goodness and assistance of the only
+wise Counsellor, the Prince of Peace, it pleased Him to give a good issue
+and happy success in the <a name="pg173" id="pg173"></a><span class="pagenum">173</span> conducting of this treaty by him who accounts
+his great labour and hazards in this transaction well bestowed, and
+humbly prays that this treaty may prove <a name="pg174" id="pg174"></a><span class="pagenum">174</span> to the honour of God, the
+interest of the Protestant cause, and the good of both nations therein
+concerned.</p>
+
+<h3>April 29, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke&rsquo;s passport through Flanders.</span>
+Though Whitelocke received no letters this week from England, yet he had
+some from Hamburg and <a name="pg175" id="pg175"></a><span class="pagenum">175</span> from Flanders, among which was one from Don
+Piementelle full of civility and compliment, giving Whitelocke notice of
+his safe arrival in Flanders, and advising him to take that way in his
+return; and in it was a letter in Spanish from Piementelle to the Prince
+of Mamines in Flanders, to be made use of by Whitelocke if he should have
+occasion there, for the more <a name="pg176" id="pg176"></a><span class="pagenum">176</span> safety and accommodation of his journey.
+This letter Whitelocke caused to be translated<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;Most excellent Sir,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My Lord Whitelocke, the Lord Ambassador Extraordinary of England,
+having finished his embassy in this Court, is resolved to return
+through this province, having passed from Hamburg to Cologne, and
+that he may go to Brussels with better security, he desires a
+passport from your Highness to the Lord Archduke. I, having written
+that it may be despatched, and added that it may be remitted to your
+Excellence, do entreat you to order that the said despatch may be
+delivered to the party whom the said Lord Ambassador shall send from
+Cologne for it; and that, he passing through this town, his
+Lordship, by his civil entertainment, may understand the favour your
+Excellence doth afford me, I owing to this honourable person many
+and singular respects, which I desire to manifest and acknowledge. I
+am confident your Excellence will assist me herein, and will be
+disposed to employ me in many services of yours in Madrid, whither I
+am commanded to go, by order from my Lord the King, and shall begin
+my journey within three or four days, by way of Brussels, where I
+hope to find your Excellence&rsquo;s commands, which I assure you I shall
+esteem in all places and obey with the highest punctuality. God
+preserve your Excellence the many years of my desires.</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your Excellence&rsquo;s greatest servant,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Ant<sup>o</sup> Pimentel.&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p>In the letter which Whitelocke wrote to Thurloe, after an account of the
+passages since his last, he wrote thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Report of the signing of the treaty to Thurloe.</span>
+&ldquo;Having received no letters by the post yesterday from England, I
+was contented to seal the articles of our treaty; for if but a few
+days should be intermitted, they could not have been signed at all,
+because upon Tuesday next <a name="pg177" id="pg177"></a><span class="pagenum">177</span> the Ricksdag, or Parliament here, is
+appointed to meet, and within two or three days after their meeting
+the Queen intends to resign her Government, and it will be some time
+after before the Prince be crowned. I shall have much to do to
+despatch the necessary ceremonies here of my public audience, to
+take my leave of the Queen, with the many visits I am to perform,
+according to the custom to which I am to conform, in regard of the
+honour of his Highness and our nation; for he who neglects these
+ceremonies here is censured for a mechanic or a boor. I intend from
+hence to go to the Prince of Sweden, to salute him from my Lord
+Protector, as I am advised that the Prince expects and desires it.
+From thence I purpose to go to Stockholm, where I am to take ship
+for L&uuml;beck; and from thence to Hamburg, where I shall attend his
+Highness&rsquo;s further commands, or some ships to be sent for my
+transport into England, which I earnestly entreat you to procure in
+time.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I hope, before my going from hence, to receive his Highness&rsquo;s
+order, which I long since wrote for, concerning my return; but
+however, my business being effected here, I presume I may, without
+displeasure to his Highness, be upon my return homewards; the
+rather, because upon the change which is shortly to be here my
+commission will be at an end.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Queen intends, shortly after her resignation, to go to the Spa,
+which I have cause to believe. In those parts they say the King of
+the Romans will wait upon her, but that I doubt.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Her Majesty hath showed extraordinary affection and respect to my
+Lord Protector; so hath the Chancellor and his son Grave Eric, and
+my Lord Lagerfeldt, etc.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke&rsquo;s interview with the Queen after the signing of the
+treaty.</span>
+Whitelocke waited on the Queen, and gave her an account of the signing
+and sealing of his articles; whereupon she said<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Queen.</i> I am glad that this business is done to your satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg178" id="pg178"></a><span class="pagenum">178</span> <i>Whitelocke.</i> There remains only your Majesty&rsquo;s sealing your letters of
+full power to your Commissioners who treated with me.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I sealed them this morning.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Then my humble suit is, that your Majesty would appoint a day for
+my audience to take my leave.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> This is Saturday, but if you desire it you may have it on Friday
+next.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Would your Majesty&rsquo;s leisure permit to give me audience on Tuesday
+or Wednesday next, they being no holidays?</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> The Assembly is to sit on Tuesday, and at their first meeting I
+shall have a great deal of business with them, which will hinder me from
+any other affairs.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I humbly pray your Majesty to appoint it as soon as your own
+leisure will permit, for I shall have many businesses and ceremonies
+after it to perform, before my going away.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> On Monday next I will appoint a day; and touching the secret
+article, about which I formerly discoursed with you, I have now altered
+my opinion, and am resolved to follow the advice that you and Mr.
+Woolfeldt have given me. I will write a letter under my own hand to the
+Protector to the effect you advised, and deliver it to you to be
+presented to him.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> This will be much the better way.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I desire you to be careful of the letter; and before I seal it I
+will show it to you for your advice in it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Madam, I shall have a special care of it, and to procure an answer
+of it from the Protector, I hope, to your Majesty&rsquo;s contentment, that you
+may make use of it if there shall be occasion; and I believe the
+Protector will be a firm friend to your Majesty.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg179" id="pg179"></a><span class="pagenum">179</span> <i>Qu.</i> I doubt it not, nor your respects to me.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I am engaged by your many favours to serve your Majesty with all
+faithfulness.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I had some clothes in a ship coming hither, and the ship is taken,
+and my clothes detained in England, so that I cannot get them to wear.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> If your Majesty want clothes, I have a piece of English stuff at my
+house, which cost two shillings a yard; and, if that were not too dear
+for your Majesty&rsquo;s wearing, I would send it to you.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> Two shillings a yard is dear enough for me: I pray send your stuff
+hither, and I shall willingly accept of it, and thank you for it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Will your Majesty be pleased on Monday next to go into England?</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> Hardly so soon; yet perhaps I may one day see England. But what is
+your meaning in this?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Madam, Monday next is the first day of May, a great day in England;
+we call it May-day, when the gentlemen use to wait upon their mistresses
+abroad to bid the Spring welcome, and to have some collation or
+entertainment for them. Now your Majesty being my mistress, if you will
+do me the honour, that, after the custom of England, I may wait on you on
+May-day, and have a little treatment for you after the manner of England;
+this I call going into England, and shall take it as a very great favour
+from your Majesty.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> If this be your meaning of going into England, I shall be very
+willing, as your mistress, to go with you on Monday next, and to see the
+English mode.</p>
+
+<p>Lagerfeldt and the master of the ceremonies dining with Whitelocke, he
+inquired of them what was to be <a name="pg180" id="pg180"></a><span class="pagenum">180</span> done by him as to presents to any of the
+Queen&rsquo;s servants or officers who had done him respect in his business, or
+being here, and what other things were requisite to be done by him,
+according to the usage of ambassadors in this Court before their going
+away, and when he might obtain his audience to take his leave. The master
+of the ceremonies gave him good and chargeable instructions; and
+Lagerfeldt agreed in most points with him, and, upon Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+entreaty, undertook to see that the letters of full power to the Queen&rsquo;s
+Commissioners, and the recredentials to Whitelocke, should be perfected
+and brought to him, and a day of audience appointed.</p>
+
+<p>Lagerfeldt told Whitelocke that the Queen was willing to present him with
+some of this country&rsquo;s commodities, as copper, to carry with him into
+England, if it would be as acceptable to him as other presents of
+diamonds and the like; and he said he hoped there was no order of the
+Commonwealth of England to forbid the receiving of such presents by their
+public ministers. He said, that formerly he asked of Monsieur Chanut, the
+French Ambassador here, if he would accept a present of copper, and he
+willingly accepted it, and carried it with him, saying, that he rather
+desired copper than diamonds or jewels, because he could better sell the
+copper than jewels, and make money of it.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke said, that whatsoever her Majesty pleased to bestow on him
+should be welcome to him, and that he liked the commodities of this
+country as well as those of the Indies, and that for Chanut&rsquo;s reason. He
+said that the Protector had not forbid him to receive any testimonies of
+the Queen&rsquo;s respect to him, as she <a name="pg181" id="pg181"></a><span class="pagenum">181</span> used to do to all public ministers;
+that the order of the Commonwealth forbidding gifts or presents to public
+ministers was not now in force; that he thought her Majesty&rsquo;s bounty to
+him, and his justification of the acceptance of it, might be the more
+from such valuable presents as her Majesty had done him the honour to
+receive from him, and his intention to bestow all his horses upon her,
+and such as she would appoint, which, for the honour of the Commonwealth,
+he would not sell.</p>
+
+
+<h3>April 30, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke accepts a present of copper.</span>
+Berkman and Monsieur Bloome dined with Whitelocke, and took occasion to
+magnify the respects of the Chancellor and his son, Grave Eric, to the
+Protector and to Whitelocke, who was not backward to join in those
+eulogies, and to acknowledge the respects. Berkman said that Canterstein
+was to bring some writings to Whitelocke, and that Lagerfeldt had spoken
+to the Queen to present Whitelocke with some copper; that she had given
+order for two hundred ship-pound of copper to be brought from the mines
+to Stockholm, to be put aboard Whitelocke&rsquo;s ship, ready to be carried
+away with him; that every ship-pound was here worth forty dollars, and
+was as much as three hundred English pounds, which he cast up in the
+whole to the value of about &pound;2500 sterling. And Whitelocke was satisfied
+in his own conscience that he might honourably receive it, having given
+to the Queen as many presents already as were worth &pound;1000, and engaged to
+her his horses, which were worth about &pound;2000 more, besides the gifts and
+gratuities which he had liberally <a name="pg182" id="pg182"></a><span class="pagenum">182</span> given, and intended to give, to the
+Queen&rsquo;s servants and officers; and that, in recompense of above &pound;3000
+given away, he might well receive a present of the value of &pound;2500.</p>
+
+<p>Grave Leonhough visited Whitelocke, and had much discourse with him, not
+so proper for this day.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn85_4" id="fn85_4"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm85_4">85</a></span> [An ingenious device of Whitelocke&rsquo;s to lead the Spaniard
+to hasten the business of the treaty with Sweden, which he was suspected
+of having retarded.]</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn86_5" id="fn86_5"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm86_5">86</a></span> The French, and English copies of the passport were
+these<span class="together">:&mdash;</span>
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;Comme ainsi soit que Don Antonio Piementel de Prado, Envoy&eacute;
+Extraordinaire de sa Majest&eacute; le Roi d&rsquo;Espagne &agrave; sa Majest&eacute; la Reine de
+Su&egrave;de, soit maintenant sur son retour de ce lieu &agrave; Neufport en Flandres,
+dont son Excellence est Gouverneur; et qu&rsquo;il ait jug&eacute; &agrave; propos d&rsquo;envoyer
+partie de son train et bagage par mer de Hambourg &agrave; Dunquerque, ou public
+autre port des Provinces Unies &agrave; pr&eacute;sent sous l&rsquo;ob&eacute;issance de sa dite
+Majest&eacute; le Roi d&rsquo;Espagne; et pour leur procurer d&rsquo;autant plus sur convoi,
+m&rsquo;ait d&eacute;sir&eacute;, comme Ambassadeur Extraordinaire de son Altesse Monseigneur
+le Protecteur de la R&eacute;publique d&rsquo;Angleterre, d&rsquo;Ecosse, et d&rsquo;Irlande, vers
+sa Majest&eacute; la Reine de Su&egrave;de, de lui donner passeport: ces pr&eacute;sents sont
+pour requ&eacute;rir tous ceux qui ont commandement par mer ou par terre, et
+tous officiers et autres de la dite R&eacute;publique auxquels il peut
+appartenir, de permettre le porteur des pr&eacute;sents, Joos Froidure,
+serviteur du dit Don Antonio Piementel, avec son navire et biens sous sa
+charge (&agrave; savoir, vingt caisses contenantes toutes sortes de meubles,
+comme vaisselle d&rsquo;argent, tapisseries, linges, habits, lits de camp, et
+autres coffres et choses pareilles, et tout conduit par le susdit Joos
+Froidure, et les caisses marqu&eacute;es D. A. P.), de passer paisiblement et
+sans emp&ecirc;chement quelconque jusqu&rsquo;au dit Dunquerque, ou autre port des
+Provinces Unies de pr&eacute;sent sous l&rsquo;ob&eacute;issance de sa dite Majest&eacute; le Roi
+d&rsquo;Espagne. Donn&eacute; sous ma main et sceau, &agrave; Upsale en Su&egrave;de, ce 4&egrave;me
+d&rsquo;Avril, 1654. <span class="smcap">B. Whitelocke</span>.&rdquo;
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;Whereas Don Antonio Pimentel de Prado, Envoy Extraordinary from his
+Majesty the King of Spain unto her Majesty the Queen of Sweden, is now
+upon his return from this place unto Newport, in Flanders, whereof his
+Excellence is Governor, and hath thought fit to send part of his train
+and goods from Hamburg by sea unto Dunkirk, or some other port now in
+obedience to his said Majesty the King of Spain, in the Low Countries;
+and, for the better conveyance of them, hath desired a pass from me,
+being Ambassador Extraordinary from his Highness my Lord Protector of the
+Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, unto her said Majesty the
+Queen of Sweden; these are therefore to desire all commanders by sea or
+land, and all officers or others, of the said Commonwealth, whom it may
+concern, to permit the bearer hereof, Joos Froidure, servant unto the
+said Don Antonio Pimentel, with the ship and goods under his charge, viz.
+twenty chests or packages, containing all sorts of household stuff, as
+vessels of silver, tapestries, linen, apparel, field-beds, and other
+coffers and such like things, marked with D. A. P., to pass unto the said
+port of Dunkirk, or any other port now in obedience unto his said Majesty
+the King of Spain in the Low Countries, quietly and without any
+molestation. Given under my hand and seal, at Upsal, in Sweden, this 4th
+day of April, 1654. <span class="smcap">B. Whitelocke.</span>&ldquo;</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn88_6" id="fn88_6"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm88_6">88</a></span> [It is curious to remark at the present time (1855) how
+the same questions have arisen out of the state of war. The list of
+contraband articles established by Whitelocke&rsquo;s treaty is still in force
+as between England and Sweden, and Li&eacute;ge is still the great resource of
+the Continent for arms.]</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn90_7" id="fn90_7"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm90_7">90</a></span> [Cromwell was already preparing the two armaments at
+Portsmouth, one of which afterwards became the Mediterranean fleet, under
+Blake, of thirty-five ships, and the other, of thirty-two ships, sailed
+in the following year under Penn and Venables for the West Indies.]</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn91_8" id="fn91_8"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm91_8">91</a></span> [This gentleman is doubtless the same M. Woolfeldt whom
+Whitelocke frequently refers to; for in a manuscript addressed to his
+children, Woolfeldt is mentioned by name as a person entertaining similar
+sentiments towards his native country. He was a Danish nobleman nearly
+connected by marriage with the King of Denmark, but who had incurred the
+displeasure of the Court, and been driven into exile on account of this
+marriage.]</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn130_9" id="fn130_9"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm130_9">130</a></span> &ldquo;Whereas Peter Gerbrant, citizen of Stockholm, and
+commander of a ship belonging to her Majesty the Queen of Sweden, called
+the &lsquo;Sudermanland,&rsquo; loaden with corn and other Swedish merchandises, is
+now bound for Lisbon, in Portugal, and, for his better passage, hath
+desired of me, being Ambassador Extraordinary from his Highness the Lord
+Protector of the Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, unto her
+Majesty the Queen of Sweden, to give him my pass and letters
+recommendatory: These are therefore to desire all commanders and officers
+by sea or land, and all others of the said Commonwealth whom it may
+concern, to permit the said Peter Gerbrant, together with his said ship
+and lading, to pass unto the said port of Lisbon quietly and without any
+molestation; and so to return from thence unto Stockholm, with such
+lading as the said master shall there think fit to take into his ship.
+Given under my hand and seal at Upsal, in Sweden, this 14th day of April,
+1654. B. W.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a name="fn131_10" id="fn131_10"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm131_10">131</a></span> &ldquo;Whereas the bearer hereof, Lieutenant-Colonel Robert
+Halsall, had a pass from Colonel Robert Lilburne, Commander-in-Chief of
+the Forces in Scotland under his Highness the Lord Protector of the
+Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, to transport himself, his
+servant, and necessaries into Sweden upon his occasions, and, having
+despatched his business, he hath made his request to me, being Ambassador
+from his said Highness the Lord Protector to her Majesty the Queen of
+Sweden, to grant him my pass for his return into Scotland: These are
+therefore to desire all commanders by sea or land, and all officers and
+others of the said Commonwealth whom it may concern, to suffer him, the
+said Lieutenant-Colonel Halsall, quietly to pass into Scotland, he acting
+nothing prejudicial to the Commonwealth aforesaid; and further I desire
+that the Commander-in-Chief in Scotland will be pleased to show unto him,
+the said Lieutenant-Colonel, such favour at all times as he shall there
+deserve. Given under my hand and seal, at Upsal, in Sweden, this 14th of
+April, 1654. <span class="smcap">B. Whitelocke.</span>&ldquo;</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn142_11" id="fn142_11"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm142_11">142</a></span> [These words show that the contest between the French and
+Spanish alliance in London was still going on; but they did not convey
+the truth to Whitelocke, for it was against Spain that the great armament
+previously mentioned was destined to be used, in the expedition to St.
+Domingo and the conquest of Jamaica.]</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a name="fn168_12" id="fn168_12"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm168_12">168</a></span> The treaty thus signed ran in the following terms<span class="together">:&mdash;</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Text of the treaty.</span>
+&ldquo;We whose names are subscribed, Axel Oxenstiern, Chancellor of the
+Kingdom and Provincial Judge of the West Norlanders, of Lapland,
+Heredalia, and Jemptia, Earl of South Morea, free Baron in Kimitho, Lord
+in Tiholme and Tydoen, Knight of the Golden Spur; and Eric Oxenstiern,
+son of Axel, General President of the College of Trade, Earl of South
+Morea, free Baron in Kimitho, Lord in Tydoen, Viby, and Gorwallen,
+Senators of the Kingdom of Sweden, and Plenipotentiary Commissioners of
+the most Serene and most Potent Prince and Lady the Lady Christina, by
+the grace of God Queen of the Swedes, Goths, and Vandals, Great Prince of
+Finland, Duke of Esthonia, Carelia, Bremen, Veherden, Stettin, Pomerland,
+Cassubia and Vandalia, Prince of Rugia, and Lady of Ingria and of Wismar;
+do make known and testify that formerly there hath been a great amity
+between the Swedish and English nations, for which, to renew and increase
+the profit of it, it very well happened that the most illustrious and
+most excellent Lord Bulstrode Whitelocke, Constable of Windsor Castle,
+and at this time one of the Keepers of the Great Seal of England, being
+sufficiently authorized to treat of the following affairs, came to the
+S.R.M. our Lady, by commandment and in the name of Oliver, Lord Protector
+of the Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, Ambassador
+Extraordinary from these countries and of the aforesaid Commonwealth. The
+same also our most S.R.M. hath benignly commanded us, who have the same
+and sufficient power, that after we should have considered with the
+aforesaid Lord Ambassador about the things which would be judged the most
+convenient to establish the liberty of commerce and navigation, and to
+corroborate the mutual amity in this time, that some certain things
+should be determined and written in form of articles of mutual alliance.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;Therefore we, after a good deliberation together, agreed touching the
+affairs hereafter written, as they are by these following laws which are
+in this treaty, and by their clear words and without difficulty
+expressed. That is<span class="together">:&mdash;</span>
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;1. That hereafter there be a good, sincere, firm peace and
+correspondence between the Queen and Kingdom of Sweden and the Lord
+Protector and the aforesaid Commonwealth, and between all and every one
+of the dominions, kingdoms, countries, provinces, islands, lands,
+colonies, towns, peoples, citizens, inhabitants, and all and every one of
+the subjects of either of the party, so that they may mutually embrace in
+entire love and affection.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;2. The aforesaid confederates and subjects, people and inhabitants of
+either, shall, when occasion shall be presented, advance the common
+profit, and shall, if they know of any imminent danger or conspiration or
+machination of the enemies, admonish one another, and shall hinder them
+as much as lies in their power. Neither shall it be permitted to any of
+the confederates to do or treat by him, or by any other whatsoever, to
+the prejudice or damage of the lands and dominions of either, whatsoever
+they be, or in whatsoever place, either by sea or land. The enemies or
+rebels or adversaries shall in nowise be suffered, neither shall the
+rebels or traitors who undertake under the State of the other be received
+in his countries, and shall much less give them counsel, aid, or favour,
+nor shall admit that his subjects, people, or inhabitants should do
+anything like.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;3. The Queen and Kingdom aforesaid and the Lord Protector and
+Commonwealth aforesaid shall, as much as in them lies, endeavour to take
+care, with all candour and affection, to remove all the hindrances which
+hitherto have interrupted the liberty of navigation and commerce between
+both the nations, as much in the dominions, lands, seas, and rivers of
+either of the confederates with other people and nations. They shall also
+endeavour to advance and defend the liberty of navigation and commerce
+against all sorts of disturbers for the reasons agreed upon in this
+treaty, or upon which hereafter they may agree, nor shall suffer, either
+through themselves, their subjects, or people, any offence to be
+committed or done against this institution.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;4. For it is consented and agreed that the inhabitants and subjects of
+the aforesaid confederates be free to travel by sea or land into the
+kingdoms, countries, provinces, lands, islands, towns, cities, villages,
+walled or unwalled, fortified or no, ports, dominions whatsoever freely,
+or without safe-conduct, general or special, to go and thence to return,
+and thence to stay or pass over, and all the while to buy victuals and
+things necessary for their use, and are to be treated with all
+benevolence. And also it shall be lawful for the subjects, citizens, and
+inhabitants of either of the confederates to exercise merchandise and
+commerce in all places wherein any commerce hath hitherto been exercised,
+and the same merchandise may be carried in or forth according to their
+pleasure, paying nevertheless the usual tax, and observing the laws and
+ordinances of the aforesaid Kingdom and Commonwealth; supposing on both
+sides that the people, subjects, and inhabitants of either of the
+confederates shall have and possess in the countries, lands, dominions,
+and kingdom of the other as full and ample privileges, and as much
+freedom, liberty, and immunity, as any stranger possesseth, or shall
+possess, in the said dominions and kingdoms.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;5. The merchants, masters of ships, pilots, seamen, and others, their
+ships, merchandise, and all goods in general of the said confederates and
+their subjects and inhabitants, shall not be apprehended or detained in
+the lands, ports, shores, harbours, or dominions whatsoever in alliance
+with the other, for any public use, expedition of war, or other cause,
+much less for any private man&rsquo;s use by virtue of any edict, general or
+special; neither shall they be molested or constrained by violence or
+injury or anything of that kind: provided that arrests be not prohibited
+if they are made according to the ordinary form of law, justice, and
+equity; they shall not neglect the punishment of any for private
+affection.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;6. And if one or more ships of the subjects, citizens, or inhabitants,
+be they of war or of burden and private men&rsquo;s, shall be forced by
+tempests, or pursued by pirates and enemies, or any urgent necessity to
+the harbour or shores of the other confederate, and be forced to call for
+protection, they shall be received there with all benignity, humanity,
+and friendship, and at no time to be hindered, and all victual,
+reparation, and things fit for use at the ordinary price; they shall not
+be prohibited to depart or go out of the port or harbour by any pretence
+whatsoever, as long as they have not committed anything against the
+statutes, ordinances, and custom of the place where their ships are
+brought and where they shall sojourn.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;7. Likewise, if one ship or more of war or of private men of the other
+confederate, and of the subjects and inhabitants, shall be shipwrecked or
+cast on the coast of the dominions of the other confederate, or for the
+future may suffer detriment, they may be relieved and helped at a price
+agreed on, so that whatsoever shall be saved from the shipwreck shall be
+preserved and restored to the true owner or his factor.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;8. And if the subjects and inhabitants of the other confederate, whether
+they be merchants, their factors, servants, masters of ships, pirates,
+seamen, or others, have occasion to travel into the dominions of the
+other confederate, or if anything shall come in their name before a court
+of justice, or suits for their debts, or for any other lawful reason
+wherein they may need the help of the magistrate; in these things he
+shall be benign and ready for equity&rsquo;s sake, and shall administer justice
+without delay or unnecessary circumstances, and they shall not be
+hindered in their journey by any pretence, but whithersoever they go are
+to be used friendly, and shall have the liberty either in going or
+returning to carry and wear arms for their private defence, and to walk
+into the harbours, seaports, and in any public place of the other
+confederate armed; provided they give no occasion of just suspicion to
+the governors or magistrates of any place of any design against the
+public or private peace, but chiefly they are to behave themselves
+modestly, and to live without any injury.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;9. It is lawful for the foresaid confederates and both their people to
+buy and export out of any of their countries, dominions, and kingdoms,
+all sorts of arms and provision of war, and freely and safely to carry
+their ships into what ports, stations, and harbours of the other
+confederate they please, and there to sojourn and from thence to go; and
+they are to carry themselves modestly, peaceably, and conform to all the
+laws and customs of the place, and they may trade there without any
+hindrance; likewise the ships of war have free leave to come to the
+ports, havens, and stations of the other confederates. But nevertheless,
+if there be a manifest suspicion in their number, they may forbid their
+access, without they have obtained leave of the confederate in whose
+ports they are (unless they are drawn in by tempests, or force, or
+danger, or chief magistrate), and are not to stay longer than the
+governor or chief magistrate will give them leave.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;10. It shall be lawful for the subjects and inhabitants of the kingdom
+of Sweden to travel into all the countries of England, Scotland, and
+Ireland, and likewise to pass beyond land or sea, and other people that
+commerce with them, to exercise trade in all kind of merchandise, and to
+bring them thither and carry thence at their pleasure. The people of the
+aforesaid Commonwealth shall enjoy the same liberty in the kingdoms,
+dominions, and territories of the Queen and kingdom of Sweden, but upon
+condition that they shall observe the respective laws, ordinances, and
+particular rights of both nations, and of those things which concern the
+traffic.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;11. Although it be prohibited by the former articles of this league and
+friendship, that neither of the confederates shall give aid or assistance
+to the enemies of the other, nevertheless it is no way to be understood
+that it is denied to the confederate and his subjects and people who is
+not in war to have commerce and navigation with the enemies of that
+confederate who is in war: provided only in the meantime, until it may be
+more fully agreed upon, all laws hereunto pertaining, that none of those
+commodities called contraband (of which a special designation or
+catalogue shall be agreed upon within four months from this time) shall
+be carried to the enemies of either, upon peril that if they be found out
+by the other confederate, they shall be taken as prize without hope of
+restitution.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;12. But lest this free navigation or passage by land or sea with other
+nations, of the one confederate, his subjects, or people, during the war
+of the other confederate, should be a deceit to the other confederate,
+and may conceal commodities and hostile goods by deceit, pretending the
+name of a friend, for that reason, to remove suspicion and fraud, it is
+thought fit that the ships, waggons, merchandises, and men belonging to
+one of the confederates, in their journeys and navigations shall be armed
+with letters of safe-conduct, commonly called passports and certificates,
+which shall be signed by the chief governor or magistrate of the province
+or city from whence they come, and in all them those forms to be observed
+which shall be agreed upon within the space of four months next ensuing;
+but where the merchandises, goods, shipping, and men of one of the
+confederates, or of his subjects or people, in the open sea, straits,
+ports, stations, lands, and places whatsoever, shall be met with by the
+ships of war, public or private, or by the men, subjects, and people of
+the other confederate, or by any means shall be in one place together,
+then exhibiting only their letters of safe-conduct and certificates,
+nothing shall be further required of them, nor inquired of them, nor
+inquiry made as to their goods, shipping, or men any further, much less
+shall any injury, damage, or trouble be offered to them, but, as is
+before signified, they shall be freely dismissed to proceed in their
+intended journey. And in case anything be done by either party contrary
+to the genuine sense of this article, either of the confederates shall
+cause severe punishment to be inflicted upon those who shall do contrary
+hereunto, their subjects and people, and shall take care that
+satisfaction be made without delay to the other grieved confederate, or
+his subjects and people, fully of all their losses and expenses.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;13. Also, if it shall fall out hereafter during this friendship and
+league, that any of the people and subjects of either of the confederates
+shall take part with, or design anything against this league, the
+agreement between the aforesaid confederates shall not thereby be
+interrupted or dissolved, but nevertheless shall continue and wholly
+remain; but those particular persons only who have broken this league
+shall be punished, and right and justice shall be administered to those
+who have received injury, and satisfaction shall be made of all damages
+and wrong within a twelvemonth&rsquo;s time after restitution demanded. And if
+the foresaid delinquents and persons guilty of the violence committed
+shall not yield themselves and submit to justice, or within the prefixed
+time shall refuse to make satisfaction, they, whosoever they are, shall
+at length be proclaimed enemies to both States, and their estates, goods,
+and whatsoever things they have shall be confiscated and sold for a just
+and full satisfaction of the wrongs by them done, and those offenders and
+guilty persons, where they shall come into the power of either State,
+shall suffer also deserved punishment according to the nature of their
+offence. But restitution and satisfaction for the losses and damages
+which either of the confederates hath suffered by the other during the
+war between England and the United Provinces of the Netherlands shall be
+made and afforded without delay to the party wronged, or to his subjects.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;14. The present treaty and confederation shall not at all derogate from
+the pre-eminence, right, and dominion whatsoever of either of the
+confederates in their seas, straits, and waters whatsoever; but they
+shall have and retain the same to themselves in the same fulness as they
+have hitherto enjoyed the same, and of right belongs unto them.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;15. Whereas therefore it is the principal purpose of this league that
+the same freedom of navigation and merchandising as is expressed in the
+former articles should be and remain to either confederate, his subjects
+and people, in the Baltic Sea, the Strait of the Sound, the Northern,
+Western, British, and Mediterranean Seas, and in the Channel and other
+seas of Europe, it shall therefore earnestly be endeavoured by common
+counsel, help, and assistance, that the foresaid mutual freedom of
+navigation and commerce shall be established and promoted in all the
+before-mentioned seas, and, if occasion require, shall be defended
+against disturbers who would interrupt it, prohibit, hinder, constrain,
+and force it to their own will and the injury of the confederates; and
+both the confederates shall willingly and mutually afford their goodwill
+and readiness to promote the benefit and to take away the prejudice of
+either of the confederates, always saving to either nation the leagues
+with other kingdoms, commonwealths, and nations which have been
+heretofore made and are in force; but neither of the confederates for the
+future shall make any league or alliance with any foreign people or
+nations whatsoever to any prejudice of this present mutual league,
+without the knowledge beforehand and consent of the other confederate;
+and if anything shall hereafter be agreed otherwise, it shall be void,
+and shall wholly give way to this mutual agreement; but of the manner of
+mutual aid or assistance to be given for defence of this league, and
+freedom of commerce and navigation, where it shall be necessary and
+reason shall require it, it shall be specially agreed upon according to
+the circumstances of time and all other things.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;16. Concerning other advantages to be enjoyed, and rules according to
+which the ships of war shall demean themselves which shall come into the
+ports or stations of the other confederate, of the trade to be had in
+America, also of the commodities of fishing for herrings and other fish
+whatsoever, of the staples and marts to be appointed for trade, and of
+other matters and conditions which may be required for the greater
+evidence of the former articles, as by a particular treaty and mutual
+contract shall be hereafter agreed.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;17. But those matters which we have agreed in the former articles shall
+forthwith from this moment of time obtain full force and be sincerely and
+rightly observed by either party, and by all who are under their
+obedience, faith, and command. And to the end that for the time to come
+they may be the more established, and remain firm as well by her Royal
+Majesty as also by the Lord Protector of the Commonwealth of England,
+Scotland, and Ireland, and the territories thereunto belonging, in the
+name of his Highness and the said Commonwealth, these presents, with the
+proper subscriptions of the hands of her Majesty and of his Highness,
+shall be subscribed, signed, and ratified.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;In confirmation of all these things which are above written, and for
+sufficient testimony thereof that on the part of her Royal Majesty our
+most clement Lady they shall be most religiously and fully observed, and
+be ratified within the time prefixed, we have subscribed these presents
+with our proper hands, and armed them with our seals. Dated at Upsal, the
+11th day of April, in the year 1654.
+</p>
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Axel Oxenstiern,<br />
+&ldquo;Eric Oxenstiern Axelius.&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<h2><a name="pg183" id="pg183"></a><span class="pagenum">183</span> <a name="MAY" id="MAY"></a>MAY.</h2>
+
+
+<h3>May 1, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Preparations for departure.</span>
+Lagerfeldt, Berkman, and the Syndic of Gothenburg, after dinner with
+Whitelocke, discoursed and advised him touching his departure. Lagerfeldt
+said he believed the Queen would give Whitelocke audience on Friday next,
+before which time her presents would not be ready for Whitelocke and his
+company; he said also, that he heard the Prince intended to be in this
+town within a few days, and if it should be so, then it would be better
+for Whitelocke to stay here, and expect his coming hither to salute him
+here, than to go out of his way so far as to the Prince&rsquo;s Court; in which
+matter Whitelocke said he would entreat the Queen&rsquo;s advice. Lagerfeldt
+said further, that the Queen had commanded some copper to be brought to
+Stockholm, and to be put aboard the ship where Whitelocke was to be
+embarked, or in some other ship as he should appoint, it being a present
+intended for him by the Queen.</p>
+
+<p>The Syndic acquainted Whitelocke that the city of Gothenburg would send
+into England, to prepare there for an accord concerning traffic between
+the English merchants and that town, wherein they hoped to have the
+assistance of Whitelocke at his return to England, wherein he promised
+his advice and furtherance.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg184" id="pg184"></a><span class="pagenum">184</span> A Danish gentleman of quality and experience gave a visit to Whitelocke,
+advised him the way of his journey, and gave him good information
+touching Denmark, to be communicated to the Protector, as that the
+English merchants might pass the Sound without paying any tax, if the
+Protector would insist upon it. Whitelocke, in drollery, asked him why he
+would discover these things to a stranger, which turn so much to the
+prejudice of his own country. He answered that he did this to testify his
+respects to the Protector, and that he did not betray his country, but
+his country had betrayed him; and that was his country where he breathed
+and had present nourishment.<a name="fnm184_13" id="fnm184_13"></a><a href="#fn184_13" class="fnnum">184</a></p>
+
+<p>Mr. Woolfeldt visited Whitelocke, and, among other discourses, related to
+him the story of this gentleman and his lady, which was to this effect,
+by his and others&rsquo; relation<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Woolfeldt&rsquo;s history.</span>
+This gentleman was of a noble family and extraction in Denmark, grew
+into great favour with the last King, whose daughter by a second
+wife he married; and the present King, her brother, made him Viceroy
+of Norway, Governor of the Isle of Zealand and of the Sound, and a
+Senator of the kingdom and Great Master of Denmark; and he had been
+employed thirteen times as an ambassador.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;His lady, the daughter and sister of a king, was of excellent
+comeliness of person and behaviour, humbly knowing her distance, of
+a sweet disposition, and of rare parts, both of mind and body;
+especially deserving praise for her high and entire affection to her
+husband, who, notwithstanding his great parts and abilities, and the
+many perils he had undergone in the service of his king and country,
+yet after <a name="pg185" id="pg185"></a><span class="pagenum">185</span> all, by the whisperings and false suggestions of
+backbiters, his enemies, was traduced to the King for being too much
+a friend to the people&rsquo;s liberty, and an opposer of the King&rsquo;s
+absolute power; but beyond all this (as some gave it out), that he
+was too familiar with one of the King&rsquo;s mistresses; so it was that
+the King took high displeasure against him. Parasites took the
+occasion to please the King by invectives against one under a cloud;
+his parts attracted envy, and his merits were too great for any
+other recompense but his own ruin.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To avoid the King&rsquo;s wrath and his enemies&rsquo; malice, and to preserve
+his life, which was aimed to be taken away with his fortune, he was
+compelled to fly from his country and seek his security in foreign
+parts. His lady, though a tender, modest woman,&mdash;though the sister
+of the King regnant, high in his favour and the interest of her
+alliance; though pressingly enticed to cast off her affection to her
+husband; though unacquainted with any hardships,&mdash;yet so entire was
+her conjugal love and piety, that, rather than part with her
+husband, she would leave all her relations and pleasures of a court
+and her dear country, and put herself, though with child, into the
+disguise of a page, to attend him in his flight as his servant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It may be imagined that such a servant was not unkindly used; but
+the greatest trouble was, that being on shipboard to cross the
+Baltic Sea, the poor page whispered the master that she had a
+longing desire to some cherries which she saw in the town as they
+came to the ship. Here was the difficulty: if her lord did not go on
+shore and procure some cherries for the page, it might cost her
+life; if he did go on shore, and in the meantime the ship should go
+off, he and his page would be parted, and his own life endangered.
+It was reason and honour that persuaded him rather to hazard his own
+than such a page&rsquo;s life; therefore, having effectually dealt with
+the master of the ship for a little stay, he soon found out a
+pretence to go on shore, and neglected not to hasten back again with
+his provision <a name="pg186" id="pg186"></a><span class="pagenum">186</span> of cherries, and to find out a way of distributing a
+large share of them to her that longed for them. After which they
+happily set sail and arrived in Sweden, where, by articles between
+the two Crowns, those in his condition have sanctuary and
+protection.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>In the afternoon Whitelocke went to Court, where he met with Canterstein,
+who excused himself that he had not yet brought to Whitelocke the Queen&rsquo;s
+letters of full power to her Commissioners, which he said the Queen had
+signed two days before, and that he had been sick, otherwise he had
+delivered them before this time. Whitelocke asked him if his
+recredentials were prepared. He said they were ready for the Queen to
+sign when she pleased, and that nothing in his charge concerning
+Whitelocke should receive any delay by his occasion. Whitelocke gave him
+thanks for his care, and promised his remuneration.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke entertains the Queen on May-day.</span>
+This being May-day, Whitelocke, according to the invitation he had made
+to the Queen, put her in mind of it, that, as she was his mistress, and
+this May-day, he was, by the custom of England, to wait upon her to take
+the air, and to treat her with some little collation, as her servant. The
+Queen said the weather was very cold, yet she was very willing to bear
+him company after the English mode. With the Queen were Woolfeldt, Tott,
+and five of her ladies. Whitelocke brought them to his collation, which
+he had commanded his servants to prepare in the best manner they could,
+and altogether after the English fashion.</p>
+
+<p>At the table with the Queen sat &ldquo;la Belle Comtesse,&rdquo; the Countess
+Gabrielle Oxenstiern, Woolfeldt, Tott, and Whitelocke; the other ladies
+sat in another room. Their meat was such fowl as could be gotten,
+<a name="pg187" id="pg187"></a><span class="pagenum">187</span> dressed after the English fashion and with English sauces, creams,
+puddings, custards, tarts, tansies, English apples, <i>bon chr&eacute;tien</i> pears,
+cheese, butter, neats&rsquo; tongues, potted venison, and sweetmeats brought
+out of England, as his sack and claret also was. His beer was also brewed
+and his bread made by his own servants in his house, after the English
+manner; and the Queen and her company seemed highly pleased with this
+treatment. Some of her company said she did eat and drink more at it than
+she used to do in three or four days at her own table.</p>
+
+<p>The entertainment was as full and noble as the place would afford and as
+Whitelocke could make it, and so well ordered and contrived that the
+Queen said she had never seen any like it. She was pleased so far to play
+the good housewife as to inquire how the butter could be so fresh and
+sweet, and yet brought out of England. Whitelocke, from his cooks,
+satisfied her Majesty&rsquo;s inquiry, that they put the salt butter into milk,
+where it lay all night, and the next day it would eat fresh and sweet as
+this did, and any butter new made, and commended her Majesty&rsquo;s good
+housewifery; who, to express her contentment in this collation, was full
+of pleasantness and gaiety of spirit, both in supper-time and afterwards.
+Among other frolics, she commanded Whitelocke to teach her ladies the
+English salutation, which, after some pretty defences, their lips obeyed,
+and Whitelocke most readily. She highly commended Whitelocke&rsquo;s music of
+the trumpets, which sounded all supper-time; and her discourse was all of
+mirth and drollery, wherein Whitelocke endeavoured to answer her, and the
+rest of the company did their parts.</p>
+
+<p>It was late before she returned to the castle, whither <a name="pg188" id="pg188"></a><span class="pagenum">188</span> Whitelocke waited
+on her; and she discoursed a little with him about his business and the
+time of his audience, and gave him many thanks for his noble treatment of
+her and her company.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 2, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Swedish full powers.</span>
+Whitelocke sent to the master of the ceremonies to know if he had desired
+a time for his last audience, who promised to do it.</p>
+
+<p>Canterstein brought to Whitelocke the Queen&rsquo;s letters of full power to
+her Commissioners, under her hand and the great seal of Sweden, which
+were of this tenour.<a name="fnm188_14" id="fnm188_14"></a><a href="#fn188_14" class="fnnum">188</a> Having received this commission, Whitelocke
+delivered to Canterstein his commission under the Great Seal of England,
+and the copy of his new instructions from the Protector, except what was
+secret in them.</p>
+
+<p>Canterstein, the master of the ceremonies, and Monsieur Bloome, were
+frolic at dinner with Whitelocke, and made many caresses to him, and
+extolled the Chancellor&rsquo;s care and high respect to Whitelocke, <a name="pg189" id="pg189"></a><span class="pagenum">189</span> in
+bringing his treaty to so good an issue; and after dinner Bloome told
+Whitelocke that the Chancellor had advised the Queen to make a noble
+present to Whitelocke, which was not yet ready, and that had retarded his
+last audience. The master of the ceremonies, from the Queen, desired
+Whitelocke to have a little patience for a few days; that she expected
+the arrival of the Prince within six or seven days in this town, by which
+means Whitelocke would have a fair opportunity to salute him here,
+without further trouble; and that the Queen would give him audience
+within two days before the arrival of the Prince, and so he should
+receive no disturbance in his voyage. Whitelocke saw no other remedy for
+this but patience.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 3, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Guinea question.</span>
+Whitelocke visited Grave Eric. They fell into discourse, among other
+things, touching Guinea, to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> It is requisite that we come to some conclusion about the
+business of Guinea.</p>
+
+<p><i>Grave Eric.</i> I think it fit; and for your further information, <a name="pg190" id="pg190"></a><span class="pagenum">190</span> here is
+the answer in writing of the Swedes who are concerned therein unto the
+complaints of the English company in that business.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Will you leave the writing with me?</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> I shall send you a copy of it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The complaints of the English have been proved by depositions of
+witnesses.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> Those depositions were taken in the absence of the other
+party; and, if you please, witnesses may be produced here on the part of
+the Swedes.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Witnesses produced here will be also in the absence of the other
+party, though I had leisure and commission to examine them on oath.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> You may see in this map of Guinea how the plantations of the
+Swedes, English, and Hollanders do lie, and are mingled and near to one
+another.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The King of that place made a grant to the English, for them only
+to dwell and traffic in that country; and the Swedes afterwards drove the
+English, by force, out of their fortifications.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> The English had no fortifications there; all the fort they
+had was a little lodge with two rooms only in it, out of which the Swedes
+did not force them; and both the Hollanders and Swedes were planted in
+this place before any grant made to the English, and the Swedes had a
+grant from the same King, whereof this is a copy.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> It will be material to compare the dates of these two grants: if
+that to the English was first, then the other to the Swedes was of no
+validity; and the like of the contrary. If you will favour me with a copy
+of the grant made to the Swedes, I will compare it with that made to the
+English, and return it to you.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg191" id="pg191"></a><span class="pagenum">191</span> <i>Gr. Eric.</i> You shall command it.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Woolfeldt, being visited by Whitelocke, told him that the Queen was
+extremely pleased with his treatment of her. Whitelocke excused the
+meanness of it for her Majesty. Woolfeldt replied, that both the Queen
+and all the company esteemed it as the handsomest and noblest that they
+ever saw; and the Queen, after that, would drink no other wine but
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s, and kindly accepted the neats&rsquo; tongues, potted venison, and
+other cates which, upon her commendation of them, Whitelocke sent unto
+her Majesty. Woolfeldt showed a paper of consequence written by himself
+in Spanish, and he read it in French to Whitelocke, being perfect in
+those and other languages. He said, that whatsoever he wrote he did it in
+a foreign language, to continue the exercise of them. The paper showed
+how the English might be freed from paying tolls at the Sound. Whitelocke
+entreated a copy of this paper in French, which Woolfeldt promised.</p>
+
+<p>A great quantity of snow fell and covered the houses and fields, and was
+hard frozen: a matter at this time strange to the English, but ordinary
+here.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 4, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>Mr. Boteler, a Scotsman, confidently reported great news to the
+disparagement of the affairs of England, that the Highlanders of Scotland
+had given a great defeat to the English and killed five hundred of them,
+which news was soon confuted by Whitelocke.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">A literary dinner party.</span>
+The Senator Vanderlin, and his brother the master of the ceremonies; Dr.
+Loccenius, a civilian, Keeper of the Library in this University; another
+gentleman, <a name="pg192" id="pg192"></a><span class="pagenum">192</span> Professor of Eloquence here; Mr. Ravius, Professor of the
+Eastern tongues; and a French gentleman, captain of one of the companies
+of Guards, doing Whitelocke the honour to dine with him, had very learned
+discourse, particularly of languages and of the affinity between the
+Swedish, English, Danish, and High Dutch tongues, whereof they gave many
+instances, and Whitelocke was able to add to them. The professors
+discoursed only in Latin, as most proper for them; the others in French;
+and they hold it a discourtesy if a man be not answered in the same
+language which he speaks. They also extolled the Prince and the
+Protector; and the Senator said that there was not any person who came so
+near to the eminency and grandeur of the Protector as the Prince of
+Sweden did.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Dutch Resident salutes Whitelocke on the peace.</span>
+The company being gone, Whitelocke went to the accustomed place, the
+great wood, to take the air; and as he was walking in the broad way
+there, he perceived the coach of the Dutch Resident coming towards him;
+and perceiving the English Ambassador to be walking there, the Resident
+alighted out of his coach and came on foot towards Whitelocke. Whether he
+came after Whitelocke in a handsome design or contrivance for their first
+salutation, or that it was by accident, Whitelocke did not examine, but
+thought fit to answer the civility of the Resident by walking back
+towards him to meet him.</p>
+
+<p>They saluted each other and their company with great respect. The
+Resident began the compliment to Whitelocke in French, telling him that
+he was very glad of the opportunity to have the happiness to salute
+Whitelocke, which he would not neglect to do, perceiving him in this
+place; and that he would take the <a name="pg193" id="pg193"></a><span class="pagenum">193</span> first occasion to do himself the
+honour to visit Whitelocke at his house. Whitelocke answered, that the
+Resident should be very welcome when he pleased to do that honour to
+Whitelocke as to bestow a visit on him; and that he was also very glad of
+the opportunity which had now presented itself, whereby he had the
+contentment of being acquainted with the Resident. They fell into general
+discourses, and, among the rest, of the conclusion and ratification of
+the treaty between the two Commonwealths, and of the advantage which
+thereby would arise to both of them, and to the Protestant party.<a name="fnm193_15" id="fnm193_15"></a><a href="#fn193_15" class="fnnum">193</a></p>
+
+<p>As they were walking together the Queen passed by them, being in that
+wood also to take the air. When she came near, she saluted them with
+great respect, and spake to them aloud, &ldquo;Je suis ravie de vous voir
+<a name="pg194" id="pg194"></a><span class="pagenum">194</span> ensemble, je vois que la paix est faite.&rdquo; And so the Queen went on her
+way, and Whitelocke took leave of the Resident.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">A despatch from Thurloe.</span>
+At his return to his house Whitelocke found his packet from England ready
+to entertain him, and Thurloe&rsquo;s letter was this<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;My Lord,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your letter of the 10th of March arrived here this morning, whereby
+you are pleased to give a very particular and exact account of all
+proceedings in this treaty you are upon; I presently communicated
+the contents thereof to his Highness and the Council, with whom he
+was willing to advise, and thereupon he was pleased to send you the
+instructions which your Excellence will receive herewith, which are
+fully agreeable to your own desire in that behalf. The former
+instructions had come sooner, if the issue of the Dutch treaty had
+been sooner known; now, through the blessing of God, it is fully
+concluded, and your Excellence will receive herewith the articles,
+as they are signed by the Commissioners of his Highness and the
+Lords Ambassadors of the United Provinces. They signed them upon
+Wednesday, at night, and the next morning the ambassadors sent them
+away to be ratified by their superiors, which they will do without
+difficulty or scruple, as we believe.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your Excellence will see by those articles made with the Dutch,
+that the second and fifth article is omitted out of your
+instructions; that these two treaties will very well stand together;
+and for the notice to be given to the Dutch, it is clear to me that
+it will not be necessary, in respect that this treaty was not only
+begun, but as good as finished, before the conclusion with the
+Dutch.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And for the fourth article, and the proviso your Excellence is
+pleased to send, that being so clearly within the substance of your
+former instructions, I thought it needless to add any instruction
+about it now.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;His Highness in the beginning of this week was pleased <a name="pg195" id="pg195"></a><span class="pagenum">195</span> to send for
+the Great Seal, and kept it in his own custody two days, and now
+hath disposed it unto your Excellence, Sir Thomas Widdrington, and
+your confrater my Lord Lisle. His Highness is very much resolved
+upon a good and solid reformation of the law, and proceedings in the
+Courts of Equity and Laws: the matter of law he hath committed unto
+Mr. Justice Hale and Mr. John Vaughan; the reformation of the
+Chancery to my Lord Widdrington, Mr. Attorney-General, and Mr.
+Chute,&mdash;being resolved to give the learned of the robe the honour of
+reforming their own profession, and hopes that God will give them
+hearts to do it; and, that no time may be lost, the next term is
+adjourned.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The French Ambassador desires very much to get a despatch of his
+business. His Highness hath at length appointed him commissioners to
+treat, but no progress hath been yet made thereupon. The speech that
+he made at his first audience your Excellence will receive by this.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Portugal presseth much now to come to an agreement also, and to
+close the treaty which hath hanged so long; and so doth the
+Spaniard.</p>
+
+<p>
+&ldquo;I pray for your Excellence&rsquo;s safe return home and rest.</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your Excellence&rsquo;s humble servant,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Jo. Thurloe.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>April 7th, 1654.</i>&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p>Whitelocke&rsquo;s new instructions from the Protector:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;O. P.</p>
+
+<p class="letterheading">&ldquo;<i>Additional Instructions to my Lord Whitelocke, our Ambassador
+Extraordinary to her Majesty the Queen of Sweden.</i></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Having considered the particular account you have given by your
+letters weekly of your negotiation in Sweden, and the delay which
+hath been on the part of that Court in the treaty you are upon, we
+might well have given you positive orders for your speedy return.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But observing that the letters and despatches between this and
+Sweden are a month in their way, and not knowing <a name="pg196" id="pg196"></a><span class="pagenum">196</span> how affairs may
+alter in that time with you, and the pretence of their delay&mdash;to
+wit, the uncertainty of the issue of the treaty between us and the
+United Provinces&mdash;being removed, as you will see by these letters,
+which will assure you of the full conclusion thereof, we have
+thought it more convenient to leave you a latitude in that
+particular, and to give you liberty (as we do hereby) to return home
+at such time as you shall find it for the service of the
+Commonwealth.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;2. Whereas, by your letter of the 10th of March, 1654, you have
+represented the particular debates which you have had upon all the
+articles of the treaty, and the exceptions taken by the Queen upon
+the second, fifth, and seventh articles, you are hereby authorized
+to omit the second and fifth articles out of the treaty, as also the
+words &lsquo;bona &agrave; suis cujusque inimicis direpta&rsquo; out of the seventh
+article, if the Queen shall still insist thereupon; and as for the
+comprehending the Dutch in this treaty with the Queen of Sweden,
+notice shall be given from hence, if it shall be found necessary.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;3. You have hereby power to agree with the Queen of Sweden that she
+and her subjects may fish freely for herrings in the seas of this
+Commonwealth, paying the recognition of the tenth herring, or for a
+lesser recognition, so as it be not less than the twentieth herring,
+or the value thereof in money.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">&ldquo;<i>Whitehall, 7th April, 1654.</i>&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>The Order of the Council touching the Great Seal sent by Thurloe was
+this. The title of the order was thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+
+<p class="center"><span class="sidenote">Whitelocke, Widdrington, and Lisle reappointed of the
+Great Seal.</span>
+&ldquo;<i>Order of the Council approving of the Commissioners of the Great
+Seal</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="toright">
+&ldquo;<i>Tuesday, 4th April, 1654.</i></p>
+
+<p class="center">
+&ldquo;<span class="smcap">At the Council at Whitehall</span>:
+</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Resolved</i>, That the Council doth approve of the Lord <a name="pg197" id="pg197"></a><span class="pagenum">197</span> Ambassador
+Whitelocke to be one of the Lords Commissioners of the Great Seal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Resolved</i>, That the Council doth approve of Sir Thomas
+Widdrington, Knight, Serjeant-at-Law, to be one of the Lords
+Commissioners of the Great Seal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Resolved</i>, That the Council doth approve of John Lisle, Esquire,
+to be one of the Lords Commissioners of the Great Seal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;By the command of his Highness Mr. Serjeant Widdrington and Mr.
+Lisle were called in, and being come to the table, his Highness
+declared that the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke and themselves had been
+nominated by his Highness, and approved by the Council, to be
+Commissioners for the Great Seal; and his Highness did deliver unto
+the said Mr. Serjeant Widdrington and Mr. Lisle the said Great Seal;
+and then the oath appointed by the ordinance was read by the Clerk
+of the Council, and was taken by each of them.</p>
+
+<p class="signature" style="margin-right: 2em;">
+&ldquo;Ex<sup>r</sup> <span class="smcap">W. Jessop</span>,</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+&ldquo;Clerk of the Council.&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p>The Guinea Company sent by this packet a letter to Whitelocke of thanks
+for his care of their business, and that they could not buy the Swedes&rsquo;
+interest in Guinea, and referred the whole matter wholly to Whitelocke.</p>
+
+<p>The examinations in the Court of Admiralty touching the ship &lsquo;Charity,&rsquo;
+enclosed in Thurloe&rsquo;s letters, made it appear that the Swedes had not
+injury done them, as they complained, and that the goods belonged to
+Hollanders, and not to the Swedes; but only coloured by the Hollanders
+under the name of Swedish ship and goods, though they were not so.
+Whitelocke made use of these examinations as he saw cause, and found that
+Martin Thysen had an interest in these goods.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Reception of the French Ambassador in London.</span>
+The enclosed speech of the French Ambassador to <a name="pg198" id="pg198"></a><span class="pagenum">198</span> the Protector was full
+of compliment, giving him the title of &ldquo;Serene Altesse,&rdquo; and as much as
+could be well offered by the French, seeming to desire a league and amity
+with the Protector. The Ambassador was received with great state and
+solemnity, answerable to the honour of his master the King of France,
+with whom the Protector had a good mind to close at this time, the rather
+to frustrate the hopes of the King of Scots of assistance from thence,
+where he was now entertained, caressed, and made believe he should have
+all aid and furtherance for his restitution, which the Protector sought
+to prevent by the interest of the Cardinal Mazarin, whose creature this
+Ambassador was.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 5, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Queen&rsquo;s presents to Whitelocke and his suite.</span>
+Lagerfeldt acquainted Whitelocke that the Queen intended to gratify him
+with a gift of as great value as had been bestowed upon any ambassador
+before; and that she having received from Whitelocke many brave horses
+and many native goods of England, and Whitelocke having undertaken, at
+his return to England, to provide for her Majesty several other
+commodities, she held it reasonable to requite him with some commodities
+of this country, if Whitelocke thought fit to accept of them. Whitelocke
+answered that it did not become him to prescribe bounds to her Majesty&rsquo;s
+favour, but only to refer himself to the Queen&rsquo;s judgement herein.
+Lagerfeldt replied that the Queen intended to bestow her gift upon him in
+copper, and gave order that it should be put aboard a ship, to be
+consigned by him to some of his friends at London, or as he pleased to
+dispose it.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg199" id="pg199"></a><span class="pagenum">199</span> Whitelocke desired of Lagerfeldt that although the articles were signed,
+that yet he in the instrument might prefix to the title these words
+&ldquo;Serenissimi ac Celsissimi Domini,&rdquo; which words Whitelocke did observe to
+be in the Protector&rsquo;s title to the Dutch articles, which was not known to
+Whitelocke before the articles were signed here. Lagerfeldt promised to
+acquaint the Chancellor herewith, and to bring his answer.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke waited upon the Queen, and acquainted her with his news from
+England, and of the consummation of the treaty of peace between England
+and the Dutch, whereof she said she was very glad, and thanked Whitelocke
+for his news. He then entreated her Majesty to appoint a day for his
+audience to take his leave of her Majesty, which she told him should be
+shortly done; then she desired his company with her in her coach, to take
+the air. He waited on her, and besides there was in the coach Grave Tott,
+Grave Vandone, and the Countess Christina Oxenstiern. The Queen was not
+very pleasant, but entertained some little discourses, not much of
+business; and after a short tour, returning to the castle, retired into
+her chamber, and Whitelocke to his lodging.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 6, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>Lagerfeldt returned answer to Whitelocke, of his motion to insert the
+words &ldquo;Serenissimi ac Celsissimi Domini&rdquo; into the Protector&rsquo;s title, that
+he had acquainted the Chancellor with it, who also had communicated it to
+her Majesty, and she willingly assented thereunto; and it was inserted
+accordingly. <a name="pg200" id="pg200"></a><span class="pagenum">200</span> He brought with him Monsieur Carloe, Governor of the
+Swedish Company for Guinea, with whom Whitelocke had much discourse upon
+the same points as he had before with Grave Eric; and Carloe denied all
+that the English merchants had affirmed, and he continued before and
+after dinner very obstinate in it.</p>
+
+<p>Secretary Canterstein brought to Whitelocke the Queen&rsquo;s letters of the
+grant of two hundred ship-pound of copper for a present to him, which
+letters were thus.<a name="fnm200_16" id="fnm200_16"></a><a href="#fn200_16" class="fnnum">200</a></p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon the master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke&rsquo;s house,
+and presented to him, from the Queen, a handsome jewel, which was a case
+of gold, fairly enamelled, and having in the midst of it the picture of
+the Queen, done to the life, and very like her. It was set round about
+with twelve large diamonds, and several small diamonds between the great
+ones. He told Whitelocke that, by command of her Majesty, he presented
+her picture to him; that she was sorry it was not made up so as might
+have <a name="pg201" id="pg201"></a><span class="pagenum">201</span> been worthy of his reception; but she desired, if he pleased, that
+he would do her the honour to wear it for her sake, and to accept the
+picture in memory of the friend that sent it. Whitelocke answered that
+the Queen was pleased to bestow a great honour upon him in this noble
+testimony of her favour to him, of which he acknowledged himself
+altogether unworthy; but her Majesty&rsquo;s opinion was otherwise, as appeared
+by such a present as this. He did with all thankfulness accept it, and
+should with great contentment give himself occasion, by the honour of
+wearing it, to remember the more often her Majesty and her favours to
+him, her servant, for which he desired the master to present his humble
+thanks unto her Majesty.</p>
+
+<p>After he had been with Whitelocke, the master went to Whitelocke&rsquo;s two
+sons, and in the Queen&rsquo;s name presented to each of them a chain of gold
+of five links, and at the end of the chain a medal of gold of the Queen&rsquo;s
+picture; the chains and medals were valued at four hundred ducats apiece.
+Then he presented, in the Queen&rsquo;s name, to Colonel Potley, to Dr.
+Whistler, to Captain Beake, and Mr. Earle, to each of them a chain of
+gold of four links, and at the end of each chain a medal of gold of the
+Queen&rsquo;s picture; these chains and medals were valued at two hundred
+ducats apiece, or thereabouts.</p>
+
+<p>Then he presented, in the Queen&rsquo;s name, to Mr. Stapleton, Mr. Ingelo, and
+Mr. De la Marche, to each of them a chain of gold of three links, with a
+medal of gold of the Queen&rsquo;s picture at the end of each chain; the chains
+and medals were valued at about a hundred and sixty ducats apiece. To Mr.
+Walker he presented a chain and medal of gold of three links, <a name="pg202" id="pg202"></a><span class="pagenum">202</span> shorter
+than the rest, of about the value of a hundred and thirty ducats; to
+Captain Crispe and to Mr. Swift, to each of them a chain of gold of two
+links, with a medal of gold to each of them, of about the value of a
+hundred ducats apiece.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Disputes caused by the Queen&rsquo;s presents.</span>
+Walker the steward, and Stapleton, gentleman of the horse to Whitelocke,
+were discontented, because their chains were not of four links apiece;
+and they and others took exceptions because their chains were not so good
+and valuable as those given to Potley and Beake,&mdash;so seditious a thing is
+gold. But Whitelocke endeavoured to satisfy them by the reasons why the
+chains of Potley and Beake were better than theirs: the one having been
+an ancient servant of this Crown, and the other being commander of the
+guards of the Protector; and nothing was due to them, but only the
+Queen&rsquo;s free gift and bounty was in all of them, and therefore not to be
+excepted against by any of them. Notwithstanding this admonition, they
+met and discoursed together in discontent about this business, and gave
+thereby occasion of displeasure to Whitelocke.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke being in the mood to take the air, the Holland Resident came
+thither, where they walked and discoursed together; and in their return
+the Resident and two of his gentlemen, Vorstius and another, went in
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s coach, who brought the Resident to his lodging, and there
+had a civil treatment, and found by discourse that the Resident was not
+well satisfied with his being in this Court. Whitelocke did not hitherto
+make a visit to any person since he had received his presents from the
+Queen, after which, in ceremony, he must first visit her Majesty to give
+her thanks, and then he is at liberty to visit others.</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="pg203" id="pg203"></a><span class="pagenum">203</span> May 7, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p><i>The Lord&rsquo;s Day.</i>&mdash;Monsieur Bloome, and Mr. De Geeres, the rich merchant
+of Sweden, after dinner with Whitelocke, discoursed much about matters
+not so proper for the day. Walker and Stapleton attending Whitelocke and
+walking in the evening, he again spake to them about their presents as
+formerly; but found Stapleton stiff in his opinion, and to intend to send
+back his present to the master of the ceremonies as refusing it; but
+Whitelocke required him not to do so, lest it should be taken as an
+affront to Whitelocke and to the Protector himself, as well as a
+disdaining of the Queen&rsquo;s present, which was her Majesty&rsquo;s free gift
+without any obligation.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 8, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Warrant for the copper.</span>
+The warrant formerly inserted was sent to the officers of the Treasury,
+who thereupon made their order to the under-officers for the delivery of
+the copper accordingly, which order was brought to Whitelocke in the
+Swedish language.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Guinea case.</span>
+The master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke to inform him that the
+Queen had appointed Wednesday next, the 10th of this month, for his last
+audience to take his leave. Whitelocke said he was sorry it could not be
+sooner. The master excused it by reason of the great affairs of the Queen
+upon the meeting of the Ricksdag. Grave Eric and Lagerfeldt came to
+Whitelocke and debated with him the business of Guinea.</p>
+
+<p><i>Grave Eric.</i> I shall read to you this paper, which is in Latin and in
+French,&mdash;an answer to the complaints of the English, and denies all their
+allegations.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg204" id="pg204"></a><span class="pagenum">204</span> <i>Whitelocke.</i> The allegations of the English are proved by oath; here
+are the depositions.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> The answers of the Swedes are upon oath likewise.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> But the English are in the affirmative.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> The Swedes have like complaints against the English, which
+are to be proved by oath in the affirmative also; and in such case the
+parties or their procurators must appear before the ordinary and
+competent judges, which will require a great deal of time; but we being
+to treat with you as an Ambassador, we propose that there may be an
+abolition of all past injuries of the one side and the other, and that
+there may be an agreement and friendship, and free trade there for the
+future.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> This will be very proper for the time to come, but it will be no
+satisfaction for the injuries already done. I have no power from the
+Protector or Company of English Merchants to make any such agreement; but
+for what concerns the public, I can make an accord with you, and the
+satisfaction of damages for wrongs past may be remitted to the
+determination of the Commissioners.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> I shall show you a project in writing, that all the houses
+and possessions of the one part and the other may continue in the same
+estate for the time to come as they are in at present.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> To agree to this were to give up the right of the English
+merchants, and to acknowledge that they have no cause of complaint;
+whereas I demand in justice a reparation and satisfaction for those
+injuries whereof they complain.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> Then the business must be decided before <a name="pg205" id="pg205"></a><span class="pagenum">205</span> the judges,
+witnesses on both sides must be heard, and we must insist upon it that
+the houses and possessions continue in the same estate as they now are.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> You must pardon me that I cannot assent hereunto.</p>
+
+<p>Thus their debate broke off.</p>
+
+<p>Monsieur Ravius came to Whitelocke in the name of the Bishop of Stregnes,
+to acquaint him that if he had any English horses which he would bestow
+upon the Prince, that they would be very acceptable to him, and that
+Whitelocke would very much gratify himself thereby. Whitelocke said that
+his saddle-horses were not worth the presenting to his Royal Highness,
+the best of them being already given away; but he had a set of
+coach-horses which he intended to reserve and to present unto the Prince,
+if he pleased to accept them. Ravius said they would be very acceptable
+to him.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 9, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke compliments the Danish minister on the peace.</span>
+The King of Denmark being included in the treaty between England and the
+Dutch, and so become a friend, Whitelocke was advised to send first a
+compliment to the Danish Ambassador now residing in this Court; which,
+when Whitelocke doubted lest thereby he might diminish the honour of
+England by sending to the Dane before the Dane had first sent to him, the
+master of the ceremonies and others instructed him that it was the
+constant custom for the ambassador that comes last to send first a
+compliment to him that had been in the Court before; whereupon Whitelocke
+did send one of his gentlemen to the Danish Ambassador, to visit and
+compliment him.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg206" id="pg206"></a><span class="pagenum">206</span> Now the secretary of the Ambassador of Denmark came to Whitelocke, in
+the name of his lord, to give him thanks for the honour he had done him
+in sending one of his servants to salute him, and to congratulate the
+good news of the agreement between England and the Dutch, wherein the
+King his master was comprised. The secretary said that the confirmation
+thereof was also come to his lord by the way of Holland and of Denmark,
+for which news his Lordship was very joyful, and would himself have given
+a visit to Whitelocke but that his want of health detained him in his
+lodging. Whitelocke told the secretary that he was very sorry for his
+lord&rsquo;s indisposition of health, and wished his good recovery; that he was
+heartily glad of the news which gave him occasion to send to his lord to
+congratulate with him, and that he would take an opportunity to visit him
+in person when it might be without prejudice to his Excellence&rsquo;s health.</p>
+
+<p>Berkman came to Whitelocke to give him an account of a message wherein he
+had employed Berkman to the Marshal Wrangel, to desire him, in
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s name, that the ship appointed to transport him might fall
+down from Stockholm to the Dollars, for Whitelocke to come on board her
+there, which would save him a hundred miles by sea from Stockholm
+thither, there being a nearer way by a third-part from Stockholm to the
+Dollars for boats to pass. Berkman said he found Wrangel very civil, and
+ready to do what Whitelocke should desire of him for his accommodation,
+and that he had ordered the ship forthwith to fall down to the Dollars;
+for which Whitelocke desired Monsieur Berkman to return his thanks to the
+Marshal.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg207" id="pg207"></a><span class="pagenum">207</span> The Ricks-Admiral sent to Whitelocke, expressing much civility and
+readiness to serve him, and desired to know if one ship would be
+sufficient for his transportation; that, if he pleased, there should be
+more provided for him. Whitelocke returned thanks, and that he hoped he
+should not have occasion to put them to the trouble of more ships for his
+transportation than that already ordered for him.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke invited to the ceremony of abdication.</span>
+The master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke, by the Queen&rsquo;s command,
+to know if he and his company pleased to see the meeting of the Ricksdag;
+that he had provided a place for that purpose, where they might be
+unknown and unseen, and yet see all the ceremony and hear all the
+harangues; that if Whitelocke would see it, the master would call him at
+eight o&rsquo;clock in the morning and wait upon him to the place; but he said
+that the Danish Ambassador had some thoughts of being there also, and if
+he came first to the place he would take the uppermost seat. Whitelocke
+then desired the master to call him early enough that he might be there
+first, because he should hardly permit the Danish Ambassador to sit above
+him. The master said he would be sure to call Whitelocke early enough,
+but he believed that the Danish Ambassador would not be there because of
+his ill health.</p>
+
+<p>The master told Whitelocke that Monsieur Bloome had informed him that
+some of Whitelocke&rsquo;s gentlemen took exceptions to the presents sent them
+by the Queen. He protested, upon his soul and his honour, that he had no
+hand in the disposing of these presents, but that all was done by the
+officers of the Chamber of Accounts, and that the Queen did not meddle
+with it; but when he showed her a catalogue of the officers <a name="pg208" id="pg208"></a><span class="pagenum">208</span> of
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s house, she marked them how she would have the presents
+bestowed; that how the matter might be altered afterwards he was wholly
+ignorant, and that he had order, under the hands of the officers, to make
+the distribution as he had done; and he hoped none of the gentlemen would
+be offended with him, who had done nothing but as he was ordered by those
+over him. Whitelocke told him that, in so great a family as his was, it
+would be difficult to please every one; that these presents were the
+Queen&rsquo;s favours, which she might distribute as she pleased, and every one
+ought to be contented therewith; that some of his company had discoursed
+hereof more than belonged to them, but that he would take order in it
+himself. They had also this further discourse<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> Do you expect the arrival of the Prince here on Friday
+next?</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> The Queen is not assured of his arrival that day, but she
+will go out on horseback, accompanied with all her nobility, to meet him.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Will it be expected that I go out likewise to meet him?</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> That cannot be, because it will be after your last audience,
+and when you have taken your leave of the Queen, so that you cannot then
+appear in public nor in any public action, because it will be to present
+yourself before those of whom you had taken your leave before.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> But after my last audience I may in private see the Queen?</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> Yes, for that is but a particular visit; and so you may
+visit any of your friends after your last audience.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg209" id="pg209"></a><span class="pagenum">209</span> <i>Wh.</i> I intend likewise to salute the Prince after my last audience.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> You may do it, because it will be but a particular visit.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I hope his Royal Highness will treat me with the same civility and
+respect as he useth to any other ambassador.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> That he will infallibly do. Monsieur Chanut, the French
+Ambassador, when he was in this Court, did always give the right hand to
+the Prince after the proposal had been made of declaring him
+Prince-heritier of the crown, though the Ricksdag had not then confirmed
+it. But Chanut made difficulty of it at the Prince&rsquo;s lodging, because he
+was not the son of a king, yet afterwards he did it both there and
+elsewhere.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> There is more reason for me now to do it, because the proposal is
+to be made of investing him with the Crown. What was the manner of the
+Prince&rsquo;s reception of Chanut, where did he meet Chanut at his coming, and
+how far did he go with him at his taking leave?</p>
+
+<p><i>Mast. Cer.</i> The Prince received Chanut at the door of the chamber where
+he had his audience; and when the Ambassador went away, the Prince
+brought him to the same place and no further; and I believe he will give
+the same respect to your Excellence, and as much to you as to any public
+minister.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I can desire no more.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 10, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke attends a wedding at Court.</span>
+Lagerfeldt came to Whitelocke and acquainted him <a name="pg210" id="pg210"></a><span class="pagenum">210</span> that there was a
+special article to be agreed upon touching the business of Guinea, which
+the Queen and the Chancellor were willing might proceed for the despatch
+of Whitelocke, and that Grave Eric would have come to him about it, but
+that he was ill and had taken physic. He told Whitelocke that the Queen
+said he might have his last audience that day if he pleased; but if he
+would be present at the solemnity of the nuptials which were this evening
+to be celebrated at Court between the Baron Horne and the Lady Sparre,
+and if he desired to see the assembling of the Ricksdag tomorrow, then it
+would be requisite to defer his audience till Friday, because when he had
+taken his leave of the Queen it would not be proper for him afterwards to
+appear in public. Whitelocke said he had rather be dismissed than to be
+present at any solemnities; that her Majesty had taken him captive by her
+noble presents, so that it was not fit for him to come abroad in public.
+He asked Lagerfeldt if the Prince would be here on Friday next; if so,
+then it would not be convenient to have his audience put off to that day.
+Lagerfeldt said he doubted that the Prince would not be here so soon.</p>
+
+<p>An officer on horseback, accompanied with several other horsemen, with
+four kettle-drums and eight or ten trumpets beating and sounding before
+them, made proclamation in several parts of the town that all persons who
+were summoned to appear at the Ricksdag should give their attendance at
+the place appointed in the Queen&rsquo;s castle of Upsal tomorrow by eight
+o&rsquo;clock in the morning, upon pain of half-a-dollar mulcted for every
+default.</p>
+
+<p>The master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke <a name="pg211" id="pg211"></a><span class="pagenum">211</span> from the Queen, and
+acquainted him to the same effect as Lagerfeldt had done, touching his
+last audience. The master also, by the Queen&rsquo;s command, invited
+Whitelocke to the wedding at Court this night; and if he pleased to see
+the manner of the assembling of the Ricksdag, that he had order to take
+the care of it, and that it would be no hindrance to his going away,
+because the Prince did not come hither till Tuesday next. Whitelocke said
+he was sorry that the Prince would come no sooner to this place, but
+since it was the pleasure of the Queen that he should wait upon her this
+evening, he would obey her commands; and as to the time of his audience,
+he submitted to her pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>The Ricks-Admiral sent again to Whitelocke, to know if he would have any
+more ships provided for his transportation. Whitelocke returned his
+thanks, and that he intended not to take any of his horses with him, and
+therefore should not need any more ships than were already ordered.</p>
+
+<p>Studely, one of Whitelocke&rsquo;s servants, returned to him from Stockholm
+with an account that the ship appointed for his transportation was not
+yet ready, which retarded his voyage to his trouble.</p>
+
+<p>Between ten and eleven o&rsquo;clock at night the master of the ceremonies came
+to Whitelocke&rsquo;s house, with one of the Queen&rsquo;s coaches, to bring him to
+the wedding at Court. He desired Whitelocke&rsquo;s two sons to go into that
+coach, who excused themselves that they had not been in that coach
+formerly. The master said that when one went to an audience there were
+certain formalities to be observed, but going to a wedding was another
+thing; that now the Queen <a name="pg212" id="pg212"></a><span class="pagenum">212</span> had sent her coach for Whitelocke as her
+guest, and it was proper for his sons to go with him. Whitelocke wished
+them to observe the direction of the master, who governed in these
+things.</p>
+
+<p>They went to the bridegroom&rsquo;s house, where were many of his friends; his
+uncle the Ricks-Admiral, Marshal Wrangel, and other senators and
+noblemen. As soon as Whitelocke alighted out of the coach, the
+bridegroom&rsquo;s brother was there to receive him and bid him welcome; near
+the door the bridegroom met him, and gave him thanks for the favour in
+honouring his wedding with his presence. Whitelocke said he was very
+ready to testify his respects to the nobility of this country, and
+particularly to himself, and took it for an honour to be invited into
+such company.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke was instructed by the master of the ceremonies, that by the
+custom of this country the bridegroom takes place of the King, and the
+bride of the Queen, during the solemnities of the wedding; accordingly
+Whitelocke gave the right hand to the bridegroom.</p>
+
+<p>After a little discourse they took their coaches;&mdash;first the gentlemen,
+then the Lords, then the Senators, then the Ricks-Admiral and Senator
+Bundt, who, being next of kin, was to give the bride in marriage; after
+Bundt went Whitelocke, and after him the bridegroom, who had precedence
+in the Queen&rsquo;s coach, which went last, and Whitelocke next before it, and
+the other coaches in their order; the bridegroom&rsquo;s coach last of all, as
+the best place. The like order they observed in their going in the
+castle. At the head of the stairs the master of the ceremonies met them,
+and brought them to the presence-chamber, <a name="pg213" id="pg213"></a><span class="pagenum">213</span> where the Queen was with the
+bride and a great company of gallant ladies. The bridegroom kissed her
+Majesty&rsquo;s hand, and then the bride&rsquo;s hand; the rest of the company did
+the like. Between the Queen and Whitelocke passed a little discourse.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke</i>. Madam, I give you humble thanks for your invitation of me
+to these solemnities.</p>
+
+<p><i>Queen.</i> It is an honour to us that such an Ambassador will be present at
+our ceremonies.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I likewise return my most humble thanks to your Majesty for your
+many favours, and the noble presents you have been pleased to bestow on
+me and on my company.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> Sir, you mock me; I am troubled I could not do according to that
+respect which I bear you. This is only a custom of our country to persons
+of your condition, and I hope you will take it in good part.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> It is more suitable to your Majesty&rsquo;s bounty than to anything I can
+call desert in me, who have a most grateful sense and acceptance of your
+Majesty&rsquo;s favours.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Ceremony of the marriage.</span>
+The bride and bridegroom were both clothed in white tabby, his suit laced
+with a very broad gold and silver lace. The bride had on her head a
+coronet set full of diamonds, with a diamond collar about her neck and
+shoulders, a diamond girdle of the same fashion, and a rich diamond jewel
+at her breast, which were all of them of great value, and by some
+reported to be the Queen&rsquo;s jewels, lent by her to the bride for that
+time.</p>
+
+<p>They went all to the great hall; first the noblemen, then the senators,
+then the bridegroom between Bundt and Whitelocke, then the bride between
+two Graves, <a name="pg214" id="pg214"></a><span class="pagenum">214</span> then the Queen and her Guards. Then the Queen presently took
+her chair of state; at her right-hand at a little distance sat the bride
+against her; at the Queen&rsquo;s left-hand sat the bridegroom, next to him
+Whitelocke, and then Bundt. After they were all sat, Bundt rose up and
+went towards the Queen, and spake in Swedish with a loud voice to this
+effect, as it was interpreted to Whitelocke<span class="together">:&mdash;</span>That Baron Horne, a
+gentleman there present, of an ancient and noble family, desired to have
+in marriage a lady who was servant to her Majesty, of the ancient and
+noble family of the Sparres; then he spake much of the pedigrees and in
+the praise of both the families; after that he addressed himself to the
+bride and bridegroom, giving them good counsel as to the condition which
+they were entering into, and their demeanour to one another. Then some
+friends led the bridegroom to a place in the midst of the hall purposely
+railed in, and then they fetched the bride thither also and placed her by
+the bridegroom; then a grave churchman, one of the Queen&rsquo;s chaplains,
+turning himself to the Queen, pronounced the words of marriage after a
+form in a book which he read, and being interpreted to Whitelocke, he
+found it the same in effect with the words of marriage in the English
+Liturgy. The ceremony of joining them in marriage being ended, two Graves
+with torches came to the bridegroom and bride and led them around; two
+other Lords with torches followed after them, many ladies two by two. The
+bride being brought to her seat by the bridegroom, he then took the Queen
+by the hand and they walked between the torches; then the bride came and
+took Whitelocke by the hand and <a name="pg215" id="pg215"></a><span class="pagenum">215</span> they walked after the Queen. Whitelocke
+brought the bride again to her place, and being instructed that he was to
+take the Queen and march the round with her also, Whitelocke did it, and
+all this was a solemn walking to the sound of drums and trumpets. After
+which, every one returned to their places, and then they set to dancing
+of the brawls; and the Queen came to Whitelocke to take him out to dance
+with her, who excused himself.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke dances with the Queen.</span>
+<i>Whitelocke.</i> Madam, I am fearful that I shall dishonour your Majesty, as
+well as shame myself, by dancing with you.</p>
+
+<p><i>Queen.</i> I will try whether you can dance.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I assure your Majesty I cannot in any measure be worthy to have you
+by the hand.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I esteem you worthy, and therefore make choice of you to dance with
+me.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I shall not so much undervalue your Majesty&rsquo;s judgement as not to
+obey you herein, and I wish I could remember as much of this as when I
+was a young man.</p>
+
+<p>After they had done dancing, and Whitelocke had waited upon the Queen to
+her chair of state, she said to him&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> <i>Par Dieu!</i> these Hollanders are lying fellows.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I wonder how the Hollanders should come into your mind upon such an
+occasion as this is, who are not usually thought upon in such
+solemnities, nor much acquainted with them.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I will tell you all. The Hollanders reported to me a great while
+since that all the <i>noblesse</i> of England were of the King&rsquo;s party, and
+none but mechanics of the Parliament party, and not a gentleman <a name="pg216" id="pg216"></a><span class="pagenum">216</span> among
+them; now I thought to try you, and to shame you if you could not dance;
+but I see that you are a gentleman and have been bred a gentleman, and
+that makes me say the Hollanders are lying fellows, to report that there
+was not a gentleman of the Parliament&rsquo;s party, when I see by you chiefly,
+and by many of your company, that you are gentlemen.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Truly, Madam, in this they told a great untruth to your Majesty, as
+I believe they have done in several other particulars. I do confess that
+the greatest part of our nobility and gentry were of the King&rsquo;s party,
+but many of them likewise were of the Parliament&rsquo;s party; and I, who am
+sent to wait upon your Majesty, can, without vanity, derive to myself an
+ancient pedigree of a gentleman. They would not have given the honour to
+any but a gentleman to kiss your Majesty&rsquo;s hand, and you are pleased to
+do your servant right, and his company, by acknowledging that our
+superiors have commanded gentlemen to wait on you.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I assure you that I esteem it the greater honour done to me, and
+you are the more welcome to me because you are a gentleman; and had I not
+known and found you to be so, your business would not have been so well
+despatched as it is. I see you have all the qualities of a gentleman, and
+I believe that you were excellent in your music and dancing in your
+younger days.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I was bred up in the qualities of a gentleman, and in my youth was
+accounted not inferior to others in the practice of them; but it is so
+long since I used this of dancing, especially after we learned to march,
+that had it not been to obey your Majesty, I should hardly have been
+drawn to discover my deficiencies.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg217" id="pg217"></a><span class="pagenum">217</span> <i>Qu.</i> You have discovered nothing but what tends to your honour and to
+my contentment; and I take it as a favour that you were willing to lay
+aside your gravity and play the courtier upon my request, which I see you
+can do so well when you please.</p>
+
+<p>After the dancing ended, there was brought into the hall a sumptuous
+banquet, the Hof-Marshal with his silver staff ushering it, and after
+that distributed. The Queen and all the company went back in the same
+order to the presence-chamber, and there the Queen bid the bride and
+bridegroom good-night, and so all went to their lodgings, divers of the
+nobles waiting on the bride to her chamber.</p>
+
+<p>The Queen told Whitelocke that she believed the Prince would be here on
+Tuesday next, and that Whitelocke should have his audience on Friday
+next. Whitelocke took his coach, after it had waited nine hours at the
+castle.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 11, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The abdication of Queen Christina.</span>
+Early in the morning the master of the ceremonies came to accompany
+Whitelocke to the castle, to see the manner of the assembly of the
+Ricksdag, and brought him and his company to the castle to an upper room
+or gallery, where he sat privately, not taken notice of by any, yet had
+the full view of the great hall where the Ricksdag met, and heard what
+was said. The Danish Ambassador did forbear to come thither, as was
+supposed, because of Whitelocke being there. The French Resident sat by
+Whitelocke, and conversed with him.</p>
+
+<p>The great hall, two stories high, was prepared for the Assembly. An outer
+chamber was hung with cloth <a name="pg218" id="pg218"></a><span class="pagenum">218</span> of Arras; in the antechamber to that were
+guards of the Queen&rsquo;s partisans; in the court was a company of
+musketeers. The great hall was hung with those hangings which were before
+in Whitelocke&rsquo;s lodgings, with some others added, and was very handsome.
+On each side of the hall, from the walls towards the middle of the room,
+forms were placed, covered with red cloth, for seats for the Members, and
+were all alike without distinction, and reached upwards. Three parts of
+the length of the hall, in the midst between the seats, was a space or
+lane broad enough for three to walk abreast together. At the upper end of
+the hall, on a foot-pace three steps high, covered with foot-carpets,
+stood the chair of state, all of massy silver, a rich cushion in it, and
+a canopy of crimson velvet richly embroidered over it. On the left side
+of the chair of state were placed five ordinary chairs of crimson velvet,
+without arms, for the five Ricks-officers; and on the same side below
+them, and on the other side from the foot-pace down to the forms, in a
+semicircular form, were stools of crimson velvet for the Ricks-Senators.</p>
+
+<p>About nine o&rsquo;clock there entered at the lower end of the great hall a
+plain, lusty man in his boor&rsquo;s habit, with a staff in his hand, followed
+by about eighty boors, Members of this Council, who had chosen the first
+man for their Marshal, or Speaker. These marched up in the open place
+between the forms to the midst of them, and then the Marshal and his
+company sat down on the forms on the right of the State, from the midst
+downwards to the lower end of the hall, and put on their hats. A little
+while after them entered at the same door a man in a civil habit of a
+citizen, with a staff in his hand, followed by about a hundred and
+<a name="pg219" id="pg219"></a><span class="pagenum">219</span> twenty citizens, deputies of the cities and boroughs, who had chosen him
+to be their Marshal. They all took their places upon the forms
+over-against the boors in the lower end of the hall, and were covered.
+Not long after, at the same door, entered a proper gentleman richly
+habited, a staff in his hand, who was Marshal of the Nobility, followed
+by near two hundred lords and gentlemen, Members of the Ricksdag, chief
+of their respective families, many of them rich in clothes, of civil
+deportment. They took their seats uppermost on the right of the State,
+and whilst they walked up to their forms the citizens and boors stood up
+uncovered; and when the nobility sat and put on their hats, the citizens
+and boors did so likewise. A little after, at the same door, entered the
+Archbishop of Upsal with a staff in his hand, who by his place is Marshal
+of the Clergy. He was followed by five or six other bishops and all the
+superintendents, and about sixty Ministers, Deputies, or Proctors of the
+Clergy. While they walked up to their places all the rest of the Members
+stood up uncovered; and when they sat down on the uppermost forms on the
+left side of the State, and put on their hats and caps, the rest of the
+Members did the like; these were grave men, in their long cassocks and
+canonical habit, and most with long beards.</p>
+
+<p>All the Members being thus sat, about a quarter of an hour after entered
+the Captain, followed by divers of the Queen&rsquo;s Guard, with partisans.
+After them came many gentlemen of the Queen&rsquo;s servants, uncovered, with
+swords by their sides and well clad, two and two together. After them
+came the Ricks-Senators in their order, the puisne first. After them the
+<a name="pg220" id="pg220"></a><span class="pagenum">220</span> Ricks-officers, all bare. After them came the Queen, and kept off her
+hat in the hall, some of the officers of the Court and pages after her.
+In this order they went up in the open place in the midst of the forms,
+all the Members standing up uncovered. The Queen&rsquo;s company made a lane
+for her to pass through, and she went up to her chair and sat down in it;
+and all the company, except the members of the Council, went out of the
+hall, and all the doors were shut; the Members sat in their places
+uncovered.</p>
+
+<p>After the Queen had sat a little, she rose, and beckoned to the
+Chancellor to come to her, who came with great ceremony and respect; and
+after a little speaking together he returned to his place, and the Queen
+sat down again a little time; then rising up with mettle, she came
+forward to the utmost part of the foot-pace, and with a good grace and
+confidence spake to the Assembly, as it was interpreted to Whitelocke, to
+this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Queen&rsquo;s speech.</span>
+&ldquo;The occasion, my friends, wherefore you are called together to this
+Diet will in some sort appear strange to you; for being so unusual,
+and as it were unheard of, it cannot be understood without great
+astonishment. But, Gentlemen, when you shall a little reflect upon
+what hath passed some years since, you will then perceive that it is
+no new thing, but long since premeditated, and by me wished and
+intended.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is sufficiently known to you what hath formerly passed as to the
+succession of my most dear cousin to this kingdom; and I esteem
+myself very happy that all things at present are in such a posture
+that thereupon I may bring my purpose to effect, which is, to offer
+and to give into the hands of my most dear cousin our most dear
+country and the royal seat, with the crown, the sceptre, and the
+government. I need not repeat this subject to you; it sufficeth
+<a name="pg221" id="pg221"></a><span class="pagenum">221</span> that all may be done for the good of the country and the prosperity
+and security of my most dear cousin, to whom you have formerly given
+this right, and have found him capable to govern you and this
+kingdom, which he deserves by his great spirits and rare qualities,
+joined with his heroic actions, witnessed by divers encounters.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And since there is nothing wanting but time to put in execution the
+succession of my most dear cousin to the government of this kingdom,
+which depends only upon myself,&mdash;and of my purpose nothing remains
+but to make you parties, which is the only occasion of my calling
+you together, and which I shall more at large declare unto you by my
+proposal,&mdash;I doubt not but you will consent thereunto, whereby you
+will testify at this time, as you have done at all times before,
+your faithfulness and obedience to me.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Also I give you thanks that, with so much duty, you are come to
+this Diet, and that with so much affection and loyalty you have
+demeaned yourselves towards me and our most dear country during my
+government, so that I have received much content by your deportment;
+and if in these ten years of my administration I have merited
+anything from you, it shall be this only which I desire of you, that
+you will consent to my resolution, since you may assure yourselves
+that none can dissuade me from my purpose.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You may be pleased also to take in good part what hath passed
+during the time of my government, and to be assured that herein
+also, as well as in all other things, my intention hath been always
+to serve our most dear country. There remains nothing but my wishes
+that all may work to the glory of God, to the advancement of the
+Christian Church, and to the good and prosperity of our most dear
+country and of all her inhabitants.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Archbishop&rsquo;s speech.</span>
+After the Queen had spoken she sat down again, and after a little pause
+the Archbishop of Upsal went out of his place into the open passage, and
+making his <a name="pg222" id="pg222"></a><span class="pagenum">222</span> obeisance to the Queen, he, as Marshal of the Clergy and in
+their name, made an oration to her Majesty, which was somewhat long; but
+the effect thereof was interpreted to Whitelocke to be an acknowledgment
+of the happy reign of her Majesty, whereby her subjects had enjoyed all
+good, peace, and justice and liberty, and whatsoever were the products of
+a blessed government. He then recited the great affections of this people
+to the King her father, and to her Majesty his only child; their duty and
+obedience to her in all her commands; that no prince could be more happy
+than her Majesty was in the affections and duty of her subjects, nor
+could any people be more contented in the rule of their sovereign than
+her people were; he therefore used all arguments and humble entreaties to
+her Majesty to desist from her intention of resigning the government, and
+to continue to sway the sceptre of this kingdom, wherein he did not doubt
+but that the blessing of God would be with her as it had been, and that
+it would be to His honour and to the good of this kingdom if her Majesty
+would hearken to the humble desires of the clergy in this particular.
+Then he acknowledged the virtues and admirable abilities of the Prince,
+whose succession would come in due time; that, her Majesty reigning at
+present with so much satisfaction both to this Church and State, he
+humbly desired, in the name of the clergy, that she would be pleased,
+though to her own trouble, yet for her subjects&rsquo; good, to continue still
+to be Queen over them. After he had ended his speech, making three
+congees, he went up to the Queen and kissed her hand, and with three more
+congees returned to his place.</p>
+
+<p>Then the Marshal of the Nobility, going forth into <a name="pg223" id="pg223"></a><span class="pagenum">223</span> the open place
+between the forms, made his oration in the name of the nobility, much to
+the same purpose as the Archbishop had done, and, after his oration
+ended, with the like ceremony kissed her Majesty&rsquo;s hand, and returned to
+his place. Then the like was done by the Marshal of the Burgesses, and
+all to the same effect.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Boor&rsquo;s speech.</span>
+In the last place stepped forth the Marshal of the Boors, a plain country
+fellow, in his clouted shoon, and all other habits answerable, as all the
+rest of his company were accoutred. This boor, without any congees or
+ceremony at all, spake to her Majesty, and was interpreted to Whitelocke
+to be after this phrase<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;O Lord God, Madam, what do you mean to do? It troubles us to hear
+you speak of forsaking those that love you so well as we do. Can you
+be better than you are? You are Queen of all these countries, and if
+you leave this large kingdom, where will you get such another? If
+you should do it (as I hope you won&rsquo;t for all this), both you and we
+shall have cause, when it is too late, to be sorry for it. Therefore
+my fellows and I pray you to think better on&rsquo;t, and to keep your
+crown on your head, then you will keep your own honour and our
+peace; but if you lay it down, in my conscience you will endanger
+all. Continue in your gears, good Madam, and be the fore-horse as
+long as you live, and we will help you the best we can to bear your
+burden.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your father was an honest gentleman and a good king, and very
+stirring in the world; we obeyed him and loved him as long as he
+lived; and you are his own child, and have governed us very well,
+and we love you with all our hearts; and the Prince is an honest
+gentleman, and when his time comes we shall be ready to do our
+duties to him as we do to you; but as long as you live we are not
+willing to part with you, and therefore I pray, Madam, do not part
+with us.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>When the boor had ended his speech, he waddled up to the Queen without
+any ceremony, took her by the <a name="pg224" id="pg224"></a><span class="pagenum">224</span> hand and shook it heartily, and kissed it
+two or three times; then turning his back to her, he pulled out of his
+pocket a foul handkerchief and wiped the tears from his eyes, and in the
+same posture as he came up he returned back to his own place again.</p>
+
+<p>When the orations were all ended, one of the Queen&rsquo;s secretaries, by her
+command, read unto the Assembly a paper, which Whitelocke procured to be
+given to him in a copy, and translated into English.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading">
+<span class="sidenote">The Queen&rsquo;s declaration to the Diet.</span>
+<i>The Proposition of her Majesty of Sweden to the Estates assembled
+at Upsal the 11th of May, in the year 1654.</i></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Since for certain reasons her Majesty found it good and necessary
+to assemble the Estates of the Kingdom at this time, and that they
+have given testimony of their obedience in their coming together,
+her Majesty hath great cause to rejoice that the good God hath
+preserved our country from all apparent harms, and principally from
+the contagious sickness of the plague, which spread itself in divers
+places the last autumn, but at present is ceased, so that we may
+meet together in all safety. Her Majesty rejoiceth in the good
+health of her faithful subjects; and this obligeth us not only to
+return humble thanks to our good God, but the more to supplicate Him
+for the future to avert his fatherly chastisements from us.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Also her Majesty understands with great joy, that the scarcity and
+dearth in the late years is now changed into fruitfulness and
+abundance, so that the last year there was not only very great
+abundance of all things which the earth produceth, but further,
+thanks be to God, we have cause, according to appearances, to hope
+this year will be no less fruitful; the which great blessing of God
+to this country clearly shows us the great obligations which we have
+to Him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Also her Majesty calls to mind, that which she graciously mentions
+to her faithful subjects, how the country, <a name="pg225" id="pg225"></a><span class="pagenum">225</span> within the limits
+thereof, is at present in a good and peaceable condition, and so
+hath been kept by Divine Providence, and the faithful care of her
+Majesty, in times of danger; and when war, and the imminent perils
+accompanying the same roundabout us, had the sway, yet we always
+continued in quiet without taking part in others&rsquo; quarrels, and for
+this end hath always endeavoured to entertain a sincere friendship
+and good correspondence with her neighbours and allies.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And as to the neighbourhood of Denmark, her Majesty hath nothing to
+fear, since she hath given no occasion in anything but of sincere
+friendship and firm peace.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In like manner, with all possible care, by her Commissioners, hath
+composed the differences touching the limits between her and the
+Great Duke of Muscovy; and although the said Duke hath signified to
+her Majesty by divers envoys that he would justify the expedition of
+war newly made by him against the Polanders, with all the reasons
+thereof, yet since that is a business which can no way involve her
+Majesty and the Crown of Sweden, there is no cause to fear it;
+provided their actions be watched, <a name="cm7" id="cm7"></a><a href="#corr7" class="correction" title="Original reads 'and and'">and</a> that, by little and
+little, preparation be made, if there shall be cause to apply some
+remedies.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;With the King and Crown of Poland is continued the amnesty for
+twenty-six years, formerly accorded; and although her Majesty
+wisheth that this amnesty had been converted into a perpetual
+peace,&mdash;and for this end she hath caused pains to be taken twice at
+L&uuml;beck, by the mediators and her Commissioners, and although they
+are not yet agreed,&mdash;nevertheless her Majesty understands so much on
+the part of Poland that they are not disaffected to the renewing of
+the treaties for a longer time, so that her Majesty hath no cause
+but to promise herself at length a favourable success therein.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;With the Emperor and Roman Empire her Majesty, since the peace
+executed in Germany, hath continued and maintained good amity and
+correspondence; and for this <a name="pg226" id="pg226"></a><span class="pagenum">226</span> end she hath her ambassadors there,
+who have their places in the present Diet for the principality of
+Bremen, Verden, and Pomerland, among the other members of the empire
+who do there maintain and observe the interests of her Majesty; and
+for the conclusion of the peace of Germany her Majesty hath
+resolved, by a great embassy, to accept the possession and
+investiture, from the Emperor, of the conquered countries.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Also her Majesty hath a good correspondence and friendship with
+France and Spain by fit means and a good alliance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But particularly her Majesty rejoiceth that the perilous war made
+in the ocean between the powerful Commonwealths of England and the
+United Provinces (by which we have received very great damage in our
+trade throughout, as it appeareth) is appeased and ended; and that,
+since, her Majesty hath made an alliance with the Commonwealth of
+England for the security of navigation and commerce, so that the
+faithful subjects of her Majesty may thereby hope to have great
+advantage and profit.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In this posture and state of affairs, her Majesty thinks it fit to
+prosecute her intention, which she hath conceived some years since,
+and to put the same in execution, that is, to give up the kingdom of
+Sweden and her sceptre to his Royal Highness, the most high, most
+illustrious Prince Charles Gustavus, by the grace of God designed
+hereditary Prince of the kingdom of Sweden, Count Palatine of the
+Rhine in Bavaria, Prince of J&uuml;lich, Cleves, and Bergen; and this is
+the only business which her Majesty hath to propose to her faithful
+subjects at this time.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Her Majesty also hath this gracious confidence in all the Estates
+here now assembled, that when they shall consider with what
+dexterity, pains, and travail her Majesty for ten years hath managed
+the affairs of this kingdom, and with such good fortune that all the
+counsels and intentions of her Majesty have been followed with such
+happy success, that the State, with great honour and reputation,
+<a name="pg227" id="pg227"></a><span class="pagenum">227</span> hath escaped many difficulties of war, and yet enjoys such quiet,
+that they cannot judge or conclude that her Majesty would now make
+any alteration were it not for the good and safety of this nation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Estates, which have been formerly assembled, know very well how
+earnestly her Majesty pressed that the kingdom and government might
+be provided of a successor, thereby to avoid and cut off the sudden
+accidents which happen when a government is uncertain; for which
+reason the Estates in that point did agree and think good heretofore
+that his Highness should be chosen and made hereditary Prince and
+successor to the crown. All this her Majesty did propose and urge
+till it was brought to the effect which that time produced.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And to the end that her Majesty, during her life, may have the
+pleasure to see the happy effect of this design, and that the entire
+government may be rendered into the hands of his Royal Highness,
+therefore her Majesty hath resolved to quit the crown and the
+privileges of it, and to put them into the hands of his Royal
+Highness.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And although this resolution of her Majesty may seem strange and
+unexpected to the Estates of the kingdom, nevertheless, according to
+her gracious confidence, she believes that they will consent to her
+quiet in retiring herself from so heavy a burden, by their
+contributing an assent to the proposed alteration.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Her Majesty likewise assures herself (as the Estates by their
+former acts have always testified) of the esteem which they have of
+the person and of the rare virtues and well-known qualities of his
+Royal Highness; and that they will find that he will employ them to
+a prudent government and to their great advantage, and that at
+length they will not be deceived by this change, or any ways
+prejudiced: for which end her Majesty promiseth and offereth to
+contribute all her advice and counsel and endeavour,&mdash;chiefly that
+his Royal Highness, before his entry into the government, may assure
+the Estates and effectually do that which <a name="pg228" id="pg228"></a><span class="pagenum">228</span> the Kings of Sweden upon
+the like occasions have used to do, and are by the laws and customs
+obliged unto.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And on the other part, that the Estates and all the subjects of
+Sweden be obliged to render unto his Royal Highness that respect,
+obedience, and all those rights which appertain to a King, and which
+they are obliged to perform.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And as her Majesty hath considered and resolved upon the means
+whereby her Majesty may enjoy a yearly pension to be settled upon
+her during her life, and having communicated her purpose therein to
+his Royal Highness the successor to the crown, so she graciously
+hopeth that her faithful subjects and the Estates will be content
+therewith, humbly receiving and consenting to what her Majesty hath
+graciously disposed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Her Majesty graciously requires all the Estates of the kingdom that
+they would, as soon as may be, consider this business, to the end
+that the resolution taken by her Majesty may in a short time be
+brought unto effect.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Her Majesty most graciously thanks all her faithful subjects for
+the obedience, honour, and respect which every one of them hath
+faithfully testified to her Majesty during the time of her
+government; so that her Majesty hath received full contentment by
+their most humble demeanour, which hereafter, upon all occasions,
+she will acknowledge with all gratitude.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Her Majesty also hopeth that her most faithful subjects will be
+satisfied, and give a good construction of the faithful care which
+her Majesty hath employed for all in general and their happiness,
+and chiefly for the gracious affection which she hath testified
+towards every one in particular.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Her Majesty wisheth that the most high and most powerful God would
+conserve and protect our dear country, with all the inhabitants
+thereof and all the subjects, from all harm; and to conclude, that
+the estates of the kingdom, as well in general as in particular, may
+continue and increase from day to day, and may for ever flourish.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p><a name="pg229" id="pg229"></a><span class="pagenum">229</span> After this proposition was read, the Queen&rsquo;s servants were called in,
+and she went out of the hall, attended by them and the Ricks-Senators in
+the same way and manner as she came in; and after she was gone, first the
+Archbishop of Upsal and the clergy following him; second, the Marshal and
+Nobility; third, the Marshal and Burgesses; fourth, the Marshal and
+Boors, went out of the hall in the same order as they first came in; and
+when they were all gone, Whitelocke returned to his lodging.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The solemnities of the marriage resumed.</span>
+About eleven o&rsquo;clock in the evening, the master of the ceremonies came to
+bring Whitelocke to the remainder of the solemnities of the marriage.
+Whitelocke, in no good condition to go abroad, having sat up the last
+night, yet rather than discontent the Queen and the nobility, who had
+sent for him, he went with the master in the Queen&rsquo;s coach to the
+bridegroom&rsquo;s lodging in the castle, who met him in the outer chamber and
+brought him into another room where were many senators and lords; they
+all took their coach, and went in the same order as the day before to the
+Queen, where the bride and ladies were expecting them.</p>
+
+<p>They came all to the great hall, where the Queen and the company took
+their places, and the drums beating and trumpets sounding. A gentleman
+entered the hall carrying a spear or pike covered with taffeta of the
+bridegroom&rsquo;s colours, all but the head, which was silver, worth about
+twenty crowns; he stood by the bride, holding the spear in the middle,
+both ends of it about breast-high, and the bridegroom was brought and
+placed by his bride. Then Senator Bundt made a solemn speech to the
+Queen, which (according to the <a name="pg230" id="pg230"></a><span class="pagenum">230</span> interpretation made to Whitelocke) was to
+thank her Majesty for the favour which she did to the bride and
+bridegroom in permitting the nuptials to be in her Court; and he
+acquainted the Queen, and published to the company, what dowry the
+bridegroom had given that morning to his bride, with two thousand ducats
+for her provision; and that twelve of the nobility, of the alliance and
+friends to them both, were witnesses thereunto, and were to take care
+that the money should be disposed to the use of the wife and children, in
+case she survived her husband.</p>
+
+<p>Then a gentleman read aloud the names of the twelve witnesses, who, as
+they were called one after another, making their honours to the Queen,
+went and laid their right hands on the spear; and then was published the
+dowry and augmentation thus by these twelve witnesses. After this the
+spear was laid down at the feet of the bride, and all, making their
+solemn reverences to the Queen, took again their places. Then the same
+gentleman that laid down the spear, took it up again and threw it out of
+the window into the great court; where a multitude of people stood
+expecting it, and scrambled for the head of it, and for the taffeta,
+which they tore in pieces and wore in their hats as the bride&rsquo;s favours.</p>
+
+<p>After this ceremony ended, the bridegroom came and took the bride by the
+hand, and they marched after the torches to the sound of the drums and
+trumpets; after that the bridegroom took the Queen by the hand, and the
+bride came and took the English Ambassador by the hand, and other
+noblemen took their several ladies, and they marched two and two amidst
+the torches and to the same loud music as they had <a name="pg231" id="pg231"></a><span class="pagenum">231</span> done the night
+before. After this the noblemen and ladies went to dance French dances
+and country dances; but Whitelocke having watched the night before, and
+not being well, he privately withdrew himself from the company and
+retired to his house, wondering that the Queen, after so serious a work
+as she had been at in the morning, could be so pleased with this
+evening&rsquo;s ceremonies.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 12, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Despatches from England.</span>
+About one o&rsquo;clock the last night, Whitelocke, coming from the solemnities
+of the Court, received two packets of letters from England. He had the
+more cause to remember the time, because then, although midnight, he
+could perfectly read his letters without any candle or other light than
+that of the heavens, which in this season of the year scarce leaves any
+night at all, but so as one may well read all the night long with the
+help of twilight.</p>
+
+<p>The letters from Thurloe of the first date acquainted Whitelocke that now
+he had sent duplicates of the last instructions by a ship going to
+Sweden. In Thurloe&rsquo;s second letters, dated 13th of April, he mentions the
+instructions sent formerly to Whitelocke, and acquaints him again with
+the effect of them, and the Protector&rsquo;s order, by which he leaves it to
+Whitelocke to return home when he shall judge it fit; and that if he
+should stay the ceremonies of the coronation of the new King, it would
+occasion great delay. And he writes further<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;But in truth we cannot believe, notwithstanding all that is said,
+that her Majesty will quit her crown, being so well <a name="pg232" id="pg232"></a><span class="pagenum">232</span> qualified in
+all respects to govern as she is, and seems to be very well accepted
+of her people.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>Then he again mentions the signing of the peace with the Dutch, and that
+the Protector had appointed Commissioners to treat with the French,
+Spanish, and Portugal Ambassadors, but had not yet declared himself to
+any of his neighbours.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;That the business in Scotland was well; that the Protector had
+taken away Colonel Rich&rsquo;s commission, whereof the officers of his
+regiment were glad; that many congratulatory petitions to his
+Highness came from divers counties, one from Bucks; that the
+Protector proceeded to reformation of the law and ministry, and I
+hope he will merit as well in that as in the military affairs. I
+return your Excellence my humble thanks for your acceptance of my
+endeavours to serve you; I can say they come from an honest heart,
+which very really embraceth every opportunity wherein I may manifest
+myself</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your Excellence&rsquo;s faithful humble servant,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Jo. Thurloe.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>Whitehall, 13th April, 1654.</i>&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p>Whitelocke received several letters in these packets from Mr. Cokaine;
+one, dated the 2nd of April, saith thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;You will have leave from his Highness to take your first
+opportunity to come away, and I hope it will not be without bringing
+your business to a happy and an honourable issue, which is the
+constant subject of our requests to the Lord for you, and I doubt
+not but we shall have a comfortable answer. In the meantime I think,
+as I have hinted to your Excellence in former letters, it will not
+be amiss if you draw good store of bills upon us, though but <i>pro
+form&acirc;</i>, that we may get as much money for you as we can before your
+return, and that you may have a sufficient overplus to pay all
+servants&rsquo; wages off, which I believe will <a name="pg233" id="pg233"></a><span class="pagenum">233</span> amount to a considerable
+sum; and upon this peace I hope it will be no hard matter to get
+your bills paid, especially if your Excellence please withal to
+write to my Lord Protector and Mr. Thurloe and some of the Council
+about it. I could wish that you would make what haste you can home,
+for I am informed by a special hand that there is great labouring to
+make a Chancellor whilst you are absent, and to take that
+opportunity to put you by, whom I believe they doubt to be too much
+a Christian and an Englishman to trust in their service; but I hope
+God will give you a heart to submit to His will, and to prize a good
+conscience above all the world, which will indeed stand us in stead
+when all outward things cannot in the least administer to us.</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your Excellence&rsquo;s most humble servant,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Geo. Cokaine.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>April 2nd.</i>&rdquo;
+
+</p></div>
+
+<p>In another letter from Mr. Cokaine he saith<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Mr. Thurloe was pleased to acquaint me that it was his Highness and
+the Council&rsquo;s pleasure to make some alteration in the Chancery; that
+it was determined that your Lordship and Sir Thomas Widdrington and
+my Lord Lisle should have the custody of the Great Seal, and I
+believe an Act to that purpose will pass within few hours; but I
+perceive this business was not done without some tugging; but my
+Lord Protector and John Thurloe are true to you, and now I am out of
+all fears that any affront should be offered you in your absence.
+Mr. Mackworth deserves a letter from you; but nothing, I pray, of
+this business. Indeed Mr. Thurloe hath played his part gallantly and
+like a true friend, for which I shall love him as long as I live.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>In other letters from Mr. Cokaine in this packet, dated 14th April, he
+saith<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Your old servant Abel is much courted by his Highness to be his
+Falconer-in-Chief; but he will not accept it <a name="pg234" id="pg234"></a><span class="pagenum">234</span> except your Excellence
+had been here to give him your explicit leave to serve his Highness,
+and told me, without stuttering, he would not serve the greatest
+prince in the world except your Excellence were present, to make the
+bargain that he might wait upon you with a cast of hawks at the
+beginning of September every year into Bedfordshire. It is pity that
+gallantry should hurt any. Certainly it is a noble profession that
+inspires him with such a spirit.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My Lord Protector this week hath expressed great respect to your
+Excellence upon the death of the Clerk of the Peace of Bucks. Some
+of the justices came up and moved his Highness to put one into his
+place, who thereupon asked who was <i>Custos Rotulorum</i>. They
+answered, the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke. He thereupon replied that
+the place should not be disposed of till his return. They urged it
+again with many reasons; but he gave them the same answer, only with
+this addition, that he was to return sooner than perhaps they were
+aware of.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>By this packet Whitelocke received letters from Mr. Selden, which were
+thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading">&ldquo;<i>For his Excellence the Lord Whitelocke, Lord Ambassador from the
+State of England to her Majesty of Sweden.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;My Lord,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your Excellence&rsquo;s last of the 3rd of February brought me so
+unexpressible a plenty of the utmost of such happiness as consists
+in true reputation and honour, as that nothing with me will equal or
+come near it. First, that her most excellent Majesty, a Prince so
+unparalleled and incomparable and so justly acknowledged with the
+height of true admiration by all that either have or love arts or
+other goodness, should vouchsafe to descend to the mention of my
+mean name and the inquiry of my being and condition with such most
+gracious expressions. Next, that your Excellence, whose favours have
+been so continually multiplied on me, should be the person of whom
+such inquiry <a name="pg235" id="pg235"></a><span class="pagenum">235</span> was made. All the danger is, that your noble affection
+rendered me far above myself. However, it necessitates me to become
+a fervent suitor to your Excellence, that if it shall fall out that
+her Majesty and you have again leisure and will to speak of any such
+trifle as I am, you will be pleased to represent to her Majesty my
+most humble thanks, and my heart full of devotion to her, of which I
+too shall study to give, if I can, some other humble testimony. God
+send her most excellent Majesty always her heart&rsquo;s desires, and the
+most royal amplitude of all happiness, and your Lordship a good
+despatch and safe and timely return.</p>
+
+<p class="yours2">
+&ldquo;My Lord, your Excellence&rsquo;s most</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;obliged and humble servant,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Jo. Selden.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>Whitefriars, March 2nd, 1653.</i>&rdquo;
+
+</p></div>
+
+<p>Whitelocke had also in this packet letters from his old friends Mr. Hall,
+Mr. Eltonhead, the Lord Commissioner Lisle, his brothers Wilson and
+Carleton, Mr. Peters, Sir Joseph Holland, and divers others; also letters
+from Hamburg, from Mr. Bradshaw, the Protector&rsquo;s Resident there, with
+some intercepted letters from the King&rsquo;s party, as Sir Edward Hyde and
+several others.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">His audience of leave-taking.</span>
+This day being appointed for Whitelocke&rsquo;s last audience, he was habited
+in a plain suit of very fine English cloth of musk-colour, the buttons of
+gold, enamelled, and in each button a ruby, and rich points and ribbons
+of gold; his gentlemen were in their richest clothes; his pages and
+lacqueys, above twenty, in their liveries. In the afternoon two of the
+Ricks-Senators, with the master of the ceremonies, came with two of the
+Queen&rsquo;s coaches to Whitelocke&rsquo;s house, to bring him to his audience. He
+received them with the usual ceremony, and after they had sat a little
+<a name="pg236" id="pg236"></a><span class="pagenum">236</span> while in his bedchamber, one of the Senators said that by the Queen&rsquo;s
+command they were come to him to accompany him to his audience which he
+had desired this day, and that her Majesty was ready to receive him.
+Whitelocke answered, that he was always desirous to wait upon her
+Majesty, and not the less now because it was in order to return to his
+own country. They made no long compliments, but went down and took their
+coaches.</p>
+
+<p>The noblemen&rsquo;s coaches sent thither to accompany him went first, then
+followed his two coaches, and last the Queen&rsquo;s coaches. In the last of
+them sat the two Senators in the fore-end, Whitelocke in the back-end,
+and the master in the boot; the gentlemen in the several coaches, the
+pages and lacqueys walking and riding behind the coaches. At the bridge
+of the castle was a guard of musketeers more than formerly, of about two
+companies, with their officers; they made a lane from the bridge to the
+end of the Court. As soon as Whitelocke was alighted out of the coach,
+the Ricks-Hofmeister with his silver staff met him at the stairs&rsquo; foot,
+very many of the Queen&rsquo;s servants and courtiers with him very gallant.
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s gentlemen went first, two and two up the stairs; after them
+the Queen&rsquo;s servants, then the master of the ceremonies, then the
+Hof-Marshal, then the two Senators and Whitelocke between them, followed
+by his sons, his chaplains, physician, secretaries, and steward, and
+after them his pages and lacqueys. In this order they mounted the stairs,
+and through the great chamber to the guard-chamber, where the Queen&rsquo;s
+partisans stood in their rich coats, with the arms of Sweden embroidered
+with gold, their swords by their sides, and rich halberds <a name="pg237" id="pg237"></a><span class="pagenum">237</span> gilded in
+their hands; they stood in a fixed posture, more like images than men.
+When they came to the audience-chamber, there was scarce room for any of
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s gentlemen to come in; but by the civility of the Queen&rsquo;s
+servants room was made for them, and they made a lane from the door of
+the chamber to the upper end near the Queen, who was upon a foot-pace
+covered with carpets, and a rich canopy over her head. Her habit was
+black silk stuff for her coats, and over them a black velvet jippo, such
+as men use to wear; she had upon her breast the jewel of the Order of the
+Knights of Amaranta; her hair hung loose as it used to do, and her hat
+was after the fashion of men. A great number of senators and of civil and
+military officers and courtiers,&mdash;many more than ordinarily did appear at
+any audience,&mdash;stood all bare about her, and a few ladies were behind
+her. She stood upon the carpets before the state with her hat on; and
+when Whitelocke came first into the room, and pulled off his hat, the
+Queen presently pulled off her hat; and when Whitelocke made his honours,
+she answered him, though at that distance, with a short curtsey. After
+his three obeisances, being come up to the Queen, he kissed her hand;
+then the Queen put on her hat, and <a name="cm8" id="cm8"></a><a href="#corr8" class="correction" title="Original reads 'Whitleocke'">Whitelocke</a> put on his hat, and
+after a little pause, with high silence and solemnity in all the company,
+Whitelocke took off his hat, and the Queen took off her hat likewise, and
+all the time of his speaking both of them were uncovered. Whitelocke,
+having made his ceremonies, spake to the Queen thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke&rsquo;s farewell speech.</span>
+&ldquo;Madam,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I confess that the time of my absence from my relations and
+concernments in my own country would have seemed <a name="pg238" id="pg238"></a><span class="pagenum">238</span> very tedious, had
+I not been in the public service and honoured with admittance into
+your Majesty&rsquo;s presence, whose favours, answerable to your greatness
+though above my merit, have been enlarged towards me during the
+whole time of my residence under the just and safe protection of
+your Majesty; the which,&mdash;with the civilities of those most
+excellent persons with whom I treated, and of those who have been
+pleased to honour me with their acquaintance in your Court,&mdash;I shall
+not fail to acknowledge with all respect.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, Madam, to your Majesty I shall not presume to return any other
+acknowledgment than by the thanks of my Lord the Protector, who is
+able to judge of the affection shown to him, and to the Commonwealth
+whereof he is the head, by the honour done unto their servant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Madam, it is your great judgement in the public interest, and your
+desire to advance the good of your own State and that of your
+neighbours, and the particular respect that you bear to my master,
+whereby the business trusted to my care by his Highness is brought
+to such an issue as I hope will be a solid foundation of great and
+mutual prosperity to both these nations.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have nothing to add on my part, but to entreat that my failings
+and errors, not wilfully committed, may be excused; to take my leave
+of your Majesty, and to assure you that there is no person who
+honours you more than I do, and who shall be more ready to lay hold
+on any opportunity whereby I may endeavour, to the utmost of my
+power, to contribute to the happiness and prosperity of your royal
+Majesty and of your people.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>As it was done at Whitelocke&rsquo;s first audience, so he now ordered it, that
+Monsieur De la Marche, one of his chaplains, did, at the end of every
+sentence, as Whitelocke spake, interpret the same to the Queen in French.
+During all the time of his speaking to the Queen she looked him wistly in
+the face and came up very near unto him, as she had done at his first
+audience,&mdash;perhaps to have daunted him, as she had <a name="pg239" id="pg239"></a><span class="pagenum">239</span> done others, but he
+was not daunted; and when he had made an end of speaking, after a little
+pause the Queen answered him in the Swedish language, which was then
+interpreted in Latin to Whitelocke, to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Queen&rsquo;s reply.</span>
+&ldquo;My Lord Ambassador,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It may well be that your stay in this place, where you have been so
+ill accommodated, and your absence from your near relations and
+native country, hath been tedious to you; but I can assure you that
+your residence in my Court hath been a contentment to myself and to
+those who have had the honour to converse with you in this place;
+and it would have been a blemish to me and to all under my
+government if in this time anything of injury or danger had fallen
+out to your person or to any of your people. I hope I may say that
+there hath been no such thing offered to you, and I am glad of it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not know that your judgement hath deceived you in anything but
+this, that you have too great a value of my understanding of public
+affairs. It hath been your prudent management of the business
+committed to your trust by the Protector, and my particular respects
+to him and to your Commonwealth, with the good inclinations of the
+people of this country towards you, and the general interests of the
+Protestant party, which have brought your business to effect, and
+which, I hope, will occasion much good and happiness to these
+nations and to all the Evangelical party. And truly, Sir, your
+demeanour on all occasions requires from us this testimony, that we
+have found much honour and great abilities to be in you; and I
+should be very unwilling to part with so good company, were it not
+in order to your own satisfaction for your return to England.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I know no errors committed by you here, but desire your excuse of
+the want of those expressions of our respect which this place would
+not afford. The thanks are due to you for your patience, and for the
+affection which you have <a name="pg240" id="pg240"></a><span class="pagenum">240</span> testified to me and to this nation, from
+whom you may depend upon a firm friendship and amity, with a true
+respect to the Protector and Commonwealth of England, and an
+honourable esteem of yourself in particular, to whom we wish a safe
+and prosperous return to your own country.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>After the Queen had done speaking, Whitelocke had some private discourse
+of compliment with her in French, to give her Majesty thanks for her
+noble treatment of him and many favours to him; then, according to the
+usage of this Court, he delivered to Mr. Lagerfeldt, standing by, a copy
+of his speech, in English, signed by him with his hand, and another copy
+of his speech in Latin, not signed by him, to be presented to the Queen.
+Then Whitelocke took his leave, and kissed her Majesty&rsquo;s hand, who gave
+him the <i>adieu</i> with great respect and civility. He was conducted back to
+his coach with the same ceremony as he was brought to his audience; and
+the same two senators, with the master of the ceremonies, returned with
+him to his house, and after usual compliments passed between them, they
+returned to the Court.</p>
+
+<p>The trouble of the day was not yet ended; but after Whitelocke had come
+from the Court, Lagerfeldt brought to him the articles touching Guinea
+which were agreed upon and signed and sealed by the Queen&rsquo;s
+Commissioners, as the other part of them was by Whitelocke.<a name="fnm240_17" id="fnm240_17"></a><a href="#fn240_17" class="fnnum">240</a></p>
+
+<p><a name="pg241" id="pg241"></a><span class="pagenum">241</span> After the great toil of this busy day, a yet greater toil must be
+undergone by Whitelocke to make his despatches for England. By his
+letters to Thurloe he again acquainted the Council with the good
+conclusion of his treaty, and with his taking leave of the Queen in his
+last audience; and sent him copies of the speeches, and gave an account
+of the business of Guinea, with all material passages since his last
+letters, and his resolution and way of return home. He also answered the
+letters of every one of his friends, which were very many; but that to
+his wife, as he was afterwards informed, caused much trouble and passion,
+that by this date of the letter, 12th May, she perceived that he was not
+removed from Upsal in his journey to return homewards.</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="pg242" id="pg242"></a><span class="pagenum">242</span> May 13, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke takes leave of his friends.</span>
+Whitelocke began his visits and compliments to take his leave of his
+friends in this Court; and herein he was to be very exact, and not to
+omit any one who had given him the honour of former visits. He, to be the
+less subject to mistakes, set down in writing the names of those whom he
+was to visit, which made a long catalogue; but he must get through it, as
+part of the business of an ambassador. And this day he began by visiting
+the French and Holland Residents, and the Grave Leonhough, whose
+discourses were concerning the peace between England and the Dutch, the
+English strong fleet at sea, of the Queen&rsquo;s resignation, and other
+general themes not necessary to be repeated.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg243" id="pg243"></a><span class="pagenum">243</span> <span class="sidenote">The Sound Dues.</span>
+Woolfeldt gave a visit to Whitelocke and discoursed on the same subjects,
+but more particularly of the interest of England and the payment of toll
+to the King of Denmark at the Sound, wherein Whitelocke had good
+information from him, and such as, if it had been hearkened unto, would
+have been of great advantage to the Protector and Commonwealth of
+England. So great an interest Whitelocke had gained in the affection and
+friendship of this gentleman, that he would not conceal from him anything
+that he knew, who knew more than any other that Whitelocke met with
+concerning the Sound, the King of Denmark, the Court and courtiers here,
+or whatsoever related to Whitelocke&rsquo;s business and to England.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 14, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>This Lord&rsquo;s Day Sir George Fleetwood did Whitelocke the favour to bear
+him company at his house, and told him that the Queen and her Lords were
+pleased with his deportment at his last audience, and with his speech
+then made, which they commended, but is here omitted. He and others also
+acquainted Whitelocke that the Queen took great pleasure at his carriage
+at the solemnity of the nuptials at Court, and that he would dance with
+them; and both the Queen and her courtiers said that the English
+Ambassador knew how to lay aside the gravity of an ambassador when he
+pleased, and could play the courtier with as good a grace as any one that
+ever they saw, with much to the like effect.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 15, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">A private audience of the Queen.</span>
+Whitelocke visited Marshal Wrangel and General <a name="pg244" id="pg244"></a><span class="pagenum">244</span> Wittenberg, and went from
+thence to the castle to visit Grave Tott, who told him that the Queen had
+altered her purpose of sending him into England, and would do him the
+honour to retain him with her, but that yet he hoped in a short time to
+see England. Whitelocke said he should be glad to meet him, and to do him
+service there. They discoursed of the Queen&rsquo;s residence in Pomerland, or
+some other place near this country, and of the discommodities and
+inconveniences which would arise thereby. Whitelocke told him that if the
+Queen had leisure, that he should be glad to wait on her; and Tott went
+presently to know her pleasure, and promised to bring word to Whitelocke
+if he might see the Queen, and did it at the Lady Jane Ruthven&rsquo;s lodging,
+whither Whitelocke was gone to take his leave of that lady; whence he
+brought Whitelocke to the traverse of the wardrobe, where her Majesty
+came to him and conducted him into her bedchamber, where they thus
+discoursed<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> I humbly thank your Majesty for admitting me to be present
+at the meeting of the Ricksdag.</p>
+
+<p><i>Queen.</i> How did you like the manner and proceedings of it when you were
+there?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> It was with the greatest gravity and solemnity that I ever saw in
+any public assembly, and well becoming persons of their quality and
+interest.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> There be among them very considerable persons, and wise men.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Such an assembly requires such men, and their carriage showed them
+to be such; but, Madam, I expected that your Chancellor, after he spake
+with your Majesty, should, according to the course in our <a name="pg245" id="pg245"></a><span class="pagenum">245</span> Parliaments,
+have declared, by your direction, the causes of the Council&rsquo;s being
+summoned.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> It belongs to the office of the Chancellor with us to do it; and
+when I called him to me, it was to desire him to do it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> How then came it to pass that he did it not, when his place and
+your Majesty required it?</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> He desired to be excused, and gave me this reason, that he had
+taken an oath to my father to use his utmost endeavour to keep the crown
+on my head, and that the cause of my calling this Diet was to have their
+consents for me to quit the Crown; that if he should make this
+proposition to them, it would be contrary to the oath which he had taken
+to my father, and therefore he could not do it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Did not your Majesty expect this answer?</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> Not at all, but was wholly surprised by it; and when the Ricksdag
+were met, my Chancellor thus excusing himself, there was nobody appointed
+by me to declare to them the cause of their meeting; but rather than the
+Assembly should be put off, and nothing done, I plucked up my spirits the
+best I could, and spake to them on the sudden as you heard, although much
+to my disadvantage.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Indeed, Madam, you were much surprised; and I cannot but wonder
+that you should have no intimation given you beforehand of your
+Chancellor&rsquo;s resolution; but your Majesty will pardon me if I believe it
+proved no disadvantage to you, when I had the honour to see and hear with
+how excellent a grace and how prince-like your Majesty, in so great an
+assembly and on a sudden, delivered your mind and purpose.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> You are apt to make the best construction of <a name="pg246" id="pg246"></a><span class="pagenum">246</span> it; you see I did
+adventure upon it, remembering that they were my subjects, and I their
+Queen.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Madam, you spake and acted like yourself, and were highly
+complimented by the several Marshals, but above all the rest by the
+honest boor.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> Was you so taken with his clownery?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> It seemed to me as pure and clear natural eloquence, without any
+forced strain, as could be expressed.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> Indeed there was little else but what was natural, and by a
+well-meaning man, who has understanding enough in his country way.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Whosoever shall consider his matter more than his form will find
+that the man understands his business; and the garment or phrase
+wherewith he clothed his matter, though it was rustic, yet the variety
+and plain elegancy and reason could not but affect his auditors.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I think he spake from his heart.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I believe he did, and acted so too, especially when he wiped his
+eyes.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> He showed his affection to me in that posture more than greater men
+did in their spheres.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Madam, we must look upon all men to work according to their present
+interest; and so I suppose do the great men here as well as elsewhere.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> Here I have had experience enough of such actings; I shall try what
+they do in other places, and content myself, however I shall find it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Your Majesty will not expect to find much difference in the humours
+of men, as to seeking themselves, and neglecting those from whom they
+have received favours.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> It will be no otherwise than what I am armed <a name="pg247" id="pg247"></a><span class="pagenum">247</span> to bear and not to
+regard; but your particular respects I shall always remember with
+gratefulness.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Your Majesty shall ever find me your faithful servant. Do you
+intend, Madam, to go from hence to Pomerland?</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> My intentions are to go presently, after my resignation, to the
+Spa; but wheresoever I am, you have a true friend of me.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> There is no person alive more cordially your Majesty&rsquo;s servant than
+I am.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I do believe it, or else I should not have communicated to you such
+things as I have done.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Your Majesty hath therein expressed much confidence in me, which I
+hope shall never deceive you, however my want of abilities may not answer
+your Majesty&rsquo;s favours to me.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I have no doubt of your faithfulness, and you have sufficiently
+manifested your abilities. Give me leave to trouble you with the company
+of a gentleman, my servant, whom I purpose to send over with you to
+England, to take care for those things which I desire to have from
+thence.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> He shall be very welcome to me and my company, and I shall give him
+my best assistance for your Majesty&rsquo;s service.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I shall thank you for it, and command him to obey your directions.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Madam, if you please to accept a set of black English horses for
+your coach, I shall take the boldness to send them to your stables; and
+pray your Majesty that the Master of your Horse may furnish me for my
+journey to Stockholm.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I do thankfully accept your kindness, and all mine are at your
+service.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg248" id="pg248"></a><span class="pagenum">248</span> <i>Wh.</i> I have interrupted your Majesty too long. I desired the favour of
+this opportunity to present my most humble thanks to your Majesty for all
+your noble favours to me and my company.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I entreat your excuse for the meanness of my presents. I could not
+do therein what I desired, nor after your merit.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Madam, there is nothing of my merit to be alleged; but your Majesty
+hath testified much honour to the Protector and Commonwealth whom I
+serve.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> England is a noble country, and your master is a gallant man. I
+desire you to assure him, on my part, of all affection and respect
+towards him.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Your Majesty may be confident of the like from his Highness; and
+your humble servant will heartily pray for your Majesty&rsquo;s prosperity,
+wherever you are.</p>
+
+<p><i>Qu.</i> I wish you a happy voyage and return to your own country.</p>
+
+<p>After he came from the Queen, Whitelocke met with the Baron Steinberg,
+Master of her Horse, whom he acquainted with what he had moved to her
+Majesty, and he was very forward to accommodate Whitelocke.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Discourse with Grave Eric on the customs of Swedish nuptials.</span>
+From hence he went and visited Grave Eric Oxenstiern, who discoursed with
+him about the solemnity of the nuptials at Court, and asked him how he
+liked it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> They were very noble; but I pray, my noble brother, instruct me
+what the meaning was of the dowry given by the bridegroom to the bride
+the next morning; and what do you call that dowry?</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> By the ancient custom of this country, the next morning after
+the wedding-night the husband <a name="pg249" id="pg249"></a><span class="pagenum">249</span> bestows upon his wife a gift of money
+according to his estate, to show how he is pleased with the cohabitation,
+and to make some provision, in case of his death before her, for the
+wife, and children which he shall have by her; and this we call a
+<i>morgen-gaven</i>&mdash;a morning&rsquo;s gift.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The same word <i>morgen-gaven</i> is in the old terms of our English
+laws, and expounded to signify a second dowry, and hath much affinity
+with this of yours and in that of your twelve witnesses who testified the
+contract of marriage and the <i>morgen-gaven</i>; to which our trials by
+twelve men, whom we call juries because they are sworn, are somewhat
+like, and they are so many witnesses as well as judges of the fact.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> I believe your customs and ours had the same original.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I find much resemblance between them and yours. What do you call
+the twelve that laid their hands on the spear?</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> We call them the twelve witnesses (<i>les douze t&eacute;moins</i>).</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> What do you call the spear or pike which the gentleman held?</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> We call it <i>weppun</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> We have the same word, weapon, for all manner of arms and warlike
+instruments. What do you call the laying of their hands upon the spear?</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> We call it <i>tack</i>,&mdash;<i>weppun-tack</i>, to touch the spear.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> We have also the word <i>tack</i>, for touching; and we have, in the
+northern parts of England, a particular precinct or territory which we
+call a Wapentake, and a territorial court of justice there which we call
+a <a name="pg250" id="pg250"></a><span class="pagenum">250</span> Wapentake Court; and a very learned gentleman from whom I received
+letters in my last packet, Selden, derives the name of Wapentake from
+<i>weapon</i> and <i>tack</i>; and saith they used to come to that court with their
+weapons, and to touch one another&rsquo;s weapons, from whence came the
+appellation of Wapentake.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> Tacitus observes that at the public assemblies and councils
+of the Germans, they used to meet with their weapons, and when anything
+was said that pleased them they would touch one another&rsquo;s spears or
+weapons, and thereby make a noise, to testify their consent and
+approbation.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Your ceremony of laying down the spear at the feet of the bride
+puts me in mind of another passage in Tacitus, &lsquo;De Moribus Germanorum;&rsquo;
+that when a man was married, he used to bring his arms and lay them at
+the feet of his bride, to signify that he would not take them up nor go
+forth to war, being newly married, without the leave of his wife, to whom
+he had now given the command of himself and of his arms.</p>
+
+<p><i>Gr. Eric.</i> Our customs and those of the ancient Germans have much
+resemblance; but I never heard so good observations upon the ceremonies
+of a wedding as your Excellence hath made.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I am delighted with these antiquities; but your Excellence shows
+your opinion to be that of a brother.</p>
+
+<p>From Grave Eric, Whitelocke went to visit the Senator Sch&uuml;tt, and Lynde,
+who lodged in one house, and met him at the door; and this day he made
+seven visits, besides his attendance upon the Queen, hastening to get
+over these matters of compliment and <a name="pg251" id="pg251"></a><span class="pagenum">251</span> ceremony, that he might be upon his
+journey to Stockholm.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 16, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke entertains a party of ladies.</span>
+Whitelocke visited General Douglas, who had been to visit him before, and
+now showed great respect unto him, and gave him many thanks for the
+English horse which Whitelocke had bestowed on him. After this,
+Whitelocke visited the Ricks-Admiral and the Senators Rosenhau and Bundt.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon he visited Woolfeldt, who brought Whitelocke into the
+room where his lady and other ladies of great quality were with her.
+Whitelocke imagined some design to be herein, because it was a thing so
+unusual to bring gentlemen and strangers into the company of their
+ladies; and it fell out to be so, for Whitelocke, discoursing with the
+Lady Woolfeldt, who spake perfect French, she complained that she knew
+not where to have a place to see the entry of the Prince into Upsal.
+Whitelocke knowing his house to be conveniently situate for that purpose,
+and understanding the lady&rsquo;s complaint, he, to free her from the danger
+of not seeing that solemnity, offered to her and to the rest of the
+ladies in her company, to command his house, which if they pleased to
+honour with their presence to see the entry of the Prince, he should take
+it as a great favour from their Excellencies; and the ladies readily
+accepted of his offer.</p>
+
+<p>They presently came to Whitelocke&rsquo;s house. With the Lady Woolfeldt was
+the Countess John Oxenstiern, the Countess Eric Oxenstiern, the Countess
+Tott, the Baroness Gildenstiern, and seven or eight other ladies of great
+quality. Before the Prince came into <a name="pg252" id="pg252"></a><span class="pagenum">252</span> the town, Whitelocke caused a
+collation to be set on the table for the ladies, all after the English
+fashion, creams, tarts, butter, cheese, neats&rsquo; tongues, potted venison,
+apples, pears, sweetmeats, and excellent wine. They ate heartily, and
+seemed to be much pleased with it and with the Ambassador&rsquo;s discourse,
+who strove to be cheerful with the ladies, and found it not unacceptable
+to them.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The entry of the Prince.</span>
+The Prince&rsquo;s entry and reception into Upsal this evening was thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span>The
+day before, by the Queen&rsquo;s command, notice was given to all the senators,
+the nobility, gentry, and persons of quality about the Court and in town,
+to come in their best equipage on horseback, at one o&rsquo;clock this
+afternoon to the castle, to attend the Queen on her going out to meet the
+Prince. They accordingly resorted to the Court, a very great number, and
+attended the Queen forth in this order, all passing and returning by
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s window. First, Major-General Wrangel marched in the head of
+four troops of horse of Upland, proper men and well armed, their horses
+not tall but strong; every horseman carried ready in his hand one of his
+pistols, and his sword by his side, and most of them were well habited.
+Then marched Colonel Bengt Horne in the head of the gentlemen and
+servants of the senators and other volunteers, marching three and three
+abreast. After these rode about six of the Queen&rsquo;s kettle-drums and
+twelve trumpets. Then came Mr. Eric Flemming, Governor of Copperberg,
+Marshal of the Nobility, followed by the heads of the families of the
+nobles in the same order as they are matriculated in the Ricksdag. They
+were generally very rich in clothes and well horsed, lords and gentlemen
+<a name="pg253" id="pg253"></a><span class="pagenum">253</span> of principal note and consideration in their country, and members of the
+Ricksdag; they also rode three and three abreast. After them rode Mr.
+Gabriel Gabrielson, Marshal of the Court, and was followed by all the
+senators then in town, being about thirty, riding two and two abreast,
+grave in their habits for the most part, and well horsed. Then came the
+Ricks-Stallmaster and the Hof-Stallmaster&mdash;that is, the Master of the
+Horse of the Kingdom, and the Master of the Horse of the Court&mdash;riding
+bareheaded. After them came the Queen, gallantly mounted, habited in her
+usual fashion in grey stuff, her hat on her head, her pistols at her
+saddle-bow, and twenty-four of the Gardes-du-Corps about her person.
+After the Queen followed the Great Chamberlain, Grave Jacob de la Gardie,
+and Grave Tott, Captain of the Guards, both bareheaded. After them the
+Grave Donae, Gustavus Oxenstiern, and Gustavus Jean Banier, riding
+bareheaded. Then rode all the gentlemen of the Queen&rsquo;s chamber, then the
+pages of her chamber. After them, in the last place, marched Colonel
+Line, in the head of four companies of the Guards, well armed, and
+indifferently well habited.</p>
+
+<p>In this order they marched about half a league out of town, to the place
+appointed to meet the Prince, who was there attending. When they came
+thither, Major-General Wrangel marched to the left, leaving sufficient
+room that the Guards might pass to the right hand, the volunteers and
+Queen&rsquo;s servants likewise turned to the left hand, and the Marshal of the
+Nobility to the right, with the Hof-Marshals; and all this train kept
+excellent order and discipline, as did the Prince&rsquo;s train, which was also
+very great.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg254" id="pg254"></a><span class="pagenum">254</span> The Prince was alighted from his horse before the Queen came very near
+to him. When the Queen alighted, all the senators likewise alighted from
+their horses, but the nobility did not alight from horseback. After his
+Royal Highness had kissed the Queen&rsquo;s hand, she discoursed a little with
+him, he being bareheaded all the time, and showing great respect to her
+as to his Queen. Then the Queen mounted again on horseback, the Prince
+waiting on her. The troops marched back to the town in the same order as
+they came forth, with great addition to their numbers. The Prince&rsquo;s
+gentlemen and servants, who were a great number, fell into the troop
+where those of the Queen were, betwixt her gentlemen and the senators&rsquo;
+gentlemen,&mdash;his pages after the Queen&rsquo;s. Himself rode after the Queen,
+and sometimes she would call him (as she did in the street) to speak with
+him, and then he rode even with her, but all the way bareheaded whilst he
+rode by the Queen and she talked with him.</p>
+
+<p>The Prince was in a plain grey cloth suit of a light colour, mounted upon
+a very brave grey horse, with pistols at his saddle and his sword by his
+side. The Queen&rsquo;s lacqueys were in rich yellow liveries; the Prince&rsquo;s
+lacqueys in blue liveries, near twenty, walking by them. There were many
+led horses of the Queen&rsquo;s and of the Prince&rsquo;s, and seven or eight
+sumpter-horses of the Prince&rsquo;s; the sumpter-clothes all of blue velvet,
+with the Prince&rsquo;s arms embroidered on them, and rich silver fringe about
+them; the grooms and sumpter-men in the same livery, about twenty of
+them.</p>
+
+<p>In this equipage they marched through the streets of Upsal, multitudes of
+people being spectators of their <a name="pg255" id="pg255"></a><span class="pagenum">255</span> entry in the ways and windows. When
+they came to the Castle court, the nobility and volunteers alighted, and
+walked two and two before the Queen up into the great hall and to the
+antechamber; and the Queen being come into her withdrawing-room, after
+some little discourse there with the Prince and compliments passed, he
+went to the lodgings prepared for him, with not a few waiting on him who
+was the rising sun.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke had spoken to the master of the ceremonies touching the
+saluting of the Prince and the manner of his reception, whereof he wished
+to know somewhat beforehand, to govern himself accordingly, and to avoid
+any indignity or dishonour to be put upon the Protector and Commonwealth
+by his person. The master having spoken to the Prince about it, brought
+word now to Whitelocke, that when he moved his Royal Highness touching
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s reception, the Prince said that the English Ambassador
+should have no cause to complain of any want of respect in his reception.
+The more to manifest this, about ten o&rsquo;clock this evening, the Prince
+sent one of the gentlemen of his bedchamber, who came attended with three
+lacqueys, and spake to Whitelocke in French, that the Prince, his master,
+commanded him to salute Whitelocke in his name, and to inform him of the
+Prince&rsquo;s arrival in this place, and that it was a great satisfaction to
+him to hope that he should have the contentment to see the English
+Ambassador, and to entertain him before his departure from Sweden.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke desired that his thanks might be returned to his Royal
+Highness for this honour, and that he hoped to obtain from him the favour
+to give him leave to salute him and to kiss his hand; that to <a name="pg256" id="pg256"></a><span class="pagenum">256</span> do this on
+the part of the Protector, his master, was at present the only occasion
+of Whitelocke&rsquo;s continuance in this place; and for this end he had moved
+the master of the ceremonies to know the pleasure of his Royal Highness,
+and to inform Whitelocke what time might be convenient to wait upon the
+Prince. The gentleman replied, that Whitelocke&rsquo;s company would be very
+acceptable to the Prince his master, and he doubted not but an account
+would be given thereof to Whitelocke to his full contentment.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke had sent this day to Grave John Oxenstiern, to know what time
+he might give him a visit; and the Grave returned a proud answer, that it
+would not yet be convenient.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 17, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>The Resident of Holland came to visit Whitelocke near dinner-time, which
+gave him occasion to invite his stay; and he and Sir G. Fleetwood, Mr.
+Bloome, Colonel Hambleton, Monsieur Lyllicrone, and two Dutch gentlemen,
+did Whitelocke the favour to be at his table. Whitelocke gave the
+Resident the respect of the upper end of the table, as he had formerly
+done to the French and Spanish Residents; and the Dutch gentleman was
+well pleased with it, and with the English entertainment.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke&rsquo;s audience of the Prince.</span>
+Whitelocke, having received so great a respect from the Prince, did again
+desire the master of the ceremonies to know what time might suit with the
+Prince&rsquo;s leisure to give Whitelocke leave to wait on him. This afternoon
+the master came to Whitelocke, and informed him that the Prince had
+appointed four o&rsquo;clock this <a name="pg257" id="pg257"></a><span class="pagenum">257</span> afternoon to give Whitelocke audience, and
+the master said that he would come with the Queen&rsquo;s coaches to bring
+Whitelocke to the castle when it was time; and accordingly he came
+between five and six o&rsquo;clock this evening. Whitelocke and his company
+went with the master to the castle, and as soon as he was alighted out of
+his coach, he was received by the Marshal and gentlemen of the Prince, a
+great number of them, at the foot of the stairs; some of them were very
+richly habited. They walked first up the stairs, and those of
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s train followed them; the master of the ceremonies was on
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s left hand. When they came to the guard-chamber, the Prince
+in person came thither to receive Whitelocke at the door thereof, the
+same place where the Captain of the Queen&rsquo;s Guard used to meet and
+receive Whitelocke, who was a little surprised, not expecting such a high
+favour as to be met by the Prince so far from the room of audience.</p>
+
+<p>The Prince was plain, in his habit of black silk, accompanied by a great
+number of the senators, officers, and nobility, which caused Whitelocke
+to know him, and with due respect to salute him, as he did Whitelocke;
+and after a few compliments between them, the Prince desired Whitelocke
+to advance, who excused himself, but the Prince pressed it; the contest
+was almost half an hour who should go first, till the master of the
+ceremonies, by command of the Prince, whispered to Whitelocke to give way
+to the pleasure of the Prince, who was resolved to give Whitelocke the
+precedence, thereby to testify the great respect and honour which he had
+for the Protector, and for Whitelocke his servant. Thereupon Whitelocke
+said to the Prince, that since he understood it to be the pleasure of his
+<a name="pg258" id="pg258"></a><span class="pagenum">258</span> Royal Highness, he would obey his commands; and so they went on
+together, the Prince giving Whitelocke the right hand; and there was no
+occasion (by reason of the largeness of the doors) for one to go before
+the other.</p>
+
+<p>In the third room from the place where the Prince met Whitelocke was the
+audience chamber; there were set two rich chairs upon foot-carpets one
+against the other under a canopy of state; here was also much ceremony
+between the Prince and Whitelocke, who should take the right-hand chair;
+but the Prince would have Whitelocke to sit there; and the room was full
+of senators, officers, noblemen, courtiers, and others of quality.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke had advised in what language to speak to the Prince. He held
+it not fit to speak in English, because he came not to him as ambassador,
+nor in Latin, there being nothing of treaty between them; but being a
+matter of ceremony, he was advised and informed that it was the Prince&rsquo;s
+desire that Whitelocke should speak to him in French, the which he
+understood very well: and accordingly, being both set, and their hats on,
+after a little pause Whitelocke put off his hat, and then the Prince did
+so likewise; then both putting on their hats again, Whitelocke spake to
+the Prince to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Monseigneur,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Je r&eacute;pute &agrave; grand bonheur l&rsquo;opportunit&eacute; qui m&rsquo;est pr&eacute;sent&eacute;e de
+baiser les mains de votre Altesse Royale, et la saluer de la part de
+Monseigneur le Protecteur de la R&eacute;publique d&rsquo;Angleterre, d&rsquo;&Eacute;cosse,
+et d&rsquo;Irelande, avant mon d&eacute;part de ce
+royaume; ce que j&rsquo;eusse fait plus t&ocirc;t et en autre lieu, sinon que la
+n&eacute;cessit&eacute; d&rsquo;attendre l&rsquo;issue de ce qui m&rsquo;a &eacute;t&eacute; donn&eacute; en charge m&rsquo;en
+avait emp&ecirc;ch&eacute;: mais <a name="pg259" id="pg259"></a><span class="pagenum">259</span> depuis sa conclusion, j&rsquo;ai tard&eacute; expr&egrave;s pour
+ajouter &agrave; ma satisfaction celle d&rsquo;avoir rendu mes devoirs &agrave; votre
+Altesse Royale, et lui t&eacute;moigner l&rsquo;amiti&eacute; et les respects de sa
+S&eacute;r&eacute;nissime Altesse mon ma&icirc;tre.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>After Whitelocke had done speaking the Prince staid a little time, and
+then in French answered him to this purpose<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Monseigneur l&rsquo;Ambassadeur,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ce m&rsquo;aurait &eacute;t&eacute; un grand trouble si, apr&egrave;s la conclusion de vos
+affaires en cette cour, vous aviez &eacute;t&eacute; dans l&rsquo;inconv&eacute;nience
+d&rsquo;attendre mon arriv&eacute;e en cette place; je suis bien aise de me
+trouver ici devant votre d&eacute;part de ce pays, qui m&rsquo;a donn&eacute; le
+contentement de vous conna&icirc;tre, et l&rsquo;occasion de t&eacute;moigner le grand
+respect que j&rsquo;ai &agrave; Monseigneur le Protecteur et &agrave; la R&eacute;publique que
+vous servez, et je re&ccedil;ois beaucoup de satisfaction qu&rsquo;une amiti&eacute; et
+alliance soit contract&eacute;e entre ce royaume et votre R&eacute;publique, de
+laquelle j&rsquo;esp&egrave;re et crois qu&rsquo;elle sera pour le bien des deux
+nations, et pour l&rsquo;int&eacute;r&ecirc;t des Protestants.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Il n&rsquo;y a personne qui a plus d&rsquo;estime de Monseigneur le Protecteur
+que moi, et de votre R&eacute;publique; et j&rsquo;ai tant entendu de votre
+honorable et prudent maniement des affaires que vous aviez ici, que
+ce m&rsquo;a fait d&eacute;sirer de vous conna&icirc;tre et d&rsquo;avoir l&rsquo;opportunit&eacute; de
+converser avec vous, que vous m&rsquo;avez pr&eacute;sentement allou&eacute;, et je vous
+en remercie, et pour les respects de Monseigneur le Protecteur,
+qu&rsquo;il vous a plu me pr&eacute;senter en son nom, et qui me sont fort
+agr&eacute;ables.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>After the speeches were ended, the Prince spake to Whitelocke to go with
+him into his cabinet, which he did, and staid discoursing with him there
+above an hour together, all the company staying in the outer room. They
+soon fell into a freedom of discourse, but at this time chiefly
+concerning the affairs of England, the peace with the Dutch, and the
+English fleet <a name="pg260" id="pg260"></a><span class="pagenum">260</span> now at sea; also somewhat in particular to the Protector,
+his management of affairs, and of their late troubles; in all which
+Whitelocke endeavoured to give the Prince satisfaction, without doing
+injury to any one. The Prince brought Whitelocke back again to the same
+place where he met him; and his servants went with him to his coach, and
+the Master of the Ceremonies brought him to his own house.</p>
+
+<p>After Whitelocke was returned home, Lagerfeldt came to him, and told him
+that the Prince was very much pleased with the discourse between them,
+and with Whitelocke&rsquo;s deportment; and Lagerfeldt said he believed that
+the Prince would visit Whitelocke tomorrow; who said he could not expect
+such an honour, but was glad that anything of his discourse was grateful
+to his Royal Highness.</p>
+
+<p>Lagerfeldt informed Whitelocke that Grave Eric and Lagerfeldt were to go
+to Stockholm upon some public occasions by command of the Ricksdag.
+Whitelocke asked him what the business was; but Lagerfeldt was not
+forward to declare it, nor Whitelocke to press it; but he learned from
+another that the Ricksdag had deputed two of every State to go to
+Stockholm to extract out of the public records and acts the special
+privileges granted to the people at the coronation of any king, and of
+the present Queen, which they judged fit to be now considered and
+ratified before the coronation of their new King. They were also to bring
+hither the acts of the Ricksdag when the Prince was declared heir of the
+crown, and such other things as pertained to this business. Whitelocke
+desired Lagerfeldt to do somewhat for him at Stockholm touching the
+sending away of his copper from thence for England.</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="pg261" id="pg261"></a><span class="pagenum">261</span> May 18, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Ladies&rsquo; message to Whitelocke.</span>
+The ladies who were at Whitelocke&rsquo;s house to see the entry of the Prince,
+sent thanks to Whitelocke for his noble treatment of them, which was done
+by Woolfeldt and the master of the ceremonies, whom Whitelocke desired to
+make his excuse to the ladies, and to intercede with them to pardon the
+affront which Whitelocke had put upon them by entertaining such noble
+ladies with so mean a collation. The master said he durst not deliver any
+such message to them, who were so well pleased with Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+treatment of them; which appeared the more, in that the Lady Woolfeldt
+sent to him to bestow upon her, being great with child, some of his
+English cheese. Whitelocke sent her all he had left, and to other ladies
+what they desired, his English sweetmeats and other cakes, which with
+them were of great esteem.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Prince visits Whitelocke.</span>
+Whitelocke having this forenoon visited several Senators and great Lords,
+and being returned home, a servant of the Prince, a Baron of great
+esteem, came to him from the Prince, to know if Whitelocke&rsquo;s leisure
+would permit to receive a visit from his Royal Highness in the afternoon.
+Whereunto Whitelocke answered, that if the Prince had any service to
+command him, he would wait upon his Royal Highness at his Court; the
+Baron replied, that the Prince intended a visit to Whitelocke at
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s house, who said he could not expect nor admit of such a
+condescension in the Prince and high favour to him, but that he would
+wait upon the Prince in the afternoon. The Baron said that must not be,
+but that it was the resolution of the Prince to testify that
+extraordinary respect <a name="pg262" id="pg262"></a><span class="pagenum">262</span> to the Protector and to Whitelocke, as to come in
+person to visit Whitelocke at his own house; who said, that if it were
+the pleasure of the Prince to have it so, he should attend the receiving
+of that great honour at such a time as his Royal Highness should think
+fit to afford it to him.</p>
+
+<p>Woolfeldt, and Douglas, and several others, being with Whitelocke at
+dinner, they discoursed of this extraordinary high respect of the Prince
+to the Protector and to Whitelocke, and said that it was partly
+occasioned by the exceptions taken by the public Ministers in this Court
+at the reception which the Prince gave unto Whitelocke yesterday beyond
+what he used to afford them of respect and honour; and this coming to the
+Prince&rsquo;s ear, he said that if they were offended with him for that, he
+would yet give them further cause of being displeased, and thereupon sent
+to Whitelocke that he would this afternoon visit him; they also informed
+Whitelocke, as Lagerfeldt had done, that the Prince was much satisfied
+with the discourse of Whitelocke, and his demeanour.</p>
+
+<p>About three o&rsquo;clock in the afternoon the Prince came to Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+house, attended with a very great train. He was in one of the Queen&rsquo;s
+coaches, which was followed by several of his own coaches, all with six
+horses apiece, and sundry gentlemen on horseback, with the principal
+officers of the Court and of the army, besides his own gentlemen,
+officers, servants, pages, and lacqueys to a great number, waiting on
+him. It fell out to be on the day of a fair, kept in the open place
+before Whitelocke&rsquo;s house, so that, with the people coming to the fair,
+and the Prince&rsquo;s train, the streets were exceedingly crowded.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg263" id="pg263"></a><span class="pagenum">263</span> As the Prince alighted out of his coach, Whitelocke was there to receive
+him, all the gentlemen of Whitelocke&rsquo;s train attending on him, and his
+servants in livery making a lane, about twenty on each hand, from the
+Prince&rsquo;s coach to Whitelocke&rsquo;s house, through which the Prince and he
+passed, Whitelocke giving the Prince the right hand, which he scrupled
+not to take in that place. They went together covered into Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+house, sat down in his bedchamber, and fell into much freedom of
+discourse for above two hours together. In the meantime the lords and
+gentlemen of the Prince&rsquo;s train being in several other rooms, according
+to their respective qualities, Whitelocke had taken order to be
+entertained by his officers and servants, not only with discourse, but
+with good wine brought from England, and such collation as was then to be
+had and was pleasing to them.</p>
+
+<p>The Prince and Whitelocke had variety of discourses; and Whitelocke
+looking upon this as an opportunity whereby he might speak in such things
+as might tend to the honour of God, and which his own subjects perhaps
+would not so plainly make known to him, Whitelocke used the more freedom,
+and part of their discourse was&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><i>Prince.</i> I am very glad that your affairs have permitted you a stay in
+this place so long as to give me the opportunity of your company, wherein
+I take much contentment.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> Your Royal Highness doth very much honour me in esteeming
+my company worth your notice, and herein you are pleased to testify great
+respect to the Protector, my master, and to the Commonwealth whom I
+serve.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg264" id="pg264"></a><span class="pagenum">264</span> <i>Pr.</i> I have a very true honour for the Protector, and for England,
+where I have been, and account it one of the best countries in the world.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> It is indeed, Sir, a very good country, and honoured by your
+knowledge of it and having been upon it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pr.</i> But I doubt that by your late troubles it may be much damaged.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Truly, Sir, God hath so ordered it that those desolations which
+usually attend on war, especially a civil war, have not been so much in
+our country as others have felt who have been plunged in those miseries.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pr.</i> It is a great blessing to you, especially considering your change
+hath been so great and your troubles so lasting.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Our troubles endured a long time, but, blessed be God, at present
+we enjoy peace and settlement after our changes. The discourse here is
+now altogether of the voluntary change like to be in your Highness&rsquo;s
+country.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pr.</i> Her Majesty is pleased to take a resolution to resign her
+government, and I am commanded hither upon that occasion, though
+altogether unsought for by me.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> You are, Sir, every way worthy of it, and the more for not seeking
+it; and being the will of God is to bring you to such an increase of
+power as to the royal dignity, it will turn most to your own and your
+people&rsquo;s good, to employ your power to the honour of Him that gives it,
+and to prefer His service by whom kings reign before any other
+concernments.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pr.</i> I must acknowledge that throughout the whole <a name="pg265" id="pg265"></a><span class="pagenum">265</span> course of my life God
+hath been very good to me, and I am the more engaged to honour Him and to
+do Him service in any station wherein he shall be pleased to set me.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Your Royal Highness will be pleased to pardon my freedom of
+speaking to you what I understand may be most for the honour of God and
+your service.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pr.</i> Such discourse is most pleasing to me, especially from a person of
+such piety and honour as I esteem you to be, and who can have no private
+ends thereby.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> We have observed in England, and it is so everywhere, that the
+blessing of God follows those that serve Him.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pr.</i> That is a true rule; but our service must be in heart, and not in
+profession or outward show only.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> It is true that the enemies of the Parliament use to reproach them
+with hypocrisy in their profession of religion and with their preaching
+to their soldiers; yet that our profession is real doth appear somewhat
+in this, that the blessing of God hath accompanied our profession and our
+practice; and when our enemies are in debauchery and injuring the people,
+our officers and soldiers meet together, exhorting one another out of the
+Scripture and praying together, and God hath given His blessing
+thereupon.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pr.</i> I do very well approve that course, and your profession and
+practice in matters of religion; but we hear of too much difference of
+opinion among you in those matters.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> We have indeed too much difference of opinion among us in matters
+of religion; but yet the public peace is not broken, but carefully
+preserved.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg266" id="pg266"></a><span class="pagenum">266</span> <i>Pr.</i> But if there be not a uniformity among you in those matters, your
+peace will be endangered.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> We do not yet find that danger; and we look upon it as a liberty
+due to all Christians to take what way of worship they think best for the
+good of their own souls.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pr.</i> Suppose the way they take be not agreeable to the Word of God?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The consequence thereof will be their own misery.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pr.</i> But should not the magistrate lead them and constrain them in the
+right way?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> We hold the better way to be, by meek exhortations and instructions
+to endeavour to reclaim them from any error, and not by force to compel
+men&rsquo;s consciences, as is used in these parts.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pr.</i> What if mild means will not work upon them?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> They will have the worst of it; but as long as they do not break
+the public peace, it is hard for the magistrate imperiously to command
+and force his brethren to worship God after his opinion; and it is not
+imaginable that he should take more care of men&rsquo;s souls than they
+themselves, whose consciences ought to be free.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pr.</i> We are somewhat strict in this point in our country.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> But I have heard that your Royal Highness hath shown moderation,
+and indulged this liberty, in other countries where you commanded.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pr.</i> I did not think fit to be so severe in this point in Germany as we
+are in Sweden.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I think your Highness did therein according to the mind of God, who
+will not have a restraint upon <a name="pg267" id="pg267"></a><span class="pagenum">267</span> His children in the worship of Him; and I
+hope you will in time take off the severity of your laws here in this
+particular.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pr.</i> I am no friend to severity of laws upon men&rsquo;s consciences; but
+reformation among us is not soon to be brought about, where there hath
+been a long usage of the contrary.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> In England we have of late obtained great reformation in many
+things, particularly touching the observation of the Lord&rsquo;s Day; and
+pardon me, Sir, if I wish the like reformation in this kingdom, and that
+the Lord&rsquo;s Day were not so much neglected, nay profaned, as I have seen
+in this place. I hope and humbly advise your Royal Highness that, when
+God shall place you in the sovereignty over this people, you will take
+care to provide a remedy and reformation herein, and also of that sin of
+excessive drinking and swearing with which the people are so much
+infected, and which may cause a fear lest the anger of God should go
+forth against this nation; but it will be very much in your power to
+apply a fit remedy to these evils, and doubtless God will require it at
+your hands, as his vicegerent.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pr.</i> I have not heard many soldiers discourse in this strain; but I like
+it well, and it becomes you; and I hope God will assist me, if He shall
+call me to the government of this people, to acquit my duty to Him and to
+His people for the restraining of these sins, which I acknowledge are too
+common among us.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> In doing so, you will render service to God, and find His blessing
+to accompany such most pious, most honourable, and truly royal
+endeavours; and I hope your Highness will not think amiss of this liberty
+<a name="pg268" id="pg268"></a><span class="pagenum">268</span> which your servant hath taken, to speak to you of these things.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pr.</i> I am so far from thinking amiss of it or taking in ill part what
+you have said to me, that I do most heartily thank you for it, and do
+promise that I shall be mindful to put in practice the good counsel you
+have given me, as soon as it shall please God to give me an opportunity
+for it, and that the temper of this people will bear it; being convinced
+of the duty which lies upon me herein, and the service and honour which
+will thereby be done to God and to the people of this kingdom, both in
+respect to their temporal and eternal estate.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I am very glad to find your Royal Highness so sensible hereof, and
+shall humbly and earnestly leave it to your thoughts.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pr.</i> I hope I shall not forget it.<a name="fnm268_18" id="fnm268_18"></a><a href="#fn268_18" class="fnnum">268</a></p>
+
+<p>They had other discourse touching the princes and states of Christendom,
+particularly of the House of Austria, and of the design of the Papists
+against the Protestants, the which, and the increase of the interest of
+Rome, Whitelocke said could not be better prevented than by a conjunction
+of the Protestants; <a name="pg269" id="pg269"></a><span class="pagenum">269</span> to which the Prince fully agreed. The Prince took
+his leave of Whitelocke with very great respect and civility.</p>
+
+<p>After the Prince was gone, there came to Whitelocke Grave Eric Oxenstiern
+and Lagerfeldt, to take their leaves of Whitelocke, they being to go to
+Stockholm by command of the Ricksdag; and Grave Eric gave unto Whitelocke
+a paper, in French, of damage sustained by a Swedish ship taken and
+brought into London, which he recommended to Whitelocke to be a means
+that satisfaction might be procured.</p>
+
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke goes to a running at the ring.</span>
+Whitelocke being informed that now at the Court, among other solemnities
+and entertainments to welcome the Prince, the gallants used the exercise
+and recreation of running at the ring, a pleasure noble and useful as to
+military affairs, improving horsemanship, and teaching the guidance of
+the lance, a weapon still used by horsemen in these parts of the world;
+this generous exercise having been in use in England in Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+memory, who had seen the lords, in presence of the King and Queen and a
+multitude of spectators, in the tilt-yards at Whitehall and at St.
+James&rsquo;s House, where the King, when he was Prince, used also that
+recreation: it made Whitelocke the more desirous to see the same again,
+and whether, as <a name="pg270" id="pg270"></a><span class="pagenum">270</span> they used it here, it were the same with that he had
+seen in England. He went <i>incognito</i> in the coach of General Douglas,
+without any of his train, to the place where the running at the ring was.
+He would not go into the room where the Queen and Prince and great lords
+were, but sat below in a room where the judges of the course were, with
+divers other gentlemen, who, though they knew Whitelocke very well, yet
+seeing him cast his cloak over his shoulder, as desiring not to be known,
+they would take no notice of him&mdash;a civility in these and other countries
+usual.</p>
+
+<p>The Senator Vanderlin, Grave Tott, and the Baron Steinberg were the
+challengers to all the rest; and of the other part were Marshal Wrangel,
+Grave Jacob de la Gardie, and nine or ten others. All were well mounted;
+Wrangel upon an English horse, given him by Whitelocke. Their clothes,
+scarfs, feathers, and all accoutrements, both of men and horse, were very
+gallant. They ran for a prize which the Queen had ordained, and they
+comported themselves with much activeness and bravery; and it was the
+same exercise which Whitelocke had formerly seen in his own country.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 19, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Sound Dues.</span>
+Woolfeldt visited Whitelocke in the morning, and brought with him a paper
+concerning the Sound, written in French with his own hand, wherein he
+showed much affection to the Protector and to England, and as much
+distaste to his own country. The paper Whitelocke laid up, and
+transcribed in a larger treatise.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Effect of the Prince&rsquo;s visit.</span>
+Woolfeldt acquainted Whitelocke that the public <a name="pg271" id="pg271"></a><span class="pagenum">271</span> ministers in this Court
+discoursed much of the extraordinary respect showed by the Prince to the
+English Ambassador, both in his reception and the Prince&rsquo;s visit to him.
+And particularly the Danish Ambassador was greatly discontented, and said
+that never any ambassador had that honour done him before, and it was so
+far beyond what he had received that he knew not how to bear it; that the
+entertainment of public ministers of the same character ought to be with
+the same ceremony, and not one to be preferred so much as the English
+Ambassador had been before others of equal quality with him, and much
+matter of complaint of that nature; which being reported to the Prince,
+he said that neither the Danish Ambassador nor any other public minister
+had cause to complain that he had not given them the respect due to their
+several qualities; and if he, out of a particular affection to the
+English Protector and Ambassador, had a mind to express more than
+ordinary particular respects to them, it was no wrong or cause of
+complaint to any other public minister, who had what was due to him,
+because another had perhaps more than was due to him; and he said he
+understood not why his condition should render him less capable than
+other gentlemen to show particular respects where they did bear a
+particular affection.</p>
+
+<p>General Douglas, a Scottish gentleman in great favour and honour in this
+country, came late this year to the Court, being hindered by a violent
+ague upon his coming hither. He made frequent visits to Whitelocke, and
+expressed much of respect and civility to him as his countryman.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke dines with General Douglas.</span>
+This day Whitelocke was to dine with Douglas by <a name="pg272" id="pg272"></a><span class="pagenum">272</span> a solemn invitation; and
+during the whole time of his residence in this Court he never was invited
+to any of their tables, but now to Douglas, and before to Grave Eric,
+notwithstanding the freedom of his table to most of them. With Whitelocke
+were invited his two sons, Potley, Beake, and Croke. There they met Grave
+John Oxenstiern, Wrangel, Wittenberg, Bundt, Horne, Vanderlin, Colonel
+Bannier, and one of the Prince&rsquo;s servants. Of these that thus met, nine
+had been in commission as generals, two of the English and of the Swedes
+seven, which was noted as very observable. They sat at table in the same
+manner as they did at Grave Eric&rsquo;s entertainment, Whitelocke in the midst
+of the table, the company in their ranks on either side, and all the
+dinner they sat bare.</p>
+
+<p>The entertainment was very high and noble, as could be had in this place,
+and four courses very full, which made a long dinner, in which time
+Whitelocke was solicited often to begin and pledge healths, which he
+would not do, but left others to their liberty, as he desired his. The
+healths they drank among themselves were in large beer-glasses of sack,
+which made them discourse the more freely; and most of it was of England
+and the late troubles there, of particular passages of the war, of
+Scotland, of the fleet now at sea, and the Dutch treaty; in all which
+Whitelocke gave them some satisfaction, as they did to him touching the
+Queen&rsquo;s resignation, the present Ricksdag, and the new King&rsquo;s coronation.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke receives a jewel from the Prince.</span>
+The same gentleman who had been before from the Prince with Whitelocke, a
+Baron of great account, first gentleman of the Prince&rsquo;s bedchamber, a
+proper, well accomplished person, came to Whitelocke by command <a name="pg273" id="pg273"></a><span class="pagenum">273</span> of the
+Prince, with remembrance of his Highness&rsquo;s hearty respects and affection
+to Whitelocke. After some compliments passed, the Baron took out of his
+pocket a little box of crimson velvet, and told Whitelocke that his Royal
+Highness had commanded him to present to Whitelocke that token of the
+Prince&rsquo;s love and respects to him, and, opening the box, showed to
+Whitelocke a noble jewel, a case of gold enamelled, the one side of it
+set thick all over with diamonds, some of them fair ones, and on the
+other side was the Prince&rsquo;s picture, lively and well taken.</p>
+
+<p>The Baron said to Whitelocke that the Prince desired his excuse because
+in so short a time he could not procure a better present, but he desired
+Whitelocke to accept of this as a testimony of his affection to him.
+Whitelocke answered, that he had not merited so much favour from his
+Royal Highness, but desired the Baron to return his hearty thanks to the
+Prince, which he would also do himself when he had the honour to come in
+his presence.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Account of presents made by Whitelocke.</span>
+Upon this occasion Whitelocke took account of the presents which he had
+in this Court, besides the several and many gratuities and rewards which
+he had formerly bestowed on many of the Queen&rsquo;s inferior servants, as
+musicians, guards, pages, lacqueys, trumpets, coachmen, wardrobe men, and
+others; to whom he had been liberal, to a considerable sum, necessary in
+his judgement to be done for the honour of his nation, and agreeable to
+what had been constantly by ambassadors there before him.</p>
+
+<p>Besides these smaller matters, first he sent to the Queen eight black
+English horses, very handsome, large, brave, and useful horses for the
+coach, and now <a name="pg274" id="pg274"></a><span class="pagenum">274</span> in good case; four saddle-horses he had formerly
+presented to her, all of them were in this place worth to be sold &pound;1000.
+The looking-glass which he gave the Queen when she was his Valentine was
+worth &pound;100, besides an English Bible richly bound, English stuffs, a
+cabinet of spirits, and other smaller presents. The Queen&rsquo;s officers gave
+no reward to Whitelocke&rsquo;s gentleman of his horse, the clerk of his
+stable, or to his coachman and people that carried them, though it was
+presumed that the Queen had ordered it, as she had done upon other the
+like occasions.</p>
+
+<p>To the Prince Whitelocke presented seven bay English horses, very
+handsome and serviceable for the coach; for which the Prince returned
+many thanks, being most acceptable to him, as he expressed, and sent a
+chain of gold of the value of two hundred ducats to Captain Crispe,
+yeoman of Whitelocke&rsquo;s stables, and twenty-five ducats to the servants of
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s stable. To the Prince, Whitelocke also presented a young
+English gelding of Fenwicke&rsquo;s breed, very handsome and mettlesome; the
+more esteemed by Whitelocke, and afterwards by the Prince, when he heard
+that it had been given to Whitelocke by his General.</p>
+
+<p>To the old Chancellor Whitelocke presented a hogshead of good Canary
+wine, and a sober, handsome, strong, well-paced English pad nag, and one
+of his richest saddles. To Wrangel he gave an English gelding; to Tott
+another; to Wittenberg another; to Steinberg another; to Douglas another;
+and to such of the great men as the Queen directed. To Lagerfeldt he gave
+a clock, excellently made, which he used to have constantly with him.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg275" id="pg275"></a><span class="pagenum">275</span> To Secretary Canterstein he sent his secretary Earle with a silver
+standish, curiously wrought; at sight of which Canterstein seemed much
+discontented, till Earle showed him the manner of opening the standish,
+and in it forty pieces of English gold, of jacobuses, which made the
+present very acceptable. In like manner Whitelocke sent to the master of
+the ceremonies an English beaver hat, with a gold hatband, and a pair of
+rich English gloves; at which the Master seemed offended, saying that
+ambassadors used to send better presents to the master of ceremonies; but
+being desired to try if the gloves would fit him, he found therein forty
+twenty-shilling pieces of English gold, and thereby much satisfaction in
+the present.</p>
+
+<p>To Grave Eric&rsquo;s lady Whitelocke presented a clock of the new make, to
+hang by the wall, set in ebony, with rich studs of silver. To &ldquo;la Belle
+Comtesse,&rdquo; the Lady Jane Ruthven and other ladies, he presented English
+gloves, ribbons, silk stockings, and the like, which are of great account
+with them.</p>
+
+<p>All the presents given away by Whitelocke in this court were estimated
+above &pound;3000, and the jewels and copper bestowed on him were near the same
+value; so that none could accuse him to be a receiver of rewards, or that
+he had enriched himself by this employment.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke takes leave of the Prince and exhorts him.</span>
+Whitelocke had desired this day another audience of the Prince to take
+his leave; and towards the evening the master of the ceremonies came with
+two of the Queen&rsquo;s coaches and brought Whitelocke to the Prince&rsquo;s
+lodging, who received him with the like or greater respect than he had
+done before. They went directly together to the Prince&rsquo;s cabinet, where
+two <a name="pg276" id="pg276"></a><span class="pagenum">276</span> chairs were set. They discoursed about half an hour upon the same
+subjects as their last discourse was; and now also Whitelocke earnestly
+advised the Prince to those things which would tend to the honour of God
+and to the reformation of disorders, drunkenness, swearing, and
+profanation of the Lord&rsquo;s Day, which Whitelocke told him God would
+require at his hands to see reformed when he should be called to the
+government of this kingdom, with much to the like effect; esteeming it
+seasonable for him to take this opportunity of pressing these things to
+the Prince, as he also did liberty of conscience, and what he hoped was
+for promoting the interest of Christ in these countries. The Prince gave
+good ear to these things, and seemed sensible of what was said to him;
+and by his answers gave hopes that when he should come to the opportunity
+he would endeavour the reformation of those great reigning sins in his
+country, whereof he professed his own detestation.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke going to take his leave, the Prince desired him to stay
+longer, as pleased with the discourse on this subject; but Whitelocke was
+desired by the master of the ceremonies not to continue longer with the
+Prince, because the Queen staid within purposely for Whitelocke&rsquo;s coming
+to her. At his parting the Prince desired Whitelocke to testify his
+respects to the Protector and Commonwealth of England; and told
+Whitelocke that he might assure himself of a most entire affection to his
+person from the Prince, who wished him a happy return to his own country.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Visits the Queen, to take leave;</span>
+From the Prince Whitelocke made a visit to the Queen. Grave Tott
+conducted him to her bedchamber, where they discoursed about half an hour
+touching <a name="pg277" id="pg277"></a><span class="pagenum">277</span> her Majesty&rsquo;s affairs. She again mentioned her purpose of going
+to the Spa, and to go thither by land; she desired Whitelocke not to
+speak much of it; she said that perhaps she might yet see him at
+Stockholm, but, if she did not, that she would write a letter to the
+Protector, and send it thither to Whitelocke, upon the subject of which
+they had formerly spoken.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke advised her, as he had done before, and promised to take care
+of her letter to the Protector, and to improve his interest the best he
+could for effecting what her Majesty desired, in case there should be
+occasion for it. She thanked Whitelocke for his advice, wherewith she
+seemed to be pleased, and resolved to observe it; and expressed very
+great respect and affection to the Protector and to Whitelocke, whom she
+desired to assure the Protector in her Majesty&rsquo;s name of the sincere
+affection and honour which she did bear him, and which she should
+continue, in whatsoever condition she should be. She wished Whitelocke a
+happy voyage, and with many compliments, full of great respect and
+civility, but not so cheerful as formerly; she twice gave him her hand to
+kiss, and so took leave of him.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">and the Chancellor.</span>
+From the Court Whitelocke went and visited the Chancellor, and delivered
+to him (what he had before promised and was put in mind to do) an
+engagement under his hand to procure a supply of the defect of power,
+which they excepted to in his commission. The engagement was thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Polliceor plenam me mihi potentiam ac facultatem procuraturum &agrave; sua
+Serenissima Celsitudine Domino meo, Domino Protectore Reipublic&aelig;
+Angli&aelig;, Scoti&aelig;, et Hiberni&aelig;, <a name="pg278" id="pg278"></a><span class="pagenum">278</span> intra trimestre spatium, ab appulsu
+meo in quemlibet portum Angli&aelig;, ad supplendum qualemcunque defectum
+facultatis ac potenti&aelig; mihi antehac dat&aelig;, ad tractandum cum
+Serenissima Majestate sua Regina Sueci&aelig; aut commissariis suis, et ad
+rata habenda omnia, qu&aelig; inter Majestatem suam vel suos commissarios
+et me conclusa fuerint. Datum Upsali&aelig; 18<sup>o</sup> Maii, anno Domini 1654.</p>
+
+<p>
+&ldquo;<span class="smcap">Bulstrode Whitelocke.</span>&ldquo;<br />
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The Chancellor and Whitelocke fell into discourse touching their
+Ricksdag; part whereof follows.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Swedish Diet and Constitution.</span>
+<i>Whitelocke.</i> I received much satisfaction in the favour of being
+admitted to see the manner of the meeting and proceedings of your
+Ricksdag, and shall be glad to be instructed by you touching some of the
+passages of it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chancellor.</i> I shall be ready to inform you the best I can in these
+matters, and I have had some experience in them.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> In that and all other matters touching the government of this
+kingdom, I believe no man&rsquo;s experience or judgement will be opposed to
+yours. I pray, Father, let me know the ground of proposals being made by
+the Queen to the Ricksdag, and whether it be as I have heard, that they
+consult of nothing but what is first proposed to them by the Queen.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> That is very true, and is the ground of our quiet and of avoiding
+factions among us; for where a Council consists of seven or eight hundred
+men, as our Ricksdag doth, and they hold themselves to have an equal
+liberty and power, and are most of them active spirits; if every one
+amongst them might move and propound what he pleased according to his own
+fancy, there would never be an end of proposals and debates, <a name="pg279" id="pg279"></a><span class="pagenum">279</span> and they
+would break out into several factions and the greater affairs of the
+kingdom be retarded, and many times thrust out to make way for lesser
+matters for the most part but of private interest. Therefore the wisdom
+of our Government hath so ordered it that nothing is to be consulted upon
+or debated by the Ricksdag, but what is first proposed to them in writing
+by the King, who hath the advice of the Senators therein; and such
+matters as are by them judged necessary for the good of the kingdom are
+by the King proposed to the Ricksdag for their counsel in them.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> This may be a good way to preserve your quiet; but may it not be
+ill for the rights and liberty of the people? As to instance in
+particular, if it be requisite that a new law be made relating to the
+people&rsquo;s liberty, wherein the former laws may be defective, by this
+course it rests only in the power of the King and Senate whether this
+matter shall ever come to consideration or not; for, unless they will
+propound it, no consideration can be had of it; and though it may be
+necessary as to the people&rsquo;s rights, yet then probably it may be against
+the King&rsquo;s power, and in that case the King will never propose it to the
+Ricksdag, because it makes against his power and prerogative; and so the
+people are by this course debarred of the means of supplying any defect
+as to their rights and liberties, unless the King, to lessen his own
+power, will first propose it to them.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> This were an inconvenience if the people&rsquo;s rights and liberties
+were not already settled; but, by our laws, the boundaries of the King&rsquo;s
+power and of the people&rsquo;s rights are sufficiently known and established,
+as the King can make no law nor alter or repeal <a name="pg280" id="pg280"></a><span class="pagenum">280</span> any, nor impose any tax,
+nor compel men to go out of the kingdom without the assent of the
+Ricksdag; and in that Council, which is supreme in this kingdom, every
+man&rsquo;s vote and assent is included by the deputies of the Clergy,
+Boroughs, and Boors, which are respectively elected, and by the chiefs of
+the Nobility; so that all sorts of people have their share, either in
+person or by their deputies, in the Supreme Council of the kingdom, by
+whom only those great matters can be done; and this being certain and
+settled, any alteration in those points tends but to further uncertainty
+and mischief. And if debates might be had of additions to the King&rsquo;s
+power, or to the people&rsquo;s liberty, it would but occasion attempts of
+encroaching of one upon the other, and bring trouble and uncertainty to
+both; whereas they being already clearly defined and known, and that
+there is no means of altering either of them, both the King and people
+are content with what they have, and endeavour nothing of disquiet unto
+either.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> But this further debars the people from having any new law at all
+made, except such only as the King shall think fit, for he only can
+propose them; and it is a necessary thing to supply defects in laws and
+to make new ones, according as times and circumstances varying shall
+minister occasion.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> There is nothing more prejudicial to any government than
+multitude of laws, which is prevented by this course of ours; nor is
+there any necessity of new laws where both the public rights and private
+men&rsquo;s property are provided for by the laws in being, which in all
+nations is from the original of their civil settlement taken care of. And
+though time and variety <a name="pg281" id="pg281"></a><span class="pagenum">281</span> of accidents may occasion some defects in old
+laws, yet it is better they should be borne with than an inundation of
+new laws to be let in, which causeth uncertainty, ignorance, different
+expositions, and repugnances in the laws, and are the parents of
+contention.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> But I suppose your Ricksdag hath liberty to complain of
+maladministration and corruption in officers and judges, and to punish
+them and cause redress of grievances; else the people are remediless
+against those public crimes, without the grace and favour of the Prince
+to do it of himself, which every Prince in all times will not do.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> The Ricksdag may complain to the King of any offence or
+misdemeanour committed by any great officer, and of any public grievance
+to the people; whereupon the King and Senate are very ready (as it
+behoves them in justice and prudence) to give a remedy, which they are
+the more induced to do, because otherwise the people&rsquo;s Deputies, who have
+the power of the purse, may be the more backward to supply the King&rsquo;s
+occasions with money or men; and this is a good tie upon the Court, to
+procure justice and redress of grievances.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Your laws are founded upon great reason and prudence, and in these
+and most other main parts and particulars of them, ours are the same in
+England; but a liberty of proposing anything in our Parliament belongs to
+every member of it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> That hath been a great occasion of all your troubles.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I expected to have heard my father, the Ricks-Chancellor, to have
+made an harangue in the Ricksdag, <a name="pg282" id="pg282"></a><span class="pagenum">282</span> to have acquainted them, as it is with
+us, with the causes of their meeting.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> I confess it belongs to my place to have done it; but, by reason
+of an oath I had taken to my king, to endeavour to keep the crown on his
+daughter&rsquo;s head, and this assembly was called that she might resign it;
+therefore I desired to be excused from making that proposal.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Indeed her Majesty spake herself with an excellent grace and
+spirit, which was a wonder to see it done by a young lady to so great and
+grave an assembly; and the matter of her speech, as it was interpreted to
+me, was pertinent and full of weight.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> Indeed she spake very well and materially, and like a prince.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I am sorry my time calls me away from further enjoyment of my
+father&rsquo;s excellent conversation.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> I shall be glad if my noble son would afford me more of his
+company, in which I take so much contentment.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> My journey tomorrow hastens me away, and occasions your less
+trouble.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> I pray assure the Protector of the respect and high value I have
+for him, and of my devoted mind to serve him in anything within my power
+in this kingdom.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> You have been pleased largely to testify this in my transactions,
+and your noble favours and respects to your son.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> You may be confident of my affection and love to you; and I
+desire you to be a friend to my countrymen in England, and to take upon
+you their patronage in all just causes.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg283" id="pg283"></a><span class="pagenum">283</span> <i>Wh.</i> I shall be ready upon all occasions to perform all good offices to
+your Excellence and to your family, and to all of this nation; and shall
+satisfy the Protector of your affections for him, and of your kindness to
+his servant.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> I am now an old man, and whilst I continue alive I shall do all
+that lies in my power to serve the Protector and the Commonwealth of
+England, and shall embrace your Excellence with a special bond of
+friendship, and will leave it in charge to my sons, when I am dead, to do
+the same.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I shall also enjoin my children to continue that obligation of
+friendship which I have contracted with your Excellence and your family.</p>
+
+<p><i>Chan.</i> I shall but add this further, to pray to God that of His mercy He
+would vouchsafe to you a prosperous return to your own country, and that
+you may find there all your family and friends in a comfortable and happy
+condition.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Takes leave of Oxenstiern.</span>
+Thus the Chancellor and Whitelocke took leave of one another with as much
+kindness and respect as could be expressed.<a name="fnm283_19" id="fnm283_19"></a><a href="#fn283_19" class="fnnum">283</a></p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke being returned to his house, Grave John Oxenstiern came to
+visit him; and having heard that Whitelocke took it ill that he had put
+off a visit desired by Whitelocke to this high Grave, yet now he was
+pleased to descend to excuse it to Whitelocke, because his lodging was
+strait and inconvenient, not fit to receive a person of Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+quality, and his lady was at that time very much indisposed in health.</p>
+
+<p>The Senator Benk Sch&uuml;tt came in the evening to visit Whitelocke, and
+discoursed freely with him touching <a name="pg284" id="pg284"></a><span class="pagenum">284</span> the Queen&rsquo;s resignation and their
+new King, and did not testify much of respect to the Chancellor by
+informing Whitelocke that yesterday, at the castle, there was a great
+rub, as he called it, given by the Queen to the Chancellor before the
+Prince and the rest of the Senators; the occasion whereof was about the
+island of Elsey, which the Queen desired as part of her provision, to
+which the Chancellor said, that it was worthy the consideration; the
+Queen replied, &ldquo;What! is my integrity then questioned?&rdquo; The Chancellor
+answered, that he did not question her Majesty&rsquo;s integrity, but spake
+only for her security and better satisfaction in what she desired. The
+Queen said, &ldquo;I understand Swedish well enough, and it was not becoming
+you to question my integrity at all.&rdquo; Sch&uuml;tt said, that at this passage
+the rest of the senators were pleased, and that the Prince seemed in
+this, and all other occasions, to be of the Queen&rsquo;s mind, and to grant
+her more rather than less of what she desired, which was wisdom in him.</p>
+
+<p>Senator Vanderlin visited Whitelocke, and, among other discourses,
+acquainted him the passages of the proposal for the Queen to have married
+the Prince; that for this purpose the Prince was sent for out of Germany,
+and the Queen seemed inclinable to the match; yet, after the Prince was
+come, she used him with a strangeness which was occasioned by the
+whisperings of Grave Magnus de la Gardie to the Queen, that when the
+Prince was in Germany he was too familiar with some ladies; at which
+information, he said, the Queen was so enraged that the Prince should go
+to other women, that she thereupon resolved not to marry him, but was
+otherwise very courteous and <a name="pg285" id="pg285"></a><span class="pagenum">285</span> full of respect to him. Whitelocke did not
+dispute the authenticness of this relation, but wondered at it from a
+senator, touching him who was to be a king, and to use so much freedom on
+such a subject to a stranger.</p>
+
+<p>General Douglas, the Ricks-Admiral, and Senator Bielke, also visited
+Whitelocke this evening while Vanderlin was with him; they discoursed of
+the discontent which the Dutch Resident expressed before his going away,
+because more respect was shown to Whitelocke by the Queen and Prince, and
+by the Senators and great men here, than they had shown to the Dutch
+Resident, who said he was a public minister as well as the English
+Ambassador. Whitelocke said it was true, as the Dutch Resident had
+remembered, that he was a public minister; and it might be supposed, that
+being so, he should understand the difference between a Resident and an
+Ambassador Extraordinary; and also between the Commonwealth of the United
+Provinces of the Netherlands, and that of England, Scotland, and Ireland.
+The Swedish Lords replied, that if the Dutch Resident did not understand
+it, nor himself, that yet it was sufficiently known in this place, and
+that the Resident was but laughed at for his exceptions, as being without
+cause, and showing his want of experience in matters of this nature.</p>
+
+<p>After the Ricks-Admiral and Bielke were gone, Vanderlin and Douglas staid
+with Whitelocke and used great freedom of discourse with him, expressing
+extraordinary respect to the Protector and Commonwealth of England, and
+very much affection and kindness to Whitelocke, in whom they expressed
+great <a name="pg286" id="pg286"></a><span class="pagenum">286</span> confidence. They staid with him till past twelve o&rsquo;clock at night,
+inconvenient in respect of his intended journey the next day; but their
+company was very pleasing, and they took leave with great civility and
+kindness from each to other of them.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 20, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke commences his journey back to England.</span>
+Whitelocke began his longed-for journey of return to England. He had
+taken his leave of the Queen, Prince, Senators, and all his friends in
+Upsal. His business, through the goodness of God, was successfully
+despatched; himself and all his people in good health, and exceeding
+joyful to be on their journey homewards. He left not a penny of debt to
+any in this country, nor any unrewarded who had done him service; for his
+hospitality, wherein no ambassador in this Court ever exceeded him, for
+his conversation and dealing with all sorts of people, he had gained
+their love, and left no ill name behind him. The greatest part of his
+baggage, and most of his inferior servants, were on board a great hoy of
+the Queen&rsquo;s, to go by water to Stockholm; he and the rest of his people
+went by land, in order to which, upon his desire, the Hof-Stallmaster, by
+the Queen&rsquo;s command, had sent yesterday six coach-horses to be ready in
+the midway from Upsal to Stockholm, and this morning he sent six other
+horses with Whitelocke&rsquo;s blue coach to his lodging, to carry him the
+first half way of this day&rsquo;s journey, driven by the Queen&rsquo;s coachman.</p>
+
+<p>Berkman had provided a sufficient number of saddle-horses, if they might
+be so called, he having forgot to cause saddles to be brought with them
+for <a name="pg287" id="pg287"></a><span class="pagenum">287</span> Whitelocke&rsquo;s people, so that most of them were forced to make shift
+with straw and cushions instead of saddles; and many of the bits and
+stirrups were such as they had been acquainted with in their journey from
+Gothenburg hither; and thus they rode the two first stages.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke took coach between seven and eight o&rsquo;clock in the morning, Sir
+George Fleetwood, Potley, Ingelo, and Andrews, in his coach with him; the
+rest on horseback; they came about noon to the place where fresh horses
+staid for them, and did not tarry long there, wanting good entertainment,
+but, taking fresh horses both for coach and saddle, they proceeded in
+their journey. The country through which they passed was better than that
+near the sea, less rocky and more fruitful, not so replenished with seats
+of the nobility further off, as nearer to Stockholm. By the way they met
+General Axy Lyllye, a Senator of Sweden, newly returned out of Germany,
+and another Senator with him; they alighted out of their coach when
+Whitelocke came near them, who, seeing that, did alight also. The General
+had lost one of his legs in the German wars, and now carried one of wood;
+he and his companion were very civil in their salutation and discourse
+with Whitelocke, and after compliments, and inquiry by Whitelocke of the
+German news, they took leave and parted.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke and his company arrived between five and six o&rsquo;clock in the
+evening at Stockholm, the journey being seven Swedish leagues, about
+forty English miles. As he came in the suburbs, he saw a sad sight of
+many houses lately burnt down, and some pulled down to prevent the
+further raging of the fire, <a name="pg288" id="pg288"></a><span class="pagenum">288</span> which had consumed many scores of houses in
+that place; and it brought to Whitelocke&rsquo;s remembrance, that one evening
+at Upsal, in his chamber window, he saw a great fire in a dorf about half
+a league from the town, which he observed, almost in a moment, to flash
+from one end of the dorf to the other, consuming all in its way,&mdash;and
+thus it was said to have been in these suburbs. The reason thereof is the
+combustible matter whereof their houses are built, being of fir timber
+and boards, which, especially being old, do suddenly take fire, and
+violently burn, hard to be quenched, few houses escaping, especially in
+the dorfs, where one is on fire; which causeth more than ordinary care in
+the inhabitants of all places to prevent that fearful danger.</p>
+
+<p>Berkman conducted Whitelocke to a lodging in the suburbs, over-against
+the castle, which was used for an inn. This being post-night, Whitelocke
+made up his despatches for England, which he had prepared at Upsal, where
+he wrote his letters, but dated them from Stockholm, that his friends in
+England might thereby perceive that he was in his journey homewards,
+which he knew would be no small contentment to them.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 21, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Stockholm.</span>
+Being the Lord&rsquo;s Day, divers Scotch merchants, inhabitants of this city,
+and some English, came to Whitelocke&rsquo;s lodging to hear the sermon in the
+morning, and many of them did him the honour to dine with him; he had
+conference with them, and good advice from them, about his voyage to
+England and other matters. Lagerfeldt came also to salute Whitelocke,
+<a name="pg289" id="pg289"></a><span class="pagenum">289</span> and to know what service he had for him, before his going from hence
+this evening. Whitelocke desired him to speak to the master of the
+customs, touching the shipping of his copper and other goods, custom
+free; and Whitelocke prayed Lagerfeldt also to speak to Vice-Admiral
+Wrangel, that the ship appointed for his transportation (which was now in
+the road in view of Whitelocke&rsquo;s lodging) might, with as much speed as
+could be, fall down to the Dollars; which he promised to do.</p>
+
+<p>Wrangel sent to invite Whitelocke to go this afternoon to see the ships,
+but Whitelocke excused it by reason of the day, and sent word that
+tomorrow, if he pleased, he would wait upon him; and desired his advice
+touching his voyage. In the evening Lagerfeldt came again to Whitelocke,
+to give him an account what he had done by his appointment, and told
+Whitelocke that he should have all contentment. With Lagerfeldt came
+Monsieur de Geeres to visit Whitelocke, who gave him thanks for a vessel
+of claret wine which De Geeres had sent to Whitelocke, who said he hoped
+he should not stay long enough to drink it out in this place.</p>
+
+<p>
+At Upsal Whitelocke was carried to see the Queen&rsquo;s garden, which scarce
+deserved that name, being only a piece of ground of about four or five
+acres, paled in according to the manner of their paling, and had in it a
+few hedges which, in the latter end of May, upon the thaw, began to
+appear a little green; but for flowers or fruit-trees there were none,
+except a few ordinary tulips. This put Whitelocke in mind to inquire if
+the Queen had a better garden here at Stockholm, where her residence
+usually was. The Swedes <a name="pg290" id="pg290"></a><span class="pagenum">290</span> excused the meanness of the garden at Upsal
+because the Court was seldom there, <span class="sidenote">The Queen&rsquo;s garden at Stockholm.</span>
+but here they commended the garden,
+and offered Whitelocke the favour to see it. He went about seven o&rsquo;clock
+this evening to view it, and to walk in the Queen&rsquo;s garden here. It was
+near unto his lodging, but at a distance from the castle; it is about six
+or seven acres of ground, encompassed with a pale, on which they bestow
+timber enough in the posts and rails, and the pales are not set upright
+one by another, but crosswise one upon another, between two great posts,
+with rivets for the pales to be put into, and so to fall down one upon
+the other; and the pales are two inches thick or more, made of fir
+timber, and the posts and rails of oak.</p>
+
+<p>This garden was distinguished into walks not well kept nor gravelled, but
+most of them green; few flowers were to be seen there, though more than
+at Upsal, and most of these were tulips not extraordinary. The sides of
+the walks were set with elm-trees and the like, but no fruit-trees were
+there, nor are they common in this cold country, only, as they informed
+Whitelocke, in some places they have a few trees of plums, and small
+cherries, and of apples; but he saw none in regard of the season, nor do
+many persons in these parts delight in gardens or in planting fruits or
+flowers, this climate not encouraging thereunto; yet here were great
+boxes of wood with orange-trees, citron-trees, and myrtle-trees, very
+young, planted in them; how they thrived was not much visible.</p>
+
+<p>At Whitelocke&rsquo;s lodging some of his people made the greater fires to air
+the rooms, because the plague had been lately in this city, and in that
+house the chimneys, it seems, being foul, and full of soot, were <a name="pg291" id="pg291"></a><span class="pagenum">291</span> the
+sooner set on fire; and when Whitelocke came from walking in the garden
+he found his lodging on fire. It was a stack of chimneys which took fire;
+a multitude of people were ready about the house to help to quench the
+fire, and the officers of the city were there to order the people.
+Whitelocke was surprised with this unexpected accident and danger,
+amongst such houses; but after an hour&rsquo;s flame, the soot being spent and
+burnt, the fire went out of itself; and it was a mercy that the wind set
+to carry the flame towards a house which was tiled, whereas, if it had
+set the other way, it had carried the flame upon houses all built and
+covered with wood, to the extreme danger of Whitelocke&rsquo;s lodging and the
+whole city.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 22, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The harbour of Stockholm and Swedish fleet.</span>
+In the morning Berkman conducted Whitelocke to the haven, where lay many
+boats and vessels great and small, and much iron upon the quay, which is
+convenient, but not much stored. They passed by many fair houses
+belonging to the great Lords.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon Wrangel came to Whitelocke, and conducted him to see the
+Queen&rsquo;s ships, which lie round about an island called by them the Holm,
+into which island none are permitted to enter without special license.
+This is a good harbour for the ships there to anchor safely. There lay
+about fifty ships of war, some of them carrying eighty pieces of cannon,
+some sixty, some fifty, some forty, some thirty, and all of them well
+fitted and useful, strongly built, but not so nimble and serviceable for
+fight as our English frigates. Wrangel was now in his element, and
+discoursed much <a name="pg292" id="pg292"></a><span class="pagenum">292</span> with Whitelocke about the make and force and goodness of
+these ships, their force and brass cannon, which were commended by
+Whitelocke, who showed the difference in the make between these ships and
+the English frigates; that these, for strength to endure an assault and
+make defence, were very good, but that the English frigates had much
+advantage in their nimble tacking about, their fleet sailing to fetch up
+another ship, and the lying of their guns for use of fighting; with which
+discourse Wrangel seemed much pleased, and he preferred their brass
+cannon before those of iron, which Whitelocke assented unto as not so
+soon hot with firing, nor so apt to break and splinter, and do harm to
+their own men as the iron ordnance are.</p>
+
+<p>Within this island is the office of the Admiralty, in a fair brick house
+built for that purpose; in another building there are the forges for all
+the iron-work belonging to the ships; there also are the timber yards,
+well stored, and places for the workmen and ship-carpenters. They were
+shown there likewise the magazine of powder, bullet, match, grenadoes,
+with other fire instruments; also the bake-houses, where they make
+provision of biscuit for the ships; it is a great room paved with stone,
+wherein are three ovens for baking, and a large cellar in which they
+store the biscuit. There be also stores for pork, peas, and other ship
+provisions, all in very good order, and carefully looked unto.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke went on board divers of the ships, taking notice of their
+strength and furniture, and among them he went on board several great
+ships which Wrangel had taken in fight from the King of Denmark, which at
+present were not serviceable; but his <a name="pg293" id="pg293"></a><span class="pagenum">293</span> commendation of that action, and
+of these ships of war lying here, was due to them, and not unpleasing to
+those who showed them to him. They returned by boat, making the tour of
+the island; and as they passed by the ships of war, they all saluted
+Whitelocke with two guns apiece, which number they do not exceed. As they
+passed along, Whitelocke was desired to go on board the &lsquo;Hercules,&rsquo; a
+great and good ship lying there, which carried eighty pieces of ordnance,
+all brass; and being brought into the captain&rsquo;s cabin, he found there the
+table covered, and a banquet set upon it of sweetmeats of divers sorts,
+with which, and with plenty of excellent Rhenish wine, they did with
+great respect and civility entertain Whitelocke and his company. From
+thence they brought him to his lodging, weary enough with his voyage and
+the extreme heat of the weather.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Position of Stockholm.</span>
+The island which Whitelocke viewed this day, and many other greater and
+smaller islands, upon which are buildings, do make up this city, which by
+some is resembled for the situation of it unto the city of Venice, which
+stands as this doth, upon several islands in the sea. The waters are
+great and deep about this city, which is compassed with mountains, except
+only where they give way to the passage of the waters. The town, in the
+prospect of it, seems to be as in the midst of the circuit of the
+mountains, and as it were composed of divers pieces, each of them apart
+making a good town, and so appear as several villages separated by the
+many arms of water, or by the Lake M&auml;laren, which come hither to meet one
+another, and make the large and deep water; and it seems to be the
+diameter of the mountains, and now all plain, by carrying away <a name="pg294" id="pg294"></a><span class="pagenum">294</span> the earth
+of a hill within it, and the stones therewith filling up ditches and
+uneven grounds, and serving for foundations for their buildings, and to
+make their streets even and handsome; so that now it is all level, as if
+no hill had ever been. One of their authors saith that it is &ldquo;loco et
+situ commodissimo, inter eximium dulcem lacum M&aelig;ler ipsumque Balticum
+mare in insula fundatum.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The inhabitants (who should best know it) affirm that the situation of
+this town is very healthful, and that notwithstanding the vast quantity
+of waters that do surround it, yet they are not troubled with agues, or
+other diseases, so much as other parts of the country. It is too, in the
+view of it, pleasant and noble for the situation; and the grounds about
+it are dry and wholesome, yet fruitful. The streets are some of them
+large, others more narrow; most of them are straight, the houses being
+equally advanced and set together. In the heart of the city they are for
+the most part built of stone or brick, making the fairer show by their
+height of four or five stories. From the North Holm or suburbs to the
+east is a bridge of wood, very long; from the island where the ships lie
+they pass another bridge to another island, both small ones, and at the
+mouth of the harbour for the ships of war, extending about half a league,
+between which and the continent are the waters of the lake and of the
+rivers which pass through the town from the west; from the north to the
+east is a park of deer, pleasant with trees and shade, contributing to
+the delight and health of the inhabitants; and, taken altogether, from
+the prospect of the mountains upon the churches, castle, houses, waters,
+and ships, the town appears noble and beautiful.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg295" id="pg295"></a><span class="pagenum">295</span> <span class="sidenote">Legend of Stockholm.</span>
+Whitelocke having been at the island where the ships lie, and observed it
+to be called the Holm, and other islands to have the same name of Holm,
+and Holm to be the same which we call an island, and this city named
+Stockholm, caused his inquiry of the original of this name of Stockholm;
+he was informed, in a kind of pleasant story, which is not without some
+probability, and the earnest affirmations of the inhabitants, who from
+tradition may be supposed best to know it, that the original of the name
+Stockholm was thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span>That there was a certain great and rich town called
+Bieurkoo, situate upon the lake between Upsal and this place, whereof
+some ruins are yet to be seen. The number of the people in that town
+increasing so much that the inhabitants could not be therein contained,
+they held a council what was fit to be done; they also consulted their
+idol gods, to whom they offered sacrifices and prayers for their
+direction. The issue was this: they came to a resolution that part of
+their people should go forth from them, as a colony, to seek for a new
+habitation, as is usual in these northern countries; that they should
+find out a place, and build them a new city to dwell in; and how to find
+out and agree upon this place was thus determined: they took a great
+block or piece of wood, to which they fastened some gold, and set the
+block a-swimming in the water, and agreed that there they would build the
+new town where their gods (to whom they had committed this affair) should
+cause the block to stay; this block floated, and, descending down the
+lake, at length staid at a little island about the midst of this city.</p>
+
+<p>Such an island here (as in our north parts) is called <a name="pg296" id="pg296"></a><span class="pagenum">296</span> Holm, and such a
+great block or piece of wood is by them (as with us) called a stock; and
+because this stock staid at this Holm, therefore here they built their
+city, and called it Stockholm; which, by degrees, and adding one holm or
+island to another, became of its present greatness.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 23, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Magistrates of Stockholm address Whitelocke.</span>
+Berkman brought to Whitelocke&rsquo;s lodging this morning two of the
+magistrates of this city, deputed by their body, and in their name, to
+salute Whitelocke and bid him welcome to this place. One of them made a
+speech to Whitelocke, which was interpreted out of the Swedish by Berkman
+into French, to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;My Lord Ambassador,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Senate of this city have deputed us in their name to salute
+your Excellence, and to bid you welcome to this place, where the
+magistrates and citizens are desirous to embrace any occasion
+presented to them, whereby they may testify the great respect and
+honour which they bear to his most Serene Highness the Lord
+Protector, and to the Commonwealth of England.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are likewise very glad of the occasion given them to express
+their joy for the happy alliance and friendship concluded between
+this kingdom and the Commonwealth of England, which we hope will be
+to the advantage and good of both nations, and of the Protestant
+interest, which is heartily wished by us. We look upon it as a very
+great comfort and blessing to this city, that after the misery in
+which we have lately been, when it pleased God to visit us with the
+pestilence, that the same is now so well and fully removed through
+Divine mercy, that we have the happiness to see a person of your
+condition vouchsafe his presence with us.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Whilst the occasions of your Excellence shall stay you <a name="pg297" id="pg297"></a><span class="pagenum">297</span> here, we
+most freely offer our services for your accommodation with
+whatsoever this place will afford, which your Excellence may
+command; and as a small testimony of the respects of our superiors,
+they have caused us to present a vessel of wine unto your
+Excellence, whereof they entreat your favourable acceptance.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>Whitelocke presently answered them in English, which Berkman interpreted
+to them in Swedish, to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Gentlemen,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I rejoice with you in the mercy and goodness of God to this city,
+who hath caused to cease that contagious disease which lately raged
+among you, so that your friends (of which number I take the honour
+to reckon myself) may freely and safely resort to you, and converse
+with you as formerly. I have also some share in your joy for the
+friendship and alliance contracted between my Lord the Protector of
+the Commonwealth of England, and the Queen and kingdom of Sweden;
+wherein I doubt not but, through the blessing of God, both nations
+and the whole Protestant interest will have cause to rejoice
+likewise: and as my poor endeavours have not been wanting, so my
+hearty prayers to God shall be put up that it may come to this
+issue; and I shall pray for the continuance of health and prosperity
+to this noble city.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I return you many thanks for your respects to my Lord the Protector
+and the Commonwealth whom I serve, whereof I shall not fail (when it
+shall please God to give me a return to my own country) to acquaint
+them, and to do all offices of respect in my power for your city;
+and I desire my thanks may be presented to your honourable Senate
+for their particular favour to me, and for their salutation, which I
+receive with all gratitude.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>Whilst the citizens were with Whitelocke, Wrangel, Vice-Admiral Thysen,
+Vice-Admiral Clerke, Sinclair, <a name="pg298" id="pg298"></a><span class="pagenum">298</span> captain of the &lsquo;Amarantha,&rsquo; and others,
+came and did Whitelocke the honour to dine with him, and in the afternoon
+carried him to see the cannon which the Swedes had taken from their
+enemies, now laid up in a magazine for themselves; there were of them
+brass cannon 1100; among them were two pieces taken from the Muscovites,
+each of them weighing 18,000 lbs. weight, and carrying a bullet of 96
+lbs. weight, as much more as the greatest whole cannon carries. There was
+also a basilisk of nineteen feet in length, very extraordinary, and a
+great mortar-piece of brass of a fathom and three fingers in diameter at
+the mouth of it; with many other pieces of brass ordnance taken from the
+Poles in their wars with them, which were now but of little use; nor were
+those huge pieces capable to be drawn into the field for any service
+there.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 24, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Monuments and public buildings of Stockholm.</span>
+Whitelocke walked abroad, to see the great church where the late King
+Gustavus Adolphus lies interred; but as yet there is no monument erected
+to his memory, nor are there others of magnificence or much antiquity in
+this or in the other great church, but store of images and crucifixes in
+all their churches; their building is of brick, and all their churches
+are covered with copper.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke went to Wrangel&rsquo;s lodging to requite his visits, but found him
+not at home, not having sent beforehand to him. He fetched a little turn
+in the city, and they showed him a new building for the Ricksdag, which
+they call the Ruder-house, that is, the house of the Knights; it is a
+fair building, and <a name="pg299" id="pg299"></a><span class="pagenum">299</span> the name of it remembers somewhat of the knights of
+our Parliament.</p>
+
+<p>In this walk, Whitelocke viewed in the fair street near his lodging the
+monument set up to the honour of Queen Christina at her coronation, which
+is beautiful to the view. It is a triumphant arch, of the height of the
+highest houses, raised upon three arches, which give three passages;
+those on each side the more strait and low, the middle arch of twice the
+height and wideness of the other two. The frontispiece unto the tops of
+the arches is adorned with pillars of a fair work, between which, in the
+front of the building, are figured the wars, battles, and victories of
+Gustavus the Great: above the pillars are divers images, and above the
+middle of the porch is a large tablet, containing in letters of gold the
+original of Christina, her virtues, and the occasion of this monument.
+The whole building seems fair and stately, and as of stone, but in truth
+is only wood plastered over; rather a show, to please for a few years,
+than lasting. He also viewed many houses of stone and brick, some whereof
+were very fair and adorned with towers and figures, as those of Grave
+Magnus de la Gardie, Grave Gustavus Horne, General Bannier, and others,
+and many of them beautifully covered with copper.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon Wrangel conducted Whitelocke to see the castle, which is
+also covered with copper; and that having lain there long, some Dutchmen
+are reported to have offered to give &pound;10,000 for the copper, and to cover
+the castle again with new copper; the reason whereof they hold to be,
+because the copper which hath lain there so long with the sun upon it, is
+<a name="pg300" id="pg300"></a><span class="pagenum">300</span> so refined thereby, and would yield so much gold, that it will yield
+what the Dutchmen bid for it and more, besides the charge of new covering
+it with copper as before.</p>
+
+<p>This castle is the principal house in this principal city, belonging to
+the crown of Sweden; it is a large castle, more for conveniency of a
+Court than for stateliness of structure. It is almost four-square, one
+way longer than the other, all of brick, plastered over to make it seem
+as if it were of freestone, whereof there is not much in these parts fit
+for building; the entry into the castle is upon the north quarter; the
+south and east side is of fair building, four stories high, the windows
+not large. On the west of the quadrangle is the chapel, about a hundred
+and thirty feet in length, with the breadth proportionable; it is divided
+into three arches, upon two ranges of pillars of marble of this country,
+of divers colours, most in red streaks, handsome and polished. On the
+windows and walls are several pictures and images, after the manner of
+the Lutheran churches. The rooms in the castle are many, some of them
+large enough for the state of a Court, and most of those are two stories
+high, after the use of this country. The situation of the castle is
+pleasant and noble, by the side of the great water, upon which part of it
+is built, and the other part upon the island where it stands; and though
+of itself it be not of great strength, yet the situation, prospect of the
+waters, ships, vessels, islands, and buildings, on the one side, and of
+the country to the mountains on the other side, give it the repute of a
+princely palace.</p>
+
+<p>In the castle Whitelocke was carried up to a room, a magazine, where were
+a very great number of muskets, <a name="pg301" id="pg301"></a><span class="pagenum">301</span> pikes, swords, and other foot arms,
+excellent good, made in this country, of their own iron and steel, and
+kept exceeding clean, bright, and well fixed, and were said to be
+sufficient to arm ten thousand men completely. On the other side of the
+court they brought him to another room, where was a magazine of
+horse-arms, cuirassiers, with pistols, bright, well kept, and of an
+excellent make; there were also more foot-arms: in all, in this magazine,
+two thousand horse-arms, and five thousand foot-arms; and in the other
+magazine, ten thousand foot-arms. There were likewise colours, ensigns,
+and standards, taken from their enemies, to the number of about eight
+hundred; among them one taken by King Gustavus in person, and another,
+which Wrangel showed, that he had taken from the Duke of Saxony.</p>
+
+<p>This city is doubtless as well provided of arms and all sorts of
+ammunition for war as any place in these parts of Europe, here being,
+besides the Queen&rsquo;s stores in the public Arsenal, arms sufficient for
+fifty thousand men.</p>
+
+<p>Here also they showed to Whitelocke the lance of the quintain, and,
+according to their description of it and its use, it seems to be the same
+with the exercise and recreation used anciently in England, and yet
+retained in some counties at their marriages, which they likewise call
+the running at the quintain. In a great hall they showed to Whitelocke
+the skin, stuffed out and standing in the full proportion, of the horse
+which the late King Gustavus rode when he was slain; also his bloody
+shirt which he then wore, which is carefully preserved in a chest; where
+they also keep the jewel which King Gustavus wore at his coronation, <a name="pg302" id="pg302"></a><span class="pagenum">302</span> and
+many rich swords, battle-axes, and other spoils taken from their enemies.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 25, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The launch of the &lsquo;Falcon.&rsquo;</span>
+Wrangel came to Whitelocke, and invited him to see the launching of one
+of their ships newly built for a man-of-war; and Whitelocke was the more
+curious to see the manner of it, and how they could do it, in regard they
+have no docks, nor ebbing and flowing of the water, which here is
+constantly even, and affords no advantage by flowing tides for the
+launching of their ships.</p>
+
+<p>When Whitelocke came to the holm where the ship was to be launched, he
+found her with the keel set upon great planks of timber, the ship tied
+upright with cables, as if she were swimming; the planks upon which she
+stood lay shelving towards the water, and were all thick daubed with
+grease all along from the poop of the ship, and under her keel, to the
+water&rsquo;s side, which was within the ship&rsquo;s length of her head, and there
+the water was very deep. One strong cable held the ship from moving; and
+she lying thus shelving upon the planks, the cable which held her from
+sliding down was cut, and then the weight of the ship upon the sloping
+greased planks carried her with great violence down upon the planks into
+the sea, near a slight shoot, by force of the weight and swing wherewith
+she fell down. In the sea were boats ready, which came to her, and put
+men aboard her; and as she went off, a great shout of a multitude of
+people, standing by as spectators, was sent after her.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg303" id="pg303"></a><span class="pagenum">303</span> Wrangel, as an honour and compliment to Whitelocke, desired him to give
+the name to this ship. Whitelocke would have called her the &lsquo;Wrangel,&rsquo;
+but the master of that name entreated it might not be so, possibly to
+avoid the envy of it at Court; but he desired it might be called the
+&rsquo;Whitelocke,&rsquo; which Whitelocke thought not expedient, lest it might argue
+too much height in himself; nor would he call her &lsquo;Cromwell,&rsquo; or the
+&rsquo;Protector,&rsquo; because she carried but thirty guns; but seeing the mark of
+her guns to be the falcon, and asking whether they had any other ship of
+that name, they said, No; whereupon, the falcon being Whitelocke&rsquo;s coat
+of arms and the mark of the ship&rsquo;s guns, and she being built swifter of
+sail than ordinary, Whitelocke gave her the name of the &lsquo;Falcon.&rsquo; This
+pleased Wrangel very much, and the seamen and workmen were most pleased
+with the gratuity which Whitelocke bestowed on them; and this ceremony
+and compliments being passed, Whitelocke gave many thanks to Wrangel for
+this honour, and so they parted.</p>
+
+<p>The packet from England was brought to Whitelocke. Thurloe wrote thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;I have acquainted his Highness with your Excellence&rsquo;s letters
+received yesterday, wherein he takes little content, more than that
+he did on his part sincerely intend a peace and union with that
+Crown and Kingdom, and committed the management of it to a person
+who hath performed his trust with honour, wisdom, and fidelity. We
+hope that your instructions, giving you liberty to return, are by
+this time arrived, etc.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>By this packet Whitelocke also received letters from his wife, full of
+affection and piety, and from <a name="pg304" id="pg304"></a><span class="pagenum">304</span> Colonel Bulstrode, his brother Wilson, Mr.
+Attorney Hall, Mr. Cokaine, Mr. Eltonhead, especially from his great
+friend Dr. Winston; and all of these letters, and several others which he
+received, were so many testimonies of the affection and hearty kindness
+of these his worthy friends.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 26, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>After Whitelocke had walked a tour in the Norden Mallum,&mdash;that is, the
+north suburbs of this city,&mdash;Sir George Fleetwood came to him, with whom
+he had much conversation in the latter time of his being in Sweden, both
+at Upsal and in this town, who showed much kindness and respect to
+Whitelocke. He informed Whitelocke that by letters from Upsal he
+understood that the Ricksdag had given leave to the Queen to go to
+Colmar, which signified that she could not go without their leave, and
+that she would find much difference between commanding as a Queen and
+obeying as a subject, and that, by the law of this kingdom, no Queen can
+depart out of it without leave of the Ricksdag, on forfeiture of all her
+estate.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke&rsquo;s shipment of copper sent to London.</span>
+A ship called the &lsquo;Swart Hundt&rsquo; was by the Queen&rsquo;s command appointed and
+fitted to carry Whitelocke&rsquo;s copper and other goods from hence to
+England. By advice of friends, Whitelocke under his hand and seal desired
+Sir George Fleetwood to consign the copper to Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+brother-in-law, Mr. Wilson. The desire was thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;I Bulstrode Whitelocke, Constable of the Castle of Windsor, one of
+the Lords Commissioners of the Great Seal of England, and Ambassador
+Extraordinary from his Most Serene Highness the Lord Protector of
+the Commonwealth <a name="pg305" id="pg305"></a><span class="pagenum">305</span> of England, Scotland, and Ireland, unto her
+Majesty the Queen of Sweden, do hereby desire my honourable friend,
+Sir George Fleetwood, Knight, General-Major under the Crown of
+Sweden, to ship and consign unto Mr. Samuel Wilson, merchant in
+London, in Bishopsgate-street, two hundred ship-pound, Swedish
+weight, of gore copper; the which the said Mr. Samuel Wilson is to
+receive and dispose of according to my order. Dated at Stockholm, in
+Sweden, the 26th day of May, 1654.</p>
+
+<p>
+&ldquo;<span class="smcap">B. Whitelocke.</span>&ldquo;<br />
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>According to which warrant, the copper was put on board the &lsquo;Swart
+Hundt,&rsquo; fitted and victualled for England. Of Whitelocke&rsquo;s ship,
+Whitelocke gave the command and charge, and of his goods therein, to one
+of his servants, Taylor, by commission under his hand and seal, and to
+bring his copper and goods in her from hence to London, as soon as he
+could, wind and weather favouring. Wrangel procured this ship for
+Whitelocke, and a pass from the Admiralty of Sweden for her to go through
+the Sound; and Whitelocke thought it better to see this ship on her
+voyage, than to leave the sending of her away to the care of others after
+his departure.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">His goods embarked in the Amarantha.</span>
+Whitelocke sent the rest of his goods and baggage on board the
+&rsquo;Amarantha,&rsquo; which weighed yesterday, and he hoped might by this time be
+within four leagues of the Dollars; but the wind came contrary for her
+advance any further, and Whitelocke must continue here till he could
+understand that his ship was gotten to the Dollars, which is fourteen
+Swedish leagues from this city, but may be gone in six or seven hours by
+boats in a shorter passage. His stay here seemed tedious to Whitelocke.
+This day the wind coming about a little towards the east, increased his
+<a name="pg306" id="pg306"></a><span class="pagenum">306</span> hopes of getting away, for which they were in daily expectation.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The trade of Stockholm.</span>
+By some merchants and others of this city, Whitelocke learned what was
+the commerce of this town, and by his own view he found it to be
+commodiously seated for trade and to receive all the commodities of the
+country&rsquo;s growth, which are brought hither by water; and it is the more
+convenient because the greatest ships may come up to the very houses and
+there load and unload their merchandises, never wanting water, which
+there is always deep, and equal in the height of it. But this city is
+somewhat far distant from the sea by water, so that before the ships can
+go between the sea and the town, they must fetch a compass of about one
+hundred English miles, with the danger of many rocks and islands in the
+way; and they must have also divers winds which are hindrances to their
+commerce.</p>
+
+<p>The present Queen hath been curious to invite hither and to entertain
+many good artists, yet everything here is very dear, except the native
+commodities; and now Gothenburg, growing up in trade, being situate
+without the Sound, a more open and easy place for access of
+strangers,&mdash;some believe that by the growth of that, this port may be
+diminished. It is the better supported by the Court being commonly kept
+here, and consequently being the residence of the principal nobility and
+officers. Some courts of justice constantly, and the Ricksdag generally,
+being held in this city, increase the trade of it; and this being a good
+road for ships to defend them from injuries of weather or other dangers,
+makes it the more frequented.</p>
+
+<p>Plenty of provisions are brought to this town for the <a name="pg307" id="pg307"></a><span class="pagenum">307</span> supply of it; and
+most of their native commodities, as copper, iron, pitch, tar, deal,
+masts, and the rest, are brought hither and here shipped and transported
+into foreign parts; from whence their merchants and strangers do bring to
+this northern market all manner of merchandise here vendible; and from
+hence again they are vended to all the northern and eastern parts of this
+country, whereby their trade and wealth is also increased, so that one of
+their authors calls it, &ldquo;Celeberrimum ac nobilissimum Septentrionis
+emporium.&rdquo; The trade of this place hath brought and settled here as
+inhabitants,&mdash;besides Swedes, Goths, Fins, and Laplanders,&mdash;divers of
+Germans, of Pomerland, Mecklenburg, Westphalia, etc.; also English,
+Scotch, French, Dutch, and almost of every country of Europe. Some are
+here now become citizens, and are treated with justice and civility by
+the natives, to the end that they and others may be the more encouraged
+to add to the riches, strength, and trade of this place.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 27, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Detained by contrary winds.</span>
+Whitelocke visited Sir George Fleetwood at his lodging in Stockholm, and
+finding with him Vice-Admiral Thysen and Peterson, both Hollanders and in
+service of the Crown, Whitelocke brought them all home with him to
+dinner, and advised with them about his voyage. The wind came more
+contrary to Whitelocke this day than yesterday, but he knew no other way
+but a patient submission to the will and time of God. Here he bestowed on
+a German clock sixty-two rix-dollars.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The government of Stockholm.</span>
+From some of the magistrates and others of this <a name="pg308" id="pg308"></a><span class="pagenum">308</span> city Whitelocke learned
+that the government thereof is by four Councils, and a Senate of the
+citizens, as their Common Council, consisting of twenty-four chosen
+yearly in this month by suffrage of the inhabitants, and justice is
+administered to the people by them in like manner as in other cities.
+Besides these officers there is a Castellan, or governor of the castle of
+Stockholm, who, by a peculiar authority over the city, takes care of the
+walls and buildings thereof, as he doth of the castle and other the
+King&rsquo;s buildings there. He is to defend the privileges of the town, and
+is chief in their political administration. He also orders and keeps up
+the revenue and trade, and suffers not the royalties of the Crown to be
+diminished, nor any of the public treasure, without the license of the
+King, to be expended. He is always one of the Ricks-Senators, and hath
+joined to him a Vice-Castellan, of the equestrian order, who is chief in
+the judgements of the city within the Senate and Councils, and is intent
+to the execution of justice.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The defence of Stockholm.</span>
+The strength of this city is chiefly in the situation of it among the
+waters, which are no small defence, and in the bodies of their
+inhabitants, who make a considerable number of the soldiery, many of whom
+have been in foreign service. The Castellan commandeth them, sees their
+musters, and that they be provided with arms and in a posture of defence;
+and under the Castellan is a captain, who hath the military charge next
+under him. The main body of the town hath somewhat of a wall about it,
+but the suburbs and other islands are encircled with the waters, with
+bridges for communication.</p>
+
+<p>The castle is of indifferent strength, and notably <a name="pg309" id="pg309"></a><span class="pagenum">309</span> provided of arms and
+ammunition, as is before remembered, which adds to the strength and
+safety as well as command of the city. They have not a formed garrison in
+the town; but divers companies of the King&rsquo;s guards, when the Court is
+there, and sometimes of other regiments of the army, are quartered there,
+as occasions do require. The castle commands a good part of the town, and
+may be as a citadel upon any emergent business; and in case of any
+troubles at sea, the ships of war lie here in readiness forthwith to be
+manned, are provided with ammunition, provisions, and all things
+necessary for the defence and safeguard of this port and city from any
+attempts which may by sea be made against it.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke made up his despatches for England, and now dated his second
+letters from Stockholm, attending for a wind.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 28, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p><i>The Lord&rsquo;s Day.</i>&mdash;Whitelocke, according to his custom, had a good sermon
+in his lodging preached by one of his chaplains in the morning, and
+another good sermon preached there in the afternoon by Mr. Biger, a
+Scotch minister, and chaplain to Sir George Fleetwood, then with him. In
+this city Whitelocke observed the inhabitants very orderly to frequent
+their parish churches, and not so much profanation of this day in this
+place as he had seen at Upsal, and other places in the country.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 29, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Sir G. Fleetwood returns to the King&rsquo;s coronation at Upsal.</span>
+Whitelocke with longing desires attended the coming <a name="pg310" id="pg310"></a><span class="pagenum">310</span> about of the wind
+for his voyage; but he must stay God&rsquo;s time, which is always best. He
+could not persuade Sir George Fleetwood to stay longer with him. He
+thought it necessary for him to go to Upsal, to be present at the King&rsquo;s
+coronation; and at his request Whitelocke sent by him to Wrangel this
+letter<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading">&ldquo;<i>A son Excellence le Feld-Mar&eacute;chal Wrangel &agrave; Upsale.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;Monsieur,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Je n&rsquo;ai pu retenir plus longtemps le G&eacute;n&eacute;ral Major Fleetwood avec
+moi, son d&eacute;sir le portait si fort de se trouver &agrave; Upsale, au
+couronnement, de crainte qu&rsquo;il ne semblerait n&eacute;gligent, et manquer &agrave;
+son devoir envers son Altesse Royale; mais la raison de ce qu&rsquo;il a
+pr&eacute;sent&eacute; ma requ&ecirc;te &agrave; votre Excellence est qu&rsquo;il vous plaise
+moyenner envers son Altesse Royale, afin qu&rsquo;il retourne &agrave; Stockholm;
+et que je puisse jouir de sa compagnie jusqu&rsquo;&agrave; mon d&eacute;part, qui en
+apparence sera diff&eacute;r&eacute; plus longtemps que je ne le souhaiterais, &agrave;
+raison de la contrari&eacute;t&eacute; des vents.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Je supplie votre Excellence de me faire la faveur de baiser en mon
+nom les mains de sa Majest&eacute; et de son Altesse Royale, et d&rsquo;accepter,
+pour tant de faveurs que votre Excellence m&rsquo;a faites, tant &agrave; Upsale
+qu&rsquo;en ce lieu, les actions de gr&acirc;ce de celui qui est,</p>
+
+<p class="yours2">
+&ldquo;Monsieur, &agrave; votre Excellence</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Tr&egrave;s-humble serviteur,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;B. Whitelocke.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>Stockholm, May 29, 1654.</i>&rdquo;<br />
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Berkman went from hence 17th May at night, and returned this morning
+hither, and brought to Whitelocke this letter<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading">
+<span class="sidenote">Lagerfeldt&rsquo;s letter on the Swedish prizes.</span>
+&ldquo;<i>Illustrissimo Domino Domino Bulstrode Whitelocke, Extraordinario
+Reipublic&aelig; Angli&aelig; in Sueciam Legato, officiocissim&egrave;.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;Illustrissime et Excellentissime Domine Legate,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Quanquam valde dubitem, an Excellentiam vestram h&aelig; <a name="pg311" id="pg311"></a><span class="pagenum">311</span> litter&aelig; in
+Sueciam inveniant, nolui tamen, accepta hac occasione, vel meo
+officio deesse, vel refragari quorundam Suecorum petitioni, nam cum
+naves du&aelig; Suecic&aelig;, quarum naucleri Bonders et Sibrand follis
+vocantur, nuper cept&aelig; et in Angliam delat&aelig; sint, sperant fore, ut,
+per hanc meam intercessionem, cum primis autem per benevolam
+Excellenti&aelig; vestr&aelig; commendationem, quantocius dimittantur. Nisi
+igitur mihi satis perspecta esset Excellenti&aelig; vestr&aelig; integritas,
+pluribus ab ea contenderem, ut dictarum aliarumque detentarum in
+Anglia Suecicarum navium liberationem, atque per se &aelig;quam ac
+amiciti&aelig; f&#339;derique mutuo conformem sibi haberet commendatam;
+sufficit nunc saltem indic&acirc;sse Excellenti&aelig; vestr&aelig;, quippe cui nihil
+jucundius esse scio, quam ut amic&aelig; conf&#339;derat&aelig;que gentes, sancta
+fidei justiti&aelig;que observantia, inter se strictius colligentur. De
+c&aelig;tero Excellenti&aelig; vestr&aelig; felicem in patriam reditum exopto, ut me
+nostrumque Barkmannum officiose commendo. Dabam Upsali&aelig;, 27 Maii,
+anno 1654.</p>
+
+<p class="yours2">
+&ldquo;Excellenti&aelig; vestr&aelig;</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Ad qu&aelig;vis officia paratissimus,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Israel Lagerfeldt.&rdquo;
+
+
+</p></div>
+
+<p>In the evening Whitelocke walked abroad to take the air, the time of his
+stay here being very tedious to him, attending for a good wind, that he
+might proceed in his longed-for return to his native country and
+relations; but he submitted to the good pleasure of God, who orders all
+times and seasons and all things for the best. At night the wind came
+about a little towards the east, favouring his voyage.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 30, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Preparations for departure.</span>
+The wind continued this morning, as it was last night, easterly, but not
+sufficing for Whitelocke to go on his voyage. The Vice-Admiral Clerke
+coming to <a name="pg312" id="pg312"></a><span class="pagenum">312</span> Whitelocke, he advised with him touching his voyage, and asked
+him if he thought the &lsquo;Amarantha&rsquo; might with this wind be gotten to the
+Dollars. He answered that there could be no assurance thereof, but that
+possibly it might be so; whereupon Whitelocke replied, that he had a
+great desire to go down himself to the Dollars, before the news came of
+the &lsquo;Amarantha&rsquo;s&rsquo; arrival there, because the wind might come good, and
+within six hours carry them out to the open sea, which, if neglected,
+might retard their voyage fifteen days or more. Clerke said that if
+Whitelocke desired to do so, that he would not advise him to the
+contrary, but he believed that this might expedite his voyage; only he
+said that Whitelocke must be content to lie on board the ship till the
+wind should come fair, because there was no accommodation to be had for
+him and his company at the Dollars. Whitelocke said he should be well
+contented to lie on ship-board, and prayed Clerke to cause boats to be
+provided for his passage to the Dollars the next day, and ordered his
+officers and servants to prepare all things in readiness for his
+departure accordingly. Wrangel came back this night from Upsal, and
+several other persons, though very late, having staid the solemnity of
+the Queen&rsquo;s resignation and the coronation of the new King, which they
+related to Whitelocke to be done this day, and in this manner and
+solemnity.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Relation of the ceremony of the Queen&rsquo;s resignation.</span>
+About nine o&rsquo;clock this morning the Queen, being attired in her royal
+apparel and robes of purple velvet, with her crown upon her head, and
+attended by all her officers and servants, came into the room prepared
+for that occasion, where was set a table with a rich carpet, and five
+great cushions laid upon it. Most of the grandees and officers were
+present.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg313" id="pg313"></a><span class="pagenum">313</span> Upon one of the cushions was laid the sword of state; upon the second
+cushion was laid the sceptre; upon the third cushion was laid the ball;
+and upon the fourth cushion were laid the keys.</p>
+
+<p>The Queen being come into the room, after a little pause made a short
+speech to the company, to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;My Lords and Gentlemen,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have before this time been acquainted with my resolution to
+resign the crown and government of this kingdom into the hands of my
+most dear cousin the Prince, here present with me, upon my earnest
+request to the Ricksdag, now convened. After long debates and much
+solicitation to dissuade me from it, yet at length, though
+unwillingly, they have assented to this my resolution; and I am now
+come to put the same in execution before all these honourable
+witnesses here present; and to you, my most dear cousin, I do
+heartily wish all happiness and good success in the management of
+the public affairs of this kingdom.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>Having thus spoken, the Queen desired that some of them would take the
+crown from off her head, but none would do it; she then called to Grave
+Tott and the Baron Steinberg, expressly commanding them to do it, but
+they refused, till again earnestly commanded by her; they then took the
+crown from off her Majesty&rsquo;s head, and laid it down upon the fifth
+cushion on the table. After that was done, some others, by her command,
+took off the royal robes with which she was clothed and laid them down
+upon the table. Then the Queen, having thus divested herself of these
+ensigns of royalty and resigned her crown, being now in her private
+habit, made courtesy to the Prince and to the rest of the company, and
+retired into her own chamber,&mdash;an act of a strange constancy and
+fixedness <a name="pg314" id="pg314"></a><span class="pagenum">314</span> of resolution, going through with this great work of her own
+abdication without the least outward show of reluctancy for what she had
+done, but with the same behaviour and confidence as at all other times in
+her particular and private affairs.<a name="fnm314_20" id="fnm314_20"></a><a href="#fn314_20" class="fnnum">314</a></p>
+
+<p>For this act of the Queen&rsquo;s resignation they had no precedent; for the
+solemnity of the King&rsquo;s coronation they had many; and the same is at
+large, with all the circumstances and ceremonies thereof, set down by one
+of their authors, Wexionius (Epit. Descriptionis Sueci&aelig;, lib. v. c. 6),
+from which the ceremonies of this Coronation were not much different, and
+thus shortly related unto Whitelocke.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Ceremony of the King&rsquo;s coronation.</span>
+After the Queen was withdrawn to her private chamber, the Ricks-officers
+and senators humbly desired the Prince that he would be pleased to walk
+to the Cathedral Church, where the Archbishop and other prelates <a name="pg315" id="pg315"></a><span class="pagenum">315</span> were
+ready to attend his Royal Highness, and to perform the solemnities of his
+coronation. The whole company went thither in this order. The officers
+and servants of the Court went first in a very great number, together
+with many officers of the army and other gentlemen. After them came the
+nobility, the gentlemen, barons, and earls, members of the Ricksdag; then
+followed the Ricks-Senators, two and two, in rank. After them came the
+five Ricks-officers: first, the Ricks-Schatzmaster, or High Treasurer,
+who carried the keys; next to him, the Ricks-Chancellor, who carried the
+globe; after him came the Ricks-Admiral, who carried the sceptre; then
+one in the place of the Feldherr, or General, who carried the sword; and
+lastly the Ricks-Droitset, or Chief Justice, who carried the crown. After
+the Chief Justice came the King himself, in his ordinary habit, with a
+huge troop following him, and the windows and streets crowded with
+multitudes of people. The guards and soldiers stood in their arms as the
+company passed by.</p>
+
+<p>Being thus come to the Cathedral, at the door stood the Archbishop with a
+horn of oil in his hand, accompanied with other bishops, superintendents,
+and many clergymen. He received the Prince at the church door, and
+conducted him up to the high altar, where they had prayers, and then the
+Archbishop anointed the Prince with the oil. They put upon him the royal
+apparel, put the crown upon his head, the sceptre in his right hand, and
+the ball into his left hand, and so he was invested into the royal
+dignity, and declared, with all his titles, King of Swedes, Goths, and
+Vandals, etc.; drums, trumpets, and loud acclamations of the people
+adding to the proclaiming of their new King. <a name="pg316" id="pg316"></a><span class="pagenum">316</span> Not many days past they
+laboured to hinder the doing of it; now they shout for joy that it is
+done. Thus are the minds and practice of the multitude, whom nothing
+pleaseth long,&mdash;nothing more than novelty.</p>
+
+<p>The ceremonies being performed at the Cathedral, the new King, with all
+his new subjects and servants, returned from thence into the castle in
+the same order as he came hither. By the way he was saluted with the loud
+acclamations of the people, &ldquo;God save the King!&rdquo; Thus coming to his Court
+as he entered it, the abdicated Queen looks out of her window, and with a
+cheerful countenance and voice heard by the company she wished her cousin
+joy of his crown and government. The King retires for a while to his
+private chamber, then is called forth to a sumptuous feast, where most of
+the nobility and senators did attend upon him and rejoice with him, and
+afterwards did swear fealty, homage, and allegiance to him.</p>
+
+<p>But this relation was not so pleasing to Whitelocke as the thoughts of
+his departure from this place, and his longing to proceed in his voyage
+homewards.</p>
+
+
+<h3>May 31, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke takes boat and leaves the shore;</span>
+The &lsquo;Swart Hundt&rsquo; set sail this morning with Whitelocke&rsquo;s goods and
+copper, Taylor commanding her, and Swedes mariners in her; the wind was
+come about indifferent good, for his and for his master&rsquo;s voyage. Wrangel
+and Clerke affording Whitelocke their company at dinner, he advised with
+them what time of the day would be best for him to go from hence. Clerke
+said that the boats would be ready after dinner to transport him from
+hence to the Dollars, <a name="pg317" id="pg317"></a><span class="pagenum">317</span> whither he hoped that by this time the &lsquo;Amarantha&rsquo;
+might be come. He and Wrangel advised Whitelocke not to go on board the
+boats till six or seven o&rsquo;clock in the evening, to avoid the heat of the
+day, and to enjoy the benefit of the cool of the night, which was better
+to be endured than the extremity of the heat of the day, especially upon
+the water; and the heat some affirmed to be at this time as violent in
+this country as it is in Spain or Italy. Whitelocke found it now as much
+hotter than England as it is colder in the winter.</p>
+
+<p>About seven o&rsquo;clock in the evening Whitelocke left his lodging, where
+they made him pay as an Ambassador Extraordinary. For the use of the
+house, only for eleven days, they made him pay a hundred and sixty
+rix-dollars; for his victuals, but one meal a day, without any dainties,
+they exacted above a thousand rix-dollars. Such is their unconscionable
+exaction upon strangers. It was time to leave them, and Whitelocke being
+called by Wrangel and Clerke, he went to prayers with his company,
+recommending themselves to the protection and blessing of God; and
+presently after prayers he and all his people went to the water-side,
+multitudes by the way saluting him with respect as he passed by, and
+crowding to see him take boat.</p>
+
+<p>He went into a galley of the Queen&rsquo;s attending for him. Most of his
+gentlemen and Clerke were with him in the galley; the rest of his company
+went in a great boat provided for them. This galley had two masts bearing
+the Queen&rsquo;s colours in silk. In the hinder part of it was a room with a
+table and benches round about it, the table covered with crimson velvet,
+<a name="pg318" id="pg318"></a><span class="pagenum">318</span> the benches with red cloth, and tapestry upon the floor. The room held
+about ten persons; the outward room about twelve men, besides the
+watermen for sixteen oars. At her head she carried two small pieces of
+ordnance, which they fired at loosing from the harbour, and the ships of
+war fired as they passed by. They went on in a great deep water,
+sometimes very broad, sometimes more narrow, on the sides whereof were
+huge rocks, and here and there little trees growing out of the clefts of
+them, with small heaps of earth lying on them, but they increase not much
+in that soil.</p>
+
+<p>Many rocks all along on the shores, and islands of rocks, with the smell
+of the fir-trees on them, was a variety for strangers; and the water
+being calm, they made use only of their oars. The trumpets sounding where
+the rocks were most uneven and made concavities, gave much delight by the
+resounding of seven or eight echoes to one sound. Yet the multitudes of
+craggy rocks of vast greatness and huge tallness, with their uneven heads
+and ragged sides, filling all the shores and making many islands, and
+those causing no small danger in the passage, appeared, especially at
+first and to the younger seamen, very dreadful and amazing; but after a
+little acquaintance with them, and constant being in their company, and
+the seamen knowing the passage, caused the less fear, and the sevenfold
+answering echoes, as if they had been so many trumpets, gave delight to
+the hearers, with some admiration of that multiplying sound. But their
+cheerfulness was increased by meeting with a boat about two Swedish miles
+from Stockholm, whose men informed Whitelocke that the &lsquo;Amarantha&rsquo; was
+that day <a name="pg319" id="pg319"></a><span class="pagenum">319</span> come into the Dollars, which good news added hopes and spirit
+to the company of advancing in their voyage towards their longed-for
+country; and the night seemed the less tedious by discoursing of this
+providence, that, the same day that Whitelocke came away, his ship should
+fall down to be ready to meet him, and not sooner, and whereof he knew
+nothing beforehand.</p>
+
+<p>Clerke informed Whitelocke of the places by which they passed, and the
+condition of the country. They came into a very narrow way and straits,
+about a bow-shot in length, where a great vessel could not pass, both for
+want of breadth and depth of water, the greater boat with Whitelocke
+striking the sands as she passed over. This way was to get into the road
+and channel for the ships from Stockholm to the Dollars, which is near
+twenty Swedish miles for the ships to go about. From this strait they
+came again into deep water, environed as before with rocks, and full of
+islands.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">and reaches his ship at the Dollars.</span>
+When they were within a mile of the Dollars, the wind came about to east
+and north-east, very fair and good to carry them out to sea, whereas
+before it was flat against them. Hereupon Whitelocke took occasion, the
+wind being now good, to order his galley to make way forthright to the
+&rsquo;Amarantha&rsquo; without going on shore at all, which was done, although it
+seemed long at the latter end of the way, the company weary, and the
+watermen tired with rowing, though they did not at all row with that
+nimbleness and mettle as the English use to do.</p>
+
+<p>When Whitelocke departed from Stockholm the wind was contrary to him;
+after he was certified by <a name="pg320" id="pg320"></a><span class="pagenum">320</span> the boat which he met that the &lsquo;Amarantha&rsquo; was
+in the Dollars, the wind suddenly changed and was fair for him, and after
+this providence they came in good time to the ship, the tedious passage
+of the night being over, wherein Whitelocke slept upon the boards and in
+the open air,&mdash;hardship enough for one of his age and condition, but God
+was his protection.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn184_13" id="fn184_13"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm184_13">184</a></span> [This entry is evidently a repetition of the conversation
+reported at length on the 5th of April. The story here related by M.
+Woolfeldt is his own.]</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn188_14" id="fn188_14"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm188_14">188</a></span> &ldquo;We Christina, by the grace of God Queen of Swedes,
+Goths, and Vandals, etc., do make known and testify, that, whereas it is
+the common and mutual interest of us and our kingdom, as also of Oliver,
+Lord Protector of the Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, and
+the dominions thereof, our good friend, and of the said Commonwealth,
+that the ancient friendship and alliance which hath always been between
+this kingdom and those nations be conserved and increased; and especially
+that the freedom of commerce and navigation do continue straitly
+conformed and uninterrupted; and for that cause the foresaid Lord
+Protector and Commonwealth have been pleased to send their Extraordinary
+Ambassador unto us: therefore we have commanded, and do by these
+presents, in the best form, command and commit unto the most illustrious
+our sincerely faithful and beloved the Lord Axel Oxenstiern, Chancellor
+and Senator of us and the kingdom of Sweden, etc., and also to Lord Eric
+Oxenstiern of Axel, likewise a Senator of us and of the Kingdom of
+Sweden, etc., that they do treat, agree, and conclude with the
+before-named Ambassador and Plenipotentiary about the making of a league
+concerning the foresaid matters and other things thereunto pertaining.
+Whatsoever therefore our said Plenipotentiary Commissioners shall act,
+conclude, and appoint with the before-named Ambassador, we shall hold the
+same ratified and confirmed by force of these presents; in witness and
+strengthening whereof, we have commanded these presents, subscribed with
+our hand, to be corroborated with our great seal of the kingdom. Given in
+our castle of Upsal, the fourteenth day of March, in the year one
+thousand six hundred fifty and four. <span class="smcap">Christina.</span>&ldquo;</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn193_15" id="fn193_15"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm193_15">193</a></span> [No sooner had Cromwell assumed the Protectorate than his
+foreign policy took a more definite shape, and was steadily directed to
+two great objects&mdash;peace with Holland, and the union of the Protestant
+States. The conclusion of the Dutch peace was however not an easy matter.
+Cromwell himself had declared in favour of the daring project of a union
+of the two Republics, and the Dutch alliance was hated by many of his
+stoutest military supporters. Moreover he required of the Dutch, as a
+condition <i>sine qu&acirc; non</i>, that they should engage never to make the young
+Prince of Orange or his descendants their Stadtholder, or to give him the
+command of their forces. This was the secret article against which the
+States General most vehemently protested, and Cromwell was at length
+obliged to content himself with an engagement of the province of Holland
+to exclude the House of Orange. Even this pretension was strongly opposed
+by De Witt, but Cromwell insisted. The public treaty of peace was signed
+on the 5th of April, 1654; but it was not until the 5th of June following
+that the secret article was ratified. The King of Denmark, the Swiss
+Protestant cantons, the Hanseatic towns, and some of the Protestant
+Princes of North Germany were included in the treaty, which formed the
+complement of the negotiation on which Whitelocke was engaged in
+Sweden.&mdash;<span class="smcap">M. Guizot</span>, <i>Histoire de la R&eacute;publique d&rsquo;Angleterre</i>,
+vol. ii. p. 67.]</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn200_16" id="fn200_16"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm200_16">200</a></span> &ldquo;We, Christina, by the grace of God Queen of the Swedes,
+Goths, and Vandals, etc., do make known and testify that whereas the
+endeavours of the illustrious and generous, of us sincerely beloved, the
+Lord Bulstrode Whitelocke, Extraordinary Ambassador, are most grateful to
+us, which he hath negotiated for the common good of our Kingdom and his
+Commonwealth, for the making of a league of stricter friendship between
+both parties: therefore, and to the end it may appear as a testimony of
+our goodwill and grateful memory on this behalf, we have thereupon
+granted and assigned, and by these our letters do grant and assign to the
+said Lord Ambassador two hundred pound of copper, commonly called
+ship-pounds; the which two hundred pounds of copper our treasurers and
+officers of our Chamber of Accounts are obliged, without delay, to
+deliver into the hands of the before-mentioned Ambassador. In greater
+testimony whereof we have commanded these presents, subscribed with our
+hand, to be confirmed by our seal. Given in our castle of Upsal, the 3rd
+day of May, in the year 1654. <span class="smcap">Christina</span>.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn240_17" id="fn240_17"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm240_17">240</a></span> &ldquo;I, the subscribed Bulstrode Whitelocke, Constable of the
+Castle of Windsor, and one of the Keepers of the Great Seal of the
+Commonwealth of England, Commissioner, Procurator, Deputy, and
+Extraordinary Ambassador of the Most Serene and Most High Lord Oliver,
+Lord Protector of the Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, and
+the dominions thereof and the said Commonwealth, do make known and
+testify, that whereas by the treaty of alliance between the said Most
+Serene and my Most High Lord Oliver, Lord Protector, and the Most Serene
+and Most Potent Prince and Lady the Lady Christina, by the grace of God
+Queen of the Swedes, Goths, and Vandals, etc., a firm peace and
+friendship is established: and I have judged it chiefly consonant
+thereunto to find out means to remove certain grievances of the people
+and citizens of either State, and to take away all grounds and occasions
+thereof which may arise in time to come. Therefore, upon some differences
+moved, I have agreed with the most illustrious and most excellent Lords,
+Plenipotentiary Commissioners and Senators of her said Royal Majesty and
+of Sweden, the Lord Axel Oxenstiern, Chancellor of the kingdom, etc., and
+the Lord Eric Oxenstiern, son of Axel, President of the General College
+of Trade, etc., in manner as by the following articles is expressed and
+explained.
+</p><p>
+&ldquo;First, whereas a certain company of English exercising merchandise in
+Guinea have complained of one Henry Carelove, who, being Governor of the
+Swedish Company in that country, did take away from the English certain
+places inhabited by them, and did other injuries to them; but the said
+Swedish Company not only took upon them to prove that the before-named
+Governor did commit no fault, but likewise made complaint of grievances
+against the officers of the said English Company; but these particular
+differences of merchants at this time could not for certain reasons be
+wholly determined, and therefore it seemed most counselable to both
+parties that in a friendly way, without any indirect courses, they may be
+composed by certain Commissioners on both sides. In the meantime it is
+agreed that the differing hereof shall be to the prejudice of none of
+either part, so that neither the fellows or officers of the said
+companies nor any subjects or citizens of either State shall offer any
+injury or molestation to one another in Guinea, or in the free commerce
+or travelling there; but, as before is expressed, the determination of
+the differences being referred by both sides to the superiors, they may
+live friendly among themselves, and treat one another with that goodwill
+which is consonant to the league concluded between them. The same also
+shall be observed in America between the colonies of New Sweden and of
+the English, that they do embrace a sincere friendship, and that either
+party do abstain from all troubles and injuries to the other, but chiefly
+that they do endeavour their mutual preservation until there be a clear
+agreement before the deputed Commissioners on both sides about the limits
+of the colonies, and other rules of friendship that shall be requisite,
+together with other affairs of particular persons. Which matters, that
+they may be enjoined to all and singular the subjects and citizens of
+either State, and may be observed by them, I have fully taken upon me by
+these presents, by virtue of my commission, and do confirm by
+subscription of my hand, and by my seal.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn268_18" id="fn268_18"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm268_18">268</a></span> [Whitelocke, in his zeal to exhort the Heir-apparent to
+the service of God and the observance of the Lord&rsquo;s Day, appears to have
+appreciated very imperfectly the extraordinary character and the
+political capacity of the Prince who paid him so signal a mark of
+deference. Yet in the romantic and chivalrous annals of the House of
+Vasa, scarcely any reign is more remarkable than that of the sovereign to
+whom Christina ceded the throne. In the course of the ensuing five years
+Charles Gustavus, at the head of a chosen band of Swedish veterans,
+conquered Prussia, and compelled the Great Elector to acknowledge himself
+to be a Swedish vassal; invaded Poland, and commenced the partition of
+that republic; allied himself to Rakoczy, to the terror of the House of
+Austria, and attacked Denmark with such success that he crossed the
+Little Belt on the ice and laid siege to Copenhagen, which was only saved
+by the mediation of the Maritime Powers. Such was the splendid career of
+Charles Gustavus between the period of his accession to the throne and
+the year 1660, when he died, not having completed his thirty-eighth year.
+More than any of his predecessors or of his successors on the Swedish
+throne, he may be said to have held the Empire of the North; and the
+favour here shown to Whitelocke indicates the importance attached by the
+Swedish Prince to secure at least the goodwill of Cromwell during the
+prosecution of these Extraordinary enterprises.]</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn283_19" id="fn283_19"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm283_19">283</a></span> [Oxenstiern died about three months afterwards.]</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn314_20" id="fn314_20"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm314_20">314</a></span> [It would be idle to speculate on the political motives
+which may have combined with other reasons to induce Christina of Sweden
+to conceive and execute this extraordinary design. Other sovereigns have
+abdicated from the lassitude of age or the burden of unpopularity, or the
+desire of ensuring the succession to their offspring; but the resignation
+of a Queen in her twenty-ninth year, surrounded by able ministers and a
+loyal people, and who had reigned with splendour and success, is an event
+without a parallel in history. The explanation of it is to be found in
+the eccentricity, the levity, the feverish curiosity, and the indomitable
+love of independence and singularity which are to be traced in every part
+of the Queen&rsquo;s character. She was a woman of powerful but ill-regulated
+mind, capable at one time of sharing in the speculations of Descartes or
+of applauding the exhortations of Whitelocke,&mdash;at another, of bowing to
+the spiritual bondage of Rome, and even of committing the brutal murder
+of Monaldeschi. The character of Cromwell pleased her by its adventurous
+exploits and its arbitrary tendency, and her reception of the English
+Embassy was as much the result of personal predilection as of policy.
+Whitelocke amused her by his somewhat pedantic erudition, and flattered
+her vanity, but he seems scarcely to have divined the extraordinary
+variations of her character.]</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<h2><a name="pg321" id="pg321"></a><span class="pagenum">321</span> <a name="JUNE" id="JUNE"></a>JUNE.</h2>
+
+
+<h3>June 1, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke embarks in the Amarantha, and sails.</span>
+Having been part of yesterday and all the last night upon the water, this
+morning, about seven o&rsquo;clock, Whitelocke and all his company came to the
+Dollars, and, without setting foot on shore, they went on board the ship
+&rsquo;Amarantha,&rsquo; lying there to expect them. And although this was not usual,
+but passengers generally stay some time at this place till their ships be
+ready, and to make provisions for their voyage, and spend some money at
+the cabaret here; yet Whitelocke seeing the wind fair, and having all his
+company together in the boats, was unwilling to let them be scattered by
+going on shore, which might be troublesome and retard his voyage by
+getting them all together again. For these reasons he commanded all his
+people to go forthwith aboard the ship, as he himself did, at which
+Vice-Admiral Clerke wondered, and said he had not seen the same done
+before.</p>
+
+<p>This ship, the &lsquo;Amarantha,&rsquo; had never yet been at sea, and therefore the
+more dangerous to adventure in her first voyage; but she was well built,
+a fair ship, of a good burden, and had mounted in her forty pieces of
+brass cannon, two of them demy cannon, and she was well manned and of
+good force <a name="pg322" id="pg322"></a><span class="pagenum">322</span> and strength for war; she was a good sailer, and would turn
+and tack about well; she held a hundred persons of Whitelocke&rsquo;s followers
+and most of his baggage, besides her own mariners, about two hundred. The
+cabins wherein Whitelocke was were of a handsome make; the breadth of the
+ship was the length of his bed-cabin, and it was six or seven paces
+broad, and high enough for the tallest man; it was hung with red cloth,
+the furniture of the bed was rich cloth of gold and silver; on the table
+was a rich carpet, and all over it a canopy with broad fringes of silk
+and gold and silver. Within the bed-cabin was another room for him to
+retire into, with a table and benches covered with red cloth. All the
+gentlemen had accommodations as the ship could afford.</p>
+
+<p>Being all settled in the ship, they were fain to stay for the ship-boat
+which the captain had sent for water; and as soon as it was returned,
+about ten o&rsquo;clock in the morning, they weighed anchor and put the ship
+under sail, recommending themselves to the mercy and protection of Him
+who rules upon the waters as well as on dry land, and of whose goodness
+they had so great experience. They sailed by the place called the Scares,
+that is, the isles of rocks, which are there in the water and on both
+sides of the shore, of a strange cragginess, largeness, and number; those
+in the sea are full of danger, and often afford but a very strait passage
+for the ships to go between them, and no other course is to avoid them.
+From hence the sea begins to widen herself towards the furthest point of
+land, which they call the Lands-Ort, answerable to our English point of
+land called the Land&rsquo;s End in Cornwall. The Lands-Ort is eight Swedish
+leagues <a name="pg323" id="pg323"></a><span class="pagenum">323</span> from the Dollars, and hither they reached by the evening, the
+wind being east and south-east all this day.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 2, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The voyage.</span>
+About eleven o&rsquo;clock the last night the wind came about more to the
+south, yet Whitelocke advanced in his course and gained some way, but not
+much, the wind being almost against him; and so it continued in this
+morning, when there appeared a chain of rocks advancing themselves more
+than a Swedish mile into the sea, and not far from the isle of &#338;land,
+to which rocks it is not good to approach too near. They could not
+maintain their course but to very small advantage, and by veering up and
+down to gain a little of the wind, and in this manner they spent this
+whole day: the wind continuing at south-south-east, they did not advance
+much all this day, only kept what they had gained before, and held plying
+up and down in that dangerous sea; their support was that this was the
+good pleasure of their God, whose will the wind and waters do obey.</p>
+
+<p>Though the weather was not foul, yet it was thick with fog which arose at
+the foot of the horizon, and the mariners said this weather was ordinary
+in these seas, but very dangerous. In the evening some of the company
+made them pastime to divert the tediousness of the way and weather.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 3, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The island of Gothland.</span>
+About midnight the wind came about somewhat fairer than before, and
+Whitelocke gained a little in <a name="pg324" id="pg324"></a><span class="pagenum">324</span> his course. At sunrising he discovered the
+isle of Gothland, eight leagues distant to the east from the isle of
+&#338;land; afterwards the wind returned to the same quarter wherein it was
+yesterday.</p>
+
+<p>The isle of &#338;land is near the continent, extending itself in length by
+the shore eighteen Swedish miles, but hath not in breadth in any place
+above two Swedish miles. This is the place where the Prince of Sweden,
+now King, used to make his residence, in a fair castle built of stone of
+this island, not inferior to marble,&mdash;these stones are in great request
+for pavements, pillars, and other uses and ornaments in building. The
+pillars of the King&rsquo;s Chapel at Stockholm, great and high, well polished
+and of divers colours, were brought from this island, and they have many
+of these stones in the buildings of the great lords. This island is a
+place of the most field-pleasure of any in this country, being open and
+stored with red and fallow deer, with hares and conies, and with
+partridges, which are scarce in other parts; but here the game is
+preserved for the Prince&rsquo;s pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>The isle of Gothland is about fourteen Swedish miles in length, and five
+in breadth. It anciently belonged to the Swedes till the Danes took it
+from them, and kept the possession of it till the late wars between those
+two crowns, when the Swedes recovered it from the Dane; and by the peace
+after that war the treaty left it to the Swede, and allowed for it the
+isle of Bornholm to the Dane, being nearer his dominions. They report
+that heretofore Gothland (belonging to the Goths, from whom it hath the
+name) was famous for the traffic of all these quarters, and had in it a
+large town called Wisby, where formerly <a name="pg325" id="pg325"></a><span class="pagenum">325</span> certain laws were instituted
+touching the sea, which are observed to this day. But L&uuml;beck, and other
+towns on that side, having got the trade from hence, and the sea by
+inundations having much diminished this isle, both it and the town are
+become but of small consideration.</p>
+
+<p>The wind was little and very variable, and this day was a calm, so that
+they could advance very little in their voyage. In the evening the wind
+grew fresh, and increased till three o&rsquo;clock the next morning, so that
+they made good way in their course; but these deep seas began to rise,
+and the ship to roll and toss so much, that some of Whitelocke&rsquo;s people,
+sensible of it and of the increasing of the wind and waves, and of the
+mariners&rsquo; labour and disorder, began to be afraid and sick. But
+Whitelocke cherished and comforted them the best he could, and gave order
+for attendance upon them, and that they should want nothing which the
+ship could afford; the which was the more in his power, the command of it
+being wholly left to him by the Queen; and by his kindness, and ceasing
+of the storm, they began to recover their courage, the wind changed, and
+it grew more calm after the ruffling.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 4, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The voyage.&mdash;Bornholm.</span>
+<i>The Lord&rsquo;s Day.</i>&mdash;Still Whitelocke was toiling on the Baltic Sea. After
+three o&rsquo;clock in the morning he advanced a good way in his course; but
+about ten o&rsquo;clock they discovered land, which was the isle of Bornholm,
+distant from the point of south of &#338;land eighteen German leagues. It
+seemeth a plain and flat ground, about eight Swedish miles in length, and
+<a name="pg326" id="pg326"></a><span class="pagenum">326</span> about five in breadth; this isle is fruitful and well peopled, abounding
+in pastures, so that it yields a good revenue in butter. Many witches are
+affirmed to be in this isle, and no place in this sea hath more
+shipwrecks than upon Bornholm. Some give the reason thereof from the
+strait pass between this isle and the continent; yet is the coast clean
+and without rocks, and hath good roads; others attribute the cause of
+these shipwrecks to the great and dangerous sands about this and the
+other isles of this sea, which (especially about this isle of Bornholm)
+do lie out far and shallow in the sea, on which many ships have been
+struck and lost; and here Whitelocke&rsquo;s ship was in some peril, but it
+pleased God still to preserve him. He floated in sight of this island
+almost all this day, the wind veering into most points of the compass,
+and he was turned back from his course and lost more than he gained of
+his way.</p>
+
+<p>About nine o&rsquo;clock in the morning the ship&rsquo;s company, having a minister
+on board with them, were at their exercises of devotion, which they have
+every morning, beginning with singing a psalm, as we do; then the
+minister prays, but not long, and the conclusion is to sing about two
+verses of another psalm, and so they part; except on the Lord&rsquo;s Day, as
+this was, their chaplain preached a short sermon in the morning in
+Swedish, but none in the afternoon. Whitelocke for his own company had
+the usual exercises of praying and preaching by his chaplain Mr. De la
+Marche, Mr. Ingelo being sick.</p>
+
+<p>Towards the evening the wind began to be fresh again; they kept their
+course near Bornholm, and might discern the castle. After Whitelocke was
+gone <a name="pg327" id="pg327"></a><span class="pagenum">327</span> to rest, Vice-Admiral Clerke, who was on board with him, followed a
+ship to inquire if she heard any news of a Swedish ship laden with salt
+from Portugal; at which some of Whitelocke&rsquo;s company taking offence, the
+Vice-Admiral desisted; but by this deviation, the &lsquo;Amarantha&rsquo; (which is
+not fleet of sail) lost three leagues, which she was cast back in her
+course, and was brought in great danger by sailing too near the shore;
+but the Lord guided them.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 5, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Meet an English ship.</span>
+In the morning Whitelocke was out of sight of Bornholm, and pursued his
+course, the wind blowing a little in a good quarter. About nine o&rsquo;clock
+they descried some ships, of which one seemed to be a great one; and
+coming nearer, they perceived an English ship to be with them. The
+&rsquo;Amarantha&rsquo; fired a gun to warn them to strike sail, she carrying the
+flag in her maintop, and being a man-of-war of Sweden. The English
+captain did not obey, and Clerke commanded to shoot again at him; but
+Whitelocke ordered Clerke first to send his boat with some of
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s servants, to advertise the English captain that Whitelocke
+was in the Swedish ship. They coming on board found the captain in
+choler, preparing to fight with the Swede, denying their sovereignty on
+these seas; but being informed by his countrymen that the English
+Ambassador was on board the Swedish ship, he presently, and Mr. Fisher, a
+merchant, with him, came to Whitelocke, rejoicing to see him, and said
+that if he had not been there the Swedish Vice-Admiral should have had
+hot work; but now he struck sail to the Ambassador, <a name="pg328" id="pg328"></a><span class="pagenum">328</span> whom he acquainted
+that all was well in England; that he had brought in his ship the
+commissioners to agree the differences between our Commonwealth and
+Denmark, who were now at Copenhagen; and that when they passed the Sound,
+the King of Denmark&rsquo;s officers were very friendly to them. He told
+Whitelocke also that two English frigates, sent by the Protector for
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s transportation, were arrived at Hamburg, and waited for
+Whitelocke there; after giving him some wine, and discourse, Whitelocke
+dismissed this Captain Morgan to proceed in his voyage to Danzic, whither
+he was bound. At his parting all were friends, and Clerke gave him two
+guns, after the Swedish custom, but Morgan answered him with seven pieces
+of ordnance; then Clerke gave him two more guns, to which Morgan gave two
+also, and a third a little while after.</p>
+
+<p>The &lsquo;Amarantha&rsquo; having loitered by reason of the calm, which continued
+till the evening, they were most part of this day within sight of the
+isle of R&uuml;gen, near the coast of Pomerland, and part of that Duchy which
+fell in partage to one of the duke&rsquo;s sons, who there kept his court in a
+fair castle, whereof somewhat yet remains. The island appears high to
+those that sail by it, and hath in length about eight German miles, and
+about five in breadth; the King Gustavus took it, and it hath since
+continued in the possession of the Swedes, and was confirmed to them by
+the late treaty of Munster; the coast is full of white sands, and
+dangerous to those who are not well acquainted with the passages, which
+hereabout are strait, and a bank of sand comes far out into the sea, on
+which Whitelocke was in great peril, within four-fathom water in <a name="pg329" id="pg329"></a><span class="pagenum">329</span> the
+night; but they were glad to veer back again and tack about to escape the
+danger.</p>
+
+<p>The wind blew fresh from the north-east, by which he continued his course
+till about midnight; when there came a hideous storm of wind, thunder,
+rain, and lightning, which caused them to furl their sails, and lasted
+about three hours; but the waves continued very high above twelve hours
+together afterwards, it being the nature of this sea when it is once
+stirred, that by reason of the great depth it will not be still again for
+many hours after. Some of Whitelocke&rsquo;s company were much affrighted with
+this tempest, and not without cause; but it pleased God to cease the
+storm, and give fair weather, and thereby more cause to remember the
+experiences they have had of His divine goodness throughout their whole
+voyage.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 6, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The coast of Pomerania.</span>
+In the morning; the wind continued fair, and they made good way till
+towards eight o&rsquo;clock, when it grew calm till about seven o&rsquo;clock in the
+evening. All this day they were upon the coast of Pomerland. One of the
+mariners, from the top-gallant, espying land and a town, informed them
+that it was Wismar; but coming nearer to the shore, they found it to be
+Rostock, eight leagues further from L&uuml;beck than Wismar is. Both these
+towns are subject to the Crown of Sweden, port towns, and of good trade;
+Rostock more famous to the High Dutch for their exceeding strong and
+thick beer.</p>
+
+<p>In the evening the wind blew fair north-west, but the sky grew thick, and
+the night coming on, they, for fear of falling upon the coast, tacked off
+again to sea, <a name="pg330" id="pg330"></a><span class="pagenum">330</span> and out of their course. About eleven o&rsquo;clock at night the
+storm began much more violent than the night before, continuing about six
+hours, to the imminent danger of the ship to be overset and foundered in
+the sea, but still God preserved them. About midnight was a horrible
+noise, the thunder fierce and strangely loud, the sky all in flames with
+the wonderful lightnings; and though it be frequent to meet with great
+tempests of thunder and lightnings upon this sea, and much more dreadful
+than those in England, yet now the officers and mariners of the ship
+affirmed that they never saw the like to this tempest, and that they were
+almost blind with the shining and flashes of this lightning. They saw
+also on the land houses burning, set on fire by the lightning, any flame
+whereof fastening upon the combustible matter of the ship the same had
+instantly been fired and all within her inevitably had perished. But
+still God was their defence and deliverer. The tempest was so outrageous
+that they were forced to take down their sails and let fall their
+anchors. Here they found the difference between Sweden and this country:
+there, at midnight, one might plainly read without a candle; here, though
+nearer the summer solstice and the days at longest, they found at least
+four hours of dark night, as seeming near the winter.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 7, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Arrive at L&uuml;beck.</span>
+The tempest began to cease about five o&rsquo;clock in the morning, and it grew
+fair weather, the wind coming good for them to continue and finish their
+voyage. Thus God preserved them from the danger of the last night as of
+many times before, the which Whitelocke <a name="pg331" id="pg331"></a><span class="pagenum">331</span> held himself obliged more
+largely to describe as so many monuments, to him and his company, of the
+goodness of God towards them, and to preserve the memory thereof as
+arguments to him and his, wholly to depend upon that God of whom they
+have had so much experience.</p>
+
+<p>The wind continued fair, and they sailed all along in the sight of land,
+drawing nearer and nearer to it, which was pleasant to those who had been
+in such storms, and were not a little longing to be at their native home.
+They came about ten o&rsquo;clock in the morning to the road at L&uuml;beck, and no
+sooner was the ship settled there but the wind ceased and blew not at
+all, but it became a great calm; wherein also the providence and goodness
+of God was seen, that had they not come to an anchor at this very moment,
+they must have been still roaming on the sea till the wind had come about
+again for them, and perhaps might have been kept out at sea many days
+longer. They were all filled with joy, having passed one half of their
+voyage, and seeing the place of their first descent on land. The
+&rsquo;Amarantha,&rsquo; having let fall her anchors, fired two guns, and a ship of
+the Duke of Courland&rsquo;s, in the road, answered them with three. This road
+is a gulf between two arms of land, at the first entrance from one
+another about a league; but it becomes more narrow as one approacheth
+nearer to the mouth of the river, which is called Trave, and divides the
+two Duchies of Mecklenburg and Holstein. This is the road or haven
+belonging to the town of L&uuml;beck, and is of good defence and safety to
+secure the riding of ships, and of conveniency for the trade of that town
+into the Baltic Sea.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg332" id="pg332"></a><span class="pagenum">332</span> After this perilous voyage of eight days&rsquo; sailing on the angry Baltic
+Seas,&mdash;escaping the dismal, infinite, vast, craggy rocks, seen and
+unseen, and the covered sands and dangerous coasts, in the highest
+storms,&mdash;it pleased Him who giveth bounds to the deep waters and stilleth
+the waves thereof, to conduct Whitelocke and all his people in safety to
+this haven. They were not negligent to prepare for their going on shore,
+in order whereunto Whitelocke sent Colonel Potley and some of his
+servants to land, to provide horses for his coach, and waggons for his
+train and baggage; purposing to go that night to L&uuml;beck, being but two
+German leagues from Tremon, and the days now at longest.</p>
+
+<p>Potley, according to order, gave notice to the Governor of Tremon of
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s coming on shore in the territories of his masters, the Lords
+of L&uuml;beck, and provided boats, horses, waggons, and all things necessary,
+with diligence and dexterity. Whilst this was doing, Whitelocke calls his
+company together into his cabin, where they gave thanks to God for their
+safe arrival in this place, and humbly prayed for the continuance of his
+blessing and presence with them, the rest of their journey yet to come.</p>
+
+<p>After dinner, Whitelocke sent for Vice-Admiral Clerke and Captain
+Sinclair into his cabin, where he gave them thanks for the care and pains
+they had taken for him and his company, and for their particular respects
+to himself and observance of his desires; whereof he said he would by
+letters acquaint his Majesty of Sweden, and report to the Protector their
+respects to him. He desired them to accept a small testimony of his
+thankfulness for their civilities. <a name="pg333" id="pg333"></a><span class="pagenum">333</span> He gave the Vice-Admiral sixty
+dollars, to distribute to the mariners, and sixty dollars more to the
+officers of the ship,&mdash;that is, the master and his mate, the boatswain,
+the constable (so they call the master gunner), the gunner&rsquo;s mate, and
+the rest. To Captain Sinclair he gave eighty ducats, and to the
+Vice-Admiral one hundred ducats, which were the best compliments, and
+thankfully accepted by them; and Whitelocke was the more liberal in these
+rewards, being to strangers, and for the honour of his nation.</p>
+
+<p>The boats being gone, with the coaches, baggage, and most of the people,
+and the rest not unwilling to be on shore, Whitelocke, with most of his
+gentlemen, went in one of the ship-boats; the Vice-Admiral bare him
+company, and did him the honour to steer the boat himself; the rest of
+the company went in the other ship-boat. After Whitelocke was gone off
+the length of two or three boats, and whilst the other boat lay by the
+side of the ship, they fired forty pieces of ordnance, which, being so
+very near, did, with the wind, or fear of the cannon, strike down some
+that were in the boat, who were more than frighted, insomuch that one of
+them, after he came to L&uuml;beck, continued very ill with swooning fits; but
+by the care of Doctor Whistler and good cordials, through the blessing of
+God, he recovered, and was well again.</p>
+
+<p>They went about half a league by water from the ship to the mouth of the
+river, where there is a little fort with some great guns mounted, and
+without that are small towers for lights to direct the seamen, and a
+village called Tremon, where they landed, all belonging to the city of
+L&uuml;beck. <i>Mon</i>, in High Dutch, signifies a mouth, and <i>Tre</i> is the name of
+the river; so <a name="pg334" id="pg334"></a><span class="pagenum">334</span> Tremon is the mouth of the river Tre. At their landing
+stood, ready to receive them, a tall old man, with a long, white,
+venerable beard; he wore a broad belt, with a long basket-hilted sword;
+he was a Colonel, and Governor of that fort. He spake to Whitelocke in
+High Dutch, which Potley interpreted to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;My Lord Ambassador,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In the name of my masters, the Lords of L&uuml;beck, I bid your
+Excellence welcome on shore and to this place.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>Whitelocke answered him as shortly<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Noble Colonel,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I heartily thank you for your civility, whereof I hope ere long to
+have the opportunity to acquaint your masters the Lords of L&uuml;beck.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>As Whitelocke passed by they fired three guns from the fort. The Colonel
+conducted Whitelocke to his house, near the landing-place, multitudes of
+people flocking together. The house was not stately, nor very convenient.
+There they were entertained with great store of very strong beer, which
+they call <i>mum</i>; and the Colonel was exceeding free to call for large
+flagons of it for Whitelocke and for all his people; which Whitelocke
+apprehending to have been the generosity of the Governor, yet fearing
+some disorder by it among the inferior sort, and being whispered by
+Colonel Potley that the Governor expected to be paid for his drink, which
+he usually sold to the passengers, Whitelocke ordered the reckoning to be
+paid, and hasted from this honourable alehouse to his coach.</p>
+
+<p>It was about four o&rsquo;clock in the afternoon when Whitelocke went from
+Tremon, from whence to L&uuml;beck is two Dutch miles, that is, eight of our
+English <a name="pg335" id="pg335"></a><span class="pagenum">335</span> miles. And coming with such a train, and to pass the usual
+ceremony in such cases to the Lords of L&uuml;beck, Whitelocke sent Mr.
+Berkman and one of his servants before, to salute the Lords of L&uuml;beck in
+the name of the Protector, as friends to the Commonwealth of England, and
+to advertise them, that the English Ambassador having occasions to pass
+through this city, and to be there this day, he thought it requisite to
+give them notice of it. In the midway between Tremon and L&uuml;beck they came
+to a ferry over the Trave; the boat was large enough to carry at once two
+coaches and many horses. At each end of the ferryboat such artificial
+work is made with planks that it serves both at the coming in and going
+out of the boat, meeting with the planks on each side of the shore. By
+the weight of coach, horses, waggons, cattle, or men, the planks are so
+wrought that they rise and fall according to the weight upon them, and so
+as both those on the shore and the ends of the boat come to be even, and
+without more trouble in the passing over them than a bridge would be.</p>
+
+<p>The great company, and some mishap of tearing one of his coaches,
+hindered Whitelocke&rsquo;s journey; but they went on in good time. About an
+English mile before they came to L&uuml;beck, some company appearing on the
+road, Whitelocke&rsquo;s lacqueys alighted out of their waggons, and Whitelocke
+was met upon the way by an ancient person of a good portly carriage, with
+a great white beard, and a greater ruff. He was attended with four
+coaches; the first had six good horses in it, and was handsome, but not
+rich. The gentleman, being alighted, and then Whitelocke also, he came
+and saluted Whitelocke, and spake to him in the High Dutch, to this
+effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><a name="pg336" id="pg336"></a><span class="pagenum">336</span>
+&ldquo;My Lord Ambassador,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My masters, the Lords of L&uuml;beck, have sent me with their coaches to
+conduct your Excellence into their city, and to bid you welcome
+hither; and to assure you likewise that whatsoever this city will
+afford shall be at your Excellence&rsquo;s service.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>Whitelocke returned this answer<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Sir,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I esteem it an honour to receive this respect from the Lords of
+L&uuml;beck, your masters, for which ere long I hope to have the
+opportunity to give them thanks; and in the meantime give me leave
+to acknowledge your civility.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>This person they call the Marshal of the town, whom the Lords sent to
+meet Whitelocke, to answer his civility of sending to them, which they
+took kindly. Then a young gentleman, well mounted and habited, met
+Whitelocke on the way with a packet of three weeks&rsquo; letters from England,
+which he said Mr. Missenden, his father, received from Mr. Bradshaw, the
+Protector&rsquo;s Resident at Hamburg, with order to send them to Whitelocke to
+L&uuml;beck.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke went into the coach of the Lords of L&uuml;beck; with him were the
+Marshal, and Colonel Potley to interpret for him. The country through
+which they passed was pleasant and fruitful, stored with groves, and
+fields of corn not enclosed, but much like the champaign counties of
+England, only more woody, and seemed the pleasanter to those who were
+lately come out of Sweden and from the Baltic Sea. Part of the country
+was the Duchy of Mecklenburg, and part of it Holstein.</p>
+
+<p>When they drew near the city Whitelocke ordered that his staffiers and
+lacqueys, in their liveries, should walk by his coach bare, and his pages
+after them; then <a name="pg337" id="pg337"></a><span class="pagenum">337</span> his gentlemen and others in the other coaches and
+waggons, in which equipage they entered the city. At the first fort they
+saluted Whitelocke with three pieces of ordnance, and at the gates of the
+city were good guards, with their muskets. The streets were filled with
+people, and many in the windows&mdash;not so many men as women; and those of
+the best rank and habit were with their bodies and smock sleeves, like
+the maids in England in hot weather. Here the best women, whose age will
+bear it, are thus habited, and with it sometimes rich clothes and jewels.
+When they were come into the city, the Marshal took his leave of
+Whitelocke, saying that he must go to the Lord, to advertise him of
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s arrival.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke passed through a great part of the town before he came to the
+inn appointed for his reception, which was fairer without than within
+doors, the rooms for eating and lodging neither handsome nor well
+finished. About half an hour after he was come to the inn, the Lords of
+the town sent one of their officers to him, to know what time he would be
+pleased to appoint for them to come and salute him. Whitelocke answered,
+that whensoever they thought fit to do him the honour to visit him they
+should be welcome, and left to them the time which should be most
+convenient for their own occasions.</p>
+
+<p>Being settled and at a little quiet, he read his letters from England.
+Thurloe acquaints him that the issue of his negotiation, and the prudent
+conduct of it, had very good acceptance in England, whither his return
+was much wished and prayed for. Then he informs him of all the news both
+foreign and domestic, and the readiness of the Protector to send ships
+for him to <a name="pg338" id="pg338"></a><span class="pagenum">338</span> Hamburg. From Mr. Cokaine he had several letters about his
+bills of exchange, and other particular affairs. He had also letters from
+Mr. Taylor, from Resident Bradshaw, from his wife, and from several
+loving friends in England.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 8, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke receives the Senate of L&uuml;beck.</span>
+In the morning the Lords of L&uuml;beck sent again to Whitelocke, to know what
+time they might come to visit him. He answered, at their own time, and
+that they should be welcome to him within an hour. There came to him
+Martin Bokel, Doctor of the Laws, Syndic of the city, of good reputation
+for his learning and abilities, Jerome Bilderbeck, and Matthew Rodde,
+Senators and Lords of the city. The Syndic spake in French to Whitelocke
+to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span>&ldquo;That, by command of the Lords of this city, those
+gentlemen, part of their number, and himself, were come in the name of
+the Lords of L&uuml;beck to salute Whitelocke, and to bid him welcome to their
+city; that they rejoiced at his safe arrival here, and for the good
+success of those affairs wherein he had been employed.&rdquo; Whitelocke
+answered them in French, the same language in which they spake to him,
+and which is expected in these parts, to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span>&ldquo;That the Lords of
+L&uuml;beck had testified much respect to the Protector of England by the
+honour done to his servant, of which he would inform his Highness; and in
+the meantime he thanked them for the favour of this visit.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After many compliments, Whitelocke gave them the precedence into his
+lodging, which is the custom here, as in Sweden, and their discourse was
+in French in these matters of ceremony. Being sat together in his
+<a name="pg339" id="pg339"></a><span class="pagenum">339</span> bedchamber, the Syndic told Whitelocke that he had a message to deliver
+to him from his Lords; and, according to the custom in matters of
+business, he desired to deliver what he had to say in Latin, and then
+spake to him in the following oration<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Illustrissime et Excellentissime Domine Legate,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Amplissimus Senatus Lubicensis grato animo recognoscit celeberrimam
+nationem Anglicanam multiplici favore &agrave; multis retro annis populum
+mercatoresque hujus civitatis affecisse, atque etiam s&aelig;viente inter
+utrasque respublicas durissimo bello, incolas nostras gratiam, et,
+ex occasione suarum navium ad mare captarum, justitiam accepisse:
+amplissimus Senatus humillim&egrave; gratias suas refert, quas melius
+testari non potuerunt, quam erga personam illius conditionis
+tant&aelig;que eminenti&aelig; quant&aelig; Excellentiam vestram esse acceperant, suo
+speciali respectu, ad h&aelig;c cum etiam Extraordinarii Legati munere &agrave;
+clarissimo illo statu nunc dignissim&egrave; fungatur. Gratulatur
+amplissimus Senatus negotiationis ab Excellentia vestra peract&aelig;
+felicem successum, ut et tanti viri in suam civitatem adventum. Quod
+si apud se in sua civitate aliquid sit Excellenti&aelig; vestr&aelig; acceptu
+dignum, illud quicquid sit offerre in mandatis habemus.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Dolore etiam afficitur Senatus, se tam sero de Excellenti&aelig; vestr&aelig;
+adventu certiorem esse factum, ut rationes unde tantus hospes, et
+qui in ipsius comitatu sunt, pro merito exciperentur; melius inire
+non potuerit, se tamen sperare &agrave; clementia vestra ipsis id crimini
+non datum iri. Per nos rogant hujus urbis magistratus, Excellenti&aelig;
+vestr&aelig; placeat, cervisi&aelig; Lubicensis vinique Rhenani (quod
+officiariis Excellenti&aelig; vestr&aelig; tradi curaverant) parvulum utut munus
+boni consulere.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Excellentissime Domine, candore vestro freti speramus, non nobis id
+vitio datum iri, si etiam hoc temporis articulo paucula ex rebus
+nostris vestr&aelig; Excellenti&aelig; consideranda proponamus: intempestiv&egrave;
+fatemur importuni sumus, sed certiores facti, non diuturnam fore
+vestram in civitate nostra <a name="pg340" id="pg340"></a><span class="pagenum">340</span> moram, id solliciti timemus, ne
+aliquando nobis similis offeratur opportunitas; ideo &agrave; dominis
+nostris jubemur Excellentiam vestram certiorem facere, quam plures
+hujus urbis naves inter navigandum negotii caus&acirc;, occurrentes
+navibus pr&aelig;liaribus Anglis, ab iisdem examen subiisse, liberatas
+tamen extempl&ograve; et dimissas, quod nihil suppetiarum hostibus vestris
+contulisse deprehendebantur; nihilominus easdem naves &agrave; quibusdam
+privatis vestris captoribus, <i>capers</i> dictis, non mult&ograve; post
+apprehensas fuisse, et hucusque detentas esse, magno dominorum
+detrimento.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sperat amplissimus Senatus, intercedente Excellentia vestra, ex
+justitia et favore Domini Protectoris, restitutionem earundem
+secundum jus et &aelig;quum suo populo futuram, quem in finem, tam
+magistratus, quem hujusce civitatis populus suppliciter rogat
+favorem et amicitiam Celsitudinis su&aelig; Domini Protectoris, et
+illustrissim&aelig; reipublic&aelig; Angli&aelig;, in iis, qu&aelig; vel commercia vel etiam
+alia spectant, posse sibi continuari.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>After a little pause Whitelocke made answer in Latin to the Syndic&rsquo;s
+speech, to the effect following<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Spectatissimi viri,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Rect&egrave; &agrave; vobis observatum est, antiquam fuisse inter populum
+Anglicanum civesque Lubicenses amicitiam et mutuam officiorum
+benevolentiam; nec defuisse unquam nobis, data occasione, Domini mei
+Domini Protectoris reipublic&aelig; Angli&aelig;, Scoti&aelig;, et Hiberni&aelig;, animum
+benevolentissimum, quem integrum adhuc &agrave; Serenissima sua Celsitudine
+erga vos conservari nullus dubito. Nec suspicio mihi est, quin
+amplissimus Senatus, hujusque celeberrim&aelig; urbis liberi cives,
+Dominum meum Dominum Protectorem honore omni debito prosequentur, et
+benevolo affectu quotquot Anglorum, commercii aut conversationis
+caus&acirc;, apud vos appellere voluerint.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Referte, qu&aelig;so, meo nomine, amplissimo hujus civitatis Senatui,
+gratias ob respectum erga Dominum meum Dominum Protectorem
+rempublicamque Anglicanam, in honorific&acirc; <a name="pg341" id="pg341"></a><span class="pagenum">341</span> mei eorum ministri
+receptione significatum, tam in appulsu meo ad suum portum, quam ad
+civitatem suam aditu, necnon in munere quod mihi offerre ipsis
+placuit: honori duco quod per me, in suis negotiis, Dominum
+Protectorem compellare ipsis visum est, quod munus in me libenter
+recipio pr&aelig;standum, quamprimum Deo placuerit ad Serenissimam suam
+Celsitudinem mihi reditum indulgere, cui id cur&aelig; est, ut unicuique
+quod est juris uniuscujusque tribuatur. Non equidem dubito, quin
+particularia favoris et respect&ucirc;s erga hanc celeberrimam civitatem
+specimina reipsa effecta comperiamini.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>The Syndic replied in French, that they did give many thanks to
+Whitelocke, in that he was pleased to take in so good part the respect of
+this City to him, and desired that if there were anything here which
+might do him service, that he would command it. Whitelocke said he came
+by this City in a desire to see it and the fortifications of it, which,
+if they pleased to give him leave to do, he should take it as a favour.
+They said, that even now the Senate had ordered Monsieur Bilderbeck and
+the commander of their forces to wait upon Whitelocke at such time as he
+should appoint, to view the city, with their fortifications and
+magazines, and whatsoever here should be thought by him worthy of his
+sight. Whitelocke thanked them, and discoursed touching the government of
+the City, and what laws they used, to which the Syndic answered, that
+their government was chiefly and generally by the municipal laws and
+customs of the city.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The franchises of L&uuml;beck.</span>
+Of these gentlemen and others Whitelocke learned this city is the chief
+and most ancient of the Hanse Towns of Germany, and a kind of free State;
+that they have power to send Commissioners as public ministers to any
+foreign prince or State, to treat and conclude with them about any
+matters relating to their <a name="pg342" id="pg342"></a><span class="pagenum">342</span> city, and that without the leave or knowledge
+of the Emperor.</p>
+
+<p>The people of the city chiefly are the merchants and artificers, most of
+them tradesmen; and both they who are masters, and their servants, being
+constantly employed in trades and personal businesses, they are the less
+troublesome in the government of them; as to the criminal part, idleness,
+being the mother of mischief, causeth quarrels and debaucheries, from
+whence pilferings, robberies, fightings, and murders do arise; but where
+people are kept to occupations, traffic, and employments, as they are
+here, it breeds civility, peaceableness of disposition, desire of rest
+and quiet, and a plentiful subsistence, and gives less occasion of
+proceedings in criminal offences. But as to suits upon bargains and
+contracts, they are the more, because there be so many contracts as
+merchants and tradesmen must make; yet those suits are here brought to a
+speedy determination within themselves by their ordinary judges, which
+are three, and usually assisted with a doctor or licentiate in the laws,
+who are in great esteem in this country. These judges commonly sit thrice
+a week, to determine civil controversies, which they do by their own laws
+and customs, which also have much affinity to the civil law, especially
+as to the forms and manners of their proceedings; and where the matter
+contended for exceeds the value of a thousand rix-dollars, there the
+party grieved may, if he please, appeal from the sentence of these judges
+to the Imperial Chamber at Spires, as they also do in capital causes; but
+civil causes under the value of a thousand dollars are finally determined
+within themselves, and no appeal lies from them.</p>
+
+<p>They acknowledge the Emperor as their protector, <a name="pg343" id="pg343"></a><span class="pagenum">343</span> but afford him no
+gabels or taxes but what their deputies, whom they elect and send to the
+general Diet of the Empire, do assent unto. Their chief officers are a
+Burgomaster, like our Mayor, twenty-four Senators, like our Common
+Council, and a Syndic, as our Recorder. These are the chief Council and
+Judicatory of the city, and order all the public affairs thereof; only in
+some extraordinary occasions of making laws or foreign treaties, matters
+of war and peace, the people of the town make choice of deputies,
+sometimes forty or fifty,&mdash;more or less, as they please,&mdash;who sit and
+consult with the Senate, and by their votes by the people, who willingly
+submit thereunto.</p>
+
+<p>The town-house of their Guildhall is reasonably fair, not extraordinary.
+Their Court of Justice is below at the upper end of a large hall, made
+four-square, with seats like the Court of Exchequer in England; above
+this is another Court or Council-house, greater than that below, which is
+for the meeting of the Deputies of the Hanse Towns, who usually all
+assemble here; they have also several other chambers for the meetings and
+consultations of their own Senators and officers about the affairs of the
+city.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Aspect of the city.</span>
+In the afternoon the Commander or Lieutenant-General of the forces of the
+town, whom they call Obrist Lieutenant, Monsieur Andreas Keiser, and the
+Senator Bilderbeck, came, with four of the city coaches, to accompany
+Whitelocke to see the town and fortifications of it. The Senator spoke
+only Latin, the Lieutenant spoke good French. They went through most
+parts of the town, and found the figure of it exactly done in painting in
+a table in their magazine, with the fortifications of it: upon the view
+of the whole town, it <a name="pg344" id="pg344"></a><span class="pagenum">344</span> seemed a pleasant and noble city. It is of great
+antiquity, freedom, privileges, trade, polity, and strength, few in these
+parts exceeding it; not unhealthful in the situation, beautiful in the
+buildings, profitable in the commerce, strong in the fortifications, and
+rich in the inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p>The streets are large and fair, kept clean and sweet; the houses built of
+brick, generally uniform, most in the frontispieces, and covered with
+tile; at the entry into them, usually the first and lower room is
+largest, paved with Orland stone, full of streaks of red and white, and
+some with black and white rich marble. In this first room they use to set
+their best household stuff, as the chief room for entertainment; yet they
+will also in some part of the room have a partition with boards, above a
+man&rsquo;s height, for a kitchen, where they dress meat and hang their bacon
+and other <a name="cm9" id="cm9"></a><a href="#corr9" class="correction" title="Original reads 'provison'">provision</a>, which are not out of sight nor smell; and here
+also, in this room, some of their goods of merchandise are placed; but
+the better sort keep their houses more neat, and have kitchens and
+larders out of view. In the second story are ordinarily the
+lodging-rooms, and some for entertainment; the third and fourth stories
+are granaries and storehouses, which they hold better for such uses than
+cellars and lower rooms, which, they say, cause damage to the
+commodities.</p>
+
+<p>The country about, for a league, and in some parts two leagues or more,
+belongs to the city, is within their jurisdiction, and is fruitful and
+pleasant, sweetly watered by the Trave, adorned by the groves and
+meadows, and many pleasant summer-houses for the recreation of the
+citizens.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg345" id="pg345"></a><span class="pagenum">345</span> <span class="sidenote">Fortifications and arsenal of L&uuml;beck.</span>
+The town is regularly and strongly fortified, the more being situated in
+a plain and low country, with the rivers and waters about it; the grafts
+of the works are large and deep, full of water on all sides; between the
+bulwarks are large places, sufficient to draw together five hundred men
+in each vacant place; and on the banks of some of the ditches are low
+thorn hedges, kept cut, as good for defence as palisades. There be many
+pieces of ordnance mounted on several parts of the works, chiefly on the
+bulwarks, and divers of them are demi-cannon: the fortifications are
+about a league in compass; the Trave furnisheth water for all the grafts,
+and the earth with which the lines are made is of a good sort and well
+turfed. They are well stored with arms and ammunition, which Whitelocke
+was admitted to see in their arsenal, which is a large house; in the
+lower room were twelve mortar-pieces of several sizes, and two hundred
+pieces of brass ordnance, founded in the town, some of them great
+culverin, one of an extraordinary length; but there was neither powder
+nor ball&mdash;that was kept elsewhere; but here were the utensils to load and
+cleanse the guns, hung up in order, and the carriages were strong and
+good. The story above this was furnished with arms, few for horse or
+pikemen, but many muskets and swords, disposed in ranks the whole length
+of the room, with bandoliers between, and cases for bullets beneath; at
+the upper end of the room hung certain great swords, with which traitors
+had been beheaded; at the lower end of the room were many halberds;
+divers of the muskets were firelocks, others for match, and some with
+double barrels. There was in all, by conjecture, arms for twelve thousand
+foot, few pikes or <a name="pg346" id="pg346"></a><span class="pagenum">346</span> horse-arms, but muskets, as most useful for a town,
+and according to the custom in these parts, where the companies in the
+town militias are only musketeers, they holding pikes not proper but in
+the field and against horse.</p>
+
+<p>The forces of this city constantly in pay are fifteen hundred men,
+besides twenty-five companies of the citizens, each company consisting of
+two hundred men, and two troops of horse of the citizens. Their chief
+strength, under God, consisting in the bodies of their citizens, proper
+and stout men, who, if they come to fight <i>pro aris et focis</i>, for
+religion, liberty, wives and children, and estates, for their all, are
+full of courage; not like mercenary, unfixed, unfaithful men, whose trade
+is in blood, and who are pests to mankind.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Honours paid to Whitelocke.</span>
+At their Guildhall they entertained Whitelocke and his company with wine
+and sweetmeats, but not profusely. After a long and large tour, they
+brought Whitelocke back to his inn, and did him the honour to sup with
+him; and, with much respect and civility, the Obrist-Lieutenant and
+Senator after supper took their leaves of Whitelocke. Divers men and
+women of the best quality of the citizens came with their children to
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s inn to see him, and many of them would stand by whilst he
+was at meals. He caused his people to show all civility to them, as
+himself did, saluting the gentlemen and seeming to offer to kiss the
+women&rsquo;s hands, the salutation of the lip not being in these countries
+allowed.</p>
+
+<p>The Lords sent a guard of twelve musketeers to attend Whitelocke, which
+were placed at his door and in the street, and relieved by others during
+the time of Whitelocke&rsquo;s stay here, as an expression of their <a name="pg347" id="pg347"></a><span class="pagenum">347</span> respects
+to him. The town musicians, who were masters, well accoutred and behaved,
+and played some English lessons, and the town trumpets and drums, came
+likewise to show their respects to Whitelocke, but the more readily in
+expectation of some reward from him, which expenses cannot honourably be
+avoided. Whitelocke&rsquo;s four pages, eight lacqueys, and four grooms,
+besides the gentlemen&rsquo;s lacqueys, in his livery, walked bare by his
+coach-side when he went abroad; himself was in his plain grey English
+cloth suit, with the Queen of Sweden&rsquo;s jewel at his breast. The people
+were full of respect to him in their salutations as he passed by them.</p>
+
+<p>The secretary of the English company at Hamburg came to Whitelocke from
+the Resident and company there, to invite him to the English house there,
+with expression of much ceremony and respect to him as their countryman.
+Whitelocke was not willing to stay longer than one day in this town, and
+therefore ordered his officers to make preparations of horses and waggons
+to remove from hence tomorrow; and understanding that it was forty
+English miles from hence to Hamburg, and much of the way bad, he thought
+it too long a journey for him, with so great a train and hired horses, to
+travel in one day, and therefore ordered to go from hence tomorrow in the
+afternoon, to lie at a village midway between L&uuml;beck and Hamburg. The
+Lords of L&uuml;beck, with much courtesy, offered him to lodge in a house of
+theirs three leagues from hence, and to make use of their horses; but he
+thought it not convenient, the house not being furnished and their horses
+not used to travel, and he having sent before to the village midway to
+take up <a name="pg348" id="pg348"></a><span class="pagenum">348</span> his quarters; for which reasons he excused it to the Lords, yet
+with many thanks for their courteous offers.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 9, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Lutheran Church at L&uuml;beck.</span>
+Several gentlemen of the English company at Hamburg, and among them his
+nephew, Sir Humphry Bennett&rsquo;s son, came hither to visit and accompany
+Whitelocke to Hamburg. The Senators and Syndic and Obrist-Lieutenant, who
+had been before with Whitelocke, came to take their leaves of him. From
+them and others Whitelocke learnt, that the religion professed in this
+city is after the doctrine of Luther and the Augsburg confession; yet
+some Calvinists are permitted, though not publicly, among them, and some
+Papists are also connived at, though not publicly tolerated to exercise
+their worship; yet some of them live in a college of Canons, who have a
+fair house and good revenues in this city.</p>
+
+<p>They have many images and crucifixes in their churches: one, made of
+earth, of the Virgin Mary, very exactly, is believed by many goodwives of
+the town, that, upon worshiping and praying to it, they shall become
+fruitful. In the same church is a rare tablet of the passion of our
+Saviour, admired by artists for the rare painting and lineaments of it.
+Above the altar is a little image of our Lady, so contrived with wires
+fastened to it, that one, being hid on the other side of it, may make it
+turn forward and backward, to the admiration of the multitude of
+spectators, who know, by the motion of the image, whether the offerings
+which they make, and lay upon the altar, be acceptable or not; if one
+gives a small offering, the <a name="pg349" id="pg349"></a><span class="pagenum">349</span> image turns away from it in disdain of it;
+if it be a fat offering, it turns towards it in token of acceptance; and
+though they tell these stories themselves, yet still they retain these
+images and trumperies among them. This church is of a good length and
+breadth, but the height is not proportionable: it hath few monuments of
+note, only some of their Bishops and Canons, among which one is indeed
+remarkable, which they will needs have to be believed, where a Canon was
+buried some hundreds of years since, yet now sometimes is heard to knock
+in his grave, whereupon instantly some one or other of his surviving
+brethren, the Canons, gives up the ghost, and comes to the dead Canon at
+his call.</p>
+
+<p>From hence Whitelocke went and viewed the other churches, all alike
+furnished with images and crucifixes, and full of pews, fitted according
+to the quality of the parishioners. The churches are built of brick, and
+some of them covered with copper, which they brought from Sweden in older
+times. They use a liturgy, not much differing from our old Book of Common
+Prayer; their ministers are grave and formal; they commend them for pious
+and learned and good preachers; but Whitelocke, not having the favour to
+see one of them at his lodging, can give the less particular account of
+them.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The trade of L&uuml;beck.</span>
+Whitelocke also learnt that the trade of this city is the most of any
+town on this side the Baltic Sea, having a convenient port or road at
+Tremon, belonging to this city, from whence they send into all parts of
+that sea, and have the advantage for the commerce of copper, deal, hemp,
+flax, pitch, tar, and all the commodities of those parts; and by this
+port, they save <a name="pg350" id="pg350"></a><span class="pagenum">350</span> the trouble and charge of going about through the Sound,
+which southern merchants do.</p>
+
+<p>Before the Swedes had much traffic, and built their own ships, and
+employed their own mariners, which is not ancient, L&uuml;beck did more
+flourish, and had the sole trade of Sweden, and of vending their
+commodities again into all parts of the world; whereby the L&uuml;beckers grew
+great and rich, especially by the copper and iron which they brought from
+Sweden hither, and wrought it into utensils and arms, and then carried it
+back to Sweden for the use of the inhabitants there; who, growing in time
+more wise, and learning to work their own materials, and to build and
+employ their own ships in trade, and the city of Hamburg growing up and
+increasing in trade, and particularly by the staple for English cloth
+being there settled, and those of L&uuml;beck not admitting strangers among
+them, their town began to decay, and to lessen in their trade and wealth,
+and is not now so considerable as in former times, yet still they drive a
+good trade into the Baltic Sea and other parts, but not with so great
+ships as others use, which they build at home, of about a hundred and
+fifty and two hundred tons; and they affirm that they have built here
+ships of four hundred tons, but there is difficulty for them to go down
+to the river, by reason of the shallows, which yet serves to bring up
+their commodities in great boats by the river, from the ships to this
+town. They find the smaller vessels useful for their trade, and to build
+them they are provided of good store of timber out of Germany, Denmark,
+and Sweden; and, by their consent, the King of Denmark doth sometimes
+make use of their town and carpenters to build ships for himself.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg351" id="pg351"></a><span class="pagenum">351</span> About three o&rsquo;clock in the afternoon, the baggage and most of
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s inferior servants went away. The Lords offered Whitelocke a
+party of their horse for the guard of his person; but he, with thanks for
+their courtesy, refused it, having store of company well armed of his own
+retinue, besides some English of Hamburg who were come to him. The
+L&uuml;beckers commended the sobriety and plainness of Whitelocke and his
+company; only they said his liveries were very noble; and they wondered
+that they saw no more drinking among them, and that he had so constant
+exercises of religious duties in his family.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke proceeds to Hamburg.</span>
+The Senators and Syndic came again to compliment Whitelocke for the
+Lords, and to wish him a good journey; and, after ceremonies passed,
+about four o&rsquo;clock in the afternoon, Whitelocke took his coach for
+Hamburg; he had another coach and four waggons for his people. As he
+passed through the streets, multitudes of all sorts stood to see him go
+by, respectively saluting him. At the gates were guards of soldiers, and
+having passed the last port, they saluted him with three pieces of
+ordnance, according to their custom, but with no volleys of small-shot;
+and so he took his leave of L&uuml;beck. Being come into the road, and his
+pages and lacqueys in the waggons, he made what haste he could in his
+journey with hired horses, and so much company.</p>
+
+<p>The country was pleasant and fruitful, groves of wood, fields of corn,
+pastures, brooks, and meadows adorning it: it is an open champaign; few
+hedges, but some little ones made with dry wood, like our hurdles, for
+fencing their gardens and dividing their corn-grounds. The way was
+exceeding bad, especially <a name="pg352" id="pg352"></a><span class="pagenum">352</span> for this time of the year, full of deep holes
+and sloughs in some places and of great stones in others. This Duchy of
+Holstein seems to take its name from <i>holt</i>, which, with them and in
+Sweden and with us, signifies wood, and <i>stein</i>, which is a stone; and
+this country is very full of wood and stone; yet is it fruitful, and,
+like England, delightful to the view, but it is not so full of towns,
+there not being one in the way between L&uuml;beck and this night&rsquo;s quarter,
+which is five German, twenty English, miles. But a few small houses lie
+scattered by the way; and about four miles from Kettell, this night&rsquo;s
+lodging was a fair brick house by the side of a large pond, which is the
+house belonging to L&uuml;beck, where they offered Whitelocke to be
+entertained, and he found cause afterwards to repent his not accepting
+their courtesy.</p>
+
+<p>When they came to the lamentable lodging taken up for him this night,
+they found in all but two beds for their whole company. The beds were
+made only of straw and fleas mingled together; the antechamber was like a
+great barn, wherein was the kitchen on the one side, the stable on the
+other side; the cattle, hogs, waggons, and coaches were also in the same
+great chamber together. They made themselves as merry as they could in
+this posture, Whitelocke cheering and telling them that it was in their
+way home, and therefore to be borne with the less regret. They of the
+house excused the want of accommodations, because the war had raged
+there, and the soldiers had pillaged the people of all they had, who
+could not yet recover their former happy and plentiful condition; which
+was not helpful to Whitelocke and his people, who must take things as
+they were, and make the best <a name="pg353" id="pg353"></a><span class="pagenum">353</span> shift they could. His officers had provided
+meat sufficient for them; he caused fresh straw enough to be laid all
+over the room, which was the more tolerable in this hot season. He
+himself lay in one of his coaches, his sons and some of his servants in
+straw, near him; the rest of the company, men and women, on straw, where
+they chose to lie in the room, only affording place for the horses, cows,
+sheep, and hogs, which quartered in the same chamber together with this
+good company.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 10, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Journey through Holstein.</span>
+In his coach, through God&rsquo;s goodness, Whitelocke slept well, and all his
+people on the ground on fresh straw, yet not so soundly as to hinder
+their early rising this morning, when they were quickly ready, none
+having been put to the trouble of undressing themselves the last night.
+His carriages, twelve great waggons, went away about four o&rsquo;clock this
+morning, some of the gentlemen&rsquo;s servants in the van, one upon each
+waggon; his porter, butlers, and others, in a waggon in the rear, with
+store of pistols, screwed guns, swords, and other arms, for their
+defence. Whitelocke came forth about six o&rsquo;clock with his own two
+coaches, and eight waggons for the rest of his followers. In some of
+their waggons they drive three horses on-breast, and each waggon will
+hold eight persons. They passed by better houses in this dorf than that
+where they quartered, which the harbingers excused, coming thither late
+and being strangers.</p>
+
+<p>The country was still Holstein, of the same nature as yesterday. In the
+lower grounds they saw many <a name="pg354" id="pg354"></a><span class="pagenum">354</span> storks, one whereof was killed by one of
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s company with his gun,&mdash;a thing not endured here, where they
+are very superstitious, and hold it an ill omen where any of them is
+killed. But Whitelocke, blessed be God! found it not so; yet he warned
+his people not to kill any of them, to avoid offence to the country, who
+report that these birds will not resort to any place but where the people
+are free, as in the United Provinces, where they have many of them, and
+do carefully preserve them, and near to Hamburg and other Hanse Towns.</p>
+
+<p>About a mile from Kettell is a great gate cross the highway, where they
+take toll for the Duke of Holstein of all the waggons and carriages, a
+loup-shilling apiece (that is, little more than an English penny). This
+gate they shut against Whitelocke, but being informed who he was, they
+presently opened it again, and a gentleman came to Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+coach-side, excusing the shutting of the gate, being before they knew who
+it was that passed by. He told Whitelocke the custom and right of this
+toll, but that nothing was demanded of ambassadors, who were to pass
+freely, especially the Ambassador of the Protector and Commonwealth of
+England, to whom the Duke, his master, he said, was a friend. Whitelocke
+thanked the gentleman for his civility, acknowledging the Protector to be
+a friend to the Duke, and so they passed on.</p>
+
+<p>About a mile and a half before they came to Hamburg, Captain Parkes, of
+the &lsquo;President&rsquo; frigate, and Captain Minnes, of the &lsquo;Elizabeth&rsquo; frigate,
+met Whitelocke on the way, and told him all was well in England, and that
+by command of the Protector they had <a name="pg355" id="pg355"></a><span class="pagenum">355</span> brought those two frigates into the
+Elbe to transport him into England. Whitelocke told them he was very glad
+to see them, especially on this occasion. As they were walking and
+discoursing of the ships and their voyage, a great number of persons and
+coaches, the Resident Bradshaw, with the treasurer, the doctor, their
+minister, and almost all the English company, with twenty-two coaches,
+came to meet Whitelocke on the way, and to bring him with the more
+respect to Hamburg. All alighted out of their coaches, and, after
+salutations, the Resident told Whitelocke that the occasion of their
+coming forth was to testify their respects to Whitelocke, and to desire
+him to do their company the honour to accept of the English house at
+Hamburg for his entertainment. Whitelocke gave them hearty thanks for
+their respects to the Protector and to the Commonwealth whereof they were
+members, in this honour which they did to their servant. He accepted of
+their courteous offer, desiring the company and conversation of his
+countrymen above all others. They walked a little on foot together, where
+the Lord Resident (so they styled him) showed Whitelocke his last week&rsquo;s
+letters from Thurloe, mentioning the imprisonment of many upon suspicion
+that they were engaged in a plot against the Protector, and that the
+serious considerable malignants discovered it. He also delivered to
+Whitelocke private letters from his wife and other friends.</p>
+
+<p>About a mile from the place where they met was a fair inn by the wayside,
+where the Resident moved Whitelocke to make a halt and rest himself,
+because if he should then go directly to the town, he would come into it
+just at dinner-time, which would not be <a name="pg356" id="pg356"></a><span class="pagenum">356</span> convenient. Upon his persuasion,
+and perceiving that a preparation was here made, Whitelocke went in,
+where the English company entertained him with a plentiful dinner at a
+long table holding above sixty persons. From hence, with Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+approbation, the Resident, as from himself, sent to the Governor of the
+Militia at Hamburg, as Whitelocke had done before to the Lords, to
+advertise them of his coming. The Governor returned thanks, and said that
+two senators were appointed to receive Whitelocke at the Port. After
+dinner they all took their coaches. With Whitelocke was the Resident and
+Treasurer; the rest in the other coaches, the pages and lacqueys riding
+and walking by.</p>
+
+<p>The country is here low and rich, sprinkled with rivers, and adorned with
+many neat and sweet houses belonging to the citizens of Hamburg, who
+resort to those houses in the summer-time with their families to have the
+fresh air.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Arrival at Hamburg.</span>
+Almost an English mile before they came to the town, the highway was full
+of people come forth to see Whitelocke pass by. At the port were no
+Senators to receive him, but great guards of musketeers and multitudes of
+all sorts of people, there and through all the streets unto his lodging
+thronging so that the coaches could not pass till the guards made way.
+The people were very courteous, and Whitelocke answered to the meanest
+their civility, which is pleasing and not costly. The windows and doors
+were also crowded, which showed the populousness of the place and their
+expectation as to the Commonwealth of England. They brought Whitelocke to
+the English house, which is fair and large, the first room below,
+according to the fashion <a name="pg357" id="pg357"></a><span class="pagenum">357</span> of L&uuml;beck; the chambers, especially where
+Whitelocke lay, handsomely furnished.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Reception of the Senate of Hamburg.</span>
+Within half an hour after his arrival, an officer of the town, in the
+nature of a master of the ceremonies, came from the Lords of the town to
+bid Whitelocke welcome thither, and to know what hour he would appoint
+for admittance of some of the Lords to visit him. Whitelocke returned
+thanks to the Lords for their respects, and prayed the gentleman to tell
+them that whensoever they pleased to give him the honour of a visit, they
+should be welcome to him. Within half an hour after came two Senators,
+Herr Jurgen van Holtz and Herr Jacob Silm. After ceremonies passed, Holtz
+spake in French to Whitelocke, to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Monseigneur, qui &ecirc;tes Ambassadeur Extraordinaire de sa S&eacute;r&eacute;nissime
+Altesse Oliver, par la gr&acirc;ce de Dieu Seigneur Protecteur de la
+R&eacute;publique d&rsquo;Angleterre; aussit&ocirc;t que les Messieurs de cette ville
+ont &eacute;t&eacute; avertis de votre intention de passer par cette ville-ci, ils
+ont &eacute;t&eacute; d&eacute;sireux de t&eacute;moigner leurs tr&egrave;s-humbles respects &agrave; Monsieur
+le Protecteur et &agrave; votre personne en particulier, en suite <a name="cm10" id="cm10"></a><a href="#corr10" class="correction" title="Original reads 'dequoi'">de quoi</a>
+nous avons re&ccedil;u commandement de vous venir saluer, et faire &agrave; votre
+Excellence la bienvenue en cette ville. Ils sont extr&ecirc;mement aises
+de l&rsquo;heureux succ&egrave;s que Dieu vous a donn&eacute; en votre n&eacute;gociation en
+Su&egrave;de, et qu&rsquo;il lui a plu aussi vous donner un bon passage, et
+favoriser votre retour jusqu&rsquo;en ce lieu, apr&egrave;s avoir surmont&eacute;
+beaucoup de difficult&eacute;s, et &eacute;chapp&eacute; beaucoup de dangers, et nous
+prions sa Divine bont&eacute; qu&rsquo;il vous rende en sauvet&eacute; dans votre pays.
+Nous sommes aussi command&eacute;s de reconna&icirc;tre les faveurs que
+Monseigneur le Protecteur d&rsquo;une si grande R&eacute;publique a faites &agrave;
+notre ville et aux habitans d&rsquo;icelle, et particuli&egrave;rement durant la
+guerre entre l&rsquo;Angleterre et les Pays Bas, en lib&eacute;rant et
+d&eacute;chargeant nos navires. Nous souhaitons &agrave; ce fleurissant &eacute;tat la
+continuation <a name="pg358" id="pg358"></a><span class="pagenum">358</span> et l&rsquo;accroissement de la faveur Divine pour leur
+conservation et accroissement de plus en plus, et nous esp&eacute;rons que
+Monseigneur le Protecteur continuera avec la R&eacute;publique ses faveurs
+envers notre ville, qui sera toujours pr&ecirc;te de leur rendre tous
+offices et humbles respects.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>After a little recollection, Whitelocke answered in French to the
+Senator&rsquo;s speech thus<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Messieurs, j&rsquo;ai grande occasion de louer le nom de Dieu, de sa
+protection de moi et de ma suite, en notre long et p&eacute;rilleux voyage,
+et pour l&rsquo;heureux succ&egrave;s qu&rsquo;il m&rsquo;a donn&eacute; en ma n&eacute;gociation, et ma
+sauve arriv&eacute;e en ce lieu, en mon retour en mon pays. Je vous d&eacute;sire
+de remercier Messeigneurs les S&eacute;nateurs de cette ville du respect
+qu&rsquo;ils ont t&eacute;moign&eacute; envers sa S&eacute;r&eacute;nissime Altesse mon ma&icirc;tre et la
+R&eacute;publique d&rsquo;Angleterre, par l&rsquo;honneur qu&rsquo;ils ont fait &agrave; leur
+serviteur, de quoi je ne manquerai d&rsquo;en informer: j&rsquo;avais grande
+envie de voir cette illustre ville, et mes compatriotes qui par
+accord vivent ici, desquels j&rsquo;ai appris avec beaucoup de
+contentement que leurs privil&eacute;ges ici &eacute;taient maintenus par
+Messeigneurs les magistrats, lesquels je d&eacute;sire d&rsquo;&ecirc;tre inform&eacute;s que
+son Altesse mon ma&icirc;tre prendra en fort bon part le respect et la
+justice qu&rsquo;on fera aux Anglais qui se trouvent ici, chose que je
+croie tournera en avantage aux uns et aux autres. Je vous rends
+gr&acirc;ces aussi de vos bons souhaits pour la prosp&eacute;rit&eacute; de notre
+nation, &agrave; laquelle Dieu a donn&eacute; tant de preuves de sa pr&eacute;sence, et
+je prie le m&ecirc;me Dieu aussi pour l&rsquo;heureux succ&egrave;s de cette ville, et
+de tous les habitans d&rsquo;icelle.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>After Whitelocke had done, the Senator again spake to him, desiring him,
+in the name of the Lords of the town, to accept a small present which
+they had sent, in testimony of their respects towards him, and said that
+it was somewhat for his kitchen and somewhat for his cellar. The present
+which they sent for his kitchen, and was laid upon the pavement in the
+hall, <a name="pg359" id="pg359"></a><span class="pagenum">359</span> was this<span class="together">:&mdash;</span>four great whole sturgeons, two great fresh salmons,
+one calf, two sheep, two lambs. The present for the cellar was a hogshead
+of Spanish wine, a hogshead of claret wine, a hogshead of Rhenish wine, a
+hogshead of Hamburg beer, a hogshead of Serbster beer. Whitelocke ordered
+the men that brought this present to be rewarded with ten rix-dollars. He
+desired the senators to return his hearty thanks to the Lords for the
+noble present which they sent him; and after many compliments and
+ceremonies Whitelocke, giving the Senators the right hand, conducted them
+to their coach, and so they parted.</p>
+
+<p>The English company entertained, with a great supper, Whitelocke and his
+company, who had more mind to sleep than to eat. Monsieur Hannibal
+Schestedt, late Viceroy of Norway, sent a gentleman to Whitelocke to know
+what time he would appoint for him to come and visit Whitelocke, who gave
+the usual answer, that whensoever he pleased to come he should be
+welcome.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 11, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Divine service at Hamburg.</span>
+<i>The Lord&rsquo;s Day.</i>&mdash;The English company and the Resident Bradshaw desired
+Whitelocke that one of his chaplains might preach in the chapel belonging
+to the English in their house, which they said was a respect to the
+Ambassador of England; and accordingly Mr. Ingelo preached in the
+morning, and a very pertinent and good sermon. The doctor, minister to
+the company here, preached in the afternoon, who far exceeded Mr. Ingelo
+in the strength of his voice and lungs, the which was not necessary for
+that chapel, <a name="pg360" id="pg360"></a><span class="pagenum">360</span> not being large, but convenient and handsomely made up with
+pews and seats fit for their company.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 12, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+The Resident sent to the Governor to inform him that Whitelocke had a
+desire to see the fortifications of the town. He answered that he would
+send one of his lieutenants to wait on Whitelocke for that purpose; but
+Whitelocke and the Resident took this for no great compliment that
+himself came not to Whitelocke. Much company did Whitelocke the honour to
+dine with him; <span class="sidenote">Interview with the Swedish Envoy to the Emperor.</span>
+and after dinner Monsieur Bernelow, who was Ambassador
+from the Queen of Sweden to the Emperor, and was now upon his return
+home, came to visit Whitelocke, and they had this discourse in Latin.</p>
+
+<p><i>Bernelow.</i> I desire your Excellence to excuse me that I cannot express
+myself in French or Italian, but, with your leave, I desire to speak to
+you in Latin.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> Your Excellence is welcome to me; and if you choose to
+express yourself in Latin, you have your liberty, and I shall understand
+something of it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Bern.</i> When I heard of your Excellence&rsquo;s arrival in this city, though I
+purposed to have gone from hence, yet I deferred my journey, to the end I
+might see you, because I have heard in the Emperor&rsquo;s Court, as well by
+letters from her Most Serene Majesty of Sweden as from the Chancellor and
+other senators of that kingdom, what great satisfaction they had in the
+English Ambassador, etc. Now the league of friendship being concluded
+between the two nations, I hold myself obliged to make this salutation to
+your Excellence.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg361" id="pg361"></a><span class="pagenum">361</span> <i>Wh.</i> I have very many thanks to return to your Excellence for the
+honour you have done me by this visit, and for these expressions of
+affection and respect to the Protector, my master. I do acknowledge
+myself much engaged to the Ricks-Chancellor and senators of Sweden, and
+in the first place to her Majesty the Queen, for their favourable respect
+towards me whilst I was in my negotiation with them, whom I found full of
+honour, wisdom, and justice, in their transactions with me.</p>
+
+<p><i>Bern.</i> I have been for some time in the service of the Queen, my
+mistress, in Germany.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> You met some of my countrymen in the Court of the Emperor,
+particularly a noble lord, whom I have the honour to know.</p>
+
+<p><i>Bern.</i> I met there the Earl of Rochester, who was at the Diet at
+Ratisbon.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> What proposals did he make there?</p>
+
+<p><i>Bern.</i> He made a kind of precarious proposal in the name of the King,
+his master.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Did he obtain what he desired?</p>
+
+<p><i>Bern.</i> He did not much prevail in it, only he obtained a verbal promise
+of some money, but had no performance.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> What occasion hath drawn your General Koningsmark with his forces
+at this time before Bremen?</p>
+
+<p><i>Bern.</i> It was thus by mistake occasioned. The Earl of L&uuml;neburg had
+covenanted with the Spanish Ambassador to levy some soldiers for the
+service of the King of Spain, which levies he began without acquainting
+the Governor of that Circle with it, who taking this occasion, and
+bearing ill-will to the Earl, drew out some forces to oppose those
+levies. Koningsmark understanding <a name="pg362" id="pg362"></a><span class="pagenum">362</span> this, and jealous that the Governor of
+the Circle designed to fall upon the fort of the Queen of Sweden in those
+parts, he drew out some forces to oppose the Governor. Those of Bremen,
+being informed that Koningsmark drew out his forces against them, sent
+some troops, who forced the Queen&rsquo;s subjects to a contribution and built
+a fort upon the Queen&rsquo;s land, which coming to the knowledge of
+Koningsmark, and that the Governor of the Circle of Westphalia intended
+only to suppress the levies of the Duke of L&uuml;neburg, and not to oppose
+the Queen of Sweden, Koningsmark thereupon marched with his forces to the
+new fort built by those of Bremen, took it in and finished it, and left
+there a garrison for the Queen, not disturbing the trade of that city.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Here were mistakes one upon another, which might have engaged that
+city and the neighbours, as well as the Crown of Sweden, in a troublesome
+war.</p>
+
+<p><i>Bern.</i> All is now peaceable and well again.</p>
+
+<p>They had much other discourse touching the right of the Crown of Sweden
+to the Duchy of Bremen; and after many compliments, the Ambassador took
+his leave.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke visits the fortifications of Hamburg.</span>
+About four o&rsquo;clock in the afternoon the senator Holtz and an ancient
+gentleman, one of the captains of the town forces, came and accompanied
+Whitelocke, to show him the town and the fortifications of it, and said
+that the Lords had commanded them to do him this service. Whitelocke went
+out with them in his usual equipage, his gentlemen walking before the
+coach, his pages and lacqueys by it, all bareheaded, and with their
+swords. They viewed most parts of the city, the streets, buildings,
+public-houses, churches, the arsenal, <a name="pg363" id="pg363"></a><span class="pagenum">363</span> the fortifications, the ships, the
+waters, rivers, and what was remarkable throughout the town. Great
+multitudes of people, especially at their Exchange, came forth to see
+them as they passed by, and all were very civil to them. To the works a
+great many of people also followed them, and continued there with them.</p>
+
+<p>They brought him first to see their arsenal, which is a large house; in
+the lower rooms thereof lay about two hundred pieces of ordnance mounted
+on good carriages, fitted and useful. They were not founded in this
+place, but brought from other parts; two of them were double cannon, each
+carrying a bullet of forty-eight pounds weight; most of the others were
+demi-cannon and culverin. There were besides these many smaller pieces
+and divers mortar-pieces, some of which were near as large in the
+diameter as that at Stockholm. In another place were many shells of
+grenades and heaps of cannon-bullets. The pavement of the room was all
+lead, two feet deep, in a readiness to make musket bullets if there
+should be occasion. In the rooms above were arms for horse and foot,
+completely fixed and kept; the greatest part of them were muskets.
+Between every division of the arms were representations in painting of
+soldiers doing their postures, and of some on horseback. Here were many
+cuirasses and a great quantity of corselets, swords, bandoliers, pistols,
+and bullets. Here likewise hung certain old targets, for monuments rather
+than use, and many engines of war; as, a screw to force open a gate, an
+instrument like a jack, with wheels to carry match for certain hours&rsquo;
+space, and just at the set time to give fire to a mine, petard, or the
+like. There were, in all, arms for about fifteen hundred horse and
+<a name="pg364" id="pg364"></a><span class="pagenum">364</span> fifteen thousand foot. They keep a garrison constantly in pay of twelve
+hundred soldiers, and they have forty companies of their citizens, two
+hundred in each company, proper men; whose interest of wives, children,
+estate, and all, make them the best magazine and defence (under God) for
+those comforts which are most dear to them.</p>
+
+<p>Some pains were taken by Whitelocke to view their fortifications, which
+are large, of about two German (ten English) miles in compass; they are
+very regular and well kept. Within the grafts are hedges of thorn, kept
+low and cut, held by them of better use than palisades. The bulwarks are
+of an extraordinary greatness; upon every third bulwark is a house for
+the guards, and they are there placed. There is also a building of brick,
+a great way within the ground upon the bulwark, and separate by itself,
+where they keep all their gunpowder; so that if by any mischance or
+wicked design it should blow up, yet it could do no hurt to the town,
+being so separated from it. On every bulwark there is space enough to
+draw up and muster a thousand men; beyond the grafts are divers
+half-moons, very regularly made. The grafts are broad and deep, filled
+with the Elbe on the one side, and with another smaller river on the
+other side.</p>
+
+<p>The works are stronger, larger, and more regular than those at L&uuml;beck.
+Above the works is a piece of ground of above five hundred yards of low
+ground, gained by industry from the Elbe; here they have mills to keep
+out or let in more or less water, as they find useful for the town and
+works. The lines of one side of the works are higher than on the other
+side, and the works better and stronger made. Here are <a name="pg365" id="pg365"></a><span class="pagenum">365</span> also mounds of
+earth raised very high to command without; there wanted no pains nor
+expense to put together so great a mass of earth as is in these
+fortifications. Upon every bulwark is mounted one demi-cannon, besides
+other great guns; in other places are smaller pieces. Round about the
+works are great store of ordnance, well fitted, mounted, and kept; and
+the platforms are strong and well planked.</p>
+
+<p>Having made a large tour through the greatest part of the city,
+Whitelocke found it to be pleasantly situated in a plain low country,
+fertile and delightful, also healthful and advantageous for trade; and
+notwithstanding the great quantity of waters on every side of it, yet the
+inhabitants do not complain of agues or other sicknesses to be more rife
+among them than in other parts.</p>
+
+<p>Upon one side is a small river, the which comes a great way down the
+country to this town, where it loseth itself in the Elbe, having first
+supplied the city with wood and other provisions brought down hither by
+boats, for which this river, though narrow, is deep enough and navigable.
+On the other side of the town is the stately river of Elbe, one of the
+chief of these parts of Germany, which also by boats brings down out of
+the country great store of all sorts of provisions and merchantable
+commodities; and which is much more advantage to them, affords a passage
+for merchants hither, and from hence to vent their merchandises to all
+parts of the world. It is the best neighbour they have, and the branches
+and arms of it run through most of their streets by their doors, to the
+great advantage of their commerce; and although sometimes, upon an
+extraordinary rising of the Elbe to a <a name="pg366" id="pg366"></a><span class="pagenum">366</span> great flood, these branches of it
+cover the lower rooms of the houses near them, to the damage of some
+owners, yet it makes amends by the constant benefit which it brings with
+it. The buildings here are all of brick, only some few of brick and
+timber put together, and are generally fashioned and used as is before
+described touching the L&uuml;beck houses.</p>
+
+<p>The district or territory belonging to the town is in some places two, in
+others three, in some more, German miles distant from the city, in which
+precinct they have the jurisdiction and revenue; and near the town are
+many pleasant little houses and seats, with gardens and accommodations,
+belonging to the citizens, to refresh themselves and their wives and
+children in the summer-time, to take the fresh country air, and to have a
+diversion for their health and pleasure. It may be said of this town,
+that God hath withheld nothing from them for their good. They have plenty
+of provisions, health, profit, and pleasure, to their full contentment,
+in a peaceable and just government, with freedom, strength in their
+magazines, fortifications, and bodies of men for their defence and
+protection, conveniences for their habitation and commerce, and, which is
+above all, a liberty to know the will of and to worship God, for the
+health of their own souls.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 13, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Diet of Germany.</span>
+This morning Whitelocke returned a visit to the Swedes&rsquo; Ambassador,
+Bernelow, at his lodging, where he learnt of him the manner of the
+sitting of the General Diet of Germany, at which he was present<span class="together">:&mdash;</span>That
+they have three colleges or chambers: the first is <a name="pg367" id="pg367"></a><span class="pagenum">367</span> the College of the
+Electors, where they only assemble; the second is the College of the
+Princes, where the Archbishops, Bishops, Dukes, Graves, and Barons meet,
+to the number of about one hundred and forty; the third is the College of
+the Free Cities, where their Deputies, about two hundred, do meet. When
+they consult, the Chancellor of the Empire, the Archbishop of Mentz,
+sends the proposal in writing to each college severally. When they are
+respectively agreed, then all the colleges meet together in the great
+hall, at the upper end whereof is a chair of state for the Emperor. On
+the right-hand of the chair the Electors sit, on the left-hand the
+principal officers of the Emperor&rsquo;s court; on the right side of the hall,
+upon seats, are the Ecclesiastic Princes, Bishops, and Abbots; on the
+left-hand are the Temporal Princes, upon their seats; and on the seats
+below, one before another, are the Deputies of the towns.</p>
+
+<p>The Archbishop of Mentz, as Marshal of the College of the Electors,
+begins and reads the proposal, and the resolution thereupon in writing of
+that college; after him, the Marshal of the College of the Princes doth
+the like; and lastly, the Marshal of the College of the Free Towns, who
+is always the chief magistrate of the place where the Diet sits. If the
+resolution of the three colleges agrees, or of the College of the
+Electors and one other of the colleges, the business is determined
+accordingly; if the colleges do not thus agree, then they meet all
+together and debate the matter; whereupon, if they come not to an accord,
+the business is remitted to another day, or the suffrage of the Emperor
+decides it.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke asked him, whether the advice of the <a name="pg368" id="pg368"></a><span class="pagenum">368</span> Diet, being the supreme
+public council, were binding to the Emperor. He said, that the Emperor
+seldom did anything contrary to that advice, but held himself bound in
+prudence, if not in duty, to conform thereunto. Whitelocke asked him what
+opinion they had in the Emperor&rsquo;s court of the present King of Sweden. He
+answered, as was expected, and most true, that they have a great opinion
+of the King, especially for military affairs. Upon Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+invitation, he did him the honour to dine with him, and they had much and
+good discourse together.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Visit of M. Woolfeldt&rsquo;s brother-in-law.</span>
+In the afternoon Whitelocke received a visit from Monsieur Hannibal
+Schestedt, whose wife was sister to Woolfeldt&rsquo;s lady, one of the
+daughters of the late King of Denmark by his second wife,&mdash;as they term
+it, his left-handed wife; this relation, and his own good parts, brought
+him in high esteem with the King, his brother-in-law, till by jealousies
+(particularly, as was said, in some matters of mistresses), distaste and
+disfavour was against him, and he was put out of his office of Viceroy of
+Norway, and other advantages; upon which he retired himself into these
+parts, and lived upon a pension of six thousand dollars yearly, allowed
+by the King unto his lady. Whitelocke found him a gentleman of excellent
+behaviour and abilities, which he had improved by his travels in most
+countries of Europe, and had gained perfectly the French, Italian, Dutch,
+English, and Latin tongues. His discourse was full of ingenuity and
+cheerfulness, and very free touching his own country and King, on whom he
+would somewhat reflect; and he spoke much of the Queen of Sweden&rsquo;s
+resignation, which he much condemned, and as much extolled the assuming
+of the <a name="pg369" id="pg369"></a><span class="pagenum">369</span> Government by the Protector of England, and said he had a design
+shortly to see England, and desired Whitelocke, that when he came into
+England he would move to the Protector to give him leave to come into
+England to serve the Protector, which he would willingly do, being forbid
+his own country; but he prayed Whitelocke, that none might know of this
+his purpose but the Protector only. He told Whitelocke, that Williamson,
+the King of Denmark&rsquo;s Ambassador now in England, had been his servant,
+etc.</p>
+
+<p>When Monsieur Schestedt was gone, Whitelocke wrote to Secretary Thurloe,
+and to his other friends in England, to give them an account of his being
+come thus far in his voyage homewards, and of the two frigates being
+arrived in the Elbe, that as soon as the wind would serve he would hasten
+for England.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">A banquet to Whitelocke.</span>
+The Resident invited Whitelocke and several Senators to a collation this
+evening, whither came the four Burgomasters, and five other Senators; a
+thing unusual for so many of them to meet a foreign public minister, the
+custom being in such case to depute two or three of their body, and no
+more; but they were willing to do more than ordinary honour to
+Whitelocke. And of these nine Senators every one spoke French or Latin,
+and some both, a thing rare enough for aldermen of a town; but the reason
+of it was given, because here, for the most part, they choose into those
+places doctors and licentiates of the laws, which employments they
+willingly accept, being for life, attended with great authority, and a
+salary of a thousand crowns yearly, besides other profits. They had a
+banquet and store of wine; and the Senators discoursed much with
+Whitelocke touching England, and the successes <a name="pg370" id="pg370"></a><span class="pagenum">370</span> of the Parliament party,
+and the many thanksgivings for them; of which they had heard with
+admiration, and commended the return of thanks to God.</p>
+
+<p>Upon this occasion, Whitelocke gave them an account of many particulars,
+and of God&rsquo;s goodness to them, and exhorted these gentlemen, in all their
+affairs, to put their trust in God, to be thankful for his mercies, and
+not to do anything contrary to his will. They asked how the Parliament
+could get money enough to pay their forces. Whitelocke told them that the
+people afforded money sufficient to defray the public charges both by sea
+and land; and that no soldiers were paid and disciplined, nor officers
+better rewarded, than those who have served the Parliament.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke asked them concerning the religion professed among them, and
+of their government and trade, wherein they gave him good information;
+and he told them he hoped that the agreement made by this city with the
+merchants, his countrymen, would be carefully observed, and the
+privileges accorded to them be continued, which would be acceptable to
+the Protector. They answered, that they had been very careful, and should
+be so still, that on their part the agreement should be exactly observed.
+They desired Whitelocke to speak to the Protector in favour of a ship
+belonging to this town, in which were some moneys belonging to
+Hollanders, and taken by the English two years since. Whitelocke promised
+to move the Protector in it, and assured them that his Highness would
+cause right to be done to them.</p>
+
+<p>At this collation Whitelocke ate very little, and drank only one glass of
+Spanish wine, and one glass of small beer, which was given him by a
+stranger, <a name="pg371" id="pg371"></a><span class="pagenum">371</span> whom he never saw before nor after, and the beer seemed at
+that instant to be of a very bad taste and colour; nor would he inquire
+what it was, his own servants being taken forth by the Resident&rsquo;s people
+in courtesy to entertain them.<a name="fnm371_21" id="fnm371_21"></a><a href="#fn371_21" class="fnnum">371</a> After he came to his lodging he was
+taken very ill, and grew worse and worse, extreme sick, with pains like
+the strokes of daggers, which put him in mind of a former passage; and
+his torment was so great that it was scarcely to be endured, the most
+violent that he ever felt.</p>
+
+<p>He was not well after his journey from L&uuml;beck to Hamburg, having been
+extremely jolted in the coach in that way full of holes and sloughs, made
+by their great carriages in time of the war, and not yet amended: his
+weariness when he came to Hamburg reprieved his pain, which highly
+increased this evening; and the last of his ill beer still remained with
+him.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 14, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke&rsquo;s indisposition.</span>
+The fierce torment continued on Whitelocke above thirteen hours together
+without intermission. About four o&rsquo;clock this morning his secretary Earle
+was called to him, who waited on him with care and sadness to see his
+torment; nature helped, by vomits and otherwise, to give some ease, but
+the sharpness of his pain continued. About five o&rsquo;clock this morning Dr.
+Whistler was called to him, who gave him several sorts of physic, and
+amongst the rest a drink with a powder and a great quantity of oil of
+sweet almonds, suspecting, by the manner of his sickness and some of <a name="pg372" id="pg372"></a><span class="pagenum">372</span> the
+symptoms, that he might have had poison given him, which was the jealousy
+of most about him; and whether it were so or not the Lord only knows, who
+nevertheless in his goodness preserved Whitelocke, and blessed the means
+for his recovery. The drink working contrary to what was intended, and
+turning to a vomit, the doctor, perceiving the operation of nature to be
+that way, followed by giving of vomits, which within two hours gave some
+ease and brought him to a little slumber, and in a few hours after to
+recovery. Thus it pleased God to exercise him, and to cast him down for a
+little time; and when he had no expectation but of present death in a
+strange land, God was pleased suddenly, and above imagination, to restore
+and recover him; the which, and all other the mercies of God, he prays
+may, by him and his, be thankfully remembered.</p>
+
+<p>A doctor of physic, a Jew in this town, hearing of Whitelocke&rsquo;s being
+sick, came to his lodging, and meeting with Dr. Whistler, told him in
+Latin, that, understanding the English Ambassador to be dangerously sick,
+and to have no physician about him but a young inexperienced man,
+therefore this Jew came to offer his service. Dr. Whistler, smiling, told
+Whitelocke of this rencounter, who presently sent his thanks and
+discharge to the Jewish doctor. Several Senators came and sent to inquire
+of Whitelocke&rsquo;s health, and to know if he wanted anything in their power
+to supply him for his recovery, and offered the physicians of the town to
+wait upon him. He returned thanks, but kept himself to the advice and
+care of his own doctor, whose endeavours it pleased God to bless, so that
+in two days Whitelocke was abroad again.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg373" id="pg373"></a><span class="pagenum">373</span> <span class="sidenote">Feast given by the English Company.</span>
+The English Company had invited divers to bear Whitelocke company at
+dinner this day, where they had a very great feast, and present at it the
+four Burgomasters and ten Senators. So many of that number had scarce
+been seen at any former entertainment; which though purposely made to do
+Whitelocke honour, yet his sickness had brought him to an incapacity of
+bearing them company; but whilst they were at the table, Whitelocke sent
+his secretary to the Resident, praying him to make his apology to the
+Lords, that extremity of sickness the night before had prevented him of
+the honour of accompanying them at this meeting; that being now somewhat
+recovered, he sent now to present his hearty thanks to their lordships
+for this great favour they had done him, wished them all health, and
+entreated them to be cheerful. The Lords returned thanks to Whitelocke
+for his civility, and about an hour after the Resident came to Whitelocke
+from the Lords to see how he did, to thank him for his compliment, and to
+know if, without inconvenience, they might be admitted to come to his
+chamber to see him. Whitelocke said he should be glad to see them, but
+privately told the Resident that he hoped they would not stay long with
+him by reason of his indisposition.</p>
+
+<p>The Senators sat at the table from twelve o&rsquo;clock at noon till six
+o&rsquo;clock in the evening, according to the fashion of Dutchland, and were
+very merry, wanting no good meat or wine, nor sparing it. About six
+o&rsquo;clock they rose from dinner, and came to Whitelocke&rsquo;s chamber to visit
+him, with many compliments, expressing their sorrow for his sickness,
+their wishes for his health, and offers of anything in their power <a name="pg374" id="pg374"></a><span class="pagenum">374</span> which
+might contribute to his recovery. Whitelocke used them with all civility,
+and heartily thanked them for this extraordinary honour they had done
+him, by so many of their lordships affording him the favour of meeting at
+this place, and excused by his violent sickness his not bearing them
+company. After many compliments and a short stay they left his chamber,
+praying for the recovery of his health again.</p>
+
+<p>Among this company of fourteen senators were no young men, but all grave
+and comely persons; and every one of them did particularly speak to
+Whitelocke, either in French or Latin, and some in both, which were hard
+to be met with in so many aldermen of towns in other countries. Divers of
+them staid in the English house till nine o&rsquo;clock at night, making a very
+long repast of nine hours together; but it was to testify the more
+particular respect and honour to the English Ambassador, and is according
+to the usage of these parts, where, at such public entertainments, they
+eat and drink heartily, and seldom part in less than ten or twelve hours,
+cheerfully conversing together. Whitelocke took great contentment in the
+civility and respects of these and other gentlemen to him in this place,
+and in the affection, care, and attendance of his children, friends, and
+servants, about him in his sickness.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 15, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The ecclesiastical state of Hamburg.</span>
+The Lords sent a gentleman to inquire of Whitelocke&rsquo;s health, with
+compliments as before. He took some physic, yet admitted visits and
+discourse, from which, and those he formerly had with Senators and
+others, he learned that as to matter of religion they <a name="pg375" id="pg375"></a><span class="pagenum">375</span> are here very
+strict to maintain a unity thereof, being of Plutarch&rsquo;s opinion, that
+&ldquo;varietas religionis, dissolutio religionis;&rdquo; and they permit no other
+religion to be publicly exercised by their own citizens among them but
+what in their government they do profess, which is according to the
+Augsburg confession; and Luther&rsquo;s opinions do wholly take place among
+them, insomuch that the exercise of religion in any other form or way is
+not admitted, except to the English Company of Merchants in the chapel of
+their house, and that by stipulation. Thus every one who differs from
+them in matters of religion must keep his opinion to himself, without
+occasioning any disturbance to the Government by practice or publication
+of such different opinion; and although many are inclined to the tenets
+of Calvin, yet their public profession is wholly Lutheran; answerable
+whereunto Whitelocke observed in their churches many images, crucifixes,
+and the like (not far removed from the practice of the Popish churches);
+particularly in their great church, which is fair and large, built with
+brick, are many images, rare tablets of painting, crucifixes, and a
+perspective of curious workmanship in colours. Their liturgy (as ours in
+England was) is extracted from the old Mass-book, and their divine
+service celebrated with much ceremony, music, and outward reverence.
+Their ministers are pensioners, but, as themselves affirm, liberally
+dealt with, and have bountiful allowances if they are holy men and good
+preachers; whereof they much satisfy themselves that they are very well
+provided in this city, to the comfort and blessing of the inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The trade of Hamburg.</span>
+Touching the trade of this place, Whitelocke learnt <a name="pg376" id="pg376"></a><span class="pagenum">376</span> that as they are
+very populous, so few are suffered in idleness, but employed in some way
+or other of trading, either as merchants, artificers, shopkeepers, or
+workmen. They have an exchange here, though not a fair one, where they
+daily meet and confer about their affairs and contracts.</p>
+
+<p>The several branches and arms of the river Elbe, which pass along by
+their houses, afford them the better means and advantages for bringing in
+and carrying forth their commodities. There is a partition between the
+old and the new town; the old is but a small part of it, and few
+merchants reside there. The ships of greatest burden come up within two
+miles of the city; the lesser ships, whereof there be a great number, and
+the great boats, come up within the town to the very doors of their
+houses, by the branches of the Elbe, to the great advantage of their
+trading.</p>
+
+<p>This city is much greater than L&uuml;beck, fuller of trade and wealth, and
+better situated for commerce, being nearer to England, the Netherlands,
+France, Spain, and all the southern and western parts; and they are not
+to pass the Sound in coming home again. The staple of English cloth is
+here, and the cloths being brought hither for the most part white, it
+sets on work many hundreds of their people to dress and dye and fit them;
+and the inhabitants of all Germany and other countries do send and buy
+their cloth here. At this time of Whitelocke&rsquo;s being here, there lay in
+the Elbe four English ships which brought cloth hither; one of them
+carried twenty-five pieces of ordnance, the least fifteen, all of good
+force; and the English cloth at this time in them was estimated to be
+worth &pound;200,000 sterling.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg377" id="pg377"></a><span class="pagenum">377</span> In consideration of this trade and the staple of English cloth settled
+here, which brings wealth to this city, the Government here hath granted
+great privileges to the English merchants residing in this place, and
+they are part of the company or corporation of Merchant Adventurers of
+England,&mdash;an ancient and honourable society, of which Whitelocke had the
+favour honorarily to be here admitted a member.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 16, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The judicial institutions of Hamburg.</span>
+Whitelocke, being, through the goodness of God, well recovered of his
+distemper, went abroad this day, and was shown the Town-house, which is a
+fair and handsome building, of the like fashion, but more large and
+beautiful, than that at L&uuml;beck, and much better furnished. Here are many
+chambers for public councils and tribunals; some of them have their
+pillars covered with copper, and pavements of Italian marble; they have
+also rich hangings, and chairs of velvet, blue, and green, and rare
+pictures. The Chamber of Audience, as they call it, is the court of
+justice, where the Right-herrs, who are in the nature of sheriffs, do sit
+to despatch and determine the causes of the citizens; and if the cause
+exceed the value of a hundred dollars, an appeal lies to the Senate, as
+it doth also in all causes criminal.</p>
+
+<p>From the Senate there is no appeal in cases of obligations, letters of
+exchange, contracts, debts, and matters of merchandise, but therein a
+speedy remedy is given for the advantage of trade; but in all other
+cases, where the value exceeds a thousand dollars, and in all causes
+capital, an appeal lies to the Imperial Chamber: and in the judicatories
+of the city, the proceedings <a name="pg378" id="pg378"></a><span class="pagenum">378</span> are according to the municipal laws and
+customs thereof, which nevertheless have great affinity with the Imperial
+civil laws, especially in the forms and manner of proceedings; and in
+cases where the municipal laws and customs are defective, there the
+proceedings are according to the civil law. They do not proceed by juries
+of twelve men to try the fact; but the parties contending are heard on
+both sides, either in person or by their advocates or proctors, as they
+please, and the witnesses on either side are examined upon oath; after
+which, the judges taking serious consideration of the whole matter and of
+all circumstances and proofs therein, at a set time they pronounce their
+sentence; and commonly the whole process and business is determined in
+the space of three weeks, except in cases where an appeal is brought. The
+judges sit in court usually twice in every week, unless in festival
+times, when they keep vacations, and with them their holidays are not
+juridical: their equal and speedy administration of justice is commended
+both by their own people and by strangers who have occasion to make trial
+of it.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Municipal Government of Hamburg.</span>
+Their public government, by which their peace is preserved, disorders
+restrained, and men kept from being wolves to one another, makes them the
+more to flourish, and consists of four Consuls or Burgomasters and twenty
+other Senators, of whom twelve were called Overholts, and the other
+twelve Ricks-herrs. Upon the death or removal of any Senator, the choice
+of a new one is with the rest of the Senators. The choice of the
+Overholts is by the people, and they are as tribunes of the people; they
+have power to control the Senate through the supreme magistracy, but they
+do <a name="pg379" id="pg379"></a><span class="pagenum">379</span> it with all respect and tenderness, and no new law is made nor tax
+imposed without their consent. But the execution of the present laws, and
+the government of the people, and the last appeal in the city, is left
+unto the Senate; as also negotiations with foreigners, the entertainments
+and ceremonies with strangers, and generally the care of the safety of
+their State.</p>
+
+<p>In cases of extraordinary concernment, as of war and peace, levying of
+money, making of new laws, and matters of extraordinary weight and
+consideration, of which the Senate are not willing to take the burden
+wholly upon themselves, or to undergo the envy or hazard of the
+consequences thereof; in such cases the Senate causeth the Overholt to be
+assembled, and, as the weight of the business may be, sometimes they
+cause to be summoned an assembly of the whole body of the burgesses of
+the city, before whom the business in the general is propounded, and they
+are desired by the Senate to make choice of some deputies, to be joined
+to the Senate and to assist them in the matters proposed. Then the whole
+body of the freemen do commonly make choice of eight, sometimes more and
+sometimes fewer, as they please, out of their own number, and these
+deputies have full power given to them by this assembly to despatch and
+determine, together with the Senate and the Overholt, their matters thus
+proposed to the general consideration of that public assembly; and what
+this Council thus constituted do resolve in these matters, the same is
+put in execution accordingly, obligeth, and is freely submitted unto by
+all the citizens, who look upon themselves by this their election of
+deputies to have their own consents involved in what their deputies
+determine.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg380" id="pg380"></a><span class="pagenum">380</span> In the evening Mr. Stetkin, with whom Whitelocke had been acquainted in
+England, when he was there, a servant of the late King for his private
+music, wherein he was excellent, came to Whitelocke, and with Maylard,
+one of Whitelocke&rsquo;s servants, made very good music for his diversion.</p>
+
+<p>This day the wind came about reasonable good for Whitelocke&rsquo;s voyage, who
+thereupon ordered the captains away to their frigates and his people to
+prepare all things in readiness for his departure tomorrow; his baggage
+was carried down and put on board the frigates. He gave his most hearty
+and solemn thanks to the Resident, and to all the gentleman of the
+English Company of Merchants here, who had very nobly and affectionately
+entertained Whitelocke at their own charge all the time of his being in
+this city. He ordered his gratuities to be distributed among their
+servants and to all who had done any service or offices for him, both of
+the English house and of the townsmen, and ordered all things to be in
+readiness to proceed in his voyage.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 17, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke takes leave of the Senate.</span>
+The baggage and inferior servants of Whitelocke being gone down before
+unto the frigates, and the wind being indifferent good, Whitelocke
+resolved this day to set forwards in his voyage, and to endeavour, if he
+could, before night to reach the frigates, which did attend his coming in
+the Elbe about Gl&uuml;ckstadt. The Resident had provided boats for Whitelocke
+and his company to go down unto the frigates, and had given notice to
+some of the Senators of Whitelocke&rsquo;s <a name="pg381" id="pg381"></a><span class="pagenum">381</span> intention to remove this day;
+whereupon Monsieur M&uuml;ller, the chief Burgomaster of the town, came to
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s lodging in the morning to visit him and to inquire of his
+health, as one that bare a particular respect to him, and was now come to
+take his leave of him. He was a wise and sober man, and of good
+conversation, and testified much respect to the Protector and
+Commonwealth of England, and much honour to Whitelocke in particular.
+Whilst he was with Whitelocke, the two Senators who came first to
+Whitelocke to bid him welcome hither, came now also to him from the
+Senate, to bid him farewell. The elder of them spake to Whitelocke to
+this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;My Lord Ambassador,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Senate hath commanded us in their name to salute your
+Excellence, and to give you thanks for taking in good part the small
+testimonies of their respect towards you, which they are ashamed
+were no better, and entreat your pardon for it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They understand that your Excellence is upon your departure from
+this town, which gives them great cause of sadness, as they had of
+joy at your arrival here; but since it is your good pleasure, and
+your great affairs oblige you to depart, all that we can do is to
+pray to God for your safe arrival in your own country, and we doubt
+not but that the same God who hath hitherto preserved you in a long
+and perilous voyage, will continue his goodness to you in the
+remainder of your journey.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We have a humble request to make to your Excellence, that you will
+give us leave to recommend our town to your patronage, and that you
+would be pleased to peruse these papers, which concern some of our
+citizens; and that your Excellence will be a means to my Lord
+Protector and to the Court of Admiralty, that justice and favour may
+be shown to them.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p><a name="pg382" id="pg382"></a><span class="pagenum">382</span> As this gentleman spake of the testimonies of respect from this city to
+Whitelocke, he looked back to the table, upon which stood a piece of
+plate covered with sarsenet. A little after the Senator had done
+speaking, Whitelocke answered him to this purpose<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Gentlemen,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have cause to acknowledge that God hath been very good and
+gracious to me, and to all my company, throughout our whole voyage
+unto this place; for which we desire to bless His name, and hope
+that He will be pleased to continue His goodness to us in the rest
+of our journey. I desire you to return my hearty thanks to my Lords
+the Senators, who have honoured me with their very great respects
+during the whole time of my being with them, and have bestowed noble
+testimonies thereof upon me. I shall not fail to inform the
+Protector, my master, hereof, to whom, and to the Commonwealth of
+England, this respect is given in my person.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have received much contentment in my being here, not only by the
+sight of so fair and flourishing a city as this is, so well
+fortified, and manned, and traded, and governed, but in your
+civilities, and the honour I have had to be acquainted with your
+worthy magistrates. And I have had a singular satisfaction to
+understand from my countrymen living amongst you that their
+privileges are by you entirely continued to them, which I recommend
+to you as a thing most acceptable to my Lord Protector, who takes
+care of the whole Commonwealth, and will expect that I give him an
+account of what concerns the English merchants and their commerce in
+this place. The wind being now good, I am obliged, according to the
+commands of the Protector, my master, forthwith to return for
+England, and do resolve this day to proceed in my voyage towards my
+ships. I hope my God will conduct me in safety to the place where I
+would be, and where I shall have the <a name="pg383" id="pg383"></a><span class="pagenum">383</span> opportunity to testify my
+gratitude to the Lords and people of this city, and to take care of
+those affairs wherein they may be concerned, which I esteem as an
+honour to me.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Presents of the Senate.</span>
+After Whitelocke had done speaking, the Senators, with the accustomed
+ceremonies, took their leaves of him. The piece of plate which they now
+presented to him was a vessel of silver, like a little cabinet, wrought
+with bosses of beautiful figures, curious and rich, of the value, as some
+prized it, of about &pound;150 sterling. Whitelocke was somewhat surprised with
+this present of plate, and doubtful whether he should accept it or not;
+but considering that it was only a testimony of their respects to the
+Protector; and as to Whitelocke, he was not capable of doing them service
+or prejudice, but as their affairs should deserve; and if he should
+refuse this present, it would be ill taken by the Lords. Upon these
+considerations, and the advice of the Resident and other friends,
+Whitelocke took it, and returned his hearty thanks for it.</p>
+
+<p>Another Senator, one Monsieur Samuel, hearing that Whitelocke had a
+little son at home, sent him a little horse for a present, the least that
+one hath seen, yet very handsome, and managed to the great saddle, which
+Whitelocke brought home with him; so full of civility and courtesy were
+the magistrates of this place.</p>
+
+<p>After much difficulty to get away, and the earnest request of the
+Resident and English merchants to the contrary, entreating him to stay
+longer, yet Whitelocke kept his resolution to leave the town; and boats
+being in readiness, he went down to the water-side, accompanied with a
+great number of his countrymen and his own people, and took his boats to
+go down <a name="pg384" id="pg384"></a><span class="pagenum">384</span> the Elbe to his ships. The Resident and some others went in his
+boat with him. Vice-Admiral Clerke would not yet leave him, saying that
+Wrangel had commanded him to see Whitelocke on board the English
+frigates, either for a compliment or desiring to see the frigates, which
+were so much discoursed on in these parts, and thereby to be enabled to
+give an account to Wrangel of the dimensions and make of them, which he
+longed to know.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke embarks in boats on the Elbe,</span>
+The boat in which Whitelocke went was large, but not convenient, open,
+and went only with sails. The streets, as he passed to the water-side,
+and the windows, and on the bridges, were full of people to see him as he
+went, and gave him courteous salutations at his farewell. In his own boat
+he had six trumpets, which sounded all along as he passed through the
+city and the haven, which was then very full of ships, and they also very
+civil to make way for Whitelocke&rsquo;s boats. Upon the bridges and bulwarks
+which he went by were guards of soldiers in arms; and the bulwarks on
+that side saluted him with all their cannon, about twenty-one pieces,
+though they used not to give strangers above two or three guns. Thus
+Whitelocke parted from this city of Hamburg, recommending himself and his
+company to the blessing and protection of the Almighty.</p>
+
+<p>A little below the city they came by a small village called by them <i>All
+to nah</i> (Altona), that is, &ldquo;All too nigh,&rdquo; being the King of Denmark&rsquo;s
+territory, within half a league, which they thought too near their city.
+When they came a little lower, with a sudden strong blast of wind the
+boat in which Whitelocke was, was in great danger of being overset; after
+which it grew <a name="pg385" id="pg385"></a><span class="pagenum">385</span> to be a calm; whereupon Whitelocke sent to the English
+cloth-ships, which lay a little below, to lend him some of their
+ship-boats and mariners with oars, to make better way than his boat with
+sails could do. This they did readily; and as Whitelocke passed by them,
+they all saluted him with their cannon.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">but lands at Stadt.</span>
+Having changed their boats and discharged the great ones, they went more
+cheerfully down the river till they came within half a league of the town
+of Stadt; when being almost dark, and the mariners not accustomed to the
+river out of the channel, the boat in which Whitelocke was, struck upon
+the sand, and was fast there. Presently the English mariners, seven or
+eight of them, leaped out of the boat into the river, &ldquo;up to their chins,
+and by strength removed the boat from off the sands again; and they came
+to their oars again, within an English mile of Stadt, when it was very
+late, and the boats were two German miles from the frigates, and the tide
+turning. Whitelocke thought it impossible to reach his ships this night,
+and not prudent to proceed with unexperienced men upon this dangerous
+river by night; and understanding by General Potley, and one of the
+trumpets who had been formerly here, of a house upon the river that goes
+to Stadt, within a quarter of a mile of the place where they now were,
+Whitelocke ordered the mariners to make to that house, who, with much
+difficulty, found out the mouth of the river; but for want of water,
+being low tide, they had much trouble to get the boat up to the cruise,
+or in there. The master of the house had been a soldier and a cook; he
+prepared a supper for them of salt eels, salt salmon, and a little
+poultry, which was made better by the meat <a name="pg386" id="pg386"></a><span class="pagenum">386</span> and wine that the Resident
+brought with him; yet all little enough when the rest of Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+company, in three other boats, came to the same house, though they could
+not know of Whitelocke being there; but he was very ill himself, and this
+was a bad quarter for him, who had been so lately very sick at Hamburg;
+yet he contented himself without going to bed. His sons and company had
+some fresh straw, and God in his wonted mercy still preserved him and his
+company. The host sent word to his General, Koningsmark, that the English
+Ambassador was at his house this night.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 18, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Embarks in the President.</span>
+Whitelocke resolved to remove from the cruise early this morning, and the
+rather because he was informed that Koningsmark intended to come hither
+this morning to visit him, which Whitelocke did not desire, in regard of
+the late accident at Bremen, where Koningsmark was governor, and that his
+conferring with him, upon his immediate return from Sweden, might give
+some jealousy to those of Bremen, or to the Hanse Towns, or some of the
+German Princes thereabouts. Whitelocke therefore held it best to take no
+notice of Koningsmark&rsquo;s intention to come and visit him, but to avoid
+that meeting by going early from hence this morning; which he had the
+more reason to do because of his bad entertainment here, and for that the
+tide served betimes this morning to get out of this river. He therefore
+caused his people to make ready about two o&rsquo;clock this morning, and took
+boat within an hour after, the weather being very fair and the country
+pleasant. On the right-hand <a name="pg387" id="pg387"></a><span class="pagenum">387</span> was Holstein, on the left-hand was the Duchy
+of L&uuml;neburg, and below that the Bishopric of Bremen; in which this river
+comes from Stadt near unto Bremen, more considerable heretofore when it
+was the staple for the English cloth, but left by our merchants many
+years since, partly because they held themselves not well treated by the
+inhabitants of Stadt, and partly by the inconvenientness of this river to
+bring up their cloth to that town.</p>
+
+<p>Two miles from this cruise Whitelocke came to the frigates, where they
+lay at anchor. He himself went on board the &lsquo;President,&rsquo; who, at his
+entry, saluted him with above forty guns, the &lsquo;Elizabeth&rsquo; but with
+twenty-one, and her Captain, Minnes, came on board to Whitelocke to
+excuse it, because, not knowing Whitelocke&rsquo;s time of coming hither, he
+had no more guns ready to bid him welcome.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Gl&uuml;ckstadt.</span>
+Right against the frigates lay the fort and town of Gl&uuml;ckstadt, that is
+Luckystadt, or Lucky Town. Whitelocke being desirous to take a view of it
+and of the fortifications, and his baggage not being yet come to the
+frigates, he with the Resident and several others went over in one of the
+ship&rsquo;s boats to see it. The town is situate in a marsh, having no hill
+near to command it. The fortifications about it are old, yet in good
+repair. It belongs to the King of Denmark, as Duke of Holstein, and he
+keeps a garrison there at the mouth of a river running into the Elbe,
+like that of Stadt. The late King of Denmark built there a blockhouse in
+the great river upon piles, to the end he might command the ships passing
+that way, but the Elbe being there above a league in breadth, the ships
+may well pass notwithstanding that fort.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg388" id="pg388"></a><span class="pagenum">388</span> At Whitelocke&rsquo;s landing in the town, which is about a bow-shot from the
+mouth of the river, he sent to acquaint the Governor therewith, and that
+he desired only to see the town and then to return to his ships. The
+Governor sent a civil answer, that he was sorry he could not accompany
+Whitelocke, to show him the town, by reason of his being sick, but that
+he had sent one of his officers to show him the fortifications, and
+desired him to command anything in the town; for which civility
+Whitelocke returned thanks.</p>
+
+<p>The town is not great nor well-built, but of brick, and some of the
+houses very fair; chiefly one which they call the King&rsquo;s house, which
+might fit an English knight to dwell in. The town seems decaying, and the
+fortifications also in some places. The late King designed to have made
+this a great town of trade, and by that means to have diminished, if not
+ruined, his neighbours the Hamburgers; to whom this King having done some
+injuries, and endeavouring to build a bridge over the Elbe near to
+Hamburg, to hinder the ships coming up thither, and their trade, the
+citizens pulled it down again, and came with about twenty vessels to
+Gl&uuml;ckstadt upon a design against that town; but the King&rsquo;s ships of war
+being there, the Admiral of Hamburg cut his anchors and returned home in
+haste. The King&rsquo;s men got up the anchors, and at this time Whitelocke saw
+them hung up in their church as great trophies of a small victory thus
+easily gained. At Whitelocke&rsquo;s return, Gl&uuml;ckstadt saluted him with three
+pieces of cannon.</p>
+
+<p>When he was come back to his ships he found all his people and baggage
+come up to him, whereupon <a name="pg389" id="pg389"></a><span class="pagenum">389</span> he resolved to weigh anchor the first
+opportunity of wind serving, and gave orders accordingly to his captains.
+The Resident Bradshaw, Vice-Admiral Clerke, the treasurer and secretary
+of the English Company at Hamburg, who accompanied Whitelocke to his
+ships, now the tide serving, took their leaves of him, with much respect
+and wishes of a happy voyage to him; and so they parted.</p>
+
+<p>The wind came to north-east, flat contrary to Whitelocke&rsquo;s course, and
+rose high, with violent storms and much rain, so that it was not possible
+for Whitelocke to weigh anchor and proceed in his voyage; but he had
+cause to thank God that he was in a safe and good harbour.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 19, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>The wind continued very tempestuous and contrary to Whitelocke&rsquo;s course,
+so that he could not budge, but lay still at anchor. The mariners, in
+their usual way of sporting, endeavoured to make him some pastime, to
+divert the tediousness of his stay and of the bad weather. He learned
+that at Gl&uuml;ckstadt the Hamburgers pay a toll to the King of Denmark, who
+submit thereunto as other ships do, rather than enter into a contest or
+war with that King.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke writes to the Queen of Sweden.</span>
+Whitelocke thought it becoming him in civility and gratitude to give an
+account by letters to the Queen of Sweden of his proceeding thus far in
+his voyage, for which purpose he had written his letters at Hamburg, and
+now having too much leisure, he made them up and sent them to
+Vice-Admiral Clerke to be presented to the Queen. The letters were to
+this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading"><a name="pg390" id="pg390"></a><span class="pagenum">390</span>
+&ldquo;<i>A sa S&eacute;r&eacute;nissime Majest&eacute; Christine, Reine de Su&egrave;de.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;Madame,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Les grandes faveurs que j&rsquo;ai re&ccedil;ues de votre Majest&eacute; m&rsquo;obligent &agrave;
+lui rendre compte de ce qui me touche, celui en qui vous avez
+beaucoup d&rsquo;int&eacute;r&ecirc;t. Et puisque par votre faveur, sous Dieu, j&rsquo;ai
+d&eacute;j&agrave; surmont&eacute; les difficult&eacute;s de la plus grande moiti&eacute; du voyage que
+j&rsquo;ai &agrave; faire par mer, j&rsquo;ai pris la hardiesse d&rsquo;entretenir votre
+Majest&eacute; de mon succ&egrave;s jusqu&rsquo;en ce lieu. Le premier de Juin, le beau
+navire &lsquo;Amaranta&rsquo; nous fit flotter sur la Baltique, et nonobstant
+les calmes, le vent contraire, et un terrible orage qui nous
+exerc&egrave;rent, par l&rsquo;adresse de l&rsquo;Amiral Clerc, du Capitaine Sinclair
+(de l&rsquo;honn&ecirc;tet&eacute;, respect, et soin desquels envers moi et ma suite,
+je suis redevable, comme de mille autres faveurs, &agrave; votre Majest&eacute;),
+comme par l&rsquo;ob&eacute;issance du navire &agrave; ses experts conducteurs, nous
+m&icirc;mes pied &agrave; terre &agrave; Tremon, le port de Lubec, Mercredi le 7 Juin.
+Samedi nous arriv&acirc;mes &agrave; Hambourg, o&ugrave; je suis &agrave; pr&eacute;sent, dans la
+maison des Anglais. Ce matin j&rsquo;ai pens&eacute; ne voir point le soir, ayant
+&eacute;t&eacute; travaill&eacute; d&rsquo;un mal soudain, et temp&ecirc;te horrible qui m&rsquo;a cuid&eacute;
+renverser dans ce port. Mais il a plu &agrave; Dieu me remettre en bonne
+mesure, ainsi j&rsquo;esp&egrave;re que je ne serai emp&ecirc;ch&eacute; d&rsquo;achever mon voyage.
+Je prie Dieu qu&rsquo;il pr&eacute;serve votre Majest&eacute;, et qu&rsquo;il me rende si
+heureux, qu&rsquo;&eacute;tant rendu en mon pays, j&rsquo;aie l&rsquo;opportunit&eacute; selon mon
+petit pouvoir de t&eacute;moigner en effet que je suis</p>
+
+<p class="yours2">
+&ldquo;De votre Majest&eacute;</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Le tr&egrave;s-humble et ob&eacute;issant serviteur,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;B. Whitelocke.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>Juin 14, 1654.</i>&rdquo;
+
+</p></div>
+
+
+<h3>June 20, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke detained by contrary winds.</span>
+The wind continued in the same quarter as before, very high and contrary
+to Whitelocke&rsquo;s course, both the last night and this morning, which gave
+him and <a name="pg391" id="pg391"></a><span class="pagenum">391</span> his company much trouble; but they must submit to the time and
+good pleasure of God.</p>
+
+<p>About five o&rsquo;clock this morning (an unusual hour for visits) Mr.
+Schestedt came on board Whitelocke&rsquo;s ship from Gl&uuml;ckstadt, whither he
+came the day before by land. They had much discourse together, wherein
+this gentleman is copious, most of it to the same effect as at his former
+visits at Hamburg. He told Whitelocke of the Lord Wentworth&rsquo;s being at
+Hamburg and his carriage there, and that he spake with respect towards
+the Protector and towards Whitelocke, but was full of wishes of ruin to
+the Protector&rsquo;s party. Whitelocke inquired of him touching the levies of
+soldiers by the Princes in the Lower Saxony now in action, with whom Mr.
+Schestedt was very conversant. He said that the present levies were no
+other than such as those Princes made the last year, and usually make
+every year for their own defence in case there should be any occasion,
+and that he knew of no design extraordinary. Whitelocke asked him several
+questions about this matter, that he might be able to give information
+thereof to the Protector; but either there was nothing, or this gentleman
+would discover nothing in it. He was entertained in Whitelocke&rsquo;s cabin at
+breakfast, where he fed and drank wine heartily, and at his going away
+Whitelocke gave him twenty-one guns, and ordered the &lsquo;Elizabeth&rsquo; to give
+him nineteen, and sent him to shore in one of his ship-boats. The wind
+being very high, and not changing all this day, to the trouble of
+Whitelocke and hindrance of his voyage.</p>
+
+<p>In the evening, a messenger from Monsieur Schestedt brought to Whitelocke
+these letters<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="salutation">
+<a name="pg392" id="pg392"></a><span class="pagenum">392</span>
+&ldquo;Monseigneur,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Votre Excellence aura re&ccedil;u, par un de ses serviteurs, un petit
+billet de moi partant de Gl&uuml;ckstadt, sur ce qu&rsquo;avions parl&eacute;,
+suppliant tr&egrave;s-humblement votre Excellence d&rsquo;en avoir soin sans
+aucun bruit. Et si la commodit&eacute; de votre Excellence le permettra, je
+vous supplie de vouloir &eacute;crire un mot de lettre au R&eacute;sident d&rsquo;ici
+pour mieux jouir de sa bonne conversation sur ce qui concerne la
+correspondance avec votre Excellence; et selon que votre Excellence
+m&rsquo;avisera je me gouvernerai exactement, me fiant enti&egrave;rement &agrave; la
+g&eacute;n&eacute;rosit&eacute; de votre Excellence, et m&rsquo;obligeant en homme d&rsquo;honneur de
+vivre et mourir,</p>
+
+<p class="yours2">
+&ldquo;Monseigneur, de votre Excellence</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Tr&egrave;s-humble et tr&egrave;s-ob&eacute;issant serviteur,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Hannibal Schestedt.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>20 Juin, 1654.</i>
+</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Votre Excellence aura mille remerc&icirc;mens de l&rsquo;honneur re&ccedil;u par ces
+canonades, et excusera pour ma disgrace de n&rsquo;avoir &eacute;t&eacute; r&eacute;pondu.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>To these letters Whitelocke sent this answer<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;Monseigneur,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Je n&rsquo;ai rien par voie de retour que mes humbles remerc&icirc;mens pour le
+grand honneur que vous m&rsquo;avez fait, par vos tr&egrave;s-agr&eacute;ables visites,
+tant &agrave; Hambourg qu&rsquo;en ce lieu, comme aussi en m&rsquo;envoyant ce noble
+gentilhomme qui m&rsquo;a apport&eacute; les lettres de votre Excellence. Je ne
+manquerai pas, quand il plaira &agrave; Dieu me ramener en Angleterre, de
+contribuer tout ce qui sera en mon pouvoir pour votre service, et
+j&rsquo;esp&egrave;re que l&rsquo;issue en sera &agrave; votre contentement, et que dans peu
+de temps je saurai vous rendre bon compte de ce dont vous me faites
+mention en vos lettres. Ce petit t&eacute;moignage du respect que je porte
+&agrave; votre Excellence, que je rendis &agrave; votre d&eacute;part de mon vaisseau, et
+qu&rsquo;il vous pla&icirc;t honorer de votre estime, ne m&eacute;rite pas que vous en
+teniez <a name="pg393" id="pg393"></a><span class="pagenum">393</span> aucun compte; je serai joyeux de vous t&eacute;moigner par
+meilleurs effets que je suis</p>
+
+<p class="yours2">
+&ldquo;De votre Excellence</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Le tr&egrave;s-humble et tr&egrave;s-ob&eacute;issant serviteur,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;B. Whitelocke.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>A bord le Pr&eacute;sident, Rade de Gl&uuml;ckstadt,<br />
+20 Juin, 1654.</i>&rdquo;
+
+</p></div>
+
+<p>Many other letters passed between them, not necessary for a recital.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 21, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Still detained by the wind.</span>
+The wind continued in the same quarter as before, very high, and contrary
+to Whitelocke&rsquo;s course. The English cloth-ships came down to him,
+desiring to be in his squadron homewards. Whitelocke knew no reason why
+his ships might not as well have fallen down lower in the river as these;
+about which he consulted with the officers and pilot of his ship, who
+agreed that this morning, the wind being come a little more moderate, the
+ships might have fallen down with the tide, but that the time was now
+neglected; which the officers excused because of the fog, which was so
+thick that they durst not adventure to go down the river. He resolved,
+upon this, to take the next opportunity, and went aboard the &lsquo;Elizabeth&rsquo;
+to see his company there, who were well accommodated.</p>
+
+<p>Here a petition was presented to Whitelocke from two mariners in hold for
+speaking desperate words,&mdash;that they would blow up the ship and all her
+company, and would cut the throat of the Protector, and of ten thousand
+of his party. One of them confessed, in his petition, that he was drunk
+when he spake these <a name="pg394" id="pg394"></a><span class="pagenum">394</span> words, and had no intention of the least harm to the
+ship, or to the Protector, or any of the State; both of them acknowledged
+their fault, and humbly asked pardon. After Whitelocke had examined them
+severally, and could get from them no confession of any plot against the
+Protector or State, but earnest asseverations of their innocences; yet
+having news of a plot in England against the Protector and Government, he
+held it not fit for him absolutely to release them; but, because he
+thought it only a business and words of drunkenness, he ordered them to
+be had out of the hold, but their Captain to see that they should be
+forthcoming at their arrival in England, that the Council, being
+acquainted herewith, might direct their pleasure concerning them.</p>
+
+<p>About noon the wind began again to blow with great tempestuousness, and
+flat contrary to Whitelocke&rsquo;s course. In the evening a gentleman came
+aboard Whitelocke&rsquo;s ship, with letters from Monsieur Schestedt from
+Gl&uuml;ckstadt to the same effect, and with compliments as formerly, to which
+Whitelocke returned a civil answer by the same messenger; and by him he
+also sent letters of compliment and thanks to the Resident Bradshaw,
+which likewise he prayed the Resident, in his name, to present to the
+English Company of Merchants at Hamburg, for their very great civilities
+and noble respects to Whitelocke while he was with them.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 22, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">A visit from Count Ranzau.</span>
+The wind continued contrary and extraordinary violent all the last night
+and this morning; and Whitelocke had cause to acknowledge the favour of
+God to <a name="pg395" id="pg395"></a><span class="pagenum">395</span> him, that during these rough storms he was in a good harbour and
+had not put out into the open sea.</p>
+
+<p>Early in the morning a gentleman came from Gl&uuml;ckstadt on board to
+Whitelocke, and told him that Grave Ranzau, the Governor of the Province
+of Holstein, had sent him to salute Whitelocke on his part, and to know
+when he might conveniently come to Whitelocke; who answered that he
+should be always ready to entertain his Excellence, but in regard the
+time was now so dangerous, he desired the Governor would not expose
+himself to the hazard for his sake.</p>
+
+<p>About an hour after came another, in the habit of a military officer,
+from the Grave to Whitelocke, to excuse the Grave&rsquo;s not coming by reason
+of the very ill weather, and that no boat was to be gotten fit to bring
+the Grave from shore to Whitelocke&rsquo;s ship; but he said, that if
+Whitelocke pleased to send his ship-boats and mariners for the Governor,
+the wind being somewhat fallen, he would come and kiss his hand.
+Whitelocke answered in French to the gentleman, who spake Dutch, and was
+interpreted in French, that he was glad his Excellence was not in danger
+of the violent storms in coming on board to him this morning, but he
+should esteem it great honour to see the Governor in his ship, and that
+not only the boats and mariners, but all in the ship was at the service
+of his Excellence. The gentleman desired that one of the ship-boats and
+the ship-mariners might carry him back to land, and so bring the Governor
+from thence to Whitelocke, who commanded the same to be done. And about
+an hour after came the Grave Ranzau, a proper, comely person, habited as
+a soldier, about forty years of age; with him was another lord, governor
+<a name="pg396" id="pg396"></a><span class="pagenum">396</span> of another province, and three or four gentlemen, and other followers.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke received them at the ship&rsquo;s side, and at his entry gave him
+nine guns. The Grave seemed doubtful to whom to make his application,
+Whitelocke being in a plain sea-gown of English grey baize; but (as the
+Governor said afterwards) he knew him to be the Ambassador by seeing him
+with his hat on, and so many brave fellows about him bareheaded. After
+salutations, the Governor spake to Whitelocke to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Monseigneur,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Le Roi de Danemarck, mon ma&icirc;tre, m&rsquo;a command&eacute; de venir trouver
+votre Excellence, et de la saluer de sa part, et la faire la
+bienvenue en ses h&acirc;vres, et lui faire savoir que s&rsquo;il y a quelque
+chose dans ce pays-l&agrave; dont le gouvernement m&rsquo;est confi&eacute; par sa
+Majest&eacute;, qu&rsquo;il est &agrave; son commandement. Sa Majest&eacute; aussi a un extreme
+d&eacute;sir de voir votre Excellence, et de vous entretenir en sa cour,
+d&eacute;sirant d&rsquo;embrasser toutes les occasions par lesquelles il pourrait
+t&eacute;moigner le respect qu&rsquo;il porte &agrave; son Altesse Monseigneur le
+Protecteur.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>Whitelocke answered in French to this purpose<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Monseigneur,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Je rends gr&acirc;ces &agrave; sa Majest&eacute; le Roi de Danemarck, du respect qu&rsquo;il
+lui &agrave; plu t&eacute;moigner &agrave; sa S&eacute;r&eacute;nissime Altesse mon ma&icirc;tre, et de
+l&rsquo;honneur qu&rsquo;il lui &agrave; plu faire &agrave; moi son serviteur, de quoi je ne
+manquerai pas d&rsquo;informer son Altesse. Je suis aussi beaucoup oblig&eacute;
+&agrave; votre Excellence pour l&rsquo;honneur de votre visite, qu&rsquo;il vous pla&icirc;t
+me donner en ce lieu, et principalement en un temps si f&acirc;cheux.
+J&rsquo;eusse aussi grande envie de baiser les mains de sa Majest&eacute; et de
+voir sa cour, n&rsquo;e&ucirc;t &eacute;t&eacute; que son Altesse a envoy&eacute; des navires expr&egrave;s
+pour m&rsquo;emporter d&rsquo;ici en Angleterre, et que j&rsquo;ai ou&iuml; dire que le Roi
+a remu&eacute; sa cour de Copenhague ailleurs, &agrave; cause de la peste. Je suis
+tr&egrave;s-joyeux d&rsquo;entendre <a name="pg397" id="pg397"></a><span class="pagenum">397</span> de la sant&eacute; de sa Majest&eacute;, auquel je
+souhaite toute sorte de bonheur.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Visit from the Dutch Agent.</span>
+After many compliments, Whitelocke gave, him precedence into his cabin;
+and after some discourse there, a servant of the Agent of Holland was
+brought in to Whitelocke, who said his master desired Whitelocke to
+appoint a time when the Agent might come on board him to salute
+Whitelocke and to kiss his hand. He answered that, at any hour when his
+master pleased to do Whitelocke that honour, he should be welcome, and
+that some noble persons being now with him, who, he hoped, would do him
+the favour to take part of a sea-dinner with him, that if it would please
+the Agent to do him the same favour, and to keep these honourable persons
+company, it would be the greater obligation unto Whitelocke. The Grave,
+hearing this, began to excuse himself, that he could not stay dinner with
+Whitelocke, but, upon entreaty, he was prevailed with to stay.</p>
+
+<p>About noon the Dutch Agent came in one of Whitelocke&rsquo;s boats on board his
+ship, whom he received at the ship&rsquo;s side, and saluted with seven guns at
+his entry. The Agent spake to Whitelocke to this purpose<span class="together">:&mdash;</span>&ldquo;That, passing
+by Gl&uuml;ckstadt towards Hamburg, he was informed of Whitelocke&rsquo;s being in
+this place, and thereupon held it his duty, and agreeable to the will of
+his Lords, not to proceed in his journey without first giving a visit to
+Whitelocke to testify the respect of his superiors to the Protector and
+Commonwealth of England, as also to Whitelocke in particular.&rdquo; Whitelocke
+returned thanks to the Agent for the respect which he testified to the
+Protector, and for the honour done to Whitelocke, and that it would be
+acceptable so the <a name="pg398" id="pg398"></a><span class="pagenum">398</span> Protector to hear of this respect from my Lords the
+States to him, whereof he should not fail to inform his Highness when he
+should have the opportunity to be near him.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Entertainment of Count Ranzau.</span>
+The Grave went first into Whitelocke&rsquo;s cabin, after him the Agent, and
+then Whitelocke, who gave these guests a plentiful dinner on ship-board.
+The Grave desired that Whitelocke&rsquo;s sons might be called in to dine with
+them, which was done, and Whitelocke asked the Grave if he would have any
+of his company to dine with him. He desired one of the gentlemen, who was
+admitted accordingly.</p>
+
+<p>They were served with the States&rsquo; plate, which Whitelocke had caused to
+be taken forth on this occasion; and the strangers would often take up
+the plates and dishes to look on them, wondering to see so many great and
+massy pieces of silver plate as there were. They drank no healths, the
+Grave telling Whitelocke he had heard it was against his judgement, and
+therefore he did forbear to begin any healths, for which civility
+Whitelocke thanked him; and they had no want of good wine and meat, and
+such as scarce had been seen before on ship-board. They discoursed of the
+affairs in Sweden, and of the happy peace between England and Denmark,
+and the like. Monsieur De la Marche gave thanks in French, because they
+all understood it.</p>
+
+<p>After dinner Whitelocke took out his tobacco-box, which the Grave looked
+upon, being gold, and his arms, the three falcons, engraven on it;
+whereupon he asked Whitelocke if he loved hawks, who said he was a
+falconer by inheritance, as his coat of arms testified. The Grave said
+that he would send him some hawks the <a name="pg399" id="pg399"></a><span class="pagenum">399</span> next winter out of his master&rsquo;s
+dominions of Iceland, where the best in the world were bred, which he
+nobly performed afterwards.</p>
+
+<p>The Grave earnestly invited Whitelocke to go on shore with him to his
+house, which was within two leagues of Gl&uuml;ckstadt, where he should meet
+Monsieur Schestedt and his lady, and the next day he would bring
+Whitelocke to the King, who much desired to see him; and the Grave
+offered to bring Whitelocke back again in his coach to Gl&uuml;ckstadt.
+Whitelocke desired to be excused by reason of his voyage, and an order of
+his country that those who had the command of any of the State&rsquo;s ships
+were not to lie out of them until they brought them home again; otherwise
+Whitelocke said he had a great desire to kiss his Majesty&rsquo;s hand and to
+wait upon his Excellence and the noble company at his house; and he
+desired that his humble thanks and excuse might be made to the King. The
+Grave replied that Whitelocke, being an Extraordinary Ambassador, was not
+within the order concerning commanders of the State&rsquo;s ships, but he might
+be absent and leave the charge of the ships to the inferior officers.
+Whitelocke said that as Ambassador he had the honour to command those
+ships, and so was within the order, and was commanded by his Highness to
+return forthwith to England; that if, in his absence, the wind and
+weather should come fair, or any harm should come to any of the ships, he
+should be answerable for neglecting of his trust. Whitelocke also was
+unwilling, though he must not express the same, to put himself under the
+trouble and temptations which he might meet with in such a journey, and
+to neglect the least opportunity of proceeding in his voyage homewards.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg400" id="pg400"></a><span class="pagenum">400</span> The Grave, seeing Whitelocke not to be persuaded, hasted away; and after
+compliments and ceremonies passed with great civility, he and the Agent
+and their company went into one of Whitelocke&rsquo;s ship-boats, with a crew
+of his men and his Lieutenant to attend them. At their going off, by
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s order only one gun was fired, and a good while after the
+&rsquo;President&rsquo; fired all her guns round, the &lsquo;Elizabeth,&rsquo; according to
+custom, did the like; so that there was a continual firing of great guns
+during the whole time of their passage from the ship unto the
+shore&mdash;almost a hundred guns, and the fort answered them with all the
+guns they had.</p>
+
+<p>At the Lieutenant&rsquo;s return he told Whitelocke that the Grave, when he
+heard but one gun fired for a good while together, began to be highly
+offended, saying that his master, the King, was slighted and himself
+dishonoured, to be sent away with one gun only fired, and he wondered the
+Ambassador carried it in such a manner; but afterwards, when the rest of
+the guns went off, the Grave said he would tell the King how highly the
+English Ambassador had honoured his Majesty and his servant by the most
+magnificent entertainment that ever was made on ship-board, and by the
+number of guns at his going away, and that this was the greatest honour
+he ever received, with much to the like purpose; and he gave to the
+Lieutenant for his pains two pieces of plate of silver gilt, and ten
+rix-dollars to the boat&rsquo;s company, and twenty rix-dollars more to the
+ship&rsquo;s company.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 23, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>This was the seventh day that Whitelocke had lain <a name="pg401" id="pg401"></a><span class="pagenum">401</span> on the Elbe, which was
+tedious to him; and now, fresh provisions failing, he sent Captain Crispe
+to Gl&uuml;ckstadt to buy more, whose diligence and discretion carried him
+through his employments to the contentment of his master. He brought good
+provisions at cheap rates.</p>
+
+
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke agrees to convoy four English cloth ships.</span>
+The four captains of the English cloth-ships came on board Whitelocke to
+visit him; they were sober, experienced sea commanders; their ships lay
+at anchor close to Whitelocke. After dinner they told Whitelocke that if
+their ships had been three leagues lower down the river, they could not
+have anchored in this bad weather without extreme danger, the sea being
+there much higher, and the tide so strong that their cables would not
+have held their ships; and that if they had been at sea in this weather,
+they had been in imminent peril of shipwreck, and could not have returned
+into the river, nor have put into the Weser nor any other harbour.
+Whitelocke said that they and he were the more bound to God, who had so
+ordered their affairs as to keep them, during all the storms wherein they
+had been, in a safe and good harbour; he wished them, in this and all
+their voyages, to place their confidence in God, who would be the same
+God to them as now, and in all their affairs of this life.</p>
+
+<p>The captains desired Whitelocke&rsquo;s leave to carry their streamers and
+colours, and to be received by him as part of his fleet in their voyage
+for England, and they would acknowledge him for their Admiral. Whitelocke
+told them he should be glad of their company in his voyage, and would
+willingly admit them as part of his small fleet, but he would expect
+their observance of his orders; and if there should be occasion, <a name="pg402" id="pg402"></a><span class="pagenum">402</span> that
+they must join with him in fight against any enemies of the Commonwealth
+whom they should meet with, which they promised to do; and Whitelocke
+mentioned it to the captains, because he had received intelligence of a
+ship laden with arms coming out of the Weser for Scotland, with a strong
+convoy, with whom Whitelocke resolved to try his strength, if he could
+meet him.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon two merchants of the cloth-ships came to visit
+Whitelocke, and showed great respect to him; and they and the captains
+returned together to their ships, the wind being allayed, and come about
+to the south, which gave Whitelocke hopes to proceed in his voyage.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 24, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The convoy sails to Rose Beacon.</span>
+The wind being come to west-south-west, a little fallen, about three
+o&rsquo;clock in the morning they began to weigh anchor. By Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+command, all the ships were to observe this order in their sailing. Every
+morning each ship was to come up and fall by Whitelocke, and salute him,
+that he might inquire how they all did; then they were to fall astern
+again, Whitelocke to be in the van, and the &lsquo;Elizabeth&rsquo; in the rear, and
+the other ships in the middle between them; all to carry their colours;
+Whitelocke to carry his in the maintop, and all to take their orders from
+his ship.</p>
+
+<p>Thus they did this morning; the cloth-ships came all by Whitelocke, and
+saluted him the first with nine guns. Whitelocke answered her with as
+many. Then she gave three guns more, to thank him for his salutation.
+Each of the other ships gave seven guns <a name="pg403" id="pg403"></a><span class="pagenum">403</span> at their passing by; then the
+fort of Gl&uuml;ckstadt discharged all their ordnance to give Whitelocke the
+farewell, who then fired twenty-one guns, and the &lsquo;Elizabeth&rsquo; nineteen;
+then the cloth-ships fired three guns apiece, as thanks for their
+salutation; and so, with their sails spread, they committed themselves to
+the protection of the Almighty. Though these things may be looked upon by
+some as trivial and expensive, yet those who go to sea will find them
+useful and of consequence, both to keep up and cheer the spirits of the
+seamen, who will not be pleased without them, and to give an honour to
+one&rsquo;s country among strangers who are taken with them; and it is become a
+kind of sea language and ceremony, and teacheth them also the better to
+speak it in battle.</p>
+
+<p>Some emulation happened between the captain of the &lsquo;President&rsquo; and
+Minnes, because Whitelocke went not with him, but in the other&rsquo;s ship,
+which Whitelocke would have avoided, but that he apprehended the
+&rsquo;President&rsquo; sent purposely for him.</p>
+
+<p>Between seven and eight o&rsquo;clock in the morning Whitelocke passed by a
+village called Brown Bottle, belonging to the King of Denmark, upon the
+river in Holstein, four leagues from Gl&uuml;ckstadt; and four leagues from
+thence he passed by a village on the other side of the Elbe, which they
+told him was called Oldenburg, and belonged to the Duke of Saxony. Two
+leagues below that, he came to anchor over against a village called Rose
+Beacon, a fair beacon standing by the water-side. It belongs to Hamburg;
+and by a late accident of a soldier&rsquo;s discharging his musket, it set a
+house on fire, and burnt half the town. Some of Whitelocke&rsquo;s people went
+on shore, <a name="pg404" id="pg404"></a><span class="pagenum">404</span> and reported it to be a poor place, and no provisions to be
+had there.</p>
+
+<p>The road here is well defended by a compass of land on the south and
+west, but to the north and east it lies open. The sea there is wide, but
+full of high sands. The river is so shallow in some places that there was
+scarce three fathom water where he passed between Brown Bottle and
+Oldenburg, where his ship struck upon the sand, and made foul water, to
+the imminent danger of him and all his people, had not the Lord in mercy
+kept them. They were forced presently to tack back, and seek for deeper
+water. The pilot confessed this to happen because they lay too far to
+gain the wind, which brought them upon the shallow. Whitelocke came to
+Rose Beacon before noon, which is not very safe if the wind be high, as
+now it was; yet much safer than to be out in the open sea, whither the
+pilot durst not venture, the wind rising and being contrary to them.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 25, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p><i>The Lord&rsquo;s Day.</i>&mdash;Mr. Ingelo, Whitelocke&rsquo;s chaplain, preached in his
+ship in the morning. Mr. De la Marche, his other chaplain, was sick of a
+dysentery, which he fell into by drinking too much milk on shore. Mr.
+Knowles, a confident young man, the ship&rsquo;s minister, preached in the
+afternoon.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The cloth ships return to Gl&uuml;ckstadt.</span>
+The wind blew very strong and contrary all the last night and this
+morning, which made it troublesome riding in this place; insomuch that
+the four cloth-ships, doubting the continuance of this tempestuous
+weather, and fearing the danger that their <a name="pg405" id="pg405"></a><span class="pagenum">405</span> cables would not hold, which
+failing would endanger all, and not being well furnished with provisions,
+they weighed anchor this morning flood, and sailed back again to
+Gl&uuml;ckstadt road; whereof they sent notice to Whitelocke, desiring his
+excuse for what their safety forced them to do. But Whitelocke thought it
+not requisite to follow their example, men of war having better cables
+than merchantmen; and being better able to endure the stress of weather,
+and he being better furnished with provisions, he resolved to try it out
+in this place.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">A present from Count Ranzau.</span>
+In the afternoon the wind was somewhat appeased and blew west-south-west.
+A messenger came on board Whitelocke, and informed him that Grave Ranzau
+had sent a noble present&mdash;a boat full of fresh provisions&mdash;to Whitelocke;
+but by reason of the violent storms, and Whitelocke being gone from
+Gl&uuml;ckstadt, the boat could not come at him, but was forced to return
+back, and so Whitelocke lost his present. The letters mentioning this
+were delivered to Whitelocke by this messenger, and were these<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading">&ldquo;<i>A son Excellence Monsieur Whitelocke, Ambassadeur Extraordinaire
+d&rsquo;Angleterre vers sa Majest&eacute; la Reine de Su&egrave;de.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;Monseigneur,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nous croyons &ecirc;tre oblig&eacute;s de faire conna&icirc;tre &agrave; votre Excellence que
+Monseigneur le Comte de Ranzau, notre ma&icirc;tre, nous avait donn&eacute;
+commission de venir tr&egrave;s-humblement baiser les mains de votre
+Excellence, et lui faire pr&eacute;senter quelques cerfs, sangliers,
+li&egrave;vres, perdrix, et quantit&eacute; de carpes; la supplier de s&rsquo;en
+rafra&icirc;chir un peu, pendant que l&rsquo;opini&acirc;tret&eacute; d&rsquo;un vent contraire lui
+emp&ecirc;cherait une meilleure commodit&eacute;, et d&rsquo;assurer votre Excellence,
+de la part de Monseigneur le Comte, qu&rsquo;il souhaite avec passion <a name="pg406" id="pg406"></a><span class="pagenum">406</span> de
+pouvoir t&eacute;moigner &agrave; votre Excellence combien il d&eacute;sire les occasions
+pour lui rendre tr&egrave;s-humbles services, et contracter avec elle une
+amiti&eacute; plus &eacute;troite; et comme son Excellence s&rsquo;en allait trouver le
+Roi, son ma&icirc;tre, qu&rsquo;il ne laisserait point de dire &agrave; sa Majest&eacute; les
+civilit&eacute;s que votre Excellence lui avait faites, et que sa Majest&eacute;
+&eacute;pouserait sans doute ses int&eacute;r&ecirc;ts, pour l&rsquo;assister de s&rsquo;acquitter
+de son devoir avec plus de vigueur, lorsque la fortune lui en
+fournirait quelque ample mati&egrave;re.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mais, Monseigneur, nous avons &eacute;t&eacute; si malheureux d&rsquo;arriver &agrave;
+Gl&uuml;ckstadt cinq ou six heures apr&egrave;s que votre Excellence avait fait
+voile et &eacute;tait descendu vers la mer; toutefois avons-nous pris
+vitement un vaisseau pour suivre, et n&rsquo;&eacute;tions gu&egrave;res loin du h&acirc;vre
+o&ugrave; l&rsquo;on disait que votre Excellence &eacute;tait contrainte d&rsquo;attendre un
+vent encore plus favorable, quand notre vaisseau, n&rsquo;&eacute;tant point
+charg&eacute;, fut tellement battu par une grande temp&ecirc;te, que nous &eacute;tions
+oblig&eacute;s de nous en retourner sans pouvoir executer les ordres de
+Monseigneur le Comte, notre ma&icirc;tre, dont nous avons un d&eacute;plaisir
+incroyable. Votre Excellence a une bont&eacute; et g&eacute;n&eacute;rosit&eacute;
+tr&egrave;s-parfaite; c&rsquo;est pourquoi nous la supplions tr&egrave;s-humblement,
+d&rsquo;imputer plut&ocirc;t &agrave; notre malheur qu&rsquo;&agrave; la volont&eacute; de Monseigneur le
+Comte, le mauvais succ&egrave;s de cette notre entreprise; aussi bien la
+lettre ici enferm&eacute;e de son Excellence Monseigneur le Comte donnera
+plus de croyance &agrave; nos paroles.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nous demandons tr&egrave;s-humblement pardon &agrave; votre Excellence de la
+longueur de celle-ci, et esp&eacute;rons quelque rencontre plus heureuse
+pour lui t&eacute;moigner de meilleure gr&acirc;ce que nous sommes passion&eacute;ment,</p>
+
+<p class="yours2">
+&ldquo;Monseigneur, de votre Excellence</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Tr&egrave;s-humbles et tr&egrave;s-ob&eacute;issans serviteurs,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap" style="text-align: left; margin-left: 50%;">
+&ldquo;Fran&ccedil;ois Louis Van de Wiele.<br />
+&ldquo;Balth. Borne.&rdquo;
+
+</p></div>
+
+<p>The enclosed letter from the Count, which they mentioned, was this<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading"><a name="pg407" id="pg407"></a><span class="pagenum">407</span>
+&ldquo;<i>Illustri et nobilissimo Domino Bulstrodo Whitelocke,
+Constabulario Castri de Windsor, et Domino Custodi Magni Sigilli
+Reipublic&aelig; Angli&aelig;, adque Serenissimam Reginam Sueci&aelig; Legato
+Extraordinario; amico meo plurimum honorando.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;Illustris et nobilissime Domine Legate, amice plurimum honorande,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Quod Excellentia vestra me hesterno die tam magnific&egrave; et laut&egrave;
+exceperit, id ut pro singulari agnosco beneficio; ita ingentes
+Excellenti&aelig; vestr&aelig; ago gratias, et nihil magis in votis habeo quam
+ut occasio mihi offeratur, qu&acirc; benevolentiam hanc aliquando debit&egrave;
+resarcire possim.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cum itaque videam ventum adhuc esse contrarium, adeo ut Excellentia
+vestra anchoram solvere versusque patriam vela vertere needum
+possit; partium mearum duxi aliquo modo gratum meum ostendere animum
+et pr&aelig;sentem ad Excellentiam vestram ablegare, simulque aliquid
+carnis, farin&aelig;, et piscium, prout festinatio temporis admittere
+potuit, offerre, Excellentiam vestram obnix&egrave; rogans ut oblatum &aelig;qui
+bonique consulere dignetur. Et quamvis ex animo Excellenti&aelig; vestr&aelig;
+ventum secundum, et ad iter omnia prospera exoptem, nihilo tamen
+minus, si forte fortuna in hisce locis vicinis diutius adhuc
+subsistere cogatur, ministris meis injungam, ut Excellenti&aelig; vestr&aelig;
+in absentia mea (quoniam in procinctu sum me crastino mane ad regiam
+Majestatem dominum meum clementissimum conferre) ulterius inservire,
+et quicquid occasio obtulerit subministrare debeant. De c&aelig;tero nos
+Divin&aelig; commendo protectioni, et Excellenti&aelig; vestr&aelig; filios
+dilectissimos meo nomine salutare obnix&egrave; rogo.</p>
+
+<p>
+&ldquo;Dabam in arce mea Breitenburos, 23 Junii, anno 1654.</p>
+
+<p class="yours2">
+&ldquo;Excellenti&aelig; vestr&aelig;</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Observantissimus totusque addictus,</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+&ldquo;<span class="smcap">Christianus</span>, <i>Comes in Ranzau</i>.&rdquo;
+
+</p></div>
+
+<p>Whitelocke did the rather insert these letters, to testify the abilities
+of the gentlemen servants to this <a name="pg408" id="pg408"></a><span class="pagenum">408</span> Grave, as also the grateful affection
+of their master towards him, a stranger to them, upon one meal&rsquo;s
+entertainment and acquaintance.</p>
+
+<p>About six o&rsquo;clock at night Mr. Smith, son to Alderman Smith, of London,
+and two other young merchants of the English company at Hamburg, came on
+board to Whitelocke, and brought letters to him from the Resident
+Bradshaw, with those the Resident received by this week&rsquo;s post from
+London; wherein was little news, and no letters came to Whitelocke,
+because (as he supposed) his friends believed him to be upon the sea.
+Whitelocke wrote letters of thanks to the Resident, and enclosed in them
+letters of compliment to the Ricks-Chancellor, and to his son Grave Eric
+of Sweden, and to Sir George Fleetwood and others, his friends, and
+entreated the Resident to send them into Sweden.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 26, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke weighs anchor.</span>
+The wind not being so high the last night nor this morning as formerly,
+but the weather promising fair, and Whitelocke longing to advance in his
+voyage, he weighed anchor about break of day, the &lsquo;Elizabeth&rsquo; did the
+like, and they were under sail about four o&rsquo;clock this morning. As they
+came out from Rose Beacon, they told above thirty fisher-boats at sea,
+testifying the industriousness of this people.</p>
+
+<p>About two leagues from Rose Beacon they passed in sight of another
+beacon, and of a village which they call Newworke, in which is a small
+castle like unto that at Rose Beacon. Here the sea began to expatiate,
+and about three leagues from hence was the <a name="pg409" id="pg409"></a><span class="pagenum">409</span> lowest buoy of the river. And
+now Whitelocke was got forth into the open German Ocean, a sea wide and
+large, oft-times highly rough and boisterous and full of danger,
+especially in these parts of it, and as Whitelocke shortly found it to
+be. Suddenly the wind grew high and the sea swelled, and they were fain
+to take in their topsails; the ship rolled and tossed sufficiently to
+make the younger seamen sick, and all fearful.</p>
+
+<p>From this place they might see an island on the starboard side of them,
+called Heligoland, standing a great way into the sea, twelve leagues from
+Rose Beacon; the island is about six miles in compass. The inhabitants
+have a language, habit, and laws, different from their neighbours, and
+are said to have many witches among them; their shores are found very
+dangerous, and many ships wrecked upon them.</p>
+
+<p>About noon the wind came more to the west, and sometimes it was calm;
+nevertheless the sea wrought high, the waves raised by the former storms
+not abating a long while after the storm ceased. When they were gone
+about two leagues beyond Heligoland, the wind and tide turning against
+them, they were driven back again near two leagues short of the island;
+but about four o&rsquo;clock in the afternoon, the wind being come to
+south-south-east and a fresh gale, they went on well in their course,
+running about eight leagues in a watch. Before it was night they had left
+Heligoland out of sight, and got about eight leagues beyond it; and the
+&rsquo;Elizabeth&rsquo; kept up with Whitelocke.</p>
+
+<p>From hence he came in sight of divers small islands upon the Dutch coast,
+which lie in rank from the mouth of the Elbe unto the Texel. In the
+evening <a name="pg410" id="pg410"></a><span class="pagenum">410</span> they spied a sail to the leeward of them, but so far off that
+Whitelocke held it not fit, being almost dark, to go so far as he must do
+out of his way to inquire after her, and she seemed, at that distance, to
+stand for the course of England.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 27, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">At sea.</span>
+The last night, the wind, having chopped about, had much hindered
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s course, and made him uncertain where they were, yet he went
+on labouring in the main; but the seamen guessed, by the ship&rsquo;s making
+way and holding it (though sometimes forward and sometimes backward),
+that this morning by eight o&rsquo;clock they had gained thirty leagues from
+Heligoland, from which to Orfordness they reckon eighty leagues, and the
+&ldquo;Fly&rdquo; to be midway. The ship, which they saw last night, coming near them
+this morning, they found to be of Amsterdam, coming from the Sound
+homewards: she struck her sails to Whitelocke, and so passed on her
+course.</p>
+
+<p>About noon Whitelocke came over-against the Fly, and saw the tower there,
+about five or six leagues from him. The wind lessened, and the sea did
+not go so high as before; he went on his course about four or five
+leagues in a watch. About seven or eight Holland ships made their course
+by them, as was supposed, towards the Sound, which now they did without
+fear or danger, the peace between the two Commonwealths being confirmed.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke&rsquo;s fresh provisions beginning to fail, and his biscuit lessened
+by affording part of it to the &lsquo;Elizabeth,&rsquo; which wanted, he was enforced
+to order that <a name="pg411" id="pg411"></a><span class="pagenum">411</span> there should be but one meal a day, to make his provisions
+hold out.</p>
+
+<p>The most part of the afternoon they were taken with a calm, till about
+seven o&rsquo;clock in the evening, when the wind came fresh again to the east
+and towards the north, and then would again change; and sometimes they
+kept their course, and sometimes they were driven back again. The wind
+was high and variable, and they toiled to and again, uncertain where they
+were. Divers took the opportunity to recreate themselves by fishing, and
+the mackerel and other fish they took gave a little supply to their want
+of victual. About nine o&rsquo;clock in the evening they lost the &lsquo;Elizabeth,&rsquo;
+leaving her behind about three leagues; she used to keep a distance from
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s ship, and under the wind of her, since they began their
+voyage; and, as a stranger, would not keep company with Whitelocke, being
+discontented because he went not in that frigate.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 28, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke&rsquo;s great deliverance.</span>
+This Wednesday was the day of Whitelocke&rsquo;s greatest deliverance. After
+midnight, till three o&rsquo;clock in the afternoon, was a great calm, and
+though the &lsquo;President&rsquo; were taken with it, yet the &lsquo;Elizabeth&rsquo; had a good
+wind; and notwithstanding that the day before she was left behind a great
+distance, yet this morning she came up near to him, and got before him;
+so great is the difference sometimes, and at so small a distance, at sea,
+that here one ship shall have no wind at all, and another ship a few
+yards from her shall have her sails filled. Notwithstanding the calm, yet
+the wind being by flashes large, they went the last <a name="pg412" id="pg412"></a><span class="pagenum">412</span> night and the day
+before twenty leagues up and down, sometimes in their course and
+sometimes out of it. In the morning, sounding with the plummet, the pilot
+judged that they were about sixteen leagues from the Texel, and
+twenty-four from Orfordness, but he did not certainly know whereabouts
+they were. Between three and four o&rsquo;clock in the afternoon the wind came
+to north-north-west, which gave them hopes of finishing their voyage the
+sooner, and it blew a fresh gale.</p>
+
+<p>About five o&rsquo;clock in the evening rose a very great fog and thick mist,
+so that it was exceeding dark, and they could not see their way a ship&rsquo;s
+length before them. Whitelocke came upon the decks, and seeing the
+weather so bad and night coming on, and that all their sails were spread,
+and they ran extraordinary fast, he did not like it, but called together
+the captain, the master, the pilot, and others, to consult what was best
+to be done. He asked them why they spread all their sails, and desired to
+make so much way in so ill weather, and so near to night. They said they
+had so much sail because the wind favoured them, and that notwithstanding
+the bad weather they might safely run as they did, having sea-room
+enough. Whitelocke asked them if they knew whereabouts they were. They
+confessed they did not, because they had been so much tossed up and down
+by contrary winds, and the sun had not shined, whereby they might take
+the elevation. Whitelocke replied, that, having been driven forward and
+backward as they had been, it was impossible to know where they were;
+that the ship had run, and did now run, extraordinary fast, and if she
+should run so all night, perhaps they might be in danger of the English
+coast or of the Holland coast; <a name="pg413" id="pg413"></a><span class="pagenum">413</span> and that by Norfolk there were great
+banks of sand, by which he had passed at sea formerly, and which could
+not be unknown to them; that in case the ship should fall upon those
+sands, or any other dangers of that coast, before morning, they should be
+all lost; and therefore he thought fit to take down some of their sails
+and slacken their course till, by daylight, they might come to know more
+certainly in what part they were.</p>
+
+<p>The officers of the ship continued earnest to hold on their course,
+saying they would warrant it that there was running enough for all night,
+and that to take down any sail, now the wind was so good for them, would
+be a great wrong to them in their course. But Whitelocke was little
+satisfied with their reasons, and less with their warranties, which among
+them are not of binding force. His own reason showed him, that, not
+knowing where they were, and in such weather as this to run on as they
+did, they knew not whither, with all their sails spread, might be
+dangerous; but to take down some of their sails and to slacken their
+course could be no danger, and but little prejudice in the hindrance of
+their course this night, which he thought better to be borne than to
+endanger all.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">He orders sail to be taken in.</span>
+But chiefly it was the goodness of God to put it strongly upon
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s heart to overrule the seamen in this particular, though in
+their own art, and though his own desires were sufficiently earnest to
+hasten to his dear relations and country; yet the present haste he feared
+might hinder the seeing of them at all. Upon a strange earnestness in his
+own mind and judgement, he gave a positive command to the captain to
+cause all the sails to be taken down except <a name="pg414" id="pg414"></a><span class="pagenum">414</span> the mainsail only, and that
+to be half-furled. Upon the captain&rsquo;s dispute, Whitelocke with quickness
+told him that if he did not presently see it done he would cause another
+to do it, whereupon the captain obeyed; and it was a great mercy that the
+same was done, which God directed as a means to save their lives.</p>
+
+<p>
+After the sails were taken down, Whitelocke also ordered them to sound
+and try what water and bottom they had. About ten o&rsquo;clock in the evening
+sounding, they found eighteen fathom water; the next sounding they had
+but fifteen fathom, and so lessened every sounding till they came to
+eight fathom, which startled them, and made them endeavour to tack about.
+But it was too late, for within less than a quarter of an hour after they
+had eighteen fathom water,
+<span class="sidenote">The ship strikes.</span>
+the ship struck upon a bank of sand, and there
+stuck fast. Whitelocke was sitting with some of the gentlemen in the
+steerage-room when this happened, and felt a strange motion of the
+frigate, as if she had leaped, and not unlike the curveting of a great
+horse; and the violence of the striking threw several of the gentlemen
+from off their seats into the midst of the room. The condition they were
+in was quickly understood, and both seamen and landsmen discovered it by
+the wonderful terror and amazement which had seized on them, and more
+upon the seamen than others who knew less of the danger.</p>
+
+<p>It pleased his good God to keep up the spirits and faith of Whitelocke in
+this great extremity; and when nothing would be done but what he in
+person ordered, in this frightful confusion God gave him extraordinary
+fixedness and assistance, a temper and constancy of spirit beyond what
+was usual with him. He ordered <a name="pg415" id="pg415"></a><span class="pagenum">415</span> the master-gunner presently to fire some
+pieces of ordnance, after the custom at sea, to signify their being in
+distress. But the gunner was so amazed with the danger, that he forgot to
+unbrace the guns, and shot away the main-sheet; and had not the ship been
+strong and staunch, the guns being fired when they were close braced,
+they had broke the sides of her. Whitelocke caused the guns to be
+unbraced and divers of them fired, to give notice to the &lsquo;Elizabeth,&rsquo; or
+any other ship that might be within hearing, to come in to their
+assistance; but they heard no guns again to answer theirs, though they
+longed for it, hoping that the &lsquo;Elizabeth,&rsquo; or any other ship coming in
+to them, by their boats might save the lives of some of them. Whitelocke
+also caused lights to be set up in the top-gallant, used at sea by those
+in distress to invite help; but the lights were not answered again by any
+other ship or vessel; particularly they wondered that nothing was heard
+or seen from the &lsquo;Elizabeth.&rsquo;</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke then ordered the sails of the ship to be reversed, that the
+wind, being high, might so help them off; but no help was by it, nor by
+all the people&rsquo;s coming together to the stern, then to the head, then to
+the sides of the ship, all in a heap together; nothing would help them.
+Then Whitelocke ordered the mariners to hoist out one of the boats, in
+which some of the company would have persuaded Whitelocke to put himself
+and to leave the rest, and seek to preserve his own life by trusting to
+the seas in this boat; and they that advised this, offered willingly to
+go with him.</p>
+
+<p>But Whitelocke knew that if he should go into the boat, besides the
+dishonour of leaving his people in this distress, so many would strive to
+enter into the <a name="pg416" id="pg416"></a><span class="pagenum">416</span> boat with him (a life knows no ceremony) that probably
+the boat would be sunk by the crowding; and there was little hope of
+escaping in such a boat, though he should get well off from the ship and
+the boat not be overladen. He therefore ordered the captain to take a few
+of the seamen into the boat with him, and to go round the ship and sound
+what water was on each side of her, and what hopes they could find, and
+by what means to get her off, himself resolving to abide the same fortune
+with his followers.</p>
+
+<p>The captain found it very shallow to windward, and very deep to leeward,
+but no hopes of help; and at his return the master advised to lighten the
+ship by casting overboard the goods in her. Whitelocke held it best to
+begin with the ordnance, and gave order for it. Mr. Earle was contriving
+how to save his master&rsquo;s jewels, which were of some value; his master
+took more care to save his papers, to him more precious jewels; but there
+was no hope of saving any goods or lives. Whitelocke put in his pocket a
+tablet of gold of his wife&rsquo;s picture, that this, being found about his
+dead body when it should be taken up, might show him to have been a
+gentleman, and satisfy for his burial. One was designing to get upon a
+plank, others upon the masts, others upon other fancies, any way to
+preserve life; but no way was left whereby they could have the least
+shadow or hopes of a deliverance.</p>
+
+<p>The captain went up to the quarter-deck, saying, there he lived and there
+he would die. All the officers, sadly enough, concluded that there was
+not the least show of any hopes of preservation, but that they were all
+dead men, and that upon the return of the tide <a name="pg417" id="pg417"></a><span class="pagenum">417</span> the ship would
+questionless be dashed in pieces. Some lay crying in one corner, others
+lamenting in another; some, who vaunted most in time of safety, were now
+most dejected. The tears and sighs and wailings in all parts of the ship
+would have melted a stony heart into pity; every swelling wave seemed
+great in expectation of its booty; the raging waves foamed as if their
+prey were too long detained from them; every billow threatened present
+death, who every moment stared in their faces for almost two hours
+together.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Exhorts his sons.</span>
+In this condition Whitelocke encouraged his two sons to undergo the
+pleasure of God with all submission. He was sorry for them, being young
+men, who might have lived many years to do God and their country service,
+that they now should be snatched away so untimely; but he told them, that
+if father and sons must now die together, he doubted not but they should
+go together to that happiness which admits no change; that he did not so
+much lament his own condition, being an old man, in the course of nature
+much nearer the grave than they: but he besought God to bless them and
+yet to appear for their deliverance, if it were His will, or else to give
+him and them, and all the company, hearts willing to submit to His good
+pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Discourse with the boatswain.</span>
+Walking on the decks to see his orders executed for throwing the ordnance
+overboard, the boatswain met him and spake to him in his language<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Boatswain.</i> My Lord, what do you mean to do?</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> Wherein dost thou ask my meaning?</p>
+
+<p><i>Bo.</i> You have commanded the ordnance to be cast overboard.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> It is for our preservation.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg418" id="pg418"></a><span class="pagenum">418</span> <i>Bo.</i> If it be done, we are all destroyed.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> What reason have you to be of this opinion? Must we not lighten the
+ship? and can we do it better than to begin with the ordnance?</p>
+
+<p><i>Bo.</i> It may do well to lighten the ship, but not by throwing overboard
+the ordnance; for you can but drop them close to the ship&rsquo;s side, and
+where the water is shallow they will lie up against the side of the ship
+and fret it, and with the working of the sea make her to spring leaks
+presently.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I think thou speakest good reason, and I will try a little longer
+before it be done.</p>
+
+<p><i>Bo.</i> My Lord, do not doubt but God will show Himself, and bring you off
+by His own hand from this danger.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Hast thou any ground to judge so, or dost thou see any probability
+of it?</p>
+
+<p><i>Bo.</i> I confess there is no probability for it; but God hath put it into
+my heart to tell your Excellence that He will appear our Deliverer when
+all other hopes and helps fail us, and He will save us by His own power;
+and let us trust in Him.</p>
+
+<p>Upon this discourse with the honest boatswain, who walked up and down as
+quite unconcerned, Whitelocke forbade the throwing of the ordnance
+overboard; and as he was sitting on the deck, Mr. Ingelo, one of his
+chaplains, came to him, and said that he was glad to see him in so good a
+temper.</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> I bless God, who keeps up my spirit.</p>
+
+<p><i>Ingelo.</i> My Lord, such composedness, and not being daunted in this
+distress, is a testimony of God&rsquo;s presence with you.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I have cause to thank God, whose presence <a name="pg419" id="pg419"></a><span class="pagenum">419</span> hath been with me in all
+my dangers, and most in this greatest, which I hope and pray that He
+would fit us all to submit unto.</p>
+
+<p><i>Ing.</i> I hope He will; and I am glad to see your sons and others to have
+so much courage left in so high a danger.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> God hath not suffered me, nor them, nor yourself, to be dejected in
+this great trial; and it gives me comfort at this time to observe it, nor
+doth it leave me without some hopes that God hath yet a mercy in store
+for us.</p>
+
+<p><i>Ing.</i> There is little hopes of continuance in this life, it is good to
+prepare ourselves for a better life; and therefore, if you please that
+the company may be called together into your cabin, it will be good to
+join in prayer, and recommending our souls to Him that gave them; I
+believe they are not to remain long in these bodies of clay.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I hope every one doth this apart, and it is very fit likewise to
+join together in doing it; therefore I pray send and call the people into
+my cabin to prayer.</p>
+
+<p>Whilst Mr. Ingelo was gone to call the people together, a mariner came
+from the head of the ship, running hastily towards Whitelocke, and crying
+out to him, which caused Whitelocke to suspect that the ship had sprung a
+leak or was sinking. The mariner called out<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The ship moves,</span>
+<i>Mariner.</i> My Lord! my Lord! my Lord!</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> What&rsquo;s the matter, mariner?</p>
+
+<p><i>Mar.</i> She wags! she wags!</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Which way doth she wag?</p>
+
+<p><i>Mar.</i> To leeward.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg420" id="pg420"></a><span class="pagenum">420</span> <i>Wh.</i> I pray God that be true; and it is the best news that ever I heard
+in my life.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mar.</i> My Lord, upon my life the ship did wag; I saw her move.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Mr. Ingelo, I pray stay awhile before you call the people; it may
+be God will give us occasion to change the style of our prayers.
+Fellow-seaman, show me where thou sawest her move.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mar.</i> My Lord, here, at the head of the frigate, I saw her move, and she
+moves now,&mdash;now she moves! you may see it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> My old eyes cannot discern it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Mar.</i> I see it plain, and so do others.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">and rights.</span>
+Whilst they were thus speaking and looking, within less than half a
+quarter of an hour, the ship herself came off from the sand, and
+miraculously floated on the water. The ship being thus by the wonderful
+immediate hand of God, again floating on the sea, the mariners would have
+been hoisting of their sails, but Whitelocke forbade it, and said he
+would sail no more that night. But as soon as the ship had floated a good
+way from the bank of sand, he caused them to let fall their anchors, that
+they might stay till morning, to see where they were, and spend the rest
+of the night in giving thanks to God for his most eminent, most
+miraculous deliverance.</p>
+
+<p>Being driven by the wind about a mile from the sand, there they cast
+anchor, and fell into discourse of the providences and goodness of God to
+them in this unhoped-for preservation. One observed, that if Whitelocke
+had not positively overruled the seamen, and made them, contrary to their
+own opinions, to take down their sails, but that the ship had run with
+all her <a name="pg421" id="pg421"></a><span class="pagenum">421</span> sails spread, and with that force had struck into the sand, it
+had been impossible for her ever to have come off again, but they must
+all have perished. Another observed, that the ship did strike so upon the
+bank of sand, that the wind was on that side of her where the bank was
+highest, and so the strength of the wind lay to drive the ship from the
+bank towards the deep water.</p>
+
+<p>Another supposed, that the ship did strike on the shelving part of the
+bank of sand, and the wind blowing from the higher part of the bank, the
+weight of the ship thus pressed by the wind, and working towards the
+lower part of the shelving of the bank, the sand crumbled away from the
+ship, and thereby and with the wind she was set on-float again. Another
+observed, that if the ship had struck higher on the bank or deeper, when
+her sails had been spread, with the force of her way, they could not in
+the least probability have been saved.</p>
+
+<p>Another observed, that through the goodness of God the wind rose higher,
+and came more to that side of the ship where the bank of sand was
+highest, after the ship was struck, which was a great means of her coming
+off; and that, as soon as she was floated, the wind was laid and came
+about again to another quarter. Another observed, that it being at that
+time ebbing water was a great means of their preservation; because the
+ship being so far struck into the sand, and so great a ship, a flowing
+water could not have raised her; but upon the coming in of the tide she
+would questionless have been broke in pieces.</p>
+
+<p>The mariners said, that if God had not loved the landmen more than the
+seamen they should never have <a name="pg422" id="pg422"></a><span class="pagenum">422</span> come off from this danger. Every one made
+his observations. Whitelocke concluded them to this purpose:</p>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke orders a thanksgiving to God.</span>
+&ldquo;Gentlemen,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I desire that we may all join together in applying these
+observations and mercies to the praise of God, and to the good of
+our own souls. Let me exhort you never to forget this deliverance
+and this signal mercy. While the love of God is warm upon our
+hearts, let us resolve to retain a thankful memory of it to our
+lives&rsquo; end, and, for the time to come, to employ those lives, which
+God hath now given to us and renewed to us, to the honour and praise
+of Him, who hath thus most wonderfully and most mercifully revived
+us, and as it were new created us. Let us become new creatures;
+forsake your former lusts in your ignorance, and follow that God
+fully, who hath so eminently appeared for us, to save us out of our
+distress; and as God hath given us new lives, so let us live in
+newness of life and holiness of conversation.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>Whitelocke caused his people to come into his cabin, where Mr. Ingelo
+prayed with them, and returned praises to the Lord for this deliverance:
+an occasion sufficient to elevate his spirit, and, meeting with his
+affections and abilities, tended the more to the setting forth His glory,
+whose name they had so much cause more than others to advance and honour.</p>
+
+<p>Many of the seamen came in to prayers, and Whitelocke talked with divers
+of them upon the mercy they had received, who seemed to be much moved
+with the goodness of God to them; and Whitelocke sought to make them and
+all the company sensible of God&rsquo;s gracious dealings, and to bring it home
+to the hearts of them. He also held it a duty to leave to his own family
+this large relation, and remembrance of the Lord&rsquo;s signal mercy to him
+and his; whereby they might be <a name="pg423" id="pg423"></a><span class="pagenum">423</span> induced the more to serve the God of
+their fathers, to trust in Him who never fails those that seek Him, and
+to love that God entirely who hath manifested so much love to them, and
+that in their greatest extremities; and hereby to endeavour that a
+grateful acknowledgment of the goodness and unspeakable love of God might
+be transmitted to his children&rsquo;s children; that as God never forgets to
+be gracious, so his servants may never forget to be thankful, but to
+express the thankfulness of their hearts by the actions of their lives.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke spent this night in discourses upon this happy subject, and
+went not to bed at all, but expected the return of day; and, the more to
+express cheerfulness to the seamen, he promised that as soon as light did
+appear, if they would up to the shrouds and top, he that could first
+descry land should have his reward, and a bottle of good sack advantage.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 29, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">They make the coast of Norfolk.</span>
+As soon as day appeared, the mariners claimed many rewards and bottles of
+sack, sundry of them pretending to have first discovered land; and
+Whitelocke endeavoured to give them all content in this day of rejoicing,
+God having been pleased to turn their sorrow into joy, by preserving them
+in their great danger, and presently after by showing them their
+longed-for native country; making them, when they were in their highest
+expectation of joy to arrive in their beloved country, then to disappoint
+their hopes by casting them into the extremest danger&mdash;thus making them
+sensible of the uncertainty of this world&rsquo;s condition, and checking
+perhaps their too much earthly confidence, to let them <a name="pg424" id="pg424"></a><span class="pagenum">424</span> see His power to
+control it, and to change their immoderate expectation of joy into a
+bitter doubt of present death. Yet again, when He had made them sensible
+thereof, to make his equal power appear for their deliverance when vain
+was the help of man, and to bring them to depend more on him, then was He
+pleased to rescue them by his own hand out of the jaws of death, and to
+restore them with a great addition to their former hopes of rejoicing, by
+showing them their native coast,&mdash;the first thing made known to them
+after their deliverance from perishing.</p>
+
+<p>The day being clear, they found themselves upon the coast of Norfolk,
+and, as they guessed, about eight leagues from Yarmouth, where they
+supposed their guns might be heard the last night. The wind being good,
+Whitelocke ordered to weigh anchor, and they sailed along the coast,
+sometimes within half a league of it, until they passed Orfordness and
+came to Oseley Bay, where they again anchored, the weather being so thick
+with a great fog and much rain that they could not discern the marks and
+buoys to avoid the sands, and to conduct them to the mouth of the river.
+A short time after, the weather began to clear again, which invited them
+to weigh anchor and put the ship under sail; but they made little way,
+that they might not hinder their sounding, which Whitelocke directed, the
+better to avoid the danger of the sands, whereof this coast is full.</p>
+
+<p>Near the road of Harwich the &lsquo;Elizabeth&rsquo; appeared under sail on-head of
+the &lsquo;President,&rsquo; who overtaking her, Captain Minnes came on board to
+Whitelocke, who told him the condition they had been in the last night,
+and expostulated with him to this purpose.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg425" id="pg425"></a><span class="pagenum">425</span> <i>Whitelocke.</i> Being in this distress, we fired divers guns, hoping that
+you, Captain Minnes, could not but hear us and come in to our relief,
+knowing this to be the order of the sea in such cases.</p>
+
+<p><i>Minnes.</i> My Lord, I had not the least imagination of your being in
+distress; but I confess I heard your cannon, and believed them to be
+fired by reason of the fog, which is the custom of the sea in such
+weather, to advertise one another where they are.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Upon such an occasion as the fog, seamen use to give notice to one
+another by two or three guns, but I caused many more to be fired.</p>
+
+<p><i>Minnes.</i> I heard but four or five in all, and I answered your guns by
+firing some of mine.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> We heard not one of your guns.</p>
+
+<p><i>Minnes.</i> That might be by reason we were to windward of you three
+leagues.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Why then did you not answer the lights which I caused to be set up?</p>
+
+<p><i>Minnes.</i> My Lord, those in my ship can witness that I set up lights
+again, and caused squibs and fireworks to be cast up into the air, that
+you might thereby discern whereabouts we were.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> It was strange that we could neither see yours nor you our lights.</p>
+
+<p><i>Minnes.</i> The greatness of the fog might occasion it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The lights would appear through the fog as well as in the night.</p>
+
+<p><i>Minnes.</i> My Lord, I did all this.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> It was contrary to my orders for you to keep so far off from me,
+and to be on-stern of me three leagues; but this hath been your practice
+since we first came out to sea together; and if you had been under <a name="pg426" id="pg426"></a><span class="pagenum">426</span> the
+command of some others, as you were under mine, they would have expected
+more obedience than you have given to my orders, or have taken another
+course with you, which I can do likewise.</p>
+
+<p><i>Minnes.</i> My Lord, I endeavoured to get the wind of you, that I might
+thereby be able to keep in your company, which otherwise I could not have
+done, you being so much fleeter than the &lsquo;Elizabeth;&rsquo; but in the evenings
+I constantly came up to your Excellence.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Why did you not so the last night?</p>
+
+<p><i>Minnes.</i> The fog rose about five o&rsquo;clock, and was so thick that we could
+not see two ships&rsquo; length before us. In that fog I lost you, and, fearing
+there might be danger in the night to fall upon the coast, I went off to
+sea, supposing you had done so likewise, as, under favour, your captain
+ought to have done; and for my obedience to your Excellency&rsquo;s commands,
+it hath been and shall be as full and as willing as to any person living.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> When you found by my guns that you were so far from me to the
+windward, you might fear that I was fallen into that danger which you had
+avoided by keeping yourself under the wind more at large at sea.</p>
+
+<p><i>Minnes.</i> If I had in the least imagined your Excellence to have been in
+danger, we had been worse than Turks if we had not endeavoured to come in
+to your succour; and though it was impossible, as we lay, for our ship to
+come up to your Excellence, yet I should have adventured with my boats to
+have sought you out. But that you were in any danger was never in our
+thoughts; and three hours after your guns fired, sounding, I found by the
+lead the red sand, which <a name="pg427" id="pg427"></a><span class="pagenum">427</span> made me think both your Excellence and we might
+be in the more danger, and I lay the further off from them, but knew not
+where your Excellence was, nor how to come to you.</p>
+
+<p>After much more discourse upon this subject, Captain Parkes pressing it
+against Minnes, who answered well for himself, and showed that he was the
+better seaman in this action and in most others, and in regard of the
+cause of rejoicing which God had given them, and that they now were near
+the end of their voyage, Whitelocke held it not so good to continue the
+expostulation as to part friends with Captain Minnes and with all his
+fellow-seamen, and so they proceeded together lovingly and friendly in
+their voyage.</p>
+
+<p>The wind not blowing at all, but being a high calm, they could advance no
+further than the tide would carry them, the which failed them when they
+came to a place called Shoe, about four leagues from the mouth of Thames.
+Having, through the goodness of God, passed by and avoided many banks of
+sands and dangerous places, the wind failing them and the tide quite
+spent, they were forced about seven o&rsquo;clock in the evening to come to an
+anchor, Captain Minnes hard by the &lsquo;President,&rsquo; where, to make some
+pastime and diversion, he caused many squibs and fireworks to be cast up
+into the air from the &lsquo;Elizabeth,&rsquo; in which Minnes was very ingenious,
+and gave recreation thereby to Whitelocke and to his company.</p>
+
+
+<h3>June 30, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Reach the Nore and Gravesend.</span>
+Friday, the last of this month, was the fifth and last day of
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s voyage by sea from the mouth of <a name="pg428" id="pg428"></a><span class="pagenum">428</span> the Elbe to the mouth of
+the Thames. About twelve o&rsquo;clock the last night the wind began to blow
+very strong in the south-west, and by daybreak they had weighed anchor;
+and though the wind was extreme high and a great tempest, yet such was
+their desire of getting into the harbour, that, taking the benefit of the
+tide and by often tacking about, they yet advanced three leagues in their
+course; and when the tide failed, they were forced to cast anchor at the
+buoy in the Nore, the same place where Whitelocke first anchored when he
+came from England. The pilots and mariners had much ado to manage their
+sails in this tempestuous weather; and it was a great favour of God that
+they were not out at sea in these storms, but returned in safety to the
+place where the kindness of God had before appeared to them.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon the wind began to fall, and they weighed anchor, putting
+themselves under sail and pursuing their course, till for want of day and
+of tide they were fain to cast anchor a little above Gravesend, and it
+being very late, Whitelocke thought it would be too troublesome to go on
+shore; but to keep his people together, and that they might all be the
+readier to take the morning tide, he lay this night also on ship-board,
+but sent Earle and some others that night to shore, to learn the news,
+and to provide boats against the morning for transportation of Whitelocke
+and his company the next day to London.</p>
+
+<p>Thus, after a long, most difficult, and most dangerous journey,
+negotiation, and voyage from south to north in winter, and from north to
+south in summer, after the wonderful preservations and deliverances which
+the Lord had been pleased to vouchsafe to <a name="pg429" id="pg429"></a><span class="pagenum">429</span> them, He was also pleased, in
+His free and constant goodness to His servants, to bring them all in
+safety and with comfort again to their native country and dearest
+relations, and blessed with the success of their employment, and with the
+wonderful appearances of God for them.</p>
+
+<p>May it be the blessed portion of them all, never to forget the
+loving-kindness of the Lord, but by these cords of love to be drawn
+nearer to Him, and to run after Him all the days of their lives! To the
+end that those of his family may see what cause they have to trust in God
+and to praise his name for his goodness, Whitelocke hath thought fit,
+hereby in writing, and as a monument of God&rsquo;s mercy, to transmit the
+memory of these passages to his posterity.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn371_21" id="fn371_21"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm371_21">371</a></span> [Another instance of the fear of assassination or of
+death by poison, which at that time haunted the Envoys of the
+Commonwealth abroad.]</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<h2><a name="pg430" id="pg430"></a><span class="pagenum">430</span>
+<a name="JULY" id="JULY"></a>JULY.</h2>
+
+<h3>July 1, 1654.</h3>
+
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke lands, and proceeds to his house at Chelsea.</span>
+About three o&rsquo;clock this morning good store of boats came from Gravesend
+to Whitelocke&rsquo;s ships, to transport him, his company, and goods to
+London. By the help of the mariners, without much delay the baggage was
+put on board the boats; and Whitelocke&rsquo;s people, after a perilous and
+tedious voyage, were not backward to leave their ships and to set forward
+to London. Earle was sent before to Greenwich, to acquaint Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+wife with his coming, lest sudden joy and apprehensions might surprise
+her to her prejudice.</p>
+
+<p>Whitelocke having distributed his rewards to the officers and seamen of
+both the frigates, much to the same proportion as when he went forth, and
+giving them all his hearty thanks, he went into a boat of six oars, his
+two sons and some of the gentlemen with him, the rest in other boats.
+When they were gone about a musket-shot from the ships, both the frigates
+and the fort fired their cannon for a parting salutation. The weather was
+cold, wet, and windy, as if it had been still winter, but it was
+cheerfully endured, being the conclusion of a bad voyage. Near Greenwich
+Earle met them, and informed Whitelocke that his family was at Chelsea,
+whither he had sent advertisement of his coming.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg431" id="pg431"></a><span class="pagenum">431</span> Many of the company being much tired, sick, and wanting sleep, by their
+desire and for their refreshment he staid a little time at the &lsquo;Bear&rsquo; on
+the bridge-foot, and from thence to Whitehall, where not finding the
+Protector, who was gone to Hampton Court, yet many of his friends meeting
+him there, he was embraced by them with much show of joy, and heartily
+bid welcome home, blessing God for his safe return and good success in
+his business.</p>
+
+<p>From Whitehall Whitelocke went to his own house at Chelsea, where he
+found his wife and family in good health, but in no small passion,
+surprised with the great and sudden joy, which ofttimes brings no less
+disturbance to the tempers of people, especially of the more tender and
+affectionate sex, than other surprises do; sudden fear, grief, and joy,
+are often equal in their operation upon constitutions and affections. Nor
+was Whitelocke&rsquo;s wife alone in this surprise; another with her, at the
+return of her husband, could not forbear, in all that company, her
+extraordinary expressions of joy at the happy meeting of her own most
+near relation.</p>
+
+<p>From the time of Whitelocke&rsquo;s departure from hence, to his entry into
+Upsal, Whitelocke spent forty-seven days; five months he staid there, and
+in his return from Upsal to this place cost him forty-three days; and in
+all these eight months&rsquo; time of his absence from his dear relations and
+country the Lord was pleased so to own him and his, and so graciously to
+preserve and prosper them, that himself and a hundred persons in his
+company, after so long a journey, so great a change of climate and
+accommodations, such hardships endured, such dangers surmounted through
+His goodness, the business effected beyond the expectation of <a name="pg432" id="pg432"></a><span class="pagenum">432</span> those who
+employed him, Whitelocke and all his company were through mercy returned
+to their country and relations, in as good condition and health as when
+they went forth, not one of them left behind dead or sick or impaired in
+their health, but some improved and bettered therein. Only Whitelocke,
+being ancient, will have cause to remember the decay of his strength and
+health by the hardships and difficulties of this service; but more cause
+hath he to remember the wonderful goodness of God to him and his company
+abroad and to his wife and family at home, in His blessing and
+preservation of them, and in the comfort and safety of their meeting
+after so long and perilous a separation, for which he is obliged to
+praise the name of God for ever.</p>
+
+<p>After ceremonies past at his coming to his own house, Whitelocke sent
+Captain Beake to Hampton Court, to acquaint the Protector with his
+return, to present his duty, and to receive his commands when Whitelocke
+should wait upon his Highness to kiss his hand, and to give him an
+account of his negotiation. Beake returned this evening from Hampton
+Court to Whitelocke with this answer<span class="together">:&mdash;</span>that the Protector expressed much
+joy at the news of the safe arrival of Whitelocke and of his company in
+England; that he looked upon it as a mercy, and blessed God for it; and
+that he much desired to see Whitelocke, and hoped, on Monday next, at
+Whitehall, to have his company, who should be very welcome to him.</p>
+
+<p>A little while after this message returned, there came two of the
+Protector&rsquo;s gentlemen, sent by him to Chelsea in his name, to visit
+Whitelocke and to bid him welcome home, to inquire of his health, and to
+testify <a name="pg433" id="pg433"></a><span class="pagenum">433</span> the contentment the Protector received by Whitelocke&rsquo;s happy
+return home, and that he hoped on Monday next to see him. Whitelocke
+desired the gentlemen to present his humble thanks to the Protector for
+this great favour to inquire after so mean a servant, who hoped to have
+the honour to wait upon his Highness at the time appointed by him.</p>
+
+
+<h3>July 2, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Protector compliments Whitelocke on his return.</span>
+<i>The Lord&rsquo;s Day.</i>&mdash;Whitelocke began to enjoy some more privacy and
+retirement than he had been lately accustomed unto, and was at the public
+church with his wife and family, and courteously saluted and bid welcome
+home by many. In the evening the Protector sent another compliment to
+Whitelocke by Mr. Strickland, one of his Council, who came to
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s house, and told him that he was sent by the Protector to
+salute him, and to inquire of his health after his long and dangerous
+voyage, and to assure him of the great joy his Highness received by
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s safe arrival in England, and the desire he had to see him,
+and personally to entertain him. Whitelocke desired his most humble
+thanks might be returned to his Highness for this great favour, giving
+him the opportunity of seeing so honourable a person as Strickland was,
+and for taking such care of so poor a servant as Whitelocke, and to let
+his Highness know that he should obey his Highness&rsquo;s commands in waiting
+on him the next day as he appointed.</p>
+
+
+<h3>July 3, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">His audience of the Protector.</span>
+Whitelocke came to Whitehall about nine o&rsquo;clock <a name="pg434" id="pg434"></a><span class="pagenum">434</span> this morning, where he
+visited Mr. Secretary Thurloe, who brought him to the Protector, and he
+received Whitelocke with great demonstration of affection, and carried
+him into his cabinet, where they were together about an hour, and had
+this among other discourses<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Protector.</i> How have you enjoyed your health in your long journey, both
+by sea and land? and how could you endure those hardships you were put
+unto in that barren and cold country?</p>
+
+<p><i>Whitelocke.</i> Indeed, Sir, I have endured many hardships for an old crazy
+carcase as mine is, but God was pleased to show much mercy to me in my
+support under them, and vouchsafed me competent health and strength to
+endure them.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> I have heard of your quarters and lodging in straw, and of your
+diet in your journey; we were not so hardly nor so often put to it in our
+service in the army.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Both my company and myself did cheerfully endure all our hardships
+and wants, being in the service of our God and of our country.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> That was also our support in our hardships in the army, and it is
+the best support, indeed it is, and you found it so in the very great
+preservations you have had from dangers.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Your Highness hath had great experience of the goodness of God to
+you, and the same hand hath appeared wonderfully in the preservation of
+my company and myself from many imminent and great dangers both by sea
+and land.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> The greatest of all other, I hear, was in your return home upon
+our coast.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> That indeed, Sir, was very miraculous.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg435" id="pg435"></a><span class="pagenum">435</span> <i>Prot.</i> I am glad to see you safe and well after it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I have cause to bless God with all thankfulness for it as long as I
+live.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> I pray, my Lord, tell me the particulars of that great
+deliverance.</p>
+
+<p>Thereupon Whitelocke gave a particular account of the passages of that
+wonderful preservation; then the Protector said<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> Really these passages are full of wonder and mercy; and I have
+cause to join with you in acknowledgment of the goodness of the Lord
+herein.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Your Highness testifies a true sense thereof, and your favour to
+your servant.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> I hope I shall never forget the one or the other,&mdash;indeed I hope
+I shall not; but, I pray, tell me, is the Queen a lady of such rare parts
+as is reported of her?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Truly, Sir, she is a lady excellently qualified, of rare abilities
+of mind, perfect in many languages, and most sorts of learning,
+especially history, and, beyond compare with any person whom I have
+known, understanding the affairs and interest of all the States and
+Princes of Christendom.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> That is very much; but what are her principles in matters of
+religion?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> They are not such as I could wish they were;<a name="fnm435_22" id="fnm435_22"></a><a href="#fn435_22" class="fnnum">435</a> they are too
+much inclined to the manner of that country, and to some persuasions from
+men not well inclined to those matters, who have had too much power with
+her.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg436" id="pg436"></a><span class="pagenum">436</span> <i>Prot.</i> That is a great deal of pity; indeed I have heard of some
+passages of her, not well relishing with those that fear God; and this is
+too general an evil among those people, who are not so well principled in
+matters of religion as were to be wished.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> That is too true; but many sober men and good Christians among them
+do hope, that in time there may be a reformation of those things; and I
+took the boldness to put the Queen and the present King in mind of the
+duty incumbent upon them in that business; and this I did with becoming
+freedom, and it was well taken.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> I think you did very well to inform them of that great duty which
+now lies upon the King; and did he give ear to it?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Yes truly, Sir, and told me that he did acknowledge it to be his
+duty, which he resolved to pursue as opportunity could be had for it; but
+he said, it must be done by degrees with a boisterous people, so long
+accustomed to the contrary. And the like answer I had from the Archbishop
+of Upsal, and from the Chancellor, when I spoke to them upon the same
+subject, which I did plainly.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> I am glad you did so. Is the Archbishop a man of good abilities?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> He is a very reverend person, learned, and seems very pious.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> The Chancellor is the great wise man.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> He is the wisest man that ever I conversed with abroad, and his
+abilities are fully answerable to the report of him.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> What character do you give of the present King?</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg437" id="pg437"></a><span class="pagenum">437</span> <i>Wh.</i> I had the honour divers times to be with his Majesty, who did that
+extraordinary honour to me as to visit me at my house; he is a person of
+great worth, honour, and abilities, and not inferior to any in courage
+and military conduct.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> That was an exceeding high favour, to come to you in person.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> He never did the like to any public minister. But this, and all
+other honour done to me, was but to testify their respects to your
+Highness, the which indeed was very great, both there, and where I passed
+in Germany.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> I am obliged to them for their very great civility.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Both the Queen, and the King, and his brother, and the Archbishop,
+and the Chancellor, and most of the grandees, gave testimony of very
+great respect to your Highness, and that not only by their words, but by
+their actions likewise.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> I shall be ready to acknowledge their respects upon any occasion.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The like respects were testified to your Highness in Germany,
+especially by the town of Hamburg; where I endeavoured, in your
+Highness&rsquo;s name, to confirm the privileges of the English merchants, who,
+with your Resident there, showed much kindness to me and my company.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> I shall heartily thank them for it. Is the Court of Sweden
+gallant, and full of resort to it?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> They are extreme gallant for their clothes; and for company, most
+of the nobility and the civil and military officers make their constant
+residence where the Court is, and many repair thither on all occasions.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg438" id="pg438"></a><span class="pagenum">438</span> <i>Prot.</i> Is their administration of justice speedy? and have they many
+law-suits?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> They have justice in a speedier way than with us, but more
+arbitrary, and fewer causes, in regard that the boors dare not contend
+with their lords; and they have but few contracts, because they have but
+little trade; and there is small use of conveyances or questions of
+titles, because the law distributes every man&rsquo;s estate after his death
+among his children, which they cannot alter, and therefore have the fewer
+contentions.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> That is like our gavelkind.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> It is the same thing; and in many particulars of our laws, in cases
+of private right, and of the public Government, especially in their
+Parliaments, there is a strange resemblance between their law and ours.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> Perhaps ours might some of them be brought from thence.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> Doubtless they were, when the Goths and Saxons, and those northern
+people, planted themselves here.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> You met with a barren country, and very cold.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> The remoter parts of it from the Court are extreme barren; but at
+Stockholm and Upsal, and most of the great towns, they have store of
+provisions; but fat beef and mutton in the winter-time is not so
+plentiful with them as in the countries more southerly; and their hot
+weather in summer as much exceeds ours, as their cold doth in winter.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> That is somewhat troublesome to endure; but how could you pass
+over their very long winter nights?</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I kept my people together and in action and recreation, by having
+music in my house, and encouraging that and the exercise of dancing,
+which held <a name="pg439" id="pg439"></a><span class="pagenum">439</span> them by the ears and eyes, and gave them diversion without
+any offence. And I caused the gentlemen to have disputations in Latin,
+and declamations upon words which I gave them.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> Those were very good diversions, and made your house a little
+academy.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I thought these recreations better than gaming for money, or going
+forth to places of debauchery.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> It was much better. And I am glad you had so good an issue of
+your treaty.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I bless God for it, and shall be ready to give your Highness a
+particular account of it, when you shall appoint a time for it.</p>
+
+<p><i>Prot.</i> I think that Thursday next, in the morning, will be a good time
+for you to come to the Council, and to make your report of the
+transactions of your negotiation; and you and I must have many discourses
+upon these arguments.</p>
+
+<p><i>Wh.</i> I shall attend your Highness and the Council.</p>
+
+
+<h3>July 4, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke&rsquo;s friends celebrate his return.</span>
+This day was spent in visits, very much company resorting to Whitelocke&rsquo;s
+house to bid him welcome into England, so that, by the multitude of
+company, he had not any opportunity of recollecting himself and his
+thoughts, touching the matters which he was to communicate to the Council
+the next day; but it could not be avoided, and he must take such time as
+would be afforded him.</p>
+
+
+<h3>July 5, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">A solemn thanksgiving for his safe return.</span>
+By Whitelocke&rsquo;s appointment, all his company who <a name="pg440" id="pg440"></a><span class="pagenum">440</span> were with him in
+Sweden, came this day to his house at Chelsea, where divers others of his
+good friends met them, to the intent they might all join together in
+returning humble and hearty thanks to God for his great mercy and
+goodness to them, in their preservation and wonderful deliverances in
+their voyage, in blessing them with health and with success in their
+business, and bringing all of them in safety and comfort to their native
+country and most dear relations.</p>
+
+<p>Being for this end met together in a large room prepared for them, they
+began the duty; and first, Mr. Peters acquainted them with the occasion
+of the meeting, recommending all to the direction and assistance of the
+Lord. He spoke to them upon the Psalm pertinent to the occasion, and to
+the mention of the voyage, hardships, dangers, and difficulties, wherein
+God had delivered them; and what sense these things ought to work upon
+their hearts, and what thankfulness they ought to return to God for his
+mercies.</p>
+
+<p>After a psalm sung, Mr. Ingelo, one of Whitelocke&rsquo;s chaplains, prayed
+with them, and then amplified the favours and deliverances which God had
+wrought for them, the great difficulties and dangers wherein He had
+preserved them, and their unworthiness of any mercy; he exhorted them to
+all gratitude to the Author of their mercies: in all which he expressed
+himself with much piety, ingenuity, and with great affection. Mr. George
+Downing, who had been a chaplain to a regiment in the army, expounded a
+place of Scripture very suitable to the occasion, and very ingeniously
+and pertinently. After him, Mr. Stapleton <a name="pg441" id="pg441"></a><span class="pagenum">441</span> prayed very well, and spake
+pertinently and feelingly to the rest of the company, his
+fellow-travellers. Then they sang another psalm; and after that, Mr.
+Cokaine spake very well and piously, and gave good exhortations on the
+same subject.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke&rsquo;s address to his company.</span>
+When all these gentlemen had ended their discourses proper for the
+occasion, Whitelocke himself spake to the company to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;Gentlemen,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have heard from our worthy Christian friends many words of
+precious truth, with which I hope all our souls are refreshed, and
+do pray that our practice may be conformed. The duty of this day,
+and of every person, is <i>gratiarum actio</i>: I wish we may all act
+thankfulness to our God, whereunto we are all obliged who have
+received so great benefits from Him. In a more peculiar manner than
+others I hold myself obliged to render thanks&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;1. To our God, who hath preserved us all, and brought us in safety
+and comfort to our dear country and relations.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;2. To our Christian friends, from whom we have received such
+powerful instructions this day, and prayers all the days of our
+absence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;3. To you, Gentlemen, who have shown so much affection and respect
+in bearing me company in a journey so full of hardships and dangers.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am of the opinion of the Roman soldier who told C&aelig;sar, &lsquo;I have in
+my own person fought for thee, and therefore that the Emperor ought
+in his own person to plead for the soldier&rsquo; (which he did); and have
+in your own persons endured all the hardships, difficulties, and
+dangers with me: and were I as able as C&aelig;sar, I hold myself as much
+obliged in my own person to serve you, and, to the utmost of my
+capacity, shall do all good offices for any of you, who have, with
+so much affection, respect, and hazard, adventured your persons with
+me.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg442" id="pg442"></a><span class="pagenum">442</span>
+&ldquo;I am obliged, and do return my hearty thanks, to our worthy
+friends who have so excellently performed the work of the day, and
+shall pray that it may be powerful upon every one of our hearts, to
+build us up in the knowledge of this duty; and I should be glad to
+promise, in the name of all my company, that we shall give a ready
+and constant observance of those pious instructions we have received
+from you.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Some here have been actors with us in our story; have gone down to
+the sea in ships and done business in great waters; have seen the
+works of God and His wonders in the deep; His commanding and raising
+the stormy wind, lifting up the waves thereof, which mount up to the
+heavens and go down again to the deep, whose souls have melted
+because of trouble, and have been at their wits&rsquo; end: then have
+cried unto the Lord in their distress, and He hath brought them out
+of trouble. We have seen Him make the storm a calm, and the waves
+thereof still: then were we glad, and He brought us to our desired
+harbour. Oh that we would praise the Lord for His goodness, for His
+wonderful works! Let us exalt Him in the congregation of the people,
+and praise Him in the assembly of the elders.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;These my companions, who have been actors, and others, I hope will
+give me leave to make them auditors of some special providences of
+the Lord, wherein we may all reap benefit from the relation. The
+Apostle saith, 2 Pet. i., &lsquo;Wherefore I will not be negligent to put
+you always in remembrance of these things, though you know them, and
+be established in the present truth.&rsquo; To all I may say, with the
+wise man (Prov. viii.), &lsquo;Hear! for I will speak of excellent
+things,&rsquo; free mercies, great deliverances, wonderful preservations:
+excellent things to those who were sharers of them in action, and
+for the contemplation of those who are hearers of them; therefore I
+may shortly recite some of the most eminent of them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In the first day of our voyage with a fair wind, at <a name="pg443" id="pg443"></a><span class="pagenum">443</span> night it
+changed, and we were stopped till comfortable letters came to me,
+which otherwise could not have come, and were no sooner answered but
+the wind came fair again. When we toiled in the open sea with cross
+winds and tempests, driven near to our own coast back again, God
+sent us then fair weather and a good gale for our voyage. How was He
+pleased to bring us so very near great danger on the Riff, and then
+bring us safe off from it and hold on our course again!</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When we were in no small danger in the tempestuous seas on the back
+of the Skaw, when the anchors dragged a league in one night with the
+storm, and every moment <i>we</i> expected to be devoured by the raging
+waves, there the Lord was also our deliverer; as He also was upon
+the rocky coast of Norway and in the difficult passage to the
+harbour of Gothenburg. Throughout our voyage the providence of God
+watched over us and protected us. Thus did He in our land journey,
+where the extreme hardships we were put unto are sufficiently known
+to all of us, and will to our life&rsquo;s end be felt by some of us.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My particular preservation was wonderful from an intended
+assassination by one who thrust himself into my company to have the
+better opportunity to execute it; but, overcome with kindness, his
+heart relented, and he forsook his purpose and my company.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If the snow had fallen (as in other years) in the time of our
+travel, we could not have passed our journey; but He who rules the
+heavens and the earth restrained it till we came within half a day
+of our journey&rsquo;s end, and in safety He conducted us to Upsal. The
+same Providence kept us there, and when some of our company were
+sick and hurt, restored health again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It was marvellous and unexpected, that in a foreign country, at
+such a distance from friends and acquaintance, God should raise us
+up friends out of strangers, namely the Queen, foreign ministers,
+and great officers, in whose sight we found wonderful favour, to our
+preservation under God <a name="pg444" id="pg444"></a><span class="pagenum">444</span> and a great means of effecting what we came
+about, maugre the labours and designs of our enemies against it, and
+their plots and attempts for our destruction, had not our Rock of
+Defence secured us.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I should detain you very long, though I hope it would not be
+thought too long, to recite all our remarkable mercies; and it is an
+excellent thing that they are so numerous. We are now coming
+homewards. How did our God preserve us over the Baltic Sea from
+innumerable dangers of the rocks, sands, coasts, islands, fierce
+lightnings, storms, and those high-swelling waters! Such was our
+preservation in the Elbe, when our countrymen leaped into the water
+to bring us off from danger, and when the tempests hurried us up and
+down, by Heligoland, then towards Holland, then to the northward,
+then to the southward, in the open breaking rough seas, when we had
+lost our course and knew not where we were.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Above all other was that most eminent deliverance near our own
+coast, when our ship was stuck upon the sand twelve leagues from any
+shore, when no help nor human means were left to save us, when pale
+death faced us so long together, when no hopes remained to escape
+his fury or the rages of the waves, which we expected every instant
+to swallow us; even then, to show where our dependence ought to be,
+our God would make it His own work to deliver us. He it was that
+raised the wind, and brought it from the higher part of the bank, to
+shake our fastened ship, and crumble the loose sands; and no sooner
+had we taken a resolution of praying and resigning our souls to God,
+but He gave us our lives again, moving our ship by His powerful arm,
+making it to float again, none knowing how or by what means, but by
+the free act of His mercy, and not a return of ours, but of the
+prayers of some here present, and divers others our Christian
+friends, who at that very time were met together to seek the Lord
+for us and for our safe return.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Methinks the hearts of us who were partakers of these <a name="pg445" id="pg445"></a><span class="pagenum">445</span> mercies
+should rejoice in the repetition of them, and those that hear them
+cannot but say they hear excellent things; and certainly never had
+any men more cause than we have of returning humble and hearty
+thanks to God who hath thus saved us.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And having received these mercies, and been delivered out of these
+distresses, I may say to you, as Jacob said to his household (Gen.
+xxxv.), &lsquo;Let us arise and go to Bethel;&rsquo; let us serve God and praise
+His name who answered us in the day of our distress, and was with us
+in the way which we went. Let us also keep Jacob&rsquo;s vow: &lsquo;The Lord
+hath been with us and kept us in our way, and brought us again to
+our fathers&rsquo; house in peace; let the Lord be our God.&rsquo; Let not any
+of our former vanities or lusts, or love of the world, be any more
+our God, but let the Lord be our God; let our thanksgiving appear in
+owning the Lord for our God, and in walking answerable to our
+mercies; let our prayers be according to the counsel of the Apostle
+(Eph. v.), &lsquo;See then that ye walk circumspectly, giving thanks
+always for all things.&rsquo; How much more are we bound to do it from our
+special mercies!</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Gentlemen, give me leave to conclude with my particular thanks to
+you who accompanied me in my journey, and have manifested very much
+respect, care, diligence, courage, and discretion. You have, by your
+demeanour, done honour to our profession of religion, to our
+country, to yourselves, to your Ambassador, who will be ready to
+testify the same on all occasions, and to do you all good offices;
+chiefly in bearing you company to return praises to our God, whose
+mercies endure for ever.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>After these exercises performed, wherein Whitelocke was the more large in
+manifesting the abounding of his sense of the goodness of God towards
+him, and was willing also to recollect his thoughts for another occasion,
+the company retired themselves; and Whitelocke complimented his
+particular friends, giving <a name="pg446" id="pg446"></a><span class="pagenum">446</span> them many thanks who had shown kindness to
+his wife and family, and had taken care of his affairs in his absence.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">A banquet held in State, as in Sweden.</span>
+He bid them all welcome, and desired them to accompany company him the
+next day to his audience before the Protector and Council. Then he led
+them into a great room, where the table was spread, and all things in the
+same state and manner as he used to have them in Sweden, that his friends
+might see the fashion of his being served when he was in that condition,
+and as his farewell to those pomps and vanities.</p>
+
+<p>The trumpets sounding, meat was brought in, and the mistress of the house
+made it appear that England had as good and as much plenty of provisions
+as Sweden, Denmark, or Germany. His friends and company sat down to meat
+as they used to do in Sweden; the attendants, pages, lacqueys, and
+others, in their liveries, did their service as they were accustomed
+abroad. Their discourse was full of cheerfulness and recounting of God&rsquo;s
+goodness; and both the time of the meat and the afternoon was spent in
+rejoicing together for the present mercy, and for the whole series of
+God&rsquo;s goodness to them; and in the evening they parted, every one to his
+own quarters.</p>
+
+
+<h3>July 6, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke give an account of his Embassy to the Council.</span>
+Whitelocke went in the morning early to Whitehall. At Secretary Thurloe&rsquo;s
+lodging he found most of his company, the gentlemen in their habits, the
+others in their liveries; and in a short time they were all come
+together, to attend their Ambassador to his last audience, who was put to
+the patience of staying an hour <a name="pg447" id="pg447"></a><span class="pagenum">447</span> and a half at Master Secretary&rsquo;s lodging
+before he was called in to his Highness; then, being sent for, he went,
+attended in the same manner as he used to go to his audiences in Sweden.
+Being come to the outward room, he was presently brought into the
+Council-chamber, where the Protector sat in his great chair at the upper
+end of the table, covered, and his Council sat bare on each side of the
+table. After ceremonies performed by Whitelocke, and great respect shown
+him by the Protector and his Council, Whitelocke spake to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;May it please your Highness,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I attend, by your command, to give an account of the discharge of
+that great trust and weighty burden which, through the assistance of
+God, I have undergone in my employment to Sweden, and with the
+success of that negotiation, wherein I shall not waste much of your
+time, for which you have other great affairs; but, in as few words
+as I can, I shall with clearness and truth acquaint your Highness
+and your Honourable Council with those matters which I apprehend
+most fit and worthy of your knowledge.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;After the receipt of my commission and instructions from the
+Parliament then sitting, to go Ambassador to Sweden, I neglected no
+time, how unseasonable soever, to transport myself to that country.
+Upon the 5th of November I embarked at the Hope, and after ten days&rsquo;
+voyage, through many storms, enemies, and dangers, it pleased God on
+the 15th of November to bring me in safety, with all my company,
+into the port of Gothenburg. The next day I despatched two of my
+servants to the Court with letters to Prince Adolphus, the Grand
+Master, and to the Ricks-Chancellor of Sweden, to advertise them of
+my arrival, and to desire their advice whither to direct my journey
+to attend the Queen.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In this city I received many civilities and testimonies of respect
+to your Highness and this Commonwealth from <a name="pg448" id="pg448"></a><span class="pagenum">448</span> the magistrates,
+officers, and others there; and a small contest I had with a
+Dutchman, a Vice-Admiral of her Majesty&rsquo;s, about our war with his
+countrymen, and about some prizes brought in by me, wherein I took
+the liberty to justify the proceedings of this State, and ordered,
+upon submission, the release of a small Dutch prize taken by me.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Having refreshed myself and company some days, I began my land
+journey the last day of November. The military officers accompanied
+me out of town; the citizens and garrison-soldiers stood to their
+arms, and with many volleys of great and small shot (the bullets
+passing somewhat too near for compliments) they gave me an
+honourable farewell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In our journey we met with extreme hardships, both in the weather
+and in want of necessary accommodations. The greater towns where we
+quartered showed much respect to your Highness and this
+Commonwealth; only in one town a little affront was given in words
+by a pr&aelig;tor, who acknowledged his fault, and it appeared to proceed
+more from drink than judgement. In all places the officers took
+great care, with what the country would afford, to furnish what I
+wanted; the ways were prepared, waggons and horses brought in, and
+all things requisite were done by the country, upon command of her
+Majesty.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;After twenty-one days in our land-journey, near four hundred miles
+from Gothenburg up into the country, in that climate in December, it
+pleased God through all our difficulties to bring us safe to Upsal
+the 20th of December. About half a league from the town, the Master
+of the Ceremonies, and after him two Senators with two coaches of
+the Queen&rsquo;s, and those of the Spanish Resident and of divers
+grandees, met me, and with more than ordinary ceremony conducted me
+to a house in the town, by the Queen&rsquo;s order taken up and furnished
+for me. Divers compliments passed from the Queen herself and many of
+her Court, expressing much respect to your Highness and this
+Commonwealth, in the person of your servant.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg449" id="pg449"></a><span class="pagenum">449</span>
+&ldquo;By favour I obtained my first audience from the Queen the 23rd of
+December, the particular passages whereof (as of most other matters
+which I have to mention) were in my letters imparted, as they arose,
+to Mr. Secretary Thurloe, and by him, I presume, to your Highness
+and the Council. Two or three days after this I procured a private
+audience from her Majesty, when I showed her my commission, and took
+time to wait on her with my proposals.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Spanish Resident, Don Piementelle, now in this Court, expressed
+high respects for your Highness and this Commonwealth, and
+particular affection to me; and I, knowing his great favour with the
+Queen and his own worth, contracted an intimacy of friendship with
+him, as I had also with M. Woolfeldt, the King of Denmark&rsquo;s
+brother-in-law, with Field-Marshal Wrangel, Grave Tott, the Queen&rsquo;s
+favourite, and with divers senators and great men, but especially
+with the old Chancellor.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I found very useful for your Highness&rsquo;s service there Mr.
+Lagerfeldt, Secretary Canterstein, Mr. Ravius, and others; and I had
+good assistance from my countrymen, General-Major Fleetwood, a true
+friend to England, my Lord Douglas, Colonel Hamilton, and others.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And having now given your Highness some account of persons, I come
+to the matter of my negotiation, which I laid the best I could.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;By advice I made my applications to the Queen herself, and, as much
+as I could, put the business upon her personal determination, which
+she liked, and it proved advantageous. I presented to her at once
+all my articles, except three reserved. The articles proposed a
+league offensive and defensive; whereupon she objected the
+unsettledness of our Commonwealth, the present peace of her
+kingdoms, and our being involved in a war. To which I answered, that
+her kingdoms could not long continue in peace, and would have as
+much need of our assistance as we of theirs; and our war and
+successes against Holland were arguments that our friendship merited
+acceptance; <a name="pg450" id="pg450"></a><span class="pagenum">450</span> that I hoped our Commonwealth was settled, and that
+leagues were between nations, not governments.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This debate was very large with her Majesty, who seemed satisfied
+with my answers, and appointed her Chancellor to treat with me; who
+much more insisted upon the unsettledness of our Commonwealth and
+upon the same objections which the Queen had made, and received from
+me the same answers; which proved the more satisfactory after the
+news of your Highness&rsquo;s accession to the Government, which made this
+treaty proceed more freely.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I had often and long disputes with the Chancellor upon the article
+touching English rebels being harboured in Sweden; most of all,
+touching contraband goods, and about reparation of the losses of the
+Swedes by prizes taken from them in our Dutch war by us, besides
+many other objections, whereof I have given a former account by
+letters. The Chancellor being sick, his son Grave Eric was
+commissioned to treat with me in his father&rsquo;s stead, and was much
+more averse to my business, and more earnest upon the objections,
+than the old man, whom, being recovered, I found more moderate, yet
+we could not agree one way or other. And when I pressed for a
+conclusion, both the Queen and her Chancellor did ingenuously
+acknowledge, that they desired first to see whether the peace would
+be made between us and Holland, before they came to a determination
+upon my treaty; wherein I could not but apprehend reason: and when
+the news came that the peace between your Highness and the Dutch was
+concluded, I urged a conclusion of my treaty; and what the
+Chancellor and I differed in, the Queen was pleased to reconcile,
+and so we came to the full agreement contained in this instrument,
+signed and sealed by the Queen&rsquo;s Commissioners, which I humbly
+present to your Highness and this Honourable Board; and which I
+hope, through the goodness of God, may be of advantage to this
+Commonwealth, and to the Protestant interest.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>Here Whitelocke, making a little pause, delivered <a name="pg451" id="pg451"></a><span class="pagenum">451</span> into the Protector&rsquo;s
+hand the instrument of his treaty, fairly written in Latin, in a book of
+vellum, with the hands and seals to it of the Ricks-Chancellor and his
+son Grave Eric, which being done, Whitelocke went on in his speech.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>&ldquo;I cannot but acknowledge the great goodness of God to me in this
+employment, in my preservation from attempts against my person,
+raising me up such eminent friends, giving me so much favour in the
+eyes of strangers, inclining the Queen&rsquo;s heart to an extraordinary
+affection and favour towards me, and giving this good success to my
+business, notwithstanding the designs and labours of many enemies to
+the contrary. The treaty with me being thus finished, the business
+came on of the Queen&rsquo;s resignation of the Crown, wherein she was
+pleased to express a great confidence in a stranger, by imparting it
+to me many weeks before, whereof I took the boldness to certify your
+Highness.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Prince who was to succeed the Queen was sent for to Upsal, and
+their Ricksdag, or Parliament, was to meet there in the beginning of
+May. Your Highness will not expect many arguments of your servant&rsquo;s
+longing desires of returning, when he had advice that your frigates
+sent for him were in the Elbe; yet, judging it might conduce to your
+service to salute the Prince, I staid till his entry (which was in
+great state) into Upsal, where I saluted him from your Highness, and
+acquainted him with my negotiation, which he well approved; and, to
+testify his great respect to your Highness and this Commonwealth, he
+came in person to visit me at my house, and used me with so much
+extraordinary favour and ceremony, that never the like had been done
+before to any ambassador. We had several conferences at large, much
+discourse of your Highness and of this Commonwealth, with the
+particulars whereof I shall acquaint you at your better leisure.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The time of the Queen&rsquo;s resignation being near, I thought it not
+convenient for me to be then upon the place, <a name="pg452" id="pg452"></a><span class="pagenum">452</span> but removed to
+Stockholm; where I was when the resignation and new coronation were
+solemnized at Upsal. The magistrates of Stockholm expressed good
+respect to your Highness and this Commonwealth. From hence I
+embarked the 1st of June, in a good ship of the Queen&rsquo;s, to cross
+the Baltic Sea. She sent one of her Vice-Admirals, Clerke, to attend
+me; and, after a dangerous voyage and bad weather, the Lord gave us
+a safe arrival at L&uuml;beck, on the 7th of June. The magistrates, by
+their Syndic, here bid me welcome and expressed some respect, and
+made some requests by me to your Highness.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;From L&uuml;beck I travelled over Holstein and L&uuml;neburg, and came the
+10th of June to Hamburg; where I was also very civilly saluted by
+some of the magistrates and Syndic; and most of the Lords came
+afterwards to me, and testified extraordinary respect and service to
+your Highness and this Commonwealth. My countrymen, the company of
+Merchant Adventurers there, showed very much kindness to me, and I
+endeavoured to do them service to the Lords of the town, making use
+of your Highness&rsquo;s name therein.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I departed from Hamburg the 17th of June; Mr. Bradshaw, your
+Highness&rsquo;s worthy Resident there, and others of my countrymen,
+showing much kindness to me, both whilst I was there and at my
+departure from this city. I embarked in your Highness&rsquo;s frigate,
+near Gl&uuml;ckstadt, but was detained for some days in the Elbe by cross
+winds, and in some danger, but in more when we came into the open
+sea. But above all, the Lord was pleased to appear for us on the
+28th day of June, when our ship stuck upon the sands, above twelve
+leagues off from the coast of Yarmouth: and when there was no means
+or help of men for our escape, but we expected every moment to be
+drowned by the waves, then it pleased God to show his power and free
+mercy by his own hand to deliver us, and, after two hours&rsquo;
+expectation of death, to reprieve us, to set our ship on float
+again, and to bring us all in health and safety to your Highness&rsquo;s
+presence, and to our dear country and relations.</p>
+
+<p><a name="pg453" id="pg453"></a><span class="pagenum">453</span>
+&ldquo;The Queen and the new King were pleased to honour me with jewels
+off their pictures, and a gift of copper, I having bestowed my
+horses (of more worth) on them and whom they appointed, and which I
+refused to sell, as a thing uncomely for my condition in your
+Highness&rsquo;s service.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Thus, Sir, I have given you a clear and full account of my
+transactions; and, as I may justify my own diligence and
+faithfulness therein, so I cannot but condemn my many weaknesses and
+failings; of which I can only say that they were not wilful, and
+make a humble demand to your Highness and this honourable Council,
+that I may obtain your pardon.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>When Whitelocke had ended his speech and a little pause made, the
+Protector, pulling off his hat and presently putting it on again, desired
+Whitelocke to withdraw, which he did, and within a quarter of an hour was
+called in again. The Protector, using the same ceremony as before, spake
+to him to this effect<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Cromwell&rsquo;s answer to his speech.</span>
+&ldquo;My Lord,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Council and myself have heard the report of your journey and
+negotiation with much contentment and satisfaction, and both we and
+you have cause to bless God for your return home with safety,
+honour, and good success, in the great trust committed to you;
+wherein this testimony is due to you, that you have discharged your
+trust with faithfulness, diligence, and prudence, as appears by the
+account you have given us, and the issue of the business. Truly,
+when persons to whom God hath given so good abilities, as He hath
+done to you, shall put them forth as you have done, for His glory
+and for the good of His people, they may expect a blessing from Him,
+as you have received in an ample measure.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;An acknowledgment is also due to them from their country, who have
+served their country faithfully and successfully, <a name="pg454" id="pg454"></a><span class="pagenum">454</span> as you have done.
+I can assure your Lordship it is in my heart, really it is, and, I
+think, in the hearts of all here, that your services in this
+employment may turn to an account of advantage to you and yours; and
+it is just and honourable that it should be so.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Lord hath shown extraordinary mercy to you and to your company,
+in the great deliverances which he hath vouchsafed to you; and
+especially in that eminent one which you have related to us, when
+you were come near your own country, and the enjoyment of the
+comforts of your safe return. It was indeed a great testimony of
+God&rsquo;s goodness to you all,&mdash;a very signal mercy, and such a one as
+ought to raise up your hearts and our hearts in thankfulness to God,
+who hath bestowed this mercy on you; and it is a mercy also to us as
+well as to you, though yours more personally, who were thus saved
+and delivered by the special hand of Providence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The goodness of God to you was also seen in the support of you,
+under those hardships and dangers which you have undergone in this
+service; let it be your comfort that your service was for God, and
+for his people, and for your country. And now that you have, through
+his goodness, passed them over, and he hath given you a safe return
+unto your country, the remembrance of those things will be pleasant
+to you, and an obligation for an honourable recompense of your
+services performed under all those hardships and dangers.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For the treaty which you have presented to us, signed and sealed by
+the Queen&rsquo;s Commissioners, I presume it is according to what you
+formerly gave advice to us from Sweden. We shall take time to peruse
+it, and the Council have appointed a committee to look into it,
+together with your instructions, and such other papers and things as
+you have further to offer to them: and I may say it, that this
+treaty hath the appearance of much good, not only to England, but to
+the Protestant interest throughout Christendom; and I hope it will
+be found so, and your service <a name="pg455" id="pg455"></a><span class="pagenum">455</span> thereby have its due esteem and
+regard, being so much for public good, and so discreetly and
+successfully managed by you.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My Lord, I shall detain you no longer, but to tell you that you are
+heartily welcome home; that we are very sensible of your good
+service, and shall be ready on all occasions to make a real
+acknowledgment thereof to you.&rdquo;</p></div>
+
+<p>When the Protector had done speaking, Whitelocke withdrew into the
+outward room, whither Mr. Scobell, Clerk of the Council, came to him with
+a message from the Protector, that Whitelocke would cause those of his
+retinue, then present, to go in to the Protector and Council, which they
+did; and the Protector spake to them with great courtesy and favour,
+bidding them welcome home, blessing God for their safe return to their
+friends and native country, and for the great deliverances which He had
+wrought for them. He commended their care of Whitelocke and their good
+deportment, by which they had testified much courage and civility, and
+had done honour to religion and to their country; he gave them thanks for
+it, and assurance of his affection to them when any occasion should be
+offered for their good or preferment. They withdrew, full of hopes, every
+one of them, to be made great men; but few of them attained any favour,
+though Whitelocke solicited for divers of them who were very worthy of
+it.</p>
+
+<p>This audience being ended, and with it Whitelocke&rsquo;s commission, he
+willingly parted with his company and greatness, and contentedly retired
+himself with his wife and children in his private family. After his
+return from the Council, Whitelocke dismissed his company and went to
+those gentlemen whom he had desired <a name="pg456" id="pg456"></a><span class="pagenum">456</span> to act as a committee for him before
+his going out of England; these he desired to examine the state of his
+accounts with his officers, to satisfy what remained due to any, and to
+make up his account, to be given in tomorrow to the Council&rsquo;s committee.</p>
+
+
+<h3>July 7, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke renders a minute account of the negotiation to a
+Committee of Council.</span>
+According to the appointment of the Protector and Council, signified to
+him by a letter from Mr. Jessop, Clerk of the Council, Whitelocke
+repaired to Whitehall, to the Lord Viscount Lisle and Colonel Nathaniel
+Fiennes, the Committee of the Council, appointed to peruse and examine
+his proceedings: to them he produced his commission, orders, credentials,
+and instructions; and all was sifted into, by virtue whereof he acted
+throughout by his whole Embassy.</p>
+
+<p>He deduced his negotiation from the beginning of his Treaty to the
+conclusion of it, with all the reasons and circumstances of his
+transactions. They took cognizance of all, narrowly searched into and
+examined everything, comparing all particular passages and actions with
+the rules and instructions given him; and upon the whole matter they
+acknowledged that Whitelocke had given them full satisfaction in every
+point, and all his proceedings were by them, and upon their report to the
+Protector and Council afterwards, fully approved and commended by them.</p>
+
+
+<h3>July 8, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">The Committee of Council audits his accounts.</span>
+Whitelocke again solicited the Committee of the Council that his accounts
+might be examined and stated, and order given for the payment of what
+remained <a name="pg457" id="pg457"></a><span class="pagenum">457</span> due to him, which he had expended out of his own purse in their
+service, and was reasonable for him to expect a reimbursement of it. The
+Committee were pleased to take great pains in pursuing and examining his
+papers, books, and accounts, not omitting (with strictness enough) any
+particular of his actions and expenses; and after all their strait
+inquisition and narrow sitting, they again acknowledged, which upon their
+report was confirmed by the Council, that his management of this affair
+had been faithful and prudent, his disbursements had been just and
+necessary, his account was clear and honest, and that he ought to be
+satisfied with what remained upon his accounts due to him. The remainder
+due to him was above &pound;500, and, notwithstanding all their promises,
+Whitelocke could never get it of them.</p>
+
+<p>The sum of all was, that for a most difficult and dangerous work,
+faithfully and successfully performed by Whitelocke, he had little thanks
+and no recompense from those who did employ him; but, not long after, was
+rewarded by them with an injury: they put him out of his office of
+Commissioner of the Great Seal, because he would not betray the rights of
+the people, and, contrary to his own knowledge and the knowledge of those
+who imposed it, execute an ordinance of the Protector and his Council as
+if it had been a law. But in a succeeding Parliament, upon the motion of
+his noble friend the Lord Broghill, Whitelocke had his arrears of his
+disbursements paid him, and some recompense of his faithful service
+allowed unto him.</p>
+
+<p>His hopes were yet higher, and his expectation of acceptance was from a
+superior to all earthly powers; <a name="pg458" id="pg458"></a><span class="pagenum">458</span> to whom only the praise is due, of all
+our actions and endeavours, and who will certainly reward all his
+servants with a recompense which will last for ever.</p>
+
+
+<h3>July 9, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">A familiar letter.</span>
+I received this letter from my brother Willoughby<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading">&ldquo;<i>For my Lord Whitelocke, at Chelsea, humbly these.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;My Lord,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I being this day commanded by the two within-named persons in your
+letter to consummate their nuptials, and in that to bear the part of
+a father, am so confident of my power, as (were it not my Lord
+Whitelocke&rsquo;s request, whose interest with them exceeds a mock
+father) he might be assured of not failing of his commands; but that
+done which this morning I am going about, I am by them desired to
+jog on to Stanstead, so that I fear I shall by that means be
+disappointed of attending you upon Wednesday; and that, I assure
+you, will go to Nancy&rsquo;s heart, she being yesterday resolved to have
+visited you this morning at Chelsea, had she not apprehended your
+early being in town; but wherever we are, our thankfulness to God
+for your safe return you shall not fail of, nor of the keeper
+tomorrow night. So I rest,</p>
+
+<p class="yours2">
+&ldquo;My Lord,</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your affectionate brother to serve you,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;<span class="smcap">Will. Willoughby.</span></p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>July.</i>&rdquo;
+
+</p></div>
+
+<p>I have inserted this and other letters, that you may observe the change
+of styles and compliments in the change of fortunes and conditions.</p>
+
+
+<h3>July 10, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>I had been several times to visit my Lord Lambert since my coming home,
+he being a person in great favour with the army, and not without some
+close emulation <a name="pg459" id="pg459"></a><span class="pagenum">459</span> from Cromwell; but his occasions were so great, that I
+could not meet with him. I therefore desired the Earl of Clare, who was
+very intimate with Lambert, to contrive a conveniency for my meeting with
+my Lord Lambert, whereupon he sent me this letter, directed</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading">&ldquo;<i>For the Lord Whitelocke, at Chelsea.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;My Lord,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Hearing your Lordship had been several times to see my Lord Lambert
+and missed, and I desiring that there should be no mistakes between
+you, I sent Mr. Bankes to signify so much to his cousin Lambert,
+who, being come this morning to town, says he will be very glad to
+see your Lordship about two this afternoon, and Mr. Bankes will wait
+on your Lordship to him, if you please to be in the Park, in the
+walk between the elms on this side the water. So I rest</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your Lordship&rsquo;s humble servant,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Clare.&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p>I met Mr. Bankes at the time appointed, who brought me to my Lord
+Lambert, and he received me with great civility and respect; we had much
+discourse together about Sweden, and Germany, and Denmark, and the
+business of my treaty; and we parted with all kindness, and he desired to
+have my company often.</p>
+
+
+<h3>July 11, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>I received this letter from my Lady Pratt<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading">&ldquo;<i>For my ever-honoured friend the Lord Whitelocke, these humbly.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;My Lord,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Hearing that it is absolutely in your power to dispose of the time
+of the Assizes, and an unexpected accident being <a name="pg460" id="pg460"></a><span class="pagenum">460</span> fallen out, which,
+will make them extremely prejudicial to us if they begin so soon, my
+humble suit to your Lordship is to defer them till, etc. This
+favour, as it will be an extraordinary great one, so it will lay a
+suitable obligation upon,</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;My Lord, your most humble servant,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Margaret Pratt.&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p>I could not gratify this lady&rsquo;s desire, being not yet sworn a
+Commissioner of the Great Seal; but I returned her a civil answer and
+excuse; and I have inserted the more letters, that you may see the style
+and compliments of divers persons, and note their change upon the change
+of times.</p>
+
+
+<h3>July 12, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">A more formal letter.</span>
+I received this letter from the Lord Chief Baron Wylde<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading">&ldquo;<i>For the Right Honourable the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke, these, at
+Chelsea.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;Right Honourable and my very good Lord,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is not my happiness to be in place or condition to wait upon
+your Lordship, as I would, to present my humble service to you, and
+the gratulations due for your safe and happy return, for your long
+and hazardous, but I hope successful journey, wishing the honour and
+happiness which belongs to your most known deservings may ever
+attend you, with a reward from above for those inestimable favours
+by which you have for ever obliged me to you and all that is mine;
+who, after the long course I have run, through all the degrees of my
+laborious calling, my services to my country and the Commonwealth,
+my great losses and sufferings for the public, and the discharge of
+my duty in all my several trusts and employments, have now the
+hoped-for comfort of all removed from me, and a dark shadow cast
+upon me, with all the sad consequences thereof to me and <a name="pg461" id="pg461"></a><span class="pagenum">461</span> mine, and
+many others that have dependence on me. But God gives and takes, and
+is able to restore; His help I trust in, and shall still desire the
+continuance of your Lordship&rsquo;s undoubted favours, whose health and
+happiness I shall ever pray for, who am,</p>
+
+<p class="yours2">
+&ldquo;My Lord,</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your Lordship&rsquo;s most faithful servant,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;John Wylde.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>Hampstead, 12th July, 1654.</i>&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p>This gentleman was very laborious in the service of the Parliament, and
+stiff for them, and had sustained great losses and hatred by adhering in
+all matters to them. He was learned in his profession, but of more
+reading than depth of judgement; and I never heard of any injustice or
+incivility of him. The Parliament made him Lord Chief Baron of the
+Exchequer, which place he executed with diligence and justice; yet upon
+the alteration made by Cromwell, when he assumed the Protectorship, in
+the nomination of officers he left out Mr. Sergeant Wylde from being
+Chief Baron or any other employment,&mdash;a usual reward, in such times, for
+the best services. He entreated me to move the Protector on his behalf,
+which I did, but to no effect, the Protector having a dislike of the
+Sergeant, but the ground thereof I could not learn.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Whitelocke&rsquo;s influence in Oxfordshire.</span>
+Most places were full of trouble about their elections of Parliament men.
+I had recommended my son James to some of my friends in Oxfordshire, for
+one of the knights for that county, myself being chosen for the city of
+Oxford and for the borough of Bedford, and one of the knights for Bucks.
+I had at this time such an interest in Oxfordshire, that upon my account
+my son James was chosen for one of their knights for the Parliament, as
+appears by this letter to me<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading"><a name="pg462" id="pg462"></a><span class="pagenum">462</span>
+&ldquo;<i>For the Right Honourable his dear Father the Lord Commissioner
+Whitelocke, at Chelsea, these. Haste, haste.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;Dear Sir,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I held it my duty, upon the instant of the conclusion of the
+elections at this place, to acquaint you that I am chosen one of the
+knights for the county in the next Parliament. I am told that the
+number of voices might justly have given the first place to me; but
+I freely resigned it to Lieutenant-General Fleetwood, not suffering
+it to be brought to trial by the poll, which many of the country
+desired. The persons elected are Lieutenant-General Fleetwood, Mr.
+Robert Jenkinson, Colonel Nathaniel Fynes, Mr. Lenthall, Master of
+the Rolls, and myself.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Many of your friends appeared really for me, amongst which I can
+experimentally say none acted more effectually than my cousin
+Captain Crooke, his father, and brother. The city of Oxford was
+prepared very seasonably for me, wherein my cousin Richard Crooke&rsquo;s
+affections did particularly appear; and I conceive that if you shall
+be pleased to waive the election for the city of Oxford, no truer
+friend could be commended by you for their choice than my cousin
+Richard Crooke, in regard of his interest there, if you think it
+fit. I shall say no more at present in this haste, but expect your
+commands in all things, who am</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your most obedient son,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;J. Whitelocke.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>Oxford, July 12, 1654.</i>&rdquo;
+
+</p></div>
+
+<p>The gentlemen of Oxfordshire did generally manifest great civility and
+respect to me in this business of my son; so did the citizens of Oxford;
+and the scholars were not behindhand in the expression of their favour
+and good opinion of me and my son, and they stood stoutly and generally
+for my son to be one of the knights for the county. Thus was my interest
+at this time sufficient to make another to be knight of <a name="pg463" id="pg463"></a><span class="pagenum">463</span> the shire; yet
+when my condition fell, my interest fell with it, and I was looked upon
+as a stranger among them. Such is the course and vicissitude of worldly
+things; therefore put no trust in them.</p>
+
+
+<h3>July 13, 1654.</h3>
+
+
+
+<p><span class="sidenote">Whitelocke summoned to resume the Commissionership of the
+Great Seal.</span>
+This Order of the Council was brought unto me<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="toright">&ldquo;<i>Thursday, the 13th of July, 1654.</i></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<span class="smcap">At the Council at Whitehall</span>: <i>Ordered</i>, by his Highness
+the Lord Protector and the Council, that the Lord Commissioner
+Whitelocke do attend the Council tomorrow morning, to take his oath
+as one of the Lords Commissioners for the Great Seal, and that the
+rest of the Lords Commissioners do then also attend with the Seal.</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap" style="margin-right: 2em;">
+&ldquo;Henry Scobell,</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+&ldquo;Clerk of the Council.&rdquo;
+
+</p></div>
+
+<p>Some of my friends thought it very long before this order was made, and
+looked upon it as some neglect to me, whereof I was likewise sensible,
+but had no remedy; only it seemed hard that after so perilous an
+undertaking, performed, through the blessing of God, faithfully and
+successfully on my part, my requital should be a neglect of me and my
+services. Yet it pleased God to give me much patience and temperance to
+bear this slighting and ingratitude, and I knew the condition of him from
+whom it came, who, when his turn was served, usually forgot the
+instruments.</p>
+
+
+<h3>July 14, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Receives the Seal.</span>
+According to the Council&rsquo;s Order, the Lords Commissioners Lisle and
+Widdrington attended with the Seal at Whitehall, and I was there also. We
+were all <a name="pg464" id="pg464"></a><span class="pagenum">464</span> called into the Council, where the Protector himself was
+sitting at the upper end of the table with his hat on, and the Council
+all uncovered. He made a short and grave speech, how much I had deserved
+from the Commonwealth by the great and faithful services I had performed
+for them, particularly in the treaty with Sweden. That in my absence, the
+custody of the Great Seal being to be disposed of, the Council and
+himself having good experience of my fidelity and abilities for that
+great trust, and as a testimony of their favour to me, they thought fit
+to nominate me for one of the Commissioners of the Seal. And I being now,
+through the mercy of God, safely returned again into this Commonwealth,
+they had appointed this time for me to take the oath of a Commissioner of
+the Great Seal, as the rest of the Commissioners had done before.</p>
+
+<p>I then desired to see the oath, which was shown to me, and finding it to
+be the same that I had taken before, I took it now again; and after that,
+the Protector took the Great Seal in his hand and delivered it to me and
+the other Commissioners, and so we did withdraw with it. Sir Thomas
+Widdrington seemed a little distasted that I was the first Commissioner,
+named before him, which was done when I was out of England, and, I
+suppose, because I was then Ambassador Extraordinary in their actual
+service. We went away together to consult about the business of the Seal,
+and I sought to win Sir Thomas Widdrington by my civility to him.</p>
+
+
+<h3>July 15, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Entry of certain goods.</span>
+I employed my brother Wilson to the Commissioners of the Customs, to get
+the copper which I had <a name="pg465" id="pg465"></a><span class="pagenum">465</span> brought from Sweden, and some deal boards, to be
+discharged of paying custom, they being my particular goods, concerning
+which my brother Wilson gave me this account by his letter; and also,
+touching the arrears of my salary as Commissioner of the Great Seal
+during my absence out of England, and for one term since my coming home.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading">&ldquo;<i>For the Right Honourable the Lord Commissioner Whitelocke, these;
+Chelsea.</i></p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;May it please your Lordship,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This morning I waited on the Commissioners of the Customs with your
+Lordship&rsquo;s letter, who expressed much readiness to answer your
+expectation about the Customs of the copper and deal boards, had it
+been in their power, their commission not exceeding a bill of store
+for forty shillings. But I am to wait on the Commissioners at
+Whitehall for regulating the Customs, on Tuesday morning (who sit
+not till then); they have power to grant the custom thereof, and
+carrying the letter from your Lordship, I question not but will take
+effect, and so they have acquainted me; which letter I send
+enclosed, that you may please in the superscription to add to the
+word Commissioners, &lsquo;for regulating, etc.,&rsquo; which then will be fit
+to present to the said committee. In the meantime I have procured an
+order to go to work upon the small vessel, which cannot well be done
+until you are pleased to send word what shall be done with the
+deals, they being uppermost. If the barge be not ready, if you think
+fit, I will hire a lighter and load her therewith, which may convey
+them to Queenhithe or Chelsea, otherwise it will be less charge for
+a barge to take them in from the ship; your Lordship&rsquo;s pleasure
+shall be observed in all.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I acquainted the Commissioners of the Customs of an order your
+Lordship had for &pound;1000, which they acquainted me should be paid as
+soon as brought to them; since which <a name="pg466" id="pg466"></a><span class="pagenum">466</span> I have received it from Mr.
+Earle, which I also send enclosed, that you may please to put your
+name underneath it, that so receipt may be made over it after their
+form, and on Monday it will be paid.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My humble service to my Lady, I beseech you, present. I shall await
+your Lordship&rsquo;s answer, and ever remain</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your Lordship&rsquo;s most obliged servant,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Samuel Wilson.</p>
+
+<p class="dateline">
+&ldquo;<i>London, this 15th July, 1654.</i>&rdquo;
+
+</p></div>
+
+<p>I ordered a Henley barge to take in the deal boards from the ship, and to
+carry them to Fawley Court, which was done; and there I made use of them
+for new flooring my hall and for wainscoting of it. They were
+extraordinary good boards, and those of the floor were about two inches
+thick. There they are, and there may they long continue, for the use of
+me and my children; and may they put us in mind to bless God for his
+goodness to me in that voyage, and in my safe return to that place, and
+of all his preservations and mercies to me and my company!</p>
+
+<p>I returned order to my brother Wilson, to be careful of receiving my
+money from the Commissioners of the Customs.</p>
+
+
+<h3>July 16, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>I had some conference with Major G. Disborough, one of the Commissioners
+for the Ordnance, about his buying for the State the copper which the
+Queen of Sweden gave me, and I brought over from thence, being two
+hundred and fifty ship-pound. I desired that some merchants might look
+upon it, who had experience in that commodity; and what they should agree
+to be a reasonable price for it, I should be content to take it; and so
+we concluded.</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="pg467" id="pg467"></a><span class="pagenum">467</span>
+July 17, 1654.</h3>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Sale of copper.</span>
+My brother Wilson gave me this account touching my moneys and copper<span class="together">:&mdash;</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="letterheading">&ldquo;<i>For the Right Honourable the Lord Commissioner Whitelocke, these;
+at Chelsea</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="toright">
+&ldquo;<i>London, the 17th July, 1654.</i>
+</p>
+
+<p class="salutation">&ldquo;May it please your Lordship,</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I sent this morning to receive your moneys at the Custom-house, and
+they say there is no more due to your Lordship than &pound;750 for three
+terms, as is expressed in the receipt enclosed, which they have
+made. I would not receive it until I knew your pleasure, which, if
+this sum doth agree with what is your due, you may please to put
+your name to the enclosed receipt from them, and it will be paid in
+the morning. The order also I send back, that you may please to take
+off your name from it and send it again by the bearer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In the morning we shall work upon the ship, and I shall wait on the
+Committee at Whitehall, for the custom and excise of the copper to
+be free, which will come to &pound;240. I hope I shall prevail, and shall
+always remain</p>
+
+<p class="yours1">
+&ldquo;Your Lordship&rsquo;s humble servant,</p>
+
+<p class="signature smcap">
+&ldquo;Samuel Wilson.&rdquo;
+</p></div>
+
+<p>There was a mistake by the Commissioners of the Customs about my money,
+which I rectified, and had the &pound;1000 paid to my brother Wilson for my
+use. Touching the copper, I at length contracted with Major G.
+Disborough, who bought it for the Protector, and gave me &pound;2500 for it,
+which was justly paid unto me; and the copper was employed to make brass
+ordnance for the ships, and was excellent good, and no ill bargain.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="sidenote">Mr. Henry Elsing.</span>
+I received a letter from Mr. Henry Elsing, late <a name="pg468" id="pg468"></a><span class="pagenum">468</span>  Clerk of the
+Parliament, and the best clerk in my judgement that ever I knew, to take
+the sense of the House and put it in apt terms. He was an excellent
+scholar,&mdash;had the Italian, French, and Latin languages; a very honest and
+ingenious man, and fitter for much better employment than to be Clerk of
+the Parliament. He was my faithful and kind friend, and I owe very much
+of affection and gratitude to the memory of this worthy gentleman. He was
+in great and deserved favour of the House of Commons, and gave over his
+place because he would not meddle in the business about the trial of the
+King. He often invited Mr. Selden and me together to his house to dinner,
+where we had great cheer, and greater learning in excellent discourse,
+whereof himself bore a chief part. I was the more frequent with him,
+being godfather to one of his sons, and Mr. Selden the other godfather,
+which brought us two the oftener together to his house, to see our
+godson; and even in such meetings as these I gained very much of
+knowledge from the most learned and rational discourses of Mr. Selden.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="fn435_22" id="fn435_22"></a><span class="label"><a href="#fnm435_22">435</a></span> [Yet Whitelocke seems to have entertained no suspicions
+of the Queen&rsquo;s design to join the Church of Rome. Piementelle and
+Montecuculi were however aware of her intention on this point, and were
+afterwards present at her abjuration.]</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<p class="little center biggap">THE END.</p>
+
+<p class="center littlest">JOHN EDWARD TAYLOR, PRINTER, <br />
+LITTLE QUEEN STREET, LINCOLN&rsquo;S INN FIELDS.</p>
+
+
+<div class="transnote">
+<p> <a name="corrections" id="corrections"></a>The following corrections were made:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li><a name="corr1" id="corr1"></a>Original reads &ldquo;of our father&rdquo;; changed to &ldquo;of <a href="#cm1" >your</a> father&rdquo;.</li>
+
+<li><a name="corr2" id="corr2"></a>Original reads &ldquo;more prejudical to Sweden&rdquo;; changed to &ldquo;more
+<a href="#cm2" >prejudicial</a> to Sweden&rdquo;.</li>
+
+<li><a name="corr3" id="corr3"></a>Original reads &ldquo;contrabrand goods&rdquo;; changed to &ldquo;<a href="#cm3" >contraband</a> goods&rdquo;.</li>
+
+<li><a name="corr4" id="corr4"></a>&ldquo;<a href="#cm4" >Sunnandag</a>&rdquo; not italicised in original.</li>
+
+<li><a name="corr5" id="corr5"></a>Original reads &ldquo;Grave Eric&rsquo;s requst&rdquo;; changed to &ldquo;Grave Eric&rsquo;s
+<a href="#cm5" >request</a>&rdquo;.</li>
+
+<li><a name="corr6" id="corr6"></a>Original reads &ldquo;unto the Prinee&rdquo;; changed to &ldquo;unto the <a href="#cm6" >Prince</a>&rdquo;.</li>
+
+<li><a name="corr7" id="corr7"></a>Original reads &ldquo;and and that&rdquo;; changed to &ldquo;<a href="#cm7" >and</a> that&rdquo;.</li>
+
+<li><a name="corr8" id="corr8"></a>Original reads &ldquo;Whitleocke&rdquo;; changed to &ldquo;<a href="#cm8" >Whitelocke</a>&rdquo;.</li>
+
+<li><a name="corr9" id="corr9"></a>Original reads &ldquo;bacon and other provison&rdquo;; changed to &ldquo;bacon and other
+<a href="#cm9" >provision</a>&rdquo;.</li>
+
+<li><a name="corr10" id="corr10"></a>Original reads  &ldquo;en suite dequoi&rdquo;; changed to &ldquo;en suite <a href="#cm10" >de quoi</a>&rdquo;.</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Journal of the Swedish Embassy in
+the Years 1653 and 1654, Vol II., by Bulstrode Whitelocke
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOURNAL OF THE SWEDISH EMBASSY ***
+
+***** This file should be named 17407-h.htm or 17407-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/1/7/4/0/17407/
+
+Produced by Barbara Tozier, Bill Tozier, Louise Pryor and
+the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/17407.txt b/17407.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a63b25e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/17407.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15199 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Journal of the Swedish Embassy in the
+Years 1653 and 1654, Vol II., by Bulstrode Whitelocke
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A Journal of the Swedish Embassy in the Years 1653 and 1654, Vol II.
+
+Author: Bulstrode Whitelocke
+
+Editor: Charles Morton and Henry Reeve
+
+Release Date: December 28, 2005 [EBook #17407]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOURNAL OF THE SWEDISH EMBASSY ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Barbara Tozier, Bill Tozier, Louise Pryor and
+the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+{Transcriber's note:
+
+All material added by the transcriber is surrounded by braces {}. The
+original has many inconsistent spellings in all the languages used. A
+few corrections have been made for obvious typographical errors; they
+have been noted individually. Superscripts in the original are
+indicated by the ^ character. Side notes are enclosed in brackets and
+preceded with SN, thus [SN: side note]. Footnotes are numbered with
+the page on which they start.}
+
+
+
+
+JOURNAL
+OF
+THE SWEDISH EMBASSY
+IN THE YEARS 1653 AND 1654.
+
+
+
+
+A JOURNAL
+OF
+THE SWEDISH EMBASSY
+IN THE YEARS 1653 AND 1654.
+
+IMPARTIALLY WRITTEN BY THE
+AMBASSADOR BULSTRODE WHITELOCKE.
+
+FIRST PUBLISHED
+FROM THE ORIGINAL MANUSCRIPT
+BY
+DR. CHARLES MORTON, M.D., F.S.A.,
+LIBRARIAN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
+
+_A NEW EDITION_,
+REVISED BY
+HENRY REEVE, ESQ., F.S.A.
+
+IN TWO VOLUMES.
+VOLUME II.
+
+    "A wicked messenger falleth into mischief, but a faithful ambassador
+    is health."
+                                               PROVERBS xiii. 17.
+
+
+LONDON:
+LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS.
+1855.
+
+
+
+
+PRINTED BY
+JOHN EDWARD TAYLOR, LITTLE QUEEN STREET,
+LINCOLN'S INN FIELDS.
+
+
+
+
+JOURNAL
+OF
+THE SWEDISH EMBASSY
+IN THE YEARS 1653 AND 1654.
+
+
+MARCH 1, 1653.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke continues the negotiation.]
+
+Now was the heat of Whitelocke's business, and many cross endeavours used
+to render all his labours fruitless, and to bring his treaty to no
+effect. But it pleased God, in whom his confidence was placed, to carry
+him through all his difficulties, and to give his blessing and success to
+this negotiation.
+
+Whitelocke gave a visit to the Count de Montecuculi, to give him the
+welcome home from his journey with the Queen; who said he had commands to
+kiss the hand of the Prince of Sweden, and took the opportunity of
+accompanying her Majesty when she went to meet the Prince. He
+communicated nothing of the business to Whitelocke, nor did he think to
+inquire it of him.
+
+After Whitelocke returned home, the Resident of France and Woolfeldt met
+at his house to visit him, and staid with him three hours. They had much
+discourse of France, and of the Duke of Lorraine, and of the policy of
+the Spaniard in entertaining that Duke in his service; by means whereof
+the country where the Duke's soldiers were quartered was better satisfied
+than with the Spanish forces, so that there was no tax levied for them,
+only they took free quarter, and sometimes a contribution upon the
+receiving of a new officer. And Woolfeldt said, that whereas all other
+Princes give wages to their officers and soldiers, the Duke gives no pay;
+but when he makes an officer, the officer pays money to the Duke for his
+commission; and that he knew a captain of horse who gave a thousand
+crowns for his commission, which the captain afterwards raised upon the
+country, and the Duke connived at it. He told how he was employed to
+treat with the Duke for the transportation of five thousand foot and
+three thousand horse into Ireland, to assist our King; which the Duke
+undertook on condition to have a hundred thousand crowns in ready money,
+and ships to transport his men from some haven in France, none of which
+could be effected.
+
+[SN: Advances from France.]
+
+After Woolfeldt went away, the French Resident asked Whitelocke whether
+France were comprised in the treaty with Holland. Whitelocke said he had
+no information thereof. The Resident replied, that his master would
+willingly entertain a good friendship and correspondence with England;
+and Whitelocke said, he believed England would be ready to do the like
+with France. The Resident said, he observed by their discourse that
+Whitelocke had been in France, and that the late King would have given
+him the command of a troop of horse in France; and he hoped that
+Whitelocke would retain a good opinion of that country, and be their
+friend. Whitelocke replied, that he was very civilly treated in France,
+and believed that he should have served the late King there, if, by a
+sudden accident or misfortune, he had not been prevented, and obliged to
+return for England sooner than he intended; and that he should be always
+ready (as he held himself engaged) to pay all respects and service to
+that Crown, as far as might consist with the interest of the Commonwealth
+whom he served.
+
+
+_March 2, 1653._
+
+[SN: Senator Schuett explains the delay in the negotiation.]
+
+Notwithstanding his great words against the Commonwealth and present
+treaty, yet Monsieur Schuett was pleased to afford a visit to Whitelocke,
+and they fell (amongst many other things) upon the following discourse:--
+
+_Schuett._ My father was formerly ambassador from this Crown in England,
+where I was with him, which occasioned my desire to be known to you.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Your father did honour to this country and to ours in that
+employment, and your Excellence honours me in this visit.
+
+_Sch._ England is the noblest country and people that ever I saw: a more
+pleasant, fruitful, and healthful country, and a more gallant, stout, and
+rich people, are not in the world.
+
+_Wh._ I perceive you have taken a true measure, both of the country and
+her inhabitants.
+
+_Sch._ This is my judgement of it, as well as my affection to it.
+
+_Wh._ Your country here is indeed more northerly, but your people,
+especially the nobility, of a much-like honourable condition to ours;
+which may cause the more wonder at her Majesty's intention of leaving
+them, who are so affectionate to her.
+
+_Sch._ Truly her Majesty's purpose of resignation is strange to
+foreigners, and much more to us, who are her subjects, most affectionate
+to her.
+
+_Wh._ It is reported that she hath consulted in this business with the
+Senators, whereof you are one.
+
+_Sch._ Three Senators are deputed to confer with the Prince of Sweden,
+upon certain particulars to be observed in the resignation; and I hope
+that your Excellence will consider the importance of that affair, and
+will therefore attend with the more patience the issue thereof, being
+necessary that the advice of the Prince be had in it.
+
+_Wh._ Have the three deputed Senators any order to confer with the Prince
+about my business?
+
+_Sch._ I believe they have.
+
+_Wh._ I had been here two months before the Queen mentioned this design
+of hers to the Council, and have staid here all this time with patience,
+and shall so continue as my Lord Protector shall command me; and as soon
+as he requires my return I shall obey him.
+
+_Sch._ The occasion of the delay hitherto was the uncertainty of the
+issue of your Dutch treaty; and at this season of the year it was
+impossible for you to return, till the passage be open.
+
+_Wh._ I believe the alliance with England meriteth an acceptance, whether
+we have peace or war with Holland; and for my return, it is at the
+pleasure of the Protector.
+
+They had much other discourse; and probably Schuett was sent purposely to
+excuse the delay of the treaty, for which he used many arguments not
+necessary to be repeated; and he came also to test Whitelocke touching
+advice to be had with the Prince about this treaty, whereunto Whitelocke
+showed no averseness.
+
+[SN: Treacherous reports to England.]
+
+Whitelocke received his packet of two weeks from England. In a letter
+from his wife he was advertised that the Protector had spoken of his
+voyage to Sweden as if Whitelocke had not merited much by it, though he
+so earnestly persuaded it; and his wife wrote that she believed one of
+Whitelocke's family was false to him; and upon inquiry she suspected it
+to be ----, who gave intelligence to the Protector of all Whitelocke's
+words and actions in Sweden, to his prejudice, and very unbeseeming one
+of his family. This Whitelocke, comparing with some passages told him by
+his secretary of the same person, found there was cause enough to suspect
+him; yet to have one such among a hundred he thought no strange thing,
+nor for the Protector to alter his phrase when his turn was served. And
+though this gave ground enough of discontent to Whitelocke, yet he
+thought not fit to discover it, nor what other friends had written to
+him, doubting whether he should be honourably dealt with at his return
+home; but he was more troubled to hear of his wife's sickness, for whose
+health and his family's he made his supplication to the great Physician;
+and that he might be as well pleased with a private retirement, if God
+saw it good for him, at his return home, as the Queen seemed to be with
+her design of abdication from the heights and glories of a crown.
+
+Part of the letters to Whitelocke were in cipher, being directions to
+him touching the Sound. He had full intelligence of all passages of the
+Dutch treaty, and a copy of the articles, from Thurloe; also the news of
+Scotland, Ireland, France, and the letters from the Dutch Resident here
+to his superiors in Holland, copies whereof Thurloe by money had
+procured. He wrote also of the Protector's being feasted by the City, and
+a full and large relation of all passages of moment. The Protector
+himself wrote also his letters to Whitelocke under his own hand, which
+were thus:--
+
+[SN: Letter from the Protector.]
+
+    "_For the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke._
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "I have a good while since received your letters sent by the ship
+    that transported you to Gothenburg, and three other despatches
+    since. By that of the 30th of December, and that of the 4th instant,
+    I have received a particular account of what passed at your first
+    audience, and what other proceedings have been upon your
+    negotiation; which, so far as they have been communicated to me, I
+    do well approve of, as having been managed by you with care and
+    prudence.
+
+    "You will understand by Mr. Secretary Thurloe in what condition the
+    treaty with the United Provinces is, in case it shall please God
+    that a peace be made with them, which a little time will show; yet I
+    see no reason to be diverted thereby from the former intentions of
+    entering into an alliance with Sweden, nor that there will be
+    anything in the league intended with the Low Countries repugnant
+    thereunto, especially in things wherein you are already instructed
+    fully. And for the matter of your third and fourth private
+    instructions, if the Queen hath any mind thereto, upon your
+    transmitting particulars hither such consideration will be had
+    thereof as the then constitution of affairs will lead unto. In the
+    meantime you may assure the Queen of the constancy and reality of my
+    intentions to settle a firm alliance with her. I commend you to the
+    goodness of God.
+
+                                    "Your loving friend,
+                                                       "OLIVER P.
+    "_Whitehall, 3rd February, 1653._"
+
+
+_March 3, 1653._
+
+[SN: The son of Oxenstiern formerly sent to England.]
+
+Grave John Oxenstiern, eldest son of the Chancellor, came to visit
+Whitelocke; a Ricks-Senator, and had been Ricks-Schatz-master, or High
+Treasurer, a place next in honour to that of his father. He had been
+formerly ambassador from this Crown to England; but because he was sent
+by the Chancellor his father, and the other Directors of the affairs of
+Sweden in the Queen's minority, which King Charles and his Council took
+not to be from a sovereign prince; and because his business touching the
+Prince Elect's settlement, and the affairs of Germany relating to Sweden,
+did not please our King; therefore this gentleman was not treated here
+with that respect and solemnity as he challenged to be due to him as an
+ambassador; which bred a distaste in him and his father against the King
+and Council here, as neglecting the father and the good offices which he
+tendered to King Charles and this nation, by slighting the son and his
+quality.
+
+The discourse between this Grave and Whitelocke was not long, though upon
+several matters; and he seemed to be sent to excuse the delay of the
+treaty with Whitelocke, for which he mentioned former reasons, as his
+father's want of health, multiplicity of business, the expected issue of
+the Dutch treaty, and the like; and the same excuses were again repeated
+by Lagerfeldt, who came to Whitelocke from the Chancellor for the same
+purpose.
+
+Whitelocke had occasion to look into his new credentials and instructions
+from the Protector, which were thus.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's new credentials and instructions.]
+
+    "_Oliver, Lord Protector, etc., to the Most Serene and Potent
+    Prince Christina, etc., health and prosperity._
+
+    "Most Serene and Potent Queen,
+
+    "God, who is the great Disposer of all things, having been pleased
+    in His unsearchable wisdom to make a change in the Government of
+    these nations since the time that the noble B. Whitelocke,
+    Constable, etc. went from hence, qualified and commissioned as
+    Ambassador Extraordinary from the Parliament of the Commonwealth of
+    England unto your Majesty, to communicate with you in things tending
+    to the mutual good and utility of both the nations, we have thought
+    it necessary upon this occasion to assure your Majesty that the
+    present change of affairs here hath made no alteration of the good
+    intentions on this side towards your Majesty and your dominions; but
+    that as we hold ourself obliged, in the exercise of that power which
+    God and the people have entrusted us with, to endeavour by all just
+    and honourable means to hold a good correspondence with our
+    neighbours, so more particularly with the Crown of Sweden, between
+    whom and these nations there hath always been a firm amity and
+    strict alliance; and therefore we have given instructions to the
+    said Lord Whitelocke, answerable to such good desires, earnestly
+    requesting your Majesty to give unto him favourable audience as
+    often as he shall desire it, and full belief in what he shall
+    propound on the behalf of these dominions. And so we heartily
+    commend your Majesty and your affairs to the Divine protection.
+    Given at Whitehall this 23rd of December, Old Style, 1653.
+
+                                    "Your good friend,
+                                                      "OLIVER P."
+
+The following instructions were under the hand and private seal of the
+Protector:--
+
+    _"An Instruction for B. Whitelocke, Constable, etc., Ambassador
+    Extraordinary from the Commonwealth of England to the Queen of
+    Sweden._
+
+    "Whereas you were lately sent in the quality of Ambassador
+    Extraordinary from the Parliament of the Commonwealth of England
+    unto her Majesty the Queen of Sweden, for the renewing and
+    contracting an alliance and confederation with that Queen and Crown,
+    according to the commission and instructions you received from the
+    said Parliament and the then Council of State; And whereas, since
+    your departure hence, the then Parliament hath been dissolved, and
+    the Government is settled and established in such a way that you
+    will understand by letters from Mr. Thurloe, Secretary of the
+    Council, who is directed to give unto you a full account hereof: Now
+    lest the work you are upon (which is so necessary in itself to both
+    the nations, and so sincerely desired on our part) should be
+    interrupted or retarded by reason of the said change of affairs, and
+    the question that may arise thereupon concerning the validity of
+    your commission and instructions, I have thought fit, by advice of
+    the Council, to write unto her Majesty new letters credential, a
+    copy whereof you will receive herewith, which letters you are to
+    present to the Queen. And you are also, by virtue of these presents,
+    to let her Majesty know that the alteration of the Government here
+    hath made no change in the good intentions on this side towards her
+    Majesty and her dominions; but that she shall find the same
+    readiness in me to maintain and increase all good intelligence and
+    correspondence with that Queen and Crown as in any the former
+    governors of these nations. And to that end you are hereby
+    authorized to proceed in your present negotiation, and to endeavour
+    to bring the treaty with her Majesty to a good conclusion according
+    to the tenour and effect of the commission, powers, and instructions
+    you have already received, and which I shall by any further act
+    ratify and confirm according as the nature of the business shall
+    require.
+
+    "Before your Lordship deliver these letters credential to the Queen,
+    or make any addresses to her, you are to inform yourself fully of
+    the reception you are like to have, and whether her intentions be to
+    come to a treaty of amity with this State as the Government is now
+    established, that no dishonour may befall us or these dominions in
+    your addresses upon these letters and instructions. Given at
+    Whitehall this 23rd of December, 1653.
+
+                                                      "OLIVER P."
+
+Whitelocke made many despatches this day to England.
+
+
+_March 4, 1653._
+
+[SN: The Queen talks of visiting the Protector.]
+
+Whitelocke waited on the Queen and showed her part of the letters which
+he received from England, whereupon she again asked him if the Protector
+were _sacre_? Whitelocke said, No, and that his letters mentioned only a
+solemnity of entertaining the Protector by the City of London. Whitelocke
+also communicated to her Majesty the Protector's letter to him, and the
+expression that Whitelocke should assure her Majesty of the Protector's
+constant and real intentions to settle a firm alliance with the Queen;
+which, she said, she was also most ready to make with the Protector.
+
+Whitelocke then said it might be fit to make some progress in his treaty
+upon his articles, and particularly in those which concerned amity and
+commerce, and had no dependence on the issue of the treaty with Holland,
+and therefore might be had in consideration before the other were fully
+concluded, and the rest of the articles might be considered afterwards;
+which the Queen said should be done, and that she would send an
+ambassador to the Protector. She was very inquisitive concerning London
+and our Universities; by her discourse gave him to imagine she had
+thoughts of travelling into France, Spain, Italy, and into England; and
+asked Whitelocke if he thought the Protector would give way to her coming
+thither. Whitelocke answered, that the Protector would bid her Majesty
+very welcome thither.
+
+He was alone with her near two hours, and at his taking leave she desired
+him to come to her again on Monday next, and that then she would read
+over with him his articles, both in Latin and English, which they would
+consider together; and such things as she could consent unto she would
+tell him, and what she could not consent unto he should then know from
+her, and they might mark it in the margin as they went along. Yet she
+said she would have him to proceed in his conference with her Chancellor
+as before, and that nobody should know of that conference between her and
+Whitelocke; but she would so order the business that what they consented
+unto should be effected afterwards, and that in two hours they might go
+over all the articles. Whitelocke told her Majesty he presumed that she
+would admit of a free debate upon any of them. She said, by all means,
+that was reasonable; and in case the peace between England and Holland
+did not take effect, that then the ambassador, whom she intended
+howsoever to send into England, might conclude upon such other articles
+as should be thought fit. Whitelocke asked her if she had any thoughts of
+being included in the Dutch treaty. She said, No, for she had not meddled
+with the war, and therefore desired not to be included in the peace with
+them.
+
+[SN: Reports of the Dutch Resident adverse to Whitelocke.]
+
+From the Queen Whitelocke went and visited Piementelle, who showed him a
+letter he received from a great person in Flanders, mentioning that
+Beningen had written to his superiors that the English Ambassador and the
+Spanish Resident were often together, and had showed great respect to
+each other, which his Highness the Archduke liked very well, and gave
+Piementelle thanks for it; and though Monsieur Beningen did not like of
+their being so friendly, yet his superiors endeavoured all they could to
+have amity with England. When Whitelocke told him of the English fleet at
+sea, he said it was great pity the same was not employed. He then showed
+Whitelocke a letter from Beningen to his superiors, wherein he taxed
+Whitelocke with omitting the ceremony of meeting Prince Adolphus at his
+door. Whitelocke repeated to Piementelle the carriage of that business as
+before; and Piementelle said, that neither the Queen nor himself had ever
+heard the Prince express any dislike of Whitelocke's carriage; and that
+the Queen, seeing Beningen's letter, said there were many things in it
+concerning Whitelocke which upon her knowledge were not true. It was also
+said in the letter that the English Ambassador had many long audiences
+with her Majesty, and conferences with the Chancellor, but that he could
+not in the least learn what passed between them; with which Whitelocke
+had no cause to be displeased.
+
+
+_March 5, 1653._
+
+_The Lord's Day._--Whitelocke had two good sermons in his house, at which
+divers English and Scots, besides those of his family, were present. In
+the evening the Queen passed through the streets in her coach, with
+divers other coaches and her servants waiting on her, to take the air,
+though upon this day; and in the night, many disorderly drunkards were
+committing debaucheries and insolences in the town, and at Whitelocke's
+door.
+
+
+_March 6, 1653._
+
+[SN: Further excuses for delay.]
+
+Whitelocke visited Senator Schuett, who spake in excuse of the delay of
+his business. Whitelocke said--
+
+_Whitelocke._ I have already staid long in this place, and nothing is yet
+done in my business.
+
+_Schuett._ Your stay here hath been of more advantage to England than if
+they had sent 10,000 men into Holland, who, by your stay here, will be
+brought on with the greater desire of making peace with you.
+
+_Wh._ They know nothing of my negotiation.
+
+_Sch._ That makes them the more jealous; the slowness of one person is
+the cause that hitherto you have received no satisfaction, and I doubt
+not but ere long you will have answers to your contentment.
+
+Whilst Whitelocke was with him the Queen sent one of her gentlemen
+thither to him, to desire him to put off his visit of her Majesty till
+the next day, by reason she had then extraordinary business; and the
+messenger being gone, Schuett said,--
+
+_Schuett._ The Queen is busy in despatching three senators to the Prince,
+Grave Eric Oxenstiern, Monsieur Fleming, and Monsieur Vanderlin, who are
+deputed for the business of the Queen's resignation; and I, in a few
+days, shall be sent to the Prince.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I pray do me the favour to present my service to his Royal
+Highness, whom I am very desirous to salute as soon as I can gain an
+opportunity; and do hope that his resort to this place will be before I
+shall be necessitated to return, that I may give myself the honour to
+kiss his hand.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke visits the Chief Justice of Sweden.]
+
+Whitelocke visited the Ricks-Droitset Grave Brahe, who is of the noble
+family of Tycho Brahe. He was President of the College of Justice, and
+the First Minister of State of the kingdom: the name of his office is as
+much as Viceroy, and his jurisdiction is a sovereign court for the
+administration of justice, and he hath power both civil and military. The
+office is in effect the same with that ancient officer with us called the
+Chief Justice of England. The habit of this Chief Justice of Sweden was a
+coat, and a furred cap of black, a sword and belt, and no cloak; two
+soldiers sentry at his chamber-door, which Whitelocke had not observed
+elsewhere but at the Court. They had much discourse of Whitelocke's
+business, wherein he testified affections to the Commonwealth of England,
+though Whitelocke had been informed that he was not their friend; but he
+the rather chose to visit him first, and found him very civil: he spake
+Latin very readily, and no French, although Whitelocke was told he could
+speak it well.
+
+He inquired much of the Commonwealth and affairs of England, and
+government of it, and seemed well pleased by Whitelocke's relation of it.
+He informed Whitelocke of the Swedish Government, and particularly of
+his own office. He discoursed much of the Prince of Sweden, which
+Whitelocke judged the fitter for him to approve, because Prince
+Adolphus's lady was this Grave's daughter. He told Whitelocke that he had
+been Governor of Finland ten years together, which province he affirmed
+to be greater than France, and that the Queen's dominions were larger
+than France, Spain, Italy, all together. Whitelocke asked him if those
+countries were well peopled, and flourished with corn and good towns. He
+answered that Finland was well peopled, and had store of corn, and good
+towns; but that it was not so with Lapland and other countries further
+off. But he said that no part of Sweden had such towns as were in
+England, where he had been when he was a young man, which country he much
+praised; and Whitelocke had no cause to gainsay it.
+
+Piementelle sent to Whitelocke an atlas, in four great volumes, in
+acknowledgment of a vessel of Spanish wine which Whitelocke had before
+sent to him for a present.
+
+
+_March 7, 1653._
+
+The Governor of Upsal, Monsieur Bannier, presented to Whitelocke three
+Latin books:--1. The Story of Sweden; 2. Of the Laws of Sweden; 3. Of Sea
+Affairs; which were not ordinarily to be had.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke takes the air with the Queen.]
+
+The Queen sent one of her servants to invite Whitelocke to take the air
+with her in the fields; and being come to the castle, she excused her not
+being yet ready to confer with him upon his articles, as she had
+promised, but told him that she had ordered something to be written down
+on that subject to show to him. She took him into her coach, where was
+the "Belle Comtesse," the Countess Gabriel Oxenstiern, Prince Adolphus,
+Piementelle, Montecuculi, Tott, and Whitelocke. The Queen was very merry,
+and they were full of cheerful discourse. Being returned to the castle at
+night, she desired to hear Whitelocke's music, whom he sent for to the
+castle; and they played and sang in her presence, wherewith she seemed
+much pleased, and desired Whitelocke to thank them in her name. She said
+she never heard so good a concert of music, and of English songs; and
+desired Whitelocke, at his return to England, to procure her some to play
+on those instruments which would be most agreeable to her.
+
+[SN: The Chancellor falls ill.]
+
+Lagerfeldt came to Whitelocke in the Court, and told him that the
+Chancellor intended to have had a meeting with him this day, but was
+hindered by falling sick of an ague; but in case his health would not
+permit him to meet, that then his son Eric Oxenstiern, by the Queen's
+appointment, would meet and confer with Whitelocke about the treaty in
+place of his father. But Whitelocke was not glad of this deputation,
+wishing much rather to confer with the old man upon this subject, who was
+good-natured, civil, and affectionate to Whitelocke, than with the son,
+Grave Eric, who was of a more rugged and self-conceited humour, and not
+so soon gained by reason and convinced by arguments as the good old man
+his father used to be.
+
+
+_March 8, 1653._
+
+[SN: The Chancellor's son resumes the negotiation.]
+
+Grave Eric Oxenstiern visited Whitelocke, and spake much to excuse the
+delay of his treaty; and said that his father was very sick of an ague,
+and he believed the Queen would depute some other to confer with him, in
+case his father's health would not permit him that liberty.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I am very sorry for the indisposition of your{1} father,
+and for the delay of my business. I have been here about three months,
+and nothing is yet concluded.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ The uncertainty of your Dutch affair, and the Queen's desire
+to know the issue of it, hath occasioned this delay.
+
+_Wh._ As the points of amity and commerce, they concern not our Dutch
+treaty.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ You will be sure to receive all satisfaction and contentment
+on that subject; but there are many particulars of the commerce to be
+considered.
+
+_Wh._ I cannot say much upon those particulars; but I was sent hither by
+my Lord Protector to testify his respect to the Queen and kingdom of
+Sweden, and to offer to them the amity of England, which I suppose that
+wise and experienced persons as you are will accept of; and for commerce
+my proposals are general.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I confess the particulars thereof may more conveniently be
+treated on by merchants; and we do not so much desire a confederation
+with any nation as with England.
+
+It was supposed by Whitelocke, that by the deferring of his business
+here, the Hollanders would be in the more suspense and doubt of the issue
+of it, and might thereby come on the more freely in their treaty with
+England; whereas, if the issue of his business here were known, it might
+perhaps seem less to them than it was now suspected to be. Upon this
+ground, though he spake of the delay, yet he did not so much press for a
+positive answer, but that he imagined the Dutch treaty might be brought
+to an issue; he intended to put on his business here, and the default
+hitherto rested on their part, as was acknowledged by their own excuses.
+
+[SN: Discourse with the Chief Justice.]
+
+Whilst Eric was with Whitelocke, the Chief Justice came in. And after
+Grave Eric was gone the Chief Justice discoursed much concerning the
+Protector and his family, his extraction and pedigree, his former quality
+and condition, and his present state and manner of living: to which
+Whitelocke answered truly, and with honour to the Protector; and as to
+his present post, attendants, and ceremonies of his Court, he could not
+give so punctual an account, it being altered since his coming from
+England. He also inquired particularly concerning the Parliament, the
+forms of their summons, sitting, debating, voting, power, and authority;
+in all which Whitelocke was the better able to satisfy him, having been a
+Member of Parliament for almost thirty years together: and then the Chief
+Justice inquired further:--
+
+_Chief Justice._ What opinions of Calvin are most in estimation in
+England? and what is the state of your religion there?
+
+_Whitelocke._ Neither Calvin's opinion nor Luther's are esteemed in
+England further than they are agreeable to the Holy Scriptures of the Old
+and New Testaments, which are the rules and contain the state of religion
+professed in England. But by what state of religion is the profanation of
+the Lord's Day, and of images and crucifixes in churches, permitted?
+
+_Ch. Just._ No recreations or works are permitted on Sundays till after
+divine service ended, and then Calvin permits them; and Luther is of
+opinion for the historical use of images and crucifixes, but not to pray
+to them.
+
+_Wh._ Herein both the opinion of Calvin and that of Luther are expressly
+contrary to the Holy Scripture, and therefore not esteemed in these
+points in England.
+
+The Chief Justice eagerly asserted these opinions not to be contrary to
+the Scripture, but alleged no proof, either from thence or out of human
+authors, to make good his assertion. After much argumentation hereupon,
+the Chief Justice offered to Whitelocke that he would move the Queen for
+a speedy despatch of his business; and said, he did not doubt but that
+satisfaction would be given him therein.
+
+Whitelocke was the more desirous to get a conclusion of his business
+while Piementelle was here, because of his great favour with the Queen;
+which, with her respects to Montecuculi, both great Papists, caused
+Whitelocke to have the more doubt of her inclinations.
+
+Prince Adolphus made a great entertainment for Montecuculi, Piementelle,
+and most of the grandees in town; but Whitelocke was omitted, his humour
+and principles as to their jollities and drinking of healths not being
+agreeable to theirs; and he held this neglect no affliction to him.
+
+
+_March 9, 1653._
+
+Whitelocke visited the Ricks-Admiral Oxenstiern, the Chancellor's
+brother, who received him with great civility; and they discoursed very
+much of Whitelocke's business to the effect as others did.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke visits the Chancellor's eldest son.]
+
+He also visited Grave John Oxenstiern, the Chancellor's eldest son, whose
+carriage was elated. Two of his pages were sons of Earls, and had the
+title of Earls; his servants were some of them set at his outer door to
+receive Whitelocke; himself vouchsafed to meet him at the inner door,
+and, with supercilious reservedness of state, descended to say to
+Whitelocke that he was welcome. They discoursed of England, where this
+Grave had been, as is before remembered, and the distaste he there
+received, which possibly might cause his greater neglect of Whitelocke,
+who took little notice of it. He took upon him to be fully instructed in
+the affairs of England, and of the laws and government there; wherein
+Whitelocke presumed to rectify some of his mistakes.
+
+When he offered to move the Queen for despatch of Whitelocke's business,
+he answered, that he had done it himself already, and there would be no
+need to trouble any other. This occasioned some discourse about the
+treaty, to which, with great gravity, this General declared his judgement
+concerning contraband goods, that great care was to be taken therein, not
+to give any interruption to trade. Whitelocke said, that concerned
+England much more than Sweden. Then he took care that the English rebels
+and traitors might have favour in his country; but Whitelocke, knowing
+that he was neither employed nor versed in the business of his treaty,
+spent the fewer words in answer to his immaterial objections.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke confers with the Queen on the articles.]
+
+In the afternoon, Whitelocke attended the Queen, who excused her not
+having conferred with him about his treaty. Whitelocke told her, that,
+if it were now seasonable, he had them ready, and they might read them
+over together; whereunto she consented, and he read them to her.
+
+She took out a paper of notes, written with her own hand in Latin, her
+observations upon the articles.
+
+1. After Whitelocke had read the first article, she said there was
+nothing therein which needed explanation.
+
+2. The second, she said, would require consideration, and read out of her
+notes the words "communis interesse," which she desired Whitelocke to
+explain what was meant by them. He told her those words included matter
+of safety and matter of traffic. She then demanded why the Baltic Sea was
+named as to free navigation, and not other seas likewise. Whitelocke said
+the reason was, because at present navigation was not free in the Baltic
+Sea; but if she pleased to have other seas also named, he would consent
+to it. She asked if he would consent to freedom of navigation in America.
+Whitelocke told her he could not, and that the treaties of the
+Commonwealth were comprehended within the bounds of Europe. She asked him
+what he thought the Protector would do in case she demanded that liberty.
+He said, his Highness would give such an answer as should consist with
+the interest of England, and show a due regard to her Majesty.
+
+3. This third article she said she would agree unto, but she thought it
+necessary that a form should be agreed upon for certificates and letters
+of safe-conduct, that ships might pass free upon showing of them.
+Whitelocke said, he thought there would be no need of them, especially if
+the peace with the Dutch were concluded. She replied, that if the war
+continued it would be necessary.
+
+4. She said she thought there would be no need of this article, and read
+another which she herself had drawn in Latin to this effect--"That if any
+hereafter should commit treason, or be rebels in one country, they should
+not be harboured in the other." Whitelocke said, the article was already
+to that purpose, and he thought it necessary for the good of both
+nations. She said, it would be too sharp against divers officers who had
+served her father and herself, and were now settled in Sweden. Whitelocke
+offered that amendment which he before tendered to the Chancellor, which
+when she read, she told Whitelocke, that might include all those men whom
+she mentioned before. Whitelocke said, that, upon inquiry into it, he
+found not one excepted by name from pardon. She said, for anything to be
+done hereafter, it was reasonable, and she would consent to it.
+Whitelocke said, that if any hereafter should come into her country, who
+were excepted from pardon, it was also reasonable to include them in this
+article.
+
+5. She said that this and the second article would require further
+consideration; because if she should consent thereunto, it would declare
+her breach of the neutrality which she had hitherto kept. Whitelocke told
+her, if the peace were concluded with the Dutch, that neutrality would be
+gone; and if the war continued, he presumed she would not stick to
+declare otherwise then that neutrality. She said that was true, but she
+desired that this and the second article might be let alone until the
+issue of the Dutch treaty.
+
+6. The sixth article, she said, was reasonable.
+
+7. She took exception to the words "bona a suis cujusque inimicis
+direpta," which, she said, was a breach of her neutrality. To that
+Whitelocke answered as before upon the fifth article; and she desired it
+might be passed over as the second and fifth articles, till the issue of
+the Dutch treaty were known. She said she would desire the liberty of
+fishing for herrings. Whitelocke told her that upon equal conditions he
+presumed his Highness would consent to that which should be fit. She
+asked what conditions he would demand. Whitelocke said, those matters of
+commerce would be better agreed upon with the advice of merchants.
+
+8. The eighth article she said was equal.
+
+9. There was no difference upon it.
+
+10. She judged fit to be agreed upon.
+
+11. She made some short observations, which by explanation Whitelocke
+cleared, and she agreed.
+
+12. The like as upon the eleventh article.
+
+13. To this article she read in Latin an objection to the proviso, and
+said it was reasonable that, if they did break bulk, they should pay
+custom for so much only as they sold. Whitelocke told her that objection
+showed that there were great men merchants in Sweden, and that the
+objection was more in favour of the merchants than of herself. She said
+the merchants were crafty indeed; and she did not much insist upon it.
+
+14. The last article which Whitelocke had given in. To this she said it
+was fit that the men-of-war that should come into the other ports should
+be to a number ascertained, to avoid suspicion. Whitelocke said he would
+agree thereunto, with a caution, as in the first article, to be added: if
+they should be driven by tempest, force, or necessity, then to be
+dispensed with.
+
+Whitelocke desired her Majesty to give him a copy of her objections. She
+told him, they were only a few things which she had written with her own
+hand, upon her apprehension of the articles, and that he should have them
+in writing; but she desired him not to acquaint any person here with this
+conference.
+
+
+_March 10, 1653._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's despatches to England.]
+
+Upon yesterday's conference with the Queen, Whitelocke wrote the passages
+thereof at large to Thurloe, to be communicated to the Council in
+England, and to pray their direction in some points which are set down
+thus in his letters:--
+
+    "I shall desire to know the pleasure of my Lord Protector and
+    Council, whether, in case I shall conclude those articles of amity
+    and commerce, omitting the second, fifth, and seventh articles, if
+    his Highness will be pleased to approve thereof. I confess my humble
+    opinion is (unless I receive commands to the contrary) that in case
+    the peace be concluded between us and Holland, and Denmark included,
+    it will be no disadvantage to us to conclude the alliance here,
+    omitting the second, fifth, and that part of the seventh article
+    against which her Majesty objected, if she shall insist upon it.
+
+    "Another point wherein I pray direction is upon the sixteenth
+    article of your treaty with the Dutch, that either Commonwealth
+    shall be comprehended, if they desire it, in treaties with other
+    Princes, and notice to be given of such treaties; whether in case
+    your treaty with the Dutch shall be agreed, that then notice ought
+    to be given to them of the treaty with the Queen of Sweden, and the
+    Dutch to be offered to be comprehended therein; or whether, the
+    treaty here being begun before that with the Dutch concluded, there
+    will be any cause to give such notice to them, or to give notice to
+    the Queen of your treaty with the Dutch; which you will be pleased
+    to consider.
+
+    "I am very willing to hasten homewards when I may obtain my Lord's
+    order; and that it will be no prejudice here to your service, as I
+    conceive such a conclusion would not at all be.
+
+    "I presume you have heard of the news at Antwerp, which is very
+    fresh here this week, that the Archduke hath imprisoned the Duke of
+    Lorraine in the castle of Antwerp, which caused the gates of the
+    town to be shut; and that hath occasioned to your friends here the
+    loss of the comfort of this week's letters from England, the post
+    being stayed there, as I was certified from your Resident at
+    Hamburg."
+
+Many despatches were made by Whitelocke to his friends in England, as his
+constant course was.
+
+
+_March 11, 1653._
+
+[SN: Admiral Oxenstiern visits Whitelocke.]
+
+The Ricks-Admiral visited Whitelocke. He discoursed of the treaty here,
+and said that the Queen had not yet informed the Council of it in
+particular. He much inquired of the nobility of England, of the Earls and
+Barons, and of their privileges, and what rank their children had, and of
+the several orders of knights, and of their original; in which matters
+Whitelocke was able to give him some satisfaction. He told Whitelocke
+that the Duke of Lorraine was imprisoned for conspiring with the Count de
+Bassigni to betray three strong towns to the King of France.
+
+[SN: Interview with Prince Adolphus.]
+
+Whitelocke visited Prince Adolphus, who also discoursed of his business,
+as others did. Whitelocke told him of his long being here without any
+answer. The Prince said, the Queen's designs to introduce a mutation
+might cause it. Whitelocke said he believed that the amity of England
+deserved so much regard as to be embraced; and that it would be all one
+whether the treaty should be agreed upon by the Queen or by her
+successor, for it concerned the people and State of both nations; and he
+presumed that if the Queen should consent to it, that his Highness's
+brother would have the like good opinion of it. The Prince said it would
+be most agreeable to his brother, who very much respected the English
+nation, as generally the Swedish people did. He said that he never was
+present at the Council, nor did meddle with any public business; but he
+doubted not but that Whitelocke would receive contentment. Whitelocke
+said he promised himself so much, being the Protector had sent him hither
+to testify his respects to the Queen and to the kingdom of Sweden, and to
+offer them the amity of England.
+
+The Prince also discoursed of the late King of England, and of the
+proceedings between him and the Parliament, with great dislike thereof;
+to which Whitelocke gave him an account, and a modest answer declining
+that argument with the Prince, and telling him that every nation had
+their particular rights and laws, according to which they were governed.
+He testified great respect to Whitelocke; and when he took his leave the
+Prince conducted him as far as the great court, which he used not to do
+to others of Whitelocke's quality.
+
+
+_March 12, 1653._
+
+[SN: The treaty delayed by reason of the Queen's abdication.]
+
+Mr. Bloome--who had been formerly a servant to the old Duke of Buckingham
+in England, and after that coming to Sweden, was entertained by the
+Chancellor, and his great creature, and had been employed by him as a
+public minister--did the honour to Whitelocke to be often with him, and
+now, after dinner, discoursed much of the revolution which was likely to
+happen in this country by the Queen's resignation; upon which subject
+Whitelocke thought not fit to speak much in company.
+
+Afterwards in private Whitelocke asked Mr. Bloome if he had heard the
+Chancellor speak of deferring his business till the Prince were crowned.
+Bloome confessed he heard the Chancellor say that he thought it would be
+more convenient to have Whitelocke's business resolved after the King
+should be crowned than at present. Whitelocke told him (which he supposed
+Bloome would again relate to the Chancellor) that all acts of such nature
+concluded by the Queen before her resignation would be held authentic by
+her successor. Bloome said he believed so, but, being the change would be
+so soon, he thought it might be better to have the business put into the
+hands of the new King. Whitelocke said it would require a long time to
+expect the new King's settlement, before which he believed his return
+home might be commanded. Bloome said the business would be soon done
+after the meeting of the Ricksdag, which did not use to sit long. By this
+and other discourses Whitelocke found that there was a purpose in some to
+defer the conclusion of his treaty to the King, which he therefore
+prepared to prevent.
+
+La Belle Comtesse made a great entertainment and ball for Montecuculi and
+the rest of the gallants this night, though it were the Lord's Day; but
+Whitelocke nor none of his company were present at it.
+
+
+_March 13, 1653._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke confers with Count Eric Oxenstiern on the articles.]
+
+Grave Eric came to Whitelocke to confer about his treaty, and said to
+him.
+
+_Grave Eric._ The Queen hath commanded me to come to you and to have some
+conference with you about your proposals, wherein she is pleased to make
+use of my service, because at this time my father is very ill of an ague,
+and is not able himself to meet with you; and his former indisposition of
+health and extraordinary affairs hath been some occasion of hindrance of
+the despatch of your business, as have also the uncertainty of the issue
+of your treaty with Holland, and our great business of the Queen's
+intentions here.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I have long expected some answer to be given in my
+business, the greatest part whereof hath no dependence upon the treaty
+with Holland, and the Queen's intentions here have been but lately made
+known. I have been three months in this place without any answer to my
+business, although I presume that the amity of England is grateful to
+this nation, and may merit the acceptance.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ So is the friendship of Sweden.
+
+_Wh._ My Lord Protector hath testified that by sending me hither.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ The Queen hath likewise sent several public ministers to
+England, and Mr. Lagerfeldt was a long time there without effecting
+anything.
+
+_Wh._ He had answers to his proposals very often, and it was on his part
+that a conclusion was not had with him. But if you please to proceed to a
+conference upon my proposals, I am ready to treat with you, as I have
+always been to treat with my Lord Chancellor, your father, for whose
+ill-health I am heartily sorry.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I am ready in the same way of secresy as it hath been carried
+with my father, so that Mr. Beningen in his letters to his superiors
+saith that the English Ambassador did treat with none but the Queen
+alone, and sometimes alone with the Chancellor, whereby he could not
+possibly give any account of those transactions; for he thought that not
+one person in Sweden, except the Queen and the Chancellor, knew what they
+were.
+
+_Wh._ The gentleman hath done me an honour in that expression.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ My coming to your Excellence is to proceed in your business;
+and I desire a consideration may be had of the great losses which the
+Queen's subjects have sustained by the seizing and detaining of their
+ships by the English.
+
+_Wh._ This is a new objection, and I am neither empowered nor have
+ability to cast up such accounts or to take such examinations; but there
+is a court of justice in England, which I presume has done, and will do,
+right to any who have cause to complain; and I know that my Lord
+Protector will command that justice shall be done to all the Queen's
+subjects; and if any of them have received any injury, they ought to
+receive a just satisfaction from the parties that did them wrong; and, if
+you please, I shall mention these things in my letters to England, and
+when I come thither myself I will personally endeavour that the same may
+be had fully.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I hope a just satisfaction will be given herein, without
+which there can be no solid foundation of amity between the two nations
+and their people.
+
+_Wh._ The same is reasonably and mutually to be expected; and I make no
+question but my Lord Protector will order right to be done therein.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ The Queen's subjects have received great losses under colour
+of contraband goods, when the same hath not been proved.
+
+_Wh._ And many of our allies have been found to colour our enemies' goods
+to the damage of England; but these matters will be proper for an
+examination elsewhere.
+
+They proceeded to the particular articles.
+
+1. This, Eric said, was equal.
+
+2. He made the same objections as the Queen had done, and Whitelocke gave
+the same answers; and Eric said that this article depended upon our
+treaty with the Dutch.
+
+3. Eric desired an explanation of the words "omnibus in locis quibus
+hactenus commercium exercebatur,"--whether that were not intended to
+include the English plantations in America, because traffic thither,
+without special license, was prohibited by our Commonwealth; and he said
+it would be unequal for the English to have the full traffic in the
+Queen's dominions, and her subjects not to have the like in our
+Commonwealth. Whitelocke answered, that the English desired no traffic in
+any of the Queen's dominions out of Europe, and therefore it was equal
+not to consent to their traffic in America; and that the opinion of the
+Council of State in England had been made known to Mr. Lagerfeldt in
+England, in this point; which paper Whitelocke then showed, and the Grave
+urged many other arguments, but Whitelocke kept himself to the paper of
+the Council.
+
+Eric said, those transactions of Lagerfeldt were remitted to Whitelocke's
+Embassy. Whitelocke said, that whatever his instructions might warrant,
+yet it would not become him to do anything contrary to that wherein the
+Council of State had declared their judgement. The same answer Whitelocke
+gave him concerning the herring-fishing, which Eric much insisted upon;
+and as to the pre-emption of the commodities of Sweden, mentioned in the
+Council's paper, which Whitelocke showed him, Eric said that could not
+be, because those commodities were of very great value, and belonged to
+several private persons; and he demanded of Whitelocke if he thought
+England would be contented to give a pre-emption of all their cloth.
+
+Whitelocke said, the cloth of England was likewise of very great value,
+and there would hardly be found one stock to buy it all, and there were
+several staples in other countries to vent it at; and he said he thought
+the best way would be, first to agree upon the general amity and commerce
+between the two nations, and afterwards, if Sweden held it fit, when they
+sent an ambassador to England, or otherwise, to propound anything
+concerning the fishing for herrings or the traffic in America, or
+touching a staple at Narva, Revel, or Gothenburg (which Eric likewise
+discoursed of at large), that the Protector would give a fair and just
+answer.
+
+4. Eric made the same objections that the Queen had done, and had the
+same answers.
+
+5. The like discourse was upon this article.
+
+6. The sixth, Eric said, was the same in effect with the fourth article,
+and might be adjoined to it. Whitelocke showed him the difference,
+chiefly in the beginning of this article; and so they passed on.
+
+7. They had many arguments touching contraband goods, wherein Whitelocke
+held himself to the paper given by the Council to Lagerfeldt; and Eric
+passed it over, as depending upon the success of the treaty with Holland,
+especially in the words "bona a suis cujusque inimicis direpta."
+
+8. This, Eric thought, would need explanation of the words "in quolibet
+suorum marium." Whitelocke told him that was intended in Europe only.
+
+9. Eric said the words "armatis vel inermibus" were not necessary,
+because by the law of Sweden any might carry their arms with them.
+Whitelocke told him that it was not permitted in England for so many
+together without license.
+
+10. Eric made no objection to this article.
+
+11. Nor any to this article.
+
+12. Nor was anything objected to this article.
+
+13. Eric said the proviso needed explanation as to the point of breaking
+bulk, as the Queen had objected; and Whitelocke gave the same answer.
+
+14. The like objections and answers as before, and consent to the like
+amendment.
+
+Eric and much other good company dined with Whitelocke, and after dinner
+they had further discourse on the same subject. And Eric promised to give
+his objections to Whitelocke in writing, and to let him know the Queen's
+pleasure upon their conference; which Whitelocke intended to know also
+from the Queen herself.
+
+The company being gone, Whitelocke visited Piementelle, who discoursed
+much touching the Duke of Lorraine, and of the insolencies of his
+soldiers, for which the Duke would give no right; but if a poor
+countryman complained to him, that his wife had been ravished by his
+soldiers, and his goods taken away, the Duke would laugh at the poor man,
+and say to him, "It is my condition: the King of France hath ravished my
+wife and my estate, and I have got another wife, and maintain myself with
+the goods of others; and I advise thee to do the same as I have done."
+Piementelle informed Whitelocke of a carriage of Beningen of much more
+incivility towards the Queen than that which he attributed to Whitelocke
+towards Prince Adolphus; and Whitelocke imparted to Piementelle some
+passages between Grave Eric and Whitelocke, supposing he would tell it to
+the Queen.
+
+
+_March 14, 1653._
+
+[SN: Interview with General Wrangel.]
+
+Four of the Queen's servants did Whitelocke the honour to dine with him;
+and after they were gone, Whitelocke visited the Field-Marshal Wrangel, a
+gentleman of an ancient noble family in this country, son to General
+Wrangel, of whom so often and so honourable mention is made in the German
+wars under Gustavus Adolphus, the Queen's father.
+
+This Field-Marshal was about thirty-five years of age; his person proper
+and burly, his countenance martial and ingenuous, and his discourse
+answerable; his behaviour courteous, and full of cheerfulness in his
+words and actions. His education was liberal; some time he had spent in
+foreign parts, and had attained languages and the military part of
+learning. He was full of knowledge of the mathematics, and well read in
+story. His genius led him most to warfare, and the sea affairs seemed
+most suitable to his affections; whereof he would much discourse with
+Whitelocke, and admired his relations of the English fleets and havens.
+His valour and conduct had commonly the best associate, good success,
+which he used to improve, not parting with the least advantage. This
+brought him to the favour of his Queen and honour of his country, wherein
+he was a Ricks-Senator, and as a Field-Marshal commanded the army, and
+was Ricks-Vice-Admiral, which charge he attained in the late war with
+Denmark; and he it was that took the King of Denmark's ships in the late
+fight with them. Whitelocke gave him thanks for his favours to
+Whitelocke's son at Stockholm; they discoursed of the English navy,
+whereof Wrangel knew many of the ships by name. He told Whitelocke that
+Middleton was arrived in Scotland with two hundred officers and six
+thousand arms, which he brought from the Low Countries.
+
+From Wrangel Whitelocke went to visit Woolfeldt, to congratulate his
+recovery of health. He told Whitelocke that, by letters which he received
+from one of his servants in the Low Countries, he was advertised that the
+States had sold above twenty of their ships of war, and that his servant
+heard the Admiral de Witt speak of it. He also told Whitelocke that he
+had spoken with many officers of the army, and found all of them wish
+that the war between England and Holland might continue; by which they
+hoped they should join with the English, and gain advantage by it, and
+themselves good employment and plunder. But he said that the Chancellor
+and his sons, and their party, desired that a peace might be between the
+two Commonwealths, because they were rich enough, and had an interest in
+trade, and were no soldiers; and that the Queen desired peace among all
+her neighbours, and although she was very courageous, yet she loved not
+the wars.
+
+
+_March 15, 1653._
+
+[SN: Further conference with the Queen.]
+
+Whitelocke waited on the Queen, and gave her an account of the conference
+between Grave Eric and him. The Queen said that Grave Eric had told her
+the same things. Whitelocke replied, that her Majesty should never find
+other than truth from him. Upon the point of damages she seemed
+satisfied, though she were informed that those matters were remitted to
+Whitelocke's negotiation. To which he answered as he had done before to
+Eric; and she was contented, and said she would send an ambassador to
+England, by whom the affairs touching the herring-fishing and the
+erection of a staple and the trade in America might be concluded; and she
+told Whitelocke that she had ordered those things which she judged fit to
+be added to his articles, to be written down and given to him.
+
+She asked Whitelocke by what way he purposed to return to England. He
+said he was doubtful of going by land, and thought the passage from
+Stockholm to Luebeck would be the shortest and most convenient for him.
+She replied, that would be his best way, and that she would give order
+for some of her ships to be ready to transport him; for which Whitelocke
+thanked her Majesty.
+
+She discoursed much of England, and asked many questions about the
+Thames and other rivers of England, and of their havens and armies;
+whereof Whitelocke gave her a full account. She asked him in how many
+days one might go from Plymouth to St. Sebastian, and many other things
+on that subject. They also discoursed of religion and the worship and
+service of God; wherein Whitelocke spake plainly and freely to her
+Majesty, and told her that those who made a mock at religion, and were
+Atheists in their opinion, were not only most miserable in their own
+condition, but brought others likewise into misery; and all of them would
+find that God would not be mocked, nor such conversation be excused, but
+would be brought into a sad account in the end; and that there was no
+foundation in any such people, or in their opinions, but what was sandy
+and would fail, and all building thereupon would totter and fall down and
+become rubbish; that the only solid comfort and true wisdom lay in the
+sincere worship and service of God, which was not only agreeable to the
+doctrine of truth, but to reason itself. To this, and much of the like
+discourse, the Queen was very attentive, and seemed pleased with it.
+
+
+_March 16, 1653._
+
+[SN: Despatches from England.]
+
+Whitelocke received his letters from England, and in those from Thurloe
+he writes thus:--
+
+    "The particular account your Excellence gives of your negotiation is
+    very acceptable here, as is also your dexterous management thereof.
+    The paper you were pleased to send to me shall be represented to the
+    Council; and your Excellence may be assured that a due care will be
+    taken of that business, as well for justice' sake as that your
+    present business be not hindered by things of this kind. The bales
+    of the Queen's goods shall also be taken care of, and any omissions
+    which have been therein rectified; and I do assure your Excellence
+    that the Queen's Commissary here hath such speedy and effectual
+    despatches in everything he makes application for, that I know he
+    cannot but give notice of it to the Queen."
+
+Then he gives in his letters a full relation of the state of the Dutch
+treaty, and all particulars of it, and the likelihood of its taking
+effect; and gives intelligence of the French news; and sends copies of
+Beningen's letters from Upsal to the States, and of the posture of
+affairs in England, Scotland, and Ireland: and concludes,--
+
+    "Therefore, with my humble thanks for your Excellence's favour to me
+    of your weekly letters, and hearty wishes for your safe and
+    honourable return to your friends and relations here, I rest,
+
+    "Your Excellence's most humble and faithful servant,
+
+                                                    "JO. THURLOE.
+    "_February 16, 1653._"
+
+Whitelocke received many letters from his private friends, his
+brothers-in-law, Mr. Hall, Mr. Cokaine, Mr. Eltonhead, Sir Charles
+Woolsey, Colonel Sydenham, and one from Mr. Selden, which for the
+extraordinary respect thereof, and the person's sake (of whom the Queen
+made often inquiry), is fit to be remembered, and was thus:--
+
+[SN: Letter from Selden.]
+
+    "_To his Excellence the Lord Whitelocke, Lord Ambassador to her Most
+    Excellent Majesty of Sweden._
+
+    "May it please your Excellence,
+
+    "There is nothing happens here that can be worthy of your knowledge
+    but you meet with it doubtless long before I could send it,--indeed,
+    I think, long before I know it,--so that I cannot present you with
+    any English news: my still keeping in from the open cold air makes
+    me a mere winter stranger in my own country. The best news I have
+    heard since I had the honour to see you, and that which brought me
+    with it an ample store of gladness, was the assurance of your
+    Excellence's safety, which a false rumour with great confidence had
+    utterly destroyed here. There is none living can with more hearty
+    affection wish all happiness to you, and good success in your great
+    employment there, and a safe and timely return, than doth most
+    really,
+
+                  "Your Excellence's most obliged
+                                    "and most humble servant,
+                                                      "J. SELDEN.
+    "_Whitefriars, February 10, 1653._"
+
+The occasion of that passage in his letter of a false rumour was news
+brought into England that Whitelocke was stabbed and murdered in Sweden;
+and thus his death was with much confidence reported from several hands,
+and from divers intelligences out of several parts of Christendom.
+Whitelocke's friends were much startled at this news, and the more
+because of former intelligences of designs of that nature against him,
+whereof they wrote him word; and he was glad to read the news, and that,
+through the goodness of God, he was able to confute those reports. They
+were kept from Whitelocke's wife by the care of his friends, till one in
+gladness came to give her joy that the ill news of her husband was not
+true; which brought the whole matter to her knowledge, and herself to
+great perplexity upon the sudden apprehension and fright of it, though
+there was no truth in it.
+
+Whitelocke, that he might not seem wholly to neglect the Queen's favour,
+had sent a packet of his letters which had no secrets unto Monsieur
+Bonele, the Queen's Commissary in England, who wrote back an account to
+Whitelocke of his care of them, and of the command he had received from
+the Queen so to do, and prayed Whitelocke to speak to the Queen on
+Bonele's behalf.
+
+
+_March 17, 1653._
+
+[SN: Prince Adolphus visits Whitelocke.]
+
+Prince Adolphus visited Whitelocke, and they discoursed much of England
+and of Whitelocke's business; whom the Prince persuaded to stay in
+patience for an answer, and he doubted not but that he would receive
+satisfaction. Whitelocke said that hitherto he had been very patient, and
+would continue so, and not importune anybody to speed his answer, being
+it concerned both nations; and he believed that Sweden would be as well
+disposed to entertain the amity of England as England had been in the
+offer of it. But Whitelocke thought fit to inform the Prince and some
+others that he thought his residence here would not be long, and that as
+soon as my Lord Protector should send his letter for his return to
+England (which he expected in a short time), he would presently take his
+journey. They discoursed also touching his brother, who was to succeed,
+and of the brotherly affection between them; as also of the proposal
+which had been heretofore made in the Ricksdag of the Queen to marry his
+Royal Highness, and the Council's advice and endeavours to further the
+same; and how it was not brought to pass, the Queen being wholly adverse
+to marriage, but causing the succession of the Prince Palatine to be
+enacted by the Ricksdag after her Majesty, if she had no children. And
+in these particulars the Prince was free in his discourse, but Whitelocke
+thought not fit for him to be so.
+
+[SN: Letter of Jonathan Pickes.]
+
+Whitelocke communicated to some of his company a letter which he received
+from a member of a congregation in London, which was thus:--
+
+    "_For his Excellence the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke at Sweden._
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "The wise and holy carriage of Solomon before the Queen of Sheba are
+    more lasting monuments of his praise than his targets of gold, or
+    magnificent temple. The glory of saints is a glorious name, by
+    which, though dead, yet they speak. God will not be ungrateful, nor
+    unfaithful to forget or not to recompense any labour of love. The
+    interest of Christ,--what greater jewel in the world! and yet how
+    little liked and loved by the world! All seek their own, not the
+    things of Jesus Christ. The best, the noblest, the most lasting, yet
+    not minded: our own things, poor, low, uncertain, unsatisfactory,
+    yet pursued. The heart runneth after the wedge of gold, and the mind
+    seeks for greatness. Give me honour, or else I die: a crown here is
+    more desired than heaven hereafter. Divine love hath great danger
+    accompanying it, but the recompense is answerable: 'Be thou faithful
+    unto death, and I will give thee a crown of life.' Learned Paul
+    counts all things but dung and dross to holy Christ; and Moses
+    esteemed reproaches for Christ, and afflictions with the people of
+    Christ, greater riches than the treasures of Egypt or the honours at
+    Court. And now, Sir, will you have the meaning of all? It is only a
+    Christian motive to you to eye the highest Lord and the best
+    interest with the greatest industry; that his honour, which is best
+    of all, be dearer to you than all country honour: life, world, are
+    not to be named in the day of his glory. Oh mind him who will not
+    forget you in the least! There's none in heaven like him: can there
+    be anything on earth compared to him? Two things are chiefly to be
+    minded in all actings,--the springs from whence, and the centre to
+    which, all moves. If love to God be the spring of all, and glory for
+    God the centre of all, then the heart is upright in all. Remember
+    the blessed sound, 'Well done, thou good and faithful servant; thou
+    hast been faithful in a little, but thou shalt be enjoyer of much;
+    enter into thy Lord's joy.' And truly, Sir, you have been not a
+    little in my thoughts to God for you; so hath it emboldened me thus
+    to speak to God for you. My soul and many more have been set
+    a-praising God on your behalf, for that noble Christian testimony
+    and dislike of that wicked custom of cup-health pledging; whereas a
+    Christian's health is God, and his cup salvation. And blessed be the
+    Lord, that did give you to dislike the ball of pleasure, and that
+    the Lord of that day was so precious. Go on nobly for the Lord; give
+    your testimony against the wicked customs of a strange country or
+    dying world; bear his image in all your transactions, and follow his
+    steps who was the most glorious Ambassador that ever was; and in
+    this motion the Lord fill your sails with his gales, make you holily
+    successful, and give you to see your land and relations full of
+    heavenly fruition, is the humble and hearty desire of one of the
+    least sons of Zion, ready to serve the Lord in you or yours.
+
+                                               "JONATHAN PICKES."
+
+
+_March 18, 1653._
+
+Doctor Whistler made a copy of Latin verses upon the Queen's abdication,
+which, for the ingenuity and fancy, were worthy the sight of a Prince;
+and Whitelocke sent them to the Queen, who was much taken with them.
+Whitelocke was so pleased with those verses that, having a little
+leisure, himself turned them into English.[41]
+
+Whitelocke having sent to know if the Queen were at leisure that he
+might wait upon her, she returned an excuse that she was not well: she
+came away sick from the public schools, where she had been to grace the
+disputations of a young Swedish Baron with her presence.
+
+[SN: Effect of the peace with Holland.]
+
+Senator Bundt visited Whitelocke, and discoursed with him in English,
+which he spake indifferently well, and was the only Swede he conversed
+with in that language. Part of their discourse was to this effect:--
+
+_Bundt._ Mr. Beningen, the Holland Resident in this Court, acquainted me
+that his superiors have concluded the agreement with England: only some
+provinces desire a more express inclusion of the King of Denmark than is
+yet contained in the articles; and they are much troubled that, being
+upon the conclusion of the treaty, you make so great preparations of war,
+and have so powerful a fleet at sea; and we here do much wonder what
+should be your design to have so strong a fleet, and so soon out at sea.
+
+_Wh._ The design is for the defence of the Commonwealth; and it is our
+custom not to trust to the success of any treaties, which is uncertain,
+but to prepare for all events. If the treaty be agreed, it will be
+religiously observed on our part, and the navy will be employed to scour
+the seas of pirates and enemies, that trade may be free and safe; and we
+always use in time of peace to have a fleet at sea; and if the war
+continue, we shall be the more ready, by the blessing of God, to maintain
+our right. But what suspicion have you here of our navy?
+
+_Bundt._ We suppose it may be employed to open the passage of the Sound,
+and make the trade and navigation there free.
+
+_Wh._ The hindrance of navigation there is more prejudicial{2} to Sweden
+than to England. We can have our commodities at Gothenburg and in other
+places, without passing the Baltic Sea.
+
+_Bundt._ Many amongst us know not what to think of your fleet, and it
+troubles some.
+
+_Wh._ I hope we shall be in nearer amity, and then you will be pleased at
+it. Have the Senators consulted about the matters of my treaty, or of
+remitting it to the new King?
+
+_Bundt._ We have not advised any such thing, but believe the best way for
+effecting your business will be by the Queen herself; and if any tell you
+the contrary, they are much mistaken in the affairs of this kingdom, and
+do not give you a right understanding of them.
+
+This being wholly contrary to what was informed by Monsieur Bloome, the
+Chancellor's creature, caused Whitelocke the more to mind it, and
+endeavour to obviate that prejudice of delay to his business; and finding
+by this discourse with Bundt how much the Dutch Resident and others here
+were amused at the English fleet now at sea, he made use thereof, and
+gave advice of it to his superiors in England.
+
+
+_March 19, 1653._
+
+[SN: Intrigues of the Dutch Resident against Whitelocke.]
+
+Whitelocke sent to inquire of the Queen's health; and it being the Lord's
+Day, she was in her chapel. Divers English and Scots of the town came to
+Whitelocke's house to hear sermons there; and among them was Monsieur
+Ravius, who acquainted Whitelocke that one of the Queen's chaplains asked
+Ravius how long Whitelocke intended to stay in Sweden. Ravius said he
+would shortly return to his own country. The chaplain replied, he did not
+believe that, but he thought Whitelocke would stay here a long time, and
+that he durst not return to England because of the displeasure of the
+Protector against him. And when he was answered that Whitelocke came
+hither not in the posture of a man out of favour, and that the Protector
+since his accession to the Government had sent him new credentials, and
+expressed much favour to him, and sent to be certified what respect the
+Queen gave him, the chaplain replied that Whitelocke was sent hither
+purposely to be removed out of England, and because he had been of the
+former Parliament; to which Ravius said, that many who were of the former
+Parliament were now in public offices, as Whitelocke was.
+
+There was cause to believe that this and many the like stories were
+feigned by the Holland Resident and other enemies of the Commonwealth, to
+asperse Whitelocke and his business, and to give some obstruction to it;
+but Whitelocke took little notice of such things, only he thanked
+Monsieur Ravius for his defence of Whitelocke and of the truth.
+
+It was also related to Whitelocke that the inauguration of his Royal
+Highness could not probably be performed till the feast of St. John the
+Baptist, and that then nothing could be concluded in his business till
+the feast (as they expressed it) of the Holy Archangel St. Michael next
+following, because it was fit to be remitted to the Prince for his final
+agreement thereunto; and so the treaty must necessarily receive a
+deferring till that time, which, they said, would be best for
+Whitelocke's affairs. Whitelocke told them that it would be somewhat
+difficult to persuade him that such a delay of his business would be
+best; he was sufficiently convinced of the contrary, and that such an
+obstruction would render his treaty wholly fruitless both to England and
+Sweden, and that he hoped to be himself in England long before the time
+which they prefixed for the beginning of his treaty with the new King;
+and that he daily expected the commands of the Protector touching his
+return home, which he should readily and willingly obey, whether his
+treaty here should be concluded or not. He spake the more to this effect,
+and the oftener, that the same might come to the ear of the Chancellor
+and other senators.
+
+
+_March 20, 1653._
+
+[SN: Peace signed between England and the United Provinces.]
+
+Whitelocke visited Piementelle, who communicated to him the news of the
+Duke of Lorraine, and that the United Provinces of the Netherlands had
+ratified the articles with England. Whitelocke asked if Groningen had
+consented. He said yes, but with this restriction, that the Prince of
+Orange should be comprised in the treaty, which might yet cause some
+obstruction in it. Whitelocke imparted to him some of his news, and
+imparted such passages of his conferences and business as he desired
+might by him be related to the Queen.
+
+[SN: Senator Schuett affects to be favourable to the treaty.]
+
+Senator Schuett visited Whitelocke, and staid with him above two hours.
+They discoursed of many things unnecessary to be remembered; some was
+thus:--
+
+_Schuett._ I am sorry that the business of your treaty goes on so slowly;
+but I hope you will excuse it, in regard the Chancellor is not quick in
+despatches, and affects long deliberations in great matters.
+
+_Whitelocke._ That is an argument of his prudence and well weighing of
+things before he come to a resolution; and certainly he hath had
+sufficient time of deliberation in my business.
+
+_Sch._ The Chancellor sometimes may take more time than is necessary for
+one business, and borrow it for another; he knows the advantages of times
+and seasons, and how to improve them.
+
+_Wh._ I have found it so; but methinks my business should have been so
+acceptable as to have prevented such great delays.
+
+_Sch._ Your negotiation as to the amity with England was in consideration
+with the Council here before your arrival; and all of us agreed that it
+was more desirable than any other.
+
+_Wh._ I believe it would be agreeable to you, who are persons of great
+experience, knowing the interest of your own country, and how
+considerable the English nation is; and this caused a belief in me that I
+might promise myself an answer to my proposals before my departure from
+hence.
+
+_Sch._ The great affairs of this kingdom, and the change likely to
+happen, have put a stop to all other business; and in case your
+negotiation cannot be brought to a conclusion during your stay here, yet
+it may be agreed upon afterwards by an ambassador to be sent from hence
+to England.
+
+_Wh._ My Lord Protector having testified so much respect to the Queen, as
+he hath done in sending me Ambassador hither, for me, after four or five
+months' residence and negotiation in this place, to be sent home again
+without any conclusion of my business, but the same to be remitted to the
+sending of an ambassador from hence to England, would be no answer to the
+respect of the Protector in sending me hither.
+
+_Sch._ The Parliament sent your Excellence hither, as I understood, and
+not the Protector.
+
+_Wh._ My coming hither was at first by my Lord Protector's desire, he
+being then General, and without his earnest request to me I had not
+undertaken it; and since his access to the Government I have received new
+credentials from him, by virtue whereof only I have negotiated, and am
+the first public Minister employed by his Highness.
+
+_Sch._ It is a very great respect which the Protector hath manifested to
+you, and by you to our Queen and nation, and that which you say carries
+reason with it. I shall do all that possibly may lie in my power to
+testify my respects and service to his Highness and Commonwealth of
+England, and to your Excellence their honourable Ambassador.
+
+_Wh._ You are pleased to express a great honour and esteem for my Lord
+Protector and for his servant, whereof I shall not fail, by any service
+in my power, to make acknowledgment to your Excellence.
+
+There were many other compliments and discourses between them; and the
+Senator fell into a relation of Russia, where he had been, and of the
+Great Duke's bringing at one time into the field an army of 200,000 men,
+divided into three parties, whereof one part fell upon Poland, and had
+lately taken divers considerable places in that kingdom; and much more he
+spake of this exploit, which is omitted.
+
+
+_March 21, 1653._
+
+[SN: Senator Schuett's duplicity.]
+
+Whitelocke was somewhat surprised by the carriage of Senator Schuett to
+him yesterday, and with his freedom of discourse, which showed him either
+to be a courtier and versed in the art of simulation, or the reports made
+of him to Whitelocke to be untrue. Now he seemed clearly for the league
+with England; before, he expressed himself against it; now he showed
+civility and respect to Whitelocke and to his superiors; before, he spake
+disdainfully of them and their affairs.
+
+But an ambassador must hear and see many things, and yet take no notice
+of them; must court an enemy to become a friend, as he believed he had
+done to Schuett, who, after acquaintance between him and Whitelocke,
+became very friendly. But Whitelocke held it requisite to keep at
+somewhat more distance with him than with others, because he had been
+informed that there was not much of kindness between the Chancellor and
+this gentleman, which was confirmed by discourse this day with
+Lagerfeldt.
+
+_Lagerfeldt._ I entreat your Excellence's excuse for my long absence,
+which hath been occasioned by an employment lately bestowed on me by her
+Majesty, which takes up my time in the discharge of it.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I do congratulate the honour and favour of the Queen
+towards you, in this part of a reward for your good service in England,
+whereof I was a witness and have affirmed it to her Majesty. What is the
+office she hath given you?
+
+_Lag._ It is the Vice-President of the College of Trade.
+
+_Wh._ I suppose the office is profitable as well as honourable.
+
+_Lag._ A competent salary is annexed to the office, and with us no person
+doth serve in any office or public employment, but he hath a salary for
+it from the State.
+
+_Wh._ That is honourable, and for the advantage of the State. One of your
+Ricks-Senators was here with me yesterday, and I had much discourse with
+him about my business.
+
+_Lag._ Which of them was with your Excellence?
+
+_Wh._ The Senator Schuett, whom I saw not before.
+
+_Lag._ I wonder at his visit; did he express much respect to your
+Commonwealth?
+
+_Wh._ As much as any I have met with.
+
+_Lag._ I much wonder at it; but shall advise your Excellence not to
+depend much upon this gentleman, nor to be over-free in your discourse
+with him; for he hath been under a cloud, and is very intimate with the
+Holland Resident.
+
+_Wh._ I thank you for your caution; but I have communicated nothing to
+him but what might be published.
+
+_Lag._ My Lord Eric Oxenstiern hath, by the Queen's command, some papers
+touching your business to be imparted to you.
+
+_Wh._ Do you remember the effect of them?
+
+_Lag._ They contain some explanation of the articles given in by your
+Excellence, and some additions offered to them, but not much differing
+from those exhibited by you.
+
+They had much discourse about these additions and explanations, whereof
+Whitelocke endeavoured to get as much knowledge from Lagerfeldt as he
+could beforehand, that he might be the better prepared to debate upon
+them when they should be produced; and he declared his sense positively
+against some of them to Lagerfeldt, which proved an advantage. Some of
+those additions mentioned by Lagerfeldt, being upon his report to Grave
+Eric of Whitelocke's judgement upon them, were left out of Grave Eric's
+paper.
+
+[SN: Further conference with Grave Eric Oxenstiern.]
+
+In the afternoon Grave Eric came to Whitelocke, and they had this
+discourse together:--
+
+_Gr. Eric._ Here is a paper, which I shall read unto you, containing some
+matters wherein I desire your consideration, being they relate to the
+treaty, as touching contraband goods; that there may be such a liberty,
+that trade be not impeached, that prizes may not be brought into the
+ports of friends, nor enemies admitted into the havens of the friends and
+allies of either nations; that the fishing for herrings and the trade in
+America may be free for the Swedes, and that they may have satisfaction
+for the wrongs done to them by the English at sea.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Here is very much in these particulars to which I have
+formerly given my answer, and can give no other. England hath had no
+reason to give a liberty of contraband goods when their enemies deny it,
+and it were hard to forbid friends to bring prizes into the ports of
+friends, being no prejudice to the owner of the port, but a discourtesy
+to the friend; neither is it reason to deny a friend to enter into my
+harbour because he is an enemy to another that is my friend also, whose
+quarrel I am not bound to wed. For the liberty of herring-fishing, it may
+be had from our Commonwealth upon reasonable conditions; and for the
+trade in America, I am not instructed to assent to anything therein, but
+I supposed it had been intended to send from hence to the Protector about
+it. And for satisfaction of wrongs, I know none done by the English to
+the Queen's subjects, and imagined that her Majesty had been satisfied in
+these points.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I have order to acquaint you with these particulars, and to
+confer with you about them, being esteemed by us just and reasonable.
+
+_Wh._ After my attendance here three or four months without any answer to
+my proposals, I did not expect to receive new ones from you so different
+from those which I gave in with equal respect to the good of both
+nations; and I having offered the friendship of England to you in
+general, you answer that it will be accepted, but upon particular and
+hard conditions.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I confess there hath been too much delay in your business,
+but it hath been occasioned by the uncertainty of the issue of your
+treaty with Holland.
+
+_Wh._ The issue of that treaty is not yet known, and the articles given
+in by me had no relation thereunto, and were proposed three months since.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ At present we take it for granted that the peace is concluded
+between you and Holland, and that now you are good friends.
+
+_Wh._ I wish we may be so; and if that peace be concluded, there is the
+less need of your proposals touching prizes, contraband{3} goods, etc.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ Though the peace be concluded between you, yet it is prudent
+to make those provisions, in case of a new war with them or others.
+
+_Wh._ I shall desire a copy of your particulars.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ You shall have them; and I desire you to read this paper,
+which is an order of the Council of State in England, delivered to Mr.
+Lagerfeldt when he was there, whereby these particulars are remitted to
+your negotiation.
+
+_Wh._ This paper bears date after my departure from England, and I never
+saw it before, nor received any particular instructions on this subject.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ If you are not satisfied touching the point of damages
+sustained by her Majesty's subjects in the taking of their ships and
+goods by the English, there may be witnesses examined here for proof
+thereof.
+
+_Wh._ I cannot erect a Court or Commissioners, or consent to examination
+of witnesses, in this place and upon this occasion; nor can I take
+accounts of merchants; I confess my ignorance.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ It may be contained in the treaty that justice shall be done,
+and satisfaction given to my countrymen for the wrongs done to them.
+
+_Wh._ That cannot be so expressed without accusing our Commonwealth, and
+at least confessing wrongs done, and implying that justice hath not been
+done; but I can assure you that the Commonwealth hath done, and will do,
+justice to their friends and to all persons, and I shall do all that lies
+in my power for that end.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I shall inform the Queen what hath passed in our conference,
+and know her Majesty's pleasure therein.
+
+
+_March 22, 1653._
+
+Monsieur Lyllicrone informed Whitelocke that Prince Adolphus had taken a
+solemn leave of the Queen, and was gone into the country. Whitelocke
+asked if it was upon any discontent; Lyllicrone said he knew not.
+Whitelocke asked if he would not be at the Ricksdag; Lyllicrone said he
+believed the Prince did not intend to be at it, but to travel _incognito_
+with a few servants into France and Italy.
+
+[SN: The French advances resumed.]
+
+The French Resident visited Whitelocke in the afternoon, and seeing his
+coaches and horses ready to go abroad to take the air, offered, with many
+compliments, to bear Whitelocke company, which he could not refuse. The
+Resident acquainted Whitelocke that Monsieur Bordeaux, now in London, had
+received a commission from the King of France to be his Ambassador to the
+Protector, and that Bordeaux had written to this gentleman here, to
+salute Whitelocke on his part, and to signify to him that Bordeaux would
+be willing to entertain a correspondence with Whitelocke, and had
+expressed much affection to his person. Whitelocke answered that he
+should be ready to testify all respect and service to Monsieur Bordeaux,
+and desired the Resident to testify the same to him at his next
+opportunity. Lagerfeldt came to Whitelocke, who had some trouble in
+discourse with them both together,--the Resident speaking only French,
+and Lagerfeldt only Latin, and he must answer them in their respective
+languages.
+
+After the Resident was gone, Lagerfeldt discoursed with Whitelocke about
+the treaty, particularly of the new proposals showed him by Grave Eric.
+Whitelocke gave the same answers to Lagerfeldt as he had done to Eric:
+then Lagerfeldt said, that by command of the Queen, he was to tender to
+Whitelocke a copy of articles. Whitelocke asked if they were the same
+that Grave Eric yesterday imparted to him, and whether Lagerfeldt had any
+speech with the Queen this day about them. Lagerfeldt said they were
+altered in some part, so as to make them the more acceptable to
+Whitelocke, and that he had a few words with the Queen about them.
+
+This caused Whitelocke to marvel that the Queen should pretend to him
+that she was sick, and therefore put off the audience which he desired
+this day, and yet her Majesty found herself well enough to peruse and
+debate with Lagerfeldt these articles; but he said nothing thereof to
+others, only made thereof his own observations and use, as he saw
+occasion. Lagerfeldt and he perused these new articles, and had much
+discourse upon them, and in effect the same as with Grave Eric.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's amusements in his household.]
+
+In the long winter-nights here, Whitelocke thought fit to give way to
+some passages of diversion to please his people, and to keep them
+together in his house, and from temptations to disorder and debauchery in
+going abroad, besides the danger of the streets in being late out. He
+therefore had music, both instrumental and vocal, in concert, performed
+by those of his own family, who were some of them excellent in that art,
+and himself sometimes bore his part with them. He also gave way to their
+exercise and pleasure of dancing in his great chamber, that he might be
+present at it, and admitted no undecent postures, but seemly properties
+of habits in their shows. He encouraged public disputations in Latin
+among the young men who were scholars, himself present in the great
+chamber, and appointing a moderator; and this exercise they found useful
+and pleasant, and improving their language. To this end likewise they had
+public declamations in Latin, himself giving them the question, as "an
+quodcunque evenerit sit optimum," etc., so that his house was like an
+academy.
+
+
+_March 23, 1653._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke again negotiates with the Queen.]
+
+Whitelocke attended the Queen; and after some discourses of pleasantries,
+they fell upon the treaty, and Whitelocke said to her:--
+
+_Whitelocke._ My business, Madam, is now brought to a conclusion.
+
+_Queen._ Is it to your liking?
+
+_Wh._ Pardon me, Madam, if I say it is not at all to my liking; for in
+the articles which Grave Eric sent me there were many particulars to
+which I could not agree, and I much wondered to receive such articles
+from him, being persuaded that your Majesty was before satisfied by me in
+most of the particulars in them.
+
+_Qu._ What are those particulars?
+
+The articles Whitelocke had in readiness with him, and his observations
+upon them, having taken pains this morning to compare their articles with
+his own, and to frame his objections upon them. The Queen wrote down the
+objections with her own hand, and then entered into a debate with
+Whitelocke upon the whole, and seemed to be satisfied in most of the
+points insisted on by Whitelocke; but was stiff upon the law relating to
+ships of war which is mentioned in her eleventh article, and upon some
+other particulars. After the debate, she desired that Whitelocke would
+the next morning bring to her his objections in writing; and then she
+said, "We will not be long before we come to a conclusion of this
+business."
+
+Whitelocke thought it convenient to make his addresses to the Queen
+herself, and, as much as he could, to decline conferences with her
+Commissioner Grave Eric, whom he found more than others averse and cross
+to him in his treaty. And the Queen was pleased to admit Whitelocke to
+this way, and was not displeased to have applications in this and other
+affairs of the like nature to be made upon her person; whereof Whitelocke
+had private information before from Piementelle, Woolfeldt, and others,
+whose advice he pursued herein with good success.
+
+Her Majesty also permitted Whitelocke to have a free debate with her upon
+the points controverted, and would return answers to every argument with
+as much reason and ingenuity as any of her Ministers of State, and be
+sooner than they satisfied with what was reason. She told Whitelocke that
+she marvelled that he, having received those long articles but late the
+last night, should be able to make objections, and to enter into a debate
+upon all of them this day, when her people had much longer time to frame
+these articles. Whitelocke answered, "Yes, by two or three months." After
+some other discourse, Whitelocke left her in a pleasant humour.
+
+Being returned home, Lagerfeldt came again to him to sift him, and to
+know what answer the Queen had given to his objections upon the new
+articles. But Whitelocke fitted his inquiry, and thought not convenient
+to communicate to him more than what might advantage his business to be
+reported to Grave Eric; and because, in all conferences with the Queen,
+no person was admitted to be present with them, not her own
+Commissioners for the treaty, or any of the Senators, for the secresy of
+the business, which was much to the liking of Whitelocke, and furtherance
+of the treaty. They had much discourse upon the new articles, to the same
+effect as formerly; and Lagerfeldt said he doubted not but the Queen
+would in a short time conclude it to Whitelocke's satisfaction.
+
+After this discourse Whitelocke inquired of Lagerfeldt how the
+Chancellor's health was, and what physicians were about him. Lagerfeldt
+said he was still sick of his ague, and had no physician attending him
+but one who had been a chirurgeon in the army, and now constantly lived
+in the house with the Chancellor as a humble friend, sat at his table,
+and had a pension from him of four hundred rix-dollars a year; who had
+some good receipts, especially for the stone, which agreed with the
+Chancellor's constitution, which this chirurgeon only studied and
+attended. And so it was generally in this great and large country.
+Whitelocke met with no doctor of physic or professed physician in any
+town or country, not any attending the person of the Queen herself; but
+there are many good women, and some private persons, who use to help
+people that are diseased by some ordinary known medicines; and their
+diseases are but few, their remedies generally communicated, and they
+live many of them to a great age.
+
+[SN: Letters and despatches from England.]
+
+Whitelocke received letters from England, which were always welcome,
+especially bringing the good news of the welfare of his relations. He
+received very respectful letters from the Earl of Clare, Sir Charles
+Woolsey, Colonel Sydenham, the Master of the Rolls, Mr. Reynolds, Lord
+Commissioner Lisle, and divers others, besides his usual letters from his
+wife, Mr. Hall, Mr. Cokaine, his brothers-in-law, and divers other
+friends. In those from Thurloe he had the particular passages of the
+Dutch treaty, and that he believed the peace with them would be
+concluded; and in those letters Thurloe also writes thus:--
+
+    "Your Excellence's of the 27th of January I communicated to his
+    Highness and to the Council, who, although they do not by this
+    transaction of the Queen very well understand her intentions as to
+    the peace, yet they are very much satisfied with the management
+    thereof on your part, and commit the issue thereof unto the Lord,
+    who will either bless your endeavours by bringing things to a
+    desired issue, or otherwise dispose of this affair to the glory of
+    God, the good of the Commonwealth, and the comfort of yourself who
+    are employed in it.
+
+    "The Council, upon consideration of the whole matter, did not find
+    it necessary to give you any further directions, nor did his
+    Highness, especially seeing his last letters but one did express his
+    sense upon that treaty, and nothing hath occurred since which hath
+    given any cause of alteration.
+
+    "The French King and Cardinal, seeing themselves disappointed at the
+    Hague as to their inclusion in that treaty, endeavour to effect it
+    here; and to that purpose the Cardinal sent hither one Monsieur Le
+    Baas to congratulate his Highness, and to assure him of the
+    friendship of the King; and that, if he pleased, the King would
+    banish Charles Stuart and his family out of his dominions, and
+    proclaim the Protector in France; and hath since sent a Commissioner
+    to Monsieur Bordeaux to be Ambassador.
+
+    "The Spanish Ambassador doth also very much court his Highness and
+    the present Government. Don Francisco Romero, Captain of the Guard
+    to the Archduke, arrived here the last night, to congratulate his
+    Highness in the Duke's name.
+
+    "I have moved the Council in the two papers your Excellence trusted
+    to my care. What order the Council hath been pleased to make
+    thereupon you will see by their enclosed order, and my care shall
+    not be wanting to see an effectual execution thereof.
+
+                  "Your Excellence's humble and faithful servant,
+                                                      "JO. THURLOE.
+"_24th February, 1653._"
+
+The Council's Order was this:--
+
+    "AT THE COUNCIL CHAMBER, WHITEHALL.
+
+    "_Friday, 24th of February, 1653._
+
+    [SN: Order in Council on the Swedish prizes.]
+
+    "On consideration of several papers which came enclosed in a letter
+    from the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke, and were this day presented to
+    the Council, containing some complaints made by divers of the
+    subjects of her Majesty of Sweden, viz. concerning a Swedish galliot
+    called the 'Land of Promise,' and a ship called the 'Castle of
+    Stockholm,' and certain goods taken out of the 'Gold Star' of
+    Hamburg, and claimed as belonging to Alexander Ceccony, gentleman,
+    principal officer of the Queen's wardrobe: _Ordered_, That several
+    copies of the said papers be forthwith sent to the Judges of the
+    Court of Admiralty and to the Commissioners for Prize Goods, to whom
+    it is respectively referred, diligently to inform themselves of the
+    true state of the said ship and goods, and what proceedings have
+    been had in the Court of Admiralty or Prize Office touching the same
+    or any of them, and thereof to make report to the Council. And it is
+    especially recommended and given in charge to the said Judges that
+    both in these and in all matters concerning the said Queen or her
+    subjects, which do or shall depend before them, all right and fair
+    respect be given upon all occasions; and that whatsoever of the said
+    goods belonging to her Majesty's servant they shall discover, be by
+    them ordered to be forthwith delivered.
+
+                                    "Ex^r W. JESSOP,
+                                          "Clerk of the Council."
+
+This Order Whitelocke caused to be translated into Latin, and sent
+copies of it to the Chancellor, to Grave Eric, to Mr. Ceccony, and to
+others; and he showed it to the Queen, and all were pleased with it,
+hoping for further fruit of it, and esteeming Whitelocke to be in good
+credit with his superiors.
+
+
+_March 24, 1653._
+
+[SN: Reports of the negotiation to England.]
+
+Whitelocke made his despatches for England, and wrote above twenty
+letters to several of his friends there, finding it grateful to them to
+receive letters from him at such a distance; and that answers to letters
+are expected, and ill taken if neglected; that they cost little, and
+please much. He was hindered by Woolfeldt, who made a long visit to him,
+though upon the post day; at which he wondered, in regard Woolfeldt had
+been himself often employed as a public minister, and knew so well what
+belonged to the making of despatches.
+
+To recover his lost time, Whitelocke (as he often used when business
+pressed him) wrote one letter himself and dictated two others to his
+secretaries at the same time, and so, in effect, wrote three letters at
+once. The letter which he now wrote to Secretary Thurloe contained his
+whole transactions since his last letters to him; and the conclusion of
+the letter, showing the state of his negotiation, was this:--
+
+    "This afternoon Grave Eric came to me from the Queen, who desired
+    that my audience, appointed this day, might be put off till the
+    holidays were past, and said that by reason of the sacrament upon
+    Easter Day, this day and tomorrow were to be spent in preparation
+    thereunto; but he told me that she commanded him to receive my
+    objections to his articles in writing, the which I gave him
+    according to that large paper which you will receive herewith. We
+    had very much debate upon the particulars, much of it according to
+    what I have mentioned before.
+
+    "I have thought fit to send you this large paper that you might see
+    the whole business before you at one view, and it hath cost me some
+    pains. I shall continue my best endeavours to bring your business to
+    a good effect. I am put to struggle with more difficulties than I
+    could expect, and their policy here is great. One may soon be
+    overtaken with long, intricate, and new proposals; but I hope God
+    will direct me, whom I do seek, and shall not wilfully transgress my
+    instructions.
+
+    "When I speak with the Queen, she seems to be satisfied; and then
+    some of the grandees seek to persuade her to a contrary opinion, and
+    to keep me from her, and lay objections in the way to cross it (for
+    we want no enemies here). I then endeavour again to satisfy the
+    Queen, and break through their designs as well as I can; to do
+    which, and to get a good despatch against all opposition, and yet so
+    as not to supplicate anything from them, nor in the least to
+    prostitute the honour of my Lord Protector and of the Commonwealth,
+    or to prejudice them, is a task hard enough for a great favourite,
+    much more hard for a stranger, and whose differing principles may
+    render him the less acceptable. However, I shall hope that the Lord
+    will direct me for the best, whether they agree with my judgement or
+    not.
+
+    "If I can conclude with them, I shall presently be upon my return,
+    and hope within a week or two to receive his Highness's order to
+    give me leave to come home. What I cannot consent to or obtain at
+    present, I presume they will be contented to have referred to a
+    future agreement, wherein there can be no prejudice (in my humble
+    opinion) to your affairs.
+
+    "I ask your pardon for my tedious informations, wherein I take no
+    pleasure; but supposing the business to require it, I presume you
+    will excuse
+
+                  "Your very affectionate friend to serve you,
+                                                  "B. WHITELOCKE.
+    "_Upsal, 24th March, 1653._"
+
+Most of the night was spent by Whitelocke in making his despatches for
+England; neither did he neglect any one friend from whom he had received
+the favour and kindness of their letters to him here; by which civility
+he obtained the more advice and intelligence from England, and made good
+use of it in this Court. His constant letters from his wife and other
+private friends he also found of much comfort and advantage to him.
+
+
+_March 25, 1654._
+
+[SN: New Year's Day, Old Style.]
+
+This day, by the Swedish computation as well as that of England, is the
+first day of the year 1654.
+
+Mr. Bloome came to Whitelocke with a compliment from the Chancellor, that
+he was sorry he could not visit Whitelocke before his going out of town,
+because he was ill, and retired himself into the country, to be quit from
+business and to recover his health; and at his return he would come to
+Whitelocke and confer with him.
+
+This gentleman Whitelocke apprehended to be often sent to him as a spy,
+to inquire of his intentions, and therefore he thought good to make use
+of him by telling such things to him as Whitelocke thought and wished
+might be again reported by Bloome unto the Chancellor. Therefore, among
+other discourses, Whitelocke told Bloome that France, Spain, Portugal,
+Italy, Holland, Switzerland, Denmark, and other princes and states, had
+sent their public ministers to the Protector, desiring friendship with
+him; but his Highness having sent his Ambassador into this kingdom, they
+had testified so little respect to him, that in three or four months'
+time they had not vouchsafed to give him an answer to his proposals.
+
+Mr. Symonds, an Englishman, excellent in his art of graving and taking
+off pictures in little, in wax, for which he had regard in this Court and
+promises of money, this person often frequented Whitelocke, his
+countryman, and his house, and after some time made a request to
+Whitelocke to speak to the Queen in his favour. Whitelocke, knowing that
+ambassadors' offices ought not to be cheap, told Symonds in a kind of
+drollery that surely he could not expect such a courtesy from him, since,
+being an Englishman, he had not acquainted the English Ambassador with
+any matter of consequence, nor done any service to his country, since
+Whitelocke's arrival here; that when he should deserve it, Whitelocke
+would be ready to do him service.
+
+
+_March 26, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke reproves the English for disorder on the Lord's Day.]
+
+_The Lord's Day._--Divers English and Scots came to the public duties of
+the day in Whitelocke's house; and amongst other discourse Whitelocke
+learnt from them that Waters, one of his trumpets, going late in the
+evening to his lodging, was set upon by some drunkards with their swords,
+and wounded, whereof he continued very ill. Whitelocke examined and
+reproved some of his company for disorders committed by them on the
+Lord's Day and other days, which he told them he would not bear; and it
+was the worse in their commitment of those crimes, and the less reason
+for them to expect a connivance thereat, because Whitelocke had so often
+and so publicly inveighed against the profanation of that day in this
+place; but among a hundred some will be always found base, vicious, and
+wicked.
+
+
+_March 27, 1654._
+
+[SN: Festivities of Easter Monday.]
+
+This being Easter Monday, some of Whitelocke's people went to the castle
+to hear the Queen's music in her chapel, which they reported to
+Whitelocke to be very curious; and that in the afternoon was appointed an
+ancient solemnity of running at the ring. Some Italians of the Queen's
+music dined with Whitelocke, and afterwards sang to him and presented him
+with a book of their songs, which, according to expectation, was not
+unrewarded.
+
+Whitelocke went not abroad this festival-time to visit anybody, nor did
+any grandees come to visit him; he had an imagination that they might be
+forbidden to do it, the rather because Piementelle and Woolfeldt, who
+were accustomed to come often to him, had of late refrained to do it, and
+had not answered Whitelocke's last visit in ten days. The Queen had also
+excused her not admitting Whitelocke to have audiences, by saying she was
+busy or sick, when, at the same time, Piementelle and others were
+admitted to her presence, and for two or three hours together discoursed
+with her. This was resented and spoken of by Whitelocke so as it might
+come to the Queen's ear.
+
+
+_March 28, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Swedes desire to defer the treaty until the new reign.]
+
+After the master of the ceremonies had dined with Whitelocke, and was in
+a good humour, he desired Whitelocke to withdraw from the rest of the
+strangers, and that he might speak privately with him; and going into the
+bedchamber, the master told him that he had heard from some that
+Whitelocke had expressed a discontent, and the master desired to know if
+any had given him offence, or if there were anything wherein the master
+might do him service. Whitelocke said he apprehended some occasion of
+discontent in that he had attended here near four months, and had not yet
+obtained any answer to his proposals. The master excused the delay in
+regard of the Queen's purpose of quitting the Government. Whitelocke said
+he believed that occasioned much trouble to her Majesty, and which gave
+him cause to doubt that his frequent visits of her Majesty might give her
+some inconvenience. He replied that Whitelocke's company was very
+agreeable to the Queen, though at present she was overcharged with
+business.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I do acknowledge the favours I have received from her
+Majesty, and your civilities to me, for which I shall not be ungrateful.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ Would it not be of advantage to your business to attend for
+the conclusion of it until the coronation of our new King, to be assented
+to by him; by which means the alliance will be more firm than to have it
+done by the Queen so near her quitting of the Government?
+
+_Wh._ I shall hardly stay so long a time as till the beginning of the
+reign of your new King, nor have I any letters of credence or commission
+but to the Queen; and I believe that all acts done by her before her
+resignation will be held good, and particularly this touching the
+friendship with England, which, I suppose, will be also very agreeable to
+his Kingly Highness, and be inviolably observed by him.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ I do not doubt but that the new King will observe the
+alliance which the Queen shall make with England, but perhaps it might
+better be made with the new King himself; and although you have no
+letters of credence to him, yet you may write into England and have them
+sent to you.
+
+_Wh._ That will require more time than I have to stay in this place. I
+believe the new King will not be crowned yet these two or three months;
+and it will be two months from this time before I can receive new
+credentials from England, and two or three months after that before I can
+return home; by which account I shall be abroad yet eight months longer,
+which will be till the next winter; and that would be too long a time for
+me to be absent from my family and affairs in England.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ I shall speak with the Queen in this business, and shortly
+return to you.
+
+It was imagined by Whitelocke that the master of the ceremonies was
+purposely sent to him to sound him touching the deferring of the treaty;
+and the like errand Mr. Bloome came to him about; and Whitelocke fully
+declared to them his distaste of any thought thereof, and the more at
+large and positively because he knew what he said would be reported to
+the full to her Majesty and to the Chancellor.
+
+
+_March 29, 1654._
+
+The master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke from the Queen to excuse
+Whitelocke's not having had audiences when he desired them; which he said
+was because her Majesty had been so full of business, which had hindered
+her, and particularly because of the holidays; but he said, if Whitelocke
+pleased to have his audience tomorrow, the Queen would be glad to see
+him. Whitelocke desired the master to return his thanks to her Majesty
+for her favours, and to let her know that he should be ready to attend
+her at such time as she should appoint. The master said he would acquaint
+her Majesty herewith, and so went away in the midst of dinner.
+
+[SN: Lord Douglas visits Whitelocke.]
+
+The Lord Douglas, a Scotsman, came to visit Whitelocke. He is an ancient
+servant to this Crown; he was a page to King Gustavus Adolphus, and by
+him preferred to military command, wherein he quitted himself so well
+that he was promoted to be General of the Horse, and was now a Baron and
+Ricks-Stallmaster, or master of the horse, in Sweden. He excused himself
+that he had not oftener visited Whitelocke, being hindered by his
+sickness of an ague, which had held him thirty weeks, and had not yet
+left him. He said that the next day after his arrival here the Queen
+asked him if he had been to see the English Ambassador, and that
+Whitelocke was much obliged to the Queen for her good opinion of him:
+whereof Whitelocke said he had received many testimonies, and of her
+respects to the Protector and Commonwealth as well as to their servant.
+Douglas said, that besides her respect to the Protector, she had a
+particular respect for Whitelocke; with much discourse of that nature.
+
+[SN: Further excuses for delay.]
+
+He then went to visit his old comrade Colonel Potley, who was ill and
+kept his chamber. He fell upon the discourse that it would be convenient
+for Whitelocke to stay here till the coronation of the new King, that the
+treaty might be concluded by him: to which the same answers were given by
+Whitelocke as he had before given to the master of the ceremonies.
+
+Whilst the Lord Douglas was in Whitelocke's house, Grave Eric came to
+Whitelocke by command of the Queen, to excuse the delay of his business,
+and that some of his audiences had been remitted. He said, her Majesty
+had been informed by the master of the ceremonies that Whitelocke should
+say he had demanded audiences three times, and could not obtain one.
+Whitelocke answered, that there was a little mistake therein, though
+there was something near it, and said, it was not his desire to occasion
+trouble to her Majesty. Eric answered, that the Queen desired Whitelocke
+would excuse her by reason of the holidays, during which time they did
+not use in this country to treat of any business, and that the Queen had
+likewise many other hindrances; but that whensoever it should please
+Whitelocke to come to her Majesty, he would be very welcome. He said, he
+was going out of town to his father to conduct him hither, and that
+within a day or two he would visit Whitelocke, and that his business
+would have a speedy despatch. Whitelocke wished him a good journey, and
+that he and his father might have a safe and speedy return hither.
+
+Piementelle sent to Whitelocke to move the Queen to grant her pardon to a
+Swede who had killed another, for which by the law he was to die; and
+Piementelle offered to second Whitelocke, if he would entreat the Queen
+for her pardon to the homicide. Whitelocke desired to be excused herein,
+alleging that he, being a public minister, it was not proper for him nor
+for Piementelle to interpose with her Majesty in a matter of this nature,
+and particularly touching her own subjects, and in a matter of blood; but
+this denial Piementelle seemed to take ill, and to be more strange to
+Whitelocke afterwards.
+
+The holidays being past, Piementelle had his audience appointed this day
+to take his leave of the Queen. Whitelocke sent his son James and some
+others of his gentlemen to be present at it, who reported to Whitelocke
+that Piementelle spake to the Queen in Spanish, and that she answered him
+in Swedish, which was interpreted by Grave Tott; that Piementelle
+observed very much ceremony, and when he made his public harangue to the
+Queen he grew very pale and trembled, which was strange for a man of his
+parts, and who had been so frequent in his conversation with her Majesty.
+But some said it was a high compliment, acted by the Spaniard to the
+life, to please the Queen, who took delight to be thought, by her majesty
+and presence, to put a dread and daunting upon foreigners; which in a
+truth she was noted often to do when public ministers had their audiences
+in solemnity with her Majesty.
+
+
+_March 30, 1654._
+
+[SN: An interview with the Queen.]
+
+One of the Queen's lacqueys came to Whitelocke's house in dinner-time, to
+desire him, from the Queen, to come to her at two o'clock. Whitelocke
+was a little sensible of the quality of the messenger, and therefore
+himself would not speak with him, but sent his answer by one of his
+servants, and accordingly waited on the Queen.
+
+He was met at the guard-chamber by Grave Tott and divers of the Queen's
+servants, with more solemnity than ordinary, and presently brought to the
+Queen. After her excuse of his not having had audiences she fell into
+discourse of his business. Whitelocke presented to her a form of
+articles, according to his own observations upon those articles he had
+formerly given in, and upon those he received from Grave Eric. Thereupon
+the Queen said to him, "You will not consent to any one of my articles,
+but insist upon all your own." Whitelocke showed her wherein he had
+consented to divers of her articles, and for what reasons he could not
+agree to the rest. They had discourse upon the whole, to the same effect
+as hath been before remembered.
+
+The Queen told Whitelocke, that if those articles should not be
+concluded, that nevertheless the amity between the two nations might be
+continued. Whitelocke answered, that it would be no great testimony of
+amity, nor proof of respect to the Protector and Commonwealth, to send
+back their servant after so long attendance, without effecting anything.
+The Queen said she would despatch his business within a few days, and,
+she hoped, to his contentment. Whitelocke told her it was in her
+Majesty's power to do it; that he could not stay until the change whereof
+people discoursed, and that he had her Majesty's promise for his
+despatch, which he knew she would not break.
+
+Then the Queen fell into other discourses, and in particular of poetry;
+which occasion Whitelocke took to show her a copy of Latin verses made by
+an English gentleman, a friend of Whitelocke's, and sent over to him
+hither, and which he had now about him, and knew that such diversions
+were pleasing to the Queen.[71]
+
+At his leisure hours, Whitelocke turned these verses into English, which
+ran thus:--
+
+    "_To the most Illustrious and most Excellent Lord, the Lord
+    Whitelocke, Ambassador Extraordinary to the Most Serene Queen of
+    Sweden. An Ode._
+
+    Whitelocke, delight of Mars, the ornament
+    Of gownmen, from thy country being sent,
+    Tribunals languish; Themis sad is led,
+    Sighing under her mourning widow's bed.
+    Without thee suitors in thick crowds do run,
+    Sowing perpetual strife, which once begun,
+    Till happy fate thee home again shall send,
+    Those sharp contentions will have no end.
+    But through the snowy seas and northern ways,
+    When the remoter sun made shortest days,
+    O'er tops of craggy mountains, paths untrod,
+    Where untamed creatures only make abode,
+    Thy love to thy dear country hath thee brought,
+    Ambassador from England. Thou hast sought
+    The Swedish confines buried in frost,
+    Straight wilt thou see the French and Spanish coast;
+    And them fast bind to thy loved Britany
+    In a perpetual league of amity.
+    So wilt thou arbitrator be of Peace,
+    Her pious author; thou wilt cause to cease
+    The sound of war, our ears it shall not pierce;
+    Thou wilt be Chancellor of the universe.
+    Christina, that sweet nymph, no longer shall
+    Detain thee; be thou careful not to fall,
+    Prudent Ulysses, under those delights
+    To which the learned Circe thee invites.
+    Thy chaste Penelope doth call thee slow;
+    Thy friends call for thee home; and they do know
+    New embassies, affairs abroad, at home,
+    Require thy service,--stay till thou dost come.
+    Thou, Keeper of the Seal, dost take away
+    Foreign contentions; thou dost cause to stay
+    The wars of princes. Shut thou Janus' gate,
+    Ambassador of peace to every state."
+
+The Queen was much delighted with these and other verses which Whitelocke
+showed her; read them over several times, and desired copies of them,
+which Whitelocke sent her; and in this good humour she wished Whitelocke
+to leave with her a copy of his articles as he had now revised them, and
+to come to her again the next day, when she would give him a further
+answer, and, she hoped, to his contentment.
+
+[SN: Spain suspected of intriguing against the treaty.]
+
+Woolfeldt visited Whitelocke, and excused his long absence by reason of
+the holidays. He informed Whitelocke with much freedom, that it was
+against the interest of Spain that England and Sweden should be in
+alliance together, and that Whitelocke's negotiation had been hindered by
+the Spanish Resident here, more than by any other. Whereunto Whitelocke
+said little positively, but compared his words with the late carriage of
+Piementelle,--especially since Whitelocke did not so heartily entertain
+the Queen's motion (which probably Piementelle put her upon) to have the
+Spaniard included in the league with England and Sweden, which Whitelocke
+was not empowered to treat upon, and Whitelocke also remembered the
+deferring of his audiences lately desired.[73] But these things he was to
+keep to himself, and to court Woolfeldt, which he did, and Piementelle
+likewise, who came to visit Whitelocke whilst Woolfeldt was with him, and
+made the same excuse as he had done for his long absence. They had much
+general discourse, but nothing (as usually before) touching Whitelocke's
+business. Piementelle said he purposed to depart from Upsal within seven
+or eight days; that yesterday he had taken his leave of the Queen, and
+came in the next place to take his leave of Whitelocke, who gave him
+thanks for this honour, and said he was sorry for the departure of
+Piementelle, whereby he should have a very great loss in being deprived
+of the acceptable conversation of so honourable a friend.
+
+[SN: Despatches from England complaining of delay.]
+
+Whitelocke received many letters from England; in those from Thurloe he
+saith:--
+
+    "I am sorry your last letters give us no greater hopes of that which
+    we so much long for, to wit, your Excellence's speedy return home;
+    it seeming by them that the treaty was not much advanced since your
+    last before, notwithstanding the great care and diligence used by
+    your Excellency for the promoting thereof, as also the great
+    acceptance you have with the Queen and Court, as is acknowledged by
+    other public ministers residing there. It is now more than probable
+    they will expect the issue of the Dutch business before they will
+    come to any conclusion; as also to see what terms we are like to be
+    upon with France, that so the Queen may manage her treaty with
+    England accordingly, which I suppose she may not be long ignorant
+    of. In the meantime his Highness thinks he is somewhat delayed on
+    her part."
+
+Then Thurloe relates all the passages of the Dutch Ambassadors, and that,
+in effect, they had agreed to the articles; of the endeavours of the
+French to have a league with the Protector, and no less of the Spaniard.
+And he writes at large the news of the Archduke, as also that of Scotland
+and Ireland, and confutes the rumour of a discontent in the army of the
+Protector.
+
+In another letter from Thurloe of a later date, received by the same
+post, he saith thus:--
+
+    "His Highness understands by your Excellence's last letters, that
+    the treaty with the Queen of Sweden will much depend upon the treaty
+    with the Dutch here, and until the issue of that be known no great
+    matter is to be expected from your negotiation: concerning which, it
+    being very probable that before the next ordinary it will be seen
+    what issue the Dutch treaty will be brought unto, his Highness will
+    refer his further directions to you till then; leaving it to your
+    Excellence to proceed upon the former instructions as you shall find
+    it convenient, and for his service according as affairs now stand."
+
+The clause in this letter, of referring further directions till after the
+issue of the Dutch treaty, was some trouble to Whitelocke's thoughts,
+fearing it might delay his return home; but he laid hold upon the latter
+part of this letter, whereby it is left to Whitelocke to proceed upon the
+former instructions as he should find it convenient and for his
+Highness's service; which, as it reposed a great trust in Whitelocke, so
+it gave him warrant to conclude his treaty, and obliged him to the more
+care to perform that trust which they had so fully put in him.
+
+[SN: Claim on behalf of the Swedish ships in England.]
+
+Mr. Bonnele representing to the Protector the losses which the Swedes
+suffered by the ships of England, the Protector caused an answer
+thereunto to be returned, the copy whereof was sent by Thurloe to
+Whitelocke, and was thus:--
+
+    "Whereas Mr. Bonnele, Resident of the Queen of Sweden, hath, by a
+    paper of the 4th of March, remonstrated to his Highness that several
+    ships and goods belonging to the said Queen and her subjects are
+    taken at sea by the ships of this State, and brought into these
+    parts, contrary to the declaration of the Council of State, 1st
+    April, 1653, whereby they did declare, that for preventing the
+    present obstruction of trade, all ships truly belonging to the
+    Queen or her subjects, of Sweden, that should bring with them
+    certificates from her said Majesty, or the chief magistrate of the
+    place from whence they come, grounded upon the respective oaths of
+    the magistrates and loaders that the said ship and lading do belong
+    _bona fide_ to the said Queen or her subjects, and to no stranger
+    whatsoever, should and might freely pass without interruption or
+    disturbance. His Highness hath commanded that it be returned in
+    answer to the said Resident, that although the said declaration was
+    to be in force for the space of three months, in which time a form
+    of passport and certificates was to be thought of for preventing
+    fraud and collusion, yet no provision of that nature having been yet
+    agreed upon, and it being contrary to his intention that the goods
+    and ships belonging to her said Majesty or subjects (with whom he
+    desires to conserve all good correspondence) should in the meantime
+    suffer inconvenience or prejudice by the ships of this State, hath
+    renewed, as he doth hereby renew, the said declaration with respect
+    to the present treaty now on foot between the two nations, wherein
+    some course may be provided for preventing the said frauds.
+
+    "And to the end there may be the better effect of this declaration,
+    his Highness hath given order to the Judges of the Admiralty that if
+    any ships or goods be brought into these parts belonging to her
+    Majesty or subjects, that the producing of certificates according to
+    the said declaration, in open Court and upon oath made by them that
+    do produce such certificates, that they are good and authentic, and
+    obtained without fraud or deceit, that the Judges shall thereupon
+    (there being no proof before them to the contrary) discharge the
+    said ships or goods without further delay. Provided that such ships
+    were not bound with contraband goods to the ports or harbours of any
+    of the United Provinces.
+
+    "For the herring-buss, there having been proceedings thereupon in
+    the Court of Admiralty, and a sentence of condemnation given
+    against her as belonging to the enemies of this State, his Highness
+    does not conceive that it can be expected from him to interpose in
+    matters belonging to the decision of that Court; besides, the law
+    having in the ordinary course provided a remedy, by way of appeal,
+    in case of wrong or injustice done by that Court.
+
+    "For the goods of Mr. Alexander Cecconi, supposed to be taken by a
+    ship belonging to this State, orders have been given by the Council
+    concerning them, and some return made upon those orders; and the
+    said Commissary may rest assured that speedy and effectual justice
+    will be done in that particular.
+
+                                                    "JO. THURLOE.
+    "_March 10th, 1653._"
+
+These orders of the Council Whitelocke caused to be translated into
+Latin, that he might communicate them as he saw occasion.
+
+
+_March 31, 1654._
+
+[SN: Reports to England.]
+
+Whitelocke despatched a great number of letters to his friends in
+England: in those to Secretary Thurloe he gave a full account of all
+transactions of his negotiations and passages here since his last
+letters.
+
+This day, though the post-day, Woolfeldt again visited Whitelocke, to his
+no little interruption in his despatches; yet from him Whitelocke learned
+many things in relation to Denmark, for the advantage of England, and
+Woolfeldt testified great affection and respect to the Protector and
+Commonwealth. He was also interrupted by his attendance upon the Queen,
+according to her appointment. The Chancellor came forth from her as
+Whitelocke went in, and he told Whitelocke that the Queen, hearing of his
+being without, had sent to desire him to come in to her. Whitelocke read
+some of his news to the Queen, and the paper which the Protector had
+caused to be given to her Commissary Bonnele at London; upon which
+Whitelocke took the boldness a little to paraphrase, and her Majesty was
+well pleased with it. They fell into discourse of the treaty, much to the
+same effect as formerly; but Whitelocke staid the less time with her
+Majesty, because he presumed that the Chancellor and his son waited
+without to speak with her about his business. She promised Whitelocke to
+send him an answer of his business the next day, and that one of her
+ships should be ready at the Dollars (the mouth of the haven of
+Stockholm) to transport him to Luebeck when he should desire it; which was
+acceptable to Whitelocke to think on, and he thanked her Majesty for it.
+
+Thus was March passed over, full of trouble, yet nothing effected in his
+business.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[41] [The Ambassador's verses I have ventured to omit, as alike destitute
+of elegance, point, or metre.]
+
+[71] "_Ad Illustrissimum et Excellentissimum Dominum, Dominum Whitelocke,
+Legatum Angliae Extraordinarium apud Serenissimam Sueciae Reginam. Ode._
+
+    "Vitloce, Martis deliciae, decus
+          Gentis legatae; te sine, languidum
+          Moeret tribunal, et cubili
+          In viduo Themis ingemiscit.
+    Denso cientes agmine cursitant,
+    Et sempiternas te sine consuunt
+          Lites, neque hic discordiarum
+          Finis erit, nisi tu revertas.
+    Sed te nivosum per mare, per vias
+    Septentrionum, per juga montium,
+          Inhospitales per recessus
+          Duxit amor patriae decorus.
+    Legatus oras jam Sueonum vides
+    Bruma sepultas; mox quoque Galliam,
+          Hispaniam mox cum Britannis
+          Foedere perpetuo ligabis.
+    Sic pacis author, sic pius arbiter
+    Gentes per omnes qua sonuit tuba
+          Dicere; cancellariusque
+          Orbis eris simul universi.
+    Christina, dulcis nympha, diutius
+    Ne te moretur: qui merito clues
+          Prudens Ulysses, sperne doctae
+          Popula deliciasque Circes.
+    Te casta tentum Penelope vocat,
+    Vocant amici, teque aliae vocant
+          Legationes, te requirunt
+          Ardua multa domi forisque.
+    Custos Sigilli tu dirimes cito
+    Pugnas forenses, bellaque principum
+          Legatus idem terminabis:
+          Tu (sera candida) claude fanum."
+
+[73] [This change was probably the consequence of the negotiations then
+going on between Louis XIV. and Cromwell in London, which had excited the
+jealousy of the Spanish Court, as is stated by Thurloe in the next page.]
+
+
+
+
+APRIL.
+
+
+_April 1, 1654._
+
+[SN: A capital execution in Sweden.]
+
+In the morning, in the market-place, near Whitelocke's lodging, was an
+execution of one adjudged to die for a murder. The offender was brought
+into the midst of the market-place, which was open and spacious, and a
+great multitude of people spectators. The offender kneeled down upon the
+ground, a great deal of sand being laid under and about him to soak up
+his blood, and a linen cloth was bound about his eyes: he seemed not much
+terrified, but when the company sang a psalm, he sang with them, holding
+up his hands together, and his body upright, his doublet off. He prayed
+also with the company, but made no speech to them; nor did any other
+speak to the people. The executioner stood behind him, with a great naked
+sword in his hand and a linen apron before him, and while the offender
+was praying the headsman in an instant, at one back-blow, cut off his
+head, which fell down upon the sand; and some friends took it from the
+executioner, and carried it away with the body to be buried. Presently
+after this execution was past, two other offenders for smaller crimes
+were brought to the same place, to suffer the punishment of the law,
+which they call running the gauntlet,--a usual punishment among
+soldiers.
+
+[SN: Running the gauntlet.]
+
+The people stood in length in the market-place about a hundred yards,
+leaving an open space or lane between them of about five yards' distance;
+then the offender, being naked to the waist, was brought to one end of
+the lane or open place. The people had rods or switches of birch given to
+as many as would take them; the offender was to run or go, as he pleased
+(and one of them walked but a Spanish pace), from one end of the lane of
+people to the other, twice or thrice forward and backward; and all the
+way as he went, the people who had the switches lashed the offender as he
+passed by them, harder or softer, as they favoured him. These are the
+most usual ways of executions which they have for criminal offences, and
+they do not execute men by hanging, which they say is only fit for dogs;
+but in cases of great robberies and murders sometimes they execute
+justice by breaking the offenders upon the wheel, and leave the quarters
+of the body upon it; some whereof were in the way as Whitelocke passed in
+his journey by the great wilderness.
+
+[SN: Vestiges of the Scandinavian mythology.]
+
+In the afternoon Senator Schuett came to Whitelocke and invited him to
+take the air to see the town of old Upsal, about a mile off; and being
+there, Schuett showed him three great mounts of earth, cast up by the
+hands of men, for monuments in memory of their ancient famous kings,
+whose seat had been here, and the place of their coronation. These mounts
+had been dedicated to three of their Pagan gods: the one to the god whom
+they call Teuo, who was Mars, and from him they have the name of the day
+of the week _Teuosdag_, which we call Tuesday, and the Germans
+_Tuisconsdaeg_, and the Latins _Dies Martis_; the second mount was
+dedicated to their god Woden, so they called Mercury, and from thence
+their day of the week is named _Wodensdag_, which we also call Wednesday,
+the Germans _Wodensdaeg_, and the Latins _Dies Mercurii_; the third mount
+was dedicated to their goddess Freya, so they called Venus, and from
+thence comes the name of their _Friedsdag_, which we call Friday, the
+Germans _Frigdaeg_, and the Latins _Dies Veneris_.
+
+There were also other relics of decayed mounts, which Whitelocke guessed
+to have been dedicated to their other gods, from whom they gave the names
+of the other days of the week: as, to Thor, whom they called Jupiter,
+and, from whence the day _Thoresdag_, which we call Thursday, the Germans
+say _Thorsdaeg_, and the Latins _Dies Jovis_; another mount dedicated to
+their god Setorn, from whence they call _Setornsdag_, as we say Saturday,
+the Germans _Saeternsdaeg_, and the Latins _Dies Saturni_; another mount
+dedicated to Sunnan, as they call the Sun, and from thence that day
+_Sunnandag_{4}, as we say Sunday, the Germans _Sunnandaeg_, and the Latins
+_Dies Solis_; the last mount dedicated to Monan, that is the Moon, and
+from thence the name of their _Monandag_, which we call Monday, the
+Germans _Monandaeg_, and the Latins _Dies Lunae_.
+
+[SN: The war between Muscovy and Poland.]
+
+In discourse upon the way, Schuett informed Whitelocke of the matter of
+the embassy from the Great Duke of Muscovia to the Queen of Sweden, which
+was to acquaint her Majesty that the Great Duke had begun a war against
+the King of Poland, because in a letter of his to the Great Duke he had
+omitted one of his great titles,--a heinous offence, and held by the
+Great Duke a sufficient ground of war, and of his resolution to
+sacrifice the blood of his fellow-Christians to satisfy his wicked pride.
+Another ground of the war was because a certain Governor of a province in
+Poland, in a writing, had placed the name of the father of the Great Duke
+before the name of the present Great Duke; which was so great an
+indignity, that for the same the now Great Duke demanded of the King of
+Poland to have the head of that Governor sent to him, and that not being
+done, was another cause of the begun war. To this the Queen answered,
+that it did not appertain to her to give her opinion in a matter of this
+nature, whether she did approve or disapprove of what was done by the
+Great Duke, but she did presume that the King of Poland would therein
+give fitting satisfaction to the Great Duke; and that she did wish that
+there might be peace between these two Princes and all the Princes of
+Christendom. And with this answer the Envoys of the Great Duke returned
+as wise as they came.
+
+[SN: Denmark threatens Hamburg.]
+
+Schuett also communicated unto Whitelocke an intelligence that the King of
+Denmark had levied some forces which he designed against
+Hamburg,--pretending injuries done to him by that city in relation to his
+pretensions of dominion there, which probably might occasion a war
+between Denmark and that free city, which had strength and riches and
+people and wisdom to defend themselves; and Schuett advised Whitelocke
+that if this should be so, that then he should take his voyage some other
+way, and that it would be a great disturbance and danger to him to go by
+Hamburg and those quarters, which would be infested with soldiers, and
+that then it would be his best way to return by Gothenburg; but he did
+persuade Whitelocke by all means to salute the Prince of Sweden by the
+way of his return. Whitelocke said he thought it not probable that the
+King of Denmark would at this time engage in a war against Hamburg, and
+that his levying of soldiers might breed a jealousy in the Crown of
+Sweden; that the certainty thereof could not be long undiscovered, and
+accordingly he should govern his own resolutions; that it would be
+difficult for him to stay in his journey to salute the Prince, but he
+much desired and intended it before his departure.
+
+
+_April 2, 1654._
+
+Although the Lord's Day, yet the English and Scots who were in the town,
+and not of Whitelocke's family, went abroad to take the air, and did not
+resort, as they used to do, to Whitelocke's house to the exercises of
+divine worship, which were duly performed in his private family; and
+after those _sacra peracta_, Whitelocke retired himself to his private
+studies and meditations upon the word of truth. This day likewise the
+Queen went abroad to take the air, and passed through the town in her
+coach, attended by many gentlemen and others in her train, to the ill
+example of her people, and after the bad custom of this place.
+
+
+_April 3, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke takes the air with the Queen.]
+
+The Queen sent to Whitelocke to invite him to accompany her to take the
+air.
+
+By the way Whitelocke visited Woolfeldt, who had much discourse with him
+about the English fleet then at sea. From him Whitelocke went to Court,
+and attended the Queen in her coach to take the air. They had not much
+discourse about his business, and he thought not fit to interrupt her
+Majesty's pleasures with serious discourses, but sought to delight her
+with matters of diversion and mirth. When they were come back to the
+castle, the Queen said to Whitelocke:--
+
+_Queen._ Tomorrow my Chancellor will present you with the articles drawn
+up by him, with some alterations which I judge to be reasonable; and that
+shall be my final resolution about them.
+
+_Wh._ Hath your Majesty commanded any mention in those new articles
+concerning contraband goods?
+
+_Qu._ There is a specification of them.
+
+_Wh._ Indeed, Madam, I can hardly consent to any alteration upon the
+subject of contraband goods, whilst the edict of the Hollanders is in
+force thereupon.
+
+_Qu._ After you have considered these new articles, we will speak
+together again about them.
+
+Then the Queen retired to her chamber, and Whitelocke being come home,
+the Secretary Canterstein came to him from the Chancellor to excuse his
+not coming to visit Whitelocke, and said that, by the Queen's command,
+the Chancellor had sent a new copy of articles to Whitelocke. He
+presently read them, and had much discourse with the secretary upon them,
+who said he did not doubt but that, after communication with the
+Chancellor, Whitelocke would receive satisfaction.
+
+
+_April 4, 1654._
+
+Whitelocke visited Piementelle, and they had this discourse:--
+
+_Piementelle._ The Ambassador of Denmark did me the honour to visit me,
+and we had much discourse together about the English fleet now at sea; he
+told me that in it were ten thousand foot soldiers embarked for the
+North, which would occasion great trouble to the King his master, if it
+should be so, which I acknowledged.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Your Excellence knows that I have not been at the Council
+of State in England for six months last past, so that I know not the
+secret designs of my Lord Protector; but I believe it is no very
+difficult matter to land men in Denmark.
+
+_Piem._ What progress hath the French Ambassador made in the treaty
+between you and France?
+
+_Wh._ If the Queen will be pleased to give my despatch, I hope to be upon
+the place before the treaty with the French be concluded. I have somewhat
+to communicate to the Protector touching a treaty with Spain, which your
+Lordship very well knows; and it would be to purpose that his Highness
+should know it before the conclusion of a treaty between England and
+France.[85]
+
+_Piem._ I am assured that the Queen will despatch you in good time. But I
+advise your Excellence in your return not to pass by Denmark, for it is
+ill trusting of that King; but your better way will be to Luebeck, and
+from thence to Hamburg, and if you do not find ships ready there, you may
+travel by land to Cologne, and from thence to Dunkirk; which will be much
+better than to go by Holland, where they do exceedingly exact upon
+strangers, and your Commonwealth hath more enemies there than in any
+other place, besides the common people are rude and insolent.
+
+_Wh._ I am engaged to you for your good advice, which I intend to follow.
+
+After their discourse, Whitelocke presented Piementelle his medal in gold
+very like him, and it was received by Piementelle with much affection.
+Then Piementelle entreated Whitelocke to give him a passport for his
+servant, who had the charge of conducting his baggage by sea to Dunkirk,
+that he might freely pass the men-of-war of England; the which was
+willingly done by Whitelocke, under his hand and seal.[86]
+
+
+_April 5, 1654._
+
+[SN: Conference with the Chancellor.]
+
+In the morning Whitelocke went to the Chancellor's lodging, and found his
+son Grave Eric with him. The Chancellor made a long apology to excuse the
+delay of the treaty, and said:--
+
+_Chancellor._ My indisposition of health hath chiefly occasioned the
+delay, yet was I so solicitous of your business, that I entreated the
+Queen to appoint some other person in my stead, who might confer with
+your Excellence; and her Majesty was pleased to appoint my son for that
+service.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I was very sorry for your Excellence's want of health, both
+in regard of my affection to your person, and in respect of the
+protraction of my business; yet I was glad that your son, my Lord Eric,
+was appointed to confer with me, and had rather have the transaction of
+my business by yourself or some of your family than by any other. I am
+now come to you to confer upon those articles which yesterday I received
+from you.
+
+Then Whitelocke gave the Chancellor a paper of his animadversions upon
+his articles. The debate began upon the ninth article; and as to the sale
+of goods taken from enemies and prohibiting the buying of arms, the
+Chancellor said this would abolish their trade, and would be of no
+advantage to England, because those arms, and equally as good, might be
+had from other places; and if the English did light upon them, they would
+have the benefit by it. Whitelocke said it would be a great inconvenience
+to furnish the enemies of either nation with arms which could not be had
+elsewhere than in England or Sweden, and that this clause would put a
+bridle in the mouths of the enemies of either nation. The Chancellor and
+his son replied that arms might be had in the province of Liege,[88] and
+in many other places in Germany; that Sweden scarce afforded any other
+commodities but arms, or such things as were serviceable for war; and
+that the Queen would by no means be induced to that clause as Whitelocke
+would have it.
+
+Then they debated upon the eleventh article, the issue whereof was for
+Whitelocke to consent to a special designation of prohibited goods.
+Whitelocke desired that the catalogue and designation of them might be
+referred to his return into England, and he would agree that within two
+months after that there should be a specification of prohibited goods in
+the name of the Protector.
+
+The Chancellor urged that the specification might be now agreed upon, and
+produced a paper specifying them, which they alleged was delivered by the
+Council in England unto Bonnele. Whitelocke said he did not remember the
+same, and that he was ignorant what goods were prohibited by the Dutch
+placard, which was fit to be known before any specification made by him.
+
+Upon the twelfth article Whitelocke urged, that as to the form of the
+letters of safe-conduct, it might also be referred to his return into
+England. They produced a form exhibited by Lagerfeldt to the Council in
+England, and desired that the same form might be now agreed upon.
+Whitelocke answered that the Council of State had not approved the form
+given in by Lagerfeldt, and therefore it was not fit for him to consent
+to it; nor could he apprehend any reason why they should not consent to
+refer the agreement of a form unto his return to England; and the rather,
+because in the meantime the subjects of the Queen might enjoy the benefit
+of an edict made by the Protector in great favour of them, which
+declaration Whitelocke had caused to be delivered to the Chancellor.
+
+To the thirteenth article, as to satisfaction of damages, their debate
+was to the like effect as formerly.
+
+Upon the sixteenth article they had also debate. Whitelocke desired that
+the words "de usu littorum in piscatione" might be altered to these
+words, "de piscatione et usu littorum." They alleged that this would seem
+to deny their fishing upon their own coasts. Whitelocke said, the other
+would seem as if England had given up their right as to the fishing, and
+left all at liberty to those that pleased to take it.
+
+This was the sum of the debate of near three hours. The conclusion was
+that they would certify the Queen of all these matters, and in short
+acquaint Whitelocke with her answer; which he desired might be as speedy
+and positive as they pleased, because if they should reduce him to that
+necessity, that before he could agree he must send to the Protector to
+know his pleasure, he could not receive an answer of his letters in less
+than two months' space, within which time the Queen purposed to resign
+her government, and then his commission would be at an end. The
+Chancellor said he desired Whitelocke should be speedily in England, not
+only for the sake of his wife and children, but likewise because then
+they could promise themselves that they had a good friend in England.
+
+[SN: Alarm excited by the English fleet.]
+
+Whitelocke visited the French Resident, who was very inquisitive what
+might be the design of the English fleet now at sea; whereunto, as to
+much other of his discourse, Whitelocke did not much study for answers,
+only he was careful not to let fall any words which might lessen their
+amusement about the fleet.[90]
+
+In the evening Woolfeldt visited Whitelocke and discoursed of the same
+matter; whereof Whitelocke made some use and of this gentleman, to
+heighten their jealousies about this fleet. Woolfeldt acquainted
+Whitelocke that the Ambassador of Denmark had made a complaint against
+him to the Queen, that Woolfeldt had deceived the late King of Denmark of
+certain sums of money, which he should have disbursed for the late King
+of England against the Parliament; and that the present King of Denmark
+having been informed that Woolfeldt had lost his papers at sea, and so
+could not produce his acquittances, the King took the advantage thereof
+against Woolfeldt, and now, by his Ambassador, charged him before the
+Queen for those moneys: but that he disappointed the Danish Ambassador by
+producing before the Queen his papers and acquittances, which his enemies
+believed had had been lost; and so was justified before the Queen, to the
+great discontent of the Ambassador. Whitelocke said he was very glad that
+Woolfeldt came so well off, and that he perceived the Queen had, by the
+the treaty, a capacity, as well as by his residence, to examine and do
+right in such matters.
+
+[SN: Conversation of a Danish gentleman who betrays his country.]
+
+This day Whitelocke had discourse about Norway and the Sound with a
+Danish gentleman of great quality and experience whom he had obliged, who
+desired to have his name concealed;[91] but part of this discourse
+follows:--
+
+_Dane._ Now is a good time for the Protector to send some ships towards
+these parts.
+
+_Whitelocke._ What places are there in Norway considerable as to the
+interest of England?
+
+_Dane._ There are two places in Norway not far from Gothenburg which are
+easy to be taken, and are excellent harbours, wherein England might keep
+some ships constantly, and command all that pass by to the Baltic Sea.
+
+_Wh._ What are the names of those places?
+
+_Dane._ The one of those havens is called Marstrang; but that I do not
+like so well because of the Paternoster Rocks, which are very dangerous
+for coming out if the wind sit northerly, and the fort there is commanded
+by the hills near it. But the other place, called Flecker Town, is an
+island, and hath a going-in and coming-out two ways; it is an excellent
+harbour, and ships may ride in it at such a distance from the land (being
+a broad water) that none from the land can hurt them. There is a little
+fort in this island which may easily be taken, not having above forty or
+fifty men in it, and the works decayed. Those who assail it must land
+their men on the south-east side of the island, the fort being on the
+other side, and they may easily be masters of it; and from thence having
+some ships, they may go in and out at their pleasure, and command all
+passing by; and none can come into the harbour to them if they make up
+the fort, which is soon done, and the passage not above musket-shot to be
+commanded, and there are no guns there of any consideration at this time.
+
+_Wh._ How shall they do for victuals there to get fresh from the land?
+
+_Dane._ There is plenty of butter and cheese, sheep and hogs; and the
+poor country people will be no trouble to you, but be willing to be
+commanded by you.
+
+_Wh._ What towns are there near it?
+
+_Dane._ Higher in the country is Bergen, the chief town for trade there,
+and rich enough. Your ships may easily come into that harbour, and
+plunder the town and get a great booty, and return to Fleckeren Town
+again.
+
+_Wh._ Is there anything to be done at Iceland?
+
+_Dane._ I wonder you do not send, in August or September, four or five
+ships to Iceland, being men-of-war. They may have twenty or thirty Dutch
+ships, laden with fish, butter, and hides, which will make no resistance
+at all; and it would be a rich prize, and might be had without danger or
+difficulty.
+
+_Wh._ Is the castle of Elsinore so strong a piece that it cannot be taken
+without much expense and danger?
+
+_Dane._ This will not be the best design for England: it is a small,
+strong castle, and doth not signify much; though it be esteemed a piece
+of importance, it is not so.
+
+_Wh._ It commands the passage of the Sound.
+
+_Dane._ Most men believe so, but it is mistaken. I have seen an
+experiment to the contrary, that a boat, being placed in the middle of
+that narrow passage of the Sound, they shot at it from the castle of
+Elsinore, and likewise from the castle of Helsingborg on the other side,
+with the greatest guns they had, and yet they could not reach the boat
+from either side by two thousand paces; nor is it so narrow in the
+passage but that a ship may, when she pleaseth, sail by those castles in
+despite of them.
+
+_Wh._ What harbour is there at Elsinore?
+
+_Dane._ There is no harbour for ships to ride in, and in foul weather
+they will be in danger to be all lost, because they must ride in the
+open sea, which there is extreme perilous; and therefore Elsinore is not
+worth the keeping, if England had it. But their best design would be to
+go directly to the town of Copenhagen with fifty or sixty good ships,
+with landsmen in them; and it is easy enough to take that town, for the
+works of it are not strong, nor is it well guarded, and it would be
+easier to take that town than Elsinore; and if England were masters of
+it, the castle would quickly come in to them; and at the town they should
+have a good haven for their ships, and a small matter would build a
+better fort near the town than Elsinore is, and would command the passage
+more than the castles do, and make you masters of the Sound and of all
+the trade of the Baltic Sea.
+
+_Wh._ What revenue would be gained thereby?
+
+_Dane._ More than will maintain your ships and forces there, and will
+command all the island of Zealand.
+
+_Wh._ I should be glad to meet you there.
+
+_Dane._ If you summon me by your letters, I will give you a meeting at
+Copenhagen, or those whom the Protector will send thither; and if you
+will meet me there, I doubt not but to show you a way to get that town
+without much difficulty; and then you will have all the isle of Zealand,
+which is the best part of Denmark, and the rest will follow, being weary
+of the present tyranny and ill-usage of their King. And if you were
+masters of Zealand, you might thereby keep in awe the Swede, the
+Hollander, and all the world that have occasion for the commodities of
+the Baltic Sea.
+
+_Wh._ Why then doth not the King of Denmark now keep them in such awe?
+
+_Dane._ Because he hath neither the money nor ships nor men that England
+hath.
+
+_Wh._ What is the ground and reason of payment of the tolls at Elsinore,
+if ships may pass by without the leave of the castles there?
+
+_Dane._ Because that is known but to a very few; and what I have told you
+is under secresy, and I desire that none but the Protector may know it
+from you; and as for the grounds of paying the tolls at Elsinore, it is
+rather from the keeping of the lights in Jutland and upon that coast,
+than from any command that Elsinore hath of the ships that go that way.
+
+_Wh._ I have heard those lights are very useful.
+
+_Dane._ Unless they were kept, it would be impossible for ships to sail
+there in the long nights in winter; and the trade doth enforce them to
+come that way in October and November, when the nights are very long,
+because of bringing wine into those parts after the vintage, which is in
+September.
+
+_Wh._ They are likewise to carry home corn, which is not inned till
+August and September. Did not the Hollanders refuse to pay the toll?
+
+_Dane._ Once they did, and thereupon the last King of Denmark, by advice,
+commanded that the lights upon the coast should not be kept; and the
+Hollanders in that autumn lost above thirty ships upon the Danish coast,
+and came and entreated the King that the lights might be kept again, and
+promised to pay the tolls as formerly, and have done so ever since.
+
+_Wh._ Let me say to you, in freedom, how can you, being a native of
+Denmark, satisfy yourself to discover these things to me, whereby
+prejudice may come to your country?
+
+_Dane._ I do not think I betray my country in this, though, my country
+having left me to be an exile, I might justly leave them; and
+wheresoever I breathe and am maintained is more my country than that
+where I was born, and which will not let me breathe there; yet in this I
+think I may do good service to Denmark, to free them from the tyranny
+they are under, and to bring them into the free government of the
+Protector, to whom I shall do any service in my power. But for the King
+of Denmark, he is governed by his Queen and a few of her party, men of no
+honour nor wisdom nor experience in public affairs, but proud and
+haughty, according to the way of these parts of the world.
+
+_Wh._ I shall not fail to make known to the Protector your great
+affections to him.
+
+
+_April 6, 1654._
+
+[SN: Effects of the English fleet in the North.]
+
+Monsieur Miller, who had been Resident at Hamburg for her Majesty, came
+to visit Whitelocke, and after dinner discoursed much of the English
+fleet now at sea, which, he said, did amuse all the northern parts of the
+world, what the design thereof might be. Whitelocke did not lessen the
+wonder, especially in relation to Denmark; yet affirmed nothing
+positively, as indeed he could not. He inquired of Monsieur Miller if the
+King of Denmark were making any preparations at sea, or of land forces,
+or had any design towards Hamburg. Miller said he knew of none, and in
+his discourse gave Whitelocke good information of the government,
+strength, and trade of that Hanse Town.
+
+The Secretary Canterstein came to Whitelocke from the Chancellor, and
+brought to him the articles upon which they had last treated, now
+altered according to Whitelocke's desire, except that which concerned the
+forbidding of our enemies to buy arms in the countries of our
+confederates. He also delivered to Whitelocke the draft of a preamble for
+the articles, and another article for the ratifying of all the rest;
+whereunto Whitelocke consented, and thanked God that his business was
+brought so near to a good conclusion. Whitelocke received his packet from
+England, and Thurloe wrote that the Protector was sensible of the Queen's
+delaying of Whitelocke, but approved his proceedings. He sent this
+enclosed order:--
+
+    "AT THE COUNCIL CHAMBER, WHITEHALL:
+    "_Friday, 17 Martii, 1653._
+
+    [SN: Order in Council in the matter of a Swedish prize.]
+
+    "On consideration of a letter, this day read in Council, sent from
+    the Lord Ambassador Extraordinary with her Majesty of Sweden,
+    mentioning, among other things, the taking of the ship 'Charity,'
+    Paul Paulsen, master, by a private man-of-war, and the carrying of
+    her into Dover, and the hard usage of the master and mariners, which
+    ship is claimed by some citizens of Gothenburg, subjects of the said
+    Queen:
+
+    "_Ordered_, That it be referred to the Commissioners of the
+    Admiralty speedily to put this matter in a way of examination; and,
+    for their information in the premises, to send for the commander of
+    the said man-of-war, and to receive a particular account and
+    satisfaction concerning the disposal of the ship and goods, and the
+    usage of the master and mariners, and thereupon to state the whole
+    case and report it to the Council, to the intent speedy justice may
+    be done therein; and the said Commissioners are likewise to take
+    order that all further proceedings touching the said ship, or her
+    lading or disposal of any part thereof, be stayed and forborne till
+    their report made and further order thereupon shall be given by the
+    Council.
+
+                               "W. JESSOP, Clerk of the Council."
+
+Thurloe wrote that in case the information given to Whitelocke were found
+to be true, that the parties offending would be severely punished and
+right done to those who were injured; and that the Council were very
+sensible hereof, as a hindrance to Whitelocke's proceedings and a
+dishonour to the Protector. He also wrote unto Whitelocke that there was
+little scruple now of an agreement upon the Dutch treaty, which was as
+good as concluded; and he sent the news of France and of Scotland and
+Ireland, as well as that of England, as he constantly used to do.
+Whitelocke caused this order to be translated into Latin, and made use of
+it for the advantage of his business.
+
+A description was given to Whitelocke, in writing, of the manner of
+making gunpowder in these parts, and of their mills and vessels for it,
+not unlike in many things to their way in England.
+
+
+_April 7, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Queen's plans after abdication.]
+
+Whitelocke waited on the Queen, and she was pleased to discourse with him
+to this effect:--
+
+_Queen._ I am resolved to retire into Pomerland, and this summer to go to
+the Spa to drink the waters for my health.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Give me leave, Madam, to put you in mind of two things to
+be specially taken care of: one is the security of your own person, the
+other is the settling of your revenue. Your Majesty, being of a royal and
+bountiful spirit, cannot look into such matters so much beneath you as
+expenses or accounts; and if care be not taken therein, and good
+officers, your Majesty may be disappointed and deceived.
+
+_Qu._ I thank you for this counsel. I intend to have Mr. Flemming with
+me, to take charge of my revenue; he is a discreet, wise man, and fit for
+that employment, and to order the expenses of my house; I believe he will
+neither deceive me himself nor permit others to do it, for he is faithful
+to me.
+
+_Wh._ Such a servant is a jewel. I hope care is taken that your Majesty's
+revenue be secured in such a manner that you shall not depend upon the
+pleasure of any other for the receipt of it, but to be in your power as
+mistress of it, not as a pensioner.
+
+_Qu._ It shall be settled according to the advice you gave me, and I
+thank you for it.
+
+_Wh._ Madam, I account it a happiness if in anything I may be serviceable
+to your Majesty. Whom doth your Majesty take with you beside Mr. Flemming
+of that quality?
+
+_Qu._ I desire the company of Mr. Woolfeldt and his lady, if they will go
+with me.
+
+_Wh._ I suppose they will be very serviceable to your Majesty; and I hope
+it will not be long, after the business here effected, before you
+transport yourself into Pomerland, lest any designs should be against
+your liberty, for, Madam, in this age there be few persons to be trusted.
+
+_Qu._ That is too great a truth, and I thank you for the caution. I could
+freely trust yourself with any of my concernments; and if you will come
+to me into Pomerland, you shall be as welcome as any man living, and we
+will be merry together.
+
+_Wh._ I humbly thank your Majesty for your great favour to your servant,
+who hath a wife and children enough to people a province in Pomerland,
+and I shall bring them all thither to do your Majesty service.
+
+_Qu._ If you will bring your lady and all your children and family
+thither, and settle yourself there, you shall want nothing in my power,
+and shall be very welcome to me.
+
+_Wh._ I am your Majesty's most humble servant; and I pray, Madam, give me
+leave to ask your Majesty, whether you judge it requisite for me to wait
+on the Prince of Sweden before my going out of this country.
+
+_Qu._ I think it very fit and necessary for you to see the Prince before
+you leave this country; it will be taken as a respect from the Protector
+to him, and if you do not, it will be looked upon as a neglect of him.
+
+_Wh._ I am obliged to do all that lies in my power to enlarge the
+Protector's interest.
+
+_Qu._ The Prince being to succeed in the Crown, and in so short a time,
+it will be fit to keep a fair correspondence with him and to show respect
+to him, whereof your visit will be a good testimony.
+
+_Wh._ Madam, your opinion will be a great direction to me in my affairs.
+
+_Qu._ I think it will be an advantage to your business for you to speak
+with the Prince himself, who will take it in good part, and hold himself
+the more obliged to the observance of what shall be agreed upon in your
+present treaty, being acquainted therewith by you that made it.
+
+_Wh._ I hope the treaty which your Majesty shall make will be observed by
+any who shall succeed you; but I acknowledge it is very advisable for me
+to have some discourse with his Royal Highness, to give him an account of
+the treaty, and I shall inquire where I may attend him.
+
+_Qu._ You must go from hence to Stockholm, and so to Nordkoeping, and the
+castle where the Prince now resides is within a league of that town; you
+may have my coaches and horses to transport you, and my servants to guide
+you thither.
+
+_Wh._ I humbly desire your Majesty to make choice of any of my
+coach-horses or saddle-horses that may be useful for you, and to command
+them; they are all at your Majesty's service.
+
+_Qu._ I shall not make choice of any; but if you bestow any of them upon
+me, they will be very acceptable.
+
+_Wh._ I humbly acknowledge your Majesty's great favour in affording a
+despatch to my business.
+
+_Qu._ I wish you with the Protector, because I see you are a faithful
+servant to him, and worthy to serve any prince in Christendom.
+
+_Wh._ Your Majesty ever had a favour for me, and in nothing more than in
+my despatch.
+
+_Qu._ I think it not fit for you to be in Sweden too near the time of the
+coronation of the new King; and then to go away, and not to see him,
+would be worse.
+
+_Wh._ I do intend, upon your Majesty's advice, to salute him before my
+going away, and shall desire that the ships may meet me near the place
+where his Royal Highness is.
+
+_Qu._ I will give order for it, and will be gone myself not long after;
+if I had staid here I should have been glad of your longer stay.
+
+Whitelocke took his leave of the Queen, and, being returned home,
+Field-Marshal Wrangel visited him, and after dinner, being in a good
+humour, discoursed freely and much of the English fleet at sea.
+Whitelocke showed him a draught of the ship 'Sovereign,' with her
+dimensions, guns, and men, wherewith he was much pleased. He told
+Whitelocke that, by command of the Queen, he had prepared ships for
+Whitelocke's transportation from Stockholm to Luebeck.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke reports on the treaty to Thurloe.]
+
+Whitelocke made his despatches for England, and in his letters to Thurloe
+gave this account of the treaty:--
+
+    "1. Their first article differs not in substance from the first
+    which I proposed, and therefore I did not object against it; but as
+    to all of them, I reserved a liberty to myself of further
+    consideration and objection. I did a little stick upon the word
+    'colonias' in this article, lest it might tend to anything of
+    commerce in America; but finding it only to relate to the amity, I
+    passed it over.
+
+    "2. The first part of it agrees in substance with my sixth article,
+    the latter part of it with my fourth article; only I objected
+    against their words in this article, 'in damnum illius,' who should
+    be judge thereof, and the omission of that part of my fourth article
+    against harbouring of enemies and rebels.
+
+    "3. Their third article agrees in substance with my second article,
+    but is more general, not naming the Sound, and explaining the word
+    'aliorsum' in my second article; and I desired that the word
+    'populos' might be added after the word 'subditos.'
+
+    "4. Their fourth in the beginning agrees with my third article; that
+    of it touching the trade of America and the fishing I answered, as I
+    gave you a former account, and thereupon denied it, as also that
+    part of it which concerns importation of goods in foreign bottoms,
+    being contrary to our Act of Parliament. In this latter end of
+    their fourth article they likewise bring in again the business of
+    fishing implicitly in the words 'maribus, littoribus,' etc., and
+    therefore I desired that all that part might be left out, and in
+    lieu thereof I offered the latter part of my third article beginning
+    with the words 'solutis tamen,' etc., and the last of my reserved
+    articles to be admitted; or else, I desired that this whole article
+    of theirs might be omitted, and in lieu thereof my third article,
+    and the last of my reserved articles to be admitted; and they
+    likewise insist to have these words added if that part of their
+    fourth article be omitted, viz. 'quoad Americae commercium,
+    piscationem halecum, et mercium importationem, de his in posterum
+    erit conventum.'
+
+    "5. Their fifth article agrees in substance with my eleventh, only
+    hath more words to express the same matter.
+
+    "6. Their sixth agrees in substance with my thirteenth article, with
+    the addition of words for kind usage, and the omission of the
+    proviso in my thirteenth article as to breaking of bulk; which yet
+    seems to be supplied by the latter part of their sixth article, of
+    conforming to the ordinances of the place.
+
+    "7. Agrees with my reserved article, marked with fifteen, only the
+    words 'nihil inde juris' I thought fit to be omitted, because in the
+    treaty we are not to meddle with particular rights; yet the sense
+    and desire thereof is answered in the words for restitution. I
+    offered them, if they liked not this, my fifteenth article, which is
+    one of those reserved, omitting only that part as not conducing to
+    this article, viz. 'Et si lis,' etc.
+
+    "8. Agrees in substance with my twelfth article, only the
+    expressions here are longer; and that for justice to be had agrees
+    with the latter part of my reserved article fifteenth.
+
+    "9. In the general differs not in the substance from my seventh, and
+    the beginning of my reserved articles; and the laws in this ninth
+    article, first, second, third, and fourth, are not contrary to the
+    substance of mine; but to the fifth I excepted, as contrary to part
+    of my seventh article, and to their sixth law, as to bringing in of
+    ships and goods from enemies; both which nevertheless, in case we
+    have peace with the Dutch, will be more to our advantage, in my
+    humble opinion, to continue in than to be omitted; as also that not
+    to contend in the harbours; and so the first, second, third, and
+    fourth laws. The seventh law, I humbly conceive, not differing in
+    substance from my articles, nor disadvantageous to England. To their
+    sixth law I desired that my seventh article might be added, the
+    which they denied, as to forbid enemies to either to buy arms, etc.
+
+    "10. Agrees in part with my ninth, only the latter part of it seems
+    to bring in the trade of America, and a liberty contrary to the Act
+    of Navigation; but they insist that the same is saved by the latter
+    words of this article, 'modo consuetudines antiquae;' but I was not
+    satisfied herewith, and desired that that part of it which is marked
+    might be omitted, and the latter part of my ninth article, viz.
+    'utrisque utrinque observantibus,' etc. inserted, which I humbly
+    conceive will help it; or else I desire that this tenth article may
+    be wholly omitted, and in lieu thereof my ninth may be agreed.
+
+    "11. To this article of theirs I wholly excepted, because it agrees
+    not with any of mine, nor with reason, that when our enemies have
+    forbidden any to bring contraband goods to us, that yet we should
+    permit them to be brought unto our enemies. They told me that the
+    Queen had sent unto the States to repeal that placard of theirs. I
+    answered, that when I was certified that that placard was repealed,
+    I would then desire to know the Protector's further pleasure herein;
+    but before that be done, I thought it would be in vain to trouble
+    him about it.
+
+    "12. Is not expressly in any of my articles, but agreed by the
+    Council of State unto Mr. Lagerfeldt, only the form of the letters
+    of safe-conduct not fully assented unto; therefore I desired that
+    the same might be remitted to a future agreement; but as to the rest
+    of this article, it is not repugnant to the substance of mine, that
+    the navigation and commerce may be free.
+
+    "13. In the first part of it agrees almost _verbatim_ with my tenth
+    article; the latter part of it, concerning satisfaction for losses,
+    is much altered from what it was at first exhibited, and is now put
+    on both parties, and referred to future agreement, wherein there can
+    be no prejudice to our Commonwealth; but before, it was reproachful
+    to the justice thereof and laid on our part only; now it is no more
+    than what the Council and State promised in their papers to Mr.
+    Lagerfeldt.
+
+    "14. Agrees in substance with my ninth article.
+
+    "15. Contains the substance of my fifth article, but is expressed
+    more generally, and, as I humbly believe, no less to the advantage
+    of our Commonwealth.
+
+    "I found more readiness in the Queen to consent to what I proposed
+    than in her Commissioners; but some things she told me she could not
+    consent to, because they were against the interest of her people,
+    and were not considerable to England. I gave her thanks for my
+    despatch. She said she had an ambition to have the honour of making
+    an alliance with the Protector herself before she quitted the
+    Government, and that she might testify her respects to him, and
+    therefore had gone as far as possibly she could; and indeed there is
+    now very little difference, but only in words and expressions, from
+    the sense and substance of what I first proposed. And I presume that
+    what is here agreed by me will give good satisfaction and
+    contentment to the Protector and Council, and I apprehend it clearly
+    within my instructions; acknowledging the goodness of God to me in
+    this business, where I met with so many difficulties, and of so
+    great weight, that yet in a fortnight's time it should be brought to
+    a full conclusion, with honour and advantage to the Protector and
+    present Government, for which I have taken all care.
+
+    "The articles are not yet drawn up, but I hope we shall sign them
+    the next week, and presently after I intend to demand audience to
+    take my leave and to remove from hence, and, as soon as I can, to
+    come to Luebeck, and from thence to Hamburg; and I have by this post
+    humbly desired my Lord Protector to appoint some of his ships to
+    meet me at Hamburg as soon as they can, for my transportation from
+    thence to England. And I humbly entreat your favour to put his
+    Highness in mind of it, and that you will take care that the orders
+    may be had, and the ships to come as soon as may be to the Elbe, to
+    Hamburg, where I shall stay for them, or till I receive his
+    Highness's further commands; and I choose this way as the shortest,
+    and where I shall meet with any despatches that may come from
+    England. I presume you will be troubled with an importunate suitor
+    for hastening my return.
+
+    "I received your letters of the 17th March, and the order of the
+    Council concerning the Swedish ship, for which I return my humble
+    thanks. The Queen, and the Chancellor and others here, were much
+    satisfied with it. The Chancellor and his son have been very civil
+    to me, and lately furthering my despatch. I hope the same goodness
+    of God which hath hitherto brought me through this great business
+    will give me a safe return to my dear country and friends, where I
+    may have opportunity with thankfulness to acknowledge your constant
+    favour and kindness to
+
+                  "Your affectionate friend to serve you,
+                                                           "B. W.
+    "_Upsal, April 7th, 1654._"
+
+
+_April 8, 1654._
+
+[SN: A masque at Court.]
+
+The master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke from the Queen, to desire
+his company this evening at a masque; and they had this discourse:--
+
+_Whitelocke._ Present my thanks to her Majesty, and tell her I will wait
+upon her.
+
+[SN: Precedence claimed by Denmark.]
+
+_Mast. Cer._ What would your Excellence expect in matter of precedence,
+as in case you should meet with any other ambassador at the masque?
+
+_Wh._ I shall expect that which belongs to me as Ambassador from the
+Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland; and I know no other
+ambassador now in this Court besides myself, except the Ambassador of the
+King of Denmark, who, I suppose, hath no thoughts of precedence before
+the English Ambassador, who is resolved not to give it him if he should
+expect it.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ Perhaps it may be insisted on, that he of Denmark is an
+ambassador of an anointed king, and you are only ambassador to the
+Protector--a new name, and not _sacre_.
+
+_Wh._ Whosoever shall insist on that distinction will be mistaken, and I
+understand no difference of power between king and protector, or anointed
+or not anointed; and ambassadors are the same public ministers to a
+protector or commonwealth as to a prince or sultan.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ There hath always been a difference observed between the
+public ministers of kings and of commonwealths, or princes of inferior
+titles.
+
+_Wh._ The title of Protector, as to a sovereign title, hath not yet been
+determined in the world as to superiority or inferiority to other titles;
+but I am sure that the nation of England hath ever been determined
+superior to that of Denmark. I represent the nations of England,
+Scotland, and Ireland, and the Protector, who is chief of them; and the
+honour of these nations ought to be in the same consideration now as it
+hath been formerly, and I must not suffer any diminution of that honour
+by my person to please any whatsoever.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ I shall propose an expedient to you, that you may take your
+places as you come: he who comes first, the first place, and he who comes
+last, the lower place.
+
+_Wh._ I shall hardly take a place below the Danish Ambassador, though I
+come into the room after him.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ But when you come into the room and find the Danish
+Ambassador set, you cannot help it, though he have the upper place.
+
+_Wh._ I shall endeavour to help it, rather than sit below the Danish
+Ambassador.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ I presume you will not use force in the Queen's presence.
+
+_Wh._ Master, it is impossible for me, if it were in the presence of all
+the queens and kings in Christendom, to forbear to use any means to
+hinder the dishonour of my nation in my person.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ I believe the Danish Ambassador would not be so high as you
+are.
+
+_Wh._ There is no reason why he should: he knows his nation never
+pretended to have the precedence of England, and you, being master of the
+ceremonies, cannot be ignorant of it.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ I confess that your nation always had the precedence of
+Denmark when you were under a king.
+
+_Wh._ I should never give it from them though they were under a
+constable.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ If you insist upon it, the Danish Ambassador must be
+uninvited again, for I perceive that you two must not meet.
+
+_Wh._ I suppose the gentleman would not expect precedence of me.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ I can assure you he doth.
+
+_Wh._ I can assure you he shall never have it, if I can help it. But I
+pray, Master, tell me whether her Majesty takes notice of this question
+of precedence, or did she wish to confer with me about it?
+
+_Mast. Cer._ The Queen commanded me to speak with you about it, hoping
+that the question might be so composed that she might have the company of
+you both at her entertainment.
+
+_Wh._ I shall stay at home rather than interrupt her Majesty's pleasures,
+which I should do by meeting the Danish Ambassador, to whom I shall not
+give precedence, unless he be stronger than I.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ The Queen makes this masque chiefly for your Excellence's
+entertainment, therefore you must not be absent, but rather the Danish
+Ambassador must be uninvited; and I shall presently go about it.
+
+[SN: Order on the Swedish ships.]
+
+Whitelocke returned a visit to Grave Eric, and showed him the Order of
+the Council touching the Swedish ships, much in favour of them, and which
+seemed very pleasing to the Grave; but he also showed to Whitelocke
+several letters which he had received from masters of Swedish ships, of
+new complaints of taking of their ships; and he desired that the Order
+showed him by Whitelocke might be extended to those whose ships had been
+since taken; which Whitelocke promised to endeavour, and said that he
+should be in a better capacity to serve him, and to procure discharges
+for their ships and goods, when he should be himself in England; and
+therefore desired that, by his despatch, they would hasten him thither,
+which the Grave promised to do. At his going away, Grave Eric invited
+Whitelocke to dine with him on Monday next, and to come as a particular
+friend and brother, and not by a formal invitation as an ambassador.
+Whitelocke liked the freedom, and promised to wait on him; and was the
+more willing to come, that he might see the fashion of their
+entertainments, this being the first invitation that was made to him by
+any person in this country.
+
+General Grave Wirtenberg visited Whitelocke. He is a Finlander by birth,
+of an ancient family, who had applied himself wholly to the military
+profession, wherein he became so eminent, and had done so great service
+for this Crown, that he was had in great esteem, especially with the
+soldiery. He was a Ricks-Senator, and one of the College of War, and at
+present had the charge of General of the Ordnance, which is of higher
+account here than in England, being next in command to the Generalissimo,
+and over the soldiery which belong not to the train, and is often
+employed as a general. This gentleman seemed worthy of his honour; he was
+of a low stature, somewhat corpulent, of a good mien, and plain
+behaviour, more in the military than courtly way. His discourse declared
+his reason and judgement to be very good, and his mention of anything
+relating to himself was full of modesty. He took great notice of the
+English navy and soldiery, and of the people's inclinations and violent
+desires of liberty. He spake only Swedish and High Dutch, which caused
+Whitelocke to make use of an interpreter, his kinsman Andrew Potley.
+
+[SN: The masque.]
+
+In the evening, according to the invitation from the Queen, Whitelocke
+went to Court to the masque, where he did not find the Danish
+Ambassador. But some of the Court took notice of the discourse which had
+been between the master of the ceremonies and Whitelocke touching
+precedence, and they all approved Whitelocke's resolution, and told him
+that the Queen highly commended him for it, and said that he was a stout
+and faithful servant to the Protector and to his nation, and that she
+should love him the better for it; nor was the contest the less pleasing
+because with the Dane in Sweden.
+
+From eight o'clock at night till two the next morning they were at the
+masque, which was in the usual room fitted for the solemnity, in which
+the Queen herself was an actor. The floor where they danced was covered
+with tapestry and hung about with red velvet, but most adorned by the
+presence of a great number of ladies richly dressed and beautified both
+by nature and habit, attending on their mistress; and there were also
+many senators, officers, courtiers, and nobility,--a very great presence
+of spectators. The music was excellent, especially the violins, which
+were many, and rare musicians and fittest for that purpose. The Queen
+herself danced very well at two entries: in the first she represented a
+Moorish lady, in the second a citizen's wife; in both the properties were
+exactly fitted, and in all the rest of the actors and dancers.
+
+There were no speeches nor songs; men acting men's parts, and women the
+women's, with variety of representations and dances. The whole design was
+to show the vanity and folly of all professions and worldly things,
+lively represented by the exact properties and mute actions, genteelly,
+without the least offence or scandal.
+
+It held two hours; and after the dances the Queen caused her chair to be
+brought near to Whitelocke, where she sat down and discoursed with him of
+the masque. He (according to his judgement) commended it and the
+inoffensiveness of it, and rare properties fitted to every
+representation, with the excellent performance of their parts by all,
+especially by the Moorish lady and citizen's wife; at which the Queen
+smiled, and said she was glad he liked it. He replied, that any of his
+countrymen might have been present at it without any offence, and he
+thanked her Majesty for the honour she gave him to be present at it. The
+Queen said she perceived that Whitelocke understood what belonged to
+masques and the most curious part of them, the properties,--with much
+like discourse; after which she retired to her chamber, and Whitelocke to
+his lodging.
+
+
+_April 9, 1654._
+
+Monsieur Bloome came to dine with Whitelocke, and to put him in mind of
+Grave Eric's request{5} to him to dine with him the next day. He also
+sent to invite Whitelocke's two sons and Colonel Potley.
+
+[SN: The Spanish Envoy departs with rich presents.]
+
+In the afternoon Piementelle came to take his leave of Whitelocke, and
+said he intended to begin his journey the next morning. Whitelocke
+offered himself or his coaches and servants, to attend him out of town;
+but he said it was not the custom when a public minister departed from a
+place to use any ceremony, but to leave him to the liberty of ordering
+and taking his journey, but thanked Whitelocke for his favour.
+
+Though it were the Lord's Day, yet Piementelle fell into discourse of the
+last night's masque, which he could not be present at publicly as
+formerly, because he had taken his leave of the Queen and Senators, yet,
+being desirous to see it, was admitted into the tiring-room; and he told
+Whitelocke that after the Queen had acted the Moorish lady and retired
+into that room to put off her disguise, Piementelle being there, she gave
+him her visor; in the mouth whereof was a diamond ring of great price,
+which shined and glistered gloriously by the torch and candle light as
+the Queen danced; this she bade Piementelle to keep till she called for
+it. Piementelle told her he wondered she would trust a jewel of that
+value in the hands of a soldier; she said she would bear the adventure of
+it. And when the masque was ended, Piementelle offered the ring again to
+the Queen, who told him that he had not kept it according to her
+commands, which were till she called for it, which she had not yet done,
+nor intended as long as she lived, but that he should keep it as a
+memorial of her favour. The Spaniard had cause to rest satisfied with the
+Queen's answer and her real and bountiful compliment, the ring being
+worth ten thousand crowns, which he brought away with him, besides many
+other jewels and presents from the Queen of great value, not publicly
+known. He took leave of Whitelocke and of his sons, Colonel Potley, and
+the gentlemen, with great civility.
+
+
+_April 10, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke dines with Grave Eric Oxenstiern.]
+
+Between eleven and twelve o'clock, the usual dining-time here,
+Whitelocke, with his sons and Potley, attended only by two gentlemen, one
+page, and two lacqueys, went to Grave Eric's lodging to dinner. His
+rooms were not stately nor richly furnished, but such as could be had in
+that place. The outer room for servants was like a little hall; within
+that was a larger room, narrow and long, where they dined; within that
+was a smaller room hung with tapestry, used for a withdrawing-room: all
+below stairs, which is not usual in these parts.
+
+Grave Eric met Whitelocke at the door of the lodging; in the dining-room
+was his father the Chancellor, and divers friends with him. The father
+and son went in with Whitelocke to the withdrawing-room, where, after a
+quarter of an hour's discourse, they were called to dinner, the meat
+being on the table; then a huge massy basin and ewer of silver gilt was
+brought for them to wash--some of the good booties met with in Germany.
+After washing, one of the pages (after their manner) said grace in
+Swedish.
+
+The table was long and narrow; in the middle of it, on the further side,
+under a canopy of velvet, were set two great chairs: Whitelocke sat in
+the right-hand chair, and Woolfeldt in the other, on his left-hand. On
+the other side of the table, over against these, were set two other like
+great chairs; in the right-hand chair sat the Ricks-Droitset, and in the
+left-hand chair the Chancellor. By Whitelocke sat Grave Gabriel
+Oxenstiern and Senator Vanderlin in lesser chairs, and by Woolfeldt sat
+Whitelocke's sons and Potley. On the other side, in lesser chairs, by the
+Droitset, sat the Senators Beilke and Bundt the younger; by the
+Chancellor sat Senator Bundt the elder and Baron Douglas; at the upper
+end of the table sat Grave Eric, and at the lower end stood the carver.
+The dishes were all silver, not great, but many, set one upon another,
+and filled with the best meat and most variety that the country did
+afford; and indeed the entertainment was very noble--they had four
+several courses of their best meat, and fish and fowl, dressed after the
+French mode.
+
+They had excellent Rhenish wine, and indifferent good sack and claret;
+their beer very thick and strong, after the manner of the country. When
+the four courses were done, they took off the meat and tablecloth, and
+under it was another clean cloth; then they brought clean napkins and
+plates to every one, and set a full banquet on the table, and, as part
+thereof, tobacco and pipes, which they set before Whitelocke as a special
+respect to him, and he and two or three more of the company took of it as
+they sat at table; and they so civilly complied with Whitelocke as not to
+observe their own customs, but abstaining from healths or any excess.
+
+They all sat bare at the table, according to their usage, chiefly (though
+no occasion were for it at this time) to avoid the trouble of often
+putting off and on their hats and caps in healths. They were full of good
+discourse, more cheerful than serious. Most at the table spake or
+understood somewhat of English, for which reason they were chosen to
+accompany Whitelocke here, as a compliment to his nation; they discoursed
+also in several other languages, as Swedish, High Dutch, French, and
+Latin.
+
+After dinner, which was very long, they sat yet longer at the table,
+Whitelocke expecting when they would rise; till Douglas informed him,
+that he being the guest, and an ambassador, they used it as a respect to
+him, that none of the company would offer to rise till he first arose
+from the table. As soon as this was known to Whitelocke, he presently
+rose and the rest with him, and the Chancellor and he retired into the
+withdrawing-room; where, after compliments and thanks for his noble
+treatment (which it was said the father made, though put out in the son's
+name, and was full of respect and magnificence), Whitelocke thought fit
+to show to the Chancellor his powers to treat, and they had conference to
+this effect.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke exchanges his full powers.]
+
+_Whitelocke._ Father, if you please to peruse this writing, you will be
+satisfied that the Protector, since the late change of Government in
+England, hath thought me worthy to be trusted and furnished with
+sufficient power as to this treaty.
+
+_Chancellor._ My dear son, this is very full, and a large testimony of
+the good opinion your master hath of you. All your powers and the
+originals of your commissions (according to custom) are to be left with
+us, to be registered in our Chancery.
+
+_Wh._ I suppose you will also deliver to me the originals of your powers,
+to be enrolled (according to the English custom also) in our Chancery.
+
+_Chan._ That shall be done.
+
+_Wh._ The like shall be done on my part; and the Protector will be ready
+to do whatever shall be judged further necessary for the ratifying of
+this business.
+
+_Chan._ It will be requisite that you let me have in Latin your
+instructions from the Protector.
+
+_Wh._ I shall cause it to be done, except such part of them as are
+secret.
+
+_Chan._ That which is to be reserved in secresy I desire not to see;
+there will be sufficient besides to show your powers.
+
+_Wh._ They will fully appear.
+
+_Chan._ I should counsel you, before your departure out of this kingdom,
+to make a visit to the Prince of Sweden; he will take it in good part,
+and it will testify a respect of the Protector to him, and render the
+alliance the more firm.
+
+_Wh._ It is my purpose to visit the Prince; not that I am in doubt of the
+validity of the treaty made with the Queen, unless the Prince approve of
+it, but, as you advise, to show the respect of the Protector to his
+Kingly Highness, and to acquit myself of a due civility.
+
+_Chan._ It will be fit for you to do it; and I shall advise you, at your
+return home, to put the Protector in mind of some particulars which, in
+my judgement, require his special care.
+
+_Wh._ I shall faithfully do it, and I know they will be received with
+much the more regard coming from you: I pray do me the favour to let me
+know them.
+
+[SN: Oxenstiern's advice to Cromwell.]
+
+_Chan._ I would counsel the Protector to take heed of those dangerous
+opinions in matters of religion which daily increase among you, and, if
+not prevented and curbed, will cause new troubles, they never resting
+till themselves may domineer in chief.
+
+_Wh._ Will not the best way to curb them be to slight them, and so they
+will fall of themselves?
+
+_Chan._ I doubt they have taken too much root to fall so easily; but if
+they be not countenanced with preferments, they will the sooner wither
+and decay.
+
+_Wh._ That will surely lessen them.
+
+_Chan._ The Protector must also be careful to provide money and
+employment for his soldiers, else he will hardly keep them in order.
+
+_Wh._ That is very requisite; and for money there is good provision
+already made.
+
+_Chan._ He must likewise be watchful of the King's party, who will be
+busy at work, especially upon the new change.
+
+_Wh._ The care thereof is the life of our affairs, and his Highness is
+most vigilant.
+
+_Chan._ It behoves him to be so, for they that could not vanquish him by
+arms will endeavour to do it by craft and treachery of your own party,
+which you must look to.
+
+_Wh._ He hath good intelligence of their plots.
+
+_Chan._ It will also be prudence in him to let the people see that he
+intends not to rule them with an iron sceptre, nor to govern them by an
+army, but to give them such a liberty and enjoyment of the benefit of
+their laws that the continuance of his government may become their
+interest, and that they may have no cause to desire a change; else,
+though they must bear the yoke for a time, yet as soon as they meet with
+an opportunity they will shake it off again.
+
+_Wh._ This is counsel proper to come from such a mind and judgement as
+yours is, and I shall not fail to report it to his Highness; and your
+Excellence hath rightly stated the disposition of my countrymen, who love
+peace and liberty, and will hardly brook slavery longer than they are
+forced to it by necessity; and the best way to govern them is to let them
+enjoy their laws and rights, which will rule them better than an iron
+sceptre.
+
+_Chan._ It is the disposition of all generous and free people, as the
+English are, whom I truly respect, and him that is their head, that
+gallant person the Protector.
+
+They had much other discourse; and after being together till six
+o'clock, the father and son, and the Chancellor and Whitelocke, called
+one another, and all the company parted.
+
+
+_April 11, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Queen proposes a secret article.]
+
+The Chancellor had promised to procure Whitelocke his despatch in a few
+days. He sent Canterstein to communicate to him the articles drawn in
+form, with the amendments, to see if there were any mistake in them.
+Whitelocke and the secretary perused them together, and agreed on all
+except two or three points, in which was some small difference; and
+Canterstein promised to hasten the engrossing of them.
+
+Many strangers dining with Whitelocke made him the later in his visit to
+the Queen, to take his leave of her Majesty before her intended journey
+to see her mother. She promised Whitelocke that during her absence she
+would leave order with the Chancellor and his son to conclude the treaty,
+and at her return she would do what belonged to her for the speedy
+despatch of Whitelocke, to his contentment. She promised also to give
+order to her Chancellor about the business of Guinea, whereof they had
+much discourse.
+
+She was pleased to propound to Whitelocke a secret article to be between
+her and the Protector, and not to be in the treaty between her
+Commissioners and Whitelocke, nor to be known to any of them. She said,
+that if it might be done, she should take it in very good part; but if
+Whitelocke thought it not likely to be done, then she would think no more
+of it. She said the substance of what she desired was that it might be
+agreed, by a particular article between the Protector and her, that in
+case those here should not perform what they promised to her upon her
+resignation of the government, that then it should be in the power of the
+Protector to break the treaty now made, and not to be bound by it.
+
+Whitelocke was much troubled at this proposal, and upon a great
+difficulty in it--that if he should deny it, the Queen might be distasted
+and break off from his treaty; and to consent to it he had no commission,
+nor held it reasonable; but he told the Queen that it was a matter of
+great weight, deserving her Majesty's serious thoughts what to do in it.
+He said he had no instructions upon any such article as this, nor could
+agree to it; but if her Majesty pleased to have such an article drawn up,
+and to sign it herself and send it to the Protector, he promised to use
+his best interest to persuade his Highness to a consent thereunto, and to
+sign it at Whitelocke's return to England, and so to return it to her
+Majesty.
+
+She said that Woolfeldt should confer with Whitelocke about the drawing
+up of such an article, whom she would trust in it, but not any of the
+Swedes, because it might concern them, and occasion prejudice to them.
+Whitelocke agreed that Woolfeldt was a fit person to be trusted in this
+business, and one with whom he should willingly confer about any service
+for her Majesty; that he believed something might be done herein to the
+Queen's advantage, but whether in this way of a secret article, and as
+part of the treaty, he doubted, lest thereby offence might be given, and
+the treaty thereby, as to both parts, be weakened. The Queen replied that
+it would keep those here in some fear lest if they should break with
+her, that then the Protector would not keep the treaty with them.
+
+Whitelocke thought it best to be at some reserve in this article of
+secresy, not wholly to dissuade the Queen from it, lest she might be
+distasted. He saw advantage to the Protector to have it put into his
+power to break the treaty upon this occasion; but he doubted the honour
+and clearness of it, and therefore he judged it best to say the less at
+this time. Only he observed what a condition the Queen had brought her
+affairs unto when she thought not fit to trust any of her countrymen in
+this business; and before her resignation she distrusted the performance
+of the conditions of it towards herself, and therefore would have this
+secret article as a bridle to them. But as she distrusted her own party,
+so she testified great confidence in the Protector and in Whitelocke, to
+whom she propounded this secret article of so much concernment to her.
+
+Whitelocke persuaded her Majesty to appoint faithful persons to order her
+revenue for her, and not to stay long here after her resignation, because
+she would then find a great difference in the carriage of persons to her.
+She said she had taken care about her revenue as he had advised her, and
+that she would be gone out of Sweden presently after her resignation;
+that she expected the alteration of men's carriages towards her after it,
+but it would not trouble her; that the world was of such a condition,
+that nothing of respect was to be looked for but where advantage was
+hoped for by it. She never esteemed the fawnings of men for their own
+ends, but her own private contentment and satisfaction.
+
+Whitelocke sent his son James and his secretary (Earle) to Canterstein
+with a copy of the form which Whitelocke intended to follow in the
+instrument intended to be delivered by him, where he put the Protector's
+name first, and some other small variations, as usage required; wherewith
+Canterstein promised to acquaint the Chancellor and to return an answer.
+
+Whitelocke employed his son for his experience to be gained in these
+affairs.
+
+
+_April 12, 1654._
+
+[SN: Woolfeldt opposes the secret article.]
+
+Mr. Woolfeldt having done Whitelocke the favour to dine with him, they
+retired and discoursed privately to this effect:--
+
+_Woolfeldt._ The Queen was pleased the last night to send for me, and to
+communicate to me the matter of a secret article which, she said, she had
+before imparted to you.
+
+_Whitelocke._ What is your opinion of such an article?
+
+_Woolf._ Truly, I dissuaded her from it, as not convenient, in my poor
+opinion, for either party.
+
+_Wh._ I know your judgement is grounded upon solid reason.
+
+_Woolf._ My reasons are, because this article is to be kept secret, and
+to be added as a part of the treaty by her Majesty without the knowledge
+of those here, which, when it shall come to be known, will give them the
+more cause of objection and hatred against her for it, and expose her to
+more inconveniences than it can bring advantage to her; and therefore I
+thought it better for her Majesty to forbear it.
+
+_Wh._ Your reasons were the true ones: was her Majesty convinced by
+them?
+
+_Woolf._ She seemed to make more doubt of it than at first, but told me
+that you were not much against it, and desired to confer with me about it
+while she was out of town, and she wished me to prepare something against
+her return.
+
+_Wh._ As I told her Majesty, I can consent to nothing in this point,
+having no instructions in any matter of this nature, as you will easily
+believe; but if her Majesty shall think fit to have anything drawn up by
+way of a secret article, all that I can do will be to present it to the
+Protector at my return home, and I know he will be as ready as any person
+to show respect to the Queen; but what he will do as to a consent in this
+particular I cannot tell, but am doubtful lest it may be apprehended as a
+weakening of the treaty and alliance.
+
+_Woolf._ That is a great and true objection against it; and, in my
+opinion, it would be better for the Queen to write a letter to the
+Protector in general compliment, and in it to desire him to be a friend
+to her, and to give her his assistance upon any occasion that may fall
+out concerning her; and this letter may be sent by you, and delivered by
+your hand to the Protector, when you may acquaint him with anything
+further or more particularly relating to her Majesty.
+
+_Wh._ I think this will be much the better way; and if such a letter be
+sent by me, I hope I shall be able to procure such an answer, or, upon
+any occasion, such a return as will be to the contentment of her Majesty.
+But in case the Queen should sign such an article, and then the Protector
+should not approve it, it would distaste the Queen and her friends, and
+she would be censured to have done too low an act in it.
+
+_Woolf._ I had yesterday a long discourse with the Chancellor about your
+affairs of England, and particularly of your fleet now at sea--what
+should be the design of having so strong a fleet at sea, the sea-war
+between you and your enemies being reported at an end, and peace
+concluded; and whether your design might be for France or Spain or
+Portugal.
+
+_Wh._ Or for the defence of England.
+
+_Woolf._ He was much amused about it.
+
+_Wh._ I hope that was not lessened by you.
+
+_Woolf._ No indeed; I endeavoured to amuse him more, and told him, that
+for France, England did not care to have it; it would be but a charge and
+no benefit to them, and embroil them in a long chargeable war.
+
+_Wh._ England hath had experience thereof formerly when they were masters
+of France, and many of us think our own country as good as France.
+
+_Woolf._ I am of that opinion; and I told him there was as little
+probability for any design against Spain because of its distance, and
+little advantage to England by a war with them.
+
+_Wh._ I hope you commended a kingdom called Denmark?
+
+_Woolf._ I first told him that for Portugal or the Indies the like
+objections were against any design for them; but as for Denmark, I told
+him that England had just cause to make war upon that king, and that it
+would be no hard business to gain upon him; and the advantage of traffic
+made me think that to be the most probable design of any other to be
+intended by this great fleet of England, wherein it is most likely for
+you to gain advantage to your Commonwealth and to give offence to none,
+having a just cause of quarrel against him.
+
+_Wh._ Your brother the King of Denmark hath given cause indeed to be
+visited.
+
+_Woolf._ I shall inform you of one thing, of which you may now make
+advantage. Your King James made a treaty with the last King of Denmark
+concerning the Isles of the Orcades, which were claimed by the Dane as
+part of their territories; and after the death of King James and our last
+King, that then, upon payment of L13,000 by the Dane, he should have the
+Orcades again. Now both these kings being dead, according to that treaty
+it is in the liberty of the King of Denmark to redeem those islands; and
+it would be good for you, in the treaty with that Crown, who would be
+included in your treaty with the Hollanders, to have a clause for the
+present King of Denmark to quit his pretences to the Orcades upon the
+treaty with King James.
+
+_Wh._ This is a very material thing, and I shall not fail to do somewhat
+in it, if I can return to England time enough; and I thank you for
+putting me in mind of it.
+
+[SN: Discussion on the Guinea settlements.]
+
+Grave Eric came to Whitelocke, who had much discourse with him touching
+Guinea, and the injuries done by the Swedes to the English there.
+
+_Grave Eric._ One of the principal persons of the Swedish plantation
+there is now in this country, and complains of injuries done by the
+English to the Swedes there. I think it may be fit to hear both the
+complaints of the one and of the other part, and thereupon to come to
+some agreement upon the whole matter.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I have here many examinations taken upon oath concerning
+this matter.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ Those complaints ought to be determined by the King of that
+country, who sold the lands to the planters, and can resolve all
+differences about that matter.
+
+_Wh._ I believe that the complaints of this nature are properly to be
+made to the Queen, whose subjects are concerned in them, and they are
+always under her rule.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ The Queen will make no difficulty to do justice in this case,
+and I hope that the Protector will do the like.
+
+_Wh._ You need not at all to doubt it.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ This messenger, now come to me, hath brought me letters from
+the Queen, in which there is mention of this business.
+
+_Wh._ Why may not an article touching Guinea be inserted with the rest?
+
+_Gr. Eric._ That will not be convenient, because the articles are
+entirely concluded and engrossed on our part; and this of Guinea is but a
+particular business, which till now came not under consideration, nor
+hath been examined, and it will be better to have an article by itself
+upon this subject.
+
+_Wh._ I am satisfied with your reason, and think this way will be no
+disadvantage to the merchants of either nation. I desire an addition to
+the article touching passports, that none shall do anything contrary to
+the letters of passport.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I cannot consent to that, for it will render the whole
+article fruitless in both parts; and there is another article, that in
+case any shall act anything in prejudice of the treaty, he shall be
+punished.
+
+In consideration of this article, and in regard that the agreement
+touching the form of passports was remitted to something to be done
+therein afterwards, and he found Eric stiff against any alteration,
+Whitelocke did not think it material to insist further upon it. As to
+that which Whitelocke desired to the last article of ratification, that
+the words "vel successoribus suis" might be omitted, Eric said he would
+consent thereunto if he found it material, and desired the business might
+be finished; and he desired Whitelocke to excuse a little small delay at
+present by his absence for a few days, he being necessitated to go out of
+town tomorrow, but at his return all should be concluded; and as soon as
+the Queen came back, the whole business should be finished, which had
+been done before, but by reason of the Queen's unexpected journey.
+
+
+_April 13, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke confers with the Chancellor, and invites him to dinner.]
+
+In the morning the Chancellor came to Whitelocke and staid with him near
+three hours. They had much debate touching Guinea, to the like effect as
+before with his son; they had also debate about the amendments which
+Whitelocke had desired might be inserted in the articles, chiefly that
+touching passports, to which the Chancellor would by no means agree. He
+likewise said to Whitelocke:--
+
+_Chancellor._ The Queen caused the articles to be copied out, to the end
+(as I believe) to communicate them to the Prince, which will be for the
+greater validity of the treaty and alliance.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I am glad her Majesty is pleased to take the advice of the
+Prince in this business, and am willing to promise myself that nothing is
+contained in the articles which he will not approve.
+
+_Chan._ I believe the same.
+
+_Wh._ This might be the occasion that my business was not finished before
+her Majesty's going out of town.
+
+_Chan._ I myself am also going into the country, and come now to take my
+leave of you.
+
+_Wh._ I hope you will return before her Majesty.
+
+_Chan._ I purpose to stay abroad but four or five days; and I find that
+frequent exercise and change of air tendeth very much to the improving of
+my health.
+
+_Wh._ I do heartily wish your health, and hope that the Queen and you
+will shortly be in town again, and that then my business will be
+finished.
+
+_Chan._ There is no doubt but that your business will be despatched
+within a very few days after the Queen's return.
+
+They had much other discourse touching the affairs of England, in which
+the Chancellor testified much respect to England and to the Protector.
+
+Whitelocke invited the Chancellor to dinner to his house, but he excused
+himself, alleging that his age and infirmities would not permit him to
+take a meal out of his own house, or at the houses of some of his
+children, where he might enjoy the same liberty as at his own house.
+Whitelocke told him that he should have the same liberty at his house,
+who was one of his sons, as he could take at the houses of any other of
+his children; but the Chancellor earnestly desired to be excused, and
+Whitelocke thought not fit further to importune him, but desired him to
+hasten his return hither, which he promised to do.
+
+Whitelocke received his letters from England, and in that from Thurloe he
+writes:--
+
+[SN: Letters from Thurloe.]
+
+    "There hath been consideration taken of your return home, but the
+    issue of the treaty with the Dutch not being yet known, his
+    Highness's resolutions as to your return are deferred until the
+    next; the difficulty of that business lies in the article relating
+    to the Danes, etc. All things else remain as they did by my last, so
+    that your Excellence will be saved this week the labour of reading
+    my long letter. This day we have a fast for the great drought.
+
+    "My Lady was here with me to hasten your return, wherein I should be
+    glad to be instrumental. I pray God preserve your Excellence, and
+    bless the affairs under your hand. I am,
+
+                  "Your Excellence's humble servant,
+                                                    "JO. THURLOE.
+    "_March 24th, 1653._
+
+    "I saw a letter to his Highness from Upsal, wherein some expressions
+    were used as if your Excellence were like to be removed from the
+    Seal. His Highness commanded me to assure you that there are no such
+    intentions, but much the contrary, whereof your Excellence will have
+    real demonstrations upon all occasions."
+
+
+_April 14, 1654._
+
+[SN: Passport given to a Swedish ship.]
+
+Grave Eric desired Whitelocke to give a passport to a Swedish ship bound
+from Stockholm to Portugal. The Chancellor requested the same, and both
+father and son engaged to Whitelocke that there was nothing aboard the
+vessel, nor any design in her voyage, against England; that she was
+freighted for Portugal only, and that they should esteem the favour as
+done to themselves, because they had a share in the goods on board this
+ship. Whitelocke, though he were hardly persuaded to give his passports
+to Swedish ships or to any other, yet considering the time when this was
+desired, and the persons desiring it, he thought not fit to deny it, but
+gave it in this form.[130]
+
+Whitelocke gave an account in his letters this day to Thurloe of all
+passages of moment since his last, and wrote further:--
+
+[SN: Letters to Thurloe.]
+
+    "My letters, I confess, have been tedious heretofore, but I ask your
+    pardon, and do hope that my business is now at such a period that I
+    shall not have occasion to trouble you with the like.
+
+    "There is little to do here at this time; almost all the great lords
+    and courtiers are gone out of town, so that here is a lamentable
+    silent place. I shall be heartily glad to receive my Lord's order to
+    authorize my return; but my business being now ended, I presume I
+    may expect his pleasure at any other place. I purpose to visit the
+    Queen-mother and the Prince of Sweden, because other ambassadors
+    have done it, and I have been particularly invited to it. I think it
+    will be a respect from my Lord Protector which they will take very
+    kindly, and may be some strength to the alliance, and is not the
+    less requisite for me, because our enemies report that none but
+    mechanics are of our party; but since our being here the Swedes
+    acknowledge the contrary.
+
+    "I hope within two or three weeks to be at sea, and that my God, who
+    hath hitherto been so good to me, will give me a safe return to my
+    Lord and to my native country, to whom I wish all prosperity.
+
+                  "Your affectionate friend to serve you,
+                                                           "B. W.
+    "_Upsal, 14th April, 1654._
+
+    "I hope you will pardon the importunity of my wife's solicitation,
+    being for my return. I have been informed this week that some
+    Holland ships are loading here with ordnance and other provisions of
+    war. I hope his Highness hath been pleased to give order for two or
+    three ships to be at Hamburg for my transportation into England, and
+    therein I entreat your favour.
+
+                                                           "B. W."
+
+In this letter Whitelocke also gave advice, what he had been informed
+touching the treaty between King James and the last King of Denmark
+concerning the Orcades, with his humble opinion what was fit to be done
+in that business, upon the comprehension of the Dane in the Dutch treaty,
+yet nothing was done therein; however, Whitelocke was satisfied in the
+acquittal of himself to have done his duty.
+
+Upon the earnest request of some Scots and English gentlemen on the
+behalf of Colonel Halsall, now in this town, Whitelocke gave him this
+pass.[131]
+
+
+_April 15, 1654._
+
+[SN: Excursion with the French Resident.]
+
+The Resident of France having desired Whitelocke that when he went abroad
+to take the air he would give him leave to accompany him, Whitelocke sent
+to him, this fair day inviting and leisure not hindering it. They went
+together in Whitelocke's coach to a wood, about an English mile from
+Upsal, full of pines, fir-trees, and juniper, and very fair and pleasant
+walks in it. The beauty of the day and place had also invited thither at
+this time the Ambassador of Denmark and the Holland Resident, who,
+perceiving Whitelocke's coaches and company, crossed out of the way where
+they were, and betook themselves to another walk; but Whitelocke kept on
+in his, and with the French Resident had much general discourse, but
+little of matters of state, because they could not trust one the other;
+yet Whitelocke learnt from him the condition of several persons in
+principal credit in the Court of France, and the way of their management
+of affairs. This gentleman was very civil and courteous and good company,
+desiring the conversation of Whitelocke, which he afforded him both going
+abroad and in his house, to which the Resident did him the favour to be
+no stranger.
+
+Whitelocke told him he purposed to go by Nordkoeping, and by the way to
+visit the Queen-mother and the Prince, and to have his ship meet him
+there. The Resident said the ship could not easily come to Nordkoeping,
+being no good harbour; but his best way would be to go from thence to
+Calmar, and his ship to meet him there, the haven being open and the ship
+may come near the town; and that Nordkoeping was the midway between
+Stockholm and Calmar, and the ship might be as soon at Calmar as at
+Nordkoeping; that the passage to Luebeck was much easier from Calmar than
+from Nordkoeping, and with a good wind might be made from Calmar in two
+days. But hereof Whitelocke intended to have the advice of some Swedes.
+
+
+_April 16, 1654._
+
+[SN: Great wealth of the Oxenstiern family.]
+
+Monsieur Bloome this Lord's Day dined with Whitelocke, and told him that
+the Chancellor had left him in town to keep Whitelocke company in the
+absence of the Chancellor, and to assure him that the Chancellor would
+return again in a very few days. Whitelocke made much of him, and had
+good informations from him. He said that Grave John Oxenstiern, the
+Chancellor's eldest son, had at that time, whilst his father was alive,
+above L20,000 sterling of yearly revenue, which he had from his father
+and by his wife, an inheritrix; and that Grave Eric, the second son, had
+in his father's lifetime near L10,000 sterling of yearly revenue, besides
+what both of them might expect from their father: and therefore both
+father and sons might, as they did, live in great state and with
+attendance of much port and ceremony.
+
+Grave Leonhough bestowed a visit on Whitelocke. He is a senator and one
+of the College of War, a person of great esteem and good parts; his
+conversation was full of civility; his discourse (in French) was
+rational, and for the most part upon matter of war, history, and the
+mathematics. In his company was an officer, his brother-in-law, who had
+served the King of Portugal in his late wars, and was a civil person, and
+seemed a gallant man. This Grave had been long bred up in the wars, and
+was now a Major-General; and his discourse showed him to be knowing and
+modest. He demanded of Whitelocke many questions touching the affairs of
+England, and particularly of the late civil dissensions there, and had a
+full account thereof from Whitelocke, by which he seemed to receive much
+satisfaction, and acknowledged that he had not heard the truth before,
+and that this relation justified the proceedings of the Parliament. He
+spake nothing to Whitelocke touching his business of the treaty, nor did
+Whitelocke mention it to this Grave, whom he never saw before, and
+because it was a day for other duties.
+
+
+_April 17, 1654._
+
+[SN: A serenade to Whitelocke.]
+
+Upsal being very empty, by the absence of the Queen and all the great
+Lords, who were retired to their country-houses, but most of them to
+Stockholm, it was given out that her Majesty would not return to this
+place, but remain at Stockholm, and that the General Assembly should be
+held there; which was not believed by Whitelocke, because the Queen had
+assured him that she would return to Upsal within eight or ten days, and
+she never brake her word with him.
+
+Her absence, and the leisure which they had thereby, gave opportunity to
+some of her musicians (Italians and Germans) to pass a compliment on
+Whitelocke, to come to his house, and with great ceremony to entertain
+him with their vocal and instrumental music, which was excellent good;
+and they played many lessons of English composition, which the gentlemen
+who were musical of Whitelocke's family brought forth unto them.
+
+
+_April 18, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Swedish army.]
+
+Whitelocke returned a visit to the Grave Leonhough, whose lodgings were
+but mean, such as the town would afford, but his treatment was with great
+civility. Amongst other discourse he inquired touching the discipline of
+war and ordering the soldiery in England, who, he said, must be well
+paid, or else they could not be kept in good order. Whitelocke
+acknowledged that to be very true, and said that in England special care
+was taken for the constant and due pay of the armies much beyond other
+countries, by which means they were kept in the best and strictest
+discipline of any armies in the world; that violence or plunder, contrary
+to the articles of war, was severely punished.
+
+The Grave acquainted Whitelocke that he was to go out of town the next
+day to a general muster, about four leagues from hence, within the
+province where he had the government; which occasioned Whitelocke to
+inquire of him, and to be informed that this was the standing militia of
+the country, and that the manner of it was thus:--
+
+The whole militia of Sweden in the country, besides the standing forces
+of their armies in service, doth consist of 50,000 horse and foot,
+whereof 12,000 horse and 38,000 foot in the several provinces are
+constantly in a readiness to be drawn forth in fourteen days' time. In
+Sweden are about 5000 horse and 20,000 foot, and in Finland and the other
+provinces about 8000 horse and 20,000 foot: in all, above 50,000. That
+the Crown is not at any charge for the pay of these militia forces,
+unless they are drawn forth into actual service, and then they are paid
+as their other army forces are, which is not very much or constant; but
+when they are in an enemy's country they live upon the country, and take
+contribution, if not plunder; and somewhat is allowed them by the Crown,
+as so much in money (which is a very small proportion) and such a weekly
+quantity of bread, butter, and cheese for every foot-soldier, and a like
+proportion for the horsemen; whose charge may be guessed at by that of
+their officers, of whom it was affirmed that the allowance to a captain
+of horse was his stove and his stable, and twenty rix-dollars a year. His
+stove they call his fire, candle, and entertainment for himself; his
+stable, that is horse-meat, and room, and shoeing; and for himself from
+the Crown (besides what he gets from the country) but twenty rix-dollars
+a year, with the like proportion for other officers and soldiers.
+
+The manner of maintaining their militia forces in the country was said to
+be this:--A horseman was quartered in the house of a boor, or husbandman;
+if the man will work himself and his horse with the boor, to help him in
+his husbandry, then the boor gives the man and his horse entertainment
+freely, and hath their work for it, which is more worth than their meat,
+and the boor will give the man perhaps some small sum of money besides.
+By this way the boor hath an advantage--the work of a man and a horse for
+their meat only; and the horseman hath an advantage--his own and his
+horse's meat, besides what the Crown allows him, and himself and horse
+kept in better condition by it; and without his work, the boor is not
+compellable to find him but his lodging only.
+
+In like manner it is for the foot-soldier. He is quartered with a boor,
+and must work for the boor, or have no diet from him; but they do work
+generally, and by that means the soldier is kept out of idleness. The
+countryman hath a benefit by his work for his diet only, whereas he must
+give diet and wages to a servant; and the soldier by his work hath his
+diet besides what the State allows him, and so he and his landlord are
+both well pleased. But the Crown hath the greatest advantage, which
+hereby saves the great pay which otherwise they must allow; and yet these
+forces are constantly in a readiness when the occasions of the Crown
+require their service.
+
+The officers of these militia forces have no pay at all but when they are
+in actual service, neither do they expect any pay, being gentlemen of
+quality and interest in the country: the chief of whom, who are fit for
+it, are made colonels; the next to them lieutenant-colonels, majors,
+captains, and inferior officers, according to their rank of the country
+gentlemen, known and beloved among their neighbours, with whom their
+interest and power, increased by their command, makes them the better
+followed and obeyed. When they write out any from the militia to serve in
+the armies, these officers and the lords of the boors appoint them; and
+if any offend, they are presently written out to send abroad into Russia,
+Poland, Germany, and other parts, from whence they do not all return
+safe, but are kept in great awe and obedience.
+
+This day here fell a great quantity of snow, and was in one night so hard
+frozen that it would bear a cart; the English wondered at it, but not
+this country men, the like being here usual at this time of the year and
+after.
+
+The Countess of Brahe, wife of the Ricks-Droitset, sent a gentleman to
+Whitelocke to acquaint him that there was a parcel of timber, cut and
+lying ready within four miles of Gothenburg, which did belong to her
+former husband, and was cut for the building of a ship; but by reason of
+her husband's death the ship was not built, and she offered the timber to
+Whitelocke at a reasonable price. But he, finding that it had been cut
+four years, and lay far from the water-side, made an excuse that it would
+be necessary to have it viewed, which his hastening away would not now
+permit; but he returned thanks to the Countess for her respects in the
+offer of it.
+
+
+_April 19, 1654._
+
+[SN: Preparations for the abdication.]
+
+Monsieur Bloome and divers others, having dined with Whitelocke,
+acquainted him that the Chancellor intended to return hither the next day
+after the Queen. Whitelocke said he hoped the Chancellor would have been
+here before her Majesty; but this was an argument to confute the report
+that the Queen would stay at Stockholm and hold the Ricksdag there.
+Another argument was, the Queen's officers removing and altering some of
+the hangings in Whitelocke's house, being longer and fitter for the rooms
+to be furnished in the castle for the Ricksdag than those which they put
+up in their places in Whitelocke's lodging.
+
+
+_April 20, 1654._
+
+[SN: Swedish mines.]
+
+In pursuance of former discourse with Monsieur Bloome, and by the desire
+of Mr. Bushel in England to Whitelocke to inquire into it, he received a
+paper in French, from a person here employed about the mines, to inform
+him by what means this person might be treated with to be brought into
+England for improving of our mines there.
+
+[SN: Hawks.]
+
+Whitelocke also, by desire of a worthy friend in England, furnished
+himself with a direction how he might procure some hawks out of this
+country, and chiefly from the isle of Deulandt, where the best hawks are;
+and he had gained much acquaintance with Grave Gabriel Oxenstiern, Great
+Falconer and Master of the Queen's Hawks, who promised his furtherance of
+Whitelocke's desires herein, and to assist and direct any servant whom he
+should send hither for that purpose.
+
+[SN: Mrs. Penn.]
+
+One Catharine Penn, an Englishwoman, the widow of an officer of the
+Queen's army, entreated Whitelocke to present for her a sad petition to
+the Queen for some arrears due to her husband, which matters Whitelocke
+was not forward to meddle with; but this being his countrywoman, and of
+the ancient family of Penn in Buckinghamshire, to which he had an
+alliance, Whitelocke did undertake to present her petition to the Queen.
+He undertook the like for a decayed English merchant residing at Hamburg,
+who petitioned the Queen for moneys owing to him at Bremen, where he
+could have no justice from the Governor, Vice-Chancellor, and others in
+authority; and this he undertook to move to the Queen, upon the earnest
+request of Mr. Bradshaw, Resident for the Protector at Hamburg, by his
+letters this day received.
+
+He was also presented with a Latin epistle from one Jonas Olaii, begging
+for some charity, and who, to be sure to go high enough, gave throughout
+his letter the style of "illustrissime Comes and Celsitudo tua," for
+which his gift from Whitelocke was the less.
+
+[SN: Trade with Muscovy.]
+
+In this day's packet Whitelocke received letters from the Muscovia
+Company in England, signed by the Governor and Consuls, in which they set
+forth the decay and loss of their trade in Muscovia by supplantation of
+the Dutch, and the Great Duke's disfavour to them, which they hope may be
+altered upon the late change of government in England; that they
+understand there is now in this Court an Ambassador from the Great Duke
+to the Queen; and they desire Whitelocke, that if this ambassador do
+visit him, or if he think fit to visit the Russian Ambassador, that he
+would intimate this matter to him, which they hope may much further their
+purpose of sending to the Great Duke for recovery of their trade.
+
+By this post Whitelocke received these letters from the Secretary
+Thurloe:--
+
+[SN: Despatch from Thurloe.]
+
+    "_For his Excellence my Lord Ambassador Whitelocke, at Upsal, in
+    Sweden. These._
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "Your letters of the 24th of February arrived here five or six days
+    later than usual, and this day's post is not yet arrived. The peace
+    with the Dutch hath been in such an uncertain condition, that it was
+    very hard to make a judgement concerning the issue of it. In the end
+    of the last and beginning of this week it was more probable that the
+    war should continue than otherwise; and your Excellence will see by
+    the enclosed papers, which passed between the Commissioners of his
+    Highness and the Ambassadors (which I have sent to you because there
+    is contained in them the true state of the treaty as it stood whilst
+    the differences lasted); the last of those papers will let your
+    Excellence see that they are now very near a closure; and the truth
+    is, that there is now nothing wanting but the drawing up of things
+    into form, and the signing on both sides, which I believe will be
+    effected within three or four days at furthest. But because we
+    cannot rely upon the peace as made until it be actually signed, his
+    Highness will defer the sending instructions to you in reference
+    either to your present negotiation or returning home until the next,
+    when your Excellence may certainly except them; and in the meantime
+    your Excellence may rest assured that there hath been no other cause
+    in delaying instructions to you upon this subject but the desire
+    that there is in everybody to give you clear directions in so
+    doubtful a case as this. If your staying or returning did depend
+    upon your own negotiation there, it were easy to leave you to your
+    own guidance; but when it rests merely upon the conclusion of the
+    present treaty here with the Dutch, it is not possible to give you
+    any instructions which you may with safety act upon until the issue
+    thereof be perfectly known; and after that, your Excellence shall
+    not be an hour without the knowledge of his Highness's pleasure
+    thereupon.
+
+    "It is certain this State hath moved upon Christian grounds only in
+    making this peace: we have not been beaten or frightened into it;
+    the Dutch have not yet any fleet at sea, nor can have this month, if
+    the war should continue. In the meantime we have a hundred and forty
+    sail at sea, and better ships than we have had at any time
+    heretofore, which gives occasion to all our neighbours to wonder at
+    our intentions thereby.
+
+    "Since I began my letter I have been with the Dutch Ambassador, and
+    every article is agreed word for word, so that nothing now remains
+    to be done but to write them over and sign, which will be done upon
+    Monday next. It is not possible for me to send unto your Excellence
+    a copy of the articles as they are now agreed; I hope to do it by
+    the next, when you will be satisfied concerning the reports I hear
+    there are in Sweden, concerning the honourable terms the Dutch have
+    gotten by this treaty. I know not what men may expect in matters of
+    honour; I am sure the true interest of the nation, both in point of
+    trade and otherwise, is provided for more fully than ever hath been
+    in any treaty made between these States.
+
+    "The French Ambassador had a public audience on Monday last. There
+    is joined with him in commission one Monsieur le Baas, in quality of
+    a Commissary, who is a great confidant of the Cardinal's, and a very
+    crafty man. The French doth certainly intend by all means to make a
+    league with his Highness, and offers very frankly and considerably
+    as to our present interest. The Spaniard thinks he saith more to
+    invite the Protector to look that way and embrace an alliance with
+    him; and sure he is the steadier friend, and hath the better and
+    more considerable trade.[142]
+
+    "The news I have either from France or Holland this week your
+    Excellence will receive enclosed. The affairs in Scotland do not
+    much alter: Middleton is very active to get an army, but keeps in
+    the most northerly parts. We never met with any of their forces but
+    we beat them--the last letters being that we fell upon a party and
+    took forty prisoners and sixty horse, which is all we have from
+    thence.
+
+    "I have done my utmost to get the Swedish ships released; but to say
+    the truth, although some of the Swedes are innocent, yet many of
+    them appear to be deceivers, which makes the rest fare the worse. I
+    endeavoured to get a resolution of the case your Excellence wrote
+    about by your former letters, so as to have sent it by this post,
+    but could not; the orders which have been made about it since my
+    last I have sent, whereof your Excellence may see the care that is
+    had to do justice therein.
+
+    "What your Excellence is informed concerning the preferring of the
+    Agent of the Swiss to Lagerfeldt in their farewell, is a great
+    mistake. I know no honour done to him at his going away, but the
+    sending the answer of his letter to him by the master of the
+    ceremony; he had neither gift nor entertainment that I know of.
+
+    "I hope the copy of the articles of the Dutch treaty, which I
+    formerly sent, your Excellence hath received before now. I am sorry
+    to hear that your entertainment in Sweden begins to be like my Lord
+    St. John's in Holland; but I trust the Lord will continue his
+    protection to yourself and family, which is the prayer of
+
+                  "Your Excellence's humble servant,
+                                                    "JO. THURLOE.
+    "_March 31, 1654._
+
+    "Monsieur Bonnele, the Queen of Sweden's Commissary, hath desired
+    audience to deliver a letter congratulatory to his Highness from the
+    Queen. The superscription is not very right; besides, your
+    Excellency having writ nothing about it, some difficulty hath been
+    in the delivery of it; but yet at last resolved to receive it as it
+    is."
+
+This letter is inserted to show by it the constant way and course of
+intelligence, and the generality and clearness of it, between Thurloe
+and Whitelocke, whereby his business and reputation in this Court was
+very much advanced, and Whitelocke made great use and advantage by it.
+The papers usually enclosed in Thurloe's letters were many, and contained
+all particulars of moment touching the Dutch treaty, as also relating to
+the affairs of England and of most parts of Christendom. One clause in
+this letter of Thurloe's, that, after the Dutch treaty had concluded, his
+Highness would send new instructions to Whitelocke, for his direction to
+proceed in the treaty in Sweden,--this gave much trouble and perplexity
+of thoughts to Whitelocke. He could not imagine what those new
+instructions should be. If they should be contrary to what he had already
+agreed, it would be not only to the dishonour of Whitelocke, but of the
+Protector likewise and of the English nation, for him to go back from
+what he had before assented to, and to go out here with a snuff,
+retracting his former agreement, or else he must proceed contrary to his
+instructions, which would not be ratified; and both of these mischiefs
+great enough. He was in suspense whether he should seal the articles here
+beforehand, or expect the receipt of these instructions before he signed
+them. He considered that if he should defer the signing of the articles
+till after the receipt of those new instructions, that then they could
+not at all be signed by the present Queen, who intended to continue but
+one week in the government, and if she did not sign in that time she
+could not sign at all; but the whole must be remitted to a new treaty
+with the new King, upon new credentials, commission, and instructions,
+which would require much time and trouble.
+
+He thought not fit to communicate his doubts, but resolved with himself
+to proceed to the finishing of the treaty without staying for new
+instructions from England, because otherwise all his negotiation would
+become fruitless; and he held himself obliged, in honour and conscience,
+to make good what he had already assented unto before any mention of new
+instructions came to him, and what he had done being pursuant to his
+former instructions, and in his judgement for the advantage and good of
+England.
+
+He was also willing to persuade himself that the new instructions would
+extend only to the order of his return, and was so to be taken by
+Thurloe's letter, and to the close of his whole negotiation; wherein he
+had done nothing, and resolved not to do anything, but what he believed
+to be just and honest. He was also troubled lest the Queen should put off
+the treaty upon some distaste about the secret article, and yet pretend
+only the absence of her Chancellor; but Whitelocke left all to the
+providence of God, and His blessing upon honest and diligent means,
+wherein he resolved not willingly to be wanting. And whether to put it
+off or to proceed to the despatch of it seemed the more difficult,
+because of a letter from his wife, wherein she wrote that Thurloe said to
+her, that it was fit her husband should receive certain instructions what
+to do before his coming away, because, if he should do anything too
+suddenly, without good warrant, it might cost him his life. This indeed
+were a worthy and meet recompense for all the hardships, perils, and
+faithful services undergone and performed for those who were then in
+power; but his hope and expectation of reward was from above the highest
+of them.
+
+
+_April 21, 1654._
+
+[SN: Despatches to Thurloe.]
+
+Whitelocke made his despatches for England, and part of his letters to
+Thurloe was this:--
+
+    "The Queen and Court being out of town, this is a solitary place.
+    The Danish Ambassador and the Dutch Resident are still here. The
+    Spanish, German, and Muscovite Envoys are gone away. My business
+    remains in a readiness to be signed, which is appointed upon the
+    Queen's return; and she is looked for every day. If they be not
+    signed within these few days, it cannot be done by her at all,
+    because she intends to resign the Government the beginning of May,
+    and perhaps the Prince may be crowned in June; and two or three
+    months after that will pass before new credentials can be sent from
+    his Highness, and it may be two or three months in ceremony and
+    despatch of the business, by which time another winter will be here.
+
+    "Upon which considerations I humbly conceive it much more for the
+    service of my Lord to despatch my business here out of hand, and the
+    rather because of the conclusion of the Dutch treaty, which I hope
+    will prove very prosperous to our nation.
+
+    "My articles had been signed before the Queen's going away but that
+    she was willing to communicate them to the Prince before her
+    Commissioners signed them, which I likewise thought very fit to be
+    done, in regard he is so near the succession; and I likewise intend
+    to salute him from my Lord Protector before my going out of this
+    country.
+
+    "I am now only in expectation of his Highness's further commands and
+    instructions concerning my return, which I hope for by the next
+    post.
+
+    "I give you most hearty thanks for the papers, which are not only a
+    comfort but very useful to me here. I received formerly from you a
+    copy of the Dutch articles, and if I did not return you thanks for
+    them, I confess I forgot myself, and likewise if in one of my
+    letters I did not acquaint you that the Queen had an intention (as
+    she told me) of sending a congratulatory letter to my Lord the
+    Protector; but how the direction of it was I know not, because I
+    never saw it; but I take it as a particular favour to me, that his
+    Highness was pleased to receive it, though it were not as it ought
+    to have been, wherein he hath answered the respect of the Queen, who
+    excepted against my credentials, but yet received them.
+
+    "I am exceeding glad of your good conclusion of the Dutch business,
+    which, I am persuaded, will be of great advantage to our nation; and
+    I look upon the issue of my business here being agreed before the
+    issue of our treaty with the Dutch was known, to be both a
+    particular respect to the Protector and Government, and less
+    difficult than it would have been if transacted after our agreement
+    with the Dutch.
+
+    "They are much amused in these parts at our gallant fleet, and so
+    early at sea; and I permit them all their conjectures, neither have
+    they gained much allay of them from me by their inquisitiveness.
+
+    "I had a compliment sent me the last night from the Dutch Resident,
+    that he hoped ere long to have an opportunity to come and visit me;
+    I answered, that I should not be wanting in that civility which
+    became me.
+
+    "I was entreated by the citizens of Stockholm to receive this suit
+    of theirs in the enclosed paper.
+
+                                                           "B. W.
+    "_April 21, 1654. Upsal._"
+
+
+_April 22, 1654._
+
+[SN: University Library at Upsal.]
+
+The French Resident visited Whitelocke, and, seeing him ready to go take
+the air, offered him his company, which Whitelocke could not refuse. They
+went together to the Library of this University, where there are many
+good books, for the most part brought out of Germany; but it is not
+extraordinary, nor exceeding the public libraries in England and
+elsewhere. One of Whitelocke's gentlemen held it not exceeding his
+lord's private library at his own house in England, as he affirmed to
+some of the scholars here, who were not pleased therewith, nor would
+easily believe that the English Ambassador's library in his private house
+was to be compared to that of their University.
+
+The keeper of this library is one Doctor Lovenius, there present, a
+learned and civil person, who hath published several books in print,
+touching the laws and government and antiquities of his country, in good
+Latin; and both himself and his works are worthy of esteem. He was
+attending upon Whitelocke all the time of his being in the library and in
+the public places of the University, and informed him of such things as
+he inquired touching the same; and, to gratify their civility, Whitelocke
+sent them twenty of his own books which he had in his house, all of them
+English authors, as the Primate of Armagh's works, Sir Henry Spelman,
+Selden, and others; which was a present very acceptable, and kindly
+received by the University from him.
+
+[SN: University of Upsal.]
+
+They affirm this University to be very ancient; but there are no colleges
+or public houses for the maintenance of the scholars, or public revenue
+belonging to them; so that they do not live together in bodies or
+companies by themselves, but every one severally as he can agree or find
+for his convenience. But here are divers public rooms or schools where
+the professors and scholars use to meet and perform their exercises
+openly; and the rooms of their library are three, about twenty foot
+square apiece.
+
+There are all sorts of professors for the arts and sciences, who are
+promised good salaries, but they complain that they are not well paid;
+and though some of them be very learned, yet they take not much pains; it
+may be according to the proverb, "mal paye mal servi"--he that is ill
+paid doth but ill service. Some counted the number of scholars to be
+about three hundred, which is not more than may be found in one college
+in England. They make great preparation by printing their theses and
+publishing them, and inviting the grandees to their disputations, where
+the Queen in person is sometimes present, though the exercise is only the
+art of well disputing, except in some of their professors and eminent
+persons.
+
+Their University is a kind of corporation, like others, their want of
+supplies not affording them so much perfection, and their defect of
+government giving them liberty and temptation to disorder, to which they
+are much addicted; but in their sermons, whilst the English were among
+them, they would propose them as a pattern of civility and pious
+conversation. Their government is by a Chancellor, who at present is the
+Ricks-Chancellor; and it hath constantly been in the hands of some
+eminent and great person.
+
+[SN: Cathedral of Upsal.]
+
+Whitelocke and the Resident visited the Cathedral Church, which is fair
+and large, built with brick, and covered with copper. They affirm it to
+be one of the most ancient churches of Europe, and that the Gospel was
+here early planted, but earlier in the church of old Upsal, which is of a
+quadrangular form, and formerly dedicated to their heathen gods. Their
+cathedral, they say, was the seat of an arch-flamen; and in the places of
+arch-flamens and flamens, upon their conversion to Christianity (as in
+England, so here), bishops and archbishops were instituted; and now
+their cathedral, as other churches, is full of images, crucifixes, and
+such other furniture as the Lutheran churches tolerate, and is little
+different therein from the Popish churches.
+
+The Resident and Whitelocke took also a view of the castle and city of
+Upsal. The castle is near the town, seated upon the point of a hill; it
+is built of brick, plastered over, strong and beautiful. If it had been
+finished, the design was to have had it four-square; but two sides of it
+only are built. It had been very large and noble if it had been
+perfected. As it is, it contains many rooms, and sufficient for the
+Court; some of them are great and stately, but up two stories, after the
+fashion of that country. If it had been finished, it would have equalled
+any other, if not the castle of Stockholm itself.
+
+[SN: Environs of Upsal.]
+
+The prospect from the castle is very beautiful; the country round about
+it pleasant and fruitful, and distinguished into meadows, pastures, and
+arable fields, and the river Sale passing through them, which loseth
+itself about half a league from thence into a great lake. The river is
+navigable with boats of about twenty or thirty tons, many leagues
+together, going through the lake also; it is not muddy, nor unfurnished
+with the fish of those parts, and is about half as broad as the Thames at
+Henley. It runs at the foot of the hill on which the castle stands, and
+the town is built upon it; and it waters most part of the streets, to
+their great commodity. It is for this reason called Upsal, because
+Ubbo--who, they say, was the son of Gomer, the son of Japhet, the son of
+Noah--this Ubbo built this town upon the river Sale, and therefore called
+it, after his own name, Ubbo Sale, by contraction of speech now called
+Upsal. All agree it to be one of the most ancient of their cities, the
+metropolitan see of their archbishop, and in old time the residence of
+their kings, and where they were invested with the regal dignity. The
+country about it seemed one of the most pleasant and fruitful of these
+parts. The town itself is not much beautified with stately buildings, not
+above nine or ten houses being built with brick; the rest of them, after
+the fashion of their country, built with great bodies of fir-trees, and
+covered with turf; the fairest of their brick houses was that where the
+English Ambassador lodged.
+
+This city hath not much trade, and therefore not much wealth. The
+government of it is according to the municipal law of the country, and as
+other cities are; their head officer is a Burgomaster, who hath for his
+assistants a council, in the nature of the common councils in our
+corporations in England, consisting of the principal burgesses and
+inhabitants of the city, who have power, with the Burgomaster, as to
+making of ordinances, and in the government.
+
+In their journey to take the air the Resident and Whitelocke had much
+discourse touching the images in their church, and about the observation
+of their Sabbath; wherein the Resident was furnished with the usual
+arguments of the Papists, and was answered by Whitelocke, and was not so
+positive as most of his persuasion use to be. He discoursed also about
+the Dutch treaty in England, to get from Whitelocke what he could to
+report to the Danish Ambassador and Dutch Resident; for which he was
+fitted by Whitelocke's answers to him.
+
+
+_April 23, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke punishes two of his retinue for neglect of the Lord's
+Day.]
+
+This being the Lord's Day, many gentlemen of the English and Scots nation
+then in town came to Whitelocke's house to the morning sermon, and most
+of them staid the afternoon sermon also. And so many strangers being
+there attentive in the holy duties, it gave the greater cause of scandal
+and offence to Whitelocke that divers of his own family were absent,
+whereas, by his orders, they were all enjoined to a constant attendance,
+especially at those religious exercises; nevertheless some of them
+(particularly Mr. Castle and Andrew Potley) were therein more in fault
+than others, and, after many admonitions, would not reform, but made it
+their common practice almost every Lord's Day in the afternoon to be
+absent, and to go abroad and take the air. Whitelocke considering the
+reproach and scandal, and the ill example hereby to his family, and the
+doing of that by some of them against which he had spoken so much here to
+the people of this place, upon which it would be collected that either he
+had not the power over his own people to order them as he judged fit, or
+else that he and the rest of his company were dissemblers, and found
+fault with that in others which they either acted or tolerated in
+themselves;--Whitelocke finding two absent on this day, he gave order to
+his steward to see their trunks and goods carried out of his house, and
+themselves dismissed of further attendance on him, and removed from his
+family. Yet afterwards, upon the interceding of others for them, and
+their own submission, the punishment was suspended; and when they
+perceived that Whitelocke was in earnest, it caused a reformation, both
+in those two and in others, as to this duty and in other particulars.
+
+[SN: The Queen returns to Upsal.]
+
+About nine o'clock this evening the Queen came to town. She had in her
+train but one coach with six horses, and three horsemen; so little
+ceremony did she observe as to her own port, but would rather make this
+sudden and private return than break her word with Whitelocke, whom in a
+compliment she had promised to be here again within a few days; and she
+kept her word honourably and constantly. But Whitelocke was sorry that
+she continued her old custom, too frequent here, of travelling upon the
+Lord's Day.
+
+
+_April 24, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke pays his court to the Queen.]
+
+Whitelocke waited on the Queen to give her the welcome home, and found
+her lodgings changed, leaving the better rooms for the Prince. She
+excused her long stay out of town, and said she would now have no more
+delay in his business, but it should be forthwith despatched. Whitelocke
+told her that the Chancellor and his son were not yet come to town, but
+he humbly thanked her Majesty for the speed of her return. She assured
+him that her Chancellor and his son would be in town the next day, and
+that she should not have come to town so soon but for his business; that
+the day after her Chancellor's coming the articles might be signed. She
+likewise discoursed with him about the secret article, that in case those
+here should not perform justly with her, that then the Protector should
+not be bound by this treaty. Whitelocke told her that Woolfeldt and he
+had conference about it, and had fully considered it, and were both of
+opinion that it would be unfit for her Majesty to make such an article,
+and it might turn to her prejudice; but Whitelocke said, that if she
+pleased to write to the Protector, and to leave her letters with
+Whitelocke to procure an answer from his Highness to her Majesty, whereby
+his care for her good and assistance to her might appear, and the letter
+to be fit to be shown, it might be of more advantage to her than such a
+secret article, to which he was not empowered to assent, but it must be
+remitted to the Protector; and whether he would consent to it in that way
+or not, was doubtful; and when it should be known to those here, it would
+be distasteful. Upon this the Queen seemed fully satisfied as to the
+secret article to be laid aside and not more thought on.
+
+Whitelocke advised her as formerly touching her liberty, and not long
+continuing here after her resignation; and she thanked him for his
+advice, and said, that in case those here should not deal justly with
+her, she hoped she should find the Protector a friend to her, and that
+she did put herself upon his nobleness and friendship. Whitelocke told
+her, that the Protector was a great lover and maintainer of justice and
+honour, and had a particular affection to her Majesty, which he believed
+she would find him ready to manifest upon this or any other occasion, and
+find him a true friend to her; wherewith (poor lady!) she seemed much
+comforted, having brought her affairs to so low an ebb as this was, and
+thus high was the Protector's reputation here. As to the general business
+of the treaty with Whitelocke, she said it would be fit to have the
+articles signed tomorrow, and that Whitelocke soon after should have his
+audience, and she would give order to have it done accordingly.
+
+She asked Whitelocke if he would bear her company to take the air, which
+he did; and she riding a horse managed to the great saddle, who was
+troublesome, she came into her coach, and caused Whitelocke to sit in the
+same boot with her, that they might discourse the more privately. There
+were also in her coach the Senator Rosenhau, Grave Tott, and Steinberg.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke presents his black horses to the Queen,]
+
+The Queen freely told Whitelocke that if he would not sell his horses, as
+she understood he would not, that yet she should take it for a favour if
+he would let her have one of his sets of coach-horses, which would do her
+great service in her intended journey, they being fitter for travel than
+any she had. Whitelocke told her they were all at her Majesty's service;
+that he thought it not becoming him to sell them, but if she pleased to
+accept them, she should freely have them; that he thought his black
+horses fittest for her and best, and there were eight of them, and the
+other set he intended to present unto the Prince{6}; that, she said,
+would be very well, and she kindly thanked him and accepted of his
+compliment.
+
+[SN: some distilled waters,]
+
+Whitelocke also told the Queen that he had a small cabinet of glasses of
+spirits of waters, essences of excellent kinds, extracted; but he
+believed that her Majesty did not much esteem such things, and they were
+too inconsiderable to make a present of them to the Queen-mother, if she
+had any liking of them. The Queen said her mother was much pleased with
+such essences, and that she would send them to her from Whitelocke. He
+asked when he should bring them, and an English Bible which he promised
+to the Queen. She said, tomorrow if he pleased, and that at all times he
+should be welcome to her.
+
+
+_April 25, 1654._
+
+Grave Eric sent his secretary to Whitelocke to inform him of his being
+come to town purposely for the despatch of his business, and for the
+signing of the articles; and he desired to know what time this afternoon
+he might have the liberty to come and visit Whitelocke, after he had been
+with the Queen. Whitelocke told the secretary that he should be glad to
+see his lord after Whitelocke had likewise been at the Court; and there
+they met.
+
+Whitelocke went in to the Queen and presented her with the cabinet of
+essences, which was of green velvet, lined with silver lace very richly;
+within it were about twenty glasses of spirits of the rarest kinds, each
+glass stopped with a silver head of English silver, to screw off and on,
+and a lock and key of the same; and opening the cabinet the Queen smelt
+of most of the glasses, but tasted none of them; she highly commended
+them and the cabinet, especially the English silver, whereof she had some
+discourse, and said she would send them to her mother, who would be very
+glad of them.
+
+[SN: and an English Bible;]
+
+Then according to his promise he presented her Majesty with an English
+Bible, of a very fair print and richly bound; and upon that they had this
+discourse:--
+
+_Whitelocke._ If your Majesty would be pleased to spend some time in
+reading this Bible, and comparing it with those in other languages, it
+would be a great help to your understanding of the English, if your
+Majesty have any further thoughts thereof.
+
+_Queen._ My desire still is to gain the English tongue, and I think this
+which you mention will be a good way to learn it. I ask your pardon that
+you staid so long before you came in to me; nobody told me of your being
+without, and I am ashamed of this incivility.
+
+_Wh._ The incivility, Madam, is on my side, by interrupting your greater
+affairs; but I come not now as an ambassador, but as a particular servant
+to bring this Bible to your Majesty.
+
+_Qu._ It is a noble present, and there was the less reason to make you
+stay for admittance with it.
+
+[SN: and exhorts her Majesty to read it.]
+
+_Wh._ This book was presented to me by an English doctor, with a letter
+mentioning the text that the Beraeans were accounted the more noble
+because they received the word with gladness, as I hope your Majesty
+will.
+
+_Qu._ I receive it from you with much thankfulness, and shall gladly make
+use of it as the best of books.
+
+_Wh._ Your Majesty, by often reading it, and comparing it with other
+Bibles, will not only thereby gain advantage as to the language, but the
+highest comfort to your soul.
+
+_Qu._ I have used to read much in the Bible, and take great contentment
+in it.
+
+_Wh._ Your Majesty will find more contentment and comfort in the study of
+this book than of all other books whatsoever, and therefore I do humbly
+recommend the often reading of it to your Majesty.
+
+_Qu._ I doubt you have an ill opinion of me that you so earnestly
+persuade me to this, as if you thought me too backward in it.
+
+_Wh._ I only give my humble advice to your Majesty, out of my own
+experience, of the great comfort, wisdom, and true pleasure which is to
+be met with in this book, and nowhere else, and that all things out of it
+are of no value.
+
+_Qu._ I am full of the same opinion; but there are too many who have not
+so venerable an opinion of it as they ought to have.
+
+_Wh._ There are indeed, Madam, too many who mock at this book, and at God
+himself, whose book it is; but these poor worms will one day know that
+God will not be mocked, and that they and their reproaches will sadly
+perish together; and I am glad to hear your Majesty's distaste of such
+wicked ones.
+
+_Qu._ Surely every good Christian ought to distaste such men and such
+opinions.
+
+They had much more discourse upon the same subject, wherein Whitelocke
+spake the more, because he found the Queen more inclined to it now than
+he had perceived her to be at other times.
+
+Being come from the Queen, he spake with Grave Eric in another room,
+whose opinion was that it would be fit to sign the articles on the
+morrow, and said that his father would be returned time enough to do it.
+Whitelocke doubted that, by reason of his weariness after his journey, it
+might not be then convenient. Eric replied, that there would be nothing
+to be done that would occasion trouble, the signing and putting the seals
+to the articles already prepared and agreed on was all that was to be
+done. Whitelocke demanded if the power given by the Queen to her
+Commissioners were sealed. Eric said it was not, but that Canterstein
+would be in town this evening, and would see all done.
+
+
+_April 26, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke complains of further delays.]
+
+Grave Eric came to Whitelocke's house, and this discourse passed between
+them:--
+
+_Whitelocke._ It seems to me somewhat strange that after all things
+agreed between her Majesty's Commissioners and me, I should yet attend
+three weeks to obtain one half-hour for the signing of the articles.
+
+_Grave Eric._ The Queen's going out of town hath occasioned it, and the
+great business touching her resignation, which hath so taken up all men's
+thoughts and counsels, that there hath been hardly room left for any
+other matter; and when the Queen goes away, those of the Council also
+take the liberty to go into the country; and upon such extraordinary
+changes as these are, it is no strange thing for public ministers to be
+retarded; and the same thing hath been practised upon your changes in
+England.
+
+_Wh._ I have not observed, either in England or elsewhere, that after an
+agreement upon a treaty, and nothing remaining but to sign and seal, that
+they have used afterwards to delay it three weeks together; yet I am
+willing to promise myself that the servant of the Protector may expect
+from this Crown as much respect as any other public minister.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ There hath been more respect showed to you than hath been
+accustomed to any other. I believe your business may be despatched in
+half an hour; and if my father return this evening time enough to do it,
+it may be done this night; if not, then without fail tomorrow morning.
+
+_Wh._ I am the more earnest herein, looking upon it as my duty to the
+Protector and my respect to this Crown, to avoid any occasion of
+discontent between the two nations; and therefore I shall freely tell you
+that it will be very material to have the articles signed this day or
+tomorrow, before I receive this week's letters, by which I expect to
+understand that the articles between England and Holland are signed;
+among which articles one is, that neither the one nor the other
+confederate shall make any alliance with any other prince or state,
+without first giving notice thereof to the other confederate. Now if the
+articles between the Protector and the Queen be signed before I have
+notice of this by the Dutch articles being signed, the signing of our
+articles here first will be without exception in this point; but if I
+receive this information from England before the articles be signed here,
+it will be doubtful whether then I shall be in a capacity afterwards to
+sign the articles here, whereupon sundry inconveniences will ensue, which
+I would willingly prevent.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ This is indeed a material point, and I am much startled at
+it. I shall go and see if my father be come to town, that I may acquaint
+him with it, and doubtless the business may be finished tomorrow.
+
+_Wh._ What do you resolve to do in the matter I proposed touching Guinea?
+
+_Gr. Eric._ The person concerned in that business is now in town; I shall
+bring him to you to give you information therein, and upon speaking
+together we may come to some conclusion in it. I think the best way will
+be to prepare an article to this purpose, that all injuries done by the
+one or the other party in the several plantations in Guinea, and the
+satisfaction and damages to be given to the parties grieved, be upon the
+whole matter remitted to the consideration and arbitrement of persons to
+be chosen, as well by the company of English merchants trading to those
+parts as of the merchants of this country having interest in the
+plantations there.
+
+_Wh._ I think this may be a good expedient for this business; and I shall
+rather submit to it than depart from hence, without any agreement at all,
+to have this matter, either now or at some other time, to be taken into
+consideration; and therefore if you please to direct an article to be
+drawn up to the effect proposed by yourself, and to send it to me to be
+perused, I shall be willing to consent to any reasonable settlement of
+this business; so as my countrymen, the English merchants interested in
+that plantation, may have no cause to believe that I have neglected what
+was specially recommended to me on their behalf, and that my superiors
+may see my care in this as well as in other matters.
+
+In the evening Monsieur Bloome sent word to Whitelocke that the
+Chancellor was come to town, and that Canterstein was expected this
+night.
+
+Presently Whitelocke sent to the Chancellor to know how he did after his
+journey, and when he might have the liberty to visit him. The Chancellor
+answered that he was well, and purposed this evening or tomorrow morning
+to go to the Queen, and afterwards he would send to Whitelocke to let him
+know what time they might meet to finish his business. This seemed to
+Whitelocke a little different from the ordinary rules of civility--that
+when he sent to the Chancellor to know at what time he might come to
+him, the Chancellor answered that his purpose was to go to the Queen;
+but Whitelocke hoped that the intent was to receive her Majesty's
+direction in his business.
+
+
+_April 27, 1654._
+
+[SN: Signing the articles again deferred till the morrow.]
+
+Lagerfeldt came to Whitelocke from the Chancellor to tell him that the
+Chancellor was come to town purposely for the signing of the articles.
+Whitelocke said he was much obliged to the Chancellor for so great a
+favour, and that, after three weeks elapsed since the articles were
+agreed, he might now hope it would be thought seasonable to confirm that
+agreement with hand and seal. Lagerfeldt answered that it might be done
+this day, and therefore he came to Whitelocke that his secretary might
+meet with the Queen's secretary, and they together might examine the
+books, which in the evening may be signed and sealed by both parties.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Hath Monsieur Canterstein procured the Queen's patent to
+authorize her Commissioners to conclude this treaty?
+
+_Lagerfeldt._ It must be done before the signing of the articles, and
+then you may have your audience when your Excellence pleaseth.
+
+_Wh._ It were fit to have that done.
+
+_Lag._ I know not whether the presents which her Majesty intends to make
+to your Excellence and your company be yet ready; and I know the Queen
+intends to express as much honour to you as she hath done to any
+ambassador whatsoever.
+
+_Wh._ I desire no greater honour than the despatch of my business, and
+liberty to return home.
+
+_Lag._ I shall serve your Excellence therein to the utmost of my power.
+
+In the afternoon Whitelocke sent his son James and his secretary Earle,
+and Swift, with the articles and papers touching his business, unto
+Canterstein, where they examined them and corrected what was mistaken.
+They asked at what hour Whitelocke might repair to the Chancellor for
+signing the articles. Canterstein answered, that the Chancellor was weary
+with his journey; but he went to him and brought word that, if Whitelocke
+would come to the Chancellor about five or six o'clock this evening, he
+would be ready to confer with him. This being reported to Whitelocke by
+his son, he sent him back to Canterstein to know whether the Queen had
+sealed the grant of power to her Commissioners, who brought word that it
+was not done, and that the Queen went out of town this evening, and
+returned not till tomorrow.
+
+After this message, and when Whitelocke saw that his letters of this week
+were not come, he sent to the Chancellor to let him know that he feared
+it might be troublesome to him for Whitelocke to come to him this
+evening, and that, if he pleased, Whitelocke would come to him the next
+morning. To which the Chancellor willingly agreed, and appointed their
+meeting tomorrow, betwixt eight and nine o'clock in the morning. The
+Chancellor inquired whether Whitelocke had yet received his letters from
+England. The servant of Whitelocke said that the letters were not yet
+come, but that by the last week's letters the news came that the peace
+between England and Holland was certainly concluded; to which the
+Chancellor said, I desire to be excused.
+
+By these passages Whitelocke perceived that their little design was,
+notwithstanding all he had endeavoured, that before they would sign the
+articles they desired to see this week's letters; which he took as
+directed by the good hand of Providence, in regard that by this means he
+should be the more excused in what he intended to do, having staid for
+this week's letters and received none, and the politicians here would be
+deceived in their expectation. He wondered at the Queen's going out of
+town before she sealed the commission to her deputies: some thought the
+reason to be, because her intended presents were not yet ready.
+
+Whitelocke received a letter from the Protector's Resident at Hamburg,
+wherein this was part:--
+
+    "_For his Excellence my Lord Ambassador Whitelocke, Extraordinary
+    Ambassador from England with the Queen of Sweden. Humbly these._
+
+    "The English letters are not yet come, but from Holland they write
+    that two expresses were come on the 21st instant, with letters
+    assuring that the peace was concluded and mutually signed, and that,
+    as soon as the ratification could arrive in England from the States
+    General, hostility should cease.
+
+                  "I am, my Lord,
+                      "With tender of my humble service,
+                          "Your Excellence's most humble servant,
+                                                  "RI. BRADSHAWE.
+    "_Hamburg, 15th April, 1654._"
+
+Whitelocke made use of this intelligence as far as it would go; and some
+others in this town had the same news from Holland.
+
+
+_April 28, 1654._
+
+[SN: The signing of the treaty.]
+
+At the time appointed Whitelocke and his company came to the Chancellor's
+lodging, with whom was his son Grave Eric and Secretary Canterstein.
+Whitelocke's son James and his secretary Earle were admitted into the
+room. All the time of their being there Secretary Canterstein was
+uncovered and did not sit. Whitelocke's son James was also bare, as
+became him, but was admitted to sit down at the lower end of the table,
+on the same side with his father, who sat at the upper end, and the
+Chancellor over-against him, and Grave Eric by his father.
+
+The Chancellor acquainted Whitelocke that the Queen had shown the
+articles to the Prince, who did well approve of them, and desired to have
+a strict league and friendship with the Protector, and that the Prince
+was ready in what should appertain to him to contribute to that end.
+Whitelocke answered that the Protector would esteem the friendship of the
+Prince a great honour to him; and to show his desire of it, that
+Whitelocke intended to salute the Prince from the Protector. The
+Chancellor and his son said that it would be very necessary for
+Whitelocke to do so, and that the Prince intended to come nearer to this
+city, and then Whitelocke might have the better passage to his Court by
+water by the lake Meter, than to go to him by a land-journey; and that
+from the Prince he might, by the same lake, be transported to Stockholm.
+
+After many ceremonies and compliments, with apologies for the delay of
+the sealing of the articles, they fell to their business. Grave Eric read
+the articles prepared by Whitelocke, and his father overlooked them;
+Whitelocke's son James read the articles prepared by the Chancellor, and
+Whitelocke overlooked them; and some mistakes being amended, Whitelocke
+asked whether the Queen's commission to give them power were sealed. They
+answered, it was prepared, and that the Queen would seal it, and it was
+usual to be done at any time after the sealing of the articles; that
+yesterday it was not fully ready for the Queen before her going out of
+town, but that she intended to be here again this day, and all would be
+ready for her sealing.
+
+The Chancellor directed Canterstein to read the copy of the instrument
+for giving power to the Queen's Commissioners, and desired Whitelocke to
+give to him the commission of the Protector to Whitelocke, who said that
+he had formerly delivered to them a copy of it, which was then read; and
+the Chancellor took exception to it, because there was no mention in it
+of ratifying what should be here agreed upon by Whitelocke; who answered
+that this clause of ratification was in his first commission under the
+Great Seal of England, unto which the commission and powers given him
+since by the Protector do refer; and he offered to deliver into their
+hands that commission under the Great Seal. And if they should require
+that Whitelocke might yet have a larger power, whereof he thought there
+was no need, (they might perceive by the Protector's letters that he
+would not scruple to give it,) Whitelocke said that he would take it upon
+him, at his return to England, to procure it to be done; but he said he
+could not leave with them the Protector's letters and instructions to
+him, because part of them was secret.
+
+The Chancellor said it was the custom to deliver the original letters of
+power into the hands of the other party, that they might be registered in
+the public acts of the Chancery, and that Whitelocke should receive their
+commissions to carry with him into England; that if he would pass his
+word that, at his return to England, he would procure new and larger
+powers, and take care to send the letters of them hither from the
+Protector, they should be satisfied therewith: which Whitelocke promised
+to do, and desired that the Queen would ratify all that should be done
+here before her resignation, and keep the ratification by her until the
+Protector should seal letters of ratification on his part, and then they
+might be exchanged and mutually delivered. The Chancellor consented
+hereunto, and asked what seal the Protector used in these public
+businesses. Whitelocke said he used his own seal. The Chancellor asked if
+he did not use the seal of the Commonwealth, in regard that this league
+was between the Queen and kingdom of Sweden and the Protector and
+Commonwealth of England. Whitelocke said that the Protector might, if he
+pleased, command the seal of the Commonwealth to be affixed to the
+letters of ratification, which he believed would be done if they desired
+it; and that, by the same reason, it was fit that the letters of
+ratification here should be under the Great Seal of Sweden.
+
+The Chancellor said that in Sweden, when the Government was in the hands
+of Commissioners, the King or Queen not being crowned, it was usual for
+some chief men, of alliance to the deceased King, to make use of his
+private seal, and of no other; that if this treaty were with the Poles
+or Danes, or others, that being wanting in their letters which was in
+Whitelocke's, he would not proceed any further with them until they
+should procure a fuller power and commission; and he said he had been
+present at many treaties which had been broken off upon a less defect
+than appeared in Whitelocke's letters. But in regard their business was
+with the Protector, whom the Queen and himself did so much honour and had
+so great a confidence in him, and upon Whitelocke's promise to procure
+such a power as they desired to be enlarged to him from the Protector,
+the Chancellor said they were ready to confirm the articles with their
+seals. Whitelocke took upon him what they desired, and then the
+Chancellor and his son Eric sealed that part of the articles which
+Whitelocke had prepared, and Whitelocke sealed the other part of the
+articles which had been prepared by the Chancellor and his son Grave
+Eric.[168]
+
+The Queen's Commissioners insisted to have the date of these articles
+11th of April, because then they were fully agreed, and the time after
+was for engrossing and preparing them to be signed and sealed; and
+Whitelocke did not oppose their desire herein.
+
+Thus, after a long and intricate (it might be said vexatious)
+transaction of this great affair for near five months together, all
+bitter oppositions, cunning practices, and perplexed difficulties being
+removed and overcome, through the goodness and assistance of the only
+wise Counsellor, the Prince of Peace, it pleased Him to give a good issue
+and happy success in the conducting of this treaty by him who accounts
+his great labour and hazards in this transaction well bestowed, and
+humbly prays that this treaty may prove to the honour of God, the
+interest of the Protestant cause, and the good of both nations therein
+concerned.
+
+
+_April 29, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's passport through Flanders.]
+
+Though Whitelocke received no letters this week from England, yet he had
+some from Hamburg and from Flanders, among which was one from Don
+Piementelle full of civility and compliment, giving Whitelocke notice of
+his safe arrival in Flanders, and advising him to take that way in his
+return; and in it was a letter in Spanish from Piementelle to the Prince
+of Mamines in Flanders, to be made use of by Whitelocke if he should have
+occasion there, for the more safety and accommodation of his journey.
+This letter Whitelocke caused to be translated:--
+
+    "Most excellent Sir,
+
+    "My Lord Whitelocke, the Lord Ambassador Extraordinary of England,
+    having finished his embassy in this Court, is resolved to return
+    through this province, having passed from Hamburg to Cologne, and
+    that he may go to Brussels with better security, he desires a
+    passport from your Highness to the Lord Archduke. I, having written
+    that it may be despatched, and added that it may be remitted to your
+    Excellence, do entreat you to order that the said despatch may be
+    delivered to the party whom the said Lord Ambassador shall send from
+    Cologne for it; and that, he passing through this town, his
+    Lordship, by his civil entertainment, may understand the favour your
+    Excellence doth afford me, I owing to this honourable person many
+    and singular respects, which I desire to manifest and acknowledge. I
+    am confident your Excellence will assist me herein, and will be
+    disposed to employ me in many services of yours in Madrid, whither I
+    am commanded to go, by order from my Lord the King, and shall begin
+    my journey within three or four days, by way of Brussels, where I
+    hope to find your Excellence's commands, which I assure you I shall
+    esteem in all places and obey with the highest punctuality. God
+    preserve your Excellence the many years of my desires.
+
+                  "Your Excellence's greatest servant,
+                                                 "ANT^O PIMENTEL."
+
+In the letter which Whitelocke wrote to Thurloe, after an account of the
+passages since his last, he wrote thus:--
+
+[SN: Report of the signing of the treaty to Thurloe.]
+
+    "Having received no letters by the post yesterday from England, I
+    was contented to seal the articles of our treaty; for if but a few
+    days should be intermitted, they could not have been signed at all,
+    because upon Tuesday next the Ricksdag, or Parliament here, is
+    appointed to meet, and within two or three days after their meeting
+    the Queen intends to resign her Government, and it will be some time
+    after before the Prince be crowned. I shall have much to do to
+    despatch the necessary ceremonies here of my public audience, to
+    take my leave of the Queen, with the many visits I am to perform,
+    according to the custom to which I am to conform, in regard of the
+    honour of his Highness and our nation; for he who neglects these
+    ceremonies here is censured for a mechanic or a boor. I intend from
+    hence to go to the Prince of Sweden, to salute him from my Lord
+    Protector, as I am advised that the Prince expects and desires it.
+    From thence I purpose to go to Stockholm, where I am to take ship
+    for Luebeck; and from thence to Hamburg, where I shall attend his
+    Highness's further commands, or some ships to be sent for my
+    transport into England, which I earnestly entreat you to procure in
+    time.
+
+    "I hope, before my going from hence, to receive his Highness's
+    order, which I long since wrote for, concerning my return; but
+    however, my business being effected here, I presume I may, without
+    displeasure to his Highness, be upon my return homewards; the
+    rather, because upon the change which is shortly to be here my
+    commission will be at an end.
+
+    "The Queen intends, shortly after her resignation, to go to the Spa,
+    which I have cause to believe. In those parts they say the King of
+    the Romans will wait upon her, but that I doubt.
+
+    "Her Majesty hath showed extraordinary affection and respect to my
+    Lord Protector; so hath the Chancellor and his son Grave Eric, and
+    my Lord Lagerfeldt, etc."
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's interview with the Queen after the signing of the
+treaty.]
+
+Whitelocke waited on the Queen, and gave her an account of the signing
+and sealing of his articles; whereupon she said:--
+
+_Queen._ I am glad that this business is done to your satisfaction.
+
+_Whitelocke._ There remains only your Majesty's sealing your letters of
+full power to your Commissioners who treated with me.
+
+_Qu._ I sealed them this morning.
+
+_Wh._ Then my humble suit is, that your Majesty would appoint a day for
+my audience to take my leave.
+
+_Qu._ This is Saturday, but if you desire it you may have it on Friday
+next.
+
+_Wh._ Would your Majesty's leisure permit to give me audience on Tuesday
+or Wednesday next, they being no holidays?
+
+_Qu._ The Assembly is to sit on Tuesday, and at their first meeting I
+shall have a great deal of business with them, which will hinder me from
+any other affairs.
+
+_Wh._ I humbly pray your Majesty to appoint it as soon as your own
+leisure will permit, for I shall have many businesses and ceremonies
+after it to perform, before my going away.
+
+_Qu._ On Monday next I will appoint a day; and touching the secret
+article, about which I formerly discoursed with you, I have now altered
+my opinion, and am resolved to follow the advice that you and Mr.
+Woolfeldt have given me. I will write a letter under my own hand to the
+Protector to the effect you advised, and deliver it to you to be
+presented to him.
+
+_Wh._ This will be much the better way.
+
+_Qu._ I desire you to be careful of the letter; and before I seal it I
+will show it to you for your advice in it.
+
+_Wh._ Madam, I shall have a special care of it, and to procure an answer
+of it from the Protector, I hope, to your Majesty's contentment, that you
+may make use of it if there shall be occasion; and I believe the
+Protector will be a firm friend to your Majesty.
+
+_Qu._ I doubt it not, nor your respects to me.
+
+_Wh._ I am engaged by your many favours to serve your Majesty with all
+faithfulness.
+
+_Qu._ I had some clothes in a ship coming hither, and the ship is taken,
+and my clothes detained in England, so that I cannot get them to wear.
+
+_Wh._ If your Majesty want clothes, I have a piece of English stuff at my
+house, which cost two shillings a yard; and, if that were not too dear
+for your Majesty's wearing, I would send it to you.
+
+_Qu._ Two shillings a yard is dear enough for me: I pray send your stuff
+hither, and I shall willingly accept of it, and thank you for it.
+
+_Wh._ Will your Majesty be pleased on Monday next to go into England?
+
+_Qu._ Hardly so soon; yet perhaps I may one day see England. But what is
+your meaning in this?
+
+_Wh._ Madam, Monday next is the first day of May, a great day in England;
+we call it May-day, when the gentlemen use to wait upon their mistresses
+abroad to bid the Spring welcome, and to have some collation or
+entertainment for them. Now your Majesty being my mistress, if you will
+do me the honour, that, after the custom of England, I may wait on you on
+May-day, and have a little treatment for you after the manner of England;
+this I call going into England, and shall take it as a very great favour
+from your Majesty.
+
+_Qu._ If this be your meaning of going into England, I shall be very
+willing, as your mistress, to go with you on Monday next, and to see the
+English mode.
+
+Lagerfeldt and the master of the ceremonies dining with Whitelocke, he
+inquired of them what was to be done by him as to presents to any of the
+Queen's servants or officers who had done him respect in his business, or
+being here, and what other things were requisite to be done by him,
+according to the usage of ambassadors in this Court before their going
+away, and when he might obtain his audience to take his leave. The master
+of the ceremonies gave him good and chargeable instructions; and
+Lagerfeldt agreed in most points with him, and, upon Whitelocke's
+entreaty, undertook to see that the letters of full power to the Queen's
+Commissioners, and the recredentials to Whitelocke, should be perfected
+and brought to him, and a day of audience appointed.
+
+Lagerfeldt told Whitelocke that the Queen was willing to present him with
+some of this country's commodities, as copper, to carry with him into
+England, if it would be as acceptable to him as other presents of
+diamonds and the like; and he said he hoped there was no order of the
+Commonwealth of England to forbid the receiving of such presents by their
+public ministers. He said, that formerly he asked of Monsieur Chanut, the
+French Ambassador here, if he would accept a present of copper, and he
+willingly accepted it, and carried it with him, saying, that he rather
+desired copper than diamonds or jewels, because he could better sell the
+copper than jewels, and make money of it.
+
+Whitelocke said, that whatsoever her Majesty pleased to bestow on him
+should be welcome to him, and that he liked the commodities of this
+country as well as those of the Indies, and that for Chanut's reason. He
+said that the Protector had not forbid him to receive any testimonies of
+the Queen's respect to him, as she used to do to all public ministers;
+that the order of the Commonwealth forbidding gifts or presents to public
+ministers was not now in force; that he thought her Majesty's bounty to
+him, and his justification of the acceptance of it, might be the more
+from such valuable presents as her Majesty had done him the honour to
+receive from him, and his intention to bestow all his horses upon her,
+and such as she would appoint, which, for the honour of the Commonwealth,
+he would not sell.
+
+
+_April 30, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke accepts a present of copper.]
+
+Berkman and Monsieur Bloome dined with Whitelocke, and took occasion to
+magnify the respects of the Chancellor and his son, Grave Eric, to the
+Protector and to Whitelocke, who was not backward to join in those
+eulogies, and to acknowledge the respects. Berkman said that Canterstein
+was to bring some writings to Whitelocke, and that Lagerfeldt had spoken
+to the Queen to present Whitelocke with some copper; that she had given
+order for two hundred ship-pound of copper to be brought from the mines
+to Stockholm, to be put aboard Whitelocke's ship, ready to be carried
+away with him; that every ship-pound was here worth forty dollars, and
+was as much as three hundred English pounds, which he cast up in the
+whole to the value of about L2500 sterling. And Whitelocke was satisfied
+in his own conscience that he might honourably receive it, having given
+to the Queen as many presents already as were worth L1000, and engaged to
+her his horses, which were worth about L2000 more, besides the gifts and
+gratuities which he had liberally given, and intended to give, to the
+Queen's servants and officers; and that, in recompense of above L3000
+given away, he might well receive a present of the value of L2500.
+
+Grave Leonhough visited Whitelocke, and had much discourse with him, not
+so proper for this day.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[85] [An ingenious device of Whitelocke's to lead the Spaniard to hasten
+the business of the treaty with Sweden, which he was suspected of having
+retarded.]
+
+[86] The French, and English copies of the passport were these:--
+
+"Comme ainsi soit que Don Antonio Piementel de Prado, Envoye
+Extraordinaire de sa Majeste le Roi d'Espagne a sa Majeste la Reine de
+Suede, soit maintenant sur son retour de ce lieu a Neufport en Flandres,
+dont son Excellence est Gouverneur; et qu'il ait juge a propos d'envoyer
+partie de son train et bagage par mer de Hambourg a Dunquerque, ou public
+autre port des Provinces Unies a present sous l'obeissance de sa dite
+Majeste le Roi d'Espagne; et pour leur procurer d'autant plus sur convoi,
+m'ait desire, comme Ambassadeur Extraordinaire de son Altesse Monseigneur
+le Protecteur de la Republique d'Angleterre, d'Ecosse, et d'Irlande, vers
+sa Majeste la Reine de Suede, de lui donner passeport: ces presents sont
+pour requerir tous ceux qui ont commandement par mer ou par terre, et
+tous officiers et autres de la dite Republique auxquels il peut
+appartenir, de permettre le porteur des presents, Joos Froidure,
+serviteur du dit Don Antonio Piementel, avec son navire et biens sous sa
+charge (a savoir, vingt caisses contenantes toutes sortes de meubles,
+comme vaisselle d'argent, tapisseries, linges, habits, lits de camp, et
+autres coffres et choses pareilles, et tout conduit par le susdit Joos
+Froidure, et les caisses marquees D. A. P.), de passer paisiblement et
+sans empechement quelconque jusqu'au dit Dunquerque, ou autre port des
+Provinces Unies de present sous l'obeissance de sa dite Majeste le Roi
+d'Espagne. Donne sous ma main et sceau, a Upsale en Suede, ce 4eme
+d'Avril, 1654. B. WHITELOCKE."
+
+"Whereas Don Antonio Pimentel de Prado, Envoy Extraordinary from his
+Majesty the King of Spain unto her Majesty the Queen of Sweden, is now
+upon his return from this place unto Newport, in Flanders, whereof his
+Excellence is Governor, and hath thought fit to send part of his train
+and goods from Hamburg by sea unto Dunkirk, or some other port now in
+obedience to his said Majesty the King of Spain, in the Low Countries;
+and, for the better conveyance of them, hath desired a pass from me,
+being Ambassador Extraordinary from his Highness my Lord Protector of the
+Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, unto her said Majesty the
+Queen of Sweden; these are therefore to desire all commanders by sea or
+land, and all officers or others, of the said Commonwealth, whom it may
+concern, to permit the bearer hereof, Joos Froidure, servant unto the
+said Don Antonio Pimentel, with the ship and goods under his charge, viz.
+twenty chests or packages, containing all sorts of household stuff, as
+vessels of silver, tapestries, linen, apparel, field-beds, and other
+coffers and such like things, marked with D. A. P., to pass unto the said
+port of Dunkirk, or any other port now in obedience unto his said Majesty
+the King of Spain in the Low Countries, quietly and without any
+molestation. Given under my hand and seal, at Upsal, in Sweden, this 4th
+day of April, 1654. B. WHITELOCKE."
+
+[88] [It is curious to remark at the present time (1855) how the same
+questions have arisen out of the state of war. The list of contraband
+articles established by Whitelocke's treaty is still in force as between
+England and Sweden, and Liege is still the great resource of the
+Continent for arms.]
+
+[90] [Cromwell was already preparing the two armaments at Portsmouth, one
+of which afterwards became the Mediterranean fleet, under Blake, of
+thirty-five ships, and the other, of thirty-two ships, sailed in the
+following year under Penn and Venables for the West Indies.]
+
+[91] [This gentleman is doubtless the same M. Woolfeldt whom Whitelocke
+frequently refers to; for in a manuscript addressed to his children,
+Woolfeldt is mentioned by name as a person entertaining similar
+sentiments towards his native country. He was a Danish nobleman nearly
+connected by marriage with the King of Denmark, but who had incurred the
+displeasure of the Court, and been driven into exile on account of this
+marriage.]
+
+[130] "Whereas Peter Gerbrant, citizen of Stockholm, and commander of a
+ship belonging to her Majesty the Queen of Sweden, called the
+'Sudermanland,' loaden with corn and other Swedish merchandises, is now
+bound for Lisbon, in Portugal, and, for his better passage, hath desired
+of me, being Ambassador Extraordinary from his Highness the Lord
+Protector of the Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, unto her
+Majesty the Queen of Sweden, to give him my pass and letters
+recommendatory: These are therefore to desire all commanders and officers
+by sea or land, and all others of the said Commonwealth whom it may
+concern, to permit the said Peter Gerbrant, together with his said ship
+and lading, to pass unto the said port of Lisbon quietly and without any
+molestation; and so to return from thence unto Stockholm, with such
+lading as the said master shall there think fit to take into his ship.
+Given under my hand and seal at Upsal, in Sweden, this 14th day of April,
+1654. B. W."
+
+[131] "Whereas the bearer hereof, Lieutenant-Colonel Robert Halsall, had
+a pass from Colonel Robert Lilburne, Commander-in-Chief of the Forces in
+Scotland under his Highness the Lord Protector of the Commonwealth of
+England, Scotland, and Ireland, to transport himself, his servant, and
+necessaries into Sweden upon his occasions, and, having despatched his
+business, he hath made his request to me, being Ambassador from his said
+Highness the Lord Protector to her Majesty the Queen of Sweden, to grant
+him my pass for his return into Scotland: These are therefore to desire
+all commanders by sea or land, and all officers and others of the said
+Commonwealth whom it may concern, to suffer him, the said
+Lieutenant-Colonel Halsall, quietly to pass into Scotland, he acting
+nothing prejudicial to the Commonwealth aforesaid; and further I desire
+that the Commander-in-Chief in Scotland will be pleased to show unto him,
+the said Lieutenant-Colonel, such favour at all times as he shall there
+deserve. Given under my hand and seal, at Upsal, in Sweden, this 14th of
+April, 1654. B. WHITELOCKE."
+
+[142] [These words show that the contest between the French and Spanish
+alliance in London was still going on; but they did not convey the truth
+to Whitelocke, for it was against Spain that the great armament
+previously mentioned was destined to be used, in the expedition to St.
+Domingo and the conquest of Jamaica.]
+
+[168] The treaty thus signed ran in the following terms:--
+
+[SN: Text of the treaty.]
+
+   "We whose names are subscribed, Axel Oxenstiern, Chancellor of the
+   Kingdom and Provincial Judge of the West Norlanders, of Lapland,
+   Heredalia, and Jemptia, Earl of South Morea, free Baron in Kimitho,
+   Lord in Tiholme and Tydoen, Knight of the Golden Spur; and Eric
+   Oxenstiern, son of Axel, General President of the College of Trade,
+   Earl of South Morea, free Baron in Kimitho, Lord in Tydoen, Viby, and
+   Gorwallen, Senators of the Kingdom of Sweden, and Plenipotentiary
+   Commissioners of the most Serene and most Potent Prince and Lady the
+   Lady Christina, by the grace of God Queen of the Swedes, Goths, and
+   Vandals, Great Prince of Finland, Duke of Esthonia, Carelia, Bremen,
+   Veherden, Stettin, Pomerland, Cassubia and Vandalia, Prince of Rugia,
+   and Lady of Ingria and of Wismar; do make known and testify that
+   formerly there hath been a great amity between the Swedish and
+   English nations, for which, to renew and increase the profit of it,
+   it very well happened that the most illustrious and most excellent
+   Lord Bulstrode Whitelocke, Constable of Windsor Castle, and at this
+   time one of the Keepers of the Great Seal of England, being
+   sufficiently authorized to treat of the following affairs, came to
+   the S.R.M. our Lady, by commandment and in the name of Oliver, Lord
+   Protector of the Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland,
+   Ambassador Extraordinary from these countries and of the aforesaid
+   Commonwealth. The same also our most S.R.M. hath benignly commanded
+   us, who have the same and sufficient power, that after we should have
+   considered with the aforesaid Lord Ambassador about the things which
+   would be judged the most convenient to establish the liberty of
+   commerce and navigation, and to corroborate the mutual amity in this
+   time, that some certain things should be determined and written in
+   form of articles of mutual alliance.
+
+   "Therefore we, after a good deliberation together, agreed touching
+   the affairs hereafter written, as they are by these following laws
+   which are in this treaty, and by their clear words and without
+   difficulty expressed. That is:--
+
+   "1. That hereafter there be a good, sincere, firm peace and
+   correspondence between the Queen and Kingdom of Sweden and the Lord
+   Protector and the aforesaid Commonwealth, and between all and every
+   one of the dominions, kingdoms, countries, provinces, islands, lands,
+   colonies, towns, peoples, citizens, inhabitants, and all and every
+   one of the subjects of either of the party, so that they may mutually
+   embrace in entire love and affection.
+
+   "2. The aforesaid confederates and subjects, people and inhabitants
+   of either, shall, when occasion shall be presented, advance the
+   common profit, and shall, if they know of any imminent danger or
+   conspiration or machination of the enemies, admonish one another, and
+   shall hinder them as much as lies in their power. Neither shall it be
+   permitted to any of the confederates to do or treat by him, or by any
+   other whatsoever, to the prejudice or damage of the lands and
+   dominions of either, whatsoever they be, or in whatsoever place,
+   either by sea or land. The enemies or rebels or adversaries shall in
+   nowise be suffered, neither shall the rebels or traitors who
+   undertake under the State of the other be received in his countries,
+   and shall much less give them counsel, aid, or favour, nor shall
+   admit that his subjects, people, or inhabitants should do anything
+   like.
+
+   "3. The Queen and Kingdom aforesaid and the Lord Protector and
+   Commonwealth aforesaid shall, as much as in them lies, endeavour to
+   take care, with all candour and affection, to remove all the
+   hindrances which hitherto have interrupted the liberty of navigation
+   and commerce between both the nations, as much in the dominions,
+   lands, seas, and rivers of either of the confederates with other
+   people and nations. They shall also endeavour to advance and defend
+   the liberty of navigation and commerce against all sorts of
+   disturbers for the reasons agreed upon in this treaty, or upon which
+   hereafter they may agree, nor shall suffer, either through
+   themselves, their subjects, or people, any offence to be committed or
+   done against this institution.
+
+   "4. For it is consented and agreed that the inhabitants and subjects
+   of the aforesaid confederates be free to travel by sea or land into
+   the kingdoms, countries, provinces, lands, islands, towns, cities,
+   villages, walled or unwalled, fortified or no, ports, dominions
+   whatsoever freely, or without safe-conduct, general or special, to go
+   and thence to return, and thence to stay or pass over, and all the
+   while to buy victuals and things necessary for their use, and are to
+   be treated with all benevolence. And also it shall be lawful for the
+   subjects, citizens, and inhabitants of either of the confederates to
+   exercise merchandise and commerce in all places wherein any commerce
+   hath hitherto been exercised, and the same merchandise may be carried
+   in or forth according to their pleasure, paying nevertheless the
+   usual tax, and observing the laws and ordinances of the aforesaid
+   Kingdom and Commonwealth; supposing on both sides that the people,
+   subjects, and inhabitants of either of the confederates shall have
+   and possess in the countries, lands, dominions, and kingdom of the
+   other as full and ample privileges, and as much freedom, liberty, and
+   immunity, as any stranger possesseth, or shall possess, in the said
+   dominions and kingdoms.
+
+   "5. The merchants, masters of ships, pilots, seamen, and others,
+   their ships, merchandise, and all goods in general of the said
+   confederates and their subjects and inhabitants, shall not be
+   apprehended or detained in the lands, ports, shores, harbours, or
+   dominions whatsoever in alliance with the other, for any public use,
+   expedition of war, or other cause, much less for any private man's
+   use by virtue of any edict, general or special; neither shall they be
+   molested or constrained by violence or injury or anything of that
+   kind: provided that arrests be not prohibited if they are made
+   according to the ordinary form of law, justice, and equity; they
+   shall not neglect the punishment of any for private affection.
+
+   "6. And if one or more ships of the subjects, citizens, or
+   inhabitants, be they of war or of burden and private men's, shall be
+   forced by tempests, or pursued by pirates and enemies, or any urgent
+   necessity to the harbour or shores of the other confederate, and be
+   forced to call for protection, they shall be received there with all
+   benignity, humanity, and friendship, and at no time to be hindered,
+   and all victual, reparation, and things fit for use at the ordinary
+   price; they shall not be prohibited to depart or go out of the port
+   or harbour by any pretence whatsoever, as long as they have not
+   committed anything against the statutes, ordinances, and custom of
+   the place where their ships are brought and where they shall sojourn.
+
+   "7. Likewise, if one ship or more of war or of private men of the
+   other confederate, and of the subjects and inhabitants, shall be
+   shipwrecked or cast on the coast of the dominions of the other
+   confederate, or for the future may suffer detriment, they may be
+   relieved and helped at a price agreed on, so that whatsoever shall be
+   saved from the shipwreck shall be preserved and restored to the true
+   owner or his factor.
+
+   "8. And if the subjects and inhabitants of the other confederate,
+   whether they be merchants, their factors, servants, masters of ships,
+   pirates, seamen, or others, have occasion to travel into the
+   dominions of the other confederate, or if anything shall come in
+   their name before a court of justice, or suits for their debts, or
+   for any other lawful reason wherein they may need the help of the
+   magistrate; in these things he shall be benign and ready for equity's
+   sake, and shall administer justice without delay or unnecessary
+   circumstances, and they shall not be hindered in their journey by any
+   pretence, but whithersoever they go are to be used friendly, and
+   shall have the liberty either in going or returning to carry and wear
+   arms for their private defence, and to walk into the harbours,
+   seaports, and in any public place of the other confederate armed;
+   provided they give no occasion of just suspicion to the governors or
+   magistrates of any place of any design against the public or private
+   peace, but chiefly they are to behave themselves modestly, and to
+   live without any injury.
+
+   "9. It is lawful for the foresaid confederates and both their people
+   to buy and export out of any of their countries, dominions, and
+   kingdoms, all sorts of arms and provision of war, and freely and
+   safely to carry their ships into what ports, stations, and harbours
+   of the other confederate they please, and there to sojourn and from
+   thence to go; and they are to carry themselves modestly, peaceably,
+   and conform to all the laws and customs of the place, and they may
+   trade there without any hindrance; likewise the ships of war have
+   free leave to come to the ports, havens, and stations of the other
+   confederates. But nevertheless, if there be a manifest suspicion in
+   their number, they may forbid their access, without they have
+   obtained leave of the confederate in whose ports they are (unless
+   they are drawn in by tempests, or force, or danger, or chief
+   magistrate), and are not to stay longer than the governor or chief
+   magistrate will give them leave.
+
+   "10. It shall be lawful for the subjects and inhabitants of the
+   kingdom of Sweden to travel into all the countries of England,
+   Scotland, and Ireland, and likewise to pass beyond land or sea, and
+   other people that commerce with them, to exercise trade in all kind
+   of merchandise, and to bring them thither and carry thence at their
+   pleasure. The people of the aforesaid Commonwealth shall enjoy the
+   same liberty in the kingdoms, dominions, and territories of the Queen
+   and kingdom of Sweden, but upon condition that they shall observe the
+   respective laws, ordinances, and particular rights of both nations,
+   and of those things which concern the traffic.
+
+   "11. Although it be prohibited by the former articles of this league
+   and friendship, that neither of the confederates shall give aid or
+   assistance to the enemies of the other, nevertheless it is no way to
+   be understood that it is denied to the confederate and his subjects
+   and people who is not in war to have commerce and navigation with the
+   enemies of that confederate who is in war: provided only in the
+   meantime, until it may be more fully agreed upon, all laws hereunto
+   pertaining, that none of those commodities called contraband (of
+   which a special designation or catalogue shall be agreed upon within
+   four months from this time) shall be carried to the enemies of
+   either, upon peril that if they be found out by the other
+   confederate, they shall be taken as prize without hope of
+   restitution.
+
+   "12. But lest this free navigation or passage by land or sea with
+   other nations, of the one confederate, his subjects, or people,
+   during the war of the other confederate, should be a deceit to the
+   other confederate, and may conceal commodities and hostile goods by
+   deceit, pretending the name of a friend, for that reason, to remove
+   suspicion and fraud, it is thought fit that the ships, waggons,
+   merchandises, and men belonging to one of the confederates, in their
+   journeys and navigations shall be armed with letters of safe-conduct,
+   commonly called passports and certificates, which shall be signed by
+   the chief governor or magistrate of the province or city from whence
+   they come, and in all them those forms to be observed which shall be
+   agreed upon within the space of four months next ensuing; but where
+   the merchandises, goods, shipping, and men of one of the
+   confederates, or of his subjects or people, in the open sea, straits,
+   ports, stations, lands, and places whatsoever, shall be met with by
+   the ships of war, public or private, or by the men, subjects, and
+   people of the other confederate, or by any means shall be in one
+   place together, then exhibiting only their letters of safe-conduct
+   and certificates, nothing shall be further required of them, nor
+   inquired of them, nor inquiry made as to their goods, shipping, or
+   men any further, much less shall any injury, damage, or trouble be
+   offered to them, but, as is before signified, they shall be freely
+   dismissed to proceed in their intended journey. And in case anything
+   be done by either party contrary to the genuine sense of this
+   article, either of the confederates shall cause severe punishment to
+   be inflicted upon those who shall do contrary hereunto, their
+   subjects and people, and shall take care that satisfaction be made
+   without delay to the other grieved confederate, or his subjects and
+   people, fully of all their losses and expenses.
+
+   "13. Also, if it shall fall out hereafter during this friendship and
+   league, that any of the people and subjects of either of the
+   confederates shall take part with, or design anything against this
+   league, the agreement between the aforesaid confederates shall not
+   thereby be interrupted or dissolved, but nevertheless shall continue
+   and wholly remain; but those particular persons only who have broken
+   this league shall be punished, and right and justice shall be
+   administered to those who have received injury, and satisfaction
+   shall be made of all damages and wrong within a twelvemonth's time
+   after restitution demanded. And if the foresaid delinquents and
+   persons guilty of the violence committed shall not yield themselves
+   and submit to justice, or within the prefixed time shall refuse to
+   make satisfaction, they, whosoever they are, shall at length be
+   proclaimed enemies to both States, and their estates, goods, and
+   whatsoever things they have shall be confiscated and sold for a just
+   and full satisfaction of the wrongs by them done, and those offenders
+   and guilty persons, where they shall come into the power of either
+   State, shall suffer also deserved punishment according to the nature
+   of their offence. But restitution and satisfaction for the losses and
+   damages which either of the confederates hath suffered by the other
+   during the war between England and the United Provinces of the
+   Netherlands shall be made and afforded without delay to the party
+   wronged, or to his subjects.
+
+   "14. The present treaty and confederation shall not at all derogate
+   from the pre-eminence, right, and dominion whatsoever of either of
+   the confederates in their seas, straits, and waters whatsoever; but
+   they shall have and retain the same to themselves in the same fulness
+   as they have hitherto enjoyed the same, and of right belongs unto
+   them.
+
+   "15. Whereas therefore it is the principal purpose of this league
+   that the same freedom of navigation and merchandising as is expressed
+   in the former articles should be and remain to either confederate,
+   his subjects and people, in the Baltic Sea, the Strait of the Sound,
+   the Northern, Western, British, and Mediterranean Seas, and in the
+   Channel and other seas of Europe, it shall therefore earnestly be
+   endeavoured by common counsel, help, and assistance, that the
+   foresaid mutual freedom of navigation and commerce shall be
+   established and promoted in all the before-mentioned seas, and, if
+   occasion require, shall be defended against disturbers who would
+   interrupt it, prohibit, hinder, constrain, and force it to their own
+   will and the injury of the confederates; and both the confederates
+   shall willingly and mutually afford their goodwill and readiness to
+   promote the benefit and to take away the prejudice of either of the
+   confederates, always saving to either nation the leagues with other
+   kingdoms, commonwealths, and nations which have been heretofore made
+   and are in force; but neither of the confederates for the future
+   shall make any league or alliance with any foreign people or nations
+   whatsoever to any prejudice of this present mutual league, without
+   the knowledge beforehand and consent of the other confederate; and if
+   anything shall hereafter be agreed otherwise, it shall be void, and
+   shall wholly give way to this mutual agreement; but of the manner of
+   mutual aid or assistance to be given for defence of this league, and
+   freedom of commerce and navigation, where it shall be necessary and
+   reason shall require it, it shall be specially agreed upon according
+   to the circumstances of time and all other things.
+
+   "16. Concerning other advantages to be enjoyed, and rules according
+   to which the ships of war shall demean themselves which shall come
+   into the ports or stations of the other confederate, of the trade to
+   be had in America, also of the commodities of fishing for herrings
+   and other fish whatsoever, of the staples and marts to be appointed
+   for trade, and of other matters and conditions which may be required
+   for the greater evidence of the former articles, as by a particular
+   treaty and mutual contract shall be hereafter agreed.
+
+   "17. But those matters which we have agreed in the former articles
+   shall forthwith from this moment of time obtain full force and be
+   sincerely and rightly observed by either party, and by all who are
+   under their obedience, faith, and command. And to the end that for
+   the time to come they may be the more established, and remain firm as
+   well by her Royal Majesty as also by the Lord Protector of the
+   Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, and the territories
+   thereunto belonging, in the name of his Highness and the said
+   Commonwealth, these presents, with the proper subscriptions of the
+   hands of her Majesty and of his Highness, shall be subscribed,
+   signed, and ratified.
+
+   "In confirmation of all these things which are above written, and for
+   sufficient testimony thereof that on the part of her Royal Majesty
+   our most clement Lady they shall be most religiously and fully
+   observed, and be ratified within the time prefixed, we have
+   subscribed these presents with our proper hands, and armed them with
+   our seals. Dated at Upsal, the 11th day of April, in the year 1654.
+
+                                       "AXEL OXENSTIERN,
+                                        "ERIC OXENSTIERN AXELIUS."
+
+
+
+
+MAY.
+
+
+_May 1, 1654._
+
+[SN: Preparations for departure.]
+
+Lagerfeldt, Berkman, and the Syndic of Gothenburg, after dinner with
+Whitelocke, discoursed and advised him touching his departure. Lagerfeldt
+said he believed the Queen would give Whitelocke audience on Friday next,
+before which time her presents would not be ready for Whitelocke and his
+company; he said also, that he heard the Prince intended to be in this
+town within a few days, and if it should be so, then it would be better
+for Whitelocke to stay here, and expect his coming hither to salute him
+here, than to go out of his way so far as to the Prince's Court; in which
+matter Whitelocke said he would entreat the Queen's advice. Lagerfeldt
+said further, that the Queen had commanded some copper to be brought to
+Stockholm, and to be put aboard the ship where Whitelocke was to be
+embarked, or in some other ship as he should appoint, it being a present
+intended for him by the Queen.
+
+The Syndic acquainted Whitelocke that the city of Gothenburg would send
+into England, to prepare there for an accord concerning traffic between
+the English merchants and that town, wherein they hoped to have the
+assistance of Whitelocke at his return to England, wherein he promised
+his advice and furtherance.
+
+A Danish gentleman of quality and experience gave a visit to Whitelocke,
+advised him the way of his journey, and gave him good information
+touching Denmark, to be communicated to the Protector, as that the
+English merchants might pass the Sound without paying any tax, if the
+Protector would insist upon it. Whitelocke, in drollery, asked him why he
+would discover these things to a stranger, which turn so much to the
+prejudice of his own country. He answered that he did this to testify his
+respects to the Protector, and that he did not betray his country, but
+his country had betrayed him; and that was his country where he breathed
+and had present nourishment.[184]
+
+Mr. Woolfeldt visited Whitelocke, and, among other discourses, related to
+him the story of this gentleman and his lady, which was to this effect,
+by his and others' relation:--
+
+[SN: Woolfeldt's history.]
+
+    This gentleman was of a noble family and extraction in Denmark, grew
+    into great favour with the last King, whose daughter by a second
+    wife he married; and the present King, her brother, made him Viceroy
+    of Norway, Governor of the Isle of Zealand and of the Sound, and a
+    Senator of the kingdom and Great Master of Denmark; and he had been
+    employed thirteen times as an ambassador.
+
+    "His lady, the daughter and sister of a king, was of excellent
+    comeliness of person and behaviour, humbly knowing her distance, of
+    a sweet disposition, and of rare parts, both of mind and body;
+    especially deserving praise for her high and entire affection to her
+    husband, who, notwithstanding his great parts and abilities, and the
+    many perils he had undergone in the service of his king and country,
+    yet after all, by the whisperings and false suggestions of
+    backbiters, his enemies, was traduced to the King for being too much
+    a friend to the people's liberty, and an opposer of the King's
+    absolute power; but beyond all this (as some gave it out), that he
+    was too familiar with one of the King's mistresses; so it was that
+    the King took high displeasure against him. Parasites took the
+    occasion to please the King by invectives against one under a cloud;
+    his parts attracted envy, and his merits were too great for any
+    other recompense but his own ruin.
+
+    "To avoid the King's wrath and his enemies' malice, and to preserve
+    his life, which was aimed to be taken away with his fortune, he was
+    compelled to fly from his country and seek his security in foreign
+    parts. His lady, though a tender, modest woman,--though the sister
+    of the King regnant, high in his favour and the interest of her
+    alliance; though pressingly enticed to cast off her affection to her
+    husband; though unacquainted with any hardships,--yet so entire was
+    her conjugal love and piety, that, rather than part with her
+    husband, she would leave all her relations and pleasures of a court
+    and her dear country, and put herself, though with child, into the
+    disguise of a page, to attend him in his flight as his servant.
+
+    "It may be imagined that such a servant was not unkindly used; but
+    the greatest trouble was, that being on shipboard to cross the
+    Baltic Sea, the poor page whispered the master that she had a
+    longing desire to some cherries which she saw in the town as they
+    came to the ship. Here was the difficulty: if her lord did not go on
+    shore and procure some cherries for the page, it might cost her
+    life; if he did go on shore, and in the meantime the ship should go
+    off, he and his page would be parted, and his own life endangered.
+    It was reason and honour that persuaded him rather to hazard his own
+    than such a page's life; therefore, having effectually dealt with
+    the master of the ship for a little stay, he soon found out a
+    pretence to go on shore, and neglected not to hasten back again with
+    his provision of cherries, and to find out a way of distributing a
+    large share of them to her that longed for them. After which they
+    happily set sail and arrived in Sweden, where, by articles between
+    the two Crowns, those in his condition have sanctuary and
+    protection."
+
+In the afternoon Whitelocke went to Court, where he met with Canterstein,
+who excused himself that he had not yet brought to Whitelocke the Queen's
+letters of full power to her Commissioners, which he said the Queen had
+signed two days before, and that he had been sick, otherwise he had
+delivered them before this time. Whitelocke asked him if his
+recredentials were prepared. He said they were ready for the Queen to
+sign when she pleased, and that nothing in his charge concerning
+Whitelocke should receive any delay by his occasion. Whitelocke gave him
+thanks for his care, and promised his remuneration.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke entertains the Queen on May-day.]
+
+This being May-day, Whitelocke, according to the invitation he had made
+to the Queen, put her in mind of it, that, as she was his mistress, and
+this May-day, he was, by the custom of England, to wait upon her to take
+the air, and to treat her with some little collation, as her servant. The
+Queen said the weather was very cold, yet she was very willing to bear
+him company after the English mode. With the Queen were Woolfeldt, Tott,
+and five of her ladies. Whitelocke brought them to his collation, which
+he had commanded his servants to prepare in the best manner they could,
+and altogether after the English fashion.
+
+At the table with the Queen sat "la Belle Comtesse," the Countess
+Gabrielle Oxenstiern, Woolfeldt, Tott, and Whitelocke; the other ladies
+sat in another room. Their meat was such fowl as could be gotten,
+dressed after the English fashion and with English sauces, creams,
+puddings, custards, tarts, tansies, English apples, _bon chretien_ pears,
+cheese, butter, neats' tongues, potted venison, and sweetmeats brought
+out of England, as his sack and claret also was. His beer was also brewed
+and his bread made by his own servants in his house, after the English
+manner; and the Queen and her company seemed highly pleased with this
+treatment. Some of her company said she did eat and drink more at it than
+she used to do in three or four days at her own table.
+
+The entertainment was as full and noble as the place would afford and as
+Whitelocke could make it, and so well ordered and contrived that the
+Queen said she had never seen any like it. She was pleased so far to play
+the good housewife as to inquire how the butter could be so fresh and
+sweet, and yet brought out of England. Whitelocke, from his cooks,
+satisfied her Majesty's inquiry, that they put the salt butter into milk,
+where it lay all night, and the next day it would eat fresh and sweet as
+this did, and any butter new made, and commended her Majesty's good
+housewifery; who, to express her contentment in this collation, was full
+of pleasantness and gaiety of spirit, both in supper-time and afterwards.
+Among other frolics, she commanded Whitelocke to teach her ladies the
+English salutation, which, after some pretty defences, their lips obeyed,
+and Whitelocke most readily. She highly commended Whitelocke's music of
+the trumpets, which sounded all supper-time; and her discourse was all of
+mirth and drollery, wherein Whitelocke endeavoured to answer her, and the
+rest of the company did their parts.
+
+It was late before she returned to the castle, whither Whitelocke waited
+on her; and she discoursed a little with him about his business and the
+time of his audience, and gave him many thanks for his noble treatment of
+her and her company.
+
+
+_May 2, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Swedish full powers.]
+
+Whitelocke sent to the master of the ceremonies to know if he had desired
+a time for his last audience, who promised to do it.
+
+Canterstein brought to Whitelocke the Queen's letters of full power to
+her Commissioners, under her hand and the great seal of Sweden, which
+were of this tenour.[188] Having received this commission, Whitelocke
+delivered to Canterstein his commission under the Great Seal of England,
+and the copy of his new instructions from the Protector, except what was
+secret in them.
+
+Canterstein, the master of the ceremonies, and Monsieur Bloome, were
+frolic at dinner with Whitelocke, and made many caresses to him, and
+extolled the Chancellor's care and high respect to Whitelocke, in
+bringing his treaty to so good an issue; and after dinner Bloome told
+Whitelocke that the Chancellor had advised the Queen to make a noble
+present to Whitelocke, which was not yet ready, and that had retarded his
+last audience. The master of the ceremonies, from the Queen, desired
+Whitelocke to have a little patience for a few days; that she expected
+the arrival of the Prince within six or seven days in this town, by which
+means Whitelocke would have a fair opportunity to salute him here,
+without further trouble; and that the Queen would give him audience
+within two days before the arrival of the Prince, and so he should
+receive no disturbance in his voyage. Whitelocke saw no other remedy for
+this but patience.
+
+
+_May 3, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Guinea question.]
+
+Whitelocke visited Grave Eric. They fell into discourse, among other
+things, touching Guinea, to this effect:--
+
+_Whitelocke._ It is requisite that we come to some conclusion about the
+business of Guinea.
+
+_Grave Eric._ I think it fit; and for your further information, here is
+the answer in writing of the Swedes who are concerned therein unto the
+complaints of the English company in that business.
+
+_Wh._ Will you leave the writing with me?
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I shall send you a copy of it.
+
+_Wh._ The complaints of the English have been proved by depositions of
+witnesses.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ Those depositions were taken in the absence of the other
+party; and, if you please, witnesses may be produced here on the part of
+the Swedes.
+
+_Wh._ Witnesses produced here will be also in the absence of the other
+party, though I had leisure and commission to examine them on oath.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ You may see in this map of Guinea how the plantations of the
+Swedes, English, and Hollanders do lie, and are mingled and near to one
+another.
+
+_Wh._ The King of that place made a grant to the English, for them only
+to dwell and traffic in that country; and the Swedes afterwards drove the
+English, by force, out of their fortifications.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ The English had no fortifications there; all the fort they
+had was a little lodge with two rooms only in it, out of which the Swedes
+did not force them; and both the Hollanders and Swedes were planted in
+this place before any grant made to the English, and the Swedes had a
+grant from the same King, whereof this is a copy.
+
+_Wh._ It will be material to compare the dates of these two grants: if
+that to the English was first, then the other to the Swedes was of no
+validity; and the like of the contrary. If you will favour me with a copy
+of the grant made to the Swedes, I will compare it with that made to the
+English, and return it to you.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ You shall command it.
+
+Mr. Woolfeldt, being visited by Whitelocke, told him that the Queen was
+extremely pleased with his treatment of her. Whitelocke excused the
+meanness of it for her Majesty. Woolfeldt replied, that both the Queen
+and all the company esteemed it as the handsomest and noblest that they
+ever saw; and the Queen, after that, would drink no other wine but
+Whitelocke's, and kindly accepted the neats' tongues, potted venison, and
+other cates which, upon her commendation of them, Whitelocke sent unto
+her Majesty. Woolfeldt showed a paper of consequence written by himself
+in Spanish, and he read it in French to Whitelocke, being perfect in
+those and other languages. He said, that whatsoever he wrote he did it in
+a foreign language, to continue the exercise of them. The paper showed
+how the English might be freed from paying tolls at the Sound. Whitelocke
+entreated a copy of this paper in French, which Woolfeldt promised.
+
+A great quantity of snow fell and covered the houses and fields, and was
+hard frozen: a matter at this time strange to the English, but ordinary
+here.
+
+
+_May 4, 1654._
+
+Mr. Boteler, a Scotsman, confidently reported great news to the
+disparagement of the affairs of England, that the Highlanders of Scotland
+had given a great defeat to the English and killed five hundred of them,
+which news was soon confuted by Whitelocke.
+
+[SN: A literary dinner party.]
+
+The Senator Vanderlin, and his brother the master of the ceremonies; Dr.
+Loccenius, a civilian, Keeper of the Library in this University; another
+gentleman, Professor of Eloquence here; Mr. Ravius, Professor of the
+Eastern tongues; and a French gentleman, captain of one of the companies
+of Guards, doing Whitelocke the honour to dine with him, had very learned
+discourse, particularly of languages and of the affinity between the
+Swedish, English, Danish, and High Dutch tongues, whereof they gave many
+instances, and Whitelocke was able to add to them. The professors
+discoursed only in Latin, as most proper for them; the others in French;
+and they hold it a discourtesy if a man be not answered in the same
+language which he speaks. They also extolled the Prince and the
+Protector; and the Senator said that there was not any person who came so
+near to the eminency and grandeur of the Protector as the Prince of
+Sweden did.
+
+[SN: The Dutch Resident salutes Whitelocke on the peace.]
+
+The company being gone, Whitelocke went to the accustomed place, the
+great wood, to take the air; and as he was walking in the broad way
+there, he perceived the coach of the Dutch Resident coming towards him;
+and perceiving the English Ambassador to be walking there, the Resident
+alighted out of his coach and came on foot towards Whitelocke. Whether he
+came after Whitelocke in a handsome design or contrivance for their first
+salutation, or that it was by accident, Whitelocke did not examine, but
+thought fit to answer the civility of the Resident by walking back
+towards him to meet him.
+
+They saluted each other and their company with great respect. The
+Resident began the compliment to Whitelocke in French, telling him that
+he was very glad of the opportunity to have the happiness to salute
+Whitelocke, which he would not neglect to do, perceiving him in this
+place; and that he would take the first occasion to do himself the
+honour to visit Whitelocke at his house. Whitelocke answered, that the
+Resident should be very welcome when he pleased to do that honour to
+Whitelocke as to bestow a visit on him; and that he was also very glad of
+the opportunity which had now presented itself, whereby he had the
+contentment of being acquainted with the Resident. They fell into general
+discourses, and, among the rest, of the conclusion and ratification of
+the treaty between the two Commonwealths, and of the advantage which
+thereby would arise to both of them, and to the Protestant party.[193]
+
+As they were walking together the Queen passed by them, being in that
+wood also to take the air. When she came near, she saluted them with
+great respect, and spake to them aloud, "Je suis ravie de vous voir
+ensemble, je vois que la paix est faite." And so the Queen went on her
+way, and Whitelocke took leave of the Resident.
+
+[SN: A despatch from Thurloe.]
+
+At his return to his house Whitelocke found his packet from England ready
+to entertain him, and Thurloe's letter was this:--
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "Your letter of the 10th of March arrived here this morning, whereby
+    you are pleased to give a very particular and exact account of all
+    proceedings in this treaty you are upon; I presently communicated
+    the contents thereof to his Highness and the Council, with whom he
+    was willing to advise, and thereupon he was pleased to send you the
+    instructions which your Excellence will receive herewith, which are
+    fully agreeable to your own desire in that behalf. The former
+    instructions had come sooner, if the issue of the Dutch treaty had
+    been sooner known; now, through the blessing of God, it is fully
+    concluded, and your Excellence will receive herewith the articles,
+    as they are signed by the Commissioners of his Highness and the
+    Lords Ambassadors of the United Provinces. They signed them upon
+    Wednesday, at night, and the next morning the ambassadors sent them
+    away to be ratified by their superiors, which they will do without
+    difficulty or scruple, as we believe.
+
+    "Your Excellence will see by those articles made with the Dutch,
+    that the second and fifth article is omitted out of your
+    instructions; that these two treaties will very well stand together;
+    and for the notice to be given to the Dutch, it is clear to me that
+    it will not be necessary, in respect that this treaty was not only
+    begun, but as good as finished, before the conclusion with the
+    Dutch.
+
+    "And for the fourth article, and the proviso your Excellence is
+    pleased to send, that being so clearly within the substance of your
+    former instructions, I thought it needless to add any instruction
+    about it now.
+
+    "His Highness in the beginning of this week was pleased to send for
+    the Great Seal, and kept it in his own custody two days, and now
+    hath disposed it unto your Excellence, Sir Thomas Widdrington, and
+    your confrater my Lord Lisle. His Highness is very much resolved
+    upon a good and solid reformation of the law, and proceedings in the
+    Courts of Equity and Laws: the matter of law he hath committed unto
+    Mr. Justice Hale and Mr. John Vaughan; the reformation of the
+    Chancery to my Lord Widdrington, Mr. Attorney-General, and Mr.
+    Chute,--being resolved to give the learned of the robe the honour of
+    reforming their own profession, and hopes that God will give them
+    hearts to do it; and, that no time may be lost, the next term is
+    adjourned.
+
+    "The French Ambassador desires very much to get a despatch of his
+    business. His Highness hath at length appointed him commissioners to
+    treat, but no progress hath been yet made thereupon. The speech that
+    he made at his first audience your Excellence will receive by this.
+
+    "The Portugal presseth much now to come to an agreement also, and to
+    close the treaty which hath hanged so long; and so doth the
+    Spaniard.
+
+    "I pray for your Excellence's safe return home and rest.
+
+                  "Your Excellence's humble servant,
+                                                    "JO. THURLOE.
+    "_April 7th, 1654._"
+
+Whitelocke's new instructions from the Protector:
+
+    "O. P.
+
+    "_Additional Instructions to my Lord Whitelocke, our Ambassador
+    Extraordinary to her Majesty the Queen of Sweden._
+
+    "Having considered the particular account you have given by your
+    letters weekly of your negotiation in Sweden, and the delay which
+    hath been on the part of that Court in the treaty you are upon, we
+    might well have given you positive orders for your speedy return.
+
+    "But observing that the letters and despatches between this and
+    Sweden are a month in their way, and not knowing how affairs may
+    alter in that time with you, and the pretence of their delay--to
+    wit, the uncertainty of the issue of the treaty between us and the
+    United Provinces--being removed, as you will see by these letters,
+    which will assure you of the full conclusion thereof, we have
+    thought it more convenient to leave you a latitude in that
+    particular, and to give you liberty (as we do hereby) to return home
+    at such time as you shall find it for the service of the
+    Commonwealth.
+
+    "2. Whereas, by your letter of the 10th of March, 1654, you have
+    represented the particular debates which you have had upon all the
+    articles of the treaty, and the exceptions taken by the Queen upon
+    the second, fifth, and seventh articles, you are hereby authorized
+    to omit the second and fifth articles out of the treaty, as also the
+    words 'bona a suis cujusque inimicis direpta' out of the seventh
+    article, if the Queen shall still insist thereupon; and as for the
+    comprehending the Dutch in this treaty with the Queen of Sweden,
+    notice shall be given from hence, if it shall be found necessary.
+
+    "3. You have hereby power to agree with the Queen of Sweden that she
+    and her subjects may fish freely for herrings in the seas of this
+    Commonwealth, paying the recognition of the tenth herring, or for a
+    lesser recognition, so as it be not less than the twentieth herring,
+    or the value thereof in money.
+
+    "_Whitehall, 7th April, 1654._"
+
+The Order of the Council touching the Great Seal sent by Thurloe was
+this. The title of the order was thus:--
+
+[SN: Whitelocke, Widdrington, and Lisle reappointed of the Great Seal.]
+
+    "_Order of the Council approving of the Commissioners of the Great
+    Seal._
+
+                                "_Tuesday, 4th April, 1654._
+
+    "AT THE COUNCIL AT WHITEHALL:
+
+    "_Resolved_, That the Council doth approve of the Lord Ambassador
+    Whitelocke to be one of the Lords Commissioners of the Great Seal.
+
+    "_Resolved_, That the Council doth approve of Sir Thomas
+    Widdrington, Knight, Serjeant-at-Law, to be one of the Lords
+    Commissioners of the Great Seal.
+
+    "_Resolved_, That the Council doth approve of John Lisle, Esquire,
+    to be one of the Lords Commissioners of the Great Seal.
+
+    "By the command of his Highness Mr. Serjeant Widdrington and Mr.
+    Lisle were called in, and being come to the table, his Highness
+    declared that the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke and themselves had been
+    nominated by his Highness, and approved by the Council, to be
+    Commissioners for the Great Seal; and his Highness did deliver unto
+    the said Mr. Serjeant Widdrington and Mr. Lisle the said Great Seal;
+    and then the oath appointed by the ordinance was read by the Clerk
+    of the Council, and was taken by each of them.
+
+                                               "Ex^r W. JESSOP,
+                                           "Clerk of the Council."
+
+The Guinea Company sent by this packet a letter to Whitelocke of thanks
+for his care of their business, and that they could not buy the Swedes'
+interest in Guinea, and referred the whole matter wholly to Whitelocke.
+
+The examinations in the Court of Admiralty touching the ship 'Charity,'
+enclosed in Thurloe's letters, made it appear that the Swedes had not
+injury done them, as they complained, and that the goods belonged to
+Hollanders, and not to the Swedes; but only coloured by the Hollanders
+under the name of Swedish ship and goods, though they were not so.
+Whitelocke made use of these examinations as he saw cause, and found that
+Martin Thysen had an interest in these goods.
+
+[SN: Reception of the French Ambassador in London.]
+
+The enclosed speech of the French Ambassador to the Protector was full
+of compliment, giving him the title of "Serene Altesse," and as much as
+could be well offered by the French, seeming to desire a league and amity
+with the Protector. The Ambassador was received with great state and
+solemnity, answerable to the honour of his master the King of France,
+with whom the Protector had a good mind to close at this time, the rather
+to frustrate the hopes of the King of Scots of assistance from thence,
+where he was now entertained, caressed, and made believe he should have
+all aid and furtherance for his restitution, which the Protector sought
+to prevent by the interest of the Cardinal Mazarin, whose creature this
+Ambassador was.
+
+
+_May 5, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Queen's presents to Whitelocke and his suite.]
+
+Lagerfeldt acquainted Whitelocke that the Queen intended to gratify him
+with a gift of as great value as had been bestowed upon any ambassador
+before; and that she having received from Whitelocke many brave horses
+and many native goods of England, and Whitelocke having undertaken, at
+his return to England, to provide for her Majesty several other
+commodities, she held it reasonable to requite him with some commodities
+of this country, if Whitelocke thought fit to accept of them. Whitelocke
+answered that it did not become him to prescribe bounds to her Majesty's
+favour, but only to refer himself to the Queen's judgement herein.
+Lagerfeldt replied that the Queen intended to bestow her gift upon him in
+copper, and gave order that it should be put aboard a ship, to be
+consigned by him to some of his friends at London, or as he pleased to
+dispose it.
+
+Whitelocke desired of Lagerfeldt that although the articles were signed,
+that yet he in the instrument might prefix to the title these words
+"Serenissimi ac Celsissimi Domini," which words Whitelocke did observe to
+be in the Protector's title to the Dutch articles, which was not known to
+Whitelocke before the articles were signed here. Lagerfeldt promised to
+acquaint the Chancellor herewith, and to bring his answer.
+
+Whitelocke waited upon the Queen, and acquainted her with his news from
+England, and of the consummation of the treaty of peace between England
+and the Dutch, whereof she said she was very glad, and thanked Whitelocke
+for his news. He then entreated her Majesty to appoint a day for his
+audience to take his leave of her Majesty, which she told him should be
+shortly done; then she desired his company with her in her coach, to take
+the air. He waited on her, and besides there was in the coach Grave Tott,
+Grave Vandone, and the Countess Christina Oxenstiern. The Queen was not
+very pleasant, but entertained some little discourses, not much of
+business; and after a short tour, returning to the castle, retired into
+her chamber, and Whitelocke to his lodging.
+
+
+_May 6, 1654._
+
+Lagerfeldt returned answer to Whitelocke, of his motion to insert the
+words "Serenissimi ac Celsissimi Domini" into the Protector's title, that
+he had acquainted the Chancellor with it, who also had communicated it to
+her Majesty, and she willingly assented thereunto; and it was inserted
+accordingly. He brought with him Monsieur Carloe, Governor of the
+Swedish Company for Guinea, with whom Whitelocke had much discourse upon
+the same points as he had before with Grave Eric; and Carloe denied all
+that the English merchants had affirmed, and he continued before and
+after dinner very obstinate in it.
+
+Secretary Canterstein brought to Whitelocke the Queen's letters of the
+grant of two hundred ship-pound of copper for a present to him, which
+letters were thus.[200]
+
+In the afternoon the master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke's house,
+and presented to him, from the Queen, a handsome jewel, which was a case
+of gold, fairly enamelled, and having in the midst of it the picture of
+the Queen, done to the life, and very like her. It was set round about
+with twelve large diamonds, and several small diamonds between the great
+ones. He told Whitelocke that, by command of her Majesty, he presented
+her picture to him; that she was sorry it was not made up so as might
+have been worthy of his reception; but she desired, if he pleased, that
+he would do her the honour to wear it for her sake, and to accept the
+picture in memory of the friend that sent it. Whitelocke answered that
+the Queen was pleased to bestow a great honour upon him in this noble
+testimony of her favour to him, of which he acknowledged himself
+altogether unworthy; but her Majesty's opinion was otherwise, as appeared
+by such a present as this. He did with all thankfulness accept it, and
+should with great contentment give himself occasion, by the honour of
+wearing it, to remember the more often her Majesty and her favours to
+him, her servant, for which he desired the master to present his humble
+thanks unto her Majesty.
+
+After he had been with Whitelocke, the master went to Whitelocke's two
+sons, and in the Queen's name presented to each of them a chain of gold
+of five links, and at the end of the chain a medal of gold of the Queen's
+picture; the chains and medals were valued at four hundred ducats apiece.
+Then he presented, in the Queen's name, to Colonel Potley, to Dr.
+Whistler, to Captain Beake, and Mr. Earle, to each of them a chain of
+gold of four links, and at the end of each chain a medal of gold of the
+Queen's picture; these chains and medals were valued at two hundred
+ducats apiece, or thereabouts.
+
+Then he presented, in the Queen's name, to Mr. Stapleton, Mr. Ingelo, and
+Mr. De la Marche, to each of them a chain of gold of three links, with a
+medal of gold of the Queen's picture at the end of each chain; the chains
+and medals were valued at about a hundred and sixty ducats apiece. To Mr.
+Walker he presented a chain and medal of gold of three links, shorter
+than the rest, of about the value of a hundred and thirty ducats; to
+Captain Crispe and to Mr. Swift, to each of them a chain of gold of two
+links, with a medal of gold to each of them, of about the value of a
+hundred ducats apiece.
+
+[SN: Disputes caused by the Queen's presents.]
+
+Walker the steward, and Stapleton, gentleman of the horse to Whitelocke,
+were discontented, because their chains were not of four links apiece;
+and they and others took exceptions because their chains were not so good
+and valuable as those given to Potley and Beake,--so seditious a thing is
+gold. But Whitelocke endeavoured to satisfy them by the reasons why the
+chains of Potley and Beake were better than theirs: the one having been
+an ancient servant of this Crown, and the other being commander of the
+guards of the Protector; and nothing was due to them, but only the
+Queen's free gift and bounty was in all of them, and therefore not to be
+excepted against by any of them. Notwithstanding this admonition, they
+met and discoursed together in discontent about this business, and gave
+thereby occasion of displeasure to Whitelocke.
+
+Whitelocke being in the mood to take the air, the Holland Resident came
+thither, where they walked and discoursed together; and in their return
+the Resident and two of his gentlemen, Vorstius and another, went in
+Whitelocke's coach, who brought the Resident to his lodging, and there
+had a civil treatment, and found by discourse that the Resident was not
+well satisfied with his being in this Court. Whitelocke did not hitherto
+make a visit to any person since he had received his presents from the
+Queen, after which, in ceremony, he must first visit her Majesty to give
+her thanks, and then he is at liberty to visit others.
+
+
+_May 7, 1654._
+
+_The Lord's Day._--Monsieur Bloome, and Mr. De Geeres, the rich merchant
+of Sweden, after dinner with Whitelocke, discoursed much about matters
+not so proper for the day. Walker and Stapleton attending Whitelocke and
+walking in the evening, he again spake to them about their presents as
+formerly; but found Stapleton stiff in his opinion, and to intend to send
+back his present to the master of the ceremonies as refusing it; but
+Whitelocke required him not to do so, lest it should be taken as an
+affront to Whitelocke and to the Protector himself, as well as a
+disdaining of the Queen's present, which was her Majesty's free gift
+without any obligation.
+
+
+_May 8, 1654._
+
+[SN: Warrant for the copper.]
+
+The warrant formerly inserted was sent to the officers of the Treasury,
+who thereupon made their order to the under-officers for the delivery of
+the copper accordingly, which order was brought to Whitelocke in the
+Swedish language.
+
+[SN: The Guinea case.]
+
+The master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke to inform him that the
+Queen had appointed Wednesday next, the 10th of this month, for his last
+audience to take his leave. Whitelocke said he was sorry it could not be
+sooner. The master excused it by reason of the great affairs of the Queen
+upon the meeting of the Ricksdag. Grave Eric and Lagerfeldt came to
+Whitelocke and debated with him the business of Guinea.
+
+_Grave Eric._ I shall read to you this paper, which is in Latin and in
+French,--an answer to the complaints of the English, and denies all their
+allegations.
+
+_Whitelocke._ The allegations of the English are proved by oath; here
+are the depositions.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ The answers of the Swedes are upon oath likewise.
+
+_Wh._ But the English are in the affirmative.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ The Swedes have like complaints against the English, which
+are to be proved by oath in the affirmative also; and in such case the
+parties or their procurators must appear before the ordinary and
+competent judges, which will require a great deal of time; but we being
+to treat with you as an Ambassador, we propose that there may be an
+abolition of all past injuries of the one side and the other, and that
+there may be an agreement and friendship, and free trade there for the
+future.
+
+_Wh._ This will be very proper for the time to come, but it will be no
+satisfaction for the injuries already done. I have no power from the
+Protector or Company of English Merchants to make any such agreement; but
+for what concerns the public, I can make an accord with you, and the
+satisfaction of damages for wrongs past may be remitted to the
+determination of the Commissioners.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I shall show you a project in writing, that all the houses
+and possessions of the one part and the other may continue in the same
+estate for the time to come as they are in at present.
+
+_Wh._ To agree to this were to give up the right of the English
+merchants, and to acknowledge that they have no cause of complaint;
+whereas I demand in justice a reparation and satisfaction for those
+injuries whereof they complain.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ Then the business must be decided before the judges,
+witnesses on both sides must be heard, and we must insist upon it that
+the houses and possessions continue in the same estate as they now are.
+
+_Wh._ You must pardon me that I cannot assent hereunto.
+
+Thus their debate broke off.
+
+Monsieur Ravius came to Whitelocke in the name of the Bishop of Stregnes,
+to acquaint him that if he had any English horses which he would bestow
+upon the Prince, that they would be very acceptable to him, and that
+Whitelocke would very much gratify himself thereby. Whitelocke said that
+his saddle-horses were not worth the presenting to his Royal Highness,
+the best of them being already given away; but he had a set of
+coach-horses which he intended to reserve and to present unto the Prince,
+if he pleased to accept them. Ravius said they would be very acceptable
+to him.
+
+
+_May 9, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke compliments the Danish minister on the peace.]
+
+The King of Denmark being included in the treaty between England and the
+Dutch, and so become a friend, Whitelocke was advised to send first a
+compliment to the Danish Ambassador now residing in this Court; which,
+when Whitelocke doubted lest thereby he might diminish the honour of
+England by sending to the Dane before the Dane had first sent to him, the
+master of the ceremonies and others instructed him that it was the
+constant custom for the ambassador that comes last to send first a
+compliment to him that had been in the Court before; whereupon Whitelocke
+did send one of his gentlemen to the Danish Ambassador, to visit and
+compliment him.
+
+Now the secretary of the Ambassador of Denmark came to Whitelocke, in
+the name of his lord, to give him thanks for the honour he had done him
+in sending one of his servants to salute him, and to congratulate the
+good news of the agreement between England and the Dutch, wherein the
+King his master was comprised. The secretary said that the confirmation
+thereof was also come to his lord by the way of Holland and of Denmark,
+for which news his Lordship was very joyful, and would himself have given
+a visit to Whitelocke but that his want of health detained him in his
+lodging. Whitelocke told the secretary that he was very sorry for his
+lord's indisposition of health, and wished his good recovery; that he was
+heartily glad of the news which gave him occasion to send to his lord to
+congratulate with him, and that he would take an opportunity to visit him
+in person when it might be without prejudice to his Excellence's health.
+
+Berkman came to Whitelocke to give him an account of a message wherein he
+had employed Berkman to the Marshal Wrangel, to desire him, in
+Whitelocke's name, that the ship appointed to transport him might fall
+down from Stockholm to the Dollars, for Whitelocke to come on board her
+there, which would save him a hundred miles by sea from Stockholm
+thither, there being a nearer way by a third-part from Stockholm to the
+Dollars for boats to pass. Berkman said he found Wrangel very civil, and
+ready to do what Whitelocke should desire of him for his accommodation,
+and that he had ordered the ship forthwith to fall down to the Dollars;
+for which Whitelocke desired Monsieur Berkman to return his thanks to the
+Marshal.
+
+The Ricks-Admiral sent to Whitelocke, expressing much civility and
+readiness to serve him, and desired to know if one ship would be
+sufficient for his transportation; that, if he pleased, there should be
+more provided for him. Whitelocke returned thanks, and that he hoped he
+should not have occasion to put them to the trouble of more ships for his
+transportation than that already ordered for him.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke invited to the ceremony of abdication.]
+
+The master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke, by the Queen's command,
+to know if he and his company pleased to see the meeting of the Ricksdag;
+that he had provided a place for that purpose, where they might be
+unknown and unseen, and yet see all the ceremony and hear all the
+harangues; that if Whitelocke would see it, the master would call him at
+eight o'clock in the morning and wait upon him to the place; but he said
+that the Danish Ambassador had some thoughts of being there also, and if
+he came first to the place he would take the uppermost seat. Whitelocke
+then desired the master to call him early enough that he might be there
+first, because he should hardly permit the Danish Ambassador to sit above
+him. The master said he would be sure to call Whitelocke early enough,
+but he believed that the Danish Ambassador would not be there because of
+his ill health.
+
+The master told Whitelocke that Monsieur Bloome had informed him that
+some of Whitelocke's gentlemen took exceptions to the presents sent them
+by the Queen. He protested, upon his soul and his honour, that he had no
+hand in the disposing of these presents, but that all was done by the
+officers of the Chamber of Accounts, and that the Queen did not meddle
+with it; but when he showed her a catalogue of the officers of
+Whitelocke's house, she marked them how she would have the presents
+bestowed; that how the matter might be altered afterwards he was wholly
+ignorant, and that he had order, under the hands of the officers, to make
+the distribution as he had done; and he hoped none of the gentlemen would
+be offended with him, who had done nothing but as he was ordered by those
+over him. Whitelocke told him that, in so great a family as his was, it
+would be difficult to please every one; that these presents were the
+Queen's favours, which she might distribute as she pleased, and every one
+ought to be contented therewith; that some of his company had discoursed
+hereof more than belonged to them, but that he would take order in it
+himself. They had also this further discourse:--
+
+_Whitelocke._ Do you expect the arrival of the Prince here on Friday
+next?
+
+_Mast. Cer._ The Queen is not assured of his arrival that day, but she
+will go out on horseback, accompanied with all her nobility, to meet him.
+
+_Wh._ Will it be expected that I go out likewise to meet him?
+
+_Mast. Cer._ That cannot be, because it will be after your last audience,
+and when you have taken your leave of the Queen, so that you cannot then
+appear in public nor in any public action, because it will be to present
+yourself before those of whom you had taken your leave before.
+
+_Wh._ But after my last audience I may in private see the Queen?
+
+_Mast. Cer._ Yes, for that is but a particular visit; and so you may
+visit any of your friends after your last audience.
+
+_Wh._ I intend likewise to salute the Prince after my last audience.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ You may do it, because it will be but a particular visit.
+
+_Wh._ I hope his Royal Highness will treat me with the same civility and
+respect as he useth to any other ambassador.
+
+_Mast. Cer._ That he will infallibly do. Monsieur Chanut, the French
+Ambassador, when he was in this Court, did always give the right hand to
+the Prince after the proposal had been made of declaring him
+Prince-heritier of the crown, though the Ricksdag had not then confirmed
+it. But Chanut made difficulty of it at the Prince's lodging, because he
+was not the son of a king, yet afterwards he did it both there and
+elsewhere.
+
+_Wh._ There is more reason for me now to do it, because the proposal is
+to be made of investing him with the Crown. What was the manner of the
+Prince's reception of Chanut, where did he meet Chanut at his coming, and
+how far did he go with him at his taking leave?
+
+_Mast. Cer._ The Prince received Chanut at the door of the chamber where
+he had his audience; and when the Ambassador went away, the Prince
+brought him to the same place and no further; and I believe he will give
+the same respect to your Excellence, and as much to you as to any public
+minister.
+
+_Wh._ I can desire no more.
+
+
+_May 10, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke attends a wedding at Court.]
+
+Lagerfeldt came to Whitelocke and acquainted him that there was a
+special article to be agreed upon touching the business of Guinea, which
+the Queen and the Chancellor were willing might proceed for the despatch
+of Whitelocke, and that Grave Eric would have come to him about it, but
+that he was ill and had taken physic. He told Whitelocke that the Queen
+said he might have his last audience that day if he pleased; but if he
+would be present at the solemnity of the nuptials which were this evening
+to be celebrated at Court between the Baron Horne and the Lady Sparre,
+and if he desired to see the assembling of the Ricksdag tomorrow, then it
+would be requisite to defer his audience till Friday, because when he had
+taken his leave of the Queen it would not be proper for him afterwards to
+appear in public. Whitelocke said he had rather be dismissed than to be
+present at any solemnities; that her Majesty had taken him captive by her
+noble presents, so that it was not fit for him to come abroad in public.
+He asked Lagerfeldt if the Prince would be here on Friday next; if so,
+then it would not be convenient to have his audience put off to that day.
+Lagerfeldt said he doubted that the Prince would not be here so soon.
+
+An officer on horseback, accompanied with several other horsemen, with
+four kettle-drums and eight or ten trumpets beating and sounding before
+them, made proclamation in several parts of the town that all persons who
+were summoned to appear at the Ricksdag should give their attendance at
+the place appointed in the Queen's castle of Upsal tomorrow by eight
+o'clock in the morning, upon pain of half-a-dollar mulcted for every
+default.
+
+The master of the ceremonies came to Whitelocke from the Queen, and
+acquainted him to the same effect as Lagerfeldt had done, touching his
+last audience. The master also, by the Queen's command, invited
+Whitelocke to the wedding at Court this night; and if he pleased to see
+the manner of the assembling of the Ricksdag, that he had order to take
+the care of it, and that it would be no hindrance to his going away,
+because the Prince did not come hither till Tuesday next. Whitelocke said
+he was sorry that the Prince would come no sooner to this place, but
+since it was the pleasure of the Queen that he should wait upon her this
+evening, he would obey her commands; and as to the time of his audience,
+he submitted to her pleasure.
+
+The Ricks-Admiral sent again to Whitelocke, to know if he would have any
+more ships provided for his transportation. Whitelocke returned his
+thanks, and that he intended not to take any of his horses with him, and
+therefore should not need any more ships than were already ordered.
+
+Studely, one of Whitelocke's servants, returned to him from Stockholm
+with an account that the ship appointed for his transportation was not
+yet ready, which retarded his voyage to his trouble.
+
+Between ten and eleven o'clock at night the master of the ceremonies came
+to Whitelocke's house, with one of the Queen's coaches, to bring him to
+the wedding at Court. He desired Whitelocke's two sons to go into that
+coach, who excused themselves that they had not been in that coach
+formerly. The master said that when one went to an audience there were
+certain formalities to be observed, but going to a wedding was another
+thing; that now the Queen had sent her coach for Whitelocke as her
+guest, and it was proper for his sons to go with him. Whitelocke wished
+them to observe the direction of the master, who governed in these
+things.
+
+They went to the bridegroom's house, where were many of his friends; his
+uncle the Ricks-Admiral, Marshal Wrangel, and other senators and
+noblemen. As soon as Whitelocke alighted out of the coach, the
+bridegroom's brother was there to receive him and bid him welcome; near
+the door the bridegroom met him, and gave him thanks for the favour in
+honouring his wedding with his presence. Whitelocke said he was very
+ready to testify his respects to the nobility of this country, and
+particularly to himself, and took it for an honour to be invited into
+such company.
+
+Whitelocke was instructed by the master of the ceremonies, that by the
+custom of this country the bridegroom takes place of the King, and the
+bride of the Queen, during the solemnities of the wedding; accordingly
+Whitelocke gave the right hand to the bridegroom.
+
+After a little discourse they took their coaches;--first the gentlemen,
+then the Lords, then the Senators, then the Ricks-Admiral and Senator
+Bundt, who, being next of kin, was to give the bride in marriage; after
+Bundt went Whitelocke, and after him the bridegroom, who had precedence
+in the Queen's coach, which went last, and Whitelocke next before it, and
+the other coaches in their order; the bridegroom's coach last of all, as
+the best place. The like order they observed in their going in the
+castle. At the head of the stairs the master of the ceremonies met them,
+and brought them to the presence-chamber, where the Queen was with the
+bride and a great company of gallant ladies. The bridegroom kissed her
+Majesty's hand, and then the bride's hand; the rest of the company did
+the like. Between the Queen and Whitelocke passed a little discourse.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Madam, I give you humble thanks for your invitation of me
+to these solemnities.
+
+_Queen._ It is an honour to us that such an Ambassador will be present at
+our ceremonies.
+
+_Wh._ I likewise return my most humble thanks to your Majesty for your
+many favours, and the noble presents you have been pleased to bestow on
+me and on my company.
+
+_Qu._ Sir, you mock me; I am troubled I could not do according to that
+respect which I bear you. This is only a custom of our country to persons
+of your condition, and I hope you will take it in good part.
+
+_Wh._ It is more suitable to your Majesty's bounty than to anything I can
+call desert in me, who have a most grateful sense and acceptance of your
+Majesty's favours.
+
+[SN: Ceremony of the marriage.]
+
+The bride and bridegroom were both clothed in white tabby, his suit laced
+with a very broad gold and silver lace. The bride had on her head a
+coronet set full of diamonds, with a diamond collar about her neck and
+shoulders, a diamond girdle of the same fashion, and a rich diamond jewel
+at her breast, which were all of them of great value, and by some
+reported to be the Queen's jewels, lent by her to the bride for that
+time.
+
+They went all to the great hall; first the noblemen, then the senators,
+then the bridegroom between Bundt and Whitelocke, then the bride between
+two Graves, then the Queen and her Guards. Then the Queen presently took
+her chair of state; at her right-hand at a little distance sat the bride
+against her; at the Queen's left-hand sat the bridegroom, next to him
+Whitelocke, and then Bundt. After they were all sat, Bundt rose up and
+went towards the Queen, and spake in Swedish with a loud voice to this
+effect, as it was interpreted to Whitelocke:--That Baron Horne, a
+gentleman there present, of an ancient and noble family, desired to have
+in marriage a lady who was servant to her Majesty, of the ancient and
+noble family of the Sparres; then he spake much of the pedigrees and in
+the praise of both the families; after that he addressed himself to the
+bride and bridegroom, giving them good counsel as to the condition which
+they were entering into, and their demeanour to one another. Then some
+friends led the bridegroom to a place in the midst of the hall purposely
+railed in, and then they fetched the bride thither also and placed her by
+the bridegroom; then a grave churchman, one of the Queen's chaplains,
+turning himself to the Queen, pronounced the words of marriage after a
+form in a book which he read, and being interpreted to Whitelocke, he
+found it the same in effect with the words of marriage in the English
+Liturgy. The ceremony of joining them in marriage being ended, two Graves
+with torches came to the bridegroom and bride and led them around; two
+other Lords with torches followed after them, many ladies two by two. The
+bride being brought to her seat by the bridegroom, he then took the Queen
+by the hand and they walked between the torches; then the bride came and
+took Whitelocke by the hand and they walked after the Queen. Whitelocke
+brought the bride again to her place, and being instructed that he was to
+take the Queen and march the round with her also, Whitelocke did it, and
+all this was a solemn walking to the sound of drums and trumpets. After
+which, every one returned to their places, and then they set to dancing
+of the brawls; and the Queen came to Whitelocke to take him out to dance
+with her, who excused himself.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke dances with the Queen.]
+
+_Whitelocke._ Madam, I am fearful that I shall dishonour your Majesty, as
+well as shame myself, by dancing with you.
+
+_Queen._ I will try whether you can dance.
+
+_Wh._ I assure your Majesty I cannot in any measure be worthy to have you
+by the hand.
+
+_Qu._ I esteem you worthy, and therefore make choice of you to dance with
+me.
+
+_Wh._ I shall not so much undervalue your Majesty's judgement as not to
+obey you herein, and I wish I could remember as much of this as when I
+was a young man.
+
+After they had done dancing, and Whitelocke had waited upon the Queen to
+her chair of state, she said to him--
+
+_Qu._ _Par Dieu!_ these Hollanders are lying fellows.
+
+_Wh._ I wonder how the Hollanders should come into your mind upon such an
+occasion as this is, who are not usually thought upon in such
+solemnities, nor much acquainted with them.
+
+_Qu._ I will tell you all. The Hollanders reported to me a great while
+since that all the _noblesse_ of England were of the King's party, and
+none but mechanics of the Parliament party, and not a gentleman among
+them; now I thought to try you, and to shame you if you could not dance;
+but I see that you are a gentleman and have been bred a gentleman, and
+that makes me say the Hollanders are lying fellows, to report that there
+was not a gentleman of the Parliament's party, when I see by you chiefly,
+and by many of your company, that you are gentlemen.
+
+_Wh._ Truly, Madam, in this they told a great untruth to your Majesty, as
+I believe they have done in several other particulars. I do confess that
+the greatest part of our nobility and gentry were of the King's party,
+but many of them likewise were of the Parliament's party; and I, who am
+sent to wait upon your Majesty, can, without vanity, derive to myself an
+ancient pedigree of a gentleman. They would not have given the honour to
+any but a gentleman to kiss your Majesty's hand, and you are pleased to
+do your servant right, and his company, by acknowledging that our
+superiors have commanded gentlemen to wait on you.
+
+_Qu._ I assure you that I esteem it the greater honour done to me, and
+you are the more welcome to me because you are a gentleman; and had I not
+known and found you to be so, your business would not have been so well
+despatched as it is. I see you have all the qualities of a gentleman, and
+I believe that you were excellent in your music and dancing in your
+younger days.
+
+_Wh._ I was bred up in the qualities of a gentleman, and in my youth was
+accounted not inferior to others in the practice of them; but it is so
+long since I used this of dancing, especially after we learned to march,
+that had it not been to obey your Majesty, I should hardly have been
+drawn to discover my deficiencies.
+
+_Qu._ You have discovered nothing but what tends to your honour and to
+my contentment; and I take it as a favour that you were willing to lay
+aside your gravity and play the courtier upon my request, which I see you
+can do so well when you please.
+
+After the dancing ended, there was brought into the hall a sumptuous
+banquet, the Hof-Marshal with his silver staff ushering it, and after
+that distributed. The Queen and all the company went back in the same
+order to the presence-chamber, and there the Queen bid the bride and
+bridegroom good-night, and so all went to their lodgings, divers of the
+nobles waiting on the bride to her chamber.
+
+The Queen told Whitelocke that she believed the Prince would be here on
+Tuesday next, and that Whitelocke should have his audience on Friday
+next. Whitelocke took his coach, after it had waited nine hours at the
+castle.
+
+
+_May 11, 1654._
+
+[SN: The abdication of Queen Christina.]
+
+Early in the morning the master of the ceremonies came to accompany
+Whitelocke to the castle, to see the manner of the assembly of the
+Ricksdag, and brought him and his company to the castle to an upper room
+or gallery, where he sat privately, not taken notice of by any, yet had
+the full view of the great hall where the Ricksdag met, and heard what
+was said. The Danish Ambassador did forbear to come thither, as was
+supposed, because of Whitelocke being there. The French Resident sat by
+Whitelocke, and conversed with him.
+
+The great hall, two stories high, was prepared for the Assembly. An outer
+chamber was hung with cloth of Arras; in the antechamber to that were
+guards of the Queen's partisans; in the court was a company of
+musketeers. The great hall was hung with those hangings which were before
+in Whitelocke's lodgings, with some others added, and was very handsome.
+On each side of the hall, from the walls towards the middle of the room,
+forms were placed, covered with red cloth, for seats for the Members, and
+were all alike without distinction, and reached upwards. Three parts of
+the length of the hall, in the midst between the seats, was a space or
+lane broad enough for three to walk abreast together. At the upper end of
+the hall, on a foot-pace three steps high, covered with foot-carpets,
+stood the chair of state, all of massy silver, a rich cushion in it, and
+a canopy of crimson velvet richly embroidered over it. On the left side
+of the chair of state were placed five ordinary chairs of crimson velvet,
+without arms, for the five Ricks-officers; and on the same side below
+them, and on the other side from the foot-pace down to the forms, in a
+semicircular form, were stools of crimson velvet for the Ricks-Senators.
+
+About nine o'clock there entered at the lower end of the great hall a
+plain, lusty man in his boor's habit, with a staff in his hand, followed
+by about eighty boors, Members of this Council, who had chosen the first
+man for their Marshal, or Speaker. These marched up in the open place
+between the forms to the midst of them, and then the Marshal and his
+company sat down on the forms on the right of the State, from the midst
+downwards to the lower end of the hall, and put on their hats. A little
+while after them entered at the same door a man in a civil habit of a
+citizen, with a staff in his hand, followed by about a hundred and
+twenty citizens, deputies of the cities and boroughs, who had chosen him
+to be their Marshal. They all took their places upon the forms
+over-against the boors in the lower end of the hall, and were covered.
+Not long after, at the same door, entered a proper gentleman richly
+habited, a staff in his hand, who was Marshal of the Nobility, followed
+by near two hundred lords and gentlemen, Members of the Ricksdag, chief
+of their respective families, many of them rich in clothes, of civil
+deportment. They took their seats uppermost on the right of the State,
+and whilst they walked up to their forms the citizens and boors stood up
+uncovered; and when the nobility sat and put on their hats, the citizens
+and boors did so likewise. A little after, at the same door, entered the
+Archbishop of Upsal with a staff in his hand, who by his place is Marshal
+of the Clergy. He was followed by five or six other bishops and all the
+superintendents, and about sixty Ministers, Deputies, or Proctors of the
+Clergy. While they walked up to their places all the rest of the Members
+stood up uncovered; and when they sat down on the uppermost forms on the
+left side of the State, and put on their hats and caps, the rest of the
+Members did the like; these were grave men, in their long cassocks and
+canonical habit, and most with long beards.
+
+All the Members being thus sat, about a quarter of an hour after entered
+the Captain, followed by divers of the Queen's Guard, with partisans.
+After them came many gentlemen of the Queen's servants, uncovered, with
+swords by their sides and well clad, two and two together. After them
+came the Ricks-Senators in their order, the puisne first. After them the
+Ricks-officers, all bare. After them came the Queen, and kept off her
+hat in the hall, some of the officers of the Court and pages after her.
+In this order they went up in the open place in the midst of the forms,
+all the Members standing up uncovered. The Queen's company made a lane
+for her to pass through, and she went up to her chair and sat down in it;
+and all the company, except the members of the Council, went out of the
+hall, and all the doors were shut; the Members sat in their places
+uncovered.
+
+After the Queen had sat a little, she rose, and beckoned to the
+Chancellor to come to her, who came with great ceremony and respect; and
+after a little speaking together he returned to his place, and the Queen
+sat down again a little time; then rising up with mettle, she came
+forward to the utmost part of the foot-pace, and with a good grace and
+confidence spake to the Assembly, as it was interpreted to Whitelocke, to
+this effect:--
+
+[SN: The Queen's speech.]
+
+    "The occasion, my friends, wherefore you are called together to this
+    Diet will in some sort appear strange to you; for being so unusual,
+    and as it were unheard of, it cannot be understood without great
+    astonishment. But, Gentlemen, when you shall a little reflect upon
+    what hath passed some years since, you will then perceive that it is
+    no new thing, but long since premeditated, and by me wished and
+    intended.
+
+    "It is sufficiently known to you what hath formerly passed as to the
+    succession of my most dear cousin to this kingdom; and I esteem
+    myself very happy that all things at present are in such a posture
+    that thereupon I may bring my purpose to effect, which is, to offer
+    and to give into the hands of my most dear cousin our most dear
+    country and the royal seat, with the crown, the sceptre, and the
+    government. I need not repeat this subject to you; it sufficeth
+    that all may be done for the good of the country and the prosperity
+    and security of my most dear cousin, to whom you have formerly given
+    this right, and have found him capable to govern you and this
+    kingdom, which he deserves by his great spirits and rare qualities,
+    joined with his heroic actions, witnessed by divers encounters.
+
+    "And since there is nothing wanting but time to put in execution the
+    succession of my most dear cousin to the government of this kingdom,
+    which depends only upon myself,--and of my purpose nothing remains
+    but to make you parties, which is the only occasion of my calling
+    you together, and which I shall more at large declare unto you by my
+    proposal,--I doubt not but you will consent thereunto, whereby you
+    will testify at this time, as you have done at all times before,
+    your faithfulness and obedience to me.
+
+    "Also I give you thanks that, with so much duty, you are come to
+    this Diet, and that with so much affection and loyalty you have
+    demeaned yourselves towards me and our most dear country during my
+    government, so that I have received much content by your deportment;
+    and if in these ten years of my administration I have merited
+    anything from you, it shall be this only which I desire of you, that
+    you will consent to my resolution, since you may assure yourselves
+    that none can dissuade me from my purpose.
+
+    "You may be pleased also to take in good part what hath passed
+    during the time of my government, and to be assured that herein
+    also, as well as in all other things, my intention hath been always
+    to serve our most dear country. There remains nothing but my wishes
+    that all may work to the glory of God, to the advancement of the
+    Christian Church, and to the good and prosperity of our most dear
+    country and of all her inhabitants."
+
+[SN: The Archbishop's speech.]
+
+After the Queen had spoken she sat down again, and after a little pause
+the Archbishop of Upsal went out of his place into the open passage, and
+making his obeisance to the Queen, he, as Marshal of the Clergy and in
+their name, made an oration to her Majesty, which was somewhat long; but
+the effect thereof was interpreted to Whitelocke to be an acknowledgment
+of the happy reign of her Majesty, whereby her subjects had enjoyed all
+good, peace, and justice and liberty, and whatsoever were the products of
+a blessed government. He then recited the great affections of this people
+to the King her father, and to her Majesty his only child; their duty and
+obedience to her in all her commands; that no prince could be more happy
+than her Majesty was in the affections and duty of her subjects, nor
+could any people be more contented in the rule of their sovereign than
+her people were; he therefore used all arguments and humble entreaties to
+her Majesty to desist from her intention of resigning the government, and
+to continue to sway the sceptre of this kingdom, wherein he did not doubt
+but that the blessing of God would be with her as it had been, and that
+it would be to His honour and to the good of this kingdom if her Majesty
+would hearken to the humble desires of the clergy in this particular.
+Then he acknowledged the virtues and admirable abilities of the Prince,
+whose succession would come in due time; that, her Majesty reigning at
+present with so much satisfaction both to this Church and State, he
+humbly desired, in the name of the clergy, that she would be pleased,
+though to her own trouble, yet for her subjects' good, to continue still
+to be Queen over them. After he had ended his speech, making three
+congees, he went up to the Queen and kissed her hand, and with three more
+congees returned to his place.
+
+Then the Marshal of the Nobility, going forth into the open place
+between the forms, made his oration in the name of the nobility, much to
+the same purpose as the Archbishop had done, and, after his oration
+ended, with the like ceremony kissed her Majesty's hand, and returned to
+his place. Then the like was done by the Marshal of the Burgesses, and
+all to the same effect.
+
+[SN: The Boor's speech.]
+
+In the last place stepped forth the Marshal of the Boors, a plain country
+fellow, in his clouted shoon, and all other habits answerable, as all the
+rest of his company were accoutred. This boor, without any congees or
+ceremony at all, spake to her Majesty, and was interpreted to Whitelocke
+to be after this phrase:--
+
+    "O Lord God, Madam, what do you mean to do? It troubles us to hear
+    you speak of forsaking those that love you so well as we do. Can you
+    be better than you are? You are Queen of all these countries, and if
+    you leave this large kingdom, where will you get such another? If
+    you should do it (as I hope you won't for all this), both you and we
+    shall have cause, when it is too late, to be sorry for it. Therefore
+    my fellows and I pray you to think better on't, and to keep your
+    crown on your head, then you will keep your own honour and our
+    peace; but if you lay it down, in my conscience you will endanger
+    all. Continue in your gears, good Madam, and be the fore-horse as
+    long as you live, and we will help you the best we can to bear your
+    burden.
+
+    "Your father was an honest gentleman and a good king, and very
+    stirring in the world; we obeyed him and loved him as long as he
+    lived; and you are his own child, and have governed us very well,
+    and we love you with all our hearts; and the Prince is an honest
+    gentleman, and when his time comes we shall be ready to do our
+    duties to him as we do to you; but as long as you live we are not
+    willing to part with you, and therefore I pray, Madam, do not part
+    with us."
+
+When the boor had ended his speech, he waddled up to the Queen without
+any ceremony, took her by the hand and shook it heartily, and kissed it
+two or three times; then turning his back to her, he pulled out of his
+pocket a foul handkerchief and wiped the tears from his eyes, and in the
+same posture as he came up he returned back to his own place again.
+
+When the orations were all ended, one of the Queen's secretaries, by her
+command, read unto the Assembly a paper, which Whitelocke procured to be
+given to him in a copy, and translated into English.
+
+[SN: The Queen's declaration to the Diet.]
+
+    _The Proposition of her Majesty of Sweden to the Estates assembled
+    at Upsal the 11th of May, in the year 1654._
+
+    "Since for certain reasons her Majesty found it good and necessary
+    to assemble the Estates of the Kingdom at this time, and that they
+    have given testimony of their obedience in their coming together,
+    her Majesty hath great cause to rejoice that the good God hath
+    preserved our country from all apparent harms, and principally from
+    the contagious sickness of the plague, which spread itself in divers
+    places the last autumn, but at present is ceased, so that we may
+    meet together in all safety. Her Majesty rejoiceth in the good
+    health of her faithful subjects; and this obligeth us not only to
+    return humble thanks to our good God, but the more to supplicate Him
+    for the future to avert his fatherly chastisements from us.
+
+    "Also her Majesty understands with great joy, that the scarcity and
+    dearth in the late years is now changed into fruitfulness and
+    abundance, so that the last year there was not only very great
+    abundance of all things which the earth produceth, but further,
+    thanks be to God, we have cause, according to appearances, to hope
+    this year will be no less fruitful; the which great blessing of God
+    to this country clearly shows us the great obligations which we have
+    to Him.
+
+    "Also her Majesty calls to mind, that which she graciously mentions
+    to her faithful subjects, how the country, within the limits
+    thereof, is at present in a good and peaceable condition, and so
+    hath been kept by Divine Providence, and the faithful care of her
+    Majesty, in times of danger; and when war, and the imminent perils
+    accompanying the same roundabout us, had the sway, yet we always
+    continued in quiet without taking part in others' quarrels, and for
+    this end hath always endeavoured to entertain a sincere friendship
+    and good correspondence with her neighbours and allies.
+
+    "And as to the neighbourhood of Denmark, her Majesty hath nothing to
+    fear, since she hath given no occasion in anything but of sincere
+    friendship and firm peace.
+
+    "In like manner, with all possible care, by her Commissioners, hath
+    composed the differences touching the limits between her and the
+    Great Duke of Muscovy; and although the said Duke hath signified to
+    her Majesty by divers envoys that he would justify the expedition of
+    war newly made by him against the Polanders, with all the reasons
+    thereof, yet since that is a business which can no way involve her
+    Majesty and the Crown of Sweden, there is no cause to fear it;
+    provided their actions be watched, and{7} that, by little and
+    little, preparation be made, if there shall be cause to apply some
+    remedies.
+
+    "With the King and Crown of Poland is continued the amnesty for
+    twenty-six years, formerly accorded; and although her Majesty
+    wisheth that this amnesty had been converted into a perpetual
+    peace,--and for this end she hath caused pains to be taken twice at
+    Luebeck, by the mediators and her Commissioners, and although they
+    are not yet agreed,--nevertheless her Majesty understands so much on
+    the part of Poland that they are not disaffected to the renewing of
+    the treaties for a longer time, so that her Majesty hath no cause
+    but to promise herself at length a favourable success therein.
+
+    "With the Emperor and Roman Empire her Majesty, since the peace
+    executed in Germany, hath continued and maintained good amity and
+    correspondence; and for this end she hath her ambassadors there,
+    who have their places in the present Diet for the principality of
+    Bremen, Verden, and Pomerland, among the other members of the empire
+    who do there maintain and observe the interests of her Majesty; and
+    for the conclusion of the peace of Germany her Majesty hath
+    resolved, by a great embassy, to accept the possession and
+    investiture, from the Emperor, of the conquered countries.
+
+    "Also her Majesty hath a good correspondence and friendship with
+    France and Spain by fit means and a good alliance.
+
+    "But particularly her Majesty rejoiceth that the perilous war made
+    in the ocean between the powerful Commonwealths of England and the
+    United Provinces (by which we have received very great damage in our
+    trade throughout, as it appeareth) is appeased and ended; and that,
+    since, her Majesty hath made an alliance with the Commonwealth of
+    England for the security of navigation and commerce, so that the
+    faithful subjects of her Majesty may thereby hope to have great
+    advantage and profit.
+
+    "In this posture and state of affairs, her Majesty thinks it fit to
+    prosecute her intention, which she hath conceived some years since,
+    and to put the same in execution, that is, to give up the kingdom of
+    Sweden and her sceptre to his Royal Highness, the most high, most
+    illustrious Prince Charles Gustavus, by the grace of God designed
+    hereditary Prince of the kingdom of Sweden, Count Palatine of the
+    Rhine in Bavaria, Prince of Juelich, Cleves, and Bergen; and this is
+    the only business which her Majesty hath to propose to her faithful
+    subjects at this time.
+
+    "Her Majesty also hath this gracious confidence in all the Estates
+    here now assembled, that when they shall consider with what
+    dexterity, pains, and travail her Majesty for ten years hath managed
+    the affairs of this kingdom, and with such good fortune that all the
+    counsels and intentions of her Majesty have been followed with such
+    happy success, that the State, with great honour and reputation,
+    hath escaped many difficulties of war, and yet enjoys such quiet,
+    that they cannot judge or conclude that her Majesty would now make
+    any alteration were it not for the good and safety of this nation.
+
+    "The Estates, which have been formerly assembled, know very well how
+    earnestly her Majesty pressed that the kingdom and government might
+    be provided of a successor, thereby to avoid and cut off the sudden
+    accidents which happen when a government is uncertain; for which
+    reason the Estates in that point did agree and think good heretofore
+    that his Highness should be chosen and made hereditary Prince and
+    successor to the crown. All this her Majesty did propose and urge
+    till it was brought to the effect which that time produced.
+
+    "And to the end that her Majesty, during her life, may have the
+    pleasure to see the happy effect of this design, and that the entire
+    government may be rendered into the hands of his Royal Highness,
+    therefore her Majesty hath resolved to quit the crown and the
+    privileges of it, and to put them into the hands of his Royal
+    Highness.
+
+    "And although this resolution of her Majesty may seem strange and
+    unexpected to the Estates of the kingdom, nevertheless, according to
+    her gracious confidence, she believes that they will consent to her
+    quiet in retiring herself from so heavy a burden, by their
+    contributing an assent to the proposed alteration.
+
+    "Her Majesty likewise assures herself (as the Estates by their
+    former acts have always testified) of the esteem which they have of
+    the person and of the rare virtues and well-known qualities of his
+    Royal Highness; and that they will find that he will employ them to
+    a prudent government and to their great advantage, and that at
+    length they will not be deceived by this change, or any ways
+    prejudiced: for which end her Majesty promiseth and offereth to
+    contribute all her advice and counsel and endeavour,--chiefly that
+    his Royal Highness, before his entry into the government, may assure
+    the Estates and effectually do that which the Kings of Sweden upon
+    the like occasions have used to do, and are by the laws and customs
+    obliged unto.
+
+    "And on the other part, that the Estates and all the subjects of
+    Sweden be obliged to render unto his Royal Highness that respect,
+    obedience, and all those rights which appertain to a King, and which
+    they are obliged to perform.
+
+    "And as her Majesty hath considered and resolved upon the means
+    whereby her Majesty may enjoy a yearly pension to be settled upon
+    her during her life, and having communicated her purpose therein to
+    his Royal Highness the successor to the crown, so she graciously
+    hopeth that her faithful subjects and the Estates will be content
+    therewith, humbly receiving and consenting to what her Majesty hath
+    graciously disposed.
+
+    "Her Majesty graciously requires all the Estates of the kingdom that
+    they would, as soon as may be, consider this business, to the end
+    that the resolution taken by her Majesty may in a short time be
+    brought unto effect.
+
+    "Her Majesty most graciously thanks all her faithful subjects for
+    the obedience, honour, and respect which every one of them hath
+    faithfully testified to her Majesty during the time of her
+    government; so that her Majesty hath received full contentment by
+    their most humble demeanour, which hereafter, upon all occasions,
+    she will acknowledge with all gratitude.
+
+    "Her Majesty also hopeth that her most faithful subjects will be
+    satisfied, and give a good construction of the faithful care which
+    her Majesty hath employed for all in general and their happiness,
+    and chiefly for the gracious affection which she hath testified
+    towards every one in particular.
+
+    "Her Majesty wisheth that the most high and most powerful God would
+    conserve and protect our dear country, with all the inhabitants
+    thereof and all the subjects, from all harm; and to conclude, that
+    the estates of the kingdom, as well in general as in particular, may
+    continue and increase from day to day, and may for ever flourish."
+
+After this proposition was read, the Queen's servants were called in,
+and she went out of the hall, attended by them and the Ricks-Senators in
+the same way and manner as she came in; and after she was gone, first the
+Archbishop of Upsal and the clergy following him; second, the Marshal and
+Nobility; third, the Marshal and Burgesses; fourth, the Marshal and
+Boors, went out of the hall in the same order as they first came in; and
+when they were all gone, Whitelocke returned to his lodging.
+
+[SN: The solemnities of the marriage resumed.]
+
+About eleven o'clock in the evening, the master of the ceremonies came to
+bring Whitelocke to the remainder of the solemnities of the marriage.
+Whitelocke, in no good condition to go abroad, having sat up the last
+night, yet rather than discontent the Queen and the nobility, who had
+sent for him, he went with the master in the Queen's coach to the
+bridegroom's lodging in the castle, who met him in the outer chamber and
+brought him into another room where were many senators and lords; they
+all took their coach, and went in the same order as the day before to the
+Queen, where the bride and ladies were expecting them.
+
+They came all to the great hall, where the Queen and the company took
+their places, and the drums beating and trumpets sounding. A gentleman
+entered the hall carrying a spear or pike covered with taffeta of the
+bridegroom's colours, all but the head, which was silver, worth about
+twenty crowns; he stood by the bride, holding the spear in the middle,
+both ends of it about breast-high, and the bridegroom was brought and
+placed by his bride. Then Senator Bundt made a solemn speech to the
+Queen, which (according to the interpretation made to Whitelocke) was to
+thank her Majesty for the favour which she did to the bride and
+bridegroom in permitting the nuptials to be in her Court; and he
+acquainted the Queen, and published to the company, what dowry the
+bridegroom had given that morning to his bride, with two thousand ducats
+for her provision; and that twelve of the nobility, of the alliance and
+friends to them both, were witnesses thereunto, and were to take care
+that the money should be disposed to the use of the wife and children, in
+case she survived her husband.
+
+Then a gentleman read aloud the names of the twelve witnesses, who, as
+they were called one after another, making their honours to the Queen,
+went and laid their right hands on the spear; and then was published the
+dowry and augmentation thus by these twelve witnesses. After this the
+spear was laid down at the feet of the bride, and all, making their
+solemn reverences to the Queen, took again their places. Then the same
+gentleman that laid down the spear, took it up again and threw it out of
+the window into the great court; where a multitude of people stood
+expecting it, and scrambled for the head of it, and for the taffeta,
+which they tore in pieces and wore in their hats as the bride's favours.
+
+After this ceremony ended, the bridegroom came and took the bride by the
+hand, and they marched after the torches to the sound of the drums and
+trumpets; after that the bridegroom took the Queen by the hand, and the
+bride came and took the English Ambassador by the hand, and other
+noblemen took their several ladies, and they marched two and two amidst
+the torches and to the same loud music as they had done the night
+before. After this the noblemen and ladies went to dance French dances
+and country dances; but Whitelocke having watched the night before, and
+not being well, he privately withdrew himself from the company and
+retired to his house, wondering that the Queen, after so serious a work
+as she had been at in the morning, could be so pleased with this
+evening's ceremonies.
+
+
+_May 12, 1654._
+
+[SN: Despatches from England.]
+
+About one o'clock the last night, Whitelocke, coming from the solemnities
+of the Court, received two packets of letters from England. He had the
+more cause to remember the time, because then, although midnight, he
+could perfectly read his letters without any candle or other light than
+that of the heavens, which in this season of the year scarce leaves any
+night at all, but so as one may well read all the night long with the
+help of twilight.
+
+The letters from Thurloe of the first date acquainted Whitelocke that now
+he had sent duplicates of the last instructions by a ship going to
+Sweden. In Thurloe's second letters, dated 13th of April, he mentions the
+instructions sent formerly to Whitelocke, and acquaints him again with
+the effect of them, and the Protector's order, by which he leaves it to
+Whitelocke to return home when he shall judge it fit; and that if he
+should stay the ceremonies of the coronation of the new King, it would
+occasion great delay. And he writes further:--
+
+    "But in truth we cannot believe, notwithstanding all that is said,
+    that her Majesty will quit her crown, being so well qualified in
+    all respects to govern as she is, and seems to be very well accepted
+    of her people."
+
+Then he again mentions the signing of the peace with the Dutch, and that
+the Protector had appointed Commissioners to treat with the French,
+Spanish, and Portugal Ambassadors, but had not yet declared himself to
+any of his neighbours.
+
+    "That the business in Scotland was well; that the Protector had
+    taken away Colonel Rich's commission, whereof the officers of his
+    regiment were glad; that many congratulatory petitions to his
+    Highness came from divers counties, one from Bucks; that the
+    Protector proceeded to reformation of the law and ministry, and I
+    hope he will merit as well in that as in the military affairs. I
+    return your Excellence my humble thanks for your acceptance of my
+    endeavours to serve you; I can say they come from an honest heart,
+    which very really embraceth every opportunity wherein I may manifest
+    myself
+
+                  "Your Excellence's faithful humble servant,
+                                                    "JO. THURLOE.
+    "_Whitehall, 13th April, 1654._"
+
+Whitelocke received several letters in these packets from Mr. Cokaine;
+one, dated the 2nd of April, saith thus:--
+
+    "You will have leave from his Highness to take your first
+    opportunity to come away, and I hope it will not be without bringing
+    your business to a happy and an honourable issue, which is the
+    constant subject of our requests to the Lord for you, and I doubt
+    not but we shall have a comfortable answer. In the meantime I think,
+    as I have hinted to your Excellence in former letters, it will not
+    be amiss if you draw good store of bills upon us, though but _pro
+    forma_, that we may get as much money for you as we can before your
+    return, and that you may have a sufficient overplus to pay all
+    servants' wages off, which I believe will amount to a considerable
+    sum; and upon this peace I hope it will be no hard matter to get
+    your bills paid, especially if your Excellence please withal to
+    write to my Lord Protector and Mr. Thurloe and some of the Council
+    about it. I could wish that you would make what haste you can home,
+    for I am informed by a special hand that there is great labouring to
+    make a Chancellor whilst you are absent, and to take that
+    opportunity to put you by, whom I believe they doubt to be too much
+    a Christian and an Englishman to trust in their service; but I hope
+    God will give you a heart to submit to His will, and to prize a good
+    conscience above all the world, which will indeed stand us in stead
+    when all outward things cannot in the least administer to us.
+
+                  "Your Excellence's most humble servant,
+                                                   "GEO. COKAINE.
+    "_April 2nd._"
+
+In another letter from Mr. Cokaine he saith:--
+
+    "Mr. Thurloe was pleased to acquaint me that it was his Highness and
+    the Council's pleasure to make some alteration in the Chancery; that
+    it was determined that your Lordship and Sir Thomas Widdrington and
+    my Lord Lisle should have the custody of the Great Seal, and I
+    believe an Act to that purpose will pass within few hours; but I
+    perceive this business was not done without some tugging; but my
+    Lord Protector and John Thurloe are true to you, and now I am out of
+    all fears that any affront should be offered you in your absence.
+    Mr. Mackworth deserves a letter from you; but nothing, I pray, of
+    this business. Indeed Mr. Thurloe hath played his part gallantly and
+    like a true friend, for which I shall love him as long as I live."
+
+In other letters from Mr. Cokaine in this packet, dated 14th April, he
+saith:--
+
+    "Your old servant Abel is much courted by his Highness to be his
+    Falconer-in-Chief; but he will not accept it except your Excellence
+    had been here to give him your explicit leave to serve his Highness,
+    and told me, without stuttering, he would not serve the greatest
+    prince in the world except your Excellence were present, to make the
+    bargain that he might wait upon you with a cast of hawks at the
+    beginning of September every year into Bedfordshire. It is pity that
+    gallantry should hurt any. Certainly it is a noble profession that
+    inspires him with such a spirit.
+
+    "My Lord Protector this week hath expressed great respect to your
+    Excellence upon the death of the Clerk of the Peace of Bucks. Some
+    of the justices came up and moved his Highness to put one into his
+    place, who thereupon asked who was _Custos Rotulorum_. They
+    answered, the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke. He thereupon replied that
+    the place should not be disposed of till his return. They urged it
+    again with many reasons; but he gave them the same answer, only with
+    this addition, that he was to return sooner than perhaps they were
+    aware of."
+
+By this packet Whitelocke received letters from Mr. Selden, which were
+thus:--
+
+    "_For his Excellence the Lord Whitelocke, Lord Ambassador from the
+    State of England to her Majesty of Sweden._
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "Your Excellence's last of the 3rd of February brought me so
+    unexpressible a plenty of the utmost of such happiness as consists
+    in true reputation and honour, as that nothing with me will equal or
+    come near it. First, that her most excellent Majesty, a Prince so
+    unparalleled and incomparable and so justly acknowledged with the
+    height of true admiration by all that either have or love arts or
+    other goodness, should vouchsafe to descend to the mention of my
+    mean name and the inquiry of my being and condition with such most
+    gracious expressions. Next, that your Excellence, whose favours have
+    been so continually multiplied on me, should be the person of whom
+    such inquiry was made. All the danger is, that your noble affection
+    rendered me far above myself. However, it necessitates me to become
+    a fervent suitor to your Excellence, that if it shall fall out that
+    her Majesty and you have again leisure and will to speak of any such
+    trifle as I am, you will be pleased to represent to her Majesty my
+    most humble thanks, and my heart full of devotion to her, of which I
+    too shall study to give, if I can, some other humble testimony. God
+    send her most excellent Majesty always her heart's desires, and the
+    most royal amplitude of all happiness, and your Lordship a good
+    despatch and safe and timely return.
+
+                  "My Lord, your Excellence's most
+                                    "obliged and humble servant,
+                                                     "JO. SELDEN.
+    "_Whitefriars, March 2nd, 1653._"
+
+Whitelocke had also in this packet letters from his old friends Mr. Hall,
+Mr. Eltonhead, the Lord Commissioner Lisle, his brothers Wilson and
+Carleton, Mr. Peters, Sir Joseph Holland, and divers others; also letters
+from Hamburg, from Mr. Bradshaw, the Protector's Resident there, with
+some intercepted letters from the King's party, as Sir Edward Hyde and
+several others.
+
+[SN: His audience of leave-taking.]
+
+This day being appointed for Whitelocke's last audience, he was habited
+in a plain suit of very fine English cloth of musk-colour, the buttons of
+gold, enamelled, and in each button a ruby, and rich points and ribbons
+of gold; his gentlemen were in their richest clothes; his pages and
+lacqueys, above twenty, in their liveries. In the afternoon two of the
+Ricks-Senators, with the master of the ceremonies, came with two of the
+Queen's coaches to Whitelocke's house, to bring him to his audience. He
+received them with the usual ceremony, and after they had sat a little
+while in his bedchamber, one of the Senators said that by the Queen's
+command they were come to him to accompany him to his audience which he
+had desired this day, and that her Majesty was ready to receive him.
+Whitelocke answered, that he was always desirous to wait upon her
+Majesty, and not the less now because it was in order to return to his
+own country. They made no long compliments, but went down and took their
+coaches.
+
+The noblemen's coaches sent thither to accompany him went first, then
+followed his two coaches, and last the Queen's coaches. In the last of
+them sat the two Senators in the fore-end, Whitelocke in the back-end,
+and the master in the boot; the gentlemen in the several coaches, the
+pages and lacqueys walking and riding behind the coaches. At the bridge
+of the castle was a guard of musketeers more than formerly, of about two
+companies, with their officers; they made a lane from the bridge to the
+end of the Court. As soon as Whitelocke was alighted out of the coach,
+the Ricks-Hofmeister with his silver staff met him at the stairs' foot,
+very many of the Queen's servants and courtiers with him very gallant.
+Whitelocke's gentlemen went first, two and two up the stairs; after them
+the Queen's servants, then the master of the ceremonies, then the
+Hof-Marshal, then the two Senators and Whitelocke between them, followed
+by his sons, his chaplains, physician, secretaries, and steward, and
+after them his pages and lacqueys. In this order they mounted the stairs,
+and through the great chamber to the guard-chamber, where the Queen's
+partisans stood in their rich coats, with the arms of Sweden embroidered
+with gold, their swords by their sides, and rich halberds gilded in
+their hands; they stood in a fixed posture, more like images than men.
+When they came to the audience-chamber, there was scarce room for any of
+Whitelocke's gentlemen to come in; but by the civility of the Queen's
+servants room was made for them, and they made a lane from the door of
+the chamber to the upper end near the Queen, who was upon a foot-pace
+covered with carpets, and a rich canopy over her head. Her habit was
+black silk stuff for her coats, and over them a black velvet jippo, such
+as men use to wear; she had upon her breast the jewel of the Order of the
+Knights of Amaranta; her hair hung loose as it used to do, and her hat
+was after the fashion of men. A great number of senators and of civil and
+military officers and courtiers,--many more than ordinarily did appear at
+any audience,--stood all bare about her, and a few ladies were behind
+her. She stood upon the carpets before the state with her hat on; and
+when Whitelocke came first into the room, and pulled off his hat, the
+Queen presently pulled off her hat; and when Whitelocke made his honours,
+she answered him, though at that distance, with a short curtsey. After
+his three obeisances, being come up to the Queen, he kissed her hand;
+then the Queen put on her hat, and Whitelocke{8} put on his hat, and
+after a little pause, with high silence and solemnity in all the company,
+Whitelocke took off his hat, and the Queen took off her hat likewise, and
+all the time of his speaking both of them were uncovered. Whitelocke,
+having made his ceremonies, spake to the Queen thus:--
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's farewell speech.]
+
+    "Madam,
+
+    "I confess that the time of my absence from my relations and
+    concernments in my own country would have seemed very tedious, had
+    I not been in the public service and honoured with admittance into
+    your Majesty's presence, whose favours, answerable to your greatness
+    though above my merit, have been enlarged towards me during the
+    whole time of my residence under the just and safe protection of
+    your Majesty; the which,--with the civilities of those most
+    excellent persons with whom I treated, and of those who have been
+    pleased to honour me with their acquaintance in your Court,--I shall
+    not fail to acknowledge with all respect.
+
+    "But, Madam, to your Majesty I shall not presume to return any other
+    acknowledgment than by the thanks of my Lord the Protector, who is
+    able to judge of the affection shown to him, and to the Commonwealth
+    whereof he is the head, by the honour done unto their servant.
+
+    "Madam, it is your great judgement in the public interest, and your
+    desire to advance the good of your own State and that of your
+    neighbours, and the particular respect that you bear to my master,
+    whereby the business trusted to my care by his Highness is brought
+    to such an issue as I hope will be a solid foundation of great and
+    mutual prosperity to both these nations.
+
+    "I have nothing to add on my part, but to entreat that my failings
+    and errors, not wilfully committed, may be excused; to take my leave
+    of your Majesty, and to assure you that there is no person who
+    honours you more than I do, and who shall be more ready to lay hold
+    on any opportunity whereby I may endeavour, to the utmost of my
+    power, to contribute to the happiness and prosperity of your royal
+    Majesty and of your people."
+
+As it was done at Whitelocke's first audience, so he now ordered it, that
+Monsieur De la Marche, one of his chaplains, did, at the end of every
+sentence, as Whitelocke spake, interpret the same to the Queen in French.
+During all the time of his speaking to the Queen she looked him wistly in
+the face and came up very near unto him, as she had done at his first
+audience,--perhaps to have daunted him, as she had done others, but he
+was not daunted; and when he had made an end of speaking, after a little
+pause the Queen answered him in the Swedish language, which was then
+interpreted in Latin to Whitelocke, to this effect:--
+
+[SN: The Queen's reply.]
+
+    "My Lord Ambassador,
+
+    "It may well be that your stay in this place, where you have been so
+    ill accommodated, and your absence from your near relations and
+    native country, hath been tedious to you; but I can assure you that
+    your residence in my Court hath been a contentment to myself and to
+    those who have had the honour to converse with you in this place;
+    and it would have been a blemish to me and to all under my
+    government if in this time anything of injury or danger had fallen
+    out to your person or to any of your people. I hope I may say that
+    there hath been no such thing offered to you, and I am glad of it.
+
+    "I do not know that your judgement hath deceived you in anything but
+    this, that you have too great a value of my understanding of public
+    affairs. It hath been your prudent management of the business
+    committed to your trust by the Protector, and my particular respects
+    to him and to your Commonwealth, with the good inclinations of the
+    people of this country towards you, and the general interests of the
+    Protestant party, which have brought your business to effect, and
+    which, I hope, will occasion much good and happiness to these
+    nations and to all the Evangelical party. And truly, Sir, your
+    demeanour on all occasions requires from us this testimony, that we
+    have found much honour and great abilities to be in you; and I
+    should be very unwilling to part with so good company, were it not
+    in order to your own satisfaction for your return to England.
+
+    "I know no errors committed by you here, but desire your excuse of
+    the want of those expressions of our respect which this place would
+    not afford. The thanks are due to you for your patience, and for the
+    affection which you have testified to me and to this nation, from
+    whom you may depend upon a firm friendship and amity, with a true
+    respect to the Protector and Commonwealth of England, and an
+    honourable esteem of yourself in particular, to whom we wish a safe
+    and prosperous return to your own country."
+
+After the Queen had done speaking, Whitelocke had some private discourse
+of compliment with her in French, to give her Majesty thanks for her
+noble treatment of him and many favours to him; then, according to the
+usage of this Court, he delivered to Mr. Lagerfeldt, standing by, a copy
+of his speech, in English, signed by him with his hand, and another copy
+of his speech in Latin, not signed by him, to be presented to the Queen.
+Then Whitelocke took his leave, and kissed her Majesty's hand, who gave
+him the _adieu_ with great respect and civility. He was conducted back to
+his coach with the same ceremony as he was brought to his audience; and
+the same two senators, with the master of the ceremonies, returned with
+him to his house, and after usual compliments passed between them, they
+returned to the Court.
+
+The trouble of the day was not yet ended; but after Whitelocke had come
+from the Court, Lagerfeldt brought to him the articles touching Guinea
+which were agreed upon and signed and sealed by the Queen's
+Commissioners, as the other part of them was by Whitelocke.[240]
+
+After the great toil of this busy day, a yet greater toil must be
+undergone by Whitelocke to make his despatches for England. By his
+letters to Thurloe he again acquainted the Council with the good
+conclusion of his treaty, and with his taking leave of the Queen in his
+last audience; and sent him copies of the speeches, and gave an account
+of the business of Guinea, with all material passages since his last
+letters, and his resolution and way of return home. He also answered the
+letters of every one of his friends, which were very many; but that to
+his wife, as he was afterwards informed, caused much trouble and passion,
+that by this date of the letter, 12th May, she perceived that he was not
+removed from Upsal in his journey to return homewards.
+
+
+_May 13, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke takes leave of his friends.]
+
+Whitelocke began his visits and compliments to take his leave of his
+friends in this Court; and herein he was to be very exact, and not to
+omit any one who had given him the honour of former visits. He, to be the
+less subject to mistakes, set down in writing the names of those whom he
+was to visit, which made a long catalogue; but he must get through it, as
+part of the business of an ambassador. And this day he began by visiting
+the French and Holland Residents, and the Grave Leonhough, whose
+discourses were concerning the peace between England and the Dutch, the
+English strong fleet at sea, of the Queen's resignation, and other
+general themes not necessary to be repeated.
+
+[SN: The Sound Dues.]
+
+Woolfeldt gave a visit to Whitelocke and discoursed on the same subjects,
+but more particularly of the interest of England and the payment of toll
+to the King of Denmark at the Sound, wherein Whitelocke had good
+information from him, and such as, if it had been hearkened unto, would
+have been of great advantage to the Protector and Commonwealth of
+England. So great an interest Whitelocke had gained in the affection and
+friendship of this gentleman, that he would not conceal from him anything
+that he knew, who knew more than any other that Whitelocke met with
+concerning the Sound, the King of Denmark, the Court and courtiers here,
+or whatsoever related to Whitelocke's business and to England.
+
+
+_May 14, 1654._
+
+This Lord's Day Sir George Fleetwood did Whitelocke the favour to bear
+him company at his house, and told him that the Queen and her Lords were
+pleased with his deportment at his last audience, and with his speech
+then made, which they commended, but is here omitted. He and others also
+acquainted Whitelocke that the Queen took great pleasure at his carriage
+at the solemnity of the nuptials at Court, and that he would dance with
+them; and both the Queen and her courtiers said that the English
+Ambassador knew how to lay aside the gravity of an ambassador when he
+pleased, and could play the courtier with as good a grace as any one that
+ever they saw, with much to the like effect.
+
+
+_May 15, 1654._
+
+[SN: A private audience of the Queen.]
+
+Whitelocke visited Marshal Wrangel and General Wittenberg, and went from
+thence to the castle to visit Grave Tott, who told him that the Queen had
+altered her purpose of sending him into England, and would do him the
+honour to retain him with her, but that yet he hoped in a short time to
+see England. Whitelocke said he should be glad to meet him, and to do him
+service there. They discoursed of the Queen's residence in Pomerland, or
+some other place near this country, and of the discommodities and
+inconveniences which would arise thereby. Whitelocke told him that if the
+Queen had leisure, that he should be glad to wait on her; and Tott went
+presently to know her pleasure, and promised to bring word to Whitelocke
+if he might see the Queen, and did it at the Lady Jane Ruthven's lodging,
+whither Whitelocke was gone to take his leave of that lady; whence he
+brought Whitelocke to the traverse of the wardrobe, where her Majesty
+came to him and conducted him into her bedchamber, where they thus
+discoursed:--
+
+_Whitelocke._ I humbly thank your Majesty for admitting me to be present
+at the meeting of the Ricksdag.
+
+_Queen._ How did you like the manner and proceedings of it when you were
+there?
+
+_Wh._ It was with the greatest gravity and solemnity that I ever saw in
+any public assembly, and well becoming persons of their quality and
+interest.
+
+_Qu._ There be among them very considerable persons, and wise men.
+
+_Wh._ Such an assembly requires such men, and their carriage showed them
+to be such; but, Madam, I expected that your Chancellor, after he spake
+with your Majesty, should, according to the course in our Parliaments,
+have declared, by your direction, the causes of the Council's being
+summoned.
+
+_Qu._ It belongs to the office of the Chancellor with us to do it; and
+when I called him to me, it was to desire him to do it.
+
+_Wh._ How then came it to pass that he did it not, when his place and
+your Majesty required it?
+
+_Qu._ He desired to be excused, and gave me this reason, that he had
+taken an oath to my father to use his utmost endeavour to keep the crown
+on my head, and that the cause of my calling this Diet was to have their
+consents for me to quit the Crown; that if he should make this
+proposition to them, it would be contrary to the oath which he had taken
+to my father, and therefore he could not do it.
+
+_Wh._ Did not your Majesty expect this answer?
+
+_Qu._ Not at all, but was wholly surprised by it; and when the Ricksdag
+were met, my Chancellor thus excusing himself, there was nobody appointed
+by me to declare to them the cause of their meeting; but rather than the
+Assembly should be put off, and nothing done, I plucked up my spirits the
+best I could, and spake to them on the sudden as you heard, although much
+to my disadvantage.
+
+_Wh._ Indeed, Madam, you were much surprised; and I cannot but wonder
+that you should have no intimation given you beforehand of your
+Chancellor's resolution; but your Majesty will pardon me if I believe it
+proved no disadvantage to you, when I had the honour to see and hear with
+how excellent a grace and how prince-like your Majesty, in so great an
+assembly and on a sudden, delivered your mind and purpose.
+
+_Qu._ You are apt to make the best construction of it; you see I did
+adventure upon it, remembering that they were my subjects, and I their
+Queen.
+
+_Wh._ Madam, you spake and acted like yourself, and were highly
+complimented by the several Marshals, but above all the rest by the
+honest boor.
+
+_Qu._ Was you so taken with his clownery?
+
+_Wh._ It seemed to me as pure and clear natural eloquence, without any
+forced strain, as could be expressed.
+
+_Qu._ Indeed there was little else but what was natural, and by a
+well-meaning man, who has understanding enough in his country way.
+
+_Wh._ Whosoever shall consider his matter more than his form will find
+that the man understands his business; and the garment or phrase
+wherewith he clothed his matter, though it was rustic, yet the variety
+and plain elegancy and reason could not but affect his auditors.
+
+_Qu._ I think he spake from his heart.
+
+_Wh._ I believe he did, and acted so too, especially when he wiped his
+eyes.
+
+_Qu._ He showed his affection to me in that posture more than greater men
+did in their spheres.
+
+_Wh._ Madam, we must look upon all men to work according to their present
+interest; and so I suppose do the great men here as well as elsewhere.
+
+_Qu._ Here I have had experience enough of such actings; I shall try what
+they do in other places, and content myself, however I shall find it.
+
+_Wh._ Your Majesty will not expect to find much difference in the humours
+of men, as to seeking themselves, and neglecting those from whom they
+have received favours.
+
+_Qu._ It will be no otherwise than what I am armed to bear and not to
+regard; but your particular respects I shall always remember with
+gratefulness.
+
+_Wh._ Your Majesty shall ever find me your faithful servant. Do you
+intend, Madam, to go from hence to Pomerland?
+
+_Qu._ My intentions are to go presently, after my resignation, to the
+Spa; but wheresoever I am, you have a true friend of me.
+
+_Wh._ There is no person alive more cordially your Majesty's servant than
+I am.
+
+_Qu._ I do believe it, or else I should not have communicated to you such
+things as I have done.
+
+_Wh._ Your Majesty hath therein expressed much confidence in me, which I
+hope shall never deceive you, however my want of abilities may not answer
+your Majesty's favours to me.
+
+_Qu._ I have no doubt of your faithfulness, and you have sufficiently
+manifested your abilities. Give me leave to trouble you with the company
+of a gentleman, my servant, whom I purpose to send over with you to
+England, to take care for those things which I desire to have from
+thence.
+
+_Wh._ He shall be very welcome to me and my company, and I shall give him
+my best assistance for your Majesty's service.
+
+_Qu._ I shall thank you for it, and command him to obey your directions.
+
+_Wh._ Madam, if you please to accept a set of black English horses for
+your coach, I shall take the boldness to send them to your stables; and
+pray your Majesty that the Master of your Horse may furnish me for my
+journey to Stockholm.
+
+_Qu._ I do thankfully accept your kindness, and all mine are at your
+service.
+
+_Wh._ I have interrupted your Majesty too long. I desired the favour of
+this opportunity to present my most humble thanks to your Majesty for all
+your noble favours to me and my company.
+
+_Qu._ I entreat your excuse for the meanness of my presents. I could not
+do therein what I desired, nor after your merit.
+
+_Wh._ Madam, there is nothing of my merit to be alleged; but your Majesty
+hath testified much honour to the Protector and Commonwealth whom I
+serve.
+
+_Qu._ England is a noble country, and your master is a gallant man. I
+desire you to assure him, on my part, of all affection and respect
+towards him.
+
+_Wh._ Your Majesty may be confident of the like from his Highness; and
+your humble servant will heartily pray for your Majesty's prosperity,
+wherever you are.
+
+_Qu._ I wish you a happy voyage and return to your own country.
+
+After he came from the Queen, Whitelocke met with the Baron Steinberg,
+Master of her Horse, whom he acquainted with what he had moved to her
+Majesty, and he was very forward to accommodate Whitelocke.
+
+[SN: Discourse with Grave Eric on the customs of Swedish nuptials.]
+
+From hence he went and visited Grave Eric Oxenstiern, who discoursed with
+him about the solemnity of the nuptials at Court, and asked him how he
+liked it.
+
+_Wh._ They were very noble; but I pray, my noble brother, instruct me
+what the meaning was of the dowry given by the bridegroom to the bride
+the next morning; and what do you call that dowry?
+
+_Gr. Eric._ By the ancient custom of this country, the next morning after
+the wedding-night the husband bestows upon his wife a gift of money
+according to his estate, to show how he is pleased with the cohabitation,
+and to make some provision, in case of his death before her, for the
+wife, and children which he shall have by her; and this we call a
+_morgen-gaven_--a morning's gift.
+
+_Wh._ The same word _morgen-gaven_ is in the old terms of our English
+laws, and expounded to signify a second dowry, and hath much affinity
+with this of yours and in that of your twelve witnesses who testified the
+contract of marriage and the _morgen-gaven_; to which our trials by
+twelve men, whom we call juries because they are sworn, are somewhat
+like, and they are so many witnesses as well as judges of the fact.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ I believe your customs and ours had the same original.
+
+_Wh._ I find much resemblance between them and yours. What do you call
+the twelve that laid their hands on the spear?
+
+_Gr. Eric._ We call them the twelve witnesses (_les douze temoins_).
+
+_Wh._ What do you call the spear or pike which the gentleman held?
+
+_Gr. Eric._ We call it _weppun_.
+
+_Wh._ We have the same word, weapon, for all manner of arms and warlike
+instruments. What do you call the laying of their hands upon the spear?
+
+_Gr. Eric._ We call it _tack_,--_weppun-tack_, to touch the spear.
+
+_Wh._ We have also the word _tack_, for touching; and we have, in the
+northern parts of England, a particular precinct or territory which we
+call a Wapentake, and a territorial court of justice there which we call
+a Wapentake Court; and a very learned gentleman from whom I received
+letters in my last packet, Selden, derives the name of Wapentake from
+_weapon_ and _tack_; and saith they used to come to that court with their
+weapons, and to touch one another's weapons, from whence came the
+appellation of Wapentake.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ Tacitus observes that at the public assemblies and councils
+of the Germans, they used to meet with their weapons, and when anything
+was said that pleased them they would touch one another's spears or
+weapons, and thereby make a noise, to testify their consent and
+approbation.
+
+_Wh._ Your ceremony of laying down the spear at the feet of the bride
+puts me in mind of another passage in Tacitus, 'De Moribus Germanorum;'
+that when a man was married, he used to bring his arms and lay them at
+the feet of his bride, to signify that he would not take them up nor go
+forth to war, being newly married, without the leave of his wife, to whom
+he had now given the command of himself and of his arms.
+
+_Gr. Eric._ Our customs and those of the ancient Germans have much
+resemblance; but I never heard so good observations upon the ceremonies
+of a wedding as your Excellence hath made.
+
+_Wh._ I am delighted with these antiquities; but your Excellence shows
+your opinion to be that of a brother.
+
+From Grave Eric, Whitelocke went to visit the Senator Schuett, and Lynde,
+who lodged in one house, and met him at the door; and this day he made
+seven visits, besides his attendance upon the Queen, hastening to get
+over these matters of compliment and ceremony, that he might be upon his
+journey to Stockholm.
+
+
+_May 16, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke entertains a party of ladies.]
+
+Whitelocke visited General Douglas, who had been to visit him before, and
+now showed great respect unto him, and gave him many thanks for the
+English horse which Whitelocke had bestowed on him. After this,
+Whitelocke visited the Ricks-Admiral and the Senators Rosenhau and Bundt.
+
+In the afternoon he visited Woolfeldt, who brought Whitelocke into the
+room where his lady and other ladies of great quality were with her.
+Whitelocke imagined some design to be herein, because it was a thing so
+unusual to bring gentlemen and strangers into the company of their
+ladies; and it fell out to be so, for Whitelocke, discoursing with the
+Lady Woolfeldt, who spake perfect French, she complained that she knew
+not where to have a place to see the entry of the Prince into Upsal.
+Whitelocke knowing his house to be conveniently situate for that purpose,
+and understanding the lady's complaint, he, to free her from the danger
+of not seeing that solemnity, offered to her and to the rest of the
+ladies in her company, to command his house, which if they pleased to
+honour with their presence to see the entry of the Prince, he should take
+it as a great favour from their Excellencies; and the ladies readily
+accepted of his offer.
+
+They presently came to Whitelocke's house. With the Lady Woolfeldt was
+the Countess John Oxenstiern, the Countess Eric Oxenstiern, the Countess
+Tott, the Baroness Gildenstiern, and seven or eight other ladies of great
+quality. Before the Prince came into the town, Whitelocke caused a
+collation to be set on the table for the ladies, all after the English
+fashion, creams, tarts, butter, cheese, neats' tongues, potted venison,
+apples, pears, sweetmeats, and excellent wine. They ate heartily, and
+seemed to be much pleased with it and with the Ambassador's discourse,
+who strove to be cheerful with the ladies, and found it not unacceptable
+to them.
+
+[SN: The entry of the Prince.]
+
+The Prince's entry and reception into Upsal this evening was thus:--The
+day before, by the Queen's command, notice was given to all the senators,
+the nobility, gentry, and persons of quality about the Court and in town,
+to come in their best equipage on horseback, at one o'clock this
+afternoon to the castle, to attend the Queen on her going out to meet the
+Prince. They accordingly resorted to the Court, a very great number, and
+attended the Queen forth in this order, all passing and returning by
+Whitelocke's window. First, Major-General Wrangel marched in the head of
+four troops of horse of Upland, proper men and well armed, their horses
+not tall but strong; every horseman carried ready in his hand one of his
+pistols, and his sword by his side, and most of them were well habited.
+Then marched Colonel Bengt Horne in the head of the gentlemen and
+servants of the senators and other volunteers, marching three and three
+abreast. After these rode about six of the Queen's kettle-drums and
+twelve trumpets. Then came Mr. Eric Flemming, Governor of Copperberg,
+Marshal of the Nobility, followed by the heads of the families of the
+nobles in the same order as they are matriculated in the Ricksdag. They
+were generally very rich in clothes and well horsed, lords and gentlemen
+of principal note and consideration in their country, and members of the
+Ricksdag; they also rode three and three abreast. After them rode Mr.
+Gabriel Gabrielson, Marshal of the Court, and was followed by all the
+senators then in town, being about thirty, riding two and two abreast,
+grave in their habits for the most part, and well horsed. Then came the
+Ricks-Stallmaster and the Hof-Stallmaster--that is, the Master of the
+Horse of the Kingdom, and the Master of the Horse of the Court--riding
+bareheaded. After them came the Queen, gallantly mounted, habited in her
+usual fashion in grey stuff, her hat on her head, her pistols at her
+saddle-bow, and twenty-four of the Gardes-du-Corps about her person.
+After the Queen followed the Great Chamberlain, Grave Jacob de la Gardie,
+and Grave Tott, Captain of the Guards, both bareheaded. After them the
+Grave Donae, Gustavus Oxenstiern, and Gustavus Jean Banier, riding
+bareheaded. Then rode all the gentlemen of the Queen's chamber, then the
+pages of her chamber. After them, in the last place, marched Colonel
+Line, in the head of four companies of the Guards, well armed, and
+indifferently well habited.
+
+In this order they marched about half a league out of town, to the place
+appointed to meet the Prince, who was there attending. When they came
+thither, Major-General Wrangel marched to the left, leaving sufficient
+room that the Guards might pass to the right hand, the volunteers and
+Queen's servants likewise turned to the left hand, and the Marshal of the
+Nobility to the right, with the Hof-Marshals; and all this train kept
+excellent order and discipline, as did the Prince's train, which was also
+very great.
+
+The Prince was alighted from his horse before the Queen came very near
+to him. When the Queen alighted, all the senators likewise alighted from
+their horses, but the nobility did not alight from horseback. After his
+Royal Highness had kissed the Queen's hand, she discoursed a little with
+him, he being bareheaded all the time, and showing great respect to her
+as to his Queen. Then the Queen mounted again on horseback, the Prince
+waiting on her. The troops marched back to the town in the same order as
+they came forth, with great addition to their numbers. The Prince's
+gentlemen and servants, who were a great number, fell into the troop
+where those of the Queen were, betwixt her gentlemen and the senators'
+gentlemen,--his pages after the Queen's. Himself rode after the Queen,
+and sometimes she would call him (as she did in the street) to speak with
+him, and then he rode even with her, but all the way bareheaded whilst he
+rode by the Queen and she talked with him.
+
+The Prince was in a plain grey cloth suit of a light colour, mounted upon
+a very brave grey horse, with pistols at his saddle and his sword by his
+side. The Queen's lacqueys were in rich yellow liveries; the Prince's
+lacqueys in blue liveries, near twenty, walking by them. There were many
+led horses of the Queen's and of the Prince's, and seven or eight
+sumpter-horses of the Prince's; the sumpter-clothes all of blue velvet,
+with the Prince's arms embroidered on them, and rich silver fringe about
+them; the grooms and sumpter-men in the same livery, about twenty of
+them.
+
+In this equipage they marched through the streets of Upsal, multitudes of
+people being spectators of their entry in the ways and windows. When
+they came to the Castle court, the nobility and volunteers alighted, and
+walked two and two before the Queen up into the great hall and to the
+antechamber; and the Queen being come into her withdrawing-room, after
+some little discourse there with the Prince and compliments passed, he
+went to the lodgings prepared for him, with not a few waiting on him who
+was the rising sun.
+
+Whitelocke had spoken to the master of the ceremonies touching the
+saluting of the Prince and the manner of his reception, whereof he wished
+to know somewhat beforehand, to govern himself accordingly, and to avoid
+any indignity or dishonour to be put upon the Protector and Commonwealth
+by his person. The master having spoken to the Prince about it, brought
+word now to Whitelocke, that when he moved his Royal Highness touching
+Whitelocke's reception, the Prince said that the English Ambassador
+should have no cause to complain of any want of respect in his reception.
+The more to manifest this, about ten o'clock this evening, the Prince
+sent one of the gentlemen of his bedchamber, who came attended with three
+lacqueys, and spake to Whitelocke in French, that the Prince, his master,
+commanded him to salute Whitelocke in his name, and to inform him of the
+Prince's arrival in this place, and that it was a great satisfaction to
+him to hope that he should have the contentment to see the English
+Ambassador, and to entertain him before his departure from Sweden.
+
+Whitelocke desired that his thanks might be returned to his Royal
+Highness for this honour, and that he hoped to obtain from him the favour
+to give him leave to salute him and to kiss his hand; that to do this on
+the part of the Protector, his master, was at present the only occasion
+of Whitelocke's continuance in this place; and for this end he had moved
+the master of the ceremonies to know the pleasure of his Royal Highness,
+and to inform Whitelocke what time might be convenient to wait upon the
+Prince. The gentleman replied, that Whitelocke's company would be very
+acceptable to the Prince his master, and he doubted not but an account
+would be given thereof to Whitelocke to his full contentment.
+
+Whitelocke had sent this day to Grave John Oxenstiern, to know what time
+he might give him a visit; and the Grave returned a proud answer, that it
+would not yet be convenient.
+
+
+_May 17, 1654._
+
+The Resident of Holland came to visit Whitelocke near dinner-time, which
+gave him occasion to invite his stay; and he and Sir G. Fleetwood, Mr.
+Bloome, Colonel Hambleton, Monsieur Lyllicrone, and two Dutch gentlemen,
+did Whitelocke the favour to be at his table. Whitelocke gave the
+Resident the respect of the upper end of the table, as he had formerly
+done to the French and Spanish Residents; and the Dutch gentleman was
+well pleased with it, and with the English entertainment.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's audience of the Prince.]
+
+Whitelocke, having received so great a respect from the Prince, did again
+desire the master of the ceremonies to know what time might suit with the
+Prince's leisure to give Whitelocke leave to wait on him. This afternoon
+the master came to Whitelocke, and informed him that the Prince had
+appointed four o'clock this afternoon to give Whitelocke audience, and
+the master said that he would come with the Queen's coaches to bring
+Whitelocke to the castle when it was time; and accordingly he came
+between five and six o'clock this evening. Whitelocke and his company
+went with the master to the castle, and as soon as he was alighted out of
+his coach, he was received by the Marshal and gentlemen of the Prince, a
+great number of them, at the foot of the stairs; some of them were very
+richly habited. They walked first up the stairs, and those of
+Whitelocke's train followed them; the master of the ceremonies was on
+Whitelocke's left hand. When they came to the guard-chamber, the Prince
+in person came thither to receive Whitelocke at the door thereof, the
+same place where the Captain of the Queen's Guard used to meet and
+receive Whitelocke, who was a little surprised, not expecting such a high
+favour as to be met by the Prince so far from the room of audience.
+
+The Prince was plain, in his habit of black silk, accompanied by a great
+number of the senators, officers, and nobility, which caused Whitelocke
+to know him, and with due respect to salute him, as he did Whitelocke;
+and after a few compliments between them, the Prince desired Whitelocke
+to advance, who excused himself, but the Prince pressed it; the contest
+was almost half an hour who should go first, till the master of the
+ceremonies, by command of the Prince, whispered to Whitelocke to give way
+to the pleasure of the Prince, who was resolved to give Whitelocke the
+precedence, thereby to testify the great respect and honour which he had
+for the Protector, and for Whitelocke his servant. Thereupon Whitelocke
+said to the Prince, that since he understood it to be the pleasure of his
+Royal Highness, he would obey his commands; and so they went on
+together, the Prince giving Whitelocke the right hand; and there was no
+occasion (by reason of the largeness of the doors) for one to go before
+the other.
+
+In the third room from the place where the Prince met Whitelocke was the
+audience chamber; there were set two rich chairs upon foot-carpets one
+against the other under a canopy of state; here was also much ceremony
+between the Prince and Whitelocke, who should take the right-hand chair;
+but the Prince would have Whitelocke to sit there; and the room was full
+of senators, officers, noblemen, courtiers, and others of quality.
+
+Whitelocke had advised in what language to speak to the Prince. He held
+it not fit to speak in English, because he came not to him as ambassador,
+nor in Latin, there being nothing of treaty between them; but being a
+matter of ceremony, he was advised and informed that it was the Prince's
+desire that Whitelocke should speak to him in French, the which he
+understood very well: and accordingly, being both set, and their hats on,
+after a little pause Whitelocke put off his hat, and then the Prince did
+so likewise; then both putting on their hats again, Whitelocke spake to
+the Prince to this effect:--
+
+    "Monseigneur,
+
+   "Je repute a grand bonheur l'opportunite qui m'est presentee de
+   baiser les mains de votre Altesse Royale, et la saluer de la part de
+   Monseigneur le Protecteur de la Republique d'Angleterre, d'Ecosse, et
+   d'Irelande, avant mon depart de ce royaume; ce que j'eusse fait plus
+   tot et en autre lieu, sinon que la necessite d'attendre l'issue de ce
+   qui m'a ete donne en charge m'en avait empeche: mais depuis sa
+   conclusion, j'ai tarde expres pour ajouter a ma satisfaction celle
+   d'avoir rendu mes devoirs a votre Altesse Royale, et lui temoigner
+   l'amitie et les respects de sa Serenissime Altesse mon maitre."
+
+After Whitelocke had done speaking the Prince staid a little time, and
+then in French answered him to this purpose:--
+
+    "Monseigneur l'Ambassadeur,
+
+    "Ce m'aurait ete un grand trouble si, apres la conclusion de vos
+    affaires en cette cour, vous aviez ete dans l'inconvenience
+    d'attendre mon arrivee en cette place; je suis bien aise de me
+    trouver ici devant votre depart de ce pays, qui m'a donne le
+    contentement de vous connaitre, et l'occasion de temoigner le grand
+    respect que j'ai a Monseigneur le Protecteur et a la Republique que
+    vous servez, et je recois beaucoup de satisfaction qu'une amitie et
+    alliance soit contractee entre ce royaume et votre Republique, de
+    laquelle j'espere et crois qu'elle sera pour le bien des deux
+    nations, et pour l'interet des Protestants.
+
+    "Il n'y a personne qui a plus d'estime de Monseigneur le Protecteur
+    que moi, et de votre Republique; et j'ai tant entendu de votre
+    honorable et prudent maniement des affaires que vous aviez ici, que
+    ce m'a fait desirer de vous connaitre et d'avoir l'opportunite de
+    converser avec vous, que vous m'avez presentement alloue, et je vous
+    en remercie, et pour les respects de Monseigneur le Protecteur,
+    qu'il vous a plu me presenter en son nom, et qui me sont fort
+    agreables."
+
+After the speeches were ended, the Prince spake to Whitelocke to go with
+him into his cabinet, which he did, and staid discoursing with him there
+above an hour together, all the company staying in the outer room. They
+soon fell into a freedom of discourse, but at this time chiefly
+concerning the affairs of England, the peace with the Dutch, and the
+English fleet now at sea; also somewhat in particular to the Protector,
+his management of affairs, and of their late troubles; in all which
+Whitelocke endeavoured to give the Prince satisfaction, without doing
+injury to any one. The Prince brought Whitelocke back again to the same
+place where he met him; and his servants went with him to his coach, and
+the Master of the Ceremonies brought him to his own house.
+
+After Whitelocke was returned home, Lagerfeldt came to him, and told him
+that the Prince was very much pleased with the discourse between them,
+and with Whitelocke's deportment; and Lagerfeldt said he believed that
+the Prince would visit Whitelocke tomorrow; who said he could not expect
+such an honour, but was glad that anything of his discourse was grateful
+to his Royal Highness.
+
+Lagerfeldt informed Whitelocke that Grave Eric and Lagerfeldt were to go
+to Stockholm upon some public occasions by command of the Ricksdag.
+Whitelocke asked him what the business was; but Lagerfeldt was not
+forward to declare it, nor Whitelocke to press it; but he learned from
+another that the Ricksdag had deputed two of every State to go to
+Stockholm to extract out of the public records and acts the special
+privileges granted to the people at the coronation of any king, and of
+the present Queen, which they judged fit to be now considered and
+ratified before the coronation of their new King. They were also to bring
+hither the acts of the Ricksdag when the Prince was declared heir of the
+crown, and such other things as pertained to this business. Whitelocke
+desired Lagerfeldt to do somewhat for him at Stockholm touching the
+sending away of his copper from thence for England.
+
+
+_May 18, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Ladies' message to Whitelocke.]
+
+The ladies who were at Whitelocke's house to see the entry of the Prince,
+sent thanks to Whitelocke for his noble treatment of them, which was done
+by Woolfeldt and the master of the ceremonies, whom Whitelocke desired to
+make his excuse to the ladies, and to intercede with them to pardon the
+affront which Whitelocke had put upon them by entertaining such noble
+ladies with so mean a collation. The master said he durst not deliver any
+such message to them, who were so well pleased with Whitelocke's
+treatment of them; which appeared the more, in that the Lady Woolfeldt
+sent to him to bestow upon her, being great with child, some of his
+English cheese. Whitelocke sent her all he had left, and to other ladies
+what they desired, his English sweetmeats and other cakes, which with
+them were of great esteem.
+
+[SN: The Prince visits Whitelocke.]
+
+Whitelocke having this forenoon visited several Senators and great Lords,
+and being returned home, a servant of the Prince, a Baron of great
+esteem, came to him from the Prince, to know if Whitelocke's leisure
+would permit to receive a visit from his Royal Highness in the afternoon.
+Whereunto Whitelocke answered, that if the Prince had any service to
+command him, he would wait upon his Royal Highness at his Court; the
+Baron replied, that the Prince intended a visit to Whitelocke at
+Whitelocke's house, who said he could not expect nor admit of such a
+condescension in the Prince and high favour to him, but that he would
+wait upon the Prince in the afternoon. The Baron said that must not be,
+but that it was the resolution of the Prince to testify that
+extraordinary respect to the Protector and to Whitelocke, as to come in
+person to visit Whitelocke at his own house; who said, that if it were
+the pleasure of the Prince to have it so, he should attend the receiving
+of that great honour at such a time as his Royal Highness should think
+fit to afford it to him.
+
+Woolfeldt, and Douglas, and several others, being with Whitelocke at
+dinner, they discoursed of this extraordinary high respect of the Prince
+to the Protector and to Whitelocke, and said that it was partly
+occasioned by the exceptions taken by the public Ministers in this Court
+at the reception which the Prince gave unto Whitelocke yesterday beyond
+what he used to afford them of respect and honour; and this coming to the
+Prince's ear, he said that if they were offended with him for that, he
+would yet give them further cause of being displeased, and thereupon sent
+to Whitelocke that he would this afternoon visit him; they also informed
+Whitelocke, as Lagerfeldt had done, that the Prince was much satisfied
+with the discourse of Whitelocke, and his demeanour.
+
+About three o'clock in the afternoon the Prince came to Whitelocke's
+house, attended with a very great train. He was in one of the Queen's
+coaches, which was followed by several of his own coaches, all with six
+horses apiece, and sundry gentlemen on horseback, with the principal
+officers of the Court and of the army, besides his own gentlemen,
+officers, servants, pages, and lacqueys to a great number, waiting on
+him. It fell out to be on the day of a fair, kept in the open place
+before Whitelocke's house, so that, with the people coming to the fair,
+and the Prince's train, the streets were exceedingly crowded.
+
+As the Prince alighted out of his coach, Whitelocke was there to receive
+him, all the gentlemen of Whitelocke's train attending on him, and his
+servants in livery making a lane, about twenty on each hand, from the
+Prince's coach to Whitelocke's house, through which the Prince and he
+passed, Whitelocke giving the Prince the right hand, which he scrupled
+not to take in that place. They went together covered into Whitelocke's
+house, sat down in his bedchamber, and fell into much freedom of
+discourse for above two hours together. In the meantime the lords and
+gentlemen of the Prince's train being in several other rooms, according
+to their respective qualities, Whitelocke had taken order to be
+entertained by his officers and servants, not only with discourse, but
+with good wine brought from England, and such collation as was then to be
+had and was pleasing to them.
+
+The Prince and Whitelocke had variety of discourses; and Whitelocke
+looking upon this as an opportunity whereby he might speak in such things
+as might tend to the honour of God, and which his own subjects perhaps
+would not so plainly make known to him, Whitelocke used the more freedom,
+and part of their discourse was--
+
+_Prince._ I am very glad that your affairs have permitted you a stay in
+this place so long as to give me the opportunity of your company, wherein
+I take much contentment.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Your Royal Highness doth very much honour me in esteeming
+my company worth your notice, and herein you are pleased to testify great
+respect to the Protector, my master, and to the Commonwealth whom I
+serve.
+
+_Pr._ I have a very true honour for the Protector, and for England,
+where I have been, and account it one of the best countries in the world.
+
+_Wh._ It is indeed, Sir, a very good country, and honoured by your
+knowledge of it and having been upon it.
+
+_Pr._ But I doubt that by your late troubles it may be much damaged.
+
+_Wh._ Truly, Sir, God hath so ordered it that those desolations which
+usually attend on war, especially a civil war, have not been so much in
+our country as others have felt who have been plunged in those miseries.
+
+_Pr._ It is a great blessing to you, especially considering your change
+hath been so great and your troubles so lasting.
+
+_Wh._ Our troubles endured a long time, but, blessed be God, at present
+we enjoy peace and settlement after our changes. The discourse here is
+now altogether of the voluntary change like to be in your Highness's
+country.
+
+_Pr._ Her Majesty is pleased to take a resolution to resign her
+government, and I am commanded hither upon that occasion, though
+altogether unsought for by me.
+
+_Wh._ You are, Sir, every way worthy of it, and the more for not seeking
+it; and being the will of God is to bring you to such an increase of
+power as to the royal dignity, it will turn most to your own and your
+people's good, to employ your power to the honour of Him that gives it,
+and to prefer His service by whom kings reign before any other
+concernments.
+
+_Pr._ I must acknowledge that throughout the whole course of my life God
+hath been very good to me, and I am the more engaged to honour Him and to
+do Him service in any station wherein he shall be pleased to set me.
+
+_Wh._ Your Royal Highness will be pleased to pardon my freedom of
+speaking to you what I understand may be most for the honour of God and
+your service.
+
+_Pr._ Such discourse is most pleasing to me, especially from a person of
+such piety and honour as I esteem you to be, and who can have no private
+ends thereby.
+
+_Wh._ We have observed in England, and it is so everywhere, that the
+blessing of God follows those that serve Him.
+
+_Pr._ That is a true rule; but our service must be in heart, and not in
+profession or outward show only.
+
+_Wh._ It is true that the enemies of the Parliament use to reproach them
+with hypocrisy in their profession of religion and with their preaching
+to their soldiers; yet that our profession is real doth appear somewhat
+in this, that the blessing of God hath accompanied our profession and our
+practice; and when our enemies are in debauchery and injuring the people,
+our officers and soldiers meet together, exhorting one another out of the
+Scripture and praying together, and God hath given His blessing
+thereupon.
+
+_Pr._ I do very well approve that course, and your profession and
+practice in matters of religion; but we hear of too much difference of
+opinion among you in those matters.
+
+_Wh._ We have indeed too much difference of opinion among us in matters
+of religion; but yet the public peace is not broken, but carefully
+preserved.
+
+_Pr._ But if there be not a uniformity among you in those matters, your
+peace will be endangered.
+
+_Wh._ We do not yet find that danger; and we look upon it as a liberty
+due to all Christians to take what way of worship they think best for the
+good of their own souls.
+
+_Pr._ Suppose the way they take be not agreeable to the Word of God?
+
+_Wh._ The consequence thereof will be their own misery.
+
+_Pr._ But should not the magistrate lead them and constrain them in the
+right way?
+
+_Wh._ We hold the better way to be, by meek exhortations and instructions
+to endeavour to reclaim them from any error, and not by force to compel
+men's consciences, as is used in these parts.
+
+_Pr._ What if mild means will not work upon them?
+
+_Wh._ They will have the worst of it; but as long as they do not break
+the public peace, it is hard for the magistrate imperiously to command
+and force his brethren to worship God after his opinion; and it is not
+imaginable that he should take more care of men's souls than they
+themselves, whose consciences ought to be free.
+
+_Pr._ We are somewhat strict in this point in our country.
+
+_Wh._ But I have heard that your Royal Highness hath shown moderation,
+and indulged this liberty, in other countries where you commanded.
+
+_Pr._ I did not think fit to be so severe in this point in Germany as we
+are in Sweden.
+
+_Wh._ I think your Highness did therein according to the mind of God, who
+will not have a restraint upon His children in the worship of Him; and I
+hope you will in time take off the severity of your laws here in this
+particular.
+
+_Pr._ I am no friend to severity of laws upon men's consciences; but
+reformation among us is not soon to be brought about, where there hath
+been a long usage of the contrary.
+
+_Wh._ In England we have of late obtained great reformation in many
+things, particularly touching the observation of the Lord's Day; and
+pardon me, Sir, if I wish the like reformation in this kingdom, and that
+the Lord's Day were not so much neglected, nay profaned, as I have seen
+in this place. I hope and humbly advise your Royal Highness that, when
+God shall place you in the sovereignty over this people, you will take
+care to provide a remedy and reformation herein, and also of that sin of
+excessive drinking and swearing with which the people are so much
+infected, and which may cause a fear lest the anger of God should go
+forth against this nation; but it will be very much in your power to
+apply a fit remedy to these evils, and doubtless God will require it at
+your hands, as his vicegerent.
+
+_Pr._ I have not heard many soldiers discourse in this strain; but I like
+it well, and it becomes you; and I hope God will assist me, if He shall
+call me to the government of this people, to acquit my duty to Him and to
+His people for the restraining of these sins, which I acknowledge are too
+common among us.
+
+_Wh._ In doing so, you will render service to God, and find His blessing
+to accompany such most pious, most honourable, and truly royal
+endeavours; and I hope your Highness will not think amiss of this liberty
+which your servant hath taken, to speak to you of these things.
+
+_Pr._ I am so far from thinking amiss of it or taking in ill part what
+you have said to me, that I do most heartily thank you for it, and do
+promise that I shall be mindful to put in practice the good counsel you
+have given me, as soon as it shall please God to give me an opportunity
+for it, and that the temper of this people will bear it; being convinced
+of the duty which lies upon me herein, and the service and honour which
+will thereby be done to God and to the people of this kingdom, both in
+respect to their temporal and eternal estate.
+
+_Wh._ I am very glad to find your Royal Highness so sensible hereof, and
+shall humbly and earnestly leave it to your thoughts.
+
+_Pr._ I hope I shall not forget it.[268]
+
+They had other discourse touching the princes and states of Christendom,
+particularly of the House of Austria, and of the design of the Papists
+against the Protestants, the which, and the increase of the interest of
+Rome, Whitelocke said could not be better prevented than by a conjunction
+of the Protestants; to which the Prince fully agreed. The Prince took
+his leave of Whitelocke with very great respect and civility.
+
+After the Prince was gone, there came to Whitelocke Grave Eric Oxenstiern
+and Lagerfeldt, to take their leaves of Whitelocke, they being to go to
+Stockholm by command of the Ricksdag; and Grave Eric gave unto Whitelocke
+a paper, in French, of damage sustained by a Swedish ship taken and
+brought into London, which he recommended to Whitelocke to be a means
+that satisfaction might be procured.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke goes to a running at the ring.]
+
+Whitelocke being informed that now at the Court, among other solemnities
+and entertainments to welcome the Prince, the gallants used the exercise
+and recreation of running at the ring, a pleasure noble and useful as to
+military affairs, improving horsemanship, and teaching the guidance of
+the lance, a weapon still used by horsemen in these parts of the world;
+this generous exercise having been in use in England in Whitelocke's
+memory, who had seen the lords, in presence of the King and Queen and a
+multitude of spectators, in the tilt-yards at Whitehall and at St.
+James's House, where the King, when he was Prince, used also that
+recreation: it made Whitelocke the more desirous to see the same again,
+and whether, as they used it here, it were the same with that he had
+seen in England. He went _incognito_ in the coach of General Douglas,
+without any of his train, to the place where the running at the ring was.
+He would not go into the room where the Queen and Prince and great lords
+were, but sat below in a room where the judges of the course were, with
+divers other gentlemen, who, though they knew Whitelocke very well, yet
+seeing him cast his cloak over his shoulder, as desiring not to be known,
+they would take no notice of him--a civility in these and other countries
+usual.
+
+The Senator Vanderlin, Grave Tott, and the Baron Steinberg were the
+challengers to all the rest; and of the other part were Marshal Wrangel,
+Grave Jacob de la Gardie, and nine or ten others. All were well mounted;
+Wrangel upon an English horse, given him by Whitelocke. Their clothes,
+scarfs, feathers, and all accoutrements, both of men and horse, were very
+gallant. They ran for a prize which the Queen had ordained, and they
+comported themselves with much activeness and bravery; and it was the
+same exercise which Whitelocke had formerly seen in his own country.
+
+
+_May 19, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Sound Dues.]
+
+Woolfeldt visited Whitelocke in the morning, and brought with him a paper
+concerning the Sound, written in French with his own hand, wherein he
+showed much affection to the Protector and to England, and as much
+distaste to his own country. The paper Whitelocke laid up, and
+transcribed in a larger treatise.
+
+[SN: Effect of the Prince's visit.]
+
+Woolfeldt acquainted Whitelocke that the public ministers in this Court
+discoursed much of the extraordinary respect showed by the Prince to the
+English Ambassador, both in his reception and the Prince's visit to him.
+And particularly the Danish Ambassador was greatly discontented, and said
+that never any ambassador had that honour done him before, and it was so
+far beyond what he had received that he knew not how to bear it; that the
+entertainment of public ministers of the same character ought to be with
+the same ceremony, and not one to be preferred so much as the English
+Ambassador had been before others of equal quality with him, and much
+matter of complaint of that nature; which being reported to the Prince,
+he said that neither the Danish Ambassador nor any other public minister
+had cause to complain that he had not given them the respect due to their
+several qualities; and if he, out of a particular affection to the
+English Protector and Ambassador, had a mind to express more than
+ordinary particular respects to them, it was no wrong or cause of
+complaint to any other public minister, who had what was due to him,
+because another had perhaps more than was due to him; and he said he
+understood not why his condition should render him less capable than
+other gentlemen to show particular respects where they did bear a
+particular affection.
+
+General Douglas, a Scottish gentleman in great favour and honour in this
+country, came late this year to the Court, being hindered by a violent
+ague upon his coming hither. He made frequent visits to Whitelocke, and
+expressed much of respect and civility to him as his countryman.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke dines with General Douglas.]
+
+This day Whitelocke was to dine with Douglas by a solemn invitation; and
+during the whole time of his residence in this Court he never was invited
+to any of their tables, but now to Douglas, and before to Grave Eric,
+notwithstanding the freedom of his table to most of them. With Whitelocke
+were invited his two sons, Potley, Beake, and Croke. There they met Grave
+John Oxenstiern, Wrangel, Wittenberg, Bundt, Horne, Vanderlin, Colonel
+Bannier, and one of the Prince's servants. Of these that thus met, nine
+had been in commission as generals, two of the English and of the Swedes
+seven, which was noted as very observable. They sat at table in the same
+manner as they did at Grave Eric's entertainment, Whitelocke in the midst
+of the table, the company in their ranks on either side, and all the
+dinner they sat bare.
+
+The entertainment was very high and noble, as could be had in this place,
+and four courses very full, which made a long dinner, in which time
+Whitelocke was solicited often to begin and pledge healths, which he
+would not do, but left others to their liberty, as he desired his. The
+healths they drank among themselves were in large beer-glasses of sack,
+which made them discourse the more freely; and most of it was of England
+and the late troubles there, of particular passages of the war, of
+Scotland, of the fleet now at sea, and the Dutch treaty; in all which
+Whitelocke gave them some satisfaction, as they did to him touching the
+Queen's resignation, the present Ricksdag, and the new King's coronation.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke receives a jewel from the Prince.]
+
+The same gentleman who had been before from the Prince with Whitelocke, a
+Baron of great account, first gentleman of the Prince's bedchamber, a
+proper, well accomplished person, came to Whitelocke by command of the
+Prince, with remembrance of his Highness's hearty respects and affection
+to Whitelocke. After some compliments passed, the Baron took out of his
+pocket a little box of crimson velvet, and told Whitelocke that his Royal
+Highness had commanded him to present to Whitelocke that token of the
+Prince's love and respects to him, and, opening the box, showed to
+Whitelocke a noble jewel, a case of gold enamelled, the one side of it
+set thick all over with diamonds, some of them fair ones, and on the
+other side was the Prince's picture, lively and well taken.
+
+The Baron said to Whitelocke that the Prince desired his excuse because
+in so short a time he could not procure a better present, but he desired
+Whitelocke to accept of this as a testimony of his affection to him.
+Whitelocke answered, that he had not merited so much favour from his
+Royal Highness, but desired the Baron to return his hearty thanks to the
+Prince, which he would also do himself when he had the honour to come in
+his presence.
+
+[SN: Account of presents made by Whitelocke.]
+
+Upon this occasion Whitelocke took account of the presents which he had
+in this Court, besides the several and many gratuities and rewards which
+he had formerly bestowed on many of the Queen's inferior servants, as
+musicians, guards, pages, lacqueys, trumpets, coachmen, wardrobe men, and
+others; to whom he had been liberal, to a considerable sum, necessary in
+his judgement to be done for the honour of his nation, and agreeable to
+what had been constantly by ambassadors there before him.
+
+Besides these smaller matters, first he sent to the Queen eight black
+English horses, very handsome, large, brave, and useful horses for the
+coach, and now in good case; four saddle-horses he had formerly
+presented to her, all of them were in this place worth to be sold L1000.
+The looking-glass which he gave the Queen when she was his Valentine was
+worth L100, besides an English Bible richly bound, English stuffs, a
+cabinet of spirits, and other smaller presents. The Queen's officers gave
+no reward to Whitelocke's gentleman of his horse, the clerk of his
+stable, or to his coachman and people that carried them, though it was
+presumed that the Queen had ordered it, as she had done upon other the
+like occasions.
+
+To the Prince Whitelocke presented seven bay English horses, very
+handsome and serviceable for the coach; for which the Prince returned
+many thanks, being most acceptable to him, as he expressed, and sent a
+chain of gold of the value of two hundred ducats to Captain Crispe,
+yeoman of Whitelocke's stables, and twenty-five ducats to the servants of
+Whitelocke's stable. To the Prince, Whitelocke also presented a young
+English gelding of Fenwicke's breed, very handsome and mettlesome; the
+more esteemed by Whitelocke, and afterwards by the Prince, when he heard
+that it had been given to Whitelocke by his General.
+
+To the old Chancellor Whitelocke presented a hogshead of good Canary
+wine, and a sober, handsome, strong, well-paced English pad nag, and one
+of his richest saddles. To Wrangel he gave an English gelding; to Tott
+another; to Wittenberg another; to Steinberg another; to Douglas another;
+and to such of the great men as the Queen directed. To Lagerfeldt he gave
+a clock, excellently made, which he used to have constantly with him.
+
+To Secretary Canterstein he sent his secretary Earle with a silver
+standish, curiously wrought; at sight of which Canterstein seemed much
+discontented, till Earle showed him the manner of opening the standish,
+and in it forty pieces of English gold, of jacobuses, which made the
+present very acceptable. In like manner Whitelocke sent to the master of
+the ceremonies an English beaver hat, with a gold hatband, and a pair of
+rich English gloves; at which the Master seemed offended, saying that
+ambassadors used to send better presents to the master of ceremonies; but
+being desired to try if the gloves would fit him, he found therein forty
+twenty-shilling pieces of English gold, and thereby much satisfaction in
+the present.
+
+To Grave Eric's lady Whitelocke presented a clock of the new make, to
+hang by the wall, set in ebony, with rich studs of silver. To "la Belle
+Comtesse," the Lady Jane Ruthven and other ladies, he presented English
+gloves, ribbons, silk stockings, and the like, which are of great account
+with them.
+
+All the presents given away by Whitelocke in this court were estimated
+above L3000, and the jewels and copper bestowed on him were near the same
+value; so that none could accuse him to be a receiver of rewards, or that
+he had enriched himself by this employment.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke takes leave of the Prince and exhorts him.]
+
+Whitelocke had desired this day another audience of the Prince to take
+his leave; and towards the evening the master of the ceremonies came with
+two of the Queen's coaches and brought Whitelocke to the Prince's
+lodging, who received him with the like or greater respect than he had
+done before. They went directly together to the Prince's cabinet, where
+two chairs were set. They discoursed about half an hour upon the same
+subjects as their last discourse was; and now also Whitelocke earnestly
+advised the Prince to those things which would tend to the honour of God
+and to the reformation of disorders, drunkenness, swearing, and
+profanation of the Lord's Day, which Whitelocke told him God would
+require at his hands to see reformed when he should be called to the
+government of this kingdom, with much to the like effect; esteeming it
+seasonable for him to take this opportunity of pressing these things to
+the Prince, as he also did liberty of conscience, and what he hoped was
+for promoting the interest of Christ in these countries. The Prince gave
+good ear to these things, and seemed sensible of what was said to him;
+and by his answers gave hopes that when he should come to the opportunity
+he would endeavour the reformation of those great reigning sins in his
+country, whereof he professed his own detestation.
+
+Whitelocke going to take his leave, the Prince desired him to stay
+longer, as pleased with the discourse on this subject; but Whitelocke was
+desired by the master of the ceremonies not to continue longer with the
+Prince, because the Queen staid within purposely for Whitelocke's coming
+to her. At his parting the Prince desired Whitelocke to testify his
+respects to the Protector and Commonwealth of England; and told
+Whitelocke that he might assure himself of a most entire affection to his
+person from the Prince, who wished him a happy return to his own country.
+
+[SN: Visits the Queen, to take leave;]
+
+From the Prince Whitelocke made a visit to the Queen. Grave Tott
+conducted him to her bedchamber, where they discoursed about half an hour
+touching her Majesty's affairs. She again mentioned her purpose of going
+to the Spa, and to go thither by land; she desired Whitelocke not to
+speak much of it; she said that perhaps she might yet see him at
+Stockholm, but, if she did not, that she would write a letter to the
+Protector, and send it thither to Whitelocke, upon the subject of which
+they had formerly spoken.
+
+Whitelocke advised her, as he had done before, and promised to take care
+of her letter to the Protector, and to improve his interest the best he
+could for effecting what her Majesty desired, in case there should be
+occasion for it. She thanked Whitelocke for his advice, wherewith she
+seemed to be pleased, and resolved to observe it; and expressed very
+great respect and affection to the Protector and to Whitelocke, whom she
+desired to assure the Protector in her Majesty's name of the sincere
+affection and honour which she did bear him, and which she should
+continue, in whatsoever condition she should be. She wished Whitelocke a
+happy voyage, and with many compliments, full of great respect and
+civility, but not so cheerful as formerly; she twice gave him her hand to
+kiss, and so took leave of him.
+
+[SN: and the Chancellor.]
+
+From the Court Whitelocke went and visited the Chancellor, and delivered
+to him (what he had before promised and was put in mind to do) an
+engagement under his hand to procure a supply of the defect of power,
+which they excepted to in his commission. The engagement was thus:--
+
+    "Polliceor plenam me mihi potentiam ac facultatem procuraturum a sua
+    Serenissima Celsitudine Domino meo, Domino Protectore Reipublicae
+    Angliae, Scotiae, et Hiberniae, intra trimestre spatium, ab appulsu
+    meo in quemlibet portum Angliae, ad supplendum qualemcunque defectum
+    facultatis ac potentiae mihi antehac datae, ad tractandum cum
+    Serenissima Majestate sua Regina Sueciae aut commissariis suis, et ad
+    rata habenda omnia, quae inter Majestatem suam vel suos commissarios
+    et me conclusa fuerint. Datum Upsaliae 18^o Maii, anno Domini 1654.
+
+                                           "BULSTRODE WHITELOCKE."
+
+The Chancellor and Whitelocke fell into discourse touching their
+Ricksdag; part whereof follows.
+
+[SN: The Swedish Diet and Constitution.]
+
+_Whitelocke._ I received much satisfaction in the favour of being
+admitted to see the manner of the meeting and proceedings of your
+Ricksdag, and shall be glad to be instructed by you touching some of the
+passages of it.
+
+_Chancellor._ I shall be ready to inform you the best I can in these
+matters, and I have had some experience in them.
+
+_Wh._ In that and all other matters touching the government of this
+kingdom, I believe no man's experience or judgement will be opposed to
+yours. I pray, Father, let me know the ground of proposals being made by
+the Queen to the Ricksdag, and whether it be as I have heard, that they
+consult of nothing but what is first proposed to them by the Queen.
+
+_Chan._ That is very true, and is the ground of our quiet and of avoiding
+factions among us; for where a Council consists of seven or eight hundred
+men, as our Ricksdag doth, and they hold themselves to have an equal
+liberty and power, and are most of them active spirits; if every one
+amongst them might move and propound what he pleased according to his own
+fancy, there would never be an end of proposals and debates, and they
+would break out into several factions and the greater affairs of the
+kingdom be retarded, and many times thrust out to make way for lesser
+matters for the most part but of private interest. Therefore the wisdom
+of our Government hath so ordered it that nothing is to be consulted upon
+or debated by the Ricksdag, but what is first proposed to them in writing
+by the King, who hath the advice of the Senators therein; and such
+matters as are by them judged necessary for the good of the kingdom are
+by the King proposed to the Ricksdag for their counsel in them.
+
+_Wh._ This may be a good way to preserve your quiet; but may it not be
+ill for the rights and liberty of the people? As to instance in
+particular, if it be requisite that a new law be made relating to the
+people's liberty, wherein the former laws may be defective, by this
+course it rests only in the power of the King and Senate whether this
+matter shall ever come to consideration or not; for, unless they will
+propound it, no consideration can be had of it; and though it may be
+necessary as to the people's rights, yet then probably it may be against
+the King's power, and in that case the King will never propose it to the
+Ricksdag, because it makes against his power and prerogative; and so the
+people are by this course debarred of the means of supplying any defect
+as to their rights and liberties, unless the King, to lessen his own
+power, will first propose it to them.
+
+_Chan._ This were an inconvenience if the people's rights and liberties
+were not already settled; but, by our laws, the boundaries of the King's
+power and of the people's rights are sufficiently known and established,
+as the King can make no law nor alter or repeal any, nor impose any tax,
+nor compel men to go out of the kingdom without the assent of the
+Ricksdag; and in that Council, which is supreme in this kingdom, every
+man's vote and assent is included by the deputies of the Clergy,
+Boroughs, and Boors, which are respectively elected, and by the chiefs of
+the Nobility; so that all sorts of people have their share, either in
+person or by their deputies, in the Supreme Council of the kingdom, by
+whom only those great matters can be done; and this being certain and
+settled, any alteration in those points tends but to further uncertainty
+and mischief. And if debates might be had of additions to the King's
+power, or to the people's liberty, it would but occasion attempts of
+encroaching of one upon the other, and bring trouble and uncertainty to
+both; whereas they being already clearly defined and known, and that
+there is no means of altering either of them, both the King and people
+are content with what they have, and endeavour nothing of disquiet unto
+either.
+
+_Wh._ But this further debars the people from having any new law at all
+made, except such only as the King shall think fit, for he only can
+propose them; and it is a necessary thing to supply defects in laws and
+to make new ones, according as times and circumstances varying shall
+minister occasion.
+
+_Chan._ There is nothing more prejudicial to any government than
+multitude of laws, which is prevented by this course of ours; nor is
+there any necessity of new laws where both the public rights and private
+men's property are provided for by the laws in being, which in all
+nations is from the original of their civil settlement taken care of. And
+though time and variety of accidents may occasion some defects in old
+laws, yet it is better they should be borne with than an inundation of
+new laws to be let in, which causeth uncertainty, ignorance, different
+expositions, and repugnances in the laws, and are the parents of
+contention.
+
+_Wh._ But I suppose your Ricksdag hath liberty to complain of
+maladministration and corruption in officers and judges, and to punish
+them and cause redress of grievances; else the people are remediless
+against those public crimes, without the grace and favour of the Prince
+to do it of himself, which every Prince in all times will not do.
+
+_Chan._ The Ricksdag may complain to the King of any offence or
+misdemeanour committed by any great officer, and of any public grievance
+to the people; whereupon the King and Senate are very ready (as it
+behoves them in justice and prudence) to give a remedy, which they are
+the more induced to do, because otherwise the people's Deputies, who have
+the power of the purse, may be the more backward to supply the King's
+occasions with money or men; and this is a good tie upon the Court, to
+procure justice and redress of grievances.
+
+_Wh._ Your laws are founded upon great reason and prudence, and in these
+and most other main parts and particulars of them, ours are the same in
+England; but a liberty of proposing anything in our Parliament belongs to
+every member of it.
+
+_Chan._ That hath been a great occasion of all your troubles.
+
+_Wh._ I expected to have heard my father, the Ricks-Chancellor, to have
+made an harangue in the Ricksdag, to have acquainted them, as it is with
+us, with the causes of their meeting.
+
+_Chan._ I confess it belongs to my place to have done it; but, by reason
+of an oath I had taken to my king, to endeavour to keep the crown on his
+daughter's head, and this assembly was called that she might resign it;
+therefore I desired to be excused from making that proposal.
+
+_Wh._ Indeed her Majesty spake herself with an excellent grace and
+spirit, which was a wonder to see it done by a young lady to so great and
+grave an assembly; and the matter of her speech, as it was interpreted to
+me, was pertinent and full of weight.
+
+_Chan._ Indeed she spake very well and materially, and like a prince.
+
+_Wh._ I am sorry my time calls me away from further enjoyment of my
+father's excellent conversation.
+
+_Chan._ I shall be glad if my noble son would afford me more of his
+company, in which I take so much contentment.
+
+_Wh._ My journey tomorrow hastens me away, and occasions your less
+trouble.
+
+_Chan._ I pray assure the Protector of the respect and high value I have
+for him, and of my devoted mind to serve him in anything within my power
+in this kingdom.
+
+_Wh._ You have been pleased largely to testify this in my transactions,
+and your noble favours and respects to your son.
+
+_Chan._ You may be confident of my affection and love to you; and I
+desire you to be a friend to my countrymen in England, and to take upon
+you their patronage in all just causes.
+
+_Wh._ I shall be ready upon all occasions to perform all good offices to
+your Excellence and to your family, and to all of this nation; and shall
+satisfy the Protector of your affections for him, and of your kindness to
+his servant.
+
+_Chan._ I am now an old man, and whilst I continue alive I shall do all
+that lies in my power to serve the Protector and the Commonwealth of
+England, and shall embrace your Excellence with a special bond of
+friendship, and will leave it in charge to my sons, when I am dead, to do
+the same.
+
+_Wh._ I shall also enjoin my children to continue that obligation of
+friendship which I have contracted with your Excellence and your family.
+
+_Chan._ I shall but add this further, to pray to God that of His mercy He
+would vouchsafe to you a prosperous return to your own country, and that
+you may find there all your family and friends in a comfortable and happy
+condition.
+
+[SN: Takes leave of Oxenstiern.]
+
+Thus the Chancellor and Whitelocke took leave of one another with as much
+kindness and respect as could be expressed.[283]
+
+Whitelocke being returned to his house, Grave John Oxenstiern came to
+visit him; and having heard that Whitelocke took it ill that he had put
+off a visit desired by Whitelocke to this high Grave, yet now he was
+pleased to descend to excuse it to Whitelocke, because his lodging was
+strait and inconvenient, not fit to receive a person of Whitelocke's
+quality, and his lady was at that time very much indisposed in health.
+
+The Senator Benk Schuett came in the evening to visit Whitelocke, and
+discoursed freely with him touching the Queen's resignation and their
+new King, and did not testify much of respect to the Chancellor by
+informing Whitelocke that yesterday, at the castle, there was a great
+rub, as he called it, given by the Queen to the Chancellor before the
+Prince and the rest of the Senators; the occasion whereof was about the
+island of Elsey, which the Queen desired as part of her provision, to
+which the Chancellor said, that it was worthy the consideration; the
+Queen replied, "What! is my integrity then questioned?" The Chancellor
+answered, that he did not question her Majesty's integrity, but spake
+only for her security and better satisfaction in what she desired. The
+Queen said, "I understand Swedish well enough, and it was not becoming
+you to question my integrity at all." Schuett said, that at this passage
+the rest of the senators were pleased, and that the Prince seemed in
+this, and all other occasions, to be of the Queen's mind, and to grant
+her more rather than less of what she desired, which was wisdom in him.
+
+Senator Vanderlin visited Whitelocke, and, among other discourses,
+acquainted him the passages of the proposal for the Queen to have married
+the Prince; that for this purpose the Prince was sent for out of Germany,
+and the Queen seemed inclinable to the match; yet, after the Prince was
+come, she used him with a strangeness which was occasioned by the
+whisperings of Grave Magnus de la Gardie to the Queen, that when the
+Prince was in Germany he was too familiar with some ladies; at which
+information, he said, the Queen was so enraged that the Prince should go
+to other women, that she thereupon resolved not to marry him, but was
+otherwise very courteous and full of respect to him. Whitelocke did not
+dispute the authenticness of this relation, but wondered at it from a
+senator, touching him who was to be a king, and to use so much freedom on
+such a subject to a stranger.
+
+General Douglas, the Ricks-Admiral, and Senator Bielke, also visited
+Whitelocke this evening while Vanderlin was with him; they discoursed of
+the discontent which the Dutch Resident expressed before his going away,
+because more respect was shown to Whitelocke by the Queen and Prince, and
+by the Senators and great men here, than they had shown to the Dutch
+Resident, who said he was a public minister as well as the English
+Ambassador. Whitelocke said it was true, as the Dutch Resident had
+remembered, that he was a public minister; and it might be supposed, that
+being so, he should understand the difference between a Resident and an
+Ambassador Extraordinary; and also between the Commonwealth of the United
+Provinces of the Netherlands, and that of England, Scotland, and Ireland.
+The Swedish Lords replied, that if the Dutch Resident did not understand
+it, nor himself, that yet it was sufficiently known in this place, and
+that the Resident was but laughed at for his exceptions, as being without
+cause, and showing his want of experience in matters of this nature.
+
+After the Ricks-Admiral and Bielke were gone, Vanderlin and Douglas staid
+with Whitelocke and used great freedom of discourse with him, expressing
+extraordinary respect to the Protector and Commonwealth of England, and
+very much affection and kindness to Whitelocke, in whom they expressed
+great confidence. They staid with him till past twelve o'clock at night,
+inconvenient in respect of his intended journey the next day; but their
+company was very pleasing, and they took leave with great civility and
+kindness from each to other of them.
+
+
+_May 20, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke commences his journey back to England.]
+
+Whitelocke began his longed-for journey of return to England. He had
+taken his leave of the Queen, Prince, Senators, and all his friends in
+Upsal. His business, through the goodness of God, was successfully
+despatched; himself and all his people in good health, and exceeding
+joyful to be on their journey homewards. He left not a penny of debt to
+any in this country, nor any unrewarded who had done him service; for his
+hospitality, wherein no ambassador in this Court ever exceeded him, for
+his conversation and dealing with all sorts of people, he had gained
+their love, and left no ill name behind him. The greatest part of his
+baggage, and most of his inferior servants, were on board a great hoy of
+the Queen's, to go by water to Stockholm; he and the rest of his people
+went by land, in order to which, upon his desire, the Hof-Stallmaster, by
+the Queen's command, had sent yesterday six coach-horses to be ready in
+the midway from Upsal to Stockholm, and this morning he sent six other
+horses with Whitelocke's blue coach to his lodging, to carry him the
+first half way of this day's journey, driven by the Queen's coachman.
+
+Berkman had provided a sufficient number of saddle-horses, if they might
+be so called, he having forgot to cause saddles to be brought with them
+for Whitelocke's people, so that most of them were forced to make shift
+with straw and cushions instead of saddles; and many of the bits and
+stirrups were such as they had been acquainted with in their journey from
+Gothenburg hither; and thus they rode the two first stages.
+
+Whitelocke took coach between seven and eight o'clock in the morning, Sir
+George Fleetwood, Potley, Ingelo, and Andrews, in his coach with him; the
+rest on horseback; they came about noon to the place where fresh horses
+staid for them, and did not tarry long there, wanting good entertainment,
+but, taking fresh horses both for coach and saddle, they proceeded in
+their journey. The country through which they passed was better than that
+near the sea, less rocky and more fruitful, not so replenished with seats
+of the nobility further off, as nearer to Stockholm. By the way they met
+General Axy Lyllye, a Senator of Sweden, newly returned out of Germany,
+and another Senator with him; they alighted out of their coach when
+Whitelocke came near them, who, seeing that, did alight also. The General
+had lost one of his legs in the German wars, and now carried one of wood;
+he and his companion were very civil in their salutation and discourse
+with Whitelocke, and after compliments, and inquiry by Whitelocke of the
+German news, they took leave and parted.
+
+Whitelocke and his company arrived between five and six o'clock in the
+evening at Stockholm, the journey being seven Swedish leagues, about
+forty English miles. As he came in the suburbs, he saw a sad sight of
+many houses lately burnt down, and some pulled down to prevent the
+further raging of the fire, which had consumed many scores of houses in
+that place; and it brought to Whitelocke's remembrance, that one evening
+at Upsal, in his chamber window, he saw a great fire in a dorf about half
+a league from the town, which he observed, almost in a moment, to flash
+from one end of the dorf to the other, consuming all in its way,--and
+thus it was said to have been in these suburbs. The reason thereof is the
+combustible matter whereof their houses are built, being of fir timber
+and boards, which, especially being old, do suddenly take fire, and
+violently burn, hard to be quenched, few houses escaping, especially in
+the dorfs, where one is on fire; which causeth more than ordinary care in
+the inhabitants of all places to prevent that fearful danger.
+
+Berkman conducted Whitelocke to a lodging in the suburbs, over-against
+the castle, which was used for an inn. This being post-night, Whitelocke
+made up his despatches for England, which he had prepared at Upsal, where
+he wrote his letters, but dated them from Stockholm, that his friends in
+England might thereby perceive that he was in his journey homewards,
+which he knew would be no small contentment to them.
+
+
+_May 21, 1654._
+
+[SN: Stockholm.]
+
+Being the Lord's Day, divers Scotch merchants, inhabitants of this city,
+and some English, came to Whitelocke's lodging to hear the sermon in the
+morning, and many of them did him the honour to dine with him; he had
+conference with them, and good advice from them, about his voyage to
+England and other matters. Lagerfeldt came also to salute Whitelocke,
+and to know what service he had for him, before his going from hence
+this evening. Whitelocke desired him to speak to the master of the
+customs, touching the shipping of his copper and other goods, custom
+free; and Whitelocke prayed Lagerfeldt also to speak to Vice-Admiral
+Wrangel, that the ship appointed for his transportation (which was now in
+the road in view of Whitelocke's lodging) might, with as much speed as
+could be, fall down to the Dollars; which he promised to do.
+
+Wrangel sent to invite Whitelocke to go this afternoon to see the ships,
+but Whitelocke excused it by reason of the day, and sent word that
+tomorrow, if he pleased, he would wait upon him; and desired his advice
+touching his voyage. In the evening Lagerfeldt came again to Whitelocke,
+to give him an account what he had done by his appointment, and told
+Whitelocke that he should have all contentment. With Lagerfeldt came
+Monsieur de Geeres to visit Whitelocke, who gave him thanks for a vessel
+of claret wine which De Geeres had sent to Whitelocke, who said he hoped
+he should not stay long enough to drink it out in this place.
+
+[SN: The Queen's garden at Stockholm.]
+
+At Upsal Whitelocke was carried to see the Queen's garden, which scarce
+deserved that name, being only a piece of ground of about four or five
+acres, paled in according to the manner of their paling, and had in it a
+few hedges which, in the latter end of May, upon the thaw, began to
+appear a little green; but for flowers or fruit-trees there were none,
+except a few ordinary tulips. This put Whitelocke in mind to inquire if
+the Queen had a better garden here at Stockholm, where her residence
+usually was. The Swedes excused the meanness of the garden at Upsal
+because the Court was seldom there, but here they commended the garden,
+and offered Whitelocke the favour to see it. He went about seven o'clock
+this evening to view it, and to walk in the Queen's garden here. It was
+near unto his lodging, but at a distance from the castle; it is about six
+or seven acres of ground, encompassed with a pale, on which they bestow
+timber enough in the posts and rails, and the pales are not set upright
+one by another, but crosswise one upon another, between two great posts,
+with rivets for the pales to be put into, and so to fall down one upon
+the other; and the pales are two inches thick or more, made of fir
+timber, and the posts and rails of oak.
+
+This garden was distinguished into walks not well kept nor gravelled, but
+most of them green; few flowers were to be seen there, though more than
+at Upsal, and most of these were tulips not extraordinary. The sides of
+the walks were set with elm-trees and the like, but no fruit-trees were
+there, nor are they common in this cold country, only, as they informed
+Whitelocke, in some places they have a few trees of plums, and small
+cherries, and of apples; but he saw none in regard of the season, nor do
+many persons in these parts delight in gardens or in planting fruits or
+flowers, this climate not encouraging thereunto; yet here were great
+boxes of wood with orange-trees, citron-trees, and myrtle-trees, very
+young, planted in them; how they thrived was not much visible.
+
+At Whitelocke's lodging some of his people made the greater fires to air
+the rooms, because the plague had been lately in this city, and in that
+house the chimneys, it seems, being foul, and full of soot, were the
+sooner set on fire; and when Whitelocke came from walking in the garden
+he found his lodging on fire. It was a stack of chimneys which took fire;
+a multitude of people were ready about the house to help to quench the
+fire, and the officers of the city were there to order the people.
+Whitelocke was surprised with this unexpected accident and danger,
+amongst such houses; but after an hour's flame, the soot being spent and
+burnt, the fire went out of itself; and it was a mercy that the wind set
+to carry the flame towards a house which was tiled, whereas, if it had
+set the other way, it had carried the flame upon houses all built and
+covered with wood, to the extreme danger of Whitelocke's lodging and the
+whole city.
+
+
+_May 22, 1654._
+
+[SN: The harbour of Stockholm and Swedish fleet.]
+
+In the morning Berkman conducted Whitelocke to the haven, where lay many
+boats and vessels great and small, and much iron upon the quay, which is
+convenient, but not much stored. They passed by many fair houses
+belonging to the great Lords.
+
+In the afternoon Wrangel came to Whitelocke, and conducted him to see the
+Queen's ships, which lie round about an island called by them the Holm,
+into which island none are permitted to enter without special license.
+This is a good harbour for the ships there to anchor safely. There lay
+about fifty ships of war, some of them carrying eighty pieces of cannon,
+some sixty, some fifty, some forty, some thirty, and all of them well
+fitted and useful, strongly built, but not so nimble and serviceable for
+fight as our English frigates. Wrangel was now in his element, and
+discoursed much with Whitelocke about the make and force and goodness of
+these ships, their force and brass cannon, which were commended by
+Whitelocke, who showed the difference in the make between these ships and
+the English frigates; that these, for strength to endure an assault and
+make defence, were very good, but that the English frigates had much
+advantage in their nimble tacking about, their fleet sailing to fetch up
+another ship, and the lying of their guns for use of fighting; with which
+discourse Wrangel seemed much pleased, and he preferred their brass
+cannon before those of iron, which Whitelocke assented unto as not so
+soon hot with firing, nor so apt to break and splinter, and do harm to
+their own men as the iron ordnance are.
+
+Within this island is the office of the Admiralty, in a fair brick house
+built for that purpose; in another building there are the forges for all
+the iron-work belonging to the ships; there also are the timber yards,
+well stored, and places for the workmen and ship-carpenters. They were
+shown there likewise the magazine of powder, bullet, match, grenadoes,
+with other fire instruments; also the bake-houses, where they make
+provision of biscuit for the ships; it is a great room paved with stone,
+wherein are three ovens for baking, and a large cellar in which they
+store the biscuit. There be also stores for pork, peas, and other ship
+provisions, all in very good order, and carefully looked unto.
+
+Whitelocke went on board divers of the ships, taking notice of their
+strength and furniture, and among them he went on board several great
+ships which Wrangel had taken in fight from the King of Denmark, which at
+present were not serviceable; but his commendation of that action, and
+of these ships of war lying here, was due to them, and not unpleasing to
+those who showed them to him. They returned by boat, making the tour of
+the island; and as they passed by the ships of war, they all saluted
+Whitelocke with two guns apiece, which number they do not exceed. As they
+passed along, Whitelocke was desired to go on board the 'Hercules,' a
+great and good ship lying there, which carried eighty pieces of ordnance,
+all brass; and being brought into the captain's cabin, he found there the
+table covered, and a banquet set upon it of sweetmeats of divers sorts,
+with which, and with plenty of excellent Rhenish wine, they did with
+great respect and civility entertain Whitelocke and his company. From
+thence they brought him to his lodging, weary enough with his voyage and
+the extreme heat of the weather.
+
+[SN: Position of Stockholm.]
+
+The island which Whitelocke viewed this day, and many other greater and
+smaller islands, upon which are buildings, do make up this city, which by
+some is resembled for the situation of it unto the city of Venice, which
+stands as this doth, upon several islands in the sea. The waters are
+great and deep about this city, which is compassed with mountains, except
+only where they give way to the passage of the waters. The town, in the
+prospect of it, seems to be as in the midst of the circuit of the
+mountains, and as it were composed of divers pieces, each of them apart
+making a good town, and so appear as several villages separated by the
+many arms of water, or by the Lake Maelaren, which come hither to meet one
+another, and make the large and deep water; and it seems to be the
+diameter of the mountains, and now all plain, by carrying away the earth
+of a hill within it, and the stones therewith filling up ditches and
+uneven grounds, and serving for foundations for their buildings, and to
+make their streets even and handsome; so that now it is all level, as if
+no hill had ever been. One of their authors saith that it is "loco et
+situ commodissimo, inter eximium dulcem lacum Maeler ipsumque Balticum
+mare in insula fundatum."
+
+The inhabitants (who should best know it) affirm that the situation of
+this town is very healthful, and that notwithstanding the vast quantity
+of waters that do surround it, yet they are not troubled with agues, or
+other diseases, so much as other parts of the country. It is too, in the
+view of it, pleasant and noble for the situation; and the grounds about
+it are dry and wholesome, yet fruitful. The streets are some of them
+large, others more narrow; most of them are straight, the houses being
+equally advanced and set together. In the heart of the city they are for
+the most part built of stone or brick, making the fairer show by their
+height of four or five stories. From the North Holm or suburbs to the
+east is a bridge of wood, very long; from the island where the ships lie
+they pass another bridge to another island, both small ones, and at the
+mouth of the harbour for the ships of war, extending about half a league,
+between which and the continent are the waters of the lake and of the
+rivers which pass through the town from the west; from the north to the
+east is a park of deer, pleasant with trees and shade, contributing to
+the delight and health of the inhabitants; and, taken altogether, from
+the prospect of the mountains upon the churches, castle, houses, waters,
+and ships, the town appears noble and beautiful.
+
+[SN: Legend of Stockholm.]
+
+Whitelocke having been at the island where the ships lie, and observed it
+to be called the Holm, and other islands to have the same name of Holm,
+and Holm to be the same which we call an island, and this city named
+Stockholm, caused his inquiry of the original of this name of Stockholm;
+he was informed, in a kind of pleasant story, which is not without some
+probability, and the earnest affirmations of the inhabitants, who from
+tradition may be supposed best to know it, that the original of the name
+Stockholm was thus:--That there was a certain great and rich town called
+Bieurkoo, situate upon the lake between Upsal and this place, whereof
+some ruins are yet to be seen. The number of the people in that town
+increasing so much that the inhabitants could not be therein contained,
+they held a council what was fit to be done; they also consulted their
+idol gods, to whom they offered sacrifices and prayers for their
+direction. The issue was this: they came to a resolution that part of
+their people should go forth from them, as a colony, to seek for a new
+habitation, as is usual in these northern countries; that they should
+find out a place, and build them a new city to dwell in; and how to find
+out and agree upon this place was thus determined: they took a great
+block or piece of wood, to which they fastened some gold, and set the
+block a-swimming in the water, and agreed that there they would build the
+new town where their gods (to whom they had committed this affair) should
+cause the block to stay; this block floated, and, descending down the
+lake, at length staid at a little island about the midst of this city.
+
+Such an island here (as in our north parts) is called Holm, and such a
+great block or piece of wood is by them (as with us) called a stock; and
+because this stock staid at this Holm, therefore here they built their
+city, and called it Stockholm; which, by degrees, and adding one holm or
+island to another, became of its present greatness.
+
+
+_May 23, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Magistrates of Stockholm address Whitelocke.]
+
+Berkman brought to Whitelocke's lodging this morning two of the
+magistrates of this city, deputed by their body, and in their name, to
+salute Whitelocke and bid him welcome to this place. One of them made a
+speech to Whitelocke, which was interpreted out of the Swedish by Berkman
+into French, to this effect:--
+
+    "My Lord Ambassador,
+
+    "The Senate of this city have deputed us in their name to salute
+    your Excellence, and to bid you welcome to this place, where the
+    magistrates and citizens are desirous to embrace any occasion
+    presented to them, whereby they may testify the great respect and
+    honour which they bear to his most Serene Highness the Lord
+    Protector, and to the Commonwealth of England.
+
+    "They are likewise very glad of the occasion given them to express
+    their joy for the happy alliance and friendship concluded between
+    this kingdom and the Commonwealth of England, which we hope will be
+    to the advantage and good of both nations, and of the Protestant
+    interest, which is heartily wished by us. We look upon it as a very
+    great comfort and blessing to this city, that after the misery in
+    which we have lately been, when it pleased God to visit us with the
+    pestilence, that the same is now so well and fully removed through
+    Divine mercy, that we have the happiness to see a person of your
+    condition vouchsafe his presence with us.
+
+    "Whilst the occasions of your Excellence shall stay you here, we
+    most freely offer our services for your accommodation with
+    whatsoever this place will afford, which your Excellence may
+    command; and as a small testimony of the respects of our superiors,
+    they have caused us to present a vessel of wine unto your
+    Excellence, whereof they entreat your favourable acceptance."
+
+Whitelocke presently answered them in English, which Berkman interpreted
+to them in Swedish, to this effect:--
+
+    "Gentlemen,
+
+    "I rejoice with you in the mercy and goodness of God to this city,
+    who hath caused to cease that contagious disease which lately raged
+    among you, so that your friends (of which number I take the honour
+    to reckon myself) may freely and safely resort to you, and converse
+    with you as formerly. I have also some share in your joy for the
+    friendship and alliance contracted between my Lord the Protector of
+    the Commonwealth of England, and the Queen and kingdom of Sweden;
+    wherein I doubt not but, through the blessing of God, both nations
+    and the whole Protestant interest will have cause to rejoice
+    likewise: and as my poor endeavours have not been wanting, so my
+    hearty prayers to God shall be put up that it may come to this
+    issue; and I shall pray for the continuance of health and prosperity
+    to this noble city.
+
+    "I return you many thanks for your respects to my Lord the Protector
+    and the Commonwealth whom I serve, whereof I shall not fail (when it
+    shall please God to give me a return to my own country) to acquaint
+    them, and to do all offices of respect in my power for your city;
+    and I desire my thanks may be presented to your honourable Senate
+    for their particular favour to me, and for their salutation, which I
+    receive with all gratitude."
+
+Whilst the citizens were with Whitelocke, Wrangel, Vice-Admiral Thysen,
+Vice-Admiral Clerke, Sinclair, captain of the 'Amarantha,' and others,
+came and did Whitelocke the honour to dine with him, and in the afternoon
+carried him to see the cannon which the Swedes had taken from their
+enemies, now laid up in a magazine for themselves; there were of them
+brass cannon 1100; among them were two pieces taken from the Muscovites,
+each of them weighing 18,000 lbs. weight, and carrying a bullet of 96
+lbs. weight, as much more as the greatest whole cannon carries. There was
+also a basilisk of nineteen feet in length, very extraordinary, and a
+great mortar-piece of brass of a fathom and three fingers in diameter at
+the mouth of it; with many other pieces of brass ordnance taken from the
+Poles in their wars with them, which were now but of little use; nor were
+those huge pieces capable to be drawn into the field for any service
+there.
+
+
+_May 24, 1654._
+
+[SN: Monuments and public buildings of Stockholm.]
+
+Whitelocke walked abroad, to see the great church where the late King
+Gustavus Adolphus lies interred; but as yet there is no monument erected
+to his memory, nor are there others of magnificence or much antiquity in
+this or in the other great church, but store of images and crucifixes in
+all their churches; their building is of brick, and all their churches
+are covered with copper.
+
+Whitelocke went to Wrangel's lodging to requite his visits, but found him
+not at home, not having sent beforehand to him. He fetched a little turn
+in the city, and they showed him a new building for the Ricksdag, which
+they call the Ruder-house, that is, the house of the Knights; it is a
+fair building, and the name of it remembers somewhat of the knights of
+our Parliament.
+
+In this walk, Whitelocke viewed in the fair street near his lodging the
+monument set up to the honour of Queen Christina at her coronation, which
+is beautiful to the view. It is a triumphant arch, of the height of the
+highest houses, raised upon three arches, which give three passages;
+those on each side the more strait and low, the middle arch of twice the
+height and wideness of the other two. The frontispiece unto the tops of
+the arches is adorned with pillars of a fair work, between which, in the
+front of the building, are figured the wars, battles, and victories of
+Gustavus the Great: above the pillars are divers images, and above the
+middle of the porch is a large tablet, containing in letters of gold the
+original of Christina, her virtues, and the occasion of this monument.
+The whole building seems fair and stately, and as of stone, but in truth
+is only wood plastered over; rather a show, to please for a few years,
+than lasting. He also viewed many houses of stone and brick, some whereof
+were very fair and adorned with towers and figures, as those of Grave
+Magnus de la Gardie, Grave Gustavus Horne, General Bannier, and others,
+and many of them beautifully covered with copper.
+
+In the afternoon Wrangel conducted Whitelocke to see the castle, which is
+also covered with copper; and that having lain there long, some Dutchmen
+are reported to have offered to give L10,000 for the copper, and to cover
+the castle again with new copper; the reason whereof they hold to be,
+because the copper which hath lain there so long with the sun upon it, is
+so refined thereby, and would yield so much gold, that it will yield
+what the Dutchmen bid for it and more, besides the charge of new covering
+it with copper as before.
+
+This castle is the principal house in this principal city, belonging to
+the crown of Sweden; it is a large castle, more for conveniency of a
+Court than for stateliness of structure. It is almost four-square, one
+way longer than the other, all of brick, plastered over to make it seem
+as if it were of freestone, whereof there is not much in these parts fit
+for building; the entry into the castle is upon the north quarter; the
+south and east side is of fair building, four stories high, the windows
+not large. On the west of the quadrangle is the chapel, about a hundred
+and thirty feet in length, with the breadth proportionable; it is divided
+into three arches, upon two ranges of pillars of marble of this country,
+of divers colours, most in red streaks, handsome and polished. On the
+windows and walls are several pictures and images, after the manner of
+the Lutheran churches. The rooms in the castle are many, some of them
+large enough for the state of a Court, and most of those are two stories
+high, after the use of this country. The situation of the castle is
+pleasant and noble, by the side of the great water, upon which part of it
+is built, and the other part upon the island where it stands; and though
+of itself it be not of great strength, yet the situation, prospect of the
+waters, ships, vessels, islands, and buildings, on the one side, and of
+the country to the mountains on the other side, give it the repute of a
+princely palace.
+
+In the castle Whitelocke was carried up to a room, a magazine, where were
+a very great number of muskets, pikes, swords, and other foot arms,
+excellent good, made in this country, of their own iron and steel, and
+kept exceeding clean, bright, and well fixed, and were said to be
+sufficient to arm ten thousand men completely. On the other side of the
+court they brought him to another room, where was a magazine of
+horse-arms, cuirassiers, with pistols, bright, well kept, and of an
+excellent make; there were also more foot-arms: in all, in this magazine,
+two thousand horse-arms, and five thousand foot-arms; and in the other
+magazine, ten thousand foot-arms. There were likewise colours, ensigns,
+and standards, taken from their enemies, to the number of about eight
+hundred; among them one taken by King Gustavus in person, and another,
+which Wrangel showed, that he had taken from the Duke of Saxony.
+
+This city is doubtless as well provided of arms and all sorts of
+ammunition for war as any place in these parts of Europe, here being,
+besides the Queen's stores in the public Arsenal, arms sufficient for
+fifty thousand men.
+
+Here also they showed to Whitelocke the lance of the quintain, and,
+according to their description of it and its use, it seems to be the same
+with the exercise and recreation used anciently in England, and yet
+retained in some counties at their marriages, which they likewise call
+the running at the quintain. In a great hall they showed to Whitelocke
+the skin, stuffed out and standing in the full proportion, of the horse
+which the late King Gustavus rode when he was slain; also his bloody
+shirt which he then wore, which is carefully preserved in a chest; where
+they also keep the jewel which King Gustavus wore at his coronation, and
+many rich swords, battle-axes, and other spoils taken from their enemies.
+
+
+_May 25, 1654._
+
+[SN: The launch of the 'Falcon.']
+
+Wrangel came to Whitelocke, and invited him to see the launching of one
+of their ships newly built for a man-of-war; and Whitelocke was the more
+curious to see the manner of it, and how they could do it, in regard they
+have no docks, nor ebbing and flowing of the water, which here is
+constantly even, and affords no advantage by flowing tides for the
+launching of their ships.
+
+When Whitelocke came to the holm where the ship was to be launched, he
+found her with the keel set upon great planks of timber, the ship tied
+upright with cables, as if she were swimming; the planks upon which she
+stood lay shelving towards the water, and were all thick daubed with
+grease all along from the poop of the ship, and under her keel, to the
+water's side, which was within the ship's length of her head, and there
+the water was very deep. One strong cable held the ship from moving; and
+she lying thus shelving upon the planks, the cable which held her from
+sliding down was cut, and then the weight of the ship upon the sloping
+greased planks carried her with great violence down upon the planks into
+the sea, near a slight shoot, by force of the weight and swing wherewith
+she fell down. In the sea were boats ready, which came to her, and put
+men aboard her; and as she went off, a great shout of a multitude of
+people, standing by as spectators, was sent after her.
+
+Wrangel, as an honour and compliment to Whitelocke, desired him to give
+the name to this ship. Whitelocke would have called her the 'Wrangel,'
+but the master of that name entreated it might not be so, possibly to
+avoid the envy of it at Court; but he desired it might be called the
+'Whitelocke,' which Whitelocke thought not expedient, lest it might argue
+too much height in himself; nor would he call her 'Cromwell,' or the
+'Protector,' because she carried but thirty guns; but seeing the mark of
+her guns to be the falcon, and asking whether they had any other ship of
+that name, they said, No; whereupon, the falcon being Whitelocke's coat
+of arms and the mark of the ship's guns, and she being built swifter of
+sail than ordinary, Whitelocke gave her the name of the 'Falcon.' This
+pleased Wrangel very much, and the seamen and workmen were most pleased
+with the gratuity which Whitelocke bestowed on them; and this ceremony
+and compliments being passed, Whitelocke gave many thanks to Wrangel for
+this honour, and so they parted.
+
+The packet from England was brought to Whitelocke. Thurloe wrote thus:--
+
+    "I have acquainted his Highness with your Excellence's letters
+    received yesterday, wherein he takes little content, more than that
+    he did on his part sincerely intend a peace and union with that
+    Crown and Kingdom, and committed the management of it to a person
+    who hath performed his trust with honour, wisdom, and fidelity. We
+    hope that your instructions, giving you liberty to return, are by
+    this time arrived, etc."
+
+By this packet Whitelocke also received letters from his wife, full of
+affection and piety, and from Colonel Bulstrode, his brother Wilson, Mr.
+Attorney Hall, Mr. Cokaine, Mr. Eltonhead, especially from his great
+friend Dr. Winston; and all of these letters, and several others which he
+received, were so many testimonies of the affection and hearty kindness
+of these his worthy friends.
+
+
+_May 26, 1654._
+
+After Whitelocke had walked a tour in the Norden Mallum,--that is, the
+north suburbs of this city,--Sir George Fleetwood came to him, with whom
+he had much conversation in the latter time of his being in Sweden, both
+at Upsal and in this town, who showed much kindness and respect to
+Whitelocke. He informed Whitelocke that by letters from Upsal he
+understood that the Ricksdag had given leave to the Queen to go to
+Colmar, which signified that she could not go without their leave, and
+that she would find much difference between commanding as a Queen and
+obeying as a subject, and that, by the law of this kingdom, no Queen can
+depart out of it without leave of the Ricksdag, on forfeiture of all her
+estate.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's shipment of copper sent to London.]
+
+A ship called the 'Swart Hundt' was by the Queen's command appointed and
+fitted to carry Whitelocke's copper and other goods from hence to
+England. By advice of friends, Whitelocke under his hand and seal desired
+Sir George Fleetwood to consign the copper to Whitelocke's
+brother-in-law, Mr. Wilson. The desire was thus:--
+
+    "I Bulstrode Whitelocke, Constable of the Castle of Windsor, one of
+    the Lords Commissioners of the Great Seal of England, and Ambassador
+    Extraordinary from his Most Serene Highness the Lord Protector of
+    the Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, unto her
+    Majesty the Queen of Sweden, do hereby desire my honourable friend,
+    Sir George Fleetwood, Knight, General-Major under the Crown of
+    Sweden, to ship and consign unto Mr. Samuel Wilson, merchant in
+    London, in Bishopsgate-street, two hundred ship-pound, Swedish
+    weight, of gore copper; the which the said Mr. Samuel Wilson is to
+    receive and dispose of according to my order. Dated at Stockholm, in
+    Sweden, the 26th day of May, 1654.
+
+                                                  "B. WHITELOCKE."
+
+According to which warrant, the copper was put on board the 'Swart
+Hundt,' fitted and victualled for England. Of Whitelocke's ship,
+Whitelocke gave the command and charge, and of his goods therein, to one
+of his servants, Taylor, by commission under his hand and seal, and to
+bring his copper and goods in her from hence to London, as soon as he
+could, wind and weather favouring. Wrangel procured this ship for
+Whitelocke, and a pass from the Admiralty of Sweden for her to go through
+the Sound; and Whitelocke thought it better to see this ship on her
+voyage, than to leave the sending of her away to the care of others after
+his departure.
+
+[SN: His goods embarked in the Amarantha.]
+
+Whitelocke sent the rest of his goods and baggage on board the
+'Amarantha,' which weighed yesterday, and he hoped might by this time be
+within four leagues of the Dollars; but the wind came contrary for her
+advance any further, and Whitelocke must continue here till he could
+understand that his ship was gotten to the Dollars, which is fourteen
+Swedish leagues from this city, but may be gone in six or seven hours by
+boats in a shorter passage. His stay here seemed tedious to Whitelocke.
+This day the wind coming about a little towards the east, increased his
+hopes of getting away, for which they were in daily expectation.
+
+[SN: The trade of Stockholm.]
+
+By some merchants and others of this city, Whitelocke learned what was
+the commerce of this town, and by his own view he found it to be
+commodiously seated for trade and to receive all the commodities of the
+country's growth, which are brought hither by water; and it is the more
+convenient because the greatest ships may come up to the very houses and
+there load and unload their merchandises, never wanting water, which
+there is always deep, and equal in the height of it. But this city is
+somewhat far distant from the sea by water, so that before the ships can
+go between the sea and the town, they must fetch a compass of about one
+hundred English miles, with the danger of many rocks and islands in the
+way; and they must have also divers winds which are hindrances to their
+commerce.
+
+The present Queen hath been curious to invite hither and to entertain
+many good artists, yet everything here is very dear, except the native
+commodities; and now Gothenburg, growing up in trade, being situate
+without the Sound, a more open and easy place for access of
+strangers,--some believe that by the growth of that, this port may be
+diminished. It is the better supported by the Court being commonly kept
+here, and consequently being the residence of the principal nobility and
+officers. Some courts of justice constantly, and the Ricksdag generally,
+being held in this city, increase the trade of it; and this being a good
+road for ships to defend them from injuries of weather or other dangers,
+makes it the more frequented.
+
+Plenty of provisions are brought to this town for the supply of it; and
+most of their native commodities, as copper, iron, pitch, tar, deal,
+masts, and the rest, are brought hither and here shipped and transported
+into foreign parts; from whence their merchants and strangers do bring to
+this northern market all manner of merchandise here vendible; and from
+hence again they are vended to all the northern and eastern parts of this
+country, whereby their trade and wealth is also increased, so that one of
+their authors calls it, "Celeberrimum ac nobilissimum Septentrionis
+emporium." The trade of this place hath brought and settled here as
+inhabitants,--besides Swedes, Goths, Fins, and Laplanders,--divers of
+Germans, of Pomerland, Mecklenburg, Westphalia, etc.; also English,
+Scotch, French, Dutch, and almost of every country of Europe. Some are
+here now become citizens, and are treated with justice and civility by
+the natives, to the end that they and others may be the more encouraged
+to add to the riches, strength, and trade of this place.
+
+
+_May 27, 1654._
+
+[SN: Detained by contrary winds.]
+
+Whitelocke visited Sir George Fleetwood at his lodging in Stockholm, and
+finding with him Vice-Admiral Thysen and Peterson, both Hollanders and in
+service of the Crown, Whitelocke brought them all home with him to
+dinner, and advised with them about his voyage. The wind came more
+contrary to Whitelocke this day than yesterday, but he knew no other way
+but a patient submission to the will and time of God. Here he bestowed on
+a German clock sixty-two rix-dollars.
+
+[SN: The government of Stockholm.]
+
+From some of the magistrates and others of this city Whitelocke learned
+that the government thereof is by four Councils, and a Senate of the
+citizens, as their Common Council, consisting of twenty-four chosen
+yearly in this month by suffrage of the inhabitants, and justice is
+administered to the people by them in like manner as in other cities.
+Besides these officers there is a Castellan, or governor of the castle of
+Stockholm, who, by a peculiar authority over the city, takes care of the
+walls and buildings thereof, as he doth of the castle and other the
+King's buildings there. He is to defend the privileges of the town, and
+is chief in their political administration. He also orders and keeps up
+the revenue and trade, and suffers not the royalties of the Crown to be
+diminished, nor any of the public treasure, without the license of the
+King, to be expended. He is always one of the Ricks-Senators, and hath
+joined to him a Vice-Castellan, of the equestrian order, who is chief in
+the judgements of the city within the Senate and Councils, and is intent
+to the execution of justice.
+
+[SN: The defence of Stockholm.]
+
+The strength of this city is chiefly in the situation of it among the
+waters, which are no small defence, and in the bodies of their
+inhabitants, who make a considerable number of the soldiery, many of whom
+have been in foreign service. The Castellan commandeth them, sees their
+musters, and that they be provided with arms and in a posture of defence;
+and under the Castellan is a captain, who hath the military charge next
+under him. The main body of the town hath somewhat of a wall about it,
+but the suburbs and other islands are encircled with the waters, with
+bridges for communication.
+
+The castle is of indifferent strength, and notably provided of arms and
+ammunition, as is before remembered, which adds to the strength and
+safety as well as command of the city. They have not a formed garrison in
+the town; but divers companies of the King's guards, when the Court is
+there, and sometimes of other regiments of the army, are quartered there,
+as occasions do require. The castle commands a good part of the town, and
+may be as a citadel upon any emergent business; and in case of any
+troubles at sea, the ships of war lie here in readiness forthwith to be
+manned, are provided with ammunition, provisions, and all things
+necessary for the defence and safeguard of this port and city from any
+attempts which may by sea be made against it.
+
+Whitelocke made up his despatches for England, and now dated his second
+letters from Stockholm, attending for a wind.
+
+
+_May 28, 1654._
+
+_The Lord's Day._--Whitelocke, according to his custom, had a good sermon
+in his lodging preached by one of his chaplains in the morning, and
+another good sermon preached there in the afternoon by Mr. Biger, a
+Scotch minister, and chaplain to Sir George Fleetwood, then with him. In
+this city Whitelocke observed the inhabitants very orderly to frequent
+their parish churches, and not so much profanation of this day in this
+place as he had seen at Upsal, and other places in the country.
+
+
+_May 29, 1654._
+
+[SN: Sir G. Fleetwood returns to the King's coronation at Upsal.]
+
+Whitelocke with longing desires attended the coming about of the wind
+for his voyage; but he must stay God's time, which is always best. He
+could not persuade Sir George Fleetwood to stay longer with him. He
+thought it necessary for him to go to Upsal, to be present at the King's
+coronation; and at his request Whitelocke sent by him to Wrangel this
+letter:--
+
+    "_A son Excellence le Feld-Marechal Wrangel a Upsale._
+
+    "Monsieur,
+
+    "Je n'ai pu retenir plus longtemps le General Major Fleetwood avec
+    moi, son desir le portait si fort de se trouver a Upsale, au
+    couronnement, de crainte qu'il ne semblerait negligent, et manquer a
+    son devoir envers son Altesse Royale; mais la raison de ce qu'il a
+    presente ma requete a votre Excellence est qu'il vous plaise
+    moyenner envers son Altesse Royale, afin qu'il retourne a Stockholm;
+    et que je puisse jouir de sa compagnie jusqu'a mon depart, qui en
+    apparence sera differe plus longtemps que je ne le souhaiterais, a
+    raison de la contrariete des vents.
+
+    "Je supplie votre Excellence de me faire la faveur de baiser en mon
+    nom les mains de sa Majeste et de son Altesse Royale, et d'accepter,
+    pour tant de faveurs que votre Excellence m'a faites, tant a Upsale
+    qu'en ce lieu, les actions de grace de celui qui est,
+
+                  "Monsieur, a votre Excellence
+                                    "Tres-humble serviteur,
+                                                  "B. WHITELOCKE.
+    "_Stockholm, May 29, 1654._"
+
+Berkman went from hence 17th May at night, and returned this morning
+hither, and brought to Whitelocke this letter:--
+
+[SN: Lagerfeldt's letter on the Swedish prizes.]
+
+    "_Illustrissimo Domino Domino Bulstrode Whitelocke, Extraordinario
+    Reipublicae Angliae in Sueciam Legato, officiocissime._
+
+    "Illustrissime et Excellentissime Domine Legate,
+
+    "Quanquam valde dubitem, an Excellentiam vestram hae litterae in
+    Sueciam inveniant, nolui tamen, accepta hac occasione, vel meo
+    officio deesse, vel refragari quorundam Suecorum petitioni, nam cum
+    naves duae Suecicae, quarum naucleri Bonders et Sibrand follis
+    vocantur, nuper ceptae et in Angliam delatae sint, sperant fore, ut,
+    per hanc meam intercessionem, cum primis autem per benevolam
+    Excellentiae vestrae commendationem, quantocius dimittantur. Nisi
+    igitur mihi satis perspecta esset Excellentiae vestrae integritas,
+    pluribus ab ea contenderem, ut dictarum aliarumque detentarum in
+    Anglia Suecicarum navium liberationem, atque per se aequam ac
+    amicitiae foederique mutuo conformem sibi haberet commendatam;
+    sufficit nunc saltem indicasse Excellentiae vestrae, quippe cui nihil
+    jucundius esse scio, quam ut amicae confoederataeque gentes, sancta
+    fidei justitiaeque observantia, inter se strictius colligentur. De
+    caetero Excellentiae vestrae felicem in patriam reditum exopto, ut me
+    nostrumque Barkmannum officiose commendo. Dabam Upsaliae, 27 Maii,
+    anno 1654.
+
+                  "Excellentiae vestrae
+                               "Ad quaevis officia paratissimus,
+                                              "ISRAEL LAGERFELDT."
+
+In the evening Whitelocke walked abroad to take the air, the time of his
+stay here being very tedious to him, attending for a good wind, that he
+might proceed in his longed-for return to his native country and
+relations; but he submitted to the good pleasure of God, who orders all
+times and seasons and all things for the best. At night the wind came
+about a little towards the east, favouring his voyage.
+
+
+_May 30, 1654._
+
+[SN: Preparations for departure.]
+
+The wind continued this morning, as it was last night, easterly, but not
+sufficing for Whitelocke to go on his voyage. The Vice-Admiral Clerke
+coming to Whitelocke, he advised with him touching his voyage, and asked
+him if he thought the 'Amarantha' might with this wind be gotten to the
+Dollars. He answered that there could be no assurance thereof, but that
+possibly it might be so; whereupon Whitelocke replied, that he had a
+great desire to go down himself to the Dollars, before the news came of
+the 'Amarantha's' arrival there, because the wind might come good, and
+within six hours carry them out to the open sea, which, if neglected,
+might retard their voyage fifteen days or more. Clerke said that if
+Whitelocke desired to do so, that he would not advise him to the
+contrary, but he believed that this might expedite his voyage; only he
+said that Whitelocke must be content to lie on board the ship till the
+wind should come fair, because there was no accommodation to be had for
+him and his company at the Dollars. Whitelocke said he should be well
+contented to lie on ship-board, and prayed Clerke to cause boats to be
+provided for his passage to the Dollars the next day, and ordered his
+officers and servants to prepare all things in readiness for his
+departure accordingly. Wrangel came back this night from Upsal, and
+several other persons, though very late, having staid the solemnity of
+the Queen's resignation and the coronation of the new King, which they
+related to Whitelocke to be done this day, and in this manner and
+solemnity.
+
+[SN: Relation of the ceremony of the Queen's resignation.]
+
+About nine o'clock this morning the Queen, being attired in her royal
+apparel and robes of purple velvet, with her crown upon her head, and
+attended by all her officers and servants, came into the room prepared
+for that occasion, where was set a table with a rich carpet, and five
+great cushions laid upon it. Most of the grandees and officers were
+present.
+
+Upon one of the cushions was laid the sword of state; upon the second
+cushion was laid the sceptre; upon the third cushion was laid the ball;
+and upon the fourth cushion were laid the keys.
+
+The Queen being come into the room, after a little pause made a short
+speech to the company, to this effect:--
+
+    "My Lords and Gentlemen,
+
+    "You have before this time been acquainted with my resolution to
+    resign the crown and government of this kingdom into the hands of my
+    most dear cousin the Prince, here present with me, upon my earnest
+    request to the Ricksdag, now convened. After long debates and much
+    solicitation to dissuade me from it, yet at length, though
+    unwillingly, they have assented to this my resolution; and I am now
+    come to put the same in execution before all these honourable
+    witnesses here present; and to you, my most dear cousin, I do
+    heartily wish all happiness and good success in the management of
+    the public affairs of this kingdom."
+
+Having thus spoken, the Queen desired that some of them would take the
+crown from off her head, but none would do it; she then called to Grave
+Tott and the Baron Steinberg, expressly commanding them to do it, but
+they refused, till again earnestly commanded by her; they then took the
+crown from off her Majesty's head, and laid it down upon the fifth
+cushion on the table. After that was done, some others, by her command,
+took off the royal robes with which she was clothed and laid them down
+upon the table. Then the Queen, having thus divested herself of these
+ensigns of royalty and resigned her crown, being now in her private
+habit, made courtesy to the Prince and to the rest of the company, and
+retired into her own chamber,--an act of a strange constancy and
+fixedness of resolution, going through with this great work of her own
+abdication without the least outward show of reluctancy for what she had
+done, but with the same behaviour and confidence as at all other times in
+her particular and private affairs.[314]
+
+For this act of the Queen's resignation they had no precedent; for the
+solemnity of the King's coronation they had many; and the same is at
+large, with all the circumstances and ceremonies thereof, set down by one
+of their authors, Wexionius (Epit. Descriptionis Sueciae, lib. v. c. 6),
+from which the ceremonies of this Coronation were not much different, and
+thus shortly related unto Whitelocke.
+
+[SN: Ceremony of the King's coronation.]
+
+After the Queen was withdrawn to her private chamber, the Ricks-officers
+and senators humbly desired the Prince that he would be pleased to walk
+to the Cathedral Church, where the Archbishop and other prelates were
+ready to attend his Royal Highness, and to perform the solemnities of his
+coronation. The whole company went thither in this order. The officers
+and servants of the Court went first in a very great number, together
+with many officers of the army and other gentlemen. After them came the
+nobility, the gentlemen, barons, and earls, members of the Ricksdag; then
+followed the Ricks-Senators, two and two, in rank. After them came the
+five Ricks-officers: first, the Ricks-Schatzmaster, or High Treasurer,
+who carried the keys; next to him, the Ricks-Chancellor, who carried the
+globe; after him came the Ricks-Admiral, who carried the sceptre; then
+one in the place of the Feldherr, or General, who carried the sword; and
+lastly the Ricks-Droitset, or Chief Justice, who carried the crown. After
+the Chief Justice came the King himself, in his ordinary habit, with a
+huge troop following him, and the windows and streets crowded with
+multitudes of people. The guards and soldiers stood in their arms as the
+company passed by.
+
+Being thus come to the Cathedral, at the door stood the Archbishop with a
+horn of oil in his hand, accompanied with other bishops, superintendents,
+and many clergymen. He received the Prince at the church door, and
+conducted him up to the high altar, where they had prayers, and then the
+Archbishop anointed the Prince with the oil. They put upon him the royal
+apparel, put the crown upon his head, the sceptre in his right hand, and
+the ball into his left hand, and so he was invested into the royal
+dignity, and declared, with all his titles, King of Swedes, Goths, and
+Vandals, etc.; drums, trumpets, and loud acclamations of the people
+adding to the proclaiming of their new King. Not many days past they
+laboured to hinder the doing of it; now they shout for joy that it is
+done. Thus are the minds and practice of the multitude, whom nothing
+pleaseth long,--nothing more than novelty.
+
+The ceremonies being performed at the Cathedral, the new King, with all
+his new subjects and servants, returned from thence into the castle in
+the same order as he came hither. By the way he was saluted with the loud
+acclamations of the people, "God save the King!" Thus coming to his Court
+as he entered it, the abdicated Queen looks out of her window, and with a
+cheerful countenance and voice heard by the company she wished her cousin
+joy of his crown and government. The King retires for a while to his
+private chamber, then is called forth to a sumptuous feast, where most of
+the nobility and senators did attend upon him and rejoice with him, and
+afterwards did swear fealty, homage, and allegiance to him.
+
+But this relation was not so pleasing to Whitelocke as the thoughts of
+his departure from this place, and his longing to proceed in his voyage
+homewards.
+
+
+_May 31, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke takes boat and leaves the shore;]
+
+The 'Swart Hundt' set sail this morning with Whitelocke's goods and
+copper, Taylor commanding her, and Swedes mariners in her; the wind was
+come about indifferent good, for his and for his master's voyage. Wrangel
+and Clerke affording Whitelocke their company at dinner, he advised with
+them what time of the day would be best for him to go from hence. Clerke
+said that the boats would be ready after dinner to transport him from
+hence to the Dollars, whither he hoped that by this time the 'Amarantha'
+might be come. He and Wrangel advised Whitelocke not to go on board the
+boats till six or seven o'clock in the evening, to avoid the heat of the
+day, and to enjoy the benefit of the cool of the night, which was better
+to be endured than the extremity of the heat of the day, especially upon
+the water; and the heat some affirmed to be at this time as violent in
+this country as it is in Spain or Italy. Whitelocke found it now as much
+hotter than England as it is colder in the winter.
+
+About seven o'clock in the evening Whitelocke left his lodging, where
+they made him pay as an Ambassador Extraordinary. For the use of the
+house, only for eleven days, they made him pay a hundred and sixty
+rix-dollars; for his victuals, but one meal a day, without any dainties,
+they exacted above a thousand rix-dollars. Such is their unconscionable
+exaction upon strangers. It was time to leave them, and Whitelocke being
+called by Wrangel and Clerke, he went to prayers with his company,
+recommending themselves to the protection and blessing of God; and
+presently after prayers he and all his people went to the water-side,
+multitudes by the way saluting him with respect as he passed by, and
+crowding to see him take boat.
+
+He went into a galley of the Queen's attending for him. Most of his
+gentlemen and Clerke were with him in the galley; the rest of his company
+went in a great boat provided for them. This galley had two masts bearing
+the Queen's colours in silk. In the hinder part of it was a room with a
+table and benches round about it, the table covered with crimson velvet,
+the benches with red cloth, and tapestry upon the floor. The room held
+about ten persons; the outward room about twelve men, besides the
+watermen for sixteen oars. At her head she carried two small pieces of
+ordnance, which they fired at loosing from the harbour, and the ships of
+war fired as they passed by. They went on in a great deep water,
+sometimes very broad, sometimes more narrow, on the sides whereof were
+huge rocks, and here and there little trees growing out of the clefts of
+them, with small heaps of earth lying on them, but they increase not much
+in that soil.
+
+Many rocks all along on the shores, and islands of rocks, with the smell
+of the fir-trees on them, was a variety for strangers; and the water
+being calm, they made use only of their oars. The trumpets sounding where
+the rocks were most uneven and made concavities, gave much delight by the
+resounding of seven or eight echoes to one sound. Yet the multitudes of
+craggy rocks of vast greatness and huge tallness, with their uneven heads
+and ragged sides, filling all the shores and making many islands, and
+those causing no small danger in the passage, appeared, especially at
+first and to the younger seamen, very dreadful and amazing; but after a
+little acquaintance with them, and constant being in their company, and
+the seamen knowing the passage, caused the less fear, and the sevenfold
+answering echoes, as if they had been so many trumpets, gave delight to
+the hearers, with some admiration of that multiplying sound. But their
+cheerfulness was increased by meeting with a boat about two Swedish miles
+from Stockholm, whose men informed Whitelocke that the 'Amarantha' was
+that day come into the Dollars, which good news added hopes and spirit
+to the company of advancing in their voyage towards their longed-for
+country; and the night seemed the less tedious by discoursing of this
+providence, that, the same day that Whitelocke came away, his ship should
+fall down to be ready to meet him, and not sooner, and whereof he knew
+nothing beforehand.
+
+Clerke informed Whitelocke of the places by which they passed, and the
+condition of the country. They came into a very narrow way and straits,
+about a bow-shot in length, where a great vessel could not pass, both for
+want of breadth and depth of water, the greater boat with Whitelocke
+striking the sands as she passed over. This way was to get into the road
+and channel for the ships from Stockholm to the Dollars, which is near
+twenty Swedish miles for the ships to go about. From this strait they
+came again into deep water, environed as before with rocks, and full of
+islands.
+
+[SN: and reaches his ship at the Dollars.]
+
+When they were within a mile of the Dollars, the wind came about to east
+and north-east, very fair and good to carry them out to sea, whereas
+before it was flat against them. Hereupon Whitelocke took occasion, the
+wind being now good, to order his galley to make way forthright to the
+'Amarantha' without going on shore at all, which was done, although it
+seemed long at the latter end of the way, the company weary, and the
+watermen tired with rowing, though they did not at all row with that
+nimbleness and mettle as the English use to do.
+
+When Whitelocke departed from Stockholm the wind was contrary to him;
+after he was certified by the boat which he met that the 'Amarantha' was
+in the Dollars, the wind suddenly changed and was fair for him, and after
+this providence they came in good time to the ship, the tedious passage
+of the night being over, wherein Whitelocke slept upon the boards and in
+the open air,--hardship enough for one of his age and condition, but God
+was his protection.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[184] [This entry is evidently a repetition of the conversation reported
+at length on the 5th of April. The story here related by M. Woolfeldt is
+his own.]
+
+[188] "We Christina, by the grace of God Queen of Swedes, Goths, and
+Vandals, etc., do make known and testify, that, whereas it is the common
+and mutual interest of us and our kingdom, as also of Oliver, Lord
+Protector of the Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, and the
+dominions thereof, our good friend, and of the said Commonwealth, that
+the ancient friendship and alliance which hath always been between this
+kingdom and those nations be conserved and increased; and especially that
+the freedom of commerce and navigation do continue straitly conformed and
+uninterrupted; and for that cause the foresaid Lord Protector and
+Commonwealth have been pleased to send their Extraordinary Ambassador
+unto us: therefore we have commanded, and do by these presents, in the
+best form, command and commit unto the most illustrious our sincerely
+faithful and beloved the Lord Axel Oxenstiern, Chancellor and Senator of
+us and the kingdom of Sweden, etc., and also to Lord Eric Oxenstiern of
+Axel, likewise a Senator of us and of the Kingdom of Sweden, etc., that
+they do treat, agree, and conclude with the before-named Ambassador and
+Plenipotentiary about the making of a league concerning the foresaid
+matters and other things thereunto pertaining. Whatsoever therefore our
+said Plenipotentiary Commissioners shall act, conclude, and appoint with
+the before-named Ambassador, we shall hold the same ratified and
+confirmed by force of these presents; in witness and strengthening
+whereof, we have commanded these presents, subscribed with our hand, to
+be corroborated with our great seal of the kingdom. Given in our castle
+of Upsal, the fourteenth day of March, in the year one thousand six
+hundred fifty and four. CHRISTINA."
+
+[193] [No sooner had Cromwell assumed the Protectorate than his foreign
+policy took a more definite shape, and was steadily directed to two great
+objects--peace with Holland, and the union of the Protestant States. The
+conclusion of the Dutch peace was however not an easy matter. Cromwell
+himself had declared in favour of the daring project of a union of the
+two Republics, and the Dutch alliance was hated by many of his stoutest
+military supporters. Moreover he required of the Dutch, as a condition
+_sine qua non_, that they should engage never to make the young Prince of
+Orange or his descendants their Stadtholder, or to give him the command
+of their forces. This was the secret article against which the States
+General most vehemently protested, and Cromwell was at length obliged to
+content himself with an engagement of the province of Holland to exclude
+the House of Orange. Even this pretension was strongly opposed by De
+Witt, but Cromwell insisted. The public treaty of peace was signed on the
+5th of April, 1654; but it was not until the 5th of June following that
+the secret article was ratified. The King of Denmark, the Swiss
+Protestant cantons, the Hanseatic towns, and some of the Protestant
+Princes of North Germany were included in the treaty, which formed the
+complement of the negotiation on which Whitelocke was engaged in
+Sweden.--M. GUIZOT, _Histoire de la Republique d'Angleterre_, vol. ii. p.
+67.]
+
+[200] "We, Christina, by the grace of God Queen of the Swedes, Goths, and
+Vandals, etc., do make known and testify that whereas the endeavours of
+the illustrious and generous, of us sincerely beloved, the Lord Bulstrode
+Whitelocke, Extraordinary Ambassador, are most grateful to us, which he
+hath negotiated for the common good of our Kingdom and his Commonwealth,
+for the making of a league of stricter friendship between both parties:
+therefore, and to the end it may appear as a testimony of our goodwill
+and grateful memory on this behalf, we have thereupon granted and
+assigned, and by these our letters do grant and assign to the said Lord
+Ambassador two hundred pound of copper, commonly called ship-pounds; the
+which two hundred pounds of copper our treasurers and officers of our
+Chamber of Accounts are obliged, without delay, to deliver into the hands
+of the before-mentioned Ambassador. In greater testimony whereof we have
+commanded these presents, subscribed with our hand, to be confirmed by
+our seal. Given in our castle of Upsal, the 3rd day of May, in the year
+1654. CHRISTINA."
+
+[240] "I, the subscribed Bulstrode Whitelocke, Constable of the Castle of
+Windsor, and one of the Keepers of the Great Seal of the Commonwealth of
+England, Commissioner, Procurator, Deputy, and Extraordinary Ambassador
+of the Most Serene and Most High Lord Oliver, Lord Protector of the
+Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, and the dominions thereof
+and the said Commonwealth, do make known and testify, that whereas by the
+treaty of alliance between the said Most Serene and my Most High Lord
+Oliver, Lord Protector, and the Most Serene and Most Potent Prince and
+Lady the Lady Christina, by the grace of God Queen of the Swedes, Goths,
+and Vandals, etc., a firm peace and friendship is established: and I have
+judged it chiefly consonant thereunto to find out means to remove certain
+grievances of the people and citizens of either State, and to take away
+all grounds and occasions thereof which may arise in time to come.
+Therefore, upon some differences moved, I have agreed with the most
+illustrious and most excellent Lords, Plenipotentiary Commissioners and
+Senators of her said Royal Majesty and of Sweden, the Lord Axel
+Oxenstiern, Chancellor of the kingdom, etc., and the Lord Eric
+Oxenstiern, son of Axel, President of the General College of Trade, etc.,
+in manner as by the following articles is expressed and explained.
+
+"First, whereas a certain company of English exercising merchandise in
+Guinea have complained of one Henry Carelove, who, being Governor of the
+Swedish Company in that country, did take away from the English certain
+places inhabited by them, and did other injuries to them; but the said
+Swedish Company not only took upon them to prove that the before-named
+Governor did commit no fault, but likewise made complaint of grievances
+against the officers of the said English Company; but these particular
+differences of merchants at this time could not for certain reasons be
+wholly determined, and therefore it seemed most counselable to both
+parties that in a friendly way, without any indirect courses, they may be
+composed by certain Commissioners on both sides. In the meantime it is
+agreed that the differing hereof shall be to the prejudice of none of
+either part, so that neither the fellows or officers of the said
+companies nor any subjects or citizens of either State shall offer any
+injury or molestation to one another in Guinea, or in the free commerce
+or travelling there; but, as before is expressed, the determination of
+the differences being referred by both sides to the superiors, they may
+live friendly among themselves, and treat one another with that goodwill
+which is consonant to the league concluded between them. The same also
+shall be observed in America between the colonies of New Sweden and of
+the English, that they do embrace a sincere friendship, and that either
+party do abstain from all troubles and injuries to the other, but chiefly
+that they do endeavour their mutual preservation until there be a clear
+agreement before the deputed Commissioners on both sides about the limits
+of the colonies, and other rules of friendship that shall be requisite,
+together with other affairs of particular persons. Which matters, that
+they may be enjoined to all and singular the subjects and citizens of
+either State, and may be observed by them, I have fully taken upon me by
+these presents, by virtue of my commission, and do confirm by
+subscription of my hand, and by my seal."
+
+[268] [Whitelocke, in his zeal to exhort the Heir-apparent to the service
+of God and the observance of the Lord's Day, appears to have appreciated
+very imperfectly the extraordinary character and the political capacity
+of the Prince who paid him so signal a mark of deference. Yet in the
+romantic and chivalrous annals of the House of Vasa, scarcely any reign
+is more remarkable than that of the sovereign to whom Christina ceded the
+throne. In the course of the ensuing five years Charles Gustavus, at the
+head of a chosen band of Swedish veterans, conquered Prussia, and
+compelled the Great Elector to acknowledge himself to be a Swedish
+vassal; invaded Poland, and commenced the partition of that republic;
+allied himself to Rakoczy, to the terror of the House of Austria, and
+attacked Denmark with such success that he crossed the Little Belt on the
+ice and laid siege to Copenhagen, which was only saved by the mediation
+of the Maritime Powers. Such was the splendid career of Charles Gustavus
+between the period of his accession to the throne and the year 1660, when
+he died, not having completed his thirty-eighth year. More than any of
+his predecessors or of his successors on the Swedish throne, he may be
+said to have held the Empire of the North; and the favour here shown to
+Whitelocke indicates the importance attached by the Swedish Prince to
+secure at least the goodwill of Cromwell during the prosecution of these
+Extraordinary enterprises.]
+
+[283] [Oxenstiern died about three months afterwards.]
+
+[314] [It would be idle to speculate on the political motives which may
+have combined with other reasons to induce Christina of Sweden to
+conceive and execute this extraordinary design. Other sovereigns have
+abdicated from the lassitude of age or the burden of unpopularity, or the
+desire of ensuring the succession to their offspring; but the resignation
+of a Queen in her twenty-ninth year, surrounded by able ministers and a
+loyal people, and who had reigned with splendour and success, is an event
+without a parallel in history. The explanation of it is to be found in
+the eccentricity, the levity, the feverish curiosity, and the indomitable
+love of independence and singularity which are to be traced in every part
+of the Queen's character. She was a woman of powerful but ill-regulated
+mind, capable at one time of sharing in the speculations of Descartes or
+of applauding the exhortations of Whitelocke,--at another, of bowing to
+the spiritual bondage of Rome, and even of committing the brutal murder
+of Monaldeschi. The character of Cromwell pleased her by its adventurous
+exploits and its arbitrary tendency, and her reception of the English
+Embassy was as much the result of personal predilection as of policy.
+Whitelocke amused her by his somewhat pedantic erudition, and flattered
+her vanity, but he seems scarcely to have divined the extraordinary
+variations of her character.]
+
+
+
+
+JUNE.
+
+
+_June 1, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke embarks in the Amarantha, and sails.]
+
+Having been part of yesterday and all the last night upon the water, this
+morning, about seven o'clock, Whitelocke and all his company came to the
+Dollars, and, without setting foot on shore, they went on board the ship
+'Amarantha,' lying there to expect them. And although this was not usual,
+but passengers generally stay some time at this place till their ships be
+ready, and to make provisions for their voyage, and spend some money at
+the cabaret here; yet Whitelocke seeing the wind fair, and having all his
+company together in the boats, was unwilling to let them be scattered by
+going on shore, which might be troublesome and retard his voyage by
+getting them all together again. For these reasons he commanded all his
+people to go forthwith aboard the ship, as he himself did, at which
+Vice-Admiral Clerke wondered, and said he had not seen the same done
+before.
+
+This ship, the 'Amarantha,' had never yet been at sea, and therefore the
+more dangerous to adventure in her first voyage; but she was well built,
+a fair ship, of a good burden, and had mounted in her forty pieces of
+brass cannon, two of them demy cannon, and she was well manned and of
+good force and strength for war; she was a good sailer, and would turn
+and tack about well; she held a hundred persons of Whitelocke's followers
+and most of his baggage, besides her own mariners, about two hundred. The
+cabins wherein Whitelocke was were of a handsome make; the breadth of the
+ship was the length of his bed-cabin, and it was six or seven paces
+broad, and high enough for the tallest man; it was hung with red cloth,
+the furniture of the bed was rich cloth of gold and silver; on the table
+was a rich carpet, and all over it a canopy with broad fringes of silk
+and gold and silver. Within the bed-cabin was another room for him to
+retire into, with a table and benches covered with red cloth. All the
+gentlemen had accommodations as the ship could afford.
+
+Being all settled in the ship, they were fain to stay for the ship-boat
+which the captain had sent for water; and as soon as it was returned,
+about ten o'clock in the morning, they weighed anchor and put the ship
+under sail, recommending themselves to the mercy and protection of Him
+who rules upon the waters as well as on dry land, and of whose goodness
+they had so great experience. They sailed by the place called the Scares,
+that is, the isles of rocks, which are there in the water and on both
+sides of the shore, of a strange cragginess, largeness, and number; those
+in the sea are full of danger, and often afford but a very strait passage
+for the ships to go between them, and no other course is to avoid them.
+From hence the sea begins to widen herself towards the furthest point of
+land, which they call the Lands-Ort, answerable to our English point of
+land called the Land's End in Cornwall. The Lands-Ort is eight Swedish
+leagues from the Dollars, and hither they reached by the evening, the
+wind being east and south-east all this day.
+
+
+_June 2, 1654._
+
+[SN: The voyage.]
+
+About eleven o'clock the last night the wind came about more to the
+south, yet Whitelocke advanced in his course and gained some way, but not
+much, the wind being almost against him; and so it continued in this
+morning, when there appeared a chain of rocks advancing themselves more
+than a Swedish mile into the sea, and not far from the isle of Oeland, to
+which rocks it is not good to approach too near. They could not maintain
+their course but to very small advantage, and by veering up and down to
+gain a little of the wind, and in this manner they spent this whole day:
+the wind continuing at south-south-east, they did not advance much all
+this day, only kept what they had gained before, and held plying up and
+down in that dangerous sea; their support was that this was the good
+pleasure of their God, whose will the wind and waters do obey.
+
+Though the weather was not foul, yet it was thick with fog which arose at
+the foot of the horizon, and the mariners said this weather was ordinary
+in these seas, but very dangerous. In the evening some of the company
+made them pastime to divert the tediousness of the way and weather.
+
+
+_June 3, 1654._
+
+[SN: The island of Gothland.]
+
+About midnight the wind came about somewhat fairer than before, and
+Whitelocke gained a little in his course. At sunrising he discovered the
+isle of Gothland, eight leagues distant to the east from the isle of
+Oeland; afterwards the wind returned to the same quarter wherein it was
+yesterday.
+
+The isle of Oeland is near the continent, extending itself in length by
+the shore eighteen Swedish miles, but hath not in breadth in any place
+above two Swedish miles. This is the place where the Prince of Sweden,
+now King, used to make his residence, in a fair castle built of stone of
+this island, not inferior to marble,--these stones are in great request
+for pavements, pillars, and other uses and ornaments in building. The
+pillars of the King's Chapel at Stockholm, great and high, well polished
+and of divers colours, were brought from this island, and they have many
+of these stones in the buildings of the great lords. This island is a
+place of the most field-pleasure of any in this country, being open and
+stored with red and fallow deer, with hares and conies, and with
+partridges, which are scarce in other parts; but here the game is
+preserved for the Prince's pleasure.
+
+The isle of Gothland is about fourteen Swedish miles in length, and five
+in breadth. It anciently belonged to the Swedes till the Danes took it
+from them, and kept the possession of it till the late wars between those
+two crowns, when the Swedes recovered it from the Dane; and by the peace
+after that war the treaty left it to the Swede, and allowed for it the
+isle of Bornholm to the Dane, being nearer his dominions. They report
+that heretofore Gothland (belonging to the Goths, from whom it hath the
+name) was famous for the traffic of all these quarters, and had in it a
+large town called Wisby, where formerly certain laws were instituted
+touching the sea, which are observed to this day. But Luebeck, and other
+towns on that side, having got the trade from hence, and the sea by
+inundations having much diminished this isle, both it and the town are
+become but of small consideration.
+
+The wind was little and very variable, and this day was a calm, so that
+they could advance very little in their voyage. In the evening the wind
+grew fresh, and increased till three o'clock the next morning, so that
+they made good way in their course; but these deep seas began to rise,
+and the ship to roll and toss so much, that some of Whitelocke's people,
+sensible of it and of the increasing of the wind and waves, and of the
+mariners' labour and disorder, began to be afraid and sick. But
+Whitelocke cherished and comforted them the best he could, and gave order
+for attendance upon them, and that they should want nothing which the
+ship could afford; the which was the more in his power, the command of it
+being wholly left to him by the Queen; and by his kindness, and ceasing
+of the storm, they began to recover their courage, the wind changed, and
+it grew more calm after the ruffling.
+
+
+_June 4, 1654._
+
+[SN: The voyage.--Bornholm.]
+
+_The Lord's Day._--Still Whitelocke was toiling on the Baltic Sea. After
+three o'clock in the morning he advanced a good way in his course; but
+about ten o'clock they discovered land, which was the isle of Bornholm,
+distant from the point of south of Oeland eighteen German leagues. It
+seemeth a plain and flat ground, about eight Swedish miles in length, and
+about five in breadth; this isle is fruitful and well peopled, abounding
+in pastures, so that it yields a good revenue in butter. Many witches are
+affirmed to be in this isle, and no place in this sea hath more
+shipwrecks than upon Bornholm. Some give the reason thereof from the
+strait pass between this isle and the continent; yet is the coast clean
+and without rocks, and hath good roads; others attribute the cause of
+these shipwrecks to the great and dangerous sands about this and the
+other isles of this sea, which (especially about this isle of Bornholm)
+do lie out far and shallow in the sea, on which many ships have been
+struck and lost; and here Whitelocke's ship was in some peril, but it
+pleased God still to preserve him. He floated in sight of this island
+almost all this day, the wind veering into most points of the compass,
+and he was turned back from his course and lost more than he gained of
+his way.
+
+About nine o'clock in the morning the ship's company, having a minister
+on board with them, were at their exercises of devotion, which they have
+every morning, beginning with singing a psalm, as we do; then the
+minister prays, but not long, and the conclusion is to sing about two
+verses of another psalm, and so they part; except on the Lord's Day, as
+this was, their chaplain preached a short sermon in the morning in
+Swedish, but none in the afternoon. Whitelocke for his own company had
+the usual exercises of praying and preaching by his chaplain Mr. De la
+Marche, Mr. Ingelo being sick.
+
+Towards the evening the wind began to be fresh again; they kept their
+course near Bornholm, and might discern the castle. After Whitelocke was
+gone to rest, Vice-Admiral Clerke, who was on board with him, followed a
+ship to inquire if she heard any news of a Swedish ship laden with salt
+from Portugal; at which some of Whitelocke's company taking offence, the
+Vice-Admiral desisted; but by this deviation, the 'Amarantha' (which is
+not fleet of sail) lost three leagues, which she was cast back in her
+course, and was brought in great danger by sailing too near the shore;
+but the Lord guided them.
+
+
+_June 5, 1654._
+
+[SN: Meet an English ship.]
+
+In the morning Whitelocke was out of sight of Bornholm, and pursued his
+course, the wind blowing a little in a good quarter. About nine o'clock
+they descried some ships, of which one seemed to be a great one; and
+coming nearer, they perceived an English ship to be with them. The
+'Amarantha' fired a gun to warn them to strike sail, she carrying the
+flag in her maintop, and being a man-of-war of Sweden. The English
+captain did not obey, and Clerke commanded to shoot again at him; but
+Whitelocke ordered Clerke first to send his boat with some of
+Whitelocke's servants, to advertise the English captain that Whitelocke
+was in the Swedish ship. They coming on board found the captain in
+choler, preparing to fight with the Swede, denying their sovereignty on
+these seas; but being informed by his countrymen that the English
+Ambassador was on board the Swedish ship, he presently, and Mr. Fisher, a
+merchant, with him, came to Whitelocke, rejoicing to see him, and said
+that if he had not been there the Swedish Vice-Admiral should have had
+hot work; but now he struck sail to the Ambassador, whom he acquainted
+that all was well in England; that he had brought in his ship the
+commissioners to agree the differences between our Commonwealth and
+Denmark, who were now at Copenhagen; and that when they passed the Sound,
+the King of Denmark's officers were very friendly to them. He told
+Whitelocke also that two English frigates, sent by the Protector for
+Whitelocke's transportation, were arrived at Hamburg, and waited for
+Whitelocke there; after giving him some wine, and discourse, Whitelocke
+dismissed this Captain Morgan to proceed in his voyage to Danzic, whither
+he was bound. At his parting all were friends, and Clerke gave him two
+guns, after the Swedish custom, but Morgan answered him with seven pieces
+of ordnance; then Clerke gave him two more guns, to which Morgan gave two
+also, and a third a little while after.
+
+The 'Amarantha' having loitered by reason of the calm, which continued
+till the evening, they were most part of this day within sight of the
+isle of Ruegen, near the coast of Pomerland, and part of that Duchy which
+fell in partage to one of the duke's sons, who there kept his court in a
+fair castle, whereof somewhat yet remains. The island appears high to
+those that sail by it, and hath in length about eight German miles, and
+about five in breadth; the King Gustavus took it, and it hath since
+continued in the possession of the Swedes, and was confirmed to them by
+the late treaty of Munster; the coast is full of white sands, and
+dangerous to those who are not well acquainted with the passages, which
+hereabout are strait, and a bank of sand comes far out into the sea, on
+which Whitelocke was in great peril, within four-fathom water in the
+night; but they were glad to veer back again and tack about to escape the
+danger.
+
+The wind blew fresh from the north-east, by which he continued his course
+till about midnight; when there came a hideous storm of wind, thunder,
+rain, and lightning, which caused them to furl their sails, and lasted
+about three hours; but the waves continued very high above twelve hours
+together afterwards, it being the nature of this sea when it is once
+stirred, that by reason of the great depth it will not be still again for
+many hours after. Some of Whitelocke's company were much affrighted with
+this tempest, and not without cause; but it pleased God to cease the
+storm, and give fair weather, and thereby more cause to remember the
+experiences they have had of His divine goodness throughout their whole
+voyage.
+
+
+_June 6, 1654._
+
+[SN: The coast of Pomerania.]
+
+In the morning; the wind continued fair, and they made good way till
+towards eight o'clock, when it grew calm till about seven o'clock in the
+evening. All this day they were upon the coast of Pomerland. One of the
+mariners, from the top-gallant, espying land and a town, informed them
+that it was Wismar; but coming nearer to the shore, they found it to be
+Rostock, eight leagues further from Luebeck than Wismar is. Both these
+towns are subject to the Crown of Sweden, port towns, and of good trade;
+Rostock more famous to the High Dutch for their exceeding strong and
+thick beer.
+
+In the evening the wind blew fair north-west, but the sky grew thick, and
+the night coming on, they, for fear of falling upon the coast, tacked off
+again to sea, and out of their course. About eleven o'clock at night the
+storm began much more violent than the night before, continuing about six
+hours, to the imminent danger of the ship to be overset and foundered in
+the sea, but still God preserved them. About midnight was a horrible
+noise, the thunder fierce and strangely loud, the sky all in flames with
+the wonderful lightnings; and though it be frequent to meet with great
+tempests of thunder and lightnings upon this sea, and much more dreadful
+than those in England, yet now the officers and mariners of the ship
+affirmed that they never saw the like to this tempest, and that they were
+almost blind with the shining and flashes of this lightning. They saw
+also on the land houses burning, set on fire by the lightning, any flame
+whereof fastening upon the combustible matter of the ship the same had
+instantly been fired and all within her inevitably had perished. But
+still God was their defence and deliverer. The tempest was so outrageous
+that they were forced to take down their sails and let fall their
+anchors. Here they found the difference between Sweden and this country:
+there, at midnight, one might plainly read without a candle; here, though
+nearer the summer solstice and the days at longest, they found at least
+four hours of dark night, as seeming near the winter.
+
+
+_June 7, 1654._
+
+[SN: Arrive at Luebeck.]
+
+The tempest began to cease about five o'clock in the morning, and it grew
+fair weather, the wind coming good for them to continue and finish their
+voyage. Thus God preserved them from the danger of the last night as of
+many times before, the which Whitelocke held himself obliged more
+largely to describe as so many monuments, to him and his company, of the
+goodness of God towards them, and to preserve the memory thereof as
+arguments to him and his, wholly to depend upon that God of whom they
+have had so much experience.
+
+The wind continued fair, and they sailed all along in the sight of land,
+drawing nearer and nearer to it, which was pleasant to those who had been
+in such storms, and were not a little longing to be at their native home.
+They came about ten o'clock in the morning to the road at Luebeck, and no
+sooner was the ship settled there but the wind ceased and blew not at
+all, but it became a great calm; wherein also the providence and goodness
+of God was seen, that had they not come to an anchor at this very moment,
+they must have been still roaming on the sea till the wind had come about
+again for them, and perhaps might have been kept out at sea many days
+longer. They were all filled with joy, having passed one half of their
+voyage, and seeing the place of their first descent on land. The
+'Amarantha,' having let fall her anchors, fired two guns, and a ship of
+the Duke of Courland's, in the road, answered them with three. This road
+is a gulf between two arms of land, at the first entrance from one
+another about a league; but it becomes more narrow as one approacheth
+nearer to the mouth of the river, which is called Trave, and divides the
+two Duchies of Mecklenburg and Holstein. This is the road or haven
+belonging to the town of Luebeck, and is of good defence and safety to
+secure the riding of ships, and of conveniency for the trade of that town
+into the Baltic Sea.
+
+After this perilous voyage of eight days' sailing on the angry Baltic
+Seas,--escaping the dismal, infinite, vast, craggy rocks, seen and
+unseen, and the covered sands and dangerous coasts, in the highest
+storms,--it pleased Him who giveth bounds to the deep waters and stilleth
+the waves thereof, to conduct Whitelocke and all his people in safety to
+this haven. They were not negligent to prepare for their going on shore,
+in order whereunto Whitelocke sent Colonel Potley and some of his
+servants to land, to provide horses for his coach, and waggons for his
+train and baggage; purposing to go that night to Luebeck, being but two
+German leagues from Tremon, and the days now at longest.
+
+Potley, according to order, gave notice to the Governor of Tremon of
+Whitelocke's coming on shore in the territories of his masters, the Lords
+of Luebeck, and provided boats, horses, waggons, and all things necessary,
+with diligence and dexterity. Whilst this was doing, Whitelocke calls his
+company together into his cabin, where they gave thanks to God for their
+safe arrival in this place, and humbly prayed for the continuance of his
+blessing and presence with them, the rest of their journey yet to come.
+
+After dinner, Whitelocke sent for Vice-Admiral Clerke and Captain
+Sinclair into his cabin, where he gave them thanks for the care and pains
+they had taken for him and his company, and for their particular respects
+to himself and observance of his desires; whereof he said he would by
+letters acquaint his Majesty of Sweden, and report to the Protector their
+respects to him. He desired them to accept a small testimony of his
+thankfulness for their civilities. He gave the Vice-Admiral sixty
+dollars, to distribute to the mariners, and sixty dollars more to the
+officers of the ship,--that is, the master and his mate, the boatswain,
+the constable (so they call the master gunner), the gunner's mate, and
+the rest. To Captain Sinclair he gave eighty ducats, and to the
+Vice-Admiral one hundred ducats, which were the best compliments, and
+thankfully accepted by them; and Whitelocke was the more liberal in these
+rewards, being to strangers, and for the honour of his nation.
+
+The boats being gone, with the coaches, baggage, and most of the people,
+and the rest not unwilling to be on shore, Whitelocke, with most of his
+gentlemen, went in one of the ship-boats; the Vice-Admiral bare him
+company, and did him the honour to steer the boat himself; the rest of
+the company went in the other ship-boat. After Whitelocke was gone off
+the length of two or three boats, and whilst the other boat lay by the
+side of the ship, they fired forty pieces of ordnance, which, being so
+very near, did, with the wind, or fear of the cannon, strike down some
+that were in the boat, who were more than frighted, insomuch that one of
+them, after he came to Luebeck, continued very ill with swooning fits; but
+by the care of Doctor Whistler and good cordials, through the blessing of
+God, he recovered, and was well again.
+
+They went about half a league by water from the ship to the mouth of the
+river, where there is a little fort with some great guns mounted, and
+without that are small towers for lights to direct the seamen, and a
+village called Tremon, where they landed, all belonging to the city of
+Luebeck. _Mon_, in High Dutch, signifies a mouth, and _Tre_ is the name of
+the river; so Tremon is the mouth of the river Tre. At their landing
+stood, ready to receive them, a tall old man, with a long, white,
+venerable beard; he wore a broad belt, with a long basket-hilted sword;
+he was a Colonel, and Governor of that fort. He spake to Whitelocke in
+High Dutch, which Potley interpreted to this effect:--
+
+    "My Lord Ambassador,
+
+    "In the name of my masters, the Lords of Luebeck, I bid your
+    Excellence welcome on shore and to this place."
+
+Whitelocke answered him as shortly:--
+
+    "Noble Colonel,
+
+    "I heartily thank you for your civility, whereof I hope ere long to
+    have the opportunity to acquaint your masters the Lords of Luebeck."
+
+As Whitelocke passed by they fired three guns from the fort. The Colonel
+conducted Whitelocke to his house, near the landing-place, multitudes of
+people flocking together. The house was not stately, nor very convenient.
+There they were entertained with great store of very strong beer, which
+they call _mum_; and the Colonel was exceeding free to call for large
+flagons of it for Whitelocke and for all his people; which Whitelocke
+apprehending to have been the generosity of the Governor, yet fearing
+some disorder by it among the inferior sort, and being whispered by
+Colonel Potley that the Governor expected to be paid for his drink, which
+he usually sold to the passengers, Whitelocke ordered the reckoning to be
+paid, and hasted from this honourable alehouse to his coach.
+
+It was about four o'clock in the afternoon when Whitelocke went from
+Tremon, from whence to Luebeck is two Dutch miles, that is, eight of our
+English miles. And coming with such a train, and to pass the usual
+ceremony in such cases to the Lords of Luebeck, Whitelocke sent Mr.
+Berkman and one of his servants before, to salute the Lords of Luebeck in
+the name of the Protector, as friends to the Commonwealth of England, and
+to advertise them, that the English Ambassador having occasions to pass
+through this city, and to be there this day, he thought it requisite to
+give them notice of it. In the midway between Tremon and Luebeck they came
+to a ferry over the Trave; the boat was large enough to carry at once two
+coaches and many horses. At each end of the ferryboat such artificial
+work is made with planks that it serves both at the coming in and going
+out of the boat, meeting with the planks on each side of the shore. By
+the weight of coach, horses, waggons, cattle, or men, the planks are so
+wrought that they rise and fall according to the weight upon them, and so
+as both those on the shore and the ends of the boat come to be even, and
+without more trouble in the passing over them than a bridge would be.
+
+The great company, and some mishap of tearing one of his coaches,
+hindered Whitelocke's journey; but they went on in good time. About an
+English mile before they came to Luebeck, some company appearing on the
+road, Whitelocke's lacqueys alighted out of their waggons, and Whitelocke
+was met upon the way by an ancient person of a good portly carriage, with
+a great white beard, and a greater ruff. He was attended with four
+coaches; the first had six good horses in it, and was handsome, but not
+rich. The gentleman, being alighted, and then Whitelocke also, he came
+and saluted Whitelocke, and spake to him in the High Dutch, to this
+effect:--
+
+    "My Lord Ambassador,
+
+    "My masters, the Lords of Luebeck, have sent me with their coaches to
+    conduct your Excellence into their city, and to bid you welcome
+    hither; and to assure you likewise that whatsoever this city will
+    afford shall be at your Excellence's service."
+
+Whitelocke returned this answer:--
+
+    "Sir,
+
+    "I esteem it an honour to receive this respect from the Lords of
+    Luebeck, your masters, for which ere long I hope to have the
+    opportunity to give them thanks; and in the meantime give me leave
+    to acknowledge your civility."
+
+This person they call the Marshal of the town, whom the Lords sent to
+meet Whitelocke, to answer his civility of sending to them, which they
+took kindly. Then a young gentleman, well mounted and habited, met
+Whitelocke on the way with a packet of three weeks' letters from England,
+which he said Mr. Missenden, his father, received from Mr. Bradshaw, the
+Protector's Resident at Hamburg, with order to send them to Whitelocke to
+Luebeck.
+
+Whitelocke went into the coach of the Lords of Luebeck; with him were the
+Marshal, and Colonel Potley to interpret for him. The country through
+which they passed was pleasant and fruitful, stored with groves, and
+fields of corn not enclosed, but much like the champaign counties of
+England, only more woody, and seemed the pleasanter to those who were
+lately come out of Sweden and from the Baltic Sea. Part of the country
+was the Duchy of Mecklenburg, and part of it Holstein.
+
+When they drew near the city Whitelocke ordered that his staffiers and
+lacqueys, in their liveries, should walk by his coach bare, and his pages
+after them; then his gentlemen and others in the other coaches and
+waggons, in which equipage they entered the city. At the first fort they
+saluted Whitelocke with three pieces of ordnance, and at the gates of the
+city were good guards, with their muskets. The streets were filled with
+people, and many in the windows--not so many men as women; and those of
+the best rank and habit were with their bodies and smock sleeves, like
+the maids in England in hot weather. Here the best women, whose age will
+bear it, are thus habited, and with it sometimes rich clothes and jewels.
+When they were come into the city, the Marshal took his leave of
+Whitelocke, saying that he must go to the Lord, to advertise him of
+Whitelocke's arrival.
+
+Whitelocke passed through a great part of the town before he came to the
+inn appointed for his reception, which was fairer without than within
+doors, the rooms for eating and lodging neither handsome nor well
+finished. About half an hour after he was come to the inn, the Lords of
+the town sent one of their officers to him, to know what time he would be
+pleased to appoint for them to come and salute him. Whitelocke answered,
+that whensoever they thought fit to do him the honour to visit him they
+should be welcome, and left to them the time which should be most
+convenient for their own occasions.
+
+Being settled and at a little quiet, he read his letters from England.
+Thurloe acquaints him that the issue of his negotiation, and the prudent
+conduct of it, had very good acceptance in England, whither his return
+was much wished and prayed for. Then he informs him of all the news both
+foreign and domestic, and the readiness of the Protector to send ships
+for him to Hamburg. From Mr. Cokaine he had several letters about his
+bills of exchange, and other particular affairs. He had also letters from
+Mr. Taylor, from Resident Bradshaw, from his wife, and from several
+loving friends in England.
+
+
+_June 8, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke receives the Senate of Luebeck.]
+
+In the morning the Lords of Luebeck sent again to Whitelocke, to know what
+time they might come to visit him. He answered, at their own time, and
+that they should be welcome to him within an hour. There came to him
+Martin Bokel, Doctor of the Laws, Syndic of the city, of good reputation
+for his learning and abilities, Jerome Bilderbeck, and Matthew Rodde,
+Senators and Lords of the city. The Syndic spake in French to Whitelocke
+to this effect:--"That, by command of the Lords of this city, those
+gentlemen, part of their number, and himself, were come in the name of
+the Lords of Luebeck to salute Whitelocke, and to bid him welcome to their
+city; that they rejoiced at his safe arrival here, and for the good
+success of those affairs wherein he had been employed." Whitelocke
+answered them in French, the same language in which they spake to him,
+and which is expected in these parts, to this effect:--"That the Lords of
+Luebeck had testified much respect to the Protector of England by the
+honour done to his servant, of which he would inform his Highness; and in
+the meantime he thanked them for the favour of this visit."
+
+After many compliments, Whitelocke gave them the precedence into his
+lodging, which is the custom here, as in Sweden, and their discourse was
+in French in these matters of ceremony. Being sat together in his
+bedchamber, the Syndic told Whitelocke that he had a message to deliver
+to him from his Lords; and, according to the custom in matters of
+business, he desired to deliver what he had to say in Latin, and then
+spake to him in the following oration:--
+
+    "Illustrissime et Excellentissime Domine Legate,
+
+    "Amplissimus Senatus Lubicensis grato animo recognoscit celeberrimam
+    nationem Anglicanam multiplici favore a multis retro annis populum
+    mercatoresque hujus civitatis affecisse, atque etiam saeviente inter
+    utrasque respublicas durissimo bello, incolas nostras gratiam, et,
+    ex occasione suarum navium ad mare captarum, justitiam accepisse:
+    amplissimus Senatus humillime gratias suas refert, quas melius
+    testari non potuerunt, quam erga personam illius conditionis
+    tantaeque eminentiae quantae Excellentiam vestram esse acceperant, suo
+    speciali respectu, ad haec cum etiam Extraordinarii Legati munere a
+    clarissimo illo statu nunc dignissime fungatur. Gratulatur
+    amplissimus Senatus negotiationis ab Excellentia vestra peractae
+    felicem successum, ut et tanti viri in suam civitatem adventum. Quod
+    si apud se in sua civitate aliquid sit Excellentiae vestrae acceptu
+    dignum, illud quicquid sit offerre in mandatis habemus.
+
+    "Dolore etiam afficitur Senatus, se tam sero de Excellentiae vestrae
+    adventu certiorem esse factum, ut rationes unde tantus hospes, et
+    qui in ipsius comitatu sunt, pro merito exciperentur; melius inire
+    non potuerit, se tamen sperare a clementia vestra ipsis id crimini
+    non datum iri. Per nos rogant hujus urbis magistratus, Excellentiae
+    vestrae placeat, cervisiae Lubicensis vinique Rhenani (quod
+    officiariis Excellentiae vestrae tradi curaverant) parvulum utut munus
+    boni consulere.
+
+    "Excellentissime Domine, candore vestro freti speramus, non nobis id
+    vitio datum iri, si etiam hoc temporis articulo paucula ex rebus
+    nostris vestrae Excellentiae consideranda proponamus: intempestive
+    fatemur importuni sumus, sed certiores facti, non diuturnam fore
+    vestram in civitate nostra moram, id solliciti timemus, ne
+    aliquando nobis similis offeratur opportunitas; ideo a dominis
+    nostris jubemur Excellentiam vestram certiorem facere, quam plures
+    hujus urbis naves inter navigandum negotii causa, occurrentes
+    navibus praeliaribus Anglis, ab iisdem examen subiisse, liberatas
+    tamen extemplo et dimissas, quod nihil suppetiarum hostibus vestris
+    contulisse deprehendebantur; nihilominus easdem naves a quibusdam
+    privatis vestris captoribus, _capers_ dictis, non multo post
+    apprehensas fuisse, et hucusque detentas esse, magno dominorum
+    detrimento.
+
+    "Sperat amplissimus Senatus, intercedente Excellentia vestra, ex
+    justitia et favore Domini Protectoris, restitutionem earundem
+    secundum jus et aequum suo populo futuram, quem in finem, tam
+    magistratus, quem hujusce civitatis populus suppliciter rogat
+    favorem et amicitiam Celsitudinis suae Domini Protectoris, et
+    illustrissimae reipublicae Angliae, in iis, quae vel commercia vel etiam
+    alia spectant, posse sibi continuari."
+
+After a little pause Whitelocke made answer in Latin to the Syndic's
+speech, to the effect following:--
+
+    "Spectatissimi viri,
+
+    "Recte a vobis observatum est, antiquam fuisse inter populum
+    Anglicanum civesque Lubicenses amicitiam et mutuam officiorum
+    benevolentiam; nec defuisse unquam nobis, data occasione, Domini mei
+    Domini Protectoris reipublicae Angliae, Scotiae, et Hiberniae, animum
+    benevolentissimum, quem integrum adhuc a Serenissima sua Celsitudine
+    erga vos conservari nullus dubito. Nec suspicio mihi est, quin
+    amplissimus Senatus, hujusque celeberrimae urbis liberi cives,
+    Dominum meum Dominum Protectorem honore omni debito prosequentur, et
+    benevolo affectu quotquot Anglorum, commercii aut conversationis
+    causa, apud vos appellere voluerint.
+
+    "Referte, quaeso, meo nomine, amplissimo hujus civitatis Senatui,
+    gratias ob respectum erga Dominum meum Dominum Protectorem
+    rempublicamque Anglicanam, in honorifica mei eorum ministri
+    receptione significatum, tam in appulsu meo ad suum portum, quam ad
+    civitatem suam aditu, necnon in munere quod mihi offerre ipsis
+    placuit: honori duco quod per me, in suis negotiis, Dominum
+    Protectorem compellare ipsis visum est, quod munus in me libenter
+    recipio praestandum, quamprimum Deo placuerit ad Serenissimam suam
+    Celsitudinem mihi reditum indulgere, cui id curae est, ut unicuique
+    quod est juris uniuscujusque tribuatur. Non equidem dubito, quin
+    particularia favoris et respectus erga hanc celeberrimam civitatem
+    specimina reipsa effecta comperiamini."
+
+The Syndic replied in French, that they did give many thanks to
+Whitelocke, in that he was pleased to take in so good part the respect of
+this City to him, and desired that if there were anything here which
+might do him service, that he would command it. Whitelocke said he came
+by this City in a desire to see it and the fortifications of it, which,
+if they pleased to give him leave to do, he should take it as a favour.
+They said, that even now the Senate had ordered Monsieur Bilderbeck and
+the commander of their forces to wait upon Whitelocke at such time as he
+should appoint, to view the city, with their fortifications and
+magazines, and whatsoever here should be thought by him worthy of his
+sight. Whitelocke thanked them, and discoursed touching the government of
+the City, and what laws they used, to which the Syndic answered, that
+their government was chiefly and generally by the municipal laws and
+customs of the city.
+
+[SN: The franchises of Luebeck.]
+
+Of these gentlemen and others Whitelocke learned this city is the chief
+and most ancient of the Hanse Towns of Germany, and a kind of free State;
+that they have power to send Commissioners as public ministers to any
+foreign prince or State, to treat and conclude with them about any
+matters relating to their city, and that without the leave or knowledge
+of the Emperor.
+
+The people of the city chiefly are the merchants and artificers, most of
+them tradesmen; and both they who are masters, and their servants, being
+constantly employed in trades and personal businesses, they are the less
+troublesome in the government of them; as to the criminal part, idleness,
+being the mother of mischief, causeth quarrels and debaucheries, from
+whence pilferings, robberies, fightings, and murders do arise; but where
+people are kept to occupations, traffic, and employments, as they are
+here, it breeds civility, peaceableness of disposition, desire of rest
+and quiet, and a plentiful subsistence, and gives less occasion of
+proceedings in criminal offences. But as to suits upon bargains and
+contracts, they are the more, because there be so many contracts as
+merchants and tradesmen must make; yet those suits are here brought to a
+speedy determination within themselves by their ordinary judges, which
+are three, and usually assisted with a doctor or licentiate in the laws,
+who are in great esteem in this country. These judges commonly sit thrice
+a week, to determine civil controversies, which they do by their own laws
+and customs, which also have much affinity to the civil law, especially
+as to the forms and manners of their proceedings; and where the matter
+contended for exceeds the value of a thousand rix-dollars, there the
+party grieved may, if he please, appeal from the sentence of these judges
+to the Imperial Chamber at Spires, as they also do in capital causes; but
+civil causes under the value of a thousand dollars are finally determined
+within themselves, and no appeal lies from them.
+
+They acknowledge the Emperor as their protector, but afford him no
+gabels or taxes but what their deputies, whom they elect and send to the
+general Diet of the Empire, do assent unto. Their chief officers are a
+Burgomaster, like our Mayor, twenty-four Senators, like our Common
+Council, and a Syndic, as our Recorder. These are the chief Council and
+Judicatory of the city, and order all the public affairs thereof; only in
+some extraordinary occasions of making laws or foreign treaties, matters
+of war and peace, the people of the town make choice of deputies,
+sometimes forty or fifty,--more or less, as they please,--who sit and
+consult with the Senate, and by their votes by the people, who willingly
+submit thereunto.
+
+The town-house of their Guildhall is reasonably fair, not extraordinary.
+Their Court of Justice is below at the upper end of a large hall, made
+four-square, with seats like the Court of Exchequer in England; above
+this is another Court or Council-house, greater than that below, which is
+for the meeting of the Deputies of the Hanse Towns, who usually all
+assemble here; they have also several other chambers for the meetings and
+consultations of their own Senators and officers about the affairs of the
+city.
+
+[SN: Aspect of the city.]
+
+In the afternoon the Commander or Lieutenant-General of the forces of the
+town, whom they call Obrist Lieutenant, Monsieur Andreas Keiser, and the
+Senator Bilderbeck, came, with four of the city coaches, to accompany
+Whitelocke to see the town and fortifications of it. The Senator spoke
+only Latin, the Lieutenant spoke good French. They went through most
+parts of the town, and found the figure of it exactly done in painting in
+a table in their magazine, with the fortifications of it: upon the view
+of the whole town, it seemed a pleasant and noble city. It is of great
+antiquity, freedom, privileges, trade, polity, and strength, few in these
+parts exceeding it; not unhealthful in the situation, beautiful in the
+buildings, profitable in the commerce, strong in the fortifications, and
+rich in the inhabitants.
+
+The streets are large and fair, kept clean and sweet; the houses built of
+brick, generally uniform, most in the frontispieces, and covered with
+tile; at the entry into them, usually the first and lower room is
+largest, paved with Orland stone, full of streaks of red and white, and
+some with black and white rich marble. In this first room they use to set
+their best household stuff, as the chief room for entertainment; yet they
+will also in some part of the room have a partition with boards, above a
+man's height, for a kitchen, where they dress meat and hang their bacon
+and other provision{9}, which are not out of sight nor smell; and here
+also, in this room, some of their goods of merchandise are placed; but
+the better sort keep their houses more neat, and have kitchens and
+larders out of view. In the second story are ordinarily the
+lodging-rooms, and some for entertainment; the third and fourth stories
+are granaries and storehouses, which they hold better for such uses than
+cellars and lower rooms, which, they say, cause damage to the
+commodities.
+
+The country about, for a league, and in some parts two leagues or more,
+belongs to the city, is within their jurisdiction, and is fruitful and
+pleasant, sweetly watered by the Trave, adorned by the groves and
+meadows, and many pleasant summer-houses for the recreation of the
+citizens.
+
+[SN: Fortifications and arsenal of Luebeck.]
+
+The town is regularly and strongly fortified, the more being situated in
+a plain and low country, with the rivers and waters about it; the grafts
+of the works are large and deep, full of water on all sides; between the
+bulwarks are large places, sufficient to draw together five hundred men
+in each vacant place; and on the banks of some of the ditches are low
+thorn hedges, kept cut, as good for defence as palisades. There be many
+pieces of ordnance mounted on several parts of the works, chiefly on the
+bulwarks, and divers of them are demi-cannon: the fortifications are
+about a league in compass; the Trave furnisheth water for all the grafts,
+and the earth with which the lines are made is of a good sort and well
+turfed. They are well stored with arms and ammunition, which Whitelocke
+was admitted to see in their arsenal, which is a large house; in the
+lower room were twelve mortar-pieces of several sizes, and two hundred
+pieces of brass ordnance, founded in the town, some of them great
+culverin, one of an extraordinary length; but there was neither powder
+nor ball--that was kept elsewhere; but here were the utensils to load and
+cleanse the guns, hung up in order, and the carriages were strong and
+good. The story above this was furnished with arms, few for horse or
+pikemen, but many muskets and swords, disposed in ranks the whole length
+of the room, with bandoliers between, and cases for bullets beneath; at
+the upper end of the room hung certain great swords, with which traitors
+had been beheaded; at the lower end of the room were many halberds;
+divers of the muskets were firelocks, others for match, and some with
+double barrels. There was in all, by conjecture, arms for twelve thousand
+foot, few pikes or horse-arms, but muskets, as most useful for a town,
+and according to the custom in these parts, where the companies in the
+town militias are only musketeers, they holding pikes not proper but in
+the field and against horse.
+
+The forces of this city constantly in pay are fifteen hundred men,
+besides twenty-five companies of the citizens, each company consisting of
+two hundred men, and two troops of horse of the citizens. Their chief
+strength, under God, consisting in the bodies of their citizens, proper
+and stout men, who, if they come to fight _pro aris et focis_, for
+religion, liberty, wives and children, and estates, for their all, are
+full of courage; not like mercenary, unfixed, unfaithful men, whose trade
+is in blood, and who are pests to mankind.
+
+[SN: Honours paid to Whitelocke.]
+
+At their Guildhall they entertained Whitelocke and his company with wine
+and sweetmeats, but not profusely. After a long and large tour, they
+brought Whitelocke back to his inn, and did him the honour to sup with
+him; and, with much respect and civility, the Obrist-Lieutenant and
+Senator after supper took their leaves of Whitelocke. Divers men and
+women of the best quality of the citizens came with their children to
+Whitelocke's inn to see him, and many of them would stand by whilst he
+was at meals. He caused his people to show all civility to them, as
+himself did, saluting the gentlemen and seeming to offer to kiss the
+women's hands, the salutation of the lip not being in these countries
+allowed.
+
+The Lords sent a guard of twelve musketeers to attend Whitelocke, which
+were placed at his door and in the street, and relieved by others during
+the time of Whitelocke's stay here, as an expression of their respects
+to him. The town musicians, who were masters, well accoutred and behaved,
+and played some English lessons, and the town trumpets and drums, came
+likewise to show their respects to Whitelocke, but the more readily in
+expectation of some reward from him, which expenses cannot honourably be
+avoided. Whitelocke's four pages, eight lacqueys, and four grooms,
+besides the gentlemen's lacqueys, in his livery, walked bare by his
+coach-side when he went abroad; himself was in his plain grey English
+cloth suit, with the Queen of Sweden's jewel at his breast. The people
+were full of respect to him in their salutations as he passed by them.
+
+The secretary of the English company at Hamburg came to Whitelocke from
+the Resident and company there, to invite him to the English house there,
+with expression of much ceremony and respect to him as their countryman.
+Whitelocke was not willing to stay longer than one day in this town, and
+therefore ordered his officers to make preparations of horses and waggons
+to remove from hence tomorrow; and understanding that it was forty
+English miles from hence to Hamburg, and much of the way bad, he thought
+it too long a journey for him, with so great a train and hired horses, to
+travel in one day, and therefore ordered to go from hence tomorrow in the
+afternoon, to lie at a village midway between Luebeck and Hamburg. The
+Lords of Luebeck, with much courtesy, offered him to lodge in a house of
+theirs three leagues from hence, and to make use of their horses; but he
+thought it not convenient, the house not being furnished and their horses
+not used to travel, and he having sent before to the village midway to
+take up his quarters; for which reasons he excused it to the Lords, yet
+with many thanks for their courteous offers.
+
+
+_June 9, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Lutheran Church at Luebeck.]
+
+Several gentlemen of the English company at Hamburg, and among them his
+nephew, Sir Humphry Bennett's son, came hither to visit and accompany
+Whitelocke to Hamburg. The Senators and Syndic and Obrist-Lieutenant, who
+had been before with Whitelocke, came to take their leaves of him. From
+them and others Whitelocke learnt, that the religion professed in this
+city is after the doctrine of Luther and the Augsburg confession; yet
+some Calvinists are permitted, though not publicly, among them, and some
+Papists are also connived at, though not publicly tolerated to exercise
+their worship; yet some of them live in a college of Canons, who have a
+fair house and good revenues in this city.
+
+They have many images and crucifixes in their churches: one, made of
+earth, of the Virgin Mary, very exactly, is believed by many goodwives of
+the town, that, upon worshiping and praying to it, they shall become
+fruitful. In the same church is a rare tablet of the passion of our
+Saviour, admired by artists for the rare painting and lineaments of it.
+Above the altar is a little image of our Lady, so contrived with wires
+fastened to it, that one, being hid on the other side of it, may make it
+turn forward and backward, to the admiration of the multitude of
+spectators, who know, by the motion of the image, whether the offerings
+which they make, and lay upon the altar, be acceptable or not; if one
+gives a small offering, the image turns away from it in disdain of it;
+if it be a fat offering, it turns towards it in token of acceptance; and
+though they tell these stories themselves, yet still they retain these
+images and trumperies among them. This church is of a good length and
+breadth, but the height is not proportionable: it hath few monuments of
+note, only some of their Bishops and Canons, among which one is indeed
+remarkable, which they will needs have to be believed, where a Canon was
+buried some hundreds of years since, yet now sometimes is heard to knock
+in his grave, whereupon instantly some one or other of his surviving
+brethren, the Canons, gives up the ghost, and comes to the dead Canon at
+his call.
+
+From hence Whitelocke went and viewed the other churches, all alike
+furnished with images and crucifixes, and full of pews, fitted according
+to the quality of the parishioners. The churches are built of brick, and
+some of them covered with copper, which they brought from Sweden in older
+times. They use a liturgy, not much differing from our old Book of Common
+Prayer; their ministers are grave and formal; they commend them for pious
+and learned and good preachers; but Whitelocke, not having the favour to
+see one of them at his lodging, can give the less particular account of
+them.
+
+[SN: The trade of Luebeck.]
+
+Whitelocke also learnt that the trade of this city is the most of any
+town on this side the Baltic Sea, having a convenient port or road at
+Tremon, belonging to this city, from whence they send into all parts of
+that sea, and have the advantage for the commerce of copper, deal, hemp,
+flax, pitch, tar, and all the commodities of those parts; and by this
+port, they save the trouble and charge of going about through the Sound,
+which southern merchants do.
+
+Before the Swedes had much traffic, and built their own ships, and
+employed their own mariners, which is not ancient, Luebeck did more
+flourish, and had the sole trade of Sweden, and of vending their
+commodities again into all parts of the world; whereby the Luebeckers grew
+great and rich, especially by the copper and iron which they brought from
+Sweden hither, and wrought it into utensils and arms, and then carried it
+back to Sweden for the use of the inhabitants there; who, growing in time
+more wise, and learning to work their own materials, and to build and
+employ their own ships in trade, and the city of Hamburg growing up and
+increasing in trade, and particularly by the staple for English cloth
+being there settled, and those of Luebeck not admitting strangers among
+them, their town began to decay, and to lessen in their trade and wealth,
+and is not now so considerable as in former times, yet still they drive a
+good trade into the Baltic Sea and other parts, but not with so great
+ships as others use, which they build at home, of about a hundred and
+fifty and two hundred tons; and they affirm that they have built here
+ships of four hundred tons, but there is difficulty for them to go down
+to the river, by reason of the shallows, which yet serves to bring up
+their commodities in great boats by the river, from the ships to this
+town. They find the smaller vessels useful for their trade, and to build
+them they are provided of good store of timber out of Germany, Denmark,
+and Sweden; and, by their consent, the King of Denmark doth sometimes
+make use of their town and carpenters to build ships for himself.
+
+About three o'clock in the afternoon, the baggage and most of
+Whitelocke's inferior servants went away. The Lords offered Whitelocke a
+party of their horse for the guard of his person; but he, with thanks for
+their courtesy, refused it, having store of company well armed of his own
+retinue, besides some English of Hamburg who were come to him. The
+Luebeckers commended the sobriety and plainness of Whitelocke and his
+company; only they said his liveries were very noble; and they wondered
+that they saw no more drinking among them, and that he had so constant
+exercises of religious duties in his family.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke proceeds to Hamburg.]
+
+The Senators and Syndic came again to compliment Whitelocke for the
+Lords, and to wish him a good journey; and, after ceremonies passed,
+about four o'clock in the afternoon, Whitelocke took his coach for
+Hamburg; he had another coach and four waggons for his people. As he
+passed through the streets, multitudes of all sorts stood to see him go
+by, respectively saluting him. At the gates were guards of soldiers, and
+having passed the last port, they saluted him with three pieces of
+ordnance, according to their custom, but with no volleys of small-shot;
+and so he took his leave of Luebeck. Being come into the road, and his
+pages and lacqueys in the waggons, he made what haste he could in his
+journey with hired horses, and so much company.
+
+The country was pleasant and fruitful, groves of wood, fields of corn,
+pastures, brooks, and meadows adorning it: it is an open champaign; few
+hedges, but some little ones made with dry wood, like our hurdles, for
+fencing their gardens and dividing their corn-grounds. The way was
+exceeding bad, especially for this time of the year, full of deep holes
+and sloughs in some places and of great stones in others. This Duchy of
+Holstein seems to take its name from _holt_, which, with them and in
+Sweden and with us, signifies wood, and _stein_, which is a stone; and
+this country is very full of wood and stone; yet is it fruitful, and,
+like England, delightful to the view, but it is not so full of towns,
+there not being one in the way between Luebeck and this night's quarter,
+which is five German, twenty English, miles. But a few small houses lie
+scattered by the way; and about four miles from Kettell, this night's
+lodging was a fair brick house by the side of a large pond, which is the
+house belonging to Luebeck, where they offered Whitelocke to be
+entertained, and he found cause afterwards to repent his not accepting
+their courtesy.
+
+When they came to the lamentable lodging taken up for him this night,
+they found in all but two beds for their whole company. The beds were
+made only of straw and fleas mingled together; the antechamber was like a
+great barn, wherein was the kitchen on the one side, the stable on the
+other side; the cattle, hogs, waggons, and coaches were also in the same
+great chamber together. They made themselves as merry as they could in
+this posture, Whitelocke cheering and telling them that it was in their
+way home, and therefore to be borne with the less regret. They of the
+house excused the want of accommodations, because the war had raged
+there, and the soldiers had pillaged the people of all they had, who
+could not yet recover their former happy and plentiful condition; which
+was not helpful to Whitelocke and his people, who must take things as
+they were, and make the best shift they could. His officers had provided
+meat sufficient for them; he caused fresh straw enough to be laid all
+over the room, which was the more tolerable in this hot season. He
+himself lay in one of his coaches, his sons and some of his servants in
+straw, near him; the rest of the company, men and women, on straw, where
+they chose to lie in the room, only affording place for the horses, cows,
+sheep, and hogs, which quartered in the same chamber together with this
+good company.
+
+
+_June 10, 1654._
+
+[SN: Journey through Holstein.]
+
+In his coach, through God's goodness, Whitelocke slept well, and all his
+people on the ground on fresh straw, yet not so soundly as to hinder
+their early rising this morning, when they were quickly ready, none
+having been put to the trouble of undressing themselves the last night.
+His carriages, twelve great waggons, went away about four o'clock this
+morning, some of the gentlemen's servants in the van, one upon each
+waggon; his porter, butlers, and others, in a waggon in the rear, with
+store of pistols, screwed guns, swords, and other arms, for their
+defence. Whitelocke came forth about six o'clock with his own two
+coaches, and eight waggons for the rest of his followers. In some of
+their waggons they drive three horses on-breast, and each waggon will
+hold eight persons. They passed by better houses in this dorf than that
+where they quartered, which the harbingers excused, coming thither late
+and being strangers.
+
+The country was still Holstein, of the same nature as yesterday. In the
+lower grounds they saw many storks, one whereof was killed by one of
+Whitelocke's company with his gun,--a thing not endured here, where they
+are very superstitious, and hold it an ill omen where any of them is
+killed. But Whitelocke, blessed be God! found it not so; yet he warned
+his people not to kill any of them, to avoid offence to the country, who
+report that these birds will not resort to any place but where the people
+are free, as in the United Provinces, where they have many of them, and
+do carefully preserve them, and near to Hamburg and other Hanse Towns.
+
+About a mile from Kettell is a great gate cross the highway, where they
+take toll for the Duke of Holstein of all the waggons and carriages, a
+loup-shilling apiece (that is, little more than an English penny). This
+gate they shut against Whitelocke, but being informed who he was, they
+presently opened it again, and a gentleman came to Whitelocke's
+coach-side, excusing the shutting of the gate, being before they knew who
+it was that passed by. He told Whitelocke the custom and right of this
+toll, but that nothing was demanded of ambassadors, who were to pass
+freely, especially the Ambassador of the Protector and Commonwealth of
+England, to whom the Duke, his master, he said, was a friend. Whitelocke
+thanked the gentleman for his civility, acknowledging the Protector to be
+a friend to the Duke, and so they passed on.
+
+About a mile and a half before they came to Hamburg, Captain Parkes, of
+the 'President' frigate, and Captain Minnes, of the 'Elizabeth' frigate,
+met Whitelocke on the way, and told him all was well in England, and that
+by command of the Protector they had brought those two frigates into the
+Elbe to transport him into England. Whitelocke told them he was very glad
+to see them, especially on this occasion. As they were walking and
+discoursing of the ships and their voyage, a great number of persons and
+coaches, the Resident Bradshaw, with the treasurer, the doctor, their
+minister, and almost all the English company, with twenty-two coaches,
+came to meet Whitelocke on the way, and to bring him with the more
+respect to Hamburg. All alighted out of their coaches, and, after
+salutations, the Resident told Whitelocke that the occasion of their
+coming forth was to testify their respects to Whitelocke, and to desire
+him to do their company the honour to accept of the English house at
+Hamburg for his entertainment. Whitelocke gave them hearty thanks for
+their respects to the Protector and to the Commonwealth whereof they were
+members, in this honour which they did to their servant. He accepted of
+their courteous offer, desiring the company and conversation of his
+countrymen above all others. They walked a little on foot together, where
+the Lord Resident (so they styled him) showed Whitelocke his last week's
+letters from Thurloe, mentioning the imprisonment of many upon suspicion
+that they were engaged in a plot against the Protector, and that the
+serious considerable malignants discovered it. He also delivered to
+Whitelocke private letters from his wife and other friends.
+
+About a mile from the place where they met was a fair inn by the wayside,
+where the Resident moved Whitelocke to make a halt and rest himself,
+because if he should then go directly to the town, he would come into it
+just at dinner-time, which would not be convenient. Upon his persuasion,
+and perceiving that a preparation was here made, Whitelocke went in,
+where the English company entertained him with a plentiful dinner at a
+long table holding above sixty persons. From hence, with Whitelocke's
+approbation, the Resident, as from himself, sent to the Governor of the
+Militia at Hamburg, as Whitelocke had done before to the Lords, to
+advertise them of his coming. The Governor returned thanks, and said that
+two senators were appointed to receive Whitelocke at the Port. After
+dinner they all took their coaches. With Whitelocke was the Resident and
+Treasurer; the rest in the other coaches, the pages and lacqueys riding
+and walking by.
+
+The country is here low and rich, sprinkled with rivers, and adorned with
+many neat and sweet houses belonging to the citizens of Hamburg, who
+resort to those houses in the summer-time with their families to have the
+fresh air.
+
+[SN: Arrival at Hamburg.]
+
+Almost an English mile before they came to the town, the highway was full
+of people come forth to see Whitelocke pass by. At the port were no
+Senators to receive him, but great guards of musketeers and multitudes of
+all sorts of people, there and through all the streets unto his lodging
+thronging so that the coaches could not pass till the guards made way.
+The people were very courteous, and Whitelocke answered to the meanest
+their civility, which is pleasing and not costly. The windows and doors
+were also crowded, which showed the populousness of the place and their
+expectation as to the Commonwealth of England. They brought Whitelocke to
+the English house, which is fair and large, the first room below,
+according to the fashion of Luebeck; the chambers, especially where
+Whitelocke lay, handsomely furnished.
+
+[SN: Reception of the Senate of Hamburg.]
+
+Within half an hour after his arrival, an officer of the town, in the
+nature of a master of the ceremonies, came from the Lords of the town to
+bid Whitelocke welcome thither, and to know what hour he would appoint
+for admittance of some of the Lords to visit him. Whitelocke returned
+thanks to the Lords for their respects, and prayed the gentleman to tell
+them that whensoever they pleased to give him the honour of a visit, they
+should be welcome to him. Within half an hour after came two Senators,
+Herr Jurgen van Holtz and Herr Jacob Silm. After ceremonies passed, Holtz
+spake in French to Whitelocke, to this effect:--
+
+    "Monseigneur, qui etes Ambassadeur Extraordinaire de sa Serenissime
+    Altesse Oliver, par la grace de Dieu Seigneur Protecteur de la
+    Republique d'Angleterre; aussitot que les Messieurs de cette ville
+    ont ete avertis de votre intention de passer par cette ville-ci, ils
+    ont ete desireux de temoigner leurs tres-humbles respects a Monsieur
+    le Protecteur et a votre personne en particulier, en suite de quoi{10}
+    nous avons recu commandement de vous venir saluer, et faire a votre
+    Excellence la bienvenue en cette ville. Ils sont extremement aises
+    de l'heureux succes que Dieu vous a donne en votre negociation en
+    Suede, et qu'il lui a plu aussi vous donner un bon passage, et
+    favoriser votre retour jusqu'en ce lieu, apres avoir surmonte
+    beaucoup de difficultes, et echappe beaucoup de dangers, et nous
+    prions sa Divine bonte qu'il vous rende en sauvete dans votre pays.
+    Nous sommes aussi commandes de reconnaitre les faveurs que
+    Monseigneur le Protecteur d'une si grande Republique a faites a
+    notre ville et aux habitans d'icelle, et particulierement durant la
+    guerre entre l'Angleterre et les Pays Bas, en liberant et
+    dechargeant nos navires. Nous souhaitons a ce fleurissant etat la
+    continuation et l'accroissement de la faveur Divine pour leur
+    conservation et accroissement de plus en plus, et nous esperons que
+    Monseigneur le Protecteur continuera avec la Republique ses faveurs
+    envers notre ville, qui sera toujours prete de leur rendre tous
+    offices et humbles respects."
+
+After a little recollection, Whitelocke answered in French to the
+Senator's speech thus:--
+
+    "Messieurs, j'ai grande occasion de louer le nom de Dieu, de sa
+    protection de moi et de ma suite, en notre long et perilleux voyage,
+    et pour l'heureux succes qu'il m'a donne en ma negociation, et ma
+    sauve arrivee en ce lieu, en mon retour en mon pays. Je vous desire
+    de remercier Messeigneurs les Senateurs de cette ville du respect
+    qu'ils ont temoigne envers sa Serenissime Altesse mon maitre et la
+    Republique d'Angleterre, par l'honneur qu'ils ont fait a leur
+    serviteur, de quoi je ne manquerai d'en informer: j'avais grande
+    envie de voir cette illustre ville, et mes compatriotes qui par
+    accord vivent ici, desquels j'ai appris avec beaucoup de
+    contentement que leurs privileges ici etaient maintenus par
+    Messeigneurs les magistrats, lesquels je desire d'etre informes que
+    son Altesse mon maitre prendra en fort bon part le respect et la
+    justice qu'on fera aux Anglais qui se trouvent ici, chose que je
+    croie tournera en avantage aux uns et aux autres. Je vous rends
+    graces aussi de vos bons souhaits pour la prosperite de notre
+    nation, a laquelle Dieu a donne tant de preuves de sa presence, et
+    je prie le meme Dieu aussi pour l'heureux succes de cette ville, et
+    de tous les habitans d'icelle."
+
+After Whitelocke had done, the Senator again spake to him, desiring him,
+in the name of the Lords of the town, to accept a small present which
+they had sent, in testimony of their respects towards him, and said that
+it was somewhat for his kitchen and somewhat for his cellar. The present
+which they sent for his kitchen, and was laid upon the pavement in the
+hall, was this:--four great whole sturgeons, two great fresh salmons,
+one calf, two sheep, two lambs. The present for the cellar was a hogshead
+of Spanish wine, a hogshead of claret wine, a hogshead of Rhenish wine, a
+hogshead of Hamburg beer, a hogshead of Serbster beer. Whitelocke ordered
+the men that brought this present to be rewarded with ten rix-dollars. He
+desired the senators to return his hearty thanks to the Lords for the
+noble present which they sent him; and after many compliments and
+ceremonies Whitelocke, giving the Senators the right hand, conducted them
+to their coach, and so they parted.
+
+The English company entertained, with a great supper, Whitelocke and his
+company, who had more mind to sleep than to eat. Monsieur Hannibal
+Schestedt, late Viceroy of Norway, sent a gentleman to Whitelocke to know
+what time he would appoint for him to come and visit Whitelocke, who gave
+the usual answer, that whensoever he pleased to come he should be
+welcome.
+
+
+_June 11, 1654._
+
+[SN: Divine service at Hamburg.]
+
+_The Lord's Day._--The English company and the Resident Bradshaw desired
+Whitelocke that one of his chaplains might preach in the chapel belonging
+to the English in their house, which they said was a respect to the
+Ambassador of England; and accordingly Mr. Ingelo preached in the
+morning, and a very pertinent and good sermon. The doctor, minister to
+the company here, preached in the afternoon, who far exceeded Mr. Ingelo
+in the strength of his voice and lungs, the which was not necessary for
+that chapel, not being large, but convenient and handsomely made up with
+pews and seats fit for their company.
+
+
+_June 12, 1654._
+
+[SN: Interview with the Swedish Envoy to the Emperor.]
+
+The Resident sent to the Governor to inform him that Whitelocke had a
+desire to see the fortifications of the town. He answered that he would
+send one of his lieutenants to wait on Whitelocke for that purpose; but
+Whitelocke and the Resident took this for no great compliment that
+himself came not to Whitelocke. Much company did Whitelocke the honour to
+dine with him; and after dinner Monsieur Bernelow, who was Ambassador
+from the Queen of Sweden to the Emperor, and was now upon his return
+home, came to visit Whitelocke, and they had this discourse in Latin.
+
+_Bernelow._ I desire your Excellence to excuse me that I cannot express
+myself in French or Italian, but, with your leave, I desire to speak to
+you in Latin.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Your Excellence is welcome to me; and if you choose to
+express yourself in Latin, you have your liberty, and I shall understand
+something of it.
+
+_Bern._ When I heard of your Excellence's arrival in this city, though I
+purposed to have gone from hence, yet I deferred my journey, to the end I
+might see you, because I have heard in the Emperor's Court, as well by
+letters from her Most Serene Majesty of Sweden as from the Chancellor and
+other senators of that kingdom, what great satisfaction they had in the
+English Ambassador, etc. Now the league of friendship being concluded
+between the two nations, I hold myself obliged to make this salutation to
+your Excellence.
+
+_Wh._ I have very many thanks to return to your Excellence for the
+honour you have done me by this visit, and for these expressions of
+affection and respect to the Protector, my master. I do acknowledge
+myself much engaged to the Ricks-Chancellor and senators of Sweden, and
+in the first place to her Majesty the Queen, for their favourable respect
+towards me whilst I was in my negotiation with them, whom I found full of
+honour, wisdom, and justice, in their transactions with me.
+
+_Bern._ I have been for some time in the service of the Queen, my
+mistress, in Germany.
+
+_Wh._ You met some of my countrymen in the Court of the Emperor,
+particularly a noble lord, whom I have the honour to know.
+
+_Bern._ I met there the Earl of Rochester, who was at the Diet at
+Ratisbon.
+
+_Wh._ What proposals did he make there?
+
+_Bern._ He made a kind of precarious proposal in the name of the King,
+his master.
+
+_Wh._ Did he obtain what he desired?
+
+_Bern._ He did not much prevail in it, only he obtained a verbal promise
+of some money, but had no performance.
+
+_Wh._ What occasion hath drawn your General Koningsmark with his forces
+at this time before Bremen?
+
+_Bern._ It was thus by mistake occasioned. The Earl of Lueneburg had
+covenanted with the Spanish Ambassador to levy some soldiers for the
+service of the King of Spain, which levies he began without acquainting
+the Governor of that Circle with it, who taking this occasion, and
+bearing ill-will to the Earl, drew out some forces to oppose those
+levies. Koningsmark understanding this, and jealous that the Governor of
+the Circle designed to fall upon the fort of the Queen of Sweden in those
+parts, he drew out some forces to oppose the Governor. Those of Bremen,
+being informed that Koningsmark drew out his forces against them, sent
+some troops, who forced the Queen's subjects to a contribution and built
+a fort upon the Queen's land, which coming to the knowledge of
+Koningsmark, and that the Governor of the Circle of Westphalia intended
+only to suppress the levies of the Duke of Lueneburg, and not to oppose
+the Queen of Sweden, Koningsmark thereupon marched with his forces to the
+new fort built by those of Bremen, took it in and finished it, and left
+there a garrison for the Queen, not disturbing the trade of that city.
+
+_Wh._ Here were mistakes one upon another, which might have engaged that
+city and the neighbours, as well as the Crown of Sweden, in a troublesome
+war.
+
+_Bern._ All is now peaceable and well again.
+
+They had much other discourse touching the right of the Crown of Sweden
+to the Duchy of Bremen; and after many compliments, the Ambassador took
+his leave.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke visits the fortifications of Hamburg.]
+
+About four o'clock in the afternoon the senator Holtz and an ancient
+gentleman, one of the captains of the town forces, came and accompanied
+Whitelocke, to show him the town and the fortifications of it, and said
+that the Lords had commanded them to do him this service. Whitelocke went
+out with them in his usual equipage, his gentlemen walking before the
+coach, his pages and lacqueys by it, all bareheaded, and with their
+swords. They viewed most parts of the city, the streets, buildings,
+public-houses, churches, the arsenal, the fortifications, the ships, the
+waters, rivers, and what was remarkable throughout the town. Great
+multitudes of people, especially at their Exchange, came forth to see
+them as they passed by, and all were very civil to them. To the works a
+great many of people also followed them, and continued there with them.
+
+They brought him first to see their arsenal, which is a large house; in
+the lower rooms thereof lay about two hundred pieces of ordnance mounted
+on good carriages, fitted and useful. They were not founded in this
+place, but brought from other parts; two of them were double cannon, each
+carrying a bullet of forty-eight pounds weight; most of the others were
+demi-cannon and culverin. There were besides these many smaller pieces
+and divers mortar-pieces, some of which were near as large in the
+diameter as that at Stockholm. In another place were many shells of
+grenades and heaps of cannon-bullets. The pavement of the room was all
+lead, two feet deep, in a readiness to make musket bullets if there
+should be occasion. In the rooms above were arms for horse and foot,
+completely fixed and kept; the greatest part of them were muskets.
+Between every division of the arms were representations in painting of
+soldiers doing their postures, and of some on horseback. Here were many
+cuirasses and a great quantity of corselets, swords, bandoliers, pistols,
+and bullets. Here likewise hung certain old targets, for monuments rather
+than use, and many engines of war; as, a screw to force open a gate, an
+instrument like a jack, with wheels to carry match for certain hours'
+space, and just at the set time to give fire to a mine, petard, or the
+like. There were, in all, arms for about fifteen hundred horse and
+fifteen thousand foot. They keep a garrison constantly in pay of twelve
+hundred soldiers, and they have forty companies of their citizens, two
+hundred in each company, proper men; whose interest of wives, children,
+estate, and all, make them the best magazine and defence (under God) for
+those comforts which are most dear to them.
+
+Some pains were taken by Whitelocke to view their fortifications, which
+are large, of about two German (ten English) miles in compass; they are
+very regular and well kept. Within the grafts are hedges of thorn, kept
+low and cut, held by them of better use than palisades. The bulwarks are
+of an extraordinary greatness; upon every third bulwark is a house for
+the guards, and they are there placed. There is also a building of brick,
+a great way within the ground upon the bulwark, and separate by itself,
+where they keep all their gunpowder; so that if by any mischance or
+wicked design it should blow up, yet it could do no hurt to the town,
+being so separated from it. On every bulwark there is space enough to
+draw up and muster a thousand men; beyond the grafts are divers
+half-moons, very regularly made. The grafts are broad and deep, filled
+with the Elbe on the one side, and with another smaller river on the
+other side.
+
+The works are stronger, larger, and more regular than those at Luebeck.
+Above the works is a piece of ground of above five hundred yards of low
+ground, gained by industry from the Elbe; here they have mills to keep
+out or let in more or less water, as they find useful for the town and
+works. The lines of one side of the works are higher than on the other
+side, and the works better and stronger made. Here are also mounds of
+earth raised very high to command without; there wanted no pains nor
+expense to put together so great a mass of earth as is in these
+fortifications. Upon every bulwark is mounted one demi-cannon, besides
+other great guns; in other places are smaller pieces. Round about the
+works are great store of ordnance, well fitted, mounted, and kept; and
+the platforms are strong and well planked.
+
+Having made a large tour through the greatest part of the city,
+Whitelocke found it to be pleasantly situated in a plain low country,
+fertile and delightful, also healthful and advantageous for trade; and
+notwithstanding the great quantity of waters on every side of it, yet the
+inhabitants do not complain of agues or other sicknesses to be more rife
+among them than in other parts.
+
+Upon one side is a small river, the which comes a great way down the
+country to this town, where it loseth itself in the Elbe, having first
+supplied the city with wood and other provisions brought down hither by
+boats, for which this river, though narrow, is deep enough and navigable.
+On the other side of the town is the stately river of Elbe, one of the
+chief of these parts of Germany, which also by boats brings down out of
+the country great store of all sorts of provisions and merchantable
+commodities; and which is much more advantage to them, affords a passage
+for merchants hither, and from hence to vent their merchandises to all
+parts of the world. It is the best neighbour they have, and the branches
+and arms of it run through most of their streets by their doors, to the
+great advantage of their commerce; and although sometimes, upon an
+extraordinary rising of the Elbe to a great flood, these branches of it
+cover the lower rooms of the houses near them, to the damage of some
+owners, yet it makes amends by the constant benefit which it brings with
+it. The buildings here are all of brick, only some few of brick and
+timber put together, and are generally fashioned and used as is before
+described touching the Luebeck houses.
+
+The district or territory belonging to the town is in some places two, in
+others three, in some more, German miles distant from the city, in which
+precinct they have the jurisdiction and revenue; and near the town are
+many pleasant little houses and seats, with gardens and accommodations,
+belonging to the citizens, to refresh themselves and their wives and
+children in the summer-time, to take the fresh country air, and to have a
+diversion for their health and pleasure. It may be said of this town,
+that God hath withheld nothing from them for their good. They have plenty
+of provisions, health, profit, and pleasure, to their full contentment,
+in a peaceable and just government, with freedom, strength in their
+magazines, fortifications, and bodies of men for their defence and
+protection, conveniences for their habitation and commerce, and, which is
+above all, a liberty to know the will of and to worship God, for the
+health of their own souls.
+
+
+_June 13, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Diet of Germany.]
+
+This morning Whitelocke returned a visit to the Swedes' Ambassador,
+Bernelow, at his lodging, where he learnt of him the manner of the
+sitting of the General Diet of Germany, at which he was present:--That
+they have three colleges or chambers: the first is the College of the
+Electors, where they only assemble; the second is the College of the
+Princes, where the Archbishops, Bishops, Dukes, Graves, and Barons meet,
+to the number of about one hundred and forty; the third is the College of
+the Free Cities, where their Deputies, about two hundred, do meet. When
+they consult, the Chancellor of the Empire, the Archbishop of Mentz,
+sends the proposal in writing to each college severally. When they are
+respectively agreed, then all the colleges meet together in the great
+hall, at the upper end whereof is a chair of state for the Emperor. On
+the right-hand of the chair the Electors sit, on the left-hand the
+principal officers of the Emperor's court; on the right side of the hall,
+upon seats, are the Ecclesiastic Princes, Bishops, and Abbots; on the
+left-hand are the Temporal Princes, upon their seats; and on the seats
+below, one before another, are the Deputies of the towns.
+
+The Archbishop of Mentz, as Marshal of the College of the Electors,
+begins and reads the proposal, and the resolution thereupon in writing of
+that college; after him, the Marshal of the College of the Princes doth
+the like; and lastly, the Marshal of the College of the Free Towns, who
+is always the chief magistrate of the place where the Diet sits. If the
+resolution of the three colleges agrees, or of the College of the
+Electors and one other of the colleges, the business is determined
+accordingly; if the colleges do not thus agree, then they meet all
+together and debate the matter; whereupon, if they come not to an accord,
+the business is remitted to another day, or the suffrage of the Emperor
+decides it.
+
+Whitelocke asked him, whether the advice of the Diet, being the supreme
+public council, were binding to the Emperor. He said, that the Emperor
+seldom did anything contrary to that advice, but held himself bound in
+prudence, if not in duty, to conform thereunto. Whitelocke asked him what
+opinion they had in the Emperor's court of the present King of Sweden. He
+answered, as was expected, and most true, that they have a great opinion
+of the King, especially for military affairs. Upon Whitelocke's
+invitation, he did him the honour to dine with him, and they had much and
+good discourse together.
+
+[SN: Visit of M. Woolfeldt's brother-in-law.]
+
+In the afternoon Whitelocke received a visit from Monsieur Hannibal
+Schestedt, whose wife was sister to Woolfeldt's lady, one of the
+daughters of the late King of Denmark by his second wife,--as they term
+it, his left-handed wife; this relation, and his own good parts, brought
+him in high esteem with the King, his brother-in-law, till by jealousies
+(particularly, as was said, in some matters of mistresses), distaste and
+disfavour was against him, and he was put out of his office of Viceroy of
+Norway, and other advantages; upon which he retired himself into these
+parts, and lived upon a pension of six thousand dollars yearly, allowed
+by the King unto his lady. Whitelocke found him a gentleman of excellent
+behaviour and abilities, which he had improved by his travels in most
+countries of Europe, and had gained perfectly the French, Italian, Dutch,
+English, and Latin tongues. His discourse was full of ingenuity and
+cheerfulness, and very free touching his own country and King, on whom he
+would somewhat reflect; and he spoke much of the Queen of Sweden's
+resignation, which he much condemned, and as much extolled the assuming
+of the Government by the Protector of England, and said he had a design
+shortly to see England, and desired Whitelocke, that when he came into
+England he would move to the Protector to give him leave to come into
+England to serve the Protector, which he would willingly do, being forbid
+his own country; but he prayed Whitelocke, that none might know of this
+his purpose but the Protector only. He told Whitelocke, that Williamson,
+the King of Denmark's Ambassador now in England, had been his servant,
+etc.
+
+When Monsieur Schestedt was gone, Whitelocke wrote to Secretary Thurloe,
+and to his other friends in England, to give them an account of his being
+come thus far in his voyage homewards, and of the two frigates being
+arrived in the Elbe, that as soon as the wind would serve he would hasten
+for England.
+
+[SN: A banquet to Whitelocke.]
+
+The Resident invited Whitelocke and several Senators to a collation this
+evening, whither came the four Burgomasters, and five other Senators; a
+thing unusual for so many of them to meet a foreign public minister, the
+custom being in such case to depute two or three of their body, and no
+more; but they were willing to do more than ordinary honour to
+Whitelocke. And of these nine Senators every one spoke French or Latin,
+and some both, a thing rare enough for aldermen of a town; but the reason
+of it was given, because here, for the most part, they choose into those
+places doctors and licentiates of the laws, which employments they
+willingly accept, being for life, attended with great authority, and a
+salary of a thousand crowns yearly, besides other profits. They had a
+banquet and store of wine; and the Senators discoursed much with
+Whitelocke touching England, and the successes of the Parliament party,
+and the many thanksgivings for them; of which they had heard with
+admiration, and commended the return of thanks to God.
+
+Upon this occasion, Whitelocke gave them an account of many particulars,
+and of God's goodness to them, and exhorted these gentlemen, in all their
+affairs, to put their trust in God, to be thankful for his mercies, and
+not to do anything contrary to his will. They asked how the Parliament
+could get money enough to pay their forces. Whitelocke told them that the
+people afforded money sufficient to defray the public charges both by sea
+and land; and that no soldiers were paid and disciplined, nor officers
+better rewarded, than those who have served the Parliament.
+
+Whitelocke asked them concerning the religion professed among them, and
+of their government and trade, wherein they gave him good information;
+and he told them he hoped that the agreement made by this city with the
+merchants, his countrymen, would be carefully observed, and the
+privileges accorded to them be continued, which would be acceptable to
+the Protector. They answered, that they had been very careful, and should
+be so still, that on their part the agreement should be exactly observed.
+They desired Whitelocke to speak to the Protector in favour of a ship
+belonging to this town, in which were some moneys belonging to
+Hollanders, and taken by the English two years since. Whitelocke promised
+to move the Protector in it, and assured them that his Highness would
+cause right to be done to them.
+
+At this collation Whitelocke ate very little, and drank only one glass of
+Spanish wine, and one glass of small beer, which was given him by a
+stranger, whom he never saw before nor after, and the beer seemed at
+that instant to be of a very bad taste and colour; nor would he inquire
+what it was, his own servants being taken forth by the Resident's people
+in courtesy to entertain them.[371] After he came to his lodging he was
+taken very ill, and grew worse and worse, extreme sick, with pains like
+the strokes of daggers, which put him in mind of a former passage; and
+his torment was so great that it was scarcely to be endured, the most
+violent that he ever felt.
+
+He was not well after his journey from Luebeck to Hamburg, having been
+extremely jolted in the coach in that way full of holes and sloughs, made
+by their great carriages in time of the war, and not yet amended: his
+weariness when he came to Hamburg reprieved his pain, which highly
+increased this evening; and the last of his ill beer still remained with
+him.
+
+
+_June 14, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's indisposition.]
+
+The fierce torment continued on Whitelocke above thirteen hours together
+without intermission. About four o'clock this morning his secretary Earle
+was called to him, who waited on him with care and sadness to see his
+torment; nature helped, by vomits and otherwise, to give some ease, but
+the sharpness of his pain continued. About five o'clock this morning Dr.
+Whistler was called to him, who gave him several sorts of physic, and
+amongst the rest a drink with a powder and a great quantity of oil of
+sweet almonds, suspecting, by the manner of his sickness and some of the
+symptoms, that he might have had poison given him, which was the jealousy
+of most about him; and whether it were so or not the Lord only knows, who
+nevertheless in his goodness preserved Whitelocke, and blessed the means
+for his recovery. The drink working contrary to what was intended, and
+turning to a vomit, the doctor, perceiving the operation of nature to be
+that way, followed by giving of vomits, which within two hours gave some
+ease and brought him to a little slumber, and in a few hours after to
+recovery. Thus it pleased God to exercise him, and to cast him down for a
+little time; and when he had no expectation but of present death in a
+strange land, God was pleased suddenly, and above imagination, to restore
+and recover him; the which, and all other the mercies of God, he prays
+may, by him and his, be thankfully remembered.
+
+A doctor of physic, a Jew in this town, hearing of Whitelocke's being
+sick, came to his lodging, and meeting with Dr. Whistler, told him in
+Latin, that, understanding the English Ambassador to be dangerously sick,
+and to have no physician about him but a young inexperienced man,
+therefore this Jew came to offer his service. Dr. Whistler, smiling, told
+Whitelocke of this rencounter, who presently sent his thanks and
+discharge to the Jewish doctor. Several Senators came and sent to inquire
+of Whitelocke's health, and to know if he wanted anything in their power
+to supply him for his recovery, and offered the physicians of the town to
+wait upon him. He returned thanks, but kept himself to the advice and
+care of his own doctor, whose endeavours it pleased God to bless, so that
+in two days Whitelocke was abroad again.
+
+[SN: Feast given by the English Company.]
+
+The English Company had invited divers to bear Whitelocke company at
+dinner this day, where they had a very great feast, and present at it the
+four Burgomasters and ten Senators. So many of that number had scarce
+been seen at any former entertainment; which though purposely made to do
+Whitelocke honour, yet his sickness had brought him to an incapacity of
+bearing them company; but whilst they were at the table, Whitelocke sent
+his secretary to the Resident, praying him to make his apology to the
+Lords, that extremity of sickness the night before had prevented him of
+the honour of accompanying them at this meeting; that being now somewhat
+recovered, he sent now to present his hearty thanks to their lordships
+for this great favour they had done him, wished them all health, and
+entreated them to be cheerful. The Lords returned thanks to Whitelocke
+for his civility, and about an hour after the Resident came to Whitelocke
+from the Lords to see how he did, to thank him for his compliment, and to
+know if, without inconvenience, they might be admitted to come to his
+chamber to see him. Whitelocke said he should be glad to see them, but
+privately told the Resident that he hoped they would not stay long with
+him by reason of his indisposition.
+
+The Senators sat at the table from twelve o'clock at noon till six
+o'clock in the evening, according to the fashion of Dutchland, and were
+very merry, wanting no good meat or wine, nor sparing it. About six
+o'clock they rose from dinner, and came to Whitelocke's chamber to visit
+him, with many compliments, expressing their sorrow for his sickness,
+their wishes for his health, and offers of anything in their power which
+might contribute to his recovery. Whitelocke used them with all civility,
+and heartily thanked them for this extraordinary honour they had done
+him, by so many of their lordships affording him the favour of meeting at
+this place, and excused by his violent sickness his not bearing them
+company. After many compliments and a short stay they left his chamber,
+praying for the recovery of his health again.
+
+Among this company of fourteen senators were no young men, but all grave
+and comely persons; and every one of them did particularly speak to
+Whitelocke, either in French or Latin, and some in both, which were hard
+to be met with in so many aldermen of towns in other countries. Divers of
+them staid in the English house till nine o'clock at night, making a very
+long repast of nine hours together; but it was to testify the more
+particular respect and honour to the English Ambassador, and is according
+to the usage of these parts, where, at such public entertainments, they
+eat and drink heartily, and seldom part in less than ten or twelve hours,
+cheerfully conversing together. Whitelocke took great contentment in the
+civility and respects of these and other gentlemen to him in this place,
+and in the affection, care, and attendance of his children, friends, and
+servants, about him in his sickness.
+
+
+_June 15, 1654._
+
+[SN: The ecclesiastical state of Hamburg.]
+
+The Lords sent a gentleman to inquire of Whitelocke's health, with
+compliments as before. He took some physic, yet admitted visits and
+discourse, from which, and those he formerly had with Senators and
+others, he learned that as to matter of religion they are here very
+strict to maintain a unity thereof, being of Plutarch's opinion, that
+"varietas religionis, dissolutio religionis;" and they permit no other
+religion to be publicly exercised by their own citizens among them but
+what in their government they do profess, which is according to the
+Augsburg confession; and Luther's opinions do wholly take place among
+them, insomuch that the exercise of religion in any other form or way is
+not admitted, except to the English Company of Merchants in the chapel of
+their house, and that by stipulation. Thus every one who differs from
+them in matters of religion must keep his opinion to himself, without
+occasioning any disturbance to the Government by practice or publication
+of such different opinion; and although many are inclined to the tenets
+of Calvin, yet their public profession is wholly Lutheran; answerable
+whereunto Whitelocke observed in their churches many images, crucifixes,
+and the like (not far removed from the practice of the Popish churches);
+particularly in their great church, which is fair and large, built with
+brick, are many images, rare tablets of painting, crucifixes, and a
+perspective of curious workmanship in colours. Their liturgy (as ours in
+England was) is extracted from the old Mass-book, and their divine
+service celebrated with much ceremony, music, and outward reverence.
+Their ministers are pensioners, but, as themselves affirm, liberally
+dealt with, and have bountiful allowances if they are holy men and good
+preachers; whereof they much satisfy themselves that they are very well
+provided in this city, to the comfort and blessing of the inhabitants.
+
+[SN: The trade of Hamburg.]
+
+Touching the trade of this place, Whitelocke learnt that as they are
+very populous, so few are suffered in idleness, but employed in some way
+or other of trading, either as merchants, artificers, shopkeepers, or
+workmen. They have an exchange here, though not a fair one, where they
+daily meet and confer about their affairs and contracts.
+
+The several branches and arms of the river Elbe, which pass along by
+their houses, afford them the better means and advantages for bringing in
+and carrying forth their commodities. There is a partition between the
+old and the new town; the old is but a small part of it, and few
+merchants reside there. The ships of greatest burden come up within two
+miles of the city; the lesser ships, whereof there be a great number, and
+the great boats, come up within the town to the very doors of their
+houses, by the branches of the Elbe, to the great advantage of their
+trading.
+
+This city is much greater than Luebeck, fuller of trade and wealth, and
+better situated for commerce, being nearer to England, the Netherlands,
+France, Spain, and all the southern and western parts; and they are not
+to pass the Sound in coming home again. The staple of English cloth is
+here, and the cloths being brought hither for the most part white, it
+sets on work many hundreds of their people to dress and dye and fit them;
+and the inhabitants of all Germany and other countries do send and buy
+their cloth here. At this time of Whitelocke's being here, there lay in
+the Elbe four English ships which brought cloth hither; one of them
+carried twenty-five pieces of ordnance, the least fifteen, all of good
+force; and the English cloth at this time in them was estimated to be
+worth L200,000 sterling.
+
+In consideration of this trade and the staple of English cloth settled
+here, which brings wealth to this city, the Government here hath granted
+great privileges to the English merchants residing in this place, and
+they are part of the company or corporation of Merchant Adventurers of
+England,--an ancient and honourable society, of which Whitelocke had the
+favour honorarily to be here admitted a member.
+
+
+_June 16, 1654._
+
+[SN: The judicial institutions of Hamburg.]
+
+Whitelocke, being, through the goodness of God, well recovered of his
+distemper, went abroad this day, and was shown the Town-house, which is a
+fair and handsome building, of the like fashion, but more large and
+beautiful, than that at Luebeck, and much better furnished. Here are many
+chambers for public councils and tribunals; some of them have their
+pillars covered with copper, and pavements of Italian marble; they have
+also rich hangings, and chairs of velvet, blue, and green, and rare
+pictures. The Chamber of Audience, as they call it, is the court of
+justice, where the Right-herrs, who are in the nature of sheriffs, do sit
+to despatch and determine the causes of the citizens; and if the cause
+exceed the value of a hundred dollars, an appeal lies to the Senate, as
+it doth also in all causes criminal.
+
+From the Senate there is no appeal in cases of obligations, letters of
+exchange, contracts, debts, and matters of merchandise, but therein a
+speedy remedy is given for the advantage of trade; but in all other
+cases, where the value exceeds a thousand dollars, and in all causes
+capital, an appeal lies to the Imperial Chamber: and in the judicatories
+of the city, the proceedings are according to the municipal laws and
+customs thereof, which nevertheless have great affinity with the Imperial
+civil laws, especially in the forms and manner of proceedings; and in
+cases where the municipal laws and customs are defective, there the
+proceedings are according to the civil law. They do not proceed by juries
+of twelve men to try the fact; but the parties contending are heard on
+both sides, either in person or by their advocates or proctors, as they
+please, and the witnesses on either side are examined upon oath; after
+which, the judges taking serious consideration of the whole matter and of
+all circumstances and proofs therein, at a set time they pronounce their
+sentence; and commonly the whole process and business is determined in
+the space of three weeks, except in cases where an appeal is brought. The
+judges sit in court usually twice in every week, unless in festival
+times, when they keep vacations, and with them their holidays are not
+juridical: their equal and speedy administration of justice is commended
+both by their own people and by strangers who have occasion to make trial
+of it.
+
+[SN: Municipal Government of Hamburg.]
+
+Their public government, by which their peace is preserved, disorders
+restrained, and men kept from being wolves to one another, makes them the
+more to flourish, and consists of four Consuls or Burgomasters and twenty
+other Senators, of whom twelve were called Overholts, and the other
+twelve Ricks-herrs. Upon the death or removal of any Senator, the choice
+of a new one is with the rest of the Senators. The choice of the
+Overholts is by the people, and they are as tribunes of the people; they
+have power to control the Senate through the supreme magistracy, but they
+do it with all respect and tenderness, and no new law is made nor tax
+imposed without their consent. But the execution of the present laws, and
+the government of the people, and the last appeal in the city, is left
+unto the Senate; as also negotiations with foreigners, the entertainments
+and ceremonies with strangers, and generally the care of the safety of
+their State.
+
+In cases of extraordinary concernment, as of war and peace, levying of
+money, making of new laws, and matters of extraordinary weight and
+consideration, of which the Senate are not willing to take the burden
+wholly upon themselves, or to undergo the envy or hazard of the
+consequences thereof; in such cases the Senate causeth the Overholt to be
+assembled, and, as the weight of the business may be, sometimes they
+cause to be summoned an assembly of the whole body of the burgesses of
+the city, before whom the business in the general is propounded, and they
+are desired by the Senate to make choice of some deputies, to be joined
+to the Senate and to assist them in the matters proposed. Then the whole
+body of the freemen do commonly make choice of eight, sometimes more and
+sometimes fewer, as they please, out of their own number, and these
+deputies have full power given to them by this assembly to despatch and
+determine, together with the Senate and the Overholt, their matters thus
+proposed to the general consideration of that public assembly; and what
+this Council thus constituted do resolve in these matters, the same is
+put in execution accordingly, obligeth, and is freely submitted unto by
+all the citizens, who look upon themselves by this their election of
+deputies to have their own consents involved in what their deputies
+determine.
+
+In the evening Mr. Stetkin, with whom Whitelocke had been acquainted in
+England, when he was there, a servant of the late King for his private
+music, wherein he was excellent, came to Whitelocke, and with Maylard,
+one of Whitelocke's servants, made very good music for his diversion.
+
+This day the wind came about reasonable good for Whitelocke's voyage, who
+thereupon ordered the captains away to their frigates and his people to
+prepare all things in readiness for his departure tomorrow; his baggage
+was carried down and put on board the frigates. He gave his most hearty
+and solemn thanks to the Resident, and to all the gentleman of the
+English Company of Merchants here, who had very nobly and affectionately
+entertained Whitelocke at their own charge all the time of his being in
+this city. He ordered his gratuities to be distributed among their
+servants and to all who had done any service or offices for him, both of
+the English house and of the townsmen, and ordered all things to be in
+readiness to proceed in his voyage.
+
+
+_June 17, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke takes leave of the Senate.]
+
+The baggage and inferior servants of Whitelocke being gone down before
+unto the frigates, and the wind being indifferent good, Whitelocke
+resolved this day to set forwards in his voyage, and to endeavour, if he
+could, before night to reach the frigates, which did attend his coming in
+the Elbe about Glueckstadt. The Resident had provided boats for Whitelocke
+and his company to go down unto the frigates, and had given notice to
+some of the Senators of Whitelocke's intention to remove this day;
+whereupon Monsieur Mueller, the chief Burgomaster of the town, came to
+Whitelocke's lodging in the morning to visit him and to inquire of his
+health, as one that bare a particular respect to him, and was now come to
+take his leave of him. He was a wise and sober man, and of good
+conversation, and testified much respect to the Protector and
+Commonwealth of England, and much honour to Whitelocke in particular.
+Whilst he was with Whitelocke, the two Senators who came first to
+Whitelocke to bid him welcome hither, came now also to him from the
+Senate, to bid him farewell. The elder of them spake to Whitelocke to
+this effect:--
+
+    "My Lord Ambassador,
+
+    "The Senate hath commanded us in their name to salute your
+    Excellence, and to give you thanks for taking in good part the small
+    testimonies of their respect towards you, which they are ashamed
+    were no better, and entreat your pardon for it.
+
+    "They understand that your Excellence is upon your departure from
+    this town, which gives them great cause of sadness, as they had of
+    joy at your arrival here; but since it is your good pleasure, and
+    your great affairs oblige you to depart, all that we can do is to
+    pray to God for your safe arrival in your own country, and we doubt
+    not but that the same God who hath hitherto preserved you in a long
+    and perilous voyage, will continue his goodness to you in the
+    remainder of your journey.
+
+    "We have a humble request to make to your Excellence, that you will
+    give us leave to recommend our town to your patronage, and that you
+    would be pleased to peruse these papers, which concern some of our
+    citizens; and that your Excellence will be a means to my Lord
+    Protector and to the Court of Admiralty, that justice and favour may
+    be shown to them."
+
+As this gentleman spake of the testimonies of respect from this city to
+Whitelocke, he looked back to the table, upon which stood a piece of
+plate covered with sarsenet. A little after the Senator had done
+speaking, Whitelocke answered him to this purpose:--
+
+    "Gentlemen,
+
+    "I have cause to acknowledge that God hath been very good and
+    gracious to me, and to all my company, throughout our whole voyage
+    unto this place; for which we desire to bless His name, and hope
+    that He will be pleased to continue His goodness to us in the rest
+    of our journey. I desire you to return my hearty thanks to my Lords
+    the Senators, who have honoured me with their very great respects
+    during the whole time of my being with them, and have bestowed noble
+    testimonies thereof upon me. I shall not fail to inform the
+    Protector, my master, hereof, to whom, and to the Commonwealth of
+    England, this respect is given in my person.
+
+    "I have received much contentment in my being here, not only by the
+    sight of so fair and flourishing a city as this is, so well
+    fortified, and manned, and traded, and governed, but in your
+    civilities, and the honour I have had to be acquainted with your
+    worthy magistrates. And I have had a singular satisfaction to
+    understand from my countrymen living amongst you that their
+    privileges are by you entirely continued to them, which I recommend
+    to you as a thing most acceptable to my Lord Protector, who takes
+    care of the whole Commonwealth, and will expect that I give him an
+    account of what concerns the English merchants and their commerce in
+    this place. The wind being now good, I am obliged, according to the
+    commands of the Protector, my master, forthwith to return for
+    England, and do resolve this day to proceed in my voyage towards my
+    ships. I hope my God will conduct me in safety to the place where I
+    would be, and where I shall have the opportunity to testify my
+    gratitude to the Lords and people of this city, and to take care of
+    those affairs wherein they may be concerned, which I esteem as an
+    honour to me."
+
+[SN: Presents of the Senate.]
+
+After Whitelocke had done speaking, the Senators, with the accustomed
+ceremonies, took their leaves of him. The piece of plate which they now
+presented to him was a vessel of silver, like a little cabinet, wrought
+with bosses of beautiful figures, curious and rich, of the value, as some
+prized it, of about L150 sterling. Whitelocke was somewhat surprised with
+this present of plate, and doubtful whether he should accept it or not;
+but considering that it was only a testimony of their respects to the
+Protector; and as to Whitelocke, he was not capable of doing them service
+or prejudice, but as their affairs should deserve; and if he should
+refuse this present, it would be ill taken by the Lords. Upon these
+considerations, and the advice of the Resident and other friends,
+Whitelocke took it, and returned his hearty thanks for it.
+
+Another Senator, one Monsieur Samuel, hearing that Whitelocke had a
+little son at home, sent him a little horse for a present, the least that
+one hath seen, yet very handsome, and managed to the great saddle, which
+Whitelocke brought home with him; so full of civility and courtesy were
+the magistrates of this place.
+
+After much difficulty to get away, and the earnest request of the
+Resident and English merchants to the contrary, entreating him to stay
+longer, yet Whitelocke kept his resolution to leave the town; and boats
+being in readiness, he went down to the water-side, accompanied with a
+great number of his countrymen and his own people, and took his boats to
+go down the Elbe to his ships. The Resident and some others went in his
+boat with him. Vice-Admiral Clerke would not yet leave him, saying that
+Wrangel had commanded him to see Whitelocke on board the English
+frigates, either for a compliment or desiring to see the frigates, which
+were so much discoursed on in these parts, and thereby to be enabled to
+give an account to Wrangel of the dimensions and make of them, which he
+longed to know.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke embarks in boats on the Elbe,]
+
+The boat in which Whitelocke went was large, but not convenient, open,
+and went only with sails. The streets, as he passed to the water-side,
+and the windows, and on the bridges, were full of people to see him as he
+went, and gave him courteous salutations at his farewell. In his own boat
+he had six trumpets, which sounded all along as he passed through the
+city and the haven, which was then very full of ships, and they also very
+civil to make way for Whitelocke's boats. Upon the bridges and bulwarks
+which he went by were guards of soldiers in arms; and the bulwarks on
+that side saluted him with all their cannon, about twenty-one pieces,
+though they used not to give strangers above two or three guns. Thus
+Whitelocke parted from this city of Hamburg, recommending himself and his
+company to the blessing and protection of the Almighty.
+
+A little below the city they came by a small village called by them _All
+to nah_ (Altona), that is, "All too nigh," being the King of Denmark's
+territory, within half a league, which they thought too near their city.
+When they came a little lower, with a sudden strong blast of wind the
+boat in which Whitelocke was, was in great danger of being overset; after
+which it grew to be a calm; whereupon Whitelocke sent to the English
+cloth-ships, which lay a little below, to lend him some of their
+ship-boats and mariners with oars, to make better way than his boat with
+sails could do. This they did readily; and as Whitelocke passed by them,
+they all saluted him with their cannon.
+
+[SN: but lands at Stadt.]
+
+Having changed their boats and discharged the great ones, they went more
+cheerfully down the river till they came within half a league of the town
+of Stadt; when being almost dark, and the mariners not accustomed to the
+river out of the channel, the boat in which Whitelocke was, struck upon
+the sand, and was fast there. Presently the English mariners, seven or
+eight of them, leaped out of the boat into the river, "up to their chins,
+and by strength removed the boat from off the sands again; and they came
+to their oars again, within an English mile of Stadt, when it was very
+late, and the boats were two German miles from the frigates, and the tide
+turning. Whitelocke thought it impossible to reach his ships this night,
+and not prudent to proceed with unexperienced men upon this dangerous
+river by night; and understanding by General Potley, and one of the
+trumpets who had been formerly here, of a house upon the river that goes
+to Stadt, within a quarter of a mile of the place where they now were,
+Whitelocke ordered the mariners to make to that house, who, with much
+difficulty, found out the mouth of the river; but for want of water,
+being low tide, they had much trouble to get the boat up to the cruise,
+or in there. The master of the house had been a soldier and a cook; he
+prepared a supper for them of salt eels, salt salmon, and a little
+poultry, which was made better by the meat and wine that the Resident
+brought with him; yet all little enough when the rest of Whitelocke's
+company, in three other boats, came to the same house, though they could
+not know of Whitelocke being there; but he was very ill himself, and this
+was a bad quarter for him, who had been so lately very sick at Hamburg;
+yet he contented himself without going to bed. His sons and company had
+some fresh straw, and God in his wonted mercy still preserved him and his
+company. The host sent word to his General, Koningsmark, that the English
+Ambassador was at his house this night.
+
+
+_June 18, 1654._
+
+[SN: Embarks in the President.]
+
+Whitelocke resolved to remove from the cruise early this morning, and the
+rather because he was informed that Koningsmark intended to come hither
+this morning to visit him, which Whitelocke did not desire, in regard of
+the late accident at Bremen, where Koningsmark was governor, and that his
+conferring with him, upon his immediate return from Sweden, might give
+some jealousy to those of Bremen, or to the Hanse Towns, or some of the
+German Princes thereabouts. Whitelocke therefore held it best to take no
+notice of Koningsmark's intention to come and visit him, but to avoid
+that meeting by going early from hence this morning; which he had the
+more reason to do because of his bad entertainment here, and for that the
+tide served betimes this morning to get out of this river. He therefore
+caused his people to make ready about two o'clock this morning, and took
+boat within an hour after, the weather being very fair and the country
+pleasant. On the right-hand was Holstein, on the left-hand was the Duchy
+of Lueneburg, and below that the Bishopric of Bremen; in which this river
+comes from Stadt near unto Bremen, more considerable heretofore when it
+was the staple for the English cloth, but left by our merchants many
+years since, partly because they held themselves not well treated by the
+inhabitants of Stadt, and partly by the inconvenientness of this river to
+bring up their cloth to that town.
+
+Two miles from this cruise Whitelocke came to the frigates, where they
+lay at anchor. He himself went on board the 'President,' who, at his
+entry, saluted him with above forty guns, the 'Elizabeth' but with
+twenty-one, and her Captain, Minnes, came on board to Whitelocke to
+excuse it, because, not knowing Whitelocke's time of coming hither, he
+had no more guns ready to bid him welcome.
+
+[SN: Glueckstadt.]
+
+Right against the frigates lay the fort and town of Glueckstadt, that is
+Luckystadt, or Lucky Town. Whitelocke being desirous to take a view of it
+and of the fortifications, and his baggage not being yet come to the
+frigates, he with the Resident and several others went over in one of the
+ship's boats to see it. The town is situate in a marsh, having no hill
+near to command it. The fortifications about it are old, yet in good
+repair. It belongs to the King of Denmark, as Duke of Holstein, and he
+keeps a garrison there at the mouth of a river running into the Elbe,
+like that of Stadt. The late King of Denmark built there a blockhouse in
+the great river upon piles, to the end he might command the ships passing
+that way, but the Elbe being there above a league in breadth, the ships
+may well pass notwithstanding that fort.
+
+At Whitelocke's landing in the town, which is about a bow-shot from the
+mouth of the river, he sent to acquaint the Governor therewith, and that
+he desired only to see the town and then to return to his ships. The
+Governor sent a civil answer, that he was sorry he could not accompany
+Whitelocke, to show him the town, by reason of his being sick, but that
+he had sent one of his officers to show him the fortifications, and
+desired him to command anything in the town; for which civility
+Whitelocke returned thanks.
+
+The town is not great nor well-built, but of brick, and some of the
+houses very fair; chiefly one which they call the King's house, which
+might fit an English knight to dwell in. The town seems decaying, and the
+fortifications also in some places. The late King designed to have made
+this a great town of trade, and by that means to have diminished, if not
+ruined, his neighbours the Hamburgers; to whom this King having done some
+injuries, and endeavouring to build a bridge over the Elbe near to
+Hamburg, to hinder the ships coming up thither, and their trade, the
+citizens pulled it down again, and came with about twenty vessels to
+Glueckstadt upon a design against that town; but the King's ships of war
+being there, the Admiral of Hamburg cut his anchors and returned home in
+haste. The King's men got up the anchors, and at this time Whitelocke saw
+them hung up in their church as great trophies of a small victory thus
+easily gained. At Whitelocke's return, Glueckstadt saluted him with three
+pieces of cannon.
+
+When he was come back to his ships he found all his people and baggage
+come up to him, whereupon he resolved to weigh anchor the first
+opportunity of wind serving, and gave orders accordingly to his captains.
+The Resident Bradshaw, Vice-Admiral Clerke, the treasurer and secretary
+of the English Company at Hamburg, who accompanied Whitelocke to his
+ships, now the tide serving, took their leaves of him, with much respect
+and wishes of a happy voyage to him; and so they parted.
+
+The wind came to north-east, flat contrary to Whitelocke's course, and
+rose high, with violent storms and much rain, so that it was not possible
+for Whitelocke to weigh anchor and proceed in his voyage; but he had
+cause to thank God that he was in a safe and good harbour.
+
+
+_June 19, 1654._
+
+The wind continued very tempestuous and contrary to Whitelocke's course,
+so that he could not budge, but lay still at anchor. The mariners, in
+their usual way of sporting, endeavoured to make him some pastime, to
+divert the tediousness of his stay and of the bad weather. He learned
+that at Glueckstadt the Hamburgers pay a toll to the King of Denmark, who
+submit thereunto as other ships do, rather than enter into a contest or
+war with that King.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke writes to the Queen of Sweden.]
+
+Whitelocke thought it becoming him in civility and gratitude to give an
+account by letters to the Queen of Sweden of his proceeding thus far in
+his voyage, for which purpose he had written his letters at Hamburg, and
+now having too much leisure, he made them up and sent them to
+Vice-Admiral Clerke to be presented to the Queen. The letters were to
+this effect:--
+
+    "_A sa Serenissime Majeste Christine, Reine de Suede._
+
+    "Madame,
+
+    "Les grandes faveurs que j'ai recues de votre Majeste m'obligent a
+    lui rendre compte de ce qui me touche, celui en qui vous avez
+    beaucoup d'interet. Et puisque par votre faveur, sous Dieu, j'ai
+    deja surmonte les difficultes de la plus grande moitie du voyage que
+    j'ai a faire par mer, j'ai pris la hardiesse d'entretenir votre
+    Majeste de mon succes jusqu'en ce lieu. Le premier de Juin, le beau
+    navire 'Amaranta' nous fit flotter sur la Baltique, et nonobstant
+    les calmes, le vent contraire, et un terrible orage qui nous
+    exercerent, par l'adresse de l'Amiral Clerc, du Capitaine Sinclair
+    (de l'honnetete, respect, et soin desquels envers moi et ma suite,
+    je suis redevable, comme de mille autres faveurs, a votre Majeste),
+    comme par l'obeissance du navire a ses experts conducteurs, nous
+    mimes pied a terre a Tremon, le port de Lubec, Mercredi le 7 Juin.
+    Samedi nous arrivames a Hambourg, ou je suis a present, dans la
+    maison des Anglais. Ce matin j'ai pense ne voir point le soir, ayant
+    ete travaille d'un mal soudain, et tempete horrible qui m'a cuide
+    renverser dans ce port. Mais il a plu a Dieu me remettre en bonne
+    mesure, ainsi j'espere que je ne serai empeche d'achever mon voyage.
+    Je prie Dieu qu'il preserve votre Majeste, et qu'il me rende si
+    heureux, qu'etant rendu en mon pays, j'aie l'opportunite selon mon
+    petit pouvoir de temoigner en effet que je suis
+
+                                    "De votre Majeste
+                          "Le tres-humble et obeissant serviteur,
+                                                  "B. WHITELOCKE.
+    "_Juin 14, 1654._"
+
+
+_June 20, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke detained by contrary winds.]
+
+The wind continued in the same quarter as before, very high and contrary
+to Whitelocke's course, both the last night and this morning, which gave
+him and his company much trouble; but they must submit to the time and
+good pleasure of God.
+
+About five o'clock this morning (an unusual hour for visits) Mr.
+Schestedt came on board Whitelocke's ship from Glueckstadt, whither he
+came the day before by land. They had much discourse together, wherein
+this gentleman is copious, most of it to the same effect as at his former
+visits at Hamburg. He told Whitelocke of the Lord Wentworth's being at
+Hamburg and his carriage there, and that he spake with respect towards
+the Protector and towards Whitelocke, but was full of wishes of ruin to
+the Protector's party. Whitelocke inquired of him touching the levies of
+soldiers by the Princes in the Lower Saxony now in action, with whom Mr.
+Schestedt was very conversant. He said that the present levies were no
+other than such as those Princes made the last year, and usually make
+every year for their own defence in case there should be any occasion,
+and that he knew of no design extraordinary. Whitelocke asked him several
+questions about this matter, that he might be able to give information
+thereof to the Protector; but either there was nothing, or this gentleman
+would discover nothing in it. He was entertained in Whitelocke's cabin at
+breakfast, where he fed and drank wine heartily, and at his going away
+Whitelocke gave him twenty-one guns, and ordered the 'Elizabeth' to give
+him nineteen, and sent him to shore in one of his ship-boats. The wind
+being very high, and not changing all this day, to the trouble of
+Whitelocke and hindrance of his voyage.
+
+In the evening, a messenger from Monsieur Schestedt brought to Whitelocke
+these letters:--
+
+    "Monseigneur,
+
+    "Votre Excellence aura recu, par un de ses serviteurs, un petit
+    billet de moi partant de Glueckstadt, sur ce qu'avions parle,
+    suppliant tres-humblement votre Excellence d'en avoir soin sans
+    aucun bruit. Et si la commodite de votre Excellence le permettra, je
+    vous supplie de vouloir ecrire un mot de lettre au Resident d'ici
+    pour mieux jouir de sa bonne conversation sur ce qui concerne la
+    correspondance avec votre Excellence; et selon que votre Excellence
+    m'avisera je me gouvernerai exactement, me fiant entierement a la
+    generosite de votre Excellence, et m'obligeant en homme d'honneur de
+    vivre et mourir,
+
+                  "Monseigneur, de votre Excellence
+                        "Tres-humble et tres-obeissant serviteur,
+                                             "HANNIBAL SCHESTEDT.
+    "_20 Juin, 1654._
+
+    "Votre Excellence aura mille remercimens de l'honneur recu par ces
+    canonades, et excusera pour ma disgrace de n'avoir ete repondu."
+
+To these letters Whitelocke sent this answer:--
+
+    "Monseigneur,
+
+    "Je n'ai rien par voie de retour que mes humbles remercimens pour le
+    grand honneur que vous m'avez fait, par vos tres-agreables visites,
+    tant a Hambourg qu'en ce lieu, comme aussi en m'envoyant ce noble
+    gentilhomme qui m'a apporte les lettres de votre Excellence. Je ne
+    manquerai pas, quand il plaira a Dieu me ramener en Angleterre, de
+    contribuer tout ce qui sera en mon pouvoir pour votre service, et
+    j'espere que l'issue en sera a votre contentement, et que dans peu
+    de temps je saurai vous rendre bon compte de ce dont vous me faites
+    mention en vos lettres. Ce petit temoignage du respect que je porte
+    a votre Excellence, que je rendis a votre depart de mon vaisseau, et
+    qu'il vous plait honorer de votre estime, ne merite pas que vous en
+    teniez aucun compte; je serai joyeux de vous temoigner par
+    meilleurs effets que je suis
+
+                                    "De votre Excellence
+                     "Le tres-humble et tres-obeissant serviteur,
+                                                  "B. WHITELOCKE.
+    "_A bord le President, Rade de Glueckstadt,
+              20 Juin, 1654._"
+
+Many other letters passed between them, not necessary for a recital.
+
+
+_June 21, 1654._
+
+[SN: Still detained by the wind.]
+
+The wind continued in the same quarter as before, very high, and contrary
+to Whitelocke's course. The English cloth-ships came down to him,
+desiring to be in his squadron homewards. Whitelocke knew no reason why
+his ships might not as well have fallen down lower in the river as these;
+about which he consulted with the officers and pilot of his ship, who
+agreed that this morning, the wind being come a little more moderate, the
+ships might have fallen down with the tide, but that the time was now
+neglected; which the officers excused because of the fog, which was so
+thick that they durst not adventure to go down the river. He resolved,
+upon this, to take the next opportunity, and went aboard the 'Elizabeth'
+to see his company there, who were well accommodated.
+
+Here a petition was presented to Whitelocke from two mariners in hold for
+speaking desperate words,--that they would blow up the ship and all her
+company, and would cut the throat of the Protector, and of ten thousand
+of his party. One of them confessed, in his petition, that he was drunk
+when he spake these words, and had no intention of the least harm to the
+ship, or to the Protector, or any of the State; both of them acknowledged
+their fault, and humbly asked pardon. After Whitelocke had examined them
+severally, and could get from them no confession of any plot against the
+Protector or State, but earnest asseverations of their innocences; yet
+having news of a plot in England against the Protector and Government, he
+held it not fit for him absolutely to release them; but, because he
+thought it only a business and words of drunkenness, he ordered them to
+be had out of the hold, but their Captain to see that they should be
+forthcoming at their arrival in England, that the Council, being
+acquainted herewith, might direct their pleasure concerning them.
+
+About noon the wind began again to blow with great tempestuousness, and
+flat contrary to Whitelocke's course. In the evening a gentleman came
+aboard Whitelocke's ship, with letters from Monsieur Schestedt from
+Glueckstadt to the same effect, and with compliments as formerly, to which
+Whitelocke returned a civil answer by the same messenger; and by him he
+also sent letters of compliment and thanks to the Resident Bradshaw,
+which likewise he prayed the Resident, in his name, to present to the
+English Company of Merchants at Hamburg, for their very great civilities
+and noble respects to Whitelocke while he was with them.
+
+
+_June 22, 1654._
+
+[SN: A visit from Count Ranzau.]
+
+The wind continued contrary and extraordinary violent all the last night
+and this morning; and Whitelocke had cause to acknowledge the favour of
+God to him, that during these rough storms he was in a good harbour and
+had not put out into the open sea.
+
+Early in the morning a gentleman came from Glueckstadt on board to
+Whitelocke, and told him that Grave Ranzau, the Governor of the Province
+of Holstein, had sent him to salute Whitelocke on his part, and to know
+when he might conveniently come to Whitelocke; who answered that he
+should be always ready to entertain his Excellence, but in regard the
+time was now so dangerous, he desired the Governor would not expose
+himself to the hazard for his sake.
+
+About an hour after came another, in the habit of a military officer,
+from the Grave to Whitelocke, to excuse the Grave's not coming by reason
+of the very ill weather, and that no boat was to be gotten fit to bring
+the Grave from shore to Whitelocke's ship; but he said, that if
+Whitelocke pleased to send his ship-boats and mariners for the Governor,
+the wind being somewhat fallen, he would come and kiss his hand.
+Whitelocke answered in French to the gentleman, who spake Dutch, and was
+interpreted in French, that he was glad his Excellence was not in danger
+of the violent storms in coming on board to him this morning, but he
+should esteem it great honour to see the Governor in his ship, and that
+not only the boats and mariners, but all in the ship was at the service
+of his Excellence. The gentleman desired that one of the ship-boats and
+the ship-mariners might carry him back to land, and so bring the Governor
+from thence to Whitelocke, who commanded the same to be done. And about
+an hour after came the Grave Ranzau, a proper, comely person, habited as
+a soldier, about forty years of age; with him was another lord, governor
+of another province, and three or four gentlemen, and other followers.
+
+Whitelocke received them at the ship's side, and at his entry gave him
+nine guns. The Grave seemed doubtful to whom to make his application,
+Whitelocke being in a plain sea-gown of English grey baize; but (as the
+Governor said afterwards) he knew him to be the Ambassador by seeing him
+with his hat on, and so many brave fellows about him bareheaded. After
+salutations, the Governor spake to Whitelocke to this effect:--
+
+    "Monseigneur,
+
+    "Le Roi de Danemarck, mon maitre, m'a commande de venir trouver
+    votre Excellence, et de la saluer de sa part, et la faire la
+    bienvenue en ses havres, et lui faire savoir que s'il y a quelque
+    chose dans ce pays-la dont le gouvernement m'est confie par sa
+    Majeste, qu'il est a son commandement. Sa Majeste aussi a un extreme
+    desir de voir votre Excellence, et de vous entretenir en sa cour,
+    desirant d'embrasser toutes les occasions par lesquelles il pourrait
+    temoigner le respect qu'il porte a son Altesse Monseigneur le
+    Protecteur."
+
+Whitelocke answered in French to this purpose:--
+
+    "Monseigneur,
+
+    "Je rends graces a sa Majeste le Roi de Danemarck, du respect qu'il
+    lui a plu temoigner a sa Serenissime Altesse mon maitre, et de
+    l'honneur qu'il lui a plu faire a moi son serviteur, de quoi je ne
+    manquerai pas d'informer son Altesse. Je suis aussi beaucoup oblige
+    a votre Excellence pour l'honneur de votre visite, qu'il vous plait
+    me donner en ce lieu, et principalement en un temps si facheux.
+    J'eusse aussi grande envie de baiser les mains de sa Majeste et de
+    voir sa cour, n'eut ete que son Altesse a envoye des navires expres
+    pour m'emporter d'ici en Angleterre, et que j'ai oui dire que le Roi
+    a remue sa cour de Copenhague ailleurs, a cause de la peste. Je suis
+    tres-joyeux d'entendre de la sante de sa Majeste, auquel je
+    souhaite toute sorte de bonheur."
+
+[SN: Visit from the Dutch Agent.]
+
+After many compliments, Whitelocke gave, him precedence into his cabin;
+and after some discourse there, a servant of the Agent of Holland was
+brought in to Whitelocke, who said his master desired Whitelocke to
+appoint a time when the Agent might come on board him to salute
+Whitelocke and to kiss his hand. He answered that, at any hour when his
+master pleased to do Whitelocke that honour, he should be welcome, and
+that some noble persons being now with him, who, he hoped, would do him
+the favour to take part of a sea-dinner with him, that if it would please
+the Agent to do him the same favour, and to keep these honourable persons
+company, it would be the greater obligation unto Whitelocke. The Grave,
+hearing this, began to excuse himself, that he could not stay dinner with
+Whitelocke, but, upon entreaty, he was prevailed with to stay.
+
+About noon the Dutch Agent came in one of Whitelocke's boats on board his
+ship, whom he received at the ship's side, and saluted with seven guns at
+his entry. The Agent spake to Whitelocke to this purpose:--"That, passing
+by Glueckstadt towards Hamburg, he was informed of Whitelocke's being in
+this place, and thereupon held it his duty, and agreeable to the will of
+his Lords, not to proceed in his journey without first giving a visit to
+Whitelocke to testify the respect of his superiors to the Protector and
+Commonwealth of England, as also to Whitelocke in particular." Whitelocke
+returned thanks to the Agent for the respect which he testified to the
+Protector, and for the honour done to Whitelocke, and that it would be
+acceptable so the Protector to hear of this respect from my Lords the
+States to him, whereof he should not fail to inform his Highness when he
+should have the opportunity to be near him.
+
+[SN: Entertainment of Count Ranzau.]
+
+The Grave went first into Whitelocke's cabin, after him the Agent, and
+then Whitelocke, who gave these guests a plentiful dinner on ship-board.
+The Grave desired that Whitelocke's sons might be called in to dine with
+them, which was done, and Whitelocke asked the Grave if he would have any
+of his company to dine with him. He desired one of the gentlemen, who was
+admitted accordingly.
+
+They were served with the States' plate, which Whitelocke had caused to
+be taken forth on this occasion; and the strangers would often take up
+the plates and dishes to look on them, wondering to see so many great and
+massy pieces of silver plate as there were. They drank no healths, the
+Grave telling Whitelocke he had heard it was against his judgement, and
+therefore he did forbear to begin any healths, for which civility
+Whitelocke thanked him; and they had no want of good wine and meat, and
+such as scarce had been seen before on ship-board. They discoursed of the
+affairs in Sweden, and of the happy peace between England and Denmark,
+and the like. Monsieur De la Marche gave thanks in French, because they
+all understood it.
+
+After dinner Whitelocke took out his tobacco-box, which the Grave looked
+upon, being gold, and his arms, the three falcons, engraven on it;
+whereupon he asked Whitelocke if he loved hawks, who said he was a
+falconer by inheritance, as his coat of arms testified. The Grave said
+that he would send him some hawks the next winter out of his master's
+dominions of Iceland, where the best in the world were bred, which he
+nobly performed afterwards.
+
+The Grave earnestly invited Whitelocke to go on shore with him to his
+house, which was within two leagues of Glueckstadt, where he should meet
+Monsieur Schestedt and his lady, and the next day he would bring
+Whitelocke to the King, who much desired to see him; and the Grave
+offered to bring Whitelocke back again in his coach to Glueckstadt.
+Whitelocke desired to be excused by reason of his voyage, and an order of
+his country that those who had the command of any of the State's ships
+were not to lie out of them until they brought them home again; otherwise
+Whitelocke said he had a great desire to kiss his Majesty's hand and to
+wait upon his Excellence and the noble company at his house; and he
+desired that his humble thanks and excuse might be made to the King. The
+Grave replied that Whitelocke, being an Extraordinary Ambassador, was not
+within the order concerning commanders of the State's ships, but he might
+be absent and leave the charge of the ships to the inferior officers.
+Whitelocke said that as Ambassador he had the honour to command those
+ships, and so was within the order, and was commanded by his Highness to
+return forthwith to England; that if, in his absence, the wind and
+weather should come fair, or any harm should come to any of the ships, he
+should be answerable for neglecting of his trust. Whitelocke also was
+unwilling, though he must not express the same, to put himself under the
+trouble and temptations which he might meet with in such a journey, and
+to neglect the least opportunity of proceeding in his voyage homewards.
+
+The Grave, seeing Whitelocke not to be persuaded, hasted away; and after
+compliments and ceremonies passed with great civility, he and the Agent
+and their company went into one of Whitelocke's ship-boats, with a crew
+of his men and his Lieutenant to attend them. At their going off, by
+Whitelocke's order only one gun was fired, and a good while after the
+'President' fired all her guns round, the 'Elizabeth,' according to
+custom, did the like; so that there was a continual firing of great guns
+during the whole time of their passage from the ship unto the
+shore--almost a hundred guns, and the fort answered them with all the
+guns they had.
+
+At the Lieutenant's return he told Whitelocke that the Grave, when he
+heard but one gun fired for a good while together, began to be highly
+offended, saying that his master, the King, was slighted and himself
+dishonoured, to be sent away with one gun only fired, and he wondered the
+Ambassador carried it in such a manner; but afterwards, when the rest of
+the guns went off, the Grave said he would tell the King how highly the
+English Ambassador had honoured his Majesty and his servant by the most
+magnificent entertainment that ever was made on ship-board, and by the
+number of guns at his going away, and that this was the greatest honour
+he ever received, with much to the like purpose; and he gave to the
+Lieutenant for his pains two pieces of plate of silver gilt, and ten
+rix-dollars to the boat's company, and twenty rix-dollars more to the
+ship's company.
+
+
+_June 23, 1654._
+
+This was the seventh day that Whitelocke had lain on the Elbe, which was
+tedious to him; and now, fresh provisions failing, he sent Captain Crispe
+to Glueckstadt to buy more, whose diligence and discretion carried him
+through his employments to the contentment of his master. He brought good
+provisions at cheap rates.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke agrees to convoy four English cloth ships.]
+
+The four captains of the English cloth-ships came on board Whitelocke to
+visit him; they were sober, experienced sea commanders; their ships lay
+at anchor close to Whitelocke. After dinner they told Whitelocke that if
+their ships had been three leagues lower down the river, they could not
+have anchored in this bad weather without extreme danger, the sea being
+there much higher, and the tide so strong that their cables would not
+have held their ships; and that if they had been at sea in this weather,
+they had been in imminent peril of shipwreck, and could not have returned
+into the river, nor have put into the Weser nor any other harbour.
+Whitelocke said that they and he were the more bound to God, who had so
+ordered their affairs as to keep them, during all the storms wherein they
+had been, in a safe and good harbour; he wished them, in this and all
+their voyages, to place their confidence in God, who would be the same
+God to them as now, and in all their affairs of this life.
+
+The captains desired Whitelocke's leave to carry their streamers and
+colours, and to be received by him as part of his fleet in their voyage
+for England, and they would acknowledge him for their Admiral. Whitelocke
+told them he should be glad of their company in his voyage, and would
+willingly admit them as part of his small fleet, but he would expect
+their observance of his orders; and if there should be occasion, that
+they must join with him in fight against any enemies of the Commonwealth
+whom they should meet with, which they promised to do; and Whitelocke
+mentioned it to the captains, because he had received intelligence of a
+ship laden with arms coming out of the Weser for Scotland, with a strong
+convoy, with whom Whitelocke resolved to try his strength, if he could
+meet him.
+
+In the afternoon two merchants of the cloth-ships came to visit
+Whitelocke, and showed great respect to him; and they and the captains
+returned together to their ships, the wind being allayed, and come about
+to the south, which gave Whitelocke hopes to proceed in his voyage.
+
+
+_June 24, 1654._
+
+[SN: The convoy sails to Rose Beacon.]
+
+The wind being come to west-south-west, a little fallen, about three
+o'clock in the morning they began to weigh anchor. By Whitelocke's
+command, all the ships were to observe this order in their sailing. Every
+morning each ship was to come up and fall by Whitelocke, and salute him,
+that he might inquire how they all did; then they were to fall astern
+again, Whitelocke to be in the van, and the 'Elizabeth' in the rear, and
+the other ships in the middle between them; all to carry their colours;
+Whitelocke to carry his in the maintop, and all to take their orders from
+his ship.
+
+Thus they did this morning; the cloth-ships came all by Whitelocke, and
+saluted him the first with nine guns. Whitelocke answered her with as
+many. Then she gave three guns more, to thank him for his salutation.
+Each of the other ships gave seven guns at their passing by; then the
+fort of Glueckstadt discharged all their ordnance to give Whitelocke the
+farewell, who then fired twenty-one guns, and the 'Elizabeth' nineteen;
+then the cloth-ships fired three guns apiece, as thanks for their
+salutation; and so, with their sails spread, they committed themselves to
+the protection of the Almighty. Though these things may be looked upon by
+some as trivial and expensive, yet those who go to sea will find them
+useful and of consequence, both to keep up and cheer the spirits of the
+seamen, who will not be pleased without them, and to give an honour to
+one's country among strangers who are taken with them; and it is become a
+kind of sea language and ceremony, and teacheth them also the better to
+speak it in battle.
+
+Some emulation happened between the captain of the 'President' and
+Minnes, because Whitelocke went not with him, but in the other's ship,
+which Whitelocke would have avoided, but that he apprehended the
+'President' sent purposely for him.
+
+Between seven and eight o'clock in the morning Whitelocke passed by a
+village called Brown Bottle, belonging to the King of Denmark, upon the
+river in Holstein, four leagues from Glueckstadt; and four leagues from
+thence he passed by a village on the other side of the Elbe, which they
+told him was called Oldenburg, and belonged to the Duke of Saxony. Two
+leagues below that, he came to anchor over against a village called Rose
+Beacon, a fair beacon standing by the water-side. It belongs to Hamburg;
+and by a late accident of a soldier's discharging his musket, it set a
+house on fire, and burnt half the town. Some of Whitelocke's people went
+on shore, and reported it to be a poor place, and no provisions to be
+had there.
+
+The road here is well defended by a compass of land on the south and
+west, but to the north and east it lies open. The sea there is wide, but
+full of high sands. The river is so shallow in some places that there was
+scarce three fathom water where he passed between Brown Bottle and
+Oldenburg, where his ship struck upon the sand, and made foul water, to
+the imminent danger of him and all his people, had not the Lord in mercy
+kept them. They were forced presently to tack back, and seek for deeper
+water. The pilot confessed this to happen because they lay too far to
+gain the wind, which brought them upon the shallow. Whitelocke came to
+Rose Beacon before noon, which is not very safe if the wind be high, as
+now it was; yet much safer than to be out in the open sea, whither the
+pilot durst not venture, the wind rising and being contrary to them.
+
+
+_June 25, 1654._
+
+_The Lord's Day._--Mr. Ingelo, Whitelocke's chaplain, preached in his
+ship in the morning. Mr. De la Marche, his other chaplain, was sick of a
+dysentery, which he fell into by drinking too much milk on shore. Mr.
+Knowles, a confident young man, the ship's minister, preached in the
+afternoon.
+
+[SN: The cloth ships return to Glueckstadt.]
+
+The wind blew very strong and contrary all the last night and this
+morning, which made it troublesome riding in this place; insomuch that
+the four cloth-ships, doubting the continuance of this tempestuous
+weather, and fearing the danger that their cables would not hold, which
+failing would endanger all, and not being well furnished with provisions,
+they weighed anchor this morning flood, and sailed back again to
+Glueckstadt road; whereof they sent notice to Whitelocke, desiring his
+excuse for what their safety forced them to do. But Whitelocke thought it
+not requisite to follow their example, men of war having better cables
+than merchantmen; and being better able to endure the stress of weather,
+and he being better furnished with provisions, he resolved to try it out
+in this place.
+
+[SN: A present from Count Ranzau.]
+
+In the afternoon the wind was somewhat appeased and blew west-south-west.
+A messenger came on board Whitelocke, and informed him that Grave Ranzau
+had sent a noble present--a boat full of fresh provisions--to Whitelocke;
+but by reason of the violent storms, and Whitelocke being gone from
+Glueckstadt, the boat could not come at him, but was forced to return
+back, and so Whitelocke lost his present. The letters mentioning this
+were delivered to Whitelocke by this messenger, and were these:--
+
+    "_A son Excellence Monsieur Whitelocke, Ambassadeur Extraordinaire
+    d'Angleterre vers sa Majeste la Reine de Suede._
+
+    "Monseigneur,
+
+    "Nous croyons etre obliges de faire connaitre a votre Excellence que
+    Monseigneur le Comte de Ranzau, notre maitre, nous avait donne
+    commission de venir tres-humblement baiser les mains de votre
+    Excellence, et lui faire presenter quelques cerfs, sangliers,
+    lievres, perdrix, et quantite de carpes; la supplier de s'en
+    rafraichir un peu, pendant que l'opiniatrete d'un vent contraire lui
+    empecherait une meilleure commodite, et d'assurer votre Excellence,
+    de la part de Monseigneur le Comte, qu'il souhaite avec passion de
+    pouvoir temoigner a votre Excellence combien il desire les occasions
+    pour lui rendre tres-humbles services, et contracter avec elle une
+    amitie plus etroite; et comme son Excellence s'en allait trouver le
+    Roi, son maitre, qu'il ne laisserait point de dire a sa Majeste les
+    civilites que votre Excellence lui avait faites, et que sa Majeste
+    epouserait sans doute ses interets, pour l'assister de s'acquitter
+    de son devoir avec plus de vigueur, lorsque la fortune lui en
+    fournirait quelque ample matiere.
+
+    "Mais, Monseigneur, nous avons ete si malheureux d'arriver a
+    Glueckstadt cinq ou six heures apres que votre Excellence avait fait
+    voile et etait descendu vers la mer; toutefois avons-nous pris
+    vitement un vaisseau pour suivre, et n'etions gueres loin du havre
+    ou l'on disait que votre Excellence etait contrainte d'attendre un
+    vent encore plus favorable, quand notre vaisseau, n'etant point
+    charge, fut tellement battu par une grande tempete, que nous etions
+    obliges de nous en retourner sans pouvoir executer les ordres de
+    Monseigneur le Comte, notre maitre, dont nous avons un deplaisir
+    incroyable. Votre Excellence a une bonte et generosite
+    tres-parfaite; c'est pourquoi nous la supplions tres-humblement,
+    d'imputer plutot a notre malheur qu'a la volonte de Monseigneur le
+    Comte, le mauvais succes de cette notre entreprise; aussi bien la
+    lettre ici enfermee de son Excellence Monseigneur le Comte donnera
+    plus de croyance a nos paroles.
+
+    "Nous demandons tres-humblement pardon a votre Excellence de la
+    longueur de celle-ci, et esperons quelque rencontre plus heureuse
+    pour lui temoigner de meilleure grace que nous sommes passionement,
+
+                  "Monseigneur, de votre Excellence
+                      "Tres-humbles et tres-obeissans serviteurs,
+                                    "FRANCOIS LOUIS VAN DE WIELE.
+                                    "BALTH. BORNE."
+
+The enclosed letter from the Count, which they mentioned, was this:--
+
+    "_Illustri et nobilissimo Domino Bulstrodo Whitelocke,
+    Constabulario Castri de Windsor, et Domino Custodi Magni Sigilli
+    Reipublicae Angliae, adque Serenissimam Reginam Sueciae Legato
+    Extraordinario; amico meo plurimum honorando._
+
+    "Illustris et nobilissime Domine Legate, amice plurimum honorande,
+
+    "Quod Excellentia vestra me hesterno die tam magnifice et laute
+    exceperit, id ut pro singulari agnosco beneficio; ita ingentes
+    Excellentiae vestrae ago gratias, et nihil magis in votis habeo quam
+    ut occasio mihi offeratur, qua benevolentiam hanc aliquando debite
+    resarcire possim.
+
+    "Cum itaque videam ventum adhuc esse contrarium, adeo ut Excellentia
+    vestra anchoram solvere versusque patriam vela vertere needum
+    possit; partium mearum duxi aliquo modo gratum meum ostendere animum
+    et praesentem ad Excellentiam vestram ablegare, simulque aliquid
+    carnis, farinae, et piscium, prout festinatio temporis admittere
+    potuit, offerre, Excellentiam vestram obnixe rogans ut oblatum aequi
+    bonique consulere dignetur. Et quamvis ex animo Excellentiae vestrae
+    ventum secundum, et ad iter omnia prospera exoptem, nihilo tamen
+    minus, si forte fortuna in hisce locis vicinis diutius adhuc
+    subsistere cogatur, ministris meis injungam, ut Excellentiae vestrae
+    in absentia mea (quoniam in procinctu sum me crastino mane ad regiam
+    Majestatem dominum meum clementissimum conferre) ulterius inservire,
+    et quicquid occasio obtulerit subministrare debeant. De caetero nos
+    Divinae commendo protectioni, et Excellentiae vestrae filios
+    dilectissimos meo nomine salutare obnixe rogo.
+
+    "Dabam in arce mea Breitenburos, 23 Junii, anno 1654.
+
+                  "Excellentiae vestrae
+                          "Observantissimus totusque addictus,
+                                 "CHRISTIANUS, _Comes in Ranzau_."
+
+Whitelocke did the rather insert these letters, to testify the abilities
+of the gentlemen servants to this Grave, as also the grateful affection
+of their master towards him, a stranger to them, upon one meal's
+entertainment and acquaintance.
+
+About six o'clock at night Mr. Smith, son to Alderman Smith, of London,
+and two other young merchants of the English company at Hamburg, came on
+board to Whitelocke, and brought letters to him from the Resident
+Bradshaw, with those the Resident received by this week's post from
+London; wherein was little news, and no letters came to Whitelocke,
+because (as he supposed) his friends believed him to be upon the sea.
+Whitelocke wrote letters of thanks to the Resident, and enclosed in them
+letters of compliment to the Ricks-Chancellor, and to his son Grave Eric
+of Sweden, and to Sir George Fleetwood and others, his friends, and
+entreated the Resident to send them into Sweden.
+
+
+_June 26, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke weighs anchor.]
+
+The wind not being so high the last night nor this morning as formerly,
+but the weather promising fair, and Whitelocke longing to advance in his
+voyage, he weighed anchor about break of day, the 'Elizabeth' did the
+like, and they were under sail about four o'clock this morning. As they
+came out from Rose Beacon, they told above thirty fisher-boats at sea,
+testifying the industriousness of this people.
+
+About two leagues from Rose Beacon they passed in sight of another
+beacon, and of a village which they call Newworke, in which is a small
+castle like unto that at Rose Beacon. Here the sea began to expatiate,
+and about three leagues from hence was the lowest buoy of the river. And
+now Whitelocke was got forth into the open German Ocean, a sea wide and
+large, oft-times highly rough and boisterous and full of danger,
+especially in these parts of it, and as Whitelocke shortly found it to
+be. Suddenly the wind grew high and the sea swelled, and they were fain
+to take in their topsails; the ship rolled and tossed sufficiently to
+make the younger seamen sick, and all fearful.
+
+From this place they might see an island on the starboard side of them,
+called Heligoland, standing a great way into the sea, twelve leagues from
+Rose Beacon; the island is about six miles in compass. The inhabitants
+have a language, habit, and laws, different from their neighbours, and
+are said to have many witches among them; their shores are found very
+dangerous, and many ships wrecked upon them.
+
+About noon the wind came more to the west, and sometimes it was calm;
+nevertheless the sea wrought high, the waves raised by the former storms
+not abating a long while after the storm ceased. When they were gone
+about two leagues beyond Heligoland, the wind and tide turning against
+them, they were driven back again near two leagues short of the island;
+but about four o'clock in the afternoon, the wind being come to
+south-south-east and a fresh gale, they went on well in their course,
+running about eight leagues in a watch. Before it was night they had left
+Heligoland out of sight, and got about eight leagues beyond it; and the
+'Elizabeth' kept up with Whitelocke.
+
+From hence he came in sight of divers small islands upon the Dutch coast,
+which lie in rank from the mouth of the Elbe unto the Texel. In the
+evening they spied a sail to the leeward of them, but so far off that
+Whitelocke held it not fit, being almost dark, to go so far as he must do
+out of his way to inquire after her, and she seemed, at that distance, to
+stand for the course of England.
+
+
+_June 27, 1654._
+
+[SN: At sea.]
+
+The last night, the wind, having chopped about, had much hindered
+Whitelocke's course, and made him uncertain where they were, yet he went
+on labouring in the main; but the seamen guessed, by the ship's making
+way and holding it (though sometimes forward and sometimes backward),
+that this morning by eight o'clock they had gained thirty leagues from
+Heligoland, from which to Orfordness they reckon eighty leagues, and the
+"Fly" to be midway. The ship, which they saw last night, coming near them
+this morning, they found to be of Amsterdam, coming from the Sound
+homewards: she struck her sails to Whitelocke, and so passed on her
+course.
+
+About noon Whitelocke came over-against the Fly, and saw the tower there,
+about five or six leagues from him. The wind lessened, and the sea did
+not go so high as before; he went on his course about four or five
+leagues in a watch. About seven or eight Holland ships made their course
+by them, as was supposed, towards the Sound, which now they did without
+fear or danger, the peace between the two Commonwealths being confirmed.
+
+Whitelocke's fresh provisions beginning to fail, and his biscuit lessened
+by affording part of it to the 'Elizabeth,' which wanted, he was enforced
+to order that there should be but one meal a day, to make his provisions
+hold out.
+
+The most part of the afternoon they were taken with a calm, till about
+seven o'clock in the evening, when the wind came fresh again to the east
+and towards the north, and then would again change; and sometimes they
+kept their course, and sometimes they were driven back again. The wind
+was high and variable, and they toiled to and again, uncertain where they
+were. Divers took the opportunity to recreate themselves by fishing, and
+the mackerel and other fish they took gave a little supply to their want
+of victual. About nine o'clock in the evening they lost the 'Elizabeth,'
+leaving her behind about three leagues; she used to keep a distance from
+Whitelocke's ship, and under the wind of her, since they began their
+voyage; and, as a stranger, would not keep company with Whitelocke, being
+discontented because he went not in that frigate.
+
+
+_June 28, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's great deliverance.]
+
+This Wednesday was the day of Whitelocke's greatest deliverance. After
+midnight, till three o'clock in the afternoon, was a great calm, and
+though the 'President' were taken with it, yet the 'Elizabeth' had a good
+wind; and notwithstanding that the day before she was left behind a great
+distance, yet this morning she came up near to him, and got before him;
+so great is the difference sometimes, and at so small a distance, at sea,
+that here one ship shall have no wind at all, and another ship a few
+yards from her shall have her sails filled. Notwithstanding the calm, yet
+the wind being by flashes large, they went the last night and the day
+before twenty leagues up and down, sometimes in their course and
+sometimes out of it. In the morning, sounding with the plummet, the pilot
+judged that they were about sixteen leagues from the Texel, and
+twenty-four from Orfordness, but he did not certainly know whereabouts
+they were. Between three and four o'clock in the afternoon the wind came
+to north-north-west, which gave them hopes of finishing their voyage the
+sooner, and it blew a fresh gale.
+
+About five o'clock in the evening rose a very great fog and thick mist,
+so that it was exceeding dark, and they could not see their way a ship's
+length before them. Whitelocke came upon the decks, and seeing the
+weather so bad and night coming on, and that all their sails were spread,
+and they ran extraordinary fast, he did not like it, but called together
+the captain, the master, the pilot, and others, to consult what was best
+to be done. He asked them why they spread all their sails, and desired to
+make so much way in so ill weather, and so near to night. They said they
+had so much sail because the wind favoured them, and that notwithstanding
+the bad weather they might safely run as they did, having sea-room
+enough. Whitelocke asked them if they knew whereabouts they were. They
+confessed they did not, because they had been so much tossed up and down
+by contrary winds, and the sun had not shined, whereby they might take
+the elevation. Whitelocke replied, that, having been driven forward and
+backward as they had been, it was impossible to know where they were;
+that the ship had run, and did now run, extraordinary fast, and if she
+should run so all night, perhaps they might be in danger of the English
+coast or of the Holland coast; and that by Norfolk there were great
+banks of sand, by which he had passed at sea formerly, and which could
+not be unknown to them; that in case the ship should fall upon those
+sands, or any other dangers of that coast, before morning, they should be
+all lost; and therefore he thought fit to take down some of their sails
+and slacken their course till, by daylight, they might come to know more
+certainly in what part they were.
+
+The officers of the ship continued earnest to hold on their course,
+saying they would warrant it that there was running enough for all night,
+and that to take down any sail, now the wind was so good for them, would
+be a great wrong to them in their course. But Whitelocke was little
+satisfied with their reasons, and less with their warranties, which among
+them are not of binding force. His own reason showed him, that, not
+knowing where they were, and in such weather as this to run on as they
+did, they knew not whither, with all their sails spread, might be
+dangerous; but to take down some of their sails and to slacken their
+course could be no danger, and but little prejudice in the hindrance of
+their course this night, which he thought better to be borne than to
+endanger all.
+
+[SN: He orders sail to be taken in.]
+
+But chiefly it was the goodness of God to put it strongly upon
+Whitelocke's heart to overrule the seamen in this particular, though in
+their own art, and though his own desires were sufficiently earnest to
+hasten to his dear relations and country; yet the present haste he feared
+might hinder the seeing of them at all. Upon a strange earnestness in his
+own mind and judgement, he gave a positive command to the captain to
+cause all the sails to be taken down except the mainsail only, and that
+to be half-furled. Upon the captain's dispute, Whitelocke with quickness
+told him that if he did not presently see it done he would cause another
+to do it, whereupon the captain obeyed; and it was a great mercy that the
+same was done, which God directed as a means to save their lives.
+
+[SN: The ship strikes.]
+
+After the sails were taken down, Whitelocke also ordered them to sound
+and try what water and bottom they had. About ten o'clock in the evening
+sounding, they found eighteen fathom water; the next sounding they had
+but fifteen fathom, and so lessened every sounding till they came to
+eight fathom, which startled them, and made them endeavour to tack about.
+But it was too late, for within less than a quarter of an hour after they
+had eighteen fathom water, the ship struck upon a bank of sand, and there
+stuck fast. Whitelocke was sitting with some of the gentlemen in the
+steerage-room when this happened, and felt a strange motion of the
+frigate, as if she had leaped, and not unlike the curveting of a great
+horse; and the violence of the striking threw several of the gentlemen
+from off their seats into the midst of the room. The condition they were
+in was quickly understood, and both seamen and landsmen discovered it by
+the wonderful terror and amazement which had seized on them, and more
+upon the seamen than others who knew less of the danger.
+
+It pleased his good God to keep up the spirits and faith of Whitelocke in
+this great extremity; and when nothing would be done but what he in
+person ordered, in this frightful confusion God gave him extraordinary
+fixedness and assistance, a temper and constancy of spirit beyond what
+was usual with him. He ordered the master-gunner presently to fire some
+pieces of ordnance, after the custom at sea, to signify their being in
+distress. But the gunner was so amazed with the danger, that he forgot to
+unbrace the guns, and shot away the main-sheet; and had not the ship been
+strong and staunch, the guns being fired when they were close braced,
+they had broke the sides of her. Whitelocke caused the guns to be
+unbraced and divers of them fired, to give notice to the 'Elizabeth,' or
+any other ship that might be within hearing, to come in to their
+assistance; but they heard no guns again to answer theirs, though they
+longed for it, hoping that the 'Elizabeth,' or any other ship coming in
+to them, by their boats might save the lives of some of them. Whitelocke
+also caused lights to be set up in the top-gallant, used at sea by those
+in distress to invite help; but the lights were not answered again by any
+other ship or vessel; particularly they wondered that nothing was heard
+or seen from the 'Elizabeth.'
+
+Whitelocke then ordered the sails of the ship to be reversed, that the
+wind, being high, might so help them off; but no help was by it, nor by
+all the people's coming together to the stern, then to the head, then to
+the sides of the ship, all in a heap together; nothing would help them.
+Then Whitelocke ordered the mariners to hoist out one of the boats, in
+which some of the company would have persuaded Whitelocke to put himself
+and to leave the rest, and seek to preserve his own life by trusting to
+the seas in this boat; and they that advised this, offered willingly to
+go with him.
+
+But Whitelocke knew that if he should go into the boat, besides the
+dishonour of leaving his people in this distress, so many would strive to
+enter into the boat with him (a life knows no ceremony) that probably
+the boat would be sunk by the crowding; and there was little hope of
+escaping in such a boat, though he should get well off from the ship and
+the boat not be overladen. He therefore ordered the captain to take a few
+of the seamen into the boat with him, and to go round the ship and sound
+what water was on each side of her, and what hopes they could find, and
+by what means to get her off, himself resolving to abide the same fortune
+with his followers.
+
+The captain found it very shallow to windward, and very deep to leeward,
+but no hopes of help; and at his return the master advised to lighten the
+ship by casting overboard the goods in her. Whitelocke held it best to
+begin with the ordnance, and gave order for it. Mr. Earle was contriving
+how to save his master's jewels, which were of some value; his master
+took more care to save his papers, to him more precious jewels; but there
+was no hope of saving any goods or lives. Whitelocke put in his pocket a
+tablet of gold of his wife's picture, that this, being found about his
+dead body when it should be taken up, might show him to have been a
+gentleman, and satisfy for his burial. One was designing to get upon a
+plank, others upon the masts, others upon other fancies, any way to
+preserve life; but no way was left whereby they could have the least
+shadow or hopes of a deliverance.
+
+The captain went up to the quarter-deck, saying, there he lived and there
+he would die. All the officers, sadly enough, concluded that there was
+not the least show of any hopes of preservation, but that they were all
+dead men, and that upon the return of the tide the ship would
+questionless be dashed in pieces. Some lay crying in one corner, others
+lamenting in another; some, who vaunted most in time of safety, were now
+most dejected. The tears and sighs and wailings in all parts of the ship
+would have melted a stony heart into pity; every swelling wave seemed
+great in expectation of its booty; the raging waves foamed as if their
+prey were too long detained from them; every billow threatened present
+death, who every moment stared in their faces for almost two hours
+together.
+
+[SN: Exhorts his sons.]
+
+In this condition Whitelocke encouraged his two sons to undergo the
+pleasure of God with all submission. He was sorry for them, being young
+men, who might have lived many years to do God and their country service,
+that they now should be snatched away so untimely; but he told them, that
+if father and sons must now die together, he doubted not but they should
+go together to that happiness which admits no change; that he did not so
+much lament his own condition, being an old man, in the course of nature
+much nearer the grave than they: but he besought God to bless them and
+yet to appear for their deliverance, if it were His will, or else to give
+him and them, and all the company, hearts willing to submit to His good
+pleasure.
+
+[SN: Discourse with the boatswain.]
+
+Walking on the decks to see his orders executed for throwing the ordnance
+overboard, the boatswain met him and spake to him in his language:--
+
+_Boatswain._ My Lord, what do you mean to do?
+
+_Whitelocke._ Wherein dost thou ask my meaning?
+
+_Bo._ You have commanded the ordnance to be cast overboard.
+
+_Wh._ It is for our preservation.
+
+_Bo._ If it be done, we are all destroyed.
+
+_Wh._ What reason have you to be of this opinion? Must we not lighten the
+ship? and can we do it better than to begin with the ordnance?
+
+_Bo._ It may do well to lighten the ship, but not by throwing overboard
+the ordnance; for you can but drop them close to the ship's side, and
+where the water is shallow they will lie up against the side of the ship
+and fret it, and with the working of the sea make her to spring leaks
+presently.
+
+_Wh._ I think thou speakest good reason, and I will try a little longer
+before it be done.
+
+_Bo._ My Lord, do not doubt but God will show Himself, and bring you off
+by His own hand from this danger.
+
+_Wh._ Hast thou any ground to judge so, or dost thou see any probability
+of it?
+
+_Bo._ I confess there is no probability for it; but God hath put it into
+my heart to tell your Excellence that He will appear our Deliverer when
+all other hopes and helps fail us, and He will save us by His own power;
+and let us trust in Him.
+
+Upon this discourse with the honest boatswain, who walked up and down as
+quite unconcerned, Whitelocke forbade the throwing of the ordnance
+overboard; and as he was sitting on the deck, Mr. Ingelo, one of his
+chaplains, came to him, and said that he was glad to see him in so good a
+temper.
+
+_Whitelocke._ I bless God, who keeps up my spirit.
+
+_Ingelo._ My Lord, such composedness, and not being daunted in this
+distress, is a testimony of God's presence with you.
+
+_Wh._ I have cause to thank God, whose presence hath been with me in all
+my dangers, and most in this greatest, which I hope and pray that He
+would fit us all to submit unto.
+
+_Ing._ I hope He will; and I am glad to see your sons and others to have
+so much courage left in so high a danger.
+
+_Wh._ God hath not suffered me, nor them, nor yourself, to be dejected in
+this great trial; and it gives me comfort at this time to observe it, nor
+doth it leave me without some hopes that God hath yet a mercy in store
+for us.
+
+_Ing._ There is little hopes of continuance in this life, it is good to
+prepare ourselves for a better life; and therefore, if you please that
+the company may be called together into your cabin, it will be good to
+join in prayer, and recommending our souls to Him that gave them; I
+believe they are not to remain long in these bodies of clay.
+
+_Wh._ I hope every one doth this apart, and it is very fit likewise to
+join together in doing it; therefore I pray send and call the people into
+my cabin to prayer.
+
+Whilst Mr. Ingelo was gone to call the people together, a mariner came
+from the head of the ship, running hastily towards Whitelocke, and crying
+out to him, which caused Whitelocke to suspect that the ship had sprung a
+leak or was sinking. The mariner called out:--
+
+[SN: The ship moves,]
+
+_Mariner._ My Lord! my Lord! my Lord!
+
+_Whitelocke._ What's the matter, mariner?
+
+_Mar._ She wags! she wags!
+
+_Wh._ Which way doth she wag?
+
+_Mar._ To leeward.
+
+_Wh._ I pray God that be true; and it is the best news that ever I heard
+in my life.
+
+_Mar._ My Lord, upon my life the ship did wag; I saw her move.
+
+_Wh._ Mr. Ingelo, I pray stay awhile before you call the people; it may
+be God will give us occasion to change the style of our prayers.
+Fellow-seaman, show me where thou sawest her move.
+
+_Mar._ My Lord, here, at the head of the frigate, I saw her move, and she
+moves now,--now she moves! you may see it.
+
+_Wh._ My old eyes cannot discern it.
+
+_Mar._ I see it plain, and so do others.
+
+[SN: and rights.]
+
+Whilst they were thus speaking and looking, within less than half a
+quarter of an hour, the ship herself came off from the sand, and
+miraculously floated on the water. The ship being thus by the wonderful
+immediate hand of God, again floating on the sea, the mariners would have
+been hoisting of their sails, but Whitelocke forbade it, and said he
+would sail no more that night. But as soon as the ship had floated a good
+way from the bank of sand, he caused them to let fall their anchors, that
+they might stay till morning, to see where they were, and spend the rest
+of the night in giving thanks to God for his most eminent, most
+miraculous deliverance.
+
+Being driven by the wind about a mile from the sand, there they cast
+anchor, and fell into discourse of the providences and goodness of God to
+them in this unhoped-for preservation. One observed, that if Whitelocke
+had not positively overruled the seamen, and made them, contrary to their
+own opinions, to take down their sails, but that the ship had run with
+all her sails spread, and with that force had struck into the sand, it
+had been impossible for her ever to have come off again, but they must
+all have perished. Another observed, that the ship did strike so upon the
+bank of sand, that the wind was on that side of her where the bank was
+highest, and so the strength of the wind lay to drive the ship from the
+bank towards the deep water.
+
+Another supposed, that the ship did strike on the shelving part of the
+bank of sand, and the wind blowing from the higher part of the bank, the
+weight of the ship thus pressed by the wind, and working towards the
+lower part of the shelving of the bank, the sand crumbled away from the
+ship, and thereby and with the wind she was set on-float again. Another
+observed, that if the ship had struck higher on the bank or deeper, when
+her sails had been spread, with the force of her way, they could not in
+the least probability have been saved.
+
+Another observed, that through the goodness of God the wind rose higher,
+and came more to that side of the ship where the bank of sand was
+highest, after the ship was struck, which was a great means of her coming
+off; and that, as soon as she was floated, the wind was laid and came
+about again to another quarter. Another observed, that it being at that
+time ebbing water was a great means of their preservation; because the
+ship being so far struck into the sand, and so great a ship, a flowing
+water could not have raised her; but upon the coming in of the tide she
+would questionless have been broke in pieces.
+
+The mariners said, that if God had not loved the landmen more than the
+seamen they should never have come off from this danger. Every one made
+his observations. Whitelocke concluded them to this purpose:
+
+[SN: Whitelocke orders a thanksgiving to God.]
+
+    "Gentlemen,
+
+    "I desire that we may all join together in applying these
+    observations and mercies to the praise of God, and to the good of
+    our own souls. Let me exhort you never to forget this deliverance
+    and this signal mercy. While the love of God is warm upon our
+    hearts, let us resolve to retain a thankful memory of it to our
+    lives' end, and, for the time to come, to employ those lives, which
+    God hath now given to us and renewed to us, to the honour and praise
+    of Him, who hath thus most wonderfully and most mercifully revived
+    us, and as it were new created us. Let us become new creatures;
+    forsake your former lusts in your ignorance, and follow that God
+    fully, who hath so eminently appeared for us, to save us out of our
+    distress; and as God hath given us new lives, so let us live in
+    newness of life and holiness of conversation."
+
+Whitelocke caused his people to come into his cabin, where Mr. Ingelo
+prayed with them, and returned praises to the Lord for this deliverance:
+an occasion sufficient to elevate his spirit, and, meeting with his
+affections and abilities, tended the more to the setting forth His glory,
+whose name they had so much cause more than others to advance and honour.
+
+Many of the seamen came in to prayers, and Whitelocke talked with divers
+of them upon the mercy they had received, who seemed to be much moved
+with the goodness of God to them; and Whitelocke sought to make them and
+all the company sensible of God's gracious dealings, and to bring it home
+to the hearts of them. He also held it a duty to leave to his own family
+this large relation, and remembrance of the Lord's signal mercy to him
+and his; whereby they might be induced the more to serve the God of
+their fathers, to trust in Him who never fails those that seek Him, and
+to love that God entirely who hath manifested so much love to them, and
+that in their greatest extremities; and hereby to endeavour that a
+grateful acknowledgment of the goodness and unspeakable love of God might
+be transmitted to his children's children; that as God never forgets to
+be gracious, so his servants may never forget to be thankful, but to
+express the thankfulness of their hearts by the actions of their lives.
+
+Whitelocke spent this night in discourses upon this happy subject, and
+went not to bed at all, but expected the return of day; and, the more to
+express cheerfulness to the seamen, he promised that as soon as light did
+appear, if they would up to the shrouds and top, he that could first
+descry land should have his reward, and a bottle of good sack advantage.
+
+
+_June 29, 1654._
+
+[SN: They make the coast of Norfolk.]
+
+As soon as day appeared, the mariners claimed many rewards and bottles of
+sack, sundry of them pretending to have first discovered land; and
+Whitelocke endeavoured to give them all content in this day of rejoicing,
+God having been pleased to turn their sorrow into joy, by preserving them
+in their great danger, and presently after by showing them their
+longed-for native country; making them, when they were in their highest
+expectation of joy to arrive in their beloved country, then to disappoint
+their hopes by casting them into the extremest danger--thus making them
+sensible of the uncertainty of this world's condition, and checking
+perhaps their too much earthly confidence, to let them see His power to
+control it, and to change their immoderate expectation of joy into a
+bitter doubt of present death. Yet again, when He had made them sensible
+thereof, to make his equal power appear for their deliverance when vain
+was the help of man, and to bring them to depend more on him, then was He
+pleased to rescue them by his own hand out of the jaws of death, and to
+restore them with a great addition to their former hopes of rejoicing, by
+showing them their native coast,--the first thing made known to them
+after their deliverance from perishing.
+
+The day being clear, they found themselves upon the coast of Norfolk,
+and, as they guessed, about eight leagues from Yarmouth, where they
+supposed their guns might be heard the last night. The wind being good,
+Whitelocke ordered to weigh anchor, and they sailed along the coast,
+sometimes within half a league of it, until they passed Orfordness and
+came to Oseley Bay, where they again anchored, the weather being so thick
+with a great fog and much rain that they could not discern the marks and
+buoys to avoid the sands, and to conduct them to the mouth of the river.
+A short time after, the weather began to clear again, which invited them
+to weigh anchor and put the ship under sail; but they made little way,
+that they might not hinder their sounding, which Whitelocke directed, the
+better to avoid the danger of the sands, whereof this coast is full.
+
+Near the road of Harwich the 'Elizabeth' appeared under sail on-head of
+the 'President,' who overtaking her, Captain Minnes came on board to
+Whitelocke, who told him the condition they had been in the last night,
+and expostulated with him to this purpose.
+
+_Whitelocke._ Being in this distress, we fired divers guns, hoping that
+you, Captain Minnes, could not but hear us and come in to our relief,
+knowing this to be the order of the sea in such cases.
+
+_Minnes._ My Lord, I had not the least imagination of your being in
+distress; but I confess I heard your cannon, and believed them to be
+fired by reason of the fog, which is the custom of the sea in such
+weather, to advertise one another where they are.
+
+_Wh._ Upon such an occasion as the fog, seamen use to give notice to one
+another by two or three guns, but I caused many more to be fired.
+
+_Minnes._ I heard but four or five in all, and I answered your guns by
+firing some of mine.
+
+_Wh._ We heard not one of your guns.
+
+_Minnes._ That might be by reason we were to windward of you three
+leagues.
+
+_Wh._ Why then did you not answer the lights which I caused to be set up?
+
+_Minnes._ My Lord, those in my ship can witness that I set up lights
+again, and caused squibs and fireworks to be cast up into the air, that
+you might thereby discern whereabouts we were.
+
+_Wh._ It was strange that we could neither see yours nor you our lights.
+
+_Minnes._ The greatness of the fog might occasion it.
+
+_Wh._ The lights would appear through the fog as well as in the night.
+
+_Minnes._ My Lord, I did all this.
+
+_Wh._ It was contrary to my orders for you to keep so far off from me,
+and to be on-stern of me three leagues; but this hath been your practice
+since we first came out to sea together; and if you had been under the
+command of some others, as you were under mine, they would have expected
+more obedience than you have given to my orders, or have taken another
+course with you, which I can do likewise.
+
+_Minnes._ My Lord, I endeavoured to get the wind of you, that I might
+thereby be able to keep in your company, which otherwise I could not have
+done, you being so much fleeter than the 'Elizabeth;' but in the evenings
+I constantly came up to your Excellence.
+
+_Wh._ Why did you not so the last night?
+
+_Minnes._ The fog rose about five o'clock, and was so thick that we could
+not see two ships' length before us. In that fog I lost you, and, fearing
+there might be danger in the night to fall upon the coast, I went off to
+sea, supposing you had done so likewise, as, under favour, your captain
+ought to have done; and for my obedience to your Excellency's commands,
+it hath been and shall be as full and as willing as to any person living.
+
+_Wh._ When you found by my guns that you were so far from me to the
+windward, you might fear that I was fallen into that danger which you had
+avoided by keeping yourself under the wind more at large at sea.
+
+_Minnes._ If I had in the least imagined your Excellence to have been in
+danger, we had been worse than Turks if we had not endeavoured to come in
+to your succour; and though it was impossible, as we lay, for our ship to
+come up to your Excellence, yet I should have adventured with my boats to
+have sought you out. But that you were in any danger was never in our
+thoughts; and three hours after your guns fired, sounding, I found by the
+lead the red sand, which made me think both your Excellence and we might
+be in the more danger, and I lay the further off from them, but knew not
+where your Excellence was, nor how to come to you.
+
+After much more discourse upon this subject, Captain Parkes pressing it
+against Minnes, who answered well for himself, and showed that he was the
+better seaman in this action and in most others, and in regard of the
+cause of rejoicing which God had given them, and that they now were near
+the end of their voyage, Whitelocke held it not so good to continue the
+expostulation as to part friends with Captain Minnes and with all his
+fellow-seamen, and so they proceeded together lovingly and friendly in
+their voyage.
+
+The wind not blowing at all, but being a high calm, they could advance no
+further than the tide would carry them, the which failed them when they
+came to a place called Shoe, about four leagues from the mouth of Thames.
+Having, through the goodness of God, passed by and avoided many banks of
+sands and dangerous places, the wind failing them and the tide quite
+spent, they were forced about seven o'clock in the evening to come to an
+anchor, Captain Minnes hard by the 'President,' where, to make some
+pastime and diversion, he caused many squibs and fireworks to be cast up
+into the air from the 'Elizabeth,' in which Minnes was very ingenious,
+and gave recreation thereby to Whitelocke and to his company.
+
+
+_June 30, 1654._
+
+[SN: Reach the Nore and Gravesend.]
+
+Friday, the last of this month, was the fifth and last day of
+Whitelocke's voyage by sea from the mouth of the Elbe to the mouth of
+the Thames. About twelve o'clock the last night the wind began to blow
+very strong in the south-west, and by daybreak they had weighed anchor;
+and though the wind was extreme high and a great tempest, yet such was
+their desire of getting into the harbour, that, taking the benefit of the
+tide and by often tacking about, they yet advanced three leagues in their
+course; and when the tide failed, they were forced to cast anchor at the
+buoy in the Nore, the same place where Whitelocke first anchored when he
+came from England. The pilots and mariners had much ado to manage their
+sails in this tempestuous weather; and it was a great favour of God that
+they were not out at sea in these storms, but returned in safety to the
+place where the kindness of God had before appeared to them.
+
+In the afternoon the wind began to fall, and they weighed anchor, putting
+themselves under sail and pursuing their course, till for want of day and
+of tide they were fain to cast anchor a little above Gravesend, and it
+being very late, Whitelocke thought it would be too troublesome to go on
+shore; but to keep his people together, and that they might all be the
+readier to take the morning tide, he lay this night also on ship-board,
+but sent Earle and some others that night to shore, to learn the news,
+and to provide boats against the morning for transportation of Whitelocke
+and his company the next day to London.
+
+Thus, after a long, most difficult, and most dangerous journey,
+negotiation, and voyage from south to north in winter, and from north to
+south in summer, after the wonderful preservations and deliverances which
+the Lord had been pleased to vouchsafe to them, He was also pleased, in
+His free and constant goodness to His servants, to bring them all in
+safety and with comfort again to their native country and dearest
+relations, and blessed with the success of their employment, and with the
+wonderful appearances of God for them.
+
+May it be the blessed portion of them all, never to forget the
+loving-kindness of the Lord, but by these cords of love to be drawn
+nearer to Him, and to run after Him all the days of their lives! To the
+end that those of his family may see what cause they have to trust in God
+and to praise his name for his goodness, Whitelocke hath thought fit,
+hereby in writing, and as a monument of God's mercy, to transmit the
+memory of these passages to his posterity.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[371] [Another instance of the fear of assassination or of death by
+poison, which at that time haunted the Envoys of the Commonwealth
+abroad.]
+
+
+
+
+JULY.
+
+
+_July 1, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke lands, and proceeds to his house at Chelsea.]
+
+About three o'clock this morning good store of boats came from Gravesend
+to Whitelocke's ships, to transport him, his company, and goods to
+London. By the help of the mariners, without much delay the baggage was
+put on board the boats; and Whitelocke's people, after a perilous and
+tedious voyage, were not backward to leave their ships and to set forward
+to London. Earle was sent before to Greenwich, to acquaint Whitelocke's
+wife with his coming, lest sudden joy and apprehensions might surprise
+her to her prejudice.
+
+Whitelocke having distributed his rewards to the officers and seamen of
+both the frigates, much to the same proportion as when he went forth, and
+giving them all his hearty thanks, he went into a boat of six oars, his
+two sons and some of the gentlemen with him, the rest in other boats.
+When they were gone about a musket-shot from the ships, both the frigates
+and the fort fired their cannon for a parting salutation. The weather was
+cold, wet, and windy, as if it had been still winter, but it was
+cheerfully endured, being the conclusion of a bad voyage. Near Greenwich
+Earle met them, and informed Whitelocke that his family was at Chelsea,
+whither he had sent advertisement of his coming.
+
+Many of the company being much tired, sick, and wanting sleep, by their
+desire and for their refreshment he staid a little time at the 'Bear' on
+the bridge-foot, and from thence to Whitehall, where not finding the
+Protector, who was gone to Hampton Court, yet many of his friends meeting
+him there, he was embraced by them with much show of joy, and heartily
+bid welcome home, blessing God for his safe return and good success in
+his business.
+
+From Whitehall Whitelocke went to his own house at Chelsea, where he
+found his wife and family in good health, but in no small passion,
+surprised with the great and sudden joy, which ofttimes brings no less
+disturbance to the tempers of people, especially of the more tender and
+affectionate sex, than other surprises do; sudden fear, grief, and joy,
+are often equal in their operation upon constitutions and affections. Nor
+was Whitelocke's wife alone in this surprise; another with her, at the
+return of her husband, could not forbear, in all that company, her
+extraordinary expressions of joy at the happy meeting of her own most
+near relation.
+
+From the time of Whitelocke's departure from hence, to his entry into
+Upsal, Whitelocke spent forty-seven days; five months he staid there, and
+in his return from Upsal to this place cost him forty-three days; and in
+all these eight months' time of his absence from his dear relations and
+country the Lord was pleased so to own him and his, and so graciously to
+preserve and prosper them, that himself and a hundred persons in his
+company, after so long a journey, so great a change of climate and
+accommodations, such hardships endured, such dangers surmounted through
+His goodness, the business effected beyond the expectation of those who
+employed him, Whitelocke and all his company were through mercy returned
+to their country and relations, in as good condition and health as when
+they went forth, not one of them left behind dead or sick or impaired in
+their health, but some improved and bettered therein. Only Whitelocke,
+being ancient, will have cause to remember the decay of his strength and
+health by the hardships and difficulties of this service; but more cause
+hath he to remember the wonderful goodness of God to him and his company
+abroad and to his wife and family at home, in His blessing and
+preservation of them, and in the comfort and safety of their meeting
+after so long and perilous a separation, for which he is obliged to
+praise the name of God for ever.
+
+After ceremonies past at his coming to his own house, Whitelocke sent
+Captain Beake to Hampton Court, to acquaint the Protector with his
+return, to present his duty, and to receive his commands when Whitelocke
+should wait upon his Highness to kiss his hand, and to give him an
+account of his negotiation. Beake returned this evening from Hampton
+Court to Whitelocke with this answer:--that the Protector expressed much
+joy at the news of the safe arrival of Whitelocke and of his company in
+England; that he looked upon it as a mercy, and blessed God for it; and
+that he much desired to see Whitelocke, and hoped, on Monday next, at
+Whitehall, to have his company, who should be very welcome to him.
+
+A little while after this message returned, there came two of the
+Protector's gentlemen, sent by him to Chelsea in his name, to visit
+Whitelocke and to bid him welcome home, to inquire of his health, and to
+testify the contentment the Protector received by Whitelocke's happy
+return home, and that he hoped on Monday next to see him. Whitelocke
+desired the gentlemen to present his humble thanks to the Protector for
+this great favour to inquire after so mean a servant, who hoped to have
+the honour to wait upon his Highness at the time appointed by him.
+
+
+_July 2, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Protector compliments Whitelocke on his return.]
+
+_The Lord's Day._--Whitelocke began to enjoy some more privacy and
+retirement than he had been lately accustomed unto, and was at the public
+church with his wife and family, and courteously saluted and bid welcome
+home by many. In the evening the Protector sent another compliment to
+Whitelocke by Mr. Strickland, one of his Council, who came to
+Whitelocke's house, and told him that he was sent by the Protector to
+salute him, and to inquire of his health after his long and dangerous
+voyage, and to assure him of the great joy his Highness received by
+Whitelocke's safe arrival in England, and the desire he had to see him,
+and personally to entertain him. Whitelocke desired his most humble
+thanks might be returned to his Highness for this great favour, giving
+him the opportunity of seeing so honourable a person as Strickland was,
+and for taking such care of so poor a servant as Whitelocke, and to let
+his Highness know that he should obey his Highness's commands in waiting
+on him the next day as he appointed.
+
+
+_July 3, 1654._
+
+[SN: His audience of the Protector.]
+
+Whitelocke came to Whitehall about nine o'clock this morning, where he
+visited Mr. Secretary Thurloe, who brought him to the Protector, and he
+received Whitelocke with great demonstration of affection, and carried
+him into his cabinet, where they were together about an hour, and had
+this among other discourses:--
+
+_Protector._ How have you enjoyed your health in your long journey, both
+by sea and land? and how could you endure those hardships you were put
+unto in that barren and cold country?
+
+_Whitelocke._ Indeed, Sir, I have endured many hardships for an old crazy
+carcase as mine is, but God was pleased to show much mercy to me in my
+support under them, and vouchsafed me competent health and strength to
+endure them.
+
+_Prot._ I have heard of your quarters and lodging in straw, and of your
+diet in your journey; we were not so hardly nor so often put to it in our
+service in the army.
+
+_Wh._ Both my company and myself did cheerfully endure all our hardships
+and wants, being in the service of our God and of our country.
+
+_Prot._ That was also our support in our hardships in the army, and it is
+the best support, indeed it is, and you found it so in the very great
+preservations you have had from dangers.
+
+_Wh._ Your Highness hath had great experience of the goodness of God to
+you, and the same hand hath appeared wonderfully in the preservation of
+my company and myself from many imminent and great dangers both by sea
+and land.
+
+_Prot._ The greatest of all other, I hear, was in your return home upon
+our coast.
+
+_Wh._ That indeed, Sir, was very miraculous.
+
+_Prot._ I am glad to see you safe and well after it.
+
+_Wh._ I have cause to bless God with all thankfulness for it as long as I
+live.
+
+_Prot._ I pray, my Lord, tell me the particulars of that great
+deliverance.
+
+Thereupon Whitelocke gave a particular account of the passages of that
+wonderful preservation; then the Protector said:--
+
+_Prot._ Really these passages are full of wonder and mercy; and I have
+cause to join with you in acknowledgment of the goodness of the Lord
+herein.
+
+_Wh._ Your Highness testifies a true sense thereof, and your favour to
+your servant.
+
+_Prot._ I hope I shall never forget the one or the other,--indeed I hope
+I shall not; but, I pray, tell me, is the Queen a lady of such rare parts
+as is reported of her?
+
+_Wh._ Truly, Sir, she is a lady excellently qualified, of rare abilities
+of mind, perfect in many languages, and most sorts of learning,
+especially history, and, beyond compare with any person whom I have
+known, understanding the affairs and interest of all the States and
+Princes of Christendom.
+
+_Prot._ That is very much; but what are her principles in matters of
+religion?
+
+_Wh._ They are not such as I could wish they were;[435] they are too much
+inclined to the manner of that country, and to some persuasions from men
+not well inclined to those matters, who have had too much power with her.
+
+_Prot._ That is a great deal of pity; indeed I have heard of some
+passages of her, not well relishing with those that fear God; and this is
+too general an evil among those people, who are not so well principled in
+matters of religion as were to be wished.
+
+_Wh._ That is too true; but many sober men and good Christians among them
+do hope, that in time there may be a reformation of those things; and I
+took the boldness to put the Queen and the present King in mind of the
+duty incumbent upon them in that business; and this I did with becoming
+freedom, and it was well taken.
+
+_Prot._ I think you did very well to inform them of that great duty which
+now lies upon the King; and did he give ear to it?
+
+_Wh._ Yes truly, Sir, and told me that he did acknowledge it to be his
+duty, which he resolved to pursue as opportunity could be had for it; but
+he said, it must be done by degrees with a boisterous people, so long
+accustomed to the contrary. And the like answer I had from the Archbishop
+of Upsal, and from the Chancellor, when I spoke to them upon the same
+subject, which I did plainly.
+
+_Prot._ I am glad you did so. Is the Archbishop a man of good abilities?
+
+_Wh._ He is a very reverend person, learned, and seems very pious.
+
+_Prot._ The Chancellor is the great wise man.
+
+_Wh._ He is the wisest man that ever I conversed with abroad, and his
+abilities are fully answerable to the report of him.
+
+_Prot._ What character do you give of the present King?
+
+_Wh._ I had the honour divers times to be with his Majesty, who did that
+extraordinary honour to me as to visit me at my house; he is a person of
+great worth, honour, and abilities, and not inferior to any in courage
+and military conduct.
+
+_Prot._ That was an exceeding high favour, to come to you in person.
+
+_Wh._ He never did the like to any public minister. But this, and all
+other honour done to me, was but to testify their respects to your
+Highness, the which indeed was very great, both there, and where I passed
+in Germany.
+
+_Prot._ I am obliged to them for their very great civility.
+
+_Wh._ Both the Queen, and the King, and his brother, and the Archbishop,
+and the Chancellor, and most of the grandees, gave testimony of very
+great respect to your Highness, and that not only by their words, but by
+their actions likewise.
+
+_Prot._ I shall be ready to acknowledge their respects upon any occasion.
+
+_Wh._ The like respects were testified to your Highness in Germany,
+especially by the town of Hamburg; where I endeavoured, in your
+Highness's name, to confirm the privileges of the English merchants, who,
+with your Resident there, showed much kindness to me and my company.
+
+_Prot._ I shall heartily thank them for it. Is the Court of Sweden
+gallant, and full of resort to it?
+
+_Wh._ They are extreme gallant for their clothes; and for company, most
+of the nobility and the civil and military officers make their constant
+residence where the Court is, and many repair thither on all occasions.
+
+_Prot._ Is their administration of justice speedy? and have they many
+law-suits?
+
+_Wh._ They have justice in a speedier way than with us, but more
+arbitrary, and fewer causes, in regard that the boors dare not contend
+with their lords; and they have but few contracts, because they have but
+little trade; and there is small use of conveyances or questions of
+titles, because the law distributes every man's estate after his death
+among his children, which they cannot alter, and therefore have the fewer
+contentions.
+
+_Prot._ That is like our gavelkind.
+
+_Wh._ It is the same thing; and in many particulars of our laws, in cases
+of private right, and of the public Government, especially in their
+Parliaments, there is a strange resemblance between their law and ours.
+
+_Prot._ Perhaps ours might some of them be brought from thence.
+
+_Wh._ Doubtless they were, when the Goths and Saxons, and those northern
+people, planted themselves here.
+
+_Prot._ You met with a barren country, and very cold.
+
+_Wh._ The remoter parts of it from the Court are extreme barren; but at
+Stockholm and Upsal, and most of the great towns, they have store of
+provisions; but fat beef and mutton in the winter-time is not so
+plentiful with them as in the countries more southerly; and their hot
+weather in summer as much exceeds ours, as their cold doth in winter.
+
+_Prot._ That is somewhat troublesome to endure; but how could you pass
+over their very long winter nights?
+
+_Wh._ I kept my people together and in action and recreation, by having
+music in my house, and encouraging that and the exercise of dancing,
+which held them by the ears and eyes, and gave them diversion without
+any offence. And I caused the gentlemen to have disputations in Latin,
+and declamations upon words which I gave them.
+
+_Prot._ Those were very good diversions, and made your house a little
+academy.
+
+_Wh._ I thought these recreations better than gaming for money, or going
+forth to places of debauchery.
+
+_Prot._ It was much better. And I am glad you had so good an issue of
+your treaty.
+
+_Wh._ I bless God for it, and shall be ready to give your Highness a
+particular account of it, when you shall appoint a time for it.
+
+_Prot._ I think that Thursday next, in the morning, will be a good time
+for you to come to the Council, and to make your report of the
+transactions of your negotiation; and you and I must have many discourses
+upon these arguments.
+
+_Wh._ I shall attend your Highness and the Council.
+
+
+_July 4, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's friends celebrate his return.]
+
+This day was spent in visits, very much company resorting to Whitelocke's
+house to bid him welcome into England, so that, by the multitude of
+company, he had not any opportunity of recollecting himself and his
+thoughts, touching the matters which he was to communicate to the Council
+the next day; but it could not be avoided, and he must take such time as
+would be afforded him.
+
+
+_July 5, 1654._
+
+[SN: A solemn thanksgiving for his safe return.]
+
+By Whitelocke's appointment, all his company who were with him in
+Sweden, came this day to his house at Chelsea, where divers others of his
+good friends met them, to the intent they might all join together in
+returning humble and hearty thanks to God for his great mercy and
+goodness to them, in their preservation and wonderful deliverances in
+their voyage, in blessing them with health and with success in their
+business, and bringing all of them in safety and comfort to their native
+country and most dear relations.
+
+Being for this end met together in a large room prepared for them, they
+began the duty; and first, Mr. Peters acquainted them with the occasion
+of the meeting, recommending all to the direction and assistance of the
+Lord. He spoke to them upon the Psalm pertinent to the occasion, and to
+the mention of the voyage, hardships, dangers, and difficulties, wherein
+God had delivered them; and what sense these things ought to work upon
+their hearts, and what thankfulness they ought to return to God for his
+mercies.
+
+After a psalm sung, Mr. Ingelo, one of Whitelocke's chaplains, prayed
+with them, and then amplified the favours and deliverances which God had
+wrought for them, the great difficulties and dangers wherein He had
+preserved them, and their unworthiness of any mercy; he exhorted them to
+all gratitude to the Author of their mercies: in all which he expressed
+himself with much piety, ingenuity, and with great affection. Mr. George
+Downing, who had been a chaplain to a regiment in the army, expounded a
+place of Scripture very suitable to the occasion, and very ingeniously
+and pertinently. After him, Mr. Stapleton prayed very well, and spake
+pertinently and feelingly to the rest of the company, his
+fellow-travellers. Then they sang another psalm; and after that, Mr.
+Cokaine spake very well and piously, and gave good exhortations on the
+same subject.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's address to his company.]
+
+When all these gentlemen had ended their discourses proper for the
+occasion, Whitelocke himself spake to the company to this effect:--
+
+    "Gentlemen,
+
+    "You have heard from our worthy Christian friends many words of
+    precious truth, with which I hope all our souls are refreshed, and
+    do pray that our practice may be conformed. The duty of this day,
+    and of every person, is _gratiarum actio_: I wish we may all act
+    thankfulness to our God, whereunto we are all obliged who have
+    received so great benefits from Him. In a more peculiar manner than
+    others I hold myself obliged to render thanks--
+
+    "1. To our God, who hath preserved us all, and brought us in safety
+    and comfort to our dear country and relations.
+
+    "2. To our Christian friends, from whom we have received such
+    powerful instructions this day, and prayers all the days of our
+    absence.
+
+    "3. To you, Gentlemen, who have shown so much affection and respect
+    in bearing me company in a journey so full of hardships and dangers.
+
+    "I am of the opinion of the Roman soldier who told Caesar, 'I have in
+    my own person fought for thee, and therefore that the Emperor ought
+    in his own person to plead for the soldier' (which he did); and have
+    in your own persons endured all the hardships, difficulties, and
+    dangers with me: and were I as able as Caesar, I hold myself as much
+    obliged in my own person to serve you, and, to the utmost of my
+    capacity, shall do all good offices for any of you, who have, with
+    so much affection, respect, and hazard, adventured your persons with
+    me.
+
+    "I am obliged, and do return my hearty thanks, to our worthy
+    friends who have so excellently performed the work of the day, and
+    shall pray that it may be powerful upon every one of our hearts, to
+    build us up in the knowledge of this duty; and I should be glad to
+    promise, in the name of all my company, that we shall give a ready
+    and constant observance of those pious instructions we have received
+    from you.
+
+    "Some here have been actors with us in our story; have gone down to
+    the sea in ships and done business in great waters; have seen the
+    works of God and His wonders in the deep; His commanding and raising
+    the stormy wind, lifting up the waves thereof, which mount up to the
+    heavens and go down again to the deep, whose souls have melted
+    because of trouble, and have been at their wits' end: then have
+    cried unto the Lord in their distress, and He hath brought them out
+    of trouble. We have seen Him make the storm a calm, and the waves
+    thereof still: then were we glad, and He brought us to our desired
+    harbour. Oh that we would praise the Lord for His goodness, for His
+    wonderful works! Let us exalt Him in the congregation of the people,
+    and praise Him in the assembly of the elders.
+
+    "These my companions, who have been actors, and others, I hope will
+    give me leave to make them auditors of some special providences of
+    the Lord, wherein we may all reap benefit from the relation. The
+    Apostle saith, 2 Pet. i., 'Wherefore I will not be negligent to put
+    you always in remembrance of these things, though you know them, and
+    be established in the present truth.' To all I may say, with the
+    wise man (Prov. viii.), 'Hear! for I will speak of excellent
+    things,' free mercies, great deliverances, wonderful preservations:
+    excellent things to those who were sharers of them in action, and
+    for the contemplation of those who are hearers of them; therefore I
+    may shortly recite some of the most eminent of them.
+
+    "In the first day of our voyage with a fair wind, at night it
+    changed, and we were stopped till comfortable letters came to me,
+    which otherwise could not have come, and were no sooner answered but
+    the wind came fair again. When we toiled in the open sea with cross
+    winds and tempests, driven near to our own coast back again, God
+    sent us then fair weather and a good gale for our voyage. How was He
+    pleased to bring us so very near great danger on the Riff, and then
+    bring us safe off from it and hold on our course again!
+
+    "When we were in no small danger in the tempestuous seas on the back
+    of the Skaw, when the anchors dragged a league in one night with the
+    storm, and every moment _we_ expected to be devoured by the raging
+    waves, there the Lord was also our deliverer; as He also was upon
+    the rocky coast of Norway and in the difficult passage to the
+    harbour of Gothenburg. Throughout our voyage the providence of God
+    watched over us and protected us. Thus did He in our land journey,
+    where the extreme hardships we were put unto are sufficiently known
+    to all of us, and will to our life's end be felt by some of us.
+
+    "My particular preservation was wonderful from an intended
+    assassination by one who thrust himself into my company to have the
+    better opportunity to execute it; but, overcome with kindness, his
+    heart relented, and he forsook his purpose and my company.
+
+    "If the snow had fallen (as in other years) in the time of our
+    travel, we could not have passed our journey; but He who rules the
+    heavens and the earth restrained it till we came within half a day
+    of our journey's end, and in safety He conducted us to Upsal. The
+    same Providence kept us there, and when some of our company were
+    sick and hurt, restored health again.
+
+    "It was marvellous and unexpected, that in a foreign country, at
+    such a distance from friends and acquaintance, God should raise us
+    up friends out of strangers, namely the Queen, foreign ministers,
+    and great officers, in whose sight we found wonderful favour, to our
+    preservation under God and a great means of effecting what we came
+    about, maugre the labours and designs of our enemies against it, and
+    their plots and attempts for our destruction, had not our Rock of
+    Defence secured us.
+
+    "I should detain you very long, though I hope it would not be
+    thought too long, to recite all our remarkable mercies; and it is an
+    excellent thing that they are so numerous. We are now coming
+    homewards. How did our God preserve us over the Baltic Sea from
+    innumerable dangers of the rocks, sands, coasts, islands, fierce
+    lightnings, storms, and those high-swelling waters! Such was our
+    preservation in the Elbe, when our countrymen leaped into the water
+    to bring us off from danger, and when the tempests hurried us up and
+    down, by Heligoland, then towards Holland, then to the northward,
+    then to the southward, in the open breaking rough seas, when we had
+    lost our course and knew not where we were.
+
+    "Above all other was that most eminent deliverance near our own
+    coast, when our ship was stuck upon the sand twelve leagues from any
+    shore, when no help nor human means were left to save us, when pale
+    death faced us so long together, when no hopes remained to escape
+    his fury or the rages of the waves, which we expected every instant
+    to swallow us; even then, to show where our dependence ought to be,
+    our God would make it His own work to deliver us. He it was that
+    raised the wind, and brought it from the higher part of the bank, to
+    shake our fastened ship, and crumble the loose sands; and no sooner
+    had we taken a resolution of praying and resigning our souls to God,
+    but He gave us our lives again, moving our ship by His powerful arm,
+    making it to float again, none knowing how or by what means, but by
+    the free act of His mercy, and not a return of ours, but of the
+    prayers of some here present, and divers others our Christian
+    friends, who at that very time were met together to seek the Lord
+    for us and for our safe return.
+
+    "Methinks the hearts of us who were partakers of these mercies
+    should rejoice in the repetition of them, and those that hear them
+    cannot but say they hear excellent things; and certainly never had
+    any men more cause than we have of returning humble and hearty
+    thanks to God who hath thus saved us.
+
+    "And having received these mercies, and been delivered out of these
+    distresses, I may say to you, as Jacob said to his household (Gen.
+    xxxv.), 'Let us arise and go to Bethel;' let us serve God and praise
+    His name who answered us in the day of our distress, and was with us
+    in the way which we went. Let us also keep Jacob's vow: 'The Lord
+    hath been with us and kept us in our way, and brought us again to
+    our fathers' house in peace; let the Lord be our God.' Let not any
+    of our former vanities or lusts, or love of the world, be any more
+    our God, but let the Lord be our God; let our thanksgiving appear in
+    owning the Lord for our God, and in walking answerable to our
+    mercies; let our prayers be according to the counsel of the Apostle
+    (Eph. v.), 'See then that ye walk circumspectly, giving thanks
+    always for all things.' How much more are we bound to do it from our
+    special mercies!
+
+    "Gentlemen, give me leave to conclude with my particular thanks to
+    you who accompanied me in my journey, and have manifested very much
+    respect, care, diligence, courage, and discretion. You have, by your
+    demeanour, done honour to our profession of religion, to our
+    country, to yourselves, to your Ambassador, who will be ready to
+    testify the same on all occasions, and to do you all good offices;
+    chiefly in bearing you company to return praises to our God, whose
+    mercies endure for ever."
+
+After these exercises performed, wherein Whitelocke was the more large in
+manifesting the abounding of his sense of the goodness of God towards
+him, and was willing also to recollect his thoughts for another occasion,
+the company retired themselves; and Whitelocke complimented his
+particular friends, giving them many thanks who had shown kindness to
+his wife and family, and had taken care of his affairs in his absence.
+
+[SN: A banquet held in State, as in Sweden.]
+
+He bid them all welcome, and desired them to accompany company him the
+next day to his audience before the Protector and Council. Then he led
+them into a great room, where the table was spread, and all things in the
+same state and manner as he used to have them in Sweden, that his friends
+might see the fashion of his being served when he was in that condition,
+and as his farewell to those pomps and vanities.
+
+The trumpets sounding, meat was brought in, and the mistress of the house
+made it appear that England had as good and as much plenty of provisions
+as Sweden, Denmark, or Germany. His friends and company sat down to meat
+as they used to do in Sweden; the attendants, pages, lacqueys, and
+others, in their liveries, did their service as they were accustomed
+abroad. Their discourse was full of cheerfulness and recounting of God's
+goodness; and both the time of the meat and the afternoon was spent in
+rejoicing together for the present mercy, and for the whole series of
+God's goodness to them; and in the evening they parted, every one to his
+own quarters.
+
+
+_July 6, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke give an account of his Embassy to the Council.]
+
+Whitelocke went in the morning early to Whitehall. At Secretary Thurloe's
+lodging he found most of his company, the gentlemen in their habits, the
+others in their liveries; and in a short time they were all come
+together, to attend their Ambassador to his last audience, who was put to
+the patience of staying an hour and a half at Master Secretary's lodging
+before he was called in to his Highness; then, being sent for, he went,
+attended in the same manner as he used to go to his audiences in Sweden.
+Being come to the outward room, he was presently brought into the
+Council-chamber, where the Protector sat in his great chair at the upper
+end of the table, covered, and his Council sat bare on each side of the
+table. After ceremonies performed by Whitelocke, and great respect shown
+him by the Protector and his Council, Whitelocke spake to this effect:--
+
+    "May it please your Highness,
+
+    "I attend, by your command, to give an account of the discharge of
+    that great trust and weighty burden which, through the assistance of
+    God, I have undergone in my employment to Sweden, and with the
+    success of that negotiation, wherein I shall not waste much of your
+    time, for which you have other great affairs; but, in as few words
+    as I can, I shall with clearness and truth acquaint your Highness
+    and your Honourable Council with those matters which I apprehend
+    most fit and worthy of your knowledge.
+
+    "After the receipt of my commission and instructions from the
+    Parliament then sitting, to go Ambassador to Sweden, I neglected no
+    time, how unseasonable soever, to transport myself to that country.
+    Upon the 5th of November I embarked at the Hope, and after ten days'
+    voyage, through many storms, enemies, and dangers, it pleased God on
+    the 15th of November to bring me in safety, with all my company,
+    into the port of Gothenburg. The next day I despatched two of my
+    servants to the Court with letters to Prince Adolphus, the Grand
+    Master, and to the Ricks-Chancellor of Sweden, to advertise them of
+    my arrival, and to desire their advice whither to direct my journey
+    to attend the Queen.
+
+    "In this city I received many civilities and testimonies of respect
+    to your Highness and this Commonwealth from the magistrates,
+    officers, and others there; and a small contest I had with a
+    Dutchman, a Vice-Admiral of her Majesty's, about our war with his
+    countrymen, and about some prizes brought in by me, wherein I took
+    the liberty to justify the proceedings of this State, and ordered,
+    upon submission, the release of a small Dutch prize taken by me.
+
+    "Having refreshed myself and company some days, I began my land
+    journey the last day of November. The military officers accompanied
+    me out of town; the citizens and garrison-soldiers stood to their
+    arms, and with many volleys of great and small shot (the bullets
+    passing somewhat too near for compliments) they gave me an
+    honourable farewell.
+
+    "In our journey we met with extreme hardships, both in the weather
+    and in want of necessary accommodations. The greater towns where we
+    quartered showed much respect to your Highness and this
+    Commonwealth; only in one town a little affront was given in words
+    by a praetor, who acknowledged his fault, and it appeared to proceed
+    more from drink than judgement. In all places the officers took
+    great care, with what the country would afford, to furnish what I
+    wanted; the ways were prepared, waggons and horses brought in, and
+    all things requisite were done by the country, upon command of her
+    Majesty.
+
+    "After twenty-one days in our land-journey, near four hundred miles
+    from Gothenburg up into the country, in that climate in December, it
+    pleased God through all our difficulties to bring us safe to Upsal
+    the 20th of December. About half a league from the town, the Master
+    of the Ceremonies, and after him two Senators with two coaches of
+    the Queen's, and those of the Spanish Resident and of divers
+    grandees, met me, and with more than ordinary ceremony conducted me
+    to a house in the town, by the Queen's order taken up and furnished
+    for me. Divers compliments passed from the Queen herself and many of
+    her Court, expressing much respect to your Highness and this
+    Commonwealth, in the person of your servant.
+
+    "By favour I obtained my first audience from the Queen the 23rd of
+    December, the particular passages whereof (as of most other matters
+    which I have to mention) were in my letters imparted, as they arose,
+    to Mr. Secretary Thurloe, and by him, I presume, to your Highness
+    and the Council. Two or three days after this I procured a private
+    audience from her Majesty, when I showed her my commission, and took
+    time to wait on her with my proposals.
+
+    "The Spanish Resident, Don Piementelle, now in this Court, expressed
+    high respects for your Highness and this Commonwealth, and
+    particular affection to me; and I, knowing his great favour with the
+    Queen and his own worth, contracted an intimacy of friendship with
+    him, as I had also with M. Woolfeldt, the King of Denmark's
+    brother-in-law, with Field-Marshal Wrangel, Grave Tott, the Queen's
+    favourite, and with divers senators and great men, but especially
+    with the old Chancellor.
+
+    "I found very useful for your Highness's service there Mr.
+    Lagerfeldt, Secretary Canterstein, Mr. Ravius, and others; and I had
+    good assistance from my countrymen, General-Major Fleetwood, a true
+    friend to England, my Lord Douglas, Colonel Hamilton, and others.
+
+    "And having now given your Highness some account of persons, I come
+    to the matter of my negotiation, which I laid the best I could.
+
+    "By advice I made my applications to the Queen herself, and, as much
+    as I could, put the business upon her personal determination, which
+    she liked, and it proved advantageous. I presented to her at once
+    all my articles, except three reserved. The articles proposed a
+    league offensive and defensive; whereupon she objected the
+    unsettledness of our Commonwealth, the present peace of her
+    kingdoms, and our being involved in a war. To which I answered, that
+    her kingdoms could not long continue in peace, and would have as
+    much need of our assistance as we of theirs; and our war and
+    successes against Holland were arguments that our friendship merited
+    acceptance; that I hoped our Commonwealth was settled, and that
+    leagues were between nations, not governments.
+
+    "This debate was very large with her Majesty, who seemed satisfied
+    with my answers, and appointed her Chancellor to treat with me; who
+    much more insisted upon the unsettledness of our Commonwealth and
+    upon the same objections which the Queen had made, and received from
+    me the same answers; which proved the more satisfactory after the
+    news of your Highness's accession to the Government, which made this
+    treaty proceed more freely.
+
+    "I had often and long disputes with the Chancellor upon the article
+    touching English rebels being harboured in Sweden; most of all,
+    touching contraband goods, and about reparation of the losses of the
+    Swedes by prizes taken from them in our Dutch war by us, besides
+    many other objections, whereof I have given a former account by
+    letters. The Chancellor being sick, his son Grave Eric was
+    commissioned to treat with me in his father's stead, and was much
+    more averse to my business, and more earnest upon the objections,
+    than the old man, whom, being recovered, I found more moderate, yet
+    we could not agree one way or other. And when I pressed for a
+    conclusion, both the Queen and her Chancellor did ingenuously
+    acknowledge, that they desired first to see whether the peace would
+    be made between us and Holland, before they came to a determination
+    upon my treaty; wherein I could not but apprehend reason: and when
+    the news came that the peace between your Highness and the Dutch was
+    concluded, I urged a conclusion of my treaty; and what the
+    Chancellor and I differed in, the Queen was pleased to reconcile,
+    and so we came to the full agreement contained in this instrument,
+    signed and sealed by the Queen's Commissioners, which I humbly
+    present to your Highness and this Honourable Board; and which I
+    hope, through the goodness of God, may be of advantage to this
+    Commonwealth, and to the Protestant interest."
+
+Here Whitelocke, making a little pause, delivered into the Protector's
+hand the instrument of his treaty, fairly written in Latin, in a book of
+vellum, with the hands and seals to it of the Ricks-Chancellor and his
+son Grave Eric, which being done, Whitelocke went on in his speech.
+
+    "I cannot but acknowledge the great goodness of God to me in this
+    employment, in my preservation from attempts against my person,
+    raising me up such eminent friends, giving me so much favour in the
+    eyes of strangers, inclining the Queen's heart to an extraordinary
+    affection and favour towards me, and giving this good success to my
+    business, notwithstanding the designs and labours of many enemies to
+    the contrary. The treaty with me being thus finished, the business
+    came on of the Queen's resignation of the Crown, wherein she was
+    pleased to express a great confidence in a stranger, by imparting it
+    to me many weeks before, whereof I took the boldness to certify your
+    Highness.
+
+    "The Prince who was to succeed the Queen was sent for to Upsal, and
+    their Ricksdag, or Parliament, was to meet there in the beginning of
+    May. Your Highness will not expect many arguments of your servant's
+    longing desires of returning, when he had advice that your frigates
+    sent for him were in the Elbe; yet, judging it might conduce to your
+    service to salute the Prince, I staid till his entry (which was in
+    great state) into Upsal, where I saluted him from your Highness, and
+    acquainted him with my negotiation, which he well approved; and, to
+    testify his great respect to your Highness and this Commonwealth, he
+    came in person to visit me at my house, and used me with so much
+    extraordinary favour and ceremony, that never the like had been done
+    before to any ambassador. We had several conferences at large, much
+    discourse of your Highness and of this Commonwealth, with the
+    particulars whereof I shall acquaint you at your better leisure.
+
+    "The time of the Queen's resignation being near, I thought it not
+    convenient for me to be then upon the place, but removed to
+    Stockholm; where I was when the resignation and new coronation were
+    solemnized at Upsal. The magistrates of Stockholm expressed good
+    respect to your Highness and this Commonwealth. From hence I
+    embarked the 1st of June, in a good ship of the Queen's, to cross
+    the Baltic Sea. She sent one of her Vice-Admirals, Clerke, to attend
+    me; and, after a dangerous voyage and bad weather, the Lord gave us
+    a safe arrival at Luebeck, on the 7th of June. The magistrates, by
+    their Syndic, here bid me welcome and expressed some respect, and
+    made some requests by me to your Highness.
+
+    "From Luebeck I travelled over Holstein and Lueneburg, and came the
+    10th of June to Hamburg; where I was also very civilly saluted by
+    some of the magistrates and Syndic; and most of the Lords came
+    afterwards to me, and testified extraordinary respect and service to
+    your Highness and this Commonwealth. My countrymen, the company of
+    Merchant Adventurers there, showed very much kindness to me, and I
+    endeavoured to do them service to the Lords of the town, making use
+    of your Highness's name therein.
+
+    "I departed from Hamburg the 17th of June; Mr. Bradshaw, your
+    Highness's worthy Resident there, and others of my countrymen,
+    showing much kindness to me, both whilst I was there and at my
+    departure from this city. I embarked in your Highness's frigate,
+    near Glueckstadt, but was detained for some days in the Elbe by cross
+    winds, and in some danger, but in more when we came into the open
+    sea. But above all, the Lord was pleased to appear for us on the
+    28th day of June, when our ship stuck upon the sands, above twelve
+    leagues off from the coast of Yarmouth: and when there was no means
+    or help of men for our escape, but we expected every moment to be
+    drowned by the waves, then it pleased God to show his power and free
+    mercy by his own hand to deliver us, and, after two hours'
+    expectation of death, to reprieve us, to set our ship on float
+    again, and to bring us all in health and safety to your Highness's
+    presence, and to our dear country and relations.
+
+    "The Queen and the new King were pleased to honour me with jewels
+    off their pictures, and a gift of copper, I having bestowed my
+    horses (of more worth) on them and whom they appointed, and which I
+    refused to sell, as a thing uncomely for my condition in your
+    Highness's service.
+
+    "Thus, Sir, I have given you a clear and full account of my
+    transactions; and, as I may justify my own diligence and
+    faithfulness therein, so I cannot but condemn my many weaknesses and
+    failings; of which I can only say that they were not wilful, and
+    make a humble demand to your Highness and this honourable Council,
+    that I may obtain your pardon."
+
+When Whitelocke had ended his speech and a little pause made, the
+Protector, pulling off his hat and presently putting it on again, desired
+Whitelocke to withdraw, which he did, and within a quarter of an hour was
+called in again. The Protector, using the same ceremony as before, spake
+to him to this effect:--
+
+[SN: Cromwell's answer to his speech.]
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "The Council and myself have heard the report of your journey and
+    negotiation with much contentment and satisfaction, and both we and
+    you have cause to bless God for your return home with safety,
+    honour, and good success, in the great trust committed to you;
+    wherein this testimony is due to you, that you have discharged your
+    trust with faithfulness, diligence, and prudence, as appears by the
+    account you have given us, and the issue of the business. Truly,
+    when persons to whom God hath given so good abilities, as He hath
+    done to you, shall put them forth as you have done, for His glory
+    and for the good of His people, they may expect a blessing from Him,
+    as you have received in an ample measure.
+
+    "An acknowledgment is also due to them from their country, who have
+    served their country faithfully and successfully, as you have done.
+    I can assure your Lordship it is in my heart, really it is, and, I
+    think, in the hearts of all here, that your services in this
+    employment may turn to an account of advantage to you and yours; and
+    it is just and honourable that it should be so.
+
+    "The Lord hath shown extraordinary mercy to you and to your company,
+    in the great deliverances which he hath vouchsafed to you; and
+    especially in that eminent one which you have related to us, when
+    you were come near your own country, and the enjoyment of the
+    comforts of your safe return. It was indeed a great testimony of
+    God's goodness to you all,--a very signal mercy, and such a one as
+    ought to raise up your hearts and our hearts in thankfulness to God,
+    who hath bestowed this mercy on you; and it is a mercy also to us as
+    well as to you, though yours more personally, who were thus saved
+    and delivered by the special hand of Providence.
+
+    "The goodness of God to you was also seen in the support of you,
+    under those hardships and dangers which you have undergone in this
+    service; let it be your comfort that your service was for God, and
+    for his people, and for your country. And now that you have, through
+    his goodness, passed them over, and he hath given you a safe return
+    unto your country, the remembrance of those things will be pleasant
+    to you, and an obligation for an honourable recompense of your
+    services performed under all those hardships and dangers.
+
+    "For the treaty which you have presented to us, signed and sealed by
+    the Queen's Commissioners, I presume it is according to what you
+    formerly gave advice to us from Sweden. We shall take time to peruse
+    it, and the Council have appointed a committee to look into it,
+    together with your instructions, and such other papers and things as
+    you have further to offer to them: and I may say it, that this
+    treaty hath the appearance of much good, not only to England, but to
+    the Protestant interest throughout Christendom; and I hope it will
+    be found so, and your service thereby have its due esteem and
+    regard, being so much for public good, and so discreetly and
+    successfully managed by you.
+
+    "My Lord, I shall detain you no longer, but to tell you that you are
+    heartily welcome home; that we are very sensible of your good
+    service, and shall be ready on all occasions to make a real
+    acknowledgment thereof to you."
+
+When the Protector had done speaking, Whitelocke withdrew into the
+outward room, whither Mr. Scobell, Clerk of the Council, came to him with
+a message from the Protector, that Whitelocke would cause those of his
+retinue, then present, to go in to the Protector and Council, which they
+did; and the Protector spake to them with great courtesy and favour,
+bidding them welcome home, blessing God for their safe return to their
+friends and native country, and for the great deliverances which He had
+wrought for them. He commended their care of Whitelocke and their good
+deportment, by which they had testified much courage and civility, and
+had done honour to religion and to their country; he gave them thanks for
+it, and assurance of his affection to them when any occasion should be
+offered for their good or preferment. They withdrew, full of hopes, every
+one of them, to be made great men; but few of them attained any favour,
+though Whitelocke solicited for divers of them who were very worthy of
+it.
+
+This audience being ended, and with it Whitelocke's commission, he
+willingly parted with his company and greatness, and contentedly retired
+himself with his wife and children in his private family. After his
+return from the Council, Whitelocke dismissed his company and went to
+those gentlemen whom he had desired to act as a committee for him before
+his going out of England; these he desired to examine the state of his
+accounts with his officers, to satisfy what remained due to any, and to
+make up his account, to be given in tomorrow to the Council's committee.
+
+
+_July 7, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke renders a minute account of the negotiation to a
+Committee of Council.]
+
+According to the appointment of the Protector and Council, signified to
+him by a letter from Mr. Jessop, Clerk of the Council, Whitelocke
+repaired to Whitehall, to the Lord Viscount Lisle and Colonel Nathaniel
+Fiennes, the Committee of the Council, appointed to peruse and examine
+his proceedings: to them he produced his commission, orders, credentials,
+and instructions; and all was sifted into, by virtue whereof he acted
+throughout by his whole Embassy.
+
+He deduced his negotiation from the beginning of his Treaty to the
+conclusion of it, with all the reasons and circumstances of his
+transactions. They took cognizance of all, narrowly searched into and
+examined everything, comparing all particular passages and actions with
+the rules and instructions given him; and upon the whole matter they
+acknowledged that Whitelocke had given them full satisfaction in every
+point, and all his proceedings were by them, and upon their report to the
+Protector and Council afterwards, fully approved and commended by them.
+
+
+_July 8, 1654._
+
+[SN: The Committee of Council audits his accounts.]
+
+Whitelocke again solicited the Committee of the Council that his accounts
+might be examined and stated, and order given for the payment of what
+remained due to him, which he had expended out of his own purse in their
+service, and was reasonable for him to expect a reimbursement of it. The
+Committee were pleased to take great pains in pursuing and examining his
+papers, books, and accounts, not omitting (with strictness enough) any
+particular of his actions and expenses; and after all their strait
+inquisition and narrow sitting, they again acknowledged, which upon their
+report was confirmed by the Council, that his management of this affair
+had been faithful and prudent, his disbursements had been just and
+necessary, his account was clear and honest, and that he ought to be
+satisfied with what remained upon his accounts due to him. The remainder
+due to him was above L500, and, notwithstanding all their promises,
+Whitelocke could never get it of them.
+
+The sum of all was, that for a most difficult and dangerous work,
+faithfully and successfully performed by Whitelocke, he had little thanks
+and no recompense from those who did employ him; but, not long after, was
+rewarded by them with an injury: they put him out of his office of
+Commissioner of the Great Seal, because he would not betray the rights of
+the people, and, contrary to his own knowledge and the knowledge of those
+who imposed it, execute an ordinance of the Protector and his Council as
+if it had been a law. But in a succeeding Parliament, upon the motion of
+his noble friend the Lord Broghill, Whitelocke had his arrears of his
+disbursements paid him, and some recompense of his faithful service
+allowed unto him.
+
+His hopes were yet higher, and his expectation of acceptance was from a
+superior to all earthly powers; to whom only the praise is due, of all
+our actions and endeavours, and who will certainly reward all his
+servants with a recompense which will last for ever.
+
+
+_July 9, 1654._
+
+[SN: A familiar letter.]
+
+I received this letter from my brother Willoughby:--
+
+    "_For my Lord Whitelocke, at Chelsea, humbly these._
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "I being this day commanded by the two within-named persons in your
+    letter to consummate their nuptials, and in that to bear the part of
+    a father, am so confident of my power, as (were it not my Lord
+    Whitelocke's request, whose interest with them exceeds a mock
+    father) he might be assured of not failing of his commands; but that
+    done which this morning I am going about, I am by them desired to
+    jog on to Stanstead, so that I fear I shall by that means be
+    disappointed of attending you upon Wednesday; and that, I assure
+    you, will go to Nancy's heart, she being yesterday resolved to have
+    visited you this morning at Chelsea, had she not apprehended your
+    early being in town; but wherever we are, our thankfulness to God
+    for your safe return you shall not fail of, nor of the keeper
+    tomorrow night. So I rest,
+
+                                    "My Lord,
+                  "Your affectionate brother to serve you,
+                                               "WILL. WILLOUGHBY.
+    "_July._"
+
+I have inserted this and other letters, that you may observe the change
+of styles and compliments in the change of fortunes and conditions.
+
+
+_July 10, 1654._
+
+I had been several times to visit my Lord Lambert since my coming home,
+he being a person in great favour with the army, and not without some
+close emulation from Cromwell; but his occasions were so great, that I
+could not meet with him. I therefore desired the Earl of Clare, who was
+very intimate with Lambert, to contrive a conveniency for my meeting with
+my Lord Lambert, whereupon he sent me this letter, directed
+
+    "_For the Lord Whitelocke, at Chelsea._
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "Hearing your Lordship had been several times to see my Lord Lambert
+    and missed, and I desiring that there should be no mistakes between
+    you, I sent Mr. Bankes to signify so much to his cousin Lambert,
+    who, being come this morning to town, says he will be very glad to
+    see your Lordship about two this afternoon, and Mr. Bankes will wait
+    on your Lordship to him, if you please to be in the Park, in the
+    walk between the elms on this side the water. So I rest
+
+                  "Your Lordship's humble servant,
+                                                          "CLARE."
+
+I met Mr. Bankes at the time appointed, who brought me to my Lord
+Lambert, and he received me with great civility and respect; we had much
+discourse together about Sweden, and Germany, and Denmark, and the
+business of my treaty; and we parted with all kindness, and he desired to
+have my company often.
+
+
+_July 11, 1654._
+
+I received this letter from my Lady Pratt:--
+
+    "_For my ever-honoured friend the Lord Whitelocke, these humbly._
+
+    "My Lord,
+
+    "Hearing that it is absolutely in your power to dispose of the time
+    of the Assizes, and an unexpected accident being fallen out, which,
+    will make them extremely prejudicial to us if they begin so soon, my
+    humble suit to your Lordship is to defer them till, etc. This
+    favour, as it will be an extraordinary great one, so it will lay a
+    suitable obligation upon,
+
+                  "My Lord, your most humble servant,
+                                                 "MARGARET PRATT."
+
+I could not gratify this lady's desire, being not yet sworn a
+Commissioner of the Great Seal; but I returned her a civil answer and
+excuse; and I have inserted the more letters, that you may see the style
+and compliments of divers persons, and note their change upon the change
+of times.
+
+
+_July 12, 1654._
+
+[SN: A more formal letter.]
+
+I received this letter from the Lord Chief Baron Wylde:--
+
+    "_For the Right Honourable the Lord Ambassador Whitelocke, these, at
+    Chelsea._
+
+    "Right Honourable and my very good Lord,
+
+    "It is not my happiness to be in place or condition to wait upon
+    your Lordship, as I would, to present my humble service to you, and
+    the gratulations due for your safe and happy return, for your long
+    and hazardous, but I hope successful journey, wishing the honour and
+    happiness which belongs to your most known deservings may ever
+    attend you, with a reward from above for those inestimable favours
+    by which you have for ever obliged me to you and all that is mine;
+    who, after the long course I have run, through all the degrees of my
+    laborious calling, my services to my country and the Commonwealth,
+    my great losses and sufferings for the public, and the discharge of
+    my duty in all my several trusts and employments, have now the
+    hoped-for comfort of all removed from me, and a dark shadow cast
+    upon me, with all the sad consequences thereof to me and mine, and
+    many others that have dependence on me. But God gives and takes, and
+    is able to restore; His help I trust in, and shall still desire the
+    continuance of your Lordship's undoubted favours, whose health and
+    happiness I shall ever pray for, who am,
+
+                                    "My Lord,
+                  "Your Lordship's most faithful servant,
+                                                     "JOHN WYLDE.
+    "_Hampstead, 12th July, 1654._"
+
+This gentleman was very laborious in the service of the Parliament, and
+stiff for them, and had sustained great losses and hatred by adhering in
+all matters to them. He was learned in his profession, but of more
+reading than depth of judgement; and I never heard of any injustice or
+incivility of him. The Parliament made him Lord Chief Baron of the
+Exchequer, which place he executed with diligence and justice; yet upon
+the alteration made by Cromwell, when he assumed the Protectorship, in
+the nomination of officers he left out Mr. Sergeant Wylde from being
+Chief Baron or any other employment,--a usual reward, in such times, for
+the best services. He entreated me to move the Protector on his behalf,
+which I did, but to no effect, the Protector having a dislike of the
+Sergeant, but the ground thereof I could not learn.
+
+[SN: Whitelocke's influence in Oxfordshire.]
+
+Most places were full of trouble about their elections of Parliament men.
+I had recommended my son James to some of my friends in Oxfordshire, for
+one of the knights for that county, myself being chosen for the city of
+Oxford and for the borough of Bedford, and one of the knights for Bucks.
+I had at this time such an interest in Oxfordshire, that upon my account
+my son James was chosen for one of their knights for the Parliament, as
+appears by this letter to me:--
+
+    "_For the Right Honourable his dear Father the Lord Commissioner
+    Whitelocke, at Chelsea, these. Haste, haste._
+
+    "Dear Sir,
+
+    "I held it my duty, upon the instant of the conclusion of the
+    elections at this place, to acquaint you that I am chosen one of the
+    knights for the county in the next Parliament. I am told that the
+    number of voices might justly have given the first place to me; but
+    I freely resigned it to Lieutenant-General Fleetwood, not suffering
+    it to be brought to trial by the poll, which many of the country
+    desired. The persons elected are Lieutenant-General Fleetwood, Mr.
+    Robert Jenkinson, Colonel Nathaniel Fynes, Mr. Lenthall, Master of
+    the Rolls, and myself.
+
+    "Many of your friends appeared really for me, amongst which I can
+    experimentally say none acted more effectually than my cousin
+    Captain Crooke, his father, and brother. The city of Oxford was
+    prepared very seasonably for me, wherein my cousin Richard Crooke's
+    affections did particularly appear; and I conceive that if you shall
+    be pleased to waive the election for the city of Oxford, no truer
+    friend could be commended by you for their choice than my cousin
+    Richard Crooke, in regard of his interest there, if you think it
+    fit. I shall say no more at present in this haste, but expect your
+    commands in all things, who am
+
+                                    "Your most obedient son,
+                                                  "J. WHITELOCKE.
+    "_Oxford, July 12, 1654._"
+
+The gentlemen of Oxfordshire did generally manifest great civility and
+respect to me in this business of my son; so did the citizens of Oxford;
+and the scholars were not behindhand in the expression of their favour
+and good opinion of me and my son, and they stood stoutly and generally
+for my son to be one of the knights for the county. Thus was my interest
+at this time sufficient to make another to be knight of the shire; yet
+when my condition fell, my interest fell with it, and I was looked upon
+as a stranger among them. Such is the course and vicissitude of worldly
+things; therefore put no trust in them.
+
+
+_July 13, 1654._
+
+[SN: Whitelocke summoned to resume the Commissionership of the Great
+Seal.]
+
+This Order of the Council was brought unto me:--
+
+    "_Thursday, the 13th of July, 1654._
+
+    "AT THE COUNCIL AT WHITEHALL: _Ordered_, by his Highness the Lord
+    Protector and the Council, that the Lord Commissioner Whitelocke do
+    attend the Council tomorrow morning, to take his oath as one of the
+    Lords Commissioners for the Great Seal, and that the rest of the
+    Lords Commissioners do then also attend with the Seal.
+
+                                           "HENRY SCOBELL,
+                                           "Clerk of the Council."
+
+Some of my friends thought it very long before this order was made, and
+looked upon it as some neglect to me, whereof I was likewise sensible,
+but had no remedy; only it seemed hard that after so perilous an
+undertaking, performed, through the blessing of God, faithfully and
+successfully on my part, my requital should be a neglect of me and my
+services. Yet it pleased God to give me much patience and temperance to
+bear this slighting and ingratitude, and I knew the condition of him from
+whom it came, who, when his turn was served, usually forgot the
+instruments.
+
+
+_July 14, 1654._
+
+[SN: Receives the Seal.]
+
+According to the Council's Order, the Lords Commissioners Lisle and
+Widdrington attended with the Seal at Whitehall, and I was there also. We
+were all called into the Council, where the Protector himself was
+sitting at the upper end of the table with his hat on, and the Council
+all uncovered. He made a short and grave speech, how much I had deserved
+from the Commonwealth by the great and faithful services I had performed
+for them, particularly in the treaty with Sweden. That in my absence, the
+custody of the Great Seal being to be disposed of, the Council and
+himself having good experience of my fidelity and abilities for that
+great trust, and as a testimony of their favour to me, they thought fit
+to nominate me for one of the Commissioners of the Seal. And I being now,
+through the mercy of God, safely returned again into this Commonwealth,
+they had appointed this time for me to take the oath of a Commissioner of
+the Great Seal, as the rest of the Commissioners had done before.
+
+I then desired to see the oath, which was shown to me, and finding it to
+be the same that I had taken before, I took it now again; and after that,
+the Protector took the Great Seal in his hand and delivered it to me and
+the other Commissioners, and so we did withdraw with it. Sir Thomas
+Widdrington seemed a little distasted that I was the first Commissioner,
+named before him, which was done when I was out of England, and, I
+suppose, because I was then Ambassador Extraordinary in their actual
+service. We went away together to consult about the business of the Seal,
+and I sought to win Sir Thomas Widdrington by my civility to him.
+
+
+_July 15, 1654._
+
+[SN: Entry of certain goods.]
+
+I employed my brother Wilson to the Commissioners of the Customs, to get
+the copper which I had brought from Sweden, and some deal boards, to be
+discharged of paying custom, they being my particular goods, concerning
+which my brother Wilson gave me this account by his letter; and also,
+touching the arrears of my salary as Commissioner of the Great Seal
+during my absence out of England, and for one term since my coming home.
+
+    "_For the Right Honourable the Lord Commissioner Whitelocke, these;
+    Chelsea._
+
+    "May it please your Lordship,
+
+    "This morning I waited on the Commissioners of the Customs with your
+    Lordship's letter, who expressed much readiness to answer your
+    expectation about the Customs of the copper and deal boards, had it
+    been in their power, their commission not exceeding a bill of store
+    for forty shillings. But I am to wait on the Commissioners at
+    Whitehall for regulating the Customs, on Tuesday morning (who sit
+    not till then); they have power to grant the custom thereof, and
+    carrying the letter from your Lordship, I question not but will take
+    effect, and so they have acquainted me; which letter I send
+    enclosed, that you may please in the superscription to add to the
+    word Commissioners, 'for regulating, etc.,' which then will be fit
+    to present to the said committee. In the meantime I have procured an
+    order to go to work upon the small vessel, which cannot well be done
+    until you are pleased to send word what shall be done with the
+    deals, they being uppermost. If the barge be not ready, if you think
+    fit, I will hire a lighter and load her therewith, which may convey
+    them to Queenhithe or Chelsea, otherwise it will be less charge for
+    a barge to take them in from the ship; your Lordship's pleasure
+    shall be observed in all.
+
+    "I acquainted the Commissioners of the Customs of an order your
+    Lordship had for L1000, which they acquainted me should be paid as
+    soon as brought to them; since which I have received it from Mr.
+    Earle, which I also send enclosed, that you may please to put your
+    name underneath it, that so receipt may be made over it after their
+    form, and on Monday it will be paid.
+
+    "My humble service to my Lady, I beseech you, present. I shall await
+    your Lordship's answer, and ever remain
+
+                  "Your Lordship's most obliged servant,
+                                                   "SAMUEL WILSON.
+    "_London, this 15th July, 1654._"
+
+I ordered a Henley barge to take in the deal boards from the ship, and to
+carry them to Fawley Court, which was done; and there I made use of them
+for new flooring my hall and for wainscoting of it. They were
+extraordinary good boards, and those of the floor were about two inches
+thick. There they are, and there may they long continue, for the use of
+me and my children; and may they put us in mind to bless God for his
+goodness to me in that voyage, and in my safe return to that place, and
+of all his preservations and mercies to me and my company!
+
+I returned order to my brother Wilson, to be careful of receiving my
+money from the Commissioners of the Customs.
+
+
+_July 16, 1654._
+
+I had some conference with Major G. Disborough, one of the Commissioners
+for the Ordnance, about his buying for the State the copper which the
+Queen of Sweden gave me, and I brought over from thence, being two
+hundred and fifty ship-pound. I desired that some merchants might look
+upon it, who had experience in that commodity; and what they should agree
+to be a reasonable price for it, I should be content to take it; and so
+we concluded.
+
+
+_July 17, 1654._
+
+[SN: Sale of copper.]
+
+My brother Wilson gave me this account touching my moneys and copper:--
+
+    "_For the Right Honourable the Lord Commissioner Whitelocke, these;
+    at Chelsea._
+
+                                  "_London, the 17th July, 1654._
+
+    "May it please your Lordship,
+
+    "I sent this morning to receive your moneys at the Custom-house, and
+    they say there is no more due to your Lordship than L750 for three
+    terms, as is expressed in the receipt enclosed, which they have
+    made. I would not receive it until I knew your pleasure, which, if
+    this sum doth agree with what is your due, you may please to put
+    your name to the enclosed receipt from them, and it will be paid in
+    the morning. The order also I send back, that you may please to take
+    off your name from it and send it again by the bearer.
+
+    "In the morning we shall work upon the ship, and I shall wait on the
+    Committee at Whitehall, for the custom and excise of the copper to
+    be free, which will come to L240. I hope I shall prevail, and shall
+    always remain
+
+                  "Your Lordship's humble servant,
+                                                  "SAMUEL WILSON."
+
+There was a mistake by the Commissioners of the Customs about my money,
+which I rectified, and had the L1000 paid to my brother Wilson for my
+use. Touching the copper, I at length contracted with Major G.
+Disborough, who bought it for the Protector, and gave me L2500 for it,
+which was justly paid unto me; and the copper was employed to make brass
+ordnance for the ships, and was excellent good, and no ill bargain.
+
+[SN: Mr. Henry Elsing.]
+
+I received a letter from Mr. Henry Elsing, late  Clerk of the
+Parliament, and the best clerk in my judgement that ever I knew, to take
+the sense of the House and put it in apt terms. He was an excellent
+scholar,--had the Italian, French, and Latin languages; a very honest and
+ingenious man, and fitter for much better employment than to be Clerk of
+the Parliament. He was my faithful and kind friend, and I owe very much
+of affection and gratitude to the memory of this worthy gentleman. He was
+in great and deserved favour of the House of Commons, and gave over his
+place because he would not meddle in the business about the trial of the
+King. He often invited Mr. Selden and me together to his house to dinner,
+where we had great cheer, and greater learning in excellent discourse,
+whereof himself bore a chief part. I was the more frequent with him,
+being godfather to one of his sons, and Mr. Selden the other godfather,
+which brought us two the oftener together to his house, to see our
+godson; and even in such meetings as these I gained very much of
+knowledge from the most learned and rational discourses of Mr. Selden.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[435] [Yet Whitelocke seems to have entertained no suspicions of the
+Queen's design to join the Church of Rome. Piementelle and Montecuculi
+were however aware of her intention on this point, and were afterwards
+present at her abjuration.]
+
+
+
+
+THE END.
+
+JOHN EDWARD TAYLOR, PRINTER,
+LITTLE QUEEN STREET, LINCOLN'S INN FIELDS.
+
+
+
+
+{Transcriber's notes.
+
+1 Original reads "of our father"; changed to "of your father".
+
+2 Original reads "more prejudical to Sweden"; changed to "more
+prejudicial to Sweden".
+
+3 Original reads "contrabrand goods"; changed to "contraband goods".
+
+4 "Sunnandag" not italicised in original.
+
+5 Original reads "Grave Eric's requst"; changed to "Grave Eric's
+request".
+
+6 Original reads "unto the Prinee"; changed to "unto the Prince".
+
+7 Original reads "and and that"; changed to "and that".
+
+8 Original reads "Whitleocke"; changed to "Whitelocke".
+
+9 Original reads "bacon and other provison"; changed to "bacon and other
+provision".
+
+10 Original reads "en suite dequoi"; changed to "en suite de quoi". }
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Journal of the Swedish Embassy in
+the Years 1653 and 1654, Vol II., by Bulstrode Whitelocke
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOURNAL OF THE SWEDISH EMBASSY ***
+
+***** This file should be named 17407.txt or 17407.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/1/7/4/0/17407/
+
+Produced by Barbara Tozier, Bill Tozier, Louise Pryor and
+the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/17407.zip b/17407.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6827e5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/17407.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf44fd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #17407 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/17407)